OFFICIAL
PUBLICATION OF AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
731 2 1 AVENUE
~ ~ SOUTH,M ~ u s MN
, 55454
:I1
yI
..
'
b:
612-330-1000
in.
This catalog should answer most questions students have'
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although
information was current at the time of publication, it is... Show more
OFFICIAL
PUBLICATION OF AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
731 2 1 AVENUE
~ ~ SOUTH,M ~ u s MN
, 55454
:I1
yI
..
'
b:
612-330-1000
in.
This catalog should answer most questions students have'
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although
information was current at the time of publication, it is subject
to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each
student to know the requirements and academic policies in
this publication. If you have questions about anything in this
catalog, consult a faculty advisor, the Dean of the College or
the Registrar. Key offices are listed at the back of the catalog
for correspondence or telephone inquiries.
':
I
i
,
k
1
I
;
Location -Augsburg College was
founded in 1869in Marshall, Wisconsin.
The College moved to Minneapolis,
Minnesota,in 1872
increase awareness and provide
assistance for students with disabilities.
cal Lutheran Church in America
Financial Aid -Over 80 pacent of the
students receive some form of financial
aid from the College and many other
sources.
(ELCA).Although a strong plurality of
students are Lutheran, two in 10
represent other Protestant denominations while approximatelytwo in 10 are
Roman Catholic.
Libmy -Over 175,000 items, access to
over 5,000,000 through CLIC, the Twin
Cities private college library consortium, and Minitex, the regional library
network
Accreditation -North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education. Approved by
American Chemical Society,Council on
Social Work Education, National
Assodation for Music Therapy, Inc.,
National Association of Schoolsof
Music, National League for Nursing.
School Year -Septemberto May, 4-14
calendar, with January Interim. Two
summer school sessions. Augsburg
Weekend College-trimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Program
-trimesters, W b e r to June.
Member -Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council
in North America, Minnesota Private
College Council, registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Eoard,as d d b e d on page 11.
Off Campus Programs-Center for
Global Education, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA), Minnesota Studies in
InternationalDevelopment (MSID),
Study Abroad, International Business
Program, Upper Midwest Association
of Intedtural Education (UMAIE) and
extensive cooperative education
P'ogram.
Athletic Affiliation -Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference 0,
and National Collegiate Athletic
Assodation (NCAA), Division III.
Religious Affiliation -The Evangeli-
Enrollment (1990-'91) -2,%5 from 26
states and 28 nations.
Graduates -10,781 from 1870 through
August 31,1990 .
StudentlFaculty Ratio -15.6 to 1.
Class size averages 20-30.
Campus -15mapr buildings. Mapr
renovation 1979-'80 with special
emphasis on accessibility.
Accessibility -Augsburg is now one
of the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway-tunnelelevator
system provides access to 10 major
buildings without going outside. In
addition to building modifiaations,
Augsburg has a student-run program to
Majors -More than 45 in 22 departments.
Policy -Augsburg College does not
. . . on the basis of race, creed,
e-t
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as requiredby
Title D( of the 1972EducationalAmendments or Section 504of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admission
policies, educational pmpms, activities
and employment practices.
Fads and Figures ................................................................................. 2
Introducing Augsburg ........................................................................ 7
Admissions ......................................................................................... 15
.................................... 21
Financing Your Education ......................
.
College Costs ................................................................................. 22
Financial Aid ................................................................................. 25
Scholarships
. ................................................................................... 30
Student Life ........................................................................................
47
Academic Information .....................................................................-59
General Information .................................................................. 6 0
Academic Organization and Programs .................................... 63
Majors and Minors ....................................................................... 63
Academic Policies and Procedures ............................................76
General Education CurriculumRequirements .........................81
Evaluation and Grading ..........................................................
-89
Departments and Programs (including course descriptions) .....97
Art ................................................................................................... 99
Biology ........................................................................................104
Business Administration and
Management Information Systems (MIS).............................108
Chemistry .....................................................................................116
East and Southeast Asian Studies ............................................121
Economics ............................ .
.
............... 123
Education .....................................................................................127
Engineering..................................................................................136
English .........................................................................................138
First Year Experience ..................................................................144
Foreign Language Department .................................................145
General Studies .................................-........
156
Global Education Programs ......................................................157
Health and Physical Education ...............................................161
History ..................................................................................... 165
Humanities ...................................................................
169
.
.
Interdisciplinary Studies............................................................170
American Indian Studies ....................................................
171
Ethnic Studies .........................................................................172
Women's Studies ...................................................................
173
International Relations .............................................................174
Mathematics and Computer Science .......................................175
Metro-Urban Studies.......................... .
.
.
............................... 182
Music ..... ............
.............................................................. 188
Natural Science
................................ 198
Nursing ....................... ,
.
.
..................................................... 1 9 9
Philosophy ...................................................................................
203
Physics ..........................................................................................207
Political Science ...........................................................................
212
Psychology ...................................................................................217
Religion ......................................................................................222
Scandinavian Area Studies........................................................
227
Social Science
.............................................. 228
Social Studies.....................................................
....*. .....228
Social Work ..................................................................................229
Sociology ......................................................................................
234
Soviet and East European Studies ............................................238
Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts .............................239
College Information ........................................................................ 247
Board of Regents ......................................................................... 248
ELCA Education Division .........................................................249
Directory ......................................................................................250
Administration ................
........................................... 251
Faculty Emeriti ............................................................................ 253
Academic Calendar ....................................................................254
Faculty ..........................................................................................Z 6
Index ..................................................................................................
269
Maps ..................................................................................................274
.....
....................
...
.......................
.
.
.
.
............ ..
A GREETING
FROM THE
On behalf of the entire college community, I welcome you to Augsburg
College. It is a pleasure to introduce the College to prospective students and
to use thisopportunity to welcome new and returning students.
Augsburg has earned a reputation as an affordable, quality liberal arts
college of the church. The mission of the College, its academic programs and
its metropolitanlocation attract a wide variety of students, a diversity which
is actively encouraged. Whether from a small town, a large city or another
country, all students enjoy the sense of community here at Augsburg.
The College continues to grow at a mnarkable pace, building on a tradition
of excellence in its programs, faculty, students and facilities. It is a place
where community, national and world leaders meet to discuss issues and
ideas.
I invite you to become part of this tradition of excellence -Augsburg is an
exciting and challenging place to prepare for your future.
I look forward to meeting you on campus.
President
Augsburg College is grounded in traditions -the traditions of its founders,
of the church and of higher education in the liberal arts. From this framework springs a dynamic, challenging and evolving institution that rises to
the challenges of today's -and tomorrow's -changing world.
Augsburg is committed to educating the whole person, encouragingand
respecting diversity and serving the larger community. Through education,
understanding and service, Augsburg faculty, staff and students can affect
the future in positive ways.
The phrase, 'Think globally, act locally, rings true at Augsburg. The
College's location in the heart of the Twin Cities provides rich opportunities
for experiential education, volunteer service, internships and cultural
enrichment. In a sense, the cities are an extended campus for Augsburg
students.
Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a
difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto,
"Education for Service," and to the Mission of the College:
To dmelopfuture ltnders of service to the world by proznding high quality educational oj?prtunifies which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by
an intentionally diverse campus community.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in
Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in
Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.The first college
students were enrolled in 1874 and the first graduation was in 1879.
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876).
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway -Sven Oftedal
and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of
Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and
to provide such "college1' studies that would prepare students for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: First, train ministerial candidates;
second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer,
worker, and businessman The statement stressed that a good education is
also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower
concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been
Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years.
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's
second president (18761907), required students to get pre-ministerial
experience in city congregations.Student involvement in the community
gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for
Service."
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called
the Lutheran Free-Church.The church was a group of independentcongregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity.
This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the
small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily
as an attachment to the seminary.
This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup,
Jr. became President He worked to develop college departmentswith an
appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be
ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the
College as a teacher and administrator.
The College's mission assumed a double character -ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937,
Augsburg elected Bernhard Quistensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher,
to be pmident (1938-1%2).His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles
made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life.
After World War JI, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and
improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the
institution than the seminary, and received the most attention.
Augsburg added departmentsessential to a liberal arts college, offering a
modern college program based on general education requirements and
elective majors. With curriculum change came a long effortto become
accredited.
The College reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had
entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time.
A study in 1962 definedthe College's mission now as serving the good
society as a whole first and the interests of the Lutheran Fnx Church
second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Northwestern Seminary)in St. Paul in 1963.
President Oscar A. Anderson (19&1980) continued Augsburg'semphasis
on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out b non-traditional
student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people.
During his years of leadership the College became a vital and integral part
of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen
Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and Murphy Place.
Dr. Charles S. Anderson has led the College since 1980.He guides
Augsburg's commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and
freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs and a curriculum that draws
on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom.
Augsburg continues to grow under his leadership. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting Weekend College and three
Master of Arts degree programs, hosting national and international figures
at College-sponsoredforums and events, increased accessibility and the
addition of the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication.
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the
founders who believed:
An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community
and church;
Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension
in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens;
The city, with all its excitement, challenges and diversity is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metre
politan center. There are now more than lO,W Augsburg alumni. In a world
that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still
sends out graduates who make a differencewhere they live and work.
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Murphy Square, the first of 155parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes."
The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest
medical centers -Riverside Medical Center -are adjacent to the campus,
with the Mississippi River and the Seven Comers theater district just a few
blocks away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of
arts, sports, entertahment and recreation opportunities, are minutes west
and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus,
or on bus routes that also conned with the suburbs. (See map in back)
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to
Minneapolis-St. Paul Internationalm r t and bus or train connections can
be made from all areas of the United States.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race,
d,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as
required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Ad of 1973, as amended, in its admissionspolicies,
educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries
regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinatorslisted in the
directory in the back of this catalog, or to the Director of the Minnesota
Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota
Street, St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on
Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of
University Professors and the Association of American Colleges.
Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schoolsand the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary).Our programs are approved by the
American Chemical Society, the Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for
Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National
Association of Schoolsof Music (NASM).
We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private
College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsementof the institution.
Registration does not mean that &its earned at the institution can be
transferred to other institutionsor that the quality of the educational
programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer.
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently
located near each other.A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower
dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus the Music Hall,
Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and
Communication
Admissions Office -The central admissions office is located at 628 21st
Avenue South and pmvides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
American Indian Support Program and International Center -Located at 620
21st Avenue South, these programs provide support services and information to
American Indian and international students, as well as others who wish to spend a
term studying abroad.
Christensen Center -Center of non-academic activity, with spacious lounges
and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore and offices for student government
and student publications. (1%7)
Center for Global Education -Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides
offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global
issues.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication-The
newest building on campus establishes a new "front doof' for the College on
Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in recognition of the gifts of Julian and
June Foss and those from a great number of alumni and friends of the College. The
Tpmhom-Nelson Theater is also housed in this complex, which contains space for
the campus ministry pmgram, drama and communication. Augsburg's computer
lab is located in the lower level of this facility. (1988)
Ice Arena -Two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and recreational
skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. (1974)
Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby, Dean of Men from 1920 to 1942,
basketball coach and head of the Christianity Department, provides facilities for the
health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics,
chapel services and general auditorium purposes. (1961)
Mortensen Tower - Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women from
1923to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass
students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. (1973)
Music Hall -Contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal
halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. (1978)
Old Main -Home for the Foreign Language and Art Departments, with class-
rooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, and made
accessible in 1990, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details
from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900)
Science Hall -Houses classrooms, wellequipped laboratories, a medium-sized
auditorium and faculty offices. (1949) In 1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the
roof was completed.
South Hall and Annex Houses -All located in or near the campus area,provide
additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff.
George Sverdrup Library -Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president,
contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the
Augsburg archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955)
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall -Named in honor of Augsburg's second and
third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. (1938)
Tutor Center -This house at 2011 South Seventh Street has rooms for individual
tutoring sessions, quiet study and assistance with study skills.
2222 Murphy Place -Houses offices for Weekend College, Graduate and Special
Programs, and Cooperative Education, as well as classroom space. (1964)
Urness Tower -Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have
given several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324
students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room,
with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967)
West Hall -Apartment housing for upperclass students. (1966)
Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial Interaction - InterRace facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of work,
communities and society. The Institute provides training and consultation,
research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy and legal
study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 21st Avenue South.
Minnesota Minority Education Partnership ( M M l T ) -A program that
encourages the retention and graduation of students of color. The program
coordinates the existing resources of schools, families and communities and
also develops new resources. Located at 2018 South Eighth Street.
Scandinavian Center -Coordinates the efforts of individuals and groups
interested in the five Nordic nations. Located at 2400 Butler Place.
Youth and Family Institute -Designed to help churches better serve the
changing needs of youth and families. The Institute at 2018 South Eighth
Street offers academic programs at both undergraduate and graduate levels,
as well as seminar/workshops, a resource center and counseling services.
A u g s b ~ college
r ~ is looking forstudents with intelligenceand
characler. We want people who can ben+t from and contribute to their
community -the College community and the community at large.
Becausefirsthand appraisal qf programs, facilities and academic*a
sphere is valuable,fieshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to
visit the campus and me& with an Admissions Counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member 4 the jkulty and to attend
classes when schml is in session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with
college planning. Just call the Admissions Ofice any weekday behoeen
8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. -(612)330-1001, or toll-free (800)788-5678.
They will answer your questions and arrange a tour@ any duy
(including Saturhy mornings during the school year). The @ce is on
the northwest corner qf Seventh Street and 21st Avenue South in
Minneaplis. (Pleasecall first.)
Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful
consideration of each candidate's academic achieuemmt, psonal
qualities and interests,participation in activities and employment and
potential for development as a student and a graduate of Augsburg
College. lle Collegeselects students on individual merit without
regard to race, creed,disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age.
Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application
for admission and essay and return them to the Admissions Office together
with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
Transcripts-An o f f i d transcript from the high school is required of
freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students
at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent,
followed by a final transuipt upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree
scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school tramaipt.
Test Scores -Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the
Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test
(SAT), or the American College Test (ACT).It will suffice if test scores are
recorded on the official high school transcript.
Additional Information -If there is personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included
with the application or discussed personally with an Admissions Counselor.
Academic recommendationsmay be required by the Admissions Cornmittee before an admissions decision is made.
On occasion, the AdmissionsCommittee may also defer a decision on a
candidate's admission until other information has been received. For
example, more recent test scores, results of the present semesteis
coursework, additional letters of recommendation or writing samples may
be requested by the Committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the
Admissions Office will inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decision -Augsburg College uses a "rolling"
admissions plan. Studentsare notified of the admissions decision, usually
within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of Admission -Accepted students who are applying for
financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within
30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in
writing to the Diredor of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make
a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit. Those students who wish to live in
College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit.
Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a
degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the
senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete
the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic
recommendationsfrom the high school faculty and arrange a personal
interview with the Director of Admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at
Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment
Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information.
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having
completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is
granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorilycompleted at accredited
institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses
where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for
work taken at unaccredited institutions and to require that certain courses
be taken at Augsburg.
Augsburg College limits transfer from two-year colleges once a student has
reached junior status. If all transfer work has been taken at a two-year
college as freshman or sophomore, a maximum of 18Augsburg courses, or
% quarter credits, will be accepted toward the minimum of 35 Augsburg
course credits required for the baccalaureate degree.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA)of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is
required on previous college work.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes
necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental
catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary.
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without
requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return must apply for readmission through the Registrais Office. Students who have attended any
other institution(s1during the absence from Augsburg must have an official
transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students
do not pay the application fee.
In some circumstances,people may be admitted as special students (nondegree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually
part-time students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree
by petitioning through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at
Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be
sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available from
the Admissions Office.
A u g s b e welcomes students from countriesaround the world. Intemational students from more than 47 countries have attended Augsburg since
1954. Studentsshould contact the Admissions Office for an International
Student Application and informationon the application pracedm. Applications must be d v e d two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1
for Fall,November 1for Spring.
For more information, call (612)33@1001or write to:
InternationalStudent Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis MN 55454
A l l students re~eiiw~nancial
k l p iindrecttly, since a quality liberal arts
education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College r a k that
difference in
-fim alumni,faculty, stafi parents, church,^,
foudutions and endowment income.
Howeuer, the primay responsibilityfor paying@ a college education
r ~ ton
s students and theirfamilks.Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources.
sffs
The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed for the 1991-'92 academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as
required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic
conditionsnecessitate.
Tuition (full-time enrollment)
..........................................................$10114S.00
This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1991.
Studentsare considered full-time when they take three or more courses
during the semester terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school
year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees and admission to
most College-supportedevents, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable
in two equal installmentsat the beginning of each semester.
,.-..-.
-.-....
.....
Tuition (part-timeenrollment)per course
,
,
.
, $768.00
This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester
and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are
charged the audit rate for that course.
....................................
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
$384.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students
taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
.......................................................$2,00400
Full Board (19 meals a week)...............................................................$1,828.00
Room Rent (includes telephone)
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet
available from the Office of Student Life.
Partial board (14 meals a week) ......................
Flex 5 point plan
-...-.l-l.ll.$l1776.00
....................................................................................$1,616.00
Fees Billed on Student Account
Fees Payable by CheddCash
ACTC Bus (full-time
$ 12.00
students only)
Late Registration (per day
after classesbegin)
$ 50.00
Registration Change after first
5 days (cancel/add/change/grade
option, or combiition
$ 5.00
at one time)
Music Therapy Internship
(one half course credit) $384.00
Private Music Lessons,
per semester (14 lessons) $225.00
Student Teachiig (per course
$ 30.00
for full-time students)
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) $326.00
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) $150.00
Student Activity Fee
$ 85.00
Student Activity Fee (parttime students)
$ 4250
Application (new and/or
special students)
$ 15.00
Nursing Credit
Validation Tests
$110.00
Nursing
Comprehensive Exam
$ 10.00
Locker Rental (commuters) $ 15.00
Student Parking Lot Permit
-~ar
$ 55.00
-motorcycle
$ 25.00
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) $ 2.00
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Schedule on file in Registra/s
BOOKS AND ~
U
P
P
w)
~
These costs are estimated to be $500.00 per year.
.................................................
$100.00
Enrollment Deposit (Non-refundable)
Required of all new studentsafter acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is
credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated.Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be
refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the
Admissions Office.
......................................................................
$100.00
Housing Damage Deposit
Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to reserve
a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or
fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages
and/or fines)at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract.
New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by following the
conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be respon-
sible for all costs i n c u r d due to late cancellationor lack of proper notification. If the new contrast is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or
January 1for Spring Semester, $50 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as
a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellationis after
these dates.
Semester Fees -Rior to the start of each semester a 'Statement of Estimated
Qlarges" showingbasicchargesandfinancial aid dtsdesignatedbythe
Student Financial !%rvices Office is sent to the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options -(1)Annual payments, due August 15 as billed; (2)
Semester Payments, due August 15and January 15as billed; (3) Payment
Plan -upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is
available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges
letter; (4) lGmonth Payment Plan -upon application, College approval,
and payment of a $50 administrativefee, the annual charges may be paid in
10equal installmentsbegmung June 15 and ending March 15. No finance
charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will
be sent upon request.
I
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of one percent per month on any
account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a IGmonth payment
plan in which payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annualbasis, payable in two equal installments at the
begmmng of each semester.
W t r a t i o n is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is
paid in full.
Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all
student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds
administered by the College (Perkins Student Loan and the Nursing
Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules
and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed.
Students fill out Withdrawal from College forms available in the Office of
Student Affairs.They must be filled out completely, signed and turned in to
the Reg~~trar's
Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to parttime, are dismissed or ~IPreleased from a housing contract will have their
accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction
of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule:
100%90%80%70%60%50%-
through the first five days of classes (less$100 administrativefee)
from the 6th through 10th day of classes
from the 11th through 15th day of classes
from the 16th through 20th day of classes
from the 21st through 25th day of classes
from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term
No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board
refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to .withdrawdue to illness or an accident, the refund
will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the
inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment.
Students who elect to omit an Interim or to graduate in December are not
entitled to a refund of Interim tuition, room and board charges. Students
who participate in an approved off-campus Interim are eligible to apply for
a board refund and room sublease. Details and request forms are available
in the Office of Student Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all
adjustmentsfor aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before
eligibility for a cash refund is determined.
Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a
person or family makes in a lifetime. So,proper planning and wise choices
are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used
to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial
Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and
advisory assistanceto protect access to a quality education in spite of
i n m i n g costs.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of
scholarships,grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College
cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in pmviding
various aid programs. For the 1989-'90 academic year approximately 83
percent of all students at Augsburg received xholarships, grants, loans and
part-time employment totalling over $11,500,000 from all aid sources.
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the
student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and
family resources.
The Family Financial Statement (FFS)of the American College Testing
Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship
Service (CSS)helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student
is eligible. This analysis estimatesthe amount a student and family can be
expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family
financial factorsas current income, assets, number of dependents, other
educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations.
How AND WHENTO APPLY
New Students - Regular Admission
1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is
made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS)or Financial Aid Form (FAF)
from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application
and send it to the processing agency after January 1but before April 15 for
priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS, which
includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program.Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents
using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014.
3. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that
time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet
and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be
sent to you detailing your financial aid.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline
stated. If necessary, the appropriateloan forms and/or work applications
will be sent to you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college
previously attended before financial aid will be offered. The financial aid
transcript forms are available through the Admissions Office or Fiicial Aid.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by
the applicationand Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on
the familfs financial eligibility, the student's satisfactory academicprogress
and fund availability.
A student applyingfor aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a s@c scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various
forms of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants and loans that might be
available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with
churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs and fraternal organizationsfor information on aid
available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these
sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for
Veterans' Children and others.
Gift Assistance
President's Scholarships-President's Scholarships,which assuxe gft
assistance equal to tuition, are awarded annually to the most academically
qualified full-timefreshmen students. These scholarships are awarded
without regard to need. The awards are renewable for three years based on
academic performance at Augsburg. Ekcause this is a d e d programffull
tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the differencebetween
non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell
grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due February 15. Details
from the Admissions Office.
Dean's Scholarships-Dean's Scholarships, which assure gift assistance
equal to tuition, are awarded each fall to the most academicallyqualified
full-time students who are direct transfers to Augsburg College following
completion of an A.A. or AS. degree, having maintained a 35 GPA on a 4.0
scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are
renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified programffull
tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the differencebetween
non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell
grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due April 1.Details from
the Admissions Office.
Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards -Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or
grant from a Lutheran congregation. The scholarship or grant check from
the congregation must be received at Augsburg by October 1.
Augsburg Tuition Grants -Available to students who have shown
academic potential and have financialneed. A student's academic performance, financial need and high school and community involvement are
taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants -Awarded by the state to
Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 199G91, they ranged from
$100 to $ 5 3 3 . All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply.
SupplementalEducational Opportunity Grants -A federal program
administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1)be a U.S.
citizen or permanent resident; (2) have exceptional financial need as defined
by the program; (3) be capable of maintaining satisfadory academic standing at the College; and (4)be accepted for admission
Pell Grants -Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible
institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined
by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for
1991-'92 is $2,400. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and
requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to
the Pell Grant Program.
Bureau of Indian Afâ¬airs/Tribaland State Indian Scholarships-Bureau of
Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarshipsand Augsburg American
Indian Scholarshipsare available to Indian students (both full- and part-time)
who meet speclfic criteria. For Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State
Indian Scholarships,studentsmust be 1/4 degree American Indian ancestry
and be enrolled with a federally recogruzed tribe. Eligibility criteria for
Augsburg American Indian Scholarshipsvary; contact the American Indian
Support Rogram office. Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial
aid. Questionsmay be directed to the American Indian Support Office or to
your local BIA, Tribal or State Indian Education Office.
Loan Assistance
Perkins Student Loan -A joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the College for students who demonstrate
financialeligibility. Loans are interest-free during your education. No
interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any
time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5 percent and
repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begn nine
months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The
loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be
borrowed for undergraduate study is $9,000, ($18,000 including graduate
school).
Sta£ford Student Loans -Loan funds are obtained directly from a local
lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the
student is attendingat least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple
annual interest of 8 percent (10 percent after the first four years of repayments) on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begins six
months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The
maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining
years of undergraduate study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250. Applications are available at the College, and some banks.
The Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF)-SELF is administered
through the Minnesota Higher Education CoordinatingBoard. Applications
are available from the Office of Student Financial Services.
Undergraduates may borrow up to $4,000 per year minus any other student
loan indebtedness. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $16,000. The
minimum loan amount per year is $1,000. The interest rate is variable.
Interest payments begn 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue
quarterly thereafter, while the student is enrolled. Principal payments begm
the 13th month after you leave school. There are no deferments.
Nursing Student Loan -Federal program with provisions similar to the
Perkins Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or
enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing.
Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half time. The
maximum loan is $4,000 per year.
SupplementalLoans for Students (SLS)-SLS is a federally sponsored
loan program which permits independent students to borrow to finance
their cost of education.
Students can borrow up to $4,000 per year. Interest is variable with a 12
percent cap and interest payments begin 60 days after the loan is disbursed,
but in many cases, can be allowed to accrue and add to the principal.
Repayment begms 60 days after you leave school or cease to be enrolled at
least half-time. Deferments exist for continued education or disability.
Parent Loan Program (PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help parents
meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to
$4,000 per student per year with an aggregate maximum of $20,000. Repayment begm within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate
not to exceed 12 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per month.
Application forms are availableat Augsburg College or the lending institutions Applicationsare normally filed with the bank or thrift institutionwith
which your family has an account.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven
finand need who a~ at least one-half time students. Assignment is made
on the basis of need and potential competence in
the duties
assigned.Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial
aid, just like scholarships, loans and grants. A maximum of 15hours of oncampus employment per week is recommended.
All oncampus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract
issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made
monthly by check to the student employee. Students should make application to both the Financial Aid and Personnel offices for work study
positions.
College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program
-Under theseprograms the federal or state government supplies funds on
a matchingbasiswith the College to provide some part-tine work opportunities.
Scholarshipwinners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee of the
faculty unless otherwise specified. For departmental scholarships, winners
are recommended by faculty of the department involved. Descriptions of
awards are from statements of the donors' wishes.
*Indicates endowed scholarships.
Charles and Ellora AUiss Educational Foundation Scholarships-A number of
awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of
financial need and ability. Established in 1973by the foundation.
The Dain BosworthlIFG Foundation Scholarship -Awarded as funds are made
available, to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to deseming junior/senior students. Established in 1961to perpetuate her memory.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to two deserving junior or senior students. Established in 1%9by Alma
Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory.
Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
needy and deserving upper class students. Established in 1979 in memory of their
husband and father by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs.
Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara Hoelck.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established
in 1965by Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem.
EW. Hallet Scholarship-Awarded, as funds are available, to students with
demonstrated need for financial assistance.
The Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an Augsburg student of any class or major, based on
academic performance and financial need. Established in 1987by Mr. Joseph Hsieh
(6
' 11, Andover, Ma., in loving memory of his mother, his honorable teacher and his
respected advisor at Augsburg College.
The Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
students who demonstratepotential and financial need. Established in 1985by
Edwin C. Johnson ('25), Powers Lake, N.D.
Memorial ScholarshipFoundation Scholarships*-Awarded annually to an able
and deserving upper class student. Established in 1964by undesignated memorial
gifts.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts ScholarshipsGiven annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972.
Northern States Power Company Scholarship-Awarded to deserving students
in each class year on the basis of financial need and ability.
The Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors
who are U.S.citizens, have a B average or above and qualify for need based aid.
Established in 1987by Mr. Nystrom as an expression of his belief in young people
and his hope that they will become meritorious leaders.
The Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson Scholarship -Awarded annually to a
student(s)of any class or major based primarily upon financial need and evidence
of personal financial commitment. Established in 1991through a bequest in the will
of Rev. Martin J. ('23 Academy; '26, College; '29, Seminary) and his late wife, Olga
S. (2' 1) Olson, along with the gifts of many family and friends.
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund* -Awarded annually to freshman students
who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in
1963by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck.
The Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship*- Awarded annually to students
of any class or major, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Establish
in 1990 by Dr. Martin ('29) and Mrs. Esther Quanbeck, Minneapolis, Minn.
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* -Awarded to able and deserving
students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964.
The Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
students of any class, based on academic achievement and financial need. Estab
lished in 1990 by Ernest and Vivian Tinseth, Edina, Minn.
The Robert W. Wauyniak Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
junior or senior, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Established
in 1986 in memory of Robert Warzyniak, ('65) through memorials, supplemented
by gifts of his wife, Sharon, and family.
The Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* -Awarded annually to one
or more students of any class who have potential and financial need. Established in
1986through the gift of Elsie L. Wildung, St. Paul, Minn.
A
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded to an able and deserving
junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved
father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie.
*Indicatesendowed schokuships.
Aid Association for Lutherans -Awarded annually to able and deserving upper
class students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for
Lutherans Insurance Company. Established in 1966.
The Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to students who help the College fulfill its mission of being "an intentionally diverse campus community." Awards are based upon financial need and good
academic achievement (3.0 or higher G.P.A.), with preference given to students
who are planning some form of Christian service. Established in 1989 by Dr.
Charles S. and Mrs.Catherine G. Anderson, St. Paul, M i n .
The Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student
mapring in purnalism or social work. Awards are based upon academic performance and finanaal need. Established in 1990 by Mrs. Ruth M. Baker, Edina, Minn.,
in loving memory of her daughter, Phyllis M. Baker, a 1952 graduate of Augsburg
College.
The Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
students of any class, based upon academic achievement, financial need and service
to others. kference will be given to a student who is taking private music lessons
and a student who shows teamwork in College physical recreation activities.
Established in 1991by friends, alumni, faculty and staff of Augsburg College, in
honor of Jeroy ('48) and Lorraine Carlson, and in appreciation for their commitment to and expression of the highest ideals of the College.
The Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
science students of any class, based upon academic achivement (32+ GPA), interest
and ability in the field of study, and a demonstrated sense of social and spiritual
community. Established in 1989by Dr. Carl C. ('59) and Mrs. Kathleen A. ('62)
Casperson, Minneapolis, Minn.
The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
able and deserving student(s) who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Est?:olished in 1972by her husband, moyd Cleveland, to
honor the memory of Mrs. Cleveland, Augsburg alumna, consecrated Christian
leader and devoted wife.
The Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto one or
more female freshmen students of any major who belong to the Lutheran Church
(ELCA) and show evidence of academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986by Raymond D. Erickson GO), in memory of his daughter, Laura
Ann Erickson.
David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and
achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in
1979by members of his family to honor the memory of Commander David J.
Formo, 1964 alumnus.
The JulianP. Foss Scholarship*-Awarded to a student of any class who has
financial need, shows promise, and demonstratesfaith and dedication to overcoming difficult circumstances.Established by Julian P. Foss ('30), Mesa, Ariz.
The Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student at or
above the sophomorelevel who demonstrateshigh academic achievement and is
preparing for a career in some form of therapy, e.g, physical, occupational, speech,
music, psychological. Established at Thanksgiving 1986, by Dr. TheodoreJ. and
Mrs. Fern S. Hanwick, in gratitudeto the therapists who aided in the recovery of
their son, Theodore T. Hanwick ('66), from a severe accident.
The King Harald Scholarship -Established by authorization of the Augsburg
College Board of Regents in 1965on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince
Harald, this annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from
Norway. The winner is selected from competition held in Norway by the Norge
Amerika Foreningen.
The Rev. JohnHjelmeland Endowed Scholarship Fund*-Awarded annuallyto
second or third generation freshman or upper class students of any major who have
attained a 3.0 grade point average or better. Established in 1986 by Sigvald ('41) and
Helen Hjelmeland, and John ('70) and Lynn Hjelmeland.
The Hoversten Peace Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class
or major, based upon academic merit and financial need. Preference will be given
to students who have demonstrated an interest in peace and/or whose personal
outlook and career plans show promise of contributingto the cause of peace.
Members of the Hoversten family and international students are encouraged to
apply. The fund may also provide aid to students or faculty who undertake projects
that will contribute to peace and global understanding. Established in 1989 through
a bequest and trust of Dr. Lester T. Hoversten, San Jose, Calif.
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper class women
of high moral character, with preference given to female or male students transferring from Waldorf College who are in music and/or elementary education.
Established in 1975in memory of Catha Jones, 1970alumna, by her parents, Mr.
and Mrs. Kenneth Jones, other family and friends, and the Augsburg College Senior
Challenge Program.
The Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually
to a junior or senior who is interested in serving others, e.g. majoring in religion,
education, music, social work, medicine, and based upon academic achievement
and financial need. Established in 1990 through a bequest in the will of Rev.
Torgney (1
' 7 B.A. and '21 B.Div.1 and Valborg (Nydahl)Kleven, and memorial gifts
by family and friends.
The Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an
upper class student of any major, based upon academic achievement (3.0 G.P.A. or
higher) and financial need. Preference given to college students who have demonstrated an interest in community service by active participation and whose parents
have not achieved a Bachelor's Degree. Established in 1989 by family and friends in
memory of Harold Lanes ('11, Academy) and in honor of Laura Lanes.
I
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship-Awarded on the
basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum
award $800.00, maximum $1,500. The scholarship is renewable.
McVay Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. Preference given to students majoring in
education, religion or social work. Established in 1986by the McVay Foundation.
The Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)Monson Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to students of any major after their first year, based upon financial need,
diligence in scholastic achievement, and active membership in a Lutheran congregation. Established in 1989 by Forrest ('37) and Thelma ('37) Monson, San Diego,
Calif.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
senior student(s)who has successfullyovercome adversity and has achieved
excellence in academic and extracurricularperformance. Established in 1977to
honor the memory of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminarywho
overcame the adversity of early years to earn his own education and who served
others with humanity and wisdom.
The Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students
with financial need. Preference given to students from Canada or transferring from a
public mllege or university who indicate an interest in religion, music or Scandinavian studies. Established in 1988by Mrs. Evelyn Olson and Mr. Gordon Olson ('63),
in memory of Rev. Ole K. Olson ('32) and in honor of Mrs. Olson's 80th birthday.
The Rosemary J. Shafer Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any
class or major who show academic potential, financial need and a strong desire to
earn a college degree, with preference given to females of high moral character.
Learning disabled students are encouraged to apply. Established in 1985, and
endowed in 1989by Rosemary J. Shafer, Wayzata, Minn.
The John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of
any class or major, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to students from Madagascar, or if none with financial need,
then to students from other developing nations. Established in 1990 by Mrs. Agnes
Siverson, Hendricks, Minn., thereby continuing a long tradition of generosity by
Agnes and her late husband, John.
I
The Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
students of any class or major, based upon high personal motivation, rather than
high academic achievement or extreme financial need. Established in 1989through
a bequest in the will of Mrs. Genevieve E. Stelberg, St. Paul, Minn.
* Indiuztes endowed scholarship
The Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian Scholarship*-Awarded annually
to American Indian students of any class or major, based upon academic performance and financial need. Established in 1988through the estate and trust of Ada
Bakken, St. Charles, M i n .
The Kent Anderson American Indian Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
American Indian students of any class or major, based upon academic performance
and financial need, with preference given to students who are affiliated with a
federally-recognized American Indian tribe. Established in 1990 with the proceeds
of a benefit perhrmance at Augsburg College by Louie Anderson, a native of St.
Paul, Minn., who resides in Los Angeles, Calif.
The Asian-Pacific Student Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are
available, to two Asian-Pacific students with demonstrated financial need and who
reside in Minnesota.
The Otto Bremer Foundation American Indian Scholarship-Awarded to
American Indian Students. Recipients will be involved in a community service
project during the year.
The Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to sophomore,junior or senior Chinese students who
have outstanding academic records and are preparing to work among the Chinese
people. Established in 1983by family and friends to honor the memory of Grace
Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922alumna.
The Cargill Foundation American Indian Scholarship-Awarded to American
Indian Students who either: 1) have been denied or lost tribal funds or, 2) have
experienced other unusual circumstances as determined by the American Indian
Program Director and the Financial Aid Director.
The Hearst American Indian Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare
awarded annually to an American Indian upper class student(s)who has a
cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or better at Augsburg College. Established in
1984by The Hearst Foundation.
The Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to upper class international students who have overcome
adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracunicular performance.
Established in 1981by her parents, Dr. and Mrs. Einar Johnson, and other family
members and friends in memory of Grace Anne (Gay) Johnson, a student at
Augsburg 1971-1973.
The KerridgelMuellerAmerican Indian Scholarship-Awarded annually to an
American Indian student of any class or major who demonstrates academic
potential and financialneed. Established in 1988by Dr. "Mike" Kerridge) and Dr.
Van Mueller, Minneapolis, M i n .
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare
awarded annually to upper class Oriental international students. Established in
1978by her parents, family and friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion
to sharing and loving people, especially her service to students.
Pillsbury, Inc, Minority Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to
minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance.
The Marlys JohnsonSimengaard Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded periodically to a Black American student. Established in 1964in memory of Marlys
Johnson Simengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice.
The St. Paul Companies, Inc Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to
Minnesota minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance.
The JamesR Thorpe Foundation Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available,
to non-traditional and minority students with demonstrated need for financial
assistance.
'Indicates endowed schoLzrships
Art
The Queen Sonja Art Scholarship-Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1978to honor the Crown Princess of Norway.
Awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need.
August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to upper class students mapring in art. Established in 1982by
his wife,family and friends in memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and
teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg College.
Athletic
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an able and
deserving student on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966by his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in
memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College.
Paul DahledGerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an
able and deserving male student on the basis of personality, character, athletic and
academic achievement. Established in 1966 by friends to honor the memory of
these two Augsburg College students.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two or more
students, participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need
and high Christian character. The athletic scholarship is for a male candidate only,
with a preference in basketball. Established in 1975by Mrs. David Gronner and
children Richard, Carol, and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of
David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually based on academic
achievement, personal character and ability in athletics. Established in 1945by Mr.
and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of
Okinawa.
Rory JordanMemorial Scholarship-One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upper class students participating in intercollegiate sports, with
preference for students in the wrestling program. Established in 1980by the
William Jordan and Charles Schulz families in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler.
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students on
the basis of achievement, personal character and promise in the field of physical
education. Established in 1958by their children in memory of their parents.
The Hovt Messerer Athletic Scholarshiv*- Awarded annuallv to a male athlete
of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Athletic Department.
Established in 1987by Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Ia.
James P. Pederson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student
committed to Christian service, based on academic achievement and financial need.
Preference given to students who are interested and participate in athletics and
recreation. Established in 1990 by Ralph and Katherine Pederson, Santa Rosa, Calif.,
in memory of James, a 1934graduate, exceptional all-around athlete and coachathlete director at Augsburg College.
The Stan Person Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
male students of any class or academic major who participates in the College's
athletic program and shows evidence of academic achievement and financial need.
Established in 1986by Glen and Gerald Person, in memory and in honor of their
brother, Stan Person.
Biology
Biology Scholarships-Established in 1972by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in biology, natural science
or medical technology.
The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Biology Scholarship* -A
merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student majoring or minoring in biology. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. ('74) and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
('74) Holmen.
Business Administration/Economics
Marianne Anderson Entrepeneurial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
woman who is interested in entrepreneurshipor engaged in business, based upon
academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to Weekend
College women who are older and have family responsibilities. Established in 1990
by members of the Minnesota Women Entrepreneurs (MINN-WE), in memory of
Marianne Anderson, a successful woman entrepreneur, and in honor of all
Minnesota Women Entrepreneurs.
Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* -Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassed within
the Departments of Business Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial need. Established in 1984by Augsburg business
alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community.
The Farmers Insurance Group of Companies Scholarship-Awarded annually,
as funds are available, to second, third and fourth year students in the fields of
insurance, mathematics, business administration, personnel and other areas related
to the insurance industry, based primarily on the basis of financial need. Recipients
will be expected to have maintained at least a 2.5 G.P.A. and are expeded to conduct
themselves acording to the laws of the United States and the state of Minnesota.
First Bank Systems -Awarded each year, as funds are available, without regard
to a speclfic mapr, but to students with demonstrated leadership ability and an
interest in entrepreneurial development.
The Forss-Herr Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior business
student who has shown academic achievement, has been involved in extracurricular activities and has financial need. Preference will be given to students from
families where two or more children are in college at the same time. Established in
1987by Mrs. Grace F. (Forss, '57) and Mr. Douglas P. Herr, Danville, L.
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
upper class students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965by The
GarnbleSkogmo Foundation.
The Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* -Awarded annually to working
women of any class who want to improve their skills and education by attending
Augsburg College part-time. The scholarship is designated for women who show
potential and have financial need, with preference given to those studying business. Established in 1989 by two working sisters-in-law, Mildred Krohn, Berkeley,
Calif., and Mrs. Eleanor Krohn, St. Louis Park, Minn.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship*-One or more awards are made
annually to a junior or senior student(s)majoring in business administration.
Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund,
Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College.
The Minnesota Mutual Life Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are
available, based upon academic promise and financial need with preference given
to majors in business or economics.
The Norberg Business Scholarship-Awarded
achievement to a student majoring in business.
annually on the basis of scholastic
The David L Shaver Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to business
administration students of any class, based upon financial need and academic
' 61, through his
performance. Established in 1988by the late David L. Shaver (7
participation in the Senior Challenge Program.
The Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class
student of any mapr who intends to pursue a graduate degree in business manage
ment. The award is based upon academic performance and financial need.
Established in 1987by Joan L. Volz, a 1968graduate.
Chemistry
Chemistry Scholarships*-Awarded annually to junior and senior students
whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
Established in 1968by family, friends and the Augsburg College Chemistry
Department to honor:
Manivald Aldre
Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Dr. W.M. Sandstrom
Walter Gordon Schnell
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr.
Covey Hendrickson
Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior
whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
Established in 1986by Burton and Peggy Fosse, Burnsville, Minn.
The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship*A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student mapring or
minoring in chemistry. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. ('74) and Mrs. Linda
Wey)('74) Holmen.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship-Awarded to
chemistry maprs who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979.
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships*-Awarded annually to
junior/senior students mapring in chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and,
prefaably, graduate or professional xhool goals. Established in 1984through the
Conrad Sunde estate in memory of a 1915alumnus who was the first Augsburg
College graduate to earn a J?h.D. in chemistry. His professional career as educator,
researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which the development of
lanolin oil was his outstanding work.
Education
The S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors and
seniors mapring in elementary education, based upon academic achievement and
financial need. Preference will be given to Weekend College students. Established
in 1990 by family and friends in memory of S. Luther Kleven ('50) and in honor of
the Kleven family.
David Mathre Scholarship*-Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s1
in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
The Elva B. Lovell Life Scholarship* -Awarded annually to education students
of any class who plan to teach. Awards are based upon academic achievement and
financial need, with preference given to students who are black, older or single
parents. Established in 1991by Mrs. Elva B. Lovell, Minneapolis, Minn., as an
expression of her belief in diversity and literacy.
The Barbara (Tjornhom) and Richard K Nelson Scholarship*-Awarded
annuallyto a student of any class, based upon financial need, with preference
given to a person preparing for a career in elementary education. Established in
1986in honor of an alumna, Barbara (Tprnhom) Nelson and her husband, Richard
K. Nelson.
The St. Paul Companies, Inc., Minority Education Scholarship-Awarded to
Minnesota minority students, majoring in education, who have a demonstrated
need for finandal assistance.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in English, with preference given to those who plan to
teach English as a career. Established in 1971by faculty members of the English
Department to honor the 37 years of service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at
Augsburg College.
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in
memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952.
Foreign Language
Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
junior/senior students who are mapring in modem language, with preference
given to those who plan to teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs.
James Kingsley.
Health-Related
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983by
The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association.
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
upper class student(s)preparing for a career in medicine or health. Established in
1978in memory of Eleanor Christensen Edwards' devotion and service in health
care by members of her family, Bernhard Christensen, Elsie Christensen Schroeder,
Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen.
History
The Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History Award -Awarded annually to a
senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980by Helen Ranck to
honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness.
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshipr -Awarded annually to students
mapring in history, with preference given to those who plan a career in the field.
Established in 1969by Dr. and Mrs. Carl H. Chrislock and augmented by other
contributions to honor the memory of H. N. Hendrickson, professor of history at
A u g s b q College, 1900-1952.
John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to history
students of any class, based on academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to minority females. Established in 1990by parents, family and
friends of Dr. John R. Jenswold, Assistant Professor of History, Augsburg College.
The Nydahl History Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors who
have potential and financial need, with preference given to history majors. Established in 1986through a bequest in the will of Dr. Theodore L. Nydahl.
Mathematics and Computer Science
Mathematics Scholarship-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student
in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics Department.
Minnegasco Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to able and
deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the
basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco.
Metro-Urban Studies
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs*-One or more
scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students who actively contribute
toward the fulfillment of Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's
urban involvement. Established in 1982by colleagues, former students and friends
to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development
and urban affairs.
Music
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to a
student of choral music. Established in 1965by Thomas I. Benson in memory of
Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna.
Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship8-Awarded annually to a
student of any academic class who is a choir member not mapring in music.
Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in memory
of Mr. Sam Coltvet, who believed in the value of Christian higher education and
choral music.
The Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a musically-gifted student, with preference given to a student of organ
and/or choral music who desires to serve, professionally or otherwise, in the
ministry of music of the Lutheran Church. Established in 1986 by the family.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two or more
students participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need
and are of high Christian character. Established in 1975by Mrs. David Gronner
and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner in memory of David
Gronner, Augsburg College alumnus.
0.I. Hertsgaard Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students who
show promise of academic success and have financial need. Reference given to
those who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instnniental music and
intaest or potential in conducting. Established in 1966 by 0.I. Hertsgaard.
The Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial Choral Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a freshman student member of the College Choir, based upon suitable
academic performance and financial need. Preference will be given to a choir
member who is a minority person. Established in 1990 by Garfield Hoversten ('a),
family and friends, in loving memory of Bernice Kolden Hoversten ('501, a soloist
with the choir.
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship*-Awarded to upper class students
seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with
preference given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
Established in 1975by Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message
of music.
The Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a music
student of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Music Department.
Established in 1987by Lucille H. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Ia.
-
Kenneth 0.Lower Nordkap Male Chorus Music Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to an upper class student mapring in music, based upon academic
performance and b c i a l need, with preference given to a person studying choral
music. Established in 1986 in memory of Kenneth 0.Lower ('28) and in recognition
of the heritage of the Nordkap Male Chorus.
Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare
awarded annuallyto upper class student(s1preparing for careers in church music.
Established in 1980by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the
teaching and conducting of piano, organ and choral music.
The Performing Arts Scholarship (Music) -Awarded annually to new incoming
freshmen students who will participate in one of the performing arts groups. Up to
10 scholarshipswill be awarded. Faculty will base their awards upon applications
and auditions. Deadline for application is February 15 of each year.
St. John's Lutheran Church -John Norris Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded
annually in honor of St. John's Lutheran Church's faithful sexton for 35 years, Mr.
John Norris. Applicants must be U.S.citizens majoring in music who are sophomores or above. The awards are based upon financial need and satisfactory
academic progress, with preference given to racial minority students.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a sophomore or
junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Established in 1953by
his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951.
Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded to outstanding
students who are participants in the Augsburg Choral Music program.
Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental Music Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a student of any class who is a member of a College instrumental group
but is not studying music. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda
(Ehiley)Holmen, in memory of Rev. Mark Ronning, who dedicated his life to
helping young people.
Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a participant in the
concert band, based on talent and academic record.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an Augsburg
student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise
for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955by her parents, Mr. and
Mrs. Iver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg,
member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-'53.
String Scholarships-Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on
violin, viola, cello or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble and orchestra.
John and Vera Thut Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded
annually to upper class students who have achieved excellence in performance in
voice or piano. Established in 1980by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends.
The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of music, three decades of
which were at Augsburg.
Philosophy
Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship*-A merit scholarship awarded
annually to an upper class student majoring or minoring in philosophy. Established
in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in honor of Dr. Bailey's
20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg College faculty.
Physics
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper
class student majoring in physics. Established in 1976by the Augsburg College
Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a
member of the Augsburg faculty.
Political Science
The Myles Stenshoel Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upper class students pursuing careers in political science. Established in
1980by Professors Norma Noonan and Myles Stenshoel.
The Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven Scholarship*-Awarded annually to seniors
majoring in history k d political science, based upon substantial academic accomplishment and financial need. Established in 1989 by Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven,
graduate of 1922 and Professor Emeritus, History and Political Science.
Psychology
The Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of
any class. Preference will be given to students studying psychology, especially
family understanding. Established in 1989 through a bequest and trust of Dr. Lester
T. Hoversten, San Jose, Calif., in honor of his parents.
Religion and Christian Service Scholarships
The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981by
Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to
the family, congregation, Augsburg College and the community.
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*-Available to both North
American and international students to encourage men and women to enter fulltime Christian service. Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral
character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983by the Rev.and
Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess.
Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship*Awarded annually to a student(s)in the senior class who is preparing for the
ministry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor the
memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 19S1958.
The Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial Scholarship Fund -Awarded annually to
students of any class or major, who plan to enter the ministry, based upon aca-
demic performance and financial need. Preference will be given to students who
are members of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church, Edina, Minn.
Established in 1989by a family of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church,
acting through the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church of Edina Foundation,
in memory of Rev. Donald C. Carlson ('421, founding pastor of the Normandale
Evangelical Lutheran Church of Edina.
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
an upper class student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982to
honor the memory of Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg.
The Luthard 0. Gjerde Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors
who are declared pre-seminary or pre-medicine students or to students mapring in
social work or a related field of Christian service. Awards are based upon academic
excellence and predicated upon Rev. Luthard Gjerde's commitment to the Gospel
of Jesus Christ as central to the ministry of healing and wholeness. Established in
1989by Mrs. Sophia Gjerde, family and friends in memory of Rev. Luthard 0.
Gjerde, Augsburg College (3
' 3) and Augsburg Seminary ('36).
The Elias P. Harbo Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student(s) in
the junior or senior class who is preparing for the ministry, with preference given to
those studying history, including church history. Established in 1991by the family
to honor the memory of Elias P. Harbo, a graduate of Augsburg College (1886) and
Augsburg Seminary (1889), the first President of the Lutheran Free Church, and
later Professor of Systematic Theology at Augsburg Seminary, 1909-1927.
Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*- Awarded on the basis of need, character
and interest in Christian service. Established in 1957by Iver Iverson.
The Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to one or
more students of any class who demonstratepotential and financial need, with
preference for those who are preparing for a religious service vocation. Established
in 1985by Kenneth and Vera Nelson in memory of their pastor, The Rev. Arnold J.
Melom, a 1947 graduate of Augsburg College.
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annually on the basis of scholarship, service and devotion to the Christian
faith. Established in 1975by the family and Augsburg College in memory of Gerda
Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg
College.
Onesimus Scholarship*-Awarded periodically to students preparing for the
Christian ministry. Established in 1962by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson.
Johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annuallyto Augsburg students preparing for a professional career in
Christian service. Established in 1976 by Mr. and Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in memory
of Johan J. 0.Rodvik and his deep personal dedication to his calling as a minister,
as well as his scholarly research and pioneering thought concerning the Apostle
Paul's traditionally misunderstood attitude toward the question of equal rights and
equal status for women.
The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded on the basis of need,
scholarship and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958to honor the Rev.
Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the College, 1940-1952.
The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation
in the church.Established in 1980 by their children, families and friends to honor
the lifelong devotion that the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church,
Augsburg College, and Augsburg Seminary over a period of 60 years.
Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary ScholarshipFund* -Awarded
annually to a junior or senior student preparing for service as a missionary through
the World Mission Department of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes.
The Johan L Weltzin Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper
division Lutheran students. Awards are based upon academic performance and
financial need, with preference given to students who would like to serve in foreign
missions. Established in 1987 by Pastor H. Alfred Weltzin ('411, Viroqua, Wisc., and
Pastor TheodoreJ. Weltzin ('37), Watford City, N.D., in memory of their brother,
Johan L. Weltzin ('73).
Scandinavian Studies
Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class
studenfds)with academic ability, in the pursuit of a degree with concentrationin
Scandinavianlanguages, literature, history and/or culture. Established in 1983 by
their children and their families and friends to honor Iver and Myrtle Olson on the
occasion of their golden wedding anniversary.
Social Work
Stem Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students* -Awarded
annually to one or more minority social work students, based upon the student's
potential and financial need, with preference given to those who are preparing for
professional careers in social work Established in 1985 by Dr. Paul and Mrs. Lorene
Steen, as representatives of the Steen Family.
The Lisa M. Weeding Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to a female
junior or senior social work student, based upon financial need and suitable
academic accomplishment. Established in 1989 in memory of Lisa M. Weeding
('871, by her parents, Donald and Marilyn Weeding, family and friends.
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize*- Awarded annually to a student in the general
field of Christian sociology. Established in 1936 by members of his family to honor
the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg
from 193W35.
SpeechlCommunicationrrheatre Arts
Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship*-Awarded
talent, scholarship and theatre participation.
to a senior student based on
The Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama ) -Awarded annually to new incoming
freshmen students who will participate in one of the performing arts groups. Up to
seven scholarshipswill be awarded. Faculty will base their awards upon applications and auditions. Deadline for application is February 15of each year.
The Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre Arts/Religion Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a junior or senior majoring in Theatre Arts, Communication or Religion,
based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to
students involved in drama who are preparing for a career in religious senrice.
Established in 1989by her daughter, Carolyn Canfield, family and friends in
memory of Dr. Esther J. Olson, Professor of Drama at Augsburg College.
'Indicates e n d o d scholarships
Experiences in the classroom are an important part college llife, but
learning and development also occur in formal and infomral activities
@the College and the metropolitan area. Whetherstudents are residents m commuters, the climatefor learning and living at Augsburg
will add dirnensiun to their education.
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as
academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in
the opportunitieswe encourage and provide for students to explore their
own faith.
Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different
religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a
similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups,
outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, peace and justice forums,
concerts and plays are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where
students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thank. and hear the
Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays, Trinity
Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches
within walking distance.
We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college of
the church, we encourage students to form values guided by our Christian
heritage, which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches
beyond their years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center and is
available for spiritual guidance, counseling. support or information.
Through student government, students secure a closer relationship with
and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide
input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government
also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights and
provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to
student life at Augsburg.
Student government is orgaruzed into the executive branch, the legislative
branch and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next
year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many
kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing editing or
service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or
Vice Fresident of the Student Body in their officesin the Christensen Center.
Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on
campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special
dinners, theme events, name entertainment and visiting personalitiesin
various fields.
The Christensen Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus.
Officesfor the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook,
the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite
classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR,a
studentaperated non-profit radio station senring the needs of Augsburg
and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Umess
Tower.
Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In
addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band and Orchestra perform on national and international tours.
Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical
styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on
campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Department and
have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus workshops with
visiting artsprofessionals.
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intemllegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC)and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic
M a t i o n (NCAA) Division 111.Men annually compete in football, soccer,
cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, tennis, track and field
and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer,
basketball, track and field, softball and tennis.
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of
team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been
an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is
open use of the gymnasium and ice arena.
The Student Affairs Division is comprised of a variety of programs, services
and activities dedicated to complementing and enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These
programs, services and activities provide students with an enriched collegiate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and
interests; attends to the social, cultural and career development of students;
and enhances students' academic performance through direct intervention
and environmental management. The following information provides a
brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division.
When students are concerned about the amount of work facing them, they
benefit from the programs of the Learning Center. The Center offers services
that cover the basic skills in reading, writing, vocabulary, spelling, test
preparation and math, as well as techniques to improve and enrich even the
best of study habits. If students need help with test anxiety, procrastination,
time management or study skills in general, the Center has programs that
help.
This office, located at 620 21st Avenue South, was created in 1978 to recruit
and retain American Indian students. It is recognized as a national model
for success and continues to have one of the highest retention and graduation rates of Indian studentsin the State of Minnesota.
The American Indian Support program provides direct services a d
assistance in areas that include but are not limited to: Indian student
admissions and financialaid procedures, orientation and registration,
coursework selection and academic advising, career counseling, community
and professional referrals, employment assistance, internships, student
housing, personal and crisis counseling. It advises and supports the
Interhibal Student Union
The program also provides advocacy in areas pertaining to health care, child
care, mental health, court services, public assistance issues, chemical
dependency and other areas that require or necessitate intervention.
An academic component in the form of an American Indian Studies Minor
is available (see INS, American Indian Studies).
Periodically, cultural activities and exhibitions are coordinated by this office.
The Black Student Affairs Office is committed to enhancing the education
and personal development of students of African descent, and to providing
cultural and historical awareness, academic achievement and social interaction. The Pan-African Student Union provides service to students and holds
monthly meetings in the Office of Black Student Affairs. In addition, the
Office sponsors events and activities such as Spiritual Life Series, Martin
Luther King's Birthday, poetry readings and Augsburg Black Alumni
Association meetings.
Career Services assists students in many ways. The staff can help students
explore interests for majors, find Internships and locate part-time jobs to try
out career possibilities. The staff provides seminars on career development,
interviewing skills and resume writing. Placement files are developed for
each student and sent out to prospective employers and graduate programs.
All students have moments of anxiety, difficulty making decisions and
confusion about themselves, their values or their relationships. Sometimes
students need to talk things out or receive information about the excellent
helping services in the Twin Cities. The Counseling Center provides a
supportive environment where students may gain greater self-knowledge
and are assisted in the self awareness/personal exploration process by
experienced counselors.
The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (C.L.A.S.S.) has
been recognized nationally as a leader in the field of educating students
with learning and physical disabilities. The C.L.A.S.S. program at Augsburg
is a logical outgrowth of the College's commitment to provide a highquality liberal artseducation for students with diverse backgrounds,
experiences and preparation.
The staff include three licensed learning disabilities specialists, one physical
disabilitiesspeclalist, and support staff members specializing in taped texts
and specla1testing arrangements.This favorable staff/student ratio allows
Augsbmg to offer an intense level of personal attention that is unique in the
college setting. In addition to individual academic support provided by
specdists, other services include advising, computer assistance and advocacy both on and offampus.
The Minnesota Multiple Sclerosis Society has recognized Augsburg as an
outstanding accessible organization in the field of higher education for its
unique system of tunnels and skyways.
FYE reflects the College's commitment to a meaningful introduction to
college for our students -an enriching beginning for a college career. To
provide focus for this introduction, FYE is centered on a series of themes.
These themes will be reflected in and expanded upon in readings, d i m s
sions and other activities. Diversity, tradition, change, ways of knowing and
what it means to be an educated person are all themes associated with the
Program.
The College houses approximately 800 students in a traditional residence
hall, aparhnent buildings, 22 houses and a family housing complex The
housing staff manages these facilities and creates a wide array of educa-
tional and social programming which balances and complements the
educational experience of students. The staff is comprised of three professional staff members and 18paraprofessionalswho live and work closely
with the resident students to provide a safe environment for living and
learning.
The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to
enhance their leadership skills through active involvementin developing
events, activities and organizationswhich serve the student community.
Hundreds of major programming efforts and targeted activities for specific
student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg a
dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment.
The Tutor Center, located at 2011 S. Seventh Street, arranges for students to
meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman and sophomore level
courses. Study rooms and a graduate student study skills counselor are
available at the Center to help students.
The International Programs Office focuses on the needs of international
students and students interested in studying abroad. It also serves as a
resource for those interested in international events and global issues.
InternationalStudents -Augsburg welcomes students from countries
around the world. International students from over 47 countries have
attended Augsburg since 1954.
International students receive assistance in meeting their educational
objectives through advising on academic concerns, immigration and visa
problems, financialmatters, practical matters (taxes, insurance, housing,
daycare) and personal concerns (adjustment to U.S. educational system and
society).
New international students participate in an orientation program before the
begnmng of the term which provides practical information on housing,
banking, using local transportation and course registration. Students also
learn about the U.S. educational system and adjusting to life at Augsburg.
i
Study Abroad -An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking
advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas
experience. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots
women's organizationsin Mexico, work in a small business or artisan
program in Kenya, examine Scandinavian perspechves on world peace in
Norway, or thrill to the sounds of "The Magic Flute" at the Viennese state
opera house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical
thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths,
experience different cultures and gain knowledge about the increasingly
interdependent world.
Students intemted in studying offcampus receive advice on selecting
programs which best fit their academic, career and personal objectives.
Assistance is given with program application, course registration, financing
and travel arrangements. Orientation and reentry programs are offered to
assist students integrate the experience abroad into their coursework and
personal lives. The deadline for application is December 15for offcampus study the following year.
All students in good academic standing at Augsburg may apply for permission to study o f f ~ p u sThe
. cost for many programs is equivalent to full
tuition, room and board for a semester oncampus. Financial aid is granted
on the same basis as oncampus study.
Students n o d y receive the same number of course aedits abroad as they
would if studying on-campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and graduation requirements when approved by
academic advisers and the International Programs Office before departure.
Augsburg Community -The International Programs Office works to
utilize the crosscultural perspectives of its international students and
students with experienceoverseas to educate the college community on
world issues. This is done through faculty, staff and student development
programs which include activities sponsored by the Cross-Cultural Club
and the InternationalHouse, forumson world issues sponsored by the
Global Community and Amnesty International student groups, and seminars focusing on issues of crosscultural communication for faculty and staff.
The College has a contract for its student health service with Srnileys Point
Chic, a teaching clinic of the University of Minnesota Medical School. The
Clinic is located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus.
Officevisits for illness and injury are free for all Augsburg students.
Students must check family health coverage to determine if they ~ I inP
cluded; if they aw not, contact the Dean of Students' office for information
regarding student health insurance.
The Commons-Situated on the top floor of the Christensen Center, this is
themain food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant,
spaciousroom feasmall table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions ~ I P
generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
Murphy's -Located on the ground floor of the Center, Murphys features
gnll items, soups and salads, desserts and beverages.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in
College houses or nearby apartments.
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the
learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a
variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program
promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group
decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more resident staff who
facilitatesthe process of group living and discusses personal concerns with
individual students.
Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomoresnot living at home to live
in College-operated housing. Manied student housing is available in annex
housing and South Hall. Studentsrent a room at the beginning of the fall
term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the
summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing
arrangementsin the spring. All resident students must sign housing
contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by
June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be
provided housing only if space is available.
AU studentsliving on campus must pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' accounts when
they move into the residence.
Umess Tower -AU new students and some upperclass students live in
Umess Tower. This 11story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is
considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their
own lounge, study and utility areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished
except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads and lamps. Laundry
facilities a~ available in each residence.
Mortensen Tower -This is the newest residence hall, an alternative to
traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. Mortensen Tower is
carpeted, air conditioned and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise
unfurnished.
South H
all -Contains 12apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West H
all -Contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass
students.
Annex Housing -This provides an alternative opportunity for group
living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house
responsibilities and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One
way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid
for a special interest house. Groups of students have created exciting
projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such
topics as environmental concerns, men's and women's awareness, international living honors program and Scandinavian studies.
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities
and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and
faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any
student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint
should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs.
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act
and Title IX.Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and
data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the
Registrar and the Placement Officeand to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential
letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed
under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access.
Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination
based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, a d ,marital
status or age.
Persons
additional information on these topics should contact the
Office of the Dean of Students or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the
directory at the end of the catalog.
A.ugsburg College constructs its cuwiculum upon the premise that
students must be educated as fully human sons -intellechcally,
spiritually and physically. To act tff&.vely, human beings must have a
broad grasp of the ofthe wmldPam which they have come as well as the
m
l
d in which they live. By prouiding courses in the humanities, natural
sciences and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces
students to the breadth and camplmPXIty
of knowledge and culture.
Required courses in religion are liesigned to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition a d encourage them to r$ect upon the importance
and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses qf2r
students the opportunity to deuelop skills for participation in exe~cise
and sporting activities.
Students choosefrom over 45 majar areas of study to gain a depth of
knowledge in a disciplineand to preprefor a career mfurther study.
Thus, through a balance of cuwicuiizr activities supported by full pre
grams in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education
strim to educate its students in a ral wmldfar the ral wmld.
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts,the Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The BS. degree is awarded to graduates with maprs
in Chemistry (ACS),Computer Science (BS.option), Music Therapy,
Nursing, Physics (B.S. option) and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded
to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music Performance.
Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Augsburg also offers a Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership and Master of Social Work
Augsburg follows the 4 1 4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of
approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4week January Interim. Full-time
students normally take four courses each semester and one course during
Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual
summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks.
The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on
another campus during the regular term. (SeeRegistration.) January
Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to
employ different styles of teaching and learning and to investigatequestions
and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular t e r n
The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all
students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to
classesoffered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities
within the United Statesand abroad. Independent or directed study and
internships are among the many Interim options.
Augsburg offers two Summer School sessions. The Summer School catalog
is published in the winter of each year and is distributed to all students, and
is available by contacting the Summer School Office.
Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs follow a trimester
calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College and GraduatePrograms).
The heart of any educational institution is its faculty and Augsburg College
is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors.
Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree and all consider
their teaching to be the f m s of their activity. Faculty are involved in
research, including such varied studies as space physics, the history of
medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union and homelessness in
American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and
national level and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries
and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty see their research as
supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty
development program which introduces them to current thought in many
fieldsbut especially in teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and
counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is
assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close
interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants
make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over
175,000 books,journals, records, sound cassettes, films and microforms.
Music, chemistry and art history slide libraries are located within the
departmental areas.
A service-oriented staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction in the use of the library, &nce
service and guidance in pursuing research. Students have access to a wide
variety of local, regional, national and international databases. Arrangements
are made for access by students with physical limitationsand special needs.
Students have access via a computerized on-line catalog and daily courier
service to all the library holdings of the seven private liberal arts colleges of
the Twin Cities and the JamesJ. Hill Reference Library.
The Library AudieVisual Center houses and supplies media equipment,
films and video tapes free of charge for instructionaluse. Audio and video
tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law is available. Fees are
charged for the production of transparencies and posters as well as for
lamination. The Center supplies television sets, VCRs, video cameras, video
editing tape recorders, microphones, slide, overhead, filmstrip, opaque and
movie projectors as well as screens and carts. Film bibliographies and
advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center.
The fall 1991completion of a new computer classroom and lab is an irnportant addition to the growing list of computer resources accessible to
Augsburg students and faculty. Computing clusters located in the dormitories, the Foss Center computer lab, the Library and the Science Building are
connected via a campus-wide network that offers a wide range of network
services.
Augsburg College became a member of the National Science Foundation's
Internet in the fall of 1990, connecting Augsburg to hundreds of universities
and other institutionsin the US. and around the world. Internet access and
a focus on educational technology allows Augsburg to integrate these new
electronic resources into many different areas of the learning process.
The College curriculum is offered by 22 departmentswhich are grouped
into four divisionsfor administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities -Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages,Philosophy, Religion, Speech,
Communication and Theatre Arts, College Librarians
Natural Science and Mathematics -Mark Engebretson (chaqmwn)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences -Richard Nelson (Chairperson)
Business Administration/Management Information Systems (MIS),
Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology
Professional Studies -Marie McNeff (Chairpemn)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing Social Work
MAJORS AND MINORS
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within
one division or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major
or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before
deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth
semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in
the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part
of the B.A. degree.
Studentsmay contact the Registrar about creating a unique major.
Art
Art History
Studw Art
Biology
Business Administration
Accounting, Finance,
International Business, Mi2~gt??nent
and Marketing
Chemisty (B.A. or B.S.)
Communication
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
East Asian Studies1
Economics
Applied Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Education
Kindergarten-Elementary
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering
English
Foreign Languages
Chinese, French, Getman,Japanese,
Norwegian, Russian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Education (BMS
Music P e r ~ n c (BM.)
e
Music Therapy (B.S.1
Nursing (B.S.)
American Indian Studies
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Economics
English
Foreign Languages
Chinese' French, German,Japanese,
Norwegian, Russian, Spanish
Health Education
History
International Business
Phiiosophy
Physical Education
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science
social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Soviet and East European Area Studies
'
speech
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Phiiosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area Studies
social Welfare
Sociology
Soviet and East European Area Studies
Special Education
Speech
Theatre Arts
Theatre Criticism
Women's Studies
It is possible for studentsto complete other maprs through the Associated Colleges
of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to complete a rnapr offered at one of
the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrafs Office.
I Cooperative Program of the Assodated Colleges of the Twin Cities and a g r m t s with
the University ofMinnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning and intermediate
courses in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrm, Japaneseand Russian. Other languages may be
milable through special arrangement.
Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology,Washington Unimsity School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological
Uniwsity.
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education:
English-LanguageArts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics,
Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-91, Social Studies,
Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-121, Band
(K-12)and Classroom Music (grades5-12), Orchestra (K-12),Vocal and
Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (grade35-12), and
Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary
level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their
academic major(s).
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the
ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy or engineeringcan profit from a
liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or
seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned
accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in
their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact the Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year to
arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry -These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum
requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota:
ENG, two courses; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),
351,352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirementsat other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering-This program provides a course of study which enables
students to complete introductory core requirementsin mathematics,
science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the
program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees
in engine*
while others elect to participate in a dual degree program.
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangementswith three universities to
allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute
of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri, or Michigan Technological
University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual degree programs afford students
the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts,including an elected major, with the study of engineering.
Pre-Law -Students considering a career in law should examine the
handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools and
consult the Augsburg prelaw adviser, Dr. Robert Clyde. Students may wish
to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine
their interest in law. Prelaw students should major in a discipline of their
own choosing and will satisfy most law-school entrance requirements with
a m r d of solid achievement in the liberal arts.
Pre-Medicine -Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts
education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the Biology and
Chemistry Departmentshave majors which can fulfill the academic +rements for pre-medical students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),
MAT 124,125; and PHY 121,122. The chemistry major also requires CHM
353,361, one advanced course, seminar and two or more biology courses.
The biology major also requires BIO 111,112,201,491 and at least one from
each of five groups -(367,386,471), (355,474), (351,353,473), (361,440),
(476,481) -with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school.
Designed to meet the University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requirements,
both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and
humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other
medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Pre-Pharmacy -Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota:
BIO 111,112; CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 112or 113; ENG 111and a
second course; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122; electivesfrom humanities,
literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of
several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology,
sociology or religion Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at
least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in
the history of philosophy and Greek in the junior and/or senior yea..
Pre-Veterinary Medicine -To meet minimum requirements of the College
of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are
recommended: ENG, two courses; MAT 124; public speaking, one course;
CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122;
economics, one course; two courses in art, literature, music, humanities,
theatre, or Upper Division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to
fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Honors Program
The Honors Program is a set of opportunities designed to challenge the
most academicallydistinguished students at Augsburg. Honors combines
academic and cultural components with social and intellectual activities.
The main components of the program include a one-per-term sequence of
honors courses during the freshman and sophomore year, special topics
seminars, a senior honors Interim course and a bi-monthly program of
speakers and events in the city. Students gain an enriched academic experience with the support and camaraderie of other honors students. Through
the program, the College can identify and meet the needs of its very best
students. Members normally enter as freshmen, with opportunities for
transfers and others. Requirementscenter on full participation in the
program components and a GPA of approximately 3.5. Please send inquiries for the freshman and sophomore program to Joan Griffin and the junior
and senior program to Larry Gockett.
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities
area on several programs.
Library and Media Center -Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the regional library network, the
Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,,000 volumes.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time weekday
students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline,
Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester
at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an
exchange, except for private instructionin music and some independent
studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to
parbcipate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get
better acquainted with the other schools or to undertake a specific course or
mapr not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated
calendars. The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A
regularly scheduled bus shuttles studentsbetween the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study
opportunities for the January Interim.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) -Augsburg,
in cooperation with 17other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semes
ters in Scandinavia, South and Central America and the Twin Cities. All
HECUA programs are interdisciplinaryand address the critical issues
associated with social change and the human community. The consortium
also facilitatesinnovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing
among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies.
Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effortbetween Augsburg
College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis
has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work,
sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialiststo help professional people in dealing
with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses.
Air Force ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force
RO'K program at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC
scholarships. For more information,contact the Office of the Registrar.
Naval ROTC -Augsburg studentsmay participate in the Naval ROTC
program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between
Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Officeof the Registrar.
Students are encouraged to consider study abroad as part of their educational program at Augsburg College. Study abroad provides opporhmities
to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further
career paths, experience differentcultures and gain knowledge about the
increasingly interdependent world.
Eligibility and Application
All students in good academic standingat Augsburg may apply for perrnission to study off-campus. Although foreign language skills are an asset to
students studyingabroad, they are not required. Since it takes some time to
prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their
freshman and sophomore years. Students must apply by December 15to
study off-campus for the next academic year.
Costs and Financial Aid
The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for
a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis an oncampus study. Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the Financial Aid
Office in awarding aid to students studying overseas.
Academic Requirements and Credit
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg but will add
an international dimension to any academic program. Students majoring in
a variety of disciplines, from the natural sciences and mathematics to the
humanities, study abroad each year. Students normally receive the same
number of course credits abroad as they would if studying oncampus.
Coursesabroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and
graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and
department chairs before departure.
I
E
I
A sample of study programs is highhghted below. For information on these
or other programs overseas, contact the InternationalPrograms Office.
Fall Term
Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives
This program of Augsburg's Center for Global Education explores the
experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic
development, social change strategiesand the connectionswomen are
drawing among issues of gender, race, class and global economics. Students
begin at the U.S./Mexico border, live in Cuemavaca, Mexico, for most of the
semester, and travel to Central America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition,
room and board for one semester on campus.
Application deadline: April 1
I
Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America
Each fall, Augsburg's Center for Global Education offers this program
introducingparticipants to the central issues currently facing Latin America
by focusing on new models of political organizing,popular education and
human services. Students b e p at the US./Mexico border, live in
Cuernavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central America.
Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus.
Application deadline: April 1
HECUA
Augsburg, in consortiumwith other colleges and universities, offers
programs through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA)in three different fullsemester programs in Norway, Ecuador or
Columbia. All programs emphasize the impact of social change and crosscultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize
intense language experience, internships and field trips.
For more information on HECUA programs, see the Metro-Urban Studies
listing in this catalog.
HECUAlSouth American Urban Semester: Ecuador or Columbia (SAUS)
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the relationshipsbetween Third
World development and the consequences of urbanization on the growth of
cities in South America.
Application deadline: March 15
HECUAlScandinavianUrban Studies Term: Norway (SUST)
(Also offered Spring Term.)
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on contemporary Scandinavian
societies and issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving and
urban life. Field study in Scandinavia and the U.S.S.R. is included.
Application deadlines: November 1(Spring term), March 15 (Fall term)
Interim Abroad
Each January, 25-30courses are offered around the world by Augsburg
professors and through the Upper Midwest Association for International
Education W A I E ) . Course registration is held during the Spring and Fall
terms for the followingJanuary.
Application deadline: October 25
Spring Term
Program in Global Community
This program of Augsburg's Center for Global Education examines the
history of political change, the dynamics of social justice and the role of the
chwch in Latin America. The program also explores the importance of
community and the responsibility of U.S. citizens in working for social and
political change. Students begm at the U.S./Mexico border, live in
Cuernavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central
America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester
on campus.
Application deadline: October 15
Minnesota Studies in International Development (MSID)
Augsburg, in cooperation with the ACTC colleges and the University of
Minnesota,offers the opportunity to study development issues in one of
seven countries: Ecuador, Colombia, India, Jamaica, Kenya, Morocco and
Senegal.The program consists of coursework in the U.S., a development
related internship in the country and community outreach upon return.
During the Fall semester, two required predeparture courses are offered at
the University of Minnesota.Directed study, internship or field research is
offered in the country during Interim and Spring terms.
Application deadline: May 15
HECUNLiterature, Ideology and Society in Latin America: Educador (USLA)
This interdisciphaxyprogram focuses on development and social change
in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature and
arts and the ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities.
Application deadline: November 1
HECUNScandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway (SUST)
See description under listings for Fall term.
ACTC German Program: Germany and Austria
Students participate in intensive language study at the Goethe Institute in
Germany during January and February and in a course on AustrdXrman
culture, language and civilization in Vienna, Austria.
Application deadline: Odober 15
Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN)
Augsburg participates in SPAN as a joint venture with other colleges and
the University of Minnesota. Each January four countriesare selected and
applicationsare accepted during Spring term. Students participate in
language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study/research on the topic of one's choice during the
summer, and writing a paper and community projects upon return
Application deadline: May 15
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department students may participate in the Intemational Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead
State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of
countries through the Internationaland American Independent School
Network. Students who teach abroad will also do part of their student
teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Education Department.
EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION
PROGRAMS
Internships, Cooperative Education and Service-Learning
Through Internships, Cooperative Education and Community Service,
Augsburg students integrate and expand their liberal artseducation by
embracing the worlds of work and service. Each work or community service
placement is closely related to a student's major, course work or career
interest. Augsburg's Internship, Cooperative Education and Community
Service programs link employers, community organizationsand the
academic program in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience and personal development. An underlying assumption is
that a liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and
citizenship. The integration of "knowingand doing" adds breadth and
depth to the liberal artscurriculum and assists students in making more
informed academic, career and personal decisions.
The College's metropolitan location makes possible a wide range of opportunities. Students have gained valuable learning experiencesin small and
midsize companies, large corporations, non-profit organizations, schools,
government agencies and community-based organizations.
Academic Internships
An academic internship is a carefully planned work-based learning experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning
objectives. A learning agreement plan, negotiated with a faculty supervisor
and work supervisor, outlining the internship objectives, strategies and
evaluation methods is required. An academic internship is approved,
supervised and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which
the student wishes to earn the Internship credit. Upper Division Internships
are numbered 399 and Lower Division Internships are numbered 199.
Registration for Internshipsconsists of the following steps:
1. Obtain the Internship registration permission form from the Internship
and Cooperative Education Office and secure the signaturesof the faculty
supervisor and Director of Internshipsand Cooperative Education.
2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship during the registration period. The
signed permission form must be tumed in at the time of registration.
(Students may preregister without a placement seared, but a suitable
internship must be found by the end of the registration or drop/add
period.)
3. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Internship and
Cooperative Education office) must be negotiated with the faculty member
responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The
completed original is turned in to the Internship and Cooperative Education
Office.
Internships are available in all majors and can be taken during a semester
(or Weekend College trimester),interim or summer session. For extension of
an internship beyond one term see the section of the catalog under grading.
A maximum of four courses of Internship may count toward the 35 courses
required for the degree.
Cooperative Education
CooperativeEducation is a college supported and monitored, paid, worklearning experience that is closely related to a student's major or career
objective. The goal is to combine theory with practice.
Students also earn money to help defray educational costs while gaining
important on-the-job experience.Job placements typically are part-time
during the academic year and/or full-time summer. Co-op jobs are flexible
and can begn and end anytime. Co-op Ed is not aedited in and of itself,but
a nonaedit CooperativeEducation transcript entry is available during the
academic terms the student is employed. Co-op Ed students are encouraged
to complete at least one Internship for credit in conjunction with their
Cooperative Education participation. Co-op Ed is available to Augsburg
students who have completed their freshman year and are in good academic standing.
Service-Learning
Augsburg's ServiceL.eaming program combines response to human needs
in the community with a conscious awareness and understandingof issues,
reflection and educationalgrowth. Augsburg students learn from and about
the community and society in which they live by participating in orientation
sessions, direct servicelearningactivities and seminarsor class discussions.
Through direct service, such as volunteering at a homeless shelter, tutoring
building housing for low income people or working with environmental
groups, students engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach
which employs reciprocal learning between the student(s1and the community.
The Service-I-eamhg Program works with community organizations and
organizes @c
projects to enhance student involvement and also assists
with and supports the integration of service-learninginto departmental
courses. The program works closely with the student directed Augsburg
LINK program and campus ministry.
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult
students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a
means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a
second mapr or pursue a personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends. There are three
trimester terms during the early September through June academic year.
Students may take from one to four classes each term.
Although the Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same
courses as the day school program, the cumculum is limited to selected
liberal arts courses and the followingmajors: Business Administration
(specializationsin accounting, finance, international business, management,
and marketing), Communication (concentrationsin human relations,
marketing communications, public relations/advertising, and supervisory
management), Computer Science, Economics, Elementary and Secondary
Education, English, Management Information Systems, Nursing, Psychology, Religion and Social Work.
Augsburg College offers three graduate degree programs: the Master of
Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the
Master of Social Work
Designed for working adults, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on
alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. There are thnx
trimester terms during the early September through June academic year.
The Master of Arts in Leadership program is based on the subject matter
and approaches of the traditional liberal arts.This cross-disciplinary
program directs its acadanic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to orpnimtional leaders. AugsbUrg's
program recognizes that today's leaders need broad-spectrum abilities to
provide them with a more comprehensive understandingof their world.
The Master of Arts in Education-Leadershipprogram values the role that
good educators play in the lives of students, and operates from the belief
that educators need to exercise leadership within the workplace without
relinquishingthe role of teacher. The program promotes leadership as a
process, promotes productivity within and beyond the organization and
works toward progress.
The Master of Social Work at Augsburg offerstwo concentrations:Family
Practice and Program Development, Policy and Administration. In the
Family Practice concentration, students concentrate on empowering the
family nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective.
The Program Development, Policy and Administration concentration has
been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership
and administration of policies and servicesthat respond to human need.
Both concentrations are founded on the asumptions that analysis of complex social issues and solutionsmust be based on solid research, and that
the world is interdependent in all areas, includinghuman needs and the
services to address them.
These programs bring working adults to the campus. They are complemented by the College's Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984)
that places Augsburg students into paid work experiences.
OrFmPRContinuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers selected courses through ContinuingEducation.
Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Associate Dean for
Graduate and Special Programs.
Canadian Program
The Canadian Program was inaugurated in 1985 with an endowment from
the Mildred Joel Bequest for Canadian Studies. The program supports
s p e d events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty
activity in Canadian studies. The goals of the program include community
involvement, increased awarenessof the importance of Canadian/U.S.
relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from Canadians
through visits and exchanges.
Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian Program Coordinator
Center for Global Education
The Center for Global Education, founded at Augsburg in 1985 facilitates
crosscultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more
critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are
grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others struggling for justice
and human dignity. Students can participate in semester abroad programs,
as well as Weekend College and Graduate Program courses offered at the
Center's program sites in Latin America, the Middle East, Southern Africa,
and the Asia/Pacific region.
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Full-time students normally register for four courses per semester and one
course in the Interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a
semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4 5
courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission.
Although a student may register up to five days after the semester b e p s ,
registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are
charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancellingor
adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a
semester.
A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of
the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the
followingsemesters. As some courses are offeredonly in alternate years,
students should also consult with Departmental advisers when planning
their class registrations.
Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer
School Office,Weekend College Office and Graduate Program Office for
those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures.
Specificinformationon registration and help with registration on another
campus are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar -Science 114, for Fall and Spring Terms
Interim Ofice -Memorial 230
Summer School Office -2222 Murphy Place
Weekend College Office -2222 Murphy Mace
Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Place
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for
courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may preregister during
the fall for the Spring and during the spring for the Fall terms.
Class Confirmation
All students must confirm their registration at the begnning of each semester and complete financialarrangements.
Students who do not confirmtheir registration before the first day of classes
(unless s p e d arrangementshave been made) will lose all classes. They
may register and confinn during the first five days, but special late fees a=
assessed and added to their account.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered
because this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellationof
courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office.
Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week
unless a petition is approved by the Student StandingCommittee. Withdrawal from College and resulting adjustments in accounts an? effective as
of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the
Registrar's Office.
Leave of Absence
Students may request a leave of absence for academic or personal reasons.
A request form must be picked up from the Office of the Dean of Students.
It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and
by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed
form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office.
A leave of absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an
extension of a leave of absence is needed, it should be requested in the same
manner as the original leave of absence, and the completed form must be
turned in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous leave
of absence, or readmission will be required.
Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing
must be observed by returning students. A leave of absence does not defer
repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines.
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests
with the student. Academic Advisers, Department Chairpersons, the
Associate Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and
assistance in program planning.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
AU degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the
Registrar'soffice prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be
no incompletes or open courses on the academic record).
See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about
requirements for these honors.
1. Completion of 35 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one
department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or
20 (Music Performance)for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 18for the
The course total must include three Interimsfor students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must
include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. This is
calculatedon each transfer s t u d d s evaluationof transfer credits.
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses
q d two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of
internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P).Non-traditional
grading (PIalso has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the minor if approvedby the department dxiqxmn
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrais Office about specific requirements for
a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
2 Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under
the departmental headings.
3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All students who enter the College as
freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily
the FYE Fall Orientationand Seminar. See the program section on the First
Year Experience for a full description.
4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0
is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply toward
the major. Some majors, licensure and certificationrequire higher grades in
each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensurein
education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing,
socialwork.) See the departmental section for details.
5. Residence -The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of
seven courses for part-time students)must be at Augsburg. Contact the
Registrar if an official interpretation is needed.
Because a new general education curriculumfakes effkc.3Septemberf 1991,other
graduation ~equirementsdiffer depending on a studenYs class$katratrow
Former Students
Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice
between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, if possible, or
using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission.
Regular Students Enrolled Before June, 1991
Students enrolled b e f o June,
~
1991, have a choice of using all graduation
requirements in effect when first enrolled or c h a n p g to the graduation
requirements in effect begmmngin September, 1991.No combination of
requirements may be made.
Students Entering Augsburg September, 1991, or Later
Students entering under the followingclassificationswill follow the Distribution Requirements as outlined below.
Students entering in 1991-1992 who are classified as Sophomores,
Juniors, or Seniors;
Those entering in 1992-1993classified as Juniorsor Seniors;
Those entering in 1993-94 classified as Seniors .
All other entering students will follow the requirementslisted in the section
titled "The Augsburg General Education Curriculum Requirements"
(see pages 81-89).
Writing -A course in writing (English 111)or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of En@k Exemption tests are given
during the summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts - An approved course from each of these seven mas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biology
English-Speech, Communication
and Theatre Arts (devoted to the
study of literature)
Psychology-sociology
Economics-PoliticalScience
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's
Office.
Foreign Languages-Two courses (111 and 112)of one foreign language at
Augsburg. Students who test above the 111level of a foreign language will
take one additionalcourse at placement level in that language or two
courses (111and 112)of another foreign language. International students
should consult with the Registrar.
Religion -Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one
may be an Interim course, are required. The number of religion courses
required for graduation is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students
should check their Evaluation of Transfer Credit form, or consult the
Reglstrar'sOffice.
Urban Concerns or Women's Studies or Minority Studies -One course.
Courses approved to meet this requirement arr published each t e r n
Information is available at the w s t r a f s Office.
Lifetime Sports -Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime
Sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35-courserequirement.
Rationale for the Augsburg General Education Curriculum:
The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses, supportingcourses and elective
courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal artsas expressed in the General Education
component of the college curriculum.
Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists 'To develop
future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational
opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting,
and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the
College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through its General
Education curriculum, which Augsburg has divided under two headings:
liberal artsperspectives and skills.
The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the search
for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions from a
variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to
the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with traditional
disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage multi-disciphq
reflections on the questions at issue. They combine concerns about content
with those of process and approach, directed ultimately to making the
student a more effective learner and participant in society.
The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has chosen
to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission Statement are
embodied in the General Education Perspectives: 'The Character and
Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the City." These
Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliationwith the Lutheran
Church,its insistence on the value of howing the approach which derives
from the Christian roots of the College and its location in the city, deserve
s p e d considerationin Augsburg's educational program.
The third feature-that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution -is also
emphasized in the other Liberal Arts Perspectives. Certain dimensions of
human life -of what it is to be human -form the core of the required
liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to be human
can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the various academic
disciplines.
Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person.
Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in both a
social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the
Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in
which we understand ourselves derives largely from our Western heritage,
students need to learn about and reflect on sigruficant aspects of this
heritage. Thus, the Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same time,
to focus on the West,alone would be ethnocentric:We live in a global
society. Hence the Perspective on Inter-CulturalAwareness. Attention to
moral values is found not only in the Perspective on the Character and
Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other
perspectives as well. The Perspective on Aesthetic Values enables students
to foms upon aesthetic works created by themselves or others, which
convey fundamentalinsights, express beauty and enhance life.
Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with
academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way we
teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic excellence
presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do college-level work.
The General Education Requirements are couched in a context which pays
attention to the skills of both incoming and graduating students. Entry-level
skill requirements in a number of critical areas, including reading, writing,
quantitative reasoning and critical thinking, will be assessed and help given
to students who need it. Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that
students not only maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg
experience.
The General Education Requirements provide a coherent way to address
the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way, neither do
they guarantee that students who graduate from Augsburg possess the
desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is provide a coherent
description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear
statement of expected outcomes and an opportunity for students to see and
understand the complexity of what it is to be human and Christian in an
urban setting.
Entry Level Skills Requirements
The entry level skills tests are inventory assessments in:
reading
writing
word processing
critical thinking
quantitative reasoning (along with Math Placement)
Placement in writing courses and math courses is determined by these
inventories.
Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg with fewer than seven college
credit courses) and Sophomore (entering 1992-'93 or after) Transfer
Students:
Take entry level skills tests and satisfy requirements.
If skill levels are deficient, students will be enrolled in the appropriate
course or advised on preparation for retaking the respective tests. Students
are q i i r e d to take the assessments before registering for the second term
and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the end of their first
year at Augsburg.
Effective Writing or its equivalent is required. Students who do not satisfy
the entry level skill in writing will be required to take Developmental
Writing before Effective Writing. Freshmen must complete the writing
requirement before the begnmng of their Sophomoreyear.
Students who pass the writing assessment inventory at the advanced
levels (to be determined by the English Department)will not be required to
take Effective Writing.
Those with demonstrated word processing skills; e.g. recent verifiable
work experience, are exempt from the word processing inventory.
Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are
exempt from the critical thinking inventory.
Students with an acceptable transfer mathematics course are exempt from
the quantitative reasoning inventory, and will be given information about
taking the Math Placement Test based upon previous mathematics courses.
Freshman and Sophomore (entering 1992-'93 or after) transfer students
will be required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements.
Junior and Senior Transfer Students
Entering Junior and Senior transfer students (entering 1993294 or after) are
I
exempt from word processing, reading and critical thinking assessments.
Those who have not taken an Effective Writing course or a college level
mathematics course must take entry level tests in writing and/or quantitative reasoning. If they do not achieve exemption from those mpirements,
they must satisfy the requirement in those areas.
Those who have a transfer mathematics course accepted for college credit
by Augsburg College are exempt from the quantitative reasoning inventory
and will be given information about taking the Math Placement test based
upon previous college mathematics courses.
Junior and Senior transfers (entering 1994'95 or after) are required to
satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements, except that only one
writing component course is required.
1
Graduation Level Skills
General Education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years
in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking spealung and quantitative reasoning are deliberatecomponents of certain courses. Completion of
the requisite courses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P is required for
graduation. Students are required to have two courses with writing components and one course each with critical thinking, speaking and quantitative
reasoning components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill
requirements and graduation requirements for the major or general education perspectives.
1
Lifetime Spohs
Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports is required.
Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35course
requirement.
The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of
providing the basis for begmmng to understand what it means to be a
human being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved
through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the
criteria established for each Perspechve. Although courses approved for
each Perspective meet the General Education requirements, not every
course meets all the goals of each Perspective.
Students will choose from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the Office of the Registrar. These choices are controlled
by the following policies:
A student will choose one course from each category.
No single course can fulfill the requirementsin two or more categories.
No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from the
same department in meeting perspective requirements.
No student may count more than one course from the same department in
meeting the requirements of any single perspective except:
1.Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective,
"The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith."
2. Up to two courses in a year-long sequence (biology, chemistry or
physics) may be used to meet the perspective, "The Natural World."
3. Up to two courses of the same foreign language may be used to meet
part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness."
Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College:
The Christian Faith
This Perspective focuses on Augsburg as a College of the Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as
a basis for its educationalprogram the doctrines of the Christian faith as
~vealedin Scriptureand the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It
consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scrip
tures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values and
dgious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.The Bible ( for example, its origins, structures, content or interpretation).
2. Christian theological and religious concepts and their own religious
beliefs.
3. Religious concepts and practices found in religious traditions outside
the Christian faith.
4. Their own and others' values, their relation to Christian values, the
possible grounds for these values, how these values might be critiqued and
defended and the role values play in the issues that confront our society.
Three courses are required to meet this Perspective except for the following
1. Junior transfer students will be required to take two courses in the
Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg; and
2. Senior transfer students will be required to take one course in the
Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg.
Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The City
This Perspective focuses on the College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges.In
addition, students should experience the community and should explore
opportunities for service in the community.
This requirement must be covered either by specific courses, by internship
and cooperative education experiencesor by designated or college a p
proved noncredit experiences (such as volunteer service or college pmgrams). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by
seminars related to the experience.
One course is required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: Western Heritage
This Perspective is intended to help students critically examine themes
(found, for example, in literature, philosophy and the arts) and events that
have historically shaped Western civilization Attention should be paid to
the contributions to or critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic
minorities.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1. Central ideas, texts or works of art that historically have been
sighcant for Western society and the relation of these to present
world views.
2. S p d c historical themes, trends, events and persons and their
roles in shaping both the past and the present.
3. Historical and literary methods of ascertaining and conveyingthe past.
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: Human Identity
This Perspective is intended to help students view themselves as persons,
men and women with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiencesand
behaviors.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.Methods and approachesthat attempt to explain how individual
persons think,feel and ad.
2. Scientific or humanistic interp~tationsof their own development as
persons.
3. Questions of faith, ethics and moral choice in their personal and
professional lives.
4. Fadors involved in physical and mental health.
One course is required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: Aesthetics
Aesthetic creationsconvey fundamental insights and values, expressbeauty
and enhance life. This Perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities in artistic
expressions by oneself and others.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.Forms of artistic expression.
2. Historical development and variation in aesthetic taste and performance across cultures and how different cultures have expressed themselves through various aesthetic forms.
3. Different theories of aesthetics.
4. Their own creation or performance of a work of art.
One course is required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: The Social World
This Perspective is intended to help students learn to identdy, examine and
critique &, economic or political systems:to understand how and why
such systems develop, to see the connectionsamong these systems and to
use this knowledge as a participant in society.
I
From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and
critically reflect on:
1.The characteristicsand dynamics of human organization at the group
and societal level.
2. Current theories and methods for understanding social, political or
economic systems.
3. The historical development of selected social, economic or political
structures.
4. The relationship between various social, political, or economic systems
and the student's own responsibilities in society.
5. The ways that social, economic or political structures differ across
cultures and affect diverse groups in society.
Two courses are required for this Perspective.
Perspective: lntercultural Awareness
This Perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is
required in which students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural
biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become better
able to communicate with persons of other cultural backgrounds partially
by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstreamNorth American cultures.
In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by learning to
speak and read a language other than their native language. For this part of
the Perspective, studentsare required to have demonstrated proficiency in a
foreign language. The foreign language requirement will be based upon
placement:
Foreign Language
Placement
Course
Requirement
111,112
112
211
212
No course required
Students who are m p r e d to complete two semestersof foreign language
must complete the requirement with sequential courses in the same language.
Perspective: The Natural World
This Perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in
relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers, and
moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific
knowledge, concepts and methods will be provided to equip students for
critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.Selected aspects of the natural world.
2. The characteristics, strengthsand limitations of science and the scientific method, and the complex relations between data and theories, at
least in part through practical laboratory experience.
3. The history of science, its relations to other historical/social develop
ments and the variety of ways persons and civilizationshave approached
the natural world.
4. The relations and differencesbetween science and theology; the
mutual influences of technology, values, and the natural/physical
environment; the limits imposed on humans by the natural environment,
and the interconnectedness of all living systems.
5. The importance of symbol systems such as mathematics in attempting
to describe, classify, and model objects and events.
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective.
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading options -traditional grading on a
4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of
2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students
who chose the P/N option are cautioned:
In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a
grade of 2.0
Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a
large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C".
For transfer students, P-graded courses do not count in the requirement
that 14traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be
considered for graduation with distinction.
See P/N limitationsunder Graduation Requirements.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 and
several Interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some
education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the
traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other
courses are graded only PI 1.0 or N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports
are graded P/N.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional
system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/
N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made
according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes
after the first five days of classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performancebelow basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P 8ass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents
work at the 1.5 or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency.
To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the
instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request,
the work q u i d to complete the course, the plan and date for completing
the work, and comments from the instructor; and must gain the approval of
the R e t r a r . Ifpermission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and
filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work is
not completed by that date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0.
Internships, Independent Studies and Directed Studies may sometimes last
longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the
grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of
registration A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study
is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to
communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory
progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically
continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final grade will be
issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated
(but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not
giving an X where satisfactoryprogress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal
from college or dropping these continued courses will terminate their
registration Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1X by the student
would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of
initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration would be
necessary.
A course in which a grade of 0,05,1.0,15, N, I or X has been received may
be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned
may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses
taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the
credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses,
are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for
dropping classes without a notation on the record.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by
registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs.
Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two
weeks of the beguuung of the term to determine expectations, attendance
and any other requirement. If expestations have been met, the course will be
listed on the tramaipt as having been audited. If expectations have not been
met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred
from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded,
but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total a a d e mints - 2 (P or TransferCourses)
Courses taken - 8 or Transfer Courses)
Classification
Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim
terms.
Sophomores-Seven courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors-16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors-25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Advanced Placement Program Test
Advanced placement in courses beyond the begnning level is granted to
students with scores of 3,4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Program Test Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the
department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar.
International Baccalaureate Program
Coursesearned from the International BaccalaureateProgram will be
considered by the College for advanced placement and appropriate d
Departmental guidelines are available from the Office of the Regstrar.
t
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many
life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal
arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at
Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning other
than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be
presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a
baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential
criteria: 1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either
by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students
may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The
following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment:
The College Level Examination Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests which have been developed by the College Board and are offered to
students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for
this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th
percentile on a subject e&nination may receive academic credit for that subject at
Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the
Office of the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams -These are available for students to use in
obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met:
There is a departmental instrument available for s u b j j area in question.
There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the
exam.
The Student StandingCommittee approves the student's request to take the
exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/no credit basis only,
and there is a charge per exam.
The Credit Assessment Program (CAP)-This is a credit assessment alternative in
which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio
submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and
two faculty members from fields of study diredly related to the student's previous
learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who
wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may
include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation
of a student's previous learning, the CAP Committee applies the followingcriteria:
There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous
learning experiencethat involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content
material found within liberal arts coursework.
The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the
presenting student.
The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four
courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA
of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or
fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application deposit to initiate the
credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the
student's transcript if credit is approved.
Transaipt credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of
courses applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course
number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements
I
and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning -While Augsburg College
recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, thii learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based
liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (onefourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through
previous experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of credit for previous
experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the three assessment
processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams, departmental exams and
credit granted through CAP Committee assessment.
English as a Second Language (ESL) Program
Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary
language, or who are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing or Effective
Writing will be detenriined by their scores on the Michigan test (8@90 range
for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an
objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on
this test and the grade earned in the class will determine whether additional
ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a course grade
of 35 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement.
If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 217/
218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally
be granted for no more than two courses.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course
completion, have completed the foreign language requirement for graduation.
Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal
The College requires that students maintain the following cumulative grade
point averages (GPA):
Freshman -A student who has taken fewer than seven courses with a
cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher
Sophomore-A student who has taken fewer than 16courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher
Junior-A student who has taken fewer than 25 courses with a cumulative
GPA of 1.9 or higher
Senior -A student who has taken 25 or more courses with a cumulative
GPA of 2.0 or higher.
It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is q u i r e d for graduation
with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelineswill
either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be
continued on probation or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a
freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore who receives three
zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, d i s
missal fromthe College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the
Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the studenfs commitment to
academic progress is the major considerationin deciding whether or not to
dismiss a student. Studentswho have a poor academic record may be
strongly advised to withdraw beforethe end of a term. Those on probation
who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are
dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA
reaches the minimum levels stated above. Studentsplaced on probation as
freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned
additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students
placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades
may be removed from probation if their classificationchanges to junior and
their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal
the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing.
Dean's List
The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose
grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of
three full courses, or equivalent, for a weekday schedule student or two full
courses, or equivalent, for a Weekend College student, graded on the
traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for
credit. If permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown
newspaper of each student on the Dean's List.
/
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinctionis determined as follows:
Summa cum laude -3 8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
M a p cum laude -3.6 up to but not including 38 cumulativeGPA
Cum laude -3 3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulativeGPA
To quahfy for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is appmveci by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Education. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to
the Veterans Administration.
Augsburg's standards of academic progress are given in this Catalog.When
a veteran or eligible person fails to maintain these p&bed
standards of
progress, the College will so inform the Veterans Administration. It is the
responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or
academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it is for all students.
If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving
Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the
equivalent for which they had been certified.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term
below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans will need to meet the requirementsof the Veterans Administration
regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received.
m
DEPARTMENTS
AND PROGRAMS
Aands atruth
liberal a* institution,
College beliews thnt knaoledge
are infmrehtai and are infiegrakd infoa whole. The ktiditwn
Augsburg
ofthe academic world, however, divides this unified truth into m e
manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of indid u a l disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more
ac:cmItrleto studenti 17fese c o u can
~ be arranged in various ways to
coastruct majorsI fo crmte the suhtance of a broad general education
atd fo give M a t s the oppfunihj to study areas of particular
individual interest.
Wm'ptions qf c m r m are arranged by departments and programs.
k d s u i p i i ' i o p r s ofu a brkf summay ofthe subject matter to aid
students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed
explanation of content, approach arid requirementsfor a partkular
course can be obtained from the instructor.
Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its gmls and its place in the
College's program. A listing of requirementsfm individual majors and
minms follows the narrative.
Class Schedule
Courses listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/
or Spring terms. The ACTC Schedule of Classes published each spring lists
offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Since some courses are offered in alternate years, it is important that the
student review major requirementsand course offeringswith an adviser to
ensure that all requirements can be met.
Descriptions and schedulesfor courses offered in January Interim, Summer
School, Augsburg Weekend College and the Master of Arts in Leadership,
Master of Arts in Leadership-Educationand the Master of Social Work
programs are published in separate catalogs.
Credits
A full course is offeredfor one credit A few fractional courses, for one-half
or onequarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A
full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six quarter
hours. Most courses meet for three 6Gminute periods or two 90-minute
periods a week, in addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Coursesnumbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, courses in
the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors,
and 400sfor seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are
listed in the course description.A student ky
enroll in a course when a
prerequisite has not beenfulfilled if there is prior approvalby the professor
teaching the course and of the academic adviser.
Augsburg College offers a minor in American Indian Studies. See listing
under InterdisciplinaryStudies (INS).
Am DETT~~ENT
(ART)
Art is important as a field of study for our modem age. Our suryival as a
culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and
beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this,we have
made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the
art program at Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that
it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of
visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher
and art historian is to celebrate visual experiencethrough a variety of media
and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see.
Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts,the visual arts,as
taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a
human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly
significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such
as language,history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology,
business, physical education and science.
A liberal arts college like Augsburg is an ideal setting for the study of art
because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas,
I
lI
I
I
disciplines and attitudes. At Augsburg art study is further enhanced by
associations with a sigruticant number of artgalleries and museums in the
Twin Cities area.
Cooperative Education and Internships in studio art and art history provide
on-the-pb, supervised, evaluated experienceswhich contribute to the
student's overall education and development. Primary goals include
improvement of art and museum skills, production and creative strategies.
Hundreds of s m c careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg
graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public
schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making antique restoration and
sales, film and video work, portrait painting and gallery and museum work.
The f u t u holds
~
a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills
with a breadth of understanding.
Art Faculty Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Lynn Bollman,
Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen
Studio Art Major: Nine-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; three art
history courses including 240. One course must be in two4imensional art (118,223,
360) and one in three-dimensional art (221,250). Majors are required to begin their
programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with
approval of a portfolio by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; four studio disciplines from
118,132,221,223 and 250; second level courses in two areas; 240 and two other art
history courses. Consult with the Education Department for requirements in
education for teacher licensw.
Art History Major: Eight art history courses including 240 and 388; two studio
courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118or 221.
Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and
development and/or special projects such as senior exhibition and research.
Application should be made to the Department Chairperson before the last term of
the senior year.
Studio Art Minor: Four studio courses including 107and 240.
Art History Minor: Five art history courses including 240.
Certificate in ATt: Eight art courses, including one in art history. Up to four courses
may be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Foundations in Studio Art
102
Environmental Design
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of
experience in the environment leading toward appreciationand criticism.
Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction.
107
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work.
225
Communication Design I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using
elements such as color, line, shape, type, symbols and pictorial images. An
emphasis will also be placed on the creative thought process.
Studio Art
100,300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the
Department.
106
108
Calligraphy
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on
the broadedged pen. Attention is given to the historical development of
calligraphyand the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. This course also has an Upper Division option.
Introduction to Art Therapy
An introdudion/overview to art therapy as a human setvices profession,
recognizing individualdevelopment through art and the creative process.
This course will study the various populations served through art therapy
and explore the various media and processes used.
118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with
attention to black and white photographic process. Students need access
to a 35 rnm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately
$1!5&175.
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
221
Sculpture l
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and
assemble the respective media.
223
Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including
etching, silk-screen and woodcut.
Publication Design
An introduction to traditional design concerns and procedures related to
publication design as well as design for desktop publishing. Theory and
practice of coordinatingvisual images and typography with content in
publications. Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters,
books and miscellaneouspublications. Students design and produce a
publication as a group project. (Weekend College only.)
Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog.
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on
handbuilding and glazing.
Tribal Arts and Culture
(see INS,American Indian Studies)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Communication Design II
A study of visual communicationsin magazines, television, film,advertising symbols and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography,
typography and illustration. (Prereq.:225)
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or
handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: W))
Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118)
Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in
transparent watercolor.
Print Making II
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including
silk-screen, etching and woodcut, includingJapanesewoodcut technique.
(Prereq.: 223)
Internship
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine prow.
Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster and plexiglass. (Prereq.: 221)
499
Independent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art
maprs.
Art History
240
Art History Survey
A survey of Western art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes
reading, research,viewing of slides, visits to museums.
Note: Thefollowing m r s e s are @ad
infemitfently, usually one or two sections a yem.
352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, includingthe fine
arts, the "traditional" arts and the work of Native American women.
382
Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from prehistory to modern times.
385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D.
386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proteenaissance painting,
sculpture and architecture in Europe.
387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculptureand architecture, from the 14ththrough the
18thCenturies.
388
19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculptureand architecture from Neoclassicism
through the present.
389
American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with
specific emphasis on 19th and 20th Century art and its relationship to
European art as well as indigenous movements.
BIOLOGY
DEP-
(BIO)
Biology is the study of life and it is natural that we, as contemplative living
matures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us.
This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological
world, an understandingof the basic biological processes common to all
organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain seIf-understanding and to provide a basis for wise decisions.
Another si@ant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that
even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp of biologists.
This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of
intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field for research
for many years to come.
Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organismshas
accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made
in understandingimportant biological processes, particularly those at the
cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some
extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine,
veterinary medicine, agricultureand food science have depended on the
findingsof basic biological research.
Because the biological world reveals such variety, complexity, and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based.
Because a complete understanding of biological systems depends on
applicationsof the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background
in the physical sciences is also important for biologists.
For many, an undergraduatemajor in biology serves primarily as a basis for
further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further
studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine, and
dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences,
leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and
applied research, and public or environmental health. Other graduates have
embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high
school teaching and laboratory technology.
Biology Faculty Robert Herforth (Chairperson),Thomas Herbst, Esther
McLaughlin, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud
Major: Nine courses, including 111,112, 201 and at least one from each of the
following five groups: Molecular and Cellular: 367,386,471; Cellular to
Organismal: 355,474; Organismic/Animals: 351,353,473; Organismic/Plants: 361,
440; Environmental: 476,481.
The ninth course may be BIO 203 or any Upper Division biology course, including
an Interim course. BIO 491,a noncredit seminar, is required of all juniors and
seniors. Also required: CHM 105 or 115,106 or 116,and 223; PHY 103;Math
Placement Group III.
Studentswho intend to enter graduate, medical, or other professional schools
should consult with the Department because these schools vary in their science
admission requirements. These may include CHM 351,352 instead of 223,PHY 121,
122instead of 103,and MAT 124,125 or MAT 145,146.
Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also q u i r e s three courses in earth and life
sciences. For secondary teaching we recommend the broadest possible program in
biology. Studentsplanning to teach are advised to consult with the Education
Department early in their academic program.
The Department works with the CooperativeEducation Office in identifying and
defining Co-op Ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities.
This experience is open to juniors and seniors. Students interested should consult
with the Biology Department CooperativeEducation Coordinator.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0overall, active participation in seminar,
one course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research
report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior yea..
Minor: Five courses, including 111,112 and three Upper Division courses; CHM
115,116 (or CHM 105,106).
101
Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentricpoint of view. An
attempt to answer such questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a niche in the -system?
What influence do humans have on the environment?What influence
does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on
humans? (Three hours lecture. A student may not receive credit for both
101 and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor)
102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are
emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to
gather and analyze data and propose and test theories is considered. No
animal dissectionswill be done in the laboratory. (Three hours lecture;
three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor.)
103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
(Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive
credit for both 101 and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor)
105
Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society
must deal? A survey of the environmental and health implications of
pollution, non-renewable resource depletion, waste disposal, war,
occupational safety and health. An historical s w e y of American agriculture, world food supply and biological determinism.A critical evaluation
of the socialapplication s of biological concepts. (Three hours lecture.
Does not apply to the mapr or minor)
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (Three hours lecture, three
hours laboratory. For student nurses, health maprs, or consent of
instructor. Prereq.: CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Weekend College
only. Does not apply to the mapr or minor)
111,112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other
science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology,
cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionarymechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology and phylogenetic relationships of
organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instrubor.
(Three hours lecture; fourhours laboratory)
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship. (Rereq.: 112)
201
Methods in Biological Research
An examination of methods commonly employed in biological research,
which may include electrophoesis, column separations, ultracentrifugation, microscopy, cell culture, radioisotopic techniques, gas
chromatographyand physiological recording. The theoretical basis of
each method is discussed and experiments are conducted to demonstrate
the utility of each method. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory.
Pweq: 112)
203
Principles of Nutrition
A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption,
transport, metabolism, interaction, storage and excretion. A special effort
will be made to differentiate"fact from fiction" in this controversial
biological field. Clime hours lecture. Prereq.: 112or consent of instructor)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: 112)
351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology,
behavior, life history and evolutionaryrelationships. (Three hours lecture,
four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
353
Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparativestudy dealing with the classification, morphology,
distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the verte
brates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human
genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (Threehours
lecture, fourhours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Plant Biology
A survey of the mapr divisions of the plant kingdom including the study
of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. kereq.: 112)
Biochemistry
An introdudory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (Three
hours lecture. Prereq.: 112,CHM 223 or 352or consent of instructor. )
Immunology
A study of the structureand function of the immune system at molecular,
cellular and tissue levels. Both basic immunology and fundamental
principles relating to clinical immunology will be considered. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Internship
Upper Division Internship. Students must be juniors or seniors. (Prereq.:
112)
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in
photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations
in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationshipsof these processes to
plant structures. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Cellular Biology
A study correlating functionwith ultrastructure in both prokaryotic and
eukaryotic cells. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory.Prereq.: 112,
367 or consent of instructor. )
Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever
possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical
principles. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112;CHM
106 or 116;PHY 103 or 122 or consent of instructor)
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which
occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the
vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as desaiptive studies are
included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development,
the topics of malignancy, aging and regeneration are discussed. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
476
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on
bacteria and viruses.Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods.
(Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.)
481
Ecology
A survey of representativebiological communities; the study of reciprocal
relationshipsbetween organisms and their environments. (Three hours
lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112,361
or consent of instructor. )
491
Seminar
A weekly meeting of biology majors under the direction of Beta Beta Beta
Biological Honor Society. Active participation by juniorsand seniors is
required. Guest speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for
the major.
499
Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an
instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor)
BUSINESS
ADMINERMION
(BUS)AND MA NAG^
INFO-ON
SYSTEMS
(MIS)DEPANMEW
The Department of Business Administration and Management Information
Systems (MIS) is committed to developing both the theoretical and practical
tools necessary for entry into and advancement in business and other
organizations as well as preparation for graduate study. To this end, three
majors are offered: Business Administration, Management Information
Systems (MIS) and a combination major in Economics-Business Admhistration. Business Administration and MIS should be considered separately in
regard to the limitation of no more than 13courses in any one department.
Within Business Administration, there are five specdizations:Accounting,
Finance, Management, Marketing and InternationalBusiness.
Each of these areas is dependent upon a strong foundation in the liberal arts
with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skills. Recognizing
the occupational realities of the business disciplines, the Department is
equally committed to maintaining an application-oriented balance. This
balance is achieved in part by fosteringclose ties with the corporate community, which in turnprovides a wealth of practical expertise and a wide
variety of Internship opportunities as well as future job prospects.
Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the
community by contributing to an education which is ethically based,
technically competent and socially aware.
Business Administration Faculty:Amin Kader (Chairpason), Diane Busico,
Thomas Busico, John C. Cenito, Mary Dean, Earl Eames, Steven Freimuth, Peter
Gillen, Abo-el Yazeed Habib, M. Anaarn Hashmi, Wendy B. Hines, Marilyn
Horowitz, Jane Kammerman, Myron J. Kapel, Roy LaFayette, Lori L. Lohman,
Linda McKeag, Robert Kramarczuk, Fekri Meziou, Kinney G. Misterek, Thomas
Morgan, Robert M. Murphy, Paul Pender, Paul E. Portz, Hamed Sallam, Milo
Schield, Gregg Schneider, Robert Schultheis, Stanley H. Solnick, Stuart M. Stoller,
James Urbach, Cheree Waiters, Robert D. Wykstra
BUSINS (BUS)
Business Administration Major (BUS) Core courses for the Accounting, Finance,
Management and Marketing specializations:BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,
391, ECO 112,113,313,311 or 312 or 315.
*Specialization in Accounting: 12Core courses, 322,323,324, either 326 or 423 or
425.
Specialization in Finance: 12Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or
415.
Speckdimtion in Management: 12 Core courses, 340,440, ECO 318, PSY 373 or
SOC 349.
Specialization in Marketing: 12Core courses, 352,355 or 357,450, ECO 415.
Specializationin International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO
112,113,313. BUS 399 or 499 is required, as well as three semesters of a foreign
language (or tested equivalent).Also the following: one International Economics
course and BUS 362,364 and 466. Other configurations may be permitted on
consultation with the Department.
Combined major in Economics-Business Administration: Six Economics courses
(112,113,312,313, and two other Upper Division); eight Business Administration/
MIS courses (221,222,242,252,279,331, and two other Upper Division).
Notes: Studentswho plan to major in the Business Administration department are
strongly encouraged to select a Department Adviser as soon as possible, in order to
carefully plan their program of study.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and camp*
hensive oral examination in the mapr field of concentration.
Minor in Business Administration: Six courses, including 221,242,252,331, ECO
112and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
Department.
Minor in International Business: Six courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113,
and three International Business courses. Other configurationsmay be permitted
on consultation with the Department.
*CPA. Certification: Studentswho wish to take the Certified Public Accountants
(CPA) examinationprior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have
completed the mapr in Business Administration-Accountingand taken all accounting and business law offered. Students mapring in Business AdministrationAccounting are qualiiied under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination during their last semester.
*C.MA Certification: Students who have taken a prescnied course of study in
accountingmay take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination
prior to fulfilling the experiencerequirement. This certificateindicates proficiency
in the area of managerial accounting.
Notes: Students who have taken a prescribed course of study in accounting may
take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination prior to fullilling
the experience requirement.This certificateindicates profiaency in the area of
managerial accounting.
In addition to the comes listed under Ihe title "Topics in Business Administration" (BUS295,495), the Department has also offered: Research Methods for
Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for
Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship,
M i m Computer Accounting, Ethics in Business, and Risk Management and Insurance.
175
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
(see under MIS 175)
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship
221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities,basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
222
Principles of Accounting II
A continuationof 221. Introductionto business activities, accounting for
corporations.Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting,
planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations.(Prereq.:BUS 221)
242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing
planning, and control. The nature of authority, accountability and
responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager.
252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical,
competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions.
279
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
(See under MIS 279.)
Topics
Ledures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of
business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of h c i a l accounting with emphasis on accountingtheory
pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.:
BUS 222 and ECO 113)
Accountlng Theory and Practice II
A continuationof 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied
to liabiities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: BUS 322)
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for manage
rial decision making. Manning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well
as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,242,252,
279, or consent of instructor)
Tax Accountlng
The more common and important provisions of planning apd compliance
for income taxes. (Prereq.: BUS 221,331, ECO 112,113, or consent of
instructor)
Financial Management
Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the
firm. Sources and uses of long- and short-term funds, cost of capital,
capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. (Prereq.:
BUS 222,279; ECO 113)
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human
resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the
worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.:BUS 242)
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management;
research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the
effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.:BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or
consent of instructor)
Marketing Communications
This course looks at the communicationsaspects of marketing by integrat-
ing advertising, public relations, sales promotion and personal selling into
a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and
evaluation of marketing communicationsprograms, particularly advertising; selection of media; copycreative effort; advertiseragency relationship; management of the personal selling function including sales force
selection, compensation, territorial design and performance appraisal.
(F'rereq.: Bus 252) Note: Both 355 and 357 cannot be taken for credit.
Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as
important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Note:
Both 355 and 357 cannot be taken for credit)
International Business
Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an
international context. Appreciation of the prospective required for
successfulplanning and management of any enterprise operating abroad
is emphasized by foreseeingboth the opportunities and the difficulties
inherent in internationalbusiness. (Prereq.: Two Business and Economics
courses or consent of instructor)
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an Internship program
which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will
afford the student the opportunityto spend one full term working with
some organization.In addition, the student will write a report on his/her
activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor)
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to
form the basis of opinion on a &t of financial statements. (Prereq.: BUS
323)
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental
accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323)
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
A system's approach to financial struchue and policy. Emphasis on
decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lechrres and
case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331)
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the risk/rehun relationships of various types of securities
from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management.
(Prereq.: All Core courses or consent of instructor)
440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and
manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include
an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity
measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory
management, principles of scheduling and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
450
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing
management and decision making, planning marketing programs,
channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies.
(Prereq.:BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357)
465
International Management
To provide the student with a private sector manager's perspective on the
influence of national and international institutionson the multinational
corporation and on the strategies, structures, practices and effects of the
national co'potation in the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242,362)
466
International Marketing
Designed primarily for students interested in the study of business
activities on a global xale. More specifidly, the majority of the come
will be devoted to those issues and activities unique to marketing a
product or service in an "international setting." Topics will include
internationalenvironment scanning and analysis; comparative marketing
research; strategic planning; produd, price, promotioiand distribution issues in multinational markets. (Prereq.: BUS 252,362)
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and
MIS
(See under MIS 479.)
495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. Brereq.:consent of instructor)
Major in MIS: Eve business courses (BUS 221,222,242,252 and 3311, four Economics courses (ECO 112,113,313 and 318), one Mathematics course MAT 121or 171),
two Computer Science courses (CSC 170 and 210), and six MIS courses (MIS175,
279,370,375,475 and 476). CSC 352 can be taken in place of MIS 370.
Notes: MIS maprs are strongly urged to consider PHI 130, MAT 122, ECO 425 and
MIS 479. Students who wish to major in MIS should select an MIS faculty adviser as
soon as possible to plan their degree program.
Transfer Students:MIS maprs must either earn at least four of their Upper
Division courses at Augsburg or must receive an exemption from the Department
faculty.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and an oral
examination on some aspect of the major.
Course Prerequisites: If you lack either the course mpkements or the Mathematics
Placement Group (MPG)quimnents, you may not be admitted by the instructor.
Mathematics Placement Group (MPG) requirements: MIS 175,279,370,479, CSC
170,210 and all 100 level Math courses have Placement Group requirements. Since
all maprs in Business, Economics and MIS must take MIS 279, they all must have at
least MPG 111.
Mathematics Placement Group Information: To obtain your current Placement
Group, contact the Mathematics Department, Weekend College, or the secretaryin
the Departments of Business, Economics, and MIS.A Mathematics Placement Group
(MPG) is based on: 1) a review of course transfers, 2) the score on the most recent
placement exam,or 3) passing various 100level Mathematics coqrses at Augsburg.
If you have previous courses that are not in your MPG, submit your transcript
to the Mathematics Department for review.
If you plan to take the placement exam,consult the Mathematics Department
for specific information on the exam schedule, the materials covered and the
availabilityof computerized tutorials.
see which mathematics courses will generate a particular Placement Group,
consult the Mathematics Department.
Placement Group time limits: The MathematicsDepartment may disregard
courses taken more than five years ago and may choose to lapse an MPG given
more than five years ago.
175
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Study
features of hardware, operating systems, languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123(graphics, database and logical
functions)dBase HI+ and Minitab. May study other applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing
grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (prrreq.: MPG 11or else a Pass
in MAT 103, a self-paced course).
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship (see MIS 399)
279
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,descriptivemeasures, probabil-
ity, sampling distributions, infaence and estimation. Emphasis on their
use in applied problems in business and economics. Minitab may be
required to analyze and survey data. e r e q . : MIS 175and either Math
F'lacement Group III or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104).
Topics
Lebures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of
Management InformationSystems.
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit (see MIS 499)
Advanced Computing for Business, Economlcs and MIS
An investigation of programmable systems. Examine basic algorithms and
associated flow charts and pseudocode. Apply these concepts by programming some of these software: BASIC, DOS, Lotus and dBASE.
(Prereq.: MPG III or a Pass in MAT 104. Also, MIS 175 or CSC 170, or, with
permission of instructor, extensive knowledge of Lotus and DOS).
Management lnformation Systems in the Organization
Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information systems in
organizations. Review the features of computers (hardware and software)
and various types of information systems. May involve several case
studies: review business needs, summarize the relevant findings (hardware, software, systems, etc.), identify the options and communicatethe
recommendations.Learn to use a CASE tool such as Excelerator for
systems analysis. (Preq.: BUS 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer
course such as MIS 175or 370). Consult with the instructor about variances in prerequisites. Recommended: PHI 130 and ENG 223.
Internship Program
A student may receive credit through an internship program which is
applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the
student the opportunity to spend one full term working with an organization. In addition, the students prepare a written report on the activities
involved. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Systems Analysis and Design
Identifythe necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate
various representations for information, processes and relationships.
Utilize analytical tools such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as
Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Preq.: MIS 375)
lnformation Systems Projects
Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and
extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.:MIS 475)
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business Economics and MIS
Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Programming
tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and other statistical packages.
Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and
statistical inhence plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo
simulations. (Prereq.: MIS 175,279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade
of at least 2.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. Recommended:MIS 370)
499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to provide an opportunityto analyze a topic
in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes
and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of
physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been
described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical
world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves.
Chemists as scientistsmust be well versed in the science of chemistry,
howledgeable in fad and theory for solving scientific problems, capable of
providing a public understandingof their work including potential problems as well as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand
themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the
arts and the social sciences is imperative if a chemist is to be truly human
and therefore truly scientific.
The Department is on the List of Approved Schoolsof the American
Chemical Society (ACS)and offers a chemistry major which meets the
chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists
To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our
graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully
with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions.
To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the
traditional positions as chemists.
To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain
lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field however that
may change after graduation and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise.
To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to
seriously study areas outside of the sciences; and
To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an
example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world
around us. The presentation of mapr concepts underlying the changes in
matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world and the
reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will
enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments
concerning science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty:Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin E. Gyberg,John R. Holum,
Joan C. Kunz, Michele Nielsen
Graduation Major (Bachelor of Arts) in Chemistry:115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,
353,361,363 and one additional course from 364 and 365,464,481,483, or Biochemistry. Participation in seminar; PHY 121,122; MAT 124,125. Because Upper
Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan
to take MAT 124,125 or MAT 145,146 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the
sophomore year.
Teaching Major: Chemistry Major (for licensure in Physical Science): Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires General Chemistry (115,116 or 105,
106); CHM 351,352,353,361,363,491; and one advanced course; PHY 121,122 and
two additional physics courses. Modem Physics and Electronics are recommended.
Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their
planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation mapr. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the Chemistry Department for assistancein planning a
course program early in their college career.
Bachelor of Science: Persons completing the ACS mapr and meeting the graduation requirements of the College shall be awarded the Bachelor of Science degree.
American Chemical Society Approved Major (Bachelorof Science): 12 courses
including 115,116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,
497,499); Chemistry Seminar participation; MAT 124 or 145, MAT 125 or 146, and
224 or 245; PHY 121,122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year).
Reading ability in German equivalent to two semesters, computer proficiency,
Modem Physics, additionalmathematics and research experience are recommended.
Honors Major: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 overall; one course or summer of approved research; participation in
seminar.
Minor: Five courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106), 353 and two other
chemistry courses from 223,351,352,361 or BIO 367.
Note: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115, or for both 106 and 116.
Other restrictions are in course descriptions.
E
Most courses in this Department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with
a grade of 2.0 or P, or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is
necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a tw*
term course in registering for the second tam.
Placement in 105or 115is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement
Examination: 105requires Group II placement; 115requires Group I11 placement.
High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115.
105,106 Principles of Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students
who will not mapr in chemistry, although students may go from 106to
351,353. This course covers basic concepts in chemistry, often from an
historical, technological or environmentalperspective. (Three onehour
lectures, three hours of laboratory. Prereq.: Math Placement Group II)
109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of
general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas
such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program),
inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education and others. Open
also to students in the humanities and social sciences.
Fmt term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic
chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special
applicationsto human physiological chemistry. (Three onehour lectures,
two hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the mapr or
minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both 109and 105 or 115,
nor can credit be earned for both 110 and 351. Prereq.:High school
chemistry within the last five years)
115,116 General Chemistry
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First
semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics and
bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second
emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and
electrochemistry. Many topics are presented from an historical approach
and bring in discussion regarding technologies and values resulting from
science, with recognition of current events or concerns. (Three onehour
lectures, three hours of laboratory. Prereq.: High school chemistry, Math
Placement Group III)
199
Internship
A work-based learning experienceat the sophomorechemistry level in
which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning
agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the
opportunities inherent in the placement. Partidpation in a concurrent
seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration,
interested students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding quirements and permission to register. Students
are encouraged to seek an appropriateplacement site by registering with
the Intanship and Cooperative Education Office.
223
Elementary Organic Chemistry
This onsemester course is designed for students whose professional
goals require some background in organic chemistry but not the rigor of
the year-long organic course. As a survey course, topics covered will
include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and
aromatic compounds. This course will not count toward a Chemistry
major, nor will credit be given for this course if Chemistry 351,352 is
taken, nor does it fulfill the prerequisite requirement for Chemistry 352.
Credit cannot be given for Chemistry 110and Chemistry 223, nor does
Chemistry 223 meet Biochemistry requirements for other programs.
(Preq.: 106 or 116.Three lectures and one threehour laboratory per
week)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit/sophomore standing.
Students interested in directed study projects should contact a faculty
member in the Chemistry Department.
351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated
by means of modern theohesif chemical bonds, energy relations and
reaction mechanisms; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmentaland industrial fields. (Three onehour lectures, one
four-hour laboratory. Prerq.: 106or 116)
353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysisand solution equilibrium in
detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of
a variety of samples and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lech.m,
one four-hour laboratory. Pweq.: 106or 116)
361,364 Physical Chemistry
The basic theoreticalconcepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics,
quantum theory and states of matter are studied in the first semester.
Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria
and electrochemistryin the second semester. (Threeone-hour lectures.
Prerq.: 106 or 116; PHY 121,122; MAT 124or 145, MAT 125or 146)
363,365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (112 course each)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data
collection and analysis and experimental application of concepts p r e
sented in Physical Chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken the first half
of the semester and involves experiments related to 361. CHM 365 is to be
taken the second half of the semester by aJl persons taking 364, except that
special students may ask the Department for exemption.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experienceat the junior-senior chemistry level in
which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning
agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the
opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent
seminar is ex@.
Prior to the beginning of the term/registration,
interested students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students
are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with
the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifyingorganic compounds in the
laboratory. Lecture topics include struchm-spectra correlations for IR,
UV,N M R and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including
Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear
magnetic resonance and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (Threehours
of lecture, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of
instructor; some reading knowledge of German.)
481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic
and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical mkhods as well as
chromatographic and eledroanalyticaltechniques of analysis. (Three
hours lecture, one four and onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353,361, or
consent of instructor.)
482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Selected topics, including descriptivechemistry, spectroscopicdata
interpretation, correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic,
valence bond and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is
discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (Threeonehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. kereq.:352,361, or consent of
instructor.)
483
Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodingeis wave equation and
uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the
hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to
develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators,
electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (Threeone-hour
lectures. Prereq.:364 or consent of instructor.)
491
Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry maprs under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.Juniors
and seniors are expeded to participate, with seniors presenting papers.
Outside visitors are also invited to participate.
497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience
before graduation. Such experiencemay be obtained by working on a
summer research project in the Department (not counted as a course) or
by research participation during the academic year (which may be
counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunityto
be involved in industrial research projects. @mior or senior standing)
499
Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as
theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent Study. aunior or senior standing)
COMMUNICATION
(See listing under Speech, Communicationand Theatre.)
Khin Khin Jensen, Director
Major or minor in East Asian Studiesare offered through Augsburg and the
other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).This is an intercollege, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers
in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work
with socialand recreational agencies or graduate studies.
Two years of Japaneseare taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or
Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University. There
also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East
Asian Studies Department for Japanese and Chinese language studies.
Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China,
Taiwan, Korea, Hong Kong and Singapore. Summer institutesare available
in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the Director for
information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese
language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Major in East Asian Studies: 10 courses, including four courses (two years) of basic
college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; two courses in history;
two courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies, and two courses from
a list of approved electives. Major courses must have the written approval of the
Director of the program.
Minor in East Asian Studies: Five courses, includingtwo courses (one year) of
basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; one course in history
of East Asia; and two Upper Division courses in cultural specializationfrom a list of
approved electives. Minor courses must have the written approval of the Diredor
of the program.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentrationat
Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be
useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies: Five courses, two from HIS 322,
323,324; one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336; one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,282;
and one from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is stronglyrecommended.
Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may
be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director.
226
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under History Department.)
299
Directed Study
(See Director of Program.)
322
Modern Southeast Asia
(See under History Department.)
323
Modern China
(See under History Department.)
324
Modern Japan
(See under History Department.)
351
Communist Political Systems
(See under Political Science Department, Comparative Politics and
Analysis.)
363
Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Political Science Department, International Politics.)
382
From Marx to Mao
(See under Political Science Department, Political Theory and Analysis.)
399
Internships
(See Director of Program for guidelines to apply for an internship.)
474
The World and the West
(See under History Department.)
495
Seminar
(See Diredor of Program.)
499
Independent Study
(See Director of Program for guidelines.)
ECONOMICS
(ECO) D E P .
The Department of Economicsat Augsburg College offers a program
stressing a strong theowtical background, quantitative techniques and an
emphasis on both national and international issues. Students who graduate
with a degree in Economics are well prepared to continue their education in
a variety of fields due to the strong liberal arts emphasis within the mapr.
Three majors are offered to students within this Department. The General
Economicsmajor is designed for students who are planning graduate or
professional studies. The Applied Economics mapr generally leads to
careers in the business world. Finally, the combined Business Administration/Economics major is designed for those who wish to have more flexibility in plannning their program of study.
Economics course offerings are designed to meet the needs of students
preparing for advanced studies as well as for those who, immediatelyafter
graduation, are interested in starting a career. An Augsburg Economics
mapr provides a solid foundation on which to build national or international careersin business, law, government or public service.
The program allows students, once they have completed the core courses, to
concentrate on their specrficareas of interest. Studentsare able to combine
an Economics major with other disciplines. For example, business, international relations, mathematics, management information systems (MIS),
political science, Soviet and East European area studies or Scandinavian
area studies are often combined with economics.
Economicsmajors and minors are available both through Day School and
Weekend College.
Economics F a d * Satya P. Gupta (Chairperson),Jeanne Boeh,Magda PalecznyZapp, Edward Sabella.
Adjunct Faculty: Paul Halverson, M. Shahid Islam, Eli Ndosi, Edward Raupp,
Hamed Sallam, Yong Narn Song
Major in Economics: Eight Economics courses (112,113,312,313,414, and three
other Upper Division); and BUS 221,222; MIS 279; and MAT 114.
The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in Economics. Computer courses are also strongly recommended.
Major in Applied Economics: Eight Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and
three other Upper Division); and BUS 221,222; MIS 175,279,479; MAT 121;and PHI
130.
Combined Major in EconomicsBusiness Administration:S
i
x Economics coursg
(112,113,312,313, and two other Upper Division);eight Business Admhktration/MIS
corn (BUS221,222,242,252,331; MIS 279 and two other Busings Upper Division)
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and compre
hensive oral examination in the mapr field of concentration.
Minor in Economics: ECO 112,113,312,313, and one additional Economics Upper
Division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
Department.
Notes: Students who plan to mapr in the Department are strongly encouraged to
select a Department Adviser as soon as possible in order to c a d y plan their
program of study.
In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO
295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research
Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, DecisionMaking with Finite Markov Chains, and Soviet Economy.
110
112
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metreurban
environment.Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis,"
Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free
Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools
introduced to facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a
basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in
Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an
Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business
Administration, MIS and/or Economics should enroll in ECO 112and 113
which are also open to non-majors.)
Principlesof Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analysis, monetary
and fiscal policy, internationaltrade, economic growth. Application of
elementaryeconomic theory to current economic problems. May be taken
independently of 113or 110. ECO 112and 113maybe taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress
rapidly to the other courses.
113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics,the theory of the household, firm,
market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or
113. ECO 112and 113may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the
same term for the student to progress moR rapidly to other courses.
175
Computers for Business, Economicsand MIS
(See Business, M I S 175.)
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
215
Elements of Mathematical Economics
Economic concepts explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from
finance, management and marketing are also examined. Prerq.: ECO 113)
History of Economic Thought
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political,
economic, philosophical and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be
on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to
provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social
problems. Major topics may include anaent, medieval, mercantilist,
classical, socialist/utopian and modern economicthought.
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
(See Business, MIS 279.)
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodologyand current national and
international economics problems and policies. (Prereq.:consent of
instructor)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact
of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic
implications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113)
lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed
via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112)
lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and
industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113)
Contemporary East-West Economic Relations
This course explores the motivations for economic cooperationbetween
countries with different political and economic systems. The conditions
for East-West economic cooperation and its
will be analyzed. The
focus is on recent developments in joint economic and industrial cooperation. The institutions and systems that drive commerce and governance
will be explored and explained (including institutional changes in the
directing of foreign trade in centrally-planned economies).At the global
level, effects of GATT, IMF, the World Bank, EEC and CMEA on EastWest economic relations will be examined. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113)
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commer-
cial banks, the Federal Resenre System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: ECO 112,113)
Comparative Economic Systems
This is an interdisciplinarycourse with emphasis on the differences and
similarities between market and planned economies and the recent
institutional changes in Eastern Europe. The course evaluates the performance of different economic systems with resped to their allocation of
resources. Different theoretical models are examined and compared to
their real-world variants in an attempt to assess the relevant merits of
capitalism, socialism and market socialism. (Prereq.: ECO 112or 113)
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of
management science to prepare students to make better business and
economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from
the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental
protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc.
(Prereq.:ECO 313)
International Trade and Finance
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of
payments; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (kereq.: ECO
112or 113)
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an Internship program
which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will
afford the student the opportunityto spend one full term working with an
organization.In addition, the student &ill write a report on his/h&
activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor)
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination
of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society.
(Prereq.:ECO 313. On demand.)
Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts
of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313)
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and correspondingpractices in business.
Among the topics considered are theories anapractices in forecasting,
estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations and an analysisof economic
problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.:MIS 279, ECO 313)
416
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macm-emnomictheory. (Prereq.:ECO
312,313 and at least MAT 122or equivalent.On demand.)
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
(See Business, MIS 479.)
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor.)
499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunityto
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Renq.: consent of instructor.)
E D U ~ ODEPARTMENT
N
(EDE, EDS, EDU)
Studentsintemted in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education as a base for advanced study in other careers will find
opportunities in the Department of Education
Professional education combinesthe study of theory with practice, and field
experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of
Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences
because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the
Twin Cities.
Classroom teachingis the career that first comes to mind for graduates of
teacher education pmgmns. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities m.In addition, they provide educational
services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries.
The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves
as a solid base for graduate education Some teaching fields mquire graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementaryor secondary
education However, not all graduates choose to teach in school settings.
Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in management, sales, production and service areas.
As of April 1,1988, all persons are required to take basic competency tests
(prescribedby the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills
and mathematics prior to begnning Upper Division courses.
All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department. Any
course grade below 2.0 must be retaken.
Licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary Education is availableboth through
Day School and Weekend College.Selected secondary education programs
are also available in Weekend College.
Education Faculty: Mary Ann Bayless, Carolyn Clemmons, Bruce Drewlow, Mary
Endorf, Marian Enos, Joseph Erickson, Ann F'leener, Ethelind Garetz, Rich
Gerrnundsen, Hamet Johnson, Marie McNeff, Phyllis Metcalf, Vicki Olson,
JacquelineRichardson, Mary Jo Stump
Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 265,341,351,352,
381,382,383,384,386,387,388,481,482,483; HPE 114,115; SWK 260; PHY 103; and
an academic minor. If those persons also desire kindergarten licensure, EDE 375:
Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten, is also required.
A GPA of 2 5 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in
student teaching courses is required for licensure, as well as minimum grades of 2.5
in all Education courses. Students must also fulfill requirements of the Minnesota
Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The criteria for acceptance
into the Department Licensure Rogram are available in the Education Department.
PHY 103 Conceptual Physics
The examination and preparation of materials and resources for Elementary School science teaching. This course fulfills the math requirement for
licensure as well as the science methods course. Students must have a
Level I11 Math Placement before enrolling in this course.
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore education as a major and consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the
beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek a n appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
245
International Education
An examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western
educational systems as well as an investigationof possible careers in
international education.
255
Orientatlon to Education In an Urban Setting and Field Experlence
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the
professional teacher organizationsis required. @rereq.: sophomore
standing or above)
EDU 263 Critical Thinking
Emphasis on development of the ability to analyze information, examine
validity of claims and position as well as articulate positions and reasoning. Interaction with content from a variety of academic disciplines.
EDU 264 Urban Education In the 1990s
This course provides an opportunityfor students to serve as tutors in
urban educational environments. Students will be trained to understand
the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to
understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban
educational settings.
EDU265 Orientation to Education In an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the
professional teacher organizationsis required. (kereq.: Sophmore
standing)
282
Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education.)
295
Topics
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offaings. Specifictopics will be announced.
299
Directed Study
Lower Division Independent Study.
EDU 341 Media Technology (1 12 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through
the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and
evaluation of effective audievisual materials for teaching/leamingsituations. Computer training will be included in this CO351
Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in
reading, and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties.
352
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary
and Fleld Experience
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the
contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required.
370
Classroom Management
A class for Elementary and Secondaryeducation students. The content of
this course includes theories, issues and strategiesof classroom manage
ment techniques.
EDU 371Teaching the Individual Learner
A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the
educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategiesfor
teaching special education students in the regular classroom as well as
teaching the student at risk Students are encouraged to take introduction
to Special Education (282) prior to registering for this course.
375
Discovery Learning In the World of Kindergarten (1/2 course)
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching
kindergarten. (Required for all persons seeking kindergarten licensure.)
381
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music
taught at the kindergarten and elementarylevels. Laboratory experiences.
382
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
383
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health
(1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical
education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
384
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic
Studies (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies
and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
386
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Children's Literature (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resouKes for children's
literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
387
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
EDU388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communicationtechniques and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Open to all.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and
site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement.
Partidpation in a c o n m t seminar is acpebed. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to
register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement siteby
registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
478
School and Society
(SeeSecondaryEducation.)
481,482,483,484
Student Teaching K-6
Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary
levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel.
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required.
Students must apply to student teach at least three months prior to
enrolling for the courses. Four courses in student teaching (481,482,483
and 484) are recommended unless otherwise advised by the Education
Department. (Prereq.: All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily
completed or permission of the Department for an exception. Admission
into the Education Department Licensure Program and admission for
Student Teaching)
491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(SeeSpecial Education.)
495
Topics
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
498
lndependent Study (112 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
499
lndependent Study
Opportunityfor advanced and specialized reseamh projects not otherwise
provided for in the Department curriculum. A projected program must be
outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary faculty.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department students may participate in the International
Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the
international and American School network Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad
will do part of their student teaching in the Metro area under direct Augsburg
faculty supervision.
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to
conferring with the student's mapr field adviser.
Licensure Requirements of the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department Licensure
Program: Baccalaureatedegree; academic mapr in an approved teaching area; EDS
265,354,388,478, methods course(s) in major area, EDS 481,482 (and 483 for Art,
Music, and Physical Education teaching maprs); HPE 114,115; SWK 260; GPA of
2.5 overall, 2.5 in all education courses, 2.5 in academic mapr and P in student
teaching. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure &gram
q u i d . Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education
Department.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she
plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these
special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do %me student
teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art
mapr will register for 361,362; the physical education mapr for 365; and the music
mapr for 355.
Art and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades
K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1)
Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2) Orchestra (K-12) and classroom music
(5-12); 3) Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or 4) Vocal and classroom music (5-12).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), see Foreign Language Department for information on the required
competencyexams.
Teaching in the Minor Field: Minnesota State Rule provides for restricted teaching
in selected fields in which a person has received a minor. Students must be
accepted into the Education Department Licensure Program, take the minor subject
area methods course, and student teach in the minor area to receive licensure or be
recommended for an endorsement by Augsburg College.
The Professional T e r n School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly
in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at student teaching
seminars is required. All students are expected to be involved full-time in the
activities of the professional term.
199
Internship
A work-based learningexperiencein which a student, faculty member and
site supervisordesign a learning agreement which enables the student to
explore education as a mapr and consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/
registration, interested students should consult with the departmental
Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by register-
ing with the Internship and Cooperative Education Ofke.
245
International Education
An examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western
educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in
internationaleducation.
EDU 263 Critical Thinking
Emphasis on development of the ability to analyze information, examine
validity of claims and positions as well as articulate positions and
reasoning. Interaction with content from a variety of academic disciplines.
EDU 264 Urban Education In the 1990s
This course provides an opportunity for students to serve as tutors in
urban educational environments.Students will be trained to understand
the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to
understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban
educational settings.
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigatesvarious aspeas of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the
professional teacher organizations is required. (Prerq.:Sophomore
standing)
282
Introduction to Special Education
(See SpecialEducation.)
295
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
EDU 341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Elementary Education.)
350
Reading in the Content Areas (1/2 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist
students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required
for Secondary Education. Upper Division.
354
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience
The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning
settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in one of the professional
teacher organizations is required.
355
Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The developmentof music skills
and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience.
356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings
(1/2 course each)
Study and application of instructionalmethods, materials and techniques.
361
Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the
elementary, middle and junior high schools. For art teaching maprs only.
362
Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the
senior high school. (To be taken concurrentlywith 361.)
364
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools.
Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching
experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literatureis
included. (Prereq.:EDS 354: Creating Learning Environments)
HPE 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Health and Physical Education Department.)
366
370
Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching.
(Consult with the Foreign Language Department)
Classroom Management
A class for Elementary and SecondaryEducation students. The content of
this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom manage
ment techniques.
EDU 371Teaching the Individual Learner
A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the
educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategies for teaching
specla1education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the
student at risk. Students are encouraged to take EDS 282: Introduction to
Special Education prior to registering for this course.
374
Natural Science Methods (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom
textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and
references. Consult with the Education Department.
375
Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary
school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategiesand curriculum
development.Consult with the Education Department.
376
Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and
theatre and the directing of d c u l a r speech and theatre activities.
377
Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school
mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics
education. Consult with the Education Department.
EDU 388 Human Relations (112 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communicationtechniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Open to all.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement.
Participation in a concurrent seminar is expeded. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the
departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and
permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate
placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
HPE 410 Health Methods
(See Health and Physical Education Department, HPE 410: Admiistration and Supervision of the School Health Program.)
478
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society
and final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. (Prereq.:
Senior standing; concurrent registration with 481,482,483, or 484)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses recommended of all majors and four courses required of Art, Music, and
Physical Education majors. Four courses required of double majors.
(Concurrent registration with 478)
495
Topics
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
498
Independent Study (1I2 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
499
Independent Study
Opportunityfor advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise
provided for in the Departmental curriculum. A projected program must
be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty.
Phyllis Metcalf, Coordinator
Minor: Minimum of six courses (282,491; PSY 351,357; one course chosen from
HPE 354, MUS 110 or 395; PSY 362; EDS 385 or SWK 304); and one course chosen
from PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended as an additional course.
282
Introductionto Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the
nature, causes and educationalinterventions for such exceptionalities as
mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment,
l e g disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness.
491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population
plus on-campus seminar.(Prereq.:completion of courses for Special
Education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this
course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a
placement prior to registering for the course.)
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangementswith three universities to
allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineeringdegree from either the University of Minnesota Institute
of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science, St. Louis,Missouri; or Michigan Technological
University, Houghton, Michigan. Becau~of the specla1requirements and
opportunitiesof these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg
Engineering Adviser is necessary.Applications for these programs require
the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
Stuart Anderson, Adviser
University of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for
two dual degree engineeringprograms:
Bachelor of Amachelor of Engineering ( B A K E . ) enables students to receive a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering
degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three
years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that
time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the
Institute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of ArtslMaster of Engineering (BAJME.) enables students to receive a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering
degree from the University of Minnesota.This program involves four years at
Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology.
The curriculum is thesame as the B.A./B.E. curriculum with the addition of several
extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize
the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the
University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum.The number of
such courses varies by lT department and area of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the B.A./M.E. program should be initiated during
the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the
program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participantsin the B.A./M.E.
program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology.
Washington University (Three Year Plan)
Michigan Technological University (Dual Degree Plan)
These two programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from
Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University
School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University
in a fiveyear period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Students accepted into the program will be considered for admission to
the engineering school if they will complete course requirements, have the requisite
cumulative grade point average and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser
of Augsburg College.
Students are also enmuraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further informationon these
and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
FinancialAid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual
degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineeringschool of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and
academic performance as criteria.
E
Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree or ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115,116;CSC 170;ENG 111;MAT 124,125,224,226 or MAT
145,146,245,247; PHY 121,122;additional courses to meet general education
requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 or 145,
146 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman year. Studentsinterested in
Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351,352.
Those who study Enghsh believe that an intense concern for words, ideas
and images helps people understand who they are and who they can
become. Writing helps all of us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature
helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the
study of English we see life's complexity, experiencelifeas others do and
undentand better the world in which we live and work
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is
concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the
contemplation of works of art. With psychology and socjology, English is
concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is
interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With
sciencerEnglish is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communication,English studies the effective use of
language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities,
English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times
and in different cultures.
The Augsburg English Department integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to
assigned or recommended plays, films and readings available near the
campus. Enghsh majors have the opportunity to use and refine their skills
through Internships on and off campus, tutoring English as a Second
-ge
(ESL ) studentsrtutoring in the Writing Lab or participating in the
Cooperative Education Program
Students with an Augsburg Enghsh major pursue careers in elementary,
secondary and college education, journalism, government, law, the minis
try,library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing,
writing and other professions and businesses.
English Faculty: Kathryn Swanson (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Cathleen
Dalglish, Douglas Green,Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald
Palosaari, John Schmit
Major:Nine courses above 111,including 225 and 245;one Upper Division course
in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271or 272); and
three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or
438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged to consult their Departmental Adviser regularly. A student with a double
mapr or special program that involves considerable work in the English Department should also work closely with an adviser in the D e v e n t . Note: Transfer
students must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg.
English-Language Arts Teaching Major:Ten courses, including those listed under
the major, ENG 345,and an Internship in the teaching of writing. One course must
include a component in non-Western literature. In addition, the ACTC courses,
Communication Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media, are
required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their mapr during the
freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education not later than the
spring of their junior year. Students in this program must work with advisers in the
English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as the requirements
for the mapr.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to Department Chairperson by October 15in senior year for Department approval. Submit
and defend paper before faculty committee. Honors project may be an Independent
Study program (refer to Departmental guidelines).
Minor: Five courses above ENG 111,including ENG 245, an Upper Division
literaturecourse, and an additional writing course.
Note: Transfer students must take at least two of their English courses at Augsburg.
Note on Concentration:In addition to meeting requirements for the rnapr, English
maprs may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the
mapr, by the design of an Independent Study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the Department. English
majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration.
Interim courses, special courses and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit
well into a concentration.
The English Placement Test: A writing sample is q u i r e d of students to determine
their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not show
competence in composition skills such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructingparagraphs and sentences are required to enroll in
Developmental Writing where they will receive more individual instruction than is
possible in Effective Writing. These students must pass Developmental Writing
before enrolling in Effective Writing.
Note on Prerequisites:ENG 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite
for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division literature
course is ENG 245 or consent of the instructor.
101
Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for ENG 111:Effective Writing required of students
identified by a writing sample (the English Placement Test) as needing
additional preparation in composition. Students write short papers based
on their own observations, experiences and thoughts. P/N grading only.
Students receive a course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation
requirement in writing.
111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and
writing a-itical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned.
Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing,
organizing and developingtopics, thinking critically, and revising for
clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional
help. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0.
216
American Indian Literature
A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected Arnerican Indian writers. Discussion and analysis will focus on ways in which
literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions.
217,218 English as a Second Language (ESL)
Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American
idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these
courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments and sessions with ESL
tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and i n m their
fluency. Understanding spoken Akerican English, speaking,reading
college-level materials and writing are the skills emphasized in these two
cow&. Testing will determine
in these courses, and testing, as
well as other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is
met. These courses are graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will
continue in ESL until the requirement is completed. By successfully
completing the courses, students will have fulfilled the foreign language
distribution requirement.
223
225
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing
for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and
proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use
material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111)
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing, ENG
111.Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of
revision, self and peer evaluation and the relationshipbetween reading
and writing. (Prereq.: 111)
226
Introductionto Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of
creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short
fiction but including journal keeping and creative prose.
Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on
writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and
television as well. Students will consider how to recognize news, how to
gather and verify facts and how to write those facts into a news story or
news feature. The course will cover basic copy preparation and editing
practices and include an introductionto legal and ethical questions faced
by journalists. (Prereq.: 111)
241
lntroduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles and
historical evolution of the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an
audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of
both feature length and short films illustrating the international develop
ment of film form and selected esthetic movements such as the American
Studio Film and its Genres, German Expressionism, Soviet Montage,
Italian Neorealism and the French New Wave.
245
lntroduction to Literature
In this course students are initiated into the formal study of narrative,
drama and poetry in order to appreciate more fully the pleasures of
literature. The course aims to expand students' exposure to literature and
therefore draws on works from several periods, from different cultures
and races, from male and female writers. As the prerequisite for all upper
courses in literature, Introduction to Literatureaims in particular to
develop students' critical and analytical skills in reading about literature.
251
Readings in American Literature
An introduction to representative works by 10 to 12American authors
focusing on themes that yield an understandingof the Western heritage
and American world views. These themes could include the emergence of
national identity, the relationship between humankind and God, the
nature of nature, definitionsof the American self, individuality, the place
of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the development of
American thought and the continuity of Western culture in America.
271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature -for example, the
epics of Homer and Virgd, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles and
Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's "Metamorphoses."
Dante's "Inferno" will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the
classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with
reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background,
their influence on later literature and their enduring relevance.
272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval
to the modem period, including such authors as Cervantes, Rabelais,
Molike, Voltaire and Ibsen.
E
Topics In Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed
t
have included
in the ACTC Class schedule for that year. ~ e c &offer&
ContemporaryPoetry and Women and Hction.
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit.
Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film.
Students learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis
and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished
product. (Prereq.: 111,245;226 also recommended, or consent of instructor)
Advanced Journallsm: Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is placed first on interviewingand then on organizing and
writing the i n t e ~ e w
story. The second half of the course will concentrate
on editing the work of others and learning layout and design. The course
will include workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews
and critique the interview skills of fellow students. There will also be
laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: 227)
British Literature, Medieval to Elizabethan
Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the develop
ment of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.:
245 or consent of instructor)
Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the
Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will
be examined. (F'rereq.: 245 or consent of instructor)
British Literature, 17th and 18th Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: 245 or
consent of instructor)
British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the 19th Century,emphasizingRomantic
poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the
period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one
another will be emphasized as well as their relationshipto their own age
and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.:
245 or consent of instructor)
Creative Non-Fiction
Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course will emphasizethe
conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice,
subjects and techniques for gathering information. l3y the end of the
course, the student will be expected to write reliable reports and articles of
publishable quality. (Prereq.: 225 and consent of instructor)
341
Advanced Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve
creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the ACTC Class
Schedule. (Prereq.: 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted
work Offered on demand.)
345
Introduction to the English Language
This course is designed to give students a structuraland historical overview
of theoreticaland social issues concerning the English language. It will
include a summary of theories of language development and the impact of
cultural, social,economic and geographic forces on language acquisition.
Students will be introduced to the primary componentsof linguistics and to
the development of the English language. F i i y , this course will consider
the social impact of language as a marker of identity and membership in a
speech community. ((kereq.: 245 or consent of instructor)
350
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysisof some works of selected American writers from
colonial tim& to WWI. We will study established writers such as
Hawthorne, Dickinson and Twain along with some lesser known writers
who also demonstrate the rich variety of written responses to American
civilization. Attention will be given to the ways writers approach issues
relating to race, class and gender. Conceptions of the individual in relation
to society, the nature of nature and regional differences will also be
studied. The approach will be historical as well as topical. (Prereq.: 245 or
consent of instructor)
351
American Literature since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary works. Writers are selected to
represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic and racial diversity
of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary
works to the changing conditions of modem American l i i . (Prereq.: 245
or consent of instructor)
361
Studies in Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European and nonWestern, of the 20th Century. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor)
399
Internship
The Department offers oncampus Internships in teaching writing and
ESL, and various off-campusInternships. Interested students should
consult the Department Chairperson.
423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th
Century beginnings up to the 20th Century. Novels studied will be
selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding,
Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot and Hardy. Attention
will be given to the conditions contributingto the rise of the novel and its
emergence by the 20th Century as the dominant literary form. (Prereq.:
245 or consent of instructor)
438
Shakespeare
Study of 10 or 12 major plays -comedies, histories, tragedies -with
attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art.
Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of
instructor)
482
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed
in the A f f C Class Schedule for that year. Sample topics include Contemporary Poetry,Women and Fiction and Literary Criticism. (Prereq.: 245 or
consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a GPA of 3.0 or consent of
Department Chairperson.Provides Independent Study in the area of the
student's choice.
The initial months after entering college as a freshman are a period of
transition. The faculty and staff wish to assist students to make the transition to being a college student successfully and to help them become part of
this academic community. Students are introduced to the character of the
College, its heritage as an urban liberal arts college of the church, the
process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated
seriously, and the logistics of being a college student.
The First Year Experience (FYE) is composed of four parts: Summer Registration, Fall Orientation, FYE Seminarsand FYE Interim Term Courses.
Participation in the Fall Orientation program and in the FYE Seminars is
required of all students who begm Augsburg College as freshmen in the day
schedule program. Students who meet the requirement satisfactorily by
attendance at and participation in an FYE Seminar will receive a notation of
a passing (P) grade for FYE 005 on their official transcript. Studentswithout
a P for FYE 005 will not be permitted to graduate with an Augsburg degree.
005
FYE Seminar
A series of Fall term meetings with an FYE faculty adviser to discuss
issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College
communityof learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a
variety of disciplines and sources colleded in "The Augsburg Anthology."
(P/N grading only; evaluationbased on attendance and participation.)
The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in
many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts
education for b c e in today's world. The Department is committed to the
view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed,
foreign language study goes beyond the developmentof new cornrnunications skills to foster an abiding awarenessthat the splendid diversity of
human languages, literatures and cultures represents a rich historic legacy
developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The Departmental faculty believes that familiarity with the language
and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of
global perspective and hence is indispensablein the education of Augsburg
students.
The Foreign Language Department offers language, literatu~,and culture
courses in French, German,Norwegian, Ojibwe, Russian and Spanish.
Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin and Greek are available to Augsburg
students through the College's affiliation with A m , a consortiumof Twin
Cities colleges.
A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students in
the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department.
Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the
general principles which operate in and shape all languages. In thisway the
study of linguisticsaffords the student a unique view of one of the most
intriguingand central facets of the human mind.
Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, are
essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable
specla1qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of
n
teaching, translation, the diplomatic corps or
fields such as f o ~ i g language
international business may require a foreign language major, perhaps
combined with a major in some other field. In addition, students pursuing
careersin many other fields such as health care, social work, the ministry,
psychology or philosophy, to name just a few, often find that a foreign
language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special
assignmentsin their chosen field.
[i
Foreign Ianguages Faculty: Mary Kingsley (Chairperson), Nancy Aarwold, Ruth
Aaskov, Rick Greczyk, Roxie Hale, Nelly Hewett, Gunta Rozentals, Frankie
Shackelford, Donald Steinmetz, Ronald Walter
Placement Levels: Students with previous foreign language study must register in
courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement is according to the number of
high school semesters one has studied that language: zero-two = 111;threefour =
112; fivesix = 211; seven = 212; eight = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the Chairperson.
Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take a
course above the level determined by previous studies in that language.
Students who elect to takea course below the one in which they are placed by the
Department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The Language requirement
will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was
originallyplaced. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional.
Basic Requirements: Maprs must take four of the Upper Division courses at
Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the Upper Division
courses at Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisiteto all Upper Division courses.
Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a m i n i of one Upper
Division course per year at Augsburg. See Department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must
consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment
in the program as well as for information on Special Methods courses. A 3.0
average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a Departmental requirement for teaching maprs. Licensure requires successful completion of the Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in
Secondary Schools under Department of Education.
Honors Major: Majors seeking Departmental honors must apply in the junior year.
Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall and honors thesis demonstrating ability in Independent Study for one course credit. Consult Department
Chairperson for details.
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement
with the ACI'C East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director.
Major Eight courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332,350 or 355,
351 or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required.
Minor: Four courses above 212, including one in conversationcomposition,one in
civilization and one in literature. Interim, summer or semester in France strongly
recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor:Five Upper Division courses beyond 212, including
one in conversationcomposition,one in literature, one in civilization. Study in
France strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim Catalog.
011
Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Ondemand)
111,112 Beginning French
Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading
and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings,
these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of
life. Four class meetings per week Laboratory work is an integral part of
the course.
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
211,212 Intermediate French
Selected articles, interviews and literary readings are the basis of practice
in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in
reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar.
Laboratory work
243
French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French literature are read in English
translation. Through individualized background reading and class
discussion, studentsbecome acquainted with artistic qualities and
cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does
not count toward a French major or minor. (Ondemand)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build
fluency, accuracy and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on
vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effectiveorganization
of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A pmquisite
to other Upper Division courses.
312
French Expression
A twepronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking
and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics for business and personal use.French phonology
and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of
French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.:311 or
consent of instructor)
332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th Century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that
promote understandingof French-speaking people and their contribution
to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor.)
350
Introduction to Ltterature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approachesto literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to a l l qualified students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
351,353 Survey of French Literature
The study of mapr French authors and literary movements in France
through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lebures,
discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor)
355
Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the mapr French literary movements since World War I,
including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes,
oral and written reports and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor)
399
Internship
Upper Division Internship.
411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social
or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four
skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness,
characteristic levels of expression, refinements style and organization as
individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvementand selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
On demand)
450
French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
Indepth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presenta-
tions in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings.
Preq.: 311 or c o m t of instructor. On demand)
499
Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement or genre at an advanced lwel.
Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet
individualinterests. In literature a major paper and its defense are
included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing.
Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser)
GERMAN
(GER)
Major: Eight upper division courses, including 311; 411, one in civilization, and one
in literature. Semester in Germany required.
Minor: Four Upper Division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or
semester in Germany strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: Eve courses beyond 212, including one in conversation<omposition, one in literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses
must be Upper Division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended.
Recommended supporting courses: Linguistics, European History, another
language, English literature.
111,112 Beginning German
GER 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students
who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school
German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking,
understandingand reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
199
Internship
Cower Division internship.
211,212 Intermediate German
For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous
German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of
German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of
vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of
materials representing contemporaryGerman life and literature.
244
German Lierature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and
movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also
discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit
for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore
standing. On demand)
299
Independent Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
German Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German.
Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written
composition.
331
German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the
German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-EUIY)~~&
origins
(ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the
impact of Roman civilization, the reemergence of
cultural selfawareness during the Middle Ages and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Rereq.:311 or consent of
332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment.
The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking
peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
351
German Literature through the 18th Century
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and
Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussionsin Classic
and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on
the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitcal context.
Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in
&rman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352
German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism,Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic
philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions
help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express
themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
353
German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of
international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings
in German with class discussionsare designed to aid students' selfexpression in German.(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399
lndependent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
411
Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle
for expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of
German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
451
German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the
present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of
cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
452
German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th Century to the present are
discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
499
lndependentStudy
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement
with the A C E East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department.See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director for more information.
199
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
289
Introduction to Llnguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general liiguistic principles,
with focus on linguistic universals (organizationalprinciples and features
common to all languages) and psycholiiguistics (inquiry into the mechan-
ics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in
language).Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples
of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language
majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current
linguistic research with the aim of illuminatingunderlying philosophical
assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which
distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent
disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic and communication
theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the
inadequaciesof traditional grammar. (On demand)
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
NORWEGIAN
(NOR)
Major: Eight courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in
Norway required.
Minor: Four courses above 211, including one in conversation-composition,one in
civilization, and one in literature. Study in Norway encouraged.
Recommended Supporting Preparation:A second foreign language, linguistics,
European history.
111,112 Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading
and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory
work expected.
199
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
211
Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and
facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for
class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience
expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in
spoken Norwegian and to &fferences between the two official languages
of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.:
211 or equivalent)
331
Norweglan Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects
of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in
Norwegian as much as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at
work in the comparatively homogenous population of Norway will be
examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be
required along with some field work (Preq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approachesto literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base
for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old
Norse literature. All genres are examined and considerableattention is
given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Ledures,
readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 311 or
equivalent)
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
411
Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention
given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience
required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa)are offered at Augsburg,both as part of
the Foreign Language Department and as part of the American Indian
Studies minor.
111,112 Beginnlng Ojibwe
Aimed to develop basic vocabulary and grammar in order to use Ojibwe
at an elementary speaking and understanding level. Emphasis on spoken
Ojibwe, but secondary goals with be to develop reading and writing skills
as well. Courses taught with assistance of Ojibwe elders.
Through dialogues, classroom practice, oral stories from elders and
readings, these courses work toward the discovery of Ojibwe culture and
tradition. It will help Ojibwe students re-connect with their rich tribal
heritage (though all students are welcome).
Beginning Ojibwe 112continues to develop basic vocabulary and grammar
in order to use Ojibwe at an elementary speaking and understanding level.
Two years of Russian are offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Soviet and East European StudiesProgram,
which requires two years of language for the major. See Soviet and East
European Studies Program Campus Coordinator.
111,112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding and conversational
skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short
compositions and acquaintancewith Russian culture.Extensive use of the
language lab.
211,212 Intermediate Russian
Continues developing the skills of writing, understanding and speaking
with an added emphasis on reading. Introduction of advanced grammar
topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACT0
SPANISH(SPA)
Major:Eight courses above 212,including 311,411,456 or 457, two of 352,353,354,
and either 331 or 332 Study in Spain or Latin America is required.
Minor:Four courses above 212,including one in conversationcomposition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly
recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212,including one in conversationcomposition, one in literature, one in civilization and two electives. All courses must be
Upper Division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended.
Recommended supporting courses: Linguistics, another language, preColumbian
civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult Department for other supporting courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginnlng Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
199
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which
stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding,
students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with two to
four years of high school Spanish or its equivalent.
216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
(See Global Education, Program in Global Community.)
249
Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in
Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing
various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through
background reading and class discussion in English the student is
acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a
major or minor in Spanish. Sophomorestanding preferred. (Ondemand)
261
Spanish Language
(See Metro-Urban Studies, South American Urban Semester (SAUS) and
Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA.)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correst expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work This
course is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. (Prereq.:212 or
equivalent)
312
Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to i m p v e
oral and written e x ~ s i o with
n emphasis on conversational facility,
stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to
stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary
literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (Ondemand)
331
Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world
civilization through historical, intellectual, literary and artistic move
ments. In Spanish. (Prereq.:311 or consent of instructor)
I
332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from
the precolumbian avilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or
212, with consent of instructor.)
350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory
through reading, analyzingand discussing selected works of literature.
Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to all qualifed students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature.
Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. @rereg.:
311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
354
Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
456
Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written
reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern
Period. (Prereq.: one survey course)
457
Spanish Novel
Study of the outstandingnovelists of the 19th and 20th Century in Spain.
Oral and written reports in the language. (Rereq.:One survey course)
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
GENEIRAL
STUDIES
(GST)
Some courseshelp to integrate learning around topics in ways which are
different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include
speciakd academic enrichment programs, an integrative p m s m h a r
created by cooperating faculty and offerings of the Center for Global
Education.
General Studies Faculty:Joel Mugge, Donald Warren
009
Cooperative Education
Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of
evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by Co-op
Education staff.No course credit.
140,141 Introductionto the Liberal Arts (1/2 course each)
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the
philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The
course also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic
success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook
reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training,
career planning and making decisions.
230
Cultural Issues Seminar
(See under Program in Global Community.)
The Center for Global Education, a program of Augsburg College, facilitates
crossculturallearning experienceswhich prepare people to think more
critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are
grounded in the p p e d i v e s of the poor and of others struggling for justice
and human dignity.
The Center for Global Education offersa Spring semester program, the
Program in Global Community, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is an
academic program that explores the history of political change, issues of social
justice and the role of the church in Latin America. Studentslive together as a
communityin the Augsburg Study Center, but wiU also live with Mexican
familiesin their homes for several weeks. The semester also includes a trip to
Central America. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board at
Augsburg. Coursesare offered for credit in the disciplinesas listed.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks
at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
macement level determined by Program Director.)
GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar
This seminar consists of a series of minicourses offered in a number of
relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each minicourse
consists of 12 hours. Any four minicourses fulfill the requirements of the
seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required.)
INS 311 The Development Process
An integrative seminar providing opportunity to reflect critically on issues
of development, hunger, injustice and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and
educational theories and practices, as well as social change strategies will
be examined.
HIS 347 Mexico: An Historical Perspective
Four specific minicourses together provide an overview of Mexico's
historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day.
(Either this course or GST 230 required.)
REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political
oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is
an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated
by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly
involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca.
(Prereq.: one course in religion or theology)
The Center for Global Education offers a semester program, Social Policy
and Human Services in Latin America, each fall in Cuernavaca, Mexico.
Throughout Latin America new models for education and human care have
evolved during the last 25 years. The methodologies used attempt to teach
critical thinking skills, raise people's consciousnessand increase their ability to
work together to change their situations.SocialPolicy and Human !%mice in
Latin America is a three and one-half month study program designed to
introduceparticipants to the central issues currently facing the third world,
and to focus on Latin American models of education and serviceand their
contribution to the process of socialchange. These models have grown out of
the sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes hand in hand with
the empowerment of individualsand groups to control their own lives.
The semester includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to
full tuition, room and board at Augsburg College. Courses are o f f e d for
d t in the disciplines as listed.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks
at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
Placement level determined by Program Director.)
POL 295 Development Issues: Latin America
A survey of global issues affecting the human condition in a rapidly
changing and increasingly interdependent world: modernization and
development, economic change and international trade, diminishing
resources, war and revolution, peace and justice, cultural diversity.
Emphasis on the development of a global~Fspective which recokizes
human commonalities as well as diversity in perceptions, values and
priorities.
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs
Social Work is social policy in action. Currently social workers are
involved at many levels of a nation's social system -with natural helping
networks, families, community groups, volunteer organizations, formal
government services and private initiatives.Through a series of four minicourses, the course explores the different approaches to w i a l work in
several countries in order to compare methods and service and to analyze
the current response to human needs in Latin America.
SWK 399 Internship
A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on
acquiring an overview of how the agency functions and how populations
are served. The placement will be for 80 hours during the Fall term. Thae
are a limited number of internship placements. Preference will be given to
Social Work maprs. One and onehalf years of Spanish study (or demonstrated proficiency) is required for placement.
EDE IEDS 412 Latin American Models of Education
A comparative approach to learning methods of educational models being
developed in Latin America. Studentswill apply their knowledge of
educational concepts used in the U.S. to an understanding of basic
processes employed by Latin American educators in teaching critical
thinking, consciousness-raisingand cooperative problem-solvingExploring the transferabilityof these learning models to North America
will be a focus throughout the course.
SWK 465 or 468, or SOC 271 Social Policy and Social Justice (Social Work
- Upper Division or Sociology - lower division)
Social policy related to the health, education and well-being of members
of Mexican and Central American societies. The course will examine the
distances between policy and reality, particularly for the poorest groups,
the impact of international economics and politics, and movements that
have emerged dedicated to bridging the gaps between needs and policies.
(Note: Augsburg students majoring in Social Work can take this course as
SWK 465 if they agree to take a .5Independent Study to supplement the
North American legislative procedure and mini-policy study they do on
the Augsburg campus.)
The Center for Global Education offers a second Fall semester program Women and Development Latin American Perspectives -in Cuemavaca,
Maico. It is a three and onehalf month intensive program of study and
travel designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Latin
America with emphasis on the experience of women. The program explores
gender roles in Latin America; women's roles in development; connections
that Latin American women are drawing between gender, race, class, and
global economics; and the ways in which liberation theology and feminism
interface.
The semester also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent
to full tuition, room and board at Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit
in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are approved for credit in
Women's Studies. POL 495 may be taken as a course in Women's Studies,
depending on the mini-courses chosen.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks
at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency lwels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
Placement level determined by Program Director.)
INS 311 The Development Process
An integrative seminar pmviding opportunity to reflect critically on issues
of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special
emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development
and educational theories and practices, as well as social change strategies
will be examined.
POL 359 Toplcs: Women In Comparative Politics -Women In Latin
America
An examination of critical global issues affeding Latin America, and the
impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and internationaltrade,
political ideologies and revolution.
REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political
oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is
an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated
by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly
involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca.
Special attention will be given to the complex interactionsbetween women
and religious institutions. (Prereq.:one course in religion or theology)
POL 495 Seminar
Any three mini-courseoffered in POL 359 plus an independent study minicourse in order to do substantial research into one of the course themes.
Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in
their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It
is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in
professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical
activity. In addition, the N e d athlete as well as the occasional player will
find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities.
The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework
for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and
minor programs general education in Physical Education; men's and
women's intercollegiateathletic programs; intramural programs for men and
women; and athletic facilitiesfor developmental and recreational activities.
Department graduateshave traditionally found employment in educational
settings. Additional career opportunitiesare possible in YMCA and community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult fitness
instructors, and in working with people with disabilities.
Health and Physical Education Faculty Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), Brian
Ammann, Carol Enke, Marilyn Pearson Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Jack
Osberg, JoycePfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad, Pam Schreurs,Jeff Swenson.
Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410;BIO 103,108,111;CHM 105 or 109;PSY 105;SOC
231 or HPE 216,336.
Teaching Major: Same as Health Education major plus 355. Students wishing to
become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
Teaching Minor: 110,114,115,320or 410;â¬310103;SOC 231 or HPE 216.
Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to
the individualand the community.
Health and Safety Education (It2 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
Includes informationabout xhool health programs and prevalent health
needs, problems of school age children and American Red Cross Erst Aid
course.
Health and Chemical Dependency Education (It2 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser.
Includes information about xhool health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children.
lnternship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member,
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student
to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career
alternatives.Studentsshould consult with the departmentalInternship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social and biological components of human
sexuality. Open to all students.
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and
development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and
diseases. (Prereq.:All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100
and 200 series and consent of instructor)
Introduction to DevelopmentaltAdapted Physical Education
(112 course)
A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from
early childhood to grade 12and the role of school-based health and
physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students.
(Prereq.: HPE 243)
Tests and Measurement (112 course)
S m e y of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education.
lnternship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles
of health or physical education with the opportunities inherent in the
placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materi-
als in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and
community.(Prereq.: 320.Odd number years)
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Major: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475;BIO 103.
Teaching Licensure Major: 114,115,354,355;223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471,
472,474,475;BIO 103.Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult
with the Education Department for requirements.
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult Department
Chairperson for individualprogram planning.
Minor: 114,115;223,231,232 or 472,243.There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota Public Schools.
Coaching Endorsement: 243,351 (Prereq.:BIO 103), 475 (Prereq.: 350), a coaching
theory course from 476483,and pradicum in coaching (499is an optional method
for meeting the practicum requirement).
Notes: Coaches entering their first assignment as head coach in Minnesota high
schools are required to have a coaching endorsement and a current Minnesota
teacher's license.
002,003 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week Two Lifetime Sports meet the General Education
requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department
Chairperson) No course credit
101
199
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify
personal health and fitness.
Internship
A workbased learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student
to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career
altematives. Studentsshould consult with the departmentalIntanship
Coordiitor regarding requirements and permission to register.
I
223
Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching and officiatingteam sports.
231
Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiatingindividual and dual
sports.
232
Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international
folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in
teaching and performing selected social dances.
243
History and Principles of Physical Education and Sport
History, principles and philosophy of physical education and sport.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
350
Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system
and analysis of movement. (Prereq.:BIO 103)
35t
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.:
BIO 103)
354
Introduction to DevelopmentaVAdaptive Physical Education
(1 /2course)
(SeeHealth Education.)
355
Tests and Measurement
(SeeHealth Education.)
365
Physical Education Methods (K-12)
Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education at the
elementary and secondary levels.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles
of health or physical education with the opportunities inherent in the
placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
471
Physical Education Programming
Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decisionmaking for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.:243)
472
474
Gymnastics (1/2 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics.Opporhmityto teach and
perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and
skill analysis.
Swimming and Aquatics (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving and water safety.
Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors.
(Prereq.: swimming competenceas determined by pretest.)
475
476
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures.
(Prereq.:350. Even numbered years, Interim)
Coaching of Football (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd
numbered years)
477
Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching basketball.
(Odd numbered years)
478
Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.(Odd
numbered years)
479
Coaching of Track and Field (112 course)
Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching track and field.
(Odd numbered years)
480
Coaching of Baseball/Softball(1/2course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coachingbaseball and
softball. (Odd numbered years)
483
Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd
numbered years)
499
Independent Study
D i e d intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to
junior or senior majors.
~
R
DEPARTMEW
Y
(HIS)
History is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalistJ.R
Strayer expressed it this way: "No community can survive and no institu-
tion can function without constant reference to past experience. We are
ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are
ruled by the collective memory of the past It is thememory of common
experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community."
A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables us
to deal more knowledgeablywith the continuitiesand changes in m m n t
issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the mind by
developingconcepts and skills that enable one to deal with masses of
information. Many have found that history is an entree into the richer
enjoyment of travel, cultural events and the broad reading enjoyed by the
educated person. Accordingy, history has long held a mapr role in the
liberal arts.This is true at Augsburg.
The Department has strength in and requires of its majors work in four
main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States and the
non-Western world. The Department's graduates are well represented
among professional historians; at present, some are in graduate schools
preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social
studies teachers in elementaryand secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history
majors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides
one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for
personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices.
History Faculty: Richard Nelson (Chairperson), Orloue Gisselquist, Donald
Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen
Major: Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these courses must be
Upper Division. A mapr must have at least one course (either survey or Upper
Level) from each of the four areas: ancient and medieval; modern Europe; U.S.; and
non-Western.
Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may
take a History mapr in combination with specified social science courses and the
required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more
information, see the Department Chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator.
Minor: Eve courses, at least three of which must be Upper Division.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances,
application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign
language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee.
Notes: First year students should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses.
Distribution/general education credit is normally given only for courses 101-104.
200 level courses are normally reserved for sophomore or Upper Division students.
Upper Division courses are numbered 300 and up. Lower Division students are
normally required to take at least one 100 level course before enrolling for an Upper
Division course.
The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical
world of Greece and Rome and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th
Century.
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of
the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
The Modern Non-Western World
An introdudion to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia
and Africa of the last 200 years.
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
U.S. History to 1877
A survey of U.S. history from Jarnestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by the Civil War.
U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to
consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and
events that have created the modern United States.
A Tale of Twin Cities: MinneapolisISt. Paul
A local history course using the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area
as a case study for examining large themes and issues in U.S. urban
history. Topics considered include frontier urbanism, industrialization
and economic change, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, and
urban politics and reform.
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiencesand contributions of selected women in
China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines and the state of Hawaii. Includes
a p s d i u a l perspective, gender and class issues, responses to impact of
modernization and Western education.
Directed Study
An opportunityfor a student to do readings or study on topics not
covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved
by the direding faculty member and the chairman of the Department
before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be
applied to the major.
Modern Southeast Asia
A study of the mapr historical events, personalities and political develop
ments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements
and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the
Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
Modern Chlna
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839.The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th Century.
Modern Japan
An examination of the emergence of Japan as a mapr world power in the
20th Century. Components of the course will include a study of the
distinctive fea-s
of the PreMeiji era, modernization factors since 1868,
interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological
problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
American Indian History: PreColombian to Modern
(See under INS, American Indian Studies.)
Topics in U.S. History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history (excludingforeign
policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration.
History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is
stressed.
The American Century: The U.S. Since 1900
The interaction of popular ideas and formal thought within United States
society during a time of national ascendency and worldwide crisis and
unrest. Topics considered include American nationalistic exceptionalism,
social Darwinism, refonnism, racism, radicalism, liberalism, conservatism
and other ideologies and movements.
The American City
A study of the development of urban centers in the United States: their
colonial and frontier roots, their growth during the age of industrialization and immigration, and their adjustment to new realities in the late 20th
Century. Topics for study include the dynamics of urban growth, politics
and reform, urban planning, the growth of urban culture in America and
shifting definitions of community in U.S. cities and suburbs.
Mexico: An Historical Perspective
(See under Program in Global Community.)
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times
through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks.Emphasis is placed
on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and
political institutions.
361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 AD.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic
kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is
placed on personalities, the arts and sciences, and Rome's contributionsin
law and the political process.
370
The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the church and state
through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation.
399
Internship in History
A limited number of Internships may be available for qualified Upper
Division students mapring in history. In this connection, students are
encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program.
440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included
in regular course offerings.The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
474
The World and The West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world,
considers cultural interaction and conflict, the building of European
empires in Asia and the Americas and concludes with the breakdown of
these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century.
495
Seminar
Selected topics which will be announced prior to registration. This course
is designed for history majors of at least junior standing. Admission by
permission of the instructor. Offered at least once each year.
499
Independent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged
to apply for directed Independent Study. A maximum of one course in
Independent Study may be applied toward the major.
The Humanities major provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, to experiencethe ways in which different academic disciplines
appmch similar questions and issues and to participate in interdisciplinary
learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own major by choosing
a theme or topic you wish to study and then by taking courses in various
departmentsrelating to that theme.
The major was created especially to encourage students not majoring in the
humanities but in such areas as science, business or social science to
broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second
major.
Faculty: Bruce Reichenbach (Chaiirson),John Benson and Richard Nelson
Major: Nine courses, five of which must be Upper Division. Courses must be
selected from at least four of these seven departments -Art, English, Foreign
Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion, and Speech, Communication and
Theatre Arts. No more than three courses from any one department can be used to
satisfy the requirement.
Note: Each student taking a Humanities major will focus on some particular theme or
Six of the nine
perspective which will constitute the core of the major .pcourses must be taken in this core. The core adopted and the courses chosen to meet
the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and
must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of
the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be
created by the student in consultationwith an adviser in the humanities. Further
information concerning the core can be found in the Humanities Handbook
A student may not list a double major in Humanities and in one of the component
disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in the Humanities major is
significantly different from the other major.
499
Independent Studies
Individual study and research on some interdisciplinaryhumanities topic,
worked out in consultation with an adviser. The study must be approved
by the Humanities Major Committee.
&CAN
INDIAN
Smm, ETHNICS m m & W O ~S m
Sm
InterdisciplinaryStudies covers a broad spectrum of experienceand
coursework. Through Interdisciplinarycourses, students gain greater
insight and understandingof cultures and perspechves different from their
own. Through these experiences studentsare better prepared to become
contributing members of the global community.
For other Interdisciplinarycourse listings, see Global Education Programs
and Metro-Urban Studies.
Courses listed in these areas may be used to fulfill the Urban Concerns,
Women's Studies or Minority Studies requirements under the general
distributionrequirements.Consult the General Education list for courses
which fulfillthe specihc Perspectives.
Augsburg also offers students the opportunity to minor in American Indian
Studies or Women's Studies.
The American Indian Studies program offers courses that encompass the
range of American Indian contributions to North American culture including art, religion, literature and history. Also offered m two begnning
courses in Ojlbwe (Chippewa),the original language of one of Minnesota's
native people.
Mildred Mueller, Coordinator
Minor:Five courses including INS 105 and at least one Upper Division course.
Indian Studies courses may also be taken as part of majors or minors in other
academic subjects or to meet distribution/general education requirements.
INS 105 Introduction to American lndian Studies
An introduction to the content areas of American Indian Studies, including an overview of American Indian history, American Indian literature,
federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, crosscultural influences, art, music and language. Required for American
Indian Studies minor.
OJB 111, OJB 112 Beginning Ojibwe
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa)
Indians including vocabulary, reading, writing and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
The second course continues vocabulary, reading, writing, oral skills and
culture, with increased emphasis on comprehension.This course is crosslisted with the Foreign Language Department.
ENG 216American lndian Literature: Traditional and Modern
Comparative studies of tribal oral traditions, early writings and modem
literature written by or about American Indians. Problems of translation,
interpretation and exploitationwill be examined. Modern novelists, poets
and historians will be included. This course is cross-listed with the English
Department.
HIS 223 American lndian History: Pre-Columbian to Modern
The government, tribal structures, philosophy, agricultureand commerce
among the native people of North America are explored from p r e
Columbian eras through European exploration and settlement. American
Indian contributionsto world economics, agriculture, government,
architecture, art and philosophy are included, as are wars, treaties,
relocations and inter-governmentalrelations. This course is cross-listed
with the History Department.
INS 260 Contemporary American Indians
The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934)with an emphasis on current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty,
treaty rights and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/
cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today.
ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture
An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within the United
States with some attention to Canada, Central and South America. In
addition to the visual arts of the Eastern Woodland, Plains, Pacific and
Southwest Indians, some content will include drama, dance, poetry,
mythology, rituals and religion. Students will produce art work such as
weaving, baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture or prints. This course is
cross-listed with the Art Department.
INS 320 American lndian Women
This course focuseson the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of
native North America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over
time as well as changes in these roles as a result of the influence of
Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women of the
past and present and assesses the contributions made by women to Indian
community life today. (Rereq.:one course in Women's Studies or
American Indian Studies or consent of instructor) This course is applicable
to Women's Studies also.
REL 370 American lndian Spirituality and PhilosophicalThought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Within these broad areas,the subjects of medicine,
healing, shamanism, dreams, visions, myths and spiritual power are also
included. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual
ceremonies and beliefs in an afterlife. This course is cross-listed with the
Religion Department.
Also approved as an elective:
INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
(See under Women's Studies.)
231
Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g.
African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism.This course
is cross-listed with the Religion Department.
232
Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies
An interdisciplinary course providing an overview of the mapr issues
related to the Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion,
art, economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's
consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the
evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American
society.
Women's Studies values the experiencesand perspectives of women by
placing them at the center as it branches out to critically examine women's
contributionsin life and learning. Women's Studies seeks to complement
other disciplines by expanding knowledge about women, addressing
misconceptions and raising new questions which spark further investigation. It seeks to empower students for leadership.
Women's Studies tries to be explicit about its goals and issues. It seeks to
raise awareness of diversity, to critically examine all disciplines and existing
social practices, to recover past achievements of women and encourage the
work that women now do, to expand perspectives and to provide a basis for
decision making and critical evaluation of future learning.
mi no^: Five courses which must include INS 201, three electives, one of which must
be Upper Division, and INS 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the other ACTC
colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written
approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator.
INS 199 Internship in Women's Studies
INS 201
Foundations in Women's Studies
This multidisciplinary course is designed to raise awareness of women's
status and women's diversity; to critically examine disciplines and social
practices through the lens of feminist theory; to recover past achievements
of women and survey the work that women now do; to expand perspectives; and to provide a basis for critical evaluation of future learning.
INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological,
evolutionaryand historical origins of women's roles a i d status in human
society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in
different cultures. This comparison will include such North American
models as the Navap, 0jib;e and Iroquois; African models such as the
Pygmies and other tribal groups; the peasant societies of eastern Europe,
Mexico, the Middle East and China.
INS 265 Women in American Culture
Through discussion of works by women historians and selections from
women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other
aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of Black
and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies
to the present. Contributions by Indian women, Chicanas and other
"invisible" women minorities will be included.
INS 281 Topics in Women's Studies
INS 311 Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives
(See Global Education Programs.)
INS 320 American Indian Women
(See American Indian Studies.)
INS 399 Internship in Women's Studies
INS 481 Topics in Women's Studies
INS 495 Women's Studies Seminar
Selected topics. Required of minors who do not elect to do an Independent Study. To be completed after the introductory course and electives.
INS 499 Independent Study
In consultationwith a faculty member and with the approval of the
Women's Studies Coordinator, a student selects a specific topic for study.
Required of minors who do not elect to participate in the seminar.
See department listings for descriptionsof the following approved electives from
other departments:
ART352 Women and Art
ENG 282 or 482 Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction
HIS 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the
20th Century
WL421 Topics in American Politics
POL459 Topics in Comparative Politics
PSY 371 Psychology of Gender
REL441 Feminism and Christianity
International Relations is an interdisciplinarymajor which offers the student
both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses
and six electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and
other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an
Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required and some
students study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studieswith considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin
America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia and others.
Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a
foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are
possible with the InternationalRelations major.
Norma Noonan, Director
Major: 13courses. (1) Seven required courses: ECO 112or 113, HIS 103or 104, POL
158or 160; two of the following: HIS 332, POL 363,461; POL 490; the fourth term of
college work in a modem foreign language. (2) Six of the following electives (not
more than three from any one disciplinemay be counted toward the mapr): ECO
360,495; HIS 322,323,324,440,474; PHI 355; POL 350,351,381,382,455,459; Rn
356; SOC 336; Interim courses, seminars, Independent Study, topics courses and
courses at other colleges/universities can be considered here with the approval of
the Program Direstor; fourth tern or higher of college work in a second language.
Minor:Seven courses and one year of foreign language. Required: ECO 112or 113,
E3IS 103or 104, and POL 158or 160. One course of HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One
year of foreign language. Any three courses from the list of approved electives for
the major. Not more than two courses from any department could count toward
the minor.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major;
prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 13required
courses. Students should confer with the Program Director about regional and
disciplinaryconcentrations possible within the mapr, for example, a concentration
on a geographic area or in one of the major disciplines in the program.
At least since b t e s , scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics
in developing the skills of critical thinking, understandingabstrad concepts,
and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs
of quantitative reasoning, these skills are still essential for any liberally
educated person. Mathematics and computer science courses at Augsburg
are intended to help develop these skills.
1
Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on
the development of civilization and the development of compute& has also
influenced modern society. To the extent that a liberal education must
include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study of
these influences is important.
An increasingnumber of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This Department
serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields.
Majors within this Department are prepared for graduate school, work in
industry or service professions, with opportunities to focus on either the
theoretical or the applied areas of their vocations. In fad, the Department
offers a concentration in applied mathematics as well as the more traditional
major. Internshipand Cooperative Education options help studentstake
advantage of Augsburg's proximity to the many technicaUy+riented enterprises in the city. Thus the Department aims to provide its own majors with
skills necessary to serve the larger community through a variety of m s .
MathematidComputer Science Faculty: Larry Ragland (Chairperson), Larry
Copes, LarryCrockett, Suzanne Dor&, Beverly Durkee, Ken Kaminsky, Noel Petit,
Beverly Stratton, Stephen Zhang
Mathematics Major: Nine courses in mathematics including MAT 145,146,245,
246,324 and three electives from MAT courses above 210, at most one of which is at
the 200 level; participation in departmental colloquium (MAT 491) during junior
and senior years. Also required: CSC 170 or CSC 270. At least two of the Upper
Division mathematics courses must be taken at Augsburg. For teaching licensure,
the three electives must be 351,373, and 441. Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for other require
ments.
Mathematics Major with concentration in Applied Mathematics: Nine courses
including MAT 145,146,245,246,324 and three electives from MAT 327,328,355,
373,374, and approved topics courses (MAT 481). Also required: CSC 170 or CSC
270, PHY 121,122; participation in departmental colloquium (MAT 491) during
junior and senior years. A minimum of two Upper Division mathematics courses
must be taken at Augsburg.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent Study at an advanced level.
Mathematics Minor: Five courses, including 145,146,245, and 246 or 247, and one
elective from MAT courses above 300. For a teaching minor the additional course
must be selected from MAT 314,328,351,373,441.
Prerequisites/PlacementExam -Before enrolling in any mathematics course the
student must have placed appropriatelyon the Augsburg Mathematics Placement
Exam, or have completed college courses equivalent to prerequisites. A course
must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite.
The Placement Exam is given during college registration sessions and at other
announced times during the year. It is required of all entering students except those
who have received a grade of C or better in a college-level mathematics course
taken at another college or who have passed the College Board Advanced Place
ment Exam. These students and those who place into Group V should consult with
the Department about appropriate courses to take.
103
Basic Mathematics
A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and
transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers,
ratios, percents, metric system, exponents, radicals and evaluation of
algebraic expressions.Counts as one course in semester's load but does not
give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics
Placement Test. (kereq.:Placement Group I. P/N grading only)
104
Intermediate Algebra
A self-paced course for students needing a review of basic algebraic skills
and concepts. Topics include operations with polynomials and rational
expressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic functions.
Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward
graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam.
(Prereq.: 103or Placement Group 11. P/N grading only)
114
Elementary Functions
A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric. For students planning to take 124 or 145. Students who have completed 124 or 145 may register for credit only with consent of instructor.
(Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111)
121
Finite Mathematics
Topics of finite mathematics (combinatorics,probability, matrices, linear
programming and graph theory) of primary interest to students in the
social and behavioral sciences, business and information science. Students
who have competed MAT 171 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or
Placement Group 111)
122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus with applications in the social and
behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 or 145may not
register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. )
124,125,224 Calculus I, ll, Ill
Differential and integral calculus, including calculus of several variables
and series, with applications primarily from the physical sciences,
integrated with topics from plane and solid analytic geometry. Primarily
for students in mathematics or the sciences. (Prereq.: 114 or Placement
Group IV for 124; 124for 125; 125 for 224)
131
Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further
study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group IID
145,146 AUGMENT Mathemetics I and II
The Augsburg Mathematics Enrichment Program provides exploration of
mathematical ideas. Attention will be paid to historical and philosophical
connections and to reading, writing and thinking in mathematics.
Includes calculus concepts such as: limit, continuity, derivative, antiderivative, integral, sequences and series; and selected topics from linear
algebra, abstract algebra, number theory, probability geometry, topology,
dfnarnical systems, graph theory and combinatorics. (Prereq: 114 or
Placement Group IV for 145; 145 for 146)
171
Discrete Mathematics
Topics in discrete mathematics such as sets and logic, combinatorics,
probabfity, relations and functions, vectors and matrices, boolean algebra
and graph theory of primary interest to students in Computer Science and
Mathematics. Students who have completed MAT 121 may register for
credit only with consent of instructor. (Prereq.: Placement Group IV)
211
Number Theory
An introductory study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
215
Elementary Linear Algebra
A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations and matrices. (Prereq.: 224)
226
Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutionsby
special integral transforms; systems of differentialequations with matrix
algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224)
245,246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I & II
Topics introduced in 1 6 1 4 6 are further applied, generalized and
abstracted. Emphasis is on mathematical structures, logical reasoning and
proof formats. Additional topics include: multiple variable calculus,
vectors and vector spaces and linear transformations. (Prereq.: 146 for 245;
245 for 246)
247
Introduction to Applied Mathematics
Designed primarily for applied mathematics, preengineering and
physical science majors, this course includes additional topics from vector
calculus, differentialequations, complex functions and linear algebra.
(Prereq.: 245)
299
Directed Study
Independent Stuclyfor Lower Division credit. (Pmq.: Consent of imtmctor)
Abstract Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such as groups,
rings, integral domains and fields. (Rereq.: 215 or 246)
Analysis
An introductionto the study of mathematical analysis. Includes a rigorous
study of mapr concepts used in the calculus and their applicationto more
abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224,246 or 247)
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
(See PHY 327)
Complex Variables
An introductionto complex numbers and functions, limits, differentiation
and integration, series, analytic functions, conformal mappings and
applications. (Rereq.: 224,246 or 247)
Modern Geometry
A study of transformational geometry including complex number
representations and applications to fractal geometry. (Prereq.: 215 or 246)
Numerical Analysis
A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of
computational problems and development of algorithms for their
solutions, applications of a procedur&riented programming language in
numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems,
interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224 or
245; CSC 170)
Probability and Statistics I
A study of the structure of modem probability, enumeration techniques,
special discrete and continuous probability distributions with applications
to statistical problems, mathematical expectation, Chebyshds inequality,
the central limit theorem. (kereq.: 224 or 245)
Probability and Statistics II
A study of sampling distributions associated with the normal and other
distributions and methods of estimation: point estimation, interval
estimation; hypothesis testing, regression and analysis of variance,
nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: 373 or equivalent)
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty and employer to complete a specific
task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices
of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Mathematics Internship
Supervisor.
Foundationsof Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method and development of number systems.
(Prereq.: completion of or concurrent registration in 314 and either 324 or
328; or consent of instructor.)
481
Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract
algebra, topology, pmbability, statistics or computer science. (Prereq.: 314
and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor.)
491
MathematicsIComputer Science Colloquium
This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep the
mathematics and computer science community informed about contemporary developmentsin the field and about interestingideas that don't
arise in courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others are
welcome. Sessions are presented by faculty members or outside visitors.
499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and Department.
Introductory Courses: 170,210, MAT 171 and MAT 124 or 145
Core Courses: 320,330,345,450
Computer Science B.A. Major: 11 courses including the four introductory courses,
the four core courses and three electives. The electives must be selected from MAT
355, MAT 373 and Computer Science courses above 260. At least two electives must
be selected from 270 or 271,340,352, and 445. At least two of the Upper Division
courses must be taken at Augsburg. Participation in the departmental colloquium
(CSC 491) is required for all junior and senior majors.
Computer Science B.S. Major: 16 courses including the four introductory courses;
the four core courses; 270 or 271,340,352,445, MAT 125 or MAT 146, MAT 224 or
MAT 245, MAT 215 or MAT 246, and one elective selected from MAT 355, MAT
373, and Computer Science courses above 260. At least two of the Upper Division
courses must be taken at Augsburg. Participation in the departmental colloquium
(CSC 491) is required for all junior and senior majors.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent Study at an advanced level.
Computer Science Minor: Six courses including the four introductory courses and
any two of the four core courses.
145
Computing for the Liberal Arts
An introduction to computers, programming and computer applications,
as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with
computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply
toward either a computer science major or minor.
Structured Programming
An introductionto computers, problem-solving, algorithm development
and programming using Pascal. This course provides a foundation for
further studies in computer science. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 121or
MAT 122or BUS 279 or Math Placement Group IV)
Data Structures
Data structures and their implementation, recursion, searching and
sorting algorithms, and continued development of programming methods
using Pascal. (Prereq.: 170. Coreq.: MAT 121or MAT 171)
Electronics
(See PHY 261.)
FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the
student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done
programming in some other language. (Prereq.: 170 or another course
with a study of a programming language)
COBOL
Study of COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the student
has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in
some other language. (Prereq.: 170 or another course with a study of a
programming language)
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms and tree and graph
traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP,
NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: 210 and MAT
124or MAT 14.5)
Theory of Computation
Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata,
computability and computational complexity. Topics include Turing
machines, Church's thesis, the halting problem and unsolvability.
(Prereq.: 210 and MAT 124 or MAT 145)
Digital Communicationsand Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing
systems, network protocols and securityand general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: 210)
Principles of Computer Organization
An introductionto computer architecture, processors, operating systems,
instruction sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: 210)
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organiza-
tion and security, includingthe development of an elementary database
system. (Prereq.: 210)
399
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty and employer to complete a specific
task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices
of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Computer Science
Internship Supervisor.
445
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, memory and process management,
interactions among major components of computer systems, and a
detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating
systems. mereq.: 345)
450
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming
languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics,
BNF,parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures
and the run-time environment. (Prereq.: 210)
491
MathematicsIComputer Science Colloquium
(See MAT 491.)
495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in
other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and Department.
METRDUANSTUDIES
(INS)
Metro-Urban Studies is a tramdisciplinary major and minor taught by
faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and
other related disciplines. The Metro-Uhan Studiesprogram seeks to blend
classroom and field experience, theory and Internships which focus the
content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process
of urbanization.
The M-Urban
Studiesmapr and minor a~ designed to provide underpduate pqaration forpostgraduate studiesin planning,&kchmI law, public
..
admmstmtion, environmental studies, social
government, community
organkition and theology. 7he program and collegewideurban mpkment
introduce studentsto the wide e e t y of developing mdated to urt.>an and
metropolitan affairs,equipping studentswith the analytical and theoreticaltmls
n q m e d to understand the metropolitancommunity.
Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance the
quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan
opportunities afforded by the College's location The Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)and Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the overall program
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty:Garry W. Hesser (Director, SOO, Andrew Aoki
(POL), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson (PSY)
Major: 13 courses including POL 122 and 421; PSY 356; SOC 211 and 381; an
approved Urban History course; SOC 362 or ECO 279; SOC 363 or POL 484;an
Internship (399);and any four approved urban-related c o w . HECUA offcampus programs are highly recommended, especiallythe MUST Twin Cities
program. Students interested in graduate school are encouraged to take ECO 113
Principles of Micrc-Economics.
Minor: Three lower level Urban Studies courses, two of which must be POL 122 and
SOC 211; and two upper division courses from the following:POL 421; PSY 356; SOC
381 or Internship (399), with the Internship highly recommended where appropriate.
Other combinations are feasible if approved by the Director of the Program.
199
lnternship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty.memberand
site supervisor design a learning apmnent which enables the student to
exploremetro-urban studies as a mapr and consider its career alternatives.
Participationin a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regardjig requirements and permission to
register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by
registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Wee.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students (Prereq.: consent of
instructor and POL 122 or SOC 211)
399
lnternship
A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of metmurban studies with the opportunities inherent in the
placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the
beginning of the terrn/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
b
-
498
lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course which a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. ledures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is
designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department faculty
member. (Prereq.:POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of instructor)
499
lndependent Study
Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodology of the proposed study according to Department
guidelines. (Prereq.:
POL 484 or SOC 363 and consent of instructor)
URBAN STUDIES~ O N THROUGH
S
HEWA
Augsburg co-foundedand plays a leading role in the Higher Education
Consortiumfor Urban Affairs (HECUAIIa consortiumof 17 colleges and
universities.Augsburg's Metro-Urbandirector served as its president from
1982 to 1987. Through HECUA, Augsburg studentshave access to five
interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional qualityI located in
ScandinaviaISouth AmericaI Central America and the Twin Cities.
This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area.
358
Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development
Interdisciplinary readings conned experiences and direct observation
with theory and research on the impact of race, class and gender on social
inequality and unequal urban development. Competingtheories and
strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined and
assessed in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people
who challengeit.
359
Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change
Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying -at times competing-views on the Twin Cities
"civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews
and oral history provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories
and strategies for explaining and overcoming it.
399
Internships (2 credits)
Internshipsplace students with sponsoring organizations that provide
supervised work experience for a minimum of 24 hours a week
Coursework also includes readings, seminar discussion, field assignments
and writing to meet the objectives of the internship.
n. SGWDINAVIAN
URBAN
STUDIES
TERM(SUST)
This interdisciphary field learning program is at the University of Oslo and
examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia.
372
Norwegian Language
Intensivelanguage instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with
emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with
advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature.
Note: For Language credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of the Foreign Language Department.
377
Scandinavia in the World
Global perspedives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of super powers and
their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, EastWest relations, European security, trade and the Thii World. Emphasis
on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for
discussionswith advocates of competing perspectives.
393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as
reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian
history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits
(theaters, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a
variety of media.
394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices
as a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformationsfrom rural and regional
cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on
Norway, with field travel to Scandinavian capitals for a comparative
perspective.
499
Independent Study
Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option
of conducting Independent Study research, using Norwegian language
skills, on a topic approved by the SUST Program Director and the
appropriatehome college faculty adviser.
III.SOUTH
AMERICAN
URBAN
SEMEER (SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program is located in either Quito, Ecuador, or
Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon urbanization and developmentin the
Third World.
261
Spanish Language
All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an Independent Study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language
emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS
program and field work.
361
Introduction to Latin America
Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics,
culture and arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus on
economic development issues, theories and models applicable to Latin
America.
362
Urbanization in Latin America
The development of cities and implicationsfor social change in Latin
America. Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, govenunental policies'and urban elites.
Models and theories of urbanization and development are compared and
applied to Latin America.
363
Wealth, Poverty and Community Development
The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis on
field study in bamo communities and site visits to public and private
agenciesdealing with urban problems.
499
Independent Study
Studentswith advanced Spanish a= required to prepare an Independent
Study research paper. Depending on the topic and resources required,
supervision by a professional at a local college or research institution or by
SAUS faculty.
N.CITY ARE
This program studies the politics of artistic expression and the relationship
between emerging art and urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides
rich sources for the program.
330
Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures
Exploration of the life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers
and community organizers for understanding the difkrencesbetween
formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and
participant observation at arts performances and cultural events.
331
The Politics of Artistic Expression
Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and
culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films and discussions
integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social
change and activism.
399
Internships (2 Credits)
Internshipsinvolve participation in an ongoing project with an individual
artist, community organizer, art group or organization for the purpose of
learning about life and work in that setting. The form and placement
varies with each student's goals, needs and experiences.
A Spring semester interdisciplinaryprogram that examines relationships
among literature, ideology and society and how these shape perceptions of
socialrealities.
360
Latin American Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change
Study of selected literary works that illustrate s d &ties and express a
variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change.
Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as
manikted in major artistic periods.
364
Latin American Arts and Society
Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships
among art, ideology and society. Intensive readings include works by
theorists from Europe, the U.S. and Latin America.
367
Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America
Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to
development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their
implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependencia
and Marxism.
499
Independent Study
All students prepare an Independent Study paper on a topic and design
approved in advance. Topics can include Latin American literature and
others appropriate for Spanish language credit.
(See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies (INS)).In the ACTC Class
Schedule, Minority Studies courses are listed under Ethnic Studies.
Music has the power to move and change us. Whether we experience music
as a listener, teacher or performer, it adds a significant and satisfying
dimension to our lives. As a college of the church, Augsburg celebrates the
study of music as one of the @Is of God. Music in the Christian liberal arts
setting reflects Augsburg's mission of educating the whole person.
The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and
music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human
history and culture. In addition, all students of the College community have
the opportunity of participating in choral and instrumental ensembles
which perform locally, nationally and internationally.
Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of
Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education
needs of students and offers professional training in music. The Music major
combines a broad education in the liberal arts with preparation for a wide
range of graduate and professional opportunities. Studentsmay choose
from among four maprs in three degree programs: Bachelor of Arts-Music
Major; Bachelor of Music-Performance Major; Bachelor of Music-Music
Education Major, and Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy Major.
In addition to opportunitiesas professional musicians, teachers of music, and
music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers. Leaders
in the professions and business regard a liberal arts mapr as an excellent
preparation for satisfymgand effective service in many occupational areas.
I
1
Music Faculty: Thomas Rossin (Chairperson), Trudi Anderson, Laine Bryce, John
Dunham, Stephen Gabrielsen, Andy Heglund, Mary Homzaniecki, Kenneth Huber,
Robert Karlkn, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz,Cynthia Lohman, Steven Lund,
Charles McDonald, Roberta Metzler, Celeste (YBrien, Gordon W. Olson, Lila Olson,
Sandra Powers, Nicholas Raths, Robert Stacke, George Stahl, Angela Wyatt
Music Coordinato~Mary Ella Pratte
Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program.
Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (LevelI1
repertoire) in their mapr performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then
apply, by petition, to the Department before the end of their second semester of
study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies.
Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarshipmust
have the recommendation of their ensemble director or private lesson instructor.
Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, s u b j j to Departmental approval of a performance hearing and petition during their first semester in
residence. All transfer students must take the theory placement examination at the
first class meeting of MUS 101 or 102.
Music Education majors must apply, by petition, to the Department during the
sixth term of study. Additionally, Music Education majors must apply to the
Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure program.
Departmental approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses are
necessary for the education licensure program.
All other music major and minor candidates must apply, by petition, to the
Department prior to registration for Upper Division courses.
Auditions for memberships in ensembles are scheduled, followingapplication,
during summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration, or during the first week of the school year.
Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from
among those juniors who have attained a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A
faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and
certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate
quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble; conducting
an ensemble concert; or combinations of the above. Consult the Music Department
Student Handbook for more information.
Core Curriculum (requiredof all majors): 101,102,111,112,201,211,231,232,311,
312,341,342 or 344; eight quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance Studies
and recital quirements as given under each specific degree and major. (See
Applied Music section.) French or German study as stated in general education
requirements.
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major: Offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student
for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities.
Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to enter
one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often choose
this course of study.
Requirements: 13course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music
elective; Performance Studies -six quarter courses and two half courses in the major
instrument or voice, two quarter courses in the minor jnstrument or voice and a half
senior recital (Music 458); keyboard proficiency and passing three Music Repertoire
tests.Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information.
Requirements for the Music Minor: Six course credits: 101,102,111,112; 231 or
232; 341; 342 or 344;four consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with four quarter courses in Performance Studies.Music minors must pass one
Music Repertoire test.
Bachelor of Music
Music Education Major: Offers students the preparation necessary to become
teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework
which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementarythrough the
secondary levels.
Requirements: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202,212; Performance
Studies -two quarter courses, four half courses, two full courses in the mapr
instrument or voice; two quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a half
junior recital (MUS 358) and a full senior recital (MUS 459); improvisation compe
tency on mapr instrument or voice; keyboard proficiency, passing three Music
Repertoire tests, and achieving a cumulative GPA of 2 5 in all music courses and in
the major performance medium.
Vocal emphasis -MUS 251,252,253,254,435
Instrumental emphasis -MUS 151,155, and one course credit of music elective
Other requirements:10 and onehalf course credits: HPE 114,115; PSY 105; EDS
265,354,355,356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the Education Department, Music Department Student Handbook and program adviser.
Music Performance Major: Designed for students who display advanced compe
tence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosen by
students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who
intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance.
Requirements: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus 202,212; Performance
Studies-two quarter courses and six full courses in the mapr instrument or voice;
two quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior recitals
358,459; keyboard proficiencytest, passing three Music Repertoire tests and
achieving a cumulativeGPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more
information.
Vocal Emphasie MUS 251,252,253,254,435, one course of music elective, two
courses of French or German above the B.A. requirements.
Piano or Organ Emphasis- 301,302,436,456, one-half course credit of music
elective.
Instrumental Emphasis MUS 301,302, one and onehalf course credits of music
electives.
Bachelor of Science
Music Therapy Major: Fulfills academic and clinical requirements for registration
with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and prepares students for
the professional certification examination developed by the Certification Board for
Music Therapists. This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become
registered music therapists.
Requirements: 18course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music
elective; two of 151,155,156; 271,274,275,372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479;
Performance Studies -six quarter courses in the mapr instrument or voice, two
quarter COW
in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458;
keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency, passing three Music Repertoire tests, and
achieving a minimum grade of 2.5 in each music therapy course. Other require
ments: EDS 282,356,357,358; PSY105,362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification
examination.
Applied Music
Ensembles (MUD:
One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members
of mapr ensembles (MUE 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles carry no credit.
Traditional grading is required for music maprs and minors in ensemble courses.
The general student may register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading,
or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two
course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements.
Performance Studies for credit:Four synergistic elements are required -lessons,
jury examination at end of each semester, performance workshop, and listening
attendance at concerts, recitals and performance workshops).
Areas of Concentrations
The music mapr/minor student must declare an area of concentration. A secondary area, required of Music Education students, necessitates additional lessons, jury
examination and performance.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available
for all students in the following categories:
No credit -one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week.
One quarter course credit -one half-hour lesson and four hours of practice per
week
One half course credit -two half-hour lessons and eight hours of practice per
week
One course credit -two half-hour lessons and twelve hours of practice per
week.
Performances: All students registered in PerformanceStudies for credit must
perform each year in a general student recital, at the end of each semester for a
faculty panel, and additional performances as required by the instructor.
Listening: All students registered in Performance Studies for credit are required to
attend eight designated music events during each semester. Failure to attend the
required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, mapr ensemble concerts, or other
designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in
Performance Studies. Music maprs must pass a total of three Music Repertoire
tests; music minors must pass one. (Consult the Music Department Student
Handbook for contents of Music Repertoire tests.)
Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music
faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a
prerecital hearing for senior B.M. Performance Major recitals. Concurrent registration in Performance Studies in the major performance medium is required for
recital performance.
Students should carefully read the Music Department Student Handbook and
consult continually with their applied teacher. The following guidelines provide an
outline of requirements and procedures which must be followed by all recitalists.
Departmental Sponsorship
Recitals required for the fulfillment of the BM., BA., or B.S. degree requixements or
Honors Major will be sponsored by the Music Department. Other student recitals
may be departmentally sponsored.
Duration and Repertoire Level
All departmentally sponsored recitals must be representative of the academic
guidelines set forth in the College Catalog and Repertoire Lists available in the
Music Department.
1.B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS358) will be one-half hour in duration, and will
be at repertoire Level 111for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at
Level IV for Music Performance majors.
2. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459) will be one hour in duration at repertoire
Level IV for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at Level V for Music
Performance majors.
3. B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals (MUS458) will be one-half hour in duration at
repertoire Level 111.
Keyboard Proficiency: B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by passing the Piano Proficiency test. (Consult the Music
Department Student Handbook for contents of Piano Proficiency test.)
Many music courxs are offered in alternate years. Consult the ACTC Class
Schedule or the Music Department for course offeringsin each term.
Theory
101
Materials of Music 1 (112 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of
part writing.
102
Materials of Music 11 (112 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations.
Aural Skills 1 (1/2 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight
singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.:
concurrent registration in or completion of 101)
Aural Skills 11 (1/2 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102.
(Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102)
Materials of Music 111 (1/2 course)
Continuation of 102with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.:
102)
Form and Analysis (1/2 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th
Century practice. (Prereq.: 201)
Aural Skills 111 (1/2 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201.
(Prereq.: 112and concurrent registration in or completion of 201)
Aural Skills IV (1/2 course)
Further developmentof listening skills to parallel progress in 202.
(Prereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion of 202)
Counterpoint 1 (1/2 course)
16th through 18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double
counterpoint, pasacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201,211)
Counterpoint 11 (1/2 course)
Study of contemporarycounterpoint including works of Soenberg,
Bartok, Hidemith, Stravinskyand Carter. (Prereq.: 301)
Composition 1 (1/2 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of
sound,ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple
forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed.
Composition 11 (1/2 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instmental ensembles of varying
sizes and types. Contemporarytechniques, atonal systems and larger
forms are studied and used.
Basic Conductlng (1/2 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score
analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature.
Choral Conducting (1/2 course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection.
Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir.
344
InstrumentalConducting (112 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced
conductingtechniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles.
History and Literature
130
Introductionto Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For
non-music majors.
230
Electronics in Music
Ekploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The
study and application of practical eledronictechnology used in music will
be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the
art. For non-music majors.
231
History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.:112,
201)
232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.:112,201)
330
Ethnic Music
Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural
relationship. For the general as well as the music student.
The following four half courses a~ extensive studies of special eras in the history of
music. (Prereq.:231,232)
331
Music of the Baroque Era (1/2 course)
332
Music of the Classical Period (1/2 course)
333
Music of the Romantic Period (112 course)
334
Music of the 20th Century (112 course)
432
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemp*
rary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and
theology student.
435
Voice Repertoire (1I2 course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th
Century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232)
436
Piano Repertoire (112 course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17th Century to the present by
listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.:231,232)
498
lndependent Study (1/2 course )
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the
Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval
by the faculty.
499
lndependent Study
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the
Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval
by the faculty.
Technique
151,152 Voice Methods (114 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
155,156 Piano Methods (1I4 course)
Basic keyboard familiarity,simple accompaniment and music reading
skills necessary to meet specific degree requirements. (Prereq.: MUS 101)
157,158 Guitar Methods (114 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
251
English Diction (114 course)
Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing.
Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all
students rqjstered for vocal instruction.
The following three quarter courses are continuations of 251 with application for
the Italian, German and French languages.
252
Italian Diction (1I4 course)
(Prereq.:251)
253
German Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.:251)
254
French Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.: 251)
358
Junior Recital
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level III for Music Education Majors; full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No
course credit.
456
Piano Pedagogy (1/2 course)
Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey
of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.)
458
Senior Recftal
Half recital by BA. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level 111. No course
d t .
459
Senior Recital (1 12course credit)
B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by
faculty committee.Repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and
Level V for Music Performance maprs.
Therapy
110
Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
A survey of the music therapy programs in Minnesota, with field trips to
various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and
sophomores consideringmusic therapy as a major to give students a
broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy.
(Interim only)
271
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (112 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applicationsof
recreational music activities to cliical settings.
274,275 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
372
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis
on acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding
of the research process and developmentof an experimental research
project.
373
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a
multidisciplinaryapproach to music therapy. Theories of learning music,
musical talent, and performance.
374,375 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
472
Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on
psychological, cultural and biological aspects of musical behavior.
Understanding of the theory of music therapy.
473
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussionsof theories and research as they apply to therapeutic
settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to
therapy with music.
474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (114 course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two
hours per week. (Prenq.:three of 274,275,374,375)
479
Music Therapy Clinical Internship (112 course)
Full-time placement in an NAMT Internship setting for six months.
Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance.
Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements)
These musical organizationsexist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is
determined by audition during the first week of Fall semester or by arrange
ment with the ensenibledirector. Assignment to an ensemble is then made
at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire
academic year which, on occasion, includesInterim.
While the Department strongly encourages both formal and informal
ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chapel
Choir will satisfy the major, minor or distribution/general education
requirements. Instruments are available for rent.
111 Augsburg Choir (114 course)
112 Chapel Choir (Y4 course)
114 Advent Vespers Choir (0)
121 Orchestra (Y4 course)
122 String Ensemble (0)
131Woodwind Ensemble (0)
141 Concert Band (Y4 course)
142 Brass Ensemble (0)
143 Jazz Ensemble (0)
Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas of study are
available to the non-music major or minor. AU lessons are adapted to the
individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented
by accompanying, ensemble participation and other performances. Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following
expectations:No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor
-Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors -Enter I and attain III; B.M. Education
Major -Enter I1 and attain IV;B.M. Performance Major -Enter 11 and
attain V.
l l x Voice
14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone,Baritone, Tuba
12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello,
15x Piano
Bass
13x Woodwinds: Oboe,Bassoon,
Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute
Recorder, Horn
4
16x Guitar
Percussion
18x Organ
19x Harp
Note carefully the following provisions:
1.Performance study registration occurs the first week of classes.
2. Senior music maprs who have attained a cumulative GPA average of 3.0 in their
mapr instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarshipwhich
provides for free lessons in that mapr medium during the two semesters preceding
graduation. Similar scholarships are available to entering freshmen.
3. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons and coaching. Any lessons during the
Interim or Summer are arranged privately with the teacher.
4. A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher
at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a
lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson.
5. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College
Music Department.
The Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to provide
strong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure
requirements.
The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background in
science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs
assume that the student will meet the distribution/general education
requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors,the
courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical
sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of
Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is
essential.
Arlin Gyberg, Coordinator
Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend
candidates in:
Life Science, grades 7-12
Life Science (minor), grades 7-12
Physical Science (Chemistry major or Physics major), grades 7-12
Chemistry (minor),grades 7-12
Physics (minor), grades 7-12
Middle School Science, grades 5 9
Broad Base Requirement: Seven courses: two in Earth Science (Astronomy or
Meteorology, Geology), two in General Biology, three in Physical Science (Physics
for the Life Sciences or a year of General Physics, and two courses of General
Chemistry).
Biology Major (For licensure in L
ife Science):The Broad Base requirement plus
eight courses: seven BIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the
following p u p s : 0351 (Invertebrate Zoology) or 353 (Comparative Vertebrate
Zoology), (ID 355 (Genetics) or 474 (DevelopmentalBiology), (III)361 (Plant
Biology) or 481 (Ecology), (W) 471 (Cellular Biology) or 473 (Animal Physiology),
(V) 440 (Plant Physiology)or 476 (Microbiology),and one course in Organic
Chemistry.
Chemistry Major (For licensure in Physical Science):The graduation major in
Chemistry: CHM 115,116 (GeneralChemistry) (or 105,106), 351,352 (Organic
Chemistry), 353 (QuantitativeAnalytical Chemistry), 361 (PhysicalChemistry), 363
(PhysicalChemistry Laboratory), one Advanced Chemistry course, and Chemistry
Seminar.In addition, a year of General Physics and two additional physics courses
above General Physics. Modern Physics and Electronics are recommended.
Physics Major (For licensure in Physical Science): The graduation major in Physics:
PHY 121,122 (General Physics), 245 (ModernPhysics), 351 (MechanicsI), 362
(Electromagnetic F'ields I), 395 (ComprehensiveLaboratory) and three additional
courses to be selected from 261 (Electronics),352 (MechanicsII), 363 (Electromagnetic Fields 11), 481 (Thermal Physics), 486 (Quantum Physics D, and 488 (Quantum
Physics II). In addition, a year of General Chemistry and one course each of Organic
Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry.
Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, Broad Base Requirement plus seven
courses in Biology; for Chemistry, the Chemistry minor-and an additional Upper
Division course; for Physics, the Physics Minor plus one additional course above
PHY 122.
Science (For Middle School Licensure -grades 5-9): Broad Base Requirement and
an additional seven Natural Science courses, two in Earth Science (Meteorology
and Mineralogy or equivalent), two Biology courses above General Biology, and
three in Physical Science, at least one each in Chemistry and Physics above the level
of General Chemistry or General Physics.
Note: This is not a Natural Science major; it is a program for licensure. Students
must still complete a college major.
Professional nursing is a scholarly discipline that offers a unique service to
individuals, families and communities as they pursue goals to promote,
maintain or restore their health. This service, as defined by the profession, is
the diagnosis and treatment of human responses to actual or potential
health problems.
The xope of professional nursing practice is changing and expanding.
Nurses are being called on to function in a variety of settings that differ
from those in the past. Today nurses work not only in hospitals and clinics
but in corporations, government agencies, communities and their own
independent practices; they are direct care-givers, researchers, teachers,
leaders, managers, administrators and consultants.
The expanding practice of professional nursing mpkes practitioners who
are liberally educated in the humanities, in the natural and social sciences
and in nursing theory and methodology, and who are critical thinkers and
ethical decision-makers.The nursing major, informed by study in the liberal
artstradition and nursing theory, process, and research, prepares registered
nurses for professional practice based on knowledge, reasoned inquiry and
professional values.
Augsburg's nursing program, leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a
major in Nursing, is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse registration
in Minnesota. With one additional course, they are eligible to apply for
School Nurse certification.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate
degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point
average of 25; a w e n t license to practice as a registered nurse in the state
of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or
biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition,
introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take
these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior
to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite courses in sociology,
psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may apply toward
distribution/general education requirements as well as toward admission to
the major. All prerequisite courses must be taken using the traditional
grading system and must have been completed at the 2.0 level or above.
Courses with grades below 2.0 must be repeated or challenged satisfactorily.
In addition, applicants must validate their theoretical knowledge via written
testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg
through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of
current nursing clinical practice within the past five years. This may include
1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion
of a nursing refresher course, or an acceptableequivalent
All students are required to take the NLN Baccalaureate Comprehensive
Examination during the last semester of their senior year.
Nursing Department Faculty: Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Marian Enos, Sharon
Ostwald, Pamela Weiss-Faman, Teri Welcher
Major: 10 courses in Nursing including 305,306,310,311,330,350,403, 404,423,
427; an approved Upper Division science course; and an ethics course, either PHI
380 or REL 483. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and the required
science and ethics courses, and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of the
Level I and Level I1 courses of study are required.
Courses in the Nursing major are offered on weekends with clinical courses requiring
additional weekday time. The courses are designed so that the mapr may be
completed within three years. However, more time may be required to complete the
total course of study depending on the number of d t s transferred from other
colleges or universities.Studentsin nursing may take non-nursing courses in both
day school and Weekend College. Students interested in pursuing the Nursing mapr
should consult with an adviser from the Nursing Department for program planning.
Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; applicationto the
Department Chairperson by November 1of the senior year; recommendation by
Nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April
15. Candidates register for 499 to complete the thesis.
305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
This is a transitional course that introduces the componentsof the pro&
sional role and begins the professional wcialkation process. The
communicative process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse
client relationship is negotiated. Interactive, group, and learning theories are
explored for their applicabilityto changing professional ro1'es and practice.
A teaching project is required. (Rereq. or current enrollment: an a p
proved Upper Division science class)
306
Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of
professional development is provided in this course. The function of
theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing
conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process format. Clinical application of a holistic
health assessment is required. (kereq.:305)
310
Community Health Nursing I
This course focuseson community health delivery systems and the
practice of public health nursing. Concepts of health are examined as they
apply to current community health problems and issues. Clinical application of course content includes the assessment of an elderly person and
definition of a framework for the assessment of a specific community.
Ethical issues related to community health decision-making with aggre
gate groups are explored. (Prereq.: 330)
Community Health Nursing II: Practicum*
This course provides a clinical experiencein the practice of public health
nursing in which the student provides direct care to culturally diverse
clients and groups. The student will provide care to both disease and
disability and health promotion clients. The student will analyze a specific
community system and the community's provision of health related
s e ~ c e s(Prereq.:
.
310)
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the
professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for
nursing practice. (Prereq.: 306; PHI 380 or REL 483 or concurrent enrollment)
Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and the methods appropriate to nursing are emphasized in this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored.
Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice.
(Prereq.: 330)
Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families
This course provides a theoretical basis for nursing of culturally diverse
families throughout the life span. Content includes family as a social
system and explores theories related to family structure and functioning
as well as families with psychosocial problems. Consideration is given to
the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq.: 350. To be taken prior
to or concurrentlywith 423.)
Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management
This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and management as
emerging professional nurse roles. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and
advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism.
(Prereq.:403)
Practicum In Nursing I: Nursing of the Family*
This is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunityto apply
content from 403 in providing nursing care to complex families in a
selected practice setting. (Prereq.: 403 or concurrent enrollment)
Practicum in Nursing II: Leadership and Management*
This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected
practice setting. (Prereq.: 404)
Topics in Nursing
This course is designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics
in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and
interests of the students and faculty. (Prereq.: Senior standing or consent
of instructor. On demand)
499
Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study
a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and
submit written study proposals, objectives and methods of evaluation
prior to registration.
*If the pracficums in nursing me not taken concurrently with their respectice theory
courses, students me required to consult zvithfaculty prior to registration regarding reztiezv
of the theoretical content.
The Philosophy Department assists students to understand issues raised in
the traditional areas of philosophy. To this end, we consider problems of
knowledge and questions of truth, the nature of reality, the basis of values
and rules for correct reasoning. Our goals am to instill in students a love of
truth, to inspire a curiosity about the sipficance and meaning of the world
they experience and to develop the skills of critical analysis and creative
synthesis.
The liberal arts curriculum provides an opportunity for students to explore
different aspects of the world from a variety of perspectives or disciplines.
Philosophy plays a central role in the liberal arts by encouraging students to
explore questions about themselves, human experience, right and wrong,
the world and God.Ekpmng with two Somatic principles: "The
unexamined life is not worth living" and l'Know yourself," the study of
philosophy assists students in the realization of their unique potential for
understanding and self-fulfillment
Four courses in the history of philosophy -begmmng with the ancient
Greeks and Romans and continuing through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to the present -form the core of the philosophy program. In
these courses students are taught how to read, understand and criticize
great texts of Western civilization.
In addition, students have the opportunity to explore the relation of philosophy to other disciplines and to take advanced seminarsin special topics.
This major has been carefully planned so that students can easily have two
majors. Though some majors go on to graduate school in philosophy, most
use the major to prepare for other professional studies such as law, medicine
or the Christian ministry. Many enter the marketplace, confident that the
study of philosophy has given them the ability to think critically.
I
Philosophy Faculty: Bruce Reichenbach (Chaiierson), David Apolloni, Kenneth
Bailey, Mark Fuehrer, Paul Holmer
Major: Nine courses, including 230,241,242,343,344, and a course in the 400s
(other than 499). Five of the courses must be Upper Division.
Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the Philosophy faculty.Such recommendations will be made at the end of
the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic
of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of
this thesis before the faculty of the Department.
Minor: Five courses including two from 241,242,343, and 344.
I
110
Introduction to Philosophy
Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely
have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency,
adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed
skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunityto examine
critically some of the ideas basic to Western culture. The purpose of this
course is to provide the student with some experience in examining ideas
and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to
evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs.
120
Ethics
Ethics studies our moral beliefs, helping studentsto consider the basis
which they use to make moral judgments. The course explores the rnapr
philosophical approachesto evaluating moral actions and then applies
these approaches to contemporary personal and social moral issues. This
enables students to be aware of the nature of value disputes, the different
perspectives taken and the reasoning used to resolve them. Throughout
the course Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Students taking
120 may not take 125.
125
Ethics and Human Identity
This course is a philosophical study of the role of human understanding,
feelings and action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. We begin by
asking what the end or purpose of human life is, assessing the role of
reason, will and passion with respect to this end, and then deciding on the
moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. The topic of
friendship and human loves is investigated next. The course ends with an
analysis of human happiness. Students taking 125 may not take 120.
230
Logic
Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn
the rules which govern valid arguments and develop their ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments. The last part of the course
focuses on inductive reasoning.
241
History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers
The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical
thought in Western civilization. In this course students will read and
analyze some of the key works by Plato and Aristotle. In addition, other
philosophical schools of thought in the ancient world will be studied:
Stoicism, Epicureanism and Neoplatonism, in order to familiarizethe
student with the other elements that constitute classical philosophy.
242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middle Ages was a period of great synthesisof elements of Christian
revelation, classical philosophy and Islamic culture. In this course
students will read writings by St. Anselm, St. Bonaventure, Occam, St.
Thomas Aquinas, Hildegard and Nicholas of Cusa in order to understand
the process of philosophical assimilation involved in constructinga
Christian philosophy. Sincethe Renaissance intensified the medieval
synthesis, students willbe exposed to the thought of Pico, Ficino and
Bruno.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
343
Historyof Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Does knowledge begin with innate ideas or with experience? Can we get
beyond our own concepts to know the world itself! What is an idealistic
view of the world? This course studies the mapr rationalists of the 17th
Century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz), the mapr empiricists of the 18th
Century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy and
19th Century Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard,
Nietzxhe). (Suggestedprior course, 241 or 242)
344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th Century Philosophy
What lies behind 20th Century philosophys love affair with language? Is
truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous
science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major
representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism and
phenomenology. (Suggested prior course, 241,242 or 343)
350
Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so,
what can be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with
human and animal suffering? Are miracles possible? Are we really
immortal? We will conduct a systematicinquiry into these questions
which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy. Cross-listed with Religion 350)
355
Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianismand Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy)
360
Political Philosophy
By studying the writings of political philosophers from antiquityup to the
modem period, students will be asked to examine crucial questions
concerning the organization of human society.The relation of the nature
of the state to religion, the home and the aty will be looked at through the
eyes of Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, Dante and Machiavelli.
365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores whether scientists' knowledge of the world is
profoundly different from and better than that of the nonscientist, what
constitutes scientific knowledge and the degree of certainty yielded by the
methods used by scientists to attain knowledge. In addition to dealing
with these questions, students will work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course,
230 or one course in natural science)
370
Existentialism
Studies in the writings -both philosophical and literary -of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and
paradox. (Suggested:one prior course in philosophy)
380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering,
abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia.
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem or
interdisciplinaryproblems. S e m iformat. May be taken more than once
for credit. (Suggestedprior courses: any from 241,242,343,344 or consent
of instructor)
430
Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers. Seminar
format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses:
241,242,343 or consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to
the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
See Health and Physical Education
Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well. Their
aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and govern
all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in
previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of
controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the
study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of
galaxies and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to
the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinatingand expanding area of study
and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the liberal
arts disciplines and contributesto society's understandingof such areas as
energy, weather, medical science and space exploration
Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing
that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing M e n g e ,
the Department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts but
also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects
challenges to arise, be met and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment and an interest in experimental techniques.
To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in
Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees
at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics
provides flexibility. It also serves as a stepping stone for graduate work in
related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmentalscience, engineering and medical and health related fields.
In addition, the Physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportiverole
for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer
science. The Department also supervises the Pre-Engineeringprogram with
degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelois
and the advanced degree levels.
The Department maintains active research programs through its Center for
Atmospheric and Space Sciences. Several students work each academic year
and summer as research assistants in these efforts, which are supported by
NASA, the National Science Foundation and other federal agencies.
The Department also administers Augsburg College's portion of funds
designated for the Minnesota Space Grant College Consortium, fundedby
NASA.
Cooperative Education, Internship and Undergraduate Research programs
provide opportunitiesfor students to apply their physical science knowledge and problem solving skills in practical situations in industrial, govemmental and academic settings. Studentsmay participate in alternating term
Co-op programs or work part-time during two or moR academic terms.
Internship opportunitiesalone generally involve only one semester.
The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the
non-science students that will enable them to attain a general understanding
of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic
starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to
follow new developments with some degree of comp~hension.
Physics Faculty Kenneth Erickson (Chairperson),Stuart Anderson, Mark
Engebretson, JeffreyJohnson, Robert Stenstrom,William Momma.
Physics Research Staff: Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson, Miriam Peterson,
David Venne. Atmospheric Sciences Research Group, Augsburg College Center for
Atmospheric and Space Sciences.
BA. Major:Nine courses, including 121,122,245,351,362,363,395 and 3% (onehalf course each), plus two courses above 122.
B.S. Major: 12courses, including 121,122,245,261,351,352,362,363,395 and 396
(one-half course each), and 486, plus two courses above 122. A year of introductory
chemistry is also required.
B.S. Major with Concentrationin Space Physics: 13courses, including 121,122,
245,261,320,351,352,362,363,395 and 3% (one-half course each). 420 and 486,
plus one course above 122. A year of introductory chemistry is also required.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the Physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124or 145,
125or 146, and PHY 121,122 during the freshman year, and MAT 224 or 245 and
226 or 247 during the sophomoreyear.
Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to
the Education Department section of the Catalog and consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
Honors Major: A GPA of 3 5 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year.
Minor: Five courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122.
Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students
provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society
and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership
in SPS is open to all students interested in physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics
honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a
minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper
third of their class.
101
Astronomy
A descriptivecourse covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In
addition the course traces the development of scientific thought from
early civilization to the present day. The necessary optical instnunents are
explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch
Celestron and a threeinch Questar. Night viewing and laboratory
sessions are important components of the course. (Three onehour
lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11)
103
Conceptual Physics
An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a
broad survey of physics. The course stresses a hands-on intuitive a p
proach to physics and is designed to serve students in biology and
education. (ll-me onehour lectures, two-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
Mathematics Placement Group 111)
106
Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere.The course is
designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles
required for kderstanding weather and climate. Attention will be given
to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the many varied aspects
of weather, some of which include: clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tomadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting,
the influence of weather on pollution, fronts, cyclones and optical
phenomena of the sky. Laboratory exercises are included as an integral
part of the course. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the
distribution/generaleducation requirement for the liberal arts student.
(Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11)
111
Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical
science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its
associated technology with philosophy, religion and culture. Study of
mechanics, electricity and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of
the meaning of 20th Century physics and of the role of electronics and
computers in modem society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in
the laboratory. (Three onehour lectures, two-hour laboratory. Praeq.:
Mathematics Placement Group 11)
121,122 General Physics I, II
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion,
thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism and optics. Designed for Physics
majors, Pre-Engineering students and other specified majors. Must be
taken in sequence. ('Tluee one-hour lectures, %hour
laboratory.
Prereq.: MAT 124 or 145, or concurrent registration)
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore physics as a major and consider its career alternatives.
Participationin a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to
register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement siteby
registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
245
Modern Physics
An introduction to modem physics from an historical and experimental
basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear
and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops
the experimental basis of, quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures.
F'rereq.: 122)
261
Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises
the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital
electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and
microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 103,111 or 122; and MAT 122or 125 or 146)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
320
Introductionto Space Science
A survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary,
magnetospheric, ionospheric and upper atmospheric physics. Topics
include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms and
magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation and a m r a .
(Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245)
327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
An introduction to mathematical physics at an intermediate level, with
emphasis on functions which have been developed to aid in analyzing
problems in physics and engineering. Beginning with a review of complex
numbers and partial differentiation, topics include Fourier series, series
solution of selected differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other
orthogonal functions, partial differential equations and functions of a
complex variable. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 122or consent of
instructor, MAT 224 or 245 or equivalent.)
351,352 Mechanics I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of
motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include
conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles,
oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies,
gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (Three orle-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226 or 247)
362,363 ElectromagneticFields I, II
The classical electromagneticfield theory is developed using the vector
calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's
and Poisson's kuations, electric and magnetic properties of materials and
the theory of electromagneticradiation based on Maxwell's equations.
(Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226 or 247)
395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory (112 course each)
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including
participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics,
thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism,
optics and modem physics. (One threehour laboratory and one seminar
hour per week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of physics with the opportunities inherent in the placement.
Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, intaestd students should consult with the
departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and
permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate
placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
420
Plasma Physics
A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma
parameters, plasma drifts and particle motion, electric and magnetic
fields, kinetic theory, and Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution function and
Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, plasma waves and
instabilities and transport processes. The applicationsof plasma physics to
laboratory and space plasmas will be emphasized. (Three onehour
lectures. Prereq.: 362,363 or concurrent registration)
481
Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperatureis
an important variable. The subject is developed from two independentyet
complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical
thermodynamicsand the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics.
(Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 351)
486
Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the
Sduoedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values,
angular momentum and approximation methods. Specific problems
studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic
oscillator and the hydrogen atom. (Three onehour lecture. Prereq.: 295,
351)
488
Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the
areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics
and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:486)
499
Independent Study
An opportunity for students to explore systematicallya problem in
experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a
faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with Departmental approval.
P O ~SCIENCE
L DEP-
(POL)
Firmly grounded in the liberal artstradition, political science has mots in the
humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical
analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and sigruficanceof authority in human
affairs establish the focusof political science; because politics is a central and
enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human
concerns.
As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and
analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives. The
student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and
values, investigatepolitical cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare
political systems and develop perspectives on international relations. In the
process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights from other liberal
arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history and
sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several sub-fields of political science, the major supplies
the breadth appropriate for graduate work in the discipline, as well as in
public adminstration, public policy analysis, law and other professions. It
also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service,
business, communications and other fields. Lqplative and other Intemships, as well as si@cant independent research projects, are within easy
reach of Augsburg Political Science students in the Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special
opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a
successful career.
Augsburg Political Science students have the benefit of an experienced
faculty that brings a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as
speual strengthsin interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media, communism, and American public law. The Departmental
faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, involving as it
does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of
informed choice in human affairs, is an important as@ of liberal learnings.
Political Science Faculty Norma Noonan (Chairpason), Milda Hedblom,
Andrew Aoki, Philip Fishman, Mary Ellen Lundsten, William Morris, Myles
Stenshoel
Major: Nine courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362). Required: 121 or 122or
160 or 170; 158; 484; and at least five other Upper Division courses in fourout of
five political science areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for
that area.
Honors Major:The Honors Mapr in Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's gradepoint average must be 3.5 in
the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and
a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1of the senior year, an Honors
Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any
member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the Departmental Chairperson. Students should apply for the Honors
Major no later than the first term of the junior year.
Minor: Five courses, including 121or 122or 170; 158; and at least three Upper
Division courses in three out of five political science areas.
Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics, (ID Comparative
Politics and Analysis, (III) InternationalPolitics, (IV)Public Law and (V)Political
Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in
only one area toward major or minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a Political Sciencemajor
in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson.
See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121
American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political
ideas, the pattern of participation, the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking, and current issues in American
society.
122
Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors and
strudures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation and meetings with political experts and
activists.
325
Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in
the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizingpolitical and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in
political science or consent of instructor.)
E
326
Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizingpublic opinion and
political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties
and interest p u p s and media in presidential elections (optionalin nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in political science or
consent of instructor. Fall term of electionyears.)
342
Mass Communications In Society
Effects of mass communicationson individual behavior; the uses and
control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study
of censorship, newsmaking entertainmentand public affairs programming. gunior and senior students only.)
370
Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
371
Topics in Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
421
Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executiveor judicial process and
policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus;topic to
be included in subtitle. (Prereq.:one course in political science or consent
of instructor. On demand.)
II. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process, with some comparison of major political systems and discussion
of contemporaryissues.
350
Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies,
focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
351
Communist Political Systems
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other Communist states
in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (F'rereq.:
one course in politid science or consent of instructor)
359
Topics: Women In Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored.
Themes will vary. (Prereq.: One course in political science or consent of
instructor)
459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and
comparisons of political p m s s e s such as political participation, communications, political developments, political change and revolution. Topic
to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or
consent of instructor. On demand.)
Ill. lnternational Politics
160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including
the dynamics of the international system, theories of international
relations and a focus on recent problems.
363
Communist Foreign Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation and implementation of foreign
policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
461
Topics in lnternational Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
490
Seminar in lnternational Relations
Capstone semjnar for students mapring in International Relations;
analysis of some methods for studying internationalrelations; analysis of
mapr trends; senior thesis. Open to other studentsby consent of instructor. (kereq.: four courses in the International Relations sequence)
IV. Public Law
170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and
society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary
legal issues.
370
Constitutional Law
The legal-plitical-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of
powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170
or consent of instructor)
371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in Constitutional Law, especially Civil Rights. Content will
vary, defined by the subtitle of the course. (preq.: 170 or consent of
-. -.--,
:- -.
375
Media Regulation, Law, and Ethics
A study of key issues and contemporaryconflicts in media ethics and
regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about content in the
media, access to the media and ownership of the media. Alternative
justifications and critiques of mass media systems will be examined.
(Prereq.: Lower Division political science course, speech/communications
course, SPC/POL 342, or permission of instructor)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section 11for description)
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasiig the values, goals
and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human
governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
381
Topics in DemocraticTheory
A study of democratic theory. The s u b j j matter will vary and be defined
by the subtitle of the course: American political thought, comparative
democratic theory, etc. (prereq.:one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
382
Marxist Theory: From Marx to Mao
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing
Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political,
social and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the
preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.:158or consent of
instructor)
484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics
including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for
political study; mapr research required. (F'rereq.:SOC 362 Statistical
Analysis; 158and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor)
VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the Department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless Internship
Supervisor grants exception.)
295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerning terms and
subject matter. (On demand)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor)
399
lnternshlp
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. (Prerq.:
consent of instructor. P/Ngrading only unless Internship Supervisor
grants exception)
484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of &fferent approaches and theories in the study of politics
including an examinationof the requirements of science as a model for
political study; major research required. (Prereq.: SOC 362 Statistical
Analysis; 158and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor)
490
Seminar in International Relations
(See W o n 111for description)
495
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerningterms and
subject matter. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
498
lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independentlydesigned course a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, s y m p
sia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional College resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499
IndependentStudy
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student.
(prey.: consent of instructor)
Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides
a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal
education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studyinghow people cope with their
environment and interact with each other.
The Department's courseshave three basic goals: (1)to introduce the
student to the m m n t information and methods in psychology as well as
earlier approaches to psychological questions; (2) to develop the ability to
analyze, interpret and evaluate behavioral researchIand (3) to provide
practice in the application of these principles. The Department program
provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas. Cooperative
Education and Internships are designed to provide students with practical
pre-professional experience.On-thepb experience gives students the
opportunity to test career fields and develop professional contacts.
Psychologistsuse a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the
Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology,
human development, personality and computer applications.
The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving
approach, the acquisition of information about human development and
interaction, and the development of human relations skills can be beneficial
in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and
government, as well as in careers such as research, law and medicine.
Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can acquire
practical, pre-professional experienceand develop professional contacts.
This program mutually benefits the students and the community.
I
I
Psychology Faculty Nancy Steblay (Chairperson),Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dyrud,
Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson
Major: 10 courses including 105,230,330,381,399, and 493. A minimum of five
courses must be from Augsburg. Students are also acpeded to select one course
from the Developmental/Personalitycourses and other electives to complete the
mapr. Not more than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted
toward requirements for a mapr. It is recommended that Psychology majors take
additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their
particular interests in psychology; for example, areas such as business administration, biology or communication.AU psychology maprs must have an adviser in the
Psychology Department.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the mapr program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the Department
Chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Minor: Five courses including 105, with a minimum of two courses at Augsburg.
Not more than one course from 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor.
101
Self-Identity and Values
A study of self-identity and values as related to personal l i i . This course
uses a psychological perspective to explore the role of the individual in
the larger social context. Major topics include the acquisition, develop
ment and evolution of self-identity and values and the influence of sex
roles. (This course does not substitute for PSY 105as a prerequisiteto
Upper Division psychology courses.)
102
The Individual in a Social World
An investigation of the behavior of the individual as it occurs in social
environments. Examples of human behavior which are best understood
through analysis of both individual and social factors will serve as the
course framework. The scientific method is emphasized as an aid in
understandingissues of influence in social systems, with major topics
including attitude formation and group processes. (This course does
substitute for PSY 105as a prerequisiteto Upper Division psychology
courses.)
105
Principles of Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for
the purpose of understanding behavior. Application of psychological
concepts to everyday situations is emphasized.
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty adviser and
site supervisor design a lezrning agreement which enables the student to
explore psychology as a possible major and consider its career options.
See PSY 399 for additional information. (Prereq.: 102or 105 and one other
psychology course)
230,330 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in such areas as human
learning, problem solving, social psychology and sensation-perception.
Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design
methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without
continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in Psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence;230 must precede 330; 330 should be
taken in the term immediately following 230. (Prereq.: 102or 105and
MPG III)
251
Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems.
Emphasis on the processing of environmentalinformation and how this
relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience.Topics include:
adaptationto novel environments, machine intelligence and anomalous
perception such as illusions. (Prereq.:102or 105. On demand)
299
Directed Study
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study
must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
325
Social Behavior
Social factors which influence individual and group behavior in naturalis-
tic and experimental settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition,
affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child developmentand behavior. Consideration of
theoretical systems used for viewing developmental sequence and
continuity.Inquiry into practical implications and applicationsof data and
theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Considerationof data
and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult
periods of life. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data
and theory related to developmentduring the middle adult and older
adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.:
102or 105)
Brain 81Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for
behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and
wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory and mental
disorders. (Prereq.: 102 or 105)Additional lab hours required. (On
demand)
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecologicalviewpoint to study the influence
which the environment, both natural and human-made, has on behavior.
Major topics include: overcrowding and environmentalstress; territoriality; defensible space and crime; and specific environments such as rooms,
buildings and cities. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Learning
Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of
instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects.
(Prereq.: 102or 105)
PsychologicalAssessment
Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence.
(Prereq.: 102or 105. On demand)
Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study including theory,
research, assessment and contemporary applications. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Behavior Disorders
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic
and psychological points of view. (F'rereq.: 102or 105)
Psychology of Gender
A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of
sex difkrences and roles, the effed of society upon values and goals,
differentiallegal status of each sex and psychophysiologicaldata bearing
upon these differences. (Prereq.:102 or 105 or consent of instructor)
Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizationalbehavior. A study of the
individual, groups, structure, change and developmentin organizations.
(Prereq.: 102 or 105)
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical developmentof psychological viewpoints and theoretical
positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses)
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty adviser and
site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the principles and
methods of psychology with the opportunities available at the placement.
Prior to the be$nning of registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office. (Prereq.:junior class standing and four psychology
courses)
Program Evaluation
The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to
programs for social improvement.Designing information systems for the
ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing
program effectiveness and efficiency.The political and organizational
context of program monitoring and evalukion. The role of evaluation
research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264 or SOC
362;SOC 363.O n demand)
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods and attitudes involved in the counseling process.
Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship. (Prereq.: three psychology courses and junior class standing)
Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated
extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be
published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 102 or 105 and consent of
instructor)
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by
psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: five psychology courses)
499
Independent Study
Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in
psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration
including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed
Study.
Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is
persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from
which to undertake its educational task The biblical faith and tradition of
the Christian church have influenced the Western world to a degree much
greater than is sometimes recogruzed. They have affected and continue to
influence language, literature, history, values and political structures.
The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other
areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of biblical history and that of
the Christian church and by a larger acquaintance with theological thought.
While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the
Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes
more thanis represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the
earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different
from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks to
introduce students to some of these major religious traditions.
Coursesin religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other
disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of
theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of the
Department that students will become better acquainted with the content
and character of the Christian faith, enabling them to reflect theologically on
their own religious commitment.
The College offers both a major and a minor in Religion. Studentswho wish
to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of Christian Education may find a major in Religion appropriatefor that purpose.
Religion Faculty: Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson),John Benson, Bradley Holt,
Lynne Lorenzen, Curtis Peter, William Russell, Eugene Skibbe
Major: Eight courses, including 111,221,356,481 and 495, the seminar especially
for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking the seminar, each major
must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the Department Chairperson. Only one Interim course may be applied to the major. One
Upper Division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Religion Major with a Concentrationin Youth and Family Minis*
This major requires nine courses including an Internship. In addition to the courses
required for a Religion mapr, namely REL 111,221,356,481 and 495, the following
are required: REL 342,343,415, and a supervised Internship in the Youth and
Family area. Consultation with one of the staff members in the Youth and Family
Institute is required in order that proper preparation in discipline areas outside the
Department of Religion may be achieved.
Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular
teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for
licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, five
courses in reliion are required: 111,221,362, The Christian Day School (Interim)
and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in
both a public school setting and in a Christian Day School.
This program prepares students who are intmsted in teaching in Christian day
schools, particularly those of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America,
although participation is not limited to such schools.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; research project approved
by the Department and colloquium with the Department.
Minor: Five courses. Not more than one Interim course may be counted for the
minor.
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval
is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion
Department and/or general education course credit. All maprs are urged to
consult with the Department Chairperson.
111
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
199
Internship
Internship on Lower Division level.
221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character and transmission of the biblical documents.
The task of biblical interpretation.The history of Israel and the emergence
of the church.
231
Religion in African-American History
(See INS Minority Studies.)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study on Lower Division level.
342
Theology of Youth and Family Living
Contemporarytheories of youth and family living are examined within
the context of Christian teachings. Emphasis will be placed on individual
development at every age, how individuals relate in systems and how
Christian ideas intersect to enhance the functioningof families, particularly in relationshipto current crises in teenagers &d families. Theology of Marriage
The Christian tradition provides the opportunityfor wholeness by
promising forgiveness of unworthy aspects of oneself, access to God's
love, and greater acceptanceof one's spouse. In this course, parallel
concepts of psychological wholeness, in the Jungiantradition, and of
repentance and forgiveness in the Christian tradition are applied to
marital relationships.
Philosophy of Religion
(See Philosophy Department)
Denominationsand Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations
and religious groups. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be
considered.
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam.
Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious
communities.
Survey of Church History
A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation and
modem periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to
interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its
inner life, its relation to the state and the development of its doctrine will
be major elements of the study.
Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to
Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work.
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society.
The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire,
including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of
the creeds, Christianityin conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions,
monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship. Also includes the
theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life
and thought of Augustine.
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of
the 16thCentury.Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and
other representative figures.
Religlon In America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the
rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominationsand the responses of
religion to the challengesof its environing culture.
Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits)
The Church and Social Change in Latin America
(See Global Education, Program in Global Community)
American Indian Spirituality and PhilosophicalThought
(See INS,American Indian Studies)
Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses,
have at least first semester junior standing and satisfy Department
guidelines.
The Gospels and Personality Theory
The ministry of Christ, as recorded in the Gospels, will be studied as a
context and foundation for the maximum utilization of personality theory
In effectively responding to contemporaryissues of teenagers such as food
disorders, suicide, addictions and perfectionism, among others.
Eastern Orthodoxy
This course will explore the history, theology, and liturgical life of the
Eastern Orthodox Christian Church. Theology and history will be
considered primarily from the perspective of those Christians who live in
Greece, Turkey, Bulgaria, Romania, Yugoslavia and Czechoslovakia, with
special attention to the Orthodox Church in the Soviet Union.
Church Music and Worship
(See Music Department.)
Feminism and Christianity
This course will consider the centralideas of Christianityand feminism
and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious
influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of
the Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology, especially in
terms of language and metaphor.
Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention
to the variety of interpretationsgiven the person of Jesus, includingthe
"quest for the historical Jesus."
Theology of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his
relationship to the early church and some of the themes found in his
writings.
The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature.The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets.
Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament
period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious
development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber
and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Sodety annually makes a grant to
Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in
the Religion Department.
Contemporary Theology
An introductionto some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the
continuing theological task of the Christian Church.
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociologicaldynamics. Emphasis on developing a c o m c t i v e perspective
for critical reflection upon moral action.
Psychology of Rellglon and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the
view of human nature. Special attention will be given
traditional -tian
to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung and William James, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them.
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by
permission of instructor.
Independent Study
Limited to students who are Religion majors and satisfy Departmental
guidelines.
Scandinavian Ama Studies is an interdiscipharyprogram drawing on the
combined resourcesof the A C E and the ScandinavianCenter at Augsburg
College. An expansion of the curriculum is underway, with plans to introduce new COW
in Scandinavian design, political science,social work,
history and geography beginning in the 1992-'93 academic year.
Major: Eight Upper Division courses.
Minor: Four Upper Division courses.
Note: At least four of the Upper Division courses required for the mapr must come
from the list below. The remainder may be transferred to Augsburg and included
in the mapr on approval of the program adviser. Students graduating with a mapr
or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a
Scandinavianlanguage. See Norwegian course listings under the Foreign Language
Department.
Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Scandinavia (see Metro-Urban
Studies, SUST), and elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian, history,
political science, urban studies, business administration, internationalrelations,
sociology or socialwork
Frankie Shackelford, Advisor
330
Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on
conditions and developments in the 20th Century.Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Ondemand)
351
The Modern Scandinavian Novel
Ledures provide a survey of the Scandinaviannovel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlof, PZr Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and
others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language
majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand)
352
The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bpmson, Strindberg,
Lagerkvist, Munk and other 20th Century dramatists. Lectures provide a
survey of Scandinaviandrama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg.
Knowledge of a Scandinavianlanguage desirable. Language maprs and
minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand)
364
Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(See Department of Religion.)
372
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
3T7
Scandinavia in the World
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Department of Art.)
393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
394
Urbanizationand Development in Scandinavia
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
499
Independent Study
In consultationwith a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for
study.
A student may not list a double major in Social Science ahd in one of the
component disciplinesunless the distribution selected in the Social Science
major is significantly different from the other major.
Khin Khin Jensen, Coordinator
Non-WesternMajor: 14 courses: HIS 104; one social science methodology course
(ECO 279, PSY 264, SOC 362 or 365); and 12 courses in at least four disciplines from
the following: ECO 112,258; HIS 103,322,323,324,440,474; POL 351,363,382,461;
PHI 355; REL 356; SOC 336; seminars, Independent Study or Interim courses on
relevant topics in history and/or political science The student planning to fuJfiU
this social science major should consult the Chairperson of the Department of
History in choosing a major adviser.
Studentspreparing to teach social studieson the high &ool lwel must
complete, in addition to the professional requirementsto be met within the
Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to
provide a broad foundation in the social sciences.
1
JerryGerasimo, Coordinator
Social StudiesTeaching Licensure:Seven courses (ECO 112 or 113, geography,
HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336) plus a major in one of five fields economics, history, political science,psychology or sociology. Geology and
anthropology are also acceptablefields, although they are not offered as majors on
the Augsburg campus.
Students consideringa career in social studies education should consult, as soon as
possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
SOCIALWORKDEPARTMEW
(SWK)
The SocialWork mapr prepares graduates for entry-level professional
practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited by the
Council on Social Work Education and leads to a Bachelor of Science degree.
The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates
to work with individuals, families, groups, communities and to develop and
analyze social policy. Several courses within the program utilize a student
empowerment model for teaching and learning.
Augsburg's social work mapr also provides a strong foundation for graduate studies in a variety of fields.Augsburg also offers a full-time Master of
Social Work d e p e on a weekend schedule.
The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with
education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts with its
emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity,
openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation for
socialwork education. As Sir Richard Livingston has said, "A technician is a
person who knows everytlung there is to know about his/her p b except its
ultimate purpose and social consequence." Effective .socialworkers should
not be technicians. Augsburg social work graduates are entry level professionals.
Augsburg College's motto, "Education for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of the SocialWork Department. Unique learning opportunities for field
work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan
setting known for a humane quality of life which is enhanced by the arts,
outstanding human services, and a highly-educated populace. Social work
opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the vitality and relevance of
its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for these services, provides
both a plethora of field placements for social work students and external
experts for the classroom The ethnic and economic diversity present in this
metropolitan area provides opportunities for socialwork students to learn
to understand, appreciate, respect and work with people different from
themselves and to be enriched by this opportunity to interact with diverse
clients and professionals.
The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well as
to gain from it. Appropriately, social work students have been involved in a
wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop the
LINK program on campus, mobilizing studentsto assist a social service
agency in their annual Christmas giving program, and tutoring at a local
neighborhood center.
The Social Welfare minor and electives in the Department allow students to
support another major while gaining knowledge about human needs and
growth, human services and the methods of effective citizenship. Students
taking these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about
public issues and develop and nurture a perspective that sees the central
importance of diversity to the social fabric of this country. But beyond
knowledge, students are encouraged to use their talents and skills to
address the needs of society in the interest of the public good.
Social Work Faculty:Mary Lou Williams (Chairpenon), Maria Brown, Francine
Chakolis, Edwina Hertzberg, Rosemary Link, Vincent Peters, Edward Skarnolis
Major: 11core program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465,466,467,469, and
SOC 365; and eight supportingprogram courses: 257,260; BIO 101; PSY 105; SOC
121,231,265,375. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor in that discipline.) A
minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course in the core program and a 2.0
average is required in the supporting program.
Concentration: Concentration in aging, chemical dependency, crime and corrections, social ministries, and youth are possible. Concentration consists of courses
descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work
placement in the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in
religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is
noted on the transcript.
Candidacy: Social Work maprs must apply for candidacy status before the
beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written selfstatement, reference letters, and the completion of all core and
supportingprogram courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacyreview.
SocialWelfare Minor: Six courses, including 257 (or approved alternative), 361,
463; 260 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and one of 465, POL 121,158,325.
School SocialWork Certification:State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful
completion of EDS 388 plus a senior year field placement in a school setting.
1
Elective Courses Open to All Students:
230
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and develop
ment in the global context. It also identifes the focus of Social Work in
addition to the many other disciplines which are vital to fosteringpeace,
development and enhancement of a better quality of life for all human
kind.
The dynamics of peace and dwelopment are speafically drawn from the
Social Work point of view with an overview of the socio-political, cultural,
geographical, economic, religious and scientific facets of peace and how
peace (or absence of peace) affects development and change. This is
presented in the form of dialogue on current and future issues such as
people-centered development, socialjustice, resource allocation, environmental depletion, and the women's movement in relation to peace
concerns. This course also explores the non-violent alternativesto the
current global arms build-up which is a contributing force in world-wide
problems such as hunger, poverty, environmentalproblems, and the
oppression of powerless and disenfranchised segments of society and/or
racially segregated communities.
257
Exploring Human Services
Experiential learning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours (in a services
agency or institution which students select.) The placement must be
approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context
of this volunteer experience students have opportunityto interact with
human service professionals, clients and communities of diverse culture/
ethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socioeconomicstatus, lifestyles,
developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to
help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or
future career in the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is dwoted to discussions which assist
students in integrating agency experiencesand readings which explore
the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the
nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also
examine and critique the manner in which social, economic and political
structure impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their
own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value
system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms".
260
Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human
growth through the life cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors which influence the growth of
individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized
is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth,
the impact of "sustaining environment" and other special stresses relevant
to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent
ethnic and/or Westyle diversity is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstandingthrough use of their own experiences.
299
Directed Study
An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of
interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration.
(Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
340
Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course includes the study of the impact of socialpolicy on the older
population, the older population's impact on social policy, services
planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work
with this population. Class conducted in senior citizen residence. (Prereq.:
sophomore standing or consent of instructor)
361
Soclal Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human
service and the diversity of professionals and client groups. The major
assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the
charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.:
junior standing or consent of instructor.)
399
Internship*
Provides field learning experience for the non-major and supplementsthe
required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
463
Community Development and Organization
Locality development and socialchange through community organization, social planning and social action. Emphasis on: 1)s w e y of historical
fonns of community organization and social change, 2) understanding the
theories, basic issues, and strategies relevant to socialprotest and change,
3) examination of the role of staff and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual
practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques
of organizing. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor)
465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of
analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be
viewed firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official.
Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical
experience. (Prereq.: 361,463 and senior standing or consent of instructor)
468
Speclal Topics (1 R to 1 course)
Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim.)
498
Independent Study Metropolitan Resources
An independentlydesigned course which a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, s y m p
sia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department.
(Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
-
499
Independent Study
Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, o b ' j v e s
and methodology of the proposed study according to Department
guidelines. (Prereq.:257 and consent of instructor)
*Canbe takenin coordination with Cooperatize Education, which may provide payment for
work in fieldsites.
Courses Reserved for Social Work Majors Only
363
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles
and techniques of social work interventivemethods and practical
experience necessary for social work pradice with individuals and small
groups with a diversity of professionals and client groups; dwelopment
of the student's repertoire of relationshipbuilding skills. L,ecture
discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each week (Prereq.: 361,
junior standing)
364
Field Work I*
Beginning supervised professional experiencein a social work agency
which focuses on interviewing experience and relationshipbuilding. Ten
hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per
week. (Prereq.: 361, junior standing, concurrent with 363)
461
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptationsof
the problemsolving model to diverse populations through lecture,
classroom exerciseand regular class work Enlargement of social group
work skills, emphasis on developmentof generalist practice skills and
eclectic approacheswith a focus on diversity of professionals and client
populations. (Preq.: 2.0 GPA in 363 and in 364, candidacy status.
Concurrent with 462)
462
Field Work II*
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in
a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/
discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with
461)
466
Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course)'
Continuation of 462 (1/2 course option during Interim. Prereq.: candidacy
status, 2.0 GPA in 461,462,463)
467
The Soclal Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional p b attainment,
affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and
practices, organizationaltheory and resource development will be studied
in the course.The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class
exercises. (Prereq.: candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 461,463)
469
Field Work IV'
Continuation of 466. ( P r q . : candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 466, concurrent
with 467)
*Can be faken in coordinationwith CoopcratizeEducation, which may pr&
work in field sites.
payment for
Sociologyis a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively
young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme
which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum,
namely the theme that humans a w "social animals." Sociologyemphasizes
the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes to
exhibit r e g u l m patterns over time. These pattern together form a
society or a social structure.
Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociologyalso seeks
to understand patterns within the great variety of institutions that exist in a
society.
The SociologyDepartment at Augsburg is designed to help students think
sociologically in terms of obtaining an understandingof society and developing skills in analyzing social institutions and patterns.
Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional
learning models available, such as internships, independent study, Interim
courses and field studies. The Department urges students to use Augsburg's
urban setting as a laboratory for learning. A major in sociology can p-are
one for a variety of Careers or for advanced professional studies. Cooperative Education and Internships enable majors to apply the theories and
research skills of sociology while they explore career alternatives. Augsburg
alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the
personnel departmentsof both government and private corporations, in
industrial relations work and in program evaluation Others have used their
majors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry,
social work and urban planning.
The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a
liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding
and appreciating the often taken-for-granted aspects of our world.
SociologyFaculty:Diane Pike (Chairperson), Vern Bloom, JerryGerasimo, Gordon
Nelson, Garry Hesser
Major: 10 courses including 121,349,362, 363,375,485. Highly recommended: an
internship, cooperativeeducation, independent study or Upper Division Interim
course in sociology.This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will
take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the Department.
Consult the Department Chairperson concerning areas of concentration
Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0
overall. Application for honors in sociologycandidacy shall consist of submission
of thesis proposal to the Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year.
Candidacy is contingent upon Departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of
the junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for 499 to
complete work on thesis. Honors in sociology willbe granted to a candidate who
successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior year and maintains the
GPA through graduation.
Minor: Five courses including 121and two Upper Division courses (i.e., 300 and
above).
121
Introduction to Human Society
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic
discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles,
groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. Sociology is an
essential tool for discoveringthe world and one's place in it.
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore sociology as a mapr and consider its career altematives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the
beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
211
Human Community and the Modern Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modem world viewed from
the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutionsand
processes.
220
Sociology of Law
This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society and the effect
of society on it. From a sociologicalperspective, we will explore crosscultural notions of law, deterrence, the criminal justice system, the legal
profession and corporate crime. The basic course format will be lecture
and discussion based on the reading assignments. Evaluation is based on
participation and two examinations. Students desiring Upper Division
credit will be asked to write a paper on an assigned topic in addition to
the exam.
231
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
An examination of the famiiyas a social institution. The structures and
processes within families are studied within their institutional and
culturalcontexts.
265
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
The dimensions of =cia1 and minority group relations. Mapr attention is
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding.P / N
grading only)
273
Crime and Corrections
This course includes an examination of corrections programs (prison,
probation, treatment center, etc.) within the context of the American
society and justice system. Attention is also given to theoretical formulations as to possible causes of criminal behavior and attempts at prevention
and control. Field visit arranged to correctional facilities.)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students. Prereq.: 121and consent
of instructor. )
300,301,302,303,304
Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests
which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor)
336
Introductionto Cultural Anthropology
The concept of cultureexamined in anthropology and in the way we see
and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the
ideas of "primitive," " c i v i l i i and "progress." The course will examine
the person's relation to cultureand conduct an analysis of selected aspects
of Western culture.(Prereq.: 121)
349
Complex Organizations
Organizationsaffect almost everythingin contemporarylife. This course
examines organizations as corporate actors, looking at the topics of
culture,technology, structure and corporate deviance. (Prereq.: 121or
permission of instructor)
360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society.
(Prereq.: 121recommended)
362
Statistical Analysis
The fundamentals of descriptiveand inferential statistics for the social
sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors,
but recommended for others needing a statistical background for social
science quantitative analysis. (Prereq.: Group 111Math Placement Test. For
maprs, to be taken preceding 363.)
363
Research Methods
An introduction to the skills involved in research design and data
analysis. The practice of social research is learned through class activities
and individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken
immediately after 362.(Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor)
365
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications to program evaluations. Consumer o v e ~ e w
of
methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Designed
for social work maprs. Not to be taken by sociology maprs. (Prereq.:
Level 111 Math Placement Test)
375
Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual
behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identitf' and
what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human
behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying our everyday l i f e a look at the
trivial, the o r d i i and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an
important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of
dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121,junior or senior
students only)
381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confrontingthe
present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on altemative theories and approachesto shaping the future metropolis. Current
developmentsin the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted
to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources
include extensive readings, simulations, films,outside speakers and field
trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 121 or 211 or consent of instructor)
399
Internship
A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member
and site s u p e ~ s odesign
r
a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore sociology as a mapr and consider its career altematives. Participation in a concurrent seminaris expested. Prior to the
beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
485
Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions withii sociology,
tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th Centuries.
(Prereq.: two courses in sociology including 121or consent of instructor)
498
lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course which a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in
consultationwith and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department.
(Prereq.: 121or 211 and consent of instructor)
499
lndependentStudy
Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodology of the proposed study according to Department
guidelines. (Prereq.: 121and consent of instructor)
-
Soviet and East European Studies is an ACTC pint major which seeks to
give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet
history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The major is interdisciphary and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language is quired.
This major is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in
government, teaching internationalbusiness or law, espeaally when
combined with a second major in a field such as business, economics,
history, language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation
for graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or
international relations.
Magda Palmy-Zapp, Campus Coordinator
Major: 11courses: four courses (two years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); two courses in Russian history; one course in Marxist theory; one
course in Russian literature; one course in Soviet politics; two other courses from
approved electives.
Minor: Six courses: two courses (one year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); one course in Russian history; one course in Soviet politics; one
coursein Marxist theory; one other course from the approved list of electives.
East European ConcentrationMinor: Consult the Coodinatorform& information.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
Our quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part
upon the quality of our communication. A communication major at Augs
burg is designed to enhance understandingof communication in a variety
of contexts and to improve communicationskills.
Since communication careers demand a broad educational background, the
Department strongly encourages a second major or two minors in fields
such as business, economics, Enghsh, history, international relations,
political science, psychology, religion, social work or sociology.
The Augsburg communicationmajor focuses on competencyin both speech
and writing, as well as effective use of media. Since the study and practice of
communication is grounded in both the humanities and the social sciences,
majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as aesthetics, ethics,
philosophy, logic, literature, statisticsand search methods in their p r e
grams. All communicationmajors must complete a core p u p of eight
required courses and participate in Augsburg's Interscholastic Forensics
Program. In addition to these requirements, majors must complete a
program of five electivesfrom one of three concentrations: general cornmunication studies, business communicationor mass communication.
Majors in all three concentrations are strongly encouraged to include an
intemship (SPC 399) as one of their electives. Prospective majors should
meet with a Departmental Adviser as early as possible to design an a p
proved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty: David Lapakko (Chairperson),
Deborah Bart,Julie Bolton, Michael Burden, James Hayes, Anne Holmquest,
Martha Johnson
Honors Major:The Honors Mapr is designed to encourage overall excellence as well
as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student.
Honors ma@ must maintain a 3.5 GPA in the mapr and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as
part of their mapr program, complete a substantial independent project of honors
quality (SPC 499). Honors andidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser
prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project.
Communication Majo~:13courses overall -eight required core courses and five
courses within one of three concentrations.
Required of all Communication majors: 111,342,351,352,354,355, and any two of
the following: ENG 223, ENG 225, ENG 226, ENG 227. Also required: participation
in at least two interscholastic forensicstournaments.
F
General Communication Studies Major: Five additional electives from the
following: 329,343,345, 347,350,360,399, 495; LIN 311; PSY 325, PSY371; SOC 362,
SOC 375.
Communication Major with Business Concentration: Five additional electives
from the following 132, 225 329,330,345,399, 495; BUS 340, BUS 355, BUS 357;
PSY325, B Y 371, F'SY 373; SOC 349, SOC 375.
Communication Major with Mass Communication Concentration: Five additional electives from the following: 132,225,232,325,330,343,347,350,360,375,
399,495; ENG 241, ENG 327.
For all three concentrations:Students may petition the Department to include as
part of their mapr concentration other Augsburg courses not listed above. Such
requests must be submitted in writing to the Departmental Adviser for prior
approval. Also, students may petition to include up to three courses from other
ACTC schools as electives, with prior approval of the Registrar and adviser or
Department chair.
Communication Minor: Six courses, including 111,342,351 or 352,354,345 or 355,
and ENG 223 or 225 or 226 or 227. Prospective minors must obtain prior approval
from a Communication faculty adviser.
Speech Major f or Teaching Licensure:10 courses, including 111,241 or 343,350,
351,352,354,360; participation in at least five interscholasticforensics t o m e n t s
in at least two events (one public address, one oral interpretation);and a minor in
English. Recommended: 366, courses in theatre, participation in drama.
Speech Minor for Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the following: 241 or 343,
350,351,352,354,360, and participation in at least five interscholastic forensics
tournamentsin at least two events (one public address, one oral interpretation).
111
Public Speaking
Theory and practice of effeaive speaking and critical listening. Students
have the opportunityto give several speeches and receive feedback about
their performance from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on
such topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and
organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style
and language, and critical thinking and listening.
132
Photography
(See Department of Art.)
199
Internship
Consult mapr adviser for details.
225,330 Communication Design I, II
(See Department of Art.)
227
Journalism
(See Department of English.)
lntroductlonto Cinema Art
(See Department of English.)
Dlrected Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Advanced Journallsm
(See Department of English.)
Intercultural Communication
This course exploresboth the problems and the potential of communication
between persons of different cultural groups. Students examine Western
and non-Westem cultural rulesIvaluesI assumptionsand stereotypes and
how they affect the transmission of verbal and non-verbal messages. The
course stressesboth a general theoretical understanding of the d d c s of
cross-culturalinteraction as well as spedficknowledge
- of how these
principles relate to particular c u l d groups.
Mass Communications in Society
(See Department of Political Science.)
Junior and senior students only.
Broadcast Production I
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept
development, scriptwriting, directing and
for video. s t u d i t s
will work in production teams and will gain experience in operation of
equipment.
Organizational Communication
An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational
settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships,
formal and informal communication networks, management styles,
power and authorityImotivation of employees, organizational culture,
performance appraisal, effective use of meetings and sources of communication problems in the workplace. Designed to enhance communication
skills of both managers and subordinates. Studentsboth investigate the
literature on orp&tional communication and attempt to aPPiy it to
their own experiences in organizations.
Broadcast Production II
This course is an advanced television production course in which students
apply knowledge and experience gained in Broadcast Production I. This
course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on
post-production editing. Studentswork in production teams to create and
produce a one-hour magazine format news program. (Prereq.:Broadcast
Production I)
Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating,
articulating,listening, introduction to phonetics and the vocal mechanism.
Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports and papers,
voice tapes and individual coaching.
Argumentation
Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public
speaking, discussion and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill
in analyzing argumentativeclaims, being able to distinguish between
strong and weak arguments, understanding tests for evidence and
fallacies in reasoning and learning to apply principles of argumentation to
contemporarypublic issues. Students have the opportunityto enhance
their skills in debate and discussion and also learn to analyze and aitique
arguments they encounter in their daily lives.
Persuasion
Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior.
The course deals with a broad range of topics, including obstacles to
persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and
psychological appeals; empirical research in persuasion; how persuasion
is used in politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the
nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the mass media
on persuasion, and ethical issues related to persuasion. Students analyze
persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in
speech and promotional projects.
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to
overcome communicationbarriers. This course combines theory and
practice to help the student understand and manage communication
problems more effectively.
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors
related to decision making, styles of leadership and conflict management.
This course combines lecture with practical experienceto help the student
become a more effective and productive member of a task-oriented small
BOUPOrganlzational Psychology
(See Department of Psychology.)
Media Regulation, Law and Ethics
(See Department of Political Science.)
Internship
(Consult mapr adviser for details.)
Communication Topics
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of
primary sources and methodology of research.
499
Independent Study in Communicatlon
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Theatre is not primarily an extracurricular activity nor is it merely entertainment. As a laboratory for learning that uses all of theliberal arts, theatre
is the essence of a liberal arts education. By reliving how other people
throughout history were thinkingfeeling and strugghg, students have a
greater understandingof their own humanity. Theatre enables students to
experience the beauty, mystery and ambiguity of life.
Minneapolis-St. Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one
of the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students
expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by
working in the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities.
Our theatre faculty have professional experience which enables them to
provide students with realistic guidance and contacts.
The Augsburg program encourages students to participate in all aspects
of theatre production while providing each student the opportunity of
emphasizing one specific area, such as acting, directing or design.
Graduates enter many fields, such as professional theatre, television,
film, advertising, law, journalism, business and religion.
Theatre Arts Major: 11courses (222,228,229,232,361,362,366, &d four of the
following: 116,226,295,325,393,50,, 60,, 367,428,429,432, 495); one Internship,
one theatre Interim course, and 10 production units in three or more of the following areas: acting (two required), technical crew work (four required), playwriting,
direction, design and theatre management.
Because of the many professional and semi-professional theatres located in the
Twin Cities, internships are a significant part of the educational experience. Theatre
majors have the opportunity to work in the areas of design, technical, acting
management, directing and dramaturgy.
This mapr should be supported by coursesin dramatic literature including
Shakespeareand Modern Drama or ScandinavianDrama. Strongly recommended:
courses in movement, dance, art and media art (cinema, radio, television, video).
Maprs must participate in dramatic productions everyyear. Students must maintain
an overall 2 0 GPA to have mapr participation in productions. Freshmen planning to
mapr in theatre arts courses should begin with courses 116,222,232 and 228.
Honors Major: Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding
achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors
must maintain a 35 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA overall and, as part of their
mapr program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (SPC
499). Honors candidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to
their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project.
Theatre Arts Minor: Five courses, including 222,228 or 229,232,361 or 362,366,
and five production units in the following areas: acting (one required), technical
crew work (two required), playwriting, direction, design and theatre management.
Theatre History and Criticism Minor: Five courses: 222,325,361,362 and 366.
Theatre Arts Major for Teaching Licensure:10 courses: 116,222,228,232,241 or
343,350,360,361,362,366, plus 111, a minor in Engliih, and 10 production units in
three or more of the following areas: acting (two required), technical crew work
(fourrequired), playwriting, direstion, design and theatre management.
Theatre Arts Minor for Teaching Licensure: Five courses: 222,228 or 229,232 or
116,361 or 362,366, plus 111, and four production units in the following areas:
acting (one required), technical crew work (one required), playwriting, direction,
design and theatre management.
Speech-TheatreArts Major for Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,222,228 or
229,232 or 116,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361 or 362,366, a minor in English
and partiapation in two activities (forensics, theatre, media).
116
Creative Drama
A study of various forms of dramatic movement, pantomime and play
through activity, reading, observation and discussion. Emphasis on
improvisationaltechniques and active participation. Development of
dramatic pieces from written, verbal, visual and audible sources. Some
fundamentals of acting are introduced.
199
Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
222
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists;
dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques
of the play production process.
228
lntroduction to Stagecraft
Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, aafts,
magic and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and
theatre tours. Open to all students. (Lab required, lab fee.)
229
Stage and Llghting Design
An introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student
will execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. The
class will also taketheatre tours, have visiting designers and have
practical involvement with the Augsburg spring production. (Lab
required, some materials needed.)
232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and
emotional preparation and exploration of the aeative approach to scene
and character study in American drama.
Introduction to Asian and Asian-American Theatre
This course is a survey of the rich theatrical performance styles, aesthetic
theories, and plays of traditional Asian cultures. A s w e y of 20th Century
Asian America performers, productions, theatre companies, and plays
will also be explored. The course will include lecture, films, videos and
demonstrationsby visiting performers. Students will read and analyze
selected Asian and Asian American plays and will be required to attend
and review one live production.
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit.
Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film.
Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script
analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to
finished product. (Prereq.: ENG 111and one literature course. ENG 226
also recommended.)
Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poehy and drama. Study,
discuss, practice and perform readings in prose, poehy and drama before
small and large groups.
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the
classical Greek through the Medieval period. The theatres of Asia are also
introduced. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre
productions are required.
Theatre History and Criticism II
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the
Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays
and attendance at local theatre productions are required.
Stage Direction I
Basic directorial techniques: choice of plays, play analysis, production
organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking and
characterization. Direction of a short production required (one-act or
excerpt from full-length play). (Prereq.:a 200 or 300 level theatre course)
Stage Direction II
Indepth analysis and practical experiencein direding different play
forms and styles: serious, comic, period, experimental, musical. Direction
of a short production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play).
(Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor)
Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
428
Advanced Technical Methods
Advanced construction and problem-solvingtechniques in technical areas
of scenery, props, lighting, sound, costumes and make-up. (Prereq.:228 or
consent of instructor. Lab fee)
429
Advanced Deslgn
Advanced projects in set and lighting design. Introduction to costume
design. (Prenq.: 229 or consent of instructor)
432
Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character
analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from
the classics, including Shakespeare, French neoclassicism, Restoration
comedy, realism and non-realism, epic and the absurd culminating in
preparation and presentation of a professional audition.
495
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
499
Independent Study In Theatre
Independent study for Upper Division credit.
Augsburg College offers a minor in Women's Studies. (See listing under
Interdkciphary Studies (INS).
COLLEGE
BOARDOF REGENTS
Chak
Wee Chair
Raymond A. Grinde
Trnasurer
David L.Swanson
RodneyP.3urwd
betaw
Barbara C Gage
Theyeminpmenthesesaffereachnmneis
the expi~ationdate of current term.
Nancy H. Bottemiller
(1992) Homemaker, Wadena, Minn.
Rodney P. Burwell
(1994)
Xerxes Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn.
The Rev. stephen J. Comils, (19%) Senior Pastor, Central Lutheran Church,
Ph.D.
Minneapolis, Minn.
H. David Dalquist III
(19%) President, Northland Aluminum Products,
Inc., st. Louis Park, Minn.
Darrell J. Egertson
Julian P. Foss
(1994) Chief Financial Officer, Dart Transit Co.,
St. Paul, Minn.
(19%) Retired Businessman, Mesa, Ariz.
Barbara C. Gage
(1992) Homemaker, Long Lake, Minn.
Raymond A. Grinde
Carolyn T. Groves
(19%) Retired Businessman, Roseville, Minn.
(19%) Admhktrator, S. J. Groves and Sons
Company, Minneapolis, Minn.
Norman R. Hagfors
(1995) President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis,Minn.
Elling B. Halvorson
(19%) President, PapiUon Airways, Inc.,
Kirkland, Wash
Men A. Housh
(1995) President, Cargill Marine and Terminal,
Edina, Minn.
George 0.
Johnson, Ph.D. (19%) Associate Professor and Division Head,
Health ServicesAdministration,
University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, Minn.
'ZheHonLaJwe'lhamas
(1995) Judge, Hennepin County
Government Center, Minneapolii, Minn.
L;lngt=J.D.
Gary H. Lohn
(1994) Control Data Business Advisors,
Bloomington, Minn.
The Hon. Kenneth G. Nelson (19%) State Representative, Miiesota
House of Representatives, 9.
Paul, Minn.
The Rev. Maymid L. Nelson (1996) Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran
Church, Minneapolis, Minn.
I b d y n J. Nordaune, J.D.
Donald G. Oren
Harvey M. Peterson
Curtis A. Sampson
Richard L. Shepley
Ronald K. Speed
Gladys I. Strommen
Leland N. Sundet
David L. Swanson
Michael W. Thompson
Pamela L. Tibbetts
William A. Urseth
flo wiger, Ph.D.
May Ka-Yee Yue
DMSION
(1994) Partner, Nordaune & Friesen,
St. Louis Park, Minn.
President, Dart Transit Company,
St. Paul, Minn.
President, Catco Company, St. Paul, Minn.
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Communications Systems, Hector, Minn.
Partner, Marshall F m c i a l Group,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Vice President, Public Afhirs,
Honeywell, Inc.,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Homemaker, St. Paul, Minn.
Chaiian and Chief Executive Officer,
Sundet Companies, Bloomington, Minn.
Retired Businessman, Minneapolis, Minn.
Realtor, Edina Realty, Inc., Edina, Minn.
Vice President, Strategic Planningand
Development
Fairview, Minneapolis, Minn.
President and Chief Executive Officer,
US. Directives, U.S. Restaurant
Minneapolis, Minn.
Associate Professor, St. Cloud State
University, 9.
Cloud, Minn.
President, Financial Services Associates, Inc.,
Edina, Minn.
m~ED~CUION
THEEVANGELICAL
LUTHERAN
CHURCH INArvmua (ELCA)
Board
Chair: The Rev. Dennis H. Dickman
Secretary:Solveig Gregory
Vice-Chair Mary Ellen H. Schmider
Executive Staff
Executive Director: The Rev. W. Robert Sorensen
Assistant Director for Finance: Beata H. Sorenson
Director for Colleges and Universities:James M. Unglaube
Assistant Director for Colleges and Universities: Naomi E. Linnell
I
I
I
I
I
Area Code: 612
President ..............................................................................................................330-1212
Academic Affairs ..................................................................................................330-1024
Admissions ...........................................................................................................330-1001
Toll free number ........................................................................................143M-788-5678
Alumni Programs .................................................................................................=I179
Business Office (Feesand Accounts) .................................................................. 330-1029
Campus Ministry (CollegePastor) ..................................................................... 330-1732
330-1162
Career M c e s .................................................................................................
College Center Manager/Coordinator, SpecialEvents ...................................330-1121
College Relations (News and Publications) ...................................................... 330-1180
330-1171
Development (Fmancial Gifts to the College) ............,......-.............................
..................... 330-1120
Facilities Office ......................................................................
Fiicial Aid (Scholarships)...............................................................................330-1046
General Information (Other office numbers;
business hours only) ....-..............................................+.....*............................... 330-1000
Evenings ..............................................................................................................330-1234
330-1786
Graduate Program ..............................................gramgram.gram............gram......gram....g
Ice Arena Manager ...............................................................................................330-1251
Interim Office ........................................................................................................330-1025
Library ...................................................................................................................330-1017
Parent Programs ....................-...........................................+................................
330-1179
Personnel Office .............................................................................................
330-1058
Registrar ................................................................................................................330-1036
Student Activities Office ......................................................................................330-1111
Student Affairs .....................................................................................................330-1160
Student Government Office ...............................................................................-330-1110
Student Life (Housing) ........................................................................................=I109
Summer School Office ......................................................................................... 330-1786
Weekend College .................................................................................................330-1782
...-....
The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for disaimination inquiries or grievances:
Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race. creed. national or ethnic
origin)-Contact the Office of Finance and Management (612/330-1026)
Vern M.Bloom. Assistant Professor. Sociology- Memorial Hall (612/330-1133).
504 Coordinator (mattersbased on physical or mental handicap)
William R.Rosser. Vice President for Student Affairs Memorial Hall (612/3S
1168). Title D( Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status)
Sandra Jacobson. Director of Personnel- Ground Floor. Memorial Hall (612/3301023). Employment
All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual at Augsburg
College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. MN 55454.Formal grievance
procedures are described in the Student Guide.Copies are available from the
Personnel Office.
Office of the President
President ........................................................................................... Charles S. Andason
Executive Secretary to the President ............................................... Carolyn S. Canfield
College Pastor ............................................................................................ David T. Wold
Director, Church Relations ............................................................................Curtis Peter
Director, Admissions .................................................................................1
A. Stack
Cook
Assistant to the President for Diversity .........................................................n
Assistant to the President for CommunityRelations .................................. Rita Kaplan
Academic Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College .................................................................Ryan A. LaHurd
Executive Secretary to the Academic Dean ........................................... i s M. Nielsen
Associate Dean for Academic Affairs ................................................. David Gabrielson
Associate Academic Dean for Graduate
Vander Schaaf
and Special Programs ..................-........................................ a
Assistant to the Academic Dean for Advising ..............................Anita Johnson Gwin
Director, Weekend College .............................................................. J. Thoni
OperationsManager, Weekend College...............................................Nancy Shmickle
Graduate Program Coordinator ..............................................................Laura Erickson
Acting Registrar ............................................................................................. Jay Phinney
InstitutionalResearch Analyst .............................................................. R o W.Clyde
Director of Library ......................................................................................... e
Cline
P. Hackney
D i o r , Audio-visual Center .............................................................B
Interim Director ....................................................................................David Gabrielson
Director, Faculty Development ................................................................. M e McNeff
Director, CooperativeEducation .......................................................... Garry W. Hesser
Enrollment Coordinator, Weekend College ....................................Deirdre Middleton
Admissions Coordinator, Weekend College ....................................... JeanetteWittmer
Student Affairs
Vice President of Student Affairs and
Dean of Students ............................................................................... a
m R. Rosser
Executive !3ea&q .................................................................................. Casey McGuire
Assodate Dean of Students ...................................................... Linda SchremppAlberg
Director, Counseling ............................................................................ N a n Guilbeault
Warren
Director, Academic Enrichment ........................................................d
Coordinator, C.L.A.S.S. ..................................................................................... Jo Weir
Director, Career Services ..............................................................................T Wagner
Director, Residence Life .............................................................................char lie^ strey
Housing Coordinator, Tower ...............................................................Michael Peterson
Housing Coordinator, Area .............................................................................. Pat Sorac
Coordinator, International Programs ....................................................... Kathleen Lutfi
Director, American Indian Support Program ...................................Bonnie A. Wallace
I
Housing Coordinator, Area ..............................................................................Pat Sorcic
Coordinator, InternationalPrograms .......................................................Kathleen Lutfi
Director, American Indian Support Program ...................................Bonnie A. Wallace
Director, Black Student Affairs ..................................................................M . Anita Gay
Coordinator, Student Activities ..................................................................e l l Krebs
Development and College Relations
Vice President for Development..............................................................Gregory Ritter
Executive !3cretaryto the Vice President ..................................................Betty Arnold
Director, Development ..............................................................................Gordon Olson
o m s I. Benson
Director, Planned Giving .....................................................................
C. Carlson
Senior Development Officer ..................................................................Jy
Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations ..........................................Carol Forbes
Pam Meyer
Assistant Director, Alumni/Parent Relations ..........................................
Acting Director, Alumni Parent Relations/
Director, Annual Fund ......................................................................Donna McLean
Associate Director of the Augsburg Fund ........................................N o Okerstrom
-or,
College Relations .........................................................................P e Davies
Director, Publications ..............................................................M q r Westman Safgren
Publications Specialist ......................................................................
Holland-TUE
Finance and Management
Vice President for F i n c e and Management .......................................Michael Ranum
Executive Secretary to the Vice President ....................................................Pat Ostreim
Director of Student Enancial Swices ........................................H e r d A. Johnson
Assistant Director of Student Financial Services ........................................i s Larson
Financial Aid Counselor .....................................................................................................
Director, Personnel .................................................................................a
Jacobson
Dick Adamson
Controller ...................................................................................................
Director, Administrative Computer Center ........................................w e Terrien
Manager, College Center ...................................................................
M
A. Nelson
r
e E. Christopherson
Manager, Central Services ....................................................
Director, Purchasing/Bookstore .............................................................Robert P. Gores
Director, Marriott Corp. Food Services .......................................................T Wagner
Director, Plant Services ..........................................................................Weninger
Supervisor, Maintenance .........................................................................Robin A. Curtis
Manager, Ice Arena ....................................................................................James J- Carey
Courtland L. Agre, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education.
Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D.,
Luther Theological !hninary;L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Margaret J. Anderson, Lib&,
B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and
Theater, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Val& Baltha, Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages.
Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia.
Carl Chrislock, Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
L Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of English.
Ailene Cole, Professor Emerita of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
K.Bemer Dahlen, Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of Minnesota.
Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A.
Carleton College, M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Henry G. Follingstad, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics.
Orlue Gisselquist, Professor Emeritus of History, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Theodore J.Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig, Professor Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0.Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D.,
University of Washington.
James D. Johnson,Professor Emeritus of Music. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson, Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Laurette E. Pelton, Professor Emerita, Education.
LaVonne J.Peterson, Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education.
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Marianne D. Sander, Dean of Students
Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College;
D. Mus., Lakeland College.
Marjorie H. Sibley, Professor Emerita, Library
Dr. Paul G. Sonnack, Professor Emeritus, Religion
Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JohnThut, Professor Emeritus, Music
Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Fall 1991
Labor Day recess .......................................................................................
Upperclass validation, Freshmen registration
M, Sep 2
Classes begin .............................................................................................. w1Sep4
Last day to register,
add a class,
drop a class without notation on record,
move Upper/Lower Division course
to Upper Division or Lower Division ...................................................T , Sep 10
Last day to designate grading option ................................................................ F Oct 25
Mid-term break ....................................................................................................F, Od 25
Interim registration ......................................................................... M, Od 28 - F, Nov 1
Spring term pre-registration ........................................................... M, Nov 18- F, Dec 6
Last day to withdraw from a class .............................................................. F Nov 15
Thanksgiving recess begins ............................................................................ Th,Nov 28
Classes resume ..................................................................................................... M, Dec 2
Classes end ........................................................................................................... F, Dec 13
F i i examinationsbegin .................................................................................. M, Dec 16
F i i examinations end ....................................................................................Dec 19
F d grades due and Incompletes due
from spring and summer '91 ................................................................. W, Dec 27
Interim 1992
Classes begin ........................................... ............................................
M. Jan 6
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record
or move Upper/Lower Division course
to Upper Division .......................................................................................T. J 7
Last day to designategrading option .................................................................F Jan 17
Last day to withdraw from a class ......................................................................F Jan 17
Classes end ............................................................................................................9Jan 29
Interim grades due ................................................................................................F Feb 7
Spring 1992
Validation of registration. Classes begin ...........................................................MI Feb 3
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
move Upper/Lower Division course to
Upper Division or Lower Division ............................................................F Feb 7
Mid-term break begins .....................................................................................M Mar 23
Classes resume .................................................................................................M Mar 30
Last day to designate grading option .................................................................F Apr 3
Last day to withdraw from a class .................................................................. F. Apr 17
Easter break begins ............................................................................................. F Apr 17
Classes resume ................................................................................................... MI Apr 20
Early registration for fall ..................................................................M Apr 27- F. May 8
Classes end .......................................................................................................... F. May 15
Fiiexaminations begin .....................................................................
...M ,May 18
Fiiexaminations end ................................................................................... May 21
Badureate and Commencement ............................................................... Su,May 24
F i i grades due and Incompletes due
from fall '91 and Interim '92 .................................................................. F May 29
Summer School 1992
Term I ............................................................................................ T May 28 .F. June21
Term I1 .............................................................................................. M. June24 .F. Aug 2
Correct as of February 8,1991.
Beginning yem of seruice on f m l t y is indicated with pmenthesis.
Charles S. Anderson (1976). President, B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of
Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary;Ph.D., Union Theological
Seminary,New York.
Ryan A. LaHurd (1985). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the
College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin-Madison.
Nancy I. Aarsvold (1986). Instructor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Pacific Lutheran
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ruth L. Aaskov (1%0). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Gerald E. Allan (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Earl R Alton (1960). Professor and Department Ch-on
of Chemistry. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Patricia K. Amo (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Lyla M. Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology, B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1%9). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern
College; M.A., Northwestern University.
Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics, Computer Science
and Education. B.A., Macalester College; M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Assistant Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Trudi J. Anderson (1990).Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.M., Augsburg College;
M.M. Northwestern University.
Andrew L Aoki (1988). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David B. Apolloni (1989). Visiting Assistant Professor, Philosophy. B.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Mary Claire Baldus (1991). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., College of St.
Benedkt; M.S.W., Saint Louis University.
Deborah Bart (1980). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communicationand Theatre.
B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Shelley S. Baxter (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A. The Evergreen State
College; M.A., University of Notre Dame.
Mary Ann Bayless (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
David L Beaulieu (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
JohnE. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Vem M. Bloom (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Joseph C Bodziock (1986). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., St. Joseph's College;
M.A., University of New Hampshire, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Illinois.
Nancy C Bologna (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., Regis College;
M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., Washington State University.
JulieH. Bolton (1975). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Health and Physical Education. B.A., MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JamesA. Brothen (1988). Visiting Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American
University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies.
B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Michael R Burden (1990). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre (Designer and Technical Dirxtor). B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A,
University of Minnesota.
Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University.
Thomas L. Busico (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University.
Louis H. Cairoli (1990). Instructor in Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S.,
M.S., John Carroll University; M.S., Syracuse University; M.S. Kansas State
University.
Laura V. Castor (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Muhlenberg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
JohnCerrito (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work B.S., Augsburg
College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Marisha A. Chamberlain (1991). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and
Theatre. M.F.A., Goddard College.
Stephen D. Chapman (1991) Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A. Augsburg College;
M.A., Hamline University.
Rosalie Clark (1979). Instructor, par-time, Social Work. BAS., M.S.W., University
of Minnesota.
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research
Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Carolyn S. Clemmons (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Talladega
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Elaine R. Cline (1990). Assistant Professor, Director of Library. B.A., College of
William and Mary; M.L.S., University of Michigan.
Mariette S. Cole (1989). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.A., University of
California; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Larry Crockett (1985).Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
Kenneth R Croken (1988).Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., St. Joseph's
University;J.D., New England School of Law.
Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, English. B.A.,
College of St. Catherine, M.F.A., Vermont College.
Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., University of
Redlands; M.Th., Ph.D., School of Theology at Claremont.
Laurel R. Davis (1991). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Springfield College;
M.A., University of Iowa.
Mary E.Dean (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Massachusetts; J.D., Suffolk University; M.L.T., Georgetown
University.
Suzanne I. Dorke (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., University of Wisconsin.
Bruce K. Drewlow (1988).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Moorhead State
University, M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
John Dunham (1987). Studio Artist/Cello, Music. B.A., Syracuse University; M.M.,
University of Michigan-Ann Arbor.
Beverly C Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A.,
B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State
University.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Earl W. Eames, Jr. (1987) Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. S.B.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Mary G. Endorf (1986). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Hamline University;
M.S., SUNY-Cortland;Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976).Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M. Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
University of Minnesota.
Marian S. Enos (1987). Instructor, part-time, Nursing and Education. B.S.N., M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joseph k Erickson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of
St. Thomas; MA. Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary;Ph.D. University
of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor and Department Chairpason of Physics.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State
University.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Ann C. Fleener (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A.,
University of Montana.
Phillip F. Fishman (1988). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Madison; J.D., Washington University; M.S.W., St. Louis University.
Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical
Education and Women's Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St.
Cloud State University.
Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, F-time, Rdigion BA, Morningside Collegq
M.Th., Perkins School of Theology; Ph-D., Princeton TheoIogical %mi~~ary.
Robert Friederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel
College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Steven W. Freimuth (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., University of Minnesota.
Mark L Fuehrer (1%9). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen M.Gabrielsen (1963). kofessor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Frieda Gardner (1990). Instructor, part-time, English, B.S.. Columbia University;
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Etheline K Garetz (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
M. Anita Gay (1987). Director, Black Student Affairs. B.S., Southern University,
Baton Rouge; M.A., Howard University.
Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology.B.A., Lake Forest College; MA.,
Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard Germundsen (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.A., School of International Service, American University; Cand.
Mag. Universitet i Bergen, Norway; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Peter Gillen (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.B.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and
Men's Athletic Director. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; MEd., University of
Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Assistant Professor of Enghsh. B.A., Amherst University;
M.A., Ph.D., Brown University.
Richard A. Gresczyk (1990), Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.S., M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Joan L Griffin (1986). Associate Professor of English. A.B., Washington University;
M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University.
Brian G r h a (1990). Studio Artist/Saxophone, part-time. B.A., Dartmouth College.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics and Department Chairperson. B.S.,
M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southan Illinois University.
Donald R Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center.
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Roxannne Hale (1991). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., University
of Pacific; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., The American University.
James Hayes (1991). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre.
B.S.E., M.S., Emporia State University, F'h. D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Summer Hamille (1989). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education.
M. Anaam Hashmi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Adrninistration/MIS.
B.E., N.E.D., University of Engineering & Technology, Karachi; M.B.A., Ball State
University; D.BA., Kent State University.
Milda K Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science and Director, Canadian
Studies Program. B.A., Macalester College; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Andrew Heglund (1989). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. BM., University of
Minnesota.
Thomas J. Herbst (1990). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., St. John's University,
M.S, Hofstra University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A.,
Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Edwina L Hertzberg (1977). Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College;
M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
G a q W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies,
Director of Cooperative Education Program. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div.,
Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Melissa S. ("Mickey") Hessler (1991). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical
Education, B.A., Augsburg College.
Nelly Trocme Hewett (1988). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Earlham College.
Wendy B. Hines (1991). Instructor, part-time. Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Southern University.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. BA., Concordia College, Moorhead;
M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Paul L Holmer (1986). Distinguished Visiting Professor of Philosophy. B.A.,M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Yale University.
Anne Holmquist (1991). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.F.A., Drake University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holt (1981). Professor and Department Chairperson of Religion. B.A.,
Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale
University.
JohnR Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Marilyn N. Homwitz (1988).Instructor, part-time, Business Admjnistration/MIS.
B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota.
Mary Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio Artistfliolin and Viola. B.M., Indiana
University.
Kenneth B. Huber (1989). Studio Artist/Piano. BM., M.M., Indiana University.
David Hudson (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Sally M. Hunter (1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., College of St.
Scholastics; M.T., University of Wisconsin.
M. Shahidul Islam (1989).Instructor, part-time, Economics. M.B.A., Dhaka
University, Bangladesh; University of Minnesota.
I. Khin Khin Jensen(1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and
Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell
University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Duane E.Johnson(1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A.,
Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Harriet W. Johnson(1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of
Richmond; M.A., University of Minnesota.
JeffreyE. Johnson(1985). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., and Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.A., MA., and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Mary E (Mimi)Johnson (1962). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business
Admiiistration/MIS. B.Comm., University of Cairo,Egypt; M.B.A., University of
Michigan.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. A.B.,
M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University.
Jane Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Mike Kapel(1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Robert Karl& (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Randall W. Kindley (1991). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA., M.P.A.,
University of North Carolina;Ph.D, Duke University.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Foreign Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College.
M d e e I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor and Studio Artist/Oboe, part-time.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Thomas Kuhlman (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette
University; M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of MissouriSt. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986).Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Speech, Communication and Theatre. M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cheryl Leitschuh (1989). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.Ed., South Dakota State University; Ed.D, University of South
Dakota.
Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., SouthwestState
University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Ronald L Libertus (1985). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studis. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A, Windham College.
Rosemary J. Link (1986). Assistant Professor of Sodal Work M.Sc, London
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artistfloice, part-time. B.A., MM,
University of Minnesota.
Lori L Lohman (1990). Assistant Professor of Business Adrninistration/MIS. B.A.,
M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
J. Lynne F. Lorenzen (1988). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of
Iowa; M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; MA., The
Qaremont Graduate School.
Joyce Paxton Lumpkin (1991).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical
Education. B.A., California State University.
Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA, Smith
College; M.A, Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South
Dakota; M.A., University of Iowa.
Linda McKeag (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Admiistration/MIS. B.S.,,
University of Wisconsin-La Crosse; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas.
Esther G. McLaughlin (1989). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph-D., University of California Berkeley.
Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Professor of Education, Director of Faculty Development.
B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Phyllis M. Metcalf (1989) Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A.,
Eastern Michigan University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B.
Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Felai Meziou (1987). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Tunis, Tunisia; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956).Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
JoAnn Michna (1991). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Jan Miner (1984). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A.,
Lycoming College; M.A., Bowling Green State University.
Jay A. Miskowiec (1991).Instructor, part-time. English. B.A, University of Minnesota; M.A., Universite de Paris Vm.
Kinney G. Misterek (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of M i e s o t a .
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College;
M.A., University of Tennessee.
William Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College;
M.Div., Calvin Seminary;Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Thomas Morgan (1983). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon.
William D.Moms (1987). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA., Oakland
University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University.
Mildred (Mike) Mueller (1988). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A.,
Central Michigan University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert M. Murphy (1986). Instrustor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., University of Toledo.
Sr. Mary Henry Nachtsheim (1989).Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A.,
College of St. Catherine; M.A., Ph.D. Lava1University.
Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., Carleton College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967).Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary;M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Richard C Nelson (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A.,
University of Nebraska; M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Pamela Nice (1991). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre.
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Cluistie NicholI (1973). Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A.,
University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michele M. Nielsen (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Chemistry. B.A.,
University of Northern Colorado; M.S., University of California, Santa Barbara.
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing. B.S.,
M.S., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Political
Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Celeste M. WBrien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.A., Hamline
University.
Vicki B. Olson (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Michael O'Neal(1989). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of
Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kathleen H. Olsen (1990).instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Gordon W. Olson (1988). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Concordia College.
JeremiahOlson (1989). Instructor, par-time, Religion. B.A., Minot State University;
M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary.
Lila J. Olson (1990). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.M., University of Kansas;
M.M., University of Nebraska.
Sharon K. Ostwald (1986). Adjunct Assistant Professor of Nursing. M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Magdalena M. Paleczyny-Zapp (1986). Assistant Professor of Economics. BA.,
M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia
Ekonorniczna, Krakow.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B. Div.,
Bethel Seminary; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia A. Parker (1960). Instructor, part-time, Education; B.A. Eastern Michigan
Universtiy; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D. University of Minnesota.
Cathy Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time. Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College, M.A.,
Lone Mountain College.
Curtis Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute.
Paul Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
M.B.A., University of Wisconsin.
Helene Peters (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. M.A., University of
Toulouse; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Vincent Peters (1988). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Loyola College,
Madras; M.A., Madras School of Social Work, Madras, India.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Diane L Pike (1981). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Paul E. Pork (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS., B.S.B.,
University of Minnesota; M.B.A., Mankato State University.
Sandra L Powers (1990). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.M., Eastman School;
M.M. Northwestern School.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary;M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
Randi Quanbeck (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Langauges. B.A., Concordia
College; M.A., Northwestern University.
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at
Austin.
0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio Artist/Guitar, Music. B.M., M.M., University of
Minnesota.
Edward R Raupp (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Carnegie Tech; M.B.A., Wharton School.
Patrick M. Redmond (1989). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Bruce R Reichenbach (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of
Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Jacqueline 0.Richardson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Morris
Brown College; M.S., Fort Valley State College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael Robin (1990). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A, M.S.W., M.P.H.,
University of Minnesota.
Thomas C. Rolfs, Jr. (1986).Studio Artistflrumpet, part-time. B.F.A., University of
Minnesota; M.M., Northwestern University.
Thomas D. Rossin (1986). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Music. M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Eleni Roulis (1987). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., St. John's University; M.A.,
New York University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia L. Rude (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. BA., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
William R Russell (1991). Assistant Professor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Ph.D.,
University of Iowa; M.Div., Luther Northwestern Seminary.
S
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode
Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Hamed Sallam (1988). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., Ein Shams University,
Cairo; M.S., Cairo University; Ph.D., Tbilisi State University, U.S.S.R.
Pauline Sateren (1974). Instructor, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern
College; M.M.Ed., University of Colorado.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
John S. Schmit (1990). Assistant Professor of English. B.S., St. John's University;
M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of Texas.
Gregg W. Schneider (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business/M.I.S. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College;J.D., Hamline University; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas.
Robert T. Schultheis (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.B. A., College of Sante Fe; M.B. A., College of St. Thomas.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
Edward R Skarnulis (1990).Associate Professor of Social Work B.A., Omaha
University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Eugene M. Skibbe (1964).Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th.,
Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg Germany.
William W. Smith, I11 (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., Minnesota
Metropolitan State University; M.Div., I.T.C. Morehouse School of Religion.
Stanley I-LSolnick (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado.
Meredith J. Sommers (1991). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., Minnesota
Metropolitan State University; MA.L., Augsburg College.
Yong Nam Song (1987). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Jeon Buk National
University, Korea.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas.
Nancy K.Steblay (1988). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A., Ph.D. University of Montana.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel(1965).Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Robert Stenstrom (1990). Assistant Professor of Physics and Mathematics. B.S.,
M.S., University of South Dakota.
Lynn J. Stevensen (1990).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education.
B.S., Southwest Minnesota University; M.S., University of Windsor, Mankato
State University.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986).Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
M.S., Long Island University.
Diane L Strandberg (1989).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato
State University.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986).Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.A., MA., Boston University.
Marie Struss (1988).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.S., Mankato State University.
Mary Jo Stump (1988).Part-time student teacher supervisor, Education. B.A., Ball
State University; M.A., Northern State College.
Grace K.Sulerud (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ralph L Sulerud (1%4). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
K a h y n Swanson (1985).Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
William Swenson (1989).Instructor, part-time, Master of Arts in Leadership
Program. A.B., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
James Thomas (1991).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.S., Concordia Teachers
College; M.Div., Christ Seminary/Seminex; M.Ed., The City University of New
York; S.TM., Union TheologicalSeminary;D.Min, Graduate Theological
Foundation.
Philip J. Thompson (1959).Professor and Department Chaiierson of Art. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa.
James D. Urbach (1990).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
Augsburg College.
Ronald F. Walter (1988).Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A. ,
Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
G l o M.
~ Warner (1988).Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., St. Olaf Collge; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Donald M. Warren (1978).Instructor, part-time, Introductionto Liberal Arts,
Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Martha A. (Cary)Waterman (1991).Instructor, part-time, English. B.A, University
of Denver; B.S., M.A., Mankato State University.
Pamela Weiss (1983).Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of
Nebraska; M.P.H., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Theresa Welcher (1986).Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S. and two M.S. degrees,
South Dakota State University.
Mary Louise Williams (1978; 1984).Assistant Professor and Department
Chairperson of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Maria K Woroby (1990).Assistant Professor, Reference Librarian. B.S., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Angela Wyatt (1981).Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Robert D. Wykstra (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., Calvin College; M.B.A., Western Michigan University.
Peter G. Yackel(1990). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.L.T., Wittenberg
University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University.
William C. Youngblood (1990).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Valparaiso
University; M.A., Indiana University; M.Div., Bethel Theological Seminary;Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
RD.Zehnder (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.,
Stanford University, University of California, Davis; Ph.D., Kansas University.
Stephen Y. Zheng (1990). Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., Sichuan University, Chengdu;Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg ..........................8
ElAbout
Academic Affairs .....................251
Academic Calendar ........2.60. 254
Academic Internships................73
Academic Information .........59-96
Academic Organization and
Programs ...................................63
Academic Policies and
Procedures ............ ...
.....76
Academic Progress. Probation
and Dismissal ...........................94
Academic Requirements and
Credit .........................................69
Academic Skills Enrichment .....50
Accessibility..................................2
Accounting Specialization ......109
Accreditation ............................2. 9
Accreditation and
Memberships ........................211
Activities ..................................... 53
Adapted Physical Education
Major .......................................163
Administration ......................... 251
Admissions ......................1215-19
Advanced Placement
Program Test ............................92
American Indian Studies .........171
American Indian
Support Program ................1250
Annex Houses ......................13. 56
Application Procedures .............16
Art ............................................ -.-99
Art History ................................103
Assessment of Previous
Learning (APL) Program .........92
Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities
( A m Programs ...61.65.67. 71
Associated Support
Organizations .....-.,-............... 13
Athletic Affiliation .......................2
Athletics ....................
.
...... 49
Audio-visual Services ...............62
.-.....
Audit Fee .................................... 22
Auditing Courses ....................... 91
Augsburgian ..............................49
Augsburg Echo .......................... 49
................................ 37. 104
:%Student
Support Program ..................... 51
Board of Regents ...................... 248
Books and Supplies ...................23
Business .................................... 109
Business Administration and
Management Information
systems ................................... 108
..............................60. 254
ElCalendar
Campus ......................................... 2
Campus Guide ......................... 269
Campus Location ............... 11. 270
Campus Ministry .......................48
Campus Tours ............................ 16
Canadian Program.....................76
Cancellation of Courses .............78
Career Services ...........................51
Center for Global
Education ............................ 12. 76
Chemical Dependency
Program .................................... 68
Chemistry ................................. 116
Chinese ..............................121. 146
Choir .........................................
49
Christensen Center .........12.49. 55
City Arts ....................................186
Class Confinnation ....................77
Class Schedule............................ 98
Classification (Sophomores.
Juniors. Seniors) .......................92
Coaching Endorsement ...........163
College Costs 1991- '92 .............. 22
College Level b i n a t i o n
Program (CLEP) ....................... 93
College Relations ..................... 252
Commons ................................... 55
Communication ....................... 239
Computer Resources .................62
Computer Science ....................180
Concert Band ..............................49
Continuing Education
Program ................................... 75
Cooperative Education ........72, 73
Costs and Financial Aid ............69
Counseling Services...................51
Course Descriptions ...........99-246
C.M.A. Certification .................110
C.P.A. Certiiication .................. 109
Credit Assessment
Program (CAP) ......................... 93
Credits ......................................... 98
la
Dean's List .................................. 95
Degrees Offered ......................... 60
Departmental
Comprehensive Exams ............93
Departments and
Programs ............................ 97-246
Deposits .................... .
.
............. 23
Development and
College Relations .................... 252
Diredory ................................... 250
Disabled Student Program ........ 52
Distribution Requirements .......80
Division for Education
(ELCA) .................................... 249
Dismissal ..................................... 94
Divisions and Departments ......63
Dual Degree Programs ......65, 137
Early Admission of
Freshmen .................................. 17
East and Southeast Asian
Studies ..................................... 121
49
Echo .............................................
Economics ................................. 123
Economics-Business
Adminstration Major .............109
Education .................................. 127
Education for Senrice .................. 9
Elementary Education ............. 128
Eligiiility and Application ........69
Employment ............................... 30
Engineering .............................. 136
English ......................................1 3
English as a Second Language
(ESL) Program ..........................94
Enrollment .................................... 2
Entry Level Skills
Requirements ........................... 83
Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America (ELCA) .....................2.49
Ethnic Studies ...........................172
Experiential Education
Programs ...................................72
Evaluation and Grading ............89
Explanation of Grades ...............90
Facilities and Housing ...............12
Facts and Figures .........................2
Faculty .................................61. 256
Faculty Emeriti ......................... 253
Fees ........................................2 3
Finance and Management .......252
Finance Specialization .............109
Financial Aid .....................2.25. 69
Financial Policies ........................24
Financing Your
Education .............................21-46
Fine Arts .....................................49
First Year Experience
Program .......................52.79. 144
Food Service ...............................55
Foreign Study .................54.68. 72
Former Students ...................18. 79
Foreign Language Placement ...89
Foreign Language Department
..,,.......,.............
,
................. -145
Foreign Study .................54.68. 72
Foss. Lobeck. Miles Center
for Worship. Drama and
Communication ....................... 12
French ........................................ 146
Freshmen ,
16
Full-Time Student ......................22
..................-.......-...-
Education Curriculum
ElGeneral
Requirements .................79.8 1-89
Skills Component ....................83
Liberal Arts Perspedives ........85
General Information
(Academic) ................................60
General Studies ........................156
George Sverdrup Library ..........13
German ...............................72. 149
Gift Assistance............................28
Global Education
Programs ...............69.70. 71. 157
Grade Point Average ...........79. 91
Grades .........................................90
Graduate Program .....................75
Graduates .................................... 2
Graduation Level Skills ............. 84
Graduation Requirements ........78
Graduation with
Distinction .................................%
Grants ....................................27. 28
and Physical
HHealth
Education ................................161
Health Education ...................161
Health Service ............................54
Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA) ....................... 68.70. 71
History ................................40. 165
History of Augsburg
College ........................................ 8
Honors Program ........................67
Housing ...........................12.23. 52
Humanities ............................... 169
Ice Arena ..................................... 12
Incomplete Grade ......................90
Intercollegiate Athletics.............49
InterdisciplinaryStudies .........170
254
Interim .....................................
Interim Abroad
.. 70
Inter-Institutional
67
Programs ...................................
International Baccalaureate
Program .................................... 92
International Business
Specialization.......................... 109
International Programs .............53
International Relations ............174
International Students .........19, 53
Inter-Race ....................................13
Internships, Cooperative
Education and
S e ~ e L e a r n i n g..................... 72
Intramural Athletics ..................50
Introducing Augsburg ...........7-13
KCMR Radio ..............................49
Kindergarten-Elementary
Education ................................128
27
Kinds of Aid ............................
Learning Disabilities
Program ....................................52
Leave of Absence .......................78
Liberal Arts Perspectives ..........84
Library .............................. 2.13. 62
Licensure Program for
Science Teachers .....................198
Lifetime Sports ...........................84
Linguistics.................................151
Literature. Ideology and
Society in Latin America
(LISLA) ....................................187
Living on Campus ..................... 55
Loan Assistance ........................ 2 8
Location ...............................11. 270
Majors and Minors (also see
Course Descriptions) ...........2 6 3
Management Information
Systems (MIS) .........................113
Management Specialization ....109
Maps ..................................269. 270
Marketing Specialization ........109
Master's Degrees ..................60. 75
Mathematics .............................176
Mathematics and Computer
Sdence .....................................175
Melby Hall ..................................12
Memberships .......................... 2,11
Memorial Hdl ............................ 13
Metro-Urban Studies ...............182
Metreurban Studies
Term (MUST')..........................184
Minors ...................................63, 64
Minnesota Minority Education
Partnership (MMEP) ................13
Minnesota Studies in International
Development ........................3. 71
Minority Studies
(see Ethnic Studies) ................172
Mortenson Tower ................. 12. 56
Murphy Place ............................. 13
Murphy's .................................... 55
Music .........................................188
Music Education ...................... 190
Music Ensembles ..............191. 197
Music Hall ..................................12
Music Performance
Studies .....................190. 191. 197
Music Therapy ..................190. 1%
Natural Science ........................198
New %dents .Regular
Admission .................................26
No Credit Grades .......................91
Norwegian (NOR) .................152
Numbering of Courses ..............99
Nursing ..................................... 199
Off-CampusPrograms ................2
....................................... 153
Old Main ..................................... 12
Orchestra ....................................49
Orientation (First Year
Experience Program) ...............52
m.
.
Part-Time Students .................... 22
s-No credit .................... 90.
Pastor ........................................ . 48
Payments .................................... 24
Perspectives ..........................84. 85
Philosophy ................................ 203
Physical Education ..................163
Physical Disabilities
Program .................................... 52
Physics ...................................... 207
Policies .........................2.11.24. 76
Political Science ........................212
Pre-Professional Programs ........65
PreRegistration ......................... 77
Plwqlisiks ..........................-... 99
President's Greeting ...............- 5
President's Office ..................... 251
.
Probation .................................... 94
Program in Global
Community .......................71, 157
Psychology ................... . 217
..
Refunds
El Ewts
........................*.*...........24
......................................
248
Registration ....................-.-....... 76
Religion ..................................... 222
Religious Affiliations ...................2
Residence Life ............................ 52
Residence Requirement .............79
Room and Board ........................22
ROTC .............-..........*................68
Russian ......................................154
Center ..................13
QScandinavian
ScandinavianArea Studies .....227
Scandinavian Urban Studies
Term ( S u m ........................... 185
Science Hall ..............-............ 13
Scholarships.....................27, 30-46
Secondary Education ...............132
Senrice-Learning
74
Sigma Pi Sigma ........................208
Smiley's Point Clinic ..................54
Social, Cultural,
Recreational .............................. 49
Social Policy and Human
Servicesin Latin America ......158
Social Science ............................228
Social Studies ............................ 228
Social Work ...............................229
Sociology...................................234
Society of Physics
Students .................................. 208
South American Urban
Semester (SAUS) ....................186
South Hall and
Annex Houses ....................13, 56
Soviet and East
European Studies ...................238
Space Physics ............................208
Spanish ...................................... 154
Special Education ..................... 136
Special Interest Houses .............56
Spcial Students
(Non-Degree) ............................ 18
Speech/Communication/
Theatre Arts ............................ 239
--
........................
Sponsored Scholarships ............30
Student Activities .......................53
Student Affairs .........................251
Student Affairs Division ...........50
Student Employment ................30
Student/Faculty Ratio .................2
Student Government .................48
Student Life ...........................47.57
Student Project for Amity
Among Nations (SPAN)..........72
Student Publications..................49
Student Rights ............................56
Student Teaching Abroad .........72
Studio Art ....................,.......,..
101
Study Abroad (also see
Interim Abroad) ............54,68, 72
Sverdrup Library .......................13
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall ..........................13
Teaching Licensure
also majors) .......................65
Test Scores ..................................
16
Theatre Arts ......................239. 243
Transcripts ..................................16
Transfer Students .................17. 83
Tuition. Fees. Room
and Board ..................................22
Tutor Center .........................13. 53
. (
Midwest Association
DlUpper
for International Education
(UMAIE) ...................................70
Urban Studies Options ............184
Umess Tower .......................13. 56
veterans ...................................... %
Weekend College ......................
mW&W
..................................
Withdrawal from College ...........
Women and Development:
Latin American Perspectives 160
.......
Work Study Program ................a
O Y o u t h and Family Institute .......13
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdrup Library
3. Science Hall (S)
4. Old Main (OM)
5 . West Hall
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall (M)
11. 2222 Murphy Place (MP)
12. Melby Hall (MH)
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage I1 Theatre
15. Center for Global Education
16. ScandinavianCenter
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama,
and Communication (F)
18. Youth and Family Institute
19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
22. Inter-Race
A. Admissions Parking
Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty/Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
H. Riverside Medical Center
Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
Accessible Entrance
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
Allposted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use
from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th
Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st
Avenue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven days a week.
Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or
U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue.
Offlclal Publlcatlon of Augsburg College
Spring 1993
731 21st Avenue South
Mlnneapolls, MN 55454
6121330-1000
This catalog supplement amends information given in the 1991-1993
Augsburg Catalog. Only those sections which have substantial changes
are included. Consult the Registrar's Office for information on new or
deleted courses, changes in course titles or descriptions.
Supplement information is listed under the same headings as in the
Catalog, followed by page numbers in parentheses. Refer to these pages
in the Catalog for complete information.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and
academic policies contained in this publication and the 1991-1993 Catalog.
If you have questions about anything in this Supplement or !te Catalog,
consult a faculty adviser, the Academic Dean of the College or the
Registrar.
A1though information was current at the time of publication, it is subject
to change without notice.
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board
Special Fees
.....................................................-5
.............................................................................
,5
Refunds ...................................................................................- 6
Financial Aid
................... ......................................................
-6
........................ ....--...
ACADEMIC
INFORMATION
Kindsof Aid
Graduation Requirements
...................................
7
......................
.
..................................
.8
Liberal Arts Perspectives .............................................................. .9
..................................................................10
Map ...........................................................................~........ 11
Academic Calendar
Augsburg College does not discriminateon the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age,
marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or
Section 504 ofthe Rehabilitution Act of1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational
programs, activities and employment practices
I
I
I
TUITION,
FEES,ROOMAND BOARD(P. 22)(1993'94)
Tuition (full-timeenrollment)
......................................... $11,292.00
Tuition (day school part-time enrollment) per course ...............$ 1,050.00
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
Room Rent (includestelephone)
Full Board (19 meals a week)
........................$
434.00
$ 2,168.00
.......................................
....................
...............$
.
.
.
2,036.00
Partial Board (14 meals a week) ..........................................$ 1,976.00
............................................................$
Fees - ACTC Bus Fee ......................................................$
Flex 5 point plan
Fees - Student Activity Fee
...................
.....
OTHER SPECIAL
Fm (NoN--ABLE)
(P.
................$
1,800.00
12.00
100.00
23)
Fees Billed on Student Account
Fees Payable by CheckICash
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin) ......... $ 25.00
Application (new and/or
special students) ............$ 15.00
Registration Change after first
5 days (cancel/add/change grade
option, or combination
at one time) .................. $ 5.00
Nursing Credit
Validation Tests
............$122.00
Nursing
Comprehensive Exam
...$ 15.00
Music Therapy Internship
(one half course credit) ...$434.00
LockerRental (commuters) ...$ 20.00
Private Music Lessons, per
semester (14 lessons) ......$256.00
Student Parking Lot Permit
-car ........................$ 72.00
-motorcycle ............... $ 36.00
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) ......$ 38.00
Student Teaching (per course for
day school
part-time students) ......$240.00
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) $184.00
Student Activity Fee
(part-timestudents)
......$ 50.00
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) ...$ 2.00
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Scheduleon file in Registrar's
Wce)
Refundswill be calculated on a pro-rata basis for students attending
Augsburg for the first time. The refund will be a portion of tuition, fees,
and expenses equal to the period of enrollment up to the 60 percent point
in time of the period of enrollment. Students may appeal refund decisions through the Petition Committee.
Current financial aid regulations and program provisions are disclosed
with the financial aid notice.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is normally a combination of scholarships, grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The
College cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in
providing various aid programs. Nine out of 10Augsburg students
receive financial aid in the form of scholarships, grants, loans and/or
part-time employment.
The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg
Financial Aid Application determine the amount of assistance for which
a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and
family can be expected to provide for college expenses, using the a p
proved federal formula and taking into account such family financial
factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations.
How AND WHEN
TO APPLY
(P.26)
General Information
The Financial Aid Office can supply you with detailed instructions when
applying for financial aid. Financial aid applications are processed and the
awards are released in the order they are completed. All financial aid is
contingent on available funds and current regulations. It is the student's
responsibility to obtain funds from non-Augsburg sources (e.g., Pel1 Grant,
Minnesota State Grant). Although Augsburg will estimate these resources
where appropriate, they must be confirmed by the funding source.
Application Process
1.Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification
is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) from a
high school or college financial aid office and complete the application
form. Mail the completed application to Federal Student Aid Programs in
the envelope provided.
3. Obtain and complete the Augsburg Financial Aid Application. Submit
this form and the required 1992 Federal Tax forms to the Student Financial ServicesOffice at Augsburg.
I,
,I
1
4. Priority will be given to applications filed by April 15,1993. Application
materials postmarked after April 15 will be awarded on a first-come, firstserved basis, based on available funds. Applications completed after July
1,1993, may not be processed by Augsburg until October 1,and then
based on available funds. Students enrolling for the fall term with incomplete financial aid applications must be prepared to meet the full cost of
the term without financial aid.
5. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that
time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will
meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter
will be sent to you detailing your financial aid offer.
6. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline
stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications
will be sent to you.
7. All transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each
institution previously attended regardless of whether or not you received
aid at the institution. Returning students who attend summer sessions at
another school are also required to provide the Financial Aid Transcript.
These forms are available through the Admissions Office or the Student
Financial ServicesOffice.
KINDS OFAID (27)
Gift Assistance
I
B
Regents' Merit Scholarship Program -The Regents' Merit Scholarships
are awarded to incoming full-time freshmen of high academic achievement
Depending on rank or score, Augsburg will award scholarshipsof $ l , W to
$4,000 each year, renewable each year, regardless of financial need.
Students Matriculating after January 1, 1993, under Distribution
Requirements for Graduation - No changes.
Students Matriculating after January 1, 1993, under Perspective
Requirements for Graduation - See below.
Completion of 33 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in
one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for
the Bachelor of Science (SocialWork) degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degrees. The
course total must include two Interims for students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total
must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than the following maximums may be applied toward the 33
total courses required: two Interim courses; two courses by independent/
directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a
grade of Pass (PI. Non-traditional grading (P) also has the following
limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one
in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses
taken that are not counted among the course total for graduation requirements (extra Interim courses) may still be counted for meeting Perspective or Graduation Skills requirements.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrafs Office about specific requirements
for a second baccalaureatedegree or for the equivalent of a major.
Students Matriculating prior to January 1, 1993, under
Perspective Requirements for Graduation - See below.
Completion of 34 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in
one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for
the Bachelor of Science (Social Work) degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degrees. The
course total must include two Interims for students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total
must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is
calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than the following maximums may be applied toward the 34
total courses required: three Interim courses; two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits
with a grade of Pass (P).Non-traditional grading (P) also has these limits:
two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the
minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken
that are not counted among the course total for graduation requirements
(extra Interim courses) may still be counted for meeting Perspective or
Graduation Skills requirements.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements
for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The
Christian Faith
Three courses are required to meet this Perspective except for the following:
1. Transfer students entering with 14-23 courses will be qMto take two
courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at A u g s b w and
2. Transfer students entering with 24 or more courses will be required to
take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at
Augsburg.
Perspective: Western Heritage
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. (One course is
required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or
more courses.)
Perspective: The Social World
Two courses are required for this Perspective. (One course is required to
meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more
courses.)
Perspective: The Natural World
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. (One course is
required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or
more courses.)
[
1
Fall 1993
Interim 1994
New student
orientation
Su, Sept. 5 - Tu, Sept. 7
Freshman registration
W, Sept. 8
Upperclass validation
W, Sept. 8
Classes begin
W, Sept. 8
Last day to register
Classes end
Last day to designate
grading option
F, Od. 22
Spring 1994
Mid-term break
F, Oct.22
Interim
registration
M, Od. 25 - F, Oct. 29
Spring Term
registration
-
M, Nov. 15 - Tu, Dec. 3
F, Nov. 19
Last day to add a class
or drop a class
without notation on record
F, Feb. 4
Last day to
withdraw from a class
F, Mar. 25
Mid-term break begins
M, Mar. 28
M, N ~29 ~ Last
. day to designate
Final exams end
M, Jan. 31
F, Feb. 4
Classes resume
Final exams begin
W, Jan. 26
Last day to register
n,N
~25 ~ Classes
,
resume
F, Dec. 10
F, Jan. 14
Classes begin
Thanksgiving recess
begins
Classes end
I
Last day to designate
grading option,
or withdraw from a class
Last day to add a class or
drop a class without
notation on record
Tu, Sept. 14
Last day to withdraw
from a class
II
T"* Sept. l4
Interim classes begin
M, Jan. 3
Last day
register,
add a class, or drop a class
without notation on record T, Jan. 4
grading option
Tu, Apr. 5
F, Apr. 8
M1Dee. l3
Early registration
for fall
M, Apr. 25 - F, May 6
Th'
Classes end
F, May 13
Final exams begin
M, May 16
Final exams end
Th, May 19
Baccalaureate/
Commencement
Su, May 22
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdmp Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Umess Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. Sverdmp-OftedalMemorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11.2222 Murphy Place
12 Si Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage I1 Theatre
15. College Relations
16. Nordic Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama and Communication
18. Center for Global Education
19. Jeroy C Carlson Alumni Center
20. Youth and Family Institute
21. American Indian Support and Minority
Education Partnership
22 Oscar Anderson Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty/Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview/% w s Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Stromrnen TennisCourts
J. Resident Parking Only
K. Student/Commuter Parking
Accessible Entrance
Show less
Augsburg College Interim
The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r
a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d
t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r... Show more
Augsburg College Interim
The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r
a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d
t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g and t o i n v e s t i g a t e questions and t o p i c s i n places and ways n o t
p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term.
Calendar
I
I
November 10-13
December
8
January
5
...
.. .
...
Interim Registration
Late I n t e r i m Registration
F i r s t Day o f I n t e r i m
r Class
January
6 .
January
8 .
I 9:Ooa.m.
Class I 1
..
..
1:00 p.m.
I
L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d
L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g
g r a d i n g system
.
January
19 . .
January
23
...
January
30
. . .
Beginning o f c e r t a i n h a l f
c r e d i t courses *
L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g
courses
I n t e r i m ends
I
The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two b l o c k s o f t i m e :
0
>
..
0
I - 8:00
I1
-
1 :00
-
IF00
-
5:00
d L.
;h o f c l a s s meetings as w e l l as t h e b e g i n n i n g t i m e
The number a
w l l l be arranged t i e f i r s t day o f c l a s s .
*
Students e n r o l l i n g i n h a l f - c r e d i t courses should c o n s u l t t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e f o r dates f o r cancel/add and t o determine
t h e g r a d i n g system.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l
The N i t t y G r i t t y
One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l t i m e l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t
i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d .
There i s no t u i t i o n r e f u n d f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses n o t t o e n r o l l i n an
i n t e r i m course.
Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e o f 4.0 t o 0.
S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s .
A few i n t e r i m courses a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s i s i n d i cated i n t h e course d e s c r i p t i o n .
Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r l o w e r d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g .
Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t .
S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g s h o u l d a n t i c i p a t e
a d d i t i o n a l assignments and a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d .
A c o u r s e l i s t e d as f u l f i l l i n g d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t meets b o t h t h e
n e w l y i n t r o d u c e d r e q u i r e m e n t s ( t h e Spectrum approach) and t h e o l d
d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements.
To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s o f
w h i c h a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s t h a n
t h e number o f y e a r s o f f u l l t i m e e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r e n r o l l e d f u l l t i m e f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e one i n t e r i m
f o r graduation).
This C a t a l o g
T h i s c a t a l o g 1 i s t s courses by departments w l t h departments 1 jsted i n
a1 p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . Augsburq I n t e r i m s Abroad a r e i d e n t i f i e d by a special1
t r a v e l symbol. A t t h e end O F t h e book a r e l i s t i n g s o f o t h e r c o u r s e s n o t
~ ~ f f e r cby
d Augsburg b u t recognirfad by t i l e College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t ,
a n d a v a r i e t y o f l j f e t i m e S p o r t s . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and i n f o r m a t i o n
about t h e s e c o u r s e s are a v a i l a b l e i n t.he I n t e r i m O f f i c e .
Options
June Interim
A t l e a s t one i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1981 s e s s i o n o f
summer school ( s e e l i s t i n g under P h i l o s o p h y ) i n l i e u o f January t e r m w i t h
no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e . S t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June
i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e t i m e o f i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t l o n i n t h e f a l l .
S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one
w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay t h e r e g u l a r summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n .
2lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
International Interims
Students a r e i n v i t e d t o c o n s i d e r b e i n g p a r t o f one o f t h e f i v e overseas
These i n t e r i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by Augsburg C o l l e g e d u r i n g January 1981
ims a r e under these departments:
.
Education
EDUCATION I N AN URBAN COMMUNITY:
LONDON, page 10.
-
LANGUAGE, CULT'JRE AND
Foreign Languaqes
T ~ E A T E RI N PARIS, page 13.
THE RHINE FRONTIER: GERMANY
MEETS ROME AND FRANCE, page 14.
THE CULTURES OF MEXICO AND
GUATEMALA, page 1 6 .
-
HAWAII:
H i s t o r y and .Pol.iticlal Science
A LABORATORY OF MULTI-ETHNIC
INTERACTION, page 20.
Other i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h Upper Midwest Associa t i o n f o r I n t e r n a t i o n a l Education (Uh1AIE) and S t . O l a f College.
F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t e s t i m a t e s a r e
a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e and from Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l
.
Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one o f t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s s h o u l d a p p l y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center b e f o r e November 1 . Add i t i o n s t o t h e overseas groups u s u a l l y cannot be made a f t e r October.
Internships
I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p from t h e f a l l
t e r m o r who b e g i n an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o t h e s p r i n g term.
Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Memorial 230) no
l a t e r t h a n Tuesday, November 18.
Independent or D l r e c t e d Study
Students may e l e i t a program o f independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n 499) o r
d i r e c t e d s t u d y ( l o w e r d i v i s i o n 299) f o r i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e
s t r o n g l y discouraged from a c c e p t i n g r e s p a n s i b i l it y f o r more t h a n one i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d study p e r i n t e r i m . Students choosjng t o pursue i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must:
A.
Meet departmental requirements,
B. P r e s e n t t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r approval a copy o f t h e proposed
s t u d y p l a n approved by t h e s u p e r v i s i n g f a c u l t y member. T h i s proposal
must be s u b m i t t e d a t l e a s t one week b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and n o t l a t e r
forms can be o b t a i n e d i n t h e
t h a n November 3. A ,o.o r o.p r i a t e s t u d-v .proposal
.
Interim Office.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM13
Interims a t Other Schools
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n w h i c h o f f e r s
a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. C a t a l o g s o f t h e s e I n t e r i m s can be
c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y w i l l h e l p s t u dents i n applying f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n a t o t h e r schools. R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r
i n t e r i m s a t t h e o t h e r Twin C i t i e s c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . Most courses t a u g h t d u r i n g t h e
i n t e r i m a t o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s a r e a c c e p t e d f o r c r e d i t by Augsburg, b u t
may n o t n e c e s s a r i l y be accepted as m e e t i n g Augsburg's d i s t r i b u t i o n r e quirements. This q u a l i f i c a t i o n p a r t i c u l a r l y a f f e c t s courses o f f e r e d f o r
t h e Re1 ig i o n r e q u i r e m e n t .
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg C o l l e g e welcomes s t u d e n t s f r o m o t h e r 4-1 -4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e
January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges p r o v i d e d t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n agrees n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e
January t e r m . The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s ,
h o u s i n g o r board c o s t s . O t h e r s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $150 f o r t h e
i n t e r i m course.
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m s h o u l d w r i t e
t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p l i c a t i o n forms o r use t h e forms p r o v i d e d
by t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e a t t h e i r own s c h o o l . These s t u d e n t s a r e welcome
t o s t a y on campus b u t a r e n o t r e q u i r e d t o do so. Requests f o r i n t e r i m
h o u s i n g s h o u l d be made t o t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e .
Augsburg Policy
Augsburg C o l l e g e a d m i t s s t u d e n t s o f any r a c e , c o l o r , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c
o r i g i n t o a l l t h e r i g h t s , p r i v i l e g e s , programs, and a c t i v i t i e s g e n e r a l l y
accorded o r made a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s a t t h e s c h o o l . I t does n o t d i s c r i m i n a t e on t h e b a s i s o f r a c e , c o l o r , c r e e d , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n
i n employment p r a c t i c e s o r a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f i t s e d u c a t i o n a l p o l i c i e s ,
admissions p o l i c i e s , s c h o l a r s h i p and l o a n programs, and a t h l e t i c and
o t h e r s c h o o l - a d m i n i s t e r e d programs.
N e e d M o r e Help?
Check w i t h :
The I n t e r i m O f f i c e (Memorial 2 3 0 ) ,
o The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y ,
Ms. L o r r a i n e S t i e p e r a t 330-1025, o r
e The I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , D r . Toni C l a r k a t 330-1092.
4/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Calligraphy
ART 1010611 0306
Instructor:
P h i l i p Thompson
Study o f t h e a r t and c r a f t o f c a l l i g r a p h y . Development o f c a l l i g r a p h i c
s k i l l s i n pen and b r u s h w i t h i n k and p a i n t . Three completed d e s i g n
p r o j e c t s i n l e t t e r i n g o r l i n e a r e r e q u i r e d . For upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t
a major p r o j e c t i s required.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I1
Room:
O l d Main 4 ( D e s i g n S t u d i o )
-
Film-Making I Film-Making ii
ART 1024211 0342
Instructor:
Paul Rusten
T h i s c o u r s e teaches f i l m - m a k i n g t h r o u g h p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e .
There w i l l be o b s e r v a t i o n and d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m . S t u d e n t s w i l l make a 16mm sound f i l m .
Fees:
$70.00 l a b f e e
None f o r Film-making I
You must have t a k e n Film-making I t o r e g i s t e r
f o r Film-making 11.
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I1
Room:
O l d Main 1 7 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o )
L i f e Drawing
ART 10247
Instructor:
Norman Hol en
A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and n o n - a r t s t u d e n t s . The
f i g u r e w i l l be d e p i c t e d i n v a r i o u s s e t t i n g s w i t h a v a r i e t y o f media f o r
v a r y i n g l e n g t h s o f t i m e . The poses w i l l e x t e n d f r o m one m i n u t e t o an
hour and a h a l f .
S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o t h e 28 and 4B p e n c i l s , t h e c h a r c o a l
p e n c i l and p a s t e l s .
A f e e o f $12.00 i s t o be p a i d on t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s .
Distribution:
Time:
I
Yes
Room:
O l d Main 17 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o )
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIMIS
rn
N u t r i t i o n : You A r e W h a t Y o u E a t
BIOLOGY 20104
Instructor:
Erwin Mickel berg
Designed t o d i s c ss t h e foods t h a t we e a t i n a popular fashion.
A f t e r a review o t h e human d i g e s t i v e system, each o f t h e t h r e e
basic food types wil.1 be discussed along w i t h t h e r o l e o f minerals,
vitamins and water.
9
An attempt w i l l be made t o d i s p e l t h e mysteries and t h e manufactured
i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e media, t o make a p p l i c a t i o n t o i n d i v i d u a l
concerns, and t o address t h e controversy concerning food a d d i t i v e s .
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I
Room:
Science 212
T h e B i o l o g y of Aglng
BIOLOGY 20185
Instructor:
Robert H e r f o r t h
A t some time o r another i n our l i v e s most of us w i l l e i t h e r d i r e c t l y
experience aging o r be i n f l uenced by people undergoing age-related
changes. This course wi 11 concentrate on t h e b i o l o g i c a l aspects
o f such changes. What i s t h e nature o f these age-related changes?
What f a c t o r s i n f l u e n c e the r a t e o f aging? Do c e l l s i s o l a t e d from
t h e body show aging? I s aging t h e r e s u l t of d e t e r i o r a t i o n o f c e r t a i n
c e l l s o r t i s s u e s o f the body? What a r e t h e c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s as t o
t h e b i o l o g i c a l basis o f aging? These and o t h e r questions w i l l be
addressed i n t h i s course by means o f classroom l e c t u r e s , discussions
o f assigned readings, and t a l k s by o u t s i d e experts. Evaluation
w i l l be based on several quizzes and exams given d u r i n g t h e course.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I
Room:
Science 205
M e t h o d s in Biological R e s e a r c h
BIOLOGY 20301
Instructor:
Neal Thorpe
The development o f t h e m a j o r i t y o f t h e present concepts i n b i o l o g y
has been h e a v i l y dependent upon t h e use o f an a r r a y o f s o p h i s t i c a t e d
research t o o l s . This course w i l l i n t r o d u c e t h e student t o t h e
t h e o r e t i c a l basis o f approximately two dozen important b i o l o g i c a l
methods such as chromatography, electrophoresis, spectrophotometry,
s c i n t i l l a t i o n counting and microscopy. It w i l l a l s o r e q u i r e an
in-depth i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f one s e l e c t e d method w i t h t h e o b j e c t i v e
6/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
o f d e v e l o p i n g an a p p r o p r i a t e e x p e r i m e n t a l e x e r c i s e t h a t c l e a r l y demons t r a t e s a t h e o r e t i c a l p r i n c i p l e . The s t u d e n t w i l l t e s t and v a l i d a t e
t h e method, w r i t e i t up, and p r e s e n t i t o r a l l y .
Prerequisites:
Time:
B i o l o g y 111, 112; C h e m i s t r y 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106)
I1
Room:
S c i e n c e 202
Wetland Ecology
BIOLOGY 2031 1
Instructor:
Roberta Lammers
In w e t l a n d e c o l o g y we w l l l a t t e m p t t o g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e comp l e x j t y , v a r i e t y and fmportance o f f r e s h w a t e r w e t l a n d s such a s bogs,
marshes, fens, and swamps. We w i l l s t u d y the p h y s f c a l aspects o f these
w e t l a n d s as w e l l as the I n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f some o f t h e j r m a j o r o r g a n isms 1 i k e sedges, i n s e c t s , and sphagnum. S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o
pursue some independent r e a d i n g on wet1 and organ1 sm5 o f p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t t o them. The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s t o n as
we1 l as l a b work i d e n t i f y i n g organisms c o l l e c t e d i n n o r t h e r n Minnesota
d u r i n g t h e summer by the f n s t r u c t o r . We w i l l examine c r i t i c a l l y t h e
p o t e n t f a 1 o f M i n n e s o t a ' s w e t l a n d s a s an energy saurcp. There w i l l be
l o c a l f i e l d t r l p s . Grading w i l l be on t h e hasis a f one t e s t and the
p r e s e n t a t i o n ( w r j t t e n or o r a l ) o f t h e independent r e a d i n g .
Prerequisite:
Time:
B i o l o g y 111, 112
I
Room:
S c i e n c e 213
-
D i s c r e t e E v e n t Simulation
BUSINESS 21495
Instructor:
K e i s h i r o Matsumoto
D i s c r e t e e v e n t s i m u l a t i o n i s an approach t o p r o b l e m s o l v i n g . The
method r e p l i c a t e s t h e s e t t i n g o f a p a r t i c u l a r problem by w r i t i n g a com-
m e n t a t i o n and s
There w i l l be l e c t u r e s and a computer programming l a b o r a t o r y .
Prerequisfte:
Time:
I
A s t a t f s t i c s course o r t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
Room:
L2O1
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 tNTERIM/7
CHEMISTRY 341 13
Instructor:
E a r l A1 t o n
Fflrding whlch chmlcals are, i n a solution ~(qualltatireanalysis)' T s a
cfiaff enging way o+ learntng some prlnclples o f chemistry. Thls course
dl 1 use laboratory, experiments coupled w i t h a non-mat h m t 9 e n l explana t i o n of the chemistry Tnvolved t o provide an introduetlon t o cemlstry.
The laboratory wark wtll canter on solvfng chnmnclcsl unknoys. There
wlll be several 1ecture-dl scussfon sessfons each week and about three
hours o f l a b o r a t o r y each day.
knowns and a few q u i z z e s .
Lectures
-
Grading w i l l be based upon s o l v i n g unLaboratory
11 :00 a .m.
Prerequisite:
H i g h School C h e m i s t r y
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
18111
Room:
-
1 :00-4:00
p.m.
Science 318
Introduction t o Chemirtry
CHEMISTRY 341 04
Instructor:
John Holum
T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some fundamental p r i n c i p l e s
o f chemistry:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Measurement, w i t h emphasis on dimensions, S I u n i t s and a few common
u n i t s used i n c h e m i s t r y , b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences,.and how t o
use t h e f a c t o r - l a b e l method i n c a l c u l a t i o n s .
Elements o f a t o m i c and m o l e c u l a r c o m p o s i t i o n s and s t r u c t u r e and how
p e r i o d i c r e l a t i o n s h i p s h e l p o r g a n i z e and e x p l a i n s e v e r a l p r o p e r t i e s .
Comon p h y s i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t t e r .
Comnon chemical p r o p e r t i e s o f a c i d s , bases and s a l t s w i t h emphasis o n
t h e background needed f o r s t u d i e s i n e l e m e n t a r y b i o l o g y and t h e
h e a l t h sciences. A p p l i c a t i o n s t o h e a l t h aspects o f environmental
p r o b l ems w i 11 <be made.
A b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry.
L e c t u r e s and d e m o n s t r a t i o n s a r e used. There i s no scheduled l a b o r a t o r y
and no a s s i g n e d w r i t t e n r e p o r t s . E v a l u a t i o n i s based on q u i z z e s and
t e s t s . R e g u l a r g r a d i n g o n l y ; no PIN. T h i s c o u r s e i s n o t open t o s t u d e n t s who had c h e m i s t r y I n h i g h s c h o o l ;+'i,tdoes n o t c o u n t t o w a r d a
chemistry major.
Distribution:
Time:
I
,
Yes
Room:
S c i e n c e 318
81AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
.
,
,
4
.
An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C l i n i c a l C h e m l s t r y
CHEMISTRY 34205
Instructor:
A r l i n Gyberg
A few years ago dtagnosttc medlcine was principally a matter of collectjng Inf'orrhatfon about symptonlr t o diagnose an Illness. Occas~onally
1aboratory tests were made to support the dlagnasj s A1 though col I actTn$ infoymntfon about symptoms 1s still an Integral part, diagnosefc
medicine has progressed t o t h e pot n t where 1aborat~rytests are rout1 nely performed and may result i n a diagnosis dlfferentr from the on,e fndicated by the symptoms, T h i s course introduces some of the types o f
chemical problems s t g n l f i c a n t i n medic-lne ahd methods o f chehlfcal analysls used I n the clinlcal cheml'stry laboratory. Lectures, films, occasional laburptory experience, and at least one f i e f d t r I p t o a elInical
teboratory w t l l be used t n the course; eva'luatf~nwill be by fvequent
.
q u i z z e s and a f i n a l exam.
Prerequisites:
Time:
Chemistry 106 o r 116 o r 223
Room:
I
Science 320
E c o n o m i c s of U r b a n I s s u e s
ECONOMICS 221 20
Instructor:
Ed S a b e l l a
A s t u d y o f economic i m p l i c a t i o n s o f many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban
environment, Some o f t h e t o p i c s t o be d i s c u s s e d a r e : P o p u l a t i o n "Cris i s ," Crime P r e v e n t i o n , Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n , D i s t r i b u t i n g
Free Bread, Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Fundamental micro-economic t o o l s
i n t r o d u c e d t o f a c i l i t a t e d i s c u s s i o n . T h i s c o u r s e does n o t c o u n t towards
an economics m a j o r o r m i n o r .
Distribution:
Time:
Economics o r Urban
I1
Room:
01 d Main 11
Decision Making with Finite M a r k o v Ch'ains
ECONOMICS 22493
Instructor:
Satya Gupta
Taehnf ques o f H a r b v chains have long been used in solving problems i n
Physical Sciences. This tool has fnvaded the realm of Business and Eco,nomics only recent1 + I t I s important for management practltloners t o
wnderstand thl s sop I sticatac? tool Problems on bank management, cap*
tal expenditures, accounts receivable, market share and others w-ill be
sol ved usf ng Maykou shaf n model s Students comprehension will be evaluated by tests on probtm solving using Narkav chain models,
Z
.
.
Prerequisite:
Time:
I1
-
H i g h School A1 gebra
Room:
L-1
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/9
EUROPE January 3-28
E d u c a t i o n i n a n U r b a n Community: L o n d o n
EDS 44260
EDE 45260
Instructor:
Cost:
B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n
$1395
An exarninatfon o f the r e l a t i o n s h i p o f t h e school t o t h e
4
#
u r b a n community u s i n g London's East End a s an example.
The focus o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be o n such u r b a n problerns
as p o v e r t y , f a m i l y d i s i n t e g r a t i o n , and crime and how u r b a n s c h o o l s and
t h e l r t e a c h e r s can r e s o l v e them. The c l a s s w i l l meet f o r r,eef n a r s and
l i v e a t the Urban Studies Center ~f the C o l l e g e o f S t . Mark and S t . John
i n the Eas,t End Area. S t u d e n t s w i l l be p l a c e d a s a i d / o h s e r v e r s i n a
l o c a l school I n t h e s u b j e c t o r g r a d e o f t h e i r c h o i c e . S t i ~ d e n t sw l l l
a l s o have the o p p a r t u n i t y t o work and o b s e r v e i n a number o f community
a g e n c j e s i n t h e East End. E v a l u a t i o n w l l l be based on a paper t h a t
i n t e g r a t e s assigned r e a d i n g w i t h a d d i t i o n a l i n d i v i d u a l r e s e a r c h and a
l o g o f p r a c t i c a l experiences.
Counts t o w a r d m a j o r :
F u l f i l 1s t h e e l e m e n t a r y and secondary O r i e n t a t i o n
t o E d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (EDS 265 and EDE 255)
Meets an u r b a n concerns r e q u i r e m e n t
Grading:
PIN o r t r a d i t i o n a l
E n r o l l m e n t : 15
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f O c t o b e r .
Student Teaching
EDUCATION:
Instructor:
44480, 44481, 44482, 44483, 44484,
45480, 45481 , 45482, 45483, 45484
B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n
Students w i l l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r f u l l days, O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e
provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e i n o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s
a t t h e preschool , k i n d e r g a r t e n , e l e m e n t a r y o r secondary s c h o o l l e v e l
( d e p e n d i n g on the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t ' s need) under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f
I n t e r e s t e d students should consult w i t h
c a l l ege and school p e r s o n n e l
t h e i n s t r u c t o r b e f o r e December t o de-Lermi ne placements and a p p r o p r i a t e
c o u r s e number f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n .
.
Prerequisites:
Acceptance i n E d u c a t i o n Program and p e r m i s s i o n o f
instructor.
1 OIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Heritage Reporter
ENGLISH 54212
Instructor:
Dave Wood
"Heritage Reporter" explores s t r a t e g i e s f o r effectively wrltjng
about one's family, one" comun.lty, or an institutqon t h a t figures
o r has f jgured largely In the student-%porter1 s l i f e . Techniques
of f i c t i o n and non-flctlnn a r e revealed t o the students by means o f a
comprehensive reading 1jst. No exams. Students are expected t o
submit a 20-30 page "Heritage Booklet'l on a subject of thefr
choice a t course's end. Grade will be P/N only.
Prerequisites:
Time:
English 111
I
Room:
Old Main 10
Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study
of A m e r l c a n W e s t e r n a n d J a p a n e a e S a m u r a i F i l m s
ENGLISH 54233
SOCIOLOGY 94233
Instructors:
Jerry Gerasimo and John Mi tchell
The pu~poseof the course i s t o clarify the thematic form of the
Western and the Samuraf f lrn by comparing thedr respective myths, their
societal premises, and t h e i r canventions: f o r example. the ritualized
duel and t h e use of proxemlc patterns (treatments o f space) In ways
t h a t are implicitly cultural . Although both genres a r e highly popular,
they are vfvidly useful for e s t h e t i c , c u l t u r a l , and anthropological
comparf son. Students wj 11 be requi red t o attend a1 I f i l m presentations
(approxtmately 10 feature f i l m s ) , t o wad selected t e x t s , and t o take
a final written examination.
Laboratory Fee:
Distribution:
Time:
I1
$35
Yes
Room:
Science Audi t o r i urn
A S e v e n t i e s Sampler
ENGLISH 54249
Instructor:
Ron Palosaari
We will study some novels, poems, plays, and films written o r filmed in
the 1970's. Our reading will include the l a t e s t available works of
Vonnegut, Roth, and Berger, some recent science f i c t i o n , detective
s t o r i e s , and a best s e l l e r . Our viewing will depend on what plays and
films a r e available i n January in the Twin C i t i e s .
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/11
I f possible, students w i t h a s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n a t y p e o f l i t e r a t u r e
o r f i l m w i l l be a b l e t o form groups around t h e i r i n t e r e s t .
Those who take t h i s i n t e r i m should have t h e time and d e s i r e t o do
t h e reading. Films w i l l be seen i n t h e afternoon t o t a k e advantage
o f lower p r i c e s , b u t we w i l l see two o r t h r e e plays i n t h e evening.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
Room:
I1
Old Main 18
Five-College Fictlon Writing Workshop
ENGLISH 54362
Instructor:
Lon Otto, College of St. Thomas
Members of t h e workshop w i l l experiment w i t h various aspects of
prose f i c t i o n technique, aiming a t t h e completion of t h r e e o r four
s h o r t s t o r i e s during t h e I n t e r i m period.
The workshop w i l l meet t h r e e afternoons a week t o discuss f i c t i o n
w r i t i n g and t o engage i n c o n s t r u c t i v e c r i t i c i s m of w r i t i n g being
produced by members o f the class. F a i t h f u l attendance a t these
afternoon sessions i s e s s e n t i a l .
The course i s open t o students from t h e f i v e associated c o l l e g e s
(normally t h r e e from each c o l l e g e ) who have had some experience
w r i t i n g s h o r t f i c t i o n . Preferably, they should have a l r e a d y taken
a c o l lege-level c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g class.
I n t e r e s t e d students from Augsburg should submit samples o f t h e i r
work t o Dr. Toni Clark before I n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n .
Potpourri: S e l e c t e d Readings f o r Discussion
ENGLISH 54445.
Instructor:
Barbara Anderson
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , students w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l
reading l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which w i l l be discussed i n
small groups, e s t a b l i s h e d according t o common books, authors, o r
themes. Reading l i s t s must be determined before the end o f f a l l
term so t h a t a discussion schedule can be published p r i o r t o t h e
i n t e r i m session.
Prerequisite:
J u n i o r o r Senior standing and consent o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 12
12/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
'EUROPE January 3-28
L a n g u a g e , C u l t u r e a n d T h e a t e r in P a r l s
French 70215/70315
Instructor:
Cost:
Mary Johnson
$1595
Immersion i n French c u l t u r e f o r intermediate and advanced
students. Focus on study o f language, c u l t u r e , t h e press,
+
and t h e a t e r . Readings, analysis, and discussion i n t e g r a t e d
w i t h attendance a t lays and f i l m s . V i s i t s t o a r t i s t i c and c u l t u r a l exh i b i t s according t o ' s t i d e n t i n t e r e s t s . Full-day excursions t o Chartres
and V e r s a i l l e s ; o p t i o n a l weekend f i e l d t r l p t o Mont S t . Michel and L o i r e
chateaus. Conversations w i t h French students i n groups o f three.
French 70315 counts toward major (French)
French 70215, 70315 count toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement (Foreign
Language)
Prerequisites:
Grading:
70215:
70315:
French 70211 o r e q u i v a l e n t
French 70311 o r e q u i v a l e n t
P/N o n l y
Enrollment:
15
I n t e r e s t e d students should contact Ms. Mary Kingsley i n Room 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r than t h e end o f October.
F r e n c h L l t e r a t u r e in T r a n s l a t i o n
FRENCH 70243
Instructor:
Ruth Aaskov
Have French w r i t e r s produced a 1 i t e r a t u r e t h a t escapes from 1 i f e o r
t h a t shows l i f e as i t i s ? By readlng and analyzing a v a r i e t y o f
s h o r t e r French works i n English t r a n s l a t i o n w i t h t h i s questlon i n
mind, we w i l l develop stronger communication and c r i t i c a l s k i l l s and
c u l t u r a l s e n s i t i v i t y as w e l l as encounter those o f s i g n i f i c a n t
French w r i t e r s . M i n i - l e c t u r e s and study guides w i l l h e l p focus t h e
r e a d e r ' s a t t e n t i o n on t h e works themselves. Much c l a s s time d a i l y
w l l l be devoted t o small group discussion and exchange o f ideas.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/13
d e v e l o p i n g adequate language t o c o n t r i b u t e o r a l l y and i n w r i t t e n
form t o t h e i n s i g h t s o f t h e c l a s s . Two o r t h r e e 30-minute q u i z z e s
e a r l y i n t h e course w i l l be r e p l a c e d b y t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f a chosen
l i t e r a r y work and s h o r t paper i n t h e t h i r d week, w i t h reading,
c r i t i c i s m and d i s c u s s i o n b y t h e o t h e r s i n t h e f o u r t h week.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Sophomore s t a n d i n g o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Yes
Room:
I
O l d Main 27
.EUROPE January 3-28
The Rhine Frontier: Germany
M e e t s Rome and F r a n c e
GER 72333
Instructor:
Cost:
Donald Steinmetz
$1595
+
Since Roman times t h e l a n d s a l o n g t h e Rhine have been
4one o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t f r o n t i e r areas o f Europe.
Here German and Roman c u l t u r e c l a s h e d and mixed. Here
modern Germany and France have t h e i r r o o t s i n t h e empire o f Charlemagne.
Here Romanesque and Gothic a r c h i t e c t u r e f l o u r i s h e d i n t h e M i d d l e Aaes.
Here Germans 'and French f o u g h t i n t h r e e r e c e n t wars. I t i s such e i e n t s
which have shaped l i f e and l e f t so many monuments between t h e Rhine and
t h e Meuse. The s t u d e n t w i l l s t u d y and " r e l i v e " t h e h i s t o r y o f t h i s area
on l o c a t i o n , from t h e Roman monuments o f T r i e r and Cologne, Charlemagnels
Aachen, t o t h e b a t t l e f i e l d s o f World Wars I and 11. L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and r e a d i n g s w i l l be p r i n c i p a l l y i n German.
Counts toward German m a j o r
-
Counts toward d i s t r i h u t i o n requirement ( f o r e i g n language)
Prerequisites:
Grading:
German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t
P/N o r t r a d i t i o n a l , based on o r a l exams and d i a r y t o be k e p t
i n German
Enrol l m e n t : 20
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October.
14/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Beglnnlng N o r w e g i a n
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75111
Instructor: Liv Dahl
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening,
reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary
Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distri butlon:
Time:
Yes
I
Room: Old Main 29
N o r w e g i a n C o n v e r s a t i o n and Composltlon
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75311
Instructor: Leif Hanson
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations
in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official
languages of Norway. Oral and written tests. Some laboratory work
and field experience required. No special fees.
Prerequisite: 75211
-
Intermediate level
Distribution: Yes
Time:
I1
Room: Old Main 29
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l5
MEXICO January 5-30
The Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala
SPA 76381
GST 58181
Gunta Rosental s
Instructor:
Cost:
$1395
+
T h i s i n t e r i m w t l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h Pre-Columbian,
c o l o n i a l and modern c u l t u r e s o f Mexico and Guatemala
4t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and v i s i t s t o t h e most imp o r t a n t s i t e s . The i m p r e s s i v e pyramids i n t h e h i g h l a n d s o f C e n t r a l
Mexico, t h e i n c r e d i b l e Mayan j u n g l e c i t y o f T i k a l i n t h e Guatemalan
r a i n f o r e s t , t h e charming c o l o n i a l c i t i e s o f Taxco and v o l c a n o surrounded A n t i g u a , as w e l l as t h e modern m e t r o p o l i s o f Mexico C i t y .
Course p r i m a r i l y i n t e n d e d f o r Spanish m a j o r s ( O p t i o n A), b u t o t h e r
i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s may t a k e t h e c o u r s e as an e l e c t i v e ( O p t i o n B ) .
E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c o m p l e t i o n o f a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , a
d a i l y j o u r n a l ( i n Spanish f o r O p t i o n A), and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n t o u r s and d i s c u s s i o n s . (The E n g l i s h e q u i v a l e n t o f t h e m a t e r i a l s
w i l l be a v a i l a b l e . )
O p t i o n A:
Cqunts t o w a r d Spanish M a j o r
F u l f i l 1 s language r e q u i r e m e n t
Prerequisite:
Option B:
General S t u d i e s
Prerequisite:
Grading:
Spanish 212 o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r
-
f u l f i l l s no d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t
None (Spanish 11 1 recommended)
PIN o n l y
E n r o l l m e n t : '30
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229
o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as
p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October.
16lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Safety Education
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55114
Instructor:
Doug Nelson
P r i n c i p l e s and p r a c t i c e s o f s a f e t y education i n school and community
l i f e . Includes American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course.
T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t .
Time:
I(Jan. 5-16)
Room:
Melby 12
Chemical Dependency Education
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55115
Instructor:
Joyce P f a f f
This course w i l l i n c l u d e a pharmacological a n a l y s i s of drugs o f
abuse, a l o o k a t t h e disease process and treatment m o d a l i t i e s , as
w e l l as immediate and temporary care given t o i n d i v i d u a l s i n a
drug emergency. It w i l l pay special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e drug problems
a f u t u r e teacher might have t o deal w i t h i n t h e classroom s e t t i n g .
Grades w i l l be determined by 2 w r i t t e n t e s t s covering t h e l e c t u r e s
and t e x t book.
This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y 4 course c r e d i t .
Time:
I (Jan. 19-31)
Room:
Melby 12
Recreational Activities & Rhythms
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55232
Instructor:
Pam Paulson
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l
r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s ,
camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square
dancing
.
This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t .
Time:
I (Jan. 19-31)
Room:
Melby
AUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/17
Modern D a n c e
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373
Instructor:
Pam Paulson
An i n t r o d u c t o r y course i n modern dance technique and c r e a t i v e
composition i n c l u d i n g e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement, energy, form and
design. No previou.s experience necessary.
T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y
Time:
I (Jan. 5-16)
i course
Room:
credit.
Melby
Coaching of B a s k e t b a l l
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55477
Instructor:
Rees Johnson
Theory, techniques and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f coaching b a s k e t b a l l . It
wi 11 i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade
e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a.coaching notebook, a
w r i t t e n exam and general p a r t i c i p a t i o n .
There w i l l be some o u t o f c l a s s n i g h t work.
T h i s course
--
equals o n l y
Prerequisite:
Time:
i
course c r e d i t .
I n s t r u c t o r approval
I1
Room:
Melby 13
Coaching of H o c k e y
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55478
Instructor:
Ed Saugestad
Theory, technique and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e aspects o f coaching hockey.
It w i l l i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs on
d r y land and on i c e .
Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a coaching
notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n . Students must
be a b l e t o skate and must supply skates and s t i c k .
This course
--
equals o n l y % course c r e d i t .
Prerequisite:
Time:
1
I n s t r u c t o r approval
Room:
Me1by 13
18lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
H i s t o r y of P a r i s in M o d e r n Tlmes
HISTORY 56111/56311
Instructor:
Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t
The French a r e sometimes accused o f t h i n k i n g of P a r i s as t h e
"navel o f t h e world." There's a b i t o f "sour grapes" c a r i c a t u r e
i n t h a t c l e v e r statement. For i f one would p i c k o u t a c i t y which
i n t h e l a s t one thousand years has been more important t o Western
C i v i l i z a t i o n than any other, one could make a good case f o r P a r i s .
I n t h i s course we w i l l study t h e h i s t o r y o f t h a t g r e a t c i t y since
t h e 16th century. We w i l l read e x t e n s i v e l y i n a v a r i e t y o f h i s t o r i c a l
l i t e r a t u r e , hear l e c t u r e s , v i s i t w i t h some t r a v e l l e r s , and view some
s l i d e s and movies. One of our main purposes w i l l be t o double
(maybe quadruple! ) your enjoyment when you v i s i t Paris. Evaluation
w i l l be on t h e basis o f two t e s t s and a s h o r t paper. For upper
d i v i s i o n students t h e standards as t o expectations w i l l be
a p p r o p r i a t e l y higher - f o r example, i n t h e i r a b i l i t y t o f i n d t h e i r
way i n t o a more extensive b i b l i o g r a p h y f o r t h e term paper.
Distribution:
Time:
I1
Yes
-
h i s t o r y o r urban
Room:
Old Main 12
D b e c t e d S t u d y in U.S. H i s t o t y
HISTORY 56299
Instructor:
Carl Chrislock
During t h e I n t e r i m o f t h e 1980-81 school year, I w i l l be a v a i l a b l e
t o supervise i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d i e s i n several areas of U.S.
H i s t o r y . These i n c l u d e t h e h i s t o r y of American f o r e i g n p o l i c y , t h e
20th Century, Minnesota h i s t o r y and immigration. I p r e f e r n o t t o
supervise a h o s t o f f a m i l y h i s t o r i e s , although I am w i l l i n g t o
consider we1 1-conceived proposals f o r such studies submitted by
students who demonstrate t h a t they have s u f f i c i e n t source m a t e r i a l .
Note, too, t h a t a l l t h e s t u d i e s a r e of t h e directed, n o t t h e
inde endent v a r i e t y . Any i n t h e l a t t e r category would have t o be
t h e department i n advance o f t h e I n t e r i m .
Prerequisite:
One h i s t o r y course
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM119
H a w a i i : A L a b o r a t o r y of M u l t i - E t h n i c I n t e r a c t i o n
' HAWAII
January 4-28
H i s t o r y 56240/56340
P o l i t i c a l Science 85255185355
Instructors:
Cost:
I.Khin Khin Jensen, Norma C. Noonan
$1495
*+
Observation o f t h e Polynesian, Asian and Caucasian c u l t u r e s
i n t e r a c t i n g i n p o l i t i c s and s o c i e t y i n t h e 50th s t a t e . Focus
on h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s , p o l i t i c a l development, r e 1 i g i o u s h e r i t a g e , educational experiences, commercial ventures, t h e media, c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s and c u r r e n t p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s .
Time w i l l be d i v i d e d between t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n Honolulu and
H i l o on " t h e B i g I s l a n d . " Various f i e l d t r i p s w i l l be arranged on
Oahu and t h e i s l a n d o f Hawaii. Readings w i l l be t a i l o r e d t o each
s e c t i o n . Students w i l l submit a j o u r n a l o r a t e r m paper.
Counts toward e i t h e r major ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science).
Counts toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science).
Prerequisites:
Grading:
lower d i v i s i o n , none.
upper d i v i s i o n , sophomore s t a n d i n g and consent o f
instructor.
PIN o n l y
Enrollment:
30
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n qoom 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October.
PO/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
T h e C i t y in A m e r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e , A r t & A r c h i t e c t u r e
INTERDISCIPLINARY 60285
Instructor:
Grier Nicholl
the growth o f c i t l e s between the Cf v i l
War I generated varied responses among k r i c a n
Rapid IndustrTal-lzat-ion and
WaF and World
novelists, poets, painters, and architects of the period.
Celebrations of t h e c i t y and the new technology can be found i n
the poetry of Watt Whitman and i n the architec.ture of the
Chicago Exposition o f 1893. Ambivalent a t t i t u d e s toward the
c i t y appear i n the "realism" o f the Ash Can school of pafnters,
the photographs of Alfred S t i e g l i t z and others, and i n William
O. Howel 1s' novel A Hazard of New Fortunes. Naturalistic novels
such a s Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton S i n c l a i r ' s
muckraking The Jungle r e f l e ~ 1 ~ n i z i enf fge c t s of economic
forces in the c i t y .
Course format will vary; lectures on historical and l i t e r a r y
background, small g r o ~ p ~ d i s c u s s i o nof
s readings, and several visits
t o local a r t museums. There will be three t e s t s and an individual
o r group oral presentation.
Distribution:
Time:
Urban
I1
Room:
Music 23
B r u s h Up
MATHEMATICS 61103
Instructor:
Beverly Durkee
This course i s designed as a brush up in arithmetic and as an
introduction t o algebra. The course will be particularly helpful
f o r students in elementary education o r who will be taking s t a t i s t i c s
a s part of a major. Computer programs will be available f o r students
who wish t o work with t h i s medium.
There will be lectures t o present material, homework assignments t o
gain s k i l l s , and written problem solving t e s t s f o r grades.
Time:
I
Room:
Science 108
Mathematical A s p e c t s of Music
MATHEMATICS 61 130
Instructor:
Ben Cooper
In t h i s course we will examine some of the evidence for the
often-expressed feeling t h a t music and mathematics a r e somehow
related. Actually there are three kinds of contact: (1) a t the
sub-musical l e v e l , where both elementary and sophisticated
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM121
mathematics have a lot to say about such foundational topics as
acoustics, scales, and tuning, as well as the premises of twelvetone composition; (2) at the level of composition, where mathematics
no longer applies directly (except for certain composers) but
where there are strong analogies between the ways composers and
mathematicians create and evaluate their work and between features
of certain highly structured pieces, such as canons, and mathematical
constructs; (3) at the level of aesthetic theory, where probabilistic
ideas help to clarifjt what constitutes style. The emphasis on
these topics will depend on class interests, provided only that
everyone does some significant mathematics. When possible, we will
try to hear those things we discuss mathematically, through recordings
or performance. Grades will be based on homework exercises, mostly
mathematical but including the composition of at least one canon. The
necessary the ma tics will be developed in class.
Prerequisite: Music 101 or equivalent and some high school algebra
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
Music 5
Room:
I
An E x p o s u r e of C h a o s In M o d e r n Cosmlc M o d e l s
MATHEMATICS 61136161336
Instructor: Henry Follingstad
An exploration of math-related ideas and Space-Age research which
calls for a critical re-evaluation of present "scientific dogmas"
on the nature and origin of the universal cosmos and the smaller
cosmic models of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Age data,
buried in the literature, will be unveiled to show inadequacies
and contradictions in some aspects of modern astro-cosmology and
its links to geology, biology, and the humanities.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the
historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will
note some misuses of mathematics which transforn'unsupported
scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research
paper is required.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing
ability and will present an oral sumnary of their paper.
Distribution:
Time:
I
Yes
Room:
Old Main 23
ZZIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
~ e m o r i z i t ! o n f o r Musicians
MUSIC 82151/82351
Instructor:
James D. Johnson
M u l t i p l e approaches t o memorizing music v i a f o o l p r o o f system. These
systems a r e derived from t h e harmonic, melodic, rhythmic and formal
a n a l y s i s of t h e music under study.
For i n s t r u m e n t a l i s t s and v o c a l i s t s . Upper d i v i s i o n students w i l l
be expected t o memorize more, perform more f o r t h e c l a s s and do
more memory work away from t h e i r instruments.
Time:
I
Room:
Music 9
M a k e Y o u r Own M u s i c
MUSIC 82212/82312
Instructor:
Robert ~ a r l i n
An o p p o r t u n i t y f o r the i n t e r e s t e d student t o l e a r n about t r a d i t i o n a l
and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems used i n t h e c r e a t i o n o f o r i g i n a l works o f
music.
Tonal, a t o n a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c techniques w i l l be employed by
the p a r t i c i p a n t s t o c r e a t e t h e i r own compositions.
Open t o music majors as an upper d i v i s i o n course; and t o students w i t h
l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music as a lower d i v i s i o n course.
Music majors w i l l c r e a t e t h r e e short, o r i g i n a l works; others, a t l e a s t
one.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Majors:
Theory 4; others:
No: Majors: e l e c t i v e
Yes: Others: Fine A r t s
Room:
I1
Music 26
Music The,rapy: T e x a s S t y l e
M U S I C 82233182433
Instructor:
Roberta Metzl e r
none
&:
Course w i l l i n c l u d e an overview o f c l i n i c a l p r a c t i c e and research
i n music therapy, through readings i n textbook and v i s i t a t i o n t o
treatment f a c i l i t i e s and graduate music therapy programs i n Kansas
and Texas. V i s i t s i n Kansas w i l l i n c l u d e t h e headquarters o f t h e
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM123
. Y f% I t s fn Unsas d l 1 i h ~ f u d k\theJAdtIqth*em @+' the.
Maklonal Assocl akhn For ,MW 1c Therqpy, Ihc., Topeka S b t e Posplbl ,
Mnhinger Foundptiow,Uhdversf ty o f Kansas bditml Schopl . $n8
f q a s , the Pokb wlll k on @search .In mysic: ther&py a t Boutham
btbdist U d v e r s l ~ ,under tha dQr4ctfon df k 6b@rleB,
T. Eitglq,
wZtl be ara lnble to ex ta3n' reseawh
RMT. Graduate sJudents from
r&pa(ot, and 40 swahm twri OF@us$$ t&ra~$ fitcFFhp6 .ln %@
Dill 1a~#Folrt8Wor$b,area. A11 travel' %TI 1 be ,@ co1T ege,pa& : gw'fiir92ion
w"ll1 be b
S
rM bn tests wer the'trdmk, wrl.ttqn rep$& of a11
intenship sites vfstted, and', for~uppd~~dfvfs~on
c~edlt,a rtnf~ e s e a ~~, ~ obg o s a l Optlonal
.
d d p trlps 18 Texas wsuld, be $0.
Qa t veston,#San Antomias sfld ksgfn.
and Tekaa
-r
e
I
Fee: Maximum o f $450 ( i n c l u d i n g o p t i o n a l t r i p s i n Texas).
would cover a1 1 t r a v e l , room and board.
Time:
I
Room:
T h i s fee
Music 26
The Opera of Puccini
MUSIC 82253
Instructor:
Stephen Gabriel sen
A s t u d y o f a l l o f t h e operas o f Puccini through l i s t e n i n g and
reading assignments. T e s t i n g w i l l i n c l u d e 1 i s t e n i n g questions as
w e l l as t r a d i t i o n a l o b j e c t i v e exams. T h i s course i s designed f o r
t h e opera l o v e r as w e l l as music majors.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I1
Room:
I
Music 4
History of Jazz
MUSIC 82377
Instructor:
L a r r y Tallman
This course w i l l pursue t h e chronological e v a l u a t i o n of j a z z as we
know i t today. Beginning w i t h e a r l y ragtime, t h e j a z z movement
exemplifies t h e t r u e meaning o f what i s known as America's own t r u e
music. Augsburg has many t e x t s , recordings, and papers t o b e n e f i t
t h e student as a f u t u r e jazz scholar. There w i l l be t h r e e t e s t s
and a f i n a l .
Time:
I
Room:
Music 2
24IAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
a
T r e n d s & I s s u e s in N u r s i n g
NURSING 81 320
I n s t r u c t o r s : Carol Hoffhan and Susan Knust
T h i s course i s i n t e n d e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s a broad p e r s p e c t i v e by i n t r o d u c i n g c u r r e n t t r e n d s and i s s u e s t n h e a l t h c a r e and t h e p r o f e s s i o n o f
n u r s i n g , Many o f t h e i s s u e s a r e c o n t r o v e r s i a l , a r e r e l e v a n t t o c u r r e n t
p r a c t i c e and have p o t e n t i a l f o r f a r - r e a c h i n g e f f e c t s i n h e a l t h c a r e .
Students w i l l be graded on group p r e s e n t a t i o n s and w r i t t e n examinations.
Prerequisites:
instructor.
Time:
Admisslon t o Augsburg N u r s i n g Program o r p e r m i s s i o n o f
Room:
I
O l d Main 13
T h e P h l l o s o p h y o f C. S. L e w i s
PHILOSOPHY 83132
Instructor:
Bruce Reichenbach
Though C. S. Lewis i s w e l l known as a r e l i g i o u s w r i t e r , what he says
develops f r o m s p e c i f i c views about God, man and v a l u e s . Our purpose w i l l
be t o r e a d Lewis w i t h a p h i l o s o p h i c a l eye f o r h i s arguments and presupp o s i t i o n s . Grades w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n , t e s t s and proba b l y some w r i t t e n work.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
June 1981
Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look
a t Some Contemporary Issues
PHILOSOPHY 83250
Instructor:
Kenneth B a i l e y
A popular song says I " T h i s i s t h e dawnTng o f t h e Age o f Aquarfus. " Is
i t ? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, t h e e l e v e n t h s i g n o f t h e Zodjac, symbol i z e s s i m p l i c i t y , peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun
i s a q u e s t i o n . Some a s t r o l o g e r s say i t began as e a r l y as 1930; o t h e r s
t h a t i t i s j u s t dawning, However t h a t may be, i n t h I s course we w i l l
discuss some o f t h e concerns ( e . g . , freedom, m o r a l f t y , hunger) t h a t face
whatever age we may be in, from a p h i l o s o p h i c n l s t a n d p o i n t . Grades wfT1
be based on w r i t t e n t e s t s and c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n .
D i s t r i b u t i o n : Yes
Time:
I1
Room!
01 d Main 1 0
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM125
The Starship Accords
PHYSICS 84180
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85180
Instructors:
Mark Engebretson, Myles Stenshoel
You have been selected to participate i n the establishment of the
f i r s t permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As
one of the colonists, i t will be your duty during f l i g h t to:
A.
FBmil iarize yourself with the environment expected on
any of the several planetary systems thought to be
suitable for colonization. .
B.
Help design a system of governance for the entire
comuni ty
C.
Distribute the necessary tasks and choose the size of the
colony sent to each location.
.
Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and pol i t i c a l theory
will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group
projects.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I
Room:
Music 22
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Solid S t a t e Physics
PHYSICS 84341
Instructor:
Kenneth Erickson
Thls course 1s designed t o provide students o f physics, chemistry,
materials science, electronics and engineerlng with a knowledge of
the basic physfcal concepts important for the understanding of
s o l i d state phenomena. Solfd S t a t e Science i s presently one of the
leading areas of basic and applied research actjvity. By means of
lectures, 1aboratary work and problem s o l v l n g and discussion sessions
i t I s hoped that the student wlll gain a fundamntal working
knowledge o f the subject and a hands-on familiarity w f t h some solid
s t a t e devices and experimental methods. Topics t o be discussed
will include: symoetry and classification o f crystal1 i n e structures;
interatomic bonding, l a t t i c e dynamics, electrons i n metals, superconductivity s semi conductors and t h e die1eeeri c and magnetic
properties of sol ids.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
Physics 121,122, Math 124, 125
Room:
Science 24
26/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Hawali: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
+,,
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85255185355
Instructors:
I. Khin Khin Jenson, Norman C. Noonan
(See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 20.)
*
N e w s p a p e r s and Presidents: A R e s e a r c h P r o j e c t
Analyzing 1980 P r e s i d e n t i a l E l e c t l o n C o v e r , a g e
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85345
Instructor:
M i l d a Hedblom
The New York Times, blashington Post and tos Angeles Times exert a
powerful inftuence over other newspapers and the general publTc In
thalr coverage o f American p r e s l d e n t l a l elections. The purpose of
t h i s course I s t o b e t t e r understand the nature of thefr political
coverage through 5ystemat.lc research. Spec-Ifically, students wfll
cmpl ete a comparative content analysis of the three papers' 1980
general election news columns. Durlng the f i r s t week of the course
we will study the three newspapers' development, focusing on their
unlque r o l e i n Am~ricanpol itjeal journal ism, and praetf ce use o f
the coding system for analyzing thelr new cotumns. Ourlng the
second and t h l r d weeks stuaent will work independently in three
teams, i n consult.at.lon with the instructor, wadfng and analyzing
election coverage i n the three papers. The tern wlll be working
where the newspapers are, for example the Augsburg library, the
Unfversity of Minnesota eriodical POW, or other Twin CltIes
11brarles, The last wee o f the course the whole group will agajn
work t o g e t h e r evaluating the results o f the content analysis.
Students' grades M i l 1 depend upm satisfying indi vldual w p o n slbilities within the group project. Preferred method o f grading
Ss P / h Pass, except by s,peciel arrangement. P o s s i b l e copying Pee,
twenty do11ars maximum, I n 1leu o f textbook charges.
R
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Very strong i n t e r e s t i n a problem o f p o l i t i c a l
j o u r n a l i s m and consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
Time:
I1
Room:
Music 25
T a l k i n g About P s y c h o l o g y and E v e r y d a y L i f e
PSYCHOLOGY 86210
Instructor:
Norman Ferguson
This course w i l l i n v o l v e discussions i n two major areas:
1)
How the p r i n c i p l e s and methods of psychology can be used i n
everyday 1 i f e ( f o r example, l e a r n i n g t o r e l a x , breaking bad
h a b i t s , improving personal r e l a t i o n s h i p s , and d e a l i n g w i t h
anger).
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/27
2)
Controversial issues i n psychology ( f o r example, does TV
violence have any adverse e f f e c t s on s o c i e t y ? ; do r e l i g i o u s
c u l t s use brainwashing t o convert people?)
Each student w i l l be expected t o choose one t o p i c f r o ~ neach o f
these major areas and lead yroup d i s c u s s i o n s on t h d , t t o p i c , A l l
students w i l l be expected t o do assigned readings un the s p e c i f i c
t o p i c s i n advance o f each class so t h a t we1 l -informed discussions
can t a k e place. A l i s t o f 12-15 p o s s j b l e topics Fur each area w i l l
be a v a i l a b l e f r o m the i n s t r t r c t o r p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n .
The main o b j e c t i v e s o f t h e course a r e t o become b e t t e r informed on
psychological issues which have relevance t o d a i l y l i v i n q and t o
develop t h e a b i l i t y t o speak e f f e c t i v e l y ori such issues i n a sn,a11
group s e t t i n g . Evaluation w i l I be based on the q u a l i t y o f c l a s s
presentations, d a i l y c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e discussions, and one short
paper on e i t h e r o f t h e t o p i c s chosen.
Prerequisite:
Time:
Psychology 105
I1
Room:
Psychology 2
' P o p Psych': What's i t all About?
PSYCHOLOGY 86235
Instructor:
L y l a Anderegg
Erroneous zones, body 1anguage, games-pl aying people , T-groups ,
happenings, feelings, l o v i n g a r t s , c r e a t i v e insomnia, c u l t s , speed
reading a r e a l l p a r t o f a surge o f i n t e r e s t i n human behavior.
Are these movements and w r i t i n g s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f psychology today?
Has "pop psych" become such a " h o t - s e l l e r " t h a t s c i e n t i f i c psychology
has disappeared?
What e v a l u a t i o n o f t h i s m a t e r i a l i s being made by professional
psycho1 o g i s t s ?
I s t h i s t h e f i r s t mass a p p l i c a t i o n o f psychological p r i n c i p l e s ?
These a r e some o f t h e questions t o be i n v e s t i g a t e d i n t h e course
t h a t w i l l use t h e seminar format.
Each student w i l l be responsible
f o r s e l e c t i n g several contemporary books t o review and analyze w i t h
respect t o the question s t a t e d i n t h e course t i t l e .
Evaluation by two t e s t s and q u a l i t y o f review and a n a l y s i s o f chosen
references.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I1
Psychology 105 o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r
Room:
Psychology 3
28/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
U s e s o f t h e P e r s o n a l compute^ I n P s y c h o l o g y
PSYCHOLOGY 86241
Instructor:
Richard Marken
See how a personal computer ( t h e Psychology Department's Apple 1I )
can be used as a tool to explore the mind. Learn to write simple
programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure
response time, do s t a t i s t i c a l analyses and model tl~oughtprocesses,
See the f r u i t s of your e f f o r t s i n glorious color on the Apple I I TV
scrr(:rt. Evaluat,ion based on pru(lriran,ing projects and two t e s t s .
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
Room:
I
Psychology 3
Readings in t h e Works of R o b e r t C o l r s
PSYCHOLOGY 86372
Instructor:
Duane Johnson
Robert Coles i s one of America's most widely published writers on
childhood development. Much o f his writing i s based on a participantobserver s t y l e of research. He spends substantial time with particular
persons in various s e t t i n g s (southerners, migrants, sharecroppers,
Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged) and reports
t h e i r l i v e s with s e n s i t i v i t y and with particular attention to, t h e i r
strengths.
This course will provide an opportunity t o read in the works of
Coles with a major focus on conditions under which children develop.
Each student must propose an individual reading l i s t and have i t
approved p r i o r t o the beginning of the interim. Amendments t o the
reading l i s t may be proposed f o r approval during the f i r s t week of
the interim. Each student must contact Dr. Johnson no l a t e r than
December 1 s t f o r a handout providing suggestions and guidelines f o r
reading l i s t development. Expectations will include extensive reading,
regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal and
a short summary paper.
Prerequisites:
Registration:
Time:
I
86105 General Psychology
P/N only
Room:
Music 24
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM129
Study of Religion in t h e Public Schools
3f.Q
RELIGION 87355
Instructor:
Eugene Skibbe
We wjll look b r i e f l y a t the h f s t o r l c a l j n t e r a c t i o n between r e l i g i o n
and government i n p u b l i c education i n the United States. Laws w i l l
be read and analyzed. The problems, resources and teaching m a t e r i a l s
associated w f t h "teaching about re1 i g i o n " i n pub1 i c schools w i l l be
analyzcd and discussed. The t h e o l o g i c a l imp1 i c a t i o n s In t h i s e n t i r e
phenoa~enonw i l l be o f special concern.
Lecture, small group a n a l y s i s and discussion, viewing and c r i t i q u i n g
o f m a t e r i a l s . Two exams, several w r i t t e n / o r a l reports, assigned
reading.
Prerequisite:
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
Room:
I
Music 23
T h e o l o g y of W o r s h i p & L i t u r g y
RELIGION 87369
Instructor:
David Fagerberg
This i s an invest4gation of the theology o f Chrfstlan warship as i t
fs expressed i n the 1 jturgy. By looking a t the 1iturglcal ractlees
of the church i n both baptfsm'and the mass fespecfally In t e f i r s t
three centuries) we will seek t o shed l i g h t on the character of
worship, prayer, the baptismal covenant, sacri Pica, etc. The
aim 3s n o t only to provide an fntroductfon t o I f turglcal studies,
but also t o encourage a Leper personal apprec'lation o f worshtp.
R
E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n as drawn o u t o f t h e
s t u d e n t ' s reading o f core m a t e r i a l , and t h e .student's p r o j e c t - i n
t h e form o f e i t h e r a c l a s s p r e s e n t a t i o n o r a paper.
Prerequisite:
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 11
I I-
C
d
\I
3MAUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981
INTERIM
T r a i n i n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l a n d D r u g A b u s e
SOCIAL WORK 95312
Contact:
Eddie Hertzberg
An i n t e n s i v e e x p e r i e n t i a l and d i d a c t i c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e
i s combined w i t h a week-long experience i n a chemical dependency
treatment agency.
Students a r e evaluated according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n classes,
e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and i n t h e chemical dependency agency.
Enrollment i s very l i m i t e d .
Fees:
$100
Prerequisites:
Time:
Social Work 95257, s o c i a l work major and permission
o f c o n t a c t person
I& I 1
Room:
Johnson I n s t i t u t e , 10700 Olson
Memorial Highway, Minneapolis, MN.
Domestic Violence: Old Phenomena, N e w Attention
SOCIAL WORK 95410
Instructor:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Rosa1i e C l a r k
To understand t h e incidence and prevalence o f domestic v i o l e n c e i n
t h e present.
To understand t h e h i s t o r y o f domestic violence c r o s s - c u l t u r a l l y .
To understand t h e at terns o f domestic violence i n American s o c i e t y .
To understand the consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y system and f o r t h e
broader s o c i e t y : present and f u t u r e .
To g a i n a beginning knowledge o f p o l i c i e s and programs which address
domestic violence.
Content: An overview o f the phenomena o f domestic violence i n c l u d i n g
c o n t r i b u t i n g f a c t o r s , consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y and the broader
s o c i e t y , and p o l i c i e s and programs i n America today which address t h e
issue. Readings, classroom discussions and guest speakers w i l l
provide course content. Course w i l l be p a r t i c u l a r l y h e l p f u l f o r
students i n t h e human s e r v i c e f i e l d .
Procedures and method o f e v a l u a t i o n :
4 course c r e d i t : paper and f i n a l exam
1 course c r e d i t : a d d i t i o n a l major, in-depth paper.
P r e r e q u i s i t e : One course i n psychology, sociology o f f a m i l y o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Time:
I1
Room:
Music 24
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIHl31
F i e l d Work i l l
SOCIAL WORK 95466
Instructor:
Doug Perry
T h i s course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of e d u c a t i o n a l l y focused f i e l d placement
i n a s o c i a l s e r v i c e agency [ F i e l d Work 11). Students w i l l spend 15
hours per week i n f i e l d placement, p l u s one hour per week i n f a c u l t y
f a c i l i t a t e d supportive seminar held on campus. W r i t t e n evaluations
w i l l be made by the F i e l d Work I n s t r u c t o r using p r e v i o u s l y developed
c o n t r a c t and s o c i a l work e v a l u a t i o n forms.
This course
carries
Prerequisites:
Time:
4:OO-5:00
o n l y % course c r e d i t .
F i e l d Work I 1
Room:
Old Main 22
Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparatlve Study of
Amerlcan Western and J a p a n e r e Samurai Films
SOCIOLOGY 94233
I n s t r u c t o r s : J e r r y Gerasimo and John M i t c h e l l
(See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 11 .)
T h e S o c i o l o g y sf G a m b l i n g
SOCIOLOGY 94313
Instructor:
Gordon Nelson
Recent s o c i o l o g i c a l research has looked a t gambling and i t s r e l a t i o n
t o s o c i e t y . What type o f person i s l i k e l y t o gamble? What i s t h e
nature o f t h e work-force i n t h e gambling i n d u s t r y ? I s gambling a
s o c i a l problem o r a s o c i a l b e n e f i t ? These are some o f t h e questions
asked i n published s o c i o l o g i c a l studies. The course w i l l focus on
these studies. Students w i l l be expected t o read and discuss t h i s
m a t e r i a l and t o pass a f i n a l examination. I n a d d i t i o n , i n order t o
observe a gambling s o c i e t y w i t h i n a l e g a l i z e d s e t t i n g , t h e course w i l l
i n c l u d e a f i e l d t r i p t o Las Vegas. Cost o f t h e f i e l d t r i p ( t r a v e l
and lodging) w i l l be approximately $200.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r
Room:
Old Main 22
32/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Discussion and D e b a t e
SPEECH 98112/98312
Instructor:
Ray Anderson
Discussion and debate w i l l be studied as phases of the cooperative
problem-solving process embracing i n q u i r y and advocacy. The i n q u i r y
phase w i l l i n c l u d e consideration o f both c r e a t i v e t h i n k i n g and
c r i t i c a l t h i n k i n g w i t h emphasis on ways o f working w i t h groups t o
achieve e f f e c t i v e use o f both c r e a t i v e and c r i t i c a l methods o f
problem-sol ving.
Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be varied. There w i l l be brainstorming sessions
i n v o l v i n g various techniques; t h e r e w i l l be round-table discussions
using t h e Dewey thought process; t h e r e w i l l be debates using various
formats, and o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s . Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e a c t i v e l y
every day.
Evaluation wi 11 p e r t a i n t o d a i l y p a r t i c i p a t i o n , examinations on
readings and l e c t u r e s , b u t c h i e f l y on t h e q u a l i t y o f student performance
i n discussions and debates.
Students t a k i n g t h e course f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t w i l l have
a d d i t i o n a l reading and w r i t i n g assignments.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
A beginning speech course i s h i g h l y desirable.
Yes
I1
Room:
Old Main 13
Story T h e a t e r (Children's T h e a t e r )
SPEECH 98285
Instructor:
Ailene Cole
This c l a s s w i l l improvise, produce, and perform a c h i l d r e n ' s play.
Whatever i s needed - s c r i p t , costumes, props, 1i g h t s , scenery, music,
dance - w i l l be created and executed by the class. Performances a r e
scheduled f o r t h e f i n a l week.
Time:
9:30
1:00
-
12:OO
3:OO
Room:
Stage 11, Old Music
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM133
I n t e r c u l t u r a l Communication
SPEECH 98331
Instructor:
Joel Mugge
This course will explore both the problems and the potential of
communication between persons of different cultural groups. We will
examine several factors which contribute t o comunication barriers
between cultures such a s ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role
expectations, values, and non-verbal symbols. The format of the
course will include simulations, group exercises, one-to-one and small
group interaction, and other intercultural experiences a s well as
readings, lectures, and written assignments. I t i s hoped t h a t there
will be students from several cultural groups in the c l a s s , so t h a t
the class i t s e l f will be a laboratory for practicing comunication
between cultures.
The course i s particularly recommended f o r students planning t o study
o r travel abroad.
-
Evaluation will be based on exams, papers, and an individual project.
Freshmen may register only w i t h permission of instructor.
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 18
34lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Other Courses
These c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t t t u t i o n s o r groups n o t connected w i t h
Augsburg b u t have been approved f o r c r e d i t by t h e C o l l e g e . Most c a r r y
a t u i t i o n c o s t p l u s o t h e r expenses w h i c h a r e t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f t h e
s t u d e n t . F u l l e r d e , s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g l s t e r i n g a r e a v a i l a b l e
i n t h e Interim Office.
10163
B a s i c Spinning, W e a v i n g , a n d D y e i n g
O f f e r e d by t h e Weavers G u i l d o f M i n n e s o t a .
-
Tuition
$159.
551 06
S k i l n t e r l m (Park C i t y , U t a h )
Comprehensive program w i t h l e s s o n s and seminars f o r a l l f r o m
n o v i c e s t o e x p e r t s . Package f e e o f approximate1 y $844 i n c l u d e s
e v e r y t h i n g e x c e p t meals and t r a n s p o r t a t i o n t o Utah. C o n t a c t
Joyce P f a f f (330-1248) f o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and r e g i s t r a t i o n .
58120
W i l d e r n e s s (A branch o f Plymouth C h r i s t i a n Youth C e n t e r )
Three c o u r s e s a t t h e PCYC base on t h e edge o f t h e Boundary
Waters Canoe Area i n N o r t h e r n Minnesota, n e a r Grand M a r a i s .
85399
Washington Interim
A s t u d y i n t e r n s h i p p r o g r a n i n Washington, D.C. i n c o n n e c t i o n
w i t h t h e Washington Center f o r L e a r n i n g A l t e r n a t i v e s . I n f o r m a t i o n on p r o j e c t s , h o u s i n g and f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e i s a v a i l a b l e
f r o m Dr. Norma Noonan i n Memorial 113.
95312
T r a l n l n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l and D r u g A b u s e
-
I n t e n s i v e e x p e r l e n t ? a1 and d i d a c t j c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i
t u t e combined w i t h week-1 ong e x p e r i e n c e i n chemical dependency
t r e a t m e n t agency, S t u d e n t s a r e e v a l u a t e d according t o p a r t i c i
p a t i o n i n c l a s s e s , e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and I n t h e chemical
dependency agency. E n r o l l m e n t i s v e r y l i m i t e d .
-
S o c i a l Work 95257, s o c i a l work m a j o r and p e r m i s s i o n o f c o n t a c t
person, E d d i e H e r t z b e r g , a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Cost i s $100.
98251
PeacemakingIPIaymaking:
A n Experience w i t h C o m m u n l t
a maa t i c l i t e r a D r darm
A s t u d y o f f o r m s o f revelation i n B i b l i c a and
t u r e ( E u r i pedes , Shakespeare, Ibsen, inter) , supplemented by
Y
workshops i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , I m p r o v i s a t i o n , and a c t i n g .
Communal l i v i n g p r o v i d e s a n i n f o r m a l s e t t i n g t o e x p l o r e t h e
n a t u r e o f p l a y and i t s f u n c t i o n I n f o r m i n g j u s t and c r e a t i v e
i d e n t i t i e s . The setting i s t h e ARC r e t r e a t cornmuni t y n e a r
Cambridge, Minnesota. Mornings w i l l be s p e n t i n l e c t u r e and
discussion, and a f t e r n o o n s In workshop s e s s i o n s focused on t h e
i n v e n t i o n o f games. E v a l u a t i o n based on i n d i v i d u a l p r e s e n t a t i o n s
and e x t e n s i v e j o u r n a l . I n s t r u c t e d by R i c h a r d H a r r i s o n and memb e r s o f t h e ARC community (Augsburg c o n t a c t p e r s o n
J o e l Mugge).
Course r u n s f r o m January 5-29 a t a c o s t o f $285.
-
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM135
Lifetime Sports
The f o l l o w i n g a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o students d u r i n g i n t e r i m .
They do n o t c a r r y o f f i c i a l c r e d i t , b u t they do meet t h e l i f e - t i m e
s p o r t s requirement f o r graduation. Students may p a r t i c i p a t e i n any
one o f these w i t h o u t r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h e course, b u t w i l l be
expected t o pay any fees whether-or n o t c r e d i t i s received.
F o l k Dancing
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002
Instructor:
Time:
E r n i e Anderson
12:OO-1: 00 Monday through Friday
Running
Room:
Melby
- A Positive Addiction
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002
Instructor:
Joyce P f a f f
Students w i l l be developing and p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n a running program
designed t o get and keep them i n shape. The c l a s s w i l l be
i n d i v i d u a l i z e d t o t h e a b i l i t y and endurance l e v e l o f each p a r t i c i p a n t .
There w i l l be no w r i t t e n t e s t s o r o u t s i d e assignments. D a i l y
attendance i s required. Students must be w i l l i n g t o r u n outside.
Time:
12:OO-1:00
(meets :an.
12-30)
Room:
Me1by
Beginning K a r a t e and S e l f - D e f e n s e
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002
Instructor:
Mike Teitelbaum
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o "American" Karate. Form, Basic Techniques, and
p r a c t i c a l usage w i l l be t a u g h t by c e r t i f i e d MKA Black B e l t I n s t r u c t o r .
Fees:
$20.00 f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n
Time:
12:OO-1:00
Monday, Wednesday, F r i d a y
36/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Room:
Me1by
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1983 Interim Catalog
2/1 nterim
POSTMASTER
Volume 113, Number 4
Winter I982
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M ... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1983 Interim Catalog
2/1 nterim
POSTMASTER
Volume 113, Number 4
Winter I982
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly
intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning
and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan t o spend the same
amount of time i n class and preparing for class as they w o u l d for a four course load during
Fall and Spring semesters.
Calendar for Full Credit Courses
.............................................
..................................................
November 8-11
Interim Registration
December 6 ............................................Late Interim Registration
January 3..
First Day of Interim
Class 19:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
Last day for cancel/add
January 4 . .
January 17..
Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
January 21.. ............................ Last day for withdrawing from full courses
January 28.. ....................................................... Interim ends
..............................................
.................
Calendar for Half Credit Courses
January 3.. ............................... First group of half credit courses begins
January 4 . . ............................. .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses
January 10..
Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
January 12..
Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
First group of half credit courses ends
January 14..
January 17..
Second group of half credit courses begins
January 18.. ............................ .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses
January 24. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
January 26..
January 28..
Interim ends
.........
......................
................................
...........................
......................
.......................................................
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the
first day of class.
4/l nterim
Essential Information
One course i s considered a full time load during interim and no student i s permitted to
register for more than one course credit during the period.
There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have
the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the
P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three
must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment
at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one
interim for graduation.)
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the
end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are
available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may register for one of the Lifetime
Sports listed on the last page.
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Options
June Interim - At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1983 session of
summer school (see listings under Biology and Education) in lieu of January term, with no
additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect a June interim must register at the time
of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the
January one will be required to pay the regular summer course tuition.
International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the six overseas
interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1983. These interims are under the
following departments:
Art - Europe: Art in London and Paris
Foreign Language - Mexico: Basic Conversational Spanish
- Europe: The Rhine Frontier
History - Hawaii: Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
Music - Europe: Music in London and Paris
Political Science - Mexico: Theories of Social Change and Revolution
Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St. Olaf College.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the Interim
Office and from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20.
Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the
International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be
made after that date.
Internships - Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship
learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November
16. Contract forms are available in the same office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study
(upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or
directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
A. Meet departmental requirements,
B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved
by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week
before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can
be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution
which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in
the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at
other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at
Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at
other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted
as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects
courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim
without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition
to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special
fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $670 for the interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the lnterim
Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own
school. These students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Augsburg Policy
Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all the
rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at
the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic
origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230),
The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or
The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192.
6/l nterim
Courses
-
16mm Film-Making I Film-Making I1
ART 242 - 4002,342 - 4005
Instructor: Paul Rusten
The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication.
Using professional 16mm equipment, students in teams will produce short black and white
synchronized sound motion pictures.
Students who have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within the same class schedule and timeframe as Film-Making I.
Fees: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental
Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 17
Life Drawing
ART 247 - 4001
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted i n various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of
time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half.
You will be introduced to the 2B and 48 pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels.
Fees: $20.00 to be paid on the first day of class.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I........ Room: O M 17
Europe January 3 - 28
Art in London and Paris
ART 378 - 4006
Instructor: Mary Swanson
This course will study art in the collections of museums in London and Paris. Stylistic,
historical and sociological perspectives will be emphasized in viewing artwork in museums,
galleries and architectural landmarks. Lectures will be given before visiting each museum so
that students will become acquainted with major works i n each collection. Students will keep
a journal on designated major works in each museum or gallery collection noting style,
function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish to emphasize a certain period in the history of art.
Fees: $1995
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Human Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 103 - 4009
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
This is a one-term course used by nursing students, physical education students and others
who would like to be more knowledgeable about the human body and how it works.
Although the course is as thorough as is possible in one term, there are no science
prerequisites.
I n addition to a systematic study, various questions stimulate discussion and individual study.
Questions relating to product advertising and good nutritional principles, "fad diets," muscle
development and exercise, and many others will arise throughout the course.
The area of Anatomy is dealt with primarily i n the laboratory portion and Physiology in the
lecture portion. About 40 hours are used in each, the laboratory and the lecture room.
Time: Summer Interim.. . . . . . . Room: 5213 lecture, S214 lab
Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences
BIO 106 - 4113
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
W e are Iivlng in a period of biological revolurlon whfrh scemr llkely to contlnuc. Many of the
d ~ v ~ l a p m e n twill
r , increasingly result in drarnaric changes in cthiral thinking and the
forrnularion of puhtic policy. Questions such as these musr be eflectivefy addre~ced:What
are the rights o( r h unhorn?
~
Shfiulrl hiwlogists he allowed to work on any typc of research no
matter where i t leads? Does the irlea of a moral responslhility toward the environment make
sense? What ethical and social problems would arise as a resull of cloning people? IS
recombinant DNA research likely to rrcate more p r o h l ~ m than
s
II soTves?Is euthanasia ever
justllledl Ir Is intended rhat ihrs courseshould provide a! leas! a small part of the hackground
necessary to answer such questions and make responciblr: ethical choices.
Each topic will he introduced by the instrucrar or a guest, but much of the class time will be
spent discussing assigned readings and various viewpoints. Formulation of a brief position
paper on one of thr! issues will be required. Grades will be based on the paper, class
participation and examination results.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I... . . . Room: 5 205
..
8/l nterim
Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind
BIO 110 - 4010
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
Where did I come from? What am I ?Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more
fundamental questions which intrigue and torment members of our species. While at one
level we seek philosophical and religious answers, biology is invoked at another level. It i s the
intent of this course to address these questions and others through the study of evolution and
heredity (genetics). The concept of organic evolution continues to have its critics, a matter
which we shall consider. Yet to the vast majority of biologists the evolution of life i s not only
accepted but is regarded as the single most significant contribution which biology has made
to human knowledge. We will study the evidence in support of evolution, the proposed
mechanisms of the evolutionary process, and, as time permits, the course of evolution from
primitive forms to humans. Some principles of genetics will be studied for the primary
purpose of making it possible to understand evolutionary mechanisms. Ways in which people
influence their own evolution and that of other species will be discussed.
Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and
tests.
Prerequisites: A high school general biology course
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Room: 205
Time: I . .
......
Immunology
BIO 386 - 4011
Instructor: Neal Thorpe
A study of the immune system, emphasizing antibody structure and function, cell-mediated
immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology.
immunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated.
Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations.
Prerequisites: BIO 111,112
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S205
Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry
CHM 113 - 4014
Instructor: Earl Alton
way of learning
Finding which chemicals are I n a solutlon (qualltatlve analysis) Is a challengrn~
some principles of chemisrrj. This course will use laharntory experiments coupled with an
essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemistry Involved to provid~a n introduction to chemistry. The laboratory work will center on solving chemical unknowns. There will
be several lecture-discussion r~sslonseach weck and about three hours of laboratory ~ a c h
day. Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes.
Prerequisites: High School Chemistry
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: This class will meet January 3 at 12:30. Thereafter it will meet as follows:
Lectures - 12:30 - 1:30 T,Th,F
Lab
- 8:30 -11:30 T,Th,F
- 1:30 - 4:30 T,Th..
Room: S 318
......
Physical Chemistry For The Life Sciences
CHM 301 - 4015
Instructor: Richard D. Olmsted
Objectives: The object of this course is to provide a working knowledge of basic physical
chemistry to students whose primary academic interests lie in the life sciences. This course
will provide a sound development of physical chemistry based on physical ideas and will use
only the minimum mathematical treatment of the material that will enable students to use
their new knowledge to solve relevant biochemical problems.
Topics Covered: Properties of matter and molcculrs, energy changes in chemical reactions,
entropy and the d i r e d o n of chemical change, f r ~ eenergy, chemical equilibrium and
chemical driving forces, equilibria in chrmlcal and biological systems, physlcal ~ q ~ l i l i h rand
ia
membrane phenomena. rates of transport processes, rates of ch~mit.alreaction, rcaction
mechanisms, rpraroscopy and quantum mechanics, molecules in crystals dnd molecular
structures.
Evaluation: Each student will be assigned a grade based on performance on in-class
examinations.
Prerequisites: 1 term Organic Chemistry, 1 term of Calculus
Time: I. ....... Room: S 318
Microeconomics Applied To Managerial Problems
ECO 451 - 4013
Instructor: Satya P. Gupta
I n teaching microeconomics most of the emphasis i s on developing the theoretical tools with
some scattered applications. This course, assuming the basic understanding of microeconomic tools, will concentrate on applying price theory to specific business decisions.
Grades will be based on one report and an examination.
Prerequisites: ECO 251 or Instructor's consent
Room: L 1
Time: 1 1 . .
......
Discovery in the World
of Kindergarten
EDE 375 - 4018
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course i s a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and
materials and a review of teaching approaches.
Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is t o be arranged by
the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have
taken place prior t o the course itself.
The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Time: Summer Interim.. ...... Room: to be announced
l O / l nterim
Theories of Learning Disabilities
EDE 383 - 4016, EDS 383 - 4017
Instructor: Barry Franklin
This course will examine the principal theories that have been advanced during the past 80
years t o explain the nature, causes, and treatments for learning disabilities. I n examining
these theories we will look at the behavioral charactCristics, methods of diagnosis, relationship between behavior and brain involvement, and treatment approaches advocated by
major theorists and practitioners in the field.
The course requirements include two take-home essay examinations and a short paper in
which the student will examine the work of a major theorist of the field. There will be a
number of field trips to look at representative learning disabilities programs in the Twin
Cities.
This course can be used as an elective in the special education minor. I t is designed for
students in education, psychology, social work, nursing, music therapy and corrective
therapy who anticipate working with handicapped individuals who exhibit learning and/or
behavioral disabilities.
Prerequisites: A general psychology course or consent of the instructor.
Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 11
Student Teaching
EDS 481 - 4023 EDC 481 - 4019
EDS 482 - 4024 EDC 482 - 4020
EDS 483 - 4025 EDC 483 - 4021
EDS 484 - 4026 EDC 484 - 4022
Instructor: Marie McNeff
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school
personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Grading: P/N only
Room: L 6
Time: I . .
......
People Under Pressure
ENG 211 - 4027
Instructor: Barbara Andersen
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social,
religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the
focus for the course. This is not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress
often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and
even wit.
We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually
covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who
Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name i s Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright,
Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea;
Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I
Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works
to read.
Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports
(optional) and two examinations.
Distribution: English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 10
The American Short Story
ENG 241 - 4028
Instructor: Toni Clark
This course will feature films from the PBS series, The American Short Story. We will read the
seventeen stories comprising this series as well as numerous others from the American
Renaissance t o the present. Short fiction by women and men will be read. There will be a fee
of approximately $10 for films.
Evaluation will be based on class discussion, quizzes, papers and exams.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
Time : I . . ...... Room: M 2 2
Literature Performed in the Twin Cities
ENG 269 - 4029,369 - 4030
Instructor: Richard B. Sargent
During January, we will attend a selection of the many plays and readings presented in the
Twin Cities. The emphasis will be on theater, but we will also attend poetry readings and prose
readings at places suc.h as the Loft and the Walker. We will be attending plays at theaters such
as the Guthrie, Actors' Theatre of St. Paul, Playwrights' Lab, and the Rarig. Students will keep
a journal of responses. Students will be responsible for paying for tickets, but we will take
advantage of group rates whenever feasible. We will have group discussion of performances,
and will be meeting with actors, directors, and writers for after-performance discussions.
There will be a few assigned readings. Those taking the course for upper division credit will
be expected to do an additional research paper.
Fees: Approximately $30 for tickets for plays and readings.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11
Five College Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction)
ENG 362 - 4097
Instructor: Jonis Agee, The College of St. Catherine
We will work to discover the necessary relationship between form and content, language and
narration, and character and voice, and to develop the special discipline that writing fiction
requires. We will attend some readings in the area by visiting writers. The format will be a
workshop, in which we will share what we read, what we write, and what we dream.
Participation i n this workshop will be limited to three Augsburg students who will be
selected on the basis of short manuscripts of fiction to be submitted to Toni Clark by
November 1. Contact Professor Clark (L 215, ext. 1053) for further details.
Time: 11.. ...... Room: at College of St. Catherine, to be announced
12/l nterim
Europe: January 3 - 28
The Rhine Frontier:
Germany Meets Rome and France
GER 333 - 4032
Instructor: Donald Steinmetz
I
Since Roman times, the lands along the Rhine have been one of the most significant frontier
areas of Europe. Here German and Roman cultures clashed and mixed. Here modern
Germany and France have their roots i n the empire of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and
gothic architecture flourished in the Middle Ages. Here Germans and French fought in three
recent wars. It is such events which have shaped life and left so many monuments between
the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the history of this area on
location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the
battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The
course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Trier i s
ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating
from Roman times to the present, and important historical sites of five countries are less than
100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to
the student's entering level of competence.
Cost: $1690
Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent
Distribution: Foreign Language
Beginning Norwegian
Nor 111 - 4033
Instructor: Leif Hansen
The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and
writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class
sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but
oral expression i s emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work
expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Nor 311 - 4034
Instructor: Leif Hansen
Intensive practice in spoken Norweg~anwith emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field
experience required.
Prerequisites: 211 or equivalent
Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . Room: O M 29
.
Mexico: January 3 - 27
Basic Conversational Spanish
SPA 113 - 4031
Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley
Basic Conversational Spanish Is designed for students who have already covered the structures of the present, preterite. and imperfect tenses and arc ready to put their knowledge to
use on the scene in Mexico. There will he regular in-classsessions, small group conversations,
as well as a great d ~ aol l opportunity to use Spanish aclively and passively in conducting
Interviews, shopping, attending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month.
Grading will be based on class participation, quizzes, and a final exam which will be written
and oral. Original materials will be used as the text.
Basic Conversational Spanish and Theories of Social Change and Revolution (see Political
Science) will have the same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all the students will
be encouraged to take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot
of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions.
Cost: $1195
Prerequisites: Spanish Ill or 2 years of high school Spanish
Distribution: Foreign Language for those needing 112 or 211.
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232 -4076
Instructor: Staff
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is
based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time:ll -Jan. 3-13... . . . . . Room: Melby
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
HPE 410 - 4036
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional
journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: Health 320
Time: I . .. . . . . . Room: Melby I3
14/l nterim
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE475 -4035
Instructor: Al Kloppen
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures.
Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I -Jan. 3 13.. . . . Room: Melby 12
-
.. .
Coaching of Basketball
HPE477-4078
Instructor: Dave Boots
Theory, techniques and administration of coaching men's and women's basketball. Course
will include off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based
on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation.
There will be some out of class night work.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I l -Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby I 3
Coaching of Hockey
HPE478-4079
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 24
Paris in the Nineteenth Century
HIS 114 - 4037
Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist
The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's
a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city
which in the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any
other, one could make a good case for Paris. In this course we will study the history of that
city i n one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about
France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to
the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources
for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this
century i n some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of
historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future
trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar
(discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There
will be a final exam.
Distribution: History-Philosophy: Urban
Time: 11.. . . . . Room: O M 23
..
20th Century South Asia
HIS 162 - 4038
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from
this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most
renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger
illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in
non-western subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be i n a
wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures,
time for discussion and freauent breaks for slide ~resentations.
Grades will be based on geAeral level of participation, on some written work and probably a
test.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: L1
Hawaii January 3 - 27
Hawaii: A Laboratory
of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
HIS 240 - 439,340 - 440
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
Observation and study of Asian (Japanese, Chinese, Korean and Philippine), Polynesian
(Hawaiian and Samoan) and Caucasian cultures interacting i n the 50th state. Focus on
historical traditions, immigration patterns, religious heritage, educational experiences, commercial ventures, the media, cultural activities and current issues. Field trips include visits to
the Polynesian Cultural Center, Pearl Harbor-Arizona Memorial, lolani Palace & Bishop
Museum, Buddhist-Taoist Temple, East-West Center at the University of Hawaii, the Hawaiian
City of Refuge in Kona area, and visits with community leaders of varying ethnic backgrounds
in Hilo and Honolulu.
Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips,
lectures and discussion sessions (including pre-interim orientations). Students will keep a
daily journal. There will be required readings.
Cost: $1895
Prerequisites: Upper division-sophomore standing and consent of instructor.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Grading: P/N only
16/l nterim
The Minnesota Political Tradition
HIS 356 - 4041
Instructor: Carl Chrislock
An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present.
Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture.
Procedures will be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assigned and optional readings,
a term paper or book reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual
aids (transparencies of political cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations
with Minnesota governors, slides) will be used; and an effort to recruit outside speakers with
political experience will be made.
Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor.
Room: M 22
Time: 11..
......
Being and Becoming Well in American Culture
INS 265 - 4043,365 - 4044
Instructor: Ronald Palosaari
Within our culture are forces, patterns, and conditions that contribute to our degree of well
being. During January we will examine American culture trying to understand better some of
those factors that influence our wellness, to use the current popular term.
We will also consider the current wellness movement, examining its impact on American
culture and individually determine what it has to offer.
To take this class, one does not have to eat granola, seaweed, and brown rice nor run five
miles a day: One will be expected to walk or run regularly to class, to read several books and
articles, and to write some short papers. Those taking the class for upper division credit will
be expected to go up steps two at a time and write more extensive papers.
We may take a few field trips in the Twin Cities and one trip to outstate Minnesota. I expect
students to arrange any work schedule if necessary for such trips.
Room: O M 25
Time: I..
......
South Africa: Historical Mirrors,
Economic Laagers and the color Spectrum
INS 270 - 4045
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
The goal of the course is to provide a multi-faceted encounter with a complex, fragmented,
yet culturally familiar society. Approximately one week will be devoted to each of the
following topics. I n what ways does the South African experience mirror the American
experience; how do the economic policies of South Africa shape its relations to its economic
satellites and Africa as a whole; what roles do the church, education and athletics have in
molding a multi-cultural society?
The course will be conducted largely in seminar format. During the last three weeks students
will conduct relevant research and make presentations to the class, both individually and in
groups. Academic work will be assessed through tests and evaluation of class presentations.
Room: M 23
Time: I . .
......
Perspectives on the Humanities: The City in
American History, Literature and the Arts, 1865-1914
INS 275 - 4042
Instructor: Grier Nicholl
Rapid industrialization and the growth of cities between the Civil War and World War I
generated significant responses from American writers of fiction and poetry, painters,
photographers and architects.
How did the interpretations of major writers and artists compare to actual historical
developments of the city and technology in the period? What similarities and differences can
be discovered in the ideas, values, and attitudes reflected in literary and artistic responses to
industrialization? The course will examine these and other interdisciplinary questions to lead
the student toward an integrative perspective on the humanities.
Activities in the course will include active participation by urban and art historians; small
group discussions of selected poems of Walt Whitman, selected short stories of Stephen
Crane, and two controversial novels-Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton Sinclair's
The jungle; lecture and slide presentations on painting and architecture; and visits to the
Minneapolis Institute of Arts to view prints and photographs of the city during this period.
There will be three tests and individual oral presentations of projects.
Distribution: Urban
Time: I . . . . . . . Room: O M 21
.
Brush Up
MAT 103 - 4093
Instructor: Bev Durkee
This course is designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills for students
scoring I on the Mathematics Placement examination. The course will be particularly helpful
for students in elementary education or who will be taking statistics as part of a major. Part of
the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests to determine study
needs, homework assignments to gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine
achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely
individualized.
Prerequisites: Mathematics Placement Examination score I.
Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: S 108
18/l nterim
An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models
MAT 136 - 4047,336 - 4048
Instructor: Henry Follingstad
An exploration of math-retated ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluat~s
present "scientlflt dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic model5 of earth, life, and
mankind. New Space-Agr: dara, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show
inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and t h ~ i links
r
to
geology, biology, and the humanities.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern
impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which
have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is
required in one of six major areas discussed.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present
oral summaries of their papers.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 22
Pattern Processing Through Pascal Programming
MAT 144 - 4049
Instructor: Larry Copes
I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal
language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be
examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test
conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small
group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written
reports.
Prerequisites: Group I l l (formerly A) score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination.
(See instructor if you have not taken this examination.)
Distribution: Math-Physics
Time: I . . ...... Room: S 112
Memorization for Musicians
MUS 151 - 4053, 351 - 4054
Instructor: lames D. Johnson
Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived
from the harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and formal analysis of the music under study. For
instrumentalists and vocalists.
Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and
do more memory work away from their instruments.
Prerequisites: Basic music study
Distribution: Music-Art
Time: I.. ...... Room: M 4
Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy
MUS 167 - 4051
367 - 4052
REL 364 - 4086
Instructors: Larry Fleming
Philip A. Quanbeck
The 500th anniversary of the blrth of Martin I-uther provides thc impetus for this FTOSSdidplinary offerlng focusing on thcrhape of the liturgy in t h r reformation and the historical.
theolo~icaland musicological background out nf which the Mass In R minor by I. S. Bach
emergps. Plenary sessions will be addrrsscd by Charles Anderson, Larry Flemlng, and Philip
(Suanheck. Stuttents may elect e i t h ~ one
r
of the supplernenlary group sessions.
1. Musico!ngiral - Baroque p~rformancepracrice, contras~lngMass seftings, t e ~ t l ~foreal
runners will be sti~diedtogether with detailed musical enrl theological analysis of the
complete score with instrumental and choral realization.
2. Religion - The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and
theological background of the reformation and the renaissance.
This course may not be used toward a music major.
Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require
additional work.
Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion
Music - consent of instructor
Time: 11.. . .. . .. Room: M 23
Europe January 3 - 28
Music in London and Paris
MUS 378 - 4045
Instructor: Robert Karlen
rt
These two great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience
the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Franck,
Berlioz, and Stravinsky.
Performances ro be attended will include oprrctra, baller, chamber music, and symphonic
concerts hy leading orchee~ralensernbl~s.There will be opportunities to attend worrhip
services in the magnificent catherlralc of there rwo rap~lalcllfer. L@cturcsdesrxihing the
special sljinillcancc of the music ro h c heard, and p r o v i d i n ~importani hackgrai~ndinformation, wil/ h~ supplemenred by visits lo museums and libraries to see r o l l e c t i o n ~of
historical musical instriimrntr and view manuscript srorez or famous composers,
Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities,
four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination.
Cost: $1995
Distribution: Art-Music
Grading: P/N only
20/l nterim
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330 - 4055,330 - 4091
Instructors: Nancy Malcolm, Helen Woelfel
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends
and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial,
are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care.
Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations.
Prerequisites: Registered Nurse
Time: I or 4-8 p.m.. ....... Room: O M 12
Philosophy of Love
-
PHI 145 4056
Instructor: M . L. Fuehrer
This course presents an analysis of the four types of human love, seeking to locate their place
in human experience. Certain key writings of philosophers and works of literature will be
analyzed with this objective in mind. Evaluation will be based on written essay examination.
There will be a very small fee to cover film expenses.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Room: O M 22
Time: I..
......
1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities
Science Minimester
PHY 322 1 4057
Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson
A study of nuclear radiation detection and measurement with emphasis on applications in the
sciences and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will
consist of (1) introductory work on nuclear radiation physics at Augsburg, (2) participation in
the 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student will study
nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, radioecology, environmental radiation, health physics, and radiation safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program
back at Augsburg. Student's performance evaluation based on laboratory performance,
laboratory record, and formal laboratory reports on selected experiments.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional
Training programs. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing
the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
The estimated cost for transportation and housing i s $275.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112
Special Functions and their Applications
in the Physical Sciences
PHY 327 - 4058
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering
dlsdplinc~because of the high d e w ~ eof symmetry they can rppresent. This course will
acquainf the studcnl wlth three cijtegories of functions and ihelr applications: Legendre
polynomiats and spherical harmonics, Fourier serie~and rransforms, and functions of a
cnmpl~wvahable. High resolut~ongraphics using the T e k t r o n i ~1051 Graphic Computer will
hr u w d t o enhance underslanding of I h r syrnm~trtcsinvolvrd.
Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project.
Prerequisites: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent
Time: I... . . . . . Room: O M 21
The Supreme Court and the Supreme Being
POL 177-4060
Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel
A n analytical case study approach to the Supreme Court's role as policy-maker, constitutional
interpreter and political subsystem, using the Court's church-state decisions from 1940 to
1983 as substantive focus.
Objectives of the class will be to help students (1) understand the political nature of the
American judicial system; (2) achieve competency in the analysis and criticism of original
SOUFCPS, I.e., judicial opinions and decisions; and (3) recognize the complexity of constitutional interprrtation and the interplay of values, precedents, personalities and interests in the
development of constitutional law.
Teaching methods will include lecture, library research, class presentations and discussions.
Evaluations will be based on (1) brief research reports, (2) quizzes and (3) class participation.
Prerequisites: None, other than freshman or sophomore status.
Distribution: Political Science-Economics
Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . Room: M 24
.
22/l nterim
Mexico: January 3 - 27
Theories of Social Change
and Revolution
POL 383-4059
Instructor: M u l f o r d Q. Sibley
This will be a course which surveys modern conceptions of social and political change and
revolution. Beginning with the European background i n days immediately after the French
Revolution, it will consider such theories as those of the utopian socialists, anarchists, liberals,
Tolstoyans, and Marxists. Particular attention will be devoted t o the place of economic factors
i n social change. Hobson's theory of imperialism, as well as Lenin's, will be considered.
Malthusians and neo-Malthusians, with their population and resources conceptions, will
occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and East-West tensions will
constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. I s violence compatible
with democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of non-violent revolution?
During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context
of Latin America i n general and of Mexico in particular.
Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal.
Theories of Social Change and Revolution and Basic Conversational Spanish (see Foreign
Languages) will have the same itinerary (Mexico City, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all students
will be encouraged t o take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses.
A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions.
Cost: $1195
Distribution: Political Science-Economics
Grading: P/N only
U.S. Foreign Policy Today: Comparative Perspectives
POL 495 - 4084
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
This course will analyze current U.S. foreign policy problems i n two strategic regions: the
Middle East and the Caribbean. Course objectives include:
A. Examining central aspects of U.S. policy in what i s called the North-South dimension of
world politics. For this objective we will look at both (1) the dilemmas for U.S. policy makers
who must relate American interests in Third World countries within U.S. global strategy and
(2) the tensions created within Third World societies as their governments attempt modernization and simultaneously face the geopolitical concerns of the superpowers.
B. Employing comparative case study methods to analyze how U.S. policy instruments are
used i n two different regions of the world.
The course content will highlight recent debates over U.S. grand strategy, briefly review the
evolution of policies in selected Caribbean and Middle Eastern countries, analyze regional
changes which pose new problems for American policy makers, and evaluate current policy
recommendations.
Students will work in a dual capacity as individual decision-makers and as members of foreign
policy teams. Extensive reading will be required during the first 2/3 of the course. Students
will prepare briefing books on one country in each of the two regions. They will also present
an oral summary of their policy evaluations and will submit a final paper detailing how they
would implement their recommendations.
Prerequisites: One previous course i n international politics or comparative politics (e.g. POL
158 or 160); otherwise see instructor or department chair.
Distribution: Political Science or Economics
Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 24
. .
The Psychology of Personal Adjustment
PSY 101 - 4061
Instructors: Norm Ferguson, Linda Rodgers
The objectives of this course are to explore some of the basic principles of psychology and to
see how they may be used in coping with important life issues. The content of the course will
include topics such as: dealing. with success & failure, experiencing loss & grief, and
developing personal independence, intimacy, & values. Class time will be devoted mainly to
the discussion of issues such as these in small groups. Active participation by each student i s
expected along with the sharing of relevant individual experiences. Evaluation will be based
on class participation and one individual project or paper.
This course may not besubstituted for Psychology 105 for students pursuing a major or minor
in psychology.
Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Grading: P/N only
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: P 1
24/l nterim
The Male Jail
PSY 286 - 4062,386 - 4096
Instructor: Lyla Anderegg
A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of
serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was
a real man."
A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the
American Male, circa 1982.
Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of
materials, added involvement in the community.
Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information
gathering and written test.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology for upper division status.
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2
Learning
PSY 357 - 4063
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
Learning concepts, behavior change principles, skills and issues. Psychology of instruction.
Projects involving applications (e.g. student skills) and tests evaluate student learning.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology, or consent of instructor.
Time: I . . ...... Room: P 2
Theology of Play, Games and Sport
REL 328 - 4064
Instructor: John Benson
There is nothing more familiar to us than play, games and sports. We are all involved with one
or more of them almost daily. Yet, there is usually little understanding of the human
significance of these commonplaces of experience. Philosophers of culture like Weiss and
Huizinga, however, together with sociologists like Caillois and psychologists like Bern have
helped us to see some of the deeper meanings of these things we usually take for granted. At
the same time, theologians concerned with cultural questions such as this have added their
contributions. Rahner, Miller, Pieper and Novak have helped us to see that religion itself has
a "play" structure.
I n the lectures, all of the above thinkers will be dealt with. And in the small groups two books,
one by Caillois, and the other by Novak, will be read and carefully discussed. Several special
preparations will be required as well, related to special discussions. An example of such a
special discussion i s the problem of the relation between the game proper and the
"intimidation game" that goes on within it at the same time. Such a problem can be shown to
have far reaching implications into many other areas of life as well as games.
Prerequisites: One course in Religion
Distribution: Religion
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 10
Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy
REL 364 - 4086
MUS 167 - 4051
367 - 4052
Instructors: Philip A. Quanbeck
Larry Fleming
The 500th anniversary of the birth of Martin Luther provides the impetus for this crossdisciplinary offering focusing on the shape of the liturgy in the reformation and the historical,
theological and musicological background out of which the Mass in B minor by J. S. Bach
emerges. Plenary sessions will be addressed by Charles Anderson, Larry Fleming, and Philip
Quanbeck. Students may elect either one of the supplementary group sessions.
1. Musicological - Baroque performance practice, contrasting Mass settings, textual forerunners will be studied together with detailed musical and theological analysis of the
complete score with instrumental and choral realization.
2. Religion -The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and
theological background of the reformation and the renaissance.
Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require
additional work.
Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion
Music - consent of instructor
Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 23
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366 - 4092
Instructor: Bradley Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be
introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and
the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The newer "Independent
African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian
Theology." A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches
in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be lectures and
discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be
evaluated on several short tests and a short research paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion.
Distribution: Religion
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 18
Practicum in Human Services
SWK 257 - 4065
Instructor: Doug Perry
An opportunity to discover whether a career in human services i s for you. Thirty hours per
week of volunteer work in a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly
seminars. Evaluation based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final
examination.
Students will meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester in order to discuss
selection of agency and structure of this course.
~
of problems for which people seek
Ohjectlvws arp ta d ~ v e l n pspecial awareness ol t h klnds
hrlp: increase k n o w l r d g ~of theservice givcn hy the agency in which student is serving; gain
knowledge of thr! profess~onalsin thc nrannizatinn, including their skills, competencies,
ducati ion, and Lsainlng: gain h ~ g i n n i n gk n o w l ~ d g cabout the diversity of human service
agencic<: and increase ~ ~ n d e r s t a n r lof
i nsrlf
~ tn rrlation 10 he human service field.
Time: II (for in~tialmeeting; group meetings will be arranged). . . . . . . Room: S 123
.
Social Services with American lndian People
SWK 400 - 4087,400 - 4066
Instructor: Rosalie V. Clark
Readings will be combined with lectures by American lndian people, who are either consumers or providers of services, and with visits to agencies serving American lndian people.
A research paper incorporating two special service theories and addressing a specific area of
service provision for American lndian people will be the basis for evaluation.
Actual class meeting times will be determined by class members on the first meeting day.
This course carries only 1/2 course credit.
Non-social work majors are welcome. Students wishing an additional 1/2 course credit in
independent work should consult the instructor before the beginning of interim.
prerequisites: Sociology 383
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: M 25
Field Work 111
SWK 466 - 4088,466 - 4068
Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory rrlation~hipto increaw Interpretive as well
as social work performance competence; tn promote gradual enlry Into direct social work
practice; to increase competence in the clicni contact phase of thr problem solving process;
to increase student self-awareness in regard ro prof~ssinnalpractice interests, areas of
strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence in the
full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement
in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in
faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation form.
Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status
. . . . Room: M 24
Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th..
..
I nterim/27
The Sociology of Law
SOC 220 - 4068
Instructor: Diane Pike
This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it.
Specific topics include: cross-cultural notions of law, regulating morality, deterrence, social
change, the legal profession, and corporate crime - all with respect to a sociological
approach to understanding law. The basic format will be lecture/discussion. Evaluation is
based on (in addition to participation) two (2) take-home examinations.
Prerequisites: SOC 121 or an introductory political Science course, or permission of the
instructor.
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16
The Human Potential Movement and Identity:
A Sociological Analysis
SOC 394 - 4089
Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo
This will be a sociological and social-psychological analysis of that loosely connected
grouping of persons and movements which lays emphasis on identity, self-expression, selfawareness and growth. "Alternate life-styles" and "expanding consciousness" have become
increasingly central terms for the media and large parts of the American population. After a
brief history of the movement and its major figures (Freud, Rogers, and Maslow) we will
consider the Human Potential Movement's relation to other social movements and to the
dominant culture. There is a possibility of field work. Evaluation will be based on an
examination and a paper.
There will be a fee of about $5.00 to cover additional instructional materials.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 or SOC 121 or SOC 241
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 13
Story Theater (Children's Theater)
SPC 285 - 4072
Instructor: Ailene Cole
This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script,
costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class.
Performances are scheduled for the final week.
Stage 2
Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m..
.......
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but
have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses
which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office.
ART 163 - 4095 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174.
28/l nterim
HPE 106 - 4070 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah)
Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski
instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those
interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of
approximately $975 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars
and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food
(condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 8 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff
(Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration
materials.
GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center)
A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters
Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost:
$400.
POL 399 - 4073 Washington Interim
A study-internship program i n Washington, D.C. in connection with the
Washington Center of Learning Alternatives. Information on projects,
housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom i n
Memorial 117A.
SWK 312 - 4074 Training School on Alcoliol and Drug Abuse
Intensive experiential and didactic training at Johnson Institute combined
with week-long experience in chemical dependency treatment agency.
Students are evaluated according to participation in classes, experiential
learning and in the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited.
Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person,
Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official
credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may
participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay
any fees whether or not the student registers for the course.
Badminton
HPE002-4081
Instructor: Ernie Anderson
Basic techniques and theory of beginningbadminton - much of the class time will be spent in
singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outside
assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport.
Melby
Time: 12:OO Noon..
......
Volleyball
HPE002 -4082
Instructor: Ernie Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport.
Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002 - 4083
Instructor: Ernie Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime,sport.
Time: 9:20..
Melby
......
International Studv
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Interims Abroad January3-28,1983
Cermany
Hawaii
The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome
and France
A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
German 333 - Donald Steinmetz
Since Roman time<,the lands along the Rhlne have b ~ e onn e ol the mu+[ jlgniilcai~t
ironlrer areas 01 Europe. Here Ccrman and Roman culture clajhed and rnlsed: Here
e
TOC)~,~ntheernpure of Cha~lemagne.Heft
modern Germany and France h a ~ their
romlneique and go1h ~ architecrure
r
ilurished ir: Ihe kirddle A ~ e s t-lere
.
Germaris and
French fought in rhree recent rvari. I r is such evcnts whuch h a w .;haper1 litc and left co
manv munlrments between rhc Rhine ancl the blcuse. The rlurlenl ill studr and "relr~c"
rhe history o i rhls area o n loratiori, firm the Roman munumen;, oi Trier and Cologne.
Charlemagnp'~:lachen. ro the baltteiields of tUorld b\ar$ I and It and ~ h dynarntc
c
socier)
of presenl-dai Germanv. The course will be c o n d u r ~ e dpr~marrlvIn Trrel.. Germany, r\lTh
excursion5 10 nc-arb, zites. Trier Ir ideal f o r lhis plrrpose. Perhaps the oltlest r l t v In Germanv.
Trier i s rich in monumenls. dat~netrom Roman times ro rhe prcsenl. and imporlanl
~ h a n700 miles away. Lecrures. d~scussions.and
historical sites o i iise counfries J r e
readings will be principally in German according tu the siudent.5 entering level of
competence.
.
Counts toward: German major and foreign language distr ihufron requirement . .
Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent.. . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollmenl: 15
... Cost: $1690.
London and Paris
History 240,340 - Khin Khin Jensen
Observalian and s t u d y of 4sian I J a p a n e r r . Chinese. Korean arld Ph~llppinej.Polyne5ian
ItbwaiIan and Samoan,, and Caucasian cu[rures inkerac-tingIn the i i t t ~ e ~
stale.
h Focus on
hiaorrcal rraditions. immigrd~ionparrerns, religious heritage. erlucational eaperlences.
~nmrnercialvpnrurc5, the media. rulrural ~ r t j v i t j e .a~n .d current rssues. Field i r i p ~include
vihits to I ~ PFo l > n e i i a n Cultural Center. Pear[ Harbor-4rtzona h3ernorial. tulani I'alace and
Hishop h l u s e u m . tluddhr5:-Taoist Tcmple. East-\.\ei.i Center ar thc C!nlverrit) oi Han.aii, the
Hawallan Cir! of Reiuse rn Kona area. 2 n d V I ~ I ~ w
F i~h
cornrnunlty leaders or barying ethnic
backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu.
Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips,
lectures, and J i j c u ~ j i ~
n
sessions
~inrludingpre-~nterimorientations). Students will keep a
daily journal. There will b e requirt-d reading;.
Counts toward hlsrnr, major, Fas! ?\51an Studies major, history distribution requirement.
Prerequisites: l o n e r drv~s~un,
noni.; U*
division, sophomore standing and consent of
Grading: P N orrh . Enrollment: 15-18 . . . Cost: $1795.
instructor
.
Mexico
Clo!h course2 r ~A~PYICO
i
WIIIha\ e rllc same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca):
a l l qtudcnis will be encouraged t c t take advantage of the opportunities presented by
each of the courses. A lot of tlme outside of class will be spent in informal group
discussions.
Art in London and Paris
Theories of Social Change and Revolution
Art 378 - Mary Swanson
Political Science 383 - Mulford Q. Sibley
This course will study art in the collections of museums In Landon and Parls. S~vlistic,
historical and sociological perspectives will be ernphds~rdIn s rewng arlrnork in museums.
galleries and architectural landmarks. Lecture will be gnen briore v~siting~ n c h
museum
that students will become acquainted with malor work.; In each cultectron. 5iudr:nv wilt
This wlll be a course which surveys rr~odefnconceprlons of social and political change and
re\olut~on8t.einning with the European b,:ckground in days immediately after the French
Ktyolut~on,II wtll ~ o n r ~ d 8uch
c r theories as rhorcof the utopian socialists, anarchists,
b r a l s , Tolmyallanrl .Maruitrs. Parilrular atltnuon will be devoted to the place of
,\LC"
d
,""'.,"'
V"
U C - . ~ . . Y L C . .
....A,-,
.."I,.,
I..
C " < . I
_.-bYIICI,
.-..
C L , , " , , .,-..,.
style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be
provided for students who wish t o emphasize a certain period i n the history of art. I
Counts toward art major or art history major, fine arts distribution requirement . . . Grading:
P/N or traditional . . . Enrollment: 25 . . . Cost: $1995.
be conslaereu. MalthuSlanS and neo-Maltnuslans, wlrn tnelr popularlon anu resource,
conceptio~s,will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and EastWest tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. Is
violence compatible wrth democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of nonviolent revolution?
During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the
context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico i n particular.
Music in London and Paris
Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal
Music 378 - Robert ~ a r l e ' n
These t w o great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience
the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Berliozi
Franck and Stravinsky.
Performances t o be attended will include operetta, ballet, chamber music, and symphonic
concerts by leading orchestral ensembles. There will be opportunities to attend worship
services i n the magnificent c a ~ h p d r ~of
l s these t w o capital cities. Lectures describing the
special significance of the music ro be heard and providing important background
information will be supplemented h! \,isits to museums and libraries to see collections of
historic musical instruments and view manuscript scores of famous composers.
Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class
activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination.
Counts toward music major and fine arts distribution requirement .. . Prerequisites: none
. . . Grading: P/N o n l y . .. Enrollment: 15 . .. Cost: $1995.
Counts toward political science major (theory and comparative subfields) and the political
science distribution requirement.. . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195.
Basic Conversational Spanish
Spanish 113 - Mary A. Kingsley
Bal'ic C n n ~ e r w ~ i o n a I ~ S p a n15
i sderisnecl
h
tor sludents w h o have already covered the
~
and are ready t o put their
strurtL~reEaflh? pr-ent, preteritr. dnd ~ r n p e r f e cIcnsc3
k n u u letlgr t o tire o n the scene in htexico. There %ill
be regular in-class sessions, small
group conuwsations. as well as a ?rear deal or opporrunity t o use Spanish actively and
PASSIL.:~~ in runclucring interviews. siloppi1.1~.
atrending lectures, and just making Mexico
home for a month.
Grading will be based o n class participation, quizzes and a final exam w h ~ c hwill be written
and oral. Original materials will be used as the text.
Counts toward foreign language distribution requirement for 112 or 211 . . . Prerequisites:
Spanish 111 or 2 years of high school Spanish . . . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . .
Cost: $1195.
Ser..zster and Summer Opportunities
Program in Global Community February 3
- May 2-
B q r m in-gbklmmmununrty
is a 3% month study program based In C u e h l a r ~M
, ex~co
Primary fows is on the study of h u m @latiiAteglobal Iustlce and human IiQerarlon
firought~velaperiencesandfourofsir~~~rseopt~ons
The ~ & , ~ ~ , ~ ~ f S t ~ l t l ~ n ,
r o o m e d b d w d t r i ~ dbeweenTewarmd
l
Mexico A p p l ~ c a i m d e a & w : O c t o b e r 15,
1982
ACTC HECUA Programs
udents may partlclpate In the Assoc~atedC o l l e g e o f thtTwin C I t h (ACTC)
ermany and V ~ e n n aand the South Amerlcan Urban kmester and
Urban Study Term through the Hlgher E d u c a t i o n C o n ~ o n i u mf m t l r b a n
A) Many more opportunltles are ava~lable,and infarmation may be obta~ned
at the O f f ~ c eof lnternat~onalPrograms
The SPAN Program
Semester or Year Abroad
A n a ~ ~ l h Mbeen
+ ?@ t m d e r v r h ~ c hAugsburgmStil&nls may spend thelr
~ p h ~ ~or~jso
an-h
r reyear Ind y a# rfibmber of f o n ? @ d m t ~ o n a l lnstltutlons Among
themam: theUhivWty af 0 h . N ~ Sch~ller
;
CaUwin London and He~delberg,the
University &Bath, &gb& the U n i u e M y of ~undee,Soetlan$; the U n ~ v e r s ~of
t y Sev~lle,
Spain; and thelmtitutefor American Univers~t~es
in A v i p n , France
International Business
See under Business Administration in Augsburg College Catalog.
Students will spend two months during the summer of 1983 i n any one of three countries:
Mexico, Yugoslavia or Kenya. The summer will be preceded by a year-long orientation and
a paper will be written after returning. Scholarship help is available. Applications should be
made this spring for the program which begins i n the fall.
Scholarships, Deadlines
Scholarships apply to international study. Because enrollment in semester study
abroad i s limited, students should apply early in the year. Deadline: March 1 of
the preceding year. I f space is still available after that date, applications will be
accepted until the last day of class.
Mary A. Kingley, Director, Office of International Programs, Old Main 20
-612-330-1206
Show less
..
Y. W W W . .
.
3
from the President
I hope you are looking at this catalog
because you've enrolled at Augsburg College.
If so, welcome to the College! All of us hope you
find, in the course of your study, a rising enthusiasm for the work, a deepening appreciation of
the profession an... Show more
..
Y. W W W . .
.
3
from the President
I hope you are looking at this catalog
because you've enrolled at Augsburg College.
If so, welcome to the College! All of us hope you
find, in the course of your study, a rising enthusiasm for the work, a deepening appreciation of
the profession and role to which you feel called,
and a confident sureness that you have rightly
chosen Augsburg as the community in which to
spend the next several years of your life.
If you're dipping into this volume to
figure out who and what Augsburg College is
and what education it offers, welcome to these
pages! May they convey the fundamental
character of our mission: to provide an education
especially serviceable in the contemporary world
because it has been designed in the midst of and
in full contact with the critical social, economic,
religious, and political phenomena of the modern
city. This education, however practical and professional, will be serviceable over the long haul only
to the degree that it respects and pursues certain
of what Martin Luther called "the fine liberal arts," and it will be exciting to the degree it is
offered for the sake of improving both its students and the world itself.
The study you are undertaking at Augsburg-r
thinking of undertaking-will occur on a
small campus in the core of a great city; it will be led by faculty preoccupied with your welfare
and the emergence and refinement of your vocational plans.
As you join the enterprise, or consider doing so, please know that those of us who await
you here find the College an exciting setting, full of diversity and yet possessed of a community
dedicated to higher learning and good living, in which you can set off in new directions and in
which new destinations are reachable.
Bon voyage!
Sincerely yours,
William V. h a k e
President
I
Fall Term 1998
Summer..................................... Freshman registration
Sept. 6-81Sun.-Tues. .................... New student orientation
Sept. 9Ned. ................... ..........a..Upper-class validation
Sept. 91Wed. ................................ Classes begin
Sept. 15Dues. .............................. Last day to register
Sept. 15lTues. ..............................Last day to add a class, drop a class without notation on
record
Oct. 30/Fri. ..................................Mid-term break
Last day to designate grading option
Nov. 6/Fri. ...............................
Last day to withdraw from class
Nov. 13/Fri. ................................
Nov. 16-Dec. 4IMon.-Fri. ............ Interim registration
Nov. 16-Dec. 4IMon.-Fri. ............ Spring term registration
Nov. 26Ehurs. ............................ Thanksgiving recess begins
Nov. 30IMon. .............................. Classes resume
Dec. 1l/Fri. .................................. Classes end
Dec. 14-17IMon.-Thurs............... Final exams
Interim Term 1999
Jan. 4Mon .................................... Interim classes begin
Jan. 5lTues. ...................................Last day to register, add a class, or drop a class without
notation on record
Jan. 15/Fri. ................................. Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from
a class
Jan. 27AVed.................................. Classes end
Spring Term 1999
Feb. 1IMon...................................
Classes begin
Last day to register
Feb. 5/Fri. ..................................
Feb. 5/Fri. .................................... Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation
on record
Mar. 29IMon. ............................... Mid-tendEaster break begins
Apr. 6Eues. ..................................
Classes resume
Last day to designate grading option
Apr. 9Rri......................................
Apr. 16/Fri................................... Last day to withdraw from a class
Apr. 19-3OIMon.-Fri. ...................Early registration for fall
May 14/Fri....................................Classes end
May 17-2OIMon.-Thurs. .............. Final exams
May 23ISun. ................................ .BaccalaureatdCommencement
TENTATIVE-CONSULT THE 1999-2000 ACTC CLASS SCHEDULE OR AUCSBURC
REGISTRAR'S OFFICE FOR CHANCES
Fall Term 1999
Summer ...................................... ..Freshman registration
Sept. 5-7/Sun.-Tues. ..................... New student orientation
Sept. 8/Wed. ................................. Upper-class validation
Sept. 8fWed. ................................. Classes begin
Sept. 14flues. ............................... Last day to register
Sept. 14Kues. ............................... Last day to add a class, drop a class without notation on
record
Oct. 29/Fri................................... .Mid-term break
Nov. 5/Fri. ....................................
Last day to designate grading option
Nov. 12Eri. .................................. Last day to withdraw from class
Nov. 15-Dec. 3Mon.-Fri. .............Interim registration
Nov. 15-Dec. 3Mon.-Fri. .............Spring term registration
Nov. 25flhurs. ............................. Thanksgiving recess begins
Nov. 29flLIon. .............................. .Classes resume
Dec. 10/Fri. .................................. Classe end
Dec. 13-16Mon.-Thurs. .............. Final exams
Interim Term 2000
Jan. 3Mon ....................................Interim classes begin
Jan. 4flues. .................................. Last day to register, add a class, or drop a class without
notation on record
Jan. 14/Fri. ................................... Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from
a class
Classes end
Jan. 26/Wed. ................................
Spring Term 2000
Jan. 3 l/Mon. ................................Classes begin
Feb. 4/Fri. ................................... Last day to register
Feb. 4/Fri. .................................... Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation
on record
Mar. 2O/Mon. ............................... Mid-term break begins
Mar. 27/Mon. ...............................Classes resume
Apr. 7/Fri......................................Last day to designate grading option
Apr. 14/Fri................................... s t day to withdraw from a class
Apr. 17-28 Mon.-Fri. ................... Early registration for fall
Apr. 21/Fri. ................................... Easter break begins
Apr. 251Tues. ................................ Classes resume
May 1UFri.................................... Classes end
May 15-18Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
May 21/Sun. .................................BaccalaureatdCommencement
Area Code
612
Academic Advising......................................................................................................
330-1025
.......................................................................................................
Academic Affairs
..330-1024
Undergraduate Admissions .........................................................................................330-1001
Toll-free number ........................................................................................(800) 788-5678
AlumniRarent Relations .............................................................................................
330-1178
Athletics ......................................................................................................................
330-1243
Business Office (fees and accounts) ........................................................................
330-1029
Career Services.................................. ................. .................................................. 3 3 0 - 1162
College PastorICampus Ministry ............................................................................... .330-1732
........................................330-1180
Public Relations 6r Communication .......................
................................................................................
ConferenceEvents Coordinator
.330-1107
Development (financial gifts to the College) ...........................................................
330-1613
........................................................................................
Toll-free number
(800) 273-0617
Facilities Management ................................................................................................ 330-1104
Financial Aid (scholarships) .......................................................................................
330-1046
General Information (other office numbers; business hours only) ...........................330-1000
Master of Arts in Leadership Program ........................................................................330-1786
Master of Social Work Program ..................................................................................330-1307
Human Resources .......................................................................................................
330-1058
Interim Office .............................................................................................................
330-1150
Lost and Found ...........................................................................................................330-1000
President......................................................................................................................
330-1212
.........................................................................
..................*...................
Registrar
.-.
.330-1036
............................................................
Residence Life (Housing) ....................
3 3 0 1109
Student Activities ........................................................................................................ 330-1111
Academic and Learning Services ............................................................................... -330-1160
Student Government ..................................................................................................
330-1110
Summer School ...........................................................................................................
330-1787
Weekend College ........................................................................................................330-1782
Mailing Address:
221 1 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis. MN 55454
Web Site:
www.augsburg.edu
c;
E
2.
T..
$:
>-,
-,
?+
xt
:2="
7.
I
7
MAJOR
FIELDS OF STUDY AND
AREASOF EMPHASIS
Accounting
General Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Public Accounting
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Adrninistrat~on
Business AdministrationIFinance
Business Administration/lnteinational
Business
Busmess AdministrationIManagement
Business AdrninistrationlMarketing
Chem~stry(B.A. or B.S.)
Communication
General Communication Studies
Mass Communication
Organizational Communication
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
Computational Economics @.A)
East Asian Studies '
Economics
Applied Economics
Economics
Economics/Business Administration
Education
Education Studles (non-licensure)
Elementary Education Studies (nonlicensure)
Kindergarten-Elementary (licensure)
Secondary (non-majOr, licensure
Engineering
English
Health Education
History
International Relations
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Applied Mathematics
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modern Languages '
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music (B.A.)
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nordic Area Studies
Yitrstrq :R.S -!?Peekend Cnllcqc onlv!
Phr!i?snnl~~
. I. :. TJ?
rh\rslcal Cdurafton
,;.
c;?
P5ysrchsn,b~i<,tai?~
P i ~ y ~ l (cBs A. or E.S.!
Y
.
-< rvbL
.J
Space Physics (B.S.)
Polit~calScience
Psychology
Religlon
Youth and Family Ministry
Russian, Central, and East European Area
Studies
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Women's Studies '
It is possible for students to complete
other majors through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
Students who wish to do so must apply
through the Augsburg Office of the
Registrar. Some majors may have a competitive application process with acceptance
determined by the major department.
I Cooperallvc program r,l t h A\,o~ialed
~
College5
[he Jwln C111esand agret me~ltsw ~ l hf l l Un~vcrstLy
~
o[M~nnetola 11 1s p o s s ~ b l ~ f o\tudolts
r
to take
heg~t~nlngllntc
rmrd~~il~ladvanced
cour\cs not avatloble nl
~onsortluincolleges tn Arabic, Ch~nr\c.Hebrav, \apanc>c,
Ru\s~an,and other ~njrcqumtlyLaugkL Iunguug~, S l u d ~ n u
r e g ~ d e d~reclly
r
with file ACTC oJ$cc
'Dual rlgrcc programs w~Lkthe Unlver$tly ofM~nnarita
111~1ilule
of Technology, Washlnglon IJnlve~s~ty
School of
Englne~rlngand Appl~edScience, and M~cInganTcchnologi~al
Un~vtrsily
A
t Augsburg College, we believe that
the college experience should be a time of
exploration, of discovery, of new experiences, and new possibilities. We also
believe that a liberal arts education is your
best preparation for living in the fastpaced, changing, and complex world of
today and tomorrow. Upon graduation, you
will be able to demonstrate not only the
mastery of a major field of study, but also
the ability to think critically, solve problems, and communicate effectively
Emphasis on values, perspectives,
experience, and skills
The heart of an Augsburg education is
the Augsburg curriculum-the College's
general education program, which structures your liberal arts studies through challenging and thought-provoking courses
requiring students to consider important
issues and examine values questions. These
Liberal Arts Perspectives include Western
Heritage, Intercultural Awareness, Human
Identity, the Social World, Christian Faith,
The City, Aesthetics, and the Natural World.
At the same time, courses across all disciplines stress the skills that will serve you
for a lifetime-writing, speaking, critical
thinking, and quantitative reasoning, to
name a few.
Thanks to Augsburg's prime location in
the heart of a thriving metropolitan area,
many courses are able to offer rich and varied learning opportunities in real-life situations through academic internships, experiential education, volunteer community service, and cultural enrichment. In a sense,
the resources of the Twin Cities are an
extended campus for Augsburg students.
Selection from over 50 majors
Augsburg offers more than 50 majorsor you can create your own major either
on campus or through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). (See
page 53 for a complete list of majors and
minors.) This five-college consortium
allows students to take courses on other
campuses without charge while a full-time
student at Augsburg. The ACTC includes
Augsburg College, College of St. Catherine,
Hamline University, Macalester College,
and the University of St. Thomas.
Students who graduate from Augsburg
are well prepared to make a difference in
the world. They stand as testaments to the
College motto, "Education for Service,"
and to the mission of the College:
To nurture future leaders in service to
the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in
the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by
an intentionally diverse campus community.
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America,
named after the confessibn of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Gennany, in
1530. Augsburg opened in September
1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved
to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and the first
graduation was in 1879.
10 About Augsburg
Early Leaders Establish a Direction
The Focus Changed
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first
president (1869-1876).
This attitude began to change after
World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup,Jr.
became president. He worked to develop
college departments with an appeal to a
broader range of students than just those
intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, dean of women. She
spent the next 42 years at the College as a
teacher and administrator.
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway-Sven Oftedal and Georg
Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate
Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three-part
plan: first, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students;
and third, educate the farmer, worker, and
businessman. The statement stressed that a
good education is also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also
emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts
of education. This commitment to church
and community has been Augsburg's theme
for over 125 years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist"
college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second
president (1876-1907), required students
to get pre-ministerial experience in city
congregations. Student involvement in the
community gave early expression to the
concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education
for Service."
In the 1890s, Apgsburg leaders formed
the Friends of Augsburg, later called the
Lutheran Free Church. The church was a
group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and
personal Christianity. This change made
Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. The college division, however, was still important
primarily as an attachment to the seminary.
The College's mission assumed a double character-ministerial preparation
together with a more general education for
life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected
Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and
scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and
civic circles made Augsburg a more visible
part of church and city life.
After World War 11, Augsburg leaders
made vigorous efforts to expand and improve
academic offerings. Now the College was a
larger part of the institution than the seminary and received the most attention.
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential
to a liberal arts college, offering a modem
college program based on general education requirements and elective majors.
With cumculum change came a long effort
to become accredited.
The College reached accreditation in
1954, although many alumni had entered
graduate schools and teaching positions
long before that time.
A study in 1962 defined the College's
mission as serving the good of society first
and the interests of the Lutheran Free
Church second. The seminary moved to
Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963 when the
Lutheran Free Church merged with the
American Lutheran Church.
About Augsburg
A College in the City
President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on
involvement with the city. He wanted to
reach out to nontraditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for
all people. During his years of leadership
the College became a vital and integral part
of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg
added the Music Hall, Mortensen Tower,
Urness Tower, the Christensen Center, Ice
Arena, and Murphy Place.
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders
who believed:
Dr. Charles S. Anderson led the College
from 1980 to 1997. He guided Augsburg's
commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in
enrollment and programs, and a cumculum that draws on the resources of the city
as extensions of campus and classroom.
Some of the accomplishments during his
tenure include instituting two graduate
degree programs, hosting national and
international figures at College-sponsored
forums and events, increasing accessibility,
and the addition of the Foss Center for
Worship, Drama, and Communication; the
Oscar Anderson Residence Hall; and the
James G. Lindell Family Library.
The city-with all its excitement,
challenges, and diversity-is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Dr. William V Frame became president
in August 1997. He has initiated a strategic
planning process intended to iden* the
distinguishing marks of the Augsburg education-in both pedagogy and substance-and
a restructuring effort intended to improve
operating efficiencies and open access for the
College to new sources of capital.
An Augsburg education should be
preparation for service in community and
church;
Education should have a solid liberal
arts core with a practical dimension in
order to send out productive, creative, and
successful citizens;
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution
set in the heart of a great metropolitan center.
There are now almost 14,000 Augsburg
alumni. In a world that has changed much
since those first days of the College,
Augsburg still sends out graduates who
make a difference where they live and work.
In addition to a traditional undergraduate liberal arts and sciences "day"
program, Augsburg offers a Weekend
College program for nontraditional
students and master's degree programs
in social work and leadership.
CAMPUS LOCATION
Augsburg's campus is located in the
heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in
Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The
University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical
complexes-Fai~ew-University Medical
Center-are adjacent to Augsburg, with
the Mississippi River and the Seven
Corners theatre district just a few blocks
away Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul,
11
-
l2 About Augsburg
home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment, and recreation opportunities, are just
minutes west and east via Interstate 94,
which forms the southern border of the
campus. (See map in back.)
Convenient bus routes run throughout
the city and connect with the suburbs.
Anderson-Nelson Athletic FieldThe athletic field, located at 725 23rd
Avenue South, is the playing and practice
field of many of the Augsburg teams.
An air-supported dome covers the field
during the winter months, allowing yearround use.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most
airlines provide daily service to the
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport,
and bus or train connections can be made
from all areas of the United States.
Christensen Center (1967)-The
College center, with spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore,
and offices for student government and
student publications.
FACILITIES AND HOUSING
Instruction facilities and student housing
at Augsburg are conveniently located near
each other. A tunneVramp/skyway system
connects the two tower dormitories, the five
buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music
Hall, Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck,
Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and
Communication.
Office of Undergraduate
Admissions-The central Office of
Undergraduate Admissions is located at
628 21st Avenue South and provides
offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their
parents.
Offices of t h e American Indian
Student Services Program and PanAfrikan Student Services ProgramLocated at 620 2lst Avenue South, these
programs provide support s e ~ c e and
s
information to American Indian and
African American students.
Anderson Hall (1993)-Named in
honor of Oscar Anderson, president of
Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this
residence hall is located at 2016 S. Eighth
Street. Anderson Hall contains four types
of living units and houses 192 students
and the Physician Assistant Program.
East Hall-Houses the Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership (MMEP)
and the Center for Atmospheric Space
Sciences at 2429 S. Eighth Street.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center f o r
Worship, Drama and Communication
(1988)-The Foss Center is named in
recognition of the gifts of Julian and June
Foss and was built with the additional support of many alumni and friends of the
College. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre,
Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium
are also housed in this complex, which
provides space for campus ministry and
the drama and communication offices. The
Foss Center's lower level is home to the
Gage Family Academic Enrichment Center,
which includes the Learning Skills Office,
the Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS) Program, the
Groves Computer Lab, the Karen Housh
Tutor Center, and the John Evans Learning
Laboratory.
The Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni
Center-Named in 1991 to honor
Jeroy C. Carlson, senior development
officer and former alumni director,
upon his retirement from Augsburg.
The center houses the Office of Alumni
and Parent Relations and is located at 624
2lst Avenue South.
About Augsburg
Ice Arena (1974)-Two large skating
areas provide practice for hockey and figure
skating, and recreational skating for
Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
The JamesC. Lindell Family Library
(1 997)-This new four-level brick structure opened during the 1997-98 academic
year. As the library and information technology center, it houses all library functions and brings together the computer
technology resources of the College. It is
located on the block of campus bordered
by 22nd and 2lst Avenues, and by
Riverside Avenue and Seventh St.
Melby Hall (1961)-Named in honor
of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to
1942, basketball coach, and head of the
Christianity department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education
program, intercollegiate and intramural
athletics, the fitness center, and general
auditorium purposes.
Mortensen Tower (1973)-Named
in honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of
women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104
one- and two-bedroom apartments that
house 312 upper-class students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
2222 Murphy Place (1964)-This
facility provides offices for the Center for
Global Education and a resource room for
those interested in global issues. The
Office of Academic Programs Abroad is
also located here.
Music Hall (1978)-Contains Sateren
Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music
libraries, practice studios, and offices for
the music faculty.
13
Old Main (1900)-Home for the
modem languages and art departments,
with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old
Main combines energy efficiency with
architectural details from the past. It is
included on the National Register of
Historic Places.
Public Relations & Communication
House-The public relations and publications offices for the College are located at
709 23rd Avenue South.
Science Hall (1949)-Houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, faculty offices, the
registrar's office, student financial services,
and the business offices. In 1960 the
Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof
was completed.
Sverdrup Hall (1 955)-Named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it
contains the Academic Advising Center,
Weekend College, and the Office of
Continuing Education as well as classrooms and faculty offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
(1 938)-Built as a dormitory and named
in honor of Augsburg's second and third
presidents, it provides space for administrative and faculty offices.
Urness Tower (1 967)-Named in
honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, t h ~ ~
tower provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing
36 residents, housed two to a room, with
their own lounge, study, and utility areas.
l4 About Augsburg
ASSOCIATED SUPPORT
ORGANIZATIONS
Augsburg College has a commitment to
lifelong learning and to programs that
increase both individual and group understanding and achievement. In addition to
the programs listed below, the College is
also home to Elderhostel and College of
the Third Age.
Inter-Race: The International
Institute for Interracial InteradionInter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of
work, communities, and society. The institute provides training and consultation,
research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy, and legal study in
five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600
2lst Avenue South.
Minnesota Minority Education
Partnership (M M EP)-The Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a
nonprofit membership organization that
works closely with students, the communities of color, and representatives from education, business, government, and nonprofit organizations to develop programs
that help students of color succeed academically. By drawing on the talents and
resources of others concerned with the
success of students of color, MMEP creates
collaborative, workable approaches to
complex problems. MMEP believes that
concentrating on the needs of students of
color helps them move from thinking to
doing, from wanting to having, and from
dreaming to achieving. The MMEP office is
located in East Hall.
Nordic Center-The Nordic Center
promotes interest in contemporary
Norway, encourages the pursuit of Nordic
studies, and nurtures intercultural relations
between the United States and the five
Nordic nations of Denmark, Finland,
Iceland, Norway, and Sweden. The Nordic
Center is located at 2400 Butler Place.
Youth a n d Family Institute of
Augsburg College-The institute is
designed to help churches better serve the
changing needs of youth and families. The
institute offers an undergraduate academic
program, as well as seminar/workshops, a
resource center, and counseling services.
POLICIES
Augsburg College does not discriminate
on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation,
marital status or handicap, as required by
Title IX of the 1972 Educational
Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in
its admissions policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may
be directed to the coordinators listed on
page 48 or to the director of the Minnesota
Department of Human Rights, Bremer
Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota Street,
St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American
Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
About Augsburg
ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College is accredited by the
North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools* and the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education
(Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the
American Chemical Society
Council on Social Work Education
(B.S.W. and M.S.W.)
National Association for Music
Therapy, Inc.
National League for Nursing
Committee for Accreditation of Allied
Health Programs (Physician Assistant
Program)
Augsburg College is an institutional
member of the:
National Association of Schools of
Music (NASM)
Council of Independent Colleges
(CIC)
American Association of Colleges and
Universities (AACU)
American Association of Higher
Education (AAHE)
Association of Physician Assistant
Programs
We are members of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North
America, and Minnesota Private College
Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education Services
Office. Registration is not an endorsement
of the institution. Registration does not
mean that credits earned at the institution
can be transferred to other institutions
or that the quality of the educational
programs would meet the standards of
every student, educational institution,
or employer.
*North Central Association of College and
Schools Commission on Institutions of Higher
Education, 30 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 2400,
Chicago, Illinois 60602-2504; (800) 621-7440
15
Location-Augsburg College was
founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The
College moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
Religious Affiliation-The Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America (ELCA).
Although a strong plurality of students
are Lutheran, 20 percent represent other
Protestant denominations, and 21 percent represent the Roman Catholic
Church.
Accreditation-North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education. Approved by the
American Chemical Society, Council on
Social Work Education, National
Association for Music Therapy, Inc.,
National Association of Schools of
Music, the National League for Nursing,
and the Committee for Accreditation of
Allied Health Programs.
Member-Associated Colleges of the
Tivin Cities, Lutheran Education Council
in North America, Minnesota Private
College Council, CIC, AACU, AAHE
Registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Services Office, as described
on page 15.
Enrollment (Fall 1997-98)-2,866 s ~ u dents from 36 states and 38 nations.
Graduates-13,975 undergraduates
from 1870 through August 1997.
StudentIFaculty Ratio-14 to 1.
Undergraduate class size averages 20-25.
Campus-16 major buildings. Major
renovations in 1979-80 with special
emphasis on accessibility
Accessibility-Augsburg is now one of
the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway/tunneVelevator system
provides access to 10 major buildings
without going outside.
Degrees Granted-B.A.,
M.A., M.S.W.
B.S., B.M.,
W
Financial Aid-Over 85 percent of the
students receive some form of financial
aid from the College and many other
sources.
Library-Over 175,000 items, direct
access to over 1,300,000 through CLIC,
the Twin Cities private college library consortium. The new James G . Lindell Family
Library opened in September 1997.
School Year-Semesters from
September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, with
January Interim. Two summer school
sessions. Augsburg Weekend Collegetrimesters, September to June. Augsburg
Graduate Program-trimesters,
September to June.
Majors-More
departments.
than 50 majors in 23
Off-Campus Programs-Center for
Global Education, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA), International Business
Program, Upper Midwest Association of
Intercultural Education (UMAIE), and
extensive cooperative education and
internship programs.
Athletic Affiliation-Minnesota
Intercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA), Division 111.
Policy-Augsburg College does not
discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age,
gender, sexual orientation, marital status or handicap, as required by Title IX
of the 1972 Educational Amendments or
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, as amended, in its admissions
policies, educational programs, activities,
and employment practices.
A
ugsburg College is looking for students with intellinence
- and character. We
want people who can benefit from and
contribute to their community, the College
community, and the community at large.
Selection of students for Augsburg
College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment,
and potential for development as a student
and as a graduate of Augsburg College.
The College selects students on individual
merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, gender, sexual
affectional orientation, or age.
Visit t h e Campus
Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere
is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus
and meet with an admissions counselor.
Arrangements may be made to meet with a
member of the faculty and to attend classes
when school is in session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready
to help students and parents with college
planning. Call any weekday between
8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.-(612) 330-1001
or toll-free (800) 788-5678. We'll answer
your questions and arrange a tour for you
(including Saturday mornings during the
school year). The Office of Undergraduate
Admissions is located on the comer of
Seventh Street and 2lst Avenue South in
Minneapolis. (Please call first.)
FRESHMEN
Application for AdmissionApplicants should complete the application
for admission and the essay and return
them to the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions together with the non-refundable $25 application fee.
Transcripts-An official transcript
from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who
are still high school students at the time of
application should have their most recent
transcript sent, followed by a final, official
transcript upon graduation. General
Education Development (G.E.D.) scores
may be presented instead of the high
school transcript.
Test Scores--Freshman applicants are
required to submit results from the college
entrance examination. The American
College Test (ACT) is preferred. Results
from SAT are also accepted. It will suffice if
test scores are recorded on the official high
school transcript.
Additional Information-If
there
is personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previous academic
performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed personally with an
admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
-
Undergraduate Admissions 19
On occasion, the Admissions Committee
may also defer a decision on a candidate's
admission until other information has been
received. For example, more recent test
scores, results of the present semester's
coursework, additional letters of recomrnendation, or writing samples may be requested
by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions will inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decisiow
Augsburg College uses a "rolling"
admissions plan. Students are notified
of the admissions decision usually within
two weeks after the application file is
complete and has been evaluated by the
Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of AdmissionAccepted students who are applying for
financial aid are asked to make a $loo*
tuition deposit within 30 days of their
financial aid notification. Extensions may
be requested in writing to the director of
financial aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a
$100" tuition deposit. Those students who
wish to live in College housing must also
submit a $200 housing deposit.
*Non-refundable after May 1.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who
wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to
begin full-time work toward a degree after
completion of their junior year or first
semester of their senior year of high
school. Applicants must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants,
submit two academic recommendations
from their high school faculty, and arrange
a personal interview with the director of
undergraduate admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at
Augsburg under the auspices of the
Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment
Options Act should contact the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions for specific
information.
TRANSFER STUDENTS
Augsburg College welcomes students
who wish to transfer from other accredited
colleges or universities. College credit is
granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily
completed at accredited institutions. The
College reserves the right not to grant
credit for courses where it considers the
work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional
credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses
be taken at Augsburg.
20 Undergraduate Admissions
Augsburg College limits transfer
coursework from two-year colleges once a
student has reached junior status. Students
may transfer a maximum of 64 semester
credits (96 quarter credits) from two-year
colleges. Once a student reaches junior
status, no additional credits will transfer
from two-year institutions toward the
minimum of 33 credits required for a
baccalaureate degree. These courses can,
however, be used to meet liberal arts and
major requirements.
A cumulative grade point average
(GPA) of 2.2 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is
required on previous college work for
admission to the College.
Acceptance of courses submitted for
transfer is done by the registrar's office
based upon the official student
transcript(s). Acceptance of courses presented for a major or minor also requires
approval of the department. The major or
minor department may require certain
courses or a minimum number of courses
be taken at Augsburg.
Students transferring from the
Minnesota State University and College
System who have completed the Minnesota
Transfer Cumculum, have earned the
Associate of Arts degree from MNSCU, and
have a 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) cumulative GPA
or higher will be given transfer status as
outlined below.
The following applies only to the
MNSCU A.A. graduate:
1.Admission will be with junior standing.
A maximum of 17 Augsburg equivalent
courses (64 semester credits or 96 quarter
credits from a community college) will be
accepted once junior status is reached. No
additional courses may be transferred from
a community college.
2. All Augsburg general education requirements will be waived except:
The City Perspective
Two courses in Christian Faith (any
two areas)
The language requirement as stated
One course that meets the Quantitative
Reasoning Graduation Skill requirement
One graduation skill writing course in
the major
College algebra or Math Placement
Group 3
3. Courses with D grades will not be
accepted as prerequisites or for application
to majors. Some Augsburg majors require
additional prerequisite coursework beyond
the A.A. degree. Also, the physician assistant major requires a cumulative GPA
higher than 2.5. Students are advised to
consult major departments for major
requirements upon transfer.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary.
Please check with the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions and consult the
departmental section of this catalog.
-
Undergraduate Admissions 21
Note: No student who falls below the
standards for automatic admission to the
College will be considered for admission
by the Admissions Committee after August
15 for entry in fall semester or January 15
for entry in spring semester.
FORMER STUDENTS
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College for one semester or more without requesting a leave of
absence and who wish to return must
apply for re-admission through the registrar's office. Students who have attended
other institution(s) during their absence
from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the
Office of the Registrar. Returning students
do not pay the application fee.
SPECIAL STUDENTS
(NON-DECREE)
In some circumstances, people may be
admitted as special students (non-degree)
and granted the privilege of enrolling in
courses for credit. Students may request a
change in their degree status by submitting
a petition to the registrar's office.
Students regularly enrolled at another
college may take coursework at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree).
An application form for special-student
status is available from the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions. To apply for
admission as a special student, submit the
completed admission application and academic transcripts to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions.
SPECIAL STUDENTS
(SECOND DECREE)
Students who have completed a
four-year degree at an accredited college
or university may complete a second
degree at Augsburg College. Second degree
requirements include: a minimum of eight
course credits taken at Augsburg, completion of a major, and completion of any
liberal arts requirements not covered by
a previous degree.
Depending on the student's previous
degree, completion of a second major
(non-degree) may also be an option.
22 Undergraduate Admissions
-
Augsburg welcomes students from
countries around the world. (See
International Programs on page 46.)
International students should contact
the Office of Undergraduate Admissions
for an international student application
and information on the application procedure. Applications must be completed two
months prior to the start of the semester:
July 1 for fall, Dec. 15 for spring.
For more information, call
(612) 330-1001 or (800) 788-5678
(toll free), or write to:
International Student Admissions
Augsburg College
22 11 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454 USA
A,
1 students receive financial help
indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover.
The College raises that difference in giftsfrom alumni, faculty, staff, parents,
churches, friends, foundations, and
endowment income.
However, the primary responsibility for
paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is
intended to supplement those resources.
The Board of Regents has approved the
costs listed below for the 1998-99 academic
year. The Board reviews costs annually and
makes changes as required. The College
reserves the right to adjust charges should
economic conditions necessitate.
TUITION, FEES, ROOM, AND BOARD
Tuition
(full-time enrollment)
............$14,470
This rate applies to all full-time students
attending in September 1998. Students are
considered full-time when they take three
or more courses during the semester. The
charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, and admission to most Collegesupported events, concerts, and lectures.
The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester.
Tuition
(part-time enrollment)
per one-credit course..............$ 1,564
This rate applies to students taking fewer
than three courses in a semester and/or an
Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are charged the audit rate for
that course.
Audit Fee
(for part-time students)
per course................................$
590
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. Part-time students taking
lifetime sports are charged the audit rate
for that course.
Room Rent
(includes telephone
and basic service)
....................$
2,624
(Room rates and housing options are available through the Office of Residence Life.)
Full Board
(19 meals a week)
..................$
2,510
Other board plans are available as defined
in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Residence Life.
Partial board
(14 meals a week)
..................$
2,440
....................$
Student Activity Fee ................$
2,220
Flex 5 point plan
130
-
Financial Information 25
W OTHER SPECIAL FEES
(NON-REFUNDABLE)
Fees Billed on Student Account
Student Activity Fee (part-time
students) .......................................$ 65
ACTC Bus (full-time
students only) ...............................$ 16
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin) ........................$ 35
Registration Change after first five
days (canceVadd/changdgrade
option, or combination
at one time) ....................,.....+..... $ 10
Music Therapy Internship
(one-half course credit) ................$590
Private Music Lessons, per
semester (14 lessons) ................... $301
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) .................. $ 61
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) .................$121
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) .............$235
Fees Payable by CheckICash
Application (new and/or
$ 25
special students) ........................
Nursing Comprehensive Exam ...........$ 16
Locker Rental (commuters) ................$ 40
Student Parking Lot Permit
$108
- c a r .............................................
.$ 50
-motorcycle ...............................
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) ...............$ 3
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Schedule on file
in registrar's office)
BOOKS AND SUPPLIES
These costs are estimated to be $675
per year.
DEPOSITS
Enrollment Deposit
(non-refundable) ....................$
100
Required of all new students after
acceptance. The enrollment deposit is credited to the students' account only when
their enrollment is terminated. Any net
credit balance (after all charges and/or
fines) will be refunded upon request of the
student. For more information, contact the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions.
Housing Damage Deposit
......$
200
Required of all resident students at the
time of signing a contract to reserve a
housing assignment. This deposit is
retained against damages and/or fines and
is returned to the student account (less all
charges for damages and/or fines) at the
end of the occupancy period covered by
the contract. New contracts may be terminated for fall or spring term by following
the conditions delineated in the housing
contract. The resident will be responsible
for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the
new contract is cancelled prior to June 1
for fall semester or December 1 for spring
semester, the $200 damage deposit will be
forfeited. After these dates, the student
shall forfeit the full amount of the damage
deposit and shall be assessed an additional
$450 for termination.
26 Financial Information
PAYMENTS
Semester Fees-Prior to the start of
each semester a statement of estimated
charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the Office of
Student Financial Services is sent to the
student from the Business Office.
Payment Options-(1) Annual payments, due August 15 as billed; (2)
Semester payments, due August 15 and
January 15 as billed; (3) Payment PlanUpon application and after College
approval, a three-month plan is available
each semester. Details are included with
the estimate of charges letter; (4) 10month Payment Plan-Upon application,
College approval, and payment of a $50
administrative fee, the annual charges may
be paid in 10 equal installments beginning
July 15 and ending April 15. No finance
charge will be assessed on accounts that
are current. An application will be sent
upon request.
A finance charge is applied at a simple
rate of one percent per month on any
account with an open balance of 30 days
or more or on a 10-month payment plan
where payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annual basis,
payable in two equal installments at the
beginning of each semester.
Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is
paid in full.
Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all.student
accounts are paid in full or, in the case of
student loan funds administered by the
College (Federal Perkins Student Loan
including the National Defense and
National Direct Student Loans and the
Nursing Student Loan), are current
according to established repayment
schedules and the loan entrance and
exit interviews have been completed.
REFUNDS
Students who withdraw from Augsburg
College may be eligible for a refund of a
portion of their charges based on the
appropriate refund schedule. Financial aid
may be adjusted for those students who
withdraw from the College or drop
course(s) and receive financial assistance.
Students who wish to withdraw from
Augsburg should complete the Leave of
AbsencdWithdrawal from College form
available in the Academic Advising Center
or the registrar's office. It must be filled out
completely, signed and turned in to the
registrar's office. Students who properly
withdraw or change to part-time, who are
dismissed, or who are released from a
housing contract will have their accounts
adjusted for tuition andlor room (except
for the minimum deduction of $100 to
cover administrative costs).
- - -
-
Financial Information 27
Augsburg College Refund Policy:
Applies to Augsburg students who withdraw from all courses in a term and are not
receiving Federal Title IV financial aid
(Federal Title IV financial aid includes the
Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan,
Stafford Loan, and PLUS Loan). This policy
also applies to all students who drop
courses during a term.
Rehnd
Amount
Refund
Period
100%
Through the first five days of
classes (less $100 administrative
fee)
90%
From the sixth day through the
tenth day of classes
80%
From the 1l t h day through the
15th day of classes
70%
From the 16th day through the
20th day of classes
60%
From the 21st day through the
25th day of classes
50%
From the 26th day of classes
through the midpoint of the
term.
Pro-Rata Refund Policy: Applies to
Augsburg students who withdraw from all
courses during their first term at Augsburg
and receive Federal Title IV financial aid
(Federal Title IV financial aid includes the
Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan,
Stafford Loan, and PLUS Loan).
Tuition, fees, and room costs will be
calculated based on the pro-rated portion
of the term completed. The student may be
eligible for a pro-rata refund up to the 60
percent point in time of the term. The student account will be credited for that portion of tuition and room for which the student was not enrolled. This calculation will
use federal government guidelines.
Federal Refund Policy: Applies to
returning Augsburg students who withdraw from all courses for the current term,
and receive Federal Title IV financial aid
(Federal Title IV financial aid includes the
Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan,
Stafford Loan, and PLUS Loan).
Augsburg College is required by federal
regulations to complete two refund calculations for students who have completed at
least one full term at Augsburg and receive
Title IV funds. Refunds will be based on the
calculation that provides for the greatest
refund of tuition, fees, and room charges to
the student's account and the greatest
refund of financial aid dollars to the fund
from which they were awarded. The refund
calculations used are the Augsburg College
Refund Policy as stated above and the
Federal Refund Policy as stipulated by federal guidelines stated below.
28 Financial Information
Refund
Amount
from college. If there are extenuating
circumstances, a petition to have the cost
of tuition refunded can be made. Petition
forms are available in the Office of Student
Life in Christensen Center.
Refund
Period
100%
Through the first day of classes
(less $100 administrative fee)
90%
After the first day of classes
through the 10 percent point in
time of the term
50%
After the 10 percent point in
time through the 25 percent
point in time of the term
25%
After the 25 percent point in
time through the 50 percent
point in time of the term
Students may appeal refund decisions
through the Petition Committee.
MEDICAL REFUND
If a student is forced to withdraw from
all courses in a term due to illness or an
accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of
documentation from the attending doctor
stating the inability or inadvisability of
continued enrollment.
UNOFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL
Federal regulations require that records
of financial aid recipients who earn failing
grades in their classes be reviewed. If
courses are not completed (e.g. unofficial
withdrawal, stopped attending), the
College is required to refund financial aid
to the appropriate sources according to
federal or Augsburg refund policies based
on the last recorded date of attendance.
Students are responsible for the entire cost of
the term including the portion previously
covered by financial aid should they stop
attending. Students are strongly urged to
follow guidelines for complete withdrawal
.
All students who wish to be considered
for financial assistance must establish
financial aid eligibility on an annual basis.
This includes completing the application
process as outlined below and meeting the
academic progress standards outlined in the
brochure "Academic Progress Standards for
Financial Aid." This brochure is available
from the Office of Student Financial
Services and is distributed to students on
an annual basis.
Financing higher education could be
the most significant investment a person
or family makes in a lifetime. Proper planning and wise choices are important, not
only in choosing a college, but also in the
methods used to pay for it. Augsburg
College, through its Office of Student
Financial Services, will help students and
their families protect access to a quality
Augsburg education in a time of increasing
financial challenge.
Financial assistance awarded through
Augsburg may be a combination of
scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time
work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private
agencies in providing various aid programs. During the 1998-99 academic year,
nearly eight out of ten students at
Augsburg received financial assistance.
The primary responsibility for financing
a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid supplements
student and family resources.
-
Financial Information 29
The Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (KFSA) and the Augsburg
Financial Aid Application help determine
the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis takes into
account such family financial factors as
current income, assets, number of dependent familv members. other educational
expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations.
HOW TO APPLY
The following are required to process
your financial aid application:
1.Be admitted to Augsburg as a regular
student or be a returning student in good
academic standing with the College.
2. Complete the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or the
Renewal FAFSA. FAFSA forms are available
from the Office of Student Financial
Services at Augsburg College or from high
school guidance counselors. Renewal
FAFSAs will be mailed to those students
who applied for assistance during the prior
school year. Be sure to include
the Augsburg College Code, 002334, on
your application. Mail your application to
the processing agency after Jan. 1.
Applications must be mailed by April 15
for priority consideration.
3. Complete the Augsburg Financial
Aid Application and submit it to Student
Financial Services.
WHAT HAPPENS NEXT?
Once all documents are received, we
review the financial aid application to
determine financial aid eligibility for all
available programs. A financial aid package
will be sent to the student. This package
includes:
Letter detailing the financial aid
award
Information regarding financial aid
programs and requirements for continued eligibility
Subsidized~UnsubsidizedStafford
loan application promissory note
Students are encouraged to complete
and return one copy of their award letter
to student financial services. In addition,
the student must complete and return the
Stafford Loan application promissory note
to receive Stafford Loan funds.
Applications for the SELF Loan and the
Parent PLUS Loan are sent upon request.
KINDS OF AID
A student applying for aid from
Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a specific scholarship or
grant (except as noted). The various forms
of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by
Augsburg College, students are urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships,
grants and loans that might be available in
their own communities. It is worthwhile to
check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to
30 Financial Information
students who meet their requirements. In
addition to these sources, some students
are eligible for aid through Vocational
Rehabilitation, Educational Assistance for
Veterans, Educational Assistance for
Veterans' Children, and other sources.
Merit Scholarships
President's ScholarshipPresident's
Scholarships are awarded based upon competition. The applicant must be in the top
15 percent of high school rank or top 20
percent ACTEAT score. Separate applications are required. The application deadline is February 15.
Regents' S c h o l a r s h i p T h e Regents'
Scholarships are awarded to all qualified
new freshmen in the top 30 percent of
either high school rank or test score who
apply and are accepted before May 1.
Regents' Transfer S c h o l a r s h i p
Regents' Transfer Scholarships are awarded
to qualified transfer students with a minimum 3.0 GPA and 84 quarter ( 56 semester) credits in transfer from a Minnesota
community college or Lutheran junior college who apply and are accepted for admission by May 1.
Transfer Merit S c h o l a r s h i p
Transfer Merit Scholarships are awarded to
selected transfer students with a minimum
3.0 GPA and 84 quarter (or 56 semester)
credits in transfer from a Minnesota community college or Lutheran junior college,
who apply for and are accepted for admission by May 1. A separate application is
required by May 1.
Legacy ScholarshipThese scholarships provide tuition benefits to full-time
day students who are children, grandchildren, or spouses of Augsburg graduates;
siblings of current Augsburg students; children or spouses of current ELCA pastors;
or children, grandchildren, or spouses of
long-term Augsburg employees.
Phi Theta Kappa S c h o l a r s h i p
These scholarships are awarded to selected
transfer students with a 3.5 GPA and 84
minimum quarter (56 semester) credits
from a community college. A separate
application is required by May 1.
Science Scholarship--These scholarships are awarded to incoming freshmen
who are in the top 30 percent of their high
school class or ACTISAT test score, majoring in chemistry or physics at Augsburg.
Youth and Family Ministry Partner
ScholarshipThese scholarships are
awarded by the partner congregation to a
full-time Augsburg student who is majoring in Youth and Family Ministry.
Augsburg AmeriCorps
ScholarshipThese scholarships are
awarded to qualified AmeriCorps members
who are currently serving or have served
for at least one year. Must be certified as
eligible by the director of the AmeriCorps
site, be accepted for admission, be a fulltime day student, and complete the finacial
aid application.
PRIME S c h o l a r s h i p T h i s is a cooperative program in which Augsburg matches
scholarships with Lutheran congregations.
Separate application is required and church
funds must arrive at Augsburg by October 1.
-
-
Financial Information 3 1
Leadership Scholarships
M. Anita Hawthorne Leadership
Scholarship-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer African American students with a demonstrated record of and/or
potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students.
Bonnie Wallace Leadership
Scholarship-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer American Indian students
with a demonstrated record of and/or
potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students.
ASIA-Recognizes incoming freshmen
and transfer Asian American students with
a demonstrated record of and/or potential
for leadership. Limited to full-time day students.
HispanicILatino Leadership
ScholarshipRecognizes incoming freshmen and transfer Hispanickatino students
with a demonstrated record of and/or
potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students.
Faculty Leadership S c h o l a r s h i p
Awarded to selected incoming freshmen
who participate in the President's
Scholarship competition.
Performing Arts S c h o l a r s h i p
Awarded to selected incoming students
who demonstrate active participation in
the performing arts. Separate application
and audition are required. The deadline is
February 15.
Hoversten Peace S c h o l a r s h i p
Awarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students who have demonstrated interest in peace and whose personal outlook
and career plans show promise of contributing to the cause of peace. Separate
application is required by March 15.
Community and Public Service
ScholarshipAwarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students who have a
demonstrated commitment to public and
community service. Separate application is
required by March 15.
Lutheran Leader ScholarshipAwarded to incoming freshmen in the top
30 percent of their high school rank or ACT/
SAT test score who have demonstrated
leadership within their Lutheran congregation and have the recommendation of their
pastor. A separate application is required
by February 15.
NASA Scholarship-Awarded to
freshmen (only) who have excelled in the
areas of science, mathematics, and technology and who have demonstrated a high
potential in careers related to aerospace
science, technology, and allied fields.
Lutheran Brotherhood and Aid
Association for Lutherans-Awarded on
financial need, participation in the
Lutheran church and available funds. The
AAL scholarship recipients must also have
an AAL policy.
Gift Assistance (Need Based)
Augsburg Tuition Grant-These
awards are based on financial eligibility,
academic record, and participation in
extracurricular activities in school,
community, and church.
Minnesota State Scholarship and
Grant-Eligibility requires Minnesota
residency and enrollment of less than four
years (or its equivalent) at any post-secondary school. Consult the Office of
Student Financial Aid for accepted enrollment patterns.
32 Financial Information
Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant-Whenever law and
funds permit, SEOGs are awarded to students who demonstrate exceptional financial need. Preference is given to students
eligible for the Federal Pell grant.
Federal Pell Grant-Federal Pell
grants are awarded to students attending
eligible institutions of higher education
and are based on financial need as defined
by program guidelines maximum grant for
1998-99 is $3,000.
Bureau of Indian Affairsnribal and
State Indian ScholarshipBureau of
Indian Affairflribal and State Indian
Scholarships and Augsburg American
Indian Scholarships are available to Indian
students (both full and part-time) who
meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian
Affairflribal and State Indian
Scholarships, students must be a quarter
degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled
with a federally-recognized tribe. Eligibility
criteria for Augsburg American Indian
Scholarships vary. Contact the director of
the American Indian Student Services
Support Program. American Indian grants
supplement all other forms of financial aid.
Questions may be directed to the director
of the American Indian Student Services
Program or to your local BIA, Tribal, or
State Indian Education Office.
Loan Assistance
Federal Perkins Student Loan-A
federally-funded program administered
through Augsburg College for students
who demonstrate financial eligibility. No
interest accrues nor do payments have to
be made on the principal at any time you
are enrolled at least half time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of principal
(at the minimum of $40 a month) begin
nine months after you leave school.
Repayment may extend up to 10 years.
The loan offers a teacher cancellation
clause. The maximum that may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $15,000
($30,000 including graduate school).
Federal Stafford Student Loan
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford
Loan funds are obtained directly from a
lender or state agency in states that provide
such programs. Subsidized Stafford Loans
are need-based loans that the federal
government subsidizes by paying the
interest while the student is in school
and during the grace period.
For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan,
interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible
for all interest. The borrower may choose
to make payments while in school or may
defer payments and allow interest to
accrue and be capitalized (added to the
balance of the loan).
The interest rate for new borrowers
through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan is variable and changes
annually on July 1, based on the 91-day
Treasury Bill.
I
Financial Information
The following borrowing limits apply to
the Stafford Loan program after July 1,
1994:
Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford)
Sophomores: $7,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
Juniorsheniors: $10,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
Aggregate maximum: $46,000
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized)
Federal Nursing Student Loan-A
federal program with provisions similar to
the Federal Perkins Student Loan program,
but restricted to applicants accepted or
enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients
must have financial need and be registered
at least half time. The maximum loan is
$4,000 per year.
Federal Parent Loan Program
(PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help
parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to
the cost of attendance (minus other aid).
Repayment begins within 60 days of check
disbursement at a variable interest rate not
to exceed 9 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms
are available at Augsburg College or the
lending institution.
The Student Educational Loan
Fund (SELF)-SELF is administered
through the Minnesota Higher Education
Services Office. Applications are available
from the Office of Student Financial
Services.
Undergraduate freshmen and sophomores may borrow up to $4,500 per year
minus any other student loan indebtedness; juniors and seniors up to $6,000 year.
Maximum undergraduate borrowing is
$25,000. The minimum loan amount per
year is $500. The interest rate is variable.
Interest payments begin 90 days after the
loan is disbursed and continue quarterly
thereafter, while the student is enrolled.
Principal payments begin the 13th
month after you leave school. There are
no deferments.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work
opportunities for students. Assignment is
based on need and potential competence
in performing the duties assigned. Parttime work provided by the College is
considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15
hours of on-campus employment per week
is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by
policies stipulated in the work contract
issued to the student employee for each
placement. Payment is made monthly by
check to the student employee.
Federal College Work Study
Program a n d Minnesota State Work
Study Program-Under these programs
the federal or state government supplies
funds on a matching basis with the College
to provide part-time work opportunities.
3
34 Financial Information
-
.-
Augsburg College, through generous
gifts from alumni, faculty, staff, and friends
of the College, offers more than 400 sponsored scholarships.
All returning students are encouraged
to apply for these funds by completing the
Sponsored Scholarship Application. This
form is available each February for the
upcoming school year. Selection is based
on academic achievement, financial need,
and selection criteria established by the
donor. A list of scholarships follows.
Note: For a complete description of
Augsburg scholarships, request a copy of
the Scholarship Catalog Supplement from
the Office of Undergraduate Admissions.
*Indicates endowed scholarships
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ADC Telecommunications Inc.
Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational
Foundation Scholarships
American Express Company
Henry and Leona Antholz Scholarship*
Class of 1931 Scholarship*
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial
Scholarship*
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson
Memorial Scholarship*
Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship*
M. J. Estrem Scholarship*
E. W. Hallet Scholarship
Reuben I. and Marion Hovland
Scholarship*
Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson,
and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship*
Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*
The Jostens Foundation, Inc.
Kopp Investment Advisors Presidential
Scholarship
Memorial Scholarship Foundation
Scholarships*
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Liberal Arts Scholarships
Minnesota Scholars Fund Scholarship
Northern States Power Company
Scholarship
Clifford and Martha Nylander Scholarship*
Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship*
Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson
Scholarship
Casey Albert T. O'Neil Foundation
Scholarship
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund*
Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship*
Rahr Foundation Scholarship
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship*
Russel and Virginia Smith Scholarship*
St. Luke's Lutheran Church Centennial
Scholarship*
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial
Scholarship*
Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship*
Robert W. Warzyniak Memorial
Scholarship*
Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment
Fund*
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship*
H SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
John Andrew Adam Memorial
Scholarship*
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarship
Alne-Swensen Scholarship*
Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity
Scholarship*
Charles and Kate Anderson Endowment
Fund*
Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship*
Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson
Scholarship*
Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson
Scholarship*
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial
Scholarship*
-
Financial Information 35
Dain Rauscher Scholarship*
Laura Ann Erickson Memorial
Scholarship*
David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*
Julian F! Foss Scholarship*
The Grace Scholarship*
Kay Halverson Scholarship*
Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship*
Rev. John Hjelmeland Endowed
Scholarship Fund*
Hormel Foods Company Scholarship
Hoversten Peace Scholarship*
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship*
King Harald Scholarship
Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial
Scholarship*
Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship*
Mary E. Larsen International Studies
Scholarship*
Floyd Lorenzen Memorial Scholarship*
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior
College Scholarship
Lutheran Brotherhood Opportunity
Scholarship
Minnesota Power Company Scholarship
Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)
Monson Scholarship*
Karen Neitge Scholarship*
Marilyn and John Paul Nilsen Scholarship*
Norwest Foundation Scholarship
Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial
Scholarship*
Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship*
Timothy 0 . Olson Memorial Scholarship*
Jay and Rose Phillips Family Foundation
Scholarship
ReliaStar Foundation Scholarship
Clayton and Ruth Roen Memorial
Scholarship*
John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship*
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship*
Student Government Alumni Scholarship
Dr. James L. Tuohy Scholarship
MULTICULTURAL/INTERNATlONAL
STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Kent Anderson American Indian
Scholarship*
Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian
Scholarship*
Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial
Scholarship*
Cargill Foundation American Indian
Scholarship
CBS Foundation Scholarship
General Mills Foundation Scholarship
Grand Metropolitan American Indian
Scholarship
Grand Metropolitan Food Sector
Foundation Scholarship*
Hearst American Indian Scholarship*
Honeywell Corporation Scholarship
Grace Anne Johnson Memorial
Scholarship*
Kemdgehlueller American Indian
Scholarship
Little Six, Inc. Scholarship*
McKnight Foundation Scholarship
Marilyn Peterson Memorial Scholarship*
Prairie Island Indian Community
Scholarship*
Shakopee Mdewakanton Dakota
Community Scholarship*
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial
Scholarship*
St. Paul Companies, Inc. Scholarship
St. Paul Companies, Inc. Teaching
Assistants Scholarship
James R. Thorpe Foundation Scholarship
Trinity Lutheran Congregation 125th
Anniversary Scholarship*
UPS Foundation Scholarship
U.S. Bancorp Foundation Scholarship
West Group Scholarship
Westwood Lutheran Church Second Mile
Mission Scholarship*
36 Financial Information
PUBLIC SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS
Margaret E. Andrews Public Service
Scholarship Fund
Kleven Public Service Scholarship Fund
Person Public Service Scholarship Fund
Adeline Marie (Rasmussen)Johnson
Memorial Scholarship
Martin 0. and Sylvia A. Sabo Scholarship
for Leadership in Public and Community
Service
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in
Urban Affairs*
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Art
Lucy Bodnarczuk Memorial Scholarship
August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship*
Queen Sonja Art Scholarship
Biology
Biology Scholarships
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Biology Scholarship*
Business Administration/Accounting/
Economics
Allianz Life Insurance Company
Scholarship
Marianne Anderson Entrepreneurial
Scholarship*
Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship
Fund*
Cargill Foundation Scholarship
Farmers Insurance Group of Companies
Scholarship
Forss-Herr Scholarship*
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*
Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship*
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship*
Minnesota Mutual Foundation Scholarship
David L. Shaver Memorial Scholarship*
Clair E. and Gladys I. Strommen
Scholarship
Leland and Louise Sundet Scholarship*
Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship*
Chemistry
Courtland Agre Memorial Scholarship*
Augsburg College Chemistry Alumni
Scholarship*
Department of Chemistry Scholarships
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship*
Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Chemistry Scholarship*
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Chemistry Scholarship
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry
Scholarships*
Education
James and Shelby Andress Education
Scholarship*
5. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship*
Elva B. Love11 Life Scholarship*
David Mathre Scholarship*
Debra Boss Montgomery Memorial
Scholarship*
John L. and Joan H. Ohlin Memorial
Scholarship*
Barbara Tjomhom and Richard K. Nelson
Scholarship*
English
Dagny Christensen Memorial Scholarship*
Anne Pederson English Scholarship*
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship*
Foreign Language
Emil M. Fossan Modem Language
Scholarship*
Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language
Scholarship*
Theodore and Virginia Menzel
Scholarship*
-
Financial Information 37
Health-Education
Roy and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship*
Robert D. and Carolyn W Odegard
Scholarship*
Health-Related
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association
Scholarship*
Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Minnesota
Scholarship
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial
Scholarship*
Linnea A. Danielson Scholarship*
Fairview Nursing Alumnae Association
Scholarship*
Dr. Kristofer and Mrs. Bertha E. Hagen
Memorial Scholarship*
History
Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History
Award
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship*
John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship*
Dr. Bemhardt J. Kleven Scholarship*
Theodore and Lucille Nydahl History
Scholarship*
Mathematics and Computer Science
Allianz Life Insurance Company
Scholarship
Beverly Durkee Mathematics Scholarship*
Mathematics Scholarship
Music
Centennial Singers Scholarship*
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship
Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music
Scholarship*
Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music
Scholarship*
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*
Majorie and James R. Gronseth, Jr.
Memorial Music Scholarship*
Lynn Halverson Cello Scholarship*
0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship*
Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial
Choral Scholarship*
Professor Roberta Stewart Kagin
Scholarship*
Ruth Krohn Kislingbury Choral Music
Scholarship*
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship*
Nicholas Lenz Memorial Scholarship*
Kenneth 0 . Lower-Nordkap Male Chorus
Music Scholarship*
Arthur Carl Mammen Music Scholarship*
Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*
Music Education Scholarship
Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg
Scholarship*
Lois Oberhamer Nye Memorial
Scholarship*
Henry F! Opseth Music Scholarship*
Performing Arts Scholarship (Music)
Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental
Music Scholarship*
St. John's Lutheran Church -John Norris
Memorial Scholarship*
Leland B. Sateren Choral Music
Scholarship*
Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship*
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship*
String Scholarships
John and Vera Thut Scholarship*
Nordic Area Studies
Olaf Gaastjon Memorial Scholarship*
Walter G. and Ruth 1. Johnson
Scandinavian Studies Scholarship*
Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship*
38 Financial Information
Philosophy
Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth C. and Mrs. Dorothy A. Bailey
Scholarship*
Physical Education
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship*
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship*
Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship*
James F! Pederson Memorial Scholarship*
Stan Person Memorial Scholarship*
Physics
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*
Alfred A. Iverson Scholarship
NASA Space Grant Scholarship
Leif Sverdrup Physics Scholarship*
Political Science
Myles Stenshoel Scholarship*
Psychology
Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship*
Rev. and Mrs. George Pauluk Scholarship
Religion and Christian Service
Scholarships
C. A. L. and Esther J. E. Anderson
Scholarship*
Kyle A. and Sandra L. Anderson
Scholarship
Augsburg College Associates Scholarship*
Norman and Louise Bockbrader
Scholarship*
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*
Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance
Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial
Scholarship Fund
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial
Scholarship*
Ernest S. Egertson Family Scholarship*
'
Luthard 0. Gjerde Scholarship*
Rev. Dr. Harald D. and Jonette T. Grindal
Scholarship*
Dave Hagert Memorial Scholarship*
Elias P Harbo Memorial Scholarship*
Arnold and Neola Hardel Memorial
Scholarship*
Helen (Mohn) Henderson Memorial
Scholarship*
Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*
Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial
Scholarship
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*
Onesimus Scholarship*
Philip and Dora Quanbeck Scholarship*
Johan H. 0 . Rodvik Memorial
Scholarship*
Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren
Scholarship*
Paul G., Jr., and Evelyn Sonnack
Scholarship*
Roy C. and Jeanette Tollefson Scholarship
Moms G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes
Missionary Scholarship Fund*
Johan L. Weltzin Memorial Scholarship*
Social Work
Blanca-Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship*
Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship
Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship*
Steen Family Scholarship Fund for
Minority Social Work Students*
Bodo E Suemnig Memorial Scholarship*
Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship*
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize*
Speech/Communication/ Theatre Arts
Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship*
Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama)
Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre
Artsmeligion Scholarship*
ZP - (SSVI~) -!gl!qes!a
Y~!M
sluapnis 104 W P J ~ O J ~
ZP - Juauq3!Jugs l l ! ~3!uapey
~
ZV - sayhlag 6u!u~eal
pue >!wape>v
E
xperiences in the classroom are an
important part of college life, but learning
and development also occur in formal and
informal activities of the College and the
metropolitan area. Whether students are
residents or commuters, the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg will add
dimension to their education.
As a college of the church, we are
concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern
for spiritual growth is evident in the
opportunities we encourage and provide
for students to explore their own faith.
Because our campus is comprised of
individuals from many different religious
and cultural backgrounds, our worship life
is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth
groups, outreach teams and community
outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and
justice forums, concerts, and gatherings are
examples of the wide variety of activities
on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible
expression in chapel worship where students, faculty, and staff gather each day to
give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and
musicians. Each Wednesday night students
gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays,
Trinity Lutheran worship services are held
on campus, with many other churches
within walking distance.
We seek to develop a free and open
environment where people are encouraged
to use and discover the gifts and sense of
call and vocation that God has given them.
As a college of the church, we encourage
students to form values guided by our
Christian heritage, which will be the basis
for the kind and quality of life that reaches
beyond their years at Augsburg.
The college pastor and campus ministry
staff have offices in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles
Center for Worship, Drama, and
Communication and are available for spiritual guidance, counseling, support, or
information.
Through Student Government, students
secure a closer relationship with and better
understanding of the administration and
faculty and provide input into the decisionmaking process at Augsburg. Student
Government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and
provides the means for discussions and
action on all issues pertaining to student
life at Augsburg.
Student Government is organized into
the executive branch, the legislative
branch, and the judicial branch. Elections
are held in the spring for the next year.
Freshmen elect their representatives in the
fall of their first year. Many kinds of
involvement are possible-program planning, writing, editing, or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact
the president or vice president of the student body in their offices in the lower level
of the Christensen Center.
The Student Activities Program creates
opportunities for students to enhance their
leadership skills through active involvement in developing events, activities, and
organizations that serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming
efforts and targeted activities for specific
student interests are generated through
these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic
and enjoyable interactive environment.
-
Student Life 41
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, films, theme
events, name entertainment, and visiting
personalities in various fields.
The Christensen Center is the focus of
leisure-time activity on campus. Cooper's
Attic (the gameroom and student lounge)
is a popular hangout located in the lower
level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom and non-classroom related interests
meet here. Student offices in this area
include the College newspaper, the Echo;
the yearbook, The Augsburgian; Student
Government; and the Augsburg Student
Activities Council. KCMR, a student-operated nonprofit radio station serving the
needs of Augsburg and the surrounding
Cedar-Riverside community, is located in
Umess Tower.
Students have many opportunities to
participate in music and drama. In addition
to appearing on campus and in the city, the
Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and
Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are
available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience.
Students stage several plays on campus
each year under the direction of the
Theatre Arts Program and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus
workshops with visiting arts professionals.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is affiliated with the
Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference (MIAC) and is a member of
the National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men
annually compete in football, soccer, cross
country, basketball, ice hockey, wrestling,
baseball, track and field, and golf. Women
annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, ice hockey, softball,
track and field, and golf.
When Augsburg announced in
February 1995 that it was adding women's
ice hockey as a varsity sport, it became the
first college or university in Minnesota to
do so.
H INTRAMURALS
Every student is urged to participate in
some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities.
Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Check schedules for times
when there is open use of the gymnasium
and ice arena.
SPORTS AND RECREATION
At Augsburg, sports are for the average
student as well as the intercollegiate
athlete. The campus offers on a spaceavailable basis a double-rink ice arena,
gymnasium, tennis courts, a fitness center
with workout machines and weight room,
and an air supported dome over the athletic
field for winter fitness use by walkers and
runners. (See Fitness Center on page 45.)
42 Student Life
-
Augsburg's mission focuses on student
learning in the broadest sense. As an indication of the emphasis placed on student
learning, the student and academic affairs
offices work to bring together the student
learning found in the classroom with the
activities of experiential education and
work, residence life, and the learning
resources of the library and information
technology. The following sections elaborate on facets of student life. The formal
academic programs and requirements are
described on page 52.
GAGE FAMILY ACADEMIC
ENRICHMENT CENTER
The Gage Family Academic Enrichment
Center, located in Rooms 17 and 18 of
Foss Center, is designed to offer students
study-skill assistance so that they may
achieve academic success. The center has
four offices: the Learning Skills Office, the
Tutor Center, the Learning Laboratory and
the Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS).
The Learning Skills Office, located in
Foss Center, Room 17, assists students in
improving their skills in such areas as time
management, notetaking, textbook reading
and comprehension, test-taking, and concentration and memory improvement.
Diagnostic testing is also available to assess
skills in reading, vocabulary, spelling,
study strategies, and learning styles. The
staff will assist students in developing
effective and efficient studv skills.
The Karen M. Housh Tutor Center,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges
for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman- and
sophomore-level courses. The center also
notifies students of tutoring labs available
and coordinates supplementary instruction
sessions, in which tutors attend the classes
and lead discussions after class on major
concepts of the course.
The John Evans Learning Laboratory,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers
students the opportunity to improve skills
in reading, writing, and mathematics
through the use of computer software, as
well as to review and prepare software for
tests such as PPST, MCAT, GAT, and GRE.
Tutors are available to demonstrate the
uses of the software, and students are able
to monitor their progress.
PROGRAM FOR STUDENTS WITH
DISABILITIES (CLASS)
The Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS) Program serves
nearly 200 students and is recognized as a
leader in educating college students with
disabilities. The CLASS Program exemplifies the College's commitment to provide a
high-quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences, and preparation. Augsburg is committed to recruiting, retaining, and graduating students with diagnosed learning,
physical, and psychiatric disabilities who
demonstrate the ability and willingness to
participate in college-level learning.
The CUSS staff includes four licensed
learning disabilities specialists and a physical disabilities specialist who meet individually with students to assist them with
advising and registration, academic support services, learning strategies, self-advocacy skills, organization and time management, and selecting appropriate accommodations. The accommodations specialist
coordinates testing accommodations, notetaking services, taped textbooks, adaptive
technology, such as dictation and voice
recognition software, a scanner, CCTY
Braille printer, adaptive keyboards, and
computer assistance.
Student Life
The Groves Computer Lab is designed
for students with disabilities and contains
computers and adaptive equipment to
assist them in their academic progress.
The campus is accessible to students
with physical disabilities and includes a
skyway tunnel elevator system that connects 10 major buildings. Modified and
accessible rooms are available in all residence halls.
For more information, please contact
the CLASS Program at (612) 330-1053 to
request a copy of the CLASS brochure and
video andlor to schedule an appointment
with a specialist.
Components of the program are:
American Indian Student Services:
Assistance in admissions procedures, financial aid procedures including BIA, Tribal
and Minnesota Indian State Scholarship
applications, orientation and registration,
coursework selection, individual education
plans, academic advising, career counseling, employment, community and professional referrals, internships, student housing, and crisis intervention. It advises and
supports the Intertribal Student Union.
1 STEPUP PROGRAM
Intertribal Student Union: ITSU serves
as a peer support group for incoming and
currently-enrolled American Indian students. ITSU also organizes and co-sponsors
cultural events.
The mission of the StepUP Program at
Augsburg College is threefold: (1) it strives
to affirm the College's commitment to provide a high-quality liberal arts education
for students with diverse backgrounds,
experiences and preparation; (2) it provides students in recovery who demonstrate the willingness and ability to participate in college-level learning with ongoing
study and living skills that support them in
their academic progress toward a degree;
and (3) it supports students in their commitment to sobriety.
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership: MNITTP is a cooperative
effort between Augsburg College and the
Minneapolis Public School District, intended
to increase the number of American Indian
teachers in the Minneapolis public schools.
Funded by the Minnesota State Legislature
in 1990, this project is designed as a special grant and loan forgiveness program.
Students who are awarded state teaching
licensure may then apply for loan forgiveness for each year the student teaches;
one fifth of the loan will be forgiven.
AMERICAN INDIAN STUDENT
SERVICES
The American Indian Student Services
Program, located at 620 2lst Avenue
South, is a multifaceted office established
in 1978 to recruit and retain American
Indian students. It is a national model of
success and continues to have one of the
highest retention and graduation rates of
American Indian students in the state of
Minnesota.
American Indian Studies Minor: An
academic component encompassing the
range of American Indian contributions to
North American culture. Courses offered
include art, religion, history, literature,
Ojibwe language, and women's issues. For
more information, contact the director of
American Indian studies at (612) 3301385, or see course listings under
Interdisciplinary Studies in the Departments and Programs section of the catalog.
Anishinabe Library Project: Over 1,000
books, a variety of journals and scholarly
publications, research materials, American
2
- Student Life
Indian magazines and newspapers, and
over 125 VHS videos are housed in the
Lindell Library and at the American Indian
Student Services office. The library project
offers both a historical and contemporary
perspective on the cultures of various tribal
nations in the United States.
PAN ASIAN STUDENT SERVICES
The Pan Asian Student Services
Program was created in 1992 to recruit and
retain Asian American students and to
enhance the quality of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunities where
Asian American students can be involved
in and contribute to all aspects of academic
and student life.
The program provides assistance in the
admissions and financial aid application
procedures, orientation, registration and
coursework selection, career development,
academic and non-academic difficulties,
and employment and placement referrals.
The Asian American Association is
affiliated with the program. The association
cames out various activities during the
academic year to increase the network of
friendship and support for Asian American
and other students at Augsburg.
PAN-AFRIKAN STUDENT SERVICES
The program is committed to enhancing the education and personal development of students of African descent, and to
promote cultural and historical awareness,
academic achievement, and social interaction. It sponsors events and activities such
as celebrating Martin Luther King's birthday, Afrikana History Month, the Each One
Reach One mentoring program, and
Augsburg African American Alumni
Council gatherings.
The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU)
provides support to students, including a
schedule of social and cultural activities.
The headquarters is in the Pan-Afrikan
Student Services office, as is the PanAfrikan Center.
HISPANIC/LATINO STUDENT
SERVICES
The HispanicLatino Student Services
Program offers students individualized
attention in many areas, including academic
support, counseling, and advocacy.
Students find assistance in admissions
and financial aid procedures, orientation
and registration, academic planning, career
counseling, housing, internships and
employment, and placement referrals.
The program advises the Latino
Student Association and supports academic, social, and cultural events, as well as
other activities that improve the academic
and personal development of Hispanic1
Latino students and provide awareness of
the unique aspects of Hispanic culture.
stubent Life
CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND
HEALTH PROMOTION
Counseling
Counseling provides a supportive environment where students have many opportunities to gain self-awareness through personal exploration with the assistance of
trained, experienced counselors.
Counselors serve as advocates providing
support and assistance with direction.
Services include individual counseling,
group counseling, psychological testing,
assessment and referral, workshops, and
consultation and outreach.
Through the relationship with a skilled
counselor, a student may discuss personal
issues such as stress, depression, roommate
problems, intimacy and sexuality, drug use,
family problems, motivation, transitions,
breaking away from family, self-image, difficult decisions, eating concerns, etc.
Counseling is an educational process in
which students learn to think objectively
about themselves and learn methods of
understanding themselves and others.
Professional counseling can make a substantial contribution to the educational
experiences of the student by providing the
opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth.
Health Promotion
Health Promotion offers a wide
spectrum of activities and events that
increase awareness of health issues and
assist students in adapting new behaviors
for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion
also works with various campus agencies
to foster positive change within the
campus environment.
Professional staff offer private consultations, individual assessments, and group
workshops to accommodate the needs of
all students. Topics include varied health
issues such as fitness, nutrition, weight
management, stress reduction, alcohol and
other drug use, sexuality, etc. Students
interested in health issues can combine
learning and practice through involvement with Health Promotion services.
Academic and practicum opportunities are
also available to students from a variety of
academic disciplines.
HEALTH SERVICE
Riverside University Family Practice
Clinic serves as the Augsburg College
health service and is a family practice residency clinic affiliated with the University
of Minnesota. The clinic is located five
blocks from campus at 2615 Franklin
Avenue South. Many services are available
for all Augsburg students. Please refer to
the Student Guide for details.
Students must check family health
insurance coverage to determine if they are
included. If not, contact the health service
coordinator for information regarding student health insurance and other services
available through RUFPC.
FITNESS CENTER
Located on the lower level of Melby
Hall, the Fitness Center was built in 1993
and equipped with stationary bicycles, stair
steppers, treadmills, and other aerobic
workout machines. It includes a weight
room with universal and free weight systems. All staff, students, and faculty may
use the center.
2
46 Student Life
-
The Office of International Student
Services in the undergraduate admissions
house focuses on the needs of international
students. It also serves as a resource for
those interested in international events and
global issues.
International StudentsInternational students receive assistance in
meeting their educational objectives
through advising on academic concerns,
immigration and visa problems, financial
matters, practical matters, and personal
concerns.
New international students participate
in an orientation program before the beginning of the term that provides practical
information on housing, banking, using
local transportation, and course registration. Students also learn about the U.S.
educational system and how to adjust to
life at Augsburg.
(Also see English as a Second Language
on page 79.)
Augsburg Community-Study
abroad works to utilize the cross-cultural
perspectives of its international students
and students with experience overseas to
educate the college community on world
issues. This is done through faculty, staff,
and student development programs that
include activities sponsored by the CrossCultural Club, forums on world issues
sponsored by the Global Community and
Amnesty International student groups, and
seminars focusing on issues of cross-cultural communication for faculty and staff.
(Also see Study Opportunities Abroad
on page 57 and Student Teaching Abroad
on page 60.)
Augsburg recognizes the importance
of the residence experience during the
college years. Research indicates that
students who live on campus will be more
likely to complete their college degree
successfully. Augsburg provides a diverse
and dynamic residence program that
fosters the development of community,
and supports and enhances the academic
experience. Live-in staff assist students by
providing social and educational programming, facilitating conflict resolutions, and
assisting in emergencies.
Each complex contains 24-hour study
rooms, computer services, laundry and
vending services, and access to security staff.
Augsburg expects all freshmen and
sophomores not living at home to live in
college-operated housing. Housing for
mamed students and students with families is available.
Students rent a room at the beginning
of the fall term for the entire academic
year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they amve at
Augsburg. Upper-class students make
housing arrangements in the spring. All
resident students must sign room and
board contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are
urged to make the tuition deposit by June
1 in order to secure housing. Students who
deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space is available.
All students living on campus must pay
a $200 deposit when they sign the housing
contract. The fee is credited to students'
accounts when they move out.
-
Student Life 47
The College houses approximately 700
students in residence hall rooms, apartments, floor houses, and townhouses. A
wide variety of options is available, including single rooms.
Urness Tower-All new students and
some upper-class students live in Urness
Tower. This 11-story high-rise houses 324
students. Each floor is considered a houseunit providing 36 students (two to a room)
with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished with a bed, dresser, desk, and chair.
Linens are not provided.
Mortensen Tower-This building is a
13-story high-rise apartment building. It
contains 104 one-bedroom and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312
upper-class students. Mortensen Tower is
carpeted, air conditioned, and contains
kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished.
Anderson Hall--Open in fall 1993,
this is the newest residence hall. It contains four types of living units: two-bedroom apartments, two-room suites, floor
houses, and townhouses. This residence
houses 192 students. All rooms are furnished with beds, dressers, and desks. It is
equipped with telephones, cable T\! and
computer hook-ups.
Special Interest Housing-Students
may submit proposals in the spring for a
program that allows them to live as a group
with a special educational contract.
Examples of programs include Campus
Ministry, healthy living options, and international floors.
FOOD SERVICE
Commons-Situated on the top floor
of Christensen Center, this is the main
food service facility for students, faculty,
and staff. This pleasant, spacious room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle
and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on
board plan who live in residence halls eat
their meals in the Commons.
Murphy's-Located on the ground
floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's
features grill items, pizza, soups, sandwiches, salads, desserts, and beverages.
Augsburg provides a variety of board
plan options for those living in College
houses or nearby apartments.
STUDENT STANDARDS OF
BEHAVIOR, COMPLAINTS, RECORDS
The College has adopted a statement
of standards for student behavior and has
provided for due process in matters of
academic honesty, disciplinary action,
grievances, and grade appeal. These are
in the Student Guide.
The College operates in compliance
with the Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act. Students have the right to
inspect certain official records, files, and
data that pertain to them and that are
maintained in the registrar's office and the
placement office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Information on these policies are found
in the Student Guide available from the
Office of Academic and Learning Services.
48 Student Life
FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg is required to give notice of
the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg's
policy is published in this catalog on page
81 and in the Student Guide distributed
annually to students.
Augsburg College understands that no
information other than "directory information" can be released without the written
permission of the student. Students must
give permission in writing for educational
information to be released to anyone outside of the official personnel (faculty and
administration) at Augsburg. This means
that faculty or others cannot write letters
of support/recommendation or nominate
students for awards unless explicit written
permission is given by the student to
release non-"directory information." It
is not sufficient to ask for letters of
recommendation.
Complete information about Augsburg's
procedures with regard to FERPA are available from the registrar's office.
DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINTS
The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievances:
Affirmative Action Coordinator (for
matters based on race, creed, national, or
ethnic origin)-Contact Lora Steil, manager of human resources, Ground Floor,
Memorial Hall, (612) 330-1023.
504 Coordinator (for matters based
on physical or mental handicap)-Contact
Vern M. Bloom, assistant professor of social
work, Memorial Hall 332, (612) 330-1133.
Title IX Coordinator (for matters
based on sex or marital status)-Contact
the associate dean for student affairs, First
Floor, Christensen Center, (612) 330-1160.
Employment-Contact Human
Resources, Ground Floor, Memorial Hall,
(612) 330-1058.
All correspondence should be
addressed to the designated office at
Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Avenue,
Minneapolis, MN 55454. Formal grievance
procedures are described in the Student
Guide. Copies are available from the Office
of Academic and Learning Services.
/"
,/
General Information - 50
Degrees Offered - 50
Academic Calendar - 50
Faculty - 50
Library and Information
Technology Services - 51
Computer Resources - 51
Academic Adv~s~ng
Center - 52
Augsburg Sem~nar- 52
Academic Organization
and Proqrams
- 52
Divisions and Departments - 52
Majors and Minors - 53
Teaching Licensure - 54
Pre-Professional Programs - 55
Honors Program - 56
Inter-Institutional Programs - 56
Study Abroad - 57
Center for Service, Work, and
Learning - 60
Weekend College - 62
Graduate Programs - 62
Other Programs - 63
Academic Policies and
Procedures - 64
Registration - 64
Withdrawal from College - 65
Leave of Absence - 65
General Education
Curriculum - 68
Quick Check Surnmanl
- ,ofGraduation Requirements - 66
Graduation Requirements - 68
Skills Components and
Requirements - 69
Liberal Arts Perspectives - 71
Rationale for Perspectives - 71
Evaluation and Grading - 75
Assessment of Previous Learning
Program - 77
Academic Progress, Probation ar
Dismissal - 80
Commencement - 81
Four-Year Assurance Program - 81
FERPA - 81
A
ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the
that students
must be educated intellectually, spiritually,
and physically. To act effectively, human
beings must have a broad grasp of the
world from which they have come as well
as the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces students to
the breadth and complexity of knowledge
and culture.
Required courses in Christian Faith are
designed to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition and encourage them to
reflect upon the importance and meaning
of spirituality in their lives. Recreation
courses offer students opportunities to
develop skills for participation in exercise
and sporting activities.
Students choose from over 50 major
areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a
career or further study. Thus, through a
balance of curricular activities supported
by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education
strives to educate its students in a real
world for the real world.
DECREES OFFERED
Augsburg offers the bachelor of arts,
the bachelor of music, and the bachelor of
science degrees. Augsburg also offers the
master of arts in leadership and the master
of social work degrees.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
The Augsburg day program follows the
4-1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks, separated
by a four-week January Interim. Full-time
students normally take four course credits
each semester and one course during
Interim. Day school freshmen are required
to take an Interim course their first year.
The calendar is coordinated with those
of the four other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students
can take a course on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration on
page 64 and Calendars on pages 4 and 5.)
January Interim is particularly intended to
be a time for both students and faculty to
employ different styles of teaching and
learning, and to investigate questions and
topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog,
published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to
classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers
a variety of travel opportunities within the
United States and abroad.
Augsburg offers two summer school
sessions. A maximum of three course credits
can be earned in the two annual summer
sessions, one of four weeks and one of six
weeks. The Summer Session Catalog, published in the winter of each year, is distributed to all students, and is available by contacting the Office of Summer School.
Augsburg Weekend College and graduate programs follow a trimester calendar
(see Augsburg Weekend College and
Graduate Programs on page 62.)
FACULTY
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a
doctorate or other terminal degree, and all
consider teaching to be the focus of their
activity. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activi-
-
Academic lnformation 51
ties, but see these activities as supporting
their teaching. They are actively involved
in an exciting faculty development program that introduces them to current
thought in many fields, but especially in
teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes
encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students.
Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities.
Every freshman is assigned an Augsburg
Seminar adviser and, later, chooses a major
adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act
as both mentors and models for students.
LIBRARY AND INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY SERVICES
The James G. Lindell Family Library
opened at the start of the 1997-98 academic year. The new, four-level, 77,000-squarefoot facility houses all library and information technology functions of the College.
In addition to the 175,000 volume main
collection, the Lindell Library includes the
Gage Family Art Gallery, special collections
and archives, a curriculum library and
instructional technology lab, library
instruction classroom, and facilities for
media viewing and listening. A bridge will
link the new building to Sverdrup Hall (the
former library), which will be renovated to
house additional computer labs and multimedia classrooms as well as a lounge and
vending area.
Library Resources
A service-oriented staff provides students and faculty alike with assistance to
meet diverse information needs including
instruction in the use of the library, reference service, and guidance in pursuing
research. Arrangements are made for access
by students with physical limitation and
special needs. Students can search a wide
variety of local, regional, national, and
international databases. Electronic access
to the world of scholarship is also available
through the Internet, and a computerized
on-line catalog and daily courier service
provide access to the library holdings of
the seven private liberal arts colleges in the
Twin Cities. Appropriately equipped laptop
computers can be connected to any of several hundred data ports throughout the
building to access these resources.
lnformation Technology Resources
Augsburg College has been a member
of the National Science Foundation's
Internet since 1990 and has built a reputation as a leader in its commitment to provide students with the best access to information technology and training. In
Newsweek magazine's Cyberscope section
on Aug. 1, 1994, for example, Augsburg
was cited as one of two first-rate sources
for information about the Internet. Visit
Augsburg's Web site <www.augsburg.edu>
for more on IT at Augsburg.
Computing
Students have access to over 180 oncampus personal computer systems. There
are desktop machines in three computer
labs and four computer classrooms, as well
as a suite of laptops that can be checked
out at the IT Service Center. Other
machines ar'i: available for student use
within academic departments. A campuswide network offers a full range of network
services including printing, e-mail, newsgroups, the World Wide Web, and access
to resources available via Gopher, Telnet,
and FTF! Appropriately equipped studentowned machines can also be connected to
the network to provide access from dormitory rooms. (Also see Honors Computing
and Communications Lab under Honors
Program on page 56.)
52 Academic Information
Media
The Media Center provides a large collection of sound recordings, video tapes
and films, as well as equipment for instructional use. Audio and video tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law
is available. The center supplies TV sets,
VCRs, video cameras, video editing, tape
recorders, microphones, slide-, overhead-,
filmstrip-, and movie projectors as well as
screens and carts. Facilities for classes in
broadcasting are located near the communications department in Foss Center.
Telecommunications
A campus-wide telecommunications
system enables easy and convenient voice
communication between students, faculty,
and staff. Students can leave voice mail
messages with any member of the faculty,
administration or the staff; voice mail
or call waiting are available to resident
students at a modest cost. Long-distance
service, billed to individual students,
can be arranged for any on-campus
residence phone.
ACADEMIC ADVISING CENTER
(AAC)
The Academic Advising Center advises
all incoming students with undeclared
majors, provides information on matters of
general education, administers and tracks
all entry level skills assessments, interprets
catalog and graduation skills requirements,
and advises students who have been placed
on academic probation and re-entering suspended students regarding GPA requirements. The AAC also provides materials
for organizing and recording student academic progress. The center also coordinates
summer advising for the orientation program and provides in-service training and
development for faculty advisers.
AUCSBURG SEMINAR (AUG)
The Augsburg Seminar assists students
in their first Augsburg registration, provides orientation events before classes
begin, and includes a seminar series.
The Augsburg Seminar reflects the
College's commitment to a meaningful
introduction to college for our s t u d e n t s
an enriching beginning for a college career.
To provide focus for this introduction, the
Augsburg Seminar is centered on a series
of themes. These themes are reflected in
and expanded upon in readings, discussions, and other activities. Diversity, tradition, change, ways of knowing, and what it
means to be an educated person are all
themes associated with the program. (Also
see page 92.)
DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS
The College cuniculum is offered by 23
departments that are grouped into four
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities-Catherine Nicholl
(Chair). Art, English, modem languages,
philosophy, religion, speech/communicationltheatre arts, College librarians.
Natural Science a n d
Mathematics--Larry Ragland (Chair).
Biology, chemistry, mathematics, computer
science, physics, physician assistant studies.
Social and Behavioral S c i e n c e s
Garry Hesser (Chair). Business administration/accounting/MIS, economics, history,
political science, psychology, sociology.
Professional Studies-Anne Jensen
(Chair). Education, health and physical
education, music, nursing, social work.
-
Academic Information 53
MAJORS A N D MINORS
Majors, or concentrations of study, may
be within one department, within one division, or may cross academic disciplines.
Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Others test a
variety of disciplines before deciding.
Normally a major should be elected by the
end of the fourth semester and earlier in
some disciplines. Details of majors and
minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors
are part of the bachelor of arts degree.
Students may contact the registrar
about creating a student-designed major.
Accounting
General Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Public Accounting
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Administration/Finance
Business
Administration/International
Business
Business Administrationhlanagement
Business Administrationhlarketing
Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.)
Communication
General Communication Studies
Mass Communication
Organizational Communication
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
Computational Economics (B.A.)
East Asian Studies 1
Economics
Applied Economics
Economics
Economics/Business Administration
Education
Education Studies (non-licensure)
Elementary Education Studies
(non-licensure)
Kindergarten-Elementary (licensure)
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering 2
English
Health Education
History
International Relations
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Applied Mathematics
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modem Languages
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music (B.A.)
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nordic Area Studies
Nursing (B.S.-Weekend College only)
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physician Assistant
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Space Physics (B.S.)
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Youth and Family Ministry
Russian, Central and East European Area
Studies 1
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Women's Studies1
s4 Academic Information
Accounting
American Indian Studies
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
Economics
English
Health Education
History
International Business
International Relations
Linguistics
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modem Languages
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Nordic Area Studies
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Sociology
Social Welfare
Russian, Central, and East European Area
Studies 1
Special Education
Theatre Arts
Theatre Arts
Theatre History and Criticism
Women's Studies
It is possible for students to complete
other majors through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
Students who wish to complete a major
offered at one of the other ACTC colleges
must apply through the Augsburg registrar's office. Some majors may have a competitive application process with acceptance determined by the major department.
1 Cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning/intermediate/advanced
courses not available at consortium colleges in
Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and
other infrequently taught languages. Students register directly with the ACTC office.
2 Dual-degree programs with the University of
Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science, and Michigan Technological University.
OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS
Teaching Licensure
Teaching licensure programs are offered
at Augsburg in kindergarten-elementary
education and the following fields in secondary education: English-language arts,
French, German, life science, mathematics,
physical science (chemistry or physics),
science (grades 5-9), social studies,
Spanish, speech, theatre arts, and in the
special areas of art (K-12), band (K-12)
and classroom music (grades 5-12),
orchestra (K-12) and classroom music
(grades 5-12), vocal and classroom music
(K-9), vocal and classroom music (grades
5-12), health (K-12), and physical education (K-12). (See Department of Education
on pages 127-137.)
Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the
Department of Education and the area of
their academic major(s) .
Academic Information
The State of Minnesota intends to have
new teacher licensure rules in effect by
August 1, 2000. Students who enter the
programs in the fall of 1998 and beyond
will be under the new rules. It is expected
that license areas after that date will be
similar to the list printed above. It is the
student's responsibility to work closely
with an education department adviser and
to stay informed about changing requirements in their teaching field.
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of
law, medicine, denti~try,~ministry,
veterinary
science, pharmacy, or erigineering can profit
from a liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements
for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study
at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty
adviser is available in each field to assist
students in their planning. Students who
want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact the Academic Advising
Center early in their freshman year to
arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry--These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the
University of Minnesota: ENG, two courses;
BIO 113, 114,215; PHY 121, 122; CHM
115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352; MAT
124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering-See engineering
degree and major requirements on pages
138-139.
Pre-Law-Students considering a
career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of
American Law Schools. Students may wish
to take law-related courses to help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students
should major in a discipline of their own
choosing; most law school entrance
requirements will be satisfied with a record
of solid achievement coupled with an
acceptable LSAT score.
Pre-Medicine-Many medical schools
are encouraging a liberal arts education to
prepare for study in medicine. While a
major in chemistry and biology is not
required to apply to medical schools, many
students with an interest in the sciences
choose to major in these fields.
Coursework that is required by most medical schools includes: two composition
courses, including ENG 111; CHM 115,
116 (or 105, 106); CHM 351,352; BIO
113, 114,215,367; MAT 145,146; PHY
121, 122. Courses recommended in preparation for MCATs: BIO 355, 473, 476;
CHM 361. Students must consult with faculty in biology and chemistry as well as the
pre-medical adviser in the Academic
Advising Center early in their studies.
Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician Assistant, and Pre-Physical
Therapy-Coursework in preparation for
these training programs should be discussed with a faculty member in the
Department of Biology.
Pre-Pharmacy-Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy
at the University of Minnesota: BIO 113,
114, 215,476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105,
106), 351,352; ECO 113; ENG 111, and
a second course; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121,
122; electives from human anatomy
(ACTC); and humanities, literature, and
the arts to fulfill the semester hour
2
56 Academic Information
requirements. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary-A student may enter a
theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes
REL 111, 221; at least two semesters of
history (Western civilization); one or more
courses in the history of philosophy, and
Greek in the junior andlor senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine-To meet
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, two courses; MAT 145, 146; public speaking, one course; CHM 115, 116
(or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; BIO 113,
114, 215; PHY 121, 122; economics, one
course; two courses in art, literature,
music, humanities, theatre, or upper division modem languages; and anthropology,
economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, or sociology courses to
fulfill the rest of the curriculum requirements. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
HONORS PROGRAM
The Honors Program is designed to
challenge and encourage the most academically distinguished students at Augsburg.
The program combines academic and cultural components with social activities.
Members of the program normally enter as
freshmen, but students may enter the program as late as the beginning of the junior
year. Students graduate from the Honors
Program upon successful completion of the
program, which is noted on the transcript.
That notation provides an advantage for
both employment and graduate school
application.
The Honors Program at Augsburg was
awarded a National Science Foundation
Grant in 1995 to establish an Honors
Computing and Communications Lab in
Foss 20, and to put the program on a computational footing. Students entering the
program as freshmen are required to take
an honors version of CSC 160 Introduction
to Computer Science and Communications,
which establishes crisp computing and
communications skills at the outset of
their collegiate careers. Other courses in
the program make use of these computing
skills in lab-oriented sequences exploring
literature, writing, history, religion, philosophy, and social and natural science.
During the junior and senior years, students take four mini-seminars (one full
course credit upon completion), one each
semester, and participate in a six-week
Monday Forum Program each term.
Seniors take a senior seminar during
Interim, which satisfies a perspective
requirement, and are obliged to complete
an approved honors project. Some seniors
satisfy this requirement by serving on the
Augsburg Honors Review, a yearly journal
that publishes outstanding student papers.
Requirements center on full participation in the program and the maintenance
of at least a 3.3 GPA the freshman year, a
3.4 the sophomore year, and a 3.5 the last
two years. Please direct inquiries to Dr.
Joan Griffin, associate director of the
Honors Program, 330-1045, or Dr. Lany
Crockett, director of the Honors Program,
330-1060.
INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities
area on several programs.
Library and Media CenterThrough CLIC, the Twin Cities private
-
Academic Information 57
colleges library consortium, the Augsburg
community has direct access to over
1,300,000 volumes.
Associated Colleges of t h e Twin
Cities (ACTC)-Full-time weekday students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges
and universities of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine, and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at one of the other
campuses. No additional fee is required for
such an exchange, except for private
instruction in music or approved independent studies. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain
new perspectives, to get better acquainted
with the other schools, or to undertake a
specific course or major not offered on the
home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The Interim term may also
be taken on another campus. A regularly
scheduled bus shuttles students between
the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with
other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)-Augsburg, in
cooperation with 17 other colleges and
universities, offers off-campus study semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central
America, and the Twin Cities. (See HECUA
programs on page 59.)
Air Force ROTC-Augsburg students
may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at the University of St. Thomas under
the ACTC consortium agreement. Students
are eligible to compete for two- and threeyear AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the registrar's office.
Army ROTC-Augsburg students may
participate in the Army ROTC program at
the University of Minnesota under an
agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the
program. For more information, contact
the registrar's office.
Naval ROTC-Augsburg students may
participate in the Naval ROTC program at
the University of Minnesota under an
agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the program.
For more information, contact the registrar's office.
Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg
course credit of military science studies
may apply toward the total credits required
for graduation. Additional military science
credits beyond the one credit allowed will
be classified as non-degree credits.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR
STUDY ABROAD
An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas
experience. Through study abroad students
may meet with grassroots women's organizations in Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Kenya, examine
Scandinavian perspectives on world peace
in Norway or thrill to the sounds of The
Magic Flute at the Viennese state opera
house. Study abroad provides opportunities
to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen
language competencies, further career
paths, experience different cultures, and
gain knowledge about the increasingly
interdependent world.
Academic Requirements and Credit
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an
international dimension to any academic
program. Students normally receive the
same number of course credits abroad as if
studying on campus. Courses abroad can
58 Academic Information
fulfill major, general education, and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and department chairs
before departure.
Students receive advice on selecting
programs that best fit their academic,
career, and personal objectives. Assistance
is provided with application, course registration, financing, and travel arrangements.
Orientation and re-entry programs assist
students in integrating the experience
abroad into their coursework and
personal lives.
Eligibility and Application
All students in good academic standing
(a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off campus.
Although foreign language skills are an
asset, they are not required. Since it takes
some time to prepare for studying abroad,
students should start planning during their
freshman and sophomore years.
The deadline for application is Sept. 30
for off-campus study during spring term
and March 1 for off-campus study during
fall term.
Costs and Financial Aid
The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for a
semester on campus. Financial aid is granted
on the same basis as on-campus study.
Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the
financial aid office in awarding aid to students studying overseas.
The Center for Global Education
The Center for Global Education facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences
that prepare people to think more critically
about global issues and to work toward a
more just and sustainable world. The tenter's programs explore a diversity of view-
points and are grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others struggling
for justice and human dignity.
The center's study programs are conducted in Central America, Mexico, and
Namibia. Students experience three distinct types of living situations: living with
other participants in a community house,
spending several days in a rural setting,
and several weeks living with host families.
They also travel together on two-week
seminars-from Mexico to Central
America, and from Namibia to South
Africa. The cost of these programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for
one semester on campus, plus airfare.
Women and Development: Latin
American Perspectives (Mexico)-Fall
This program explores the experiences
of women in Latin America, focusing on
their roles in economic development,
social change strategies, and the connections women are drawing among issues of
gender, race, class, and global economics.
The program offers credit in religion, interdisciplinary studies, political science, and
Spanish. Application deadline: April 1.
\\
Sustainable Development and Social
Change (Guatemala, El Salvador,
Nicaragua)-Fall and Spring
This program introduces students to the
key issues facing the Central Americans.
For two decades the people of Central
America have been in upheaval and have
experienced fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of
revolution and civil war on the lives and
culture of the people and the environment
of Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua.
Course credit may be earned in Spanish,
religion, interdisciplinary studies, and eco-
Academic Information
nomics. Application deadline: April 1for
fall, October 15 for spring.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA)
Multicultural Societies in Transition:
Southern African Perspectives
(Namibia)-Fall
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in four different full
semester programs in Norway, Ecuador, or
Colombia. All programs emphasize the
impact of the social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community.
HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships, and field
trips.
This intensive program of travel and
study is designed to introduce participants
to the central issues facing southern Africa.
Namibia is a nation that has recently
gained independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence.
Credit is available in history, political
science, and interdisciplinary studies.
Application deadline: April 1.
Gender and Environment: Latin
America Perspectives (Mexico)Spring
This program introduces students to
the socio-economic and political issues of
the region with a focus on the impact of
environmental policies on the lives of
women and men from varying economic
classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and
Central America. Credit is available in
Spanish, sociology, and religion.
Application deadline: October 15.
Women and Development: Southern
African Perspectives (Namibia)Spring
This intensive travel and study program
is designed to introduce students to the
central issues facing southern Africa, with
emphasis on the experiences of women.
The program introduces students to the
struggle of women in southern Africa, to
the history of their role in society, and to
the situation that exists for women in
Africa. Credit is available in sociology, religion, political science, and interdisciplinary
studies. Application deadline: Oct. 15.
For more information on international
HECUA programs, see the listings under
International Studies; and for non-international programs, see Metro-Urban Studies
under Interdisciplinary Studies.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term:
Norway-Fall
This interdisciplinary program focuses
on contemporary Scandinavian society, culture, and language and the development of
cities, urban problem solving, and urban
life. Local, regional, and international field
study and site visits in other countries,
including the former Soviet Union, will
provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics. Application
deadline: March 15.
South American Urban Semester:
Colombia-Fall
This semester-in-the-city program,
located in Bogota, Colombia, is an interdisciplinary program that focuses on the relationships between third world development and the consequences of urbanization
and social inequality. Analysis of competing theories of development are integrated
with field study in the host city and outlying regions.
9
60 Academic Information
Community Internships in Latin
America: Colombia-Spring
This interdisciplinary program enables
the student to combine intense involvement in a community-based organization
with study of the community development
process and increase language skills.
Students study philosophical and ideological perspectives of a variety of community
agencies or groups working with or for
low-income and other disenfranchised
populations in Latin America. Application
deadlines: Nov. 1.
Culture and Society in Latin America:
Colombia or Ecuador-Spring
This interdisciplinary program focuses
on development and social change in Latin
America through the study of ideology, as
reflected in literature, the arts, and the
ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities. Application deadline: Nov. 1.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected education department students
may participate in the International
Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University
or the University of Minnesota-Morris.
Students have options for student teaching
in dozens of countries through the
International Independent School
Network. Students who teach abroad will
also do part of their student teaching
under direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
For additional information, contact the
Department of Education.
Interim Abroad
Each January, 25 to 30 courses are
offered around the world by Augsburg professors and through the Upper Midwest
Association for International Education
(UWIE). Course registration is held dur-
ing the spring and fall terms for the following January. Application deadline: Oct. 25.
THE CENTER FOR SERVICE, WORK,
AND LEARNING
The Center for Service, Work, and
Learning is a comprehensive center incorporating an educational focus emphasizing
the importance and value for all students
to engage in service and work-based learning experiences and design of a four-year
career plan integrating their education
with a vocation and life plan.
The center helps students take advantage of Augsburg's metropolitan location
through the highly successful experiential
programs that link the College's academic
programs to Twin Cities employers and
organizations. Through internships, cooperative education, and community servicelearning, Augsburg students integrate and
expand their liberal arts education by
embracing the worlds of work and service
and integrating this learning with their
career and vocation plan.
The center helps link employers, community organizations, and the academic
program in ways that enrich and expand a
student's educational experience and personal development. Experiential education
opportunities are closely related to a student's major, coursework, or career interest. Placements may be in small and midsize companies, large corporations, nonprofit organizations, schools, government
agencies, and community-based organizations.
The underlying assumption is that a
liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowing and doing" adds
breadth and depth to the liberal arts curriculum and assists students in making
more informed academic, personal, and
career decisions.
-
Academic Information 61
Academic Internships
An academic internship is a carefully
planned, work-based learning experience
where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. A
learning agreement plan that is negotiated
with a faculty supervisor and work supervisor, outlining the internship objectives,
strategies, and evaluation methods, is
required.
An academic internship is approved,
supervised, and evaluated by a faculty
member in the department in which the
student wishes to earn the internship credit.
Upper division internships are numbered
399 and lower division internships are
numbered 199 (see page 85).
Internships are available in all majors
and can be taken during a semester (or
Weekend College trimester), Interim, or
summer session. Interdisciplinary internships are also available. For extension of an
internship beyond one term see Evaluation
and Grading on page 75.
A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the total courses
required for the degree.
Cooperative Education
Cooperative education is a college-supported, paid, work-learning experience that
is closely related to a student's major or
career objective. The goal is to combine
theory with practice in work or servicebased settings.
Students also earn money to help defray
educational costs while gaining important
on-the-job experience. Job placements typically are part-time during the academic
year andlor full-time in the summer. Co-op
jobs are flexible and can begin and end
anytime. Co-op ed is not accredited in and
of itself, but a non-credit cooperative education transcript notation is highly recommended during the academic terms the
student is employed. Co-op ed students are
encouraged to register for at least one
internship for credit in conjunction with
their cooperative education participation.
Co-op ed is available to Augsburg students
who have completed their freshman year
and are in good academic standing.
Community Service-Learning
Augsburg's Community ServiceLearning Program provides students with
opportunities to respond to human needs
in the city through service experiences,
which include reflection on and analysis of
community issues in order to promote personal and educational growth. Augsburg
students learn from the community in
which they live by participating in service
activities combined with learning components such as orientation sessions, seminars, and class discussions. This dynamic
and interactive educational approach
employs reciprocal learning between the
students and the community. Community
service examples include tutoring at
schools and community centers close to
campus, volunteering at homeless shelters,
building housing for low-income people,
or working with environmental groups.
Service-learning experiences include
course-embedded community service,
internships, cooperative education, and a
wide range of extracurricular volunteer
options.
The service-learning program works
closely with the student-directed Augsburg
LINK, residence hall directors, and campus
ministry.
62 Academic Information
CAREER SERVICES
Career Services is committed to assisting all students with their career planning.
This process is an important part of a student's development while attending college. To aid students in this process, Career
Services offers students the opportunity to
actively participate in career seminars,
career assessments, one-on-one counseling,
self-paced computer career planning modules, and use of the Alumni Resource
Network for informational interviews.
Services are available to all students,
but some programs are sponsored especially
for seniors. Seniors are encouraged to
attend one of three annual job fairs with
recruiters representing business, education,
or nonprofit and government sectors.
There is also an annual graduate and professional school fair for seniors to explore
educational options after graduation.
WEEKEND COLLEGE
Augsburg Weekend College provides an
educational alternative for adult students
who work or have other commitments
during the week. It is a means to earn a
college degree, complete a second major,
or pursue a personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends. There are three trimester
terms during the academic year, from early
September through June. Students may
take from one to four classes each term.
Although Augsburg Weekend College
involves the same courses as the day pro:
gram, the cumculum is limited to selected
liberal arts courses and the following
majors: accounting, business administra-
tion (specializations in finance, international business, management, and marketing), communication (concentrations in
general communication, organizational
communication and mass communication), computer science, economics, elementary and secondary education, English,
history, management information systems,
nursing, psychology, religion, social work,
and studio art. A separate Weekend
College catalog is available from the Office
of Weekend College, (612) 330-1782.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Augsburg College offers two graduate
degree programs: the Master of Arts in
Leadership (MAL) and the Master of
Social Work (MSW). Catalogs for each
degree program should be consulted for
complete information.
The Master of Arts in Leadership is
based on the subject matter and approaches
of the traditional liberal arts. This crossdisciplinary program directs its academic
content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues, and problems relevant to
organizational leaders. Augsburg's program
recognizes that today's leaders need a broad
spectrum of abilities to provide them with
a more comprehensive understanding of
their world. Designed for working adults,
the program operates on alternate
Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings.
The Master of Social Work (MSW) prepares students for entering advanced social
work practice. The program builds on the
liberal arts base of the College and supports the College's mission to nurture
future leaders in service to the world.
Academic lnformatsn
There are two concentrations: family
practice or program development, policy,
and administration. Students choose one of
the two concentrations for their program
focus. The curriculum emphasizes work
with diverse and oppressed groups, social
justice, leadership for social change and a
holistic, strengths-based, problem-solving
framework. Graduate social work classes
meet in four-hour blocks on Friday
evenings, Saturday mornings, and
Saturday afternoons.
The program development, policy, and
administration concentration has been
developed in response to the growing
demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and services that
respond to human need.
OTHER PROGRAMS
Continuing Education Program
The mission of the Augsburg College
continuing education program is to provide working adults with lifelong learning
opportunities that will enable them to continue to grow personally, professionally,
and spiritually in their homes, workplaces,
and communities. The program strives to
meet the needs of the community by offering credit and non-credit programs consistent with the mission and values of the
College. Adult students who wish to earn
traditional course credit should contact the
Office of Weekend College.
The Office of Continuing Education is
currently developing a series of non-credit
programs to offer through the Center for
Professional Development. These seminars
will focus primarily on leadership, management, communications, and information
technology for businesses and nonprofit
organizations. Call the office for information on current course offerings.
Canadian Program
The Canadian program was inaugurated
in 1985 with endowment from the Mildred
Joel bequest for Canadian studies. The program supports special events and conferences as well as student internships and
faculty activity in Canadian studies. The
goals of the program include community
involvement, increased awareness of the
importance of Canadian/U.S. relations, and
provision of opportunities to learn directly
from Canadians through visits and
exchanges. For more information contact
Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian program
coordinator.
Elderhostel and College of the
Third Age
Augsburg College has a commitment to
lifelong learning and is host to both
Elderhostel and College of the Third Age.
For more information, contact the Office of
Continuing Education.
2
b4 Academic Information
-
1
--=
1
REGISTRATION
A student must be registered for a
course to receive credit for it.
Full-time students normally register for
four course credits per semester and one
course during Interim. Students registered
for three or more course credits in a semester are classified as full-time students. To
register for more than 4.5 course credits,
students must contact the registrar's office
to petition the Committee on Student
Standing for permission.
Although a student may register up to
five days after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late
registration. Special fees are also charged
for cancelling or adding courses or changing the grading option after the first five
days of a semester.
A joint class schedule is published each
spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their locations at the five colleges for the following
academic year. As some courses are offered
only in alternate years, students should
also consult with departmental advisers
when planning their academic program.
Interim, summer school, Weekend
College, and graduate program courses are
published in separate catalogs.
Specific information on registration and
help with registration on other campuses
are available from these offices:
Office of the RegistrarScience Hall 114
Interim OfficeMemorial Hall 226
Office of Summer SchoolMemorial Hall 226A
Office of Weekend College-Sverdrup Hall
MAL Graduate Program OfficeMemorial Hall 226A
MSW Graduate Program OfficeMemorial Hall 12
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may
pre-register during summer for courses in
the fall. All currently enrolled students
may pre-register during the fall for the
spring term and during the spring for the
fall term.
Class Confirmation (payment of fees)
All students must confirm their registration with a signature and final payment
arrangements prior to the start of classes.
Students who do not confirm their registration before the first day of classes
(unless special arrangements have been
made) will lose all classes. They may register and confirm during the first five days,
but special late fees are assessed and added
to their account.
-
Academic Information 65
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon
courses for which they are registered
because this may result in a failing grade
on their official academic record.
Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from
the College must be completed in the registrar's office. A Leave of
AbsencdWithdrawal from the College form
may be obtained in the Academic Advising
Center or in the registrar's office.
Withdrawal from College cannot occur
during final examination week unless a
petition is approved by the Committee on
Student Standing. Withdrawal from
College and any consequential adjustments
in accounts are effective as of the date the
Withdrawal from College form is returned
to the registrar's office.
Leave of Absence
Students may request a leave of absence
for academic or personal reasons. A Leave
of AbsencdWithdrawal from the College
form must be picked up in the Academic
Advising Center or the registrar's office.
It must be signed by advising center staff
or an authorized representative. The completed form must be submitted to the
registrar's office.
A leave of absence may be granted for
one term or one academic year. If an extension is needed, an updated leave of absence
form must be submitted to the registrar's
office prior to the expiration of the previous leave of absence period, or an application for re-admission will be required.
Students are responsible for keeping the
registrar's office informed of their mailing
addresses. All deadlines for financial aid
and housing must be observed by the
returning student. A leave of absence does
not defer payment of loans or extend
incomplete course deadlines.
Former Students
Former Augsburg students, re-admitted
to complete a degree after being away from
the College for at least one calendar year,
have a choice between using the catalog in
effect when they first enrolled, if possible,
or using the catalog in effect at the point of
re-admission. Students must meet all of the
requirements in effect under the catalog
they choose. Choosing to complete under
the current catalog will require re-evaluation of prior coursework, including transfer credit, to determine applicability to current academic requirements.
66 Academic Information
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Physician Assistant (B.A.) . . . . . . .19.5
This quick-reference checklist is an
abbreviated version of the general education curriculum requirements for graduation. As a summary, it is not comprehensive and cannot substitute fully for the
complete degree requirements that begin
on page 68. Students are advised to read
carefully the full graduation requirements
and to consult frequently with their advisers to ensure that all requirements for
graduation are met.
All new freshmen and all freshman
and sophomore transfer students
must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer
credit may apply to these requirements):
Li Complete the AUG fall orientation and
seminar (see page 92). (Sophomore
transfer students are exempt.)
D Satisfy entry level skill requirements in:
Mathematics
Writing
Critical Thinking
D Demonstrate proficiency in two different lifetime sports.
Li Achieve a Math Placement Group score
of three.
D Complete 33 course credits. Of these:
11 must be upper division
(numbered 300 or above)
Other maximums are described on
page 68.
Li Complete a major.
D Maintain minimum grade point average.
Li Complete courses that fulfill the
following perspective requirements.
No students will be permitted to count
more than three courses from the same
department in meeting perspective
requirements.
One City Perspective
Two Western Heritage Perspectives
from different departments
One Human Identity Perspective
One Aesthetic Perspective
Two Social Work Perspectives, from
different departments
One Intercultural Awareness
Perspective
Two Intercultural Awareness
(language) Perspectives, other
than your native language
Two Natural World Perspectives, from
different departments unless a yearlong sequence is taken
Q Complete courses designated to fulfill
the following Graduation Skills with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or I? (These
requirements may be met with courses
in the major or perspectives.)
Two courses with Writing
components (one within the major)
Two must be Interim courses
No more than 13 courses may be in
any one department, with the
following exceptions:
One course with a Critical
Thinking component
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . .
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
.20
One course with a Speaking
component
One course with a Quantitative
Reasoning component
Academic Information 67
All transfer students (entering with
14 or more credits) must complete
the following requirements prior to
graduation (transfer credit may apply
to these requirements):
tl Satisfy entry level skill requirements in
writing
CS Demonslrate proficiency in two different lifetime sports
CS Achieve a Math Placement Group score
of three.
U Complete 33 course credits. Of these:
Cl Complete a major.
CI Maintain minimum grade point average
CI Complete courses that fulfill the
following perspective requirements:
Two Christian Faith Perspectives
(one Christian Faith Perspective for
transfer students entering with 24 or
more course credits)
One City Perspective
One Western Heritage Perspective
One Human Identity Perspective
11 must be upper division (numbered
300 or above)
One Aesthetic Perspective
No students will be permitted to
count more than three courses from
the same department in meeting perspective requirements.
One Intercultural Awareness
Perspective
No more than 13 courses may be in
any one department, with the following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Music Education (B.M.)
....
.
.
. . .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . .20
Music Therapy (B.S.) .
......
.
...
.17
Physician Assistant (B.A.) . . . . . . .19.5
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Other maximums are described on
page 68.
One Social World Perspective
Two Intercultural Awareness
(language) Perspectives, other
than your native language
One Natural World Perspective
Complete courses that fulfill the
following Graduation Skills with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or P (These
requirements may be met with
courses in the major or perspectives.)
One course with a Writing
component within the major
One course with a Critical Thinking
component
One course in Speaking
One course in Quantitative Reasoning
68 Academic Information
Requirements For Undergraduate
Graduation:
W GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
The responsibility for seeing that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests with
the student.
Academic advisers, the Academic
Advising Center staff, department chairs,
and the registrar are available for counsel
and assistance in program planning.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree
should contact the registrar's office about
specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a
major. See page 21 in Undergraduate
Admissions-Special Students (Second
Degree).
Each student must apply for graduation. Students should apply at the start of
their last academic year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application
forms are available in the registrar's office.
All degree and course requirements
must be completed and verified in the registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of
graduation (there may be no incompletes or
open courses on the academic record).
Degree requirements include completion
of a minimum number of credits, a major,
the Augsburg Seminar (AUG), a minimum
GPA, residence, and general education
courses, including lifetime sports.
1. Completion of 33 course
credits-At least 11 course credits must
be upper division, numbered in the 300s
and 400s. Not more than 13 course credits
may be in one department, except in certain approved majors: accounting (B.A.) 14; music education (B.M.) - 17; music
performance (B.M.) - 20; music therapy
(B.S.) - 17; physician assistant (B.A.) 19.5; and social work (B.S.) - 15.
This course total must include two
Interims for students who enter with fewer
than 14 courses. Students transferring with
14 or more courses are not required to take
the Interim courses. Freshmen are required
to take an Interim course their first year.
A maximum of four Interim course credits
may be counted toward the 33 course
credits required for graduation.
No more than these maximums may be
applied toward the 33 total course credits
required: four Interim courses; two courses
by independentldirected study; four courses
of internship; and eight course credits with
a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading
(P) also has these limits: two in the major
except elementary education (two in the
major plus student teaching), social work
(two in the major plus field work
practicums).
2. Completion of a MajorRequirements for each major are listed
under the departmental headings.
3. Augsburg Seminar (AUC)-A11
students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program
must satisfactorily complete fall orientation
and the Augsburg Seminar. See the program section on the Augsburg Seminar for
a full description.
4. Grade Point Average-2.0 for
most majors. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 is required for all courses taken
and specifically for all courses that apply
toward a major or special program. Some
majors, licensure, and certification require
higher grades in each course or a higher
grade point average. (For example, see
licensure in education, music education,
music performance, music therapy, nursing, and social work.) See the departmental
section for details.
5. Residence-The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of
the last 9 credits) must be completed at
Augsburg or within an approved ACTC
exchange program. No less than a total of
9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg
College. Contact the registrar if an official
interpretation is needed. Some departments
have a minimum number of courses that
are required to be taken in residence within the major. Consult the catalog description of the major or the chairperson of the
department
Academic Information 69
SKILLS COMPONENT
Entry Level Skills Requirements
The entry level skills tests are inventory
assessments in:
Writing
Mathematics
Critical thinking
Placement in writing courses, math
courses, and critical thinking courses is
determined by the assessments.
Freshmen (all students entering
Augsburg with fewer than seven college credit courses) and sophomore
transfer students with fewer than 14
courses:
Take entry-level skills assessments
and satisfy requirements.
If skill levels are deficient, students
will be enrolled in the appropriate course
or advised on preparation for retaking the
math placement assessment. Students are
required to take the assessments before registering for the second term and to have
demonstrated removal of deficiencies by
the end of their first year at Augsburg.
Effective Writing or its equivalent is
required. Students who do not satisfy the
entry level skill in writing will be required
to take ENG 101 Developmental Writing
before ENG 111 Effective Writing.
Freshmen should complete the writing
requirement before the beginning of their
sophomore year.
Students who have college credit for a
critical thinking or logic course are exempt
from the critical thinking inventory.
Freshman and sophomore transfer
students will be required to satisfy all of
the Graduation Skill course requirements.
70 Academic Information
Advanced Transfer Students
Transfer students who enter with 14
credits or more are exempt from critical
thinking assessments.
Those who have not passed the
equivalent of ENG 111 Effective Writing
course must take the entry level test in
writing. Augsburg's entry level test in writing will determine placement in an appropriate writing course.
Advanced transfer students are
required to satisfy all the Graduation Skill
course requirements, except only one of
the writing courses (the one within the
major) is required.
Math Requirement
In order to graduate, students must
take the Math Placement Exam and
achieve a score placing them in Group 3
(college algebra skills).
Students with an acceptable transfer
mathematics course will have their placement level determined by the registrar's
office. Students who have passed the
College Board Advanced Placement Exam
should consult the mathematics department. Math placement is indicated on the
Evaluation of Transfer Credit form for students who have transfer courses in collegelevel math. All students are required to
have their Math Placement Group (MPG)
determined. The exam is given during college registration sessions and at other
announced times during the year. Students
in MPG 2 needing to advance to MPG 3
may take MAT 105. Students in MPG 3
needing to advance to MPG 4 may take
MAT 114. No other MAT courses change a
student's Math Placement Group. Students
in MPG 1needing to advance to MPG 2
should consult the registrar's office or
Academic Advising Center for advice on
transferable equivalent courses available off
campus. Students are also permitted to
retake the Math Placement Exam until
September of the following academic year.
Review help is available from the Academic
Enrichment Center.
Please note that all students must attain
at least Math Placement Group 3 . In addition, many courses have Math Placement
Group requirements. In particular, MIS
379,479; CSC 170,210; SOC 362; PHY
103; all MAT courses; and all courses with
a Graduation Skill component in
Quantitative Reasoning have at least Math
Placement Group 3 as a prerequisite. In
addition, MIS 175 and introductory
physics courses have at least Math
Placement Group 2 as a prerequisite.
Students should refer to the course
descriptions to check the Math Placement
Group prerequisites for courses that they
are interested in taking.
Graduation Level Skills
General education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in
college. Skills related to writing, critical
thinking, speaking, and quantitative reasoning are deliberate components of certain courses. Completion of the requisite
courses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P
is required for graduation. Students are
required to have two courses with Writing
Skill components (at least one within the
major) and one course each with Critical
Thinking, Speaking, and Quantitative
Reasoning Skill components. These courses
can simultaneously satisfy skill requirements and graduation requirements for the
major or general education perspectives.
Academic Information 71
All Writing Skill courses have the prerequisite of ENG 111,all Quantitative
Reasoning Skill courses have the prerequisite of Math Placement Group 3, and all
Critical Thinking Skill courses have the
prerequisite of passing the entry level
Critical Thinking Assessment.
Lifetime Sports
Two different lifetime sports are
required. Students in the day program who
are not health and physical education
majors or in intercollegiate athletics may
test out of one lifetime sport. Weekend
College students may test out of two lifetime sports. Lifetime sports are non-credit
courses, are not counted as meeting
Interim course requirements, and are not
included in the 33-course requirement.
3. No student will be permitted to
count more than three courses from the
same department in meeting perspective
requirements.
4. No student may count more than
one course from the same department in
meeting the requirements of any single
perspective emphasis area except:
Up to three courses in religion may
be used to meet the perspective, The
Character and Mission of Augsburg
College: The Christian Faith.
Up to two courses in a year-long
sequence of approved natural science
courses may be used to meet the perspective, The Natural World.
Up to two courses of the same mode m language may be used to meet part of
the perspective, Intercultural Awareness.
LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVES
The general education Liberal Arts
Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for beginning to understand what it means to be a human. The
goals of the perspectives are achieved
through a variety of courses that have been
approved as meeting the criteria established for each perspective.
Students will choose from a list of
courses meeting the Liberal Arts
Perspectives, available from the registrar's
office. These choices are controlled by the
following policies:
1. A student will choose a minimum of
one course from each required perspective
category.
2. No single course can fulfill the
requirements in two or more categories.
RATIONALE FOR PERSPECTIVES
Augsburg, in its mission statement,
declares the College exists "to nurture
future leaders in service to the world by
providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in the liberal arts
and shaped by the faith and values of the
Christian Church, by the context of a vital
metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way
that the College seeks consciously to realize this mission is through its general education curriculum.
The Augsburg faculty has designed a
cohesive academic program incorporating
general education, major courses, supporting courses, and elective courses leading to
the bachelor's degree. The core of the
Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal
arts as expressed in the general education
component of the College cuniculum that
is divided under two headings: Liberal Arts
Perspectives and Skills.
72 Academic Information
The term "perspective" assumes that
not only are we engaged in the search for
truth, but that this requires the searcher to
consider questions from a variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with
traditional disciplines, but are understood
in ways that encourage multi-disciplinary
reflections on the questions at issue. They
combine concerns about content with
those of process and approach, directed
ultimately to making the student a more
effective learner and participant in society.
The following requirements reflect the
way in which Augsburg has chosen to view
the liberal arts. Two of the four features of
the mission statement are embodied in the
general education perspectives: The
Character and Mission of Augsburg
College: The Christian Faith and The City.
These perspectives emphasize that the
College's affiliation with the Lutheran
Church, its insistence on the value of
knowing the approach that derives from
the Christian roots of the College, and its
location in the city deserve special consideration in Augsburg's educational program.
The third feature-that Augsburg is a
liberal arts institution-is also emphasized
in the other general education perspective
requirements. Certain dimensions of
human life-of what it is to be humanform the core of the required liberal arts
experience. These overall perspectives on
what it is to be human can themselves be
studied from the vantage points of the various academic disciplines.
Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person.
Hence, the perspective on Human Identity
But the person exists in both a social community and a natural world. Hence, the
importance of the perspectives on the
Social World and the Natural World.
Because the way in which we understand
ourselves derives largely from our Western
heritage, students need to learn about and
reflect on significant aspects of this heritage. Thus, the perspective on the Western
Heritage. At the same time, to focus on the
West alone would be ethnocentric. We live
in a global society. Hence the perspective
on Intercultural Awareness. Attention to
moral values is found not only in the perspective on the character and mission of
the College, the Christian Faith, but
throughout the other perspectives as well.
The perspective on Aesthetics enables students to focus on aesthetic works created
by themselves or others, which convey
fundamental insights, express beauty, and
enhance life.
Finally, the mission statement emphasizes that we are concerned with academic
excellence. This has a number of features,
including the way we teach all the courses
in general education. Beyond this, academic
excellence presupposes that students have
the requisite skills to do college-level
work. The general education requirements
are couched in a context that pays attention to the skills of both incoming and
graduating students. Entry level skill
requirements in a number of critical areas,
including writing, mathematics, and critical thinking, will be assessed and help will
be given to students who need it.
Graduation level skills are also emphasized
so that students not only maintain but
develop their skills during their Augsburg
experience.
Academic Information
The general education requirements
provide a coherent way to address the mission of Augsburg College. They are not the
only way, and do not they guarantee that
students who graduate from Augsburg possess the desired knowledge and character
traits. What they do is provide a coherent
description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear statement of
expected outcomes, and an opportunity for
students to see and understand the complexity of what it is to be human and
Christian in an urban setting.
THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVE
REQUIREMENTS
Perspective: The Character and Mission
of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith
This perspective focuses on Augsburg
as a college of the Evangelical Lutheran
Church in America. As a college of the
Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its
educational program the doctrines of the
Christian faith as revealed in scripture and
the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran
Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian
Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical
values, their own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian
faith as part of becoming educated.
Christian Faith (CF 1, 2, and 3)
Area 1 is biblical studies, Area 2 covers
Christian theology, and Area 3 includes the
study of values or religions outside the
Christian faith. Three course credits are
required to meet this perspective except for
the following:
Transfer students entering with 14-23
course credits will be required to take two
courses in the Christian Faith Perspective
while registered at Augsburg.
Transfer students entering with 24 or
more course credits will be required to take
one course in the Christian Faith
Perspective while registered at Augsburg.
Perspective: The Character and Mission
of Augsburg College: The City
This perspective focuses on the
College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this perspective, students should gain an understanding of and
critically reflect upon the city with its
diverse populations, cultural, governmental
and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges. In addition, students
should experience the community and
should explore opportunities for service in
the community.
This requirement must be covered
either by specific courses, by internship
and education experiences, or by designated
or college-approved non-credit experiences
(such as volunteer service or college programs). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by a GST 209
seminar related to the perspective.
The City (C)
One course credit or experience is
required to meet this perspective.
Perspective: Western Heritage
This perspective is intended to help
students critically examine themes (found,
for example, in literature, philosophy, and
the arts) and events that have historically
shaped Western civilization. Attention
should be paid to the contributions of and
to critiques of Western thought by women
and ethnic minorities.
3
74 Academic Information
Western Heritage (WH 1 and 2)
Two course credits from different
departments are required to meet this perspective. One course is required to meet
this perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits.
Perspective: Human Identity
This perspective is intended to help
students view themselves as people with
unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiences, and behaviors.
Human ldentity (HI)
One course credit is required to meet
this perspective.
Perspective: Aesthetics
Aesthetic creations convey fundamental
insights and values, express beauty, and
enhance life. This perspective focuses on
aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by
oneself and others.
Aesthetics (A)
One course credit is required to meet
this perspective.
Perspective: The Social World
This perspective is intended to help
students learn to identify, examine, and critique social, economic, or political systems:
to understand how and why such systems
develop, to see the connections among
these systems, and to use this knowledge
as a participant in society.
Social World (SW 1 and 2)
One course must focus on current theories and methods of a social science. Two
course credits from different departments
are required to meet this perspective. One
course is required to meet this perspective
for transfer students entering with 14 or
more course credits.
Perspective: Intercultural Awareness
This perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by
expanding students' awareness of other
cultures. One course is required in which
students critically reflect upon ways their
own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should
become better able to communicate with
persons of other cultural backgrounds, partially by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstream
North American cultures.
In addition, students are to gain entry
into another culture by learning to speak
and read a language other than their
native language. For this part of the
perspective, students are required to have
demonstrated proficiency in a modem
language, or American Sign Language
for hearing students.
The modem language requirement will
be determined by assessing previous experience and subsequent placement.
Intercultural Awareness (IA 1)
The study of a specific, non-Western
culture and how that culture has shaped
the world. One course credit is required to
meet this part of the Intercultural
Awareness Perspective.
Academic Information
Intercultural Awareness (IA 2 and 3)
Perspective: The Natural World
Study of a modem language other than
the native tongue. For a language previously studied, consult the table below for the
requirement. For a language not previously
studied, successful completion of 111, 112
is required. Students with previous language study should contact the modem
languages department if there are questions. There is a seven-year time limit on
courses presented for transfer and automatic
waiver. Students whose native language is
not English should contact the Academic
Advising Center.
This perspective is intended to help
students understand themselves in relation
to the physical world. Their active role as
observers, explorers, and moral agents will
be emphasized. Sufficient technical training
in scientific knowledge, concepts, and
methods will be provided to equip students
for critical and intelligent participation in
public debates on technical issues.
H.S.
Semesters
Augsburg
Required
Placement
Courses
Natural World (NW 1 and 2)
Two course credits from different
departments are required to meet this
perspective unless an approved one-year
sequence is taken. One course is required
to meet this perspective for transfer
students entering with 14 or more
course credits.
EXPLANATION OF GRADES
Student achievement in courses is measured by final examinations, shorter tests,
written papers, oral reports, and other
types of evaluation.
8
311
exempt
Students who are required to complete
two semesters of modem language must
complete the requirement with sequential
courses in the same language. Hearing students who have demonstrated competence
in American Sign Language by passing an
approved course sequence will have fulfilled IA 2 and IA 3 Perspectives.
Most courses are offered with grading
options-traditional grading on a 4.0 to
0.0 scale or the Pass/No credit system, in
which P means a grade of 2.0 or better
and N means no credit and a grade of less
than 2.0.
PassINo Credit
Students who choose the PIN option
are cautioned:
In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0.
Some graduate and professional
schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses, or rank each
as a C.
5
76 Academic Information
P-graded courses do not count
toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at
Augsburg in order to be considered for
graduation with distinction. Transfer
students should be especially aware of
this requirement.
See P/N limitations under Graduation
Requirements, page 68.
Certain courses have restrictions and
are offered on one grading system only
(e.g., lifetime sports are graded only PIN).
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes in choice of grading
system must be made according to dates
published each term. A fee is charged for
any changes after the first five days of
classes. All changes in grading option that
are made after initial registration require the
signature of an adviser or the instructor.
Numeric Grades
Numeric grades are used with these
definitions:
4.0
Achieves highest standards of
excellence
3.5
3.0
Achieves above basic course
standards
2.5
2.0
Meets basic standards for the
course
Internships, independent studies, and
directed studies may sometimes last longer
than one term. When this is the case, they
must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of
the first term of registration. A grade of X
(extension) is given by the instructor to
indicate that the study is extended. It is
expected that students given X extensions
will continue to communicate with their
instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A
final grade will be issued at the end of the
term in which the work is completed and
evaluated (but not longer than one year).
An instructor reserves the discretion of not
giving an X where satisfactory progress is
not demonstrated. If the course is not
complete, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned.
Performance below basic course
standards
Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course)
A course in which a grade of 0, 0.5,
1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be
repeated for credit. Courses in which higher
0.5
0.0
An incomplete grade (I) may be given
only in the case of extreme emergency. To
receive an incomplete grade, a student
must receive permission from the course
instructor, stating the reasons for the
request, the work required to complete the
course, the plan and date for completing
the work with comments from the instructor; and must file the form with the registrar's office. If permission is granted, the
necessary work must be completed in
enough time to allow evaluation of the
work by the instructor and filing of a grade
before the final day of the following semester. If the work is not completed by that
date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0.
A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record.
1.5
1.0
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are
not computed in the grade point average.
Academic Information 77
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit and a grade, but may be
audited. All courses taken each term and
grades earned, including W and N, will be
recorded on the academic record. Only the
credits and grades earned the second time,
for legitimately repeated courses, are
counted toward graduation and in the
grade point average.
Classification
Auditing Courses
Courses earned from the International
Baccalaureate program will be considered
by the College for advanced placement and
appropriate credit. Departmental guidelines
are available at the registrar's office.
Students who wish to take courses
without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time students
may audit a course without charge. The
charge for part-time students is listed
under College Costs in the Financing Your
Education section on page 24. The signature of the instructor is required to register
an audit. Students who audit a course
should confer with the instructor within
two weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance, and
any other requirements. If expectations
have been met, the course will be listed on
the transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course
will be listed with a grade of W.
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based
on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It
does not include credit and grade points for
work transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken on the P/N grading option
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
The formula for computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total grade points divided by
number of courses taken.*
"Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned
Students are classified in August and at
the end of the fall and Interim terms.
Sophomores-7
courses completed.
Juniors-16 courses completed.
Seniors-24 courses completed.
International Baccalaureate Program (IB)
ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS
LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life
situations. Some of this learning may be
appropriate for credit recognition within
the disciplines that comprise the academic
program of a liberal arts college. The APL
program (Assessment of Previous
Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by
which a student's previous learning, other
than that which is transferred from another
accredited institution, may be presented for
examination for possible credit toward the
completion of a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience,
however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning
must meet two essential criteria: (1)it is
relevant to coursework in a field of study
within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum, and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
78 Academic Information
The APL program at Augsburg provides
several means by which students may have
their previous learning assessed for credit
recognition. The following is a brief
description of each of these means of
assessment:
Advanced Placement Program Test
(AP)-The Advanced Placement program
may allow students who have scores of 3,
4, or 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Test to receive college credit for selected
courses. A score of 4 or 5 is required on
the AP Language and Composition examination for credit for ENG 111 Effective
Writing. Additional credit or placement is
at the discretion of the department.
Inquiries should be addressed to the registrar's office.
The College Level Examination
Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests that have been developed by
the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing
centers. (The regional testing center for
this area is the University of Minnesota.)
Students who score at or above the 65th
percentile on a subject examination may
receive academic credit for that subject at
Augsburg College. Additional information
about CLEP tests is available from the
registrar's office and the Academic
Advising Center.
Departmental Comprehensive
Exams-These are available for students
to use in obtaining credit for previous
learning if the following conditions
are met:
There is a departmental instrument
available for the subject area in question.
There is a faculty member designated
by the department to administer the exam.
The registrar approves the student's
request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a P/N basis
only, and there is a charge per exam of
$400 for a full course credit.
The Portfolio Assessment
Program-This is a credit assessment
alternative in which a faculty team completes a credit evaluation of a learning
portfolio submitted by the student. The
faculty team is composed of two faculty
members from fields of study directly related
to the student's previous learning. Students
who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous
learning for credit assessment should consult the registrar's office. In completing the
evaluation of a student's previous learning,
the faculty team applies the following criteria:
There is documentable evidence of a
cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed
andlor systematic study of content material
found within liberal arts coursework.
The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student.
The learning lends itself to. both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
The learning and skills involved are
current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit
assessment process after completing at
least four courses/credits of academic work
at Augsburg College with a cumulative
Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly
recommended that the process not be used
-
Academic Information 79
when four or fewer courses remain for
graduation. There is a non-refundable
application deposit of $200 to initiate the
credit assessment process for each course
presented in a portfolio. An additional
$200 is charged upon approval of each
course. Credit is available on a PIN credit
basis only.
Transcript credit will be granted on the
basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided
by four to determine the number of course
credits applied to graduation. These credits
will be recorded with the course number of
APL 2xx. Application of this credit toward
the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements,
upper division requirements, and academic
majors and minors may be subsequently
addressed by the depaments involved in
response to a formal request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for
Previous Learning-While Augsburg
College recognizes the validity of leaming
that takes place outside the traditional
classroom, this learning must be placed in
the context of formal study in campusbased liberal arts courses. Therefore,
Augsburg places a maximum of eight
courses (about one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is
obtained through previous experiential
learning. In compiling the eight courses of
credit for previous experiential learning, the
student may use any combination of the
four assessment processes available in the
APL Program: AP exams, CLEP exams,
departmental comprehensive exams, and
credit granted through portfolio assessment.
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Students who declare a language other
than English to be their primary language
or who are citizens of another country
must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, ENG 101 Developmental
Writing, or ENG 111 Effective Writing will
be determined by their scores on the
Michigan test (80-100 range for exemption
from ESL) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the
English as a Second Language course, an
objective test will be administered to all
students in the class. The score on this test
and the grade earned in the class will
determine whether additional ESL coursework is required. Usually a score of 80 to
100 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will
fulfill the student's ESL requirement.
All students whose native language is
not English must stay enrolled in ENG
217/218 until such time that they pass the
ESL placement test at 80 percent or higher.
The ESL course can be counted only twice
in the total number of courses required for
graduation.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the modem language requirement for graduation.
- Academic Information
ACADEMIC PROGRESS,
PROBATION, A N D DISMISSAL
The College requires that students
maintain the following cumulative grade
point averages (GPA):
Freshman-A student who has taken
fewer than 7 courses with a cumulative
GPA of 1.6 or higher
Sophomore--A student who has
taken fewer than 16 courses with a cumulative GPA o m r higher
junior-A?t'u%nt
who has taken fewer
than 24 courses with a cumulative GPA of
$or
higher 2
0
Senior-A student who has taken 24
or more courses with a cumulative GPA of
2.0 or higher.
It should be noted that a minimum GPA
of 2.0 is required for graduation, with certain
majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
Students whose academic achievement
falls below these guidelines will either be
placed on scholastic probation at the end of
the term or will be continued on probation
or will be dismissed from the College. In
addition, a freshman who receives two zero
grades or a sophomore, junior, or senior
who receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However,
dismissal from the College is not automatic.
Each case is reviewed by the Committee on
Student Standing. Evidence of the student's
commitment to academic progress is the
major consideration in deciding whether or
not to dismiss a student. Students who have
a poor academic record may be smongly
advised to withdraw before the end of a
term. Those on probation who voluntarily
withdraw from the College, as well as those
who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the
minimum levels stated above. Students
placed on probation as freshmen for having
earned two zero grades may be removed
from probation if their classification
changes to sophomore, if they have not
earned additional zero grades, and if their
cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students
placed on probation as sophomores for
having earned three zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative
GPA reaches 1.9.
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is
dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on
Student Standing.
Dean's List
The Dean's List, compiled after each
semester, lists students whose grade point
average for a semester is 3.5 or better.
Students must be full-time students (a
minimum equivalent of three full course
credits for a weekday schedule student or
two equivalent full course credits for a
Weekend College student), graded on the
traditional grading system, with no incomplete~in courses offered for credit. Courses
taken outside of a program's calendar (e.g.,
crossover courses taken in a Weekend
College trimester term by a day student or
in a semester term by a weekend student)
are not calculated when determining the
Dean's List. If permission is given by the
student, an announcement is sent to the
hometown newspaper of each student on
the Dean's List.
-
Academic Information 81
Graduation with Distinction
Augsburg recognizes those students
who have demonstrated exemplary academic achievement as graduates of distinction. This designation will begin with the
year 2000 commencement and will apply
to all students who complete degree
requirements after Jan. 1, 2000. Students
achieving Graduation with Distinction will
have an overall GPA of 3.5 and will have
completed an outstanding project as determined by the student's major department.
Students wishing to be considered for
Graduation with Distinction should consult with their major department no later
than the fall semester of their junior year.
Qualification for Commencement
Augsburg College has one commencement ceremony per academic year in the
month of May. Undergraduate students
who will not have met degree requirements
by the end of the spring term may qualify
to participate in commencement i t (1) no
more than three course creditslrequirements will remain in their program at the
end of the spring term, and (2) the remaining requirements will be completed in the
summer or fall terms following participation in commencement. Candidates for
graduation who will complete summer or
fall terms will be noted as such in the commencement program.
FOUR-YEAR ASSURANCE
PROGRAM
This program applies to students who
enter the day school schedule as full-time
freshmen in the fall of 1996 and thereafter.
New freshmen are assured that they will be
able to graduate in four years-if they
maintain continuous full-time enrollment
for four years, maintain a 2.0 GPA, and follow advising guidelines-or they will
receive the remaining required courses free
of additional tuition. A few professional
majors are excluded from this program.
Students must complete a formal advising
agreement with the College by the end of
their sophomore year (16 course credits
are completed) in order to qualify. Contact
the Academic Advising Center for details.
FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT NOTICE
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg College is required to give notice
of the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with
FERPA, you are notified of the following:
Veterans of Military Service
Right to inspect and review education records-You have the right to
review and inspect substantially all of your
education records maintained by or at
Augsburg College.
Augsburg is approved by the state
approving agency for Veterans Education.
Veterans should consult with the registrar's
office about completion of the enrollment
certificate and the forwarding of other
information to the Veterans
Administration. Veterans will need to meet
the requirements of the Veterans
Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
Right to request amendment of
education records-You have the right to
seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation
of your right to privacy. This includes the
right to a hearing to present evidence that
the record should be changed if Augsburg
decides not to alter your education records
according to your request.
a2 Academic lnformation
7
Right t o give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information -You have the right to be asked
and to give Augsburg your permission to
disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education records,
except to the extent that FERPA and the
regulations regarding FERPA authorize
disclosure without your permission.
Right t o withhold disclosure of
"directory information"-FERPA uses
the term "Directory Information" to refer
to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for
any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg
College without notification of the request
or disclosure to the student.
Under FERPA you have the right to
withhold the disclosure of the directory
information listed below. Please consider
very carefully the consequences of any
decision by you to withhold directory
information. Should you decide to inform
Augsburg College not to release Directory
Information, any future request for such
information from persons or organizations
outside of Augsburg College will be refused.
"Directory information" includes
t h e following:
The student's name;
The student's address;
The student's telephone number;
The student's date and place of birth;
The student's major field of study;
The student's participation in
officially recognized activities and
sports;
The student's degrees and awards
received;
The weight and height of members of
athletic teams;
The student's dates of attendance;
The most recent previous educational
agency or institution attended by the
student; and
The student's photograph.
Augsburg College will honor your
request to withhold all Directory
Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no
liability for honoring your instructions that
such information be withheld. Forms for
withholding disclosure of Directory
Information are available from the registrar's office. If the completed form is not
received by the registrar prior to Sept. 15,
it will be assumed that all Directory
Information may be disclosed for the
remainder of the current academic year. A
new form for withholding disclosure must
be completed each academic year.
Right to complain t o FERPA
Office-You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act Office, Department of
Education, 600 Independence Ave. S.W.,
Washington, D.C., 20202, concerning
Augsburg's failure to comply with FERPA.
Right to obtain policy-You have the
right to obtain a copy of the written
Augsburg policy regarding FERPA. A copy
may be obtained in person from the registrar's office.
Reporting Educational lnformation
No additional educational information
will be reported, except to Augsburg faculty
and administration for their official use,
without the explicit written consent of
the student.
Letters of reference must be requested
in writing and explicitly indicate what
information may be reported in the letter.
I
C
r
I
Course Descriptions with Major
and Minor Requirements 84
Department majors and
programs are Qsted
-
1
alphabetically.
Also see index.
134 DEPARTMENTS
AND PROGRAMS
A.
a liberal arts institution, Augsburg
College believes that knowledge andtruthare interrelated and are integrated into a
whole. The tradition of the academic
world, however, divides this unified truth
into more manageable parts: the academic
disciplines. The knowledge of individual
disciplines is subdivided into courses that
make it more accessible to students. These
courses can be arranged in various ways to
construct majors, to create the substance
of a broad general education, and to give
students the opportunity to study areas of
particular individual interest.
Descriptions of courses are arranged by
departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject
matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more
detailed explanation of content, approach,
requirements, and evaluations for a
particular course can be obtained from
the instructor.
Department entries also contain a
narrative discussion of the educational
philosophy of each department, its goals,
and its place in the College's program. A
listing of requirements for individual
majors and minors follows the narrative.
Class Schedule
Courses listed are subject to change. In
general, classes are offered fall and/or
spring terms unless otherwise indicated.
The Schedule of Classes published each
spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC) lists offerings and
locations for fall and spring terms.
Since some courses are offered alternate
years, it is important that the student
review major requirements and course
offerings with an adviser to ensure that all
requirements can be met.
Descriptions and schedules for Interim ,
Summer Session, Weekend College, the
Master of Arts in Leadership, and the
Master of Social Work courses are published in separate catalogs.
Credits
A full course is offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses, for onehalf or one-quarter course credit, are
offered in the Division of Professional
Studies. Unless noted, all courses are one
course credit. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six
quarter hours. Most courses meet for three
60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods
per week with additional time required for
laboratory work.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division.
In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s
for juniors, and 400s for seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before
enrolling in a higher level course are listed
in the course description as prerequisites.
A student may enroll in a course when a
prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is
prior approval by the professor teaching
the course.
-
Departments and Programs 85
director of internships and cooperative
education.
Every department offers opportunities
for internships and independent study. The
course description and process for registering is normally the same for each department. Some departments have additional
statements that can be found in the departmental course listing. Interdisciplinary
internships are also available.
W INTERNSHIPS
Registration for internships consists of
the following steps:
1. Obtain the internship registration
permission form from the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning and secure the
signatures of the faculty supervisor and
2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship
during the registration period. The signed
permission form must be turned in at the
time of registration. (Students may pre-register without a placement secured, but a
suitable internship must be found by the
end of the registration or drop/add period.)
3. A learning agreement (forms are
available in the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning) must be completed with
the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The original is turned in to the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning, with
copies made for the faculty, supervisor,
and student.
199
lnternship
A work or service-based learning experience at the sophomore level in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the
ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar may be expected. Prior to the beginning
of the termlregistration, interested students must consult with the departmental
internship coordinator and the Center for Service, Work, and Learning regarding
requirements and permission to register.
399
lnternship
A work or service-based learning experience at the juniodsenior level in which a
student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links
the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is often expected. Prior to the beginning
of the term/registration, interested students must consult with the departmental
internship coordinator and the internship office regarding requirements and permission to register.
86 Departments and Programs
DIRECTED AND INDEPENDENT STUDIES
299
Directed Study
An opportunity to study topics not covered in the scheduled offerings under the
direction of an instructor. Open to all students, but normally taken by sophomores
and juniors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the
department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
499
Independent StudyIResearch
An opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects. Normally open to
junior and senior majors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor
and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
ACCOUNTING
See listing under Business Administration,
Accounting, and Management Information Systems.
AMERICAN
INDIAN
STUDIES
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
A.
t is important as a field of study
for our time. Our survival as a culture may
very well depend on whether we are able
to create order and beauty in the design
and function of communities. Realizing
this, we have made design and sensitivity
to all aspects of visual experience central to
the art program at Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is
so much a part of everyday life that it is
often taken for granted. At the same time,
however, the interchange of visual ideas is
frequently misunderstood. The task of the
artist, art teacher, and art historian is to
celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short,
the visual arts teach us how to see.
Because of the College's commitment to
the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at
Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from
all disciplines. Art as a human activity does
involve manual skill, although to become
broadly significant it should interact with
the content available in other fields, such
as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science.
A liberal arts college like Augsburg is
an ideal setting for the study of art because
it provides a constant possibility for the
interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further
enhanced by associations with a significant
number of art galleries and museums in
the Twin Cities area.
Art Faculty
Kristin Anderson (Chair), Tara
Christopherson, Norman Holen, Philip
Thompson
Studio Art Major
Majors are required to begin their programs with the studio arts foundations:
ART 102 Design
ART 107 Drawing
One course in two-dimensional art from:
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 223 Printmaking I
or ART 225 Communication Design
or ART 360 Watercolor Painting
One course in three-dimensional art from:
ART 221 Sculpture I
or ART 250 Ceramics I
Five additional studio arts courses
ART 240 Art History Survey
Two additional art history courses
Senior studio majors must participate in at
least one exhibit during their final year.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify
current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements.
Art History Major
Eight art history courses including:
ART 240 Art History Survey
ART 388 19th- and 20th-Century Art
Two studio courses:
ART 102 Design
or ART 107 Drawing
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 221 Sculpture
88 Art
Honors Major
Art History Minor
GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall,
portfolio of artwork (studio majors) or
research (art history majors) reflecting
high quality work, and special projects
such as senior exhibition and research.
Application should be made to the department chair before the last term of the
senior year.
Five art history courses including
ART 240.
Certificate in Art
Eight art courses, including at least one
in art history. up to four courses may be
taken in one studio area or in art history.
Studio Art Minor
Five courses including ART 240, ART
107, and three additional studio courses.
STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS
Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions.
ART 102
Design
A study of design as the unifylng foundation for the visual arts. Two- and
three-dimensional projects demonstrating the use of the basic design elements
and principles.
ART 107
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pen, and pastel pencils. Subjects include still-life,
figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
STUDIO ART
ART 100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
ART 106
Calligraphy I
Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with emphasis
on the broad-edged pen.
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression, and communication
with attention to black-and-white photographic processes. Students need
access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately
$200-225.
ART 221
Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, wood, alabaster, welded
steel and bronze, plaster, or Plexiglas. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld, or
assemble the respective media.
ART 223
Print Making I
An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief, stencil, and mono methods are explored.
ART 224
Publication Design
An introduction to design concepts and procedures for publication design.
Theory and practice of coordinating visual images and typography with content in publications using traditional and electronic tools.
ART 225
ART 250
Communication Design I
An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design. Students
will use the computer to develop their visual communication skills as they
create designs using typography, symbols, logos, and illustrations.
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding
and glazing.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts,
particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry, dance,
mythology, ritual, religion, and drama of many American Indian tribes.
Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basket-making, pottery,
jewelry, sculpture, or prints.
ART 306
ART 330
Calligraphy II
Advanced work in calligraphic media and design.
Communication Design II
An advanced study of graphic design using traditional and electronic tools.
(Prereq.: ART 225)
ART 351
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding
and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250)
ART 355
Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118)
ART 360
Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent
watercolor.
ART 368
Print Making II
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, e.g., silk-screen,
etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.: ART 223)
90 Art
ART 478
Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, wood, alabaster, welded
steel and bronze, plaster, and Plexiglas. (Prereq.: ART 221)
ART HISTORY
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art of the Western world from prehistoric to modem times.
Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year
ART 352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the
"traditional" arts, and the work of Native American women. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including
architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture, and design.
ART 385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the fourth century A.D
ART 386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture,
and architecture in Europe. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 388
19th- and 20th-Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through
the present. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 389
American Art
A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture,
and folk arts.
Art
Internships and Independent Shdy Courses:
ART 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
ART 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
ART 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
ART 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
ASIANSTUDIES
See listing under East Asian Studies.
2
T
he Augsburg Experience: Arriving
at Augsburg ...
The initial months after entering college as a first-year student are an exciting
period of change. The faculty and staff
wish to assist students in making a successful transition to being college students
and to help them become part of this academic community. Through the summer orientation program, the fall orientation
weekend, and the Augsburg Seminar, students are introduced to the character of the
College, its heritage as an urban, liberal
arts college of the Church, the process of
learning in a community where ideas are
valued and treated seriously, and the logistics of being students.
Augsburg Seminar
At registration, all first-year students in
the day program enroll in a selected content course, such as Effective Writing and a
parallel Augsburg Seminar. These 'paired'
courses integrate disciplinary content with
AUC 101
various learning strategies and communitybuilding opportunities beneficial to all
beginning students.
The content course usually meets three
hours per week for the entire semester and
is valued at 1.0 course credit, and the
Augsburg Seminar meets once a week for
12 weeks for .25 course credit. The
Augsburg Seminar offers the opportunity
for further discussion of topics from the
paired content course, along with presentations on campus life, academic resources
and study skills, and a hands-on introduction to the Cedar-Riverside neighborhood.
While the content course is graded on a
traditional point basis, the Augsburg
Seminar is graded Pass/No credit (P/N).
However, performance in the course is
linked to performance in the seminar.
Students must successfully complete
the entire 12-week Augsburg Seminar in
order to fulfill the requirement, even if
they drop the paired content course.
Permission to complete the seminar after
withdrawal from the content course is at
the discretion of the instructor.
Augsburg Seminar (.25 course)
A series of fall-term meetings with an Augsburg seminar adviser to discuss
issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College community of learners. Discussion will be based upon topics and readings from the
connected content course and other disciplines and sources. (P/N grading only)
B
iology is the study of life, and it's
natural that we, as contemplative living
creatures, seek a deeper understanding of
the living world that envelops us. This
search has led to the realization that the
Earth is filled with an enormous variety of
living organisms. Since humans are a part
of the biological world, an understanding
of the basic biological processes common
to all organisms is essential to attain selfunderstanding and to provide a basis for
wise decisions.
Biology Faculty
Dale Pederson (Chair), William
Capman, Mary K. Chelberg, Robert
Herforth, Esther McLaughlin
Major
Nine courses includii:
B10 113 Introductory Organismal Biology
B10 114 Introductory Genetics, Evolution,
and Ecology
B10 215 Introductory Cellular Biology
In recent decades great strides have
been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those at the
cellular, molecular, and ecosystem levels.
Biological research has also provided some
extremely important benefits to humans,
including advances in memcine, agriculture, and food science.
and at least one from each of the five
following groups:
Because a complete understanding of
biological systems depends on applications
of the principles of physics and chemistry,
a firm background in the physical sciences
is also important to support the student's
broad-based understanding of biology.
2.
For many, an undergraduate major in
biology serves primarily as a basis for further study. Augsburg graduates have gone
on to further studies in the life sciences,
leading to careers in college or university
teaching, basic and applied research, and
public health. Many have entered professional programs in medicine, veterinary
medicine, and dentistry. Other graduates
have gone directly into secondary education, biomedical industries, laboratory
research, natural resources, and environmental education.
1.
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
B10 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Morphology
BIO 473 Animal Physiology
BIO 361 Plant Biology
BIO 440 Plant Physiology
3.
B10 355 Genetics
BIO 481 Ecology
4.
BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
BIO 474 Developmental Biology
5.
BIO 367 Biochemistry
BIO 476 Microbiology
The ninth course may be any of the
upper division biology courses listed above
or BIO 340 Marine Biology of the Florida
Keys.
BIO 491 Seminar (non-credit) is
required of all juniors and seniors.
94 Biology
Required Supporting Courses
Biology for Pre-Medical Students
CHM 105/106 Principles of Chemistry
Pre-medical students should include a
two-semester sequence in physics and a
two-semester sequence in organic chemistry. Many medical schools also require
two semesters of calculus.
or CHM 115/116 General Chemistry
One semester in organic chemistry
or CHM 3511352 Organic Chemistry
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121/122 General Physics
MAT 114 Precalculus
or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social
and Behavioral Sciences
or MAT 145 Calculus I
or MAT 163 Introductory Statistics
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall,
active participation in seminar, one course
of approved independent study with an
oral defense of the research report.
Application should be made no later than
the start of the first term of the senior year.
Minor
A course in general chemistry and five
biology courses including BIO 113, 114,
215, and two upper division courses.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the biology faculty. Biology
majors must have an adviser in the biology
department. Normally BIO 113 and 114
and Principles of Chemistry (or General
Chemistry) should be taken in the first
year, and Introductory Cellular Biology and
Organic Chemistry in the second year.
Students normally complete their math
requirements early in their college careers.
Students should consult members of
the biology faculty and the pre-medical
adviser in the Academic Advising Center
for information specific to medical
school application.
Graduate and Professional Training
Graduate programs in biological fields
require coursework similar to that for premedical education, and may also require
undergraduate research experience. Health
care professions (physician assistant, physical therapist, veterinarian, etc.) have specific requirements that should be discussed
with an adviser in the department and the
pre-medical adviser in the Academic
Advising Center.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that may
differ in emphasis from the Augsburg major
requirements. The state requirements may
also be subject to change after publication
of this catalog. Students therefore should
consult with the Augsburg Department of
Education to identlfy current Minnesota
teacher licensure requirements.
Cooperative Education
The department works with the Office
of Cooperative Education in identifying
and defining co-op ed experiences in
laboratories and other settings in the
Tivin Cities.
-
Biology 95
A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using
the first term of a sequenced course in registering for the second term.
BIO 101
Human Biology
An introduction to basic biological principles with a human perspective.
Includes discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of life, genetics, organ
systems, and human impact on the environment. (Three-hour lectures. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor. Fall)
BIO 102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are
emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to
gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered. (Threehour lectures, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor)
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A survey of the structure and function of the human body (Three-hour lectures, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall)
BIO 105
Biology and Society
The biological basis for problems facing society, such as pollution, genetic
engineering, AIDS, extinction, global warming, hunger, cancer. (Three-hour
lectures. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring)
BIO 113
lntroductory Organismal Biology
First of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to organismal biology for
science majors, including diversity, physiology, and structure. B10 113, 114,
and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Threehour lectures, four hours laboratory. Fall)
BIO 114
lntroductory Genetics, Evolution and Ecology
Second of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to cellular functioning,
metabolism, classical and population genetics, evolution, and ecology. BIO
113, 114, and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Spring)
lntroductory Cellular Biology
Third of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to structure and function
in tissues, cells, and subcellular organelles. (Three-hour lectures, four hours
laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114, CHM 106 or 116, CHM 223 or 352, or concurrent registration in CHM 223 or CHM 351. Fall)
96 Biology
BIO 351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate animals stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and phylogeny (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory.
Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 353
Comparative Vertebrate Morphology
Comparative anatomy, functional morphology, and evolutionary morphology
of the vertebrate. (Three-hour lectures, three hours laboratory, one hour tutorial. Prereq.: B10 113, 114. Spring)
BIO 355
Genetics
Principles of heredity, integrating classical and molecular analysis. (Three-hour
lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Fall)
BIO 361
Plant Biology
A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi, and plants, including the study
of structure, physiology, life histories, and phylogeny (Three-hour lectures,
four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Spring)
BIO 367
Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of biological macromolecules and their components, energetics, and intermediary metabolism and its integration. (Threehour lectures. Prereq.: BIO 215, CHM 223 or 352. Fall)
BIO 440
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the process involved in photosynthesis, growth, development, and water relations in plants including the relationship of process to
structure and life history. (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.:
BIO 215 and CHM 223 or 352. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 471
Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology
An examination of mechanisms of molecular genetics, recombinant DNA technology, cell-signaling, cell cycle control, and cellular basics for immunity.
(Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring)
BIO 473
Animal Physiology
A study of digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement, and sensory
perception as well as neural and hormonal control of these functions, emphasizing vertebrates. (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO
215; PHY 116 or 122, or consent of the instructor. Fall)
Biology
BIO 474
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes that occur during embryonic development of animals, including genetic control of development. (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring)
BIO 476
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Environmental, industrial,
and medical issues a?e discussed, with particular attention paid to human
pathogens. (Three-hour lectures, three hours laboratory, one hour tutorial.
Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring)
BIO 481
Ecology
A study of interactions between organisms and the biotic and abiotic environ-
ment. Topics include physiological ecology, energy flow, nutrient cycling, a survey of biomes, population and community ecology, and conservation. (Threehour lectures, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: BIO
215, MPG 4. Fall)
BIO 491
Seminar (0.0 course)
A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and
seniors is required, including an oral presentation by seniors. Guest speakers
are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring)
Internships and lndependent Study Courses:
BIO 199
Internship
See description on page 85. (Prereq.: BIO 113, 114)
610 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
BIO 399
Internship
See description on page 85. (Prereq.: BIO 215)
BIO 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. (Prereq.: BIO 215)
2
0
ur mission is to prepare
- students
for professional careers in business or for
graduate studies. This preparation involves
a curriculum that stresses analysis and
communication, emphasizes both theory
and practice, and is shaped by the needs of
the business community. The department
fosters close ties with the corporate community that provide a wealth of practical
expertise, a variety of internship opportunities, and future job prospects.
The faculty believe they can best serve
both the student and the community by
providing an education that is technically
competent, ethically based, and socially
aware.
Faculty
Milo Schield (Chair), Nora Braun, John
C. Cerrito (Management Coordinator),
Amin Kader (Finance Coordinator and
International Business Coordinator), Fekri
Meziou, Steven J. LaFave, Lori L. Lohrnan
(Marketing Coordinator), Thomas Morgan,
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp, Kathy
Schwalbe (MIS Coordinator), and Stuart
M. Stoller (Accounting Coordinator).
Specializations
Within the business administration
major there are four specializations: marketing, management, finance, and international business. Within the accounting
major there are three specializations: general accounting, public accounting, and
managerial accounting.
Graduation Requirements
To graduate without intentionally
taking courses in excess of the minimal
number required (see page 68), students
must avoid taking too many electives or
exceeding the 13-course limit per academic
department. Courses designated as ACC,
BUS, and MIS are considered as being in
the same academic department. Taking
extra electives, or choosing a
particular combination of major and
minor may require students to complete
more than the minimum number of
credits required for graduation.
Transfer Students
Transfer students must complete at
least four of the upper division courses
required in the major at Augsburg or
obtain an exemption from the department.
Transfer courses must be approved by the
department. Courses taken more than 10
years ago will not be accepted.
Majors
Advising
The Department of Business
Administration, Accounting, and MIS
offers three majors: business administration (BUS), accounting (ACC), and management information systems (MIS).
Students who plan to major in business
administration, accounting, or MIS are
strongly encouraged to select a departmental adviser who teaches in their major. This
should be done by the end of the sopho-
-
Business Administration 99
Internships
dents may petition for an exception. An
internship may satisfy the The City
Perspective if taken in conjunction with
GST 209. Internships can provide students
with experience that may be valuable in
competing for jobs after graduation.
Advisers should be consulted about internships.
Students are strongly encouraged to
work with the Office of Cooperative
Education and department faculty to
obtain an internship (BUS/ACC/MIS 399)
during their junior or senior year.
Although an internship counts as part of
the 13 courses allowed in the major, stu-
The international business department
actively supports international study.
For additional details, see the section on
International Partners under International
Studies in this catalog, or consult the
departmental coordinator for international
business.
more year at the latest. In addition to
advising, departmental faculty can counsel
majors on their careers, assist majors in
obtaining internships or jobs, and provide
letters of recommendation for prospective
employers or graduate programs.
7r
he major in business administration
prepares students for professional careers
in business administration or for graduate
studies. The four specializations within
this major share a common business core.
This common core provides students with
a broad foundation so they can readily
adapt to internal changes in interests and
goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities.
Business Core
10 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
or MIS 370 Advanced Computing
for Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting 11
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301 Business Law
BUS 331 Financial Management
100 Business Administration
Specialization in Marketing
Business core plus 3 courses:
BUS 352 Marketing Research and
Analysis
BUS 355 Marketing Communications
or BUS 357 Advertising
BUS 450 Marketing Management
Students must also complete three
semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). The language requirement may be
waived for international students. Contact
the international business coordinator for
details on language equivalents or other
configurations.
Specialization in Management
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 440 Operations Management
BUS 465 International Management
MIS 376 Project Management
or ECO 318
Management Science
Combined Major in Business
Administration and Economics
Specialization in Finance
Business core plus 4 courses:
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I
BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy
and Practice
BUS 438 Investment Theory
and one of
EC0 311
ECO 312
ECO 313
ECO 3 15
MIS 479
the following:
Public Finance
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Money and Banking
Intermediate Quantitative
Methods for Business and
Economics
Specialization in International
Business
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 362 International Business
BUS 465 International Management
BUS 466 International Marketing
and one additional upper division course in
either international business (BUS 368 or
468) or international economics.
11 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other upper division
economics course
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or BUS 331 Financial Management
and one other upper division business
administration, accounting, or MIS course
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall;
a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
exam in the major field of concentration.
Interested juniors or seniors should contact
the department chair.
-
Business Administration lo1
Minor in Business Administration
Minor in International Business
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221 and 222, BUS
242 and 252, BUS 331 or MIS 379.
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or
252, and three courses in international
business (one may be in international economics).
This minor is automatically completed
while completing a major in accounting
or MIS.
BUS 242
Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable alternatives
in international economics.
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning,
and control. The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager.
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product,
promotion, marketing channel, and pricing decisions.
BUS 254
Entrepreneurship
The process of transforming an idea into an organization that can market this
idea successfully. Examines the construction of a viable business plan with
attention to the resources needed for success.
BUS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
BUS 301
BUS 302
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property, and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
Business Ethics
Examines individual choices in business; analyzes and evaluates various business practices; emphasizes conceptual precision in thinking, writing, and
speaking. (Prereq.: BUS 301 or PHI 120 or PHI 125, or junior/senior standing)
BUS 331
Financial Management
Topics related to theory of acquisition, fund allocation and management,
sources and uses of long and short-term funds, capital costhudgeting, leverage, and dividend policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 222, MIS 379, and MPG 3)
102 Business Administration
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human
resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
BUS 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision-making; methodology; results; evaluation of effectiveness. (Prereq.: BUS 252, MIS 379, ECO 113, or consent of
instructor)
BUS 355
Marketing Communications
Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion design, evaluation,
and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. (Prereq.: BUS 252) Note:
Either BUS 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
BUS 357
Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note: Either BUS
355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
BUS 362
International Business
Introduction to problems/possibilities and appreciation of perspective required
for successfully doing business in an international context. (Prereq.: ECO 112
or 113, and BUS 242 or 252, or consent of instructor. Spring)
BUS 368
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
An examination of current Japanese business practices from a cultural perspective. TV documentaries, readings from periodicals, plus participation in a seminar model. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
BUS 424
Internal Audit and Management Consulting
To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective
management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113; ACC 221, 222; BUS 242,252,
331; MIS 175,379)
BUS 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decisionmaking, presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case material.
(Prereq.: BUS 331, ACC 322)
BUS 438
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of various types of securities and
extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: all
core courses or consent of instructor)
-
Business Administration 1 0 3
BUS 439
Risk Management and Insurance
Analyzes exposure to accidental loss-its identification, measurement, and
evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control. Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: BUS 331 and MIS 379)
BUS 440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions.
Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries
and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
BUS 450
Marketing Management
Application of marketing concepts to day-to-day, strategic, and long-term planning issues; development and implementation of market plans. (Prereq.: BUS
352 and either BUS 355 or 357)
BUS 465
lnternational Management
Private sector manager's perspective of nationaL'internationa1 institutions and
strategies, structure, practices, and effects of a national corporation in the
world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242. BUS 362 is recommended)
BUS 466
lnternational Marketing
This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in an
international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing
mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: BUS 252,
362)
BUS 468
Contemporary Issues in lnternational Business and Trade
Conditions and motivations for world trade, business, and industrial cooperation. Practical applications of the commercial policies of the major trading
nations. Examine the impact of contemporary issues on the volume and structure of world trade. (Prereq.: BUS 465, BUS 466)
BUS 495
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
BUS 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
BUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
BUS 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
BUS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
T
he major in accounting prepares students for professional careers in a wide
variety of accounting-related positions.
This major has three tracks: general
accounting, professional accounting, and
managerial accounting. The general
accounting specialization is adequate for a
wide variety of positions. The professional
accounting track includes two specializations: public accounting and managerial
accounting. The public accounting specialization is recommended for positions with
CPA firms. The managerial accounting specialization is recommended for positions
with large or rapidly-growing companies.
The two professional specializations
relate to two professional designations: the
CPA and the CMA. A certified public
accountant (CPA) focuses on external
reporting; a certified management accountant (CMA) focuses on internal reporting.
The public accounting specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the
CPA exam; the managerial specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the
CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA designation have an experience requirement in
addition to passing the national exam.
Under the rules of the Minnesota State
Board of Accountancy, accounting majors
in the public accounting specialization are
qualified to sit for the CPA examination
during their last semester.
Accounting Core
14 courses are required for this major (an
exception to the 13-course limitation)
including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
BUS 242
BUS 252
ACC 221
ACC 222
MIS 379
BUS 301
BUS 331
ACC 322
ACC 323
ACC 324
ACC 425
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting 11
Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
Business Law
Financial Management
Accounting Theory and
Practice I
Accounting Theory and
Practice I1
Managerial Cost Accounting
Advanced Accounting
Students are encouraged to take the
courses in the sequence given above.
Specialization in General Accounting
No additional courses required.
Specialization in Public Accounting
Accounting core (14 courses) plus: ACC
326 Tax Accounting; ACC 423 Auditing.
Specialization in Managerial
Accounting
Accounting core (14 courses) plus ACC
424 Internal Audit and Management
Consulting and MIS 375 Management
Information Systems in the Organization.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
exam in the major field of concentration.
Interested juniors or seniors should eontact the department chair.
Minor in Accounting
Six courses including:
ACC 221,222, BUS 331 or ACC 324, ACC
322,323
and one of the following: MIS 175, 379,
ECO 112, or 113.
This minor is recommended for majors
in MIS and finance.
--
-
Accounting 105
ACC 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle, and preparation of financial statements.
ACC 222
Principles of Accounting II
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to business activities and accounting
for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting,
planning and controlling processes, decision-making, and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221)
< -Topics
62
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
6%regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business adminir
ACC 295
0 , /,.
ACC 322
tration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB
statements, and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
ACC 323
Accounting Theory and Practice II
A continuation of ACC 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: ACC 322)
ACC 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial
decision-making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221, 222, BUS 242, 252, MIS
379, or consent of instructor)
ACC 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance
for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent
of instructor)
ACC 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the C P k role to form
the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
ACC 424
Internal Audit and Management Consulting
To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective
management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221, 222, BUS 242, 252,
331, MIS 175 or 320,379)
'06 Accounting
ACC 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting, and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
ACC 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology, and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ACC 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
ACC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
ACC 399
Internship
See description on page 85.
ACC 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 86.
T
he major in management information systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems. MIS
studies information systems as both a
resource and a tool for decision-making.
Students learn to analyze and evaluate
existing systems and to design and program new systems. MIS is an extensive
major (16 courses) and includes courses
from computer science, mathematics, economics, business, and accounting as well
as from MIS.
C. Seven courses in MIS:
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
or CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
MIS 370 Advanced Computing for
Business
MIS 375 Management Information
Systems in the Organization
MIS 376 Project Management
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MIS 476 Information Systems Projects
Minor in MIS
Seven courses including:
Management Information Systems
Major
16 courses including:
A. Six courses in economics, business, and
accounting:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 331 Financial Management
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
B. Two courses in computer science and
one in mathematics
CSC 170 Structured Programming
(requires MPG 4)
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
MAT 114 Precalculus, if students are not
at MPG 4. For students at
MPG 4, MAT 121, or any higher level numbered math course
is required.
Note: Additional programming courses are
strongly recommended.
MIS 175 or CSC 160, ACC 221, BUS 242
or BUS 252, MIS 370, MIS 375, ECO 113,
and one of the following: MIS 376,475, or
ECO 318
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall, a senior thesis, and a comprehensive
oral exam in the major field of concentration. Interested juniors or seniors should
contact the department chair.
108 MIS
-
MIS 175
Principles of Computing for Business
An introductory course to develop understanding of basic computing concepts
and specific skills in using microcomputer software (Windows, Word, Excel,
Access, Powerpoint, e-mail, and the World Wide Web). Emphasis on solving
business-related problems using software, especially Excel. Students with a
strong computer background are encouraged to take MIS 370 instead of MIS
175. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MIS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the area of management information systems.
MIS 370
Advanced Computing for Business
This course provides more in-depth use of business software like Excel,
Access, and the World Wide Web. Students will also learn to program
Windows applications using tools like Visual Basic. (Prereq.: MPG 3, MIS 175
or CSC 160, or strong computer background. Completion of MIS 370 satisfies
any requirement for MIS 175)
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in the Organization
Broad understanding of using information systems to support organizational
objectives. Topics include strategic uses of information systems, business
process re-engineering, understanding the technology architecture, and information systems resources. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175,370, or CSC 160)
MIS 376
Project Management
Develops project management skills needed to define, plan, lead, monitor, and
complete projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242,
and either MIS 175 or 370)
MIS 379
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading and
interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, estimation, and hypothesis testing with emphasis on applied
problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: MIS 175 or 370 and either
MPG 3 or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Develops skills in using systems development methodologies and Computer
Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools. Techniques used include data and
process modeling, file and database design, and user interface design. A
course-long project is used to complete a rudimentary system design. (Prereq.:
MIS 375 and either MIS 370 or CSC 352)
-
MIS 109
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Skills developed in previous courses are used to generate a complete and
extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 370,375, 376,
and 475)
MIS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Advanced modeling using computer software. Specific topics may include
multivariate modeling PATH analysis, Monte Carlo simulations, queuing models, and ANOVA. (Prereq: MIS 379. Fall: evening)
MIS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, and meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current problems and policies. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
MIS 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
MIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
MIS 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
MIS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
c
hemistry is the science of the
changes in matter, examining those
changes, and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of
physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been described
as the central science because matter
includes the entire physical world such as
the things we use, the food we eat, and
even ourselves.
Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems and also capable of providing a public understanding of their
work, including potential problems as well
as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly
educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts as
offered in the general education curriculum is imperative if a chemist is to be both
truly human and truly scientific.
The department is on the list of
approved schools of the American
Chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemistry major that meets the chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the
Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students
develop into mature scientists:
*To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry
major to compete successfully with their
peers of similar ability in graduate school
or research positions.
*To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional
positions as chemists.
*To provide an atmosphere of learning
so that students will want to remain life-
long learners, thereby remaining competent in their field, however that may
change after graduation, and be able to
move into new areas as opportunities arise.
*To encourage students to take a broad
view of their education and to seriously
study areas outside of the sciences.
*To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example
of the methodology of the natural sciences
in examining the world around us. The
presentation of major concepts underlying
the changes in matter, the opportunity to
examine change in the physical world, and
the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will
enhance the ability of non-science persons
to make better value judgments concerning
science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty
Joan C. Kunz (Chair), Ron L. Fedie,
Arlin E. Gyberg, Sandra L. Olmsted
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Graduation Major in Chemistry
CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361, 364
Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 49 1 Chemistry Seminar
and two additional courses from:
CHM 367 Properties of Polymers
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 48 1 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
CHM 495 Topics
BIO 367 Biochemistry
Chemistry
Also required:
PHY 121, 122
MAT 145, 146
General Physics I, I1
Calculus I, 11
Because upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145,146 in
the freshman year and PHY 121, 122 in the
sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure in Physical Science
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Chemistry for Pre-Medical Students
Pre-medical students should plan to
take at least two courses (and usually
more) in biology. Students should consult
members of the chemistry department for
assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
American Chemical Society Approved
Major
12 courses including:
CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory
CHM 364,365 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
One course from:
CHM 367 Properties of Polymers
CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry
CHM 495 Topics in Chemistry
Also required are:
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I & I1
MAT 245 Calculus 111
PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, I1
(should be taken in sophomore
year)
Recommended: Modem Physics, additional
mathematics, research experience, reading
ability in German, and computer proficiency.
Honors Major
Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall;
one course or summer of approved
research; participation in seminar.
Minor
Five courses that must include:
CHM 105,106 or CHM 115, 116, CHM
351,352, and CHM 353.
Note: credit will not be granted for
both CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM
106 and 116. Other restrictions are in the
course descriptions.
111
112 Chemistry
-
A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or P, or higher to count; otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the
first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term.
CHM 100
Chemistry for Changing Times I
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic chemistry concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemistry. Does not
count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other
chemistry courses. (Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall)
CHM 101
Chemistry for Changing Times II
Second semester of the year-long course. Applies concepts from CHM 100 to
environmental, organic, and biochemical problems of societal interest. A laboratory is included with this course. Does not count toward a chemistry major
or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: CHM
100, MPG 3. Spring)
CHM 105
Principles of Chemistry
Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change,
chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics, and equilibrium. The
sequence, CHM 105, 106, is designed for students who have not studied
chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background in
chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and major in
chemistry. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2.
Fall)
CHM 106
Principles of Chemistry
CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon equilibrium
and the chemistry of the elements. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG 3. Spring)
CHM 115
General Chemistry
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. Includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with
examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 3. Fall)
CHM 116
General Chemistry
A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution
chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures,
one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 115. Spring)
Chemistry
CHM 223
Elementary Organic Chemistry
This one-semester course is designed for students whose professional goals
require a survey of organic chemistry. Topics covered include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic, and aromatic compounds. This
course will not count toward a chemistry major or minor, nor will credit be
given for this course if CHM 351, 352 is taken, nor does it fulfill the prerequisite requirement for CHM 352, nor does it meet requirements for other programs (such as pre-medicine, pre-dentistry, and pre-pharmacy). (Prereq.: CHM
106 or 116. Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. On demand)
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of
modem theories of chemical bonds, energy relations, and reaction mechanism.
(Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116.
Fall: CHM 351; spring: CHM 352)
CHM 353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail
and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of
samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one four-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 3. Fall)
CHM 361
Physical Chemistry
Covers three of the basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics,
quantum mechanics, and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122. Fall)
CHM 363
CHM 364
Physical Chemistry Laboratory
(.5 course)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in physical chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments
related to CHM 361. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM
361 or concurrent registration and ENG 111)
Physical Chemistry
Covers the fundamentals of the chemical kinetics as well as the concepts studied in CHM 361 applied to areas of solutions, molecular structure, spectroscopy, surfaces, diffraction techniques, and macromolecules. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring)
-
114 Chemistry
CHM 365
Physical Chemistry Laboratory
(.5 course)
CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to CHM 364. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 364
or concurrent registration. Spring)
CHM 367
Properties of Polymers
Presents polymer chemistry as an interdisciplinary chemistry relying on the
organic, analytical, and physical chemistry prerequisites to unfold the details
of macromolecules. (Prereq.: CHM 352, 361. Spring)
CHM 464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Laboratory work is organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds. Lecture topics include theory and structure-spectra correlations for
IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature, and advanced topics in organic synthesis. (Three hours of lecture, six hours of laboratory.
Prereq.: CHM 352,353, 361 or consent of instructor. Some reading knowledge
of German is helpful. Fall)
CHM 481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis. Atomic, molecular, and electron spectroscopy, radiochemical, chromatography, thermal, and electroanalytical methods are covered. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-and-one-half
hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353,361 or consent of instructor. Spring)
CHM 482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic and molecular orbital
models. Reactivity and bonding in coordination, cluster, and organometallic
compounds are considered. The laboratory uses preparations of a variety of
techniques. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
CHM 352,361 or consent of instructor. Fall)
CHM 483
Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve molecular model problems. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. (Three
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 364 or consent of instructor. Spring)
CHM 491
Chemistry Seminar
(.O course)
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are also invited to participate.
Chemistry
CHM 495
Topics in Chemistry
Study of a specific area, such as medicinal chemistry, building upon analytical,
physical, and organic chemistry. (Prereq.: CHM 352, BIO 367, or equiv. Spring)
CHM 497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before
graduation that may be obtained by working on a summer research project
(not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic
year (that may be counted as a course). Cooperative education is an excellent
opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.: junior or
senior standing)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CHM 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
CHM 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
CHM 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
CHM 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing)
COMMUNICATION
See listing under SpeechlCommunication and Theatre Arts.
CSC 345
T
he Augsburg Department of
Computer Science strives to give students
a sound theoretical and practical foundation in computer science. We offer both a
B.A. and a B.S. major. The computer science curriculum places eniphasis on networks, communications, and the use of
computers as an information access tool.
The coursework provides students a strong
base in computer science, with emphasis
on concepts rather than on applications.
We encourage students to strengthen their
coursework by electing an internship or
cooperative education experience. Our
location in the Twin Cities makes us an
excellent resource of such experiences for
students, and allows them to add practical
applications to their education.
Computer Science Faculty
Charles Sheaffer (Chair), Larry
Crockett, Noel Petit, Lany Ragland.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Computer Science Major
11 courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 450 Programming Languages and
Compilers I
CSC 45 1 Programming Languages and
Compilers I1
MAT 145 Calculus I
Calculus for the Social
or MAT 122
and Behavioral Sciences
and two electives from CSC courses above
200, at least one of which is above 300.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Computer Science Major
15 courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 450 Programming Languages and
Compilers I
CSC 45 1 Programming Languages and
Compilers I1
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus I1
MAT 245 Calculus 111
MAT 246 Linear Algebra
or MAT 247
Modeling and
Differential Equations
or MAT 271
Discrete Mathematical
Structures
and three electives from CSC courses above
200, at least two of which are above 300.
-
Computer Science 11;
Computational Economics
The computational economics major
has been designed to serve students who
have a need for some basic understanding
of computer science and economics. The
major requires six courses from computer
science and six from economics with a
required capstone independent study
Students interested in this major should
consult with the faculty in computer science, in economics, or one of the coordinators.
Coordinators
Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics,
Lany Ragland, Department of Computer
Science.
CSC 345
Principles of Computer
Organization
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 318 Management Science
ECO 315 Money and Banking
Managerial Economics
or ECO 415
CSC 499 Independent Study
or ECO 499 Independent Study
Computer Science Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in computer science and
mathematics, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an
independent study project.
Computer Science Minor
Major in Computational Economics
13 courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
Calculus for the Social
or MAT 122
and Behavioral Sciences
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
Six courses including CSC 160, 170,
210, 345; MAT 145; and one upper division computer science course.
Prerequisites: A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to
count as a prerequisite for a computer
science course.
CSC 160
Introduction to Computer Science and Communications
An introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, theory, and
computer communications: algorithm design, logical circuits, finite automata,
context-free languages, Turing machines, network concepts, and the Internet.
(Prereq.: MPG 3 )
CSC 170
Structured Programming
An introduction to problem-solving, algorithm development, and programming using a high-level programming language. (Three hours of lecture, oneand-one-half hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 160 or MIS 370 and one of MAT 114
or 122 or MIS 379 or MPG 4)
118 Computer Science
CSC 210
Data Structures
Data structures such as linked lists, stacks, and queues; recursion. (Prereq.:
CSC 170)
CSC 270
FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student
has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in
some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a
programming language)
CSC 272
UNlX and C
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is
assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has
done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another
course with a study of a programming language)
CSC 273
Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme I
Study of an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of
computer science including problem-solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Intended especially for non-majors. Offered concurrently
with CSC 373.
CSC 320
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching
and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and
tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, Turing
machines, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and MAT 122 or 124 or 145)
CSC 340
Introduction to Networking and Communications
Principles and methods of data communications, information theory, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards, network
management, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: CSC 170; MAT 122
or 124 or 145)
csc 345
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors, instruction sets, and
assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization
and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
csc 373
Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme II
Continuation of CSC 273, and offered concurrently with CSC 273. Majors who
have taken CSC 210 should register for CSC 373. (Prereq.: CSC 210 or 273)
P
-
Computer Science 115
CSC 440
Advanced Networking and Operating Systems
Network management; clientlserver databases and workstations; TCPAP and
other network examples. Elements of operating systems, memory and process
management, interactions among major components of computer systems,
and a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. (Prereq.: CSC 340 and 345)
CSC 450
Programming Languages and Compilers I
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include formal languages, programming language syntax and
semantics, parsing, and interpretation. Emphasis on design issues. (Prereq.:
CSC 320)
CSC 451
Programming Languages and Compilers II
Continuation of CSC 450: compilers, data structures, control structures, and
the run-time environment. Emphasis on implementation issues. (Prereq.: CSC
345 and 450)
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other
courses. This course may be repeated, but may not be counted more than
twice as part of the requirements for the major. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CSC 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
CSC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
CSC 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
CSC 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 86.
A
major in East Asian studies is
offered through Augsburg and the other
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program that is available as a
result of the cooperation and cross-registration possibilities among Augsburg
College, Hamline University, Macalester
College, The College of St. Catherine, and
the University of St. Thomas. The program
pools the resources and expertise within
the five institutions. This major enables
students to acquire a broad knowledge of
Japan, China, and other East Asian
nations, and to gain a functional knowledge of the language of one country.
Career opportunities for those who
attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian
studies include government service, international business, journalism, language
instruction, Asian arts, and intercultural
communication. The major provides a
foundation for graduate work in various
fields such as anthropology, economics,
history, international relations, business,
law, political science, sociology, and theatre. This major is also recommended for
those interested in education and work
with social and recreational agencies.
East Asian Studies Faculty
Martha Johnson, Director
Major in East Asian Studies
Nine courses are required for the
major. Courses in the major must be
approved by the campus adviser and are
distributed as follows: four courses in an
East Asian language; four additional courses,
two of which must be upper division
(strongly recommended that one of these
be a history course on China or Japan);
and an East Asian studies seminar. A term
of study abroad and the completion of a
minor in another discipline are strongly
recommended.
Study abroad opportunities for the
semester or a year are available in Hong
Kong, Japan, Korea, and the People's
Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by offering a cross-cultural experience in the
country of specialization.
Language Courses
Hamline University offers elementary
and intermediate courses in Chinese.
Macalester College and the University of
St. Thomas offer elementary and intermediate courses in Japanese. There is a contractual arrangement with the University
of Minnesota to take Chinese or Japanese
languages (without extra tuition charges);
see campus adviser. Non-majors may also
take the Chinese and Japanese language
courses.
-
East Asian Studies
Minor in East Asian Studies
Five courses, no more than two of
which may be in the language. A minor in
East Asian studies provides exposure to an
area of East Asia that would complement
other discivlines.
Note: Interim courses or new courses
related to the East Asian Studies Program
may be substituted when appropriate,
with the consent of the campus adviser.
Faculty advising is recommended at all
stages of the major to plan a coherent and
effective program.
Each campus has a member on the
ACTC East Asian studies committee who
can assist students. The current advisers
are: Augsburg-Martha Johnson, 330-1715;
Hamline-Richard Kagan, 641-2433;
Macalester-Yue-him Tam, 696-6262;
St. Catherine-Martha Hardesty, 690-6189;
St. Thomas-Robert Foy, 962-5603.
Approved Augsburg College courses for
the East Asian studies Program (consult
program director for ACTC listing of
approved courses):
BUS 368
Responding to the Challenge
of lapan
HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western
World
PHI 355 Asian Philosophy
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policy
REL 356 History of Religions
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
Students may also take independent
studies (299,499) or topics courses relating to East Asian studies in various departments, subject to consent of instructor and
approval of program director.
2
T
he Department of Economics offers a
program that stresses a strong theoretical
background, quantitative analysis, and an
emphasis on national and international
issues. Students who graduate with an economics major are well prepared to continue
their education in a variety of fields or to
work successfully in business and government because of the strong liberal arts
emphasis within the major.
Currently four majors are offered. The
economics major is designed primarily for
students who are planning graduate or
advanced professional studies. The applied
economics major generally leads to careers
in the business world or government.
Computational economics meets the challenge of the changing career opportunities
in the fields of economics and computer
science. Finally, the combined
economics/business administration major
is designed for those who want more flexibility in planning their program of study.
The study of economics provides a firm
foundation for confronting change because
it presents a disciplined way to analyze
and to make choices. Some reasons for
studying economics are: economics deals
with current problems, economics is a successful and prestigious social science, economics employs theoretical models and
the scientific method, an economics major
prepares students for community leadership, and an economics major leads to a
great diversity of career opportunities.
These include careers in business, law,
teaching, journalism, politics, banking and
Einance, service in government, educational administration, private and public international senrice, and industrial relations. A
degree in economics may prove to be a
valuable credential.
Students are also able to combine an
economics major with other disciplines
such as business administration, international relations, mathematics, computer
science, management information systems
(MIS), political science, history, and
Nordic area studies.
Transfer students majoring in the economics department must take at least four
upper division economics courses at
Augsburg, one of which must be ECO 312
or 313.
Internships are recommended. Students
must consult with the department chair
and the internship office before registering
for academic credit.
Economics Faculty
Jeanne Boeh, Satya F! Gupta, Edward Sabella
Major in Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 414 Welfare Economics
and three other upper division courses:
MIS 175 Principles of Computing
for Business
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
MAT 114 Elementary Functions
or MAT 121
Finite Mathematics
Calculus for the Social
or MAT 122
and Behavioral Sciences
Students planning to attend graduate
school in quantitative areas are strongly recommended to at least minor in math and
take some computer science courses. Consult
an adviser for specific course suggestions.
Economics
Major in Applied Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 311 Public Finance
or ECO 312
Intermediate
Macroeconomics
Money and Banking
or ECO 315
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 360 International Economics
EC03 18 Management Science
or ECO 415
Managerial Economics
ECO 413 Labor Economics
EC0 399 Internship Program
or ECO 499
Independent Study
MIS 175 Principles of Computing
for Business
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
PHI120
Ethics
or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity
Teaching Licensure Major
Major in Computational Economics
Note: Students who plan to major in
the department are strongly encouraged to
select a department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study.
See Computer Science, page 117
Combined Major in Economics and
Business Administration
Five economics courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other upper division economics
course, and six accountinghusiness administration/MIS courses including:
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 331 Financial Management
Quantitative Methods for
or MIS 379
Business and Economics
and one other upper division business course
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current
Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0
overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of
concentration.
Minor in Economics
ECO 112, 113,312,313, and one additional economics upper division course.
Other configurations may be permitted by
consulting with the department chair.
In addition to the courses listed on the
following pages, these topics have been
offered under ECO 295 or 495 Topics:
Consumer Economics, Research Methods
for Economics and Business, Advanced
Economic Theory, Decision-Making With
Finite Markov Chains, Soviet Economy,
Economics of Mutual Funds, and Health
Economics.
2
124 Economics
ECO 110
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are fundamental microeconomic
tools, e.g., crime prevention, education, discrimination. (This is a basic course
designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business
administration, or MIS.)
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and
fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110.
ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy May be taken independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112
and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
ECO 219
History of Economic Thought
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political, economic, philosophical, and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113)
ECO 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international economics problems and policies.
ECO 31 1
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures, the impact of
fiscal policy on economic activity, and debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall: alternate years)
ECO 312
lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via
macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth, and
the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall)
ECO 313
lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction
to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring)
-
Economics 12'
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO
112. Fall: alternate years)
ECO 317
Comparative Economic Systems
This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that
rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including
systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined and
compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113: on demand)
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of management science to prepare
students to make better business and economic
.
decisions. Emphasis is on applications such as transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, and inventory
models. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 3. Fall)
-
ECO 360
International Economics
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade, balance of payments,
exchange rate systems, and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring:
alternate years)
ECO 365
Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development
This course addresses the environmental problems such as tropical deforestation, despoilation of air and water, ozone depletion, and global warming that
arise in the process of economic development to better the standard of living
of the developed and developing countries. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113. On
demand)
ECO 41 3
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets, labor as a factor of production, determination of
wage collective bargaining, labor legislation, and effects upon society. (Prereq.:
ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
ECO 414
Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of
economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
126 Economics
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among
the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of
demand and cost functions, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: MIS 379, ECO 313. On demand)
ECO 416
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical
tools to the areas of micro- and macroeconomic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 312,
313, MAT 122)
ECO 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ECO 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
ECO 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
ECO 399
lnternship
See description on page 85. (Prereq.: Completion of 50 percent of major or
consent of instructor)
ECO 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 86.
T
he Department of Education maintains liberal-arts based teacher education
programs that are accredited by the
Minnesota Board of Teaching and the
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education (NCATE). These programs lead to recommendations for
endorsements or licensure by the State of
Minnesota for kindergarten, elementary, a
wide variety of secondary subject areas,
and K-12 licenses in art, health, music, or
physical education.
Students must apply for acceptance into
the education department prior to beginning 300-400 level courses. State law
requires completion of the PPST-PRAXIS
Exam prior to beginning 300-400 level
courses. Students complete a semester of
full-time student teaching within the
department's 45-mile service area.
The education department offers nonlicensure majors in elementary education
and education studies.
All students are expected to obtain an
education department adviser at the outset
of coursework. All students are expected to
become knowledgeable of student programs and hand books, and follow through
with department policies.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected education department students
may participate in an international student
teaching abroad program. Students have
options for student teaching in dozens of
countries through the international and
American School network. Those interested
in further information should contact
the education department. Students who
student teach abroad will do part of their
student teaching in the Twin Cities area
under direct Augsburg faculty supenision.
Education Faculty
Rich Germundsen (Chair), Mary Ann
Bayless, Linda Dyer, Joseph Erickson,
Jeanine Gregoire, Gretchen Irvine, Anne
Jensen, Susan O'Connor, Vicki Olson, Jean
Strait, Barbara West
Note: Major changes in Minnesota teacher
licensure will be implemented in the fall of
1998 and beyond. At the date of this catalog printing those changes have yet to be
announced. All candidates for teacher
licensure will have to meet the standards
set by the state and meet the state's timeline requirements. Teacher candidates are
expected to maintain frequent contact with
an education department faculty adviser
and to stay informed about their license
program requirements.
Elementary Major and Licensure
Requirements:
EDU 210 Learning and Dwelopmmr
in an Educational Setting
0
Urban Setting and Fi
Experience
EDU 341 Media Technology
Reading
Beginning August 1, 2000, the State of
Minnesota will begin requiring specific
supporting concentrations of study as a
part of all elementary teacher licenses.
Students must select and complete a
coursework program in one of the following concentration areas: English, mathematics, science, social studies, or world
language. Please consult with an education
department adviser to determine how
many courses your concentration area will
require.
Students wl
EDE 383
34
.
EDE 386
Curriculum: Physical
Education
Kindergarten-Elementary@
Curriculum: Social Studi
Thematic Studies
Curriculum:
EDU 388 Human
Student Teaching K
(optional)
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
EDE 484
Students who entered the College
under a previous catalog and who will
complete their licensure program after
August 1, 2000, must complete the new
concentration requirement and meet any
other new state policies for licensure.
Kindergm-Elmm
Kindqpten-a-ta
Curriculum: Children's
Literature
---
If students also desire kindergarten
endorsement, EDE 375 Discovery Learning
in the World of Kindergarten is required.
,-
-
A GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in the major,
,--,=.RZEff8-a)grades
.
of P in stu/dent
teaching courser are required for
licensure, as well as minimum grades of
2.0 in all education courses. The equivalent of two full courses graded PM, plus
student teaching is the maximum allowed
for the elementary education major. P/N
es for EDU 388 Human Relations and
teaching are counted in the eight
course maximum allowed for
graduation for all elementary and secondary teacher education degree students.
The criteria for acceptance into the department licensure program are available in the
Department of Education,
'G
PHY 103 Conceptual Physics
or MAT 131
Mathematics for
Liberal Arts
and EDE 377 K-E1Science Methods
(WEC only)
-
Elementary Education 129
PHY 103
Conceptual Physics
(See Department of Physics for course description.)
EDU 265
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for
in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing and
ENG 111)
EDU 282
Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education for course description.)
EDE 295
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDU 341
Media Technology
(.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachingearning situations.
Computer training will be included in this course. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDE 351
Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in
reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EDE 352
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementaryand
Field Experience
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts
of educational, psychological, and sociological theories.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDE 375
Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course)
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching
kindergarten. (Prereq.: PPST, junior/senior standing, enrollment as close to
student teaching as possible, and admission to department)
EDE 381
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art, Music (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music
taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDE 382
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department)
130 Elementary Education
EDE 383
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education
and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDE 384
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic
Studies (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and
thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDE 386
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDE 387
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at
the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:
PPST, EDU 265, and admission to department)
EDU 388
Human Relations (.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to
all. (P/N grading only)
EDS 478
School and Society
(See Secondary Education for course description.)
EDE 481, 482, 483, 484 Student Teaching K-6 and Seminar
Observing and teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the
supervision of College and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: All KElementary coursework satisfactorily completed, admission into the education
department licensure program, PPST. P/N grading only)
EDU 491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education for course description.)
EDE 495
Topics in Education
(.5 course)
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDE 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
-
Elementary Education 131
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
EDE 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
EDE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
EDE 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
EDE 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. A projected program must be outlined and
approved by the Kindergarten-Elementary education faculty.
I
t is the responsibility of each student to
meet all speclfic requirements of the education department. Secondary education students are expected to consult with education faculty regarding state requirements
for teacher licensure: in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser.
Licensure requirements in the state
of Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg
College education department licensure
program: baccalaureate degree, academic
major in an approved teaching area, and
the following courses:
EDU 210 Learning and Development in
an Educational Setting
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
EDU 341 Media Technology
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas
EDS 354
Creating Learning
Environments: Secondary Field
Experience
EDU 388 Human Relations
EDS 478 School and Society
EDS 481,482,483 Student Teaching/
Seminar
EDS 484 Student Teachingseminar (for
art, health, music, and physical
education teaching majors)
HPE 114 Health and ~afet~kducation
(or equivalent) (for art, health,
music, and physical education
teaching majors)
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators
Methods course in major/minor areas
GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in education,
2.5 in teaching major/minor and P in student teaching required. All required
EDUEDS courses must have a grade of 2.0
or higher. PPST and acceptance into the
Augsburg licensure program required.
Criteria for admission to the program are
available in the education department.
'32 Secondary Education
Art, Health, Music, and Physical
Education Licensure
Students preparing for licensure in one
of these areas follow the secondary education program even though they plan to
teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special
areas will take four courses in student
teaching and do some student teaching at
both the secondary and elementary levels.
In addition to EDS 354, the art major will
register for EDS 361, 362; the music major
for EDS 355-359. Note: Recommendation
for teacher licensure in music is granted
only to students who successfully complete
the requirements for the bachelor of music
education major.
Art, health, and physical education
teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: (1) Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); (2) Orchestra (K-12)
and classroom music (5-12); (3) Vocal and
classroom music (K-9); or (4) Vocal and
classroom music (5-12).
Modern Language Licensure
Modem Languages for information on the
required competency exams.
Licensing in a Minor Field
At the time of printing this catalog, the
State of Minnesota has not announced a
plan by which students will be able to
license in minor areas beyond August 1,
2000. Students should consult with an
education department adviser to determine
if this option continues.
Teacher licensure is available (prior to
August 1, 2000) in several minor fields
providing the student has a 2.5 GPA in that
field, has completed the methods course
for that field, and has student taught in the
field. Students may not student teach in a
minor only.
Students who entered the College
under a previous catalog and who will
complete their licensure after August 1,
2000, must complete the new state policies
for licensure.
(Also see natural science licensure
on page 206 and social studies licensure
on page 245.) Completion of some license
programs may require use of ACTC courses.
For modem language teachers (French,
German, and Spanish), see Department of
EDU 210
Learning and Development in an Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning.
Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. PSY 105 Principles of
Psychology is strongly recommended.
EDU 265
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field
Experience
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing
and ENG 111)
-
Secondary Education 133
EDU 282
Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education for course description.)
EDS 295
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDU 341
Media Technology
(.5 course)
(See Elementary Education for course description. Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDS 350
Reading in the Content Areas
(.5 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: required for secondary education. Upper division. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDS 354
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDS 355
Music Methods (K-12)
%ends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and
teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST, and admission to department. Spring)
EDS 356, 357, 358, 359 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds,
Strings, Vocal
(.5 course each)
Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques.
Courses offered on two-year cycle. Even year: woodwinds, vocals. Odd year:
brass and percussion, strings. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDS 361
Art Methods (Elementary and JuniorHigh School)
Procedures, materials, and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Prereq.:
EDS 354, PPST and admission to department. Fall)
EDS 362
Art Methods (Senior High School)
(.5 course)
Procedures, materials, and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior
high school. (To be taken concurrently with EDS 361. Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST,
and admission to department. Fall)
EDS 364
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis
on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a
local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq.: EDS
354, PPST, and admission to department. Joint day school and WEC. Fall)
34 Secondary Education
HPE 365
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
(See Department of Health and Physical Education for course description.
Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDS 366
Modern Language Methods
(.5 course)
World language learning theory. The theory and practice of world language
teaching. (Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST, and admission to department. Consult with
the modem languages department. Joint day school and WEC. Fall)
HPE 368
EDS 374
(.5 course)
(See Department of Health and Physical Education for course description.
Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
Physical Education Methods (7-1 2)
Natural Science Methods
(.5 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration
of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and
materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. Consult
with the education department. (Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST, and admission
department. Joint day school and WEC. Fall)
EDS 375
Social Studies Methods
(.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school
classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Consult with the education department. (Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST, and admission to department. Joint day school and WEC. Fall: WEC)
EDS 376
Speech and Theatre Arts Methods
(.5 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and theatre,
and directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities. (Prereq.: EDS 354,
PPST, and admission to department. Spring)
EDS 377
Mathematics Methods
(.5 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school
mathematics and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. Consult with the education department. (Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST, and
admission to department. Spring)
EDU 388
Human Relations
(.5 course)
(See Elementary Education for course description. Open to all.)
EDS 478
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modem society and
final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. (Prereq.: senior
standing, EDU 265, PPST, and admission to department)
-
Secondary Education 135
EDS 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching and Seminar
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of
college and secondary school personnel. Three courses required of all 7-12
licensure majors and four courses required of K-12 art, music, and physical
education licensure majors. Four or more courses required of double majors.
(Prereq.: completion of all education coursework and admission to the department, PPST. P/N grading only)
EDS 495
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDS 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure
in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
See department listing for a description of the following approved elective:
HPE 410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
(See Department of Health and Physical Education for course description.
Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
EDS 199
lnternship
See description on page 85. Student must consult with the departmental
internship coordinator before registering for academic credit.
EDS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
EDS 399
lnternship
See description on page 85. Prior to the beginning of the term, interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding
requirements and permission to register.
EDS 499
lndependent Study/Research
See description on page 86. A projected program must be outlined that meets
the approval of education faculty.
136 Secondary Education
-
Non-Licensure Education Studies Major
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
or EDU 264
Orientation to
Education (.5 credit)
with EDS 25UEDE 263 Clinical
Experience
EDU 210 Learning and Development in
an Educational Setting
EDU 353 International Education
EDE 352 or EDS 354 Creative Learning
Environments
EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Children's
Literature
EDU 388 Human Relations
EDE or EDS 399 Internship
EDS 478 School and Society
A. Select one from the following:
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
POL 325 Public Administration
PSY 357 Behavior Analysis
PSY 230 and 330 Research Methods 1 65 I1
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SOC 362 and 363 Statistical Analysis
and Research Methods
B. Select one from the following:
PSY 357 Behavior Analysis
PSY 359 Psychological Assessment
PSY 361 Personality
PSY 371 Psychology of Gender
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
SWK 30 1 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
Other A, B course options may be possible. Students must achieve a minimum
grade of 2.0 in each education course. A
minimum GPA of 2.0 in the major is
required for graduation.
Non-Licensure Elementary Education
Major
Complete the same coursework as listed in the elementary major but delete the
student teaching courses (EDE 481-484).
Complete two additional courses from the
following:
EDU 353 International Education
EDE 399 Internship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
POL 325 Public Administration
PSY 355 Biopsychology
PSY 356 Environmental Psychology
PSY 359 Psychological Assessment
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policv
Other course options may be possible.
Complete a n academic minor or second
major. Minimum grade of 2.0 B required in all
education courses. A cumulative major and
minor GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation.
Minor
The special education minor offers six
courses (five plus one prereq. for PSY
course) that encompass an interdisciplinary perspective related to the field of disability. The minor is designed to fit the
needs of students in various disciplines
interested in disability issues. This minor
consists of a minimum of six courses:
EDU 282 Introduction to Special
Education
EDU 491 Practicum and Seminar in
Special Education
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
or PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
(either course is a required prerequisite
for PSY 351,352,353, or 357)
Choose one from the following:
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
PSY 352 Developmental Psychology:
Adolescent and Young Adult
PSY 353 Developmental Psychology:
Middle and Older Adult
One course from the following:
SOC 265 Culture, Ethnicity, Gender,
and Race
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
EDU 495 Topics in Education: (Topics in
Special Education Only)
PSY 357 Behavior Analysis
PSY 359 Psychological Assessment
Students should contact the director
of special education at the outset of
coursework.
EDU 282
Introduction to Special Education
An introduction to issues facing people with disabilities. Critical issues related
to schools, family, and society are examined, as well as existing attitudinal barriers and current methods of support. (Open to all. Fall)
EDU 491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus
on-campus seminar. (Students planning to take this course should consult
with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering
for the course. Prereq.: completion of special courses for special education
minor or consent of instructor. Open to all. Spring)
A
ugsburg College has cooperative
arrangements
with three universities to
allow students to earn a bachelor of arts
degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University
of Minnesota Institute of Technology,
Minneapolis; Washington University
School of Engineering and Applied
Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan
Technological University, Houghton,
Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the
Augsburg engineering adviser is necessary.
Applications for these programs require the
recommendation of the Augsburg engineering adviser.
University of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and
Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides
for two dual degree engineering programs:
Bachelor of Art~IBachelorof
Engineering (B.A.1B.E.) enables students
to receive a bachelor of arts degree from
Augsburg College and a bachelor of engineering degree from the University of
Minnesota. The program typically involves
three years at Augsburg and two years at
the Institute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program
after completing the sophomore year. At
that time, they will be informed of their
status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into
the program. Formal application to the
Institute of Technology may be completed
during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of
Engineering (B.A.1M.E.) enables
students to receive a bachelor of arts
degree from Augsburg College and a
master of engineering degree from the
University of Minnesota. This program
involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of
Technology.
The cumculum is the same as the
B.A.B.E. cumculum with the addition of
several extra courses that are completed at
Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses,
if any, that students must take at the university before proceeding through the graduate cumculum. The number of such
courses varies by IT department and area
of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the
B.A.M.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year
at Augsburg. Formal application for the
program may be completed during the
senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the Institute of
Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at
Augsburg. Participants in the B.A.M.E.
program are not guaranteed admission to
the Institute of Technology.
Washington University
(Three-Year Plan)
Michigan Technological University
(Dual-Degree Plan)
These two programs enable students to
receive a bachelor of arts degree from
Augsburg and a bachelor of engineering
degree from Washington University School
of Engineering and Applied Science or
Michigan Technological University in a
five-year period.
The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted into
the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they com-
-
Engineering 1 3
plete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and
are recommended by the engineering
adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore
opportunities for graduate work at
Washington University and Michigan
Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs
is available from the Augsburg engineering
adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in these
dual degree programs will be encouraged
to apply to the engineering school of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and
academic performance as criteria.
Minimum course requirements for
admission to the dual-degree or three-two
programs:
CHM 115 General Chemistry
CHM 116 General Chemistry
CSC 170 Structured Programming
ENG 111 Effective Writing
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics 11
Four mathematics courses are required:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus I1
MAT 245 Calculus 111
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
Additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses
at Augsburg. Normally MAT 145, 146 and
PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman
year. Students interested in chemical engineering also should take CHM 351,352.
7r
hose who study English believe that
an intense concern for words, ideas, and
images helps people understand who they
are and who they can become. Writing
helps all of us clarify and share our
thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate
the pains and joys of human existence.
Through the study of English we see life's
complexity, experience life as others do,
and better understand the world in which
we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors.
With the other arts, English is concerned
with the pleasure that comes from artistic
creation and with the contemplation of
works of art. With psychology and sociology,
English is concerned with individual and
group behavior. With philosophy, English
is interested in ideas and in the relation
between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering
order and determining structures. With
speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and
humanities, English studies the way people
have acted and thought at different times
and in various cultures.
The Augsburg Department of English
integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities of this vital urban area.
Augsburg students can walk to assigned or
recommended plays, films, and readings
available near the campus. English majors
have the opportunity to use and refine
their skills through working in internships
on and off campus, tutoring English as a
Second Language (ESL) students, tutoring
in the writing lab, or participating in the
Cooperative Education Program.
Students with an Augsburg English
major pursue careers in elementary, secondary, and college education, journalism,
government, law, the ministry, library sci-
ence, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses.
English Faculty
Kathryn Swanson (Chair), Candyce
Clayton, Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish,
Suzanne Donksy, Douglas Green, Joan
Griffin, David Hudson, Marilyn Kramer,
Roseann Lloyd, Carter Meland, John
Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald
Palosaari,John Schmit
Major
Nine courses above ENG 111,including:
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository
Writing
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
One course in European literature:
ENG 271 European Literature:
Homer to Dante
or ENG 272
European Literature:
Renaissance to the
Modem Period
Two survey courses in British literature
from:
ENG 331 British Literature:
Medieval to Elizabethan
ENG 336 British Literature:
17th and 18th Centuries
ENG 337 British Literature: The
Romantics and the Victorians
One upper division course in
American literature:
ENG 350 American Literature Before
1920
or ENG 351
American Literature
Since 1920
One 400 level course
Two additional electives
-
English 14.
Majors are encouraged to consult their
departmental adviser regularly A student
with a double major or special program
that involves considerable work in the
English department should also work
closely with an adviser in the department.
English-Language Arts Teaching Major
10 courses, including those listed under
the major, and:
ENG 345 Introduction to the
English Language
ENG 399 Internship in Teaching Writing
EDS 364 English Methods
and one course with a component in
non-Western literature (for example,
ENG 361).
In addition, the ACTC courses,
Communication Skills in the English
Classroom and Teaching Mass Media,
are required. Courses in early American
literature, Shakespeare, and film are
recommended.
Students are encouraged to take courses
toward their major during the freshman
and sophomore years, and apply for
teacher education no later than the spring
of their junior year.
Students in this program must work
with advisers in the English department
and the education department in order to
meet the professional requirements within
the education department as well as the
requirements for the major.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to department chair by
Oct. 15 in senior year for department
approval. Submit and defend paper before
faculty committee. Honors project may be
an independent study program (refer to
departmental guidelines).
Minor
Five courses above ENG 111, including
ENG 245; an upper division literature
course; and an additional writing course.
Concentration in Writing
Five courses in writing (above ENG 111).
Transfer Students
Note: Transfer undergraduate majors
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg. Transfer students
who minor in English must take at least
two of their English courses at Augsburg.
Transfer English education students
with a B.A. in English from another college
must take at,least three of their English
courses at Augsburg (preferably upper division courses). These courses must be taken
before the department can recommend a
student for student teaching.
The English Placement Test
A writing sample is required of students
to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not
show competence in composition skillssuch as stating and supporting a thesis,
organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences--are required to
enroll in ENG 101 Developmental Writing
where they receive more individual instruction than is possible in ENG 111 Effective
Writing. These students must pass ENG
101 Developmental Writing before
enrolling in ENG 111 Effective Writing.
Students in Effective Writing (ENG
111)and Developmental Writing (ENG
101) can elect the traditional grading system or P/N grading in consultation with
their instructor up through the last week
142 English
of class (without special permission.
petition). Students who choose to receive
a traditional grade in either course will
receive a grade of N if their work is
below a 2.0.
ENC 101
Prerequisites
ENG 111 Effective Writing is strongly
recommended but not a prerequisite for a
lower division literature course.
Prerequisite for an upper division literature
course is ENG 245 Introduction to
Literature and/or consent of the instructor.
Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for ENG 111 Effective Writing, this course is required of
students identified by the English Placement Test as needing additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but this course does not
fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for
,$his course k 2.0
ENG lJ
a-
kv,
Effective Writing
*
s C e b @I? in wyMuOt
d&-
.
Ernphsis is on r spusi~ion, including learning research techniques and writing
cnrical reriews. . h e n t i o n i s given to increasing students' effectiveness in
chuosing, u~ganizing, nd developing topics; thinking critically; and revising
)lor clariry and sylc. A rcriring lab is provided for those needing additional
., ,
h ~ 1 pThe m i n ~ m u mp a w I I graded-&Q!
~
Fxpc-
ENG 218
);;'i..~.-
*
Li;p.,-,
American Indian literature
A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected American
Indian writers. Discussion and analysis on ways in which literature reflects
and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. (Spring)
ENC 217,218 English as a Second Language
Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level
materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing
determines placement in these courses, and testing, as well as course performance, determines whether the ESL requirement is met. Students continue in
ESL until the requirement is completed but can receive credit for only two
courses (Fall: ENG 217; Spring: ENG 218)
ENC 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for
business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals
is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from their own areas
of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 225
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing (ENG
111). Its workshop format-stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
-
English 141
ENC 226
lntroduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative
writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but
including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG 111. Fall)
ENC 227
Journalism
An introductory newswriting course with emphasis on writing for the print
and broadcast media. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and
verify facts, and write those facts into a news story. An introduction to legal
and ethical questions is included. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 236
Women and Fiction
A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions
that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of
women's unique experiences in their writing, and the ways in which women
writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage.
ENC 241
lntroduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles, and historical evolution of the film medium. Includes the viewing and analysis of both
feature length and short films, illustrating the international development of
film form and selected esthetic movements. (Spring)
ENC 245
lntroduction to Literature
An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry, and drama, drawing on
works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female
writers. This course aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature.
ENC 251
Readings in American Literature
An introduction to selected texts of literary and historical importance that
yield an understanding of our Western heritage and contemporary American
world views. Themes could include the emergence of a national identity, the
shaping of a collective American memory, and the contributions to American
thought by women and people of color.
ENC 271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including Homer, Virgil,
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Dante. Works are studied with reference to their
mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later
literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
ENC 272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the
modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Rabelais,
Voltaire, and Ibsen. (Spring)
'44 English
ENC 282
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the
class schedule for that year.
ENC 327
Advanced journalism: Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is on interviewing, organizing, and writing the story, and editing the
work of others. Students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills
of others. They edit their own work and that of other writers. A brief introduction to layout and design is included. (Prereq.: ENG 227. Alternate years)
ENC 331
British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan
A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development of
English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or
consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 336
British Literature: 17th and 18th Centuries
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to pre-Romantics, with attention to the historical, intellectual,
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or
consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 337
British Literature: the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose, and two or three novels of the period.
Relationships among these writers are emphasized, and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
ENC 341
Advanted Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative
writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule. (Prereq.: ENG
226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work.)
ENC 345
Introduction to the English Language
A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning
the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students are
introduced to the primary components of linguistics, and the development of
the English language. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 347
Quantitative Journalism:Computer-Assisted Reporting and
Research
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository
essays and news reports. This course is designed for persons wishing to
explore the use of computer-assisted research and those preparing to enter the
communication professions. (Prereq.: ENG 225 or ENG 227 or consent of
instructor. MPG 3.)
-
English 14:
ENC 350
American Literature Before 1920
Reading of selected writers from colonial times to the beginning of the 20th
century. Attention given to the intellectual, social, and literary movements that
stimulated the writers. The writers' continuing influence on our modem sensibility will be discussed. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 351
American Literature Since 1920
Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic,
and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly
in literary works to the changing conditions of modem American life. (Prereq.:
ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring)
ENC 361
Studies in Modern Fiction
Emphasis is on significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly nonWestern, of the 20th century. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 382
Topics
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the
class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
All 400-level courses will involve some reading and study of literary criticism 01; in the case of
writing classes, ofwhat writers andlor composition theorists have to say about writing.
ENC 423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th-century
beginnings to the 20th century. Novels studied are selected from the works of
such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte,
Eliot, Joyce, and Woolf. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
ENC 436
Women and Fiction
A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions
that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of
women's unique experience in their writing, and the ways in which women
writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage.
Reading of theoretical essays. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ENC 438
Shakespeare
Study of major plays-comedies, histories, and tragedies. Additional plays are
assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring)
ENC 445
Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing
Designed for the self-motivatedwriter, the course emphasizes the conventions of
professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and techniques for
gathering information. (Prereq.: ENG 225 and consent of insmctor. Alternate years)
'4English
ENC 480
Criticism
The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories and approaches with
which graduate programs in English expect some familiarity. In a seminar setting, students read and discuss original theoretical essays and experiment with
applications to a small group of literary and cinematic texts. (Prereq.: ENG
245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
ENC 482
Topics in Language and Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the
class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
See department listingfor a description of thefollowing approved elective:
THR 325
Playwriting
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ENC 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
ENC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
ENC 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
ENC 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. Open to junior or senior English majors with an
overall GPA of 3.0 and consent of department chair.
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
See listing under Modem Languages.
See listing under Modem Languages.
G ENERAL STUDIES-GST
S
ome courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways that are different
from the more traditional disciplines.
General Studies includes specialized academic enrichment programs, and an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating
faculty.
CST 009
Cooperative Education
(.O course)
A non-credit notation recognizes the academic learning inherent in an
approved co-op education assignment, satisfactory completion of the evaluation process, and participation in reflection activities conducted by the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning. No course credit.
CST 100
Critical Thinking
A course to enhance the ability of students to analyze, synthesize, and evaluate
claims, this course is designed specifically to strengthen critical thinking skills
of entering students who are determined to need such skill enhancement by
the entry critical thinking assessment.
CST 140
Introduction to the Liberal Arts
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and improving those skills important to academic success: reading comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, test-taking, organization, concentration and memorization, learning style, conflict management, assertiveness training, and motivation strategies.
CST 200
Quantitative Reasoning
Critical thinking about statistics as evidenced in arguments involving predictions and explanations. Topics include reading and evaluating tables, graphs,
and statistical models as well as generalizations, traditional confidence intervals, and hypothesis tests. Emphasis on interpretation, evaluation, and communication. (Prereq.: MPG 3 )
CST 209
City Seminar: Experiential Education
(.O course)
Students engaged in a minimum of 50 hours of internship/se~ce/cooperative
education use that experience as a catalyst for learning about the Twin Cities
as an urban community system. Students participate in a required seminar,
completing five reflective assignments designed to introduce them to a
systematic, ecological way to understand how cities function. The seminar
enables the student to meet the objectives of The City Perspective.
Permission of instructor. No course credit.
See listing under Modem Languages.
v
irmally all students at Augsburg
College will interact at some point in their
college years with the Department of
Health and Physical Education. It is the
philosophy of the department to provide
quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the
gifted athlete as well as the occasional participant will find ample opportunity for
athletic and developmental activities.
The physical education department
provides the organizational framework for
a wide range of educational experiences,
including several major and minor programs: general education in physical education; men's and women's intercollegiate
athletic programs; intramural programs for
men and women; and athletic facilities for
developmental and recreational activities.
The health education department prepares students for careers in school health
education and wellness. This program
offers a comprehensive health component
in examining prevention and promotion
needs for individuals, schools, and the
community.
All health and physical education
majors seeking licensure must receive a
grade of 2.0 in all courses with an HPE
prefix applying to the major.
HEALTH EDUCATION
Health Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness For Life
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 316 Human Sexuality
HPE 320 School Health Curriculum
(Interim: odd years)
HPE 390 Insmctional Methods and
Materials (Interim: even years)
HPE 410 Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
(Interim: odd years)
HPE 450 Current Health Issues
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
PSY 201 Health Psychology
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
or PSY 352 Developmental Psychology:
Adolescent and Young Adult
\
BIO 220 Microbiology- w 1 L h =
(at St. Catherine's)
Must have instructor's certification for CPR
and first aid.
Recommended:
HPE 355 Tests and Measurement
Teaching Licensure Major
Health and Physical Education Faculty
Carol Enke (Chair), Brian Ammann,
Marilyn Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin
Kloppen, Lauri Ludeman, Patricia Murphy,
Jack Osberg, Joyce Pfaff, Paul Kriegler
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
...... .....
-
Health and Physical Education 1 4
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Minor
HPE 101, 110,114, 115,316,320,390,
450, BIO 103. Students interested in the
teaching minor should consult with the
health education department adviser.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Physical Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness for Life
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 210 Introduction to Physical
Education
HPE 220 Motor Learning
HPE 223 Team Sports
HPE 23 1 Individual and Dual Sports
HPE 232 Dance (Interim)
HPE 254 Introduction to Development1
Adapted Physical Education
HPE 275 prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries (Interim)
HPE 340 Organization and
Administration of Physical
Education Programs
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPE 355 Tests and Measurement
HPE 473 Physical Education Cuniculum
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Minor
HPE 101,115,210,223,231,232,351.
There is no PE teaching minor in
Minnesota public schools.
Coaching (not a major)
Minnesota Board of Teaching Statute
3512.3100 Employment of Head Varsity
Coaches of Interscholastic Sports in Senior
High Schools requires:
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 275 Prevention and Care of
Athletic Injuries
HPE 280 Coaching Theory
(Interim, odd years)
Internship in Athletic Training
requires:
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
And advanced athletic training (ACTC
schools)
Also required: 1,500 hours of practical
experience under the direction of a
Certified Athletic Trainer.
'So Health and Physical Education
HEALTH EDUCATION
HPE 101
Fitness For Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal
health and fitness. (Fall and Spring)
HPE 110
Personal and Community Health
Modem concepts and practices of health and healthfur living applied to the
individual and the community. (Fall)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education
(.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
(.5 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes
information about school health education and s e ~ c e s(Fall,
.
Spring)
HPE 116
Health Concepts for Educators
(.5 course)
A course to prepare future teachers for their role in the school health program.
Includes common childhood health problems with an emphasis on prevention. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 299
Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
HPE 316
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human sexuality. (Open to all students. Spring)
HPE 355
Tests and Measurement (.5 course)
Sunrey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education. (Fall)
HPE 450
Current Health Issues (.5 course)
This course uses "critical thinking" skills to examine current health issues in
text and media from a sociological, political, economic, and medical perspective. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Fall: even years)
Health and Phvsical Education 15'
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports (.O course)
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirements. No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 101
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal
health and fitness. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 210
Introduction to Physical Education
(.5 course)
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education and sport. (Spring)
HPE 220
Motor Learning (.5 course)
The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills relative to
physical activity. (Spring)
HPE 254
Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical Education
(.5 course)
A general overview of developmentaVadapted physical education from early
childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. (Fall)
HPE 323
Team Sports
Theory and practice in team sports including history, rules, and skill development. (Spring)
HPE 331
Individual and Dual Sports (a
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual
sports including history, rules, and skill development. (Fall)
HPE 340
Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs
(.5 course)
A survey of management, leadership, and decision-making for physical education and athletic programs. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall)
HPE 350
Kinesiology
(.5 course)
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and
analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Fall)
HPE 351
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Spring)
51
'52 Health and Physical Education
HPE 355
Tests and Measurement
(.5 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education. (Fall)
HPE 365
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in grades K-6.
An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementaryaged children. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Fall)
HPE 368
Physical Education Methods (7-12)
(-5 course)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in secondary
schools. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Spring)
HPE 473
Physical Education Curriculum (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education
with laboratory experience. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
HPE 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
HPE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
HPE 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
HPE 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. Open only to junior or senior majors.
H
istory is to society what memory is
to an individual; it brings to a civilization
an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalist J. R. Strayer expressed
it this way: "No community can survive
and no institution can function without
constant reference to past experience. We
are ruled by precedents fully as much as by
laws, which is to say that we are ruled by
the collective memory of the past. It is the
memory of common experiences that
makes scattered individuals into a community."
The study of history enables us to deal
more knowledgeably with continuity and
change in society The construction of an
informed sense of our past is a fundamental
ingredient in appreciating and understanding the present as well as anticipating the
future. History majors are prepared to be
active and contributing members of their
society. The study of history, which has
long held a major role in the liberal arts,
is an entry to elementary and secondary
education, graduate study in several fields,
and a wide range of employment opportunities that require abilities in communication, conceptualization, and processing
of information.
History Faculty
Christopher Kimball (Chair), Jacqueline
deVries, William Green, Donald Gustafson,
Richard Nelson
(either survey or upper level) from each of
the four areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, U.S., and non-Western.
Teaching Licensure
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Department of Education to
idennfy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Minor
Five courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall;
except in special instances, application
before the end of the first term of the
junior year; two years of a foreign language
at the college level (or its equivalent); an
honors thesis (equal to one course credit)
to be defended before a faculty committee.
First-year students should enroll in
one or more of the 101-104 courses.
200-level courses are normally reserved
for sophomore or upper division students.
Upper division courses are numbered
300 and above.
Prerequisites
Major
Eight courses plus the seminar. At least
four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course
Satisfactory completion of a lower division course is normally required before
enrolling in an upper division course. See
instructor for permission.
- History
154
Transfer Students
Transfer students planning a major
must normally take at least three of their
courses at Augsburg. A minor normally
requires two courses taken at Augsburg.
HIS 101
The Beginning of Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th century.
HIS 102
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the
Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
HIS 103
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
HIS 104
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years.
HIS 195
Topics in History
An introduction to selected historical topics not regularly offered in lower
division classes. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to
registration.
HIS 220
America to 1815
A survey of the contacts between American, African, and European cultures
and the political, religious, and racial diversity that formed colonial life,
including a study of independence, expansion, and democratization of the new
republic.
HIS 221
19th-Century U.S.
A survey emphasging cultural, social, political, and economic changes resulting from immigration, expansion, sectionalism, slavery, Civil War, and
Reconstruction.
HIS 222
20th-Century U.S.
A survey focusing on the nation's adjustment to industrialization and urbanization, the emergence of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong federal
government, the implications of increasing racial and ethnic diversity, and the
impact of affluence.
HIS 225
History of the Twin Cities
The Minneapolis and St. Paul area serve as a case study for the themes of frontier urbanization, industrialization, and economic change; transportation,
immigration, and ethnicity; and urban politics and reform.
-
History 1%
HIS 228
American Legal History
An examination of the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American
history that, combined with English and colonial antecedents, contributed to
the emergence of our modem legal system.
HIS 231
Scandinavian History: Prehistoric to 1750
An introduction to the settlement and development of Scandinavian countries.
Emphasis on topics such as the Vikings and Scandinavia's impact on and contributions to the development of European society.
HIS 232
Scandinavian History: 1750 to the Present
An introduction to the history of Scandinavian countries from the early modem period to the present with an emphasis on the place of Scandinavian society in European and world history.
HIS 241
Topics in African American History
Selected topics in African American history not regularly examined in other
departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
HIS 242
History of African American Civil Rights, 1619-1915
A survey of the development of African American civil rights focusing on
legal, economic, and political issues influenced by race and class, emphasizing
emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves.
HIS 243
History of African American Civil Rights, 1915-1972
A continuation of HIS 242 with special emphasis on the contributions of
W. E. B. DuBois, Marcus Gamey, A. Philip Randall, Charles Houston,
Thurgood Marshall, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
HIS 311
Topics in Women's History
Exploration of selected topics in women's history not regularly examined in
other departmental offerings. The specific topic to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
HIS 323
Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839; the
erosion of China's isolation and collapse of the imperial system; and the
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century.
HIS 326
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period
through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing
American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations.
HIS 331
Topics in U.S. History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history not regularly examined
in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
' 5 6 History
HIS 332
History of U.S. Foreign Relations
A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the American Revolution through the
Cold War, emphasizing changing definitions of war and peace, tensions
between internationalism and isolationism, the emergence of the U.S. as an
economic and military power.
HIS 335
American Urban History
A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings through
the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics of urban
growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of urban culture.
HIS 336
American Labor History
A survey of the history of work and the worker, primarily in the late 19th and
20th centuries, emphasizing the nature of work, working class life and community, evaluation of organized labor, and the relationship of workers and
union to the state.
@A5
Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective
A survey of Namibia and South Africa including the experience of indigenous
peoples, the impact of South African occupation, the war for independence,
and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization. (See page 170 in
International Studies.)
HIS 347
MesoAmerica: Legacy of the Conqueror
Four specific mini-courses together provide an overview of Mexico's historical
development from pre-Columbian times to the present day
HIS 352
Modern Germany
A survey of the social, political, and cultural development of modem
Germany, focusing on the question of Germany's sondenveg (special path) and
examining such topics as romanticism, unification, the rise of national socialism, and the Holocaust.
HIS 354
Britain and the Commonwealth Since 1688
This course will take a distinctively interdisciplinary approach (sources will
include literature, film, music, and artwork) to explore a period of dramatic
change in British politics, society, culture, and international status.
HIS 360
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
Civilization of the Near East from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on cultural borrowing, achievement in the arts, religion, and political institutions.
HIS 361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms, and the rise of Rome as the
world's fleatest power, emphasizing personalities, the arts, and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
-
History 15;
HIS 370
The Late Middle Ages to 1560s
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state,
emphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and
the early years of the Reformation.
HIS 380
The History of Women in the West to 1870
A thematic and comparative examination with primary focus on Europe and
North America, emphasizing changing conceptions of women's work, public
roles, sexuality, life cycles, and familial roles in the Renaissance, early
American, Enlightenment, and Victorian periods.
HIS 381
The History of Women in the West Since 1870
With attention to class, racial, and ethnic differences among women, this class
examines the changing legal, political, economic, social, and sexual status of
women in Europe and North America since the Victorian period.
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history that are not included in
regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
HIS 474
The World and the West
Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, cultural interaction and conflict,
the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century.
HIS 495
Seminar
This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to
students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics will be
announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is required.
(Offered at least once each year, during the fall term.)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
HIS 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
HIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86. A maximum of one course in directed study may
be applied to the major.
HIS 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
HIS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. A maximum of one course in independent study
may be applied to the major. (Prereq.: 3.5 GPA in history)
I
nterdisciplinary studies covers a broad
spectrum of experience and coursework.
Through interdisciplinary courses, students
gain greater insight and understanding of
cultures and perspectives different from
their own. Through these experiences students are better prepared to become contributing members of the global community
Augsburg also offers students the
opportunity to major and minor in
Women's Studies, and to minor in metrourban studies and American Indian studies.
For other interdisciplinary course
listings, see International Studies.
American Indian studies is a minor that
gives students the opportunity to learn
about the original, indigenous cultures of
INS 105
North America. Courses are cross-disciplinary, representing the religion, modem
language, art, history, English, and
women's studies departments. Interdisciplinary courses are offered as well in
cinema and contemporary issues. This
integrated course of study exposes students
to the beauty and richness of the diverse
tribal cultures still existing in our
country today.
Coordinator
Virginia Allery
Minor
Students must take five courses in
American Indian studies to get a minor.
The only
are INS 105 and at
. requirements
least one upper division course. These
courses may also be taken as part of majors
or minorsin other academic subjects or to
meet distribution/general education
requirements.
Introduction to American Indian Studies
This course is an introduction to the content areas of the American Indian
studies curriculum, including an o v e ~ e w
of American Indian history,
American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and
urban issues, cross-cultural influences, art, music, and language. (Required for
American Indian studies minor.)
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe
(See Department of Modem Languages for course description.)
ENC 216
American Indian Literature
(See Department of English for course description.)
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary, and historical origins of women's roles and status in society. Comparative
roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native American and African
tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East, and
China. (Cross-listedwith the Women's Studies Program.)
-
Interdisciplinary Studies 155
INS 260
Contemporary American Indians
This course examines the situation of American Indians in the United States
since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934). Emphasis is on such current
issues as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. The tension of cultural
change and religious, traditional persistence among selected American Indian
tribes today is highlighted.
INS 264
American Indians in the Cinema
Various images of the North American Indian, created by Hollywood and television, are studied. Films from 1913 to the present are viewed in order to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century, and how it is reflective of Western cultural ideologies.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
(See Department of Art for course description.)
INS 320
American Indian Women
The focus is on the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of North
America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time, as well as
changes in these roles, precipitated by the influence of Western colonialism. It
examines the life histories of Indian women and assesses their contributions to
Indian community life today (Prereq.: one course in women's studies or
American Indian studies or consent of instructor. This course also applies to
women's studies.)
HIS 326
American Indian History
(See Department of History for course description.)
REL 370
American lndian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
(See Department of Religion for course description.)
REL 231
Religion in African American History
(See Department of Religion for course description.)
INS 225
Introduction to Islam
The course covers the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and policial systems, and
Islamic patterns of life.
INS 232
The African American Experience in America
An overview of the major issues related to the African American experience,
focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal, and psychological aspects
of that experience.
HIS 241
Topics in African American History
(See Department of History for course description.)
.me~%old
aq13o 1013ai!p
ayl Xq pa~olddep aIq!seaj ale suogeu~q
-mo3 ray10 .aleudoldde araqM p a p u a m o
-331 k1q%ms! d!q=alu166E SNI aq1
.m&old 81101-~a~sauras
pue
ayl
saslnos l-euogrppe yl* ur&old 11ma~o
'66C SNI lo '18E
r13-a (313v) )S
' am3 1 ayl3o sa83no3
30s 'Sf f SIH '9EC ASd :%~IMOIIOJ
aV 30
PalWoW' Pue (VfD3H) sxlefftr u~q1fllOJ
OM1 Pue 'EZZ SIH '112 30s '221 IOd
mnglosuo3 uogampg lag%= aqL 'uogmol
s,a%ano3ayl Xq paplop sap!umoddo u a
JOU!yy
-qodonaur aAFsua1xa ayl jo asn lany a y m
.s3!mouo3aoixm JO sa~dpuud pue l o r m ay, jo hqenb ayl a m q u a 01 SXEM
sz a1qqeAe am uoga3npa a~ueladoo3pue
033 a y a 01 paSa~no3uaale ~ o o q ~ s
alenped3 uy palsala~u~
nuapnls .urel%oid '8ugutzq-a~puash ~ n m o r' s, d q m a m ~
sagr3 ~ I M L
( ~ s f l m uual
)
sa!pnls u v n
.Boloayl pus 'uogeque%io
-ollam ay, X11e'~adsa 'papuaurmo3ai
&unururo3 '1uaurwaao%'alejpM lepos
d~q%!qale med3old sndmm-jjo v n 3 g ~
!
'saypms Iemaumolpua 'uopellsN!urpe 31
(.luaura~!nba~pale~ai
-qnd 'MEI 'alrusaJ!q3le ' B ~ u u ~ul! dsa~pnls
a1anped31sod lo3 uogeiedald alanpafi
-ueqin aq1 laam k~lelaua%
a~g3adslad
&3 a y l %uq~glnj
saslno3) .asin03
-lapun appold osp 1ou1m pue 1oCm sa!
palqal-ueq~npa~olddeIauog!ppe auo snld
-pnls u~qln-onama q l . h p n m m o ~ue~qod
-onam aqlo1 alnquluor, pue puaslapun
d?qma1u1 66E SNI
%U!UUEI~
01 pa~!nbai s~oolpgaloay, pua ~ e ~ g X ~ e u e
aq1 q1pi nuapnls d!nba pue sqege uaqod
uEq~fl-oJlJMPue h!3 aq1 18E 30s
-onam pue ueqln 01 palela1 slaale2 %!do
leuymas srsX1m~pg!lod t g t Z O lo
~
- p a p jo h a u e a~ p aqlol
~ suaptus amp
ToVal4 VleaSJX E9E 30s
- 0 4 h~!3~ aq1 uo a~gsadsladuogmnpa
Bo1opoqlayy
1a~aua8aq1 pue sa!ptus u~qxn-onam
1 ~ 9 s ~ ~ S A ~ 3 FC8t
I I o?Od
d lo
s!sXle~@39WaS Z9E 30s
Bo1oq3Xsd pmmmuoipua ~ S AS^
E
XIols!~umuamv ueqin s f f SIH
9 9 I 3 UIM. J V 30 ~ O W H 522 SIH
srlodonam
wapom ayl pue h r u n m o 3 IIZ 30s
xaIduro3 uaqodonam 221 I O ~
:%u~pnl~u!
saslno3 01
JO!PW
-
Interdisciplinary Studies 161
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
INS 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
INS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211)
INS 399
Internship
See description on page 85. Internships place students with sponsoring organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 10 hours a week.
INS 498
Independent Study-Metropolitan
Resources
An independently-designedcourse developed by a student (or group of students),
utilizing the memopolitan resources available, e.g., lectures, symposia, performances,
hearings. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of insmctor)
INS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363)
URBAN STUDIES OPTIONS
THROUGH HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs. Through
HECUA, Augsburg students have access to
six interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in
Scandinavia, South America, Central
America, and the Twin Cities.
Also see International Studies listings.
I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This "Semester in the Cities" program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area.
INS 358
Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development
Interdisciplinary readings connect experiences and direct observation with
theory and research on the impact of race, class, and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and strategies for
urban and neighborhood development are examined in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it.
INS 359
Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change
Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods
provide varying-at times competing-views on the Twin Cities "civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews, and oral history
provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories and strategies for
explaining and overcoming it.
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 85.
162 Interdisciplinary Studies
II. City Arts
Study of the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and
urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the program.
INS 330
Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures
Exploration of life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers, and
community organizers for understanding the differences between formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events.
INS 331
The Politics of Artistic Expression
Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and culture
in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the
politics of cultural work. Readings, films, and discussions integrate aesthetic
theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism.
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 85.
Ill. See HECUA under International Studies (SUST, SAUS, CILA, and CUSLA)
Nordic area studies is an interdisciplinary program drawing on the combined
resources of the ACTC schools and the
Nordic Center at Augsburg College. The
curriculum treats Norden (Denmark,
Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden) not
only as a geographical area, but as an integrated cultural region with a shared history,
common values, and a high degree of political, social, and economic interdependency.
Courses in Nordic area studies postulate a
Nordic regional identity as a context in
which to appreciate the differences
between the five individual countries and
to understand the complexity of their
interactions among themselves and the
global community.
Coordinator
Frankie Shackelford
Major
Eight upper division courses.
Minor
Four upper division courses.
Other Requirements
At least four of the upper division
courses required for the major must be
Augsburg courses. The remainder may be
transfer credits included in the major on
approval of the program coordinator.
Students graduating with a major or minor
must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a
Scandinavian language. See Norwegian Ianguage course listings under the
Department of Modem Languages.
Recommended supporting preparation:
Study abroad through International
Partners, or SUST (See International
Studies, International Partners, and
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term); independent study in Denmark, Norway,
Sweden, Finland or Iceland; elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian,
history, political science, urban studies,
business administration, international relations, sociology or social work.
-
Interdisciplinary Studies 163
HIS 231
Scandinavian History: Prehistoric to 1750
An inmoduction to the settlement and development of Scandinavian countries.
Emphasis on topics such as the Vikings and Scandinavia's impact on and contributions to the development of European society
HIS 232
Scandinavian History: 1750 to the Present
An introduction to the history of Scandinavian countries from the early
modem period to the present with an emphasis on the place of Scandinavian
society in European and world history.
NAS 330
Contemporary Norden
A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the 20th century. No knowledge of Scandinavian language
required.
NAS 351
The Modern Nordic Novel
Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion is
based on reading selected works in translation from all five Nordic countries.
Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings and written
work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
NAS 352
The Modern Nordic Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th century dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the development
of Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will do appropriate readings and written
work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
NAS 372
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
NAS 377
Scandinavia in the World
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Department of Art)
NAS 393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
NAS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
'64 Interdisciplinary Studies
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NAS 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
NAS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
NAS 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
NAS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
For degree and major requirements see page 263.
I
ntemational Relations is an interdisciplinary major that offers the student both
breadth and depth. The student may focus
on a discipline or geographic area of the
world. The program consists of a core of
seven courses and six electives chosen
from a wide list of courses offered at
Augsburg and other colleges. Students are
encouraged to consider foreign study for
an Interim or semester. Competency in one
language is required, and some students
study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international
studies with considerable freedom to
choose options for specialization. Students
in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East,
Western Europe, Russia and East Central
Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc.
Recent students have had double
majors in history, political science, international business or a foreign language.
Numerous combinations of majors and
minors are possible with the international
relations major.
Two of the following:
HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign
Relations
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policy
POL 461 Topics in International Politics
Also, the equivalent of four terms of
college work in a modem language.
Required electives
Six of the following (not more than three
from any one discipline may be counted
toward the major):
BUS 362,364,368,465,466
ECO 314,317,360,365
HIS 346,352,354,440,474
PHI 355
POL 350,351,359,382,459
REL 356,420
SOC 336
SPC 329
FRE 332. GER 332. NOR 331. SPA 331.
SPA 332, NAS 330 (See Modem Languages.)
Director
Interim courses, seminars, independent
study, topics courses, and courses at other
colleges/universitiescan be considered here
with the approval of the program director,
as well as a fourth term or higher of college work in a second language.
Norma Noonan
Honors Major
Required courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113
Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 103 The Modem World
or HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western
World
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
or POL 160 World Politics
POL 490 Seminar in International
Relations
GPA of 3.6 in the major; 3.0 overall. In
addition to fulfilling the requirements for
the major, the student mus; complete an
honors thesis no later than March 1 of the
senior year and must defend the thesis
before a faculty committee. Students
should declare their intention to complete
an honors major by the end of their
junior year.
166 International Studies
Minor
ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and
POL 158 or 160. One course from HIS
332, POL 363 or 461. One year of modem
language. Three courses from the list of
required electives for the major. Not more
than two courses from any department can
count toward the minor.
I
nternational study at Augsburg aims to
increase intercultural competency and
reflects the College's strong commitment to
internationalism. Programs administered
by the Center for Global Education, by
International Partners, and by the Higher
Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA) offer excellent opportunities for
rigorous academic work, greater understanding of cross-cultural issues, and
exploration of the benefits of global
citizenshiv.
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an
international dimension to any academic
I
program. Students normally receive the
same number of course credits abroad as
they would if studying on campus.
Courses abroad can fulfill major, distributiodgeneral education, and graduation
requirements when approved by the
appropriate program directors and
faculty before departure.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of
language counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be
credited toward the 13 required courses.
Students should confer with the program
director about regional and disciplinary
concentrations possible within the major;
for example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the major disciplines
in the program.
Students in good academic standing (a
minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off campus
through the Center for Global Education
or through International Partners.
Applications are due December 15 for
study off campus for the next year. The
cost for many programs is equivalent to
full room, board, and tuition for on-campus study, plus airfare. Financial aid
is granted on the same basis as oncampus study.
THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL
EDUCATION
The Center for Global Education facilitates sound academic experiences that prepare people to think more critically about
global issues and to work toward a more
just and sus,tainable world. The center's
cross-cultural programs explore a diversity
of viewpoints and are grounded in the perspective of the poor and of others struggling for justice and human dignity.
International Studies 167
The center's study programs are conducted in Mexico, Central America, and
Namibia. Students experience three distinct types of living situations, which
include living with other participants in a
community house, spending several days
in a rural setting and several weeks living
with host families. They also travel together
on two-week seminars: from Mexico to
Central America, and Namibia to
South Africa.
International study programs administered by the Center for Global Education
and approved through Augsburg are
listed below. For information on these
programs, contact the academic programs
abroad office.
INTERNATIONAL PARTNERS
The International Partners Program
combines rigorous academic work with
daily immersion in another culture. It
offers students an opportunity to study
abroad with outstanding faculty and to
gain practical experience overseas in their
major fields.
The program is founded on reciprocal
agreements with selected institutions of
higher learning in Europe and Japan.
Under these agreements International
Partner students from abroad receive part
of their academic training at Augsburg, and
qualified Augsburg students are guaranteed
admission to partner institutions, where
courses are pre-approved for credit toward
graduation requirements at Augsburg.
Study abroad through International
Partners emphasizes business, education,
and social work, but is not limited to these
fields. The study program may be for one
year, one semester, a one-month Interim,
or a summer session. Participation may be
on an individual basis or as part of a student group accompanied by Augsburg faculty. For further information, contact the
International Partners office.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION
CONSORTIUM FOR URBAN
AFFAIRS (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in four different fullsemester programs in Norway, Colombia,
and Ecuador. All programs emphasize the
impact of social change and cross-cultural
factors on the human community. HECUA
programs include intense language experience and field study. The cost is equivalent
to full tuition, room, and board for one
semester on campus, plus airfare.
For non-international HECUA courses,
see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies.
International study programs administered by HECUA and approved through
Augsburg are listed below. For information
on these programs, contact the academic
programs abroad office at the Center for
Global Education.
168 International Studies
-
WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES (MEXICO)FALL
This program explores the experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their
roles in economic development, social change strategies, and the connections women are
drawing among issues of gender, race, class, and global economics.
Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are also
approved for credit in women's studies. Application deadline is April 1.
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at
the beginning of the semester, taught by Mexican instructors. (Required
course. Placement level determined by program director.)
SPA 356
20th-Century Voices
Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary
Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples and Central American refugees.
INS 311
The Development Process
Students reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and
human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin
American development and educational theories and practices are examined,
as well as social change strategies.
POL 359
Women in Comparative Politics-Women
in Latin America
An examination of critical global issues affecting Latin America and the impact
these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and international trade, political ideologies,
and revolution. (Required course.)
REL 366
The Church and Social Change in Latin America
A study of the dominant theological perspectives that have shaped Latin
America culture and politics. Focuses on the relationship between theology
and sociaVpolitical transformation.
-
International Studies 169
GENDER AND THE ENVIRONMENT LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES
(MEXICO)-SPRING
This program introduces students to the socio-economic and political issues of the
region with a focus on the impact of environmental policies on the lives of women and
men from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America.
Students examine this complex web of issues and how the people of Mexico are responding to pressures on family, society, and the natural environment. Application deadline
is Oct. 15.
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks,
taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined by program director.)
SPA 356
SOC 286
20th-Century Voices
Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary
Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples and Central American refugees.
Social Stratification
A study of social stratification theory, focusing on its application in the Latin
American context. Special attention will be given to the forms, causes, and
consequences of gender, class, and raciallethnic stratification in Mexico.
REL 31 1
Theology, Ethics, and the Environmerrt
An o v e ~ e w
of contemporary environmental theology and theologically-based
approaches to environmental ethics using case studies of environmental problems in Mexico and Central America.
MULTICULTURAL SOCIETIES IN TRANSITION: SOUTHERN AFRICA PERSPECTIVES (NAM IBIA)-FALL
This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the
central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Students will explore
the complex political, social, and economic dynamics of building a new nation.
Application deadline is April 1.
INS 312
The Development Process-Southern Africa
This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights and examines basic theories of
development as well as particular strategies of development that are being
implemented in Namibia and South Africa.
REL 346
The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people
representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and
religious organizations.
170 International Studies
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective
This course is an overview of the history of Namibia and South Africa, including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of occupation by South
Africa, and the war for independence.
POL 353
Political and Social Change in Namibia: A Comparative
Perspective
This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the legacy
of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence.
INS 499
Internships
W SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGE: GUATEMALA,
EL SALVADOR, NICARAGUA-FALL
This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Central Americans. For
two decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced
fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and
civil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El
Salvador, and Nicaragua. Application deadline is April 1.
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at
the beginning of the semester, taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Placement
level determined by program director.)
INS 267
Contemporary Social Movement in Central America
This course focuses on social movements in the region and their relationship
to the environment. Students explore impact of ongoing colonization and
modernization on indigenous cultures.
ECO 325
Topics: Sustainable Economic Development
This course examines the concepts of economic development and growth in
the "third world." Students are introduced to the theories of economic development and definitions of sustainable development. They study the relationship between economic development and ecological damage.
REL 366
Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course explores the role of religion in Latin American societies, past and
present, given the factors of political oppression and social injustice. Students
examine the "theologies of liberation."
-
lnternatiozl Studies 171
WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT SOUTHERN AFRICAN PERSPECTIVES
(NAMIBIA)-SPRING
This intensive navel and study program is desigmd to introduce parddpants to the
central issues facing %them Africa, with emphasis on the experience of women. The program introduces studenrs re the struggle of women in Buthem Ahim, to the history of
&& role in society, and to the situation that exists for women in Afnca. Application deadline is Q c t 15.
SOC 236
Family Systems and Social Policy in Southern Africa
Using a cross-cultural approach, this course examines the family as a social
institution in Namibia and South Africa. A family stay will serve as a
laboratory for students to observe various aspects of family life in Namibia.
INS 312
The Development Process-Southern Africa
Thii course provides the opportunity tr, reflect critically on issues of development, hunger. injustice, and h m n rights. with special emphasis given to the
experience of women. The cobrse examines beic hearies of development.
REL 346
The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations.
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics-Southern Africa
This course is an integrative seminar focusing on the participation of women
in struggles for liberation in Southern Africa and on their emerging role in
newly-independent Namibia.
INS 499
Internships
SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST)-FALL
This interdisciplinary program focuses on the contemporary Scandinavian societies and
issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving, and urban life. Local, regional,
and international field study and site visits in Scandinavia and the former Soviet Union.
INS 372
Norwegian Language
Intensive language instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with
emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with
advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature. Students should consult with the chair of the modem
languages department for language credit.
l7* International Studies
INS 377
Scandinavia in the World
Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of
superpowers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms
control, East-West relations, European security, trade, and the Third World.
INS 393
Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as reflected in
its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with
emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theatres, museums, galleries), and discussions with artists active in a variety of media.
INS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social, and cultural policies and practices as
a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies.
Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional cultures
to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with
field travel to other capitals for a comparative view.
INS 499
Internships (Students may choose either INS 373 or 499)
SOUTH AMERICAN URBAN SEMESTER: COLOMBIA OR ECUADOR (SAM)-FALL
This semester-in-the-city program is located in either Bogota, Colombia, or Quito,
Ecuador. This interdisciplinary program focuses on the relationships between Third World
development and the consequences of urbanization, especially inequality in Latin America.
Analyses of competing theories of development are integrated with field study in the host
city and outlying regions.
INS 261
Spanish Language
All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an independent
study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS program and field work.
INS 361
Introduction to Latin America
Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics, culture, and
arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus is on economic
development issues, theories, and models applicable to Latin America.
INS 362
Urbanization in Latin America
The development of cities and implications for social change in Latin America.
Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, governmental policies, and urban elites. Models and theories
of urbanization and development are compared.
INS 363
Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development
The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis on
field study in banio communities and site visits to public and private agencies
dealing with urban problems.
INS 499
Internships
International Studies 173
COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA (CILA)
CILA combines a n internship, independent study and seminars on community participation, and development in the Latin American urban setting. Based in Bogota, Colombia,
students live with local families, work in an agency three days a week, and meet as a group
twice a week.
INS 366
COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION FOR SOCIAL CHANCE
Examines pressing social realities and policy initiatives in Colombia in recent
decades. Explores concepts of community, democracy, participation, and community organization, and their meaning for community work. Provides tools
to evaluate strategies for social, political, and economic development.
Integrates readings, guest lectures, faculty and student presentations, discussions, and field work.
INS 499
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Students define topic of interest related to program themes and use analytical
tools gained in CILA to study a particular issue or case. A faculty member
advises the student throughout to assure adequate focus and incorporation of
primary field research in the project design.
INS 399
INTERNSHIP PLACEMENT AND SEMINAR (2 course credits)
Placement matches student-defined goals and interests with one of a wide
range of agencies working toward community development and social change.
Students work 20 hours per week, assisting with special projects and a program operations. A learning contract outlines expectations of student, agency,
and program for the term. The internship seminar provides for structured
reflection, analysis, and integration of the experience.
CULTURE AND SOCIETY I N LATIN AMERICA: COLOMBIA OR ECUADOR
(CUSLA)-SPRING
This interdisciplinary program focuses on developments and social change in Latin
America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature, the arts, and the ways in
which ideologies shape social realities.
INS 360
Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Study of selected literary works that illustrate social realities and express a
variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change.
Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as manifested in major artistic periods.
INS 364
Latin American Arts and Society
Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among
art, ideology, and society Intensive readings include works by theorists from
Europe, the U.S., and Latin America.
74 International Studies
INS 367
Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America
Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to
development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependence, and
Manrism.
INS 499
Internships
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
INS 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
INS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
INS 399
Internship
See description on page 85.
INS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
Check with the specific international studies program directorfor requirements in the program.
See listing under Business Administration, Accounting, and Management
Information Systems.
M
Mathematics Faculty
Ken Kaminsky (Chair), Larry Copes,
Suzanne Doree, Rebekah Valdivia
athematics is the study of structure and relationships, providing tools for
solving a wide variety of problems.
Mathematical language describes our world
from the perspectives of the natural, physical, and social sciences. Engaging in mathematical thought processes helps strengthen
the problem solving and quantitative reasoning skills that are increasingly expected
of every member of contemporary society.
Moreover, as mathematics has had a formative impact on the development of civilization, it is an important part of a liberal arts
education. Students majoring in many disciplines that involve structure or relationships find it helpful to acquire a minor or a
second major in mathematics.
MAT 145
MAT 146
MAT 245
MAT 246
MAT 314
MAT 324
CSC 160
Mathematics is also a discipline in its
own right. Students majoring in mathematics acquire the skills necessary to serve
society through a variety of careers. In addition to acquiring computational and problem solving skills, mathematics majors at
Augsburg develop their abilities to reason
abstractly, to conjecture critique and justify
their assertions, to formulate questions, to
investigate open-ended problems, to read
and comprehend precise mathematical writings, to speak and write about mathematical ideas, and to experience working in
teams on mathematical projects. These students can prepare for graduate school, for
work in industry or service professions, or
for teaching mathematics in grades 7-12.
Teaching Licensure Major
The department's programs support work
toward those goals. Students may choose
either a standard mathematics major, a
mathematics major with concenaation in
applied mathematics, or a mathematics
major toward secondary education licensure.
Augsburg's urban location allows students to
gain experience working with mathematics
through internships, cooperative education,
and the practicum and colloquium courses.
Major
Calculus I
Calculus I1
Calculus 111
Linear Algebra
Abstract Algebra
Analysis
Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
or CSC 170 Structured Programming
or one other computing course with
departmental approval
Three electives from MAT courses above
200, at least one of which is above 300
Also required: MAT 491 Mathematics
Colloquium, junior and senior years (noncredit)
Note: At least two MAT courses above 300
must be taken at Augsburg.
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers. The
state requirements are subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements. At the time of publication,
the mathematics requirements for licensure
are the same as the major, with the electives specified as MAT 271 Discrete
Mathematical Structures, MAT 351 Modem
Geometry, and MAT 373 Probability and
Statistics I.
76 Mathematics
Mathematics Major with concentration in Applied Mathematics
Twelve courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus I1
MAT 245 Calculus 111
MAT 246 Linear Algebra
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
MAT 324 Analysis
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
or CSC 170 Structured Programming
or one other computing course with
departmental approval
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
or one course in a mathematics-related
area with departmental approval
Three electives from:
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical
Structures
MAT 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I
MAT 374 Probability and Statistics I1
MAT 385 Mathematics Practicum
or other MAT courses with
departmental approval
Also required: MAT 491 Mathematics
Colloquium, junior and senior years (noncredit)
Note: At least two MAT courses above 300
must be taken at Augsburg.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in major, 3.1 overall, and independent study at an advanced level.
Mathematics Minor
Five courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus I1
Three electives from MAT courses above
200, at least one of which is above 300.
Note: At least one MAT course above 200
must be taken at Augsburg.
Math Placement Group (MPG)
Before enrolling in any mathematics
course, students must have the required
math placement. All students are required
to have their Math Placement Group
(MPG) determined. In some cases, students who have mansferred in a mathematics course taken at another college may
have their Math Placement Group determined by the registrar's office. Students
who have passed the College Board
Advanced Placement Exam in calculus
should consult with the mathematics
department. All other students must take
the Augsburg Math Placement Exam,
which is administered by the Academic
Advising Center. The exam is given during
college registration sessions and at other
announced times during the year. Practice
questions and other information are available from the Academic Advising Center.
Students needing to advance their Math
Placement Group may work with the
Academic Enrichment Center to take the
appropriate MAT course or study on their
own and retest. Additional information
about the Math Placement Exam is available from the Academic Advising Center.
Prerequisites
A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course.
-
Mathematics 17;
MAT 105
Applied Algebra
Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other models. Emphasis on
applications to the social and natural sciences, business, and everyday life.
Successful completion advances students to MPG 3. Students in MPG 3 or 4
should consult the department, as should students preparing for MAT 114
(Prereq.: MPG 2 and either a year of high school algebra or consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
MAT 114
Precalculus
Concepts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions.
For students planning to take MAT 145. Students who have completed MAT
145 or other calculus courses may register for credit only with consent of
instructor. Successful completion advances student to MPG 4. (Prereq.: MPG
3. Spring)
MAT 121
Finite Mathematics
Concepts from areas such as combinatorics, probability, matrices, linear programming, and graph theory. Emphasis on quantitative reasoning. Students
who have completed MAT 271 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3.
Varies)
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Concepts of differential and integral calculus with applications in the social
and behavioral sciences. Emphasis on quantitative reasoning. Students who
have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Varies)
MAT 131
Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics
and that of Western civilization. Primarily for students not intending further
study in mathematics. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Varies)
MAT 132
Numeracy for Contemporary Society
An examination of mathematics in an interdisciplinary and applied setting
with an emphasis on quantitative reasoning and connections to students' life,
work, and interests. Primarily for students not intending further study in
mathematics. Students who have completed another Quantitative Reasoning
Graduation Skill course may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Varies)
MAT 145,146 Calculus I, II
Concepts of calculus of one-variable functions, including derivatives, integrals,
differential equations, and series. Emphasis on skills of mathematical investigation and quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 4 for MAT 145; MAT 145 or
consent of instructor for MAT 146. Fall: 145. Spring: 146)
MAT 163
Introductory Statistics
Concepts of elementary statistics such as descriptive statistics, methods of
counting, probability distributions, approximations, estimation, hypothesis
testing, analysis-of-variance, and regression. Emphasis on quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Varies)
78 Mathematics
MAT 173
Math of Interest
Concepts from elementary financial mathematics such as annuities, loan payments and mortgages, and life insurance. Emphasis on quantitative reasoning.
(Prereq.: MPG 3. Varies)
MAT 245
Calculus Ill
Concepts of multivariable calculus including functions of several variables,
partial derivatives, vectors and the gradient, multiple integrals, and parametric
representations. (Prereq.: MAT 146. Fall)
MAT 246
Linear Algebra
Concepts from linear algebra such as systems of linear equations, linear programming, matrices, linear transformations, abstract vector spaces, determinants, eigenvalues, orthogonality, and linear regression. Emphasis on oral presentations of mathematical ideas and applications. (Prereq.: MAT 245 or MAT
271. Spring)
MAT 247
Modeling and Differential Equations
Concepts from differential equations such as methods of solving first and second order equations, modeling using difference equations and differential
equations, and applications to the sciences. (Prereq.: MAT 146. Spring)
MAT 271
Discrete Mathematical Structures
Concepts from areas such as combinatorics, number theory, graph theory,
recursions, set theory, countability, and formal logic. Emphasis on algorithmic
thinking, mathematical reasoning, conjecturing, and reading and writing
proofs. (Prereq.: MAT 146. Fall)
MAT 314
Abstract Algebra
Concepts of algebra within abstract structures of groups, rings, integral
domains, and fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246. Also recommended: MAT 271. Fall)
MAT 324
Analysis
Concepts of calculus such as functions, derivatives, integrals, and series in a
theoretical setting. Emphasis on written communication of mathematical
ideas. (Prereq.: ENG 111, at least two of MAT 245, 246, 247, or 271. Spring)
MAT 327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
(See PHI 327.)
MAT 351
Modern Geometry
Concepts of geometry such as projective geometry, non-Euclidean geometries,
transformations, and fractals. (Prereq.: MAT 245 and 246. Spring)
MAT 373
Probability and Statistics I
Concepts of probability such as methods of enumeration, random variables
and probability distributions, expectation, the central limit theorem, and
important ideas and problems of statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 245. Fall)
Mathematics 17!
MAT 374
Probability and Statistics II
Concepts of statistics such as sampling distributions associated with the normal and other distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing, regression, analysis of variance, and nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 373.
Spring)
MAT 385
Mathematics Practicum
The application of mathematical problem solving to real-world projects sought
from off-campus nonprofit organizations. Contains service-learning component. (Prereq.: at least two of MAT 245,246, 247, or 271 and consent of
instructor. Fall)
MAT 481
Topics in Mathematics
Study of an advanced topic such as complex analysis, numerical analysis,
mathematical biology, operations research, chaotic dynamical systems, fractal
mathematics, knot theory, topology, or foundations of mathematics. (Prereq.:
at least two of h4AT 245, 246, 247, or 271 and consent of instructor. Interim)
MAT 491
MAT 199
Mathematics Colloquium (.O course)
Information about contemporary applications, career opportunities, and other
interesting ideas in mathematics. Presented by outside visitors, faculty members, or students. Carries no course credit. (Fall, spring)
lnternship
See description on page 85.
MAT 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
MAT 399
lnternship
See description on page 85. (Prereq.: At least one upper division MAT course
and consent of instructor)
MAT 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
METRO-URBAN
STUDIES
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
18* Modern Languages
FRE 21 1, 212 Intermediate French I, II
Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in
communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading
and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work.
(Fall: 21 1; spring: 212)
FRE 243
French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation.
Through assigned readings, class discussion, and written reaction, students
become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of
these works. (On demand)
FRE 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
FRE 311
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas.
Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall)
FRE 312
French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and
writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase, and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech
group practice, study of spoken models from the media. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
FRE 331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to
the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French
intellectual, political, social, and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports,
extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French-speaking people and their contributions to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials,
and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring:
on rotational basis)
FRE 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
-
Modern Languages 18:
FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, I1
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France through
the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral
and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 355
20th-Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and
written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent
of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speaking, and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or
political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an
advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of
expression, refinements in style and organization. Laboratory assignments.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
FRE 450
French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
In-depth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations
in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim catalog. Prereq.: FRE 311
or consent of instructor. On demand)
FRE 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
FRE 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
FRE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
FRE 399
Internship
See description on page 85.
FRE 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 86.
GERMAN (CER)
CER 111, 112 Beginning German I, II
Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding, and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in
short conversations. Laboratory materials available. (Fall: 111;spring: 112 )
'84 Modern Languages
CER 21 1, 212 Intermediate Cerman I, II
Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of
basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic
expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (Fall: 211; spring: 212)
CER 244
Cerman Literature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing Medieval to modem periods
are read and discussed in English. Readings are considered in the context of
Gennan cultural history as well as in context of the universal human condition. (On demand)
CER 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
CER 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary,
and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
CER 331
German Civilization and Culture I
Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples
from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty
Years War (1643). In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
CER 332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of cultural currents that have shaped Germany, Austria, and
Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic, and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
CER 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
CER 351
Cerman Literature Through the 18th Century
Survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Enlightenment, Storm and
Stress, Classic, and Romantic literature. Readings and discussion in Gennan
supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural
and geopolitical context. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring:
on rotational basis)
-
Modern Languages 185
CER 352
German Literature: The 19th Century
Study of later Romanticism, Young-Germany, Poetic Realism, Naturalism, and
Impressionism. Lectures include the literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the rise of technology and science. Readings and discussion
in German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational
basis)
GER 353
German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German
with class discussions designed to aid students' self-expression in German.
(Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for
expressing ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including
control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language.
(Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
CER 451
German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural
and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
CER 452
German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat
the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
CER 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CER 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
GER 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
CER 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
GER 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
-Modern Languages
JAPANESE(JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language
department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information.
LINGUISTICS (LIN)
LIN 289
Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with
focus on linguistic universals and psycholinguistics. Theoretical questions will
be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite.
Recommended for all language majors and minors. (On demand)
LIN 311
Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of distinguishing underlying philosophical
assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals. The theories will
be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines. (On demand)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
LIN 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
LIN 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
NORWEGIAN (NOR)
NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian I, II
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and
writing. Stress is on communication and its cultural context. Laboratory work
expected. (Fall: 111; spring: 112)
NOR 21 1
Intermediate Norwegian I, II
Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking, listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used as a basis
for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar review. Laboratory
work expected. (Prereq.: NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall)
NOR 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
NOR 311
Conversation and Composition
Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative
contexts and integrated vocabulary. Readings in history, social science, and literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.:
NOR 211 or equivalent. Spring)
-
Modern Languages 187
NOR 331
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural devel-
opments, such as Norway's changing role in the global community, into a historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by lectures, newspaper
articles, and video tapes. In Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor. Fall: alternate years)
NOR 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
NOR 353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a basis for the
study of major works from earlier periods, including several in Nynorsk.
Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays, and oral reports in Norwegian.
(Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years)
NOR 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on literary and
cultural readings. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in NOR
311. Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, and written, and oral reports
in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Spring)
NOR 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NOR 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
NOR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
NOR 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
NOR 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
' 8 8 Modern Languages
OJIBWE(OJB)
Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa) are offered at Augsburg, both as part of the modem
languages department and as part of the American Indian studies minor.
OJB111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa).
Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
RUSSIAN (RUS)
One year of Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued
in the ACTC Russian, Cenmal, and East European Studies Program, which requires two
years of language for the major (see page 243). See the Russian, Central, and East
European Studies Program campus adviser for more information.
RUS 111, 112 Elementary Russian I, II
Aims to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills
through oral classroom practice, elementary readings, short compositions, and
a growing acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language
lab. (Fall: 111; spring: 112)
SPANISH (SPA)
Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under
International Studies.
SPA 105,106 Living Spanish I, II
Modified introductory level Spanish courses designed to accommodate students with recognized learning disabilities in the area of language learning.
Emphasis is placed on listening comprehension and vocabulary building
toward conversational goals. (Prereq.: Permission of the CLASS director)
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall: 111; spring:
112)
SPA 21 1, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. (Fall: 211; spring: 212)
SPA 248
Spanish and Latin American Culture Through Film
An introduction to contemporary cultural issues of Spanish and Latin
American societies as portrayed in the films of major filmmakers with attention to the aesthetic variations across their works. Films in Spanish with
English subtitles; language of instruction is English. (On demand)
-
Modern Languages 189
SPA 249
Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in
Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature. Through background
reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the
salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. (On
demand)
SPA 295
SPA 31 1
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a
prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent.
Fall)
SPA 312
Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oral
and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility stressing
idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. (Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 331
Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In
Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational
basis)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the
pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311or
consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
SPA 352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature.
Lectures, discussion, written, and oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 354
Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions, and
written and oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor.
Note: Students who have taken SPA 356 taught in Mexico may not take 354.
Spring: on rotational basis)
190 Modern Languages
SPA 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
SPA 456
Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written
reports in Spanish. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modem Period.
(Prereq.: one survey course. Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 457
Spanish Novel
Study of the outstanding novelists of the 19th and 20th centuries in Spain.
Oral and written reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: one survey course. Spring: on
rotational basis)
SPA 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SPA 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
SPA 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
SPA 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
SPA 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
M
usic has the power to strengthen
the mind, heal the body, and unlock the
creative spirit. Whether we experience
music as a listener, performer, or teacher, it
adds a significant dimension to our lives.
The Department of Music at Augsburg
College offers music training within the
context of a liberal arts education, and is
an institutional member of the National
Association of Schools of Music (NASM)
and the American Music Therapy
Association (AMTA). Music majors may
choose from four majors in three degree
programs: bachelor of arts (music major);
bachelor of music (music education
major); bachelor of music (performance
major); and bachelor of science (music
therapy major). Music minors and nonmusic majors may also participate in a
variety of music experiences including
music ensembles, private lessons, some
music courses, and additional Interim
courses or special performances.
Full-time Faculty
Merilee Klemp (Chair), Jill Dawe, Stephen
Gabrielsen, Peter Hendrickson, Roberta
Kagin, Robert Karlkn, Robert Stacke
immediately after enrolling at Augsburg to
establish an appropriate course of music
study and application/evaluation process.
All students interested in pursuing a
music degree at Augsburg are strongly
encouraged to contact a music faculty
adviser in their degree area as soon as
possible to ensure a smooth program of
study and timely completion of music
degree requirements.
Bachelor of Arts-Music Major
For acceptance to the bachelor of arts-music
major degree program, students must:
submit an application for admission
prior to spring juries of the sophomore
year
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript with the application
submit the studio instructor
recommendation form for the major
instrument or voice with the application
(found in Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiency
requirement
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore jury.
Bachelor of Music-Education Major
Part-time Teaching Faculty
Bridget Doak, Nancy Grundahl, Lila
Olson, Paul Ousley, Nicholas Raths,
Sonja Thompson
Music Performance Coordinator
Carley Miller
--
Augsburg students who enroll as freshmen must apply to the Department of
Music for acceptance to a degree program
by the end of the sophomore year. Transfer
students should meet with a music adviser
For acceptance to the bachelor of
music-education major degree program,
students must:
submit an application for admission
prior to spring juries of the sophomore
year
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript with the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiency requirement
lg2 Music
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore
jury. In addition to applying to the music
department, bachelor of music-education
major candidates must also apply to the
Department of Education for acceptance
into the music education licensure program. Recommendation for teacher licensure is granted only to students who successfully complete the requirements for the
bachelor of music-education major. A
cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses
is necessary for the music education licensure program.
Bachelor of Music-Performance Major
For acceptance to the bachelor of
music-performance major program,
students must:
submit an application for admission prior
to spring juries of the sophomore year
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript with the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiency requirement
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above as well as on the successful outcome of the audition and interview (see
Music Student Handbook).
Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy
Major
For acceptance to the bachelor of
science-music therapy major program,
students must:
submit an application for admission prior
to spring juries of the sophomore year
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript with the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument
or voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano and guitar proficiency
requirements
Acceptance to the degree program will
based on the successful completion of the
above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore jury.
A cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music
courses and a 2.5 in all music therapy
courses is necessary for the music therapy
degree. Bachelor of science-music therapy
candidates should consult with the director
of music therapy before applying for acceptance into the program.
Transfer Students
For acceptance to a music degree
program, transfer students must:
submit an application for admission
prior to the end of the sophomore year,
or as soon as possible after enrolling
at Augsburg
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript and transferred credits with
the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiency requirement
Music 193
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her first jury if enrolled
as a junior or senior, or spring semester
sophomore jury if enrolled as a freshman
or sophomore. For bachelor of musicperformance major candidates, acceptance
will be based on the completion of the
above as well as on the successful outcome
of the audition and interview (see Music
Student Handbook).
Equivalency/Certification Students
The music therapy equivalency program is available to students who already
have a bachelor's degree and wish to meet
the requirements set by the American
Music Therapy Association to become professional music therapists. This equivalency
program prepares students for eligibility
to take the Music Therapy Board
Certification Examination. Depending
upon the student's degree and skill level,
individual requirements will be outlined by
the director of music therapy. There is a
minimum two-year residency requirement,
which includes participation in a major
ensemble for four terms and successful
completion of a two-year music theory
equivalency test.
For acceptance to the degree program,
equivalency/certification students must:
submit an application for admission during
the first semester of residency at Augsburg
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript and transferred credits with
the application
submit the studio instructor recornrnendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiency and
guitar proficiency requirements during
the first semester of residence
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her first jury.
Candidates must submit an application
for admission prior to spring juries of the
sophomore year.
Students may qualify for participation
in the music honors program if they:
have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in
music courses
apply by petition for the honors program
before the senior year
provide leadership in one or more of the
following areas:
- promotion of high music
performance standards within
the music department
- breadth of music interests by
attendance at concerts on and
off campus
- major ensembles
Honors may be achieved in one of the
following ways:
writing a senior thesis and defending it
before a faculty committee
presenting an additional senior recital of
graduate quality
composing a work for vocal andlor
instrumental ensemble of not less than
15 minutes duration
conducting an ensemble concert
a combination of the above
lg4 Music
-
Core cumculum (required of all music
majors):
MUS 101 Materials of Music I
MUS 102 Materials of Music I1
MUS 111 Aural Skills I
MUS 112 Aural Skills 11
MUS 201 Materials of Music I11
MUS 202 Form and Analysis
MUS 211 Aural Skills 111
MUS 212 Aural Skills IV
MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
Large and Small Ensemble Participation
Performance Studies
Music Repertoire Tests
Piano Proficiency
Plus fulfillment of recital requirements
as given under each specific degree and
major, and French or German study as
stated in the general education requirements or in specific degree requirements.
Checklists for specific degree programs are
available in the music department.
Requirements: 12 course credits
Core cumculum plus one music credit
elective plus MUS 458 (Senior Recital)
plus two semesters chosen from:
MUS 311,312 Composition
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
MUS 331 Music of the Baroque Era
MUS 332 Music of the Classical Era
MUS 333 Music of the Romantic Period
MUS 334 Music of the 20th Century
Eight quarter course credits of
performance studies in the major
instrumentlvoice
Eight quarter course credits in a
major Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrument/voice
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Education Major
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Music Major
Offers the broadest education in liberal
arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business, and professional opportunities. Students who intend
to pursue non-performance graduate study
or desire to enter one of the many musicrelated business fields most often choose
this course of study.
Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in public
schools. This preparation includes coursework that allows the student to become
certified to teach at the elementary through
the secondary level. Recommendation for
teacher licensure is granted only to students who successfully complete the
requirements for the bachelor of music
education major.
-
Music 195
Requirements: 16.5 course credits
Core cuniculum plus:
MUS 311,312 Composition I, I1
MUS 358 Half junior recital
MUS 459 Full senior recital
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 116 Healthy Concepts for Educators
EDU 210 Learning and Development in
an Educational Setting
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
EDS 341 Media Technology
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas
EDS 354 Creative Learning
Environments: Secondary and
Field Experience
EDS 355 Music Methods (K-12)
EDU 388 Human Relations
EDS 478 School and Society
EDS 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
and Seminar
One of the following two:
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
Three of the following four:
EDS 356 Music Methods: Brass and
Percussion
EDS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
EDS 358 Music Methods: Strings
EDS 359 Music Methods: Vocal
One of the following two areas of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis--MUS 251,252,253,
254,435
Instrumental emphasis-MUS 152,155,
one course credit of music elective
Two quarter course credits of performance
studies in the major instrumenVvoice
Four half course credits of performance
studies in the major instrument/voice
Two full course credits of performance
studies in the major instrumenthoice
Two quarter course credits of performance
studies in the minor instrument/voice
Eight quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrument/voice
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble
Improvisation competency on major
instrument/voice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in
all music courses and in the major
instrument/voice
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Performance Major
Emphasizes intensive work in performance, supplemented by other courses in
music and the liberal arts. The program is
made available only to students of exceptional performing ability who are selected on
the basis of an auditiodinterview application
process. The bachelor of music performance
program prepares d t e d performers to compete for professional performing opportunities andlor graduate school auditions.
Requirements: 19.5 course credits
Core cuniculum plus:
MUS 311,312
Composition I, I1
MUS 358
Full junior recital
MUS 459
Full senior recital
lg6 Music
One of the following two:
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
One of the following three areas of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis-MUS 251, 252, 253, 254,
435, one course credit of music elective,
French or German to fulfill
language requirement
Piano or organ emphasisMUS 301,302,
436, 456, one half course credit of music
elective
lnsmmental emphasisMUS 301,302, one
and one half course credits of music electives
Two quarter course credits and six full
course credits of performance studies in
the major instrumentlvoice
Two quarter course credits of performance
studies in the minor instrumentlvoice
Eight quarter course credits in a
major Augsburg ensemble on the
major instrumentlvoice
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in
all music courses and 3.0 in the major
instrurnentlvoice
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Music Therapy Major
Fulfills the academic and clinical
requirements for eligibility to take the
Music Therapy Board Certification
Examination. The B. S. in music therapy is
minimally a 4 112 year degree program,
which includes a full-time (six months or
1,040 hours) internship in a clinical facility
approved by the American Association for
Music Therapy (AAMT). This course of
study is chosen by students who wish to
become professional music therapists.
Requirements: 23 course credits
Core curriculum plus:
MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and
MateriaLs
MUS 274,275
Music Therapy
Practicums
MUS 3 11 or 3 12 Composition I or I1
MUS 372,373
Psychological
Foundation of Music I, I1
MUS 374,375
Music Therapy
Practicums
MUS 472 Human Identity Through the
Creative Arts
MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
MUS 474,475
Music Therapy
Practicums
MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical
Internship
MUS 458 Half senior recital
EDS 282 Introduction to Special
Education
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 362 Behavior Disorders
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
One of the following three:
MUS 152 Class Voice
MUS 155 Class Piano
MUS 158 Class Guitar
Two of the following three:
EDS 356 Music Methods: Brass and
Percussion
EDS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
EDS 358 Music Methods: Strings
One of the following two:
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
PSY 230 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis I
Eight quarter course credits of
performance studies in the major
instrumentlvoice
-
Music 197
Eight quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrumendvoice
Two semesters in an Augsburg small
ensemble (no credit)
Pass piano proficiency and guitar
proficiency tests
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in all
music therapy courses
Requirements: 6 course credits
MUS 101,102 Materials of Music I, 11
MUS 111, 112 Aural Skills I, I1
MUS 341
Basic Conducting
One of the following two:
MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1
While the music department strongly
encourages both formal and informal
ensemble experience, only membership in
the Augsburg Concert Band, the Augsburg
Orchestra, the Augsburg Choir, or
Riverside Singers of Augsburg will satisfy
the major, minor, or general education
requirements. Ensemble requirements are
fulfilled by participation for the entire year.
One quarter course credit per semester is
granted to members of major ensembles
(MUE 111,112,121,141);other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is
required for music majors and minors in
ensemble courses. The general student
may register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading, or may choose no
credit with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two course credits in an ensemble
may be counted toward graduation requirements.
Performance Studies (Private Lessons)
One additional course in music history or
conducting
Four consecutive quarter courses in a
major ensemble concurrent with four
quarter courses of performance studies
on the major instrumendvoice
Pass one music repertoire test
Ensembles (MUE)
These musical organizations are open
to music majors, music minors, and nonmusic majors. All music students are
required to participate in a major ensemble
on their major instrument (where possible)
during their time at Augsburg College.
Auditions for membership in ensembles
are scheduled during the first week of the
school year or by arrangement with the
individual ensemble director.
Private instruction in voice, piano,
organ, or any instrument is available for all
students in the following categories:
No credit l/2hour lesson, 3 hours of
practice per week
1/4course credit, 1/2hour lesson,
4 hours of practice per week
lL2 course credit, 1 hour lesson,
8 hours of practice per week
One course credit, 1 hour lesson,
12 hours of practice per week
Lessons for credit require:
Private lessons
Jury examination at the end of each
semester
Attendance at departmental student
recitals and master classes
Attendance at concerts and recitals
lg8 Music
Lessons for non-credit:
Students may take private lessons for
no credit and are not required to fulfill the
performance and listening requirements.
A semester of study consists of 14
weeks of lessons, coaching, and a jury
examination. Music majors and minors are
required to register for music lessons for
credit (quarter, half, or full credit depending on year of study and degree being
sought). Credit is granted only for study
with faculty members of the Augsburg
College Department of Music, and private
instruction for credit is graded traditionally.
Music majors and minors must declare an
area of concentration. Students seeking a
bachelor of music-performance major
degree are also required to have a minor
instrument that necessitates additional
lessons, jury examinations, and performances. Freshmen may be awarded free
lessons, if taken for credit, in their major
instrument/voice and with the recommendation of their private lesson instructor.
Any lessons during Interim or summer are
arranged privately with the instructor. A
student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the instructor at
least 24 hours in advance. Otherwise,
except for illness immediately prior to a
lesson, the student will forfeit the right to
a make-up lesson. Limited school instruments are available for student use.
Music majors are required to attend
departmental student recitals and will perform if requested by their instructor. All
students registered in performance studies
for credit are required to attend eight designated music events during each semester.
Four of these events will be made up of
major ensemble concerts, senior student
recitals, faculty recitals, or designated campus music events. Four events should be
professional, off-campus concerts that have
the prior approval of the student's major
instrument/voice instructor. Off-campus
concerts will require that a program and a
one-sheet review be submitted to the
instructor. Music minors are required to
attend four events (on or off campus) that
meet the approval of their private instructor.
Note: Final grades for private lessons are
affected by attendance requirements.
Student Recitals
Students planning a recital should
carefully read the Music Student Handbook
and consult regularly with their applied
instructor. Concurrent registration in
performance studies in the major instrumenthoice is required for recital
performance. At least two full-time music
faculty members and the student's private
instructor must be present to evaluate
junior and senior recitals. Recitals are
given a padfail grade.
Recitals required for the fulfillment of
the B.M., B.A., or B.S. degree requirements
or honors program will be sponsored by
the music department. Other student
recitals may be considered for departmental sponsorship. All music degree recitals
must be representative of the academic
guidelines set forth in this catalog and
repertoire lists.
B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358)
will be one-half hour in duration for
music education majors, and one hour in
duration for music performance majors.
B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459)
will be one hour in duration for music
education majors and music performance
majors.
B. A. and B. S. degree senior recitals (MUS
458) will be one-half hour in duration.
-
Music 199
EXAMINATIONS
Piano Proficiency
All music majors enrolled in a music
degree program must complete the piano
proficiency requirement by the end of the
sophomore year. Consult the Music Student
Handbook for piano major and non-piano
major requirements and test dates.
Music Repertoire Tests
Music majors are required to pass three
music repertoire tests, transfer students
must pass two, and music minors must
pass one. Consult the Music Student
Handbook for contents of music repertoire
tests and test dates.
Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the ACTC Joint Class Schedule
or the music department for course offerings in each term.
THEORY
MUS 101
(.5 course)
Materials of Music I
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony, and principles of part writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Prereq.: Theory Placement Test)
MUS 102
Materials of Music II
(.5 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants, and simple modulations. To be taken
concurrently with MUS 112. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 with a minimal grade
of 2.0)
MUS 111
Aural Skills I
MUS 112
Aural Skills 11
(.5 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS 102.
To be taken concurrently with MUS 102. (Prereq.: MUS 111)
MUS 201
Materials of Music 111
(.5 course)
Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 211. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 and 102 with a
minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 202
Form and Analysis
(.5 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th-century
practice. To be taken concurrently with MUS 212. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 201
and 211with a minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 211
Aural Skills 111
(.5 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing,
and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. To be taken concurrently with MUS 101.
(.5 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation, and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS
201. To be taken concurrently with MUS 201. (Prereq.: MUS 112)
200 Music
MUS 212
Aural Skills IV
(.5 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 202. (Prereq.: MUS 211)
MUS 301
Counterpoint 1
(.5 course)
16th- through 18th-century contrapuntal techniques including double counterpoint, passacaglia, fugue, and canon. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212
with a minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 302
Counterpoint 11 (.5 course)
Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Barber,
Copland, Hindemith, and Shostakovitch. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212
with a minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 311
Composition 1
(.5 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound,
ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple forms and
tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212
with a minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 312
Composition 11
(.5 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and
types. Contemporary techniques, atonal systems, and larger forms are studied
and used. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 311 with a minimal grade of 2.0 or permission from instructor)
MUS 341
Basic Conducting
(.5 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique, score analysis
and preparation, rehearsal techniques, basic nomenclature. (Prereq.: MUS 101,
111,231)
MUS 342
Choral Conducting
(.5 course)
Choral literature and organization, vocal methods and voice selection,
advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Prereq.: Pass piano
proficiency test and MUS 341)
MUS 344
Instrumental Conducting
(.5 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature, advanced conducting
techniques, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test and MUS 341)
HISTORY AND LITERATURE
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For nonmusic majors.
MUS 231
History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: MUS 101,
102,201)
Music 20"
MUS 232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 101,102,201)
MUS 241
History of Jazz
This course is a study of the musical elements, cultural perspectives, and the
historical developments of jazz. Many styles of jazz are examined including
early New Orleans Dixieland, swing, cool, jazz/rock/fusion, ragtime, bop, and
progressive jazz.
MUS 320
Worlds of Music
A survey of non-Western musical cultures.
Thefollowingfour half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the histoly of music:
MUS 331
Music of the Baroque Era
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
(.5 course)
MUS 332
Music of the Classical Period
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
(.5 course)
MUS 333
Music of the Romantic Period
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
(.5 course)
MUS 334
Music of the 20th Century
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
(.5 course)
MUS 432
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary
worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology
student.
MUS 435
Voice Repertoire
A survey of standard art song repertoire from Eastern and Western
Europe, Russia, Scandinavia, and the Americas. Includes listening, writing,
and performance. Required for vocal performance majors. (Prereq.: MUS
251-254 or permission from instructor)
MUS 436
Piano Repertoire
(.5 course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17th century to the present by listening,
analyzing, and performing. (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department
curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty.
INTERNSHIPS AND INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSES
MUS 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
MUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
202 Music
MUS 399
Internship
See description on page 85.
MUS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. Open only to advanced students upon approval of
the faculty.
TECHNIQUE
MUS 152
Class Voice
(.25 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
MUS 155
Class Piano
(.25 course)
Basic keyboard familiarity, including scales, chords, arpeggios, sight-reading,
and simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary to pass the
piano proficiency test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or permission from instructor)
MUS 158
Class Guitar
(.25 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
MUS 251-254 English Diction (251), Italian Diction (252), German Diction (253),
French Diction (254)
(each .25 course)
Intensive course covering basic singing pronunciation of English, Italian,
German, and French through the study of the art song repertoire. Includes
regular class performances and phoneticization of texts using the International
Phonetic Alphabet. Required for vocal performance majors and music
education majors.
MUS 358
Junior Recital
(-0 course)
B.M. candidates only. One-half hour recital at repertoire Level 111 for music
education majors, one hour recital at Level IV for music performance majors.
No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 456
Piano Pedagogy (.5 course)
Principles, methods, materials, and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of
various pedagogical schools of thought.
MUS 458
Senior Recital
(.O course)
One-half hour recital at repertoire Level 111 for B.A. or B.S. candidates. No
course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 459
Senior Recital
(.O course)
B.M. candidates only. One hour recital at repertoire Level IV for music education majors, one hour recital at Level V for music performance majors. No
course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
-
Music 20
W THERAPY
MUS 271
MUS 272
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials
(.5 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Shulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings, and acquisition of skills in improvisation. Includes on-campus practicum with children.
Human ldentity through the Creative Arts
A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human
identity, with an emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of
musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the creative therapies of art, music, drama, and movement.
MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership,
observation, and functional music skills including improvisation. Two hours
per week. No course credit.
MUS 372
MUS 373
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on
acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the
research process and development of an experimental research project.
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy Theories of learning music, musical
talent, and performance.
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership,
observation, and functional music skills including improvisation. Two hours
per week. No course credit.
MUS 472
Human ldentity through the Creative Arts
See course description for MUS 272. Enrollment for upper division credit
required for music therapy majors; will include an additional course module.
MUS 473
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings,
including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy
with music.
Music
(.25 course each)
MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, requiring more advanced clinical and musical skills, including improvisation. Two
hours per week. (Prereq.: Three of MUS 274,275,374,375,and pass piano and
guitar proficiency test)
MUS 479
Music Therapy Clinical Internship
(.5 course)
Full-time placement in an AMTA-approved internship site for six months.
(1040 hours) Application for internship must be made nine months in advance.
Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: completion of all other graduation
requirements, including all proficiency exams and music repertoire tests)
ENSEMBLES (MUE)
These musical organizations exist not
only for the benefit of the music student,
but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of fall semester
or by arrangement with the ensemble
director. Assignment to an ensemble is
then made at the discretion of the
appropriate faculty. For Jazz Ensemble
membership, preference is given to concert
band members.
While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble
experience, only membership in band,
orchestra, choir or Riverside Singers will
satisfy the major, minor, or general education requirements. Some instruments are
available for use by students.
MUE 111
Augsburg Choir (-25 course)
MUE 112
Riverside Singers of Augsburg (.25 course)
MUE 113
Vocal Chamber (.O course)
MUE 114
Masterworks Chorale (.25 course)
MUE 121
Orchestra (.25 course)
MUE 122
String Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 131
Woodwind Chamber Music (.O course)
MUE 141
Concert Band (.25 course)
MUE 142
Brass Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 143
Jazz Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 144
Percussion Ensemble (.O course)
-
Music 20!
PERFORMANCE STUDIES (MUP)
Private instruction for credit is graded
traditionally All areas of study are available
to the non-music major or minor. All
lessons are adapted to the individual needs
of the student and those bearing credit are
supplemented by accompanying, ensemble
participation, and other performances.
Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate
levels of achievement and the following
expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; music minor-Level I;
B.A. and B.S. majors-Enter I and attain
111; B.M. -Education major-Enter I1
attain IV; B.M.-Performance majorEnter I1 and attain V
LESSONS
MUP 111-411 Voice
MUP137-437
Horn
MUP 121-421 Violin
MUP 141-441
Trumpet
MUP 122-422 Viola
MUP 142-442
Trombone
MUP 123-423 Cello
MUP 143-443
Baritone
M UP 124-424 Bass
MUP144-444
Tuba
MUP 131-431 Oboe
MUP 152-452
Piano
MUP 132-432 Bassoon
MUP 159a
Piano accompanying
MUP 133-433 Clarinet
MUP 161-461
Guitar
MUP 1 3 4 4 3 4 Saxophone
MUP 171-471
Percussion
MUP 135-435 Flute
MUP 181-481
Organ
MUP 191-491
Harp
Note carefully the following provisions:
A semester of study is 14 weeks of
lessons and coaching. Any lesson during
the Interim or summer are arranged
privately with the teacher.
A student who cannot attend a scheduled
lesson is required to notify the teacher at
least 24 hoursin advance; otherwise
except for illness immediately prior to
the lesson, the student will forfeit the
right to a make-up lesson.
Credit is granted only for study with
faculty members of the Augsburg
Department of Music.
T
he natural science licensure program
- for teachers is designed to provide strong
preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements.
Courses are designed to provide a
broad, basic background in science and
allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student
will meet the distributionlgeneral education requirements of the College, the
requirements for appropriate majors, the
courses required in the Department of
Education and, in the physical sciences,
have at least one year of calculus. Consult
with the Department of Education for
requirements in education. Early consultation with adviser is essential.
Coordinator
Arlin Gyberg
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current licensure requirements.
Broad Base Requirements
Two earth science (PHY 101 Astronomy,
PHY 106 Meteorology, or geology)
BIO 113 Introductory Organism1 Biology
BIO 114 Introductory Genetics,
Evolution, and Ecology
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121, 122 General
Physics I, I1
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
~
-
Biology Major
(for licensure in life science)
Broad base requirements, plus:
BIO 215 Introductory Cellular Biology
BIO 491 Seminar
Six other biology courses, including at
least one from each of the following
groups:
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Zoology
or BIO 473 Animal Physiology
BIO 361 Plant Biology
or BIO 440 Plant Physiology
BIO 367 Biochemistry
or BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
BIO 476 Microbiology
or BI0 481 Ecology
And one course in Organic Chemistry
Physical Science Broad Base
Requirement
Two courses: one in earth science (astronomy, meteorology, or geology), and one in
general biology.
Natural Science 20;
Chemistry Major
(for licensure in physical science)
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement
Graduation major in chemistry:
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
CHM 351 Organic Chemistry
CHM 352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, 11
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, 11 (WEC only)
One advanced chemistry course
One year of General Physics
Two physics courses above General Physics
(Recommended: PHY 245 Modem
Physics and PHY 261 Electronics)
Physics Major (for licensure in physical science)
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement
Graduation major in physics:
PHY 121 General Physics
PHY 122 General Physics
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1 (WEC only)
MAT 245 Calculus 111
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations*
Two additional physics courses above 122
One year of General Chemistry
One course of Organic Chemistry and
One course of Analytical Chemistry
*Note: PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics may substitute for
MAT 247
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
See listing under Modem Languages.
I I he Augsburg Department of Nursing
is designed exclusively for registered nurses
who want to increase their opportunities in
the health care field.
The scope of nursing practice is changing and expanding. Nurses are being called
on to function in a variety of settings that
differ from those in the past. Today nurses
work in hospitals, clinics, corporations,
government agencies, schools, and community organizations, or in their own practices. Wherever they practice, nurses provide comprehensive health care through
the entire life span for people of all cultures and socioeconomic levels.
The bachelor's degree equips nurses
with a working knowledge of the biological, physical, social, behavioral, and nursing sciences. The nursing program at
Augsburg also provides educational opportunities to increase their skills in critical
thinking, clinical investigation, and decision-making that prepares them to handle
challenging new positions in today's health
care field.
Augsburg's nursing program, leading to
a bachelor of science degree with a major
in nursing, is accredited by the National
League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for public health
nurse registration in Minnesota. With two
additional courses, they are eligible to
apply for school nurse certification.
Nursing Faculty
Beverly Nilsson (Chair), Lucie Ferrell,
Pamela Weiss
Major
Ten courses including:
NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I:
Communication
NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11:
Paradigms in Nursing
NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I
NUR 3 11 Community Health Nursing 11:
Practicum
NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing
Research
NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111:
Families
NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing: Nursing
of the Family
NUR 431 Leadership and Management:
Theory and Practice
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health
Care
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and cumulative GPA of 2.5 at
the completion of Level I and Level I1
courses of study are required. Students also
must complete Augsburg's residence and
general education requirements.
The program has been planned so that
the major can be completed within two
academic years; however, students may
pursue their studies at a slower pace.
Courses in the nursing major are
offered on weekends with practicum courses
requiring additional weekday time. More
time may be required to complete the total
course of study depending on the number
of credits transferred from other colleges or
universities. Students in nursing may take
non-nursing courses in both day school
and Weekend College. Students interested
in pursuing the nursing major should consult with an adviser from the Department
of Nursing for program planning.
-
Nursing 205
Honors Major
Admission to the honors major requires:
a GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3
overall, application to the department chair
by Nov. 1 of the senior year, recommendation by nursing faculty, and honors thesis
to be presented before a faculty committee
by April 15. Candidates register for NUR
499 to complete the honors requirement.
The following steps may be taken in
any order, but all must be completed prior
to application for admission into the nursing major.
1.Admission to Augsburg College:
Before you can apply for the nursing program, you must first be admitted to
Augsburg College. All applicants must present a high school diploma or equivalent
and a 2.2 GPA.
2. Graduation from an accredited nursing program: Applicants must have graduated from an NLN-accredited associate
degree or diploma nursing program with a
2.5 overall GPA.
3. Unencumbered RN licensure: The
applicant must be a registered nurse who is
licensed and currently registered to practice in Minnesota prior to beginning the
nursing major.
4. Prerequisite course content: The following content must have been completed
with a minimum grade of Z.O-chemistry,
anatomy and physiology, microbiology,
English composition, introductory sociology, and introductory psychology. These
courses may be taken at Augsburg or at
another accredited college or university.
5. Current clinical practice: Applicants
must give evidence of current clinical nursing practice (within the past five years).
This may include graduation from a school
of nursing, work experience, or completion
of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent.
6. Applicants must have their own malpractice insurance, current CPR certification, and an updated immunization record.
Options for Completing the Degree
Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a
variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities, and work demands that must be
taken into account in any decision to work
toward a college degree. For this reason,
Augsburg offers full- and part-time sequential alternatives for pursuing this degree.
Nursing courses at Augsburg are
available only through Weekend College.
Classes usually meet on alternate weekends
for one 3 1/2 hour time block. Clinical
practice usually occurs on weekdays.
However, students also can complete
their liberal arts general education requirements by taking courses in day school and
Weekend College. It is recommended that
most liberal arts courses be taken before
starting the nursing major.
210 Nursing
-
NUR 305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
Introduces the components of the professional role and continues the professional socialization process. Theories about how individuals and groups communicate are applied to changing professional roles.
NUR 306
Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to the idea of theory-based nursing practice. Nursing theory
and conceptual models for nursing practice are studied and then utilized in a
patientlclient situation.
NUR 310
Community Health Nursing I
Introduces the theory and methods that are essential to maintain or improve
the health of culturally diverse individuals, families, and communities.
NUR 31 1
Community Health Nursing II: Practicum**
Provides clinical experience in community-based health care delivery systems.
Students will apply nursing process, teaching/learning theory, and basic public
health principles with culturally diverse clients. (Prereq.: NUR 310)
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
A transitional course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the
professional nurse. Economic, social, political, and professional trends and
issues are explored in relation to their implications for a changing practice.
NUR 350
Introduction to Nursing Research
Emphasis on research process and methods in nursing. Ethical issues in nursing research are examined. Students critique nursing research for its value in
nursing practice and design a research proposal. (Prereq.: MPG 3 )
.
.. .. ...-. .........-
-
Nursing 211
NUR 403
Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families
Provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with culturally diverse
families and explores theories related to family structure and function
throughout the life span. The role of the nurse in family health care is
examined. (Prereq.: NUR 311)
NUR 423
Practicum in Nursing: Nursing of the Family**
Clinical practice offering the student an opportunity to provide complex nursing care to culturally diverse families in selected practice settings. (Prereq.:
NUR 403)
NUR 431
LeadershipIManagement:Theory and Practice**
Examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of
change, conflict, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability, and
advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied. Application of theory occurs
in selected practice settings with a professional nurse preceptor.
NUR 432
Topics in Nursing
Provides opportunities for in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing.
The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the faculty and
students.
Independent Study:
NUR 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
Note: I f NUR 31 1 and NUR 423 are not taken immediately following their respective theoly
courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of
the theoretical content. Students who decelerate for more thanfive years may be asked to audit
courses already taken. There is a fee to audit courses.
** This course involves an additional clinicalfee.
T
he Department of Philosophy assists
students to understand issues raised in the
traditional areas of philosophy. We consider questions about what knowledge is and
how we know about the nature of reality,
about the basis for making moral judgments, and about the rules for correct reasoning. Our goals are to instill in students
a love of truth, to inspire a curiosity about
the significance and meaning of the world
they experience, and to develop the skills
of critical analysis and creative synthesis.
The department places a special emphasis on the history of philosophy, offering
four courses covering the period from the
ancient Greeks to the end of the 20th century. In these courses students are taught
how to read, understand, and criticize
great texts of Western civilization and to
see how ideas have developed and matured
through the centuries. The department also
offers courses where philosophy and its
methods and ideas are applied to other disciplines such as religion, science, and the
arts.
The major has been carefully planned
so that students can easily graduate with a
major in philosophy and one in another
discipline. Though some students continue
on to graduate school in philosophy, most
use the major to prepare for other professional studies such as law, medicine, or the
Christian ministry. Philosophy majors generally perform better than others on graduate entrance examinations in medicine and
law. Others enter the work place confident
that the study of philosophy has given
them the ability to think critically.
Philosophy Faculty
David Apolloni (Chair), Mark Fuehrer,
Bruce Reichenbach
Major
Nine courses including:
PHI 230 Logic
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: The
Classical Philosophers
PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111:
Enlightenment and 19thCentury Philosophy
PHI 344 History of Philosophy IV 20thCentury Philosophy
A 400-level course (other than PHI 499)
Three elective courses in philosophy
Five courses must be upper division.
Honors Major
Admission to the philosophy honors
program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty Such recommendations
will be made at the end of the junior year.
The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's
choice that involves research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the department.
Minor
Five courses, including two from PHI
241,242,343, and 344.
-
Philosophy 213
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy
This course introduces students to typical philosophical problems (like how
we know, if we can have certain knowledge, if there are universal moral principles whether God exists, the nature of the mind, etc.), to philosophical vocabulary, and to critical thinking and what it means to view the world philosophically.
PHI 120
Ethics
By studying our moral beliefs, ethics helps students consider the bases they
use to make moral judgments. The course explores major philosophical
approaches to evaluating moral actions and then applies them to contemporary issues. Christian ethics will inform the considerations. Students who
receive credit for PHI 120 may not receive credit for PHI 125.
PHI 125
Ethics and Human Identity
A philosophical study of the role of human understanding, emotions, and
action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. Beginning by asking what the
end or purpose of human life is, students decide on the moral and intellectual
virtues required to reach the end. Topics of friendship and human love are followed by an analysis of human happiness. Students who receive credit for PHI
125 may not receive credit for PHI 120.
PHI 175
Philosophy of Love and Sex
Issues such as the ethics of sex in relation to marriage, pornography, and
homosexuality are considered. Then consideration is given to the nature and
history of romantic love and its relationship to sex.
PHI 215
Philosophy of the Emotions and Passions
An examination of several classical and contemporary philosophical essays on
the nature of human emotion and passion with the intention of discovering
the nature and role on this aspect of human nature. The impact of emotions
upon language, music, art, interpersonal relations, and even religion are
explored.
PHI 230
Logic
Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn the
rules that govern valid arguments and develop their ability to recognize and
construct sound arguments. The last part of the course focuses on inductive
reasoning.
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers
The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical
thought in Western civilization. In this course students read and analyze some
of the key works by Plato and Aristotle, as well as Stoic, Epicurean, and
Neoplatonic writings.
2'4 Philosophy
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
students will read writings by various medieval and Renaissance philosophers
in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in
constructing a Christian philosophy. (Suggested prior course: PHI 241. Spring)
PHI 260
Philosophy and the Arts
Attempt is made to ask and answer some of the following questions: What is
a work of art? Is there such a thing as good and bad taste? What is aesthetic
experience?
PHI 343
History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and l%h-Century
Philosophy
This course studies the major rationalists of the 17th century (Descartes,
Spinoza, Leibniz), the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley,
Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, and 19th-century idealism and the
reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche). (Suggested prior course: PHI
241 or 242. Fall)
PHI 344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th-Century Philosophy
An overview of the major schools of philosophical thought in the 20th century:
analysis, phenomenology, existentialism, pragmatism, structuralism, and
deconstructionism. (Suggested prior courses: PHI 241, 242, and 343)
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
We systematically investigate a series of questions about religion. What is the
relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can be said
about God? Can God's goodness be reconciled with human suffering? Are miracles and life after death possible? (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy)
PHI 355
Asian Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies that underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years)
PHI 360
Political Philosophy
The question, What is just society? is considered with the answers given in the
20th century by utilitarianism, liberalism, Marxism, communitarianism, libertarianism, and feminism.
PHI 365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist's
knowledge of the world is profoundly different and better than that of the
non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific methods.
(Suggested prior course: PHI 230 or one course in natural science)
-
Philosophy 215
PHI 370
Existentialism
Studies in the writings-both philosophical and literary-f
prominent existentialist authors. The course examines what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, and paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years)
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems that arise in the areas of health
care and delivery, allocation of scarce resources, human experimentation,
genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying, and euthanasia.
PHI 410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering either an individual philosopher or a specific area
of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit.
(Suggested prior courses: any course from PHI 241, 242,343,344, or consent
of instructor. Offered annually)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHI 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
PHI 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
PHI 399
Internship
See description on page 85.
PHI 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
See listing under Health and Physical Education.
T
he Augsburg Physician Assistant
Program is designed for students interested
in careers as health care providers.
The physician assistant concept originated during the mid-1960s. Physicians
and educators recognized that there was a
shortage and uneven distribution of primary
care physicians. To combat these problems,
the Physician Assistant Program was developed. All PAs must, by law or regulation,
have a supervising physician. An important
element of the physician assistant education is the emphasis on patient education.
The Augsburg Physician Assistant
Program is a 27-month program of study
for students with at least 64 semester
hours of college credit. A new class of 28
students begins each May. Students who
intend to enter the Physician Assistant
Program must apply by December of the
previous year. The program is very competitive and not all students who apply are
accepted. Physician assistant students who
have not previously obtained a baccalaureate degree will earn a bachelor of arts in
physician assistant studies upon successful
completion of the program.
The Augsburg Physician Assistant
Program is currently accreditated from
CAAHEP (Commission on Accreditation of
Allied Health Education Programs).
In order for someone to practice as a
physician assistant, one must graduate from
an accredited PA program and pass the PA
National Certification Examination. Practice
regulations differ from state to state.
The mission of the Augsburg College
Physician Assistant Program is to educate
students in a manner consistent with the
College's mission. It is based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity to persons of
all cultures and backgrounds and oriented
toward providing care to undersewed
populations. Students are well educated in
current medical theory and practice, and
graduates are encouraged to work in primary care settings. The program promotes
dedication to excellence in performance,
with the highest standards of ethics and
integrity, and commitment to lifelong personal and professional development.
Physician Assistant Faculty
Dawn B. Ludwig (Chair), David Johnson,
Manuel Kaplan, Martha Kelly, Teny Lewis,
LuAnn Shay
Major
First Year (Twelve Months)
Twelve courses including:
Human Anatomy and
PA 3 11
Neuroanatomy
PA 321
Human Physiology
PA 331
PA Seminar
Phannacology I
PA 35 1
PA 361
Clinical Medicine I
History & Physical Exam
PA 371
Skills I
PA 341
Current Trends
PA 362
Clinical Medicine I1
PA 352
Pharmacology I1
PA 363
Clinical Medicine 111
History & Physical Exam
PA 372
Skills I1
PA 380
Emergency Medicine
and three supporting courses including:
PSY 368 Behavioral Health Care I
PSY 369 Behavioral Health Care I1
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health
Care
-
Physician Assistant 21;
Second Year (Fifteen Months)
Prerequisite: successful completion of the
first year of the PA Program and all courses
must be taken as traditional grading.
Clinical rotations in prearranged health
care facilities including:
PA 400 Family Medicine .............6 weeks
PA 410 Internal Medicine............6 weeks
PA 420 General Surgery ..............6 weeks
PA 430 Pediatrics.........................6 weeks
PA 440 OBlGynecology ...............6 weeks
PA 450 Emergency Medicine ...... 6 weeks
PA 460 Psychiatry........................6 weeks
PA 470 Electives ..........................6 weeks
PA 480 Family Medicine
Preceptorship ..................Final 11
weeks of
program
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each physician assistant and supporting course of
study is required. Students in the degree
program also must complete Augsburg's residence and general education requirements.
The program is planned so that the
major will be completed in 27 months.
The courses are offered consecutively, with
subsequent courses based on material
taught in previous courses; therefore, students are accepted for full-time study only.
The following steps must be completed
to apply for admission into the Physician
Assistant Program.
1. Prerequisite course content: The following courses must have been completed
at Augsburg (or an approved equivalent
course at another accredited institution)
with a GPA of 2.0 or better:
One year biological sciences for majors
Recommended courses include:
BIO 113 Introductory Organismal Biology
BIO 114 Introductory Genetics,
Evolution, and Ecology
BIO 355 Genetics
BIO 473 Animal Behavior
BIO 367 Biochemistry
BIO 476 Microbiology
CHM 223 Organic Chemistry
or CHM 3511352
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
2. It is recommended students maintain
a cumulative and science GPA of 3.0 or
better to remain competitive with all
potential applicants.
3. All general education
perspectiveslskills (except The City, one
Writing Skill, Speaking Skill, and Critical
Thinking) must have been completed. The
above perspectives and skills are included
in the physician assistant curriculum.
4. Submit a complete application to the
program prior to the deadline, usually the
end of December. Call the office for the
official deadline each year. A comp!ete
application packet includes: the application, three or four letters of reference, an,
application fee, and an official transcript
from each post-secondary school attended.
5. Application and admission to
Augsburg College prior to matriculation to
the Physician Assistant Program.
Physician Assistant
PA 31 1
PA 321
Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy
This course takes a regional approach to the study of human anatomy. The
course will involve dissection of human cadavers. This course is offered only
to students accepted into the PA Program.
Human Physiology
A course involving lectures, demonstrations, discussions, and laboratory exercises designed to present general physiological principles involving the nervous, respiratory, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, and endocrine systems, and
the special senses. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program)
PA 331
PA Seminar
A seminar exploring the history and role of physician assistants, including the
laws and regulations governing their practice and education. (Prereq.:
Admission to the PA Program or consent of instructor)
PA 341
Current Trends
This course educates the student in understanding medical literature, research
of literature, and analysis of medical articles. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA
Program)
PA 351
Pharmacology l
This course covers drug metabolism, chemotherapy, toxicology, and prescriptive practice as related to disease processes of the autonomic, cardiovascular,
respiratory, and gastrointestinal systems. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA
Program and successful completion of summer semester)
PA 352
Pharmacology II
This course covers drug metabolism, chemotherapy, and prescriptive practices
as related to the pediatric, dermatologic, otolaryngologic, endocrine, and gynecologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 351)
PA 361
Clinical Medicine I
A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment, and
the clinical skills associated with the cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, renal, and endocrine systems. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program and
successful completion of summer semester)
PA 362
Clinical Medicine II
A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment, and
the clinical skills associated with the otolaryngologic, ophthalmalogic, and
neurologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 361)
Phvsician Assistant 21!
Clinical Medicine Ill
A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment, and
the clinical skills associated with the rheumatologic, orthopedic, gynecologic,
obstetric, pediatric, geriatric, dermatologic, and immunologic systems.
(Prereq.: PA 363)
History and Physical Exam Skills I
A lecturddiscussion/laboratory course with extensive clinical exposure
designed to demonstrate and apply the techniques and skills essential to the
interviewing and physical examination of patients. (Prereq.: Admission to the
PA Program)
History and Physical Exam Skills II
A lecture/discussion/laboratorycourse with extensive clinical exposure
designed to demonstrate and apply the techniques and skills essential to the
interviewing and physical examination of patients. (Prereq.: PA 371)
Emergency Medicine
A lecture/laboratory course designed to educate the student in common emergency procedures. Topics covered will be adult and pediatric trauma, surgical
procedures, and cardiac arrest protocol. (Prereq.: PA 371 and 362)
Family Medicine
A six-week required rotation that emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation,
diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases, and conditions unique to the
clinical practice of family medicine.
Internal Medicine
A six-week required rotation during which the indication, limitation, and
methods of performing the necessary diagnostic procedure and therapeutic
measures used in the treatment of general medicine disorders are reviewed.
General Surgery
A six-week required rotation providing an orientation to patients of various
ages with surgically manageable diseases, emphasizing preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative periods.
Pediatrics
A six-week required rotation designed to emphasize care of the child from
birth through adolescence, emphasizing common childhood illnesses, normal
growth and development, and abnormal variations.
-
220 Physician Assistant
PA 440
OB/CYN
A six-week required rotation that provides an exposure to the spectrum of
problems and issues associated with women's health care, including pregnancy,
common gynecological diseases, and preventive care.
PA 450
Emergency Medicine
A six-week required rotation designed to provide an in-depth exposure to the
illnesses and injuries sustained by all ages that necessitate emergency care.
PA 460
Psychiatry
. A six-week required rotation designed to provide an understanding of the
behavioral components of health, disease, and disability with exposure to
patients with a variety of psychiatric diagnoses.
PA 470
Electives
A total of six weeks spent by the student in a department-approved rotation of
the student's choice, such as, but not limited to, cardiology, orthopedics, radiology, dermatology, and neurology.
PA 480
Family Medicine Preceptorship
An 11-week required rotation providing the student an opportunity to utilize
all skills and knowledge gained in the program, emphasizing complete patient
care in a family medicine setting. (Prereq: completion of the clinical year of
PA studies)
P
hysicists are a curious and ambitious
lot. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles that describe and govern
all physical aspects of the universe.
Historically called "natural philosophers,"
physicists investigate by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical
analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging from sub-atomic particles to
the largest galaxies and from the relative
stillness of near absolute zero to the fiery
activity of stars. Physics plays an important
role in many of the liberal arts disciplines
and contributes to society's understanding
of such areas as energy, weatker, medical
science, and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics
in contemporary life and the need to keep
abreast of rapid technological advances,
the department strives to give students not
only an understanding of basic concepts,
but also insights into recent developments.
A rigorous major provides students with
the preparation required for graduate study
in physics. It also provides flexibility, serving as a stepping stone to advanced work
in related areas such as astronomy, engineering, computer science, atmospheric
science and meteorology, oceanography,
biophysics, environmental science, and the
medical and health-related fields. The
department serves the liberal arts by offering courses for non-science students that
enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science.
These courses provide the basis for
further study and enable students to
follow new developments with some
degree of comprehension.
The department supervises the preengineering program, with degree programs available at cooperating universities
at both the bachelor's and advanced degree
levels, and administers Augsburg College's
portion of funds designated for the
Minnesota Space Grant College
Consortium, funded by NASA. It also
maintains active research programs (supported by NASA, the National Science
Foundation, and other federal agencies)
through its Center for Atmospheric and
Space Sciences. Several students work as
research assistants in these efforts during
the academic year and in the summer.
Cooperative education, internship, and
undergraduate research programs provide
opportunities for students to apply their
knowledge and problem-solgng skills in
practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings.
Physics Faculty
Jeffrey Johnson, Mark Engebretson,
Kenneth Erickson, William Monsma
Physics Research Staff
Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson, David
Venne. Atmospheric Sciences Research
Group, Augsburg College Center for
Atmospheric and Space Sciences
222 Physics
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Major
13 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two elective physics courses above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1
MAT 245,247 Calculus 111 and Modeling
and Differential Equations
or MAT 245
Calculus 111
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
H BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Major
17 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 261 Electronics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 352 Mechanics I1
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory I
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory I1
PHY 486 Quantum Physics I
One physics course above PHY 122
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1
MAT 245, 247 Calculus 111 and Modeling
and Differential Equations
or MAT 245
Calculus 111
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
Physics Major With Concentration in
Space Physics
18 course credits. It is the same as the
B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 320
and PHY 420, and the omission of the elective physics course.
Honors Major
A GPA of 3.5 in physics and 3.0 overall.
An independent investigation of a physics
topic with an oral defense of the written
research report. Application for the honors
major should be made no later than the
first term of the senior year.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have MAT 145, 146, and
PHY 121, 122 during the freshman year,
and MAT 245 and 247 (or PHY 327) during the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
-
Physics 22:
Minor
Seven courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
physics society and of participating in the
physics community on a professional basis.
Membership in the society is open to all
students interested in physics.
Three elective physics courses
above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146
Calculus I, I1
Sigma Pi Sigma
Society of Physics Students
The Augsburg chapter of the Society of
Physics Students provides students the
opportunities of membership in a national
Membership in the Augsburg chapter of
this national physics honor society is open
to those students who have completed the
equivalent of a minor in physics,
have a
,
GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and
rank i n the upper third of their class.
PHY 101
Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system. stars. and galaxies and tracing
development scimtific thoughr from earlv civilization to the present. Night
viewing and laboratory sessions are required, (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall, spring)
PHY 103
Conceptual Physics
Applications, problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental
principles of physics and explore hands-on intuitive approach. (Two threehour lectures/laboratories. Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall, spring)
PHY 106
Introductory Meteorology
A survey of the basic principles of the Earth's weather and climate. Topics
include winds, fronts, cyclones, clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and hurricanes, climate and climate change, global warming, and ozone
depletion. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2.
Fall)
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
An algebra-based introductory course in which the applications, problems,
and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a
broad survey of physics. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall)
PHY 121
General Physics I
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics and wave motion.
Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 145 or concurrent registration. Fall)
2"
Physics
PHY 122
General Physics II
A rigorous study of classical physics including thermodynamics, electricity,
magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY
121, MAT 146 or concurrent registration. Spring)
PHY 245
Modern Physics
An introduction to modem physics from a historical and experimental
perspective. Relativity, atomic, molecular, nuclear, and solid state physics.
This course develops the experimental foundations and need for quantum
mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures, one one-and-one-half hour laboratory.
Prereq.: PHY 122. Fall)
PHY 261
Electronics
AC and DC circuits, analog electronics, digital electronics, and the analysis
and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lecl
tures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 146.
Spring: cross-listed with computer science)
PHY 320
Introduction to Space Science
A survey of Earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic
storms, particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245. Spring)
PHYIMAT 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
Special functions encountered in physics. Partial differentiation, Fourier series,
series solution of differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal
functions, and functions of a complex variable. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 122 or consent of instructor, MAT 245 or equivalent. Spring:
cross-listed with mathematics)
PHY 351
Mechanics I
Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, gravitation, oscillations, central forces, and two-particle kinematics. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Fall)
PHY 352
Mechanics II
Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include dynamics of rigid bodies, systems of particles, noninertial reference frames, thermodynamics, and statistical mechanics. (Three
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, PHY 351, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring)
PHY 362
Electromagnetic Fields I
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus.
Topics include electrostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, and
electric properties of materials. (Three one- hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 247 or
PHY 327. Fall)
-
Physics 225
PHY 363
Electromagnetic Fields II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus.
Topics include magnetostatics, magnetic properties of materials, and electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 362, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring)
PHY 395
Comprehensive Laboratory 1 (.5 course)
An emphasis on independent laboratory work and participation in physics
seminars. Experiments in mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modem physics. (One three-hour
laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior or senior standing
or consent of instructor. Fall)
PHY 396
Comprehensive Laboratory 11 (-5 course)
A continuation of PHY 395. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar hour
per week. Prereq.: PHY 395, junior or senior standing or consent of instructor.
Spring)
PHY 420
Plasma Physics
Y u n d a m e n t a l s of plasma physics including waves, instabilities, drifts, plasma
drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, transport, and applications to laboratory and space plasmas. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362,363 or concurrent registration)
PHY 486
Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the
Schroedinger
equation,
operators, wave functions, expectation values, and
.
approximation methods. Applications include potential wells and barriers, the
harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
PHY 245,351. Fall)
PHY 488
Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas
of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 486. Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHY 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
PHY 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
PHY 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
PHY 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
F
irmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science has roots in the
humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical analysis,
it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally The role and significance
of authority in human affairs establish the
focus of political science; because politics
is a central and enduring reality in the
world, it affects and is affected by many
other human concerns.
As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and analysis
to examine political reality and to suggest
and test alternatives. The student who
majors in political science will explore
political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and
compare political systems, and develop
perspectives on international relations. In
the process, the student will be encouraged
to relate insights from other liberal arts
disciplines such as philosophy, psychology,
economics, history, and sociology to the
study of politics.
Providing work in several sub-fields of
political science, the major supplies the
breadth appropriate for graduate work in
the discipline, as well as in public administration, public policy analysis, law, and
other professions. It also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service, business, communications, and
other fields. Legislative and other intemships, as well as significant independent
research projects, are within easy reach of
Augsburg political science students in the
Twin Cities area. Combined with broad,
balanced, and flexible course offerings,
these special opportunities enhance the
student's potential for graduate study and a
successful career.
Augsburg political science students
have the benefit of an experienced faculty
that offers courses in all major areas of
political science, and also possesses special
expertise in the areas of campaigns and
elections, comparative and international
politics, mass communication and other
information technology, racial and ethnic
politics, and American public law.
Political Science Faculty
Andrew Aoki (Chair), Milda Hedblom,
Philipp Fishman, Mary Ellen Lundsten,
William Moms, Norma Noonan
Major
Ten courses:
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 483 Political/Statistics/Methodology
POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
Required elective-ne
of the following:
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
POL 160 World Politics
POL 170 Law in the United States
Also at least five other upper division
courses in four out of five political science
areas. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area. Only one
internship may count for an upper division
area. Also one other political science course
in any area, upper or lower division.
Honors Major
The honors major in political science
includes the requirements listed above,
plus the following: The student's GPA must
be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; the
student must take an honors independent
study and a seminar, and must submit an
-
Political Science 227
honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with
any member of the department on their
honors thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the department chair. Students
should apply for the honors major no later
than the junior year.
Minor
Five courses, including POL 121 or 122
or 170; POL 158; and at least three upperdivision courses in three out of five political science areas.
POL 483 may not usually be used
for a minor.
Political Science Areas
(I) American Government and Politics,
(11) Comparative Politics and Analysis,
(111) International Politics, (IV) Public Law,
and (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any
course listed in more than one area may be
counted in only one area toward major or
minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary
education may take a political science
major in combination with specified social
science courses, in compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see
the department chair.
See the class schedule for precise listing
of terms in which courses are offered.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
POL 121
American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas;
the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential, and
bureaucratic policy-making; and current issues in American society
POL 122
Metropolitan Complex
Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and focusing on actors, structures, and other influences on urban public policy
Discussiodecture, case studies of the Tivin Cities metro area, and meetings
with public officials and activists.
POL 124
American Women and Politics
Investigates the roles women play in the political system. Political, economic,
and social issues will be explored from contemporary and historical perspectives.
POL 325
Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the
United States; governmental regulation, promotion, and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 326
Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential
election years). (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years)
228 Political Science
POL 342
Mass Communication in Society
A study of the effects of new information technology, of new communications
networks such as the Internet, and of the traditional electronic media. Covers
uses of technology and media for newsmaking, selling, entertainment, and
public affairs. Includes issues such as ethics, censorship, and internationalism~.(Prereq.: Sophomore standing.)
POL 370
Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 375
Media Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 421
Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive, or judicial process, and policy
process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of
contemporary issues.
POL 350
Topics In European Politics
Study of the political behavior, institutions, and processes of European states.
The course will focus on either European community law and politics or
domestic politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in political science
or consent of instructor)
POL 351
Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems
Analysis of the former Soviet Union andlor other communist~post-communist
states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions, and political
processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes
and countries vary. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons
of political processes such as political participation, political development,
political change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
-
Political Science 229
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the
dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a
focus on recent problems.
POL 363
Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy
Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign policy process in Russia (and the
former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
POL 461
Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
POL 490
Seminar in International Relations
Capstone seminar for students majoring in international relations; analysis of
some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major trends;
senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. (Prereq.: four
courses in the international relations sequence)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as
"supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
POL 370
Constitutional Law
The legal-political-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American
political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in
the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of insuuctor)
POL 371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in constitutional law, especially civil rights. Content will vary,
defined by the subtitle of the course. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of instructor)
POL 375
Media Law
Study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media law and regulation,
including the uses of law to settle disputes about media content, access, ethics,
and ownership. (Prereq.: one course in political science, POL 342, or consent
of instructor)
230 Political Science
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description.)
POL 380
Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals,
and assumptions that continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 381
Topics in Democratic Theory
Selected topics including the emergence of political democracy in comparative
perspective and American political thought. Topic to be included in the
subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 382
Marxist Theory
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism
as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and
economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the changing role of
Marxist doctrines in society (Prereq.: POL 158 or consent of instructor)
POL 383
Political and Social Change
Examines cultural, social, and political change, focusing largely but not exclusively on the United States. Also emphasizes understanding the process of
political change, and how individuals can participate effectively in that political process. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of instructor.)
POL 484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political
study. Major research is required. (Prereq.: POL 158, POL 483, and two upper
division courses, or consent of instructor)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY, AND INTERNSHIPS
POL 295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
(On demand)
POL 483
Seminar in Political Statistics and Methodology
An introductory survey of the methods of political science with an emphasis
on quantitative reasoning and research design including evaluation of existing
research in the field. Discussion of experimental designs, descriptive and inferential statistics, computer methods, and issues in the construction and execution of political survey.
POL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
-
Political Science 231
nternships and Independent Study Courses:
POL 199
POL 299
POL 399
POL 499
lnternship
See description on page 85. P/N grading unless internship supervisor grants
exception.
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
lnternship
See description on page 85.
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 86.
P
sychology is an exploration of
behavior and mental processes. As an integral part of a liberal arts education, psychology contributes to the understanding
of individual and group behavior.
Psychology's scientific method also equips
students to understand and use scientific
research and to make more informed judgments about claims in the popular media.
To prepare students for graduate study
and work in psychology, the major emphasizes the complementary components of a
strong foundation in research and theoretical work with application of knowledge and
skills in coursework, research experience,
and internships within the community The
curriculum's emphasis on problem-solving
skills and current information about human
development and interaction is also relevant to careers in many related setting*
business, education, social services,
research, law, government, church,
and medicine.
Faculty members in the Department of
Psychology have varied professional spec i a l i z a t i o ~ l i n i c a lcounseling,
,
physiological, developmental, social, cognitive,
environmental, and industriallorganizational psychology-as well as expertise in
psychological applications to health, law,
and public policy. Students may tap this
expertise through a variety of learning
experiences-within and outside the classroom, with group and individual projects,
and through association with Augsburg's
active Psychology Club, Psi Chi Honor
Society, and faculty-student research teams.
Psychology Faculty
Nancy Steblay (Chair), Grace Dyrud,
Norman Ferguson, Emily Hause, Duane
Johnson, Victoria Littlefield, Bridget
Robinson-Riegler
Major
Ten courses including:
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
PSY 200 Psychological Science
Laboratory
PSY 230 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis I
PSY 330 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis 11
PSY 399 Internship
At least one course from the following:
PSY 354 Cognitive Psychology
PSY 355 Biopsychology
PSY 359 Assessment
At least one course from the following:
PSY 491 Advanced Research Seminar
PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues
At least three additional psychology courses.
(Majors are strongly encouraged to take
more than 10 psychology courses; no more
than 13 count for graduation. )
Note: A minimum of five courses must be
from Augsburg. No more than two courses
from among PSY 299,399, and 499 may be
counted.
Transfer-course policy for majors
and minors: All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in
writing by the chair. Only those psychology courses successfully completed (2.0 or
above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the
transfer guidelines may only be applied to
elective or PSY 105 credit for the major.
WEC psychology courses are offered
only on an alternating year basis.
All psychology majors must have an
adviser in the psychology department.
-
Psychology 233
Teaching Licensure Major
Honors Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall,
and completion of a high-quality research
project culminating the major program.
Formal application must be made during
the junior year. Please consult the department chair for more detailed requirements.
Minor
Five courses, including PSY 102 or 105,
and four electives. A minimum of two
courses must be from Augsburg. No more
than two courses from among PSY 299,
399, and 499 may be counted.
PSY 101
Self-Identity and Values
A study of personal life and the role of the individual in the larger social context. Topics include development of identity and gender roles. (This course
does not substitute for PSY 105 as a prerequisite to upper division psychology
courses.)
PSY 102
The Individual in a Social World
A scientific investigation of social issues, with analysis of both individual and
group factors. Topics include media, prejudice, conformity, legal processes,
and consumer issues. Research participation is required. (This course does
substitute for PSY 105 as a prerequisite to upper division psychology courses.)
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
An introduction to the methods and principles of psychology. Applications
of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Research
participation is required.
PSY 200
Psychological Science Laboratory
An introduction to the science of psychology through problem-solving. The
focus is application of psychological principles to real-world issues. Emphasis
on data collection, summary, and communication. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 201
Health Psychology
Consideration of the impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological
interactions on health. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 230
Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I
Part I of a two-term sequence. Scientific method as practiced in psychology.
Emphasis on skills of bibliographic research, research design and data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, computer-assisted data analysis,
and APA-style presentation of research findings. PSY 230 must precede
PSY 330. (Prereq.: PSY 200)
234 Psychology
PSY 325
Social Behavior
Social factors that influence individual and group behavior in natural and laboratory settings. Topics include social cognition, group behavior, social influence,
attitudes formation, and change. (Prereq.: PSY 200 or consent of insmctor)
PSY 330
Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis II
Part I1 of a two-term sequence. See PSY 230. PSY 330 should be taken in the
term immediately following PSY 230. PSY 230 may be taken for one course
credit without taking 330. (Prereq.: PSY 230 with a grade of 2.0 or higher)
PSY 351
Child Development
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Practical implications of data
and theory are stressed. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 352
Adolescent and Young Adult Development
Consideration of research and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 353
Aging and Adulthood
Development through middle and older adulthood. Consideration of positive
and negative aspects of aging. Content is especially relevant to those who
study and work with the largest growing segment of our population-the
elderly (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 354
Cognitive Psychology
Theory, data, and practical applications relevant to the following topics: attention, perception, pattern recognition, memory, mental imagery, problem-solving, decision-making, and language. (Prereq.: PSY 230)
PSY 355
Biopsychology
Relationship between brain and behavior. Considers biological bases of learning and cognition, emotions, abnormal psycholo& personality, normal and
altered states of consciousness. (Prereq.: PSY 230)
PSY 356
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecologicalviewpoint to study the influence of the
physical environment, both natural and human-made, on behavior. (Prereq.:
PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 357
Behavior Analysis
Principles of learninghehavior change and their application to self-management, family, work, school, and clinic settings. Individualized projects.
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or PSY 105)
-
Psychology 23:
PSY 359
Assessment
Theory and scientific methods of assessing human aptitudes, achievement,
personality, abnormal behavior, vocational interests, and impacts of the environment on behavior. Examination of a variety of tests, concepts of reliability
and validity, and legal and ethical issues. (Prereq.: PSY 230)
PSY 361
Personality
Theory, research, and assessment of behavior patterns of individuals. Historical
and current views of personality with attention to cultural factors. (Prereq.:
PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 362
Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to psychological disorders. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 368
Behavioral Health Care I
(Physician Assistant Program requirement) Application of psychological theory, research, and clinical principles to health care practice. Emphasis on developmental health issues and a biopsychosocial health model. (Prereq.: Junior
standing in PA Program or PSY 355 and instructor approval)
PSY 369
Behavioral Health Care II
(Physician Assistant Program requirement) Continuation of PSY 368. Specific
skills and knowledge for effective clinical interviewing, diagnosis, and development of health care plans. Emphasis on psychopathology. (Prereq.: PSY 368)
PSY 371
Psychology of Gender
Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives and
behavior of individuals. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 373
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
The theoretical and applied study of organizations: group processes and organizational change, member characteristics and appraisal. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 381
Historical Perspectives
Consideration of psychological questions and theoretical positions as they
developed historically Changes from philosophical roots to scientific method
and postmodernism. (Prereq.: Two psychology courses)
PSY 485
Counseling Psychology
Principles and methods involved in the counseling process. Consideration of
goals and ethical guidelines for the counseling relationship. (Prereq.: Three
PSY courses and junior class standing)
PSY 490
Current Topics in Psychology
Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 230 and
consent of instructor)
-
236 Psychology
PSY 491
Advanced Research Seminar
Research team experience in a seminar format. Designed to extend students'
knowledge of statistical and methodological techniques and to explore contemporary research issues. Recommended for students headed for graduate
school and those electing an honors major. (Prereq.: PSY 330 or comparable
course approved by instructor)
PSY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion and exploration of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Faculty-supervised student research. (Prereq.: PSY 230
and junior standing)
Internships and Independent Study Courses.
PSY 199
lnternship
See description on page 85. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105 and one other
psychology course).
PSY 299
Directed study
See description on page 86. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 399
Internship
See description on page 85. Participation in a concurrent seminar is required.
(Prereq.: PSY 330)
PSY 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. (Prereq.: PSY 330)
R
eligion asks fundamental questions
of life and meaning: Who are we as human
beings? Where did we come from? Where
did the world come from? What do good
and evil mean in this time and
place? Students will wrestle with these
questions and with responses from the
Christian traditions and from the perspectives of the other major world religions.
Through this study of religion, students
will learn to understand, appreciate, and
articulate the Christian faith, as based in
the Bible, as lived in the Christian fellowship, as embodied in the Christian Church
and its history, and as interactive in the
contemporary world and with other world
religions. Students will also develop the
ability to read and interpret the Bible,
other religious texts, and various expressions and practices of faith, so that their
meaning for human life in relation to God
becomes evident. In addition students will
develop skills for becoming leaders in the
religious communities to which they
belong and for living as responsible citizens with others whose religious views and
practices differ from their own.
A religion major encourages students to
seek their future in the world andlor
church through a sense of vocation, serving as pastors, associates in minisq, nurses,
youth and family ministry lay professionals
in congregations, and as social service and
human resource professionals in a wide
variety of settings.
Religion Faculty
Lynne Lorenzen (Chair), John Benson,
Bradley Holt, Philip Quanbeck 11, Beverly
J. Stratton, Mark Tranvik
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Religion Major
Eight courses including:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
REL 221 Biblical Stuclles
REL 356 History of Religions
REL 481 Contemporary Theology
REL 495 Seminar
Three additional religion courses, of which
two must be upper division courses.
Note: Seminar, especially for majors,
should be taken in the junior or senior year.
Before taking the seminar, each major must
have written one formal research paper and
placed it on file with the department chair.
Only one Interim course may be applied to
the major. One New Testament Greek
course may be applied to the major.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall,
research project approved by the department, and colloquium with the department. Application must be received by the
department by Dec. 30 of the student's
senior year.
Minor
Five religion courses. Not more than
one Interim course may be counted for the
minor.
Note: Not all courses that meet
Christian Faith Perspectives are REL courses and do not count toward the religion
major or minor.
Youth and Family Ministry Major
The major in youth and family ministry
prepares persons for faithful work as youth
and family ministers in Christian congregations and other ministry settings. This
238 Religion
major is interdisciplinary, combining a core
study of theology and Bible with supporting coursework in the social sciences. A
distinctive part of the major is the combination of practical and theological training,
using resources of the Youth and Family
Institute of Augsburg College. Students are
accepted into the program through a twostep candidacy process.
This major requires an approximately
100-hour internship administered by the
Youth and Family Institute in partnership
with a congregation. It may be possible for
the intern to receive a stipend for this
internship.
The candidacy process begins with
application, normally in the fall of the
student's sophomore or junior year. Two
of the theology core courses must be completed before making application to the
program. An essay, one letter of reference,
an assessment instrument called "Self
Portrait," and an interview are required for
candidacy review. The teaching staff will
conduct step one. The second step will be
conducted by the Youth and Family
Institute staff with help from experienced
pastors, a member of the religion faculty,
and youth and family ministers. This usually follows the internship in the fall of the
senior year. Retaking the "Self Portrait," an
essay, an assessment of the internship, and
an interview are required. This step is very
important for recommending the students
for employment.
Major
Ten courses including:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 362 Theology of the Reformers
REL 481 Contemporary Theology
REL 495 Seminar
Youth and family ministry core:
REL 235 Basics in Youth and Family
Ministry (Interim)
REL 232 Peer Ministry: Principles and
Leadership (Interim)
REL 358 Life and Work of the Church
REL 399 Internship
Theology elective: choose one of the
following:
REL 356 History of Religions
REL 353 DenoIltkmtions and Religious
Groups in America
REL 343 Theology of Marriage (Interim)
and six supporting courses:
EDU 210 Learning and Development in
an Educational Setting
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
EDU 265 Orientation to Education
(with field work)
or SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
With Communities and
Policies
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
PSY 351 Child Development
or PSY 352 Adolescent and Young Adult
Development
or SWK 260 Humans Developing
Note: A student with a youth and family ministry major may not also major or
minor in religion.
-
Religion 23s
"" "" Or 331 isprmequisite to all other courses. REL 111 or 221
is expected to be taken in either the freshman or sophomore year at Augsburg.
Junior or senior transfer students who are
required to take two Christian Faith
Perspective courses may take REL 331 as
the prerequisite for other courses.
Department approval is necessary
before courses taken in other colleges can
be accepted for aligion department credit.
All majors must have an adviser in the
department.
REL 111
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world that concerns Christian doctrine.
REL 221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents; the
task of biblical interpretation; and the history of Israel and the emergence of
the church.
REL 231
Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g., African
backgrounds, religion under slavery, and evangelicalism.
REL 331
Foundations in Bible and Theology
An advanced introduction to the biblical and theological foundations of the
Christian faith, focusing on writing and advanced critical thinking skills. Open
only to advanced transfer students. Not accepted for credit for students who
have taken REL 111or REL 221.
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Croups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian
denominations and of many contemporary American religious groups.
Some controversial religious movements will also be considered.
REL 356
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam.
240 Religion
REL 357
Giants of Christian Faith
A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation, and modem
periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of
the periods in question.
REL 358
Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention to Christian education and curriculum, youth work, and parish work.
REL 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on
religious movements in American society
,REL 361
The Church in the Fi'rst Four Centuries
A study ofthe early Christian Church, including persecution and martyrdom,
councils and creeds, and conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions.
REL 362
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the
16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures.
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations, and the responses of religion to
the challenges of its environing culture.
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife.
REL 386
Speaking of Genesis
An investigation of scholarship on Genesis and the role of interpretaton
through study of the characters and values portrayed in Genesis and related
biblical texts.
REL 390
Theology of Death and Dying
A study of death and dying from the viewpoint of Christian theology and
ethics, taking into account also what other religions and the biological, psychological, and social sciences have had to say on the subject. Special emphasis on medical ethics brought on by modem medical technology.
-
Religion 24'
REL 420
The Russian Orthodox Church
Theology and history will be studied primarily from the perspective of those
Christians who live in Greece, Turkey, and Eastern Europe, with special attention to the Orthodox Church in Russia.
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and
men, feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on
Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor.
REL 471
Jews and His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure, and relationships. Attention to
the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus.
REL 472
Paul the Apostle
A study of the apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes found in his writings.
REL 475
Judaism
An introduction to the Jewish faith as the tradition has developed, as well as
attention to current issues facing the Jewish community The Jewish
Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism.
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing
theological task of the Christian Church.
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action.
REL 486
Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the
classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian
theologians who have been influenced by them.
242 Religion
REL 490
Topics in Religion
Individual study in selected religion courses not addressed in regular course
offerings.
REL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year; others
by permission of instructor. (Fall)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
REL 199
Internship
See description on page 85. Limited to special cases.
REL 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
REL 399
Internship
See description on page 85.
REL 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
See department listing for a description of the following approved elective:
RELIPHI 350 Philosophy of Religion
(See PHI 350)
T
his major, offered through the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC), seeks to give the broadest possible exposure to the history, politics, economics, literature, and philosophy of
Central and Eastern Europe and Russia.
This interdisciplinary major offers an
opportunity to become well acquainted
with societies in socio-economical and
political transition as well as the rich literary and cultural achievements of the area.
Experience with the Russian language or,
through the University of Minnesota one of
the Eastern European languages, is
required. Russian, Central, and East
European studies is a sound liberal arts
major offering considerable flexibility and
career opportunities, especially when combined with another major or minor in business, economics, history language, and literature or political science.
Courses are offered at Augsburg
College, Hamline University, Macalester
College, the College of St. Catherine, and
the University of St. Thomas, thus drawing
on the faculty and resources of the five
ACTC institutions.
Adviser
Magda PalecznyZapp
Major
Eleven courses, including language and
area studies courses:
A. Language Courses: Two years of
basic college Russian, Polish, SerboCroatian, Czech, Hungarian, or
equivalent competencies.
B. Area Studies Courses:
Track 1: Concentration in humanities
Five courses: Four courses from the list of
approved courses in Track 1,plus one
course from Track 2, as approved by adviser.
Track 2: Concentration in social sciences
Five courses: Four courses from the list of
approved courses in Track 2, plus one
course from Track 1, as approved by adviser.
C. Two other courses selected from either
Track 1 or Track 2.
D. Students are smongly recommended to
take a third year of Russian or any other
East European language. A program of
study abroad in Russia or one of the
Central or East European countries during
a semester, Interim, or during the summer
is strongly encouraged. All options should
be discussed with the student's adviser.
-
244 Russian, Central, and East European Studies
TRACK 1
HUMANITIES CONCENTRATION
HIS 348 Russia and Soviet Union in the
20th Century
E L 420 The Russian Orthodox
Church
TRACK 2
SOCIAL SCIENCES CONCENTRATION
E L 420 The Russian Orthodox Church
ECO 317 Comparative Economic
Systems
EC0 495 Topics (Requires permission
of adviser)
POL 351 Topics in Communisflost
Communist Systems (Requires
permission of adviser)
POL 363 Russian and Chinese
Foreign Policy
Students may take other Eastern
European language courses that are offered
at the University of Minnesota through
ACTC. See the adviser or contact the
ACTC office for further information.
Students may not receive credit for the
same course taken on different campuses.
The following courses are considered to be
equivalent to-one another:
(Location: A = Augsburg; H = Hamline;
M = Macalester; C = St. Catherine; T = St.
Thomas.)
HIS 60 M = HIS 337 H
HIST 333 T = HIST 373 H =
HIST 348 A = HIST 351 C
*ECO25M=ECO317A=
ECO 349 T = ECO 349 C
Faculty Advising
Students should consult an adviser regularly in order to secure a coherent and
effective program. Each ACTC institution
has a faculty member on the Russian,
Central, and East European Studies
Committee. These advisers can help with
selection of courses, recommendations for
study abroad, and consideration of career
options.
The current advisers are: Augsburg,
Magda Paleczny-Zapp, 330-1761; Hamline,
Karen Vogel,
- 641-2973 and Nick Hayes,
641-2314; Macalester, Gary Krueger, 6966222; St. Catherine, Sr. Margery Smith,
690-6553; and St. Thomas, Sr. Mary
Shambour, 962-5164.
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
See Nordic Area Studies under Interdisciplinary
Studies.
s
tudents preparing to teach social
studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional
requirements to be met within the
Department of Education, a competencybased program designed to provide a broad
foundation in the social sciences.
Coordinator
Christopher Kimball
Social Studies Teaching Licensure
Seven courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113
Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 222 20th-Century U.S.
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 336 Introduction to Cbltural
Anthropology
One course in geography
(human or cultural)
Plus a major in one of five fields-economics, history, political science, psychology or
sociology. Geography and anthropology are
also acceptable fields, although they are
not offered as majors on the Augsburg
campus.
Students considering a career in
social studies education should consult,
as soon as possible, the Augsburg
Department of Education and the social
studies coordinator.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
T
he social work major prepares graduates for entry-level generalist, professional
practice in the field of social work. The
program is accredited by the Council on
Social Work Education and leads to a
bachelor of science degree. The program is
based on a generalist model of practice,
enabling graduates to work with individuals,
families, groups, and communities and
to develop and analyze social policy.
Courses within the program utilize a
student empowerment model for teaching
and learning.
Augsburg's social work major provides
a strong foundation for graduate studies in
a variety of fields. Since 1991 Augsburg has
offered a full-time master of social work
degree on a weekend schedule.
The College's commitment to the liberal
arts is highly compatible with education
for professional social work practice. The
liberal arts foundation, with its emphasis
on breadth of understanding, cultural and
ethnic diversity, openness to new ideas,
and analysis and synthesis, is ideal for
social work education.
Augsburg College's motto, "Education
for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of
the Department of Social Work. Unique
learning opportunities for field work placement and cultural enrichment are provided
by a metropolitan setting known for a
humane quality of life that is enhanced by
the arts, outstanding human services, and a
highly-educated populace. The Twin Cities,
as the hub for these services, provides both
a variety of field placements for social
work students and external experts for the
classroom. The ethnic and economic diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for social work students to learn to understand, appreciate,
respect, and work with people different
from themselves and to be enriched by this
opportunity to interact with diverse clients
and professionals.
The social welfare minor and electives
in the department allow students from
other majors to gain knowledge about
human needs and growth, human s e ~ c e s ,
and the methods of effective citizenship.
Students taking these courses have the
opportunity to learn about public issues
and develop and nurture a perspective that
sees the central importance of diversity to
the social fabric of this country Using this
knowledge, students are encouraged to use
their talents and skills to address the needs
of society in the interest of the public
good, always emphasizing social justice.
Social Work Faculty
Glenda Dewberry Rooney (Chair),
Anthony Bibus (BSW Program director),
Vern Bloom, Laura Boisen (MSW field
coordinator), Lois Bosch, Maria Brown,
Francine Chakolis, Maria Dinis, Annette
Gerten, Rosemary Link, Sharon Patten,
Curt Paulsen, Michael Schock (BSW field
coordinator), Edward Skarnulis, Clarice
Staff, Mary Lou Williams
-
Social Work 24;
Concentration
Major
Ten core courses:
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 306 Social Work Practice I:
With Individuals
SWK 307 Field Work I:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11:
With Families and Groups
SWK 3 17 Field Work 11:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 401 Research: Evaluation of Practice
and Programs
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
Communities and Policies
SWK 407 Field Work 111:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 417 Field Work IV:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 419 The Social Worker as
Professional
and seven supporting courses:
BIO 101 Human Biology
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 231 Family Systems:
A Cross-Cultural Perspective
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender,
and Race
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for
each course in the core program and a 2.0
GPA is required in the supporting program.
'
Concentrations in aging, chemical
dependency, crime and corrections, social
ministries, and youth are possible. A concentration consists of courses descriptive
of functional, dysfunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement in
the senior year in the special area. For
social ministries, a minor in religion
with specific coursework is required.
Completion of a concentration is noted
on the transcript.
Candidacy
Social work majors must be granted
candidacy status before the beginning of
the senior year. Certain 400-level courses
list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written
self-statement, reference letters, and the
completion of all core and supporting program courses below the 400 level are necessary for candidacy review.
Social Welfare Minor (for other
majors)
Six courses including:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
Communities and Polices
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity Gender,
and Race
and one course from:
SWK 465 Social Policy:
Analysis and Development
POL 121 American Government
and Politics
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 325 Public Administration
-Social Work
248
School Social Work Licensure
Requirements
State Department of Education required
coursework includes EDU 265, HPE 115,
and 400 hours in school social work settings. See adviser for additional specifics.
Social Ministries
This concentration helps to focus social
workers on work in church congregations
or church-sponsored social programs and
projects. The concentration was designed
by the Departments of Religion and Social
Work. The concentration is achieved by
completing the f0110~ingCourse of study:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 306 Social Work Practice I:
With Individuals
SWK 307 Field Work I:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11: With
Families and Groups .
SWK 317 Field Work 11:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 401 Research: Evaluation of
Practice and Programs
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
With Communities and Policies
SWK 407 Field Work 111:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 417 Field Work IV:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 419 The Social Worker as
Professional
Social Ministries Minor in Religion
Required course--choose one:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology or
REL 221 Biblical Studies
Suggested course-hoose
four:
REL 231,263,342,343,353,360,363,
366,370,415,441, and 483.
H ELECTIVE COURSES ARE OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS.
SWK 230
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and development
in the global context. It also identifies the focus of social work in addition to
many other disciplines that are vital to fostering peace.
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
This course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to
a possible major or future career in social work. Students must arrange to
perform 60 hours of work in a human service agency and must attend the
weekly seminar.
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course provides an understanding of human growth through life and of
the sociocultural, biological and psychological factors that influence the
growth of individuals and families. Growth related to diverse populations and
groups or special stresses is also a focus.
Social Work *4!
SWK 301
History and the Analysis of Social Policy
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The values and social movements that form charitable and governmental
responses to human needs will be explored. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
SWK 406
Social Work Practice Ill: With Communities and Policies
This course focuses on social change through community organization; community development and social action; with emphasis on history, theories, and
issues relevant to social change; the understanding of communities, human
service agencies, and practice in the local community. (Prereq.: senior standing
or consent of instructor)
SWK 465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
This course includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and
methods of analysis. Development and implementation will be viewed first
hand through work with a public policy agency or official. (Prereq.: SWK 301,
406, and senior standing or consent of instructor)
COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORSONLY
SWK 306
Social Work Practice I: With Individuals
This course covers the basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles, and techniques of social work with individuals and small
groups, and development of relationship building skills. Includes video-taping
laboratory sessions. (Prereq.: Integrative Seminar with SWK 301, junior standing)
SWK 307
Field Work I: lntegrative Seminar*
Beginning supervised professional practicum experience in a social work
agency that focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. A
total of 120 hours, plus a small-group integrative seminar. (Prereq.: SWK 301,
junior standing, concurrent with SWK 306. P/N grading only)
SWK 316
Social Work Practice [I: With Families and Croups
This course builds skills in the problem-solving model with diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise, and regular class work focusing on
generalist practice in social group and family work. (Prereq.: candidacy status)
SWK 317
Field Work II: lntegrative Seminar*
Progressively-responsible, supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social
service agency. A total of 120 hours, plus an integrative seminar. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with SWK 316. P/N grading only)
*Can be taken in coordination with cooperative education, which may provide payment for
work infield sites.
-
250 Social Work
SWK 401
Research: Evaluation of Practice and Programs
This is an overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program and practice evaluations, plus use
of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. (Prereq.: MPG 3 )
SWK 407
Field Work Ill: lntegrative Seminar*
Field work practicum, a total of 60 or 120 hours plus integrative seminar.
(Prereq.: candidacy status. P/N grading only)
SWK 417
Field Work IV: lntegrative Seminar*
Continuation of SWK 407; a total of 120 hours plus integrative seminar.
(Prereq.: candidacy status. P/N grading only)
SWK 419
The Social Worker as Professional
This course reviews professional ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, job
attainment, and strategies for agency change and empowering clients. (Prereq.:
candidacy status.)
Internships and lndependent Study Courses:
SWK 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
SWK 295
Topics:
Special themes in social work specified in subtitle.
SWK 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
SWK 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
SWK 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
*Can be taken in coordination with cooperative education, which may provide payment for
work infield sites.
s
ociology is the study of society as a
whole and of human social organization in
groups. The sociological perspective provides a way to better understand the social
world and how human beings come to
think and act as they do.
The goal of the department is to guide
students in gaining knowledge of the social
order, how it affects them in their daily
lives, and how it can be applied to their
vocation. Sociology majors develop an
understanding of the theories of society
and social groups, learn to create and use
scientific tools of analysis, and practice the
application of sociological concepts to the
solution of social problems.
Students are encouraged to select as
electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships,
independent study, Interim courses, and
field studies. The department urges students to use Augsburg's metropolitan setting as a laboratory for learning.
Internships and cooperative education
enable majors to apply the theories and
research skills of sociology while they
explore career alternatives. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the human resources
departments of both government and private corporations, in the criminal justice
field, and as professors of sociology. Others
have used their majors as preparation for
advanced study in areas such as l a y the
ministry, social work, urban planning, and
human services.
Sociology Faculty
Diane Pike (Chair), Gany Hesser, James
Vela-McConnell, Gordon Nelson, Michael
O'Neal, Rita Weisbrod
Major
Ten courses including:
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
SOC 363 Research Methods
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SOC 485 Modem Sociological Theory
and four additional sociology courses.
Note: SOC 399 is highly recommended.
Concentration in Crime and Community
Many of our students are interested in
the field of criminal justice. This concentration, however, is not a traditional criminal justice program. Rather, the focus is on
understanding crime in the community
with respect to prevention, to solution of
problems that lead to crime. Students
interested in community crime prevention
as well as the traditional aspects of criminal justice+ourts, prisons, probation, and
law-will be served by this major. See
department chair for specific requirements.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
-
252 Sociology
Honors Maior
To complete the honors major in sociology, the student must have a minimum
GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall. In .
addition, students must: (1) successfully
complete an internship, independent study,
or cooperative education experience; (2)
submit a portfolio of completed papers and
projects. See department chair for specific
requirements.
Lo
0 0
An application for the honors major
can be obtained from the department chair.
A letter of intent to apply for honors
should be received by the chair no later
than Nov. 1 of the senior year. The application and portfolio must be submitted for
department acceptance by March 1.
Minor
Five courses including SOC 121 and
two upper division courses, at least two of
which must be &ken at Augsburg College.
o w
SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
What is society and how does i t make us who we are? socidlogy offers insights
into discovering the world and one's place in it. Course study focuses on an
understanding of culture, social structure, institutions, and our interactions
with each other. (Fall, spring)
SOC 21 1
Community and the Modern Metropolis
How is community possible in the face of multicultural, economic, and
ideological forces that are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and
structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this possibility
(Fall, spring)
SOC 231
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
Diversity in family systems is explored among world cultures and within
mainstream and sub-cultures in the United States. Students prepare and
deliver oral reports on world and American family topics. (Fall, spring)
SOC 265
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender, and Race
Who gets what, when, and how? Individuals and groups from diverse
backgrounds-race, ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality-receive unequal
portions of wealth, power, and prestige in our society. This course focuses
on both the collective and individual processes involved in social inequality.
(Fall, spring)
-
Sociology 253
SOC 277
Introduction to Criminology
What do we know about crime in American society? How can we explain
crime sociologically? Topics include: theories and patterns of crime, police
courts, corrections, and criminal policy. (Fall)
SOC 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 Special Topics in Sociology .
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests that
are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
What is the nature of these modem organizations in which we spend so much
of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed with respect
to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as corporate deviance.
(Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on
religious movements and institutions in American society (Prereq.: SOC 121
recommended. Fall)
SOC 362
Statistical Analysis
This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the
social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding quantitative a n a l y s k b e it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper. (Prereq.:
MPG 3. Fall)
SOC 363
Research Methods
Good researchdo you know it when you see it? Can you produce it yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and data analysis.
(Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 375
Social Psychology
How does soceity construct the individual? How does the individual construct
society? This course analyzes the dynamic tension between the self and
society, as well as the major questions, issues, perspectives, and methods of
the field. (Prereq.: Soc 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
SOC 381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
Emphasis centers on alternative theories and approaches to planning and
shaping metropolitan areas. Readings, simulations, outside speakers, and walking research field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 or consent of instructor. Spring)
254 Sociology
SOC 485
Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing
the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.:
Two courses in sociology including SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SOC 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
SOC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
SOC 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
SOC 498
lndependent Study-Metropolitan
Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic, and integrated utilization of resources available
in the metropolitan community, supplemented by traditional College
resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 andlor consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
SOC 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. (Prereq.: SOC 121, consent of instructor and
department chair. Fall, spring)
SPANISH
See listing under Modem Languages.
O
ur quality
. of life, both personally
and professionally, depends in large part
upon the quality
. of our communication. A
communication major at Augsburg is
designed to enhance understanding of
communication in a variety of contexts
and to improve communication skills.
Since communication careers demand a
broad educational background, the department strongly encourages a second major
or two minors in fields such as business,
economics, English, history, international
relations, political science, psychology, religion, social work, sociology, or theatre arts.
The Augsburg communication major
focuses on competency in both speech and
writing, as well as effective use of media.
Since the study and practice of communication is grounded in both the humanities
and the social sciences, majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as
aesthetics, ethics, philosophy, logic, literature, statistics, and research methods in
their programs.
Prospective majors should meet with a
departmental adviser as early as possible to
design an approved major Program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Speech/Communication and Theatre
Arts Faculty
Martha Johnson (Chair), Deborah
Redmond, Julie Bolton, Michael Burden,
David Lapakko, George Gaetano
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Communication Major
12 courses overall-six required core
courses and six courses within one of three
emphases. For transfer students, at least
six of these 12 courses must be upper division courses offered at Augsburg.
Required of all communication majors:
SPC 111 Public Speaking
or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
SPC 188 Forensics Practicum
(non-credit)
SPC 351 Argumentation
SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
One of the following: ENG 223, 225,
226. 227.
Rhetoric Emphasis
Six additional electives from the following: SPC 329,343,345,347,399,495,
499; THR 350,360; LIN 311; PHI 230; PSY
325,371; SOC 362,375.
Organizational Communication
Emphasis
Six additional electives from the following: SPC 329,345,399,495,499; ART
132,225,330; SPC 345; BUS 340,355 or
450; CSC 160; PSY 325,371,373; SOC
265, 349, 375.
Mass Communication Emphasis
Six electives from the follo&ng: SPC
343,347,348,399,495,499; ART 132,
225,330; ENG 226,241,327,347; POL
342,375; THR 232,325,350,360.
substantial independent project of honors
quality (SPC 499 registration). Honors
candidates should meet with their departmental adviser prior to their senior year to
develop a proposal for the honors project.
For All Three Emphases
Communication Minor
Six courses including:
SPC 111, Public Speaking
or SPC 112 Contest Public Speakipg
POL 342 Mass Communication in
Society
or SPC 343 Broadcast Production I
SPC 351 Argumentation
or SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
or SPC 355 Small Group
Communication
ENG 223,225,226 or 227
Majors must participate in Augsburg's
Interscholastic Forensics Program by
attending at least tw6 interscholastic
speech tournaments. Registering for and
completing SPC 188 (Forensics Practicum)
is required to document participation.
Students should be aware that the tournament season is essentially from October
through mid-March, and should plan
schedules accordingly
All majors should plan to include at
least one internship (SPC 399) as one of
their electives.
Students may petition the department
to include is part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed
above. Such requests must be submitted in
writing to the departmental adviser for
prior approval. Also, students may petition
to include up to three courses from other
ACTC schools as electives, with prior
approval of the adviser or department chair.
Honors Major
The honors major is designed to
encourage overall excellence as well as
outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student.
Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in
the major and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as
part of their major program, complete a
Note: For transfer students, at least
three of these six courses must be upper
division courses offered at Augsburg.
Prospective minors must obtain prior
approval from a c o ~ u n i c a t i o n
faculty
adviser.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
SPC 111
Public Speaking
The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis,
style, listening, and overcoming speech fright. (Note: Students may take either
SPC 111and 112 for credit, but not both. Fall, spring)
SPC 112
Contest Public Speaking
Theory and practice of speaking in formal contest situations. Students must
attend three interscholastic speech tournaments in at least two of the following: informative speaking, persuasive speaking, Lincoln-Douglas debate,
speaking to entertain, andlor communication analysis. (Note: Students may
take either SPC 111 or 112 for credit, but not both. Fall)
SPC 188
Forensics Practicum
A non-credit experience in forensics. Students must attend two interscholastic
forensics tournaments between October and March. (Fall, spring)
SPC 329
Intercultural Communication
This course explores cultural differences and their implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code systems. (Fall: alternate years)
SPC 343
Broadcast Production I
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, script-writing, directing, and producing for video. (Fall)
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, management styles, motivation
of employees, organizational culture, effective use of meetings, and sources of
communication problems. (Fall: alternate years)
SPC 347
Documentary Video
A video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on
experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
SPC 348
Broadcast Production I1
This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on
post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program and music video. (Prereq.:
SPC 343 or 347)
SPC 351
Argumentation
Develops critical thinking skills by study of the theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze
public arguments that confront students in their everyday lives.
SPC 352
Persuasion
Examination of the process of influence in a variety of social contexts, paying
special attention to the psychological aspects of persuasion. (Spring)
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal
messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome
communication barriers. (Fall, spring)
SPC 355
Small Croup Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on decision making,
leadership styles and conflict management. (Spring)
SPC 495
Communication Topics
Selected topics in communication with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
Internships and Independent Study Courses.
SPC 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
SPC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
SPC 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
SPC 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
See department listings for the following approved electives:
ART 132
Photography
PHI 230
ART 225
Communication Design I
POL 342
Communication Design II
ART 330
POL 375
Human Resource
BUS 340
PSY 325
Management
PSY 371
Marketing
BUS 355
Communications
PSY 373
Marketing Management
BUS 450
SOC 265
lntroduction t o
CSC 160
Computer Science and
Communications
SOC 362
lntroduction t o Creative
ENC 226
SOC 375
Writing
THR 232
lntroduction t o Cinema Art
ENC 241
THR 325
Advanced Journalism
ENC 327
THR 350
Quantitative Journalism
ENC 347
THR 360
Theories o f Grammar
LIN 311
(see Modem Languages)
Logic
Mass Communication
in Society
Media Law
Social Behavior
Psychology of Cender
Industrial/Organizational
Psychology
Culture: Ethnicity,
Gender, and Race
Statistical Analysis
Social Psychology
Acting
Playwriting
Voice and Diction
Interpretative Reading
T
he study of theatre is firmly grounded
in the liberal arts, integrating knowledege
and principles from many academic and
artistic disciplines, including speechkommunication, art, music, history English,
literature, business, philosophy, and religion. Both the curriculum and dramatic
productions by the Theatre Arts Program
offer valuable cross-disciplinary connections for the campus while also providing
a solid base in classical, modern, contemporary, and multicultural theatre.
Augsburg's location in the heart of a
major theatre center makes it an ideal
place to study theatre. At Augsburg we
seek to create every opportunity for students to grow both as theatre artists and
scholars, by encouraging connections
between our campus and the greater arts
community while also exploring connections between theory and application.
Student opportunity to make these connections includes course study, theatrical production work, participation in the Artist
Series (an annual series of events featuring
visiting theatre professionals from the Twin
Cities community who work closely with
students,) and attendance at numerous
professional productions in the Twin
Cities. Augsburg theatre productions are
treated as unique learning laboratories
where students can enter into creative collaboration with faculty and professional
artists-in-residence.
In addition to learning skills specific to
theatre, students in theatre arts learn valuable skills applicable to other professions:
collaboration, verbal and non-verbal communication, organization, critical thinking,
leadership, creativity, and self-expression.
Involvement in theatre arts can help prepare students for such careers as law, edu-
cation, business, communication, and journalism, as well as prepare theatre students
for careers in professional or academic theatre, television, and film. In order to prepare the student for graduate school or the
workplace, the department strongly
encourages a second major or minor in
such fields as speech/communication, art,
English, education, music, or religion.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Theatre Arts Major
Ten courses including:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 232 Acting
THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism 1
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism I1
THR 366 Stage Direction I
Three of the following:
THR 116 Creative Drama
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 350 Voice and Diction
THR 360 Interpretive Reading
THR 365 Advanced Acting
THR 399 Internship
or THR 499 Independent Study in Theatre
Ten production units in three or more
of the following areas: performance (three
required), artistic (one required), and production (four required).
Unless you are a transfer student. all
six core courses must be taken at
Augsburg; therefore, careful, early planning
is required.
260 Theatre Arts
Freshmen planning to major in theatre
arts should begin with courses THR 116,
222,232; sophomores: THR 228,245,361,
362; juniors: THR 325,328,350,360,361,
365; seniors THR 365,366.
Note: Several courses are offered alternate years only Thirteen theatre courses
are allowed toward graduation. '
A capstone course, such as an internship, is encouraged, but not required. THR
002,003,004, or 005 is recommended to
fulfill lifetime sports requirements.'
Majors must participate in two out of
three dramatic productions every year.
Students must maintain an overall 2.0 GPA
to have major participation in productions.
Honors Major
.
Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement
on a specific project of special interest to
the student. Honors majors must maintain.
a 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA
overall and, as part of their major, complete a substantial independent proj'ect of
honors quality (THR 499). Honors candidates should meet with their departmental
adviser prior to their senior year to develop
a proposal for the honors project.
Transfers: Transfer students are
required to take three Augsburg upper
division theatre arts'courses.
'
Theatre Arts Minor
Five courses including:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
or THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 232 Acting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
or THR 362 Theatre History
Criticism I1
THR 366 Stage Direction I
Five production units in the following
areas: performance (two required), artistic
(one required), and production (two
.
required).
Theatre History and Criticism
Dramaturgy Minor
Five courses:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1
A directed studies course in dramaturgy or
theatre criticism or theatre history
~eachingLicensure Major
Students interested in the theatre
teaching licensure major should consult
with the theatre arts faculty for course
requirements. Students should also consult
with the Augsburg Department of
Education to identify current Minnesota
teacher license requirements.
-
Theatre Arts 261
THRIHPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports-Introduction to Dance
(.O course)
This course offers an overview of various forms of dance from modem and
ballet to Asian and Latin forms. Each class will begin with a rigorous, physical
warm-up, mixing yoga, breathing exercises, and modem dance technique.
THRIHPE 004, 005 Lifetime Sports-Modern Dance and Improvisation
(.O course)
Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercises
and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern.
Improvisational techniques will be introduced and students will create short
improvisational pieces. (Prereq.: THR/HPE 002, 00, or instructor's permission.
NOTE: Students are allowed to use only one of THR/HPE 002,003,004, or
005 to fulfill the lifetime sports requirement.)
THR 116
Creative Drama
A study of theatrical movement, mime, mask, actipg with an emphasis on
active participation and reflective writing. (Fall)
THR 222
Introduction to Theatre
An introduction to survey of dramatic art including major historical periods,
plays, artists; dramatic structure; basic concepts and techniques of the play
production process. Students attend and review stage productions. (Fall)
THR 228
lntroduction to Stagecraft
Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts,
magic, and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and theatre
tours. Open40 all students. Lab required. (Fall)
THR 232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional
preparation, and exploration of the creative approach to,scene and character
study in American drama. Students attend and review live productions. (Spring)
THR 245
Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre
A survey of the theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories,,and plays of
traditional Asia and Asian American cultures. The course includes lectures,
films, videos, and demonstrations by visiting performers. (Fall: alternate years)
THR 325lENC 325 Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for the stage, television, and film. Students
will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis and techniques for the developmGt of playscripts from idea to finished product.
(Prereq.: ENG 111 and one literature course. ENG 226 also recommended.
Fall: alternate years)
262 Theatre Arts
THR 328
Theatrical Design
Introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student will
execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. Class will take
theatre tours, have visiting designers, and practical involvement with the
Augsburg spring production. (Lab required, materials needed. (Prereq.: THR
228 or permission of instructor. Spring)
THR 333
Acting for Camera
An exploration of acting principles and techniques as applied to video and
film. Since the art of acting enhances skills for on-camera effectiveness, actual
TV drama scripts, commercials, and others will be used for video performance.
THR 350
Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement, relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics, and the
vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports
and papers, voice tapes, and individual coaching. (Fall: alternate years)
THR 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poetry, and drama. Study, discuss, practice, and perform readings in prose, poetry, and drama before small
and large groups. (Spring)
THR 361
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the classical Greek through the Medieval period. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially
with THR 362. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Fall or Spring
THR 362
Theatre History and Criticism II
r
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the
Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays and
attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken
sequentially with THR 361. (Fall or Spring)
THR 365
Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character analysis and extensive scene, monologue study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles
from the classics (Shakespeare, French neoclassicism,Restorationcomedy, realism, and non-realism), culminating in public recital. (Prereq.: THR 222 and
THR 232. Fall or Spring)
-
Theatre Arts 263
THR 366
Stage Direction I
Basic directorial techniques: play analysis, production organization, technical
collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking, and characterization. Direction of
two pieces required, the latter for public recital. Permission from instructor
required. (Prereq.: THR 361, THR 362, THR 328. Spring)
THR 495
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
THR 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
THR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
THR 399
Internship
See description on page 85.
THR 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
See Metro-Urban Studies listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
T
he Women's Studies Program provides students with the opportunityto
examine critically women's contributions
and experiences in various historical and
cultural contexts. This is an inter-college
program with course offerings at Augsburg
College, Hamline University, the College of
St. Catherine, and the University of St.
Thomas. Courses are drawn from many
disciplines and combine theoretical, practical, and research components that focus
not only on gender, but also acknowledge
that race, class, and sexual identity are crucial aspects of women's experiences.
The Women's Studies Program offers
both a major and a minor, and provides
students with academic preparation for
careers in human services, education, and
social work as well as graduate study.
Major
Ten courses that must include WST 201
Foundations in Women's Studies, WST 495
(Seminar), and WST 199 or WST 399
(internships). The remaining seven electives are to be selected from approved
women's studies courses. At least three
courses must be upper division courses.
Students may take courses at any of the
colleges participating in the women's studies department. However, at least three
courses must be completed at Augsburg.
The writing component of the graduation
skills requirements for the women's studies
major must also be completed at Augsburg.
Each student's program must have the
written approval of the women's studies
program coordinator.
Minor
Women's Studies Faculty
Jacqueline deVries (Coordinator), Kristin
M. Anderson, Maria Brown, Grace B.
Dyrud, Doug Green, Milda Hedblom,
Victoria Littlefield, Lynne Lorenzen,
Catherine Nicholl, Beverly J. Nilsson,
Norma Noonan, Nancy K. Steblay,
Beverly J. Stratton, James Vela-McConnell
Five courses that must include WST
201; three electives, one of which must be
upper division; and WST 495 or 499.
Courses may be taken from the other
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each
student's program must have the written
approval of the women's studies programcoordinator.
-
Women's Studies 265
WST 201
Foundations in Women's Studies
This multidisciplinary course introduces students to the contributions of
women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts, and
how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen
from women's perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of women's
experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation, and class.
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women in
non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social contributions, familial roles, and status in society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures.
WST 265
Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from
women's journals, speeches, literature, and other aesthetic creations, the class
analyzes the position of women in American culture. Emphasis will be placed
on the perspectives of women of minority groups.
WST 281
Topics in Women's Studies
INS 311
The Development Process
(See International Studies, Women and Development.)
INS 320
American Indian Women
(See American Indian Studies for course description.)
WST 325
African American Women: Social, Historical, and Creative
Perspectives
This course examines the historical roots of African American women from
Africa to locations in the United States and other parts of the African
Diaspora. The effects of slavery and its resulting effect on African women are
examined, as well as past and current contributions by African American
women.
WST 481
Topics in Women's Studies
WST 495
Women's Studies Seminar
This advanced course will include student research and presentations that
incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and minors
who do not elect to do an independent study (499). It is offered at a different
college each year.
266 Women's Studies
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
WST 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
WST 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
WST 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
WST 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 86.
Any must be approved in writing by the women's studies coordinator
See department listingsfor descriptions of thefollowing approved electives:
ART 352
Women and Art
ENG 236 or
436
Women and Fiction
ENG 480
Criticism
HIS 311
Topics in Women's History
HIS 380
History o f Women in the West t o 1870
HIS 381
History of Women in the West Since 1870
POL 124
American Women and Politics
POL 421
Topics in American Politics
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
PSY 371
Psychology o f Gender
SOC 265
Gender, Race, and Ethnicity
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
Chair
Barbara C. Gage
Secretary
Inez Schwarzkopf
Vice Chair
Norman Hagfors
Treasurer
Glen Person
The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. An asterisk
before a name indicates the person is an Augsburg graduate.
*Rev. Gary E. Benson '70 (2002)
Directing Pastor, Zumbro Lutheran
Church, Rochester, Minn.
*Dr. Ruth E. Johnson, '74 (2000)
Director, Mayo Breast Clinic, Mayo Clinic,
Rochester, Minn.
Rev. Roger C. Eigenfeld (2000)
Senior Pastor, St. Andrew's Lutheran
Church, Mahtomedi, Minn.
*The Hon. LaJune Thomas Lange '68 (2001)
Judge, Hennepin County Government
Center, Minneapolis, Minn.
*Ms. Tracy Lynn Elftmann '81 (2002)
Attorney, Mackall Crounse & Moore,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Mr. David J. Larson (2002)
Sr. Vice President, Secretary and General
Counsel, Lutheran Brotherhood,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Ms. Barbara C. Gage (1998-11)
Vice President, Gage Marketing Group,
Plymouth, Minn.
*Mr. H. Theodore Grindal'76 (2002)
AttomeyRartner, Lockridge Grindal
Nouen, Minneapolis, Minn.
Mr. Thomas K. Guelzow (1998)
Guelzow & Senteney, Ltd., Eau Claire, Wis.
Mr. Norman R. Hagfors (2001)
President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Mr. James E. Haglund (2000)
President/Owner, Central Container
Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn.
Ms. Beverly Thompson Hatlen (1999)
Board Chair, Minnesota Life College;
President, Hatlen Foundation, Apple
Valley, Minn.
Mr. Allen A. Housh (2001)
Business Consultant, A.A. Housh and
Associates, Edina, Minn.
*Ms. Julie R. Nelson '83 (2002)
Executive Director, The Dwight D.
Opperman Foundation, Minneapolis, Minn.
*Mr. Ronald G. Nelson, '68 (2002)
Vice President and Controller, 3M Center,
St. Paul, Minn.
*Mr. Glen E. Person '47 (1999)
Retired Businessman, Eden Prairie, Minn.
Mr. Wayne G . Popham (2000)
Senior Attorney, Popham, Haik, Schnobrich
& Kaufman, Minneapolis, Minn.
Mr. Curtis A. Sampson (2001)
President and CEO, Communications
Systems, Hector, Minn.
*Ms. Inez M. Schwarzkopf '59 (1998)
Assistant Vice President of the Mission,
Investment Fund-ELCA, St. Paul, Minn.
-
Board of Regents 269
Mr. Glen J. Skovholt (2000)
Vice President, Government and
Community Affairs, Honeywell, Inc.,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Mr. Leland N. Sundet (1998)
Chairman and CEO, Sundet Companies,
Eden Prairie, Minn.
*Ms. E! Dawn Taylor, '78 (2002)
President, The Iowa Group,
Des Moines, Iowa
*Ms. Jean M. Taylor, '85 (2000)
Vice President of Development, Travel
Tags, Eagan, Minn.
Mr. Michael W. Thompson (2001)
Realtor, Edina Realty Inc., Edina, Minn.
Ms. Pamela L. Tibbetts (2000)
Chief Operating Officer, Fairview Health
System, Minneapolis, Minn.
Ms. Kathryn H. Tunheim (1998)
Principal and President, Tunheim Sanuizos
Company, Minneapolis, Minn.
*Mr. William A. Urseth, '71 (1998)
Chairman and CEO, Upland Global
Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn.
*Ms. Joan L. Volz, '68 (2000)
Afton, Minn.
Ms. May Ka-Yee Yue (2000)
President and CEO, Norris Education
Innovations, Inc., Edina, Minn.
DIVISION
FOR HIGHER
EDUCATIONAND SCHOOLS
THEEVANGELICALLUTHERANCHURCH
IN AMERICA
(ELCA)
Chair
The Rev. John G. Andreasen
Director for Administration and Finance
Sue Rothmeyer
Secretary
The Rev. S. Philip Froiland
Director for Colleges and Universities
(vacant)
Vice-Chair
Mary Hull Mohr
Asst. Dir. for Colleges and Universities
Cheryl Chatrnan
Executive Director
The Rev. W. Robert Sorensen
270
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
FACULTYAND
Beginning year of service is indicated with parentheses.
Officers
William V. Frame (1997). President. B.A., M.A., University of Hawaii; Ph.D., University of
Washington.
Marie 0. McNeff (1968). Vice President for Academic and Learning Services and Dean of
the College. Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Paul R. Carlson (1998). Vice President for Finance and Administration. B.S., University of
Nebraska; M.B.A., University of Montana.
Ida B. Simon (1998). Vice President for Institutional Advancement and Community
Relations. B.A., Lincoln University; M.Ed., University of Illinois-Urbana; M.Div.,
Union Theological Seminary.
Richard J. Thoni (1972). Vice President for Institutional Research and Program
Development. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Administration
Richard Adamson (1989). Controller and Director, Business Office. B.A., University of St.
Thomas; Certified Public Accountant.
Earl R. Alton (1960). Associate Dean for Faculty Affairs. Professor of Chemistry. B.A.,
St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Associate Dean for Library and Information Technology.
Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Jose R. Bourget-Tactuk (1997). Director, Center for Global Education. Associate Professor.
B.A., Southern College; M.A., Ph.D., Andrews University.
Sally Daniels (1979). Director, Undergraduate Admissions. B.A., Augsburg College.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women's
Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; MS., St. Cloud State University.
Paul Grauer (1979). Men's Athletic Director. B.S.Ed., Concordia College-Nebraska, M.Ed.,
University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Herald Johnson (1968). Director, Student Services Center. B.A., Augsburg College.
Benjamin Kent (1996). Academic Advising Coordinator, Academic Advising Center. B.A.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.S., University of Oregon.
William Kuehl (1996). Director, Weekend College Admissions. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Ann Klamer (1993). Director, Residence Life. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point;
M.S., Ohio University.
Gaye Lindfors (1993). Assistant to the President. Director, Human Resources. B.S.,
Mankato State University.
Donna McLean (1985). Director, Alumni and Parent Relations. B.A., University of
Minnesota.
Art Meadowcroft (1985). Director, Facilities Management Services. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 271
Barbara R. Nagle (1998). Director, Public Relations and Communication. B.S., Ohio
University.
Norma C . Noonan (1966). Director, Master of Arts in Leadership Program. Professor of
Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana
University.
Julie Olson (1991). Program Coordinator, Weekend College. B.A., Augsburg College.
Lois Olson (1985). Director, Center for Service, Work, and Learning. B.S., University of
Minnesota; MS., Mankato State University.
Paul Simmons (1992). Registrar. B.A., M.A., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.
Lora Steil (1994). Human Resources Manager. B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Interim Associate Dean for Student Affairs. Professor of
English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Don Warren (1978). Director, Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
David T. Wold (1983). Director, Campus Ministry. College Pastor. B.S., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Faculty
A
Duane L. Addison (1994). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University
Sandra J. Agustin (1997). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Virginia P. Allery (1993). Associate Professor of Education. Coordinator, American Indian
Studies Minor. B.S., Viterbo College; M.S., Eastern Montana College; Ph.D.,
Unive~sityof Minnesota.
Earl R. Alton (1960). Associate Dean for Faculty Affairs. Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Brian R. Ammann (1988). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. Men's Basketball
Coach. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., North Dakota State University.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Associate Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestem Seminary.
Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Associate Dean for Library and Information Technology.
Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Trudi J. Anderson (1990). Studio ArtistElute, part-time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College;
M.M., Northwestem University.
Andrew L. Aoki (1988). Associate Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
Oregon; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David B. Apolloni (1989). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.Div., Luther-Northwestem Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Salah Ayari (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. Maitrise Combinee de
Langues, Institut Bourguiba des Langues Vivantes, Tunis; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
272 Augsburg College Faculty
-
B
Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio ArtistE'ercussion, part-time, Music. B.M., University of
Michigan.
Mary Ann Bayless (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Mimiesota.
Aroti G. Bayrnan (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., University of Edinburgh.
Marilyn D. Bennett (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A.,
Pomona College; Registered Physical Therapy, Children's Hospital of Los Angeles
School of Physical Therapy; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Michael D. Berndt (1997). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.A., Southern Illinois University-Carbondale.
Anthony A. Bibus, I11 (1992). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St.
Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
William F! Bierden (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State
University
Vern M. Bloom (1965). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Illinois.
Laura S. Boisen (1996). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.P.A., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Lynn Allen Bollman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Northern Colorado;-MIA., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton (1975). Professor of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.S., M.EA.,
University of Minnesota.
Lois A. Bosch (1997). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Northwestern College;
M.S.W., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Jose R. Bourget-Tactuk (1997). Associate Professor. Co-Director of The Center for Global
Education. B.A., Southern College; M.A., Ph.D., Andrews University.
Nora M. Braun (1997). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/ Accounting1 MIS.
B.S.B.A., University of Missouri-Columbia; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Lisa A. Broek (1993). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Central
College; M.A., University of Iowa.
Maria L. Brown (1980). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American
University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Stanley H. Brown (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Iona College; M.Ed.,
Boston College.
Eric L. Buffalohead (1997). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 27!
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., M.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison.
W. Roger Buffalohead (1983). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A.,
Oklahoma State University; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Michael R. Burden (1990). Associate Professor of SpeecWCommunication and Theatre
Arts (Designer and Technical Director). B.A., Augsburg College; M.EA., University
of Minnesota.
Janelle M. Bussert (1995). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div.,
Yale University.
C
William C. Capman (1994). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., University of IllinoisChicago; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
John C. Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Margaret M. Cemto (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accountingl
MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Daniel J. Challou (1997). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.S., State University of
New York-Albany; M.S., University of Illinois at Urbana; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Steven D. Chapman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Hamline University.
Susannah G. Chapman (1997). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time, Music. B.M., Mannes
College of Music; M.M., D.M.A., State University of New York-Stony Brook.
Mary Knop Chelberg (1992). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., University of Illinois at
Urbana-Champaign; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
David T. Chollar (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., University of Houston;
M.S.W., Fordham University.
Tara K. Christopherson (1992). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Stout; MIA., Minneapolis College of Art and Design.
Kurt N. Claussen (1997). Studio ArtistISaxophone, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.M., University of Minnesota.
Candyce L. Clayton (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joseph R. Clubb (1994). lnsmctor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., St. John's University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University;
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Larry J. Crockett (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacfic Lutheran
University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
274 Augsburg College Faculty
-
D
Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Associate Professor, part-time, English. B.A., College of St.
Catherine; M.EA., Vermont College; Ph.D., The Union Institute.
Jill A. Dawe (1994). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Memorial University of
Newfoundland; M.M., D.M.A., Eastman School of Music.
Jacqueline R. deVries (1994). Assistant Professor of History Coordinator; Women's
Studies. B.A., Calvin College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana.
Maria C. Dinis (1996). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., California State
University; Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley.
Steven G . Dixon (1994). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., Utah State University; M.L.S.,
University of Arizona.
Bridget A. Doak (1996). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Dayton; M.A.,
Saint Mary's University.
Suzanne L. Donsky (1997). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College.
Suzanne I. Doree (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Delaware;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Susan Sacquitne Druck (1993). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Iowa State
University; M.A., University of Iowa.
Fran~oiseM. duRivage (1993). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Universite
de Bordeaux 111; M.A., Universite de Paris IV (Sorbonne); M.A., Ph.D., Duke
University.
Linda D. Dyer (1995). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Bridgewater State College;
M.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
E
Nancy Edwards (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., Indiana University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Darcey Engen (1997). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.EA., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.Ed., University
of Minnesota.
Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of St.
Thomas; M.A., Luther-Northwestem Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1964). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Lynn M. Erickson (1991). Studio Artist/Trumpet, part-time, Music. B.A., Bethel College;
M.EA., D.M.A., University of Minnesota.
Rene Escoto (1997). Academic Coordinator. Center for Global Education. M.A., The
Institute for Social Studies, The Hague, Holland.
Susan E. Everson (1997). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Chicago.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 275
Heidi M. Farrell (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Ronald L. Fedie (1996). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of St. Thomas;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lucie K. Ferrell (1992). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S., College of St. Catherine;
M.N., University of California-Los Angeles; Ph.D., Adelphi University.
Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., University of
Montana.
Phillip E Fishman (1988). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University
of Wisconsin-Madison; J.D., Washington University; M.S.W., St. Louis University.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women's
Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Morningside College; M.Th.,
Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Eloise I. Fredrickson (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Southwest State
University; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
C
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
George M. Gaetano (1993). Assistant Professor of Speech/Communication and Theatre
Arts. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Richard A. Germundsen (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.A., American University; Cand. Mag., Universitet i Bergen, Norway;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Annette M. Gerten (1997). Instructor of Social Work. B.A., College of St. Catherine;
M.S.W., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jennifer L. Gerth (1994). Studio ArtistIClarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.M., Northwestern University.
Sandra E Gilbert (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., St. Olaf College; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law.
Janet L. Goldstein (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Hebrew University,
Jerusalem; M.S.W., Yeshiva University.
J. Michael Gonzalez-Campoy (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies.
B.A., Macalester College; M.D., Ph.D., Mayo Medical School and Mayo Graduate
School.
Karen M. Graves (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Cloud State University;
M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Nansee L. Greeley (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
276 Augsburg College Faculty
Douglas E. Green (1988). Professor of English. B.A., Amherst University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Brown University.
William D. Green (1991). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeanine A. Gregoire (1996). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Richard A. Gresczyk, Sr. (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Joan L. Griffin (1986). Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Harvard University.
Robert C . Groven (1997). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communicationand Theatre Arts.
B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.A., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy J. Grundahl (1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; M.F.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S.,
Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
H
Abo-el-Yazeed T. Habib (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/
Accounting/MIS. B.B.A., Tanta University, Egypt; B.A., M.A., Cairo University,
Egypt; M.B.A., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of North Texas.
Panduleni S. Hailonga (1993). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Namibia,
Center for Global Education. B.S., Windhoek College of Nurses; M.S., Leeds
Metropolitan University, United Kingdom.
Anthony R. Hansen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Dolores V. Hanson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
B.S., Moorhead State University.
John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of WisconsinEau Claire; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of
Wisconsin-Oshkosh; Ph.D., University of Toledo.
M. Anaam Hashmi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/ Accounting/
MIS. B.E., N.E.D., University of Engineering and Technology, Karachi; M.B.A, Ball
State University; D.B.A., Kent State University.
Kathryn M. Hathaway (1997). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College;
M.A., Ph.D., Northern Illinois University.
Emily L. Hause (1995). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Robert G. Hazen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College; B.S.,
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Maurice Healy (1996). Academic Coordinator of Guatemala Programs, Center for
Global Education. B.A., Maryknoll College; M.Div., M.Rel.Ed., State University
of New York-Maryknoll.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 27:
Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. Director of Canadian Studies
Program. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., J.D., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Peter A. Hendrickson (1993). Assistant Professor of Music. Director of Choral Activities.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Macalester College; M.A., Columbia University;
D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music.
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology. Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A.,
Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Notre Dame.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.EA.,
University of Iowa.
Bradley I! Holt (1981). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
James M. Honsvall (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.S., Bemidji State University; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
Marilyn B. N. Horowitz (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/
Accounting MIS. B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio ArtistNiolin and Viola, part-time, Music. B.M.,
Indiana University.
Kenneth B. Huber (1989). Studio ArtistRiano, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., Indiana
University.
David Hudson (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
I
Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa;
M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Elena Izaksonas (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Michigan.
J
Lisa E. Jack (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Occidental College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Southern California.
William H. Jasperson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. M.B.A., University of
Minnesota. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Anne C . Jensen (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Ross A. Jilk (1997). Instructor of Biology. B.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin-Madison.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A., University
of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
278 Augsburg College Faculty
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Associate Professor of Speech/Communication and Theatre
Arts. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David R. Jones (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.S., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; M.S., University of St. Thomas.
Jeffrey E Judge (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College.
K
Amin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration/ Accounting/ MIS.
B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Roberta S. Kagin (1974). Associate Professor of Music (Music Therapy). B.A., Park
College; B.Music Ed., M.Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers
University.
Jane A. Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.A., University of California;J.D., University of Minnesota.
Manuel E. Kaplan (1995). Consulting Medical Director, Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. B.S., University of Arizona; M.D., Harvard Medical School.
Robert A. Karlen (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ten L. Kaslow (1993). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Patricia A. Keahna (1996). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., University
of Maryland; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Martha H. Kelly (1995). Academic Coordinator, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. B.A., Michigan State University; PA. Certification, Bowman Gray School
of Medicine.
John W. Kenny (1992). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., John Carroll University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana.
Christopher W. Kimball (1991). Associate Professor of History. B.A., McGill University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., Middlebury College.
Elizabeth E! Klages (1996). Instructor, part-time, Political Science and Nordic Area Studies.
B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International
Studies.
Vivian L. Klauber (1996). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
George Washington University; M.A., State University of New York-Albany.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 27!
Marilyn A. Kramer (1994). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.
Paul S. Kriegler (1993). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Mankato State University; M.Ed., University of Wisconsin-Whitewater.
Thomas L. Kuhlman (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette University;
M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Diane 0. Kuhlmann (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.A., M.B.T., M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St.
Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Scott E. Kuster (1994). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Namibia. Center for
Global Education. B.A., George Washington University; M.A., American
University.
L
Steven J. LaFave (1991). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A. Michigan State University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University
of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986). Assistalit Professor of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
William W. Latimer (1996). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Hobart College; M.A.,
Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Rhode Island.
Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio ArtistFrench Horn, part-time, Music. B.A., Potsdam
College of Arts and Science, SUNY; M.M., Northwestern University.
Lynn Lindow (1985). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State University;
M.S., North Dakota State University.
Rosemary J. Link (1986). Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Southampton;
M.Sc., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Victoria M. Littlefield (1992). Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.B., University of
Michigan-Flint; M.A., Ph.D., Miami University.
Roseann Lloyd (1995). Instructor, part-time, English. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Lejeune Yolande Lockett (1997). Academic Coordinator, Mexico, Center for Global
Education. B.A., University of California-Davis; M.S., University of California.
Lori L. Lohman (1990). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Christoffel Lombard (1996). Academic Coordinator, Namibia, Center for Global
Education. B.A., B.Th., University of Stellenbosch; M.Th., D.Th., University of
Western Cape.
J. Lynne E Lorenzen (1988). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa;
M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., The
Claremont Graduate School.
Dawn B. Ludwig (1995). Director, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A.,
University of Colorado-Denver; M.S., PA. Certification, University of Colorado
Health Science Center.
280 Augsburg College Faculty
Steven P. Lund 1982). Studio Artist~Trombone,part-time, Music. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith
College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ann Lutterrnan (1993). Academic Coordinator, Mexico, Center for Global Education. B.A.,
Earlham College; M.Div., Yale Divinity School.
Beth M. Mackey (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Indiana University.
Karen M. Mateer (1984). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota;
M.A., University of Iowa.
Esther G. McLaughlin (1989). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of
California-Berkeley
Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan
University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University.
Carter T. Meland (1998). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia J. Meyer (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Fekri Meziou (1987). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., University of Tunis; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Monem Meziou (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.B.A., Northern Arizona University.
Ernest Miel (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Minnesota; B.A.,
M.Ed., Macalester College.
Diane M. Mikkelson (1997). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., California
State University; M.A., California State University-Northridge.
Jeannette H. Milgrom (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Christian Social
Academy, Groningen, Netherlands; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Kinney G. Misterek (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A.,
University of Tennessee.
William B. Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M.Div.,
Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Thomas E Morgan (1983). Professor of Business Administration/ Accounting /MIS. B.S.,
Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
William D. Morris (1987). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Oakland
University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University.
Patricia A. (Patty) Murphy (1991). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.S., M.S., Mankato State University.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 281
Patricia E (Trish) Murphy (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Mount Mary
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
N
Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1968). Professor of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Jack Nelson-Pallmeyer (1984). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Union Theological Seminary,
Catherine C. Nicholl(1973). Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of
Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norbert Nielubowski (1997). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time, Music. Lane Technical High
School (music concentration); private study
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Professor of Nursing. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norma C . Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania;
M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
0
Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time, Music. B.A., Hamline University.
Susan E. O'Connor (1994). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Wayne L. Olhoft (1993). Assistant Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., Metropolitan State University; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen T. Olsen (1992). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
Lila J. Olson (1990). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Kansas;
M.M., University of Nebraska.
Vicki B. Olson (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Michael E. O'Neal (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of
Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jack Osberg (1991). Head Football Coach. Instructor, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College.
Paul H. Ousley (1993). Orchestra Director, Instructor of Music. B.M., University of
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.M., Eastrnan School of Music.
282 Augsburg College Faculty
-
P
'
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration/
AccountingfMIS. B.A., M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw;
Ph.D., Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sharon K. Patten (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Curtis Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute.
Richard W. Pearl (1992). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., College of St.
Thomas.
Dale C. Pederson (1992). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul E. Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., M.B.A., University of Wisconsin.
Rick A. Penning (1993). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M.,
University of Cincinnati.
William A. Perkins (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.A., University of Detroit.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
United Theological Seminary.
P a r - Pezechkian-Weinberg (1994). Assistant Professor of Modem Languages. B.A.,
National University, Tehran; M.A., University of Nice; Ph.D., U.C.L.A.
Joyce M. Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Clayton A. Pharr (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Claflin University;
M.S.W., Barry University.
Diane L. Pike (1981). Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale
University.
Michael D. Powers (1997). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.S., University of Minnesota.
Q
Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
R
Lany C. Ragland (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri
State College; Ph.D., University of Texas-Austin.
0. Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio ArtistIGuitar, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., University of
Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 283
Deborah L. Redmond (1981). Assistant Professor of Speech/Communication and Theatre
Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Susan E. Riley (1996). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A., Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley.
Mary K. Roberts (1994). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Mount Marty College;
M.A., University of St. Thomas.
John L. Rohwer (1997). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Concordia College-River Forest, IL; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ed.D.,
University of Northern Colorado.
Glenda D. Rooney (1992). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S., University of North
Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth A. Root (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.S.W., University of Wisconsin; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Dan Eagle Boy Rowe (1997). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A.,
Montana State University-Billings; M.A., Purdue University.
S
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia Hume Santa Coloma (1997). Academic Coordinator, Center for Global Education.
M.A., Instituto Norteamericano de Relaciones Culturales.
Mark L. Sateren (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
Merlyn E. Satrom (1995). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary; D.Th., Philipps-Universitat, Marburghhn,
Germany.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
John S. Schmit (1990). Assistant Professor of English. Paideia Program Director. B.S., St.
John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., University of Texas.
Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of
Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington.
Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Costume Designer, part-time, Speech/Communication and
Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., M.EA, University of Minnesota.
David G. Schwain (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.B.A., University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., Haward University.
Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accountingl
MIS. B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Texas
Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
284 Augsburg College Faculty
Timothy J. Shaw (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Mary's
College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Charles M. Sheaffer (1995). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.A., Metropolitan
State University; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ryan Rae Sheppard (1994). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., University of Southern California.
Deep Shikha (1991). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Delhi University, India; M.A.,
M.Ph., Delhi School of Economics; Ph.D., Louisiana State University.
Edward R. Skarnulis (1990). Professor of Social Work. B.A., Omaha University; M.S.W.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Roman Soto-Feliu (1993). Assistant Professor of Modem Languages. Profesorado en
Espafiol, Universidad de Concepcion, Chile; Ph.D., The Catholic University of
America.
Robert Spector (1997). Instructor, part-time, Chemistry. B.S., City College of New York;
PbD., University of Pennsylvania.
Richard J. Spratt (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Augsburg College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Assistant Professor of Music. Band and Jazz Director. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Clarice A. Staff (1995). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
D.S.W., Columbia University.
John J. Stangl (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Montana.
John F! Stein (1992). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A.,
University of Illinois.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting MIS.
B.S., M.S., Long Island University.
Jean R. Strait (1994). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.S.,
Moorhead State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., M.A., Boston University;
M.A., D.Th., Luther Seminary.
Grace K Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Professor of English. Interim Associate Dean for Student
Affairs. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
William Swenson (1989). Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. A.B., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Jeffrey T. Symstad (1997). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., St. John's University; M.S.,
University of Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 28s
T
Rose M. Theisen (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
A.A., Anoka-Rarnsey Community College; B.A., Augsburg College; M.B.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Karen Brown Thompson (1997). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., Georgetown
University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; MIA.,
University of Iowa.
Sonja K. Thompson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Minnesota;
M.M., The Juilliard School.
James V. Tolar (1997). Instructor, part-time, Philosophy. B.A., University of Texas-Pan
American; M.A., Bowling Green State University.
Mark D. Tranvik (1995). Assistant Prof-or
of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale
University; Th.D., Luther Seminary.
Cynthia K. Troy (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of CaliforniaSanta Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael E Troy (1997). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Lawrence University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
U-v
Rebekah N. Valdivia (1995). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of
Wisconsin; M.S., Ph.D., Washington State University.
John W. Van Cleve (1996). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Carleton
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
James A. Vela-McConnell (1997). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Loyola University;
Ph.D., Boston College.
David E. Venne (1992). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
Iowa State University.
Joseph M. Volker (1993). Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. B.A., University of
California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
W
Anthony R. ~ a g n e (1993).
r
Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Donald M. Warren (1980). Instructor, part-time. Director, Academic Enrichment. B.A.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
David B. Washington (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.A., B.L., J.D., University of Pittsburgh.
Charee M. Watters (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Org.L., College of St. Catherine; M.B.A.,
College of St. Thomas.
Rita R. Weisbrod (1991). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota; Ph.D., Cornell University.
286 Augsburg College Faculty
Pamela J. Weiss (1983). Associate Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of
Nebraska; M.P.H., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia E Weiss (1991). Associate Professor, part-time, Education. Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North CarolinaChapel Hill.
Barbara A. West (1997). Instructor of Education. Faculty Coordinator of Teacher
Placement Licensing. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.S., Syracuse University.
Jean H. Whalen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Gary S. Whitford (1994). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., University of WisconsinPlatteville; M.Div., Wartburg Theological Seminary; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Louise Williams (1984). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W.,
University of Pennsylvania.
Michael S. Wilson (1996). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Marcus A. Wing (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Moorhead State University;
M.S., Winona State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio ArtistISaxophone and Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St.
Olaf College.
Robert D. Wykstra (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., Calvin College; M.B.A., Western Michigan University.
Fidel Xinico (1995). Academic Coordinator, Guatemala, Center for Global Education.
B.A., Francisco Marroquin in Guatemala; M.Div., St. Paul Seminary, University of
St. Thomas.
Ruth Aaskov. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lyla M. Anderegg. Professor Emerita of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Barbara L. Andersen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Charles S. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of
Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological
Seminary.
Ernest W. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Anderson. Professor Emerita, Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College-Moorhead.
Raymond E. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. Magister der Philosophia,
University of Latvia.
Richard A. Borstad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Carl H. Chrislock. Professor Emeritus of History, B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., PbD.,
University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Radcliffe
College.
Robert W. Clyde. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford
College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Ailene H. Cole. Professor Emerita of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly C. Durkee. Professor Emerita of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Henry G. Follingstad. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.E.E., M.S., University of
Minnesota.
Jerry Gerasimo. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Orloue Gisselquist. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.E.E., M.S., Polytechnic Institute of
Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig. Artist-in-Residence Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edwina L. Hertzberg. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John R. Holum. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
288 Faculty Emeriti
Irene Khin Khin Jensen. Professor Emerita of History. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma;
M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Einar 0.Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Washington.
James D. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Music. M.S., Juilliard School of Music; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Mary E. "Mimi" Johnson. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., smith College;
M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Erwin D. Mickelberg. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Mildred "Mike" Mueller. Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., M.A., Cenmal Michigan
University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. BA., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Patricia A. Parker. Associate Academic Dean Emerita. B.A., Eastern Michigan University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lauretta E. Pelton. Professor Emerita of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University.
Philip A. Quanbeck, Sr. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Gunta Rozentals. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Marianne B. Sander. Dean of Students Emerita. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D.Mus.,
Lakeland College.
Edwin J. Saugestad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Marjorie H. Sibley. Professor Emerita, Library. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Eugene M. Skibbe. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther
Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany
Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Myles C. Stenshoel. Professor Emeritus of Political Science. B.A., Concordia CollegeMoorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Ralph L. Sulerud. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ith Avenue
S.
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
DIRECTIONS TO CAMPUS
PUBLIC PARKING
I-35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left
on Washington (curves right to become
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at Zlst Avenue South.
Street parking on campus is posted for
one-, two-, or four-hour limits. Pay
parking is available at the FairviewUniversity Medical Center across
Riverside Avenue. For major events on
campus during evenings and weekends,
parking is also available in the facultylstaff
and commuter lots.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn
left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 2lst Avenue South.
I-35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers). Take
25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside
Avenue. turn left at Zlst Avenue South.
A
C
About Augsburg 9, 267
Academic Advising Center 52
Academic Affairs 6, 64
Academic Calendar 4, 5, 50
Academic Information 50
Academic Internships 61
Academic Policies and Procedures 64
Academic Progress, Probation and
Dismissal 80
Academic and Learning Services 42
Academic Skills Enrichment 42
Accessibility 16
Accounting 98, 104-106
Accreditation and Memberships 10, 15, 16
Activities 40
Admissions 12, 18-22
Administrative Officers of the College 270
Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) 78
African American Student Services (see
Pan-Afrikan Student Services) 44
Air Structure 41
Alumni Center 12
American Indian Studies 43, 158-159
American Indian Student Services 43
American Sign Language 181
Anderson Hall 12, 47
Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field 12
Anishinabe Library Project 44
Application Procedures 18, 29
Arabic 180-181
Art 87-91
Art History 87, 90
Asian American Student Services (see Pan
Asian Student Services) 44
Asian Studies (see East Asian Studies) 120-121
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL)
Program 77
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) 57
Associated Support Organizations 14
Athletic Affiliation 16
Athletics 41
Audit Fee 24
Auditing Courses 77
Augsburg Echo 41
Augsburg Seminar 52, 69, 92
Augsburgian, The 41
Calendar 4, 5, 50
Campus Location 11, 16, 289-290
Campus Map 289-290
Campus Ministry 40
Campus Tours 18
Canadian Program 63
Career Services 62
Center for Global Education 12, 58, 166-167
Center for Global Education Courses 58-60,
166, 168-171
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student
Services (CLASS) 42
Center for Service, Work, and Learning 60
Chemistry 110-115
Chinese 180-181
Choir 41, 197, 204
Christensen Center 12
Class Confirmation 64
Class Schedule 84
Classification (Class Year) 77
Coaching Endorsement 149
College Costs 1998-99 24
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) 78
College of the Third Age 63
Commencement 81
Commons 47
Communication 255-258
Community and Public Service
Scholarships 31
Community Internships in Latin
America 60, 173
Community Service-Learning 61
Computational Economics 117
Computer Resources 51
Computer Science 116-119
Concert Band 41, 197, 204
Continuing Education Program 63
Cooperative Education 61
Counseling 45
Counseling and Health Promotion 45
Course Descriptions 84-266
Credits 84
Crime and Community Concentration
(Sociology) 251
B
Biology 93-97
Board of Regents 268-269
Books and Supplies 25
Business Administration 98-103
Business Administration and
Economics Major 100, 123
D
Dean's List 80
Degrees Offered 8, 15, 50
Departmental Comprehensive Exams 78
Departments and Programs 48, 84-266
Deposits 25,46
Development 6
Directory 6
Disabled Student Program 42
Index 293
Dismissal 80
Discrimination Complaints 48
Divisions and Departments 52
Dormitories 12, 46
Dual Degree Programs 54, 138-1 39
E
Early Admission of Freshmen 19
East Asian Studies 120-121
East European Studies 53, 54, 243-244
East Hall 12
Echo 41
Economics 92, 100, 122-126
Education 127-137
Education for Service 10
Elderhostel 63
Elementary Education 128-131
Employment 33, 60
Engineering 138-139
English 140-146
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Program 79
English Placement Test 141
English-Language Arts Teaching Major 141
Enrollment 16
Enrollment Deposit 25
Ensembles 197, 204
Entry-level Skills 69
Ethnic Studies 159
Evaluation and Grading 75
Evangelical Lutheran Church in America
(ELCA) 16, 269
Experiential Education Programs 60-61
Explanation of Grades 75
F
Facilities and Housing 12, 46
Facts and Figures 16
Faculty 16, 50, 271-286
Faculty Emeriti 287-288
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
(FERPA) 48, 81-82
Federal Work Study Program 33
Fees 24-25
Finance Specialization (Business
Administration) 100
Financial Aid 16, 28-33
Financial Policies 26-28
Fine Arts 41
Fitness Center 45
Food Service 47
Foreign Languages 75, 180-190
Former Students 21, 65
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama, and Communication 12
Four-Year Assurance Program 81
French 180, 181-183
Freshmen 18
C
Gage Family Academic Enrichment
Center 42
General Education Curriculum 66-71
General Education Requirements 66-71
General Studies 147
German 180,183-1 85
Gift Assistance 31-32
Global Education Center 12, 58, 166-167
Global Education Program
Courses 58-60, 166, 168-171
Grade Point Average 69, 77
Grading 75-77
Graduate Programs Office 64
Graduate Programs 62
Graduation Level Skills 70
Graduation Requirements 66-71
Graduation With Distinction 81
Grants 32
Gymnasium (Melby Hall) 13
H
Health and Physical Education 148-152
Health Promotion 45
Health Service 45
HECUA Courses 59-60, 171-174
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA) 57, 167
~is~anic/Latino
student Services Program
44
History 153-157
History of Augsburg College 9
Honors Program 56
Housing 12, 25, 46
Hoversten Peace Scholarships 31
I
Ice Arena 13
Incomplete Grade 76
Independent Studies 86
Information Technology Resources 51
Inter-Institutional Programs 56-57
Inter-Race 14
Intercollegiate Athletics 41
Interdisciplinary Studies 158-164
lnterim 50
lnterim Abroad 60
lnterim Office 64
lnternational Baccalaureate Program (IB) 77
lnternational Business Minor 101
lnternational Business Specialization
(Business Administration) 100
lnternational Partners 167
294 Index
lnternational Programs 46
lnternational Relations 165-166
lnternational Student Services 22
lnternational Students 46
lnternational Studies 166-174
Internships 61, 85
Intertribal Student Union 43
Intramural Athletics 41
J
Japanese 180, 186
K
MIS Courses 107-109
Mission Statement 9
Modern Languages 180-190
Mortensen Tower 13,43
Murphy Place 13
Murphy's 47
Music 191-205
Music Education Major 191, 194
Music Ensembles 197, 204
Music Hall 13
Music Performance Major 192, 195
Music Repertoire Tests 199
Music Therapy Major 192, 196, 203-204
KCMR Radio 41
L
Language Courses 180-190
Leadership Scholarships 31
Learning Disabilities Program 42
Learning Laboratory 42
Leave of Absence 65
Liberal Arts Perspectives 71-75
Library and Information Technology
Center 12, 16, 51, 56
Licensure Veaching) 54
Lifetime Sports 71
Lindell Library 12, 51
Linguistics 186
Loan Assistance 32-33
Location 11-12, 289-290
Lutheran Leader Scholarships 31
M
Majors and Minors 8, 53-54, 84-266
Management Information Systems 107-109
Management Specialization (Business
Administration) 100
Maps 289,290
Marketing Specialization (Business
Administration) 100
Mastefs Degrees 50, 62
Math Placement Group (MPG) 70
Mathematics 175-179
Medical Refund 28
Melby Hall 13
Memberships 15, 16
Memorial Hall 13
Merit Scholarships 30
Metro-Urban Studies 160-161
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership (MNITTP) 43
Minnesota Minority Education Partnership
(MMEP) 14
Minnesota Work Study Program 33
Minority Studies 158-164
Minors 54, 84-266
N
Natural Science 206-207
No-Credit Grades 75
Nordic Area Studies 162-164
Nordic Center 14
Norwegian 180, 186-187
Notification of Admissions Decision 18
Number Grades 76
Numbering of Courses 78
Nursing 208-21 1
0
Off-Campus Programs 16
Officers of the College 270
Ojibwe 180, 188
Old Main 13
Orchestra 41, 197, 204
Orientation (AUG) 52, 69, 92
p,
Q
Paired Resources in Ministry and
Education (PRIME) Awards 30
Pan-Afrikan Student Services 44
Pan Asian Student Services 44
Part-Time Students 24
PassINo Credit 75-76
Pastor 40
Payments 26
Performance Studies 197, 205
Performing Arts Scholarships 31
Perspective Requirements 66, 71-75
Perspectives (Rationale) 71-73
Philosophy 212-215
Phi Theta Kappa Scholarships 30
Physical Disabilities Program 42
Physical Education 148-152
Physical Science Teaching Licensure 111
Physician Assistant Program 216-220
Physics 221-225
Piano Proficiency Test 199
Policies 14, 16, 47, 81, 291
-
Index 295
Political Science 226-231
Portfolio Assessment Program 78-79
Pre-Professional Programs 55-56
Pre-Registration 64
Prerequisites 84
President's Greeting 2
President's Scholarships 30
Probation 80
P~ychology232-236
Public Relations and Communication 13
R
Refunds 26-28
Regents 268-269
Regents' Scholarships 30
Registration 64
Religion 237-242
Religious Affiliation 16
Residence Life Program (see also
Housing) 46-47
Residence Requirements 69
Room and Board 24
ROTC 57
Russian 180, 188
Russian, Central, and East European Studies
243-244
5
Scandinavian Studies 162-164
Scandinavian Urban Studies 59, 171-1 72
Scholarships 30-31, 34-38
School Year 4, 5, 16
Science Hall 13
Secondary Education 131-1 35
Service-Learning 61
Sigma Pi Sigma 223
Skills Requirements 69-70
Social, Cultural, Recreational Activities 40
Social Studies 245
Social Welfare Minor 247
Social Work 246-250
Society of Physics Students 223
Sociology 251-254
Space Physics 222
Spanish 188-190
Special Education 137
Special Interest Housing 47
Special Students (Non-Degree) 21
Speech/Communication and
Theatre Arts 255-262
Sponsored Scholarships 34-38
Sports 41
StepUP Program 43
Student Activities 40
Student Affairs (see Academic
and Learning Services) 42
Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) 33
Student/Faculty Ratio 16
Student Government 40
Student Life 40-48
Student Newspaper 41
Student Project for Amity Among Nations
(SPAN) 16
Student Publications 41
Student Rights 47, 48
Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints,
Records 47
Student Teaching Abroad 60, 127
Studio Art 87-90
Study Abroad 57-60, 166-174
Summer School Office 64
Support Programs 4 3 4 4
Sverdrup Hall 13
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 13
T
Teaching Licensure (see also Majors)
54, 127, 128, 131,132
Test Scores 18
Theatre Arts 259-262
Transcripts 18
Transfer Scholarships 30
Transfer Students 19-21, 66-67, 70
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 24-25
Tutor Center 42
u
Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural
Education (UMAIE) 16
Urban Studies 161-162
Urness Tower 13, 47
v
Veterans 81
W
Weekend College 62
Withdrawal From College 28, 65
Women's Hockey 41
Women's Studies 263-266
Work Study Program 33
x, y, z
Yearbook 41
Youth and Family Institute 14
Youth and Family Ministry Major 237-238
Show less
.................... . 2
Options ..................... . 4
Visiting Students. ............... 5
Calendar. ....................... 6
About This Catalog. ................ 7
Interim Courses ...................8
Lifetime Sports. ................. . 4 4
Interim Abroad .................. 4 5
Othe... Show more
.................... . 2
Options ..................... . 4
Visiting Students. ............... 5
Calendar. ....................... 6
About This Catalog. ................ 7
Interim Courses ...................8
Lifetime Sports. ................. . 4 4
Interim Abroad .................. 4 5
Other Courses .................. . 4 7
Introduction.
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and
spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term.
Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a
single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of
time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should
be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and
should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of
study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 '12
weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is
expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their
courses. Students can register for only one course
credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on
the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
students must select which is most appropriate for their
needs. Students registering for upper division credit should
anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel
requirements, have additional fees associated with them.
These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change
and students should check with the instructor to verify the
final costs.
Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits
for graduation. This course total must include two Interims
for students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Freshmen
are required to take an Interim course their first year. A
maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted
toward the 33 course credits required for graduation.
Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit
evaluation form or consult the registrar for the number
of Interim courses required.
Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a
total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full-time, they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a
cross registration but will be charged day school tuition ($1,564)
per course credit. If they do so they may take only 1.0 additional
course credits in Weekend College for winter trimester.
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis
of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its
education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic
and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is
a bonafide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is conimitted to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students.
Any questions concerningAugsburgs compliance with fideral or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Lora Steil,
affirmative action coordinator, Ofice of Human Resources, CB 79,Augsburg
College, 2211 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454. She can be reached by
telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail, ateil@augsburg.edu>.
Options
International Interim-Students are invited to participate in
the international Interim courses offered by the Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE)
and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on
page 45. Some courses have early registration deadlines.
Internships deadline-Friday, December 11. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmental requirements and present
a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first
day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are
available in the same office. Internships during Interim must
involve full-time work placements for approximately four
weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students
may elect a program of independent study (upper division
499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed
study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and
the directedlindependent study registration form.
These forms must be submitted by December 1.
Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can
be obtained in the Office of the Registrar.
Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4- 1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available
in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other
ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other
4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may
not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general
education requirements.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4
schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge
tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver
of tuition does not include special fees, housing, or board
costs. Other students will be charged $1,564 for the Interim
course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg
Interim should write to the Office of the Registrar for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at
their own school. There is an application processing fee of
$10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not
required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be
made to the Office of Residence Life.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor
visiting students may register for 199,299,399, or 499 courses.
Interim Calendar 1999
November 16 to December 4 . .........Interim registration
January 4 . ......................... First day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day)
Time 11-1:15 p.m.
January 5
............ Last day to register or add a class or
cancel a class without a notation
January 15. .................... Last day for determining
grading option with registrar
January 15 ......... Last day for withdrawing from courses
.............................. Interim ends
February 1 ......................Spring semester begins
February 5 ............... Interim grades due to registrar
January 27
The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The
daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 (Note: on the first day, Time I
classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:15 p.m.-5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg
with a special convocation on Monday, January 18, at 1:00 p.m.
Afternoon classes begin following the convocation.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not
offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim
credit. Additional descriptions and information about these
courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 226.
Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed
at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are
marked with an airplane.
+
For More Information
For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the
Interim Office at (612) 330-1 150.
Accounting
See listing under Business, pg. 9.
Introduction to Drawing in Architecture
ART 100-J
lnstructor: Staff
This course develops basic skills involved ,in perceiving and
representing the material environment. Sketching and drawing conventions are employed to study visual phenomena
and forms.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: Ii
Room: Old Main 17
Tribal Arts And Culture
ART 290-J
Instructor: Steve Chapman
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through
the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Other
content includes poetry, dance, mythology, ritual, religion,
and drama of many American Indian tribes. Students will
produce various art projects in weaving, basket making, pottery, sculpture, or prints.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: Ii
Room: Old Main 4
Seeds of Change
BIO 145-J
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
We will use a few historically, economically, and medically
important plants to study some of the ways in which humans
and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not
only at the b0tto.m of our food chain but also play a part in
non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g., medicines,
fibers, dyes) or indirectly (e.g., how food crises have influenced human migrations). We will study the uses, biology,
natural history, and classification of several important plants.
Evaluation will be based on three or four 40-minute exams,
several quizzes, and an oral presentation.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Internal Audit and
Management Consulting
ACC 424-J
Instructor: Stuart Stoller
Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using
techniques discussed in accounting, finance, management,
marketing, and MIS, we examine a business' internal control
systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the
traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and
discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, "just-in-time" philosophy, efficiency improvement
techniques, disaster recovery planning, and report writing.
Students will be evaluated by classroom quizzes, a project,
and final examination.
Prerequisites: ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379
Graduation Skill Requirements: Speaking, Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
Advanced Computing for Business
MIS 370-J
Instructor: Wayne Olhoft
Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web
pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of
relational databases for advanced queries, forms, and reports.
Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a
few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort
on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooperation
with fellow students in learning to apply concepts is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the willingness
to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool.
Prerequisite: MIS 175, CSC 170, consent of the inslructo~or Math Placemenl Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Lindell I6
International Business in French
and English
BUS 295/495-J
FRE 295/495-J
Instructors: Magda Paleczny-Zapp and Paty Pezechkian- Weinberg
This course focuses on opportunities and challenges of doing
business in the enlarged European Union and is designed to
give you the skills and the cultural insights needed to do business in French and with the members of the European community. Through the study of governmental agencies, management, marketing, and media, we will discuss and analyze some
of the hottest issues of the European business world today. This
course provides the appreciation of cultural differences and
world-view perspectives and offers the opportunities to discover professional vocabulary usually not covered in a language
class. It will help you gain a better comprehension of the sociocultural, economic and political structures of France as com-
pared to those in the U.S.Students are required to read and
prepare assigned articles (in French and English) at home for
class discussions. You will be required to prepare two presentations (one in French) of 10 minutes each on a related subject. You will be assigned translations and case studies to be
performed in class and at home, and to write commentary (in
French and English) on articles. No final exam.
Prerequisites: Business 362 and French 21 1 or consent of the instructors.
Maximum enrollmenl: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
BUS 368-J
Instructor: Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a
cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed
involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and
readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Evaluation will be
based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and mid-term and final examinations. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or
minoring in international business or any field of business
administration, as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students
who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this
course.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consenl of the instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: IntercuNural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Introduction to Polymer Chemistry
and American Plastic
CHM 104-J
Instructor: Ron Fedie
Previously there was the Stone Age, Iron Age, and Bronze Age.
Now we live in the Age of Plastics. Without this innovative
technology, life as we know it would be much different. The
variety of polymer molecules and their properties make up
various plastics. Through chemistry the variations are endless.
Many items and materials such as coatings, adhesives,
leisure/sports equipment, construction supplies, automobile
parts, clothes, medical supplies, cosmetics, and others used
every day come from different polymer molecules. In this
course we will explore and discuss the world of polymer
chemistry with a special focus on plastic. There are both synthetic and natural polymers. Most plastics come from synthesized polymers found in "plastic" wrap and trash bags. A
common natural polymer, polyisoprene, is collected from the
sap of rubber tree-golf balls and latex gloves are just two of
its popular uses. The class will also focus on the book
American Plastic: A Cultural History by Jeffrey Meikle.
Themes from the book, the different types of polymers used,
and recent themes such as the recycling of plastics will be
discussed. There will be supplemental handouts on some of
the important natural polymers not covered in the book.
There will be labs in which some polymer molecules will be
made and the various properties will be explored. This will
help to give a hands-on experience with the seemingly unlimited possibilities of properties in these long chain molecules.
Prerequisite:Malh Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Natural World 1 or 2
Maximum Enmllmenl: 25
Time: I1
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Computer Science and
Communications
CSC 160-J
Instructor: Larry Ragland
This course introduces the major areas of computer science
and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms,
algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating
systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory
of computation, mathematical foundations of computer
science, Turing machines, computer communications and the
Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation.
This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will
be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a
course in computer applications or how to use computers,
although we may touch on these topics.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 212
Economics of Urban Issues
ECO 110-J
Instructor: Satya Gupta
Study of economic implications of the many problems facing
a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination,
education, etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be
developed in class. This is a basic course designed for those
students who do not plan to major in economics, business
administration, accounting, or MIS. Three objective examinations.
Liberal Arts Perspective: City or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
Contemporary Economic Issues
EGO 195-J
lnstructor: Jeanne Boeh
This course will focus on using the basic tools of economic
analysis to analyze current policy questions. The course will
emphasize the skills of critical thinking and speaking.
Students will read articles presenting at least two sides of an
issue. Classroom and out-of-classroom assignments will be
geared toward developing thinking skills necessary to evaluate
policy positions. This course does not serve as a substitute for
either Economics 112 or 113. Course grade will be based on
two in-class tests, assignments, and participation.
Prerequisite: Student must have passed Critical Thinking assessment or have
successfully completed GST 100.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
International Education
EDU 353-J
lnstructor: Rich Germundsen
This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central
American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves so that we can
understand and participate in the emerging global society.
There will be lectures, discussions, and presentations by students and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on
class presentations and investigative projects.
Liberal Arls Perspective: Social World 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 15
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 17
Practicum and Seminar in Special
Education
EDU 491-J
Instructor: Susan OJConnor
A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take
this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.
Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well
as written and reading assignments.
Prerequisite: EOU 282, completion of courses for special education minor,
or consent of instructo~
Maximum Enrollmenf: 9 (This course involves fieldworksupe~isionfor the faculty member)
Time: 11
Room: Sverdrup 4
American Dialects: Differences and
Attitudes
ENG 219-J
Instructor: John Schmit
Language plays an important role in our socialization and
acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and
tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social
and economical standing and our cultural background. For
this reason we should expect women to speak differently from
men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone
from a different background to have differences of language.
Even more importantly, we must understand these differences
in order to make sure that we understand speakers from different language communitites. This course will examine the
dialects of various English-speaking communities and attempt
to describe and understand their rules of speech: their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and their rules on discourse.
It will include lectures, student presentations, and student-led
discussions. Besides presenting a topic, students will write a
paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
Topics: Introduction to Asian
American Literature
ENG 282/382-1
Instructor: Joan Thompson
In an essay about multicultural American literature, Walter J.
Ong writes that "literature is organized experience and consciousness. Since cultures organize experience and consciousness variously, the study of the literature of another culture
opens new vistas both into the exterior world and into the
human heart." This course will explore some of these vistas
through readings and discussions of nonfiction works, poetry,
short stories, a play, and a novel by Asian American authors.
Some ideas the writers take as subjects through their art
include definitions of an Asian American voice, explorations of
cultural and individual identity, visions of community, and
coming of age. Class sessions will include discussion of the
historical and social contexts that influence the writers studied.
In addition to the reading, students will view at least one Asian
American film and possibly attend a relevant performance or
reading. Course grades will be based on reading journal, a
short paper, a final exam, class attendance, and participation.
Upper division students will read an additional novel and
write a research-based paper on it.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maxium Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
Topics: The Heroic Journey
ENG 282-J
Instructor: Joan Griffin
"The hero:' says Joseph Campbell, "is the man or woman who
has been able to battle past his personal and local historical
limitations to the generally valid, normally human forms."
This struggle, the heroic journey, is a quest for wholeness, for
harmony with oneself, one's society, and even the universe.
The journey may be physical, moral, psychological, or spiritual, but it always concludes with the regeneration of the hero
and/or the redemption of the hero's society. This course will
study archetypal patterns of the heroic journey as well as specific examples of such journeys, emphasizing the work of
Joseph Campbell, but also citing studies of the hero by Lord
Ragland, Carol Pearson, and Richard Slotkin, among others.
We will note that major heroic genres in western traditionthe epic and romance-almost always assume that the hero is
usually a warrior and aristocrat. Thus we will analyze typical
elements of the heroic warrior myth as depicted in ancient
and medieval epics and romances, but will also pay particular
attention to its appearance in contemporary American popular narratives. We will consider the implications of the enduring popularity of this rendition of the heroic journey. The
heroic journey, however, is a human journey, and thus the
course will also emphasize the heroic journeys of women as
well as of men who may be neither aristocratic nor warriors.
As a lower division literature course, ENG 282 does not
assume that the student is proficient in literary analysis.
Rather the course will help students develop analytic and critical reading, thinking, and writing abilities. Course requirements: There will be 15 class meetings, each lasting three to
four hours. Course grades are based on class attendance and
participation as well as on daily writing and formal papers. If
you must miss more than one or two classes or frequently
leave class early, you should not take this course.
Prerequisite: ENG 111 recommended but not required
Liberal Ads Perspective: Western Heritage 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 213
School Health Curriculum
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 320-J
lnstructor: John Rohwer
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon
growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units
in nutrition and diseases. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisile: HPE 110
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I -M, bl! and alternale F (1/4, 1/6, 1111, 1/13, 1/15, 1/18, 1/20, 1/25, 1/27)
Room: Melby 202
Administration and Supervision of
School Health Program
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 410-J
Instructor: John Rohwer
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and
relationships to community health programs and resources.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisite: HPE 110
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: 1-6Th, and allernate F (1/5, 1/7, 118, 1/12, 1/14, 1/19, 1/21, 1/22, 1/26)
Room: Melby 202
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-J
lnstructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will
take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student
will live aboard a 43'46' f~ed-keelsailboat with five to six
other people and will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the
course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and
cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling
and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin
Islands in January.
The course cost is $2,950, which includes airfare for Augsburg
day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to
pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in
order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY.
Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff,
Melby Hall 12 1, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with
deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given.
Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education department,
(612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper division
Maximum Enrollment: 10 (a wailing list will be kept after the original 10 spols are filled)
Topics in World Histo :
History by Hollywoo
IT
HIS 195-J
Instructor: Rick Nelson
How accurate is our understanding of the past? How do we
attempt to secure that understanding? Why is history biased?
Can there be history without bias? Should history have entertainment as a goal? These questions, and others, form the basis
for an inquiry into the writing of history and the portrayal of
historical characters, events, and themes depicted in the cinema. Filmmakers have presented history in ways ranging from
the mundane to the sublime. In this course we will view
selected films and through readings, lectures, and discussions
examine some of the successes and failures of "History by
Hollywood." This course is intended for first-year students.
Others may enroll with permission.
Prerequisite: One history course or consent of instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Lindelll6
Shaping Human Reality:
Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things
INS 240-J/440-J
Instructor Jose Bourget
This course offers an open, fun, and adventurous environment for exploring how culture shapes human reality.
Intercultural principles are studied in the context of personal,
national, and global differences. Students identify the factors
that shape their ways of seeing the world and, through experiential activities, discover how similar factors help shape distinctive ways of seeing the world among those who are culturally different. Specific cross-cultural competencies are then
presented to help students embrace a diverse and complex
world. In addition to required readings, students will be evaluated on the basis of a journal (15 percent), completion and
analysis of a self-assessment questionnaire (15 percent),
writing of critical incidents (20 percent) and culture-specific
reports (20 percent), and daily quizzes (30 percent).
Liberal Arts Perspectives: Intercultural Awareness 1 or Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 20
Literacy in the City:
Service-Learning Externship
INS 298-J
Instructor: Garry Hesser
The course, taught by the experiential education staff, will
explore literacy in the city. Students will work in groups at
least two days a week at one of the four literacy centers close
to campus. A twice-weekly seminar will focus on current
issues in literacy through readings, guest speakers, films, and
reflection exercises. Students will complete short seminar
exercises, set team externship goals, keep individual journals,
and make a final group presentation.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
Work in the City:
Career Exploration Externship
INS 298-K
Instructors: Lois Olson and Lynda Olson
Discover the world of work in the city. This course introduces
students to the nature of work, its role and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format will focus on work as
viewed by this generation and the requirements to succeed
both now and in the future. Special emphasis will be on selfdiscovery learning activities, visits to Twin Cities businesses
and community organizations, and panels of professionals.
Students will keep an individual journal, write a 2-3 page
integrative paper and give a final class presentation.
This course is intended to help students make the connections
between their interests and abilities, their education, and the
work world. If you are an Augsburg freshman, you won't want
to miss this hands-on experience for understanding organizations that are part of the city and why and how they function.
Liberal Ads Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Native American Storytelling
INS 495-J
Instructor: Staff
The objective of the course is to study Native American storytelling from a cultural perspective. An appreciation of oral
traditions will be emphasized and studied within the broader
context of world mythologies. Students will learn how the art
of storytelling is an integral component of the story content.
Students will be expected to perform storytelling and to
research the various tribal storytelling traditions. Students will
be evaluated on their knowledge of Native American storytelling and their ability to demonstrate the art of storytelling.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Management Information Systems (MIS)
See listing under Business, pg. 10
Finite Mathematics
MAT 121-J
Instructor: Anthony Dunlop
How were the resources effectively allocated to the battlefields
in Europe during World War II? Did you know that one of the
first applications, other than gambling, of probability theory
was in genetics-n
the questions of whether the recessive
genotypes would eventually die out? How do we build the most
cost-effective telecommunication network of satellites given the
cost factors between pairs of satellites? The above questions are
from the main topics to be discussed in this course: linear programming, counting and probability, and graph theory. The
format of each session will be a combination of small-group
activities and lecture. You will be evaluated by methods such as
class participation, quizzes, and exams. Finite Mathematics is
intended for students in Math Placement Group 3 or higher
who need a course in Quantitative Reasoning or who are interested in MIS and lor computer science.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Graduation Skill Requirement: QuantitativeReasoning
Elective foc MIS major, economics major
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 208
Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
MAT 131-J
Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia
An examination of the interaction between the development
of mathematics and that of civilization. Course activities will
include a balance of doing mathematics and exploring historical and cultural aspects of mathematics. Evaluation will
include projects, essays, homework, and exams.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage 1 or 2
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 18
Time: I
Room: Science 108
Math of Interest
MAT 173-J
Instructor: Ken Kaminsky
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or
car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to
have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be
based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or 4 or consent of instructor
Graduation Skill Requirement: OuantilativeReasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 212
International Business in French
and English
FRE 295/495-J
BUS 295/495-J
Instructors: Magda Paleczny-Zapp and Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg
See course information listed under BUS 2951495-J, pg.10.
Beginning Norwegian I
NOR I l l - J
Instructor Staff
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening,
reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses
on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use
of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based
on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 213
Beginning Russian
RUS I l l - J
lnstructoc John Van Cleve
So where else in this booklet are you going to find a course
that spends a third of Interim on the alphabet? It's got four
more letters than ours, but some of the letters are the same.
There is just one new sound-the same "r" that's in Spanish.
The alphabet that features a backwards "R" and an "H"that
morphs into an "0"gets a lot of use in international business,
in science, and in the arts. More Europeans speak Russian
natively than any other language: 170 million native speakers.
The course will hit vocabulary, sentence structure, communication, and culture-like any other foreign-language course
on campus. And that alphabet means you'll be giggling all the
time.
Liberal Ads Perspective: lnlercullural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Spanish and Latin-American
Culture Through Film
SPA 248-J
lnstructoc Romin Soto
An introduction to the main cultural and political issues
(social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language,
exile, or immigration) that characterized contemporary
Spanish and Latin-American societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the
viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented with brief readings and audio-visual materials on the
historic, literary, and social aspects that contribute to the
background of these films. Most of the films are in Spanish
with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The
evaluation is based on class participation; brief weekly, writting assignments; and a short term paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: lnlercullural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 23
*
Topics: Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS 179-1
See page 48.
Topics: Sounds and Sights of China
MUS 2954
Instructor: Robert Karlen
Music, art, and architecture, as expressions of Chinese culture
over its 5,000-year history, will be examined, studied, and
experienced in four of the most important cities of China.
While lectures and required readings will provide basic factual
material, students will be able to experience Chinese music in
concerts and opera performances, examine many forms of art
works in museums, and observe Chinese principles of architecture expressed in palaces, temples, pagodas, gateways, and public builidings. There will be opportunities to informally meet
English-speaking musicians and artists.
Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the museums. Students will listen critically to concerts of musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships among the various
art mediums come to life through these experiences. There is
also ample time for independent exploration. Evaluation is
based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily professional journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and
exams over material covered.
Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, daily continental breakfast, four group meals, and
tickets to five cultural performances.
Registration for this Interim course must be made before
November 10 at the International Programs Office, CB 307,
Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN
55454. Offered on a PIN basis only. A meeting will be held at
Augsburg College on Saturday, November 21. For more information you may call Cynthia Truitt Lynch, (612) 330-1650.
Maximum Enrollment: 20-25
Survey of Rock History and
Musical Style, 195 1 1971
-
MUS 204-J
Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s)
and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the
historical background, musical content, and methods of
selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on
class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a
group performance project. For non-music majors.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
Seminar: Printing Music
at the Computer
MUS 295-J
Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen
The program Finale will be explored. This computer program
makes it possible for music students to generate professionallevel musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the
end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the
computer.
Prerequisite: Note-reading abilily
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss Mac Classroom
Introduction to Music Theatre
Performance
MUS 235-J/THR 235-J
Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Martha Johnson
This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by music and
theatre faculty. The goal will be to integrate training and performance techniques from music and theatre to help students
gain knowledge, experience, and skills in various genres of
music theatre (musicals, opera, plays involving singing and
music, and new music theatre). The course will also explore
the power of music theatre that links it with ritual, ceremony,
and spiritual tradition. Another goal of the course is to give
students the opportunity to increase their level of comfort
and skill on stage. The course will culminate in a public performance of scenes from music theatre. Grading will be based
on student scenelrole research, class and rehearsal commitment, and final performance. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate material can be
assigned to them. Students of all levels are welcome to take
this course.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollmenl: 25
Time: I1
Room: Saleren Auditorium
f
Topic: History of Caribbean Music
Studied in Miami and Jamaica
(UMAIE Course)
MUS 295-K
Instructor: Robert Stacke
Miami and Jamaica are considered the centers of Caribbean
music, where composition, recording, and world distribution
take place. The goal of this 19-day seminar is to examine and
reflect on historical, socio-political, and religious aspects of
Caribbean music. Caribbean musical forms, such as reggae
and salsa, have long been popular and effective means of
expressing cultural difference and social discontent, particularly for those with African heritage. This course will explore
the world of Caribbean music through visits to recording studios, clubs where Caribbean music is performed, and neighborhoods that brought about this music. Also studied in
depth will be social issues that have influenced music like reggae. Cities to be visited are Miami; and Montego Bay, Negrel,
and Kingston in Jamaica.
Cost is $2,460, which includes all travel, accommodations,
breakfast, and tuition. Evaluation will be done on attendance
at all sessions, keeping a journal, and a final project with
an explanation paper. This is open to all students, not just
music majors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
The Philosophy of Socrates
PHI 231-J
Instructor: David Appolloni
We shall examine the historical and intellectual background
of Socrates and what our sources allow us to say about his
person and teachings. We shall clari@and critically examine
Socrates' key teachings: that virtue is a form of knowledge and
that all virtues are somehow one; that evil is ignorance;
whether or not virtue can be taught; that it is impossible for a
wrong doer to be happy; and that being a citizen requires
obedience to the state's laws, even if this means accepting
one's own death. There will be take-home written assignments and weekly quizzes.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
Meister Eckhart: Mystic and
Philosopher
PHI 295-J
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
An in-depth study of the mystical writings of the medieval
mystic and philosopher, Meister Eckhart. His writings will be
studied with an attempt made to relate his ideas on God to
the soul and the world. The last week of the course we will
spend in retreat in a lodge on Lake Superior where evening
sessions will be devoted to students presenting their meditations on the topics covered in the course.
Prerequisite: Wrilten permission of professor
Graduation Skill Requirement: Wriling
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Sclence 319
Topics: Ethical Issues in Medicine and
Biology
PHI 4 10-J
Instructor Bruce Reichenbach
Conducted as a seminar, the course will focus on the relation
of science and ethics and on diverse ethical structures. Using
ethical models, it will address such topics as the environment
and species preservation, artificial reproduction, genetic engineering and cloning, technology, and mindlbrain identity.
Students will be evaluated with tests, papers, and a presentation.
Prerequisite: Preferably a course in philosophy
GraduationSkill Requirement: Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Anderson Seminar Room
Spreadsheet Physics
PHY 151-J
Instructor Jeffrey Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123, Excel) have been used extensively
in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using high-powered
mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an
expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Excel to solve problems in a wide variety
of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion.
This is also a fun way to learn spreadsheets, which have
become very useful in the home. Grading will be based on
spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequisile: Malh Placemenl Gmup 3
Gradualion Skill Requiremenl: (luantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss 42
Social Justice in America
POL 140-J
Instructor Andrew Aoki
Students develop and defend their own standards of social
justice, using those standards to assess conditions in urban
America. Substantial participation in class discussions
required. Course has two goals: developing student thinking
about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts
between justice and other values; and increasing student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other
central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in
discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6 page)
papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed time
frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of material
covered on the first day of class, no one will be admitted to
the class who does not attend the first day of class, unless
receiving prior permission of the instructor.
Liberal Ads Perspective: The Cily
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Topics: Constitutional Ideals
and Legal Realities
POL 195-J
Instructor Andrew Kurvers Spalding
What are the principles of freedom and justice embedded in
the American political system? And how have those principles
been realized in modern constitutional law? In the course, we
will begin by studying the ideas of human nature, liberty, and
good government that informed the framing of the U.S.
Constitution. We will then consider certain important and
controversial cases of the U.S. Supreme Court. Touching on
issues such as free speech, separation of powers, and racial
equality, we will discuss the extent to which the United States
has succeeded in protecting the rights of all citizens.
Requirements will include class participation, two very short
papers, and a final exam.
Maximum Enrollment:25
Time: I
Room: Science 315
International Negotiations
POL 295-J
Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady
The course will examine the dynamics and challeges of resolving international disputes through negotiation and diplomacy. It will involve extensive use of role playing and simulation
and prepare students for participation in the national Model
United Nations conference. Students will be evaluated on the
basis of their performance, on participation, midterm and
final exam, and "position papers" they will complete in preparation for participation in the Model UN conference.
Prerequisite: POL 160 or permission of instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 208
Principles of Psychology
PSY 105-J
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations
are emphasized. Evaluation will be based on means of two
tests and two lab reports.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
Psychology and Law
PSY 335-J
Instructor: Nancy Steblay
Application of psychological principles and research methodology to legal processes and issues. The course emphasizes
three content areas: eyewitness issues (such as lineup and
interview procedures), courtroom procedures (jury selection,
jury decision-making, pretrial publicity), and psychological
profiles of offenders and victims. Grades will be based on
exams and one paper.
Prerequisite: PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: 11
Room: Old Main 25
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 370-J
Instructor Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of
the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will
be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and
society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted
as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and
participation. Attendance at each class session is required.
Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short
papers, and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent
word processing will be required.
Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert
Coles before the start of the Interim. Library reference work
will be a part of the course process. Offered only on P/N basis.
Prerequisite: PSY 101, PSY 102, or PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Basics in Youth and Family Ministry
REL 235-J
Instructor: Richard Hardel
This course will provide students with the history and development of youth and family ministry in the U.S. It will provide
students with basic skills and understanding for designing an
effective youth and family ministry in a congregation. Students
will study the latest research on children, youth, and families
from Search Institute and learn the new paradigm of home and
congregation in partnership for teaching and nurturing faith.
They will learn the latest conceptual model of a holistic
approach to youth and family ministry.
Prerequisite: REL 111 or 221
Maximum Enrollmenl: 40
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 100
Religions of China and Japan
REL 373-J
Instructor: John Benson
This course will study the historical development of the chief religions of China and Japan: Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and
Shinto. The approach will be both cultural and literary, paying
attention to texts, rituals, and the various arts of these two traditions. Some attention will also be given to the those East Asian
religions that have migrated to the United States and are present
today in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. Class meetings will include
lectures, audio-visuals, and some organized group discussions.
There will be a guest lecture by a practitioner of Zen Buddhist
meditation, one by a representative of the Nichiren Shoshu group
in St. Paul, and a trip to the Minneapolis Museum of Art. Assigned
work will include daily textbook readings, two short (1-2 page)
papers, and preparation of a book review to be written and presented to the class at the end of the Interim. In addition, there will
be two one-hour tests of the short-answer type, using review questions, one at the mid-point of course, and one at the end.
Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Ads Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollmenl: 30
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
Varieties of Christian Spirituality
REL 440-J
Instructor Janelle Bussert
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition
and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological, and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality,
especially prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include
quizzes, experiential journals, class presentation, and a final
paper.
Prerequisite: Religion 1 11, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 111
The Bible: Language and
Interpretation
REL 445-J
Instructor Phil Ouanbeck I1
A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The
importance of recognizing the varied character of language
for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on
class participation, two presentations to the class, and an
examination.
Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
Exploring Human Services
SWK 257-1
SWK 257-J
Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in
a service agency or institution that they select. The placement
must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency
staff. The course is designed to help students learn about
themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in
the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that
assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings
that explore the historical development of social welfare as an
institution and the nature and value system of social work as
a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact
diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own
responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal
value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty
and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students
at the close of Interim registration.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections
Time: I
Room: Foss 21 A and B
Field Work I: Integrative Seminar
S WK 307-J
Instructor: Mike Schock
Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of
supervised professional experience in a social work agency.
This small group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this
placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves
as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course
provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing
on generalist practice with individuals.
Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306
Graduation Skill Requirement: Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Murphy 111
Field Work Ill
SWK 466-1 (variable 1.0 credit or 0.5 credit)
Instructor Maria Dinis
This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the
0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service
agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will
be evaluated by: (1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating
course content with work setting, (2) attendancelparticipation, and (3) field site supervisor's evaluation.
Prerequisite: S WK 462
Maximum Enrollment: open
Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a time)
Room: Old Main 21
Human Community and
the Modern Metropolis
soc 21 1-J
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience
of the community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for
a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in
a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition,
class participation and a final examination will be bases for
evaluating performance in the course.
Liberal Ads Perspective: The Cify
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: 1
Room: Music 24
Topics: Cultures of Violence
SOC 295-J
Instructor: James Vela-McConnell
Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide.
Domestic abuse and terrorism. What are the dynamics underlying these and other forms of violence? What do they have in
common? How do they differ? This course takes violence in its
many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes
with an examination of non-violent alternatives. With this in
mind, we will compare different theoretical perspectives on
violence, such as psychological, social psychological, and
socio-cultural perspectives. The course will involve a combination of lecture and discussion based on readings and videos,
debate of current issues in the field, and guest speakers from
and field trips to local organizations dealing with problems of
violence. Students will be expected to research, write about,
and present on the sociological dimensions of a particular
form of violence. In addition, there will be short reaction
papers based on the readings, and classroom participation will
be an important part of grading.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
The Fun and Challenge of Advanced
Public Speaking
SPC 295-J
Instructor: Robeit C. Groven
Are you tired of courses where you listen to lecture and read
volumes day after day? Did you just start to get good at public
speaking when your class ended? This class will focus on
sharpening your public speaking skills by using intensive
practice techniques and participating in extracurricular
speech tournaments. These tournaments are a fun and exciting opportunity to learn public speaking by doing. Students
will write, perform, and compete in a variety of speech events.
Most class time will focus on the nuts and bolts of assembling
speeches for competition. This class will rapidly enhance the
Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during
Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as
for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but d o meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation.
Lifetime Sport: Pickleball
HPE 002-P
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of pickleball. Grading: PIN only.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:OO M, 7; M! Th, F
Room: Melby Gym-norlWsouth courts
Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee
HPE 002-F
Instructor: Marilyn Florian
Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:OO M, b Th, F
Room: Air Structure
Lifetime Sport: Badminton
HPE 002-6
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: PIN only.
Gradualion Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 11:OO-12:OOM, 7; M! Th, F
Room: Melby Gym-north/south courts
Lifetime Sport: Golf
HPE 002-6
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf.
Grading: PIN only
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: 1:OO-2:00 M, 7; M! Th, F
Room: Air Structure
Interim Abroad
UMAIE
SPP 201-1
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following courses can be obtained
from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global
Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave.,
Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1650. These courses are
offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower
division number.
African Philosophy Through Kenyan Material Culture
Americans in Paris: The Lost Generation
Anglican Way
Art, Arias, and Architecture:
Central Europe from the Alps to the Adriatic
Australia's Business Climate
Bcrlin nnd Prog~rc:C!ritrirnl,Pnlitirnl, u?ld
E a l ~ o m i cIlynottlics o l Qlrl Cnpitnl5 in n New Erdropu
Coral I(qJs in the I'lrilippil~~s
R P ~ I Il-ln,\nii:
lllr rttntr Itnpcicts or1 Ili.npicnl RL'PJ~
TItc EtlgliFl~SC!I001 C I I I I I Flrttzily
Eurapu ntrri ;lie Rise of M n ~ l u rScict~ce
i~
Explrrre I'rnr: Lniltl of Arivcnhln
The Greek Experience
Hawaii: Multicultural Communication in Organizational Settings
History of C~ribhcunMusic (see pg. 31)
History of tftc Oiyr?rpics
History and ??rr~ctict
of Medicine and Science in China:
A C o r ~ i p n r i s oWith
~ ~ the Wfit
lrrnovnfinris r r r ~ r fOrgntrizarion itt Scnt~dittnvirj
ftltermeriintc SpanisI1 l , n 1 1 ~ 1 r nrind
g C14lttlrein Sor~ther~r
Spnin
Irclttncl: tlttrlerstnnrii~pl:Clrrislin)~Crllic Spirit~rnrify
Li~~~rlsnlprs
oj' F~ditlt:Cntlrc,rlrrrls, Ahbi:ys, nncl I'nnslrcr
Law in London and Dublin
Ma rry Fcices of Jtdpnrr
Nn~rrml History $Xtnzania-East
Africa
ihris nncl Landon-Sculptors in Cities and Environs
Performing Arts in Russian
Rnlr q r t l ~ Artist
e
in Contempi~rflryEgypt
Socinl Corlflict and Recor~cilrntiotrit1 Jrdnnd
Sorrvrls n ~ wSights
i
of Eurnpc (scc~~g.
48)
Theater in and Around London
This is New Zealand
Sounds and Sights of Europe
(UMAIE Course)
MUS 179-1
Instructor: Roberta Kagin
Much of American history and culture is derived from that of
European cities such as Paris, Vienna, and Prague. This course
provides an opportunity to visit some of the great European
cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of
cultural life in the New World.
Group discussions and assigned readings increase student
sensitivity to architecture and other visual arts seen in the
museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical
masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the
various art mediums come to life through these experiences.
There is also ample time for independent exploration.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related
group activities, a daily professional journal, art-music
sheets, and exams over material covered.
For information about this course, call Prof. Roberta Kagin,
(612) 330-1273.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Show less
f
,
,
,
- - /
.
.
A
-LA--,--
b
I.
a & ' -
d
'
-
L'
_
-
1
, ,
'
'
.*
L
,1
L?
e:
c.:
.-
-1
'
:em7r.7
.-
"&
i" 2'-'
,:,
;,
"
Z
"J L!
(3 w s I ;
1 .c]
7,
,&, ,::
,
L 1
r-7
5
2
4
2
.
..
.
<.'
:
-.; ;
:
.
1
. -.
-
.
;.
, . .~.
-11
-
I
.G
-... Show more
f
,
,
,
- - /
.
.
A
-LA--,--
b
I.
a & ' -
d
'
-
L'
_
-
1
, ,
'
'
.*
L
,1
L?
e:
c.:
.-
-1
'
:em7r.7
.-
"&
i" 2'-'
,:,
;,
"
Z
"J L!
(3 w s I ;
1 .c]
7,
,&, ,::
,
L 1
r-7
5
2
4
2
.
..
.
<.'
:
-.; ;
:
.
1
. -.
-
.
;.
, . .~.
-11
-
I
.G
-.
.. -. - ,
.
K > 7 Z kP:
2 ?< ;z v-
-
Ll.
.,:t
-
. _
1
--
..A'
..
I . . "
. ..
:::
I
'-
- ..-
- --
2'
( I
f"
i
I
.?
,
-
.-
,
-IL
I
-
..
I..
--
-
.:,
:
4
.
. -
C
..
-
I
,'
I =
.:
.;.
I
I
-
.
-
.
,
,
--
,
-- I
I
:'
I
L
'
..
-
.
-1
--
4
11
-4'
A
-
L I
-
A Greeting
from the
President
Welcome to Augsburg College
from all of us who teach, study
and work here. It is always a
pleasure to introduce the
Augsburg experience to prospective students and to welcome
new and returning students.
Some people refer to us as "the
small town campus in the heart of
the city." That phrase does indeed
capture our character and our
strength as a college. Augsburg is
an affordable, quality liberal arts
college of the church, a place
where people know and care
about you. Here you can also gain
"real world" experience to complement your education - before
you enter the workplace for the
first time.
The College continues to grow
and build on its long tradition of
academic excellence. I invite you
to become a part of the Augsburg
experience by joining this caring
and diverse community of learners and teachers.
I look forward to meeting you
on campus.
Sincerely,
Charles S. Anderson, Ph.D.
President
Fall Term 1996
Summer .........................................
Freshman regstration
Sept. 1-3/Sun.-Tues. ....................New student orientation
Sept. 4/Wed. ................................. Upperclass validation
Sept. 4/Wed. .................................Classes begin
Sept. 10/Tues. ............................... Last day to register
Sept. 10/Tues. ............................... Last day to add a class, drop a class without notation on
record
Oct. 25/Fri. ....................................Mid-term break begins
Nov. 8/Fri. .................................. Last day to designate grading option
Nov. 15/Fri. ..................................
Last day to withdraw from class
Nov. 18-Dec. 6/Mon.-Fri. ........... Interim registration
Nov. 18-Dec. 6/Mon.-Fri. ........... Spring term registration
Nov. 28/Thurs. .......................... Thanksgiving recess begins
Dec. 2/Mon. ..................................Classes resume
Dec. 13/Fri. ................................... Classes end
Dec. 16-19/Mon.-Thurs............... Final exams
Interim Term 1997
Jan. 6/Mon. ................................... Interim classes b e p
Jan. 7/Tues. ................................... Last day to register, add a class, or drop a class without
notation on record
Jan. 17/Fri. ................................... Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from ,
class
Jan. 29/Wed. .................................Classes end
Spring Term 1997
Feb. 3/Mon. ................................... Classes begin
Feb. 7/Fri. ...................................... Last day to register
Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation
Feb. 7/Fri. ..................................
on record
Mar. 24/Mon. ................................Mid-term/Easter break begins
Apr. 1/Tues. ................................ Classes resume
.
......... Last day to designate grading option
Apr. 11/Fri. .................... .
Apr. 18/Fri. ................................... Last day to withdraw from a class
Apr. 28-May 9/Mon.-Fri. ............ Early regstration for fall
May 16/Fri ................................. Classes end
May 19-22/Mon.-Thurs. .............Final exams
May 25/Sun. .................................
Baccalaureate/Commencement
1997-1998 ACADEMIC
CALENDAR
rENTATlVE - CONSULT THE 1997-1998 ACTC CLASS SCHEDULE OR AUCSBURC
IECISTRAR'S OFFICE FOR CHANCES
Fall Term 1997
Summer .......................................... Freshman registration
Aug. 31-Sept. 2/Sun.-Tues. ........ New student orientation
Sept. 3/Wed. .................................
Upperclass validation
Sept. 3/Wed. .................................
Classes b e p
Sept. 9/Tues. .................................
Last day to register
3ept. 9/Tues. ................................. Last day to add a class, drop a class without notation on
record
Dct. 24/Fri. .................................... Mid-term break b e p s
Nov. 7/Fri. ....................................Last day to designate grading option
Nov. 10-28/Mon.-Fri. .................. Interim regstration
Nov. 14jFri.. ................................. Last day to withdraw from class
Nov. 17-Dec. 5/Fri.-Fri................ Spring term registration
Nov. 27/Thurs. ............................. Thanksgving recess begins
Dec. 1/Mon. .................................. Classes resume
Dec. 12/Fri. ................................... Classes end
Dec. 15-18/Mon.-Thurs. .............. Final exams
Interim Term 1998
[an. 5/Mon. ...................................Interim classes begin
[an. 6/Tues. ................................... Last day to register, add a class, or drop a class without
notation on record
[an. 16/Fri. .....................................Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from a
class
[an.28/Wed. .................................
Classes end
Spring Term 1998
Feb. 2/Mon. ...................................Classes begin
Feb. 6/Fri. .................................... Last day to register
Feb. 6/Fri. ...........................
.
......Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation
on record
Mar. 23/Mon. ................................Mid-term break begins
Mar. 3O/Mon.. ..............................Classes resume
Apr. 9/Thurs. ................................Last day to designate grading option
4pr. 10/Fri. ...................................Easter break begins
Apr. 14/Tues. ................................
Classes resume
Apr. 17/Fri. ...................................Last day to withdraw from a class
Apr. 20.-May l/Mon-Fri. ............ Early registration for fall
May 15/Fri ....................................
Classes end
May 18-Zl/Mon.-Thurs. ............. Final exams
May 24/Sun. ................................. Baccalaureate/Commencement
5
-
Area Code
612
Academic Advising ............................................................................................................
330-1025
330-1024
Academic Affairs ...................................................................................................................
Admissions .............................................................................................................................
330-1001
Toll free number ..............................................................................................1-800-788-5671
Alumni/Parent Relations .................................................................................................... 330-1171
330-1242
Athletics ..................................................................................................................................
Business Office (fees and accounts) ....................................
...............................................
330-102s
Career Services ......................................................................................................................330-1162
. .
College Pastor/Campus Mlrustry ....................................................................................330-1732
330-118C
College Relations (news and publications) ......................................................................
Conference/Events Coordinator ........................................................................................ 330-1105
,.,..................................... 330-1612
Development (financial gifts to the college) ............................
Facilities Management ......................................................................................................
330-1104
Financial Aid (scholarships) .................................... .....................................................
330-1046
General Information (other office numbers; business hours only) ............................
330-100C
Graduate Programs ..............................................................................................................
330-17%
Human Resources .................................................................................................................330-1058
Interim Office.........................................................................................................................330-1024
330-100C
Lost and Found ......................................................................................................................
330-1219
President .................................................................................................................................
.
......................................................................................
Registrar ....................................... .
330-103t
Residence Life (Housing) ..............................................................................................330-1105
Student Activities Office ................................................................................................330-1113
Student Affairs ......................................................................................................................330-116C
Student Government Office ................................................................................................330-lllC
Summer School Office ..........................................................................................................330-179E
Weekend College ..................................................................................................................330-1782
Mailing Address:
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis. Minnesota 55454
Web Site Address:
http: / /www.augsburg.edu
Majors Offered - 8
About Augsburg - 9
Mission Statement - 9
History - 9
Campus Location - 11
Facilities and Housing Associated Support
Organizations- 13
Accreditation and
Membership - 14
Augsburg Facts and Fig1
Accounting
General Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Public Accounting
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Administration/Finance
Business Adrninistration/Intemational
Business
Business Administration/Management
Business Administration/Marketing
Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.)
Communication
General Communication Studies
Mass Communications
Organizational Communication
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
Computational Economics
East Asian Studies1
Economics
Applied Economics
Economics
Economics/Business Administration
Education
Education Studies (non-licensure)
Elementary Education Studies (nonlicensure)
Kindergarten-Elementary (licensure)
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering
English
~ e i l t Education
h
History
International Relations
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Applied Mathematics
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modem Languages
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music (B.A.)
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nordic Area Studies
Nursing (B.S. - Weekend College only)
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physician Assistant
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Space Physics (B.S.)
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Youth and Family Ministry
Russian, Central and East European Area
Studies '
Social Science
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Women's Studies
It is possible for students to complete
other majors through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
Students who wish to do so must apply
through the Augsburg Registrar's Office.
Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of
the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of
Minnesota. It is possiblefor students to take beginning1
interrnediate/advanced courses not available at consortium colleges in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese,
Russian, and other infrequently taught languages.
Students register directly with the ACTC o f i e .
'Dual degree programs with the University of
Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied Science
and Michigan Technological University.
A
\ t Augsburg College, we believe that
the college experience should be a time of
exploration, of discovery, of new experiences and new possibilities. We also
believe that a liberal arts education is your
best preparation for living in the fastpaced, changing and complex world of
today and tomorrow. Upon graduation,
you will be able to demonstrate not only
the mastery of a major field of study, but
also the ability to think critically, solve
problems and communicate effectively.
Select from 50 majors
Augsburg offers more than 50 majors or you can create your own major either on
campus or through the Associated Colleges
of the Twin Cities (ACTC). (See page 49 for
a complete list of majors and minors.) This
five-college consortium allows students to
take courses on other campuses without
charge. The ACTC includes Augsburg
College, Harnline University, Macalester
College, the University of St. Thomas, and
the College of St. Catherine.
We emphasize values, perspectives,
experience and skills
The heart of an Augsburg education is
the Augsburg Curriculum - the College's
general education program that structures
your liberal arts studies through challenging and thought-provoking courses that
require students to consider important
issues and examine values questions. These
liberal arts perspectives include western
heritage, intercultural awareness, human
identity, the social world, Christian faith,
the city, aesthetics and the natural world.
At the same time, courses across all
disciplines stress the skills that will serve
you for a lifetime - writing, speaking,
critical t h d u n g and quantitative reasoning, to name a few.
Thanks to Augsburg's prime location in
the heart of a thriving metropolitan area,
many courses are able to offer rich and
varied learning opportunities in real-life
situations through academic internships,
experiential education, volunteer community service and cultural enrichment. In a
sense, the resources of the Twin Cities are
an extended campus for Augsburg
students.
Students who graduate from Augsburg
are well prepared to make a difference in
the world. They stand as testaments to the
College motto, "Education for Service,"
and to the Mission of the College:
To nurture leaders in service to the world
by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and
shaped by the faith and values of the Christian
Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan
setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus
community.
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary
founded by Norwegian Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of
faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg,
Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in
September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin,
and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The
first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and
the first graduation was in 1879.
l o About Augsburg
-
Early Leaders Establish a Direction
The Focus Changed
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first
president (1869-1876).
This attitude began to change after
World War I. In 1911, Georg Sverdrup, Jr.,
became president. He worked to develop
college departments with an appeal to a
broader range of students than just those
intending to be ministers. Augsburg
admitted women in 1922 under the
leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of
Women. She spent the next 52 years at the
College as a teacher and administrator.
Professor Weenaas recruited two
teachers from Norway - Sven Oftedal and
Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly
articulated the direction of Augsburg: to
educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister
to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students
for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three part plan:
first, train ministerial candidates; second,
prepare future theological students; and
third, educate the farmer, worker and
businessman. The statement stressed that a
good education is also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also
emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts
of education. This commitment to church
and community has been Augsburg's
theme for over one hundred years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist"
college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's
second president (1876-1907),required
students to get pre-ministerial experience
in city congregations. Student involvement
in the community gave early expression to
the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service."
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed
the Friends of Augsburg, later called the
Lutheran Free Church. The church was a
group of independent congregations
committed to congregational autonomy
and personal Christianity. This change
made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran
body. But the college division was still
important primarily as an attachment to
the s ~ m i n a ~ .
The College's mission assumed a
double character - ministerial preparation
together with a more general education for
life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected
Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and
scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962).His involvement in ecumenical and
civic circles made Augsburg a more visible
part of church and city life.
After World War 11, Augsburg leaders
made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College
was a larger part of the institution than the
seminary, and received the most attention.
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential
to a liberal arts college, offering a modem
college program based on general education requirements and elective majors.
With curriculum change came a long effort
to become accredited.
The College reached accreditation in
1954, although many alumni had entered
graduate schools and teaching positions
long before that time.
A study in 1962 defined the College's
mission as serving the good of society first
and the interests of the Lutheran Free
Church second. The Seminary moved to
Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Serninarv) in St. Paul in 1963.
About Auasbura l1
A College in the City
President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on
involvement with the city. He wanted to
reach out to nontraditional student
populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of
leadership the College became a vital and
integral part of the city. Also in these years,
Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen
Tower, Umess Tower, the Christensen
Center, Ice Arena and Murphy Place.
Dr. Charles S. Anderson has led the
College since 1980. He guides Augsburg's
commitment to liberal arts education,
spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in
enrollment and programs and a curriculum
that draws on the resources of the city as
extensions of campus and classroom.
Augsburg continues to grow under his
leadership. Some of the accomplishments
during his tenure include instituting three
graduate degree programs, hosting
national and international figures at
College-sponsored forums and events,
increased accessibility, and the addition of
the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and
Communication and the Oscar Anderson
Residence Hall.
Augsburg continues to reflect the
commitment and dedication of the
founders who believed:
An Augsburg education should be
preparation for service in community and
church;
Education should have a solid liberal
arts core with a practical dimension in
order to send out productive, creative and
successful citizens;
The city -with all its excitement,
challenges and diversity - is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts
institution set in the heart of a great
metropolitan center. There are now more
than 13,000 Augsburg alumni. In a world
that has changed much since those first
days of the College, Augsburg still sends
out graduates who make a difference
where they live and work.
In addition to a traditional undergraduate liberal arts and sciences "day" program,
Augsburg offers a Weekend College
program for nontraditional students and
master's degree programs in social work,
leadership and education-leadership.
CAMPUS LOCATION
Augsburg's campus is located in the
heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in
Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The
University of Minnesota West Bank
campus and one of the city's largest
medical centers -Riverside Medical
Center - is adjacent to the campus, with
the Mississippi River and the Seven
Comers theater district just a few blocks
away. Downtown Minneapolis and St.
Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports,
entertainment and recreation opportunities, are just minutes west and east via
Interstate 94, whch forms the southern
border of the campus. (See map in back.)
Convenient bus routes run throughout
the city and connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most
airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, and bus
or train connections can be made from all
areas of the United States.
l2 About Augsburg
W FACILITIES AND HOUSING
Instruction facilities and student
housing at Augsburg are conveniently
located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/
skyway system connects the two tower
dormitories, the five buildings on the
Quadrangle, plus Music Hall, Murphy
Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and Communication.
Admissions Office - The central
Admissions Office is located at 628 21st
Avenue South and provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
American Indian Support Program
and Afrikana Support Program Offices Located at 620 21st Avenue South, these
programs provide support services and
information to American Indian and Black
students.
Anderson Hall -Named in honor of
Oscar Anderson, president of Augsburg
College from 1963 to 1980, this residence
hall is the newest building on campus.
Located at 2016 S. Eighth Street, Anderson
Hall contains four types of living units and
houses 192 men and women and the
Physician Assistant Program. (1993)
Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field - The
athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue
South, is the playing and practice field of
many of the Augsburg teams. An airsupported dome covers the field during the
winter months, allowing year-around use.
Center for Global Education Located at 609 22nd Avenue South,
provides offices for the Global Center staff
and a resource room for those interested in
global issues. It is also the office for the
Coordinator of Academic Programs
Abroad.
East Hall -Houses the Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership (MMEP)
and the Center for Atmospheric Space
Sciences at 2429 S. Eighth Street.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama and Communication Establishes a new "front door" for the
College on Riverside Avenue. The Foss
Center is named in recognition of the gifts
of Julian and June Foss and was built with
the additional support of many alumni and
friends of the College. The TjornhomNelson Theatre, Hoversten Chapel and the
Arnold Atrium are also housed in this
complex, which provides space for the
Campus Ministry program, drama and
communication offices. The Foss Center's
lower level is home to the Gage Family
Academic Enrichment Center, which
includes the Learning Skills Office, the
CLASS (Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services) Program, the Groves
Computer Lab, the Karen Housh Tutor
Center and the John Evans Learning
Laboratory. (1988)
Christensen Center - Center with
spacious lounges and recreational areas,
dining areas, bookstore and offices for student government and student publications.
The JeroyC. Carlson Alumni Center Named in 1991 to honor Jeroy C. Carlson,
senior development officer and former
alumni director, upon his retirement from
Augsburg. The Center also houses the
offices of Alumni/Parent Relations and is
located at 2124 S. Seventh Street.
College Relations House - Located at
709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for
College Relations staff, who oversee public
relations and publications for the College.
Ice Arena - Two large skating areas
for hockey, figure skating and recreational
skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan
community. (1974)
About Augsburg 13
Library/lnformation Technology
Center (under construction) - This new
four-level brick structure is scheduled to
open during the 1997-'98 academic year. It
will house all library functions and bring
together the computer technology resources of the College. construction is in
progress on the block of campus bordered
by 22nd and 21st Avenues, and by Riverside Avenue and Seventh St.
Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S.
Melby (dean of men from 1920 to 1942,
basketball coach and head of the Christianity Department). It provides facilities for
the health and physical education program,
intercollegate and intramural athletics,
fitness center and general auditorium
purposes. (1961)
Mortensen Tower - Named in honor
of Gerda Mortensen (dean of women from
1923to 1964), it has 104 one and twobedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and
spacious lounge areas. (1973)
Music Hall - Contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom
facilities, two rehearsal halls, music
libraries, practice studios and offices for the
music faculty. (1978)
Old Main - Home for the Modem
Language and Art Departments, with
classrooms used by other departments.
Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main
combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included
on the National Register of Historic
Places. (1900)
Science Hall - Houses classrooms,
well-equipped laboratories, a mediumsized auditorium and faculty offices. In
1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the
roof was completed. (1949)
South Hall and Annex Houses - All
are located in or near the campus area and
provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff.
George Sverdrup Library - Named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it
contains reading rooms, seminar rooms,
work rooms, the Augsburg archives,
classrooms and faculty offices. (1955)
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Named in honor of Augsburg's second and
third presidents, it provides space for
administrative and faculty offices. (1938)
2222 Murphy Place -Houses offices
for Weekend College, Graduate and Special
Programs, Cooperative Education and
classrooms. (1964)
Urness Tower -Named in honor of
Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have
p e n several generous gfts to the College.
The tower provides living quarters for 324
students. Each floor is a "floor unit,"
providing 36 residents, housed two to a
room, with their own lounge, study and
utility areas. (1967)
ASSOCIATED SUPPORT
ORGANIZATIONS
Augsburg College has a commitment to
lifelong learning and to programs which
increase both individual and group
understanding and achievement. In
addition to the programs listed below, the
College is also home to Elderhostel and
College of the Third Age programs.
Inter-Race: The International Institute
for Interracial Interaction - Inter-Race
facilitates interracial understanding in
families, schools, places of work, communities and society. The Institute provides
training and consultation, research,
education, resource centers, publications,
l4 About Augsburg
-
public policy and legal study in five
centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 21st
Avenue South.
Minnesota Minority Education
Partnership (MMEP) -The Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a
nonprofit membership organization that
works closely with students, the communities of color and representatives from
education, business, government and nonprofits to develop programs that help
students of color succeed academically. By
drawing on the talents and resources of
others concerned with the success of
students of color, MMEP creates collaborative, workable approaches to complex
problems. MMEP believes that concentrating on the needs of students of color helps
them move from thinking to doing, from
wanting to having, and from dreaming to
achieving. The MMEP office is located in
East Hall.
Nordic Center - The Nordic Center
promotes interest in contemporary
Norway, encourages the pursuit of Nordic
studies and nurtures intercultural relations
between the United States and the five
Nordic nations of Denmark, Finland,
Iceland, Norway and Sweden. The Nordic
Center is located at 2400 Butler Place.
Augsburg Youth and Family Institute
- The Institute is designed to help
churches better serve the c h a n p g needs of
youth and families. The Institute offers
academic programs at both undergraduate
and graduate levels, as well as seminar1
workshops, a resource center and counseling services.
POLICIES
It is the policy of Augsburg College not
to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, gender,
sexual preference, marital status or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies, educational
programs, activities and employment
practices. Inquiries regarding compliance
may be directed to the coordinators listed
on page 44 or to the Director of the
Minnesota Department of Human Rights,
Bremer Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota
Street, St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American
Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College is accredited by the
North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools and the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education
(Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the American
Chemical Society, the Council on Social
Work Education (BSW and MSW), National
Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and
the National League for Nursing.
Augsburg College is an institutional
member of the National Association of
Schools of Music (NASM), the Council of
Independent Colleges, the American
Association of Colleges and Universities,
and the American Association of Higher
Education.
We are members of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North
America and Minnesota Private College
Council.
About Augsburg
Augsburg College is registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education Services
Office. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration
does not mean that credits earned at the
institution can be transferred to other
institutions or that the quality of the
educational programs will meet the
standards of every student, educational
institution or employer.
5
1 Location - Augsburg College was
founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The
College moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
1 Religious Affiliation - The Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America (ELCA).
Although a strong plurality of students
are Lutheran, 20 percent represent other
Protestant denominations and 21
percent represent the Roman Catholic
Church.
II Accreditation - North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education. Approved by the
American Chemical Society, Council on
Social Work Education, National
Association for Music Therapy, Inc.,
National Association of Schools of
Music, and National League for Nursing.
1 Member - Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, Lutheran Education
Council in North America, Minnesota
Private College Council. Registered
with the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board, as described on
page 14.
1 Enrollment (Fall 1995-'96) - 2,858
students from 37 states and 31 nations.
1 Graduates - 13,225 undergraduates
from 1870 through August 31,1995.
II StudentIFaculty Ratio - 14 to 1.
Undergraduate class size averages 20-25.
II Campus - 16 major buildings. Major
renovations in 1979-'80 with special
emphasis on accessibility.
1 Accessibility - Augsburg is now one of
the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway-tunnel-elevator
system provides access to 10 major
buildings without going outside.
II Degrees Granted - B.A., B.S., B.M.,
M.A., M.S.W.
1 Financial Aid -Over 85 percent of the
students receive some form of fmancial
aid from the College and many other
sources.
II Library - Over 175,000 items, direct
access to over 1,300,000 through CLIC,
the Twin Cities private college library
consortium. The new Library and
Information Technology Center is
scheduled to open during the 1997-'98
academic year.
School Year - Semesters from September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, wifh January
Interim. Two summer school sessions.
Augsburg Weekend College - trimesters, September to June. Augsburg
Graduate Program - trimesters,
September to June.
LI Majors - More than 50 majors in 23
departments.
1 Off Campus Programs - Center for
Global Education, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA), International
Business Program, Upper Midwest
Association of Intercultural Education
(UMAIE) and extensive cooperative
education and internship programs.
1 Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC),
and National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA), Division 111.
II Policy - Augsburg College does not
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender,
sexual preference, marital status or
handicap as required by Title IX of the
1972 Educational Amendments or
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, as amended, in its admission
policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
A
ugsburg College is looking for
students with intelligence and character.
We want people who can benefit from and
contribute to their community, the College
community and the community at large.
Selection of students for Augsburg
College is based upon careful consideration
of each candidate's academic achievement,
personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment, and
potential for development as a student and
as a graduate of Augsburg College. The
College selects students on individual merit
without regard to race, creed, disability,
national or ethnic origin, sex or age.
Visit the Campus
Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities and academic atmosphere
is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus
and meet with an Admissions Counselor.
Arrangements may be made to meet with a
member of the faculty and to attend classes
when school is in session.
Augsburg's Admissions staff is ready
to help students and parents with college
planning. Call any weekday between 8:00
a.m. and 4:30 p.m. - (612) 330-1001 or tollfree (800) 788-5678. We'll answer your
questions and arrange a tour for you
(including Saturday mornings during the
school year). The Admissions Office is
located on the comer of Seventh Street and
21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. (Please
call first.)
FRESHMEN
Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application for
admission and the essay and return them
to the Admissions Office together with the
nonrefundable $20 application fee.
Transcripts - An official transcript
from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who
are still high school students at the time of
application should have their most recent
transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate Examinz
tion Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcripl
Test Scores - Freshman applicants are
required to submit results from the college
entrance examination. The American
College Test (ACT) is preferred. Results
from SAT or PSAT are also accepted. It wil
suffice if test scores are recorded on the
official high school transcript.
Additional Information- If there is
personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previous academic
performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed personally with a
Admissions Counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
On occasion, the Admissions Committee may also defer a decision on a candidate's admission until other information
has been received. For example, more
recent test scores, results of the present
semester's course work, additional letters
of recommendation or writing samples
may be requested by the Committee. If
additional credentials are needed, the Admissions Office will inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions DecisionAugsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision, usually within two
Admissions
weeks after the application file is complete
md has been evaluated by the Admissions
Zomrnittee.
Confirmation of Admission -Ac:epted students who are applying for
'inancia1aid are asked to make a $100 *
uition deposit within 30 days of their
hancial aid notification. Extensions may
Je requested in writing to the Director of
Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applyng for financial aid are asked to make a
6100 * tuition deposit. Those students who
~ i s to
h live in College housing must also
submit a $100 housing deposit.
*Nonrefundable after May 1.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who
~ i s to
h accelerate their educational proTarn may be granted admission to begin
ill-time work toward a degree after
:ompletion of their junior year or first
;emester of their senior year of high school.
4pplicants must complete the normal
~roceduresfor freshman applicants,
;ubmit two academic recommendations
rom their high school faculty and arrange
1 personal interview with the Director of
Jndergraduate Admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are
nterested in the possibility of enrolling at
4ugsburg under the auspices of the
vlinnesota Post Secondary Enrollment
lptions Act should contact the Admissions
Iffice for specific information.
I TRANSFER STUDENTS
Augsburg College welcomes students
who wish to transfer from other accredited
:alleges or universities. College credit is
panted for liberal arts courses satisfacto-
rily completed at accredited institutions.
The College reserves the right not to grant
credit for courses where it considers the
work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional
credit for work taken at unaccredited
institutions and to require that certain
courses be taken at Augsburg.
Augsburg College limits transfer course
work from two-year colleges once a student
has reached junior status. If all transfer
work has been taken at a two-year college
as a freshman or sophomore, a maximum
of 17 Augsburg courses, or 96 quarter
credits, will be accepted toward the
number of Augsburg course credits
required for the baccalaureate degree.
A cumulative grade point average
(GPA) of 2.2 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is
required on previous college work.
Acceptance of courses submitted for
transfer is done by the Office of the
Regstrar based upon the official student
transcript(s).Acceptance of courses
presented for a major or minor also
requires approval of the department.
Students transferring from the Minnesota State University and College System
who have completed the Minnesota
Transfer Curriculum, have earned the
Associate of Arts degree from MNSCU
and have a 2.5/4.0 cumulative GPA or
higher will be given transfer status as
outlined below.
The following applies only to the
MNSCU AA graduate:
1. Admission will be with junior standing.
A maximum of 17 Augsburg equivalent
courses (96 quarter credits or 64 semester
credits from a community college) will be
accepted once junior status is reached. No
additional courses may be transferred from
a community college.
19
- Admissions
2. All Augsburg general education
requirements will be waived except:
The City Perspective
Two courses in Christian Faith (any
two areas)
The language requirement as stated
One course that meets the quantitative
reasoning graduation skill requirement
One graduation skill writing course in
their major
become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another
college may take course work at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree).
A transcript must be sent to the Admissions
Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student
(non-degree)status is available from the
Admissions Office.
3. One interim course is required.
Note: Courses with D grades will not be
accepted as prerequisites or for application to
majors. Some Augsburg majors require additional prerequisite course work beyond the A.A.
degree. Also, the Physician Assistant major
requires a higher cumulative GPA than 2.5.
Students are advised to consult major departmentsfor major requirements upon transfer.
Admission to a major, as well as
admission to the College, is sometimes
necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental section of
this catalog.
W SPECIAL STUDENTS (SECOND DEGREE)
Students who have completed a four
year degree at an accredited college or
university may complete a second degree
at Augsburg College.
Depending on the student's previous
degree, completion of a second major (nondegree) may also be an option. Second
degree requirements include: a minimum
of eight course credits taken at Augsburg,
completion of a major, and completion of
any liberal arts requirements not covered
by the previous degree.
W FORMER STUDENTS
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without
requesting a leave of absence and who
wish to return must apply for readmission
through the Registrar's Office. Students
who have attended other institution(s) during their absence from Augsburg must
have an official transcript sent from each
institution to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee.
W SPECIAL STUDENTS (NON-DEGREE)
In some circumstances, people may be
admitted as special students (non-degree)
and granted the privilege of enrolling in
courses for credit. Subsequently they may
Augsburg welcomes students from
countries around the world. (See International Programs on page 42.)
International students should contact
the Admissions Office for an International
Student Application and information on
the application procedure. Applications
must be received two months prior to the
start of the semester: July 1for fall, Dec. 15
for spring.
For more information, call (612) 330-1001
or 1-800-788-5678 (toll free), or write to:
International Student Admissions
Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue
II
1
>:.-
'
I..
-1
1
.-
II
.
'2
I
.
.-
-
- -- II
1
---
C
--.I
. .
!, .
..
! I
I
I
1
1
I
I
1
I
,
1
I
I '
1
11
College Costs
Tuition and Fees - 22
Room and Board -22
Special Fees - 22
Deposits and Payments - 23
Financial Policies
Refunds - 24
Financial Aid
How and When to Apply - 26
Kinds of Aid
Merit Scholarships - 27
Gift Assistance - 28
Loan Assistance - 28
Student Employment - 29
Sponsored Scholarships - 30
A
11students receive financial help
indirectly, since a quality liberal arts
education costs more than tuition and fees
cover. The College raises that difference in
gfts - from alumni, faculty, staff, parents,
church, friends, foundations and endowment income.
Audit Fee
(for part-time students)
per course ..................................... $
However, the primary responsibility for
paying for a college education rests on
students and their families. Financial aid is
intended to supplement those resources.
Room Rent
(includes telephone
and basic service) ......................... $ 2,45(
The Board of Regents has approved the
costs listed below for the 1996-'97 academic
year. The Board reviews costs annually and
makes changes as required. The College
reserves the right to adjust charges should
economic conditions necessitate.
1 TUITION, FEES, ROOM AND BOARD
Tuition
(full-time enrollment) ................. $13,140
This rate applies to all full-time students
attending in September 1996. Students are
considered full-time when they take three
or more courses during the semester terms.
The charge includes tuition, general fees,
facility fees and admission to most Collegesupported events, concerts and lectures.
The amount is payable in two equal
installments at the beginning of each
semester.
Tuition
(part-time enrollment)
per one-credit course .................. 16 1,420
This rate applies to students taking fewer
than three courses in a semester and/or an
Interim only. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate
for that course.
536
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate
for that course.
(Room rates and housing options are
available through the Office of Residence
Life.)
Full Board
(19 meals a week)
........................
$ 2,3W
Other board plans are available as defined
in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Residence Life.
Partial board
(14 meals a week)
........................
Flex 5 point plan ..........................
Student Activity Fee .....................
$ 2,27t
$ 2,071
$
13(
1 OTHER SPECIAL FEES
(NONREFUNDABLE)
Fees Billed on Student Account
Student Activity Fee (part-time
students) .................................
$ 61
ACTC Bus (full-time
students only)............................. $ 1t
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin) ...................... $ 2!
Registration Change after first five
days (cancel/add/change/grade
option, or combination
at one time)
$ !
Music Therapy Internship
(one-half course credit) ............... $ 53(
Private Music Lessons, per ,
semester (14 lessons)
$ 30'
...
...............,..............
..................
Financial Information 23
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) ................. $ 55
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) ................ $ 110
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) ........... $213
Fees Payable by CheckICash
Application (new and/or
special students) ......................... $
Vursing Comprehensive Exam ......... $
Locker Rental (commuters) ............... $
Student Parking Lot Permit
- car .......................................... $
-motorcycle ............................. $
rranscript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) .............. $
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
20
16
30
90
45
2
(Scheduleon file
in Registrar's Ofice)
I BOOKS AND SUPPLIES
These costs are estimated to be $585 per
{ear.
B DEPOSITS
inrollment Deposit
(nonrefundable) .......................
is returned to the student account (less all
charges for damages and/or fines) at the
end of the occupancy period covered by the
contract. New contracts may be terminated
for Fall or Spring Term by following the
conditions delineated in the housing
contract. The resident will be responsible
for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the
new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for
Fall Semester or January 1for Spring
Semester, $50 will be forfeited from the
$100 deposit as a service charge. The entire
deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is
after these dates.
$ 100
Required of all new students after
icceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is
zredited to the student's account only when
us/her enrollment is terminated. Any net
:redit balance (after all charges and/or
ines) will be refunded upon request of the
itudent. For more information, contact the
4dmissions Office.
-lousing Damage Deposit ............... $ 100
Required of all resident students at the
ime of signing a contract, to reserve a
lousing assignment. This deposit is
setained against damages and/or fines and
PAYMENTS
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of
each semester a Statement of Estimated
Charges showing basic charges and
financial aid credits designated by the
Student Financial Services Office is sent to
the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options - (1)Annual
payments, due August 15 as billed;
(2) Semester payments, due August 15 and
January 15 as billed; (3) Payment Plan Upon application and after College
approval, a three-month plan is available
each semester. Details are included with
the Estimate of Charges letter; (4) 10-month
Payment Plan - Upon application, College
approval, and payment of a $50 adrninistrative fee, the annual charges may be paid
in 10 equal installmentsbeginning July 15
and ending April 15. No finance charge
will be assessed on accounts which are
current. An application will be sent upon
request.
Financial Information
A finance charge is applied at a simple
rate of 1percent per month on any account
with an open balance of 30 days or more or
on a 10-month payment plan is wluch
payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annual basis,
payable in two equal installments at the
beginning of each semester.
Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is
paid in full.
Augsburg College will not release
academic student transcripts until all
student accounts are paid in full or, in the
case of student loan funds administered by
the College (Federal Perkins Student Loan
including the National Defense and
National Direct Student Loans and the
Nursing Student Loan), are current
according to established repayment
schedules and the loan entrance and exit
interviews have been completed.
for tuition and/or room (except for the
minimum deduction of $100 to cover
administrative costs).
Augsburg College Refund Policy:
Applies to Augsburg students who
withdraw from all courses in a term and
are not receiving Federal Title IV financial
aid (Federal Title IV financial aid includes
the Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan,
Stafford Loan and PLUS Loan). This policy
also applies to all students who drop
courses during a term.
Refund Amount
100%
Through the first five days of
classes (less $100 administrative
fee)
90%
From the sixth day through the
tenth day of classes
80%
From the 11th day through the
15th day of classes
70%
From the 16th day through the
20th day of classes
60%
From the 21st day through the
25th day of classes
50%
From the 26th day of classes
through the midpoint of the
term.
W REFUNDS
Students who withdraw from Augsburg
College may be eligible for a refund of a
portion of their charges based on the
appropriate refund schedule. Financial aid
may be adjusted for those students who
withdraw from the College or drop
course(s) and receive financial assistance.
Students who wish to withdraw from
Augsburg should complete the Leave of
AbsencelWithdrawal from College form
available in the Academic Advising Center
or the Registrar's Office. It must be filled
out completely, signed and turned in to the
Regstrar's Office. Students who properly
withdraw, change to part-time, are
dismissed or are released from a housing
contract will have their accounts adjusted
Refund Period
Pro-Rata Refund Policy: Applies to
Augsburg students who withdraw from al:
courses during their first term at Augsburg
and receive Federal Title IV financial aid
(Federal Title IV financial aid includes the
Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan,
Stafford Loan and PLUS Loan).
Tuition, fees and room costs will be
calculated based on the pro-rated portion
of the term completed. The student may bc
eligible for a pro-rata refund up to the 60
percent point in time of the term. The
student account will be credited for that
portion of tuition and room for which the
Financial Information 25
student was not enrolled. This calculation
will use federal govenunent guidelines.
All students who wish to be considered
for financial assistance must establish
financial aid eligibility on an annual basis.
This includes completing the application
process as outlined below and meeting the
academic progress standards outlined in
the brochure, Academic Progress Standards
for Financial Aid. This brochure is available
Augsburg College is required by federal from Student Financial Services and is
regulations to complete two refund calcula- distributed to students on an annual basis.
tions for students who have completed at
Financing higher education could be the
least one full term at Augsburg and receive most significant investment a person or
Title IV funds. Refunds will be based on
family makes in a lifetime. Proper planning
and wise choices are important, not only in
the calculation which provides for the
choosing a college, but also in the methods
greatest refund of tuition, fees and room
used to pay for it. Augsburg College,
charges to the student's account and the
through its Office of Student Financial
greatest refund of financial aid dollars to
Services, will help students and their
the fund from which they were awarded.
families protect access to a quality
The refund calculations used are the
Augsburg education in a time of increasing
Augsburg College Refund Policy as stated
financial challenge.
above and the Federal Refund Policy as
stipulated by federal guidelines stated
Financial assistance awarded through
below.
Augsburg may be a combination of
Federal Refund Policy: Applies to
returning Augsburg students who withdraw from all courses for the current term
and receive Federal Title IV financial aid
(Federal Title IV financial aid includes the
Pel1 Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan,
Stafford Loan and PLUS Loan).
Refund Amount
Refund Period
100%
Through the first day of classes
(less $100 administrative fee)
90%
After the first day of classes
through the 10 percent point in
time of the term
50%
After the 10 percent point in time
through the 25 percent point in
time of the term
25%
After the 25 percent point in time
through the 50 percent point in
time of the term
Students may appeal refund decisions
through the Petition Committee.
scholarships, grants, loans and part-time
work opportunities. The College cooperates
with federal, state, church and private
agencies in providing various aid programs. During the 1995-'96 academic year,
nearly eight out of 10 students at Augsburg
received financial assistance.
The primary responsibility for financing
a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid supplements
student and family resources.
The Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA)and the Augsburg
Financial Aid Application help determine
the amount of assistance for which a
student is eligible. This analysis takes into
account such family financial factors as
current income, assets, number of depen-
- Financial Information
dent family members, other educational
expenses, debts, retirement needs and
special considerations.
HOWTO APPLY
The following are required to process
your financial aid application:
1.Be admitted to Augsburg as a regular
student or be a returning student in good
academic standing with the College.
2. Complete the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)or the
Renewal FAFSA. FAFSA forms are
available from the Student Financial
Services Office at Augsburg College or
from high school guidance counselors.
Renewal FAFSAs will be mailed to those
students who applied for assistance during
the prior school year. Be sure to include
the Augsburg College Code, 002334, on
your application. Mail your application to
the processing agency after Jan. 1.
Applications must be mailed by April 15
for priority consideration.
3. Complete the Augsburg Financial
Aid Application and submit it to Student
Financial Services.
4. All applicants (and parents of dependent students) are required to provide a
copy of their most recent federal income
tax retum and W-2(s). Spouse's tax returns
are also required if filing separately.
5. New transfer students must submit a
financial aid transcript from each postsecondary institution previously attended
before financial aid will be offered. Forms
are available from the Admissions or
Student Financial Services offices.
WHAT HAPPENS NEXT?
Once all documents are received, we
,.nx,;n..,
+Lo & n C , n A C , l
-;A
C,--l;ooG?.-
+A
determine financial aid eligibility for all
available programs. A financial aid
package will be sent to the student. This
package includes:
Letter detailing the financial aid
award
Information regarding financial aid
programs and requirements for continued
eligibility
Subsidized/Unsubsidized Stafford
loan application promissory note
Students are encouraged to complete
and retum one copy of their award letter to
Student Financial Services. In addition, the
student must complete and return the
Stafford loan application promissory note
to receive Stafford loan funds. Applications
for the SELF loan and the Parent PLUS loan
are sent upon request.
KINDS OF AID
A student applying for aid from
Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a specific scholarship or
grant (except as noted). The various forms
of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by
Augsburg College, students are urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships,
grants and loans that might be available in
their own communities. It is worthwhile to
check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs and fraternal organizations for information on aid available
to students who meet their requirements.
In addition to these sources, some students
are eligible for aid through Vocational
Rehabilitation, Educational Assistance for
Veterans, Educational Assistance for
Veterans' Children and other sources.
,
>
S,K
.--
;
>LC'&
,
,J.
,'. ,, - ,
,-
-
".< LL :\>
;'
Merit Scholarships
President's Scholarships - President's
Scholarships, which assure g f t assistance
equal to tuition, are awarded annually to
the most academically qualified full-time
freshmen students. These scholarships are
awarded without regard to need. The
awards are renewable for three years based
on academic performance at Augsburg.
Because this is a unified program, full
tuition is assured; that is, the College
guarantees the difference between nonAugsburg grants and scholarships (such
as state scholarships, Pel1 grants, etc.) and
full tuition. Special application is due
Feb. 15. Details are available from the
Admissions Office.
Regents' Scholarships - The Regents'
Scholarships are awarded to incoming fulltime freshmen of lugh academic achievement. Depending on high school class rank
or college entrance test score, Augsburg
will award scholarships of $1,500 to $5,000
each, renewable each year, regardless of
financial need. No special application is
required, but application for admission
must be made by May 1.
Regents' Transfer Scholarships Regents' Transfer Scholarships are
awarded to all transfer students who are
transferring from a two-year college with a
minimum of 84 quarter credits (56 semester
credits) and at least a 3.0 cumulative GPA.
Depending on college GPA, Augsburg will
award scholarships of $3,000 to $5,000 per
year to full-time transfer students in the
day schedule regardless of financial need.
No special application is required, but
application for admission must be made by
May 1.
Transfer Merit Scholarships Transfer Merit Scholarships up to $5,000
are available to full-time students in the
-
,
FC:
J
-r-; -
.3
'
,
< . '
it.q5
-
Financial Information
--
day schedule who are direct transfers to
Augsburg College following two years of
full-time study at a community college or
other approved two-year college. Students
must have maintained at least a 3.3 GPA on
a 4.0 scale and accumulated a minimum of
84 quarter credits in transfer. Scholarships
are awarded without regard to need and
will be renewed for a second year based on
a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0. Special
application is due May 1. Details are
available from the Admissions Office.
Phi Theta Kappa Scholarships These new scholarships are designated for
transfer students from community colleges
who are members of Phi Theta Kappa. To
qualify for one of these $5,000 annual
renewable awards, students must have
completed at least 84 credits and have a
minimum GPA of 3.3 during two years of
full-time study. Award decisions are based
on academic record, letters of recomrnendation, co-curricular activities and a
personal statement. Application deadline is
May 1.
Performing Arts Scholarships - These
recognize student excellence in music or
theater. Students with talents in music
(vocal or instrumental), acting, stage design
or production are qualified for this $1,500
annual award. Selection is based on
individual performance auditions, good
academic standing and letters of recommendation. These scholarships are renewable as students maintain involvement with
a co-curricular performance group.
Application deadline is Feb. 15.
Hoversten Peace Scholarships Recognize students who have demonstrated a commitment to peace, service and
community. Examples of involvement of
recent scholarship recipients included
Amnesty International, Habitat for
27
-
28 Financial Information
-
Humanity, community service and church
activities. Application deadline is March 15.
Community and Public Service
Scholarships - Recognize students of high
academic ability for their demonstrated
contribution to community or public
service. Students eligible for this $2,000
annual, renewable scholarship are those
who have actively participated in community or public service projects and are
planning careers in this area of study.
Application deadline is March 15.
Lutheran Leader Scholarships These scholarships recogruze incoming
freshman of high academic achievement
with a demonstrated record of leadership
within their congregations. Students
eligible for the $1,500 annual renewable
award are those who rank in the top 30
percent of their high school class and have
the recommendation of their pastor.
Application deadline is Feb. 15.
Paired Resources in Ministry and
Education (PRIME) Awards -Augsburg
College will match the first $500 a year of a
student's scholarship or grant from a
Lutheran congregation. The scholarship or
grant check from the congregation must be
received at Augsburg by Oct. 1.
Gif? Assistance (Need Based)
Augsburg Tuition Grants - Available
to students who have shown academic
potential and have financial need. A
student's academic performance, financial
need, and high school and community
involvement are taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarships
and Grants - Awarded by the state to
Minnesota residents who have financial
eligibility. For 1995-'96, these ranged from
$300 to $5,890.
Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grants - A federal program
administered by the College. To be eligible,
a person must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident, have exceptional financial
need as defined by the program and be
capable of maintaining satisfactory
academic standing at the College. Awards
range up to $4,000 annually.
Federal Pell Grants - Federal Pel1
grants are awarded to students attending
eligible institutions of higher education and
are based on financial need as defined by
program guidelines. The maximum grant
for 1995-'96 was $2,340. Application is
made by filing the FAFSA.
Bureau of Indian AffairsITribal and
State Indian Scholarships - Bureau of
Indian AffairsITribal and State Indian
Scholarships and Augsburg American
Indian Scholarships are available to Indian
students (both full and part-time) who
meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian
AffairsITribal and State Gdian Scholarships, students must be of 1/4 degree
Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a
federally recognized tribe. Eligibility
criteria for Augsburg American Indian
Scholarships vary. Contact the American
Indian Support Program Office. Indian
grants supplement all other forms of
financial aid. Questions may be directed to
the American Indian Support Office on
campus or to your local BIA, Tribal or State
Indian Education Office.
Loan Assistance
Federal Perkins Student Loan -A
federally funded program administered
through Augsburg College for students
who demonstrate financial eligibility. No
interest accrues nor do payments have to
be made on the principal at any time you
own onwr\lloA
o t l o o c t h o l f t i m n
C4mnlo
Financial Information
interest of 5 percent and repayment of
principal (at the minimum of $40 a month)
begin nine months after you leave school.
Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The
loan offers a teacher cancellation clause.
The maximum which may be borrowed for
undergraduate study is $15,000 ($30,000
including graduate school).
Federal Stafford Student Loans
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford
Loan funds are obtained directly from a
lender or state agency in states which
provide such programs. Subsidized
Stafford Loans are need-based loans which
the federal government subsidizes by
paying the interest while the student is in
school and during the grace period.
For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan,
interest begins accruing on the date of
disbursement and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may
choose to make payments while in school
or may defer payments and allow interest
to accrue and be capitalized (added to the
balance of the loan).
The interest rate for new borrowers
through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan is variable and changes
annually on July 1,based on the 91-day
Treasury Bill.
The following borrowing limits
apply to the Stafford Loan program after
July 1,1994:
Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford)
Sophomores: $7,500 annually (Combined
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford)
Juniors/Seniors: $10,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
Aggregate maximum: $46,000 (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized)
Federal Nursing Student Loan -A
federal program with provisions similar to
the Federal Perkins Student Loan program,
but restricted to applicants accepted or
enrolled in our program leading to the
baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients
must have financial need and be registered
at least half time. The maximum loan is
$4,000 per year.
Federal Parent Loan Program (PLUS)
- PLUS is a loan program to help parents
meet college costs of their dependent
children. Parents may borrow up to the
cost of attendance (minus other aid).
Repayment begins within 60 days of check
disbursement at a variable interest rate not
to exceed 9 percent and a minimum
payment of $50 per month. Application
forms are available at Augsburg College or
the lending institution.
The Student Educational Loan Fund
(SELF) - SELF is administered through the
Minnesota Higher Education Services
Office. Applications are available from the
Office of Student Financial Services.
Undergraduate freshmen and sophomores may borrow up to $4,500 per year
minus any other student loan indebtedness;
juniors and seniors up to $6,000 year.
Maximum undergraduate borrowing is
$25,000. The minimum loan amount per
year is $500. The interest rate is variable.
Interest payments begin 90 days after the
loan is disbursed and continue quarterly
thereafter, while the student is enrolled.
Principal payments begin the 13th month
after you leave school. There are no
deferments.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work
opportunities for students. Assignment is
based on need and potential competence in
29
30 Financial Information
-
performing the duties assigned. Part-time
work provided by the College is considered
financial aid, just like scholarships, loans
and grants. A maximum of 15 hours of
on-campus employment per week is
recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by
policies stipulated in the work contract
issued to the student employee for each
placement. Payment is made monthly by
check to the student employee.
Federal College Work Study Program
and Minnesota State Work Study
Program - Under these programs the
federal or state government supplies funds
on a matching basis with the College to
provide part-time work opportunities.
Augsburg College, through generous
gifts from alumni, faculty, staff and friends
of the College, offers more than 400
sponsored scholarships.
All returning students are encouraged
to apply for these funds by completing the
Sponsored Scholarship Application. This
form is available each February for the
upcoming school year. Selection is based on
academic achievement, financial need and
selection criteria established by the donor.
A list of scholarships follows.
Note: For a complete description of
Augsburg scholarships, request a copy of
the Scholarship Catalog Supplement from
the Office of Admissions.
* Indicates endowed scholarships.
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ADC TelecommunicationsScholarships
Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational
Foundation Scholarships
Henry and Leona Antholz Scholarship*
Class of 1931 Scholarship*
Dain Bosworth/IFG Foundation Scholarship
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson
Memorial Scholarship*
Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship*
M. J. Estrem Scholarship*
E.W. Hallet Scholarship
W.R. Hotchkiss Foundation Scholarship
Reuben I. and Marion Hovland Scholarship*
Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson and
Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship*
Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*
Jostens Foundations Scholarships
Floyd Lorenzen Memorial Scholarship
Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships*
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Liberal Arts Scholarships
Minnesota Scholars Fund Scholarship
Northern States Power Company Scholarship
Norwest Foundation Scholarship
Clifford and Martha Nylander Scholarshipa
Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship*
Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson Scholarship
Casey A.T. O'Neil Foundation Scholarship
Pentair Challenge Program Scholarship
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund*
Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship*
Rahr Foundation Scholarships
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship*
St. Luke's Lutheran Church Centennial
Scholarship*
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial
Scholarship*
Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship*
UPS Foundation Scholarship
Robert W. Warzyniak Memorial Scholar-L.
-*
Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment
Fund*
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship*
I SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
lohn Andrew Adam Memorial Scholarship*
Aid Association for Lutherans
Alne-Swensen Scholarship*
American Express Minnesota Foundation/
IDS Financial Service, Inc.
C.A.L. and Esther Anderson Scholarship
Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity
Scholarship*
Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship*
leroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson Scholarship*
Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson
Scholarship*
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial
Scholarship*
Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship*
David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*
lulian P. Foss Scholarship*
Kay Halverson Scholarship*
Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship*
King Harald Scholarship
Rev. John Hjelmeland Endowed Scholarship Fund*
Hormel Foods Company Scholarship
Hoversten Peace Scholarship*
hternational Dairy Queen, Inc. Scholarship
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship*
I'orgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial
Scholarship*
Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship*
Mary E. Larsen International Studies
Scholarship*
Floyd Lorenzen Memorial Scholarship*
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior
College Scholarship
Lutheran Brotherhood Opportunity
Scholarship
McVay Foundation Scholarship*
Financial Information 31
Minnesota Power Company Scholarship
Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)
Monson Scholarship*
Marilyn and John Paul Nilsen Scholarship*
Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship*
Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship*
Timothy 0 . Olson Memorial Scholarship*
Jay and Rose Phillips Family Foundation
Scholarship
ReliaStar Foundation Scholarship
Clayton and Ruth Roen Memorial Scholarshp*
John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship*
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship*
Student Government Alumni Scholarship
Dr. James L. Tuohy Scholarship
MULTICULTURAL/INTERNATlONAL
STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Kent Anderson American Indian Scholarship*
Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian
Scholarship*
CBS Foundation Scholarship
Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial
Scholarship*
Cargill Foundation American Indian
Scholarship
First Bank System Foundation Scholarship
General Mills Foundation Scholarship
General Mills Southeast Asian Scholarship
Grand Metropolitan American Indian
Scholarship
Grand Metropolitan Food Sector Foundation Scholarship*
Hearst American Indian Scholarship*
Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarship*
Kerridge/Mueller American Indian
Scholarship
Little Six, Inc. Scholarship*
McKnight Foundation Scholarship
Financial Information
Medtronic Foundation Scholarship
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership
Marilyn Peterson Memorial Scholarship*
Prairie Island Indian Community Scholarship*
Shakopee Mdewakanton Dakota Community Scholarship*
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial
Scholarship*
St. Paul Companies, Inc. Scholarship
St. Paul Companies, Inc. Teaching Assistants scholarship
James R. Thorpe Foundation Scholarship
Trinity Lutheran Congregation 125th
Anniversary Scholarship*
UPS Foundation
West Publishing Company Scholarship
Westwood Lutheran Church Second Mile
Mission Scholarship*
Women of the ELCA (Evangelical Lutheran
Church in America) Native Women's
Achievement Award
PUBLIC SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS
Margaret E. Andrews Public Service
Scholarship Fund
Kleven Public Service Scholarship Fund
Person Public Service Scholarship Fund
Adeline Marie (Rasmussen)Johnson
Memorial Scholarship*
Martin 0 . and Sylvia A. Sabo Scholarship
for Leadership in Public and Community
Service
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in
Urban Affairs*
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Art
Lucy Bodnarczuk Memorial Scholarship
August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship*
Queen Sonja Art Scholarship
Athletic
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*
David Gronner Memorial Scholarslup*
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship*
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship*
Roy and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship*
Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship*
Robert D. and Carolyn W. Odegard
Scholarship
James P. Pederson Memorial Scholarship*
Stan Person Memorial Scholarship*
Biology
Biology Scholarships
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Biology Scholarship*
Business Administration1Accounting1
Economics
Allianz Life Insurance Company Scholarship
Marianne Anderson Entrepreneurial
Scholarship*
Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship
Fund*
Farmers Insurance Group of Companies
Scholarship
Forss-Herr Scholarship*
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*
Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship*
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship*
Minnesota Mutual Life Scholarship
David L. Shaver Memorial Scholarship*
Clair E. and Gladys I. Strommen Scholarship
Leland and Louise Sundet Scholarship*
Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship*
Chemistry
Courtland Agre Memorial Scholarship
Augsburg College Chemistry Alumni
Scholarship*
Chemistry Department Scholarships
Financial Information
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship
Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Chemistry Scholarship*
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Chemistry Scholarship
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry
Scholarships*
Dr. Bemhardt J. Kleven Scholarship*
Theodore and Lucille Nydahl History
Scholarship*
Education
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship
Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music
Scholarship*
Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music
Scholarship*
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*
Marjorie and James R. Gronseth Jr. Memorial Music Scholarship*
Lynn Halverson Cello Scholarship*
0 . I. Hertsgaard Scholarship*
Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial
Choral Scholarship*
Ruth Krohn Kislingbury Choral Music
Scholarship*
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship*
Kenneth 0 . Lower-Nordkap Male Chorus
Music Scholarship*
Arthur Carl Marnmen Music Scholarship*
Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*
Music Education Scholarship
Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship*
Lois Oberhamer Nye Memorial Scholarship*
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship*
Performing Arts Scholarship (Music)
Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental
Music Scholarship*
St. John's Lutheran Church - John Norris
Memorial Scholarship*
Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship*
Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship*
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship*
S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship*
Elva B. Lovell Life Scholarship*
David Mathre Scholarship*
Debra Boss Montgomery Memorial
Scholarship*
Barbara Tjomhom and Richard K. Nelson
Scholarship*
English
Dagny Christensen Memorial Scholarship*
Anne Pederson English Scholarship*
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship*
Foreign Language
Emil M. Fossan Modem Language Scholarship*
Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language
Scholarship*
Theodore and Virginia Menzel Scholarship*
Health-Related
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association
Scholarship*
Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Minnesota
Scholarship
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial
Scholarship*
Linnea A. Danielson Scholarship*
Dr. James L. Tuohy Scholarship
History
Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History
Award
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship*
John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship*
Mathematics and Computer Science
Allianz Life Insurance Company Scholarship
Mathematics Scholarship
Music
33
34 Financial Information
-
String Scholarships
John and Vera Thut Scholarship*
Tinseth Music Education Scholarship
Nordic Area Studies
Olaf Gaastjon Memorial Scholarship*
Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship*
Philosophy
Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth C. and Mrs. Dorothy A. Bailey
Scholarship*
Physics
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*
Alfred A. Iverson Scholarship
NASA Space Grant Scholarship
Leif Sverdrup Physics Scholarship*
Political Science
Myles Stenshoel Scholarship"
Psychology
Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship*
Rev. and Mrs. George Pauluk Scholarship
Religion and Christian Service
Scholarships
C.A.L. and Esther J.E. Anderson Scholarship*
Kyle A. and Sandra L. Anderson Scholarship
Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship*
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*
Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance
Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial Scholarship Fund
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial
Scholarship*
Ernest S. Egertson Family Scholarship*
Luthard 0 . Gjerde Scholarship*
Dave Hagert Memorial Scholarship*
Elias P. Harbo Memorial Scholarship*
Arnold and Neda Hardel Memorial
Scholarship*
Helen (Mohn) Henderson Memorial
Scholarship*
Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*
Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*
Onesirnus Scholarship*
Philip and Dora Quanbeck Scholarship*
Johan H. 0 . Rodvik Memorial Scholarship'
Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren
Scholarship*
Paul G., Jr., and Evelyn Sonnack Scholarship*
Roy C. and Jeanette Tollefson Scholarship
Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Mission
ary Scholarship Fund*
Johan L. Weltzin Memorial Scholarship*
Social Work
Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship
Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship*
Steen Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students*
Bodo F. Suemnig Memorial Scholarship*
Lisa M. Weeding Memorial Scholarship
Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship*
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize*
Speech/Communication/ Theatre Arts
Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship*
Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama)
Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre Arts/
Religion Scholarship*
Campus Ministry - 36
Student Government - 36
Student Activities - 36
Social, Cultural, Recreational
Fine Arts - 37
Athletics & Sports - 37
Intramurals - 37
Student Affairs - 38
Academic Enrichment - 38
Program for Students with
Disabilities (CWS) - 38
I
T I P ~ ~ ~ I P ~ ; CLi:c
~ . L Pro:]rClm - 12
- :
,I I:.
- r -. : ,
-
>,v:-81,;
!
8
I
In
.
-
I
-
I
.
I
I
1
''
Colleae Policies - A3
Student Standards of Behavior,
Complaints, Records - 43
Family Educational Rights
and Pr~vacyAct - 43
Discrimination Complainb - 44
E
xperiences in the classroom are an
impo&t part of college life, but learning
and development also occur in formal and
informal activities of the College and the
metropolitan area. Whether students are
residents or commuters, the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg will add
dimension to their education.
As a college of the church, we are
concerned about spiritual as well as
academic and social growth. Our concern
for spiritual growth is evident in the
opportunities we encourage and provide
for students to explore their own faith.
Because our campus is comprised of
individuals from many different religious
and cultural backgrounds, our worship life
is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth
groups, outreach teams and community
outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and
justice forums, concerts and gatherings are
examples of the wide variety of activities
on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible
expression in chapel worship where
students, faculty and staff gather each day
to give thanks and hear the Gospel
proclaimed by a number of speakers and
musicians. Each Wednesday night students
gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays,
Trinity Lutheran worship services are held
on campus, with many other churches
within walking distance.
We seek to develop a free and open
environment where people are encouraged
to use and discover the gfts and sense of
call and vocation that God has given them.
As a college of the church, we encourage
students to form values guided by our
Christian heritage, which will be the basis
for the kind and quality of life that reaches
beyond their years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor and Campus
Ministry staff have offices in the Foss,
Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama
and Communication and are available for
spiritual guidance, counseling, support or
information.
Through student government students
secure a closer relationship with and better
understanding of the administration and
faculty, and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student
government also sponsors and directs
student activities, protects student rights
and provides the means for discussions
and action on all issues pertaining to
student life at Augsburg.
Student government is organized into
the executive branch, the legislative branch
and the judicial branch. Elections are held
in the spring for the next year. Freshmen
elect their representatives in the fall of their
first year. Many kinds of involvement are
possible -program planning, writing,
editing or service opportunities. If you
want to get involved, contact the president
or vice president of the Student Body in
their offices in the lower level of the
Christensen Center.
The Student Activities program creates
opportunities for students to enhance their
leadership skills through active involvement in developing events, activities and
organizations which serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming
Student Life
efforts and targeted activities for specific
student interests are generated through
these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic
and enjoyable interactive environment.
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities take place on campus
as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, films, theme
events, name entertainment and visiting
personalities in various fields.
The Christensen Center is the focus of
leisure-time activity on campus. Cooper's
Attic (the gameroom and student lounge) is
a popular hangout located in the lower
level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom and non-classroom related interests
meet here. Student offices in this area
include the College newspaper, the
Augsburg Echo; the yearbook, The
Augsburgian; Student Government and the
Augsburg Student Activities Council.
KCMR, a student-operated nonprofit radio
station serving the needs of Augsburg and
the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Umess Tower.
FINE ARTS
Students have many opportunities to
participate in music and drama. In addition
to appearing on campus and in the city, the
Augsburg Choir, Concert Band and
Orchestra perform on national and
international tours. Many other ensembles
are available to cover the entire range of
musical styles and previous musical
experience. Students stage several plays on
campus each year under the direction of
the Theatre Arts Deparbnent and have the
opportunity to attend a series of on-campus
workshops with visiting arts professionals.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intercollegate Athletic Conference
(MIAC) and is a member of the National
Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA)
Division IU.Men annually compete in
football, soccer, cross country, basketball,
ice hockey, wrestling, baseball, tennis, track
and field and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer,
basketball, ice hockey, softball, tennis, track
and field and golf.
When Augsburg announced on Feb. 17,
1995 that it was adding women's ice hockey
as a varsity sport, it became the first college
or university in Minnesota to do so. The
women's ice hockey program at Augsburg
offers participants the same opportunities
that the men's program receives.
INTRAMURALS
Every student is urged to participate in
some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed
sport. Check schedules for times when there
is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena.
SPORTS AND RECREATION
At Augsburg, sports are for the average
student as well as the intercollegiate
athlete. The campus offers on a space
available basis a double-rink ice arena,
gymnasium, six tennis courts, a fitness
center with workout machines and weight
room, and an air supported dome over the
athletic field for winter fitness use by
walkers and runners. (See Fitness Center
on Dage 41.)
37
38 Student Life
-
The Student Affairs Division is comprised of a variety of programs, services
and activities dedicated to complementing
and enhancing students' educational
experience and the academic programs of
Augsburg College. These programs,
services and activities provide students
with an enriched collegiate experience
which celebrates our rich diversity of
student needs and interests; attends to the
social, cultural and career development of
students; and enhances students' academic
performance through direct intervention
and environmental management. The
following information provides a brief
introduction to the major efforts of the
Student Affairs Division.
GAGE FAMILY ACADEMIC ENRICHMENT CENTER
The Gage Family Academic Enrichment
Center, located in Rooms 17 and 18 of Foss
Center is designed to offer students study
skills assistance so that they may achieve
academic success. The Center contains four
offices: The Learning Skills Office, The
Tutor Center, The Learning Laboratory,
and The Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS).
The Learning Center, located in Room
17, Foss Center, assists students in improving their skills in such areas as time
management, notetaking, textbook reading
and comprehension, test-taking, and
concentration and memory improvement.
Diagnostic testing is also available to assess
skills in reading, vocabulary, spelling,
study strategies and leafning styles. The
staff will assist students in developing
effective and efficient study skills.
The Karen M. Housh.Tutor Center,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges
for students to meet with tutors for content
tutoring in most freshman and sophomorelevel courses. The Center also notifies
students of tutoring labs available, as well
as supplementary instruction sessions, in
which tutors attend the classes and lead
discussions after class on major concepts of
the course.
The JohnEvans Learning Laboratory,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers
students the opportunity to improve skills
in reading, writing and mathematics
through the use of computer software.
Tutors are available to demonstrate the
uses of the software, and students are able
to monitor their progress.
PROGRAM FOR STUDENTS WITH
DISABILITIES (CLASS)
The CLASS program serves over 150
students and is recognized nationally as a
leader in the field of educating students
with diagnosed learning and physical
disabilities. The CLASS program is a logica
outgrowth of the College's commitment to
provide a high quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds
experiences and preparation. Augsburg ha:
a commitment to recruit, retain and
graduate students with learning and
physical disabilities who demonstrate the
willingness and ability to participate in
college-level learning.
The staff includes four licensed learning
disabilities specialists, a physical disabilities specialist, and accommodation
specialists, who supervise work-study
students and coordinate accommodation
services for students. One-on-one meetings
between students and specialists are the
centerpiece of the program model. Accommodations include individualized academic support, testing arrangements, tapec
Student Life 39
:extbooks, peer tutors, securing notetakers,
vccess to and training on computers, and
~daptivetechnology, such as a Braille
?rinter, dictation and voice recognition
joftware, and adaptive keyboard equipment. Modified and accessible dormitory
rooms are available.
ship applications, orientation and registration, course work selection, individual education plans, academic advising, career
counseling, employment, community and
professional referrals, internships, student
housing and crisis intervention. It advises
and supports the Intertribal Student Union.
The Groves Computer Lab is especially
lesigned for students with disabilities and
:ontains computers and adaptive equipment
to assist them in their academic progress.
Intertribal Student Union: lTSU serves
as a peer support group for incoming and
currently enrolled American Indian students. ITSU also organizes and co-sponsors
cultural events.
During the 1980s Augsburg spent
nearly one million dollars to make the
:ampus accessible to persons with physical
disabilities by constructing a skywaytunnel-elevator system that connects 10
major buildings. Augsburg has the oldest
md most extensive learning disabilities
program among the private colleges in
Minnesota.
For more information, please contact
the CLASS office at 612-330-1053 to request
3 copy of the CLASS brochure and/or
schedule an appointment with a specialist.
I AMERICAN INDIAN SUPPORT
PROGRAM
The American Indian Support Program,
located at 621 21st Avenue South, is a
multifaceted office established in 1978 to
recruit and retain American Indian
students. It is a national model of success
and continues to have one of the highest
retention and graduation rates of Indian
students in the state of h4innesota.
Components of the program are:
American lndian Support Services:
Assistance in admissions procedures,
financial aid procedures including BIA,
Tribal and Minnesota Indian State Scholar-
Minnesota lndian Teacher Training
Partnership: MNITm is a cooperative
effort between Augsburg College and the
Minneapolis Public School District,
intended to increase the number of
American Indian teachers in the Minneapolis public schools. Funded by the Minnesota State Legislature in 1990, this project is
designed as a special grant and loan
forgiveness program. Students who are
awarded state teaching licensure may then
apply for loan forgiveness for each year the
student teaches, one fifth of the loan will be
forgiven.
American lndian Studies Minor: An
academic component encompassing the
range of American Indian contributions to
North American culture. Courses offered
include art, religion, history, literature,
Ojibwe language and women's issues. For
more information, contact Dr. Virginia
Allery, 6121330-1385, or see course listings
under Interdisciplinary Studies in the
academic section of the catalog.
Anishinabe Library Project: Over 1,000
books, a variety of journals and scholarly
publications, research materials, American
Indian magazines and newspapers and
over 125 VHS videos are housed in the
Sverdrup Library and at the American
Indian Support Program Office. The library
Student Life
project offers both a historical and contemporary perspective on the cultures of
various tribal nations in the United States.
ASIAN AMERICAN SUPPORT
PROGRAM
The Asian American Support Program
was created in 1992 to recruit and retain
Asian American students and to enhance
the quality of their total experience while at
Augsburg College. The program seeks to
create opportunities where Asian American
students can be involved in and contribute
to all aspects of academic and student life.
The Program provides assistance in the
admissions and financial aid application
procedures, orientation, registration and
course work selection, career development,
academic and non-academic difficulties,
and employment and placement referrals.
The Asian American Association is
affiliated with the Support Program. The
Association carries out various activities
during the academic year to increase the
network of friendship and support for Asian
American and other students at Augsburg.
AFRIKANA SUPPORT PROGRAM
The Afrikana Support Program is
committed to enhancing the education and
personal development of students of
African descent, and to promote cultural
and historical awareness, academic
achievement and social interaction. It
sponsors events and activities, such as
celebrating Martin Luther King's birthday,
Afrikana History Month, the Each One
Reach One mentoring program and
Augsburg Black Alumni Council gatherings.
The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU)
provides support to students, including a
schedule of social and cultural activities.
The headquarters is in the Afrikana
Support Program Office, as is the PanAfrikan Center.
HISPANIC/LATINO SUPPORT
PROGRAM
The Hispanic/Latino Support Program
offers students individualized attention in
many areas, including academic support,
counseling and advocacy.
Students find assistance in: admissions
and financial aid procedures, orientation
and registration, academic planning, career
counseling, housing, internships and
employment and placement referrals.
The program advises the Latino Student
Association and supports academic, social,
cultural events, and other activities that
improve the academic and personal
development of Hispanic/Latino students
and provides awareness of the unique
aspects of the Hispanic culture.
The Career Services Department is
committed to assisting all students with
their career planning. This process is an
important part of a student's development
while attending college. To aid students in
this process, Career Services offers students
the opportunity to actively participate in
career seminars, career assessments, oneon-one counseling, self-paced computer
career planning modules, and use of the
Alumni Resource Network for informational interviews.
Services are available to all students,
but some programs are sponsored especially for seniors. Seniors are encouraged to
attend one of three annual job fairs with
recruiters representing business, education
or nonprofit and government sectors. There
Student Life
is also an annual graduate and professional
school fair for seniors to explore educational options after graduation.
W CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND
HEALTH PROMOTION
Counseling
Counseling provides a supportive
environment where students have many
opportunities to gain self-awareness
through personal exploration with the
assistance of trained, experienced counselors. Counselors serve as advocates providing support and assistance with direction.
Services include individual counseling,
group counseling, psychological testing,
assessment and referral, workshops, and
consultation and outreach.
Through the relationship with a skilled
counselor, a student may discuss personal
issues such as stress, depression, roommate
problems, intimacy and sexuality, drug
use, family problems, motivation, transitions, breaking away from family, selfimage, difficult decisions, eating concerns,
etc. Counseling is an educational process in
which students learn to think objectively
about themselves and learn methods of
understanding themselves and others.
Professional counseling can make a
substantial contribution to the educational
experiences of the student by providing the
opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth.
Health Promotion
Health Promotion offers a wide
spectrum of activities and events that
increase awareness of health issues and
assist students in adapting new behaviors
for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion
also works with various campus agencies
to foster positive change within the campus
environment.
Professional staff offer private consultations, individual assessments and group
workshops to accommodate the needs of all
students. Topics include varied health
issues such as fitness, nutrition, weight
management, stress reduction, alcohol and
other drug use, sexuality, etc. Students
interested in health issues can combine
learning and practice through involvement
with Health Promotion services. Academic
and practicum opportunities are also
available to students from a variety of
academic disciplines.
W HEALTH SERVICE
Riverside University Family Practice
Clinic serves as the Augsburg College
Health Service and is a family practice
residency clinic affiliated with the University of Minnesota. The clinic is located five
blocks from campus at 2615 Franklin
Avenue South. Many services are available
for all Augsburg students. Please refer to
the Student Guide handbook for details.
Students must check family health
insurance coverage to determine if they are
included. If not, contact the Health Service
Coordinator for information regarding
student health insurance and other services
available through RUFPC.
W FITNESS CENTER
Located on the lower level of Melby
Hall, the Fitness Center was built in 1993
and equipped with stationary bicycles, stair
steppers, a treadmill and other aerobic
workout machines. It includes a weight
room with universal and free weight
systems. All staff, students and faculty may
use the Center.
41
42 Student Life
-
The International Student Services
Office in the Admissions House focuses on
the needs of international students. It also
serves as a resource for those interested in
international events and global issues.
International Students - International
students receive assistance in meeting their
educational objectives through advising on
academic concerns, immigration and visa
problems, financial matters, practical
matters and personal concerns.
New international students participate
in an orientation program before the
beginning of the term which provides
practical information on housing, banking,
using local transportation and course
registration. Students also learn about the
U.S. educational system and adjusting to
life at Augsburg.
(Also see English as a Second Language
on page 73.)
Augsburg Community - Study abroad
Augsburg recognizes the importance of
the residence experience during the college
years. Research indicates that students who
live on campus wiU be more likely to
complete their college degree successfully.
Augsburg provides a diverse and dynamic
residence program which fosters the
development of community, and supports
and enhances the academic experience.
Live-in staff assist students by providing
social and educational programming,
facilitating conflict resolutions and assisting in emergencies.
Each complex contains 24-hour study
rooms, computer services, laundry and
vending services and access to security staff.
Augsburg expects all freshmen and
sophomores, not living at home, to live in
college-operated housing. Housing for
married students and students with
families is available.
Students rent a room at the beginning of
the Fall Term for the entire academic school
year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive at
Augsburg. Upper-class students make
housing arrangements in the spring. All
resident students must sign room and
board contracts.
works to utilize the cross-cultural perspectives of its international students and
students with experience overseas to
educate the college community on world
issues. This is done through faculty, staff
and student development programs which
include activities sponsored by the CrossFreshmen and transfer students are
Cultural Club, forums on world issues
urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1
sponsored by the Global Community and
Amnesty International student groups, and in order to secure housing. Students who
seminars focusing on issues of cross-cultural deposit after June 1will be provided
housing only if space is available.
communication for faculty and staff.
(Also see Study Opportunities Abroad
on page 53 and Student Teaching Abroad
on page 56.)
All students living on campus must pay
a $100 deposit when they sign the housing
contract. The fee is credited to the student's
account when he or she moves out.
The College houses approximately 700
students in residence hall rooms, apartments, floor houses and townhouses. A
Student Life 43
wide variety of options are available,
including single rooms.
Urness Tower -All new students and
some upper-class students live in Urness
Tower. This 11-story high-rise houses 324
students. Each floor is considered a houseunit providing 36 students (two to a room),
with their own lounge, study and utility
areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished with a bed, dresser, desk and chair.
Linens are not provided.
Mortensen Tower - This building is a
13-story high-rise apartment building. It
contains 104 one-bedroom and twobedroom apartments to accommodate 312
upper-class students. Mortensen Tower is
carpeted, air conditioned and contains
kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished.
Anderson Hall -Opened in fall 1993,
this is the newest residence hall. It contains
four types of living units: two-bedroom
apartments, two-room suites, floor houses
and townhouses. This residence houses 192
men and women. All rooms are furnished
with beds, dressers and desks. It is
equipped with telephones, cable TV and
computer hook-ups.
Special Interest Housing - Students
may submit proposals in the spring for a
program which allows them to live as a
group with a special educational contract.
Examples of programs include Campus
Ministry, healthy living options and
international floors.
W FOOD SERVICE
The Commons - Situated on the top
floor of the Christensen Center, this is the
main food service facility for students,
faculty and staff. This pleasant, spacious
room features small table units for easy
conversation and overlooks the College
A . - A
----
1-
--A
XK-.-L--C
------
TL-
portions are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
Murphy's - Located on the ground
floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's
features gnll items, pizza, soups, sandwiches and salads, desserts and beverages.
Augsburg provides a variety of board
plan options for those living in College
houses or nearby apartments.
W STUDENT STANDARDS OF BEHAVIOR,
COMPLAINTS, RECORDS
The College has adopted a statement of
standards for student behavior and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal.
The College operates in compliance
with the Family Education Rights and
Privacy Act. Students have the right to
inspect certain official records, files and
data which pertain to them and which are
maintained in the Office of the Registrar
and the Placement Office, and to challenge
inaccurate or misleading information.
Persons seeking additional information
on these topics should contact the Vice
President for Student Affairs Office.
W FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND
PRIVACY ACT
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg is required to give notice of the
various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg's
policy is published in this catalog on page
75 and in the Student Guide distributed
44 Student Life
-
Augsburg College understands that no
information other than "Directory Information" can be released without the written
permission of the student. Students must
give permission in writing for educational
information to be released to anyone
outside of the official personnel (faculty
and administration) at Augsburg. This
means that faculty or others cannot write
letters of support/recommendation or
nominate students for awards unless
explicit written permission is given by the
student to release non-"Directory Information." It is not sufficient to ask for letters of
recommendation.
Complete information about Augsburg's
procedures with regard to FERPA are
available from the Office of the Registrar.
DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINTS
The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievances:
Affirmative Action Coordinator (for
matters based on race, creed, national or
ethnic origin) - Contact the Office of
Finance and Management, Ground Floor,
Memorial Hall (612/330-1026).
504 Coordinator (for matters based on
physical or mental handicap) - Contact
Vern M. Bloom, Assistant Professor of
Social Work, Memorial Hall 332 (612/3301133).
Title IX Coordinator (for matters based
on sex or marital status) - Contact William
R. Rosser, Vice President for Student
Affairs, First Floor, Memorial Hall
(612/330-1160).
Employment - Contact Director of
Personnel, Ground Floor, Memorial Hall
(612/330-1058).
AU correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual at
Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Avenue,
Minneapolis, MN 55454. Formal grievance
procedures are described in the Student
Guide. Copies are available from the
Human Resources Office.
A
ugsburg College constructs its
curriculum upon the premise that students
must be educated as fully human persons intellectually, spiritually and physically. To
act effectively, human beings must have a
broad grasp of the world from which they
have come as
as the
in which
they live. By providing courses in the
humanities, natural sciences and social
sciences, the genera' education
introduces students to the breadth and
complexity of knowledge and culture.
Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition and encourage them to
reflect upon the importance and meaning of
spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses
offer opportunities to develop skills in
exercise and sporting activities.
Students choose from over 50 major
areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge
in a discipline and to prepare for a career or
further study. Thus, through a balance of
curricular activities supported by full
programs in student life and religious life,
an Augsburg education strives to educate
students in a real world for the real world.
W DECREES OFFERED
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts,
the Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of
Science undergraduate degrees. Augsburg
also offers the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership and the Master of Social Work
graduate degrees.
W ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4calendar,
with Fall and Spring Semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4week
January Interim. Full-time students nor-
mally take four course credits each semester
and one course during Interim. A maximum
of three course credits can be earned in the
two annual summer sessions, one of four
weeks and one of six weeks.
The calendar is coordinated with those
of the four other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can
take courses on another campus during the
regular term. (See Registration on page 59 .
and Calendars on pages 4 and 5.) January
Interim is particularly intended to be a
time for both students and faculty to
employ different styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and
topics in places and ways not possible
during the regular term.
The Interim catalog, published in the fall
of each year, is distributed to all students
and is available by contacting the Interim
Office. In addition to classes offered on
campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel
opportunities within the United States and
abroad. Augsburg offers two Summer
School sessions. The Summer School catalog
is published in the winter of each year, is
distributed to all students, and is available
by contacting the Summer School Office.
Augsburg Weekend College and
Graduate Programs follow a trimester
calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College
and Graduate Programs, pages 57 and 58).
W FACULTY
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a
doctorate or other terminal degree and all
consider teaching to be the focus of their
activity. Faculty are involved in social,
professional and a variety of research
.."L:..:L:-
I...L
--.,&
.I
.."L:..:G--
.-
-..---d
Academic Information
ing their teaching. They are actively
The Audio-Visual Center houses a large
involved in an exciting faculty development collection of sound recordings, video tapes
program which introduces them to current
and films, and supplies media equipment
thought in many fields but especially in
free of charge for instructional use. Audio
teaching techniques and theories.
and video tape duplication within the
limits
set by copyright law is available. The
Augsburg's size and small classes
Center
supplies television sets, VCRs,
encourage its tradition of close involvement
video
cameras,
video editing, tape recordbetween professors and students. Faculty
ers,
microphones,
slide, overhead, filmact as academic advisers and participate
strip,
opaque
and
movie
projectors as well
regularly in campus activities. Every
as
screens
and
carts.
Film
bibliographies
freshman is assigned a First Year Experiand
advice
on
materials
selection
are
ence (FYE) adviser and, later, chooses a
available.
Facilities
for
classes
in
broadcastmajor adviser. In this close interaction,
ing are located in the Center.
faculty act as both mentors and models for
students.
The Library and Information Technology Center is scheduled to open during the
1997-98 academic year. The new four-level,
LIBRARY A N D AUDIO-VISUAL
77,000-square foot facility will house all
SERVICES
library functions and bring together the
A relaxed atmosphere, a carefully
other computer departments of the college.
selected collection of both print and nonIn addition, the Center will include an Art
print resources, a helpful staff and friendly Gallery, the Special Collections and
student library assistants are the strengths
Archives, a Curriculum Library and
of the Augsburg Library. The main library
Instructional Technology Lab, library
houses over 175,000 books, journals, records instruction classroom, and facilities for
and microforms. Music, chemistry and art
media viewing and listening. A bridge will
history slide libraries are located within
link the new building to the current library
departmental areas.
which will be renovated to house addiA service-oriented staff provides
tional computer labs and multi-media
students with assistance to meet diverse
classrooms, as well as a lounge and
information needs including instruction in
vending area.
the use of the library, reference service and
guidance in pursuing research. Students
COMPUTER RESOURCES
have access to a wide variety of local,
Augsburg College has built a reputation
regional, national and international
as
a
leader in its commitment to provide
databases. Arrangements are made for
students
with the best access to information
access by students with physical limitations
technology
and training. In Newsweek
and special needs.
magazine's Cyberscope section on Aug. 1,
Students have access via a computerized 1994, Augsburg was cited as one of two
online catalog and daily courier service to
first-rate sources for information about the
all the library holdings of the seven private Internet.
liberal arts colleges of the Twin Cities.
Students have access to over 125 onElectronic access to the world of scholarship
campus computer systems, including 50
is available through the Internet.
47
- Academic Information
personal computers in a main computer
center, 30 personal computers in the
residence halls (available 24 hours a day),
plus another 25 computers located in the
general department offices and the
Sverdrup Library.
FIRST YEAR EXPERIENCE PROGRAM
WE)
The FYE program assists students in
their first Augsburg registration, provides
orientation events before classes begin, and
also includes a seminar series.
A campus-wide computer network
offers a full range of network services.
Augsburg College, a member of the
National Science Foundation's Internet
since 1990, is connected to hundreds of
universities in the U.S. and around the
world. Internet access and a renewed focus
on educational technology allows
Augsburg to integrate these electronic
resources into many different areas of the
learning process.
FYE reflects the College's commitment
to a meaningful introduction to college for
our students - an enriching beginning for
a college career. To provide focus for this
introduction, the FYE seminar is centered
on a series of themes. These themes are
reflected in and expanded upon in readings, discussions and other activities.
Diversity, tradition, change, ways of
knowing and what it means to be an
educated person are all themes associated
with the program. (Also see page 136.)
The construction of the new Library/
Information Technology Center will
enhance further the College's computer
resources for students.
Augsburg maintains its own Gopher
and World Wide Web site. The Web
address is: http: / /www.augsburg.edu
(Also see Honors Computing and
Communication Labs under Honors
Program on page 52.)
ACADEMIC ADVISING CENTER
The Academic Advising Center advises
all incoming students with undeclared
majors, provides information on matters of
general education, administers and tracks
all entry level skills assessments, interprets
catalog and graduation skills requirements,
and advises students who have been placed
on academic probation and reentering
suspended students regarding GPA
requirements. The Center also coordinates
summer advising for the orientation
program and provides in-service training
and development for faculty advisers.
DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS
The College curriculum is offered by 23
departments which are grouped into four
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities - Douglas Green (Chair).
Art, English, Modem Languages, Philose
phy, Religion, Speech, Communication,
Theatre Arts, College Librarians.
Natural Science and Mathematics Larry Ragland (Chair). Biology, Chemistry,
Mathematics, Computer Science, Physics.
Social and Behavioral Sciences Garry Hesser (Chair). Business Administration, Accounting, Economics, History,
Management Information Systems (MIS),
Political Science, Psychology, Sociology.
Professional Studies - Vicki Olson
(Chair). Education, Health and Physical
Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work.
Academic Information
MAJORSAND MINORS
Majors, or concentrations of study, may
be within one department, within one
division or cross academic disciplines.
Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Others test a
variety of disciplines before deciding.
Normally a major should be elected by the
end of the fourth semester and earlier in
some disciplines. Details of majors and
minors are in the course description
section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors
are part of the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Students may contact the Registrar
about creating a student-designed major.
Accounting
General Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Public Accounting
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Adrninistration/Finance
Business Administration/Intemational
Business
Business Administration/Management
Business Administration/Marketing
Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.)
Communication
General Communication Studies
Mass Communications
Organizational Communication
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
Computational Economics
East Asian Studies'
Economics
Applied Economics
Economics
Education
Education Studies (non-licensure)
Elementary Education Studies
(non-licensure)
Kindergarten-Elementary(licensure)
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering
English
Health Education
History
International Relations
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Applied Mathematics
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modem Languages1
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music (B.A.)
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nordic Area Studies
Nursing (B.S. - Weekend College only)
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physician Assistant
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Space Physics (B.S.)
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Youth and Family Ministry
Russian, Central and East European Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
-
49
- Academic Information
Accounting
American Indian Studies
Art
Art History
Stud10 Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
Economics
English
Health Education
History
International Business
International Relations
Linguistics
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modem Languages'
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Nordic Area Studies
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Social Welfare
Sociology
Russian, Central and East European Area
Studies'
Special Education
Theatre Arts
Theatre Arts
Theatre History and Criticism
Women's Studies
It is possible for students to complete
other majors through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
Students who wish to complete a major
offered at one of the other ACTC colleges
must apply through the Augsburg
Registrar's Office.
I CooperativeProgram of the Associated C o k p 4
the Twin Cities and agreements with the Unmersity
Minmwiz lf is possible for students to take bqimfing!
infemd&/admnced courses not available at amsortium 00lLzp in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, lapme,
Russimr,and ofher infrequently taught Ianpges.
Students register directly with the ACTC office.
ZDunldegree programs with the University of
Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington
U n i m d y School of Engineering and Applied Science,
and Midigan Technological University.
OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are
offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following
fields in Secondary Education: EnglishLanguage Arts, French, German, Life
Science, Mathematics, Physical Science
(Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades59)
Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre
Ark, and in the special areas of Art 6-12),
Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (grades
5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom
Music (grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom
Music 6-9), Vocal and Classroom Music
(grades 5-12), Health (K-12) and Physical
Education (K-12). (See Education Department on pages 117-126.)
Students planning to teach on the
secondary level have advisersboth in the
Education Department and the area of Iheb
academic major(s).
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields
of law. medicine. dentistrv. ministrv.
Academic Information
science, pharmacy or engineer-
-etr-
ng can profit from a liberal arts education
t Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for
dmission to graduate schools or xminaries
e reviewed and the course of study at
Lu&Sburg planned accordingly. A faculty
dviser is available in each field to assist
tudents in their planning. Studentswho
vant to plan a pre-professionalprogram
hould contact the Assistant to the Dean for
Lcademic Advising early in their freshman
.earto arrange for help from the approprite faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry -These courses are
mommended to fulfill the minimum
q u k m e n t s of the School of Den*
at
he University of Minnesota: ENG, two
auses;BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM
15,116 (or 105,106),351,352; MAT 124;
5Y 105. Requirements at other universities
"a7 varyPre-Engineering -See Engineering
legree and major requirements on pages
2i-128.
Pre-Law - Students considering a
a -in law should examine the handbook
tublished by the Association of American
a w Schools. Students may wish to take
aw-related courses to help determine their
&rest in law. Pre-law students should
najor in a discipline of their own chousjng
md will satisfy most law school entrance
quimments with a record of solid achieve
llent coupled with an acceptable LSAT score.
Pre-Medicine -Many medical schools
m
e encouraging a liberal arts education to
y for study in medicine. While a
mjor in chemistry and biology is not
q u i d to apply to medical schools, many
t d e n t s with an interest in the sciences
b o w to major in these fields. Course work
L
.
3
. ,
3 . 1
--1 1 -
includes: CHM 115,116 (or 105,106); CHM
351,352; BIO 113,114; MAT 145,146; PHY
121,122. Because admissions requirements
can vary between medical colleges (e.g.
some require a course in Biochemistry or in
Vertebrate Anatomy), students should
consult with a prehealth sciences adviser in
the Biology or Chemistry departments.
Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician's Assistant and Pre-Physical
Therapy -Course work in preparation
for these training programs should be
discussed with a faculty member in the
Biology Department.
Pre-Pharmacy -Augsburg has a
program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at
the University of Minnesota: BIO 113,114;
CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),351,352; ECO
112 or 113; ENG 111and a second course;
MAT 145,146; PHY 121,122; electives from
humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill
the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a
theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philose
phy, English, psychology, sociology or
religion. Recommended preparation
includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or
more courses in the history of philosophy
and Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine -To meet
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota, these courses are recommended:
ENG, two courses; MAT 145,146; public
speaking,one course; CHM 115,116 (or 105,
loti), 351,352,353; BIO 113,114; PHY 121,
122; economics, one course; two courses in
art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or
U ~ w Division
r
modern lanrmaees: and
51
52 Academic Information
-
anthropology, economics, geography,
history, political science, psychology or
sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the
curriculum requirements. Requirements at
other universities may vary.
HONORS PROGRAM
The Honors Program is designed to
challenge and encourage the most academically distinguished students at Augsburg.
The program combines academic and
cultural components with social activities.
Members of the program normally enter as
freshmen, but students may enter the
program as late as the beginning of the
junior year. Students graduate from the
Honors Program upon successful completion of the program, which is noted on
the transcript and which provides an
advantage for both employment and
graduate school application.
The Honors Program at Augsburg was
awarded a National Science Foundation
Grant, for the years 1995-1997, to establish
two Honors Computing and Communications Labs, one in Foss 20 and the other in
Library 20, and to put the program on a
computational footing. Students entering
the program as freshmen are required to
take an Honors version of CSC 160,
Introduction to Computer Science and
Communications, which establishes crisp
computing and communications skills at
the outset of their collegiate careers. Other
courses in the program make use of these
computing skills in lab-oriented sequence
exploring literature, writing, history,
religion, philosophy and social and natural
science.
During the junior and senior years,
students take four mini-seminars (one full
course credit upon completion), one each
semester and participate in a six-week
Monday Forum program each term.
Seniors take a Senior Seminar during
Interim, which satisfies a Perspective
requirement, and are obliged to complete
an approved Honors project. Some seniors
satisfy this requirement by serving on the
Augsburg Honors Review, a yearly journal
which publishes outstanding student
papers.
Requirements center on full participation in the program and the maintenance of
at least a 3.3 GPA the freshman year, a 3.4
the sophomore year, and a 3.5 the last two
years. Please direct enquiries to Dr. Joan
Griffin, Associate Director of the Honors
Program, 330-1045, or Dr. Lany Crockett,
Director of the Honors Program, 330-1060.
INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges
and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center -Through
CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges
library consortium, the Augsburg community has direct access to over 1,300,000
volumes.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) -Full-time weekday students at
Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and
universities of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at one of the other
campuses. No additional fee is required for
such an exchange, except for private
instruction in music or approved independent studies. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new
perspectives, to get better acquainted with
the other schools or to undertake a specific
course or major not offered on the home
campus. The colleges have coordinated
ralendars The Tntenm term mav alsn he
-
Academic Information
taken on another campus. A regularly
scheduled bus shuttles students between
the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with
other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA) -Augsburg, in
cooperation with 17 other colleges and
universities, offers off-campus study
semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central
America and the Twin Cities.
(See HECUA programs on page 55.)
Air Force ROTC -Augsburg students
may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at the University of St. Thomas under
the ACTC consortium agreement. Students
are eligible to compete for two and three
year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Office of the Registrar.
Army ROTC -Augsburg students
may participate in the Army ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under
an agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the program.
For more information, contact the Office of
the Registrar.
Naval ROTC -Augsburg students
may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under
an agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the program.
For more information, contact the Office of
the Registrar.
Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg
course credit of military science studies may
apply toward the total credits required for
graduation. Additional military science
credits beyond the one credit allowed will
be classified as nondegree credits.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR STUDY ABROAD
An increasing number of Augsburg
students are taking advantage of the
opportunity to gain academic credit for an
overseas experience. Through study abroad
students may meet with grassroots women's
organizations in Mexico, work in a small
business or artisan program in Kenya,
examine Scandinavian perspectives on
world peace in Norway, or thrill to the
sounds of The Magic Flute at the Viennese
state opera house. Study abroad provides
opportunities to develop critical thinking
skills, strengthen language competencies,
further career paths, experience different
cultures, and gain knowledge about the
increasingly interdependent world.
Academic Requirements and Credit
Study abroad is an integral part of
several majors at Augsburg, but will add an
international dimension to any academic
program. Students normally receive the
same number of course credits abroad as if
studying on-campus. Courses abroad can
fulfill major, general education, and
graduation requirements when approved by
academic advisers and department chairs
before departure.
Students receive advice on selecting
programs which best fit their academic,
career and personal objectives. Assistance is
provided with application, course registration, financing, and travel arrangements.
Orientation and reentry programs assist
students in integrating the experience abroad
into their course work and personal lives.
Eligibility and Application
All students in good academic standing
(a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off-campus.
Although foreign language skills are an
53
54 Academic Information
-
some time to prepare for studying abroad,
students should start planning during their
freshman and sophomore years.
The deadline for application is Dec. 15
for off-campus study the following year.
Costs and Financial Aid
The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a
semester on-campus. Financial aid is
granted on the same basis as on-campus
study. Cost estimates are drawn up to
assist the Financial Aid Office in awarding
aid to students studying overseas.
The Center for Global Education
The Center for Global Education
facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more
critically about global issues and to work
toward a more just and sustainable world.
The Center's programs explore a diversity
of viewpoints and are grounded in the
perspectives of the poor and of others
struggling for justice and human dignity.
The Center's study programs are
conducted in Central America, Mexico,
Namibia and Norway. Students experience
three distinct types of living situations,
which include living with other participants
in a community house, spending several
days in a rural setting and several weeks
living with host families. They also travel
together on two-week seminars -in
Mexico to Central America, and in Namibia
to South Africa. The cost of these programs
is equivalent to full tuition, room and board
for one semester on-campus plus airfare.
Moss, offers this semester or year-long
exchange program in Moss, Norway.
Students are taught in English. Coursg
offered may meet perspectives for g
d
education requirements, or count as
electives in Communication and Nordic
Area Studies. Students live with host
families on the island of Jeley or in studen
housing- To be discontinued Fall 1997.
Women and Development: Latin
American Perspectives - Fall
This program explores the experience oi
women in Latin America, focusing on their
roles in economic development, social
change strategies, and the connections
women are drawing among issues of
gender, race, class and global economics.
The program offers credit in Religion,
Political Sence and Spanish. Application
deadline: April 1.
Sustainable Development and Social
Change (Guatemala, El Salvador, N i i
gua) - Fall
This program introduces students to tht
key issues facing the Central Amerians- Fc
two decades the people of Central Amaim
have been in upheaval and have experienced fundamental social and political
change. Students examine the impact of
revolution and civilwar on the lives and
culture of the people and the environment
of Guatemala,El Salvador, and Nicaragua
Course credit may be earned in Spanish,
Religion,Sociology, and Economics.
Application deadline: April 1.
Southern Africa Societies in Transition
- Fall
Augsburg College/Ostfold, Norway Semester or Academic Year
Augsburg, in cooperation with the
University of North Dakota and the city of
This intensive program of study and
travel is designed to introduce participants
to the central issues facing Southern Africa
Namibia is a nation that has recently gainw
Academic Information
dependence and is making a transition
mncolonialism to independence. Students
dl explore the complex political, social and
amomic dynamics of building a new
ation.Credit may be earned in History,
bliiical Science and Religion. Internships
re available with development agencies~pplicationdeadline: April 1.
iender and the Environment: Latin
-can
Perspectives (Mexico) -Spring
This program introduces students to the
m%-econornicand political issues of the
*with
a focus on the impact of
nvironmental policies on the lives of
romen and men from varying economic
lasses and ethnic groups in Mexico and
h k d America. Students examine this
omplex web of issues and how the people
&Mexicoare responding to the pressures
nfamily, society, and the natural environoentCentral to this program is a service
mning course, in which students gain
landson experience in community service
ndsocialjustice organizationsby conduct~g participatory research or serving as an
Riemalongside people working on gender
ndlor environmental issues. Course credit
may be earned in Spanish, Sociology,
kligion,and Interdisciplinary Studieselication deadline: Oct. 15.
Women and Development: A Southern
Lfrica Perspective - Spring
This intensive study and travel program
i designed to introduce participanb to the
e n i d issues facing Southern A£rica, with
mphasis on the experience of women The
~ogram
introduces students to the skuggle
If women in Southern Africa, to the history
&theirrole in society, and to the situation
bat exisis for women in Africa. Students
may earn credit in Political Science, Religion
nd Sociology. Internships are available
with agencies providing special services to
women Application deadline: Od. 15.
The Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in four different full
semester programs in Norway, Ecuador or
Colombia. All programs emphasize the
impact of the social change and crosscultural factors on the human community.
HECUA programs emphasize intense
language experience, internships and field
trips.
For more information on international
HECUA programs, see the listings under
International Studies, and for non-international programs, see MetrwUrban Studies
under Interdisciplinary Studies.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term:
Noway - Fall
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses
on contemporary Scandinavian society,
culture and language, and the development
of cities, urban problem solving and urban
life. Local, regional, and international field
study and site visits in other countries
including
- the former Soviet Union, will
provide comparative perspectives on
welfare states and global politics. Application deadline: March 15.
Community Internships in Latin America:
Colombia - Fall or Spring
This interdisciplinaryprogram enables
the student to combine intense involvement in a community-based organization
with study of the community development
process and inaeasing language skills.
Students study philosophical and ideological perspectives of a variety of community
55
5 Academic Information
agencies or groups working with or for
low-income and other disenfranchised
populations in Latin America. Application
deadlines: Nov. 1for Spring Term and
March 15 for Fall Term.
Culture and Society in Latin America:
Colombia or Ecuador - Spring
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses
on development and social change in Latin
America through the study of ideology, as
reflected in literature, the arts and the
ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities. Application
deadline: Nov. 1.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department students may participate in the International
Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University
or the University of Minnesota, Morris.
Students have options for student teaching
in dozens of countries through the International Independent School Network.
Students who teach abroad will also do
part of their student teaching under direct
Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Education
Department.
Interim Abroad
Each January, 25 to 30 courses are
offered around the world by Augsburg
professors and through the Upper
Midwest Association for International
Education (UMAIE).Course registration is
held during the Spring and Fall Terms for
the following January. Application
deadline: Oct. 25.
EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION
PROGRAMS
One advantage of Augsburg's metro
location is its highly successful Experiential
Education programs which link the
College's academic program to Twin Cities
employers and organizations. The result is
a resume that is more attractive to potential
employers after graduation.
Through Internships, Cooperative
Education and Community ServiceLearning, Augsburg students integrate and
expand their liberal arts education by
embracing the worlds of work and service.
Each work or community service placement is closely related t i a student's major,
course work or career interest. Augsburg's
Internship, Cooperative Education and
Community Service programs link employers, community organizations and the
academic program in ways that enrich and
expand a student's educational experience
and personal development. An underlying
assumption is that a liberal arts education
is an effective preparation for careers and
citizenship. The integration of "knowing
and doing" adds breadth and depth to the
liberal arts curridum and assists students
in making more informed academic, career
and personal decisions.
The College's metropolitan location
makes possible a wide range of opportunities. Students have gained valuable
learning experiences in small and mid-size
companies, large corporations, nonprofit
organizations, schools, government agencies and community-based organizations.
Academic Internships
An academic internship is a carefully
planned work-based learning experience
where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. A
-
Academic Information 57
2arning agreement plan, negotiated with a
aculty supervisor and work supervisor,
d i n i n g the internship objectives, stratejes and evaluation methods is required.
in academic internship is approved,
upervised and evaluated by a faculty
nember in the department in which the
tudent wishes to earn the Internship credit.
Jpper Division Internships are numbered
*99and Lower Division Internships are
lumbered 199 (see pages 78-79.)
Internships are available in all majors
nd can be taken during a semester (or
Yeekend College trimester), Interim or
ummer session. For extension of an
nternship beyond one term see Evaluation
tnd Grading on page 69.
A maximum of four courses of Internhip may count toward the total courses
equired for the degree.
Iooperative Education
Cooperative Education is a college
,upported and monitored, paid, workearning experience that is closely related to
I student's major or career objective. The
;oal is to combine theory with practice in
vork or service-based settings.
Students also earn money to help defray
rducational costs while gaining important
)n-the-jobexperience. Job placements
ypically are part-time during the academic
rear and/or full-time summer. Co-op jobs
Ire flexible and can begin and end anytime.
zo-op Ed is not credited in and of itself, but
I non-credit Cooperative Education
ranscript entry is available during the
lcademic terms the student is employed.
b o p Ed students are encouraged to
:omplete at least one Internship for credit in
:onjunction with their Cooperative Educaion participation. Ceop Ed is avadable to
Yugsburg students who have completed
their freshman year and are in good
academic standing.
Service-Learning
Augsburg's Service-Learningprogram
combines response to human needs in the
community with a conscious awareness and
understanding of issues, reflection and
educational growth. Augsburg students
learn from and about the community and
society in whch they live by participating in
orientation sessions, direct service-learning
activities and seminars or class discussions.
Through direct service, such as volunteering
at a homeless shelter, tutoring, building
housing for low-income people or working
with environmental groups, students
engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach which employs reciprocal
learning between the student@)and the
community. Service-Leaming includes
course-embedded community service,
tutoring, internships, cooperative education
and a wide range of volunteer options.
The Service-LearningProgram works
with community organizations and
organizes specific projects to enhance
student involvement and also assists with
and supports the integration of servicelearning into departmental courses. The
program works closely with the student
directed Augsburg LINK program and
Campus Ministry.
WEEKEND COLLEGE
Augsburg Weekend College provides an
educational alternative for adult students
who work or have other commitments
during the week. It is a means by which
men and women may earn a college degree,
complete a second major or pursue a
personal interest or skill.
Academic Information
Weekend College classes meet on
alternate weekends. There are three
trimester terms during the early September
through June academic year. Students may
take from one to four classes each term.
Although the Augsburg Weekend
College program involves the same courses
as the day school program, the curriculum
is limited to selected liberal arts courses and
the following majors: Accounting, Business
Administration (specializationsin finance,
internationalbusiness, management and
marketing), Communication (concentrations
in general communication, organizational
communication and mass communication),
Computer Science, Economics, Elementary
and Secondary Education, English, Management Information Systems, Nursing,
Psychology, Religion, Social Work and
Studio Art.
W GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Augsburg College offers three
graduate degree programs: the Master of
Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership and the Master of
Social Work. Catalogs for each degree
program should be consulted for complete
information.
Designed for working adults, the
Augsburg Graduate Program operates on
alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday
evenings. There are three trimester terms
from early September through June of the
academic year.
The Master of Arts in Leadership
program is based on the subject matter and
approaches of the traditional liberal arts.
This cross-disciplinary program directs its
academic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems
relevant to organizational leaders.
A~~v~hi~ro's
nrnoram r ~ r n c m i 7 ~that
s
today's leaders need a broad spectrum of
abilities to provide them with a more
comprehensiveunderstanding of their
world.
The Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program values the role that
good educators play in the lives of students
and operates from the belief that educators
need to exercise leadership within the
workplace without relinquishing the role of
teacher. The program promotes leadership
as a process, promotes productivity within
and beyond the organization and works
toward progress.
The Master of Social Work at Augsburg
offers two concentrations: Family Practice
and Program Development, Policy and
Administration. In the Family Practice concentration, students concentrate on empowering the family nurturing systems from a
developmental and holistic perspective.
The Program Development, Policy and
Administration concentrationhas been
developed in response to the growing
demand for creative leadership and
administration of policies and services that
respond to human need.
OTHER PROGRAMS
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers selected
courses through Continuing Education.
Inquiries should be addressed to the Office
of the Associate Dean for Academic Affairs.
Canadian Program
The Canadian Program was inaugurated
in 1985with endowment from the
Mildred Joel Bequest for Canadian Studies.
The program supports special events and
conferences as well as student internships
and faculty activity in Canadian studies.
uty involvement, increased awareness
~f the importance of Canadian/U.S. relaions, and provision of opportunities to
earn directly from Canadians through visits
md exchanges. For more information
:ontact Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian
?rogram Coordinator.
Elderhostel and College of the Third Age
Augsburg College has a commitment to
ifelong learning and is host to both
Elderhostel and College of the Third Age
xograms. For more information, contact the
Academic Dean's office.
Academic Information
only in alternate years, students should
also consult with departmental advisers
when planning their academic program.
Separate catalogs of courses are
published by the Interim Office, Summer
School Office, Weekend College Office
and Graduate Program Office for those
sessions at Augsburg, listing registration
times and procedures.
Specific information on registration and
help with registration on another campus
are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar -Science Hall
114, for Fall and Spring Terms
Interim Office -Memorial Hall 230
I REGISTRATION
Summer School Office -2222 Murphy
Place
A student must be registered for a
:ourse to receive credit for it.
Weekend College Office -2222
Murphy Place
Full-time students normally register for
four course credits per semester and one
:ourse during Interim. Students registered
for three or more course credits in a
semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 course
:redits, students must contact the
Registrar's office to petition the Committee
Dn Student Standing for permission.
Graduate Program Office -2222
Murphy Place
Although a student may register up to
five days after the semester begins,
registration is encouraged at the regularly
scheduled time. Special fees are charged for
late registration. Special fees also are
harged for cancelling or adding courses or
hanging grading option after the first five
days of a semester.
A joint class schedule is published each
spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following
academic year. As some courses are offered
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may
pre-register during summer for courses in
the fall. AU currently enrolled students
may pre-register during the fall for the
Spring Term and during the spring for the
Fall Term.
Class Confirmation (payment of fees)
AU students must confirm their registration with a signature and final payment
arrangements prior to the start of classes.
Students who do not confirm their
registration before the first day of classes
(unless special arrangements have been
made) will lose all classes. They may
register and confirm during the first five
days, but special late fees are assessed and
added to their account.
59
Academic Information
Withdrawal from College
Former Students
Students are urged not to abandon
courses for which they are registered
because this may result in a failing grade
on their official academic record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College
must be completed in the Office of the
Registrar. A Leave of Absence/Withdrawal
from College form may be obtained in the
Academic Advising Center or in the Office
of the Registrar. Withdrawal from College
cannot occur during final examination
week unless a petition is approved by the
Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal
from College and any consequential
adjustments in accounts are effective as of
the date the Withdrawal from College form
is returned to the Office of the Registrar.
Former Augsburg students, readmitted
to complete a degree after being away fror
the college for at least one calendar year,
have a choice between using the catalog in
effect when they first enrolled, if possible,
or using the catalog in effect at the point o
readmission. Students must meet all of the
requirements in effect under the catalog
they choose. Choosing to complete under
the current catalog will require reevaluation of prior course work, including
transfer credit, to determine applicability t
current academic requirements.
Leave of Absence
The responsibility for seeing that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests wit
the student. Academic Advisers, Academil
Advising Center, Department Chairpersons, the Assistant to the Dean for Academic Advising and the Registrar are
available for counsel and assistance in
program planning.
Students may request a Leave of
Absence for academic or personal reasons.
A Leave of Absence/Withdrawal from
College form must be picked up in the
Academic Advising Center or the Office of
the Registrar. It must be signed by Advising Center staff or authorized representative. The completed form must be submitt ~ to
d the Office of the Registrar.
A leave of absence may be granted for
one term or one academic year. If an
extension is needed, an updated Leave of
Absence form must be submitted to the
Office of the Registrar prior to the expiration of the previous leave of absence
period or an application for readmission
will be required.
A student on leave of absence is responsible for keeping the Office of the Registrar
informed of his or her mailing address. All
deadlines for financial aid and housing must
be observed by the returning student. A
leave of absence does not defer payment of
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Students who enter an academic
program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrar's Offic
about specific requirements for a second
baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent
of a major. See page 20: Admissions - Special
Students (Second Degree).
Each student must apply for graduation. Students should apply at the start of
their last academic year to confirm remain
ing graduation requirements. Application
forms are available in the Registrar's Offic
All degree and course requirements
must be completed and verified in the
Academic Information
This quick reference checklist is an
bbreviated version of the General Educaon Curriculum requirements for graduaon. As a summary, it is not comprehenive and cannot substitute fully for the
~mpletedegree requirements which begin
n page 60. Students are advised to read
erefully the full graduation requirements
nd to consult frequently with their
dvisers to ensure that all requirements are
let for graduation.
All new freshmen and all freshman
nd sophomore transfer students must
omplete the following requirements
,rior to graduation (transfer credit may
pply to these requirements):
1 Complete the FYE Fall Orientation and
Seminar. (Sophomore transfer students
are exempt.)
1 Satisfy entry level skill requirements in
Mathematics
Writing
Critical Thinking
I Demonstrate proficiency in two
different Lifetime Sports.
1 Achieve a Math Placement Group score
of 111.
1 Complete 33 course credits. Of these:
11must be Upper Division (numbered 300 or above)
Two must be Interim courses
No more than 13 courses may be in
any one department, with the
following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A. ) ..............14
Music Education (B.M.) ........ .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . .20
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Physician Assistant (B.A.) . . . . . 19.5
Social Work (B.S.) .............. .15
Other maximums are described on
page 55.
O Completion of a major.
17 Maintain minimum grade point
average.
U Complete courses that fulfill the
following Perspective Requirements:
Three Christian Faith perspectives
One City perspective
Two Western Heritage perspectives
from different departments
One Human Identity perspective
One Aesthetic perspective
Two Social World perspectives, from
different departments
One Intercultural perspective
Two Language perspectives, in other
than your native language
Two Natural World perspectives,
from different departments unless a
year-long sequence is taken
C1 Complete courses that fulfill the
following Graduation Skills with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or P. (These
requirements may be met with courses
in the major or perspectives.)
Two courses in writing (one within
the major)
One course in critical thinking
One course in speaking
One course in quantitative reasoning
Two lifetime sports
61
62 Academic Information
-
All transfer students (entering with
14 or more credits) must complete the
following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these
requirements):
n
Satisfy entry level skill requirements in
writing.
Demonstrate proficiency in two
different Lifetime Sports.
U Achieve a Math Placement Group score
of m.
Complete 33 course credits. Of these:
11 must be Upper Division (numbered 300 or above)
Two must be Interim courses (The
number of interim courses required
may be adjusted for transfer students
- consult your evaluation of transfer
credit)
No student will be permitted to
count more than three courses from
the same department in meeting
perspective requirements.
No more than 13 courses may be in
any one department, with the
following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A. ) ............. .14
Music Education (B.M) ......... . 1 7
Music Performance (B.M.) ...... .20
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Physician Assistant (B.A.) . . . . . 19.5
Social Work (B.S.) .............. .15
Other maximums are described on
page 63.
O Completion of a major.
Maintain minimum grade point
average.
Ei Complete courses that fulfill the
following Perspective Requirements:
Two Christian Faith perspectives
(One Christian Faith perspective
for transfer students entering with
24 or more course credits)
One City perspective
One Western Heritage perspective
One Human Identity perspective
One Aesthetic perspective
One Social World perspective
One Intercultural perspective
Two Language perspectives, in other
than your native language
One Natural World perspective
fl Complete courses that fulfill the
following Graduation Skills with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or P. (These
requirements may be met with courses
in the major or perspectives.)
One course with a writing component within the major
One course with a critical thinking
component
One course in speaking
One course in quantitative reasoning
Academic Information
:ontinuedfrom page 60
Registrar's office prior to the anticipated
date of graduation (there may be no
incompletes or open courses on the
academic record).
Degree requirements include completion of a minim- number of credits, a
major, the First Year Experience (FYE), a
minimum GPA, residence, and general
education courses.
Requirements For Undergraduate
Graduation:
1. Completion of 33 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s.
Not more than 13 course credits may be in
one department, except in certain approved
majors: Accounting (B.A.) - 14; Music
Education (B.M.) - 17; Music Performance
(B.M.) - 20; M9ic Therapy (B.S.) - 17;
Physician Assistant (B.A.) - 19.5; and Social
Work (B.S.) - 15.
The course total must include two
Interims for students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg.
For transfer students, the course total
must include one less Interim course than
the number of years at Augsburg (but no
more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer
student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than these maximums may be
applied toward the 33 total course credits
required: two Interim courses; two courses
by independent/directed study; four
courses of internship; and eight course
credits with a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading (P) also has these limits: two
in the major except Elementary Education
(two in the major plus student teaching)
and Nursing (no P/N grading is pennit-
ted); one in the minor if approved by the
department chairperson. Interim courses
taken that are not counted among the credit
total for graduation requirements (extra
interim courses) may still be counted for
meeting perspective or graduation
skills requirements.
2. Completion of a Major - Requirements for each major are listed under the
departmental headings.
3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All
students who enter the College as freshmen
in the weekday schedule program must
complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall
Orientation and Seminar. See the program
section on the First Year Experience for a
full description.
4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for
most majors. A minimum grade point
average of 2.0 is required over all courses
taken and specifically over all courses
which apply toward a major or special
program. Some majors, licensure and
certification require higher grades in each
course or a higher grade point average.
(For example, see licensure in education,
music education, music performance,
music therapy, nursing, social work.) See
the departmental section for details.
5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of
the last 9 credits) must be completed at
Augsburg or within an approved ACTC
exchange program. No less than a total of 9
credits are to be taken at Augsburg College.
Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Some departments have a
minimum number of courses which are
required to be taken in residence within
the major. Consult the catalog description
of the major or the chairperson of the
department.
63
- Academic Information
SKILLS COMPONENT
Entry Level Skills Requirements
The entry level skills tests are inventory
assessments in:
Writing
Mathematics
Critical thinking
Placement in writing courses, math
courses and critical thinking courses is
determined by the assessments (see
page 71.)
Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg
with fewer than seven college credit
courses) and Sophomore Transfer
Students having fewer than 14 courses:
Take entry level skills assessments
and satisfy requirements.
If skill levels are deficient, students
will be enrolled in the appropriate course
or advised on preparation for retaking the
respective tests. Students are required to
take the assessments before registering for
the second term and to have demonstrated
removal of deficiencies by the end of their
first year at Augsburg.
Effective Writing or its equivalent is
required. Students who do not satisfy the
entry level skill in writing will be required
to take ENG 101 Developmental Writing
before ENG 111 Effective Writing. Freshmen should complete the writing requirement before the beginning of their sophomore year.
Students who have college credit for a
critical thinking or logic course are exempt
from the critical thinking inventory.
Freshman and Sophomore transfer
students will be required to satisfy all the
graduation skill course requirements.
Advanced Transfer Students
Transfer students who enter with 14
credits or more are exempt from critical
thinking assessments.
Those who have not passed the
equivalent of ENG 111 Effective Writing
course must take the entry level test in
writing. Augsburg's entry level test in
writing will determine placement in an
appropriate writing course.
Advanced transfer students are
required to satisfy all the graduation skill
course requirements, except that only the
writing component course within the majc
is required.
Math Requirement
In order to graduate, students must tal
the Math Placement exam and achieve a
score placing them in Group III(college
algebra skills).
Students with an acceptable transfer
mathematics course will have their
placement level determined by the
Registrar's Office. Students who have
passed the College Board Advanced
Placement Exam should consult the
Mathematics Department. Math placemen
is indicated on the Evaluation of Transfer
Credit form for students who have transfe
courses in college-level math.
All students are required to have their
Math Placement Group determined. The
exam is given during college registration
sessions and at other announced times
during the year. Students needing to
advance their Math Placement Group maj
take the appropriate MAT course or study
on their own and retest. Additional
information about the Math Placement
Exam is available from the Academic
Advising Center.
Academic Information
Please note that all students must attain
~tleast Math Placement Group 111. In
tddition, many courses have Math Placenent Group requirements. In particular,
dIS 379,479; CSC 170,210; SOC 362; PHY
-03; all MAT courses; and all courses with
t Graduation Skill Component in Quantitaive Reasoning have at least Math Placenent Group III as,a prerequisite. In
tddition, MIS 175 and introductory Physics
:ourses have at least Math Placement
;roup I1 as a prerequisite. Students should
,efer to the course descriptions to check the
dath Placement Group prerequisites for
:ourses that they are interested in taking.
Lraduation Level Skills
General Education includes enhancenent of certain skills during the years in
:ollege. Slulls related to writing, critical
hinking, speaking and quantitative
,easoning are deliberate components of
:ertain courses. Completion of the requisite
:ourses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P
s required for graduation. Students are
'equired to have two courses with writing
:omponents (at least one within the major)
md one course each with critical thinking,
;peakingand quantitative reasoning
:omponents. These courses can simultaleously satisfy skill requirements and
paduation requirements for the major or
;enera1 education perspectives.
All Writing Graduation Skill courses
lave the prerequisite of ENG 111, all
bantitative Reasoning Graduation Skill
:ourses have the prerequisite of Math
racement Group In, and all Critical
b & i n g Graduation Skill courses have the
>rerequisiteof passing the Entry Level
Zritical Thinking Assessment.
Lifetime Sports
Two different lifetime sports are
required. Students in the Day program who
are not Health and Physical Education
majors or in intercollegiate athletics may
test out of one lifetime sport. Weekend
College students may test out of two
lifetime sports. Lifetime Sports are nocredit courses, are not counted as meeting
Interim course requirements and are not
included in the 33 course requirement.
LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVES
The General Education Liberal Arts
Perspectives have the primary goal of
providing the basis for beginning to
understand what it means to be a human
being. The goals of the Perspectives are
achieved through a variety of courses
which have been approved as meeting the
criteria established for each Perspective.
Students will choose from a list of
courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the Office of the
Registrar. These choices are controlled by
the following policies:
1. A student will choose a minimum
of one course from each required perspective category.
2. No single course can fulfill the
requirements in two or more categories.
3. No student will be permitted to
count more than three courses from
the same department in meeting perspective requirements.
4. No student may count more than one
course from the same department in
meeting the requirements of any single
perspective emphasis area except:
Up to three courses in religion may be
used to meet the perspective, "The Charac-
65
66 Academic Information
-
ter and Mission of Augsburg College: The
Christian Faith."
Up to two courses in a year-long
sequence of approved natural science
courses may be used to meet the perspective, "The Natural World."
Up to two courses of the same modem
language may be used to meet part of the
perspective, "Intercultural Awareness."
RATIONALE FOR PERSPECTIVES
Augsburg, in its Mission Statement,
declares the College exists "To nurture
future leaders of service in the world by
providing high quality educational
opportunities which are based in the liberal
arts and shaped by the faith and values of
the Christian church, by the context of a
vital metropolitan setting, and by an
intentionally diverse campus community."
One way which the College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through
its General Education curriculum.
The Augsburg faculty has designed a
cohesive academic program incorporating
general education, major courses, supporting courses and elective courses leading to
the bachelor's degree. The core of the
Augsburg curriculum is found in the
liberal arts as expressed in the General
Education component of the college curriculum which is divided under two headings: liberal arts perspectives and skills.
The term "perspective" assumes that
not only are we engaged in the search for
truth, but that this requires the searcher to
consider questions from a variety of
viewpoints, each of which has something
valuable to contribute to the whole. These
perspectives are not strictly identified with
traditional disciplines, but are understood
in ways which encourage multi-disciplin-
ary reflections on the questions at issue.
They combine concerns about content with
those of process and approach, directed
ultimately to making the student a more
effective learner and participant in society.
The following requirements reflect the
way in which Augsburg has chosen to view
the liberal arts. Two of the four features of
the Mission Statement are embodied in the
General Education Perspectives: "The
Character and Mission of Augsburg
College: The Christian Faith and the City."
These Perspectives emphasize that the
College's affiliation with the Lutheran
Church, its insistence on the value of
knowing the approach which derives from
the Christian roots of the College and its
location in the city, deserve special
consideration in Augsburg's educational
program.
The third feature - that Augsburg is a
liberal arts institution - is also emphasized in the other General Education
Perspectives. Certain dimensions of human
life - of what it is to be human -form thc
core of the required liberal arts experience.
These overall perspectives on what it is to
be human can themselves be studied from
the vantage points of the various academic
disciplines.
Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person.
Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity.
But the person exists in both a social
community and a natural world. Hence,
the importance of the Perspectives on the
Social World and the Natural World.
Because the way in which we understand
ourselves derives largely from our Western
heritage, students need to learn about and
reflect on sipficant aspects of this
heritage. Thus, the Perspective on the
Western Heritage. At the same time, to
Academic Information
focus on the West alone would be ethnocentric. We live in a global society. Hence
the Perspective on Inter-Cultural Awareness. Attention to moral values is found not
only in the Perspective on the Character
and Mission of the College: the Christian
Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. The Perspective on Aesthetic
Values enables students to focus on
aesthetic works created by themselves or
others, which convey fundamental insights,
express beauty and enhance life.
Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with academic
excellence. Tlus has a number of features,
including the way we teach all the courses
in General Education. Beyond this,
academic excellence presupposes that
students have the requisite skills to do
college-level work. The General Education
Requirements are couched in a context
which pays attention to the skills of both
incoming and graduating students. Entrylevel skill requirements in a number of
critical areas, including reading, writing,
mathematics and critical thinking, will be
assessed and help given to students who
need it. Graduation-level skills are also
emphasized, so that students not only
maintain but develop their skills during
their Augsburg experience.
The General Education Requirements
provide a coherent way to address the
Mission of Augsburg College. They are not
the only way, neither do they guarantee
that students who graduate from Augsburg
possess the desired knowledge and
character traits. What they do is provide a
coherent description of the context in
which we liberally educate students, a
clear statement of expected outcomes and
an opportunity for students to see and
understand the complexity of what it is to
be human and Christian in an urban set tin^.
THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVE
REQUIREMENTS
Perspective: The Character and Mission of
Augsburg College: The Christian Faith
This Perspective focuses on Augsburg
as a College of the Evangelical Lutheran
Church in America. As a college of the
Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its
educational program the doctrines of the
Christian faith as revealed in Scripture and
the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran
Church. It consciously affirms that all
students should reflect upon the Christian
Scriptures, theologcal concepts, ethical
values, their own faith and values, and
religious concepts outside of the Christian
faith as part of becoming educated.
Christian Faith (CF 1, 2 and 3)
Area 1 is biblical studies, Area 2 covers
Christian theology and area 3 includes the
study of values or religions outside the
Christian faith. Three course credits are
required to meet this Perspective except for
the following:
Transfer students entering with 14-23
course credits will be required to take two
courses in the Christian Faith Perspective
while registered at Augsburg.
Transfer students entering with 24 or
more course credits will be required to take
one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg.
Perspective: The Character and Mission of
Augsburg College: The City
This Perspective focuses on the
College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this Perspective,
students should gain an understanding of
and critically reflect upon the city with its
diverse populations, cultural, govemmen-
67
-
Academic Information
tal and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges. In addition, students
should experience the community and
should explore opportunities for service in
the community.
This requirement must be covered
either by specific courses, by internship
and education experiences or by designated or college approved non-credit
experiences (such as volunteer service or
college programs). Experiences that satisfy
the requirement must be accompanied by
GST 209 seminar related to the perspective.
The City (C)
One course credit or experience is
required to meet h s Perspective.
Perspective: Western Heritage
This Perspective is intended to help
students critically examine themes (found,
for example, in literature, philosophy and
the arts) and events that have historically
shaped Western civilization. Attention
should be paid to the contributions of and
to critiques of Western thought by women
and ethnic minorities.
Western Heritage (WH 1 and 2)
Two course credits from different
departments are required to meet this
Perspective. One course is required to meet
this Perspective for transfer students
entering with 14 or more course credits.
Perspective: Human Identity
This Perspective is intended to help
students view themselves as persons, men
and women with unique abilities, values,
beliefs, experiences and behaviors.
Human ldentity (HI)
One course credit is required to meet
Perspective: Aesthetics
Aesthetic creations convey fundaments
insights and values, express beauty and
enhance life. This Perspective focuses on
aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by
oneself and others.
Aesthetics (A)
One course credit is required to meet
this Perspective.
Perspective: The Social World
This Perspective is intended to help
students learn to identify, examine and
critique social, economic or political
systems: to understand how and why such
systems develop, to see the connections
among these systems and to use this
knowledge as a participant in society.
Social World (SW 1 and 2)
One course must focus on current
theories and methods of a social science.
Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this Perspective. One course is required to meet this
Perspective for transfer students entering
with 14 or more course credits.
Perspective: intercultural Awareness
This Perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by
expanding students' awareness of other
cultures. One course is required in which
students critically reflect upon ways their
own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become
better able to communicate with persons of
other cultural backgrounds partially by
being introduced to a specific culture other
than European or mainstream North
American cultures.
In addition, students are to gain entry
Academic Information 69
md read a language other than their
native language. For this part of the
Perspective, students are required to have
jemonstrated proficiency in a modem
ianguage or American Sign Language for
nearing students.
The modem language requirement will
3e determined by assessing previous
2xperience and subsequent placement.
Intercultural Awareness (IA 1)
The study of a specific, non-Westem
:ulture and how that culture has shaped
the world. One course credit is required to
meet this part of the Intercultural Awareness Perspective.
(IA 2 and 3)
Study of a modem language other than
khe native tongue. Up to two course credits
~f a beginning language or one at your
placement level is required. Students with
previous language study should contact an
ldrnissions counselor or the Registrar's
3ffice for placement information. Students
whose native language is not Enghh should
:ontact the Academic Advising Center.
Modem Language
Course Placement
Experience
or Requirement
,-.
Lollegelevel -none
:0-2 semesters in High School)
111,112
Zollege level - 111
:3-4 semesters in High School)
112
Zollege level - 112
:4-6 semesters in High School)
211
Zollege level - 211
:7 semesters in High School)
212
Zollege level - 212
:8 or more semesters in High School) No
course
required
Students who are required to complete
two semesters of modem language must
complete the requirement with sequential
courses in the same language. Hearing
students who have demonstrated competence in American Sign Language by
passing an approved course sequence will
have fulfilled IA-2 and IA-3 Perspectives.
Perspective: The Natural World
This Perspective is intended to help
students understand themselves in relation
to the physical world. Their active role as
observers, explorers and moral agents will
be emphasized. Sufficient technical training
in scientific knowledge, concepts and
methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues.
Natural World (NW 1 and 2)
Two course credits from different
departments are required to meet this
Perspective unless an approved one-year
sequence is taken. One course is required to
meet h s Perspective for transfer students
entering with 14 or more course credits.
EXPLANATION OF GRADES
Student achievement in courses is
measured primarily by final examinations.
Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports
and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading
options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to
0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system,
in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better
and N means no credit and a grade of less
than 2.0.
PassINo Credit
Students who choose the P/N option
are cautioned:
2
Academic Information
In order to receive a grade of P, a
student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0.
1.0
Some graduate and professional
schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses, or rank
each as a "C".
0.5
0.0
P-graded courses do not count
toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at
Augsburg in order to be considered for
graduation with distinction. Transfer
students should be especially aware of
this requirement.
See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements, page 63.
Certain courses have restrictions and
are offered on one grading system only
(i.e., Lifetime Sports are graded only P/N).
In courses where there is a choice,
students will be graded on the traditional
system unless they indicate on their
registration that they wish to use the
P/N grading option. Any changes in choice
of grading system must be made according
to dates published each term. A fee is
charged for any changes after the first five
days of classes. All changes in grading
option that are made after initial registration require the signature of an adviser or
the instructor.
Numeric Grades
Numeric grades are used with these
definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
Achieves highest standards of
excellence
Achieves above basic course
standards
Meets basic standards for the
course
Performance below basic course
standards
Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are
not computed in the grade point average.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given
only in the case of extreme emergency. To
receive an incomplete grade, a student
must receive permission of the instructor oj
the course; must file a form stating the
reasons for the request, the work required
to complete the course, the plan and date
for completing the work with comments
from the instructor; and must file the form
with the Office of the Registrar. If permission is granted, the necessary work must be
completed in enough time to allow
evaluation of the work by the instructor
and filing of a grade before the final day of
the following semester. If the work is not
completed by that date, the grade for the
course becomes a 0.0.
Internships, Independent Studies and
Directed Studies may sometimes last
longer than one term. When this is the case,
they must be completed by the grading
deadlines within one year from the
beginning of the first term of registration.
A grade of X is given by the instructor to
indicate that the study is extended. It is
expected that students given X extensions
will continue to communicate with their
instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final
grade will be issued at the end of the term
in which the work is completed and
evaluated (but not longer than one year).
An instructor reserves the discretion of not
giving an X where satisfactory progress is
not demonstrated. If the course is not
complete, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned.
Academic Information
A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,1.0,
1.5, or N has been received may be re2eated for credit. Courses in which higher
yades have been earned may not be
aepeated for credit and a grade, but may be
iudited. All courses taken and grades
2arned each term remain on the academic
.ecord. O n y the credits and grades earned
he second time, for legitimately repeated
:ourses, are counted toward graduation
md in the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it
s dropped after the deadline for dropping
:lasses without a notation on the record.
Iuditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses
~ i t h o ucredit
t
or grade may do so by
.egistering for Audit (V). Full-time
itudents may audit a course without
:barge. The charge for part-time students is
isted under College Costs in the Financing
four Education section on page 22. The
jignature of the instructor is required to
.egister an audit. Students who audit a
:ourse should confer with the instructor
vithin two weeks of the beginning of the
, e m to determine expectations, attendance
md any other requirements. If expectations
lave been met, the course will be listed on
he transcript as having been audited. If
:xpectations have not been met, the
:ourse will be listed with a grade of W
Withdrawn).
kade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is
)ased on final grades for all work at
lugsburg. It does not include credit and
~ a d points
e
for work transferred from
)her colleges. Courses taken on the P/N
;rading option are recorded, but not
:omputed in the GPA. The formula for
:om~utinethe GPA is:
GPA = Total grade points divided by
number of courses taken.*
*Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned
Classification
Students are classified in August and at
the end of the Fall and Interim terms.
Sophomores - Seven courses
completed.
Juniors - 16 courses completed.
Seniors - 24 courses completed.
International Baccalaureate Program (IB)
Courses earned from the International
Baccalaureate Program will be considered
by the College for advanced placement and
appropriate credit. Departmental guidelines are available at the Registrar's Office.
ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS
LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM
Augsburg College recognizes that
learning can and does take place in many
life situations. Some of this learning may be
appropriate for credit recognition within
the disciplines that compose the academic
program of a liberal arts college. The APL
program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by
which a student's previous learning, other
than that which is transferred from another
accredited institution, may be presented for
examination for possible credit toward the
completion of a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience,
however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning
must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is
relevant to course work in a field of study
within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum, and 2) it can be objectively demon-
71
72 Academic Information
-
strated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students
may have their previous learning assessed
for credit recogrution. The following is a
brief description of each of these means of
assessment:
Advanced Placement Program
Test (AP) - Advanced placement in
courses beyond the beginning level is
granted to students with scores of 3,4
and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department.
Inquiries should be addressed to the Office
of the Registrar.
The College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) - This is a series of
standardized tests which have been
developed by the College Board and are
offered to students for a small fee at
regional testing centers. (The regional
testing center for this area is the University
of Minnesota.) Students who score at or
above the 65th percentile on a subject
examination may receive academic credit
for that subject at Augsburg College.
Additional information about CLEP tests is
available from the Office of the Registrar
and the Academic Advising Center.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams
- These are available for students to use in
obtaining credit for previous learning if the
following conditions are met:
There is a departmental instrument
available for the subject area in question.
There is a faculty member designated
by the department to administer the exam.
The Registrar approves the student's
request to take the exam. Credit for
departmental exams is available on a pass/
no credit basis only, and there is a charge
per exam of one-half of tuition for a full
course credit.
The Portfolio Assessment Program This is a credit assessment alternative in
which a faculty team completes a credit
evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty team is
composed of two faculty members from
fields of study directly related to the
student's previous learning. Students who
wish to prepare a portfolio of previous
learning for credit assessment should
consult the Office of the Registrar. In
completing the evaluation of a student's
previous learning, the faculty team applies
the following criteria:
There is documentable evidence of a
cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed
and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts course work.
The learning has been objectively
verified by individuals in addition to the
presenting student.
The learning lends itself to both
qualitative and quantitative measurement.
The learning relates well to the
student's educational goals.
The learning and skills involved
are current and could be used at the
present time.
Students may apply for the credit
assessment process after completing at
least four courses/credits of academic
work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is
strongly recommended that the process no
be used when four or fewer courses remair
for graduation. There is an application
deposit to initiate the credit assessment
process, and a charge for each semester
Academic Information
credit applied to the student's transcript if
credit is approved. Credit is available on a
pass/no credit basis only.
Transcript credit will be granted on the
basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided
by four to determine the number of course
credits applied to graduation. These credits
will be recorded with the course number of
APL 2xx. Application of this credit toward
the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements,
Upper Division requirements and academic
majors and minors may be subsequently
addressed by the departments involved in
response to a formal request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for
Previous Learning -While Augsburg
College recogruzes the validity of
learning that takes place outside the
traditional classroom, this learning must be
placed in the context of formal study in
campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of eight
courses (about one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is
obtained through previous experiential
learning. In compiling the eight courses of
credit for previous experiential learning,
the student may use any combination of
the four assessment processes available
in the APL program: AP exams, CLEP
exams, departmental comprehensive
exams and credit granted through portfolio
assessment.
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Program
Students who declare a language other
than English to be their primary language
or who are citizens of another c o w must
take the ESL placement test in conjunction
with the English writing placement test at
orientation. Students' placement in ESL,
ENG 101 Develoumental writ in^. or ENG
111 Effective Writing will be determined by
their scores on the Michigan test (80-100
range for exemption from ESL) and by a
writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the English
as a Second Language course, an objective
test will be administered to all students in
the class. The score on this test and the
grade eamed in the class will determine
whether additional ESL course work is
required. Usually a score of 80 to 100 and a
course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the
student's ESL requirement.
All students whose native language is
not English must stay enrolled in ENG
217/218 until such time that they pass ESL
placement test at 80 percent or higher. The
ESL course can only be counted twice in
the total number of courses required for
graduation.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the modem language
requirement for graduation.
1 ACADEMIC PROGRESS, PROBATION
AND DISMISSAL
The College requires that students
maintain the following cumulative grade
point averages (GPA):
Freshman -A student who has taken
fewer than seven courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher
Sophomore -A student who has
taken fewer than 16 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher
Junior- A student who has taken
fewer than 24 courses with a cumulative
GPA of 1.9 or higher
Senior - A student who has taken 24
or more courses with a cumulative GPA of
9
n
-- L:-L--
73
2 Academic Information
It should be noted that a minimum
GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation with
certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
decision within 10 days to the Committee
on Student Standing.
Students whose academic achievement
falls below these guidelines will either be
placed on scholastic probation at the end of
the term or will be continued on probation
or will be dismissed from the College. In
addition, a freshman who receives two zero
grades or a sophomore who receives three
zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal from
the College is not automatic. Each case is
reviewed by the Committee on Student
Standing. Evidence of the student's
commitment to academic progress is the
major consideration in deciding whether or
not to dismiss a student. Students who
have a poor academic record may be
strongly advised to withdraw before the
end of a term. Those on probation who
voluntarily withdraw from the College, as
well as those who are dismissed, must have
special permission to re-enroll.
The Dean's List, compiled after
each semester, lists students whose grade
point average for a semester is 3.5 or
better. Students must be full-time students
(a minimum equivalent of three full
course credits for a weekday schedule
student or two equivalent full course
credits for a Weekend College student),
graded on the traditional grading system,
with no incompletes in courses offered for
credit. Courses taken outside of a program's calendar (i.e., crossover courses
taken in a Weekend College trimester term
by a day program student or in a semester
term by a Weekend program student) are
not calculated when determining the
Dean's List. If permission is given by the
student, an announcement is sent to the
hometown newspaper of each student on
the Dean's List.
Students may be removed from
probation when the cumulative GPA
reaches the minimum levels stated above.
Students placed on probation as freshmen
for having earned two zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not
earned additional zero grades, and if their
cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students
placed on probation as sophomores for
having earned three zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative
GPA reaches 1.9.
The College reserves the right to
dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is
dismissed, he or she may appeal the
Dean's List
Qualification for Commencement
Augsburg College has one commencement ceremony per academic year in the
month of May. Undergraduate students
who will not have met degree requirement$
by the end of the Spring Term may quahfy
to participate in commencement if: 1) no
more than 3 course credits/requirements
will remain in their program at the end of
the Spring Term, and 2) the remaining
requirements will be completed in the
Summer or Fall Terms following participation in commencement. Candidates for
graduation who will complete Summer or
Fall Terms will be noted as such in the
commencement program.
Academic lnformation
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State
Approving Agency for Veterans Education.
Veterans should consult with the Office of
the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding
of other information to the Veterans
Administration. Veterans will need to meet
the requirements of the Veterans Adrninistration regarding repayment of educational
assistance funds received.
I FOUR YEAR ASSURANCE PROGRAM
This program applies to students who
enter the Day School schedule as full-time
freshmen in the fall of 1996 and thereafter.
New freshmen are assured that they will be
able to graduate in four years - if they
maintain continuous full-time enrollment
for four years, maintain a 2.0 GPA and
follow advising guidelines - or they will
receive the remaining required courses free
of additional tuition. A few professional
majors are excluded from this program.
Students must complete a formal advising
agreement with the College by the end of
their sophomore year (16 course credits are
completed) in order to qualify. Contact the
Academic Advising Center for details.
FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND
PRIVACY ACT NOTICE
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974, as amended (FERPA)
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg College is required to gyve notice
of the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with
FERPA, you are notified of the following:
Right to Inspect and Review Education
Records - You have the right to review
and inspect substantially all of your
education records maintained by or at
Augsburg College.
Right to Request Amendment of Education Records - You have the right to seek
to have corrected any parts of an education
record whch you believe to be inaccurate,
misleading or otherwise in violation of
your right to privacy. Tlus includes the
right to a hearing to present evidence that
the record should be changed if Augsburg
decides not to alter your education records
according to your request.
Right to Give Permission for Disclosure
of Personally Identifiable lnformation You have the right to be asked and to give
Augsburg your permission to disclose
personally identifiable information
contained in your education records, except
to the extent that FERPA and the regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission.
Right to withhold Disclosure of
"Directory Information" -FERPA uses
the term "Directory Information" to refer to
those categories of personally identifiable
information that may be released for any
purpose at the discretion of Augsburg
College without notification of the request
or disclosure to the student.
Under FERPA you have the right to
withhold the disclosure of the "Directory
Information" listed below. Please consider
very carefully the consequences of any
decision by you to withhold "Directory
Information." Should you decide to inform
Augsburg College not to release "Directory
Information," any future request for such
information from persons or organizations
outside of Augsburg College will be refused.
75
2
Academic Information
"Directory Information" includes
the following:
The student's name;
The student's address;
The student's telephone number;
The student's date and place of birth;
The student's major field of study;
The student's participation in
officially recognized activities and
sports;
The student's degrees and awards
received;
The weight and height of members of
athletic teams;
The student's dates of attendance;
The most recent previous educational
agency or institution attended by the
student; and
The student's photograph
Augsburg College will honor your
request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to
contact you for subsequent permission to
release it. Augsburg assumes no liability
for honoring your instructions that such
information be withheld. Forms for
withholding disclosure of "Directory
Information" are available from the
Registrar's Office. If the completed form is
not received by the Registrar prior to Sept.
15, it will be assumed that all "Directory
Information" may be disclosed for the
remainder of the current academic year. A
new form for withholding disclosure must
be completed each academic year.
Right to Complain to FERPA Office You have the right to file a complaint with
the Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act Office, Department of Education, 600
Independence Ave. S.W., Washington, D.C.
20202, concerning Augsburg's failure to
comply with FERPA.
Right to Obtain Policy: -You have the
right to obtain a copy of the written
Augsburg policy regarding FERPA. A copy
may be obtained in person from the
Registrar's Office.
A
\ s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg
College believes that knowledge and truth
are interrelated and are integrated into a
whole. The tradition of the academic
world, however, divides this unified truth
into more manageable parts: the academic
disciplines. The knowledge of individual
disciplines is subdivided into courses
which make it more accessible to students.
These courses can be arranged in various
ways to construct majors, to create the
substance of a broad general education and
to give students the opportunity to study
areas of particular individual interest.
Descriptions of courses are arranged by
departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject
matter to aid students in planning a
program. A syllabus containing a more
detailed explanation of content, approach
and requirements for a particular course can
be obtained from the instructor.
Department entries also contain a
narrative discussion of the educational
philosophy of each department, its goals
and its place in the College's program. A
listing of requirements for individual majors
and minors follows the narrative.
Class Schedule
Courses listed are subject to change. In
general, classes are offered Fall and/or
Spring terms unless otherwise indicated.
The Schedule of Classes published by the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) each spring lists offerings and
locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Since some courses are offered alternate
years, it is important that the student review
with an adviser to ensure that all requirements can be met.
Descriptions and schedules for courses
offered in January Interim, Summer School,
Augsburg Weekend College and the Master
of Arts in Leadership, Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership and the Master of
Social Work programs are published in
separate catalogs.
Credits
A full course is offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half
or one-quarter course credit, are offered in
the Division of Professional Studies. Unless
noted, all courses are one course credit. A
full course has the approximate value of
four semester credits or six quarter hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute
periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in
addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are Lower
Division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as Upper Division.
In general, courses in the 100s are primarily
for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for
juniors, and 400s for seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before
enrolling in a higher level course are listed
in the course description. A student may
enroll in a course when a prerequisite has
not been fulfilled if there is prior approval
by the professor teaching the course.
Every department offers opportunities
Departments and Programs 79
course description and process for registering is normally the same for each department. Some departments have additional
statements and that will be found in the
departmental course listing.
INTERNSHIPS
Registration for Internships consists of
the following steps:
1. Obtain the Internship Registration
Permission Form from the Internship and
Cooperative Education Office and secure
the signatures of the faculty supervisor and
director of Internships and Cooperative
Education.
199
399
2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship
during the registration period. The signed
permission form must be turned in at the
time of registration. (Students may preregister without a placement secured, but a
suitable internship must be found by the
end of the registration or drop/add period.)
3. A learning agreement (forms are
available from the Internship and Cooperative Education Office) must be negotiated
with the faculty member responsible for
grading the experience and the work
supervisor. The completed original is
turned in to the Internshp and Cooperative
Education Office, with copies made for the
faculty, supervisor and student.
lnternship
A work or service-based learning experience at the sophomore level in whch a student,
faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas
and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is often expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/
registration, interested students must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship Office regarding requirements and permission to register.
lnternship
A work or service-based learning experience at the junior-senior level in which a student,
faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas
and methods of the discipline with the opportunitiesinherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is often expected. Prior to the b e p n i n g of the term/
registration, interested students must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship Office regarding requirements and permission to register.
DIRECTED AND INDEPENDENT STUDIES
299
Directed Study
An opportunity to study topics not covered in the scheduled offerings under the
direction of an Instructor. Open to all students, but normally taken by sophomores and
juniors. Approval must be secured from the instructor and the department chairperson
in writing before the term in which the study is undertaken.
499
Independent StudyIResearch
An opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects. Normally open to junior
and senior majors. Approval must be secured from the instructor and the department
8o
-
ACCOUNTING
See listing under Business Administration
and Management Information Systems.
AMERICAN
INDIAN
STUDIES
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
&
t is important as a field of study for
our time. Our survival as a culture may
very well depend on whether we are able
to create order and beauty in the design
and function of communities. Realizing
this, we have made design and sensitivity
to all aspects of visual experience central to
the art program at Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is
so much a part of everyday life that it is
often taken for granted. At the same time,
however, the interchange of visual ideas is
frequently misunderstood. The task of the
artist, art teacher and art historian is to
celebrate visual experience through a
variety of media and art examples. In short,
the visual arts teach us how to see.
Because of the College's commitment to
the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at
Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from
all disciplines. Art as a human activity does
involve manual skill, although to become
broadly significant it should interact with
the content available in other fields, such as
language, history, drama, music, literature,
philosophy, theology, business, physical
education and science.
A liberal arts college like Augsburg is
an ideal setting for the study of art because
it provides a constant possibility for the
interaction of ideas, disciplines and
attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further
enhanced by associations with a sipficant
number of art galleries and museums in the
Twin Cities area.
Art Faculty
Kristin Anderson (Chair), Norman Holen,
Philip Thompson
Studio Art Major
Majors are required to begin their programs with the Studio Arts Foundations:
ART 102 Design
ART 107 Drawing
One course in two-dimensional art from:
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 223 Printmaking I
Art
or ART 225 Communication Design I
or ART 360 Watercolor Painting
One course in three-dimensional art from:
ART 221 Sculpture I
or ART 250 Ceramics I
Five additional studio arts courses
ART 240 Art History Survey
And two additional art history courses
Senior studio majors must participate in at
least one exhibit during their final year.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
Licensure requirements.
Art History Major
Eight art history courses including:
ART 240 Art History Survey
ART 388 19th and 20th Century Art
Two studio courses:
ART 102 Design
or ART 107Drawing
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 221 Sculpture
Honors Majors
GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall,
portfolio of artwork (studio majors) or
research (art history majors) reflecting high
quality work, and special projects such as
senior exhibition and research. Application
should be made to the Department Chair
before the last tern of the senior year.
Studio Art Minor
Five courses including ART 240, ART
107 and three additional studio courses.
Art History Minor
Five art history courses including
ART 240.
Certificate in Art
Eight art courses, including at least one
in art history. Up to four courses may be
taken in one studio area or in art history.
I STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS
Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions.
9RT 102
Design
A study of design as the unify~ngfoundation for the visual arts. Two- and
three-dimensionalprojects demonstrating the use of the basic design
elements and principles.
9RT 107
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimentalwork.
81
-
** Art
STUDIO ART
ART 100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the
Department.
ART 106
Calligraphy I
Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with
emphasis on the broad-edged pen.
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression and communication with attention to black and white photographic processes. Students
need access to a 35 mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost
approximately $200-225.
ART 221
Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, wood, alabaster,
welded steel and bronze, plaster, and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve,
cast, weld and assemble the respective media.
ART 223
ART 224
Print Making I
An introduction to traditional and experimentalmedia and methods of
printing. Intaglio, relief, stencil and mono methods are explored.
Publication Design
An introduction to basic publication formats and production using
electronic layout software, emphasizing principles and tools of typography, layout and color.
ART 225
Communication Design I
An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design.
Students will use the computer to develop their visual communication
skills as they create designs using typography, symbols, logos and
illustrations.
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on
handbuilding and glazing.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual
arts, particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry,
dance, mythology, ritual, religion and drama of many American Indian
tribes. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basketmaking, pottery, jewelry, sculpture or prints.
ART 306
Calligraphy II
Advanced work in calligraphic media and design.
Art 83
ART 330
ART 351
Communication Design II
An advanced study of graphic design using the computer to create visual
communications for the print medium. (Prereq.: ART 225)
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or
handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250)
ART 355
Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118)
ART 360
Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in
transparent watercolor.
ART 368
Print Making II
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including
silk-screen, etching and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique.
(Prereq.: ART 223)
ART 478
Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, wood, alabaster,
welded steel and bronze, plaster, and plexiglass. (Prereq.: ART 221)
ART HISTORY
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art of the Westem world from prehistoric to modem times.
Includes reading, research, viewing of slides and visits to museums.
Note: Thefollowing courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year.
ART 352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine
arts, the "traditional" arts and the work of Native American women.
(Prereq.:ENG 111)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture and design.
ART 385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th century A.D.
ART 386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting,
sculpture and architecture in Europe. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
- Art
ART 388
19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture and architecture from Neoclassicism
through the present. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 389
American Art
A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture and folk arts.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ART 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
ART 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
ART 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
ART 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
ASIANSTUDIES
See listing under East Asian Studies.
B
iolow is the study of life and it is
natural that we, as contemplative living
zreatures, seek a deeper understanding of
the living world that envelops us. This
search has led to the realization that the
tarth is filled with an enormous variety of
living organisms. Since humans are a part
3f the biological world, an understanding
~f the basic biologcal processes common to
311 organisms, as well as those features
which are unique to humans, is essential to
~ttainself-understanding
- and to provide a
basis for wise decisions.
-<
Even the simplest organisms are
incredibly complex and a complete
understanding of even one of these has, as
yet, eluded biologsts, even though some
~rganismshave been subjected to years of
intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus
zontinue to be a fertile field for research for
many years to come.
Still, in recent decades great strides
have been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those
at the cellular, molecular, and ecosystem
levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to
humans, including advances in medicine,
3griculture and food science.
Because a complete understanding of
2iological systems depends on applications
~f the principles of physics and chemistry,
3 firm background in the physical sciences
is also important, to support the student's
xoad-based understanding of biology.
For many, an undergraduate major in
2iology serves primarily as a basis for
hrther study. Augsburg graduates have
3one on to further studies in the Life
;ciences, leading to careers in college or
miversity teaching, basic and applied
research, and public health. Others have
mtered professional programs in medicine,
veterinary medicine and dentistry. Other
graduates have gone directly into a variety
of careers, including secondary education
and laboratory technology.
Biology Faculty
Esther McLaughlin (Chair),William
Capman, Mary K. Chelberg, Robert
Herforth, Dale Pederson
5
e n
Major
Nine courses including:
BIO 113 General Biology
BIO 114 General Biology
BIO 215 Introductory Cellular Biology
and at least one from each of the five
following groups:
I.
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
BIO 352 Comparative Vertebrate
Zoology
BIO 473 Animal Physiology
11.
BIO 361 Plant Biology
BIO 440 Plant Physiology
111.
BIO 355 Genetics
BIO 481 Ecology
IV.
v.
BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
BIO 474 Developmental Biology
BIO 367 Biochemistry
BIO 476 Microbiology
The ninth course may be any Upper
Division biology course, including an
Interim course.
BIO 491 Seminar (non-credit) is
required of all juniors and seniors.
86 Biology
-
Required Supporting Courses
CHM 1051106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 1151116 General Chemistry
CHM 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry
or CHM 3511352 Organic Chemistry
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 1211122 General Physics
Math Placement Group IV
a two-semester sequence in organic
chemistry. Many medical schools also
require two semesters of calculus. Students
should consult the pre-medical adviser in
the department for information specific to
medical school application.
Graduate and Professional Training
GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall,
active participation in seminar, one course
of approved Independent Study with an
oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the
first term of the senior year.
Graduate programs in biological fields
require coursework similar to that for premedical education, and may also require
undergraduate research experience. Health
care professions (physician assistant,
physical therapist, veterinarian, etc.) have
specific requirements which should be discussed with an adviser in the department.
Minor
Teaching Licensure Major
Five courses, including BIO 113,114
and three Upper Division courses; CHM
105/106 or CHM 115/116.
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
iden* current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Honors Major
In planning their courses of study,
students are encouraged to work closely
with members of the Biology faculty.
Normally both General Biology and
Principles of Chemistry (or General
Chemistry) should be taken in the first
year, and Introductory Cellular Biology
and Organic Chemistry in the second year.
Pre-medical Biology Major
The same as the biology major, including a two-semester sequence in physics and
Cooperative Education
The Department works with the
Cooperative Education Office in identifying and defining Co-op Ed experiences in
laboratories and other settings in the Twin
Cities. Students interested should consult
with the Biology Department Cooperative
Education Coordinator.
Biology 87
BIO 101
Human Biology
An introduction to basic biological principles with a human perspective.
Includes discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of life, genetics,
organ systems, and human impact on the environment. (Three hours
lecture. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does
not apply to the major or minor. Fall)
BIO 102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are
emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to
gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered.
(Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major
or minor. Spring)
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A survey of the structure and function of the human body. (Three hours
lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both
BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall)
BIO 105
Biology and Society
The biological basis for problems facing society, such as pollution, genetic
engineering, AIDS, extinction, global warming, hunger, cancer. (Three
hours lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring)
BIO 113
General Biology - lntroductory Organismal Biology
An introduction to organismal biology for science majors, including
diversity, physiology, and structure. BIO 113 and 114 must be taken in
sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three hours lecture, four
hours laboratory. Fall)
BIO 114
General Biology - lntroductory Genetics, Evolution & Ecology
An introduction to cellular functioning, metabolism, classical and population genetics, evolution, and ecology. BIO 113 and 114 must be taken in
sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three hours lecture, four
hours laboratory. Spring)
BIO 215
lntroductory Cellular Biology
An introduction to structure and function in tissues, cells, and subcellular
organelles. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113,
114, CHM 106 or 116, CHM 223 or 352, or concurrent registration in 223 or
351. Fall)
BIO 351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate animals stressing classification, morphology,
behavior, life history and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture, four hours
laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113,114. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 353
Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
Vertebrate phylogeny approached by comparative study of structure and
function of the major organ systems. (Three hours lecture, three hours
..
---
.
88 Biology
-
BIO 355
Genetics
Principles of heredity, integrating classical and molecular analysis. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Fall)
BIO 361
Plant Biology
A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi and plants, including the
study of structure, physiology, life histories and phylogeny. (Three hours
lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113,114. Fall '96, Spring
thereafter)
BIO 367
Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of biological macromolecules and their
components, energetics, and intermediary metabolism and its integration.
(Three hours lecture. Prereq.: BIO 215, CHM 223 or 352. Fall)
BIO 440
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the process involved in photosynthesis, growth,
development and water relations in plants including the relationship of
process to structure and life history. (Three hours lecture, four hours
laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215 and CHM 223 or 352. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 471
Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology
An examination of mechanisms of molecular genetics, recombinant DNA
technology, maintenance of cellular compartments, cell-signaling, cell
cycle, and cytoskeleton-extracellularmatrix interactions. (Three hours
lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring)
BIO 473
Animal Physiology
A study of digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement and
sensory perception as well as neural and hormonal control of these
functions, emphasizing vertebrates. (Three hours lecture, four hours
laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215; PHY 116 or 122, or consent of the instructor.
Fall)
BIO 474
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which
occur during embryonic development of animals, including genetic
control of development. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory.
Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring)
BIO 476
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Environmental, indus-
trial and medical issues are discussed, with particular attention paid to
human pathogens. (Three hours lecture, three hour laboratory, one hour
tutorial. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring)
BIO 481
Ecology
A study of interactions between organisms and the biotic and abiotic
environment. Topics include physiological ecology, energy flow, nutrient
cycling, a survey of biomes, population and community ecology, and
conservation. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday
field trips. Prereq.: BIO 215, MPG IV.Fall)
BIO 491
Biology 89
Seminar (.O course)
A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and
seniors is required, including an oral presentation by seniors. Guest
speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
BIO 199
Internship
See description on page 79. (Prereq.: BIO 113,114)
BIO 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
BIO 399
Internship
See description on page 79. (Prereq.: BIO 215)
BIO 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79. (Prereq.: BIO 215)
INFORMATION
SYSTEMS- BUS, ACC,
0
ur mission is to prepare students
for professional careers in business or for
paduate studies. This preparation involves
a curriculum that stresses analysis and
communication, emphasizes both theory
and practice, and is shaped by the needs of
the business community. The Department
fosters close ties with the corporate
community which provide a wealth of
practical expertise, a variety of internship
opportunities, and future job prospects.
The faculty believe they can best
serve both the student and the community
by providing an education that is technically competent, ethically based, and
socially aware.
Faculty
MIS
major there are four specializations:
Marketing, Management, Finance, and
Jntemational Business. Within the Account
ing major there are three specializations:
General Accounting, Public Accounting,
and Managerial Accounting.
Graduation Requirements
To graduate without intentionally
taking courses in excess of the minimal
number required (see page 63), students
must avoid taking too many electives or
exceeding the 13-course limit per academic
department. Courses designated as ACC,
BUS, and MIS are considered as being in
the same academic department. Taking
extra electives, or choosing a particular
combination of major and minor may
require students to complete more than
the minimum number of credits required
for graduation.
Arnin Kader (Chair, International Business
Coordinator),John C. Cerrito (Management
Coordinator), Steven J. LaFave, Lori L.
Lohman, Fekri Meziou (Marketing CoordiTransfer Students
nator), Thomas Morgan, Milo A. Schield
(Finance Coordinator),Magdalena M.
Transfer students must complete at
Paleczny-Zapp, Kathy Schwalbe (MIS
least four of the Upper Division courses
Coordinator), and Stuart M. Stoller
required in the major at Augsburg or
(Accounting Coordinator).
obtain an exemption from the Department.
Transfer courses must be approved by the
Department. Courses taken more than 10
years ago will not be accepted.
Majors
Advisina
J
The Department of Business, Administration, Accounting and MIS offers three
majors: Business Administration (BUS),
Accounting (ACC), and Management
Mormation Systems (MIS).
Specializations
Within the Business Administration
Students who plan to major in Business
Administration, Accounting or MIS are
strongly encouraged to select a departmental adviser who teaches in their major. This
should be done by the end of the sophomore year at the latest. In addition to
advising, departmental faculty can counsel
mninrc nn their r n r ~ ~ rnccict
c
mainrc in
Business Administration
2btaining internships or jobs, and provide
letters of recommendation for prospective
2mployers or graduate programs.
Internships
Students are strongly encouraged to
work with the Cooperative Education and
Department faculty to obtain an Internship
:BUS/ACC/MIS 399) during their junior or
T
he major in Business Administration
xepares students for professional careers
n business administration or for graduate
studies. The four specializations within this
najor share a common business core. This
:ommon core provides students with a
>roadfoundation so they can readily adapt
:o internal changes in interests and goals
md to external changes in circumstances
md opportunities.
3usiness Core
LO courses including:
3CO 112 Principles of Macroeconamics J
ICO 113 Principles of Microeconomics v
VIIS 175 Principles of Computing f o r d
Business
2CC 221 Principles of Accounting I fl
4CC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
3US 242 Principles of Management
3US 252 Principles of Marketing
vIIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
3US 301 Business Law
3US 331 Financial Management
senior year. Although an Internship counts
as part of the 13 courses allowed in the
major, students may petition for an
exception. An Internship may satisfy the
perspective on the City. Internships can
provide students with experience that may
be valuable in competing for jobs after
graduation. Consult your adviser on this
matter.
Specialization in Marketing
Business core plus 3 courses:
BUS 352 Marketing Research and
Analysis
BUS 355 Marketing Communications
or BUS 357 Advertising
BUS 450 Marketing Management
Specialization in Management
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 440 Operations Management
BUS 465 International Management
MIS 376 Project Management
or ECO 318 Management Science
Specialization in Finance
Business core plus 4 courses:
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I
BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy
and Practice
BUS 438 Investment Theory
and one of the following:
ECO 311 Public Finance
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 315 Money and Banking
MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative
Methods for Business and
91
92 Business Administration
-
Specialization in International Business
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 362 International Business
BUS 465 International Management
BUS 466 International Marketing
and one additional in either BUS 362
International Business or ECO 360 International Economics.
Students must also complete three
semesters of a foreign language (or
equivalent).The language requirement
may be waived for international students.
Contact the International Business Coordinator for details on language equivalents or
other configurations.
Combined Major in Business
Administration and Economics
11courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other Upper Division Economics
course
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 242
or BUS 331 Financial Management
and one other Upper Division Business
Administration, Accounting or MIS course
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall;
a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
exam in the major field of concentration.
Interested juniors or seniors should contact
the Department Chair.
Minor in Business Administration
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221 and 222,
BUS 242 and 252, BUS 331 or MIS 379.
This minor is automatically completed
while completing a major in Accounting or
MIS.
Minor in International Business
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or
BUS 252, and three courses in International
Business (one may be in International
Economics).
Students should consult the area
coordinator concerning acceptable alternatives in International Economics.
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing,
planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager.
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical,
competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions.
BUS 295
Topics
T
PC-IIITPC
dicrii~cinn<m e ~ t i n with
v ~ members nf the staff or visiting
-
Business Administration
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of
business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
IUS 301
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizationsunder the Uniform Commercial Code.
IUS 302
Business Ethics
Examines individual choices in business; analyzes and evaluates various
business practices; emphasizes conceptual precision in thinking, writing
and speaking. (Prereq.: BUS 301 or PHI 120 or PHI 125, or jr/sr standing)
IUS 331
Financial Management
Topics related to theory of acquisition, fund allocation and management,
sources and uses of long and short-term funds, capital cost/budgeting,
leverage, dividend policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 222)
IUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human
resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the
worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
IUS 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision-making; methodology; results;
evaluation of effectiveness. (Prereq.: BUS 252,357, ECO 113, or consent of
instructor)
IUS 355
Marketing Communications
Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion design,
evaluation, and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. (Prereq.:
BUS 252) Note: Either 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit but not
both.
IUS 368
IUS 433
Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as
important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note:
Either 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit but not both.
International Business
Introduction to problems/possibilities and appreciation of perspective
required for successfully doing business in an international context.
(Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, and BUS 242 or 252, or consent of instructor.
Spring)
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
An examination of current Japanese business practices from a cultural
perspective. TV documentaries, readings from periodicals, plus participation in a seminar model. (Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor)
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on
decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and
case material. (Prerea.:BUS 331. ACC 322)
93
-
94 Business Administration
-
BUS 438
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities:
extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq
all core courses or consent of instructor)
BUS 439
Risk Management and Insurance
Analyzes exposure to accidental loss -its identification, measurement
and evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control.
Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: BUS 331 and MIS 379)
BUS 440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various
industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
BUS 450
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing
management and decision-making, planning marketing programs,
channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies.
(Prereq.: BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357)
BUS 465
International Management
Private sector manager's perspective of national/intemational institution
and strategies, structure, practices and effects of a national corporation in
the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242. BUS 362 is recommended)
BUS 466
International Marketing
This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in a
international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.:
BUS 252,362)
BUS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
lnternships and Independent Study Courses:
BUS 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
BUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
BUS 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
BUS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
In.
he major in accounting prepares
tudents for professional careers in a wide
rariety of accounting-related positions.
'his major has three tracks: General
iccounting, Professional Accounting and
vlanagerial Accounting. The General
iccounting specialization is adequate for a
vide variety of positions. The Professional
iccounting track includes two specializaions: public accounting and managerial
:ccounting.The public accounting specialzation is recommended for positions with
:PA firms. The managerial accounting
pecialization is recommended for positions
vith large or rapidly-growing companies.
The two professional specializations
elate to two professional designations: the
3PA and the CMA. A Certified Public
iccountant (CPA) focuses on external
eporting; a Certified Management
iccountant (CMA) focuses on internal
eporting. The public accounting specialzation includes the materials emphasized
)n the CPA exam; the managerial specialzation includes the materials emphasized
In the CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA
lesignation have an experience requirenent in addition to passing the national
!xam. Under the rules of the Minnesota
itate Board of Accountancy, Accounting
najors in the Public Accounting specializaion are qualified to sit for the CPA
:xamination during their last semester.
iccounting Core
4 courses are required for this major (an
lxception to the 13-course limitation)
ncluding:
T O 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
3C0 113 Principles of Microeconomics
dIS 175 Principles of Computing for
~usiness
BUS
BUS
ACC
ACC
MIS
242
252
221
222
379
BUS 301
BUS 331
ACC 322
ACC 323
ACC 324
ACC 425
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting I1
Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
Business Law
Financial Management
2
Accounting Theory and
Practice I
Accounting Theory and
Practice I1
Managerial Cost Accounting
Advanced Accounting
Students are encouraged to take the
courses in the sequence given above.
Specialization in General Accounting
No additional courses required.
Specialization in Public Accounting
Accounting Core (14 courses) plus ACC 326
Tax Accounting and 423 Auditing.
Specialization in Managerial Accounting
Accounting Core (14 courses) plus ACC 424
Internal and Operational Audit and MIS
375 Management Information Systems in
the Organization.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall;
a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
exam in the major field of concentration.
hterested juniors or seniors should contact
the Department Chair.
Minor in Accounting
Six courses including:
ACC 221,222, BUS 331 or ACC 324, ACC
322,323
and one of the following: MIS 175,379,
ECO 112 or 113.
This minor is recommended for majors
--
. .
-
2
Accounting
ACC 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
ACC 222
Principles of Accounting II
A continuation of 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations.Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting,
planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221)
ACC 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of
business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ACC 322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory
pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.:
ACC 222)
ACC 323
Accounting Theory and Practice II
A continuation of 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied
to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: ACC 322)
ACC 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial decision making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well
as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221,222, BUS
242,252, MIS 379, or consent of instructor)
ACC 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance
for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 331, ECO 112,113, or consent of
instructor)
ACC 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to
form the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC
323)
ACC 424
Internal and Operational Audit
Integrating the business arts of accounting, finance, management, marketing and MIS to incorporate and learn the techniques of internal and
operation auditing using problem-solving. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221,
222, BUS 242,252,331, MIS 175,379)
ACC 425
ACC 495
-
Accounting 97
Advanced Accounting
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ACC 199
ACC 299
ACC 399
ACC 499
-
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental
accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.:
ACC 323)
Internship
See description on page 79.
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
Internship
See description on page 79.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
T
he major in Management Information
Systems prepares students for professional
careers in information systems. MIS studies
information systems as both a resource and
a tool for decision-making. Students learn
to analyze and evaluate existing systems
and to design and program new systems.
MIS is an extensive major (16 courses) and
includes courses from Computer Science,
Mathematics, Economics, Business and
Accounting, as well as from MIS.
Management Information Systems Major
16 courses including:
A. Six courses in Economics, Business and
Accounting:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 331 Financial Management
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
B. Three courses in Mathematics and
Computer Science:
CSC 170 Structured Programming
MAT 121 Finite Mathematics
or any higher level math course
and one of the following:
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 270 FORTRAN
CSC 271 COBOL
CSC 272 UNIX and C
C. Seven courses in MIS:
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
or CSC 160 Introduction to
Computer Science and
Communications
MIS 370 Advanced Computing for
Business
or CSC 352 Data Base Management
and Design
MIS 375 Management Information
Systems in the Organization
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MIS 476 Information Systems Projects
and one of the following:
MIS 376 Project Management
MIS 479 Advanced Quantitative
Methods for Business and
Economics
ECO 318 Management Science
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall;
a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
exam in the major field of concentration.
Interested juniors or seniors should contact
the Department Chair.
Minor in MIS
Seven courses including:
MIS 175 or CSC 160, ACC 221, BUS 242 or
BUS 252, MIS 370 or CSC 352, MIS 375,
ECO 113 and one of the following: MIS 376
475,479 or ECO 318
Mathematics Placement Croup (MPC)
Requirements
MIS 175,370,379,479, CSC 170,210 and
all 100 level Math courses have Placement
Group requirements. Since all majors in
Business, Economics and MIS must take
MIS 379, they all must have at least MPG III.
MIS
MIS 175
Principles of Computing for Business
An introductory course to develop understanding of basic computing
concepts and specific skills in using microcomputer software (Windows,
Word, Excel, Access, PowerPoint, e-mail, and the World Wide Web).
Emphasis on solving business-related problems using software, especially
Excel. Students with a strong computer background are encouraged to
take MIS 370 instead of M E 175. (Prereq.:MPG 11)
MIS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of
Management Information Systems.
MIS 370
Advanced Computing for Business
This course provides more in-depth use of business software like Excel,
Access, and the World Wide Web. Students will also learn to program
Windows applications using tools like Visual Basic. (Prereq.: MPG III,
MIS 175 or CSC 160 or strong computer background)
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in the Organization
Broad understanding of using information systems to support organizational objectives. Topics include strategic uses of information systems,
business process re-engineering, understanding the technology architecture and information systems resources. (Prereq.:ACC 221, BUS 242 or
252, and one computer course such as MIS 175,370, or CSC 160)
MIS 376
Project Management
Develops project management skills needed to define, plan, lead, monitor, and complete projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical
and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes.
(Prereq.:ACC 221, BUS 242, MIS 175 or 370.)
MIS 379
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading
and interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability,
sampling distributions, estimation and hypothesis testing with emphasis
on applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: MIS 175 and
either Math Placement Group III or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Develops skills in using systems development methodologies and
Computer Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools. Techniques used
include data and process modeling, file and database design, and user
interface design. A course-long project is used to complete a rudimentary
system design. (Prereq.: MIS 375 and 370 or CSC 352)
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Using skills developed in MIS 376 and 475, generate a complete and
99
loo
MIS
MIS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Areas of interest
include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations.
(Prereq.: MIS 379) ,
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
MIS 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
MIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
MIS 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
MIS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 79.
c
hemistry is the science of the changes
in matter, examining those changes and
working toward an understanding of them.
Correlating the results of physics and
opening the vistas of molecular biology,
chemistry has been described as the central
science because matter includes the entire
physical world such as the things we use,
the food we eat and even ourselves.
Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving
scientific problems, and also capable
of providing a public understanding of
their work including potential problems
as well as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly
educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts as
offered in the General Education Curriculum is imperative if a chemist is to be both
truly human and truly scientific.
The Department is on the List of
Approved Schools of the American
chemical Society (ACS) and offers a
chemistry major which meets the chemistry
background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the
Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students
develop into mature scientists:
*To provide a course of study of
sufficient rigor and depth to enable our
graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully with
their peers of similar ability in graduate
school or research positions.
*To provide programs of study for
professional goals in addition to the
traditional positions as chemists.
*To provide an atmosphere of learning
so that students will want to remain
lifelong learners, thereby remaining
competent in their field however that may
change after graduation, and be able to
move into new areas as opportunities arise.
*To encourage students to take a broad
view of their education and to seriously
study areas outside of the sciences.
*To present the excitement of chemistry
to non-science majors as an example of the
methodology of the natural sciences in
examining the world around us. The
presentation of major concepts underlying
the changes in matter, the opportunity to
examine change in the physical world and
the reflection of the implications and
limitations of science in our society will
enhance the ability of non-science persons
to make better value judgments concerning
science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty
Joan C. Kunz (Chair), John J. Carroll, Arlin
E. Gyberg, Sandra L. Olmsted
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Graduation Major in Chemistry
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
and one additional course from:
CHM 364 Physical Chemistry
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry
lo*
-
Chemistry
BIO 367 Biochemistry
Also required:
PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus
I & I1
or one year of calculus
Because Upper Division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites,
students should plan to take MAT 145,146
in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in
the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure in Physical Science
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The
state requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
idenfdy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major
The same as the Graduation Major. In
addition, medical schools expect at least
two courses (and usually more) in biology.
Students should consult members of the
Chemistry Department for assistance in
planning a course program early in their
college career.
E BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
American Chemical Society Approved
Major
12 courses including:
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory
CHM 364,365 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus
I & I1
or one year of calculus
MAT 245 Mathematical Structures
or approved math course
PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1
(should be taken in sophomore
year)
Recommended: Modem Physics, additional mathematics, research experience,
reading ability in German and computer
proficiency.
Honors Major
Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chemis-
try, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall;
one course or summer of approved
research; participation in seminar.
Minor
Five courses which must include:
CHM 105,106 or CHM 115,116, CHM 353,
and two other Chemistry courses from:
CHM 223, CHM 351,352, CHM 361, or BIO
367
Note: credit will not be granted for both
CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM 106
and 116. Other restrictions are in the course
descriptions.
Chemistry lo3
A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or P, or higher to count, otherwise, permission
of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using thefirst term of a
two-term course in registeringfor the second term.
CHM 100
Chemistry for Changing Times I
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic
chemistry concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemistry.
Does not count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: MPG 11)
CHM 101
Chemistry for Changing Times II
Second semester of the year-long course. Applies concepts from CHM 100
to environmental, organic and biochemical problems of societal interest. A
laboratory is included with this course. Does not count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses.
(Prereq.: CHM 100, MPG III)
CHM 105
Principles of Chemistry
Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change,
chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics and equilibrium. The
sequence, CHM 105,106, is designed for students who have not studied
chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background
in chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and
major in chemistry. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MPG II. Fall)
CHM 106
Principles of Chemistry
CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon
equilibrium and the chemistry of the elements. (Three hours of lecture,
one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG m.Spring)
CHM 115
General Chemistry
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists.
Includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding
theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures,
one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG III. Fall )
/'
CHM 116
CHM 223
General Chemistry
A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution
chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour
lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 115. Spring)
Elementary Organic Chemistry
This one-semester course is designed for students whose professional
goals require a survey of organic chemistry. Topics covered include
synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and aromatic
compounds. This course will not count toward achemistry major, nor will
credit be given for this course if CHM 351,352 is taken, nor does it fulfill
the prerequisite requirement for CHM 352, nor does it meet biochemistry
'04 Chemistry
requirements for other programs. (Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Fall)
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated
by means of modem theories of chemical bonds, energy relations and
reaction mechanism. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Fall: CHM 351; Spring: CHM 352)
CHM 353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in
detail and gives an introduction to electrochemicaland spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of
a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture,
one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG III. Fall)
CHM 361
Physical Chemistry
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry; thermodynamics, kinetics and
quantum chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116;
MAT 145,146; PHY 121,122. Fall)
CHM 363
Physical Chemistry Laboratory
(.5 course)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data
collection and experimental application of concepts presented in Physical
Chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves
experiments related to CHM 361. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory.
Prereq.: CHM 361 or concurrent registration.)
CHM 364
Physical Chemistry
Applications of concepts studied in CHM 361 to areas of solutions, phase
equilibria, electrolytes, molecular structure and electrochemistry. (Three
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring)
CHM 365
Physical Chemistry Laboratory
(.5 course)
CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments
relating to CHM 364. (One four and one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.:
CHM 364 or concurrent registration. Spring)
CHM 464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifymg organic compounds in the
laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectracorrelations for IR,
UV, NMR and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including
Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. (Three hours of lecture,
six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,353,361 or consent of instructor. Some reading knowledge of German recommended. Fall)
CHM 481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis. Atomic, molecular, and
electron spectroscopy, radiochemical, chromatography, thermal, and
electroanalytical methods are covered. (Three one-hour lectures, one fourand-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353,361 or consent of
-
Chemistry 105
CHM 482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic and molecular
orbital models. Reactivity and bonding in coordination, cluster and
organometallic compounds are considered. The laboratory uses preparations of a variety of techniques. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,361 or consent of instructor. Fall)
CHM 483
Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger'swave equation and
uses the equation to solve molecular model problems. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for
molecules. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 364 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
CHM 491
Chemistry Seminar
(.O course)
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors
and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers.
Outside visitors are also invited to participate.
CHM 497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience
before graduation which may be obtained by working on a summer
research project (not counted as a course) or by research participation
during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunity to be involved in industrial
research projects. (Prereq.:junior or senior standing)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CHM 199
lnternship
See description on page 79.
CHM 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
CHM 399
lnternship
See description on page 79.
CHM 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79. (Prereq.:junior or senior standing)
LOMMUNICATION
See listing under Speech/Comunication
and Theatre Arts.
T
he Augsburg Computer Science
Department strives to give students a
sound theoretical and practical foundation
in computer science. We offer both a B.A.
and a B.S. major. The computer science
curriculum places emphasis on networks,
communications and the use of computers
as an information access tool. The course
work provides students a strong base in
computer science, with emphasis on
concepts rather than on applications. We
encourage students to strengthen their
course work by electing an Internship or
Cooperative Education experience. Our
location in the Twin Cities provides us an
excellent resource of such experiences for
students, and allows them to add practical
applications to their education.
Computer Science Faculty
Larry Ragland (Chair), Larry Crockett,
Noel Petit, Charles Sheaffer
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Computer Science Major
11courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC
~ h e o r yof Computation
CSC
Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC
Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC
Advanced Topics in Computer
Science
Augment Calculus I
MAT
or
MAT 122 Calculus for the
Social and Behavioral Sciences
and two electives from CSC courses above
200, at least one of which is above 300.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Computer Science Major
15 courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 330 Theory of Computation
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 4-40 Advanced Networking and
Communications
CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer
Science
MAT 145 Augment Calculus I
MAT 146 Augment Calculus I1
MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I
MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I1
or MAT 247 Introduction to
Applied Mathematics
or MAT 355 Numerical Analysis
and two electives from CSC courses above
200, at least one of which is above 300.
Computational Economics
The computational economics major ha!
been designed to serve a need for students
to have some basic understanding of
computer science and economics. The
major requires six courses from computer
science and six from economics with a
required capstone Independent Study.
Students interested in this major should
C o m ~ u t e rScience
2onsult with the faculty in computer
science, in economics, or one of the
:oordinators.
Coordinators: Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics. Larry Ragland,
Department of Computer Science.
Major in Computational Economics
K4T 145 Augment Calculus I
or MAT 122 Calculus for the
Social and Behavioral Sciences
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer
CSC 160
Science
112 Principles of Macroeconomics
113 Principles of Microeconomics
312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
313 Intermediate Microeconomics
318 Management Science
315 Money and Banking
or ECO 415 Managerial Economics
CSC 499 Independent Study
or ECO 499 Independent Study
ECO
ECO
ECO
ECO
ECO
ECO
Computer Science Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in computer science and
mathematics, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an
independent study project.
Computer Science Minor
Six courses including CSC 160,170,210,
345, MAT 145, and one Upper Division
Computer Science course.
Introduction to Computer Science and Communications
Use of the computer as an information accessing tool through e-mail,
Internet, newsgroups, and remote access to the library; an introduction to
computer science topics in hardware, software, and theory. (Prereq.:MPG
m)
CSC 170
Structured Programming
An introduction to problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using C. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or BUS 279 or MPG IV)
CSC 210
Data Structures
Data structures such as linked lists, stacks and queues; recursion; objects,
classes and methods. (Prereq.: CSC 170)
CSC 261
Electronics
See under PHY 261.
CSC 270
FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the
student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course
with a study of a programming language)
'07
lo8
-
Computer Science
CSC 271
COBOL
Study of the COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the
student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course
with a study of a programming language)
CSC 272
UNlX and C
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is
assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and
has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or
another course with a study of a programming language)
CSC 320
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching/sorting; mathematical algorithms, scheduling, and tree and graph
traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP,
NP-complete problems and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and
MAT 145)
CSC 330
Theory of Computation
Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata and
computability. Topics include regular and context-free languages, finite
automata, Turing machines, the halting problem and unsolvability.
(Prereq.: CSC 170 or 345; MAT 145)
CSC 340
Introduction to Networking and Communications
Principles and methods of data communications, information theory,
distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards, network management and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.:
csc 345)
CSC 345
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors, operating systems,
instruction sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 160)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC
210)
CSC 440
Advanced Networking and Communications
Network management; client/se~erdatabases and workstations; TCP/IP,
IPX, Appletalk networks. (Prereq.: CSC 340)
CSC 445
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, memory and process management,
interactions among major components of computer systems, and a
detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating
systems. (Prereq.: CSC 345)
Com~uterScience
CSC 450
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming
languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics,
parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures and the
run-time environment. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in
other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CSC 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
CSC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
CSC 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
CSC 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
109
A
major in East Asian Studies is
offered through Augsburg and the other
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program which is available
as a result of the cooperation and crossregistration possibilities among Augsburg
College, Hamline University, Macalester
College, The College of St. Catherine and
the University of St. Thomas. The program
pools the resources and expertise within
the five institutions. This major enables
students to acquire a broad knowledge of
Japan, China and other East Asian nations
and to gain a functional knowledge of the
language of one country.
Career opportunities for those who
attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian
Studies include government service,
international business, journalism, language instruction, Asian arts and intercultural communication. The major provides a
foundation for graduate work in various
fields such as anthropology, economics,
history, international relations, business,
law, political science, sociology and theatre.
This major is also recommended for those
interested in education and work with
social and recreational agencies.
East Asian Studies Faculty
Martha Johnson, Director
Major in East Asian Studies
Nine courses are required for the major.
Courses in the major must be approved by
the campus adviser, and are distributed as
follows: four courses in an East Asian
language; four additional courses, two of
which must be Upper Division (strongly
recommended that one of these be a historj
course on China or Japan); and an East
Asiarl Studies Seminar. A term of study
abroad and the completion of a minor in
another discipline are strongly recommended.
Study abroad opportunities for the
semester or a year are available in Hong
Kong, Japan, Korea and the People's
Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by
offering a cross-cultural experience in the
country of specialization.
Language Courses
Hamliie University offers elementary
and intermediate courses in Chinese.
Macalester College and the University of
St. Thomas offer elementary and intermedi.
ate courses in Japanese. There is a contractual arrangement with the University of
Minnesota to take Chinese or Japanese
languages (without extra tuition charges);
see campus adviser. Non-majors may also
take the Chinese and Japanese language
courses.
-
East Asian Studies
Minor in East Asian Studies
Five courses, no more than two of
which may be in the language. A minor in
East Asian studies provides exposure to an
area of East Asia which would complement
other disciplines.
Note: Interim courses or new courses
related to the East Asian Studies Program
may be substituted when appropriate, with
the consent of the campus adviser. Faculty
advising is recommended at all stages of
the major to plan a coherent and effective
program.
Each campus has a member on the
ACTC East Asian Studies committee who
can assist students. The current advisers
are: Augsburg College - Martha Johnson
330-1715, Hamline University - Richard
Kagan 641-2433, Macalester -Yue-him
Tam 696-6262, St. Catherine -Martha
Hardesty 690-6189, St. Thomas - Robert
Foy 962-5603.
Approved Augsburg College courses
for the East Asian Studies Program (consult
program director for ACTC listing of
approved courses):
BUS 368 Responding to the Challenge
of Japan
HIS 104 The Modem Non-Westem
World
PHI 355 Asian Philosophy
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policy
REL 356 History of Religions
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
Students may also take Independent
Studies (299,499) or topics courses relating
to East Asian Studies in various departments, subject to consent of instructor and
approval of program director.
111
T
he Economics Department offers a
program which stresses a strong theoretical
background, quantitative analysis and an
emphasis on national and international
issues. Students who graduate with an
Economics major are well prepared to
continue their education in a variety of
fields or to work successfully in business
and government because of the strong
liberal arts emphasis within the major.
Currently, four majors are offered. The
Economics major is designed primarily for
students who are planning graduate or
advanced professional studies. The
Applied Economics major generally leads
to careers in the business world or govemment. Computational Economics meets the
challenge of the changing career opportunities in the fields of Economics and Computer Science. Finally, the combined
Economics/Business Administration major
is designed for those who want more flexibility in planning their program of study.
The study of Economics provides a firm
foundation for confronting change because
it presents a disciplined way to analyze
and to make choices. Some reasons for
studying Economics are: Economics deals
with current problems; Economics is a
successful and prestigious social science;
Economics employs theoretical models and
the scientific method; an Economics major
prepares students for community leadership; and an Economics major leads to a
great diversity of career opportunities.
These include careers in business, law,
teaching, journalism, politics, banking and
finance, service in government, educational
administration, private and public intemational service and industrial relations. A
degree in Economics may prove to be a
valuable credential.
Students are also able to combine an
Economics major with other disciplines
such as Business Administration, Intemational Relations, Mathematics, Computer
Science, Management Information Systems
(MIS), Political Science, History and Nordic
Area Studies.
Transfer students majoring in the Economics Department must take at least four
Upper Division Economics courses at Augsburg, one of these must be ECO 312 or 313.
Internships are recommended. Students
must consult with the Department chair
and the Internship office before registering
for academic credit.
Economics Faculty
Satya P. Gupta (Chair),Jeanne Boeh,
Edward Sabella
Maior in Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 414 Welfare Economics
and three other Upper Division courses:
MIS 175 Computers for Business,
Accounting, Economics and
MIS
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
MAT 114 Elementary Functions
or MAT 121 Finite Mathematics
or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social
and Behavioral Sciences
The complete calculus sequence is very
strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in Economics. Computer
courses are also stron~lvrecommended.
Economics 113
Major in Applied Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 311 Public Finance
or ECO 312 Intermediate
Macroeconomics
or ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 360 International Economics
ECO 318 Management Science
or ECO 415 Managerial Economics
ECO 413 Labor Economics
ECO 399 Internship Program
or ECO 499 Independent Study
MIS 175 Computers for Business,
Accounting, Economics and
MIS
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
or PHI 125 Ethics and Human
Identity
Major in Computational Economics
See Computer Science, page 106.
Combined Major in Economics and
Business Administration
Five Economics courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
And one other Upper Division Economics
course
and six Accounting/Business Administration/MIS courses including:
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 331 Financial Management
or MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
and one other Upper Division Business
course
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers
which may differ slightly in emphasis
from the Augsburg major requirements.
The state requirements may also be
subject to change after publication of this
catalog. Students therefore should consult
with the Augsburg Education Department
to iden* current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0
overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of
concentration.
Minor in Economics
ECO 112,113,312,313, and one
additional Economics Upper Division
course. Other configurations may be
permitted by consulting with the Department chair.
Note: Students who plan to major in the
Department are strongly encouraged to
select a Department adviser as soon as
possible in order to carefully plan their
program of study.
In addition to the courses listed on the
following pages, these topics have been
offered under ECO 295,495 Topics:
Consumer Economics, Research Methods
for Economics and Business, Advanced
Economic Theory, Decision-Making with
Finite Markov Chains, Soviet Economy,
Economics of Mutual Funds and Health
Economics.
Economics
ECO 110
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are fundamental
microeconomic tools, e.g. crime prevention, education, discrimination.
(This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to
major in Economics or Business Administration or MIS).
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary
and fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic
theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of
ECO 113or 110. ECO 112 and 113may be taken in either order. (Prereq.:
MPG 11)
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm,
market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO
110 or 112. ECO 112 and 113may be taken in either order. (Prereq.:
MPG 11)
ECO 219
History of Economic Thought
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political,
economic, philosophical and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be
on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking. (Prereq.: ECO
112 or 113)
ECO 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international economics problems and policies.
ECO 311
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact
of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.:ECO 113. Fall: alternate years)
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed
via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall)
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and
industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring)
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
Economics
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall: alternate years)
ECO 317
Comparative Economic Systems
This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries
that rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources,
including systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are
examined and compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113:
on demand)
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of
management science to prepare students to make better business and
economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications such as transportation,
marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest
route, inventory models, etc. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG m. Fall)
ECO 360
International Economics
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of
payments; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO
113. Spring: alternate years)
ECO 360
Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development
This course addresses the environmental problems such as tropical
deforestation, despoilation of air and water, ozone depletion, global
warming, etc. that arise in the process of economic development to better
the standard of living of the developed and developing countries.
(Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113: on demand)
ECO 413
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets: labor as a factor of ~roduction:determination
of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society.
(Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
ECO 414
Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business.
Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting,
estimation of demand and cost functions, and an analysis of economic
problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: MIS 379, ECO 313: on
demand)
ECO 416
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO
312,313, MAT 122)
-
- Economics
ECO 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ECO 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
ECO 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
ECO 399
Internship
See description on page 79. (Prereq.: 50 percent of major or consent of
instructor)
ECO 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
T
he Education Department maintains
teacher education programs which are fully
accredited by the Minnesota Board of
Teaclung and the National Council for
Accreditation of Teacher Education
(NCATE). These programs lead to endorsements or licensure for kindergarten,
elementary, a wide variety of secondary
subject areas, and K-12 licenses in art,
health, music, or physical education.
Students must apply for acceptance into
the Education Department prior to beginning 300-400 level courses. State law
requires completion of the PPST-PRAXIS
Exam prior to beginning 300400 level
courses. Students complete a semester of
full-time student teaching within the
Department's 45-mile service area.
The Education Department offers nonlicensure majors in elementary education
and education studies.
All students are expected to obtain an
Education Department adviser at the outset
of coursework.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department
students may participate in an Interna-
Kindergarten-Elementary Major and
Licensure Requirements:
EDU 210 Learning and Development
in an Educational Setting
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
EDU 341 Media Technology
tional Student Teaching Abroad program.
Students have options for student teaching
in dozens of countries through the international and American School network. Those
interested in further information should
contact the Education Department.
Students who student teach abroad will do
part of their student teaching in the Metro
area under direct Augsburg faculty
supervision.
Education Faculty
Rich Germundsen (Chair), Mary Ann
Bayless, Linda Dyer, Joseph Erickson, Ann
Fleener, Gretchen Irvine, Susan O'Comor,
Vicki Olson, Jean Strait
Note:
Major changes in Minnesota teacher
licensure are expected to be implemented
prior to the year 2000. At the date of this
catalog printing those changes have yet to
be announced. All candidates for teacher
licensure will have to meet the standards
set by the State and meet the State's
timeline requirements. Teacher candidates
are strongly encouraged to maintain
frequent contact with an Education
Department faculty adviser.
EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching
Reading
EDE 352 Creating Learning
Environments: Kindergarten Elementary and Field
Experience
EDE 381 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Art, Music
l8 Elementary Education
-
EDE 382 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Mathematics
EDE 383 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Physical Education
EDE 384 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Social Studies,
Thematic Studies
EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Children's
Literature
EDE 387 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Language Arts
EDE 388 Human Relations
EDE 481,482,483 Student Teaching K-6
EDE 484 Student Teaching K-6 (optional)
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators
PHY 103 Conceptual Physics
or MAT 131 Mathematics for the
Liberal Arts
and EDE 377 K-El Science Methods
PHY 103
Students must complete an academic
minor.
If students also desire kindergarten
endorsement, EDE 375 Discovery Learning
in the World of Kindergarten is required.
A GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in the major,
2.0 in the minor, and grades of P in student
teaching courses are required for licensure,
as well as minimum grades of 2.0 in all
Education courses. The equivalent of two
full courses graded P/N plus student
teaching is the maximum allowed for the
elementary education major. P/N grades
for EDU 388 Human Relations and student
teaching are counted in the eight P/N
graded course maximum allowed for
graduation for all elementary and secondary teacher education degree students. The
criteria for acceptance into the Department
Licensure Program are available in the
Education Department.
Conceptual Physics
(See Physics Department for course description.)
EDU 265
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing
and ENG 111)
EDU 282
Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education for course description.)
EDE 295
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that arenot treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDU 341
Media Technology
(.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication
through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation,
production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included in this course.
ID,,,,,
. DDCT\
Elementary Education 119
EDE 351
Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of teaching techniques and resources
in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties.
(Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 352
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementaryand Field
Experience
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the
contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories.
(Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 375
Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten
(.5 course)
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching
kindergarten. (Prereq.: PPST, jr/sr standing, take as close to student
teaching as possible)
EDE 381
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art, Music
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music
taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 382
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 383
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Physical Education, Health
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical
education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 384
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies
and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 386
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Children's Literature
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's
literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 387
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST, EDU 265)
EDU 388
Human Relations
(.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
-
.
,.
- 0 . .
..
..
- Elementary Education
EDS 478
School and Society
(See Secondary Education for course description.)
EDE 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6 and Seminar
Observing and teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels under
the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: All
K-Elementary course work satisfactorily completed, admission into the
Education Department Licensure program, PPST, P/N grading only.)
EDU 491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education for course description)
EDE 495
Topics in Education
(.5 course)
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDE 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
EDE 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
EDE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
EDE 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
EDE 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79. A projected program must be outlined and
approved by the Kindergarten-Elementary education faculty.
I
t is the responsibility of each student to
neet all specific requirements of the
iducation Department. Secondary Educaion students are expected to consult with
{ducationfaculty regarding state requirenents for teacher licensure, in addition to
:onferring with the student's major field
~dviser.
Licensure Requirements in the state of
vfinnesota for teaching in secondary
;chools are met through the Augsburg
Zollege Education Department Licensure
xogram: Baccalaureate degree; academic
najor in an approved teaching area; and
he following courses:
3DU 210 Learning and Development in
an Educational Setting
!DU 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
3DU 341 Media Technology
ZDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas
ZDS 354 Creating Learning
Environments: Secondary Field
Experience
EDU 388 Human Relations
EDS 478 School and Society
EDS 481,482,483 Student Teaching/
Seminar
EDS 484 Student Teaching/Seminar (for
Art, Health, Music, and Physical
Education teaching majors)
HPE 114 Health Safety Education (or
equivalent) (for Art, Health,
Music, and Physical Education
teaching majors)
Secondarv Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators
Methods course in major/minor areas
GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in Education, 2.5
in teaching major/minor and P in student
teaching required. All required EDU/EDS
courses must have a grade of 2.0 or higher.
Application for and acceptance into the
Augsburg Licensure Program required.
Criteria for admission to the program are
available in the Education Department.
Art, Health, Music, and Physical
Education Licensure
A person preparing for licensure in one
of these areas follows the secondary
education program even though he or she
plans to teach at the elementary school
level. A person with a major in one of these
special areas will take four courses in
student teaching and do some student
teaching at both the secondary and
elementary levels. In addition to 354, the
art major will register for 361,362; the
music major for 355-359.
Art, health, and physical education
teacher education programs lead to
licensure for grades K-12. Music teacher
education programs lead to licensure in the
following areas: 1) Band (K-12) and
classroom music (5-12); 2) Orchestra (K-12)
and classroom music (5-12);3) Vocal and
classroom music (K-9); or 4) Vocal and
classroom music (5-12).
121
'2 Secondary Education
Modern Language Licensure
minor fields providing the student has a 2.
For modem language teachers (French,
German, Spanish), see Modem Language
Department for information on the
required competency exams.
GPA inthat
has
the
methods course for that field,
has
student taught in the field. Students may
not student teach in a minor only.
Licensing in a Minor Field
(Also see Natural Science Licensure on
page 192 and Social Studies Licensure on
Page 230.)
Teacher licensure is available in several
EDU 210
Learning and Development i n an Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and
learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. PSY 105
Principles of Psychology is strongly recommended.
EDU 265
Orientation t o Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opporhmity
for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing
and ENG 111)
EDS 282
Introduction t o Special Education
(See Special Education for course description.)
EDS 295
Topics i n Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDU 341
Media Technology
(.5 course)
(See Elementary Education for course description) (Prereq.: PPST)
EDS 350
Reading in the Content Areas
(.5 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assisl
students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required
for Secondary Education. Upper Division. (Prereq.:PPST)
EDS 354
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience
The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning
settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDS 355
Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills
and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Spring)
EDS 356, 357, 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings
(.5 course each)
Study and application of instructional methods, materials and techniques.
Courses offered on two-year cycle. Even year: Woodwinds. Odd year:
R,-,,
A
,
D,rr..rr:,,
CC:,-.ID-,-,,
. DDCT\
Secondary Education '23
Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the
elementary, middle and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only.
(Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Fall)
Art Methods (Senior High School)
(.5 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the
senior high school. (To be taken concurrently with 361. Prereq.: EDS 354
and PPST. Fall)
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools.
Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching
experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is
included. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Joint day school and WEC. Fall)
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
(See Health and Physical Education Department for course description.
Prereq.: PPST)
Modern Language Methods
(.5 course)
World language learning theory. The theory and practice of world
language teaching. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Consult with the Modem
Language Department. Joint Day School and WEC. Fall)
Physical Education Methods (7-12)
(.5 course)
(See Health and Physical Education Department for course description.
Prereq.: PPST)
Natural Science Methods
(-5 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom
textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and
references. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and
PPST. Joint day school and WEC. Fall)
Social Studies Methods
(.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary
school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum
development. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354
and PPST. Joint day school and WEC. Fall: WEC)
Speech and Theatre Arts Methods
(.5 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and
theatre, and directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities.
(Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Spring)
Mathematics Methods
(.5 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school
mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics
education. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and
PPST. Spring)
'24
Secondary Education
EDU 388
Human Relations
(.5 course)
(See Elementary Education for course description.)(Open to all.)
EDS 478
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modem society an1
final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. (Prereq.: senio:
standing, EDU 265 and PPST)
EDS 481,482, 483,484 Student Teaching and Seminar
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervisio:
of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses required of all 7
12 licensure majors and four courses required of K-12 Art, Music, and
Physical Education licensure majors. ~ o kor
r more courses required of
double majors. (Prereq.: completion of all education coursework and
admission to the Department, PPST, P/N grading only.)
EDS 495
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics wiU be announced.
EDS 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
See Department listing for a description ofthefollowing approved elective:
HPE 410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
(See Health and Physical Education Department for course description.
Prereq.: PPST)
Internships and lndependent Study Courses:
EDS 199
Internship
See description on page 79. Student must consult with the departmental
Internship Coordinator before registering for academic credit.
EDS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
EDS 399
Internship
See description on page 79. Prior to the beginning of the term, interested
students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator
regarding requirements and permission to register.
EDS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 79. A projected program must be outlined which
meets the approval of education faculty.
Non-Licensure Education Majors -
on-Licensure Education Studies Major
3U 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
or EDU 264 Orientation to
Education (.5)
with EDS 252/EDE 263 Clinical
Experience
DU 210 Learning and Development
DU 353 Intemational Education
DE 352 or EDS 354 Creative Learning
Environments
DE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Children's
Literature
DU 388 Human Relations
DE or EDS 399 Internship
DS 478 School and Society
. Select one from the following:
NG 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
DL 325 Public Administration
3C 349 Complex Organizations
3C 362 and 363 Statistical Analysis
and Research Methods
SY 357 Behavior Analysis
SY 230 and 330 Research Methods I & II
. Select one from the following:
SY
SY
SY
SY
PC
WK
367
369
361
371
345
361
Behavior Analysis
Psychological Assessment
Personality
Psychology of Gender
Organizational Communication
Social Responses to Human
Needs
Other A, B course options may be
ossible. Students must achieve a minilurn grade of 2.0 in each Education course.
.minimum GPA of 2.0 in the major is
Non-Licensure Elementary Education
Major
Complete the same coursework as listed
in the Elementary major but delete the
student teaching courses (EDE 481-484).
Complete two additional courses from the
following:
EDU 353 Intemational Education
EDE 399 Internship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
POL 325 Public Administration
PSY 355 Brain and Behavior
PSY 356 Environmental Psychology
PSY 359 Psychologcal Assessment
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human
Needs
Other course options may be possible.
Complete an academic minor or second
major. Minimum grade of 2.0 is required in
all Education courses. A cumulative, major,
and minor GPA of 2.0 is required for
graduation.
Minor
The Special Education minor offers 6
courses (5 plus 1prereq. for PSY course)
that encompass an interdisciplinary
perspective related to the field of disability.
The minor is designed to fit the needs of
students in various disciplines interested in
disability issues. This minor consists of a
minimum of six courses:
EDU 282 Introduction to Special
Education
EDE 491 Practicum and Seminar in
Special Education
SOC 231 Family Systems: A cross
cultural perspective
PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
or PSY 105 Principles of
Psychology
either course is a required prerequisite for
PSY 351,352,353, or 357.
EDU 282
Choose one from the following:
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
PSY 352 Developmental Psychology:
Adolescent and Young Adult
PSY 353 Developmental Psychology:
Middle and Older Adult
One course from the following:
SOC 265 Culture, Ethnicity, Gender,
and Race
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human
Needs
EDU 495 Topic in Education: Only Topic
in Special Education
PSY 361 Psychological Assessment
PSY 357 Behavioral Analysis
Prerequisite: EDU 282, PSY 230
Students should contact the Director oj
Special Education at the outset of
coursework.
Introduction to Special Education
An introduction to issues facing people with disabilities. Critical issues
related to schools, family and society are examined, as well as existing
attitudinal barriers and current methods of support. (Fall)
EDU 491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population
plus on-campus seminar. (Students planning to take this course should
consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior
to registering for the course. Prereq.: completion of special courses for
Special Education minor or consent of instructor. Spring)
'NCINEERINC
I
A
ugsburg College has cooperative
rrange&ents kith three universities to
low-the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts
egree from Augsburg College and an
ngineering degree from either the
rniversity of Minnesota Institute of
echnology, Minneapolis; Washington
rniversity School of Engineering and
,pplied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or
Iichigan Technological University,
[oughton,Michigan. Because of the special
:quirements and opportunities of these
rograms, early consultation with the
,ugsburg Engineering Adviser is necesary. Applications for these programs
$quirethe recommendation of the
agsburg Enpeering Adviser.
ngineering Adviser
tuart Anderson
lniversity of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and
~ugsburgcooperative arrangement
rovides for two dual degree engineering
rograms:
achelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering
B.A. / B.E.) enables students to receive a
'achelor of Arts degree from Augsburg
Iollege and a Bachelor of Engineering
egree from the University of Minnesota.
he program typically involves three years
t Augsburg and two years at the Institute
f Technology.
Students may apply for the program
fter completing the sophomore year. At
hat time, they will be informed of their
tatus in the program and any further
onditions necessary for final acceptance
to the program. Formal application to the
nstitute of Technology may be completed
luring the second semester of the junior
,ear at Augsburg.
Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering
(B.A. / M.E.) enables students to receive a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg
College and a Master of Engineering degree
from the University of Minnesota. This
program involves four years at Augsburg
and, typically, two years at the Institute of
Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the B.A./
B.E. curriculum with the addition of several
extra courses that are completed at
Augsburg during the senior year to
minimize the number of undergraduate
courses, if any, that students must take at
the University before proceeding through
the graduate curriculum. The number of
such courses varies by IT department and
area of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the
B.A./M.E. program should be initiated
during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg. Formal application for
the program may be completed during the
senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the Institute of
Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at
Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E.
program are not guaranteed admission to
the Institute of Technology.
Washington University (Three Year Plan)
Michigan Technological University (Dual
Degree Plan)
These two programs enable students to
receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from
Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering
degree from Washington University School
of Engineering and Applied Science or
Michigan Technological University in a
five-year period.
12*
-
Engineering
The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted into
the program will be considered for
admission to the engineering school if they
will complete course requirements, have
the requisite cumulative grade point
average and are recommended by the
Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore
opportunities for graduate work at
Washington University and Michigan
Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs
is available from the Augsburg Engineering
Adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in these
dual degree programs will be encouraged
to apply to the engineering school of their
choice for continuing support. Their
applications will be evaluated using need
and academic performance as criteria.
Minimum course requirements for
admission to the Dual Degree or ThreeTwo Programs:
CHM 115 General Chemistry
CHM 116 General Chemistry
CSC 170 Structured Programming
ENG 111 Effective Writing
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
Four Mathematics courses are required:
MAT 145 AUGMENT Calculus I
MAT 146 AUGMENT Calculus 11
MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I
MAT 247 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I1
Additional courses to meet general
education requirements and a total of 27
courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,
125 or 145,146 and PHY 121,122 are taker
in the freshman year. Students interested i
Chemical Engineering also should take
CHM 351,352.
- ENG
T
hose who study. English
believe that
.
m intense concern for words, ideas, and
images helps people understand who they
Ire and who they can become. Writing
helps all of us clarify and share our
thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate
the pains and joys of human existence.
Through the study of English we see life's
complexity, experience life as others do,
and better understand the world in which
we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors.
With the other arts, English is concerned
with the pleasure that comes from artistic
creation and with the contemplation of
works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual
and group behavior. With philosophy,
English is interested in ideas and in the
relation between meaning and language.
With science, English is interested in
discovering order and determining
structures. With speech and communication, English studies the effective use of
language. With history and the other social
sciences and humanities, English studies
the way people have acted and thought at
different times and in different cultures.
The Augsburg English Department
integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities of this vital urban area.
Augsburg students can walk to assigned or
recommended plays, films, and readings
available near the campus. English majors
have the opportunity to use and refine their
skills through working in Internships on
and off campus, tutoring English as a
Second Language (ESL) students, tutoring
in the Writing Lab, or participating in the
Cooperative Education Program.
Students with an Augsburg English
major pursue careers in elementary,
secondary and college education, joumal-
ism, government, law, the ministry, library
science, medicine, advertising, public
relations, publishing, writing and other
professions and businesses.
English Faculty
Kathryn Swanson (Chair),Candyce Clayton,
Robert Cow& Cathleen Dalglish, Pauline
Danforth, Douglas Green, Joan Grifh,
David Hudson, Susan Hyman, Diana
Kordas, Marilyn Kramer, Roseann Lloyd,
John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald
Palosaari, John S h t
Major
Nine courses above 111, including:
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository
writing
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
One course in European literature:
ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to
Dante
or ENG 272 European Literature:
Renaissance to the Modem
Period
Two survey courses in British literature
from:
ENG 331 British Literature: Medieval to
Elizabethan
ENG 336 British Literature: 17th and
18th Centuries
ENG 337 British Literature: the
Romantics and the Victorians
One Upper Division course in American
literature:
ENG 350 American Literature to 1920
or ENG 351 American Literature
,
Since 1920
One 400 level course
Two additional electives
130
-
English
Majors are encouraged to consult their
adviser
A student
with a
Or
program
that involves considerable work in the
English Department should also work
closely with an adviser in the Department.
English-Language Arts Teaching Major
10 courses, including those listed under the
maior. and:
ENG '345 Introduction to the English
Language
ENG 399 Internship in Teaching Writing
EDS 364 English Methods
and one course with a component in nonWestern literature (for example, ENG 361).
In addition, the ACTC courses, Communication Skills in the English Classroom
and Teaching Mass Media, are required.
Courses in early American literature,
Shakespeare, and film are recommended.
Students are encouraged to take courses
toward their major during the freshman
and sophomore years, and apply for
teacher education no later than the spring
of their junior year.
Students in this program must work
with advisers in the English Department
and the Education Department in order to
meet the professional requirements within
the Education Department as well as the
requirements for the major.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall;
submit proposal to Department Chair by
Oct. 15 in senior year for Department
approval. Submit and defend paper before
faculty committee. Honors project may be
an Independent Study program (refer to
Departmental guidelines).
Minor
Five courses above ENG 111, including
ENG 245; an Upper Division literature
course; and an additional writing course.
Concentration in Writing
Five courses in writing (above ENG
111).
Transfer Students
Note: Transfer undergraduate majors
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg. Transfer students
who minor in English must take at least
two of their English courses at Augsburg.
Transfer English Education students
with a B.A. in English from another college
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg (preferably Upper
Division). These courses must be taken
before the Department can recommend a
student for student teaching.
The English Placement Test
A writing sample is required of
students to determine their placement in
an appropriate writing class. Students who
do not show competence in composition
skills - such as stating and supporting a
thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing
paragraphs and sentences - are required
to enroll in ENG 101 Developmental
Writing where they receive more individual instruction than is possible in
ENG 111Effective Writing. These students
must pass ENG 101 Developmental
Writing before enrolling in ENG 111
Effective Writing.
Students in Effective Writing (ENG 111)
and Developmental Writing (ENG 101) can
-
English 131
elect the traditional grading system or P/N
grading in consultation withtheir instructor up through the last week of class
(without special permission/petition).
Students who choose to receive a traditional grade in either course will receive a
grade of N if their work is below a 2.0.
ENC 101
Prerequisites
Effective Writing is strongly
recommended but not a prerequisite for a
Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division literature course
is ENG 245
to Literature
or consent of the instructor.
Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for ENG 111Effective Writing, this course is
required of students identified by the English Placement Test as needing
additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but
this course does not fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The
minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0.
ENC 111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and
writing critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developing topics, thinking critically,
and revising for clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those
needing additional help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
ENC 216
American Indian Literature
A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected American Indian writers. Discussion and analysis on ways in which literature
reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. (Spring)
ENC 217,218 English as a Second Language
Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level
materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses.
Testing determines placement in these courses, and testing, as well as
course performance, determines whether the ESL requirement is met.
Students continue in ESL until the requirement is completed. (Fall: ENG
217; Spring: ENG 218)
ENC 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing
for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and
proposals is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from
their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 225
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing
ENG 111. Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process
of revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading
and writing. (Prereq.:ENG 111)
ENC 226
lntroduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of
creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short
fiction, but including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG
111. Fall)
ENC 227
Journalism
An introductory newswriting course with emphasis on writing for the
print media. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and verlfy
facts, and write those facts into a news story. An introduction to legal and
ethical questions is included. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 241
lntroduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles, and
historical evolution of the film medium. Includes the viewing and analysis
of both feature length and short films illustrating the international
development of film form and selected esthetic movements. (Spring)
ENC 245
lntroduction to Literature
An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry and drama, drawing
on works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and
female writers. Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop
students' critical and analytical skills in reading literature and writing
about it as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature.
ENC 251
Readings in American Literature
An introduction to representative works that yield an understanding of
the Westem heritage and American world views. Themes could include
the emergence of national identity, the relationship between humankind
and God, the place of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the
development of American thought. (Fall)
ENC 271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including Homer,
Virgil, Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Dante. Works are studied with reference
to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their
influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
ENC 272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to
the modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes,
Rabelais, Voltaire, and Ibsen. (Spring)
ENC 282
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in
English 133
the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Contemporary Poetry and Women and Fiction.
ENC 327
Advanced Journalism: Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is on interviewing, organizing and writing the story, editing the
work of others, and learning layout and design. Students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of others and laboratory sessions
devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: ENG 227. Alternate years)
ENC 331
British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan
A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development
of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG
245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 336
British Literature: 17th and 18th Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual
and social influences and the major Literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245
or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 337
British Literature: the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose, and two or three novels of the period.
Relationships among these writers are emphasized, and their lasting
contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or
consent of instructor. Spring)
ENC 341
Advanced Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve
creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule.
(Prereq.: ENG 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work.)
ENC 345
Introduction to the English Language
A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues
concerning the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students are introduced to the primary components of linguistics, the
development of the English language, and the social impact of language.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 347
Quantitative Journalism:Computer-Assisted Reporting and Research
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational
investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of
expository essays and news reports. This course is designed for persons
wishing to explore the use of computer-assisted research and those
preparing to enter the communication professions. (Prereq.: ENG 225 or
ENG 227 or consent of instructor. MPG 111.)
ENG 350
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of selected American writers from colonial times to
WWI. Issues relating to race, class, and gender, conceptions of the
individual in relation to society, and regional differences are studied.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
'34 English
ENC 351
American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary works. Writers are selected to
represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic and racial diversity
of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary
works to the changing conditions of modem American life. (Prereq.: ENG
245 or consent of instructor. Spring)
ENC 361
Studies in Modern Fiction
Emphasis is on significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly nonWestem, of the 20th century. (Prereq.:ENG 245 or consent of instructor.
Fall)
ENC 382
Topics
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in
the class schedule for that year. (Prereq.:ENG 245 or consent of instructor
All 400-level courses will involve some reading and study of literay criticism or, in the case of
writing classes, of what writers and/or composition theorists have to say about writing.
ENC 423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th cen?
beginnings to the 20th century. Novels studied are selected from the
works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Steme, Austen,
Dickens, Bronte, Eliot, Joyce, and Woolf. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years)
ENC 438
Shakespeare
Study of major plays -comedies, histories and tragedies. Additional
plays are assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
ENC 445
Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing
Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course emphasizes the
conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice,
subjects, and techniques for gathering information. (Prereq.: ENG 225 and
consent of instructor. ~ l t e m a t years)
e
ENC 480
Criticism
The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories and approaches
with which graduate programs in English expect some familiarity. In a
seminar setting, students read and discuss original theoretical essays and
experiment with applications to a small group of literary and cinematic
texts. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
ENC 482
Topics in Language and Literature
Jhdividual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in
the class schedule for that year. Sample topics include Contemporary
Poetry and Women and Fiction. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
English 135
lee Department listing for a description of the following approved elective:
'HR 325
Playwriting
nternships and Independent Study Courses:
.NC 199
lnternship
See description on page 79.
.NC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
.NC 399
lnternship
See description on page 79.
.NC 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79. Open to junior or senior English majors with
an overall GPA of 3.0 and consent of Department Chair.
lee listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
T
he initial months after entering
college as a first year student are a period
of transition. The faculty and staff wish to
assist students in making a successful
transition to being college students and to
help them become part of this academic
community. Students are introduced to the
character of the College, its heritage as an
urban liberal arts college of the church, the
process of learning in a community where
ideas are valued and treated seriously, and
the logistics of being college students.
The First Year Experience (ME)
is
composed of three parts: Summer Registra-
FYE 101
FYE Seminar
tion, Fall Orientation, and the FYE Seminars.
Participation in the Fall Orientation
program and in the FYE Seminars is
required of all students who begin
Augsburg College as freshmen in the day
schedule program. Students who meet the
requirement satisfactorily by attendance at
and participation in an FYE Seminar will
receive a notation of a passing (P) grade f o
FYE 101 on their official transcript and a
0.25 credit. Students without a P for FYE
101 will not be permitted to graduate with
an Augsburg degree.
(.25 course)
A series of Fall term meetings with an M E adviser to discuss issues
related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College comrnunity of learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a variety of
disciplines and sources collected in the Augsburg Anthology. (P/N grading
only; evaluation based on attendance and participation.)
FOREIGNLANGUAGES
See listing under Modem Languages.
FRENCH
See listing under Modem Languages.
s
ome courses help to integrate learning
around topics in ways which are different
from the more traditional disciplines. Gen-
CST 009
Cooperative Education
era1 Studies includes specialized academic
enrichment programs, an integrative proseminar created by cooperating faculty.
(.O course)
Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of
the evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by
Cooperative Education staff. No course credit.
CST 100
Critical Thinking
A course to enhance the ability of students to analyze, synthesize and
evaluate claims, this course is designed specifically to strengthen critical
thinking skills of entering students who are determined to need such skill
enhancementby the entry critical thinking assessment.
CST 140
Introduction to the Liberal Arts
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and
improving those skills important to academic success: reading comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary,
spelling, test-taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, and motivation strategies.
CST 209
City Seminar: Experiential Education
(.O course)
Students engaged in a minimum of 50 hours of internship/service/
cooperative education use that experience as a catalyst for learning about
the Twin Cities as an urban community system. Students do a series of 5-6
reflective assignments designed to introduce them to a systematic way of
thinking about how their particular organization functions in the larger
community. The semhar enables the student to meet the objectives of the
City Perspective. Permission of Instructor. Non-credit.
GERMAN
See listing under Modem Languages.
v
irtually all students at Augsburg
College will interact at some point in their
college years with the Department of
Health and Physical Education. It is the
philosophy of the Department to provide
quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the
f l e d athlete as well as the occasional
participant will find ample opportunity for
athletic and develovmental activities.
The
Education
provides the organizational framework for
a wide range of educational experiences,
including several major and minor programs: general education in Physical
Education; men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural
programs for men and women; and athletic
facilities for developmental and recreational activities.
The Health Education Department
prepares students for careers in school
health education and wellness. This
program offers a comprehensive health
component in examining prevention and
promotion needs for individuals, schools
and the community.
All Health and Physical Education
majors must receive a grade of 2.0 in all
courses with an HPE prefix applying to the
major.
Health and Physical Education Faculty
Carol Enke (Chair), Brian Ammann,
Richard Borstad, Marilyn Florian, Paul
Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Patricia Murphy,
Jack Osberg, Joyce Pfaff, Jeff Swenson
HEALTH EDUCATION
Health Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness For Life
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 316 Human Sexuality
m E 320 School Health Curriculum
mE 390 Instructional Methods and
Materials
HPE 410 Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
HPE 450 Current Health Issues
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
PSY 201 Health Psychology
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
-Child
or PSY 352 Developmental
Psychology: Adolescent and
Young Adult
BIO 220 Microbiology
(at St. Catherine's)
Must have instructor's certification for CPR
and first aid.
Recommended:
HPE 355 Tests and Measurement
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
Health and Physical Education 139
the Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Minor
HPE 101,110,114,115,216,320,390,
450, BIO 103. Students interested in the
Teaching Minor should consult with the
Health Education Department Adviser.
1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Physical Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness for Life
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 210 Introduction to Physical
Education
HPE 220 Motor Learning
HPE 223 Team Sports
HPE 231 Individual and Dual Sports
HPE 232 Dance
HPE 254 Introduction to Development/
Adapted Physical Education
HPE 340 Organization and
Administration of Physical
Education Programs
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPE 355 Tests and Measurement
HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum
HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Minor
HPE 101,115,210 223,231,232,351.
There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota
Public Schools.
Coaching Endorsement (not a major)
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 310 Psychology of Sport
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
HPE 489 Practicum (arrange through
Department Chair)
One course from:
HPE 476 Coaching of Football
HPE 477 Coaching of Basketball
HPE 478 Coaching of Hockey
HPE 479 Coaching of Track and Field
W E 480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball
HPE 483 Coaching of Volleyball
Internship in Athletic Training
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
W E 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
And advanced athletic training (ACTC
schools)
Also required: 1500 hours of practical
experience under the direction of a
Certified Athletic Trainer.
140
-
Health and Physical Education
HEALTH EDUCATION
HPE 101
Fitness For Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modlfy personal health and fitness. (Fall and Spring)
HPE 110
Personal and Community Health
Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to
the individual and the community. (Fall)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education
(.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. (Fall and Spring)
HPE 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
(.5 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser.
Includes information about school health education and services. (Fall and
Spring)
HPE 116
Health Concepts for Educators
(.5 course)
A course to prepare future teachers for their role in the school health
program. Includes common childhood health problems with an emphasis
on prevention. (Fall and Spring)
HPE 316
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social and biological components of human
sexuality. Open to all students. (Spring)
HPE 320
School Health Curriculum (.5 course)
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and
development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases.
(Prereq.: HPE 110. Interim - odd numbered years)
HPE 355
Tests and Measurement
(.5 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education.
HPE 410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
(.5 course)
Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health program and resources. (Prereq.: HPE 110.
Interim - odd numbered years)
HPE 450
Current Health Issues
(.5 course)
This course uses "critical thinking" skills to examine current health issues
in text and media from a sociological, political, economical and medical
perspective. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Fall - even numbered years)
-
Health and Physical Education 141
I PHYSICAL EDUCATION
IPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports
(.O course)
Three hours per week. Two Lifetime Sports meet the General Education
requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department Chair.)
No course credit. (Fall and Spring)
IPE 101
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal health and fitness. (Fall and Spring)
IPE 210
Introduction to Physical Education
(.5 course)
History, principles and philosophy of physical education and sport.
(Spring)
IPE 220
Motor Learning
(.5 course)
The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills
relative to physical activity. (Spring)
IPE 223
Team Sports
Theory and practice in team sports including history, rules and skill
development. (Spring)
IPE 231
Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual
sports including history, rules and skill development. (Fall)
IPE 232
Dance
(.5 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international
folk dances. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances.
(Interim)
IPE 254
Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical Education
(.5 course)
A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from
early childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and
educationprograms for special needs and handicapped students.
(Fall)
IPE 310
Sport Psychology
(-5 course)
The application of psychology to athletes and athletic situations. Psychology of Sport deals with the effect of psychological factors on behavior in
sports, and the effect that participation in sport or physical activity has on
the performer. (Spring - even numbered years)
IPE 340
Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs
(.5 course)
A survey of management, leadership and decision making for Physical
Education and athletic programs. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall)
IPE 350
Kinesiology
(.5 course)
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system
and analysis of movement. (Prerea.:BIO 103. Fall)
'42 Health and Physical Education
HPE 351
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiolog
cal principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Spring)
HPE 355
Tests and Measurement
(.5 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health ant
physical education. (Fall)
HPE 365
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education in
grades K-6. An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementary aged children. (Consult with Department Chair
for prerequisites. Fall)
HPE 368
(.5 course)
Physical Education Methods (7-12)
Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education in
secondary schools. (Consult with Department Chair for prerequisites.
Spring)
HPE 473
Physical Education Curriculum
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical
education with laboratory experience. (Prereq.:HPE 210. Fall)
HPE 475
(.5 course)
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
Preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in
taping and training room procedures. (Prereq.: BIO 103, HPE 350. Interin
HPE 476
Coaching of Football
(.5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football.
(Fall - odd numbered years)
HPE 477
Coaching o f Basketball
(.5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball.
(Interim - odd numbered years)
HPE 478
Coaching of Hockey
(.5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.
(Interim - even numbered years)
HPE 479
(.5 course)
Coaching of Track and Field
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field
(Spring - even numbered years)
HPE 480
Coaching of Baseball/Softball
(-5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and
softball. (Spring - odd numbered years)
HPE 483
Coaching of Volleyball
(.5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball.
(Interim - odd numbered years)
HPE 489
Health and Physical Education 143
[ternshipsand Independent Study Courses:
PE 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
PE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
PE 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
PE 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 79. Open only to junior or senior majors.
H
istory is to society what memory is
to an individual; it brings to a civilization
an understanding of its identity. The
distinguished medievalist J.R. Strayer
expressed it this way: "No community can
survive and no institution can function
without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as
much as by laws, which is to say that we
are ruled by the collective memory of the
past. It is the memory of common experiences which makes scattered individuals
into a community."
The study of history enables us to deal
more knowledgeably with continuity and
change in society. The construction of an
informed sense of our past is a fundamental ingredient in appreciating and understanding the present as well as anticipating
the future. History majors are prepared to
be active and contributing members of
their society. The study of history, which
has long held a major role in the liberal
arts, is an entry to elementary and secondary education, graduate study in several
fields, and a wide range of employment
opportunities which require abilities in
communication, conceptualization, and
processing of information.
History Faculty
Richard Nelson (Chair),Jacqueline deVries,
William Green, Donald Gustafson, Christopher Kimball
Major
Eight courses plus one seminar. At leas
four of these courses must be Upper
Division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas: ancient and medieval; modem Europe; U.S.; and nonWestem.
Teaching Licensure
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers
which may differ slightly in emphasis fron
the Augsburg major requirements. The
state requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Minor
Five courses, at least t h e e of which
must be Upper Division.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall;
except in special instances, application
before the end of the first term of the junio
year; two years of a foreign language at thc
college level (or its equivalent); an honors
thesis (equal to one course credit) to be
defended before a faculty committee.
History 145
Prerequisites
First year students should enroll in
me or more of the 101-104 courses. 200eve1 courses are normally reserved for
ophomore or Upper Division students.
Jpper Division courses are numbered
100and above.
llS 101
llS 102
llS 103
l l S 104
l l S 220
l l S 221
llS 222
Satisfactory completion of a Lower
Division course is normally required before
enrolling in an Upper Division course. See
instructor for permission.
Transfer Students
Transfer students planning a major
must normally take at least three of their
courses at Augsburg. A minor normally
requires two courses taken at Augsburg.
The Beginning of Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical
world of Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th
century.
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of
the Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia
and Africa of the last 200 years.
America to 1815
A survey of the contacts between American, African, and European
cultures and the political, religious, and racial diversity which formed
colonial life including a study of independence, expansion, and democratization of the new republic.
19th Century U.S.
A survey emphasizing cultural, social, political, and economic changes
resulting from immigration, expansion, sectionalism, slavery, Civil War,
and Reconstruction.
20th Century U.S.
A survey focusing on the nation's adjustment to industrialization and
urbanization, the emergence of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a
strong federal government, the implications of increasing racial and ethnic
diversity, and the impact of affluence.
146
-
History
HIS 225
History of the Twin Cities
The Minneapolis and St. Paul area serve as a case study for the themes of
frontier urbanization, industrialization and economic change, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, and urban politics and reform.
HIS 228
American Legal History
An examination of the social, economic and intellectual factors in American history which, combined with English and cclonial antecedents,
contributed to the emergence of our modem legal system.
HIS 241
Topics in African-American History
Selected topics in African-American history not regularly examined in
other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
HIS 242
History of African-American Civil Rights, 1619-1915
A survey of the development of African-American civil rights focusing on
legal, economic, and political issues influenced by race and class, emphasizing emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves.
HIS 243
History of African-American Civil Rights, 1915-1972
A continuation of History 242 with special emphasis on the contributions
of W.E.B. DuBois, Marcus Garvey, A. Philip Randall, Charles Houston,
Thurgood Marshall, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
HIS 2461371
The American and Scandinavian Shared Heritage
Key aspects of the cultural history of the United States and Scandinavia
from the 19th century to the present with emphasis on the Atlantic
migration and the similarities and differences between these cultures.
(Offered only in the Augsburg College/Ostfold, Norway program. See
International Studies)
HIS 31 1
Topics in Women's History
Exploration of selected topics in women's history not regularly examined
in other departmental offerings. The specific topic to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
HIS 326
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian
period through European exploration and settlement to the present,
emphasizing American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal
structure and inter-governmentalrelations.
HIS 331
Topics in U.S. History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history not regularly
examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offerec
will be announced prior to registration.
HIS 332
History of U.S. Foreign Relations
A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the American Revolution through
the Cold War, emphasizing changing definitions of war and peace,
tensions between internationalism and isolationism, the emergence of the
. . A
. ...
History
HIS 335
American Urban History
A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings
through the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics
of urban growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of
urban culture.
HIS 336
American Labor History
A survey of the history of work and the worker, primarily in the late 19th
and 20th centuries, emphasizing the nature of work, working class life and
community, evaluation of organized labor, and the relationship of
workers and union to the state.
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: An Historical Perspective
A survey of Namibia and South Africa including the experience of
indigenous peoples, the impact of South African occupation, the war for
independence, and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization.(For
offerings see International Studies)
HIS 347
MesoAmerica: Legacy of the Conqueror
Four specific mini-courses together provide an overview of Mexico's
historical development from pre-Colurnbian times to the present day.
(For offerings see International Studies)
HIS 352
Modern Germany
A survey of the social, political and cultural development of Gemany
after 1871 focusing on the question of Germany's sondenveg (special path)
and examining such topics as romanticism, unification, the rise of National Socialism, and the Holocaust.
HIS 354
Britain and the Commonwealth Since 1688
This course will take a distinctively interdisciplinary approach (sources
will include literature, film, music, and artwork) to explore a period of
dramatic change in British politics, society, culture and international
status.
HIS 360
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
Civilization of the Near East from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on cultural borrowing,
achievement in the arts, religion and political institutions.
HIS 361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the
world's greatest power, emphasizing personalities, the arts, and Rome's
contributions in law and the political process.
HIS 370
The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state,
emphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance
and the early years of the Reformation.
HIS 380
The History of Women in the West to 1870
A thematic and comparative examination with primary focus on Europe
L
A
.
.
.
.I
L
-
-
- -
-
..
147
- History
public roles, sexuality, life cycles and familial roles in the Renaissance,
early American, Edightment, and Victorian periods.
HIS 381
The History of Women in the West Since 1870
A continuation of HIS 380. Emphasizing class, racial and ethnic differences among women, this class examines the changing legal, political,
economic, social and sexual status of women in Europe and North
America since the Victorian period.
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included
in regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
HIS 474
The World and the West
Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, cultural interaction and
conflict, the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and
the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century.
HIS 495
Seminar
This course is required for the major and enrollment is normally restricted
to students who have nearly finished their course work. Selected topics
will be announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is
required. (Offered at least once each year, during the Fall term.)
lnternships and Independent Study Courses:
HIS 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
HIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79. A maximum of one course in Directed Study
may be applied to the major.
HIS 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
HIS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79. A maximum of one course in Independent
Study may be applied to the major. (Prereq.: 3.5 GPA in History)
I
nterdisciplinary Studies covers a
oad spectrum of experience and course
ork. Through Interdisciplinary courses,
udents gain greater insight and undermding of cultures and perspectives
fferent from their own. Through these
.periencesstudents are better prepared
become contributing members of the
obal community.
Augsburg also offers students the
)portunity to major and minor in
'omen's Studies, and to minor in Metrorban Studies and American Indian
udies.
For other Interdisciplinary course
itings, see International Studies.
American Indian Studies is a minor that
ves students the opportunity to learn
,out the original, indigenous cultures of
4s 105
North America. Courses are cross-disciplinary representing religion, language, art,
history, English and women's studies
departments. Interdisciplinary courses are
offered as well in cinema and contemporary issues. This integrated course of study
exposes students to the beauty and richness
of the diverse tribal cultures still existing in
our c o w today.
Coordinator
Virginia Allery
Minor
Students must take five courses in
American Indian Studies to get a minor.
The only requirements are INS 105 and at
least one Upper Division course. These
courses may also be taken as part of majors
or minors in other academic subjects or to
meet distribution/general education
requirements.
Introduction to American Indian Studies
This course is an introduction to the content areas of the American Indian
Studies curriculum, including an overview of American Indian history,
American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation
and urban issues, cross-cultural influences, art, music and language.
(Required for American Indian Studies minor.)
JB 111, OJB112 Beginning Ojibwe
NC 216
I S 233
(See Modem Languages for course description.)
American Indian Literature
(See English Department for course description.)
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course examines a variety of issues conceming the biological,
evolutionary and historical origins of women's roles and status in society.
- Interdisciplinary Studies
Comparative roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across
various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native
American and African tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico
the Middle East and China. (Cross-listed with the Women's Studies
Department.)
INS 260
Contemporary American Indians
This course examines the situation of American Indians in the United
States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934).Emphasis is on such
current issues as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights and education. The
tension of cultural change and religious, traditional persistence among
selected American Indian tribes today is highlighted.
INS 264
American Indians in the Cinema
Various images of the North American Indian, created by Hollywood anc
television, are studied. Films are viewed from 1913 to the present in orde
to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed ir
film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century and is
reflective of Western cultural ideologies.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
(See Art Department for course description.)
INS 320
American Indian Women
The focus is on the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of North
America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time, as well as
changes in these roles, precipitated by the influence of Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women and assesses their
contributions to Indian community life today. (Prereq.: one course in
Women's Studies or American Indian Studies or consent of instructor.
This course also applies to Women's Studies.)
HIS 326
American Indian History
(See History Department for course description.)
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
(See Religion Department for course description.)
REL 231
Religion in African-American History
(See Religion Department for course description.)
INS 232
The African-American Experience in America
An o v e ~ e w
of the major issues related to the African-Americanexperience, focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal and psychological aspects of that experience.
HIS 241
Topics in African-American History
(See History Department for course description.)
Interdisciplinary Studies 151
Metro-Urban Stcldies is a transdisci)linary major and minor taught by faculty
n sociology, economics, history, political
icience, psychology and other related
iisciplines. The Metro-Urban Studies
wogram seeks to blend classroom and field
:xperience, theory and internships whch
ocus the content of liberal leanring on the
netropolitan community and the process
)f urbanization.
The Metro-Urban Studies major and
ninor are designed to provide underpaduate preparation for postgraduate
;tudies in planning, architecture, law,
sublic administration, environmental
;tudies, social welfare, government,
:omunity organization and theology.
t'he program and General Education City
>erspectiveintroduce students to the wide
rariety of developing careers related to
lrban and metropolitan affairs and equip
itudents with the analytical and theoretical
001s required to understand the metropolian community.
Internships, Community Service,earning and Cooperative Education are
ivailable as ways to enhance the quality of
he major and make fuller use of the
!xtensive metropolitan opportunities
ifforded by the College's location. The
ligher Education Consortium for Urban
4ffairs (HECUA) and Associated Colleges
)f the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the
~verallprogram.
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty
2arry Hesser (Director, SOC), Andrew
4oki (POL), Jeanne Boeh, (ECO), Robert
Zlyde, Norman Ferguson (PSY), Chris
Gmball (HIS),Michael O'Neal (SOC)
Major
10 courses including:
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
SOC 211 Community and the
Modem Metropolis
HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities
HIS 335 Urban American History
PSY 356 Environmental Psychology
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
or MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
SOC 363 Research Methods
or POL 484 Political Analysis
Seminar
SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban
Planning
INS 399 Internship
Plus one additional approved urbanrelated course. (Courses fulfilling the City
Perspectives generally meet the urbanrelated requirement.)
HECUA off-campus programs are
highly recommended, especially the MUST
Twin Cities program. Students interested in
graduate school are encouraged to take
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics.
Minor
POL 122, SOC 211, HIS 225 and two of
the following: PSY 356, HIS 335, SOC 381 or
INS 399.
The Internship, INS 399, is highly
recommended where appropriate. Other
combinations are feasible if approved by
the Director of the Program.
15*
-
Interdisciplinary Studies
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
INS 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
INS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79. (Prereq.:POL 122 or SOC 211)
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 79. Internships place students with sponsoring
organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of
24 hours a week.
INS 498
Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course which a student (or group of students)
develops utilizing the metropolitan resources available, e.g., lectures,
symposia, performances, hearings. The course is designed in consultation
with and evaluated by a Department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 oi
SOC 211 and consent of instructor)
INS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363)
INTRODUCTION TO URBAN STUDIES
OPTIONS THROUGH HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a
leading role in the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs. Through
HECUA, Augsburg students have access to
six interdisciplinaryfield learning programs of exceptional quality, located in
Scandinavia, South America, Central
America and the Twin Cities.
Also see International Studies listings.
I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This "Semester in the Cities" program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area.
INS 358
Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development
Interdisciplinaryreadings connect experiences and direct observation
with theory and research on the impact of race, class and gender on social
inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and
strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined in the
context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it.
INS 359
Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change
Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying - at times competing -views on the Twin Cities
Interdisciplinary Studies 153
and oral history provide data to idenhfy inequality and to assess theories
and strategies for explaining and overcoming it.
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 79.
11. City Arts
Study of the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and
urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the program.
INS 330
Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures
Exploration of life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers and
community organizers for understanding the differences between formal
institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events.
INS 331
The Politics of Artistic Expression
Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and
culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films and discussions
integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social
change and activism.
INS 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
Major
(Formerly Scandinavian Area Studies)
Nordic Area Studies is an interdisciplinary program drawing on the combined
resources of the ACTC schools and the
Nordic Center at Augsburg College. The
curriculum treats Norden (Denmark,
Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden) not
only as a geographical area, but as an
integrated cultural region with a shared
history, common values, and a high degree
of political, social, and economic interdependency. Courses in Nordic Area Studies
postulate a Nordic regional identity as a
context in which to appreciate the differences between the five individual countries
and to understand the complexity of their
interactions among
. themselves and the
global community.
Coordinator
Eight Upper Division courses.
Minor
Four Upper Division courses.
Other Requirements
Note: At least four of the Upper
Division courses required for the major
must be Augsburg courses. The remainder
may be transfer credits included in the
major on approval of the program coordinator. Students graduating with a major or
minor must also present the equivalent of
intermediate level competence in a
Scandinavian language. See Norwegian
language course listings under the Modem
Language Department.
Recommended supporting preparation:
Study in Denmark, Norway, Sweden,
Finland or Iceland (see International
- Interdisciplinary Studies
Metro-Urban Studies, SUST or Oslo Year
Program), and elective courses or a second
major such as Norwegian, History, Political
NAS 330
Science, Urban Studies, Business Administration, International Relations, Sociology
or Social Work.
Contemporary Norden
A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the 20th century. No knowledge of Scandinavian
language required. (Fall: alternate years)
NAS 351
The Modern Nordic Novel
Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion
is based on reading selected works in translation from all five Nordic
countries. Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings
and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
NAS 352
The Modern Nordic Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th
century dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the
development of Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will do appropriate
readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
NAS 372
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.)
NAS 377
Scandinavia in the World
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Art Department.)
NAS 393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.)
NAS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NAS 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
NAS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
NAS 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
NAS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
I
nternational Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both
breadth and depth. The student may focus
on a discipline or geographic area of the
world. The program consists of a core of
seven courses and six electives chosen from
a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg
and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an
Interim or semester. Competency in one
language is required, and some students
study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give
students a broad exposure to international
studies with considerable freedom to
choose options for specialization. Students
in the recent past have focused their
studies on Latin America, the Middle East,
Western Europe, Russia and East Central
Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc.
Recent students have had double
majors in History, Political Science,
International Business or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors
and minors are possible with the Intemational Relations major.
Director
Two of the following:
HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign
Relations
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policy
POL 461 Topics in International Politics
Also, the equivalent of four tenns of college
work in a modem language
Required electives
Six of the following (not more than three
from any one discipline may be counted
toward the major):
BUS 362,364,368,465,466
ECO 314,317,360,365
HIS 352,440,474
PHI 355
POL 350,351,359,382,459
REL 356,420
SOC 336
SPC 329
FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331, SPA
332, NAS 330 (See Modem Languages.)
Interim courses, seminars, Independent
Study, topics courses and courses at other
colleges/universities can be considered
here with the approval of the Program
Director, as well as a fourth term or higher
of college work in a second language.
Norma Noonan
Honors Major
Required courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 103 The Modem World
or HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western
World
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
or POL 160 World Politics
POL 490 Seminar in International
GPA of 3.6 in the major; 3.0 overall.
In addition to fulfjlling the requirements
for the major, the student must complete
an Honors Thesis no later than March 1of
the senior year and must defend the thesis
before a faculty committee. Students should declare their intention to
complete an Honors Major by the end of
their junior year.
Minor
ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and
'26
International Studies
POL 363 or 461. One year of modem
language. Three courses from the list of
required electives for the major. Not more
than two courses from any department can
count toward the minor.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of
languages counts toward the major;
1
nternational Study at Augsburg College
is intended to motivate students to act
responsibly and effectively in society by
expanding their awareness of other
cultures, deepening their understanding
of the human condition on a global scale,
and helping them to understand the
connections between social justice and
global interdependence. The Center for
Global Education administers international study opportunities available
to Augsburg students.
Study abroad is an integral part of
several majors at Augsburg, but will add
an international dimension to any academic program. Students majoring in a
variety of disciplines, from the natural
sciences to mathematics, study abroad each
year. Students normally receive the same
number of course credits abroad as they
would if studying on-campus. Courses
abroad can fulfill major, distribution1
general education and graduation requirements when approved by the Director of
Academic Programs Abroad and appropriate faculty before departure.
prerequisite courses or competencies
cannot be credited toward the 13 required
courses. Students should confer with the
Program Director about regional and
disciplinary concentrations possible within
the major; for example, a concentration in a
geographic area or one of the major
disciplines in the program.
All students in good academic standing
(a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off-campus
through the Center for Global Education.
Students must apply by Dec. 15 for study
off-campus for the next year. The cost for
many programs is equivalent to full room,
board and tuition for a semester on-campus
plus airfare. Financial aid is granted on the
same basis as on-campus study.
International study programs approved
through Augsburg are listed below. For
information on these or other programs,
contact the Director of Academic Programs
Abroad.
THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL
EDUCATION
The Center for Global Education
facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more
critically about global issues and to work
toward a more just and sustainable world.
The Center's programs explore a diversity
of viewpoints and are grounded in the
International Studies
?erspectives of the poor and of others
struggling for justice and human dignity.
The Center's study programs are
:onducted in Mexico, Central America,
Vamibia, and Norway. Students experience
three distinct types of living situations,
which include living with other participants in a community house, spending
several days in a rural setting and several
weeks living with host families. They also
travel together on two-week seminars: in
Mexico to Central America, and Namibia to
South Africa.
I WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES (MEXICO) - FALL
This program explores the experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their
roles in economic development, social change strategies, and the connections women are
drawing among issues of gender, race, class, and global economics.
Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are also
~pprovedfor credit in Women's Studies. Application deadline is April 1.
5PA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four
weeks at the beginning of the semester, taught by Mexican instructors.
(Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director.)
INS 311
The Development Process
Students reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and
human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women.
Latin American development and educational theories and practices are
examined, as well as social change strategies.
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics -Women in Latin America
An examination of critical global issues affecting Latin America and the
impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and international trade,
political ideologies, and revolution. (Required course.)
REL 366
The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political
oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is
an examination of the emerging "Theology of Liberation."
I GENDER AND THE ENVIRONMENT: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES (MEXICO) SPRING
This program introduces students to the socio-economic and political issues of the
region with a focus on the impact of environmentalpolicies on the lives of women and men
from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America. Students
2xamine this complex web of issues and how the people of Mexico are responding to
pressures on family, society, and the natural environment. Application deadline is Oct. 15.
157
'58
International Studies
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four
weeks, taught by Mexican instructors. (Placementlevel determined by
Program Director.)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature - 20th Century Voices
Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry,
and testimonials of indigenous peoples, Central American refugees.
SOC 286
Social Stratification
Students examine the key social, political and economic forces which have
shaped the experience of women and men in the region. Particular
attention is paid to the forms, causes and consequences of inequality
which exists in Latin American societies.
REL 311
Theology, Ethics, and The Environment
This course focuses on the ethical implications of policies which affect the
environment in Mexico and Central Ameria. Students examine different
religious and ethical perspectives and visit a variety of sites where
environmental devastation has taken place, as well as ecological reserves.
SOUTHERN AFRICA SOCIETIES IN TRANSITION (NAMIBIA)
- FALL
This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the
central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained
independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Students will
explore the complex political, social, and economic dynamics of building a new nation.
Application deadline is April 1.
INS 312
The Development Process - Southern Africa
This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of
development, hunger, injustice and human rights and examines basic
theories of development as well as particular strategies of development
that are being implemented in Namibia and South Africa.
REL 346
The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with
people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within
churches and religious organizations.
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: An Historical Perspective
This course is an overview of the history of Namibia and South Africa,
including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of occupation
by South Africa and the war for independence.
POL 353
Political and Social Change in Namibia: A Comparative Perspective
This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the
legacy of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and
political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence.
International Studies
I AUGSBURG COLLEGE OSTFOLD, NORWAY - SEMESTER OR ACADEMIC YEAR
Augsburg, in cooperation with the University of North Dakota and the city of Moss,
~ffersthis semester or year-long exchange program in Moss, Norway. Twenty U.S.
itudents and 20 Norwegian students join to explore the cross-cultural dimensions of a
~arietyof fields. To be discontinued in Fall 1997.
UOR 1111112 Beginning Norwegian
This course aims to develop the four basic language skills of speaking,
listening, reading and writing. Special emphasis is placed on helping
students learn to use Norwegian in their daily lives. Television, movies,
newspapers, and visits by native Norwegians are utilized.
IlS 2461371
The American and Scandinavian Shared Heritage
An exploration of key aspects of the cultural history of the United States
and Scandinavia from the 19th century to the present. Emphasis is on the
Atlantic migration and the similarities and differences between these
cultures, especially in their movement from agrarian to industrial society.
UAS 2501350 Comparative Social Structures in Scandinavia and the United States
This course examines concepts basic to the study of sociology, including
group interaction, social institutions and culture. It also explores the
development and current status of social structure in Scandinavia and the
United States.
iPC 332
Intercultural Communication
This course explores both the opportunities and the problems associated
with communication between people from different cultural backgrounds.
Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectation,
values, and non-verbal symbols are examined.
iPC 346
Theories of Communication and Media
This course explores the relationship between communication and media
by examining texts, ideas, media products, and technical facilities. Special
attention will be given to the social, psychological, ethical and demographic issues from U.S. and Scandinavian cultures.
'OL 250
Comparative Politics: Scandinavia and the U.S.
This course examines the political and administrative systems of the U.S.
and Scandinavian countries with an emphasis on Norway. Particular
attention is given to the common origins of political tradition and practices in the U.S. and Norway.
I SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGE: GUATEMALA, EL SALVADOR,
NICARAGUA - FALL
This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Central Americans. For
wo decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced
imdamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and
:ivil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El
ialvador, and Nicaragua. Application deadline is April 1.
159
1
60
-
International Studies
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four
weeks at the beginning of the semester, taught by Guatemalan instructors.
(Placement level determined by Program Director)
SOC 267
Cultural Ecology
This course focuses on social movements in the region and their relationship to the environment. Students explore impact of ongoing colonization
and modernization on indigenous cultures.
ECO 325
Sustainable Development
This course examines the concepts of economic development and growth
in the "Third World." Students are introduced to the theories of economic
development and definitions of sustainable development. They study the
relationship between economic development and ecological damage.
REL 366
Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course explores the role of religion in Latin American societies, past
and present, given the factors of political oppression and social injustice.
Students examine the "theologies of liberation."
W WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT:A SOUTHERN AFRICA PERSPECTIVE (NAMIBIA)
SPRING
-
This intensive travel and study program is designed to introduce participants to the
central issues facing Southern Africa, with emphasis on the experience of women. The
program introduces students to the struggle of women in Southern Africa, to the history
of their role in society and to the situation that exists for women in Africa. Application
deadline is Oct. 15.
SOC 236
Family Systems and Social Policy in Southern Africa
Using a cross-cultural approach, this course examines the family as a social
institution in Namibia and South Africa. A farnily stay will serve as a laboratory for students to observe various aspects of family life in Namibia.
INS 312
The Development Process - Southern Africa
This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of
development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis
given to the experience of women. The course examines basic theories of
development.
REL 346
The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students meet with people
representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches
and religious organizations.
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics - Southern Africa
This course is an integrative seminar focusing on the participation of
women in struggles for liberation in Southern Africa and on their emerging role in newly independent Namibia.
International Studies
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM FOR URBAN AFFAIRS (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in four different full
semester programs in Norway, Colombia
and Ecuador. All programs emphasize the
impact of social change and cross-cultural
factors on the human community. HECUA
programs include intense language
experience and field study. The cost is
equivalent to full tuition, room and board
for one semester on-campus plus airfare.
For non-international HECUA courses,
see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies.
SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST)
- FALL
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the contemporary Scandinavian societies
and issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving and urban life. Local,
regional and international field study and site visits in Scandinavia and the former Soviet
Union.
INS 372
Norwegian Language
Intensive language instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with
emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with
advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature. Students should consult with the Chair of the
Modem Language Department for language credit.
INS 377
Scandinavia in the World
Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world
of super powers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and
arms control, East-West relations, European security, trade and the Third
World.
INS 393
Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as
reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for s w e y of Norwegian
history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits
(theaters, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a
variety of media.
INS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices
as a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional
cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on
Norway, with field travel to other capitals for a comparative view.
161
16*
-
International Studies
SOUTH AMERICAN URBAN SEMESTER: COLOMBIA OR ECUADOR (SAUS) - FALL
This semester in the city program is located in either Bogota, Colombia or Quito,
Ecuador. This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the relationships between Third
World development and the consequences of urbanization, especially inequality in Latin
America. Analyses of competing theories of development are integrated with field study
in the host city and outlying regions.
INS 261
Spanish Language
All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an Independent Study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language
emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS
program and field work.
INS 361
Introduction to Latin America
Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics,
culture and arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus is
on economic development issues, theories and models applicable to
Latin America.
INS 362
Urbanization in Latin America
The development of cities and implications for social change in Latin
America. Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, governmental policies and urban elites.
Models and theories of urbanization and development are compared.
INS 363
Wealth, Poverty and Community Development
The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis
on field study in barrio communities and site visits to public and private
agencies dealing with urban problems.
COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA: ECUADOR (CILA)
- FALL OR SPRING
This interdisciplinaryprogram enables the student to combine intense involvement in
a community-based organization with the study of community development process and
the increase of language skills.
CULTURE AND SOCIETY IN LATIN AMERICA: COLOMBIA OR ECUADOR - SPRING
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on developments and social change in Latin
America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature, the arts and the ways in
which ideologies shape social realities.
INS 360
Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Study of selected literary works that illustrate social realities and express
a variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change.
Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as
manifested in major artistic periods.
INS 364
Latin American Arts and Society
Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships
International Studies 163
among art, ideology and society. Intensive readings include works by
theorists from Europe, the U.S. and Latin America.
INS 367
Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America
Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to
development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their
implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependence
and Marxism.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
Check with the spec$c International Studies program directorfor requirements in the program.
INS 199
INS 299
INS 399
INS 499
Internship
See description on page 79.
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
Internship
See description on page 79.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
See listing under Business Administration,
Accounting and Management Information
Systems.
A
t least since Socrates, scholars have
appreciated the value of mathematics in
developing the skills of critical thinking,
understanding abstract concepts, and
analyzing and solving problems. Coupled
with the more modem needs of quantitative reasoning, these skills are still essential
for any liberally educated person. Mathematics courses at Augsburg are intended
to help develop these skills in three ways.
Mathematical ideas have had a formative impact on the development of civilization. Since a liberal education should
include a variety of perspectives on our
culture and heritage, a study of mathematics and its influences is an important part
of a liberal arts education.
The Department aims to provide its
majors with skills necessary to serve the
larger community through a variety of
careers. Mathematics majors are prepared
for graduate school or work in industry or
service professions. Students may pursue a
concentration in applied mathematics or
the more traditional major. Internship and
Cooperative Education options help
students take advantage of Augsburg's
proximity to the many technically-oriented
enterprises in the city.
Additionally, an increasing number of
academic disciplines require a working
knowledge of the tools of mathematics.
This Department serves students majoring
in a wide variety of fields. Toward the goal
of serving students with a diversity of
needs, the Department uses a calculus
curriculum in which students leam
concepts in the context of learning skills of
mathematical investigation. A major
federal grant supported the development
of this AUGMENT curriculum.
Mathematics Faculty
Ken Kaminsky (Chair), Larry Copes,
Suzanne Doree, Rebekah Valdivia
Major
Eight courses including:
MAT 145 AUGMENT Calculus I
MAT 146 AUGMENT Calculus 11
MAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus 111
MAT 246 AUGMENT Linear Algebra
MAT 314 Abstract Algebra
MAT 324 Analysis
MAT 491 Mathematics Colloquium
(junior and senior years)
CSC 170 Structured Pronrarnminn
or CSC 270 FORT&
or CSC 272 Unix and C
And three electives from MAT courses
above 200, at least two of which are above
300.
.,
Note: At least two mathematics courses
above 300 must be taken at Augsburg.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements. For many years,
however, the mathematics requirements f o
licensure have been the same as for the
major, with the electives specified as MAT
351, MAT 373, and MAT 441.
Mathematics
Mathematics Major with concentration in
Applied Mathematics
Ten courses including:
MAT 145 AUGMENT Calculus I
MAT 146 AUGMENT Calculus I1
MAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus JlI
MAT 246 AUGMENT Linear Algebra
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
MAT 324 Analysis
MAT 491 Mathematics Colloquium
(junior and senior years)
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics 11
CSC 170 Structured Programming
or CSC 270 FORTRAN
or CSC 272 Unix and C
And three electives from:
bMT/PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
MAT 328 Complex Analysis
MAT 355 Numerical Analysis
MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I
MAT 374 Probability and Statistics I1
MAT 481 Topics in Mathematics (must
be approved)
Note: At least two mathematics courses
above 300 must be taken at Augsburg.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major, 3.1 overall, and
Independent Study at an advanced level.
Mathematics Minor
MAT 145 AUGMENT Calculus I
MAT 146 AUGMENT Calculus II
hlAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus m
MAT 246 AUGMENT Linear Algebra
or MAT 247 Modeling and
Differential Equations
And one elective above MAT 300.
Note: At least one mathematics course
above 200 must be taken at Augsburg.
Math Placement Group (MPG)
Before enrolling in any mathematics
course, the student must have appropriate
math placement. All students are required
to have their Math Placement Group
(MPG) determined. In some cases, students
who have transferred in a college-level
mathematics course taken at another
college may have their Math Placement
Group determined by the Registrar's
Office. Students who have passed the
College Board Advanced Placement Exam
should consult with the Mathematics
Department. All other students must take
the Augsburg Math Placement Exam. The
exam is given during college registration
sessions and at other announced times
during the year. Students needing to
advance their Math Placement Group may
work with the Academic Enrichment
Center to take the appropriate MAT course
or study on their own and retest. Additional information about the Math Placement Exam is available from the Academic
Advising Center.
Prerequisites
A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course.
165
-
166
Mathematics
MAT 105
Applied Algebra
Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic and other models. Emphasis
on applicationsto the social and natural sciences, business and everyday
life. Successful completion advances students to MPG III. Students in
MPG 111or IV should consult the department, as should students preparing for MAT 114. (Prereq.:MPG I1 and either a year of high school algebra
or consent of instructor)
MAT 114
Precalculus
Concepts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric
functions. For students planning to take MAT 145. Students who have
completed MAT 145 or calculus may register for credit only with consent
of instructor. Successful completion advances student to MPG N.(Prereq.:
MPG m)
MAT 121
Finite Mathematics
Concepts from areas such as combinatorics, probability, matrices, linear
programming and graph theory. (Prereq.: MPG III. Fall, odd years)
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Concepts of differential and integral calculus with applications in the
social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed MAT 145
may not register for credit. (Prereq.:MPG 111. Offered occasionally)
MAT 131
Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interactionbetween the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further
study in mathematics. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not
register for credit. (Prereq.:MPG III. Offered occasionally)
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus 1 & 11
Concepts of calculus. Emphasis on skills of mathematical investigations.
(Prereq.:MPG IV for MAT 145; MAT 145 or consent of instructor for MAT
146. Fall: MAT 145; Spring: MAT 146)
MAT 153
The Beauty of Fractal Mathematics
Concepts of fractal geometry. Emphasis on using computer software to
experience mathematics as a form of artistic expression. (Prereq.: MPG III.
Offered occasionally)
MAT 245
AUGMENT Calculus Ill
Concepts of vectors and multivariable calculus. Emphasis on using logical
structures to read proofs. (Prereq.: MAT 146. Fall)
MAT 246
AUGMENT Linear Algebra
Concepts from linear algebra and other fields such as dynarnical systems,
analysis, number theory, and abstract algebra. Emphasis on using logical
structures to write proofs. (Prereq.: MAT 245. Spring)
MAT 247
Modeling and Differential Equations
A --l:--L.---
'2--
- -.-:A-
- L 2:--:-1:---
E--L--:-
-- --LL---L--I
Mathematics
modeling, differential equations and numerical methods. Part of AUGMENT program. (Prereq.: MAT 245. Spring)
MAT 314
Abstract Algebra
Concepts such as groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.:
MAT 246. Fall)
MAT 324
Analysis
Concepts of calculus in a more abstract setting. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or 247.
Spring)
MAT 327
MAT 328
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
(See PHY 327)
Complex Analysis
Concepts such as complex functions, limits, derivatives, integrals, series,
conformal mapping and applications. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or 247. Fall, even
years)
MAT 351
Modern Geometry
Concepts such as projective geometry, non-Euclidean geometries, transformations, and fractals. (Prereq.: MAT 246. Spring, even years)
MAT 355
Numerical Analysis
Concepts such as approximating solutions of nonlinear equations, linear
systems of equations and differential equations, curve fitting, and error
analysis. (Prereq.: MAT 245, computer programming course. Offered
occasionally)
MAT 363
Chaotic Dynamical Systems
Concepts such as periodicity, bifurcation and many aspects of fractals.
(Prereq.: MAT 246 or 247. Spring)
MAT 373
Probability and Statistics I
Concepts such as enumeration techniques, discrete and continuous
probability distributions, Chebyshev's inequality and the central limit
theorem. (Prereq.: MAT 245. Fall)
MAT 374
Probability and Statistics II
Concepts such as sampling distributions associated with the normal and
other distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing, regression,
analysis of variance and nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 373.
Spring)
MAT 441
Foundations of Mathematics
Concepts such as set theory, logic, axiomatics, and development of the
real number system. (Prereq.: MAT 314, Coreq.: MAT 324. Spring, odd
years)
MAT 481
Topics in Mathematics
Study of an advanced topic. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or MAT 247 and consent of
instructor. Interim or Spring)
- Mathematics
MAT 491
Mathematics Colloquium
(.O course)
Information about contemporary developments, career opportunities, and
other interesting ideas in mathematics presented by students, faculty
members or outside visitors. Carries no course credit. (Fall, Spring)
Internships and lndependent Study Courses:
MAT 199
lnternship
See description on page 79.
MAT 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
MAT 399
lnternship
See description on page 79.
MAT 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
METRO
URBAN
STUDIES
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
T
he Modem Languages Department at
Augsburg College contributes many
ways to realizing the College's mission of
providing liberal arts education for service
in today's world. The Department is
committed to the view that education
should go beyond career preparation and
that familiarity with the language and
culture of another people is an essential
step in the development of a truly global
perspective.
The Modem Languages Department
offers language, literature, and culture
courses leading to majors in French,
German, Norwegian and Spanish. Introductory courses in Arabic, Ojibwe and
Russian are offered at Augsburg, and
courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin and
Greek are available to Augsburg students
through the College's affiliation with
ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities
colleges.
In addition to courses in language and
culture, the Department offers linguistics
courses in which students may go beyond
the study of individual languages to
investigate the general principles that
operate in and shape all languages.
Knowledge of several languages,
perhaps combined with the study of
linguistics, is essential in preparing for
careers in second-language education and
translation, but also represents a valuable
special qualification in many other professions. Students anticipating careers in
international business, social work, the
diplomatic corps, the health professions, or
the ministry may wish to take a second
major or minor in modem languages. In
addition, a minor in languages or linguistics is a valuable research tool for those
intending to pursue graduate study in most
academic disciplines.
Modern Languages Faculty
Frankie Shackelford (Chair), Ruth Aaskov,
Mary Kingsley, Pary Pezeckian-Weinberg,
R o m h Soto, Donald Steinmetz
Major
Majors must take nine Upper Division
courses, five to seven of them at Augsburg
and two to four on an approved studyabroad program.
The major consists of 9 Upper Division
courses including: 350; two courses in
culture; two courses in language (311 or
above); two courses in literature; two
electives (from any of the three areas
above).
Minor
Minors must take at least two Upper
Division courses at Augsburg. 311 is a
prerequisite to all other Upper Division
courses.
The minor must include four courses
above 212, including one each in language,
literature and culture.
Honors Major
Majors seeking Departmental honors
must apply in the junior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA
overall and honors thesis demonstrating
ability in Independent Study for one course
credit. Consult Department Chair for
details.
'70
Modern Languages
Transfer Students
Teaching Licensure
Transfer students intending to major or
minor in languages must take a ininimum
of one Upper Division course per year at
Augsburg. See Department faculty for
limits on non-Augsburg courses.
Teacher candidates in French, German
and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information
and enrollment in the program as well as
for information on Special Methods
courses. All transfer teacher candidates,
including those who have completed a
college language major elsewhere, must
take at least two courses in language,
literature, or culture at Augsburg. A 3.0
average in Conversation and Composition
(311) is a Departmental requirement for
teaching majors. Licensure requires
successful completion of the Competency
Exam prior to student teaching. See
requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for Teaching in Secondary
Schools under Department of Education.
Study Abroad
Study abroad is required of all language
majors (minimum of one semester) and
highly recommended for minors. An
advanced-level Internship in the major
language (399) or an interdisciplinary
Internship (INS 199), linking language
skills with community service and career
exploration, is strongly encouraged.
W CHINESE (CHN)
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language
Department. See East Asian Studies Director for more information.
FRENCH (FRE)
FRE 111, 112 Beginning French
Aimed to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking,
reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and
readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and
way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral
part of the course. (Fall: 111;Spring 112)
FRE 211, 212
Intermediate French
Selected articles, interviews and literary readings are the basis of practice
in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in
reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar.
Laboratory work. (Fall: 211; Spring: 212)
FRE 243
French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French literature are read in English
Modern Languages 171
translation. Through assigned readings, class discussion and written
reaction, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and culturalhistorical sigruficance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not
count toward a French major or minor. (On demand)
FRE 311
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build
fluency, accuracy and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on
vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization
of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other Upper Division
courses. (Fall)
FRE 312
French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking
and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology
and speech group practice, study of spoken models from the media.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
FRE 331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of
French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE
311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that
promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution
to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of
instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, II
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France
through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures,
discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 355
20th Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I,
including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes,
oral and written reports and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311
or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
'72
Modern Languages
FRE 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social
or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four
skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness,
characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization.
Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
FRE 450
French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
In-depth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim Catalog. Prereq.:
FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
FRE 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
FRE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
FRE 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
FRE 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
GERMAN (GER)
GER 111,112 Beginning German
Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read
extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and
participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. ( F a
111;Spring: 112)
GER 211, 212 Intermediate German
Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German.
Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials
representing contemporary German life and literature. (Fall. 211; Spring:
212)
GER 244
German Literature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing Medieval to modem
periods are read and discussed in English. Readings are considered in the
context of German cultural history as well as in context of the universal
human condition. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major
or minor. Sophomore standing. (On demand)
Modern Languages 173
GER 31 1
Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German.
Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written
composition. (Fall)
GER 331
German Civilization and Culture I
Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking
peoples from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to
the Thirty Years War (1643). In German (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of
instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of cultural currents that have shaped Germany, Austria and
Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and
scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.:
GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to Literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
(Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
GER 351
German Literature through the 18th Century
Survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Enlightenment, Storm
and Stress, Classic and Romantic literature. Readings and discussion in
German supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in
its cultural and geopolitical context. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of
instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 352
German Literature: The 19th Century
Study of later Romanticism, Young-Germany, Poetic Realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. Lectures include the literary reaction to the decline of
idealistic philosophy and the rise of technology and science. Readings and
discussion in German. (Prereq.:GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring:
on rotational basis)
GER 353
German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of
international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings
in German with class discussions designed to aid students' self-expression
in German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle
for expressing ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition
including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as
classroom laneua~e.(Prerea.:GER 311 or consent of instructor.Fall)
74 Modern Languages
-
CER 451
German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the
present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of
cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
CER 452
German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are
discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: GER 311
or consent of instructor. On demand)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CER 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
CER 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
CER 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
CER 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
JAPANESE (JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language
Department. See East Asian Studies Director for more information.
LINGUISTICS (LIN)
LIN 289
Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles,
with focus on linguistic universals and psycholinguistics. Theoretical
questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages.
No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors.
(On demand)
LIN 311
Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current
linguistic research with the aim of distinguishing underlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria and explanatory goals. The
theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines. (On demand)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
LIN 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
-
Modern Languages 175
LIN 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
NORWEGIAN (NOR)
Two courses in Norwegian are also offered as part of the 0stfold Program, listed
under International Studies.
NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading
and writing. Stress is on communication and its cultural context. Laboratory work expected. (Fall: 111;Spring: 112)
NOR 21 1
Intermediate Norwegian
Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking,
listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and
integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used
as a basis for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar
review. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall)
NOR 31 1
Conversation and Composition
Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative contexts and integrated vocabulary. Readings in history, social science
and literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing
practice. (Prereq.: NOR 211 or equivalent. Spring)
NOR 331
NOR 350
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural
developments, such as Norway's changing role in the global community,
into an historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by
lectures, newspaper articles and video tapes. In Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR
311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years)
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
(Prereq.:NOR 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
NOR 353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a
basis for the study of major works from earlier periods, including several
in nynorsk. Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays and oral
reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.:NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall:
alternate years)
NOR 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on literary
and cultural readings. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in
NOR 311. Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, written and oral
6
,
. :- \T --.--- :-- /lJ
. X T n D 911 -- ------ - K
.-.:
.
..
-----
L
:--L..-A--
P
-\
Modern Languages
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NOR 199
lnternship
See description on page 79.
NOR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
NOR 399
lnternship
See description on page 79.
NOR 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
Two courses in Ojibwe (Cruppewa) are offered at Augsburg, both as part of the
Modem Language Department and as part of the American Indian Studies minor.
OJB111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa),
Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
RUSSIAN (RUS)
One year of Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian, Central and East European Studies Program, which requires
two years of language for the major (see page 227). See Russian, Central and East European Studies Program Campus Adviser for more information.
RUS 111, 112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding and conversational
skills through oral classroom practice, elementary readings, short compositions and a growing acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of
the language lab. (Fall: 111;Spring: 112)
SPANISH (SPA)
Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under
International Studies.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall:
111; Spring: 112)
SPA 21 1, 212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that
stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding,
SPA 249
SPA 311
SPA 312
SPA 331
SPA 332
SPA 350
SPA 352,353
SPA 354
-
Modern Languages 177
students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. ( F a 211; Spring: 212)
Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in
Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the
readings. Credit for this course does not apply to a Spanish major or
minor. (On demand)
Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This
course is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. (Prereq.: SPA 212
or equivalent. Fall)
Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve
oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility,
stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. (Spring: on
rotational basis)
Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world
civilization through historical, intellectual, literary and artistic movements. h Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on
rotational basis)
Latin American Ciiilization and Culture
A study of the d t u r a l heritage of the Spanish American countries from
the preColumbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA
311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of
literature. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature.
Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA
311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish-Americanliterature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of
instructor. Note: Students who have taken SPA 356 [taught in Mexico]
178
--
Modern Languages
SPA 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral
expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written
compositions and grammatical exercises. (Pre;eq.: SPA 311 or consent of
instructor. Fall)
SPA 456
Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written
reports in Spanish. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modem Period.
(Prereq.: one survey course. Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 457
Spanish Novel
Study of the outstanding novelists of the 19th and 20th century in Spain.
Oral and written reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: one survey course. Spring:
on rotational basis)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SPA 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
SPA 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
SPA 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
SPA 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
MUS
M
usic has the power to move and
:hange us. Whether we experience music
is a listener, teacher or performer, it adds
i sigruficant and satisfying dimension to
Iur lives.
The Music Department at Augsburg
Zollege offers courses in music and music
2erformance to give students access to this
sential aspect of human history and
:ulture. In addition, all students of the
Zollege community have the opportunity
:o participate in choral and instrumental
membles which perform locally, nationilly and internationally.
Augsburg College is an institutional
nember of the National Association of
Schools of Music and the National Associaion for Music Therapy. The Music Departnent serves the general education needs of
itudents and offers professional training in
nusic. The Music major combines a broad
:ducation in the liberal arts with preparaion for graduate and professional opportuuties. Students may choose from among
our majors in three degree programs:
3achelor of Arts -Music Major; Bachelor of
vlusic - Performance Major; Bachelor of
vlusic - Music Education Major, and
3achelor of Science - Music Therapy Major.
Pauline Sateren, Robert Stacke, Sonja
Thompson
Music Performances Coordinator
Mary Ella Pratte
Bachelor of Arts
Freshmen will enroll in the regular
Bachelor of Arts program. Theory and
keyboard placement tests are required of
all incoming students and will be given
during the first week of classes. The
petition to be accepted as a B.A. candidate
will be submitted to the Department prior
to registration for Upper Division courses.
Bachelor of Music - Education
In addition to opportunities as profesiional musicians, teachers of music and
nusic therapists, graduates have access to a
vide variety of careers! Leaders in the
xofessions and business regard a liberal
lrts major as an excellent preparation for
,atisfyingand effective service in many
bccupational areas.
Theory and keyboard placement tests
are required of all incoming students and
will be given during the first week of
classes. Students wishing to become
Bachelor of Music - Education candidates
must perform (Level I1 repertoire) in their
major performance medium for a faculty
panel. They may then apply, with a copy of
their transcript, to the Department for
admission to the Bachelor of Education
program (by end of sophomore year).
Additionally, Music Education majors must
apply to the Education Department for
acceptance into the music education
licensure program. Departmental approval
and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music
courses is necessary for the education
licensure program.
vlusic Faculty
Bachelor of Music - Performance
vlerilee Klemp (Chair),Jill Dawe, Bridget
)oak, Stephen Gabrielsen, Nancy
h n d a h l , Peter Hendrickson, Robert
Carl&, Roberta Metzler, Paul Ousley,
Theory and keyboard placement tests
are required of all incoming students and
will be given during the first week of
classes. Students wishing to become
1
80
Music
Bachelor of Music - Performance candidates must perform (Level 11repertoire) in
their major performance medium for a
faculty panel. They must then apply to the
Department before the end of their second
semester of study. A cumulative GPA of 2.5
in music courses and a 3.0 in performance
studies must be maintained.
Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy
Theory and keyboard placement tests
are required of all incoming students and
will be given during the first week of
classes. The piano proficiency exam must
be completed. Students should consult
with the Director before applying to the
Music Therapy program. An equivalency
program is available for those who have a
four-year college degree.
Music Minor
Candidates must apply to the Department prior to registration for Upper
Division courses (see Student Handbook).
Freshman Performance Scholarships
May be available to freshmen taking
lessons for credit. Consult with individual
instructors or the Music Office.
in a major ensemble of their major instrument during their residency at Augsburg.
In certain circumstances, this may be
waived for equivalency students.
Ensembles
Auditions for membership in ensemble:
are scheduled, following application,
during summer orientation sessions,
during the first week of the school year, or
by arrangement with the individual
ensemble director.
Honors Major
Candidates for the honors program are
nominated each spring from among those
juniors who have attained a GPA of at leas
3.0 in music courses. A faculty committee
must approve the candidate's honors
project proposal and certify successful
completion. The following possibilities are
indicative of acceptable projects: a senior
thesis and its defense; an additional senior
recital of graduate quality; composition of
work for vocal and/or instrumental
ensemble; conducting an ensemble concert
or combinations of the above. Consult the
Music Department Student Handbook for
more information.
Transfer Students
Transfer/Equivalency/Certification
students will enter the music program on
probation, subject to Departmental
approval. A performance hearing that is
supported by a department application and
the student's transcript(s)will take place
the first semester in residence. All students
will be required to take the theory placement test the first week of class. Passing the
piano proficiency test the first semester of
residence is strongly recommended.
All students are required to participate
Core Curriculum (required of all majors):
MUS
MUS
MUS
MUS
MUS
MUS
MUS
MUS
MUS
MUS
101
102
111
112
201
202
211
212
231
232
Materials of Music I
Materials of Music I1
Aural Skills I
Aural Skills 11
Materials of Music IJI
Form and Analysis
Aural Skills IJI
Aural Skills IV
History and Literature of Music
History and Literature of Music I
lus ensemble participation, performance
tudies, and recital requirements as given
nder each specific degree and major.
ilso, French or German study as stated in
;enera1 Education Requirements and in
pecific degree requirements.
I BACHELOR OF ARTS
llusic Major
Offers the broadest education in liberal
rts and prepares the student for the
reatest range of graduate, business and
lrofessional opportunities. Students who
?tend to pursue non-performance gradute study, or desire to enter one of the
nany music-related business fields of
mployment, most often choose this course
f study.
Requirements: 12 course credits
:ore curriculum plus:
h e music credit elective
md two semesters chosen from:
hUS 311,312 Composition
AUS 341 Basic Conducting
hUS 342 Choral Conducting
AUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
/IUS 331 Music of the Baroque Era
LUS 332 Music of the Classical Era
LUS 333 Music of the Romantic Period
LUS 334 Music of the 20th Century
LUS 458 Senior Recital
'erformance Studies
iight quarter course credits in the major
instrument/voice
iight quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrument/voice
'our semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble
Ceyboard proficiency
'ass three Music Repertoire tests
Music
Consult the Music Department Student
Handbook for more information on
individualized degree requirements.
Music Minor
Six course credits including:
MUS 101,102 Materials of Music I, I1
MUS 111,112 Aural Skills I, 11
MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I
or MUS 232 History and Literature of
Music 11
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
And one additional course in Music
History or Conducting
Plus four consecutive quarter courses
in a major ensemble concurrent with
four quarter courses of Performance
Studies in the student's major instrument.
Music minors also must pass one Music
Repertoire test.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Education Major
Offers students the preparation
necessary to become teachers of music in
the public schools. This preparation
includes course work which allows the
student to become certified to teach at the
elementary through the secondary levels.
Requirements: 16.5 course credits
Core curriculum plus:
MUS 311,312 Composition I, 11
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
or MUS 344 Instrumental
Conducting
Performance Studies
Two quarter course credits in the major
instrument/voice
Four half course credits in the major
instrument/voice
181
18*
-
Music
Two full course credits in the major
instrument/voice
Two quarter course credits in the minor
instrument/voice
MUS 358 Half junior recital
MUS 459 Full senior recital
Eight quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrument/voice
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble
Improvisation competency on major
instrument or voice
Keyboard proficiency
Pass three Music Repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all
music courses and in the major performance medium.
Choose one area of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis - MUS 251,252,253,
254,435
Instrumental emphasis - MUS 152,
155, and one course credit of music elective
Other Requirements
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 116 Healthy Concepts for Educators
EDU 210 Learning and Development in
an Educational Setting
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
EDS 341 Media Technology
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas
EDS 354 Creating Learning
Environments: Secondary and
Field Experience
EDS 355 Music Methods (K-12)
Take three of the following four:
EDS 356,357,358,359 Music Methods:
Brass and Percussion,
Woodwinds, Strings, Vocal
rnc
900
..--- D-I-L---
u
EDS 478 School and Society
EDS 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
and Seminar
Consult the Education Department and
Music Department Student Handbook anc
program adviser.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Performance Major
This degree emphasizes intensive work
in the major private study area. The
program is made available only to a few
students of exceptional performing ability
who are selected on the basis of an audition/application process.
The program prepares performers for
professional performing opportunities
and/or graduate school auditions.
Requirements: 19.5 course credits:
Core Curriculum plus:
MUS 311,312 Composition I, 11
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
or MUS 344 Instrumental
Conducting
Performance Studies
Two quarter course credits and six full
course credits in the major instrument/
voice
Two quarter course credits in the minor
instrument/voice
MUS 358 Full junior recital
MUS 459 Full senior recital
Eight quarter courses in a major Augsburg
ensemble on the major instrument/voicc
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble
Keyboard proficiency test
Pass three Music Repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all
music courses and 3.0 in the major
Music
hoose one area of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis - MUS 251,252,253,
54,435, one course credit of music
ective. French or Geman to fulfill
inguage requirement.
Piano or Organ emphasis - MUS 301,
32,436,456, one-half course credit of
lusic elective.
Instrumental emphasis - MUS 301,302,
ne and one-half course credits of music
lectives.
Consult the Music Department Student
[andbook for more information.
I BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
lusic Therapy Major
Fulfills academic and clinical requireLents for registration with the National
ssociation for Music Therapy, Jnc., and
repares students for the professional
?rtificationexamination developed by the
ertification Board for Music Therapists.
his course of study is chosen by students
rhowish to become registered music
lerapists. Consult Department for
zcreditation details.
Requirements: 16.5 course credits
ore curriculum plus:
he of the following three:
MUS 152 Basics of Singing or
MUS 155 Class Piano or
MUS 158 Class Guitar
KJS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and
Materials
IUS 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums
IUS 311 or 312 Composition I, I1
KJS 341 Basic Conducting
IUS 372,373 Psychologcal Foundation of
Music I, I1
[US 374,375 Music Therapy Practicums
IUS 472 Human Identity Through the
MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical
Internship
Performance Studies
Eight quarter course credits in the major
instrument/voice
MUS 458 Half senior recital
Eight quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrument/voice
Two semesters in an Augsburg small
ensemble (no credit)
Keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency
Pass three Music Repertoire tests
Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in each
music therapy course
Additional required courses:
EDS 282 Introduction to Special
Education
Two of the following three:
EDS 356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass
and Percussion, Woodwinds,
Strings
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 362 Behavior Disorders
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
or PSY 230 Research Methods:
Design, Procedure and Analysis I
APPLIED MUSIC
Ensembles (MUE)
One quarter course credit per semester
is granted to members of major ensembles
(MU! 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles
carry no credit. Traditional grading is
required for music majors and minors in
..
-
.
.
183
'84
Music
regster for credit with either traditional or
P/N grading, 'or may choose no credit
status with audit (V) designation. A
maximum of two course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation
requirements.
Performance Studies for Credit
Four elements are required of music
majors/minors - lessons, jury examination at end of each semester, mandatory
attendance at student performance recitals,
master classes, and attendance at off- and
on-campus performances. See Music
Department Student Handbook for details.
Areas of Concentration
The music major/minor student must
declare an area of concentration. A
secondary area, required of Music Education students, necessitates additional
lessons, jury examination and performance.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice,
piano, organ and any instrument is
available for all students in the following
categories:
No credit - one half-hour lesson and
three hours of practice per week.
One-quarter course credit - one halfhour lesson and four hours of practice per
week.
One-half course credit - two halfhour lessons and eight hours of practice
per week.
One course credit - two half-hour
lessons and 12 hours of practice per week.
Performances: All students registered
in Performance Studies for credit must
perform each year in a general student
recital, at the end of each semester for a
faculty panel (jury examination), and
additional performances as required by th
instructor.
Listening: All music majors/minors
registered in Performance Studies for
credit are required to attend designated
music events during each semester
(recommended: four on-campus and four
professional off-campus events for music
majors, and a total of four events for musi
minors during each semester). Failure to
attend the required number of recitals,
major ensemble concerts, other designatec
events, the Student Performance recitals
and master classes will be a factor in
determining the final grade received in
Performance Studies. Music majors must
pass a total of three Music Repertoire test:
music minors must pass one. Consult the
Music Department Student Handbook for
contents of Music Repertoire tests and
specific degree requirements.
Recitals: A committee composed of thc
student's teacher and two other music
faculty members will determine the final
grade for all recitals. A pre-recital hearing
may be requested for students performing
recitals that partially fulfill degree require
ments. The charge of the recital jury shall
be to determine if the recital is likely to be
adequately prepared by the recital date fo
the student to receive a grade of 3.0 (B.M.
Performance) or 2.5 (B.A., B.M.- Educatio
B.S.) as specified in Department guideline
Concurrent registration in Performance
Studies in the major performance medim
is required for recital performance.
Students should carefully read the
Music Department Student Handbook anc
consult regularly with their applied
teacher. The following guidelines provide
an outline of requirements and procedure
which must be followed by all recitalists.
Music 18s
Departmental Sponsorship
Level IV for Music Performance majors.
Recitals required for the fulfillment of
the B.M., B.A. or B.S. degree requirements
or Honors Major will be sponsored by the
Music Department. Other student recitals
may be departmentally sponsored.
2. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459)
will be one hour in duration at repertoire
Level IV for Music Education majors and
one hour in duration at Level V for Music
Performance majors.
3. B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals
(MUS 458) will be one-half hour in duration at repertoire Level m.
Duration and Repertoire Level
All departmentally sponsored recitals
must be representative of the academic
guidelines set forth in this catalog and
Repertoire Lists available in the Music
Department.
Keyboard Proficiency
1.B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358)
will be one-half hour in duration, and will
be at repertoire Level 111 for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at
B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must
pass the Piano Proficiency test by the end
of their sophomore year. Consult the Music
Department Student Handbook for specific
requirements.
Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the ACTC Class Schedule or
the Music Department for course offerings in each term.
THEORY
MUS 101
Materials of Music 1
(.5 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of
part writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Prereq.: Theory
Placement Test. Fall)
MUS 102
Materials of Music 11
(.5 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. To be
taken concurrently with MLJS 112. (Spring)
MUS 111
Aural Skills 1
(.5 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight
singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. (Prereq.:
concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 101. Fall)
MUS 112
Aural Skills 11
(.5 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS
102. (Prereq.: concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 102.
Spring)
- Music
MUS 201
Materials in Music 111
(.5 course)
Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation.
(Prereq.: MUS 102. Fall)
MUS 202
Form and Analysis
(.5 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th
century practice. (Prereq.: MUS 201. Spring)
MUS 21 1
Aural Skills 111
(.5 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS
201. (Prereq.: MUS 211 and concurrent registration in/or completion of
MUS 201. Spring)
MUS 212
Aural Skills IV
(.5 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202.
(Prereq.: MUS 211 and concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS
202. Spring)
MUS 301
Counterpoint 1
(-5 course)
Sixteenth through 18th century contrapuntal techniques including double
counterpoint, passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.:MUS 201,211.
Alternate years: Fall 1997)
MUS 302
Counterpoint 11
(.5 course)
Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg,
Bartok, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Alternateyears: Spring 1998)
MUS 31 1
Composition 1
(.5 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of
sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple
forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Prereq.: MUS 202. Fall)
MUS 312
Composition 11
(.5 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying
sizes and types. Contemporary techniques, atonal systems, and larger
forms are studied and used. (Prereq.: MUS 311 or permission of instructor.
Spring)
MUS 341
Basic Conducting
(.5 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score
analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature.
(Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test. Fall)
MUS 342
Choral Conducting
(.5 course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection.
Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Prereq.: Pass
piano proficiency test. Alternate years: Spring 1997)
MUS 344
Instrumental Conducting
(.5 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of inskumental ensembles. (Prereq.: Pass
piano proficiency test. Alternate years: Spring 1998)
Music
I HISTORY AND LITERATURE
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For
non-music majors.
MUS 231
History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: MUS
112,201.Fall)
MUS 232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 112,201.
Spring)
f i e following four half-courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of music:
MUS 331
MUS 332
Music of the Baroque Era
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Altemate years: Fall 1996)
Music of the Classical Period
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Spring 1997)
MUS 333
Music of the Romantic Period
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Fall 1997)
MUS 334
Music of the 20th Century
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Spring 1998)
WUS 432
MUS 435
WUS 436
WUS 498
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and
theology student.
Voice Repertoire
(.5 course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th
century to the present, with an emphasis on literature and source materials used for teaching voice. (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Fall
1996 and Spring 1997)
Piano Repertoire
(.5 course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17th century to the present by
listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.: MUS 231 and 232. Alternate
years: Spring 1997)
lndependent Study
(.5 course)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the
Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval
by the faculty.
'nternships and Independent Study Courses:
WUS 199
Internship
See descri~tinnnn nape 79
187
'88
Music
MUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
MUS 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
MUS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79. Open only to advanced students upon
approval of the faculty.
TECHNIQUE
MUS 152
Class Voice
( 2 5 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
MUS 155
Class Piano
(.25 course)
Basic keyboard familiarity, including scales, chords, arpeggios, sightreading, and simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary
to pass the Piano Proficiency Test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or consent of
instructor)
MUS 158
Class Guitar
(.25 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar. (Spring)
MUS 251
English Diction
(.25 course)
Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing.
Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all
students registered for vocal instruction. (Alternate years: Fall 1997)
The following three quarter-courses are continuations of MUS 251 with application for the
Italian, German and French languages.
MUS 252
Italian Diction
(.25 course)
Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet and its application to basic Italian song literature. (Prereq.: MUS 251. Alternate years:
Fall 1997)
MUS 253
German Diction
(.25 course)
Continued use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in basic German
song and choral literature. (Prereq.:MUS 252. Alternate years: Spring
1998)
MUS 254
French Diction
(.25 course)
Continued use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in basic French song
and choral literature. (Prereq.: MUS 252. Alternate years: Spring 1998)
MUS 358
Junior Recital
(.O course)
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111, Music Education
majors or full recital at Level IV, Music Performance majors. No course
credit. The private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 456
Piano Pedagogy
(.5 course)
Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey
Music
of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Alternate years: Spring 1998)
MUS 458
Senior Recital
(.O course)
Half recital by B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level HI. No course
credit. The private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 459
Senior Recital
(.O course)
B.M. candidates only. Repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and
Level V for Music Performance majors. No course credit. The private
instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
H THERAPY
MUS 271
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials
(.5 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applications of
recreational music activities to clinical settings. Includes on-campus
practicum with children.
MUS 272
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human
identity, with an emphasis on psychological, cultural and biological
aspects of musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the
creative therapies of art, music, drama and movement. (Alternateyears:
Fall 1997)
MUS 274,275 Music Therapy Pradicums
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
MUS 372
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis
on acoustics and sociopsychologicalaspects of music. An understanding
of the research process and development of an experimental research
project. (Alternateyears: Fall 1996)
MUS 373
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a
multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music,
musical talent and performance. (Alternate years: Spring 1997)
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
(Prereq.: Pass keyboard proficiency test)
MUS 472
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
(See course description for MUS 272.) Enrollment for Upper Division
credit required for music therapy majors, and will include an additional
course module. (Alternateyears: Fall 1997)
MUS 473
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic
settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to
therapy with music. (Alternate years: Spring 1998)
189
'90
Music
(.25 course each)
MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, twc
hours per week. (Prereq.:three of MUS 274,275,374,375, Pass keyboard
proficiency test)
MUS 479
Music Therapy Clinical Internship
(.5 course)
Full-time placement in an NAMT internhip setting for six months.
Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance.
Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements)
I ENSEMBLES AND PERFORMANCE
Ensembles (MUE)
then made at the discretion of the appropri
ate faculty. For Jazz Ensemble members hi^
preference is given to Concert Band
members.
These musical organizations exist not
only for the benefit of the music student,
but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by
audition during the first week of Fall semester or by arrangement with the ensemble
director. Assignment to an ensemble is
While the Department strongly encourages both formal
Informal ensemble
experience, onlymembership in ~
~
d
Orchestra, Choir or Riverside Singers will
satisfy the major, minor
or ~~~~~~l
~
d
~~ ~ ~ ~
tsome
~ i insku~~
~i
ments are available for use by students.
STUDIES
MUE 111
Augsburg Choir (.25 course)
MUE 112
Riverside Singers (.25 course)
MUE 113
Vocal Chamber (.O course)
MUE 114
Masterworks Chorale (.25 course)
MUE 121
Orchestra (-25 course)
MUE 122
String Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 131
W o o d w i n d Chamber Music (.O course)
MUE 141
Concert Band (.25 course)
MUE 142
Brass Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 143
Jazz Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 144
Percussion Ensemble (.O course)
Music
'erformance Studies (MUP)
Private instruction for credit is graded
raditionally. All areas of study are
vailable to the non-music major or minor.
U1lessons are adapted to the individual
leeds of the student and those bearing
redit are supplemented by accompanying,
nsemble participation and other perfor-
mances. Repertoire lists are graded I-V to
indicate levels of achievement and the
following expectations: No-credit study has
no repertoire requirements; Music Minor
- Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors - Enter I
and attain Ill; B.M. - Education Major Enter II and attain IV; B.M. -Performance
Major - Enter II and attain V.
I LESSONS:
AUP 111-411 Voice
MUP 137-437 Horn
AUP 121-421 Violin
MUP 141-441 Trumpet
AUP 122-422 Viola
MUP 142-442 Trombone
AUP 123-423 Cello
MUP 143-443 Baritone
A UP 124424 Bass
MUP 144-444 Tuba
AUP 131-431 Oboe
MUP 152-452 Piano
AUP 132-432 Bassoon
MUP 159a
AUP 133-433 Clarinet
MUP 161-461 Guitar
AUP 134-434 Saxophone
MUP 171-471 Percussion
AUP 135-435 Flute
MUP 181-481 Organ
Tote carefully the following provisions:
1. Performance study registration
c a r s the first week of classes.
2. A
of study is l4 weeks of
:ssons and coaching. Any lessons
uring the Interim or Summer are
rranged privately with the teacher.
Piano accompanying
MUP 191-491 Harp
3. A student who cannot attend a
scheduled lesson is required to notify the
teacher at least 24 hours in advance;
otherwise, except for illness immediately
prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit
the right to a make-up lesson.
4. Credit is granted only for study
with faculty members of the Augsburg
College Music Department.
191
T
he Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to provide
strong preparation for science teaching and
to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements.
The program of courses is designed to
provide a broad, basic background in
science and allow for specialization in an
area. The following programs assume that
the student will meet the Distribution/
General Education Requirements of the
College, the requirements for appropriate
majors, the courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical
sciences, have at least one year of calculus.
Consult with the Department of Education
for requirements in Education. Early
consultation with adviser is essential.
Coordinator
Arlin Gyberg
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers
which may differ slightly in emphasis from
the Augsburg major requirements. The
state requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
identify current licensure requirements.
Broad Base Requirements
Two Earth Science (PHY 101 Astronomy,
PHY 106 Meteorology or Geology)
BIO 113,114 General Biology
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
Biology Major
(for licensure in Life Science)
Broad Base Requirements, plus:
BIO 215 Introduction to Cellular Biology
BIO 491 Seminar
Six other Biology courses, including at least
one from each of the following groups:
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Zoology
or BIO 473 Animal Physiology
BIO 361 Plant Biology
or BIO 440 Plant Physiology
BIO 367 Biochemistry
or BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
BIO 476 Microbiology
or BIO 481 Ecology
And one course in Organic Chemistry
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement
Two courses: one in Earth Science (Astronomy, Meteorology or Geology), and
one in General Biology.
Chemistry Major
(for licensure in Physical Science)
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement
Graduation Major in Chemistry:
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
CHM 351 Organic Chemistry
CHM 352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus I, I1
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1 (WEC
only
One advanced Chemistry Course
One year of General Physics
Two Physics courses above General Physics
(Recommended:PHY 245 Modem
Natural Science
Physics Major (for licensure in Physical
Science)
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement
Graduation Major in Physics:
PHY 121 General Physics
PHY 122 General Physics
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 ElectromagneticFields II
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus I, I1
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, 11
(WEC only)
MAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus 111
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations*
Two additional Physics courses above 122
One year of General Chemistry
One course of Organic Chemistry and
One course of Analytical Chemistry
*Note: PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics may substitute for
MAT 247
NORDIC
AREASTUDIES
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
NORWEGIAN
See listing under Modem Languages.
193
-
T-
he Augsburg Nursing Program is
designed exclusively for registered
nurses
who want to increase their opportunities in
the health-care field.
The scope of nursing practice is
changing and expanding. Nurses are being
called on to function in a variety of settings
that differ from those in the past. Today
nurses work in hospitals, clinics, corporations, government agencies, schools and
community organizations. Some are selfemployed, rurming their own businesses.
All of these nurses provide comprehensive
health assessment for individuals from all
cultures and socioeconomic levels. From
helping parents have safe deliveries of
healthy d a n t s to coordinating home care
for the dying, nurses assist people through
the entire life span.
The bachelor's degree equips the nurse
with a working knowledge of the biological, physical, social, behavioral and nursing
sciences. The nursing program at Augsburg
College also provides the educational
opportunities to increase skills in critical
thinking, clinical investigation and
decision-making that prepare nurses to
handle challenging new positions in
today's health-care field.
Augsburg's nursing program, leading
to a Bachelor of Science degree with a
major in Nursing, is accredited by the
National League for Nursing. Graduates of
the program are eligible to apply for public
health nurse registration in Minnesota.
With two additional courses, they are
eligible to apply for school nurse certification.
Nursing Department Faculty
Beverly Nilsson (Chair),Lucie Ferrell,
Sharon McDonald, Pamela Weiss
Major
Ten courses including:
NUR 305 contemporary Nursing I:
Communication
NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11:
Paradigms in Nursing
NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I
NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11:
Practicum
NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing
Research
NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111:
Families
NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing: Nursing
of the Family
NUR 431 Leadership and Management:
Theorv and Practice
PHI 380 ~thics'ofMedicine and Health
Care
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing
course and cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the
completion of Level I and Level I1 courses
of study are required. Students also must
complete Augsburg's residence and
General Education Requirements.
The program has been planned so that
the Nursing major can be completed within
two academic years; however, students
may pursue their studies at a slower pace.
Courses in the Nursing major are
offered on weekends with practicum
courses requiring additional weekday
time. While courses are designed so that
the major can be completed within two
years, more time may be required to
complete the total course of study depending on the number of credits transferred
from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may take non-nursing
courses in both Day School and Weekend
Nursina
College. Students interested in pursuing
the Nursing major should consult with an
adviser from the Nursing Department for
program planning.
Honors Major
GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3
overall; application to the Department
Chairperson by Nov. 1of the senior year;
recommendation by Nursing faculty;
honors thesis to be defended before a
faculty committee by April 15. Candidates
register for NUR 499 to complete the thesis.
The following steps may be taken in
any order, but all must be completed prior
to application for admission into the
Nursing major.
1. Admission to Augsburg College:
Before you can apply for the Nursing
Program, you must first be admitted to
Augsburg College. All applicants must
present a high school diploma or equivalent and a 2.2 GPA.
2. Graduation from an accredited
nursing program: Applicants must have
graduated from an NLN accredited
associate degree or diploma nursing
program with a 2.5 overall GPA.
3. Unencumbered RN licensure: The
applicant must be a registered nurse who is
licensed and currently registered to
practice in Minnesota prior to be-g
the nursing major.
4. Prerequisite course content: The
following content must have been com-
pleted with a minimum grade of 2.0 chemistry, anatomy and physiology,
microbiology, English composition,
introductory sociology and introductory
psychology. These courses may be taken at
Augsburg or at another accredited college
or university.
5. Current clinical practice: Applicants
must give evidence of current clinical
nursing practice (within the past five
years). This may include graduation from a
school of nursing, work experience, or
completion of a nursing refresher course or
an acceptable equivalent.
6. Applicants must carry their own
malpractice insurance and current CPR
certification.
Options for Completing the Degree
Augsburg recognizes that nurses have
a variety of time schedules, personal
responsibilities and work demands that
must be taken into account in any decision
to work toward a college degree. For this
reason, Augsburg offers full and part-time
sequential alternatives for pursuing this
degree.
The entire Nursing major is available
only through Augsburg's Weekend
College. Classes usually meet on alternate
weekends for one 3 1/2 hour time block.
Clinical practice usually occurs on weekdays.
Students also can complete their
liberal arts General Education Requirements by taking courses in Day School and
Weekend College. It is recommended that
most liberal arts courses be taken before
starting the Nursing major.
195
- Nursing
NUR 305
NUR 306
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
Introduces the components of the professional role and continues the
professional socialization process. Theories about how individuals and
groups communicate are applied to changing professional roles and
practice.
Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to the idea of theory-based nursing practice. Nursing
theory and conceptual models for nursing practice are studied and then
utilized in a patient/client situation.
NUR 310
Community Health Nursing I
Introduces the theory and methods that are essential to maintain or
improve the health of culturally diverse individuals, families and communities. Students will learn assessment and intervention skills which will be
utilized to deliver ethically appropriate health care within the diversity of
the city.
NUR 31 1
Community Health Nursing II: Practicum**
Provides a clinical experience in community-based health care delivery
systems. Students will apply nursing process, teaching/leaming theory
and basic public health principles with culturally diverse clients throughout the life span. (Prereq.: NUR 310)
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
A transitional course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of
the professional nurse. Economic, social, political and professional trends
and issues are explored in relation to their implications for a changing
practice. Students demonstrate formal presentation skills to prepare them
for their new roles as professionals.
NUR 350
Introduction to Nursing Research
Emphasis on research process and methods in nursing. Ethical issues in
nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its
value in nursing practice and design a research proposal. (Prereq.: MPG
111)
NUR 403
Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families
Provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with culturally
diverse families and explores theories related to family structure and
function throughout the life span. The role of the nurse in family health
care is examined. (Prereq.: NUR 311)
NUR 423
Practicum in Nursing: Nursing of the Family**
Clinical practice offering the student an opportunity to provide complex
nursing care to culturally diverse families in selected practice settings.
(Prereq.:NUR 403)
NUR 431
LeadershipIManagement:Theory and Practice**
Examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of
Nursina
change, conflict and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability
and advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied. Application of
theory occurs in selected practice settings.
NUR 432
Topics in Nursing
Provides opportunities for in-depth exploration of selected topics in
nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of
the faculty and students.
Independent Study:
NUR 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
Note: If NUR 311 and NUR 423 are not taken immediately following their respective
theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Students who decelerate for more than five years
may be asked to audit courses already taken. There is a fee to audit courses.
** This course involves an addifional clinical fee.
197
T
he Philosophy Department assists
students to understand issues raised in the
traditional areas of plulosophy. We
consider questions about what knowledge
is and how we know, about the nature of
reality, about the basis for making moral
judgments, and about the rules for correct
reasoning. Our goals are to instill in
students a love of truth, to inspire a
curiosity about the sigruficance and
meaning of the world they experience, and
to develop the skills of critical analysis and
creative synthesis.
The department places a special
emphasis on the history of philosophy,
offering four courses covering the period
from the ancient Greeks to the end of the
20th century. In these courses students are
taught how to read, understand, and
criticize great texts of Western civilization,
and to see how ideas have developed and
matured through the centuries. The
department also offers other courses where
philosophy, its methods and ideas are
applied to other disciplines like relipon,
science and the arts.
The major has been carefully planned so
that students can easily graduate with two
majors. Though some majors continue on
to graduate school in philosophy, most use
the major to prepare for other professional
studies such as law, medicine or the
Christian ministry. Philosophy majors
generally outperform others on graduate
entrance in examinations in medicine and
law. Others enter the work place, confident
that the study of philosophy has pven
them the ability to think critically.
Philosophy Department Faculty
Mark Fuehrer (Chair),David Apolloni,
Paul Holmer (distinguished visiting
professor), Bruce Reichenbach
Major
Nine courses including:
PHI 230 Logic
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: The
Classical Philosophers
PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111:
Enlightenment and 19th
Century Philosophy
PHI 344 History of Philosophy IV: 20th
Century Philosophy
A 400 level course (other than PHI 499)
Three elective courses in Philosphy
Note: Five courses must be Upper Division.
Honors Major
Admission to the Philosophy Honors
program is by recommendation of the
Philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made at the end of the junior year.
The program will consist of an honors
thesis on an approved topic of the student's
choice that involves research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the Department.
Minor
Five courses, including two from PHI
241,242,343 and 344.
-
Philosophy 199
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy
This course introduces students to typical philosophical problems (like
how we know, can we have certain knowledge, are there universal moral
principles), to philosophical vocabulary, and to critical thinking.
PHI 120
Ethics
By studying our moral beliefs, ethics helps students consider the bases
they use to make moral judgments. The course explores major philosophical approaches to evaluating moral actions, and then applies them to
contemporary issues. Christian ethics will inform our considerations.
Students taking PHI 120 may not take PHI 125.
PHI 125
Ethics and Human Identity
A philosophical study of the role of human understanding, feelings and
action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. Beginning by asking what
the end or purpose of human life is, we decide on the moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. Topics of friendship and human
love are followed by an analysis of human happiness. Students taking PHI
125 may not take PHI 120.
PHI 175
Philosophy of Love and Sex
We begin by trying to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and
how this differs from just being friends or sexually desiring them. We then
consider issues such as the ethics of sex, sexual attraction, marriage,
adultery and homosexuality.
PHI 230
Logic
Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn
the rules which govern valid arguments and develop their ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments. The last part of the course
focuses on inductive reasoning.
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers
The writings of Plato and M o t l e are the foundations of all philosophical
thought in Western cidization. In this course students read and analyze
some of the key works by Plato and Aristotle, as well as Stoic, Epicurean
and Neoplatonic writings.
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
Students will read writings by various Medieval and Renaissance philosophers in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation
involved in constructing a Christian philosophy. (Suggested prior course:
PHI 241. Spring)
PHI 260
Philosophy and the Arts
What is artistic creativity? What is a work of art and what makes great
works of art great? What is it to appreciate works of art?Is one's appreciation of music or art simply a matter of taste? Does aestheticexperience
differ from oBtm kinds of experience?
*zPhilosophy
PHI 343
History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
This course studies the major rationalists of the 17th century (Descartes,
Spinoza, Leibniz), the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, and 19th century
Idealism and the reaction to it (Man, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche). (Suggested
prior course: PHI 241 or 242. Fall)
PHI 344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th Century Philosophy
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is
truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science?
These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, and existentialism. (Suggested
prior courses: PHI 241,242, and 343)
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
We systematically investigate a series of questions about religion. What is
the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can
be said about God? Can God's goodness be reconciled with human
suffering? Are miracles and life after death possible? (Suggested one prior
course in philosophy)
PHI 355
Asian Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies that underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested:one prior course in
philosophy. Alternate years)
PHI 360
Political Philosophy
The question, "What is just society?" is considered with the answers given
in the 20th century by Utilitarianism, liberalism, Marxism, Communitarianism, libertarianism and feminism. (Meets graduate skill component
of speaking)
PHI 365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist's
knowledge of the world is profoundly different and better than that of the
non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific
methods. Students will also research and develop philosophical responses
to issues in this area. (Suggested prior course: PHI 230 or one course in
natural science)
PHI 370
Existentialism
Studies in the writings -both philosophical and Literary - of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and
paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years)
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, allocation of scarce resources, human experimem
tation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia.
PHI 410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering either an individual philosopher or a specific
area of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an
idea or specific problem, or inter-disciphary problems. Seminar format.
May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses: any
from PHI 241,242,343,344 or consent of instructor. Offered annually)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHI 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
PHI 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
PHI 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
PHI 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
See listing under Health and Physical
Education.
T
he Augsburg Physician Assistant
Program is designed for students interested
in careers as health care providers.
The physician assistant concept
originated during the mid-1960s. Physicians and educators recofized there was a
shortage and uneven distribution of
primary care physicians. To combat these
problems, the physician assistant program
h a s developed. h physician assistits
must, by law or regulation, have a supervising physician. An important element of
the physician assistant education is the
emphasis on patient education.
-
The Augsburg Physician Assistant
Program is a 27-month program of study
for students with at least 64 semester hours
of college credit. A new class of 24 students
begins each May. Students who intend to
enter the Physician Assistant Program must
apply by Dec. 31 of the previous year. The
program is very competitive and not all
students who apply are accepted. Physician
Assistant students who have not previously obtained a baccalaureate degree will
earn a Bachelor of Arts in Physician
Assistant Studies upon successful completion of the Program.
The Augsburg Physician Assistant Program is currently in the process of obtaining accreditation from CAAHEP (Cornrnission on Accreditation of Allied Health
Education Programs). At the time of printing of this catalog, the Program was six
months from the site visit for accreditation.
The mission statement of the Augsburg
Physician Assistant Program is to be
generalist Physician Assistant professionals, well educated in theory and practice,
dedicated to excellence in performance,
with the highest standards of ethics and
integrity, committed to lifelong personal
and wrofessional develowment. reswectful
and sensitive to persons of all cultures and
backgrounds, and oriented toward service
to underserved populations.
Physician Assistant Department Faculty
Dawn B. Ludwig (Chair),Lisa Howe,
David Johnson, Manuel Kaplan, Martha
Kelly, Terry Lewis
Major
First Year (Twelve Months)
Twelve courses including:
PA 311 Human Anatomy and
Neuroanatomy
PA 321 Human Physiology
PA 331 PA Seminar
PA 351 Pharmacology I
PA 361 Clinical Medicine I
PA 371 History & Physical Exam
Skills I
PA 341 Current Trends
PA 362 Clinical Medicine 11
PA 352 Pharmacology 11
PA 363 Clinical Medicine lTI
PA 372 History & Physical Exam
Skills II
PA 380 Emergency Medicine
and three supporting courses including:
PSY 368 Behavioral Health Care I
PSY 369 Behavioral Health Care 11
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health
Care
Second Year (Fifteen Months)
Clinical rotations in prearranged health
care facilities including:
Family Medicine .............................. 6 weeks
Internal Medicine ............................ 6 weeks
Emergency Medicine ......................6 weeks
6 weeks
OB/GYN ...........................................
Psychiatry ................... ,
.
,
................ 6 weeks
Surgery ...........................................
6 weeks
Phvsician Assistant 203
Pediatrics ..........................................6 weeks
Elective Rotations ............................6 weeks
Family Medicine Preceptorship ... Final 12
weeks of
program
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each
Physician Assistant and supporting
course of study is required. Students in the
degree program also must complete
Augsburg's residence and General Education requirements.
The program is planned so the major
will be completed in 27 months. The
courses are offered consecutively, with subsequent courses based on material taught
in previous courses; therefore students are
accepted for full-time study only.
The following steps must be completed
to apply for admission into the Physician
Assistant Program.
1. Prerequisite Course Content: The
following courses must have been completed at Augsburg (or an approved
equivalent course at another accredited
institution)with a GPA of 2.0 or better:
BIO 113 General Biology
BIO 114 General Biology
PA 311
BIO 367
BIO 476
CHM 105
CHM 106
CHM 223
PSY 105
MPG ILI
Biochemistry
Microbiology
or CHM 115 General Chemistry
or CHM 116 General Chemistry
Organic Chemistry
Principles of Psychology
2. Recommended courses include:
Genetics, Anatomy, Physiology. Also
recommended is a cumulative and science
GPA of 3.0 or better to remain competitive
with all potential applicants.
3. All General Education Perspectives
(except The City, one Writing Skill,
Speaking Skill, Critical Thinking and
Quantitative Reasoning), must have been
completed. The above perspectives and
skills are expected to be in the physician
assistant curriculum.
4. Submit a complete application to the
program prior to the deadline, usually the
end of December. Call the office for the
official deadline each year. A complete
application packet includes: the application, three or four letters of reference, an
application fee, and an official transcript
from each post-secondary school attended.
5. Application and admission to
Augsburg College prior to matriculation to
the Physician Assistant Program.
Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy
This course takes a regional approach to the study of human anatomy.
The course will involve dissection of human cadavers. This course is
offered only to students accepted into the Physician Assistant Program.
Human Physiology
A course involving lectures, demonstrations, discussions, and laboratory
exercises designed to present general physiological principles involving
the nervous, respiratory, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, endocrine
systems and the special senses. (Prereq.:Admission to the P.A. Program)
*04
-
Physician Assistant
PA 331
PA Seminar
A seminar exploring the history and role of physician assistants, including
the laws and regulations governing their practice and education. (Prereq.:
Admission to the P.A. Program or consent of instructor)
Current Trends
This course will educate the student in understanding medical literature,
research of literature, and analysis of medical articles. (Prereq.: Admission
to the P.A. Program)
Pharmacology l
This course will cover drug metabolism, chemotherapy, toxicology and
prescriptive practice as related to disease processes of the autonomic,
cardiovascular, respiratory, and gastrointestinalsystems. (Prereq.: Admission to the P.A. Program and successful completion of summer semester)
Pharmacology ll
This course will cover drug metabolism, chemotherapy and prescriptive
practices as related to the pediatric, dermatologic, otolaryngologic, endocrine, and gynecologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 351)
Clinical Medicine I
A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment
and the clinical skills associated with the cardiovascular, respiratory,
gastrointestinal,renal and endocrine systems. (Prereq.: Admission to the
P.A. Program and successful completion of summer semester)
Clinical Medicine II
A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment
and the clinical skills associated with the otolaryngologic, ophthalmalogic
and neurologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 361)
Clinical Medicine Ill
A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment
and the clinical skills associated with the rheumatologic, orthopedic,
gynecologic, obstetric, pediatric, geriatric, dermatologic and immunologic
systems. (Prereq.: PA 36
t?
History and Physical Exam Skills I
A lecture/discussion/laboratory course with extensive clinical exposure
designed to demonstrate and apply the techniques and skills essential to tlinterviewing and physical examination of patients. (Prereq.: Admission to
the P.A. Program)
History and Physical Exam Skills II
A lecture-discussion-laboratory course with extensive clinical exposure
designed to demonstrate and apply the techniques and skills essential to tlinterviewing and physical examination of patients. (Prereq.: PA 371)
Emergency Medicine
A lecture-lab course designed to educate the student in common emergenc
procedures. Topics covered will be adult and pediatric trauma, surgical
- PHY
P
hysicists are not only curious about
the world, but ambitious as well. Their aim
is to understand the fundamental prin:iples which describe and govern all
physical aspects of the universe. Called
"natural philosophers" in previous
centuries, physicists investigate natural
systems by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics
includes the study of systems ranging in
size from sub-atomic particles to the largest
of galaxies and from the relative stillness of
near absolute zero temperature to the fiery
activity of the stars. As a fascinating and
expanding area of study and as a basic
science, physics plays an important role in
many of the liberal arts disciplines and
contributes to society's understanding of
such areas as energy, weather, medical
science and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics
in contemporary life and realizing that
keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an
ever increasing challenge, the Department
intends to bring to the students not only
basic concepts but also insights into recent
developments. In this process, the faculty
expects challenges to arise, be met and
stimulate sound thinking, perceptive
judgment and an interest in experimental
techniques.
To this end a rigorous major provides
students with the in-depth preparation
required for graduate study. More than
two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have
completed or are currently working toward
graduate degrees at a number of fine
universities across the nation. A major in
physics provides flexibility. It also serves as
a stepping stone for graduate work in
related areas such as computer science,
atmospheric science and meteorology,
astronomy, oceanography, biophysics,
environmental science, engineering and
medical and health related fields.
In addition, the Physics program at
Augsburg functions in a supportive role
for students majoring in mathematics,
chemistry, biology and computer science.
The Department also supervises the
Pre-Engineering program with degree programs avdable at cooperating universities
at both the bachelor's and the advanced
degree levels.
The Department maintains active
research programs through its Center for
Atmospheric and Space Sciences. Several
students work each academic year and
summer as research assistants in these
efforts, which are supported by NASA, the
National Science Foundation and other
federal agencies.
The Department also administers
Augsburg College's portion of funds
designated for the Minnesota Space Grant
College Consortium, funded by NASA.
Cooperative Education, internshp and
undergraduate research programs provide
opportunities for students to apply their
physical science knowledge and problem
solving skills in practical situations in
industrial, governmental and academic
settings. Students may participate in
alternating term Cooperative Education
programs or work part-time during two or
more academic terms. Internship opportunities alone generally involve only one
semester.
The Department serves the liberal arts
tradition by offering courses for the nonscience students that will enable them to
attain a general understanding of a
particular area of science. These courses
seek to provide the basic starting point for
further study and the opportunity to enable
students to follow new developments with
some denree of comvrehension.
*"- Physics
Physics Department Faculty
Jeffrey Johnson (Chair),Stuart Anderson,
Mark Engebretson, Kenneth Erickson,
William Monsma
Physics Research Staff
Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson,
David Venne. Atmospheric Sciences
Research Group, Augsburg College Center
for Atmospheric and Space Sciences
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Major
13 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 ElectromagneticFields II
PHY 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two elective Physics courses above PHY
122
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus I, II
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1
(WEC only)
MAT 245,247 AUGMENT Calculus III and
Modeling and Differential
Equations
or MAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus I11
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
or MAT 224,226 Calculus III,
DifferentialEquations (WEC
only)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Major
17 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics II
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 261 Electronics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
p m 352 ~ ~ ~ h11 a n i ~ ~
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 ElectromagneticFields 11
PHY 395 comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 486 ~ u a t u m
Physics I
One Physics course above PHY 122
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus I, 11
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1
P C only)
D and
MAT 245,247 AUGMENT Calculus J
Modeling and Differential
Equations
or MAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus 111
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
or MAT 224,226 Calculus 111,
Differential Equations (WEC
only)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Physics Major With Concentration in
Space Physics
18 course credits. It is the same as the
B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 320
and PHY 420, and the omission of the
elective Physics course.
Honors Major
A GPA of 3.5 in physics and 3.0 overall.
An independent investigation of a physics
topic with an oral defense of the written
Physics 207
esearch report. Application for the honors
najor should be made no later than the
irst term of the senior year.
In planning their courses of study,
tudents are encouraged to work closely
vith members of the Physics faculty.
dormally, students should have MAT 124
)r 145,125 or 146, and PHY 121,122 during
he freshman year, and MAT 224 or 245
nd 226 or 247 (or PHY 327) during the
ophomore year.
'eaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
icensing requirements for teachers which
nay differ slightly in emphasis from the
iugsburg major requirements. The state
equirements may also be subject to change
fter publication of this catalog. Students
herefore should consult with the
iugsburg Education Department to
dentify current Minnesota teacher
icensure requirements.
'HY 101
Minor
Seven courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics 11
Three elective Physics courses above
PHY 122
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus I, 11
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1
(WEC only)
Society of Physics Students
The Augsburg chapter of the Society of
Physics Students provides students the
opportunities of membership in a national
physics society and of participating in the
physics community on a professional basis.
Membership in the Society is open to all
students interested in physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma
Membership in the Augsburg chapter of
this national physics honor society is open
to those students who have completed the
equivalent of a minor in physics, have a
GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank
in the upper third of their class.
Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In
addition the course traces the development of scientific thought from
early civilization to the present day. Night viewing and laboratory
sessions are important components of the course. (Three one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall, Spring)
'HY 103
Conceptual Physics
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experi-
ments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles of physics. The
course stresses a hands-on intuitive approach to physics. (Two three-hour
lectures/laboratories. Prereq.: MPG III. Fall, Spring)
'HY 106
Introductory Meteorology
A survey of the basic principles involved in understanding the earth's
weather and climate. Topics include winds, fronts, cyclones, clouds and
precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and hurricanes, climate and
*08
-
Physics
climate change, global warming and ozone depletion. (Three one-hour
lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG II. Fall)
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
An algebra-based introductory course in which the applications, problems
and experiments are selected to ilIustrate fundamental principles and
provide a broad survey of physics. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hou
laboratory. Prereq.: MPG III. Fall)
PHY 121
General Physics I
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics and wave
motion. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering students and other
specified majors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MAT 145 or concurrent registration. Fall)
PHY 122
General Physics II
A rigorous study of classical physics including thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and optics. Desiged for physics majors, pre-engineering
students and other specified majors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 121, MAT 146 or concurrent registration.
Spring)
PHY 245
Modern Physics
An introduction to modem physics from a historical and experimental
basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear
and solid statehhysics. This course indicates the need for, i d develops
the experimentalbasis of, quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures,
one one-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 122. Fall)
PHY 261
Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprise:
the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital
electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and
microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 122 or 125 or 146. Spring.
Cross-listed with Computer Science Department.)
X PHY 320
Introduction to Space Science
A survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary,
magnetospheric, ionospheric and upper atmospheric physics (solar
dynamics, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet,
magnetic storms, substorms, current systems, particle precipitation and
aurora). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245. Spring)
PHYIMAT 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
An introduction to special functions in physics and engineering (complex
numbers, partial differentiation, Fourier series, series solution of selected
differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal functions,
and functions of a complex variable). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
PHY 122 or consent of instructor, MAT 224 or 245 or equivalent. Spring.
Cross-listed with Mathematics Department.)
Physics 209
Mechanics I
Classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation
principles, single particle motion, gravitation, oscillatory systems, central
force motion, and two-particle kinematics. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 226 or 247 [or PHY 3271. Fall)
Mechanics II
Classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include dynamics of rigid
bodies, systems of particles, noninertial reference frames, thermodynamics
and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, PHY
351, MAT 226 or 247 [or PHY 3271. Spring)
Electromagnetic Fields I
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector
calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, solution of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations, and electric properties of materials. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226 or 247 [or PHY 327. Fall)
Electromagnetic Fields II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector
calculus throughout. Topics include magnetostatics, magnetic properties
of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on
Maxwell's equations. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362, MAT
226 or 247 [or PHY 327. Spring)
Comprehensive Laboratory 1
(.5 course)
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including
participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics,
thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism,
optics and modem physics. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar
hour per week. Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of instructor.
Fall)
Comprehensive Laboratory 11 (.5 course)
A continuation of PHY 395. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar
hour per week. Prereq.: PHY 395, junior or senior standing or consent of
instructor. Spring)
Plasma Physics
A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma
parameters, plasma drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields,
Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, plasma waves, instabilities,
transport processes and applications to laboratory and space plasmas.
(Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362,363 or concurrent registration)
Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the
Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values,
angular momentum and approximation methods. Applications include
*lo
-
Physics
potential wells and barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen
atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245,351. Fall)
PHY 488
Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the
areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics
and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 486. Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHY 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
PHY 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
PHY 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
PHY 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 79. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
I
Ipirmly grounded in the liberal arts
tradition, political science has roots in the
humanities, including philosophy and
history. Through its use of statistical
analysis, it relates not only to other
behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and
sigruficance of authority in human affairs
establish the focus of political science;
because politics is a central and enduring
reality in the world, it affects and is
affected by many other human concerns.
As an academic discipline, political
science uses systematic inquiry and
analysis to examine political reality and to
suggest and test alternatives.The student
who majors in political science will explore
political ideas and values, investigate
political cooperation and conflict, analyze
md compare political systems and develop
perspectives on international relations. In
the process, the student will be encouraged
to relate insights from other liberal arts
disciplines such as philosophy, psychology,
?conomics,history and sociology to the
study of politics.
Providing work in several sub-fields of
~oliticalscience, the major supplies the
xeadth appropriate for graduate work in
h e discipline, as well as in public adminisration, public policy analysis, law and
>herprofessions. It also serves as a
bundation on which to develop careers in
?ublic service, business, communications
md other fields. Legislative and other
hternships, as well as significant indepenlent research projects, are within easy
"eachof Augsburg Political Science
;tudents in the Twin Cities area. Combined
~ i t broad,
h
balanced and flexible course
~fferings,these special opportunities
mhance the student's potential for graduIte study and a successful career.
Augsburg Political Science students
have the benefit of an experienced faculty
that brings a balanced expertise to the
course offerings, as well as special
strengths in interpreting politics in the
contexts of the mass communications
media, communism and American public
law. The Departmental faculty is cornmitted to the view that the study of politics,
involving as it does an understanding of
the human heritage and the importance of
informed choice in human affairs, is an
important aspect of liberal learning.
Political Science Faculty
Milda Hedblom (Chair), Andrew Aoki,
Phlipp Fishman, Mary Ellen Lundsten,
William Morris, Norma Noonan
Major
Nine courses:
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
Required elective - one of the following:
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
POL 160 World Politics
POL 170 Law in the United States
And at least five other Upper Division
courses in four out of five political science
areas. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area. Only one
mternsxp may count for an Upper
Division area.
POL 483 Political Statistics/Methodology
H~~~~~~~i~~
The Honors Major in Political Science
includes the requirements listed above,
*?
Political Science
plus the following: The student's GPA
must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall.
The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must subni
an Honors Thesis to be defended before a
faculty committee. Students may work
with any member of the Department on
their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Department Chair.
Students should apply for the Honors
major no later than the junior year.
Minor
Five courses, including POL 121 or 122
or 170; POL 158; and at least three Upper
Division courses in three out of five
political science areas.
Political Science Areas
(I) American Government and Politics,
(LI) Comparative Politics and Analysis, (111
International Politics, (IV) Public Law, and
(V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any
course listed in more than one area may be
counted in only one area toward major or
minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary
education may take a Political Science
major in combination with specified social
science courses, in compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see
the Department Chair.
See the class schedule for precise listin!
of terms in which courses are offered.
POL 483 may not usually be used for a
minor.
I I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
POL 121
American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political
ideas; the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional,
presidential and bureaucratic policy making; and current issues in
American society.
POL 122
Metropolitan Complex
Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and
focusing on actors, structures and other influences on urban public policy
Discussion-lecture,case studies of the Twin Cities metro area, and
meetings with public officials and activists.
POL 325
Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in
the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in
Political Science or consent of instructor)
Political Science
OL 326
Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and
political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties
and interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in Political Science or
consent of instructor. Fall term of election years)
OL 342
Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and
control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study
of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. (Prereq.:junior or senior standing or consent of the instructor)
OL 370
Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
OL 375
Media Law
(See Section IV for description.)
OL 421
Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and
policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to
be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in Political Science or consent
of instructor)
I II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
OL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion
of contemporary issues.
OL 350
Topics In European Politics
Study of the political behavior, institutions and processes of European
states. The course will focus on either European Community Law and
Politics or Domestic Politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in
Political Science or consent of instructor)
OL 351
Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems
Analysis of the former Soviet Union and/or other communist/postcommunist states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions
and political processes. (Prereq.: one course in Political Science or consent
of instructor)
OL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored.
Themes and countries vary. (Prereq.: one course in Political Science or
consent of instructor)
213
-
*I4
- Political Science
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and
comparisons of political processes such as political participation, political
development, political change and revolution. Topic to be included in
subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in Political Science or consent of instructor)
H Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, includinl
the dynamics of the international system, theories of international
relations, and a focus on recent problems.
POL 363
Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy
Analysis of theory and policy in the foreip policy process in Russia (and
the former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in Political Science or
consent of instructor)
POL 461
Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to
be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in Political Science or consent
of instructor)
POL 490
Seminar in International Relations
Capstone seminar for students majoring in international relations; analysi
of some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major
trends; senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor.
(Prereq.:four courses in the International Relations sequence)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and
society; roles of courts, police, lawyers and juries; the United States
Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporaq
legal issues.
POL 370
Constitutional Law
The legal-political-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American political system in sigruhcant decisions affecting the allocation of
powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.:
POL 170 or consent of inshctor)
POL 371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in constitutionallaw, especially civil rights. Content will
vary, defined by the subtitle of the course. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent
of instructor)
-
Political Science
'OL 375
Media Law
Study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media law and
regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about media
content, access, ethics and ownership. (Prereq.: one course in Political
Science, POL 342, or consent of instructor)
I V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
'OL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description.)
'OL 380
Western Political Thouqht
A study of influential
philosophers, emphasizing the values,
goals and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize
human governance. (Prereq.: one course in Political Science or consent
of instructor)
'OL 381
Topics in Democratic Theory
A study of democratic theories. Topics vary and may include the emer-
gence of political democracy in comparative perspective or American
political thought. Topic to be included in the subtitle. (Prereq.: one course
in Political Science or consent of instructor)
OL 382
Marxist Theory
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing
Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on
the changing role of Marxist doctrines in society. (Prereq.: POL 158 or
consent of instructor)
OL 484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics
including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for
political study. Major research is required. (Prereq.:POL 158, POL 483,
and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor)
I VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS
OL 295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult Department Chair concerning terms and subject
matter. (On demand)
OL 483
Seminar in Political Statistics and Methodology
An introductory survey of the methods of political science with an
emphasis on quantitative reasoning and resear& design including
evaluation of existing research in the field.Discussion of experimental
designs, descriptive and inferential statistics, computer methods and
issues in the construction and execution of political survey.
OL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult Department Chair concerning terms and subject
215
*I6
Political Science
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
POL 199
Internship
See description on page 79. P/N grading unless internship supemisor
grants exception.
POL 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
POL 399
POL 499
Internship
See description on page 79.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
P
sychology, with its emphasis on
behavioral observation and data, provides
a perspective on human activities which is
an integral part of a liberal education. The
goal of the Psychology program is the
improved understanding of human
behavior by studying how people cope
with their environment and interact with
each other.
The Department's courses have three
basic goals: (1)to introduce the student to
the current information and methods in
psychology as well as earlier approaches to
psychological questions; (2) to develop the
abiity to analyze, interpret and evaluate
behavioral research, and (3) to provide
practice in the application of these principles. The Department program provides
an emphasis on both field experiences and
the theoretical foundation for graduate
study in psychology and related areas.
Internships are designed to provide
students with practical pre-professional
experience. On-the-job experience gives
students the opportunity to test career
fields and develop professional contacts.
Psychologists use a variety of methods
to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis.
Faculty members in the Department of
Psychology at Augsburg have varied
professional specializations which include
areas such as counseling, physiological
psychology, human development, personality, social, cognitive and organizational
psychology and analysis of public policy.
The Psychology program's emphasis on
the use of a problem solving approach, the
acquisition of information about human
development and interaction, and the
development of human relations skills can
be beneficial in careers in business,
education and other social services, the
church and government, as well as in
careers such as research, law and medicine.
Psychology Facully
Nancy Steblay (Chair), Grace Dyrud,
Norman Ferguson, Emily Hause, Duane
Johnson, Victoria Littlefield, Bridget
Robinson-Riegler
Major
10 courses including:
PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
or PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 230 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure and Analysis I
PSY 330 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure and Analysis 11
PSY 399 Internship
PSY 381 Psychology in Historical
Perspective
or PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary
Issues
PSY 354 Cognitive Psychology
or PSY 355 Brain and Behavior
PSY 325 Social Behavior
or PSY 359 Psychological Assessment
Three additional Psychology courses.
Note: A minimum of five courses must
be from Augsburg. No more than two
courses from among PSY 299,399, and 499
may be counted. It is recommended that
Psychology majors take additional course
work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular
interests and skills in psychology. All
Psychology majors must have an adviser in
the Psychology Department.
*I8
-
Psychology
Teaching Licensure Major
Honors Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
identdy current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall,
and completion of a high quality research
project culminating the major program.
Application for honors consideration must
be made during the junior year. Please
consult the Department Chair for more
detailed requirements.
Transfer course policy for psychology
majors and minors: Transfer credits must
be approved by the Department Chairperson. Only those psychology courses
successfully completed (2.0 or above)
within the last 10 years will be considered.
PSY 101
Minor
Five courses, including PSY 102 or 105,
and four electives. A minimum of two
courses must be from Augsburg. No more
than two courses from among PSY 299,399
and 499 may be counted.
Self-Identity and Values
A study of self-identity and values as related to personal life. This course
uses a psychological perspective to explore the role of the individual in
the larger social context. Major topics include the acquisition, development and evolution of self-identity and values and the influence of sex
roles. (This course does not substitute for PSY 105 as a prerequisite to
Upper Division psychology courses.)
PSY 102
The Individual in a Social World
A scientific investigation of the behavior of the individual as it occurs in
social environments. Examples of human behavior, such as aggression,
prejudice and group processes, which are best understood through
analysis of both individual and social factors, will serve as the course
framework. (This course does substitute for PSY 105 as a prerequisite to
Upper Division psychology courses.)
PSY 105
PSY 201
Principles of Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for
the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological
concepts to everyday situations are emphasized.
Health Psychology
Impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological interactions on
health. Topics include: wellness, health promotion, and maintenance;
Psychology
prevention and treatment of illness; stress management; lifestyles; health
system policies; and cross-cultural perspectives. The course encourages
students to become more proactive in their own health and lifestyle
choices. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 230
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I
Part I of a two-term sequence. Scientific method as practiced in psychology. Emphasis on skills of bibliographic research, research design and
data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, computer-assisted
data analysis and MA-style presentation of research findings. PSY 230
must precede 330. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105; MPG III)
PSY 325
Social Behavior
Social factors which influence individual and group behavior in
naturalistic and laboratory settings. Topics include: social cognition,
group behavior, social influence, attitude formation and change. (Prereq.:
PSY 230)
PSY 330
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis II
Part 11of a two-term sequence. See PSY 230. PSY 330 should be taken in
the term immediately following PSY 230.230 may be taken for one course
credit without taking 330. (Prereq.: PSY 230 gith a grade of 2.0 or higher)
PSY 351
Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of
theoretical systems used for viewing development sequence and continuity. Inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory
with respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data
and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult
periods of life. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data
and theory related to development during the middle adult and older
adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.:
PSY 102 or 105)
'SY 354
Cognitive Psychology
Theory, data, and practical applications relevant to the following topics:
attention, perception, pattern recognition, memory, mental imagery,
problem solving, decision-making and language. (Prereq.: PSY 230)
'SY 355
Brain and Behavior
Interactions between the brain, nervous system, and behavior. Topics
include the mind-brain relationship; sleep, wakefulness, and dreaming;
emotions; learning and memory; psychological disorders; biology of
personality; effects of drugs on behavior; and the biology of consciousness. (Prereq.: PSY 230)
219
220
-
Psychology
PSY 356
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecologicalviewpoint to study the influence
which the environment, both natural and human-made, has on behavior.
Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress; territoriality; defensible space and crime; and specific environments such as room,
buildings and cities. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 357
Behavior Analysis
Principles of learning. Behavior change principles and their application to
instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects.
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 359
Psychological Assessment
Theory and scientific methods of collecting data and information to assess
human aptitudes, achievement, personality, abnormal behavior, vocational interests, and impacts of the environment on behavior. Examination of a variety of tests, concepts of reliability and validity, and legal and
ethical issues. (Prereq.: PSY 230)
PSY 361
Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study, including theory,
research, assessment and contemporary applications. (Prereq.: PSY 102
or 105)
PSY 362
Behavior Disorders
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from social, organic
and psychological points of view. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 368
Behavioral Health Care I: Clinical Assessment
(Physician Assistant Program Requirement) Application of psychological
theory, research, and clinical principles to health care practice. Emphasis
on biopsychosocial health model, recognition of patient psychopathology,
developmental health issues, practitioner-patientinteraction. (Prereq.:
Junior standing in PA program or PSY 355 and instructor approval)
PSY 369
Behavioral Health Care II: Clinical Intervention
(Physician Assistant Program Requirement) Continuation of PSY 368.
Specific skills and knowledge for effective clinical interviewing, diagnosis, and development of appropriate behavioral health care plans.
(Prereq.: PSY 368)
PSY 371
Psychology of Gender
Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives
and behavior of individuals. Consideration of such topics as cognitive,
physical and social development, social relationships, and economic and
political power. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 373
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations and practical applications of behavior in
organizations. The study of the individual, groups, structure and change
and development in organizations. Consideration of topics such as
Psychology 221
performance appraisals, training, decision-making and teamwork.
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
'SY 381
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical
positions. (Prereq.: two PSY courses)
'SY 485
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods and attitudes involved in the counseling process.
Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship. (Prereq.: three PSY courses and junior class standing)
'SY 490
Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated
extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be
published prior to registration. (Prereq.:PSY 230 and consent of instructor)
'SY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: five PSY courses)
nternships and lndependent Study Courses:
'SY 199
'SY 299
'SY 399
'SY 499
Internship
See description on page 79. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105 and one other
psychology course)
Directed Study
See description on page 79. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
Internship
See description on page 79. Participation in a concurrent seminar is
required. (Prereq.: PSY 330)
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79. (Prereq.: PSY 330)
A
ugsburg College understands itself
as a college of the church and it is persuaded that the Christian faith provides an
appropriate perspective from which to
undertake its educational task. The biblical
faith and tradition of the Christian church
have influenced the whole world and they
have affected and continue to influence
language, literature, history, values and
political structures.
While the fundamental orientation of
this College is to the Christian faith, it is
also true that the field of religion obviously
includes more than is represented by the
Christian faith. Large segments of the
earth's population live by religious
concepts and ideas which are different
from Christianity.The Department of
Religion seeks to introduce students to
some of these major religious traditions.
It is the hope and expectation of the
Department that students will become
better acquainted with the content and
character of the Christian faith, enabling
them to reflect theologcally on their own
religious commitment. Courses in religion
are not intended to be footnotes to courses
in other disciplines and departments. The
study of religion and the discipline of
theology have an integrity of their own.
The College offers both a major and a
minor in Religion and a major in Youth and
Family Ministry.
Religion Faculty
Lynne Lorenzen (Chair),John Benson,
Bradley Holt, Philip Quanbeck 11, Beverly J.
Stratton, Mark Tranvik
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Religion Major
Eight courses including:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 356 History of Religions
REL 481 Contemporary Theology
REL 495 Seminar
Three additional Religion courses, of whicl
2 must be Upper Division courses.
Note: Seminar, especially for majors,
should be taken in the junior or senior yea]
Before t a h g the seminar, each major mus
have written one formal research paper
and placed it on file with the Department
Chair. Only one Interim course may be
applied to the major. One New Testament
Greek course may be applied to the major.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall;
research project approved by the Department and colloquium with the Department
Application must be received by the
Department by Dec. 30 of the student's
senior year.
Minor
Five courses. Not more than one Interin
course may be counted for the minor.
Note: Not all courses that meet Christian Faith perspectives are REL courses anc
do not count toward the Religion major or
minor.
Youth and Family Ministry Major
The major in Youth and Family Ministry prepares persons for faithful work as
youth and family ministers in Christian
congregations and other ministrv settings.
Religion
'his major is interdisciplinary, combining a
ore study of theology and Bible with
upporting course work in the social
ciences. A distinctive part of the major is
he combination of practical and theologia1 training, using resources of the
iugsburg Youth and Family Institute.
hdents are accepted into the program
hrough a two-step candidacy process.
This major requires an approximately
00-hour intemshp administered by the
iugsburg Youth and Family Institute in
~artnershipwith a congregation. It may be
~ossiblefor the intem to receive a stipend
or this internship.
The two-step candidacy process begins
vhen the student applies for candidacy,
~ormallyin the fall of the sophomore or
mior year. Two of the theology core
ourses must be completed before making
pplication to the program. An essay, one
?tter of reference, an assessment instruaent called "Self Portrait" and an interiew is required for candidacy review. The
?achingstaff will conduct step one. The
econd step will be conducted by the Youth
nd Family Institute staff with help of
xperienced pastors, a member of the
eligon faculty and youth and family
zinisters. This usually follows the intemhip in the fall of the senior year. Retaking
le "Self Portrait," an essay, an assessment
f the internship and an interview are
:quired. This step is very important
)r recommending the students for
mployment.
Sajor
en courses including:
EL 111 Introduction to Theology
EL 221 Biblical Studies
.EL 362 Theology of the Reformers
EL 481 Contemporary Theology
EL 495 Seminar
Youth and Family Ministry core:
REL 235 Basics in Youth and Family
Ministry (Interim)
REL 232 Peer Ministry: Principles and
Leadership (Interim)
REL 399 Internshp
Theology elective: choose one of the
following:
REL 356 History of Religions
REL 353 Denominations and Religous
Groups in America
REL 373 Religions of China and Japan
Youth and Family Ministry elective: choose
one of the following:
REL 342 Theology of Youth and Family
Living
REL 343 Theology of Marriage (Interim)
REL 358 Life and Work of the Church
MUS 432 Church Music and Worship
and six supporting courses:
EDU 210 Learning and Development in
an Educational Setting
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 231 Family Systems: A Cross
Cultural Perspective
EDU 265 Orientation to Education
(w /field work)
or SWK 463 Community Development and Organizations
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
or PSY 102 The Individual in a
Social World
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
or PSY 352 Developing
Psychology: Adolescent and
Young Adult
or SWK 260 Humans Developing
Note: A student with a YFM major may
not also major or minor in Religion.
223
224
Reliaion
Religion 111,221 or 331 is prerequisite
to all other courses. REL 111or 221 is
expected to be taken in either the freshman
or sophomore year at Augsburg. Junior or
senior transfer students who are required
REL 111
to take two CF courses may take REL 331
as the prerequisite for other courses.
Department approval is necessary
before courses taken in other colleges can
be accepted for Religion Department credii
All majors must have an adviser in the
Department.
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the
dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian
doctrine.
REL 221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character and transmission of the biblical documents.
The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence
of the church.
REL 231
Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g.,
African backgrounds, religion under slavery and evangelicalism.
REL 232
Peer Ministry
The student will be trained to train high school and junior high youth to
serve as peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will
learn and practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn
the role of^alistener/helper. Peer Ministry integrates theact of caring and
serving others with a Christian belief and values system. (Prereq.: REL
221 or REL 111)
REL 235
Basics in Youth and Family History
This course will provide students with the basic understanding and skills
for designing an effective youth and family ministry for a congregation.
Students will study the latest research on American youth and their
families from Search Institute. They will learn a conceptual model for
youth and family ministry. (Prereq.: REL 221 or REL 111)
REL 331
Foundations in Bible and Theology
An advanced introduction to the biblical and theological foundations of
the Christian faith, focusing on writing and advanced critical thinking
skills. Open only to advanced transfer students. Not accepted for credit
for students who have taken REL 111or REL 221.
REL 342
Theology of Youth and Family Living
Contemporary theories of youth and family living are examined within
the context of Christian teachings. Course focuses on family systems and
families in crisis.
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
denominations and of many contemporary American religious groups.
Some controversial religious movements will also be considered.
REL 356
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam.
REL 357
Survey of Church History
A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation and
modem periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to
interpretations of the periods in question.
REL 358
Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention to Christian
education and curriculum, youth work and parish work.
REL 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society.
REL 361
The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early Christian Church, including persecution and martyrdom, councils and creeds, and conflict with Gnosticism and mystery
religions.
REL 362
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of
the 16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and
other representative figures.
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of
religion to the challenges of its environing culture.
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. TribaI simiIarities and differences are explored as are
tribal relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred
ritual ceremonies and beliefs in an afterlife.
REL 420
The Russian Orthodox Church
Theology and history will be studied primarily from the perspective of
those Christians who live in Greece, Turkey and Eastem Europe, with
special attention to the Orthodox Church in Russia.
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women
and men, feminist interpretation of the Bible and the impact of feminism
on Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor.
REL 471
Jesusand His Interpreters
226
-
Religion
dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to
the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus.
REL 472
Paul the Apostle
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church and some of the themes found in his writings.
REL 475
Judaism
An introduction to the Jewish faith as the tradition has developed as well
as attention to current issues facing the Jewish community. The Jewish
Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial
support of this course in Judaism.
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the
continuing theological task of the Christian Church.
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective
for critical reflection upon moral action.
REL 486
Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the
traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given
to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them.
REL 490
Topics in Religion
Individual study in selected religion courses not addressed in regular
course offerings.
REL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by
permission of instructor. (Fall)
internships and lndependent Study Courses:
REL 199
REL 299
Internship
See description on page 79. Limited to special cases.
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
REL 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
REL 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
See Department listing for a description of the following approved elective:
RELIPHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
T
his major, offered through the
Associated Colleges of the T&I Cities
(ACTC), seeks to give the broadest possible
exposure to the history politics, economics,
literature and philosophy of central and
eastern Europe and Russia. This interdisciplinary major offers an opportunity to
become well-acquainted with societies in
socio-economical and political transition as
well as the rich literary and cultural
achievements of the area. Experience with
the Russian language or, through the
University of Minnesota, one of the
eastern European languages, is required.
Russia, Central and East European Studies
is a sound liberal arts major offering
considerable flexibility and career opportunities, especially when combined with
another major or minor in business, economics, history, language and literature or
political science.
Courses are offered at Augsburg
College, H a m h e University, Macalester
College, the College of St. Catherine, and
the University of St. Thomas, thus drawing
on the faculty and resources of the five
ACTC institutions.
Adviser
Magda Paleczny-Zapp
B. Area Studies Courses:
Track #1: Concentration in Humanities
Five Courses: Four courses from the list
of approved courses in Track #1, plus one
course from Track #2, as approved by
adviser.
Track #2: Concentration in Social Sciences
Five Courses: Four courses from the list
of approved courses in Track #2, plus one
course from Track #1, as approved by
adviser.
C. Two other courses selected from
either Track #1 or Track #2.
D. Students are strongly recommended
to take a third year of Russian or any other
East European language. A program of
study abroad in Russia or one of the central
or East European countries, during a
semester, an interim or during the summer,
is strongly encouraged. All options should
be discussed with the student's adviser.
TRACK #I
HUMANITIES CONCENTRATION
HISTORY:
HIST 55
HIST 60
Major
Eleven courses, including language and
area studies courses:
A. Language Courses: Two years of
basic college Russian, Polish, SerboCroatian, Czech, Hungarian or equivalent
competencies.
History and Philosophy of
Socialism - M
State and Society in Tsarist
Russia - M
History of the Soviet Union and
its Successors - M
HIST 314 Social and Intellectual History
of Early Modem Europe - T
HIST 331 Eastern Europe, 1699-1914 - T
HIST 333 Eastern E
~1914 to~
~
Present -T
HIST 62
~
228
-
Russian, Central and East European Studies
GEOGRAPHY:
HIST 464 Seminar in European History
(Requires Permission of
Adviser) -T
HIST 337 Modem Russia from the Empire
to Revolution - H
HIST 373 Heart of Europe: Central and
Eastern Europe in the 20th
Century - H
HIST 348 Russia and Soviet Union in the
20th Century - A
HIST 350 Russia: Keivan State to the
Ctirnean War - C
HIST 351 Russia: Last of the Romanovs,
Bolshevik Interlude, and the
Russian Republic - C
HJST 352 The Eastern Church - C
ECON 35
ECON 317
RUSSIAN LITERATURE:
ECON 349
19th Century Literature in
Translation - M
RUSS 62 20th Century Literature in
Translation - M
ENGL230 Literature in Translation - C
RUSS 61
ADVANCED MNGUAGE:
RUSS 41A Russia in Russian - Speaking/
Listening - M
RUSS 41B Russia in Russian - Reading/
Writing - M
CULTURE:
RUS 50-01 Topics (Requires Permission of
Adviser) - M
RUS 55 Russian Culture - M
RUS 56 Soviet Mass Culture - M
THEOLOGY:
REL 420 The Russian Orthodox
Church - A
TRACK #2
SOCIAL SCIENCES CONCENTRATION
GEOG 45
Regonal Geography of the
Post-Soviet Union - M
ECONOMICS:
ECON 25
ECON 495
ECON 349
ECON 346
Comparative Economic
Systems - M
Economics of the Transition - M
Comparative Economic
Systems - A
Topics (Requires permission of
adviser) - A
Comparative Economic
Systems - T
Topics: Country and Area
Studies in Economics (Requires
permission of adviser) - T
Comparative Economic
Systems - C
POLITICAL SCIENCE:
POSC 220 Introduction to Comparative
Government - C
POSC 225 Introduction to World
Politics - C
POSC 376 Marxism - C
POL 350 Comparative Politics of the
New Europe - T
POL 424 Seminar in International Politics
(Requires permission of
adviser) - T
POL 454 Seminar in Comparative Politics
(Requires permission of
adviser) - T
POL 351 Topics in Communist/PostCommunist Systems (Requires
permission of adviser) - A
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policy - A
POL 362 Politics of Change: Eastern
European Political Systems - H
BADM350 International Marketing and
Management - C
Russian, Central and East European Studies 229
RUSSIAN LANGUAGE COURSES:
RUSS 111,112 Elementary Russian - M
RUSS 11 Elementary Russian I - M
RUSS 12 Elementary Russian I1 - M
RUSS 15 Intensive Elementary
Russian - M
RUSS 111 Elementary Russian I - T
RUSS 112 Elementary Russian I . - T
RUSS 21 Intermediate Russian I - M
RUSS 22 Intermediate Russian I1 - M
RUSS 23 Russian Conversation - M
RUSS 25 Intensive Intermediate
Russian - M
RUSS 211 Intermediate Russian I - T
RUSS 212 Intermediate Russian I1 - T
RUSS 31 Advanced Russian I - M
RUSS 32 Advanced Russian 11- M
RUSS 33 Advanced Russian
Conversation - M
Students may take other Eastern
European language courses that are offered
at the University of Minnesota through
ACTC. See your adviser or contact the
ACTC office for further information.
Students may not receive credit for the
same course taken on different campuses.
The folIowing courses are considered to be
equivalent to one another:
HIST 60 M = HIST 337 H
HIST 333 T = HIST 373 H = MST 348 A =
HIST 351 C
ECON 25 M = ECO 317 A = ECON 349 T =
ECON 349 C
FACULTY ADVISING
Students should consult an adviser
regularly in order to secure a coherent and
effective program. Each ACTC institution
has a faculty member on the Russian,
Central and East European Studies
Committee. These advisers can help with
selection of courses, recommendations for
study abroad, and consideration of career
options.
The current advisers are: Augsburg,
Magda-Paleczny-Zapp, 330-1761; Hamline,
Karen Vogel, 641-2973 and Nick Hayes,
641-2314; Macalester, Gary Krueger, 6966222; St. Catherine, Sr. Margery Smith, 6906553; and St. Thomas, Sr. Mary Shambour,
962-5164.
Location: A = Augsburg; H = Hamline;
M = Macalester; C = St. Catherine; T = St.
Thomas.
See Nordic Area Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies.
S
tudents preparing to teach social
studies on the high school level must
complete, in addition to the professional
requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based
program designed to provide a broad
foundation in the social sciences.
Coordinator
Jerry Gerasimo
Social Studies Teaching Licensure
Seven courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113 Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 222 20th Century U.S.
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural
Anthropology
One course in geography (human or
cultural)
Plus a major in one of five fields economics, history, political science,
psychology or sociology. Geography and
anthropology are also acceptable fields,
although they are not offered as majors on
the Augsburg campus.
Students considering a career in
social studies education should consult, as
soon as possible, the Augsburg Department
of Education and the Social Studies
Coordinator.
For students beginning in Fall 1994 or
later: New requirements for the Social
Studies Licensure were under consideration as this catalog went to press. Contact
Prof. Gerasirno and the Department of
Education for information on curriculum
and requirements.
T
he Social Work major prepares
graduates for entry-level generalist
professional practice in the field of human
services. The program is accredited by the
Council on Social Work Education and
leads to a Bachelor of Science degree. The
program is based on a generalist model of
practice, enabling graduates to work with
individuals, families, groups, communities
and to develop and analyze social policy.
Courses within the program utilize a
student empowerment model for teaching
and learning.
Augsburg's social work major provides
a strong foundation for graduate studies in
a variety of fields. Since 1991 Augsburg has
offered a full-time Master of Social Work
degree on a weekend schedule.
The College's commitment to the liberal
arts is highly compatible with education for
professional social work practice. The
liberal arts foundation, with its emphasis
on breadth of understanding, cultural and
ethnic diversity, openness to new ideas,
analysis and synthesis, is ideal for social
work education. As Sir Richard Livingston
has said, "A technician is a person who
knows e v e r y k g there is to know about
his/her job except its ultimate purpose and
social consequence." Effective social
workers go beyond being technicians.
Augsburg social work graduates are entrylevel professionals.
Augsburg College's motto, "Education
for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of
the Social Work Department. Unique
learning opportunities for field work
placement and cultural enrichment are
hrovided by a metropolitan setting known
for a humane quality of life which is
enhanced by the arts, outstanding human
services and a highly-educated populace.
Social work opportunities abound. Minne.
.
.
.
of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the
hub for these services, provides both a
variety of field placements for social work
students and external experts for the
classroom. The ethnic and economic
diversity present in this metropolitan area
provides opportunities for social work
students to learn to understand, appreciate,
respect and work with people different
from themselves and to be enriched by this
opportunity to interact with diverse clients
and professionals.
The Social Work Program strives to
contribute to its environment as well as to
gain from it. Appropriately, social work
students have been involved in a wide
variety of community service efforts
including helping to develop the LINK
program on campus, mobilizing students
to assist a social service agency in their
annual Christmas giving program, and
tutoring at a local neighborhood center.
The Social Welfare minor and electives
in the Department allow students to
support another major while gaining
knowledge about human needs and
growth, human services and the methods
of effective citizenship. Students taking
these courses have the opportunity to
become knowledgeable about public issues
and develop and nurture a perspective that
sees the central importance of diversity to
the social fabric of this country. But beyond
knowledge, students are encouraged to use
their talents and skills to address the needs
of society in the interest of the public good,
always emphasizing social justice.
Social Work Faculty
Rosemary Link (Chair), Anthony Bibus
(BSW Program Director), Vem Bloom
(Field Coordinator),Maria Brown, Francine
Chakolis, Blanca Rosa Egas, Hans Eriksson,
..
..
.
..< ..
-
-
-
232
Social Work
Paulsen, Glenda Dewberry Rooney,
Michael Schock, Edward Skarnulis, Clarice
Staff (MSW Director), Mary Lou Williams
Major
11core courses:
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human
Needs
SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social
Work
SWK 364 Field Work I
SWK 365 Quantitative Analysis and
Program Evaluation
SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills
in Social Work
SWK 462 Field Work I1
SWK 463 Community Development and
Organization
SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and
Development
SWK 466 Field Work I11
SWK 467 The Social Worker as
Professional
SWK 469 Field Work IV
and seven supporting courses:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
BIO 101 Human Biology
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and
Race
A minimum grade of 2 0 is required
for each course in the core program and a
2.0 average is required in the supporting
program.
Concentration
Concentrations in Aging, Chemical
Dependency, Crime and Corrections, Social
Ministries, and Youth are possible. A
concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and
programmatic aspects, plus field work
placement in the senior year in the special
area. For Social Ministries, a minor in
Religion with specific coursework is
required. Completion of a concentration is
noted on the transcript.
Candidacy
Social Work majors must be granted
candidacy status before the beginning of
the senior year. Certain 400 level courses
list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written
self-statement, reference letters, and the
completion of all core and supporting
program courses below the 400 level is
necessary for candidacy review.
Social Welfare Minor
Six courses including:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human
Needs
SWK 463 Community Development and
Organization
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and
Race
and one course from:
SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and
Development
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 325 Public Administration
School Social Work Licensure
Requirements
State Department of Education-required
coursework includes EDU 255; HPE 115,
and 400 hours in a senior year field
Social Work
placement in a school setting. See adviser
for additional specifics.
Social Ministries
This concentration helps to focus social
workers on work in church congregations
or church sponsored social programs and
projects. The concentration was designed
by the Departments of Religion and Social
Work. The concentration is achieved by
completing the following course of study:
Major in Social Work Core Program
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human
Needs
SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social
Work
SWK 364 Field Work I (Social Work)
SOC 365 Quantitative Analysis and
Program Evaluation
SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills
in Social Work
SWK 463 Community Development and
Organization
SWK 462 Field Work II (In Social
Ministries Setting)
SWK 466 Field Work I11 (Interim, Social
Ministries Setting continued
from SWK 462)
SWK 469 Field Work IV (In Social
Ministries Setting continued
from SWK 466 Interim)
SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and
Development
SWK 467 The Social Worker as
Professional
Required Supporting Program for the
Social Work Major (includes a Sociology
Minor)
PSY
BIO
SOC
SOC
105
101
121
231
Principles of Psychology
Human Biology
Introduction to Human Society
Family Systems: A Cross
Cultural Perspective
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender
and Race
SOC 375 Social Psychology
Social Ministries Minor in Religion
Required course - choose one:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
or
REL 221 Biblical Studies
Suggested courses - choose four:
REL 231,263,342,343,353,360,363,366,
370,415,441,483.
ELECTIVE COURSES OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS
SWK 230
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and development in the global context. It also identifies the focus of social work in
addition to many other disciplines which are vital to fostering peace.
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
This course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation
to a possible major or future career in social work. Students must arrange
233
-
2ySocial Work
to perform 80 hours of work in a human service agency and must attend
the weekly seminar.
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course provides an understanding of human growth through life and
of the sociocultural, biological and psychological factors which influence
the growth of individuals and families. Growth related to diverse populations and groups or special stresses is also a focus.
SWK 361
Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human
service. The values and social movements which form charitable and
governmental responses to human needs will be explored. (Prereq.:junior
standing or consent of instructor)
SWK 463
Community Development and Organization
This course focuses on locality development and social change through
community organization, social planning and social action, with emphasis
on history, theories and issues relevant to social protest and change; the
role of staff and of the functions and interrelationships of community
organizations; and practice in the local community. (Prereq.: senior
standing or consent of instructor)
SWK 465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
This course includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and
methods of analysis. Development and implementation will be viewed
firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official. (Prereq.:
SWK 361,463 and senior standing or consent of instructor.)
* Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment
for work in field sites.
COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORSONLY
SWK 363
Methods and Skills of Social Work
This course covers the basic features of the helping process, theoretical
foundations, principles and techniques of social work with individuals
and small gr6ups, A d developmeit of relationship-buildingskills.
Includes video-taping laboratory sessions. (Prereq.: SWK 361, junior
standing)
SWK 364
Field Work I*
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency
which focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. A
total of 120 hours, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar
per week. (Prereq.: SWK 361, junior standing, concurrent with SWK 363)
SWK 365
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
This is an overview of commonly-used research methods, especially
exverirnental desiens and avvlications to vroeram evaluations. vlus use of
-
Social Work
SWK 461
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
This course builds skills in the problem-solving model with diverse
populations through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work
focusing on generalist practice in social group and family work. (Prereq.:
candidacy status)
SWK 462
Field Work II*
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups, communities in a social
service agency. A total of 120 hours, plus one seminar per week. (Prereq.:
candidacy status; concurrent with SWK 461)
SWK 466
Field Work 111
(.5 or 1.0 course*)
Continuation of field work, a total of 60 or 120 hours. (1/2 course option
during Interim.) (Prereq.: candidacy status)
SWK 467
The Social Worker as Professional
Professional ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, job attainment, and
strategies for agency change and empowering clients will be studied. The
field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.:
candidacy status)
SWK 469
Field Work IV*
Continuation of SWK 466. A total of 120 hours plus a weekly seminar.
(Prereq.: candidacy status. Concurrent with SWK 467)
Internships and lndependent Study Courses:
SWK 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
SWK 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
SWK 399
lnternship
See description on page 79.
SWK 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
* Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment
for work in field sites.
235
S
ociology is the study of society as a
whole and of human social organization
and groups. The sociological perspective
provides a way to better understand the
social world and how individuals come to
think and act as they do.
The goal of the Department is to help
students develop their understanding of
the social order and how it affects them in
their daily lives. Sociology majors develop
an understanding of the theories of society
and social groups, learn to create and use
sociological tools of analysis, and learn
how to apply sociological concepts to the
solution of social problems.
Students are encouraged to select as
electives some of the non-traditional
learning models available, such as internships, independent study, Interim courses
and field studies. The Department urges
students to use Augsburg's metropolitan
setting as a laboratory for learning.
Internships and Cooperative Education
enable majors to apply the theories and
research skills of sociology while they
explore career alternatives. Augsburg
alumni who have majored in sociology are
currently employed in the human resources
departments of both government and
private corporations, in industrial relations
work and in program evaluation. Others
have used their majors as preparation for
advanced study in areas such as law, the
ministry, social work, urban planning and
criminal justice.
Sociology Faculty
Diane Pike (Chair), Jerry Gerasimo, Garry
Hesser, Gordon Nelson, Michael O'Neal,
Rita Weisbrod
Major
10 courses including:
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
SOC 363 Research Methods
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SOC 485 Modem Sociological Theory
and four additional Sociology courses.
Note: SOC 399 is highly recommended.
Concentration in Crime and Community
Society is increasingly concerned about
crime. Not surprisingly, many of our
students are interested in the field of
criminal justice.
The concentration is not a traditional
criminal justice major. Rather, the focus is
on understanding crime in the community
with respect to the prevention and solution
of problems that lead to crime, as well as
understanding the criminal justice system
developed to respond to it. Students
interested in community crime prevention
as well as the traditional aspects of criminal
justice - courts, prisons, probation, and
law - will be served by this major. See
Department Chair for specific requirements.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers
which may differ slightly in emphasis
from the Augsburg major requirements.
The state requirements may also be subject
to change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Sociology 237
Honors Major
To complete the Honors Major in
Sociology, the student must have a
minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and
overall. In addition, she or he must: 1)
successfully complete an internship,
independent study or cooperative education experience; 2) submit a portfolio of
completed papers and projects, including a
theory paper, a research methods project,
and two projects or papers of the student's
choosing; and 3) write an acceptable
reflective statement on the sociology major
and on the work included in the portfolio.
SOC 121
An application for the Honors Major
can be obtained from the Department
Chair. A letter of intent to apply for Honors
should be received by the Chair no later
than Nov. 1of the senior year. The application and portfolio must be submitted for
Department acceptance by March 1.
Minor
Five courses including SOC 121 and
two Upper Division courses (i.e., SOC 300
and above), at least one of which must be
taken at Augsburg College.
Introduction to Human Society
What is society and how does it make us who we are? Sociology offers
insights into discovering the world and one's place in it. Course study
focuses on an understanding of culture, social structure, institutions and
our interactions with each other. (Fall, Spring)
SOC 21 1
Community and the Modern Metropolis
How is community possible in the face of multicultural, economic and
ideological forces that are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and
structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this
possibility. (Fall, Spring)
SOC 231
/ ~ a m i l ~ Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
The family system is explored among world cultures and within mainstream and sub-cultures in the United States. Students prepare and deliver
oral reports on world family patterns, American sub-cultures and family
processes. (Fall, Spring)
SOC 265
1--
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Why do we set people aside for negative special treatment? How are they
stigmatized? The people to whom we do this are often reflections of our
own fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and "other" provides a way to
examine racism, sexism and other "-isms." Offered on P/N basis only.
(Fall, Spring)
SOC 277
Introduction to Criminology
How do we understand crime in American society? How can our community respond to crime? Topics include: theories and patterns of crime,
criminal justice and criminal policy. (Fall)
238
-
Sociology
SOC 300,301, 302, 303, 304 Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests
which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor)
SOC 336
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture is examined in anthropology. An analysis of basic
assumptions underlying the ideas of "nature," "primitive," "c~vilizedand
"progress." The course will examine the person's relation to culture and
conduct an analysis of selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq.: SOC
121 or consent of instructor. Fall, Spring)
'
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
What is the nature of these modem organizations in which we spend so
much of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed
with respect to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as
corporate deviance. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements &d institutions in American society.
(Prereq.: SOC 121 recommended. Fall)
SOC 362
Statistical Analysis
This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the
social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding
quantitative analysis -be it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper.
(Prereq.: MPG III. Fall)
SOC 363
Research Methods
Good research - do you know it when you see it? Can you produce it
yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice
and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and
data analysis. (Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 375
Social Psychology
An examination of the ideas of group, role and self in the understanding of
the relationship between the individual and society. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life using interaction
theories. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, Spring)
SOC 381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
~ r n ~ h a scenters
is
on alternative theoEies and approaches to planning and
shaping metropolitan areas. Readings, simulations, outside speakers and
walking research field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211
or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 485
Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology,
tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries.
(Prereq.: two courses in Sociology including SOC 121 or consent of
Sociology 239
SOC 498
Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, supplemented by
traditional college resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 and/or consent of
instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SOC 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
SOC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
SOC 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
SOC 499
Independent StudyfResearch
See description on page 79. (Prereq.: SOC 121, consent of instructor and
Department Chair. Fall, Interim, Spring)
SPANISH
See listing under Modem Languages.
O
_
ur quality of life, both personally
and profes~ional~y,
depends in large part
>
m
e
quality
of
our communication. A
-communication major at Augsburg is
designed to enhance understanding of
communication in a variety of contexts and
to improve communication skills.
Since communication careers demand
a broad educationa1background, the
Department strongly encourages a second
major or two minors in fields such as
business, economics, English, history,
international relations, political science,
psychology, religon, social work or
sociology.
The Augsburg Communication major
focuses on competency in both speech and
writing, as well as effective use of media.
Since the study and practice of communication is grounded in both the humanities
and the social sciences, majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as
aesthetics, ethics, philosophy, logic,
literature, statistics and research methods
in their programs.
Prospective majors should meet with
a Departmental Adviser as early as possible to design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts
Faculty
James Hayes (Chair),Deborah Bart, Julie
Bolton, Michael Burden, Anne Holmquest,
Martha Johnson, David Lapakko
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Communication Major
12 courses overall - seven required
core courses and five courses within one of
three emphases. For transfer students, at
least six of these 12 courses must be Upper
Division courses offered at Augsburg.
Required of all Communication majors:
SPC 111 Public Speaking
or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
SPC 188 Forensics Practicum
(non-credit)
SPC 351 Argumentation
SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
POL 342 Mass Communication in Socieg
One of the following: ENG 223,225,226,
227.
Rhetoric Emphasis
Five additional electives from the
following: SPC 329,343,345,347,399,495,
499; THR 350,360; LIN 311; PHI 230; PSY
325,371; SOC 362,375.
Organizational Communication
Emphasis
Five additional eIectives from the
following: SPC 329,345,399,495,499; ART
132,225,330; SPC 329,345; BUS 340,355 or
357,450; CSC 160; PSY 325,371,373; SOC
265,349,375.
Mass Communication Emphasis
Five electives from the following: SPC
343,347,348,399,495,499; ART 132,225,
330; ENG 226,241,327,347; POL 375; THR
232,325,350,360.
For All Three Emphases
Majors must participate in Augsburg's
Interscholastic Forensics Program by
attending at least two interscholastic
speech tournaments. Registering for and
completing SPC 188 (Forensics Practicum)
is required to document participation.
Students should be aware that the toumament season is essentially from October
through mid-March, and should plan
schedules accordingly.
All majors should plan to include at
least one Internship (SPC 399) as one of
their electives.
Students may petition the Department
to include as part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed
above. Such requests must be submitted in
writing to the Departmental Adviser for
prior approval. Also, students may petition
to include up to three courses from other
ACTC schools as electives, with prior
approval of the adviser or Department
chair.
Honors Major
The Honors major is designed to
encourage overall excellence as well as
outstanding achievement on a specific
project of special interest to the student.
Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in
the major and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as
part of their major program, complete a
substantial independent project of honors
quality (SPC 499 registration).Honors
candidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to their senior year to
develop a proposal for the honors project.
Communication Minor
Six courses including:
SPC 111 Public Speaking
or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
POL 342 Mass Communication In
Society
SPC 351 Argumentation
or SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
or SPC 355 Small Group
Communication
ENG 223,225,226 or 227
Note: For transfer students, at least
three of these six courses must be Upper
Division courses offered at Augsburg.
Prospective minors must obtain prior
approval from a Communication faculty
adviser.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
SPC 111
Public Speaking
The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience
analysis, style, listening, and overcoming speech fright. (Note: Students
may take either SPC 111and 112 for credit, but not both. Fall, Spring)
SPC 112
Contest Public Speaking
Theory and practice of speaking in formal contest situations. Students
must attend three interscholastic speech tournaments in at least two of the
following: informative speaking, persuasive speaking, Lincoln-Douglas
debate, speaking to entertain and/or communication analysis. (Note:
Students may take either SPC 111or 112 for credit, but not both. Fall)
SPC 188
Forensics Practicum
A non-credit experience in forensics. Students must attend two interscholastic forensics tournaments between October and March. (Fall, Spring)
SPC 329
Intercultural Communication
This course explores cultural differences and their implications for
communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction,
and code systems. (Fall: alternate years)
SPC 343
Broadcast Production I
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept
development, script-writing, directing and producing for video. (Fall)
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on
topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, management styles,
motivation of employees, organizational culture, effective use of meetings
and sources of communication problems. (Fall: alternate years)
SPC 347
Documentary Video
A video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with
hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
SPC 348
Broadcast Production II
This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis
on post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create
and produce a one-hour magazine format news program. (Prereq.: SPC
343 or 347)
SPC 351
Argumentation
Develops critical thinking skills by study of the theory and practice of
argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and
analyze public arguments that confront students in their everyday lives.
SPC 352
Persuasion
Examination of the process of influence in a variety of social contexts,
paying special attention to the psychological aspects of persuasion.
(Spring)
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to
overcome communication barriers. (Fall, Spring)
SPC 355
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on decision
making, leadership styles and conflict management. (Spring)
SPC 495
Communication Topics
Selected topics in communication with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
Internships and Independent Study Courses (see descriptions on page 79):
SPC 199
Internship
SPC 299
Directed Study
SPC 399
Internship
SPC 499
Independent Study/Research
See Department listings for the following approved electives:
ART 132
Photography
ENG 347
Quantitative Journalism
ART 225
Communication Design I
LIN 311
ART 330
Communication Design II
Theories o f Grammar
(see Modern Languages)
BUS 340
Human Resource
Management
PHI 230
Logic
POL 342
Marketing
Communications
Mass Communication i n
Society
POL 375
Media Law
BUS 357
Advertising
PSY 325
Social Behavior
BUS 450
Marketing Management
PSY 371
Psychology of Gender
CSC 160
Introduction t o Computer
Science and Communications
PSY 373
Industrial/Organizational
Psychology
SOC 265
ENG 226
Introduction t o Creative
Writing
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender
and Race
SOC 362
Statistical Analysis
ENG 241
Introduction t o Cinema
Art
SOC 375
Social Psychology
BUS 355
T
he study of theatre is essential to a
liberal arts education in that theatre is a
way to experience, experiment and
integrate knowledge from many disciplines, such as: art, music, history, philosophy, religion and literature. For this reason
we offer liberal arts connections through
cross disciplinary and interdisciplinary
courses. As well, we offer a solid base in
classical, modem and contemporary
theatre while incorporating non-Western
and nontraditional theatre to support our
commitment to the multicultural experience.
At Augsburg we seek to create every
opportunity for students to grow as human
beings by encouraging connections
between theory and application through
course study, production work and the
Artist Series. Theatre productions are
created as unique learning laboratories in
creative collaboration with faculty and
artists-in-residence. Augsburg is an ideal
place to study theatre as it is located in a
major theatre center. Students expand their
knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but by working with numerous local
theatre artists and professional theatre
companies.
Augsburg theatre students participate
in all aspects of theatre production, while
learning skills such as creative problem
solving, critical thinking, collaboration,
public relations, leadership and articulation
of ideas both verbally and visually that
translate to a variety of careers. We help
prepare students to enter graduate school,
law school, semina~y,education, business
and various communication fields including professional theatre, television, film
and journalism.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Theatre Arts Major
10 courses including:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 232 Acting
THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism I1
THR 366 Stage Direction I
Three of the following:
THR 116 Creative Drama
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and Asian
American Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 350 Voice and Diction
THR 360 Interpretive Reading
THR 365 Advanced Acting
THR 399 Internship
or THR 499 Independent Study in
Theatre
Ten production units in three or more
of the following areas: performance (3
required), artistic (1 required), and
production (4 required).
Unless you are a transfer student, all
core courses must be taken at Augsburg,
therefore, careful, early planning is
required.
Freshmen planning to major in theatre
arts should b e p with courses THR 116,
222,232; sophomores: THR 228,245,361,
362; juniors: THR 325,328,350,360,361,
365; seniors THR 365,366.
Please Note: Several courses are offered
alternate years only. Thirteen theatre
courses are allowed toward graduation.
A capstone course, such as an internship, is encouraged,but not required. THR
226 Movement is recommended.
Majors must participate in two out of
hree dramatic productions every year.
itudents must maintain an overall 2.0 GPA
o have major participation in productions.
ionors Major
Designed to encourage overall excelence as well as outstanding achievement
)n a specific project of special interest to
he student. Honors majors must maintain
1 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA
werall and, as part of their major program,
momplete a substantial independent project
)f honors quality (THR 499). Honors
mandidates should meet with their Departnental Adviser prior to their senior year to
levelop a proposal for the honors project.
Transfers: Transfer students are
equired to take three Augsburg Upper
Iivision theatre arts courses.
rheatre Arts Minor
;ive courses including:
:HR 222 Introduction to Theatre
:HR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
or THR 328 Theatrical Design
:HR 232 Acting
:HR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
or THR 362 Theatre History
Criticism I1
X R 366 Stage Direction 1
;ive production units in the following
reas: performance (2 required), artistic (1
equired), and production (2 required).
Theatre Arts
Theatre History and Criticism Dramaturgy
Minor
Five courses:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1
A directed studies course in dramaturgy or
theatre criticism or theatre history
Teaching Licensure Major
Students interested in the Theatre
Teaching Licensure major should consult
with the Theatre Department faculty for
course requirements. Students should also
consult with the Augsburg Education
Department to identify current Minnesota
teacher license requirements.
245
*fi
Theatre Arts
THR 116
THR 222
Creative Drama
A study of theatrical movement, mime, mask, acting with an emphasis on
active participation and reflective writing. (Fall)
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists;
dramatic structure, principles; basic concepts and techniques of the play
production process. Students attend and review stage productions. (Fall)
THR 228
Introduction to Stagecraft
Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts,
magic and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and
theatre tours. Open to all students. Lab required. (Fall)
THR 232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and
emotional preparation and exploration of the creative approach to scene
and character study in American drama. Students attend and review live
productions. (Spring)
TH R 245
Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre
A survey of the theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories and plays
of traditional Asia and Asian American cultures. The course includes
lectures, films, videos and demonstrationsby visiting performers. (Fall:
alternate years)
THR 325lENG 325 Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film.
Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script
analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to
finished product. (Prereq.:ENG 111and one literature course. ENG 226
also recommended. Fall: alternate years)
THR 328
Theatrical Design
Introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student
will execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. Class
will take theatre tours, have visiting designers and practical involvement
with the Augsburg spring production. (Lab required, materials needed.
Prereq.: permission of instructor. Spring)
THR 350
Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement,
relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics
and the vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral
projects, reports and papers, voice tapes and individual coaching. ( F a
alternate years)
THR 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poetry and drama. Study,
discuss, practice and perfom readings in prose, poetry and drama before
Theatre Arts
-HR 361
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the
classical Greek through the Medieval period. Reading of several plays and
attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken
sequentiallywith THR 362. (Fall or Spring)
'HR 362
Theatre History and Criticism II
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the
Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays
and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be
taken sequentiallywith THR 361. (Fall or Spring)
'HR 365
Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character
analysis and extensive scene, monologue study. Emphasis is on a variety
of roles from the classics (Shakespeare,French neoclassicism, restoration
comedy, realism and non-realism), culminating in public recital. (Prereq.:
THR 222 and THR 232. Spring or Fall)
'HR 366
Stage Direction I
Basic directorial techniques: play analysis, production organization,
technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking and characterization.
Direction of two pieces required, the latter for public recital. Permission
from instructor required. (Prereq.; THR 361, THR 362, THR 328. Spring)
'HR 495
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
rztemships and Independent Study Courses:
'HR 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
'HR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
'HR 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
'HR 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
247
See listing under Speech, Communications
and Theatre Arts.
See Metro-Urban Studies listing under
InterdisciplinaryStudies.
T
he program in Women's Studies
provides students with the opportunity to
examine critically women's contributions
and experiences in various historical and
cultural contexts. This is an inter-college
program with course offerings at Augsburg
College, Hamline University, the College of
St. Catherine and the University of St.
Thomas. Courses are drawn from many
disciplines and combine theoretical,
practical and research components that
focus not only on gender, but also acknowledge that race, class and sexual identity are
crucial aspects of women's experiences.
The Women's Studies Program offers
both a major and a minor, and provides
students with academic preparation for
careers in human services, education, and
social work as well as graduate study.
Women's Studies Faculty
Lynne Lorenzen (Coordinator),Kristin M.
Anderson, Maria Brown, Jacqueline
DeVries, Grace B. Dyrud, Milda Hedblom,
...
. - . . + . . . - .
. - . . . ..
Beverly J. Nilsson, Norma Noonan, Randi
Quanbeck, Nancy K. Steblay, Beverly J.
Stratton
Major
Ten courses which must include WST
201 Foundations in Women's Studies, WS'
495 (Seminar), and WST 199 or WST 399
(Internships).The remaining seven
electives are to be selected from approved
Women's Studies courses. At least three
courses must be Upper Division courses.
Students may take courses at any of the
colleges participating in the Women's
Studies Program. However, at least three
courses must be completed at Augsburg.
The writing component of the Graduation
Skills Requirements for the Women's
Studies major must also be completed at
Augsburg. Each student's program must
have the written approval of the Women':
Studies Program Coordinator.
Women's Studies
Minor
F~~~courses which must include WST
201; three electives, one of which must be
Upper Division; and WST 495 or 499.
Courses may be taken from the other
WST 201
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each
student's program must have the written
the
Studies
Coordinator.
Foundations in Women's Studies
This multidisciplinary course introduces students to the contributions of
women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences and the arts,
and how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when
seen from women's perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of
women's experiences in terms of race, sexual orientations and class.
INS 233
Women: A Cross Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women
in non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social
contributions, familial roles, and status in society. Emphasis will be placed
on the comparative roles of women in different cultures.
WST 265
Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from
women's journals, speeches, literature and other aesthetic creations, the
class analyzes the position of women in American culture. Emphasis will
be placed on the perspectives of women of minority groups.
WST 281
Topics in Women's Studies
INS 31 1
The Development Process
(See International Studies, Women and Development.)
INS 320
American Indian Women
(See American Indian Studies for course description.)
WST 325
African American Women: Social, Historical and Creative Perspectives
This course examines the historical roots of African American women
from Africa to locations in the United States and other parts of the African
Diaspora. The effects of slavery and its resulting effect on African women
are examined, as well as past and current contributionsby African
American women.
WST 350
Quest for Identity: German-JewishWomen Writers in Exile
This course will explore and identify issues of personal and community
identity for German-Jewishwriters in exile during WWII. Each work
represents a strategy for survival and provides insight into the author's
muse.
249
*zWomen's Studies
WST 481
Topics i n Women's Studies
WST 495
Women's Studies Seminar
This advanced course will include student research and presentations that
incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and
minors who do not elect to do an Independent Study (499). It is offered at
a different college each year.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
A n y must be approved in writing by Women Studies Program Coordinator.
WST 199
lnternship
See description on page 79.
WST 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
WST 399
lnternship
See description on page 79.
WST 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 79.
See department listingsfor descriptions of the following approved electives:
ART 352
Women and Art
ENC 282 or 482 Topics i n Literature: Women and Fiction
HIS 311
Topics i n Women's History
HIS 380
History of Women in the West t o 1870
HIS 381
History of Women in the West Since 1870
POL 421
Topics i n American Politics
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
PSY 371
Psychology of Gender
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
Chair
Barbara C. Gage
Vice Chair
Raymond A. Grinde
Secretary
Inez M. Schwarzkopf
Treasurer
David L. Swanson
The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. An asterisk before a
name indicates the person is an Augsburg graduate.
Dr. Charles S. Anderson
The Rev. Roger C. Eigenfeld (2000)
Ms. Barbara C. Gage (1998)
*Mr. Raymond A. Grinde (1996)
Ms. Carolyn T. Groves (1996)
Mr. Thomas K. Guelzow (1998)
Mr. Norman R. Hagfors (2001)
Mr. James E. Haglund (2000)
Ms. Beverly J. Thompson Hatlen (1999)
Mr. Allen A. Housh (2001)
President, Augsburg College, Minneapolis,
Minn.
Senior Pastor, St. Andrew's Lutheran Church,
Mahtomedi, Minn.
Vice President, Gage Marketing Group,
Plymouth, Minn.
Retired businessman, Roseville, Minn.
Administrator, S.J.Groves & Sons Company,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Guelzow & Senteney, Ltd., Eau Claire, Wis.
President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
President/Owner, Central Container
Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn.
Homemaker, Apple Valley, Minn.
President, A.A. Housh and Associates, Edina,
h.
*Dr. George 0 . Johnson (1996)
Associate Professor and Division Head,
Health ServicesAdministration, University of
Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn.
*Dr. Ruth E. Johnson (2000)
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Director of
Mayo Breast Clinic, Rochester, Minn.
T h e Hon. LaJune Thomas Lange, J.D. (2001) Judge, Hennepin County Government Center,
Minneapolis, Minn.
T h e Rev. Maynard L. Nelson (1996)
Retired Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran
Church, Minneapolis, Minn.
Mr. Richard A. Norling (1998)
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Fairview Hospital and Healthcare Services,
Minneapolis, Minn.
*Mr. Glen E. Person (1999)
Retired businessman, Eden Prairie, Minn.
*Mr. Harvey M. Peterson (1996)
President, Catco Company, St. Pad, Minn.
Mr. Wayne G. Popham (2000)
Senior Attorney, Popham, Haik, Schnobrich &
Kaufman, Minneapolis, Minn.
Board of Regents
Mr. Curtis A. Sampson (2001)
*Ms. Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1998)
Mr. Glen J. Skovholt (2000)
*Ms.Gladys I. Strornmen (1996)
Mr. Leland N. Sundet (1998)
Mr. David L. Swanson (1996)
*Ms. Jean M. Taylor (2000)
Mr. Michael W. Thompson (2001)
Ms. Pamela L. Tibbetts (2000)
Ms. Kathryn H. Tunheim (1998)
*Mr. William A. Urseth (1998)
*Ms.Joan L. Volz (2000)
flo wiger, Ph.D. (2001)
Ms. May Ka-Yee Yue (2000)
President and Chief Executive Officer,
CommunicationSystems, Hector, Minn.
Assistant Vice President, Mission Investment
Fund - ELCA, St. Paul, Minn.
Vice President, Government and Community
Affairs, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Homemaker, St. Paul, Minn.
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Sundet
Companies, Eden Prairie, Minn.
Retired businessman, Minneapolis, Minn.
Vice President of Development, Taylor
Corporation, Eagan, Minn.
Realtor, Edina Realty, Inc., Edina, Minn.
Senior Vice President and Administrator,
Fairview Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn.
Principal and President, Tunheim Santrizos
Co., Minneapolis, Minn.
C h a i i a n and Chief Executive Officer,
Upland Global Corp., Minneapolis, Minn.
Attorney, U.S. West Communications, Vice
President and General Manager, Interconnect,
Denver, Colo.
Associate Professor of Ethnic Studies, Metro
State University, Minneapolis, Minn.
President, Financial Services Associates, Inc.,
Edina, Minn.
IN AMERICA
(ELCA)
Chair
Executive Director
Dr. Mary Ann Shealy
The Rev. W. Robert Sorensen
Secretary
Assistant Director for Finance
Kathryn A. Swanson
Sue Rothrneyer
Vice-Chair
Director for Colleges and Universities
Gladystine B. Hodge
Mr. James M. Unglaube
Asst. Dir. for Colleges and Universities
E3
Begnning year of service is indicated with parentheses.
Officers of the College
Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New
York.
Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College,
Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Michael D. Ranum (1988). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.A., Concordia
College; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Gregory H. Ritter (1988). Vice President for Institutional Advancement. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.Div., United Theological Seminary.
William R. Rosser (1986). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A.,
Taylor University; M.S., University of Kentucky.
Richard J. Thoni (1972). Vice President for Enrollment Management. B.A., St. Olaf College;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
A
Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Duane L. Addison (1994). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University.
Michael L. Agin (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Beloit College; M.A., Loyola
University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Virginia P. Allery (1993). Associate Professor of Education. Director of American Indian
Studies Minor. Co-director of the Center for Global Education. B.S., Viterbo College;
M.S., Eastern Montana College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Earl R. Alton (1960).Associate Dean of Academic Affairs. Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Brian R. Ammann (1988). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. Men's Basketball
Coach. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., North Dakota State University.
Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College;
M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984).Assistant Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Lisa Carney Anderson (1995). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University; M.S., Wright State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Trudi J. Anderson (1990). Studio Artist/Flute, part-time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College;
M.M., Northwestern University.
Andrew L. Aoki (1988). Associate Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Augsburg College Faculty 255
David B. Apolloni (1989). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.Div., Luther-Northwestem Seminar; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Teri L. Aslakson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Mark Attridge (1991). B.A., University of Minnesota - Duluth; M.A., University of
Wisconsin - Milwaukee; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Salah Ayari (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. Maitrise Combinee de
Langues, Institut Bourguiba des Langues Vivantes, Tunis; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time, Music. B.M., University of
Michigan.
Deborah L. Bart (1981). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary Ann Bayless (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Aroti G . Bayman (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., University of Edinburgh.
Marilyn D. Bennett (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., Pomona
College; Registered Physical Therapy, Children's Hospital of Los Angeles School of
Physical Therapy; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Fohn E. Benson (1963).Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Anthony A. Bibus, I11 (1992). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St.
Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Blinde (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Nebraska.
Vernon M. Bloom (1965). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
leanne M. Boeh (1990).Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Illinois.
Lynn Allen Bollman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Northem Colorado; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
lulie H. Bolton (1976). Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.S., M.F.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Maria L. Brown (1980). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Laine Bryce (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time, Music. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1981).Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., M.S., University of
Wisconsin-Madison.
Michael R. Burden (1990).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
*2Augsburg College Faculty
Janelle M. Bussert (1994). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale
University.
C
William C. Capman (1994). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., University of Illinois Chicago; Ph.D., University of Ilhois - Champaign-Urbana.
John J. Carroll (1995). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., William and Mary's; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin - Madison.
Jonathan P. Case (1995). Instructor, part-time, Religion. A.A., Central College; B.A., M.A.,
Southern Nazarene University; M.Div., Nazarene Theological Seminary; Th.D., Luther
Seminary.
John C. Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Margaret M. (Peggy) Cemto (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/
Accounting/MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Steven D. Chapman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Hamline University.
Mary Knop Chelberg (1992). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., University of Illinois,
Urbana-Champaign; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael G . Chovanec (1995). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., M.S.W., University
of Wisconsin-Milwaukee; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Tara Christopherson (1992). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Rosalie V. Clark (1979). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Candyce L. Clayton (1990). Instructor, part-time, English.
Elaine R. Cline (1990). Library Director. B.A., College of William and Mary; M.L.S.,
University of Michigan.
Joseph R. Clubb (1994). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., St. John's University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor, part-time, Sociology, Institutional Research
Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Joan L. Conners (1996). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., M.A., Marquette
University; A.B.D., University of Minnesota.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University;
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Larry J. Crockett (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran
University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty
D
Cathleen A. (Cass) Dalglish (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, English. B.A., College of
St. Catherine; M.F.A., Vermont College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Pauline Brunette Danforth (1996). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Bernidji State
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Linda M. Davis (1996). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., Michigan State University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jill A. Dawe (1994). Assistant Professor. B.Mus., Memorial University of Newfoundland;
M.M. and D.M.A., Eastman School of Music.
Mary E. Dean (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accomting/MIS.
B.A., University of Massachusetts; J.D., Suffolk University; M.L.T., Georgetown
University.
Mark E. Deming (1996). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College.
Jacqueline R. DeVries (1994). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., CaIvin College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana.
Steven G . Dixon (1994). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., Utah State University; M.L.S.,
University of Arizona.
Bridget A. Doak (1996). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Dayton; M.A.,
Saint Mary's University.
Suzanne I. Dorke (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Delaware;
M.A., University of Wisconsin.
Susan Sacquifne Druck (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., Iowa State
University; M.A., University of Iowa.
Francoise M. duRivage (1993). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Universite
de Bordeaux 1.1;M.A., Universite de Paris IV (Sorbonne); M.A., Ph.D., Duke University.
Linda D. Dyer (1995). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Bridgewater State College;
M.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
E
Blanca-Rosa Egas (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. M.P.H., University of Minnesota; Lic.Ed., M.D., University of Guayaquil, Ecuador.
Mary G . Endorf (1986). Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. B.A., Hamline University;
M.S., SUNY - Cortland; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor, Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.Ed., University of
Minnesota.
Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., University of St.
Thomas; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
*zAugsburg College Faculty
Kenneth N. Erickson (1964).Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Lynn M. Erickson (1991).Studio htist/Tnunpet, part-time, Music. B.A., Bethel College;
M.F.A., D.M.A., University of Minnesota.
F
Heidi M. Farrell(1995).Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Thomas J. Feldstein (1995).Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.S., University of Minnesota; Phm.D., University of Minnesota.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972).Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lucie K. Ferrell(1992).Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S., College of St. Catherine; M.N.,
University of California-Los Angeles, Ph.D., Adelphi University.
Anita L. Fisher (1991).Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., University of
Montana.
Phillip F. Fishman (1988).Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University
of Wisconsin-Madison; J.D., Washgton University; M.S.W., St. Louis University.
Ann C. Fleener (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980).Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, Women's
Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Bruce D. Forbes (1990).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Morningside College; M.Th.,
Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Karen B. Franzmeier (1993).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Concordia College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert P. Friederichsen (1971).Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel College;
M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969).Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
C
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963).Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College, D.M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
George M. Gaetano (1993).Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Jeny Gerasimo (1971).Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Richard A. Germundsen (1987).Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.A., American University; Cand. Mag.,Universitet i Bergen, Norway;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert J. Geroux (1996).Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Gonzaga University;
Augsburg College Faculty 259
Jennifer L. Gerth (Loubriel) (1994).Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf
College; M.M., Northwestern University.
Patricia K. Gladchild (1995). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., M.A., A.B.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Joseph Michael Gonzalez-Campoy (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant
Studies. B.A., Macalester College; M.D., Ph.D., Mayo Medical School and Mayo
Graduate School.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Instructor, Health & Physical Education. Men's Athletic Director.
B.S., Concordia of Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Karen M. Graves (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Cloud State University;
M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Nansee L. Greeley (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Amherst College; M.A.,
Ph.D., Brown University.
William D. Green (1991). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Richard A. Gresczyk (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Joan L. Griffin (1986). Associate Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A.,
Ph.D., Harvard University.
Nancy J. Grundahl(1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; M.F.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Nancy G. Guilbeault (1988). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education, Director
of Counseling. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Konrad E. Gunderson (1994). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.A., Luther College; MS., University of Wisconsin-Madison; Ph.D., University of
Nebraska-Lincoln.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics. B.S., MS., Agra University, India; M.S.,
Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961).Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Abo El-Yazeed T. Habib (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS. Master of Accounting, Cairo University, Egypt; M.A., Mankato State
University; Ph.D., University of North Texas.
Panduleni S. Hailonga (1993). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Namibia.
B.S., Windhoek College of Nurses; M.S., Leeds Metropolitan University, United
Kingdom.
260
-
Augsburg College Faculty
Roxanne Hale (1991). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., University of the
Paclfic; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Anthony R. Hansen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; MS., Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Daniel S. Hanson (1988).Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Dolores V. Hanson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
B.S., Moorhead State University.
John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Eau
Claire; MS., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh;
Ph.D., University of Toledo.
M. Anaam Hashmi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.E., N.E.D., University of Engineering & Technology, Karachi, India; M.B.A, Ball
State University; D.B.A., Kent State University.
Emily L. Hause (1995). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University.
James T. Hayes (1991). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.S.E., M.S., Emporia State University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Robert G. Hazen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College; B.S.,
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971).Professor of Political Science, Director of Canadian Studies
Program. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., J.D., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Peter A. Hendrickson (1994).Assistant Professor and Director of Choral Activities. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A. Columbia University; D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music.
Robert S. Herforth (1967). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Alice L. Hermann (1993). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Central America.
B.S., University of Nebraska; M.A., Kent State University.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology, Director of Experiential Education, Director
of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A.,
University of Iowa.
Paul L. Holmer (1986).Distinguished Visiting Professor, part-time, Philosophy. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Yale University.
Anne M. Holmquest (1991).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts. B.F.A., Drake University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holt (1981). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
Marilyn N. Horowitz (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988).Studio Artist/Violin and Viola, part-time, Music. B.M.,
TnAiana T T n i x r n r c i h r
Augsburg College Faculty 261
Kenneth B. Huber (1989). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., Indiana
University.
David Hudson (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Susan A. Hyman (1994). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A.W., University of Iowa;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
I
Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa;
M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
J
Lisa E. Jack (1994). Instructor. B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern
California.
W. Pearl Jackson(1995). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Fort Valley State
College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
William H. Jasperson(1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. M.B.A., University of Minnesota. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
David A. Johnson (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.S., University
of Wisconsin-Madison; PA Certification, University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JeffreyE. Johnson(1985). Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., M.S., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Martha B. Johnson(1988). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theater.
Director, East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of WisconsinMadison.
David R. Jones (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.S., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; M.S., University of St. Thomas.
JeffreyF. Judge (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College,
M.A., Middlebury College.
K
Amin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Gerald T. Kaminski (1994). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.S., M.S., Case Western Reserve; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State
University.
JaneA. Kammeman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Manuel E. Kaplan (1995). Medical Director, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. B.S., University of Arizona; M.D., Harvard Medical School.
262
-
Augsburg College Faculty
Robert A. KarlCn (1959). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Tish Keahna (1996). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. J.D., University of
Minnesota.
Martha H. Kelly (1995). Academic Coordinator, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. B.A., Michigan State University; PA Certification, Bowman Gray School of
Medicine.
John W. Kenny (1992). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., John Carroll University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana.
Christopher W. Kimball(1991). Associate Professor of History. B.A., McGill University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., Middlebury College.
Vivian L. Klauber (1996). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
George Washington University; M.A., SUNY - Albany.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Diana I. Kordas (1995). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., SUNY - Buffalo; M.A.,
California State University - Dominguez Hills.
Marilyn A. (Lynn) Kramer (1994). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of
Wisconsin - Madison; M.A., University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee.
Carol F. Kuechler (1994). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Marquette University;
M.S.W., University of Wisconsin-Madison; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Thomas L. Kuhlman (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette University;
M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Diane 0.Kuhlmann (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accomting/
MS. B.A., M.B.T., M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St.
Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Scott E. Kuster (1994). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Namibia. B.A.,
School of International Affairs at George Washington University; M.A., School of
Education at the American University.
L
Steven J. LaFave (1991). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accomting/MIS.
B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University of
Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.A.. Macalester College: M.A.. Ph.D.. Universitv of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 263
Andrew P. Lawson (1992). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Portland State University;
M.Ed., Penn State University.
Patrick R. Leacock (1995). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.A., M.S., University of Minnesota.
Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio Artist/French Horn, part-time, Music. B.A., Potsdam
College of Arts and Science, SUNY; M.M., Northwestern University.
Mark Lester (1995). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Nicaragua. B.A., St. Pius
X Seminary; M.A., Mount St. Mary's Seminary.
Cheryl J. Leuning (1996). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.A., Augustana College; M.S.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Utah.
Terry L. Lewis (1995). Clinical Coordinator, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. B.S., Sienna Heights College; PA Certification, Baylor University.
Lynn E. Lindow (1985). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State University;
M.S. North Dakota State University.
Rosemary J. Link (1986). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of
Southampton; M.Sc., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Victoria M. Littlefield (1992).Assistant Professor of Psychology. Director of Faculty
Development. A.B., University of Michigan-Flint; M.A., Ph.D., Miami University.
Roseann Lloyd (1995). Instructor, part-time, English. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Lori L. Lohman (1990). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
J. Lynne F. Lorenzen (1988).Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa;
M.Div., Luther Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., The Claremont Graduate School.
Kristen Melum Lowe (1996). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art
and Design; M.F.A., School of the Museum of Fine Arts/Tufts University.
Dawn B. Ludwig (1995). Director, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A.,
University of Colorado, Denver; M.S., University of Colorado Health Science Center;
PA Certification, University of Colorado Health Science Center.
Steven P. Lund (1982). Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time, Music. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith
College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ann Lutterman (1993). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Mexico. B.A.,
Earlham College; M. Div., Yale Divinity School.
M
Karen M. Mateer (1984).Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota;
M.A., University of Iowa.
John B. McAllister, 111(1991). Instructor, Global Education. B.A., Bates College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Elena McCollim-Medina (1991). Instructor, Global Education. B.A., University of Califor-
264
-
Augsburg College Faculty
Esther G. McLaughlin (1989).Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of
California-Berkeley.
Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan
University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University.
Patrick Mendis (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.S., University of Sri Lanka, Ceylon; M.A., Hubert H. Humphrey Institute of Public
Affairs; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roberta K. Metzler (1974). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B.Music Ed.,
M.Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Cynthia J. Meyer (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Fekri Meziou (1987). Associate Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., University of Tunis, Tunisia; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ernest Miel (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Minnesota; B.A.,
M.Ed., Macalester College.
Jeannette H. Milgrom (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Christian Social,
Academy, Groningen, Netherlands; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
David M. Miller (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. A.S.S., Nassau Community
College; B.A., M.S., and C.A.S., SUNY - Albany; A.B.D., Temple University.
Kinney G . Misterek (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A.,
University of Tennessee.
William B. Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M.Div.,
Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Thomas F. Morgan (1983). Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.S.,
Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
William D. Moms (1987). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Oakland
University; Ph.D., Camegie-Mellon University.
Garth M. Momsette (1996). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Oregon;
M.S., University of Wyoming.
Joseph E. Myss (1994). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.S., St. Joseph's College; M.B.A., Indiana University.
Patricia A. Murphy (1995). Assistant Professor of Health & Physical Education. B.S., M.S.,
Mankato State University.
N
Sharol A. Nau (1993). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Carleton College; M.F:A., Michigan
State University.
Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990).Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 265
Gordon L. Nelson (1967).Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1968).Professor of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Jack Nelson-Pallmeyer (1984).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.Div.,
Union Theological Seminary.
Catherine C. Nicholl(1973).Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of
Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977).Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966).Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania;
M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
0
Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time, Music. B.A., Hamline University.
Susan E. O'Connor (1994).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.S., Ph.,D., Syracuse University.
Michael E. O'Neal(1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of
Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
William H. Ojala (1995).Instructor, part-time, Chemistry. B.S., College of Great Falls,
Montana; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Wayne Olhoft (1993).Instructor, Business Administration/Accomting/MIS. B.A., Metropolitan State University, St. Paul, Minnesota; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Sandra L. Olmsted (1979).Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen T. Olsen (1992).Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.A., St. Olaf College; MA., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University.
Bettye Olson (1992). Director, College of the Third Age. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Lila J. Olson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Kansas; M.M.,
University of Nebraska.
Vicki B. Olson (1987).Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Jack W. Osberg (1991). Instructor, Health and Physical Education. Head Football Coach.
B.A., Augsburg College.
Paul H. Ousley (1993).Orchestra Director. B.M., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.M.,
Eastman School of Music.
Magdalena M. Paleany-Zapp (1986).Associate Professor of Business Administration/
Accounting/MIS. B.A., M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw,
Poland; Ph.D., Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow, Poland.
266
-
Augsburg College Faculty
Ronald G . Palosaari (1965).Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sharon K. Patten (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W.,
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine L. Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Lone Mountain College.
Curtis Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Fielding Institute.
Richard W. Pearl (1992).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., University of St.
Thomas.
Dale C. Pederson (1992). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Thomas J. Pederson (1995). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., Georgia State University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Paul E. Pender (1985).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accomting/MIS.
B.A., M.B.A., University of Wisconsin.
Rick A. Penning (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M.,
University of Cincinnati.
William S. Perkins (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accomting/
MIS. B.A., University of Detroit.
Curtis C. Peter (1983). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Wartburg College; M.Div.,
Wartburg Theological Seminary.
Noel J. Petit (1984).Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
United Theological Seminary.
Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg (1994). Assistant Professor of Modem Languages. B.A.,
National University, Tehran; M.A., University of Nice; Ph.D., UCLA.
Joyce M. Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Diane L. Pike (1981). Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Sandra L. Powers (1990). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.M., Eastman School of
Music; M.M., Northwestern University.
T. Peter Przytula (1993). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. M.A., University of Lo&,
Poland; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Poznan, Poland.
Q
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg
Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
P=..A:
n..=..LanL
/laan\
T,.C~-.~+~,.
--~-e;...,,
~A,-.A,,-
T
-,m.-n-n
R A
P-..~-..A:..
P-II---.
Augsburg College Faculty 267
R
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State
College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., University of Minnesota.
Margaret A. Reed (1994). Instructor, part-time, Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Mary K. Roberts (1994). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Mount Marty College; M.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
M. Bridget Robinson-Riegler(1994). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., Indiana
University; Ph.D., Purdue University.
Carlos Robles-Cruz (1993). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theater
Arts. Diploma in Theater Arts, Institute Arte Escenico, Mexico City.
Steven W. Roecklein (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Wisconsin State
University; M.S., M.S.W., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Glenda D. Rooney (1992). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S., University of North
Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia L. Rude (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Patricia L. Rustad (1996). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.S., Colorado
State University; MS., University of Colorado.
s
Edward M. Sabella (1967). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Pauline T. Sateren (1974). Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.A., Northwestern
College; M.M.Ed., University of Colorado.
Merlyn E. Satrom (1995). Insb-uctor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary; D.Th., Philipps-Universitat, Marburg/Lahn, Germany.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Adrninistration/Accounting/MIS.
B.S., Iowa State University; MS., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
John S. Schmit (1990). Assistant Professor of English, part-time. B.S., St. John's University;
M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., University of Texas.
Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington.
Janet L. Vatsaas Schubert (1994). Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.A., Augsburg
College; Diplomprme i norsk sprdk og litteratur, University of Oslo.
Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Costume Designer, part-time, Speech, Communication, and
Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., M.F.A, University of Minnesota.
- Augsburg College Faculty
David G . Schwain (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.B.A., University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., Harvard Graduate School of Business.
Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Laura Sewell (1991). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time, Music. B.M., The Juilliard School;
M.M., The Cleveland Institute of Music.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Texas
Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
Timothy J. Shaw (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Mary's
College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Charles M. Sheaffer (1995). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.A., Metropolitan
State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ryan Rae Sheppard (1994).Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., University of Southern California.
Judith E. Shevelev (1993). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Mexico. B.A.,
University of California at Davis; M.A., Columbia University.
Deep Shikha (1991). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Delhi University, India; M.A.,
M.Ph., Delhi School of Economics; Ph.D., Louisiana State University.
Edward R. Skarnulis (1990).Professor of Social Work. B.A., Omaha University; M.S.W.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Gail S. Smogard (1993). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., St. Cloud State College; M.F.A., Southern Methodist University.
Paul M. Sotkiewicz (1995). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., University of Florida;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Roman Soto-Feliu (1993). Assistant Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A.,
Universidad de Concepcion, Chile; Ph.D., The Catholic University of America.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Assistant Professor of Music, Band and Jazz Director. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Clarice A. Staff (1995). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
D.S.W., Columbia University.
John J. Stangl(1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Montana.
John P. Stein (1992). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A.,
University of Illinois.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.S., M.S., Long Island University.
Jean R. Strait (1994).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.S.,
Moorhead State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 269
Dianne L. Strandberg (1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State
University.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., M.A., Boston University;
M.A., D.Th., Luther Seminary.
Grace K. Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., University of Minnesota. (NOTE: one M.A. in English
Literature; one M.A. in Library Science)
Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Gabriela Sweet (1992).Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., State University of
New York, Oneonta.
William Swenson (1989). Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. A.B., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
T
Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A.,
University of Iowa.
Sonja K. Thompson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Minnesota;
M.M., The Juilliard School.
Mark D. Tranvik (1995). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale
University; Th.D., Luther Seminary.
James G . Trelstad-Porter (1993). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Mexico.
B.A., Augustana College; M.A., American University.
Cynthia K. Troy (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of California,
Santa Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
U-v
Rebekah Valdivia (1995).Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.S., Ph.D., Washington State University.
David E. Venne (1992). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
Iowa State University.
Joseph M. Volker (1993).Instructor, part-time, M.A.L. Program. B.A., University of
California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
W-X-Y-z
Anthony R. Wagner (1993). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Ronald F. Walter (1988).Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Donald M. Warren (1980). Instructor, part-time, Introduction to Liberal Arts, Director of
Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Catherine M. Warrick (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Pasadena College;
M.A., University of Southern California; Ph.D., Indiana University - Bloomington.
270
-
Augsburg College Faculty
Charee M. Watters (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounfing/MIS
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Org.L., College of St. Catherine; M.B.A., University of
St. Thomas.
Rita R. Weisbrod (1991). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota; Ph.D., Comell University.
Pamela J.Weiss (1983). Associate Professor, Nursing. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.P.H.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia F. Weiss (1991). Associate Professor, part-time, Education, Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill.
JeanH. Whalen (1995).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary Louise Williams (1984). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Thearhice Williams (1993). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., University of Illinois;
M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Marcus A. Wing (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Moorhead State University;
M.S., Winona State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Maria K. Woroby (1990). Assistant Professor, Librarian, Director of Women's Studies. B.S.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio Artist/Saxophone, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College,
Certificate, L'Academie Intemationale, Nice, France.
Robert D. Wykstra (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accomfing/
MIS. B.A., Calvin College; M.B.A., Westem Michigan University.
Fidel Xinico (1995).Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Guatemala. B.A.,
Francisco Marroquin in Guatemala; M.Div., St. Paul Seminary at the University of St.
Thomas, Minnesota.
William C. Youngblood (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., Indiana University; M.Div., Bethel Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Beth L. Zemsky (1995). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Comell University; M.Ed.,
M.S.W., Washington University.
Stephen Y. Zheng (1990). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., Sichuan University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lyla M. Anderegg, Professor Emerita of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Barbara L. Andersen, Professor Emerita of English, B.A., Northwestern College, M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Dr. Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Margaret J. Anderson, Professor Emerita, Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Dr. Raymond E. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and Theatre.
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina, Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. Magister der Philosophia,
University of Latvia.
Dr. Richard A. Borstad, Professor Emeritus of Health & Physical Ed., B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock, Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Radcliffe
College.
Dr. Ailene Cole, Professor Emerita of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dr. Beverly C. Durkee, Professor Emerita of Mathematics, B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Dr. Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Carleton College, M.M.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Henry G. Follingstad, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.E.E., MS., University of
Minnesota.
Dr. Orloue Gisselquist, Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Dr. Theodore J. Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.E.E., M.S., Polytechnic Institute
of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hemig, Artist-in-Residence Emerita, Music. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Dr. Edwina L. Hertzberg, Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College;
M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dr. JohnR. Holum, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry, B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dr. Irene Khin Khin Jensen,Professor Emerita of History. B.A., Rangoon University,
Burma; M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
*?
Faculty Emeriti
Dr. Einar 0.Johnson,Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Washington.
Dr. James D. Johnson,Professor Emeritus of Music. M.S., Julliard School of Music; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Mary E. "Mimi" Johnson,Professor Emerita of Modem Languages, B.A., Smith College;
M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edwin D. Mickelberg, Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Dr. Mildred K. Mueller, Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., M.A., Central Michigan
University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Dr. Patricia A. Parker, Associate Academic Dean Emerita. B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lauretta E. Pelton, Professor Emerita of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University.
Marianne B. Sander, Dean of Students Emerita. B.A., Valparaiso University, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Dr. Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D.Mus,
Lakeland College.
Marjorie H. Sibley, Professor Emerita, Library. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Dr. Eugene M. Skibbe, Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther
Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Dr. Myles C. Stenshoel, Professor Emeritus of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Dr. Ralph L. Sulemd, Professor Emeritus of Biology, B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Dr. Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Dr. Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Interstate 94 East
College Map Information
1. Admissions Weekday Program Office
2. Air Structure Enhance
November through March
3. American Indian Support and Black Student Affairs
4. Anderson-Nelson Athlefc Field and Seasonal Air Structure
5. Center for Global Educationand InternationalPrograms
6. Christensen Center
7. College Relations
8. East Hall
9. Foos, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama and Communication
10. Husby-SirommenTennis Couds
11. Ice Arena
12. Jeroy C. Carlwn Alumni Center
13. Maintenanceand Grounds Shop
14. MortensenTower
+
15. Murphy Place
Weekend College Admissions and
Graduate Programs Offices
16. Murphy Square
17. Music Hall
18. Nordic Center
19. Old Main
20. Oscar Anderson Hall
21. Quad
22. Science Hall
23. Securily DispatchCenter
24. Shipping and Receiving
25. Si Melby Hall
26. Sverdrup library
27. Sverdrup-Onedal Memorial Hall
Master of Social Work Admissions
28. Urness Tower
29. Youth and Family lnstiie
Parking Lots
A. Admissions Parking
for prospective students and their parents
B. Faculty/StM/Commuter/Resident Parking
C. Faculty/Staff Parking
D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parltmg
E. Commuter Sheet Parking
F. Resident Parking
G. Visitor Parking
H. Riverside Professional BuildingRamp
b~isability
access
-
=
\
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
Directions to Campus
Public Parking
From Minneapolis on 1-94 East Take the Riverside/25th Avenue exit and
turn left on 25th Avenue, turn left on
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue
South.
AU posted Augsburg College faculty/staff/
From St. Paul on 1-94 West Take the Riverside Avenue exit, turn right
at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
From the south on 35W Follow 1-94 signs, take the Riverside/25th
Avenue exit, turn left on 25th Avenue, turn
left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue
South.
From the north on 35W Take the Washington Avenue exit, turn left
on Washington (turns to the right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, turn right at 21st Avenue South.
commuter lots are free and open for use
from 430 p.m. Friday through Sunday
evening. Lots are located on Seventh Street
between 21st and 22nd Avenues and north
of Eighth Street between 24th and 25th
Avenues. Most street parking is four hour
parking, seven days a week. Additional
parking is available in the Riverside Medical
Center ramp, or University of Minnesota
parking lots on the north side of Riverside
Avenue.
.
-
-
.-
-
-
-
I-'
.
'.'I
--
About Augsburg 9,251
Academic Advising Center 48
Academic Affairs 6,59
Academic Calendar 4,5,46
Academic Information 46
Academic Internships 56
Academic Policies and Procedures 59
Academic Progress, Probation and
Dismissal 73
Academic Skills Enrichment 38
Accessibility 16
Accounting 90,95-97
Accreditation and Memberships 10,14,16
Activities 36
Admissions 18-20
Administrative Officers of the College 254
Advanced Placement Program Test (AP)72
Afrikana Support Program 40
Air Structure 37
Alumni Center 12
American Lndian Studies 39,149-150
American Lndian Support Program 39
Anderson Hall 12,43
Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field 12
Anishinabe Library Project 39
Annex Houses 13
Application Procedures 18,26
Art 80-84
Art History 81,83
Asian American Support Program 40
Asian Studies 110-111
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL)
Program 71
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) 52
Associated Support Organizations 13
Athletic Affiliation 16
Athletics 37
Audio-Visual Services 47
Audit Fee 22
Auditing Courses 71
Augsburg Echo 37
Augsburg Youth and Family Institute 14
Augsburgian, The 37
Biology 85-89
Board of Regents 252-253
Books and Supplies 23
Business Administration 90-94
Business Administration and
Economics 92
Calendar 4,5,46
Campus Location 11,16,273-274
Campus Map 273-274
Campus Ministry 36
Campus Tours 18
Canadian Program 58
Career Services 40
Center for Global Education 12,54,156
Center for Global Education Courses 157160
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student
Services (CLASS) 38
Chemistry 101-105
Chinese 170
Choir 37,190
Christensen Center 12
Class Confirmation 59
Class Schedule 78
Classification (Class Year) 71
Coaching Endorsement 139
College Costs 1996-'97 22
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) 72
College of the Third Age 59
College Relations 6,12
Commencement 74
Commons 43
Communication 240-243
Community and Public Service
Scholarships 28
Community Internships in Latin America
55-56,162-163
Community Service-Leaming 56,57
Computational Economics 106-107
Computer Resources 47
Computer Science 106-109
Concert Band 37,190
Continuing Education Program 58
:ooperative Education 56,57
:ounseling 41
:ounseling and Health Promotion 41
:ourse Descriptions 78-250
:redits 78
1
lean's List 74
legrees Offered 8,46,49-50
lepartmental Comprehensive Exams 72
Iepartments and Programs 48,78-250
leposits 19,23,42
)evelopment 6
lirectory 6
lisabled Student Program 38
lismissal 73
Iivisions and Departments 48
lormitories 12,42
Iual Degree Programs 8,50,127
:arly Admission of Freshmen 19
:ast Asian Studies 110-111
:ast European Studies 49,50,227-229
last Hall 12
:cho 37
lconomics 92,112-116
:ducation 117-126
;ducationfor Service 10
:lderhostel 59
ilementary Education 117-120
:mployrnent 29,40
lngineering 127-128
:nglish 129-135
Inglish as a Second Language (ESL)
Program 73
:nglishPlacement Test 130
:nglish-LanguageArts Teaching Major 130
.nrollment 16
: n r o h e n t Deposit 23
Insembles 180,183,190-191
Intry-level Skills 64
,thnicStudies 150
:valuationand Grading 69
.vangelicalLutheran Church in America
(ELCA) 16,253
,xperientialEducation Programs 56-57
xplanation of Grades 69
Index
Facilities and Housing 12,42
Facts and Figures 16
Faculty 46,254-270
Faculty Emeriti 271-272
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
(FERPA) 43,75-76
Federal Work Study Program 30
Fees 22-23
Finance Specialization (Business
Administration) 91
Financial Aid 16,25-30
Financial Policies 24-25
Fine Arts 37
First Year Experience 48,63,136
Fitness Center 41
Food Service 43
Foreign Languages 69,136,169-178
Former Students 20
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama and Communication 12
Four Year Assurance Program 75
French 170-172
Freshman Performance Scholarships 180
Freshmen 18
Full-time Students 22
C
Gage Family Academic Enrichment
Center 38
General Education Curriculum 60-65
General Education Requirements 60-65
General Studies 137
German 169,172-174
Gift Assistance 28
Global Education Center 12,54,156
Global Education Program
Courses 157-160
Grade Point Average 71
Grading 69
Graduate Program Office 59
Graduate Programs 58
Graduation Level Skills 65
Graduation Requirements 60-65
Grants 28
Gymnasium (Si Melby Hall) 13
277
278
-
Index
Health and Physical Education 138-143
Health Promotion 41
Health Service 41
HECUA Courses 161-163
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA) 53,55,161-163
Hispanic/Latino Support Program 40
History 144-148
History of Augsburg College 9
Honors Program 52
Housing 12,22,42
Hoversten Peace Scholarships 27
Language Courses 169-178
Learning Disabilities Program 38
Learning Laboratory 38
Leave of Absence 60
Liberal Arts Perspectives 65-69
Library and Information Technology
Center 13,16,47,52
Lifetime Sports 65
Linguistics 174-175
Loan Assistance 28-29
Location 11,273-274
Lutheran Leader Scholarships 28
Ice Arena 12
Incomplete Grade 70
Independent Studies 79
Information Technology Center 13,16
Inter-InstitutionalPrograms 52
Inter-Race 13
Intercollegiate Athletics 37
InterdisciplinaryStudies 149-154
Interim 46
Interim Abroad 56
Interim Office 59
International Baccalaureate Program (IB)
71
International Business Minor 92
International Business Specialization
(Business Administration) 92
International Programs 42
International Relations 155-156
International Student Services 20
International Students 42
International Studies 156-163
Internships 55,56-57,78-79
Intertribal Student Union 39
Intramural Athletics 37
Majors and Minors 8,49-50,78-250
Management Information Systems 98-100
Management Specialization (Business
Administration) 91
Maps 273,274
Marketing Specialization (Business
Administration) 91
Master's Degrees 46,58
Math Placement Group (MPG) 64-65
Mathematics 164-168
Mathematics Placement Group (MPG)
Requirements 64-65
Media Center 52
Melby Hall 13
Memberships 14,16
Memorial Hall 13
Merit Scholarships 27
Metro Urban Studies 151-153
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership (MNITTP) 39
Minnesota Minority Education Partnership
(MMEP) 14
Minnesota Work Study Program 30
Minority Studies 149-154
Minors 49-50,78-250
MIS Courses 98-100
Mission Statement 9
Modem Languages 169-178
Mortensen Tower 13,43
Murphy Place 13
Murphy's 43
Music 179-191
Japanese 174
KCMR Radio 37
Music Education 181-182
Music Ensembles 180,183,190
Music Hall 13
Music Performance Major 179-180,182-183
Music Therapy Major 179,180,183,189-190
Vatural Science 192-193
Yo-Credit Grades 69-70
Vordic Area Studies 153-154
Vordic Center 14
Norwegian 175-176
Votification of Admissions Decision 18
Vumber Grades 70
Vumbering of Courses 78
Vursing 194-197
3ff-Campus Programs 16
3fficers of the College 254
3jibwe 169,176
31d Main 13
3rchestra 37
Xentation (FYE) 48,63,136
astfold, Norway Exchange
Program 54,159
Paired Resources in Ministry and
Education (PRIME)Awards 28
?art-Time Students 22
?ass/No Credit 69-70
?astor 36
?ayments 23
?erformance Studies 184
?erformingArts Scholarships 27
?erspective Requirements 65,67-69
?erspectives (Rationale) 66-69
?hilosophy 198-201
?hi Theta Kappa Scholarships 27
?hysical Disabilities Program 38
?hysical Education 138-143
?hysician Assistant Program 202-204
?hysics 205-210
'iano Proficiency Test 185
Index
Policies 14,16,43,75
Political Science 211-216
Portfolio Assessment Program 72,73
Pre-ProfessionalPrograms 50-52
Pre-Registration 59
Prerequisites 78
President's Greeting 2
President's Scholarships 27
Probation 73-74
Psychology 217-221
Refunds 24-25
Regents 252-253
Regents' Scholarships 27
Registration 59-60
Religion 222-226
Religious Affiliation 16
~esidenceLife Program 42-43 (Also See
Housing)
Residence Requirements 63
Room and Board 22
ROTC 53
Russian 176,227-229
Russian, Central and East European
Studies 227-229
Scandinavian Studies 153-154
Scandinavian Urban Studies 55,161
Scholarships 27-28,30-34
School Year 4,5,16
Science Hall 13
Secondary Education 121-125
Service-Learning 57
Sigma Pi Sigma 207
SkiUs Requirements 64-65
Social, Cultural, Recreational Activities 37
Social Studies 230
Social Welfare Minor 232
Social Work 231-235
Society of Physics Students 207
Sociology 236-239
Space Physics 206
Spanish 176-178
279
Index
Special Education 126
Special Interest Housing 43
Special Students (Non-Degree) 20
Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts
240-247
Sponsored Scholarships 30-34
Sports 37
Student Activities 36-37
Student Affairs 38-39
Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) 29
Student/Faculty Ratio 16
Student Government 36
Student Life 36-44
Student Newspaper 37
Student Project for Amity Among Nations
(SPAN) 16
Student Publications 37
Student Rights 36,43,44,78
Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints,
Records 43
Student Teaching Abroad 56,117
Studio Art 80-83
Study Abroad 53-56,156-163
Summer School Office 59
Support Programs 39-40
Sverdrup Library 13
Sverdrup-OftedalMemorial Hall 13
Teaching Licensure 50,117 (Also See
Majors)
Test Scores 18
Theatre Arts 244-247
Transcripts 18
Transfer Scholarships 27
Transfer Students 19-20,61-62,64
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 22-23
Tutor Center 38
Upper hhdwest Association of Intercultural
Education 16
Urban Studies 151-153
Urness Tower 13,43
Veterans 75
Weekend College 57-58
Withdrawal from College 60
Women's Hockey 37
Women's Studies 248-250
Work Study Program 30
Yearbook 37
Youth and Family Institute 14
Youth and Family Ministry Major 222-226
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1989
......................2
Calendar ............................3
About this Catalog ..........3
Introduction
..............................3
Visiting Students .............4
Courses ..............................5
Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1989
......................2
Calendar ............................3
About this Catalog ..........3
Introduction
..............................3
Visiting Students .............4
Courses ..............................5
Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The
College followsa 4-1-4 calendar,with Fall and Spring semestersof approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is
particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ
styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in
places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to
spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they
would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students
can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition
refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students
generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few
Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the
course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing.
Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select.
Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of
which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the
number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer
enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for
graduation).
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as
required by Title IX of the 1972Educational Amendments or Section504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies,
educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192(Memorial 114b)
Interim Calendar 1989
................................................Interim Registration
.............................................................Late Interim Registration
...........................................................................First Day of Interim
October 31-November 4
December 5
January 3
Class I 9 a.m.
Class I1 1p.m.
January 4
January 16
.................................................
Last Day for CanceYAdd
..............................................Last Day for Determining Grading
System with Registrar
January 20 ....................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 27 .....................................................................................
I n t e r Ends
January 31 .....................................Validation of Spring Class Registration
................................................................
Spring Semester Begins
February 1
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning
time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for
Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1: 8 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will
begin at 9 a.m.)
Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a
special convocation on Monday, January 16, at one o-clock.
About this Catalog
The catalog lids courses by departments. Dcpartrnmts arc listcd in
alphahctical order. At Ihc end of the book are listings ;sf other courscs
not offered by Aupburg hut recognized by the collugc for Interim credit.
Furthcr descriptions and informat inn about these courses are availablc in
tlw Intcrim Office, Mcmorial230. Studcnts may also register for one of
the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
Options
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24
international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for
International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed
near the end of this catalog.
Internships - Studcnts electing an internship n~ustprescnt a cnrnplctcd
internship learning contract to t hr In tcrnsliip Officc (Mcrnorial230) no
btcr than Tuesday, Novembcr 22. Cnnlmcl forms ary availablc in thc
same office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lowerdivision 299)
for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students
choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must
be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than
December 5. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the
Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other
4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogsof
these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary
will help students in applyingfor registrationat other schools. Registration
for Interims at the other Twin Cities collegeswill be at Augsburg during the
regular registration period. Most coursestaught during the Interim at other
4-14 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily
be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the
January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home
institutionagrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January
term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board
costs. Other students will be charged $595 for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the
Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the
interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of
$10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
Art
Calligraphy
ART 106-490011306-49002
drawing skills with emgiven to the historical deements of design through
and assignments center
pecial attention given to
cia1 styles. Three original projon quality of work plus
r division students are
historical writing styles
:
er and mat board
Room: Old Main 4
Biology
Ecology of the Southwestern U.S. Deserts
BIO 113-490051313-49006
I
4
,
I
.;
Instructor: Neal Thorpe
Thiscourse willbegin with a considerationof the general characteristics of the four desertson the North Arnerian continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona and
California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will
include the p l ~siu raphy of dcwrL andsca s, desert climates,
nd animal life, and
mils, the
survival mec
ra a
a. Studies will be
conducted in southern Arizona and California, including the Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe CactusNational Monument,Joshua TreeNational Monument, Death Valley, the Grand Canyon, Ihe Boyce Thompson
Arboretum of the University of Arizona, and the Santa Catalina
Mountains. H
diskrk&sknied
'
.
Grades will be based on examinationsand written work. Students
taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and
to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for
upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in
greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that
will be presented orally to the class. Enrollment preference will be
given to biology majors.
I
There will be some class days on campus both before and after the
trip.
.
I
The cost will range from $600 to $750, depending upon enrollment,
and will cover airfare, ground transportation, lodging(camping),
admission fees, and meals. Initial deposit is due by November 4.
Prerequisities: Permission of Instructor; BIO 112 for 313 level
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 214
Viruses: At the Threshold of Life
BIO 116-49003
Instructor: Robert Herforth
Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of life.
genes surrounded by a
n and multiply only as
eeming simplicity, some
mans are caused by vie forms of cancer. This
major discoveries on
of viruses, and their
c will also look at the
viral invasion, at the
drugs, and at some
g AIDS. Grades will
during the course.
Room: Science 213
,
Botany, Birds and Blight
BIO 117-49004
Instructor: Gloria Warner
Thiscourseoffersanopportunity for hands-on experiences in areas
of biology which may not be available to students in their regular
be as exciting and
arn various ways to
plant structure and
tification and Como
2. Studentswil
of Natural Hist
for a week at the Bell Museum
tification and a t
Grades will be based on class participation and exams.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 214
.
Business
Management Simulation Games
BUS 278-49007/37&49008
Instructor: Amin Kader
During this course, students will be grouped into teams to play a
computerized business management exercise. Each team will
control a company which manufactures and sells similarproducts.
Each team will attempt to outperform other teams by selecting
what appears to be the optimal operating strategy. This strategy
will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures,
and selling prices and determining plant and securities investments as well as stockholders dividends.
Studcnts registering for upper division credit will be expected to
have had at Icasi one business course and to be able to apply
1
I
I
business concepts learncd.
The lower division credit is designed for students who are interested in business but who have had no academic business training.
This level will require students to rely on systematicand deductive
analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the
relationship between the various component parts of the business
decision. The lower version of the computerized game will be used
for this group.
Prerequisite: For 378 -BUS 242 or 252,BUS 221 or 331 andECO 112
or permission of instructor
Time: I1
Room: Murpy Square 3
Entrepreneurship
BUS 295.49009
Instructor: John Cerrito
who are not majoring
for starting and running a
small business.
The student will
management
aspcts of small busincss
a business plan for ia
studies.
Business major&ay not take this course for credit.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 3
.
I
Chemistry
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHE 100-49010
Chemistry has beeniinlin~atclya part of liberal education for
centuries. The early sikntists were considcrd to be philosophers
and their societies wcrPp11ilowplzicr I societies. In recent decades
the human seeking of pcxsonal indcpcnduncc has led to chemistry
becoming a part of evcrychy 1i fc fo the point of actual dependence
on chemistry. We live in a korld of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics,
"the pill", food additives aiqdprocessed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chcmical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for lifc cm other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Etnoiions and mental disorders can
often be traced to chemical irnbalancc. The common dragged out,
grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The na turc of a hangover is the result of a complex system
of altered body chemistry. Even lcarhi ng appears to be the result
of chemical reaction to form a "rncrnoly molecule". Most of the
problems we &ce are molecular in na tnrc. What thenbut chemistry
can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world,
and our universe? Come join us as we b k c a molecular look at the
human ct~ndition.
d
This c ' urw will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films
will sdpplcrncni the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will
be u d for evaluation. This course meets a distribution need but
+'
does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: II
Room: Science 315
History of Chemistry
CHE 125-49011
Instructor: Jean C. Kunz
This course seeks
chemistryfrom ancien
science of today. The
on the discovused a few ele11 examine the
I
the powerful modem
sed primarily upon a
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 315
Computer Science
Fortran
CSC 270-49012
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will
expand a student's knowledgeof programming and programming
languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniquesfor using those features. This
course will involve lectures and programming assignments in
FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer language
(e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Time: I
Room: Science 212
I
I
Economics
Welfare Economics
ECO 414-49013
Instructor: Ed Sabella
The course will include basic concepts and propositions, Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; socia1welfare functions; and normative concepts of economic theory.
Grades will be based on examinations and homework projects.
Prerequisites: ECO 313 (or consent of instructor)
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
I
I
Education
C( International Education
EDS 245-49014
Instructor: Richard Germundsen
Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel, and the
proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This
course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possiblecareersininternationaleducation. Specialattention
will be directed toward Scandinavian,Central and South American
models. There will be lectures, discussions and guest speakers.
Student evaluation will be based on quizzes, class participation,
and an investigative project.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of instructor
Time: I1
Room: Library 4
Media Technology
EDE 341-49015
Instructor: JohnBollis
Students will be involved with the psychological and physical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional and
informational technology.
Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included
and each student will leave the class with word processing skills.
Students will survey current software materials for educational
and instructional settings.
This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and secondary
education majors. Grades will be based on projects, papers and
final exam. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education
program in process
Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Foss 170
w
Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten
EDE 37549016
Instructor: Mary Endorf
Thisclassprepares students for the unique experiencesand responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom.
This class will:
A. Focus on a sequence of learning for the kindergarten child.
B. Stresscurriculumdevelopment and instructional systemswhich
are supported by current research and practices in education
settings.
C. Stress key adult/child relationships.
D. Stress process - "how to learn".
E. Share researched based findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans.
F. Recognize continuities and discontinuities in development
(characteristics of the kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction practices.
H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional
programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakers and field trips.
Objectives of the Class: At the completion of this class the student
will be able to identify:
1. Developmental needs of the kindergarten.
2. Discuss the different approaches to kindergarten education and
the theories behind these approaches.
3. Organizea classroom environment to meet the learning needs of
students.
4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching kindergarten
that meets both the students' needs and the teaching style of the
teacher.
Grades will be based on projects, discussionand examination.
is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education
program in process.
Time: I Mondays and Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
Human Relations
EDS 388-49017
Instructor: Mildred Mueller
This class provides a valuable insight into the values, cornrnunication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof
major minority groups in Minnesota. This class is taught from a
perspective of minority group members with interaction from
class members.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom
setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global
society? These and many more questions will be addressed in this
course.
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to
teaching and other profesiional vocations.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education
program in process
Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 21
Student Teaching
EDS 481-49018; EDE 481-49022
EDS 482-49019; EDE 482-49023
EDS 483-49020; EDE 483-49024
EDS 484-49021; EDE 484-49025
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a
school. Grading is P/N only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission
of instructor.
English
The Short Sto y -Elements of Fiction
ENG 240-490271340-49020
Instructor: Kathryn Swanson
fiction? What elements of fiction
What is fiction? What is
should be considered in making an evaluation? In this course,
students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety
of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the
Students are expected to riad the s t h s and novel, participate in
class discussions, write iw analysis
a selected short story,
write an original d~c>rl,itn
ry, and take scvqal quizzes and a final
exam.
I
Students taking th? course for upper division will read an additional novel end@rcyarc a substantial paper/class presentation
based on it.
Prerequisites: Effective Writing
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Re-Visions:
Contemporay British and American Drama (1965- )
ENG 249-49026
Instructor: Douglas E. Green
Who are the new Shakespeares and O'Neills, Shaws and Millers?
Are there any grand new sights and sounds on English and American stages?
This course will encourage students to assess the current state of
British and American theater: the relation to national (and transAtlantic) trends and traditioning; the variety of issues, concerns,
and themes; the diversity among playwrights themselves; the
various modes of production. Readings will be drawn from the
works of playwrightslikeOrton,Stopperd,Shepard,Mamet, Wilson,
Churchill, Norman, Fornes, and others. There will also be some
pairing of current works with "classic" pieces. Depending on
January offerings in the Twin Cities, the class will also attend one
or possibly two productions by contemporary playwrights, for
which there will be a fee. Evaluation will be based on a number of
short papers, class participation, and a comprehensive exam.
Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing) or
consent of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: 11
Room: Music 22
Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore
ENG 355-49029
Instructor: John Mitchell
Feature films, ranging from
Wall, will also be examined
Students will be rebased upon
Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing)
Time: II
Room: Science 123
I
'I
'
I
French
French Literature in Translation
FRE 243-49030
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysisof a common core of varied works we
will strengthen communicationand critical skills, develop cultural
sensitivity,and become acquainted with significant French writers.
Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the
works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group
discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group
work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: II
Room: Old Main 25
German
Introduction to Yiddish
GER 220-49076
Instructor: Don Steinmek
What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler
on the Roof ), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several
other great writers have in common? They were wri tten in Yiddish.
How did expressions like "chuspe," shnook," "klutz," "kitch,"
"schmaltz" and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is
Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this Interim
you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German.
Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests.
Prerequisites: One year of college German or permission of
instructor
Time: I
Room: Old Main 12
Health and Physical Education
IITheonj, Technique and Administrative
Aspects of Coaching Football
7
.L
-1
1 x 1
L
'
HPE 224-49035
I- Instructor: Bill Huns tock
Students will learn the history of the game of football and of the
people who made major advances in the game. Attention will be
given to the organization and administration of a footballprogram
including staffing, player personnel, practice organization and
game day organization. There will be stress on the methods of
teaching individual, group and team skills and on strategies of
offense and defense. Students will practice teaching methods in
actual football practices. There will also be attention given to the
ethics of coaching football.
This course will be taught in conjunction with a 16 day trip to
Australia by the college football varsity for exhibition games and
workshops.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 4
IIRecreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-49032
Instructor: Pam Schreurs
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage
and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts
and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on
participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I1 Monday and Wednesday and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
k d m i n i s t r a t i o n and Supervision of the School Health
Program
HPE 41G49033
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods
and materials in health education with laboratory experience in
classroom and community.
Periodic exams coveringlecture and textbook assignments; written
summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 2
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
"
h i
HPE 45S-49034
/ - Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in
the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on
taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live
aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with five or six other people and will
function as an active crew member.
-
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course.
This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat
handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and
navigation. Sailingwill include cruises to various islandsand cays
in the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain". A
daily ships log will be kept 6y all participants and a final written
exam will be given. P/Ngrading only.
The course will last January5-24. The fee of $2300 includes roundtrip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat
rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day. Final payment is due
October 31.
Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's Athletic
Director
Distribution: Lifetime sports
II Coaching of Basketball
HPE 477-49036
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting
report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
II Coaching of Hockey
HPE 478-49037
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
The theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching
hockey. Evaluation will be on the basis of exams, on-the-ice
coaching techniques and scouting reports.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I Monday through Wednesday and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
Officiating of Basketball
HPE 481-49038
Instructor: Al Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the
game of basketball. There will be practical experienceon the floor.
Students completing the course should be ready for certification by
the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be
based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor.
While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students
have some basketball playing experience.
This is a 1/2 credit course.
Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays.
Room: Melby 202
His tory
Eastward to A m e h : Limited Hospitality
HIS 220-49039
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
Course will focus on Asian immi ation to the United States in the
&&18th m N r y and tLun of
2Olh century. The Chinese,
la-,
K~xemandFill
e x p i a m will receive specialattenti011 ~ ~ o n c l u d wthacompmmt
r
on the changesin the U.S.
Immigration laws in the post-world war I1 period. Students will
study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in,
the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American
economic scene and the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the
end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
Immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to
some Asian immigration.
Content and teaching style: Lectures, class discussions, audiovisuals and reports on the A-Vs. There will be a mid-term and a
final project (a paper-topic to be selected the first week of the term
in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
p
8L
Gandhi and Martin Luther King:
The Images and the Reality
HIS 440-49040
Instructor: Don Gustafson
ies of our century, in-
Grading will be l m d on papers, class participation and a final
exam.
Prerequisites: Sophomore status or above and at least one college
history or political science course.
Time: I1
Room: Foss Seminar
In terdisciplinavy -FXE
The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)is a special
Interim course designed for first year students that will grow out of The
Augsburg Anthology. For the 1989 Interim there will be a single course
with four sections, each taught by a different faculty member. The
course will provide full credit and will satisfy the Urban distribution
requirement. One part of this course will be a series of lectures for the
entire college community.
Measuring the Elusive Ideal:
Realized and Unrealized Dreams
INS 189-49041
Instructors: Larry Crockett, Joan Griffin, Ron Palosaari,
Bruce Reichenbach
What went wrong in Vietnam? Why do serious racial problems
persist in America? Why do so many families have such different
expectations about males and females? Why do so many foreign
countries dislike America?
In this course we will consider these and other issues by a comparison between ancient Athens and modern America, looking for
similarities and differences. Using both ancient and modern texts
we will examine how each nation created an image of itself as a
people dedicated to certain ideals. We will see some ways in which
the ideals were compromised, reinterpreted, or abandoned.
Students will participate in the course through assigned readings,
analysis of films, several short papers or daily journals, and participation in a group project. In addition, a final examination will help
students integrate various aspects of the learning experience.
Prerequisites: Freshman status
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room: Science 123
The Redemocratization Process in South America
INS 219-49074
Instructor: Maria de la Luz Silva
Profesor Maria de la Luz Silva is a Fulbright scholar from Chile
who is spending part of the 1988-89 school year at Augsburg.
In the first part of this course she will focus on the origin and
characteristicsof the authoritarian regimes of Argentina, Uruguay
and Chile. In the second part of the course students will examine
the evolution and transformation within these states and particularly consider the emergence and development of democratic
alternatives. Finally, Professor Silva will analyze Chile as a special
case study of retarded transformation.
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 22
Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work
INS 299-49042
Instructors: Gany Hesser and Lois Olson
Learn from your experience. Discover new ways to learn by
observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences.
The externship is a modified internship consisting of a half-time
placement and active participation in a seminar that meets twice a
week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an
unpaid placement where s/he can obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work.
The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1)to enable
students to observe and experience the relationships between the
worlds of work and the classroom; and 2) to expand the students'
abilities to learn from first hand experience.
Each participant will observe and work approximately20 hours per
week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for approximately two
hours. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/
log and seminarparticipation. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis.
Participants will complete a resume by November 23 and secure a
placement before the end of Fall classes (December 9).
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured
by December 9.
Time: 11
Room: Murphy Square 2
~ ~ c o n o m i cthe
s , Environment and Appropriate Technology
INS 218-49043
Instructor: Tom Morgan
The objective of this course is to help students develop a clearer
sense of the critical importance the physical environment and our
natural resources continue to play in the economic well-being in
our global economy. We will first briefly review historical relationships between the physical environment,technologicalchange and
economic development. We will then develop some basic economic tools which we will use to analyze decisions regarding our
use of the environment in technological and economic develop
ment. Finally we will consider alternative (appropriate) technological applicationsbeingexperimentedwith as potential solutions
to environmental problems. Course material will be presented
through a blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits.
Course grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of
their research into specific environmental/technologicalissue.
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
Mathematics
r( Finite Mathematics
MAT 121-49044
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A study of the finite mathematics models involved in elementary
statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course should provide students with
the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical
and probabilistic information. Class sessions will include lectures,
discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam, and
final exam will be the primary basis for course grades.
Prerequisites: Math placement: Group 111
Time: I
Room: Science 112
Math of Interest
MAT 173-49045
Instructor: Ken Kaminsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more
than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than
men? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance?
Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to
invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant
for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the
mathematics of financial transactions will be covered.
Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and quizzes.
This course should be useful for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careersin finance-related fields.
Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Music
willi
Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-49048
Instructor: Steph Gabrielsen
every day for three hours, and each
Improvisation i
usic m
meetings, using a variety of imstudent
provisational t W es and styles.
Prerequisite: M m ability on a musical instrument or
instructor's p
Distribution:
Music
Time: I
Room: Music 4
'1
n
Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS179-49047
Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Mebler
The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and Munich
served to inspire the building of places of worship in this country;
the orchestras of these cities represent some of the oldest and finest
of their kind; and have been long emulated by our own ensembles.
The original scores of Handelfs "Messiah" in London's British
Museum, the home and paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the
awe-inspiring Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of
our encounte
concert p d o
and visits to
marksare planned. For tho= with a Bpedal interestin music therapy, visits will be made to the Nordoff-RobbinsCentrein England
and hospitals .researching musk and medicine b~ Herdeclce and
Ludmwhefd, West Gemany. The compmhmsive feeof $226
includes travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland
and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and several
cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at the
International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street. This course is
offered on a P/NP basis only.
The History of Jazz
MUS 241-49049
Instructor: David Hawley
The United States Congress has declared jazz a national treasure.
America's improvisational art form has not only influenced the
nature of our
but has also been the
throughout the world.
This course will cxarninb\lt! cyajoti~nof jazz from itsblack secular
roots to the current electr ,dallyinfluenced contemporary idiom.
The characteristicsof sig$can t performers from each period will
be analyzed as well as<-,tileiwlucncc of this art form on artists of
reading assignments will
and selected filmsand video
two written and listening
exams.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I1
Room: Music 2
NOR 111-49050
background in Nonvesin speaking, listening,
Classroom practice
d structures and the
.
Room: Old Main 29
Philosophy
On Dreams
PHI 200-49051
Instructor: Mark Fue
some an-
assignments. Evaluation will be traditional.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Phusics
J
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-49052
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the scienceof meteorology which will provide a working
knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will
be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and
understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included
are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world
events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the
Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory
followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States
visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at
Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and
Gulfport, Mississippi;Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach
and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and
explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the
visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi
River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television
station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites,
and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain
a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be
created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried
on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational
weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the
full range of climates across the US from north to south. Daily
quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be
based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip.
The cost will be approximately $700.
Initial deposit due by October 28.
Prerequisites: High School Algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Library I
Introduction t o Space Science
PHY 320-49053
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course is designed for students in scienceand engineering who
are interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics
required for further study in the field of space science.
The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment
including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper
atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the
solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma
sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling
with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora.
Evaluation will be based on assignments, two exams and a paper.
Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor.
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Pol it
Science
n numerous other
ete conclusions
You will be required to read
presidency, write analytical
the more you should try to read.
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: I
Room: Music 24
E Politics,~ollywoodstyle
POL 328-49075
Instructor: William Morris
This course will examine the impact of American films on U.S.
citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose
principal themes deal with particular political practices and/or
institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracyof these images by
considering the films in light of the scholarly literature and other
information availableon each subject. Close attention will be given
to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemmas of decisionmaking in politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written a n a l p and
evaluations of the political content or ''image" of politics in the
films shownin class. These, plus additionalarticlesandportronaof
books from the social sciencesand other literatureparalleling some
of the films' themes, will serveas the basis for class discussion. The
papers, a test on assigned readings establishing the framework for
the class, and class participation will determine final grades. There
will be a film fee of approximately $10 to cover costs.
Prerequisites: Political Science 121 or 158
Time: I1
Room: Music 23
Difficult Judicial Choices:
How the Courts Reshape Political Institutions
POL 475-49055
Instructor: Phillip F. Fishman
The course is designed for political science and social work students and others who are concerned with institutional operation
and change/reform. Text and actual case-studieswill be employed
to examine the role of the federaljudiciary in: prison reform, mental
health and the right to treatment, equal housing, school busing,
police and immigration policy in the 90s. Course objectives are to
assist the student: 1)to understand the judicial process and how
jrrdg~slnakc policy; 22) tu Ivarn how linbilily i s ~st~ib1ishc.d
i~rid
app~.opriatcrcmtaclics arc' f;ishionrd lor rrdicf; 3 ) b cxplorc tlic
rlynarrtic. r-onfliihtIwIwccn 1l1c f ~ i l ~ r tx-nch
al
nnr.-1 j>ol~tic'rlland
adrninistrdtivc i n s t ~ l itions.
l
'I'l~cinstructor uscs Icct~~re
i111rl hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction.
There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the brief course.
In addition, students will be assigned on-site field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolifan police station, a United States
immigration court and a mental health facility.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing
Time: Tuesday, January 3, 6-9:30 p.m., and each Monday and
Wednesday thereafter
Ro-om: Old Maih 16
Psychology
The Psychology of Law
PSY 335-49056
Instructor: Nancy Steblay
Evaluation will
participation, student research
Re1igion
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-49057
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world.
We will not only examinethe LutheranChurch as it is at the present
time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its develop0years of history. The text by
ment and cultural
Lcct LI r c and class discussion
ss to the Gospel in art,
will deal with cx
music, missions,
theology. Requireper. One text costing
ments will inclu
ascd in class on the second
erim course may be used to
meet religion r e q ~ c r n e n t s )
,
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-49058
onal African culture
will be studied, as well as atgy!' A major section
ses of churches in
South Africa to t
will be lectures
luated on several
toward graduation religion requirements)
Time: 11
Room: Old Main 18
The Bible, Language and Interpretation
REL 445-49059
anguage in the Bible. The
character of language for
es will be based on class
an examination.
course may be used
Social Work
C( Exploring Human Services
SWK 257-49060
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting
a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working
in a professional human service organization or agency; working
and talking with human service professionals and others who
participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs.
This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning.
Studentswill volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an
agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific
small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency
experienceswill be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will
be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 1
Family Violence: Recurring Issue, New Perspectives
sWK330-4906<1
Instructor: Maria rown
Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (StokelyCarmichael)?
Is family violence just a reflection of societfs violent attitudes?
Why DOES familyviolenceoccur,and when, and to whom? Today,
identified violence in families has reached what many professionals consider "epidemic proportions". This course is intended to be
an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including
contributingfactorsandconsequencesfor the familyand the broader
society. Students will research various forms of family violence.
Classroom speakerswill include professionalswho are involved in
current policy-making and program delivery in family violence.
One-half credit ovtion: classroom discussion, readings and the development of an annotated bibliography on area of interest in
family violence.
Full credit ovtion: requires writing and presenting of research on
area of interest in family violence.
Prerequisites: Inko to Psychology, Sociology or Social Work
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
Social Work and Community Services
in Great Britain
SWK 346-49061
7y!-!L
/
- I
Instructor: Rosemary Link
Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern -ancient
in its culture and modern in its social policies. The course explores
social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of
community agencies: formal public, private, and natural helping
networks in a range of urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's culture, we will be invited to English family
homes, meet with social work students, attend theatre performances, and visit historic treasures.
London is the nerve center for the country's resources and we will
begin by visiting some of its foremost community institutions such
as Great Ormond Street Childrensl Hospital and Toynbee Hall
Settlement. With the help of English social work students, we will
unravel the post Second World War commitment to universal
socialpolicies. These policies have established servicesavailable to
all citizensin health, education, income maintenance, housing, and
personal social servics. They also provide the major working turf
of the social work profession.
As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit Exeter and
explore the rural and beautiful coastal West Country. In addition
to the formal 'public' social work agencies such as Probation and
Corrections, we will make contact with informal services and the
small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities.
Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through cultural and
literary connections. Therefore, visits to the National Theatre, The
Houscs of Parliament, cathedrals, and ancient community sites
such asOxford are an integral part of rmgnizingand appreciating
the wholc community. CuIturc and history come to lifc duringday
excurtions through the gcntle English countryside ta Oxford and
Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury.
Students will complement their direct experience by reading the
British press and current social policy pamphlets, journals, and
books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S. Kammerman, Not the
Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise of Fhe Welfare Stake; P.Barclay, Social
Workers: T h i r Role and Tmks; Charlcs Dickens, Oliver Twisf; any
play by G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality prcsd - The Gtdardinn, The
Times, The Telegraph.
Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective
journal, an agency study, a critique of a current socialpolicy (which
includes a comparison with their American experience), and participation in visits and discussions. The course is offered on a P/
NP basis.
The comprehensivefee of $1,995 includes air and surfacetravel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets and a one week
London travel pass.
Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at
the Office of International Programs.
7
Field Work III
SWK 466-49064 (full course)
466-49065 (112 course)
Instructor: Francine Chakolis
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to
increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to
increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem
solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to
professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for
personal/professional development; to promote competence in
the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on
analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 -educationally focused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement,
plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar
help on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field
Instructor using previously developed contract and social work
evaluation forms.
Note: Course is offered for half (466-49065) (15 hours per week) or
full (466-49064)(30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of
the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Time: to be arranged
Sociology
Principles o f Sociology (with emphasis
on thd ~ e a l t h
Care ~ i i t e m )
SOC 121-49071
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an
academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights
into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discoveringthe world and one's place
in it.
The emphasis for illustrations and exerciseswill be directed to the
health care system. Cross cultural comparisonswill be drawn. As
such, the course will be useful for future health care providers and
related professionals and for consumers as well.
This coursecovers the same concepts and meets the same objectives
as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily
written and/or reading assignments. Three exams will be given.
Time: II
Room: Music 24
Racial and Minority Group Relations
om of racial and minority group
ejudice, racism, and
format will include
for off-campus parexpect evaluation to
n, a research project,
nly on a P/N basis.
Time: I
Room: Music 23
!
Spanish
Evaluating Continental Literature
SPA 250-49067
The objective of th
tal literature
Student evaluation will
pation in class
discuss continenIt will involve
reports, partici-
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Speech-Communication Movement for the Theater
SPC 226-49068
etc. Students wil
nd styles of movewill be to increase the
gh movement, by examintiming, concentra11 be introduced as
aspects of movement
a1 expression, gesture, walking,
rent styles of movement, from
c. Movement exercises will be
Some principles of
Studentswill be given required readings concerning the principles
of movement on which they will be asked to write brief essays.
Grading will be based on commitment to and effectivenessof class
work and essays, and on 3-4 movement presentations.
The class will be designed for those who desire to increase their
skills as actors, and also for those preparing for such fields as
teaching, law, the ministry, etc.
Time: II
Room: Tjomhom-Nelson Theatre
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with
Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college.
Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenseswhich are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim
Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-49069
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or
for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in
the December 27 through January 27 period. There is a cost of
approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some
scholarships available).
Washington D.C. Interims
Leaders on Leadership: The National Agenda
POL 398-49072
Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles
POL 398-49073
These interims begin January 2 and continue until January 21. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial
assistanceis available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association
for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiencesduring
the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained
from Kathleen Lutfi at International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (3301655)or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October
26,1988. These courses are offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a
lower division number.
ANCIENT GREECE
1THE ANCIENT AND MODERN MAYA OF YUCATAN
BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE
HAWAIIAN ISLANDS
1THE BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF NEW ZEALAND
CHINA AND CHANGE: IMPLICATIONS FOR THE WEST
IICONTEMPORARY EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC
SYSTEMS
DEUTSCH IN DEUTSCHLAND
I
ENGLISH CASTLES AND CATHEDRALS, COUNTRYSIDE
AND CITIES
1THE ENGLISH SCHOOL AND FAMILY
EUROPE AND THE RISE OF MODERN SCIENCE
EXPLORING HUMAN SERVICES AND SOCIAL WORK IN
GREAT BRITAIN
1GREAT WESTERN PHILOSOPHERS: USSR & ENGLAND
HAWAII: A CULTURAL AND LITERARY HISTORY
INSIDE IRELAND
1JANUARY IN AND AROUND PARIS
MODERN EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND WORKLIFE
MUSEUMS, MUSIC AND MONUMENTS IN THE GREAT
CITIES OF EUROPE
THE PANORAMA OF ENGLISH THEATRE
LI THE ROMAN EMPIRE: CITIES, BATHS AND VILLAS IN
BRITAIN AND ITALY
1SOUNDS AND SIGHTS OF EUROPE
SOUTH SEA ADVENTURE: TROPICAL ECOLOGY
CI SPECIAL EDUCATION OVERSEAS: AMSTERDAM, ENGLAND, SCOTLAND
SPAIN: A COUNTRY IN TRANSITION
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activity is available to students during Interim and
students may register for this class as well as for a regular course. This
activitv does not carry official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports
requi&ment for graiua tion. Students may participate in this class
without registering for the course, but will be cxpcctd to pay any fees
whether or not the student registers for the course.
American Karate
HPE 002-49070
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate,
taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee
of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 1200-1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Augsburg College
Minneapolis
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Introduction
..*..*
...-....-...*.......2
•
.......................................3
About this Catalog .....................3
Calendar
Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II...
3
Visiting S... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Augsburg College
Minneapolis
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Introduction
..*..*
...-....-...*.......2
•
.......................................3
About this Catalog .....................3
Calendar
Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II...
3
Visiting Students
.......................4
.....................5
UMAIE Courses .......................48
Other Courses ...........................49
Augsburg Lifetime Sports ......50
Augsburg Courses
Introduction t o Interim
I n t e r i m is an integral part of the schoolyear at Augsburg College.
The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week~ a n u a r ~
Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both
students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and
to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible
during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should
plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for
class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring
semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during
Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not
to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale.
Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit
basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system;
this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the
student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous
grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one
Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis
of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, 330-1192(Memorial 114b)
Interim Calendar 1990
...............................Interim Registration
.............................................Late Interim Registration
............................................................
s t Day of Interim
October 30 - November 3
December 4
January 2
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 la0 p.m.
January 3
January 16
....................................................Last Day for CanceUAdd
.............................. Last Day for Determining Grading
System with Regisbar
January 19 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 26 ..................................................................
I nt
i Ends
.......................
...................................................
Validation of Spring Class Registration
January 30
January 31
Spring Semester Begins
Thc time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning Zimc will bc arranged the first day of class. The daily
schcdule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes
Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with
a special convocation on Monday, January 15, at 1 p.m.
About This Catalog
Tfwcataloglists coursesby departments. Departments atrlisted in
alpkabctical odcr. At the end of the book are listings of other
courses not offcrcd by Augsburg but recognized by the collegc for
Interim crcdit. Further descriptions and information a h u t tltw
courws are available in the Intcrirn Office, Mcmoria1230. Studcnts
may aIsu rcgistcr for one of the li fctimc sports 1istcd a t t hc cnd of the
Catalog.
Options
International Interim-Students arc invited to bc part of one of the
23 international interims offcrcdby the Uppcr Midwest Association for lntcmationfll Education (U M AIE). Thcsc course opportuni ties arc listed near the cnd of this catalog.
Internships-January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental
requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement
plan to theInternshipOffice (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the
last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 8). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during
Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately
4 weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the
Internship and Cooperative Education office.
Independent or Directed Study-Studentsmay elect a program of
independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower
division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibilityfor more than one independent
study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or
directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member.
This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any
other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim
Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for
registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other
Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not
necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered
for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for
the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's
home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students
for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special
fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $650
for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an
Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their
own school. There is an applicationprocessingfee of $10. Students
are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
Art
The Florida Keys: Art, Biology and
Creative Writing
Instructors: Phil Thompson, Ralph Sulerud, & John
Mitchell
This interdisciplinary program of study will be based at
Aupburg Collcg~and for about ten days at theNcwfound
Harbor Marinc lnstitute and wiIl involve thrce distinct
coursc offerings for credit: 1 1 Drawing and Wa tercolar,
taught by Phil Thompsonof the Art.Dcpnrtrncnt; 2) Marinc
t3iology Studies, taught by Ralph Sulcrud of the Biology
Dcpartrncnt; and 3) Crcalivcr Writing: Ttie Prose Poem,
taught by John Mitchcll of Ihc Englisl~Dcpartrncnt.
The Interdisciplinarycon~porrcntwill involvc a t least thrce
daysof ficld lripsconductudby tlicinsti tu tc and itsper.wnncl: patch rccfsrs,mangovcswamps, tide pools intcrtidnl
cornmunilies, seagrass systems, ctc. Studcnts will also
have opporlunitics to visit Kcy Wcst and thc Ernest
Hcmingway House. The instrucloss will cadi provide
introductory lccturcs and exercises on campus during thc
first wcckbcforc departure, emphasizing thc rncthods and
goals of Ihcir rcspcctivc disciplincs. Each studcnt will
pnrticipa te in a projcct for cnch discipline as well as complete the rcqttircmcnts for thc coursc for which crrclit will
be given.
The fee for transportation, lodging, and most meals will be
approximately $1200.
Drawing and Watercolor in the Florida
Keys
ART 116-40011
Instructor: Phil Thompson
An introduction to the fundamentals of design in nature
and the basic techniquesof drawing and watercolor. There
will be practice in drawing and watercolor media as a
method of documenting and interpreting travel experience. We will study the visual implications and history of
coastal landscapes.
Evaluationwill be based on the quality of the drawings and
paintings along with participation and artistic growth
factors.
Students will be required to provide their own drawing
and painting materials.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
W Life Drawing
ART 247-40001
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a
variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will
extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4 8 pencils, colored pencils and the felt
tip pen.
Fee: $30 due the first day of class
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
Biology
Plants and Civilization
BIO 102-40002
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
Adiscussion of the impact that plants have made on almost
every area of our society. Historically they have influenced
world exploration, politics, military campaigns, health
care, religious'beliefs, crime and many other areas of our
social history. We will take a look at an array of topics
ranging from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping
and thc influence that plants played in each incident.
Grades will be based on examinations.
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Viruses: At the Threshold of Life
BIO 116-40003
Instructor: Robert Herforth
Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of
life. Most viruses consist basically of a few genes surrounded by a protein coat. They are able to function and
multiply only as parasites inside living cells. For all their
seeming simplicity, some of the most dreaded diseases
afflicting humans are caused by viruses, including polio,
rabies, AIDS, and some forms of cancer. This course will
begin with a short history of some major discoveries on
viruses, followed by a study of the structure of viruses, and
their multiplication in and effects on living cells. We will
also look at the ways in which the body defends itself
against viral invasion, at the development of vaccines and
new anti-viral drugs, and at some important diseases
caused by viruses, including AIDS. Grades will be based
on several quizzes and exams given during the course.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 213
Florida Keys Marine Biology Sf-udies
BIO 14040049;340-40050
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of
marine organisms and marine ecology. About two weeks
will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute
located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory
facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining
hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats
suchas thoseof shallowbays, coral reefs, mangrove swamps
and intertidal areas. Organisms from these communities
and others will be investigated onsite and in thelaboratory.
A marine biologist will be available to lead the field trips
and conduct specialized classes.
Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made
during the first week. This will include an introduction to
marine biology utilizinga variety of audiovisual materials.
The final week will be devoted to study and the preparation of a paper.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component with
students interacting with students from John Mitchell's
writing class and Philip Thompson's art course and with
each student completing a project related to one of the
other disciplines.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the
program, a final examination and a paper on a selected
topic related to marine biology. Upper division students
will do a special research project.
Further information will be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses.
Prerequisites: Permission of Instructor and for upper
division credit, Biology 111 and 112 or equivalent.
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Business
Entrepreneurship
BUS 295-40079
Instructor: John Cerrito
Thc objcd of this c l ~ s is
s to provide students who are not
majoring in busincss with cntrcprcncurial skills for starting and running a small busincss.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small
business management and will be required to prepare a
business plan for a "model" busincss. The student will be
evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and
performances on small business case studies.
Business majors may not take this course for credit.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 3
Chemistry
A Laboratory Introduction To Chemistry
CHM 113-40005
Instructor: Earl Alton
Substancesarc changcd in to ncw ma tcriaIs; colors change,
solids wparatc out of solution. Chrrnislry is thc scict~ce
which tries to ttnderstclnd tl-tcsc and many othcr changes
occurring in rnatkr ~rourldus. Onc way to bccomc introduccd to chcmistr and 10 cxarnplcs of problem solving in
thc scicnccs is to o lalwntory cxpcrfmcnts. This c o n r s
prcscntsan i ~ ~ t r o d u c ttoi ochcmislry
~~
using thc laboratory
as the dlief arena for inslruction. Students will bc intro-
d
duccd to rncasuremcnls, rcactinns,cl~cmicalproblcmsolving such as idcntificatian of simple ions in soIt~tionand
dctcnnination of amounts of rnatcrials bawd upon the
colors of solutions. A fcw expcrimcn ts may invcllvc m k ing ncw rnatcrials. Tn all cases, propcr attention to tcchniqucs and snfc practices in thc laboratory i s expected.
Rc orts will bt rcquircd for each cxpcrimci~t.Tho course
wi 1 meet cvcry wcckday afternoon for thrcc hours. 'I'hc
gradc will bc bascd upon the qualiy of the laboratory
work, tl~claboratory rcpnrts summanzing the work, and
an exam at the end of the course.
Distribution: BiologylChemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 322
P
H High Vacuum Technology and Gas
Dynamics
CHM 325-40004
Instructor: Joan Kunz
High vacuum technology is crucial to many current "high
technologies," including advances in experimental science
in all fields, production of semiconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gases and "sensitive" materials. Despite this, general awareness of high vacuum
technologies lags far behind their development. This
course will acquaint the student with technologies currently employed in producing and monitoring a high
vacuum environment, and with the physical behavior of
gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities
will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some
in conjunction with Physics 325. Students will learn to use
high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass spectrometer, and PC-based computer controllers and computer-compatible sensors.
Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and
a paper.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
Computer Science
H Fortran
CSC 270-40012
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for
students wi th some previous knowledge of programming.
This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will
involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming
assignments and examinations.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer
language (e.g., CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Time: I
Room: Science 112
Economics
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 113-40006
Instructor: Satya Gupta
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the
household, firm,market structures and income distribution. There will be an application of elementary economic
theory to market policy.
Grades will be based on tests in class.
Distribution: Economics/PoliticalScience
Time: I
Room: Library 1
Histo y of Economic Thought
ECO 219-40013
Instructor: Richard Hemog
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in
the context of the political, economic, and social settings of
the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular
trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a
framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems.
I. Ancient Economic Thinking
11. The Medieval Period
111. Mercantilism
IV. Classical
V. Socialist/Utopian
VI. Modern
Primarily lecture/discussion depending on class size. If
small class (less than 101, seminar style may be more
appropriate. A major research paper (minimum of 10
pages) would be required. Final exam would be essay on
three of five topics.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Business, Government and Society:
Economic Analysis of the Legal
Foundations of Business
ECO 319-40007
Instructor: Milo Schield
Objectives: To understand, utilize and evaluate, the policy
tools from rnicroeconomicanalysis; the applicationof these
tools to analyze social behavior (cf. marriage, children,
divorce, crime, etc.); the economic analysis of basic legal
topics (property, contract and tort liability); the economic
analysis of the legal foundations of business (price controls, quotas, tariffs, taxes and strict liability); the use of
economicefficiency as a normative criteria (Isan inefficient
legal remedy an unjust solution?).
Textbooks: Posner: The Economic Analysis of Law;
Kuperberg & Beitz: Law, Economics and Philosophy.
Math Level: No calculus; only geometry and verbal reasoning.
Approach: Readings, lecture, discussions, weekly quizzes, paper and final.
Evaluation: Quizzes (15%),final (30%),paper (40%)and
participation (15%).
Audience: Students interested in the relation between
business, government and society (specifically those
interested in strategic planning, public affairs or political economy).
Prerequisites: Upper class standing and one of the following courses: Microeconomics, Political Philosophy,
Law in the U.S.,Western Political Thought or Complex
Organizations (Sociology) or permission of instructor.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 2
Contemporay Economic Relations
Between East and West
ECO 319-40010
Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp
In this course, we'll explore motivations for economic
cooperation between countries with different political and
economic systems. This will be followed by the analysis of
theconditions for East-West economiccooperation and its
patterns. Wc'll focus on rcccn t developmcnts in joint
cconomic and industrial cooperation. Students will share
an understanding of cconomic relations at the national
Icvcl and scc how nations with diffcrcnt cconomic and
political systems employ the principles of politics and
economics to their own domestic and international affairs.
Using comparative means, institutions and systems that
drive commerce and governance will be explored and
clxplaincd i~~cluding
rcccnt inst i tu tinnal changes in the
directing of forcign tradc in ccntrally-planncd economics.
Thcn, at thc global Icvel, the cffccts of GATT, EEC and
CMEA on East-West economic relations will be examined.
At the end of the course, we'll try to identify trends and
alternatives in the 1980s.
There will be a mid-tern test, a final exam (take home) and
a research paper.
Prerequisites: Economics 112 (Macro)
Time: I
Room: Foss Mini-Seminar
H Economic Research Methods: Theory and
Application
ECO 495-40008
Instructor: Ed Sabella
The primary objective of h i s course is to provide a rclativcl non-tcdmical cxposi tion of the more c~mrnonly
usc research tcchniqucs in business administration and
the social sciences. The basic assumptions of the classical
linear re ression model will be presented along with
methods or dealing with violations of those assumptions.
Time permitting, other research techniques such as discriminant analysis, factor analysis, principal components
and the Bayesian approach will be examined.
It is assumed that the student has a limited but basic
understanding of the techniques of statistical inference.
Results will be generally presented without proof, with
reliance placed on intuitive justification.
Grades will bebased on weekly assignmentsand on a final.
Prerequisites: Bus. Admin. 279 or equivalent course or
consent of instructor
Time: I1
Room: Science 213
d'
7
Education
International Education
EDS 3534054
Instructor: Rich Germundsen
Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel,
and the proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This course presents anexamination
and comparison of selected Western and non-Western
educational systems as well as an investigationof possible
careers in international education. Special attention will
be directed toward Scandinavian, Central and South
American models. There will be lectures, discussions and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on
quizzes, class participation, and an investigative project.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of
instructor; Orientation to Education; Principles of Sociology or a modern history course.
Time: I1
Room: Library 4
Media Technology
EDE 341-40015
Instructor: John Bowlis
Students will be involved with the psychological and
physical dimensions of communicationthrough the use of
instructional and informational technology.
Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual
materials for teachingbeaming situations. Computer
training will be included and each student will leave the
class with word processing skills.
Studentswill survey current softwarematerials foreducational and instructional settings.
This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and
secondary education majors. Grades will be based on
projects, papers and final exam. This is a one-half credit
course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Foss 170
Discovery Learning in the World of
Kindergarten
EDE 375-40016
Instructors: Mary Endorf, Bruce Drewlow
This class prepares students for the unique experiences
and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom.
This class will:
A. Stress kcy adul t/child relationships.
B. Stress curricuIum developmcn t and instructional
systems w I~iclzarc su pprtcd by current research and
practices in cducation settings.
C. Strcss kcy adult/child relationships.
D. Strcss process-"how to learn".
E. Sharc rcscarch-bascd findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans.
F. Rccagnize canlinui tics and discontinuities in development (characteristics of the kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction
practices.
H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of
the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakers and field trips.
Objcctivcs of thc class: At the cornplction of this class thc
studcnt will bc ablc to identify:
c
1, Dcvelopmenbl ncods of t l ~ kindcrgartcn.
Discuss thc diffcrcnt approachcs to kindcrgartcn
2.
education and the theories bchind thcsc approachcs.
3. O r g a n i a~classroom cnvironmcnt to mce t khc Icaming needs of students.
4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching
kindergarten that meets both the students' needs and
the teaching style of the teacher.
Grades will be based on projects, discussion and examination. This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
Kindergarten-Elementa y Curriculum:
~ a n g u a g Arts
e
EDE 387-40014
Instructor: Vicki Olson
This course will involve an examination and pre aration of
materials and resources for language arts at the indergarten and elementary levels. It will be an on-site course
taughtinconjunctionwi th Dimvcty-Lcamingin theworld
of Kindergarten. TIICclass will mcct a t Willard Elementary
School and will involve classroom work with children.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: EDE 255 or EDS 265
Time: I
Room: Library 4
E
Human Relations
EDS 388-40017
Instructor: Mildred Mueller
This class provides vnluahle insight intu tile valrres, cornmunicalinn icchniquus, cr~llural Inorcs and otlicr unique
cl~aractcristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota.
T h i s class is taiight from n pcrspcctivc of minority group
members with i r i l~ractionfrom class rncrnbcrs.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a
classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge
of our global society?
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teachine and other vrofessional vocations.
This is a one-hafi credit couise.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 21
Student Teaching
EDS 48140018; EDE 481-40022
EDS 482-40019; EDE 482-40023
EDS 483-40020; EDE 483-40024
EDS 484-40021; EDE 48440025
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson
Observing and directing Icarning under supervision of
college and secondary scl~oalpersonnel. This is a full day
experience in a school. Grading is P/N only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and
permission of instructor.
The Prose Poem: Creative Writing in the
Florida Keys
ENG 234-40031; 345-40033
Instructor: John Mitchell
The purpose of this course is to introduce students to
creative writing and to refine the creative writing of more
experienced students through attention to fidelity of imagery and integrityof simile,metaphor,rhythm, and sound.
The prose poem is a friendly, productive form to achieve
these goals because of its emphasis upon down-to-earth
personal observation and reportorial response to the natural and human environment, which, in this case, will be the
Florida Keys. Instruction in the history and techniques of
the prose poem will be accompanied by some attention to
the literary response of Ernest Hemingway and Wallace
Stevens to Key West. Some interdisciplinary experience
with Phil Thompson's course in drawing and watercolor
and Ralph Sulerud's course in marine biology, as a way of
facilitating "seeing." Grading will be based upon the
quality and progress in writing ten revised prose poems.
Students who take the course for upper division credit will
be required to do additional reading and to make oral
reports to the class based on this reading.
Further informationwill be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and, for upper
division credit, one college course in creative writing.
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 12
Re-visions: Contemporary Drama in
English (1975-present)
ENG 249-40026
Instructor: Douglas Green
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are
revitalizingboth contemporary drama and productions of
classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the
late 70s and the 80s, written in English, have been shaped
by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension
and interactionto sexual preference,both here and abroad.
For comparative purposes, we will also view a few filmson
related topics and attend at least two productions in the
Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for three local productions.
Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and
one short paper. (Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A
series of group projects, which include a long paper and
some performance, will conclude the course.
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Five College Fiction Writing Workshops
ENG 362-40027
Instructor: Julie Schumacher
Participants in this fiction workshop will need energy,
enthusiasm, a love of literature, and a dedication to their
own--and to other students'-work. Students will write
25 to 50 pages of fiction in addition to in-classexercises and
assignments. Although we'll study contemporary short
stories by established and lesser-known writers, most of
the class time will be spent on discussions of student
fiction. (Participants will be responsible for the cost of
duplicating their stories.) We'll work on establishing a
sense of place or setting, on developing interesting characters and a distinctive "voice," on composing dialogue, and
oncreatingeffectivestructures for our fiction. Conferences
with the instructor will be an integral part of the class.
Grades will be based on the originality, imagination and
beauty of the written work, and on critical and helpful
engagement in workshop discussions. Attendance is
mandatory.
Prerequisites: Some experience in fiction writing, one
writing course beyond the freshman level, and permission of Professor John Mitchell.
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 21
Erdich, Hassler: Two Contemporay Upper
Midwest Writers
ENG 364-40080
Instructor: Ron Palosaari
Louise Erdrich and Jon Hassler are talented ana wellknown writers from this area. We will read several works
by each, noticing each writer's strengths and weaknesses.
We will, to a degree, place their work in the context of
modem American literature.
Each student will write two papers, each on a different
author. One paper will be the basis of an oral report. The
course grade will be based on the papers, the oral presentation, short quizzes and class participation.
Students must have S tuggerford read before the first class.
Prerequisites: One college level American literahue
course or two other college literature classes.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 12
French
French Literature in Translation
FRE 243-40030
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
What is there about French literature that merits the English translation of so much of it? What is its attraction, its
power, its human and artistic significance for the reader?
With these questions in mind, we will read, react to, and
analyse a variety of shorter French works available to us in
English.
We will explore masterpieces of earlier times like those of
Rabelais, Montaigne, Voltaire, Balzac, and Flaubert, as
well as significant 20th Century works. Reading and discussion of the common core works will be followed by
your personal study of a chosen short work to be shared
with the class via a short comparative paper. Mini-lectures
and study guides will help attentive reading of the works
and developing your communication and critical skills.
Evaluation will include your progress in group work and
discussion, your demonstrated understanding in reading,
writing assignments, quizzes, and independent study.
We hope to attend Bernstein's Candide as a class.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of
instructor.
Distribution: Literature
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
General Studies
Transitions: Women's Life Careers
GST:245-40009
Instructor: Diane Busico
Are you wondering how you cnn s u c c d in a "man's
world"? Puzzling out your options for rnarriagc, coswr,
and/or children? Troubled will) Iiow to practically and
emotionally juggle all of your divcrse roles? This seminar
is an exploration of the various pathways womenchoose in
balancing home and work life. A1though it promises no
concrete answers to compelling questions, it will arm you
with some useful information for making choices for the
present and plans for the future.
The mdctal, familial, and individual forces sl~apingthe
choices womcn makc conccming family and carccr arc
sbdicd via texts, journnl nrticlcs, films, and p s r Iccturcrs. Shldcn t pcrforrnancc is asxsscd through essays and
a rcsctlrch project.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Health and Physical Education
M Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 23240032
Instructor: Pam Schreurs
Theory and practice in teaching and pcrfnrming Amcrican
heritage and international folk daners. Exposure to New
Games concepts and activities. Thc majority of the coursc
grade is based on participation in classactivities,a teaching
assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit
course.
Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
W Sailing in the Virgin Islands
.IL
I
HPE 455-40034
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
.Designed for thc beginning and in tcrmcdiatc sailor interestcc1 in the art and practice of sailboat:cruising. Thc course
will focuson taking tho participant to a compctenl levcl of
sailboat handling (anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42-foot fixed-keel
sailboat with fiveor sixother peopleand will functionasan
active crew member.
Acbal on-ihc-watcr instruction will bc the rnnjnr part of
thccoursc. This will bc supplcmcnIcrl by scssions dcaling
with safcty,boa t handling, boa t systcns, provisioning, trip
planning, piloking and navigation. Sailing will includc
cntiscs la various islands and cays in tl~cBritish and
American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
+ I l
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated
competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of
"acting captain". A daily ships log will be kept by all
participants and a final written exam will be given. P/N
grading only.
The course will last Januar-4-22.The fee of $2300includes
round-trip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day.
Final payment is due October 31.
Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's
Athletic Director
Distribution: Lifetime sports
History
Women in Refonn in Modem America
HIS 225-40042
Instructor: John Jenswold
"Reformer" was a role played early and frequently by
American women in public life in the 19th and 20th Centuries, individually and collectively. In this course, we will
investigate theevolutionof that roleand the way that it has
been exercised in the past 150 years. We will study the
interaction of women with reform movements in an effort
to discover how women influenced major reform efforts
and how, in turn, those movements reshaped the role of
women in an industrializing and urbanizing society.
Our investigation will include several books, primarily
biographies of such reformers as Elizabeth Cady Stanton,
Margaret Sanger and Jane Addams and studies of such
movements as suffrage, antislavery, educational reform,
political reform, women's rights, and peace activisni.
Discussions of these readings will be supplemented by
lectures on larger historical issues.
Grading will be based on short papers, two essay exams,
and class participation.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
H The Japanese-American Experience:
Relocation and Redress
HIS 240-40028; 340-40029
Instructor: Khin-KhinJensen
This course will focus on Japanese-Americanexperiences
in the U.S.A. Perspectives on immigration patterns, geographic settlements, literature and contributions to the
American economy and society will be explored. Special
attention will be given to the forced evacuation of the
Japanese Americans during World War 11, how and why
they were uprooted from their homes and businesses and
placed in so-called "American concentrationcamps", their
adjustments to life behind barbed wire and their attempts
to overcome this trauma. The recent Redress Bill in Congress, the constitutionalimplicationsof the order of evacuation and the role of the Supreme Court will be explored.
Content and Procedure: Lectures, class discussions, audio-visual~,student reports and student projects. There
will be a final exam. Upper Division students will also
write a paper and present an oral report in class. Lower
Division students will do a project and reports on audiovisuals and readings.
Fees: Students should budget about $15 for film rentals
and an ethnic meal in a restuarant in the Twin Cities.
Prerequisites: None for lower division; one college history course or instructor's permission for upper division
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
History of Ancient Israel
HIS 363-40038
Instructor: Richard Nelson
The history of ancient Israel is the history of a peripheral
state. Yet, this minor state is central in the development of
western culture because of its unique religiousexperience.
This course will consider the poli tical, social, and economic
history of Israel within the context of the ancient world. We
will begin with a consideration of the cultures which
prefaced the rise of Israel, continue through Israel's classic
age (Patriarchs, Exodus, Conquest, Monarchy, Exile, Restoration) and conclude with the destruction of Jerusalem
by Titus in 70 A.D. and the formation of Christianity.
Classes will include both lecture and discussion. Grades
will be based on quality of discussion, two examinations,
and a term paper (8 to 10 pages). Traditional grading.
Prerequisite: A college level history course or permission of instructor.
Time: I
Room: Music 22
The capstone of t h e ~ ~ u ~ sFirst
b u rYear
~ Experience (FYE) Program is a
special Interim course designed for first year students. For the 1990
Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a
different faculty member. The course will provide full credit and will
satisfy the Fine Arts distribution requirement.
Art and Idea: Aesthetic Experience in
France, 1650-1900
INS 190-40035
Instructors: Julie Bolton, Marilee Klemp, Kristin
Anderson
How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond
to theatre? What is the nature of art? How are ideas
conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and
theatre have in common? How do they reflect the society
in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless?
All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We
see that the visual arts, music and theatre always reflect the
spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and theatre created in France in the
years 1650-1900, the course will explore how to appreciate
and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of
enduring themes and ideas at different points in time.
Students will participate in the course through various
readings, including reading plays, studying scores and
listening to recordings, and reading primary source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the
resources of the college and the city, students will also
attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty
Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, attend music performances, including
the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra, and attend performances of Bernstein's Candide at the
Guthrie. Students will be expected to attend all required
performances and museum visits, write analyses of the
various art works or performances, and write a paper
integrating the different arts and time periods studied.
There will also be quizzes on material covered.
Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than
$15.
Prerequisite: Freshman status
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: 11, The class will normally meet during Time 11,
but students will be expected to attend alimited number
of off-campus events (some evenings andlor weekends)
as a part of the class work.
Room: Music-Sateren
Interdisciplina
2
Appropriate Technology
II Economics, The nvironment and
INS 218-40043
Instructor: Tom Morgan
The objective of this course is to develop a clearer sense of
the critical importance the physical environment and our
natural resources play in the economic well-being in our
global economy. We will first briefly review historical
relationships between the physical environment, technological and economicdevelopment. We willconsider alternative (appropriate) technological applications being experimented with as potential solutions to environmental
problems. Course material will be presented through a
blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits. Course
grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of
research into specificenvironmental/technologicalissues.
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
An Introduction t o Islam
INS 225-40045
Instructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present
his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will
cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenents, Islamic law (Sharifah),Islamic economic
and political systems and Islamic patterns of life. There
will also be a consideration of the differences between the
Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be
some effort to deal with the similarities and differences
between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a
visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities.
A paper and at least one examination will be required.
Distribution: Minority-Urban Studies
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 1
Augsburg Goes To Business
INS 321-40055
Instructor: Tina Wagner
This seminar is an experiential opportunity for students
with any major who wish to learn more about work environments and choosing career paths. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in
organizations, and the varied environments in which they
must operate. The objectives of the class are:
1. to develop a more clear understanding of how the
different functional areas of an organization operate
on a day-to-day basis, and how these areas are integrated into the overall operation of a firm.
2.
to develop and explore personal and career goals, and
how a "fit" is established between an individual and
an organization.
3. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches"
correspond to "real world" situations and are able to
accommodate practical application.
Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture,
discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit six
different types of organizations in the metropolitan area
including non-profit and corporate. Class discussions will
focuson assigned readings, interpretations of the results of
vocationally-oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the
selection of career paths.
Students will keep a journal of their experiences and observations. Grades will be determined on the basis of the
journal, a class presentation, and on a research paper, the
topic of which will be negotiated with the instructor.
Prerequisite: Sophomore status or above
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 3
H Finite Mathematics
MAT 121-40044
Instructor: Suzanne Doree
A study of the finite mathematics models involved in
elementary statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course
should provide students with the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical and probabilistic
information. Class sessions will include lectures, discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam,
and final exam will be the primary basis for course grades.
Prerequisites: Math placement: Group I11
Time: I1
Room: Science 112
Math and its Applications: Succeed With
Math
MAT 132-40046
Instructor: Bev Stratton
Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols scare
you? Do you wonder why a student majoring in humanities or social sciences needs to know some mathematics?
Would you like to improve your math skills, be more at
ease with math, and maybe even l e a n to like math (a
little)? If you answered yes to any of the above questions,
this course is for you.
The course will focus on problem solving, puzzles, modeling, and some of the applications of mathematics to such
areas as sociology, biology, and business. Students will
learn the relevance of mathematics to many occupations
and gain confidence in their abilitiesto work with numbers
and quantitative reasoning. Evaluation will be based on
short quizzes, a problem solving journal, and a project.
Prerequisite: Placement Group I11
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
Cognizers
MAT 235-40075
Instructor: Larry Copes
The major goal of this course is to gain insight into how
machinesand people think and learn by studyingattempts
to get computers to do the same. We shall study the
contributionsof a variety of disciplines, including artificial
intelligence, psychology, neuroscience, philosophy, linguistics, and anthropology. Demonstrations of "intelligent" computer programs will lead to discussions of how
closely their cognitive processes resemble those of humans. Evaluation will be on the basis of two half-session
examinations and a full-session final.
Prerequisites: one course of psychology, philosophy,
computer programming or anatomylphysiology.
Time: I1
Room: Science 112
Modern Geometry
MAT 351-40036
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A study of transformational geometry by synthetic and
coordinate methods, including complex variables, and an
introduction to hyperbolic non-Euclidean geometry. Emphasis will be on proof and methods of proof.
Class Sessions will include lectures, discussion, and problem solving activities. Assignments will provide the primary basis for course grades.
Prerequisites: MAT 122 or 125
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Music
Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS 179-40047
I
Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Metzler
The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and
Munich inspired the building of places of worship in this
country; the orchestras of these cities represent some of the
oldest and finest of their kind; and have been long emulated by our ownensembles. Theoriginalscoresof Handel's
"Messiah" in London's British Museum, the home and
paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the awe-inspiring
Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of our
encounter with the sounds and sights of Europe. Theatre
and concert performances, a Gilbert and Sullivan operetta
in London, and visits to world-renowned museums and
architectural landmarks are planned. For those with a
special interest in music therapy, visits will be made to the
Nordoff-Robbins Centrein England and hospitalsresearching music and medicine in Herdecke and Ludenscheid,
West Germany. The comprehensive fee of $2,245 includes
travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland
and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and
several cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before October
27at theInternationa1ProgramsOffice,2018 Eighth Street.
This course is offered on a P/N basis only.
Philosophy
The Ethics of Killing and Letting Die
PHI 146-40053
Instructor: David Apolloni
Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder? Are there some crimes for which capital punishment
is justified? Is there such a thing as a just war?
These questions and the various answers proposed arouse
deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among
many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral
issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these
groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these
issues.
This course will utilize readings on these complex and
burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and
critical moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much
deeper and informed understanding of the philosophical
problcms which lic behind thc controversies surrounding
aborlion, euthanasia, capital punishment, and war.
The course will combine lecture and class discussion on
some contemporary philosophical readings on killing.
Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to
3) page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics)
and class participation.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
Philosophy of Science
PHI 365-40037
Instructor: Ken Bailey
Sometimesitis said that welive in the Age of Science. What
does that mean? In what sense(s)might such a statement
be said to be true or false? On the other hand, some
astrologers say that we have just begun the Age of Aquarius, the Water Bearer, who is supposed to usher in an age
of peace and prosperity. Are these two notions in conflict?
Are they compatible? Is it really true that only science can
say something meaningful about Reality? Are there any
limits to scientific method? What does science have to say
about values? How do you recognize a pseudo-science?
These and other questions about scientificmethods, scientific knowledge, and applications of science to human life
will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?)
Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon
a mid-term and a final examination; course participation;
and a study project.
Prerequisites: Suggested Philosophy 130 (logic) and one
course in a natural science
Time: I1
Room: OM 11
Physics
II Introduction to Weather
r..lL
.?
- -.
I
-\-
I
I
PHY 106-40052
.-,
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide
a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric
science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weathcr changes and understanding thc world's
climate. Rclalccl topics to bc includcd arrr: hydrology
(study of the carth's water cyclc), pollution, cconomic
effects of the wcathcr, and wcatl~cr'simpact on world
e m n ts. This coursc is clcsigncd to be an elective or satisfy
t l ~ Mathematics-Physics
c
distribution requirement for the
liberal arts srudcnt.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast
United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi;
Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and
Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and
explanatory program for the functions of that facility.
Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the
water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather
observation at sea, television station weather facilities,
hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural
weather. During the trip the student will maintain a
jnurnal of weather and site visi ts. Daily wca tlwr maps will
lw crcalcd using portablc wcai her sqlcllitc reception s y s
tcm carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits
of oprrational wcathcr facililics, but also will allow the
student to experience the full range of climates across the
U.S. from north to south. Daily quizzesand lectures will be
given during the travd. Gsadcs will bc bawd upon the
journal, two hourly examinations and an individual projcct completed during the trip. Thc cost will l
x approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 27,
Prerequisites: High Scllool Algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 28
4 High Vacuum Technology and Gas
Dynamics
PHY 325-40039
Instructor: Mark Engehretson
High vacuum tcchnolngy is crucial to many a]trcn t "high
tmlmologies," i~icludingadvanccsin expcrimcntalscicncc
in a11 ticlclq production of scrniconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gascs and "sensitive" mat^
rials. Dcspitc this, gcncral awarcncss of high vacuum
technologics lags far bchind thcir rlcvclopment. This
courw wil I acquaint thc student wit 1.1 technologies currently crnploycd in producing and monitoring a high
vacuum environment, and with thc physical behavior of
gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities
will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some
in conjunction with Chcmistry 325. Students will learn to
use high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass
spectrometer, and PC-l~scdcnrnp~~ter
controllers and
compu ter-cornpa liblc sensors.
Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and
a paper.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245
Time: I1
Room: Science 30
Spreadsheet Physics
PHY 151-40058
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 1-2-3)have been used extensively
in business for years. However it is also possible to solve
physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in
mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive
level. We will use Lotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a wide
variety of physics areas including planetary motion and
projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated
might be in areas other than physics. Grading will bebased
on spreadsheet projects, homework and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Math Level I11
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Political Science
Social Justice in America
POL 140-40059
Instructor: Andy Aoki
Social justice is one of the burning issues of modem politics. For moral theorists, the nature of socialjustice is a continuing challenge; For practical politicians, it is a question
which can bc ignorcd but not avoidcd. From pmatal caw
for poor women to mcdical c a p for the elderly, most
important public policy debates involve questions of social
justice. To adequately consider these policy questions, one
must have some conception of social justice.
In this class, you will work to develop your ideas of social
justice, and to understand how they apply to public policies. The policies to be considered will vary depending on
student interest, but the range of possible issues is vast,
including such topics as student financial aid, jobs programs, school choice, aid to the poor, Social Security,
environmental protection, and military service.
The majority of class time will be spent in discussions.
Participation is essential. Reading will be fairly light, but
everyone is expected to actively engage in class activities
and discussions. No prior knowledge is needed, but an
interest in public issues is important. Requirements will
consist of short papers, class participation, and a brief final
exam.
Although the workload is moderate, the course is mentally
demanding. Rigorous thinking about social justice can be
troubling; some questions will be provocative and disturbing. Students should be willing to tackle difficult intellectual challenges; doing so will enable you to gain a better
understanding of some of the most difficult problems of
our time, and to make a greater contribution to efforts to
deal with those problems.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
Politics in Scandinavia
POL 250-40040
Instructor: Einar Vetvik
The course objective is to give a basic knowledge of the
political systemsand important current policy issuesin the
Scandinavian countries. The course will present an overview of the basic structure and main features of government, politics, policy issues, political behavior and leadership in the Scandinavian welfare-state model.
There will be one paper and one exam as assignments for
the course. The model of teaching will consist of lectures,
seminars and group discussions.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
Difficult Judicial Choices: How the Courts
Reshape Political Institutions
POL 475-40041
Instructor: Phillip E Fishman
The course is designed for political scienceand socialwork
students and others who are concerned with institutional
operation and change/reform. Text and case-studies will
bemploycd to examine the role of the federal judiciary in:
prison reform, mental health and the right to treatment,
equal housing, school busing, police and immigration
policy in the '90s. Coutsc objcctivcs are to assist the studcnk 1) to understand the judicial processand how judges
makepolicy; 2) to learn how liability iscstabfishedand appropriate remedies are fashioned for rclicf; 3).to explore
thc dynamic conflict between the federal bench and political and administrativeinstitu tions. The instructoruseslecture and hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction.
There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the
brief course. In addition, students will be assigned on-site
field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolitan
police station, a United States immigration court and a
mental health facility.
Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing
Time: Tuesday, January 26-9:30 p.m., and each Monday
and Wednesday thereafter
Room: Old Main 16
Political and Cultural Diversity in the
USSR and Eastern Europe
POL 459-40073
Instructors: Norma Noonan and William Wright
The course which begins in January and continues for 14
weeks into the spring semester is an overview of the
political, cultural and national forces which both divide
and unite the East European nations and the U.S.S.R. A
joint course of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
and the University of Minnesota, this course will feature
weekly guest lecturers, weekly discussions, extensivereadings and a research paper. There may also be shorter
analytical essays and a final. This is a special course which
will be offered only once. As designed, it is impossible to
complete it within the four-week Interim period, so students able to take the course only for the January segment
should not enroll or ask for an exemption to finish the
course in January. No exemptions will be granted.
Students may also register for this course as a spring term
course and so take another interim course.
Prerequisites: One course in political science or history
dealing with the USSR or Eastern Europe; or permission
of instructor.
Time: Wednesdays 1:15-3:15 p.m. (January through
March)
Room: Science 315
Psychology
The Self
Symbols
as~ e v e a l e din Myths and
PSY 340-40061
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of
myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of
gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self."
The objective of the courstz is to gain a d e p m understanding of one's individual self and of how thc conccptualiza[ions of your w1f have t e n molded by a variety of social,
cultural, and historical influences. The content of the
courx willinclude topics such as: the impact of science on
myth; thc mythologics of romantic love, war, and peace;
the process of individuation; and metaphors of psyche
logical transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the
assigned readings. Students will bc expected to bE p w
pared for class by doing the readings and to be actively
involved in the class discussions. Students will be given
some of the responsibility for leading discussion. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class participation, (2) a course
journal, and (3) four or five short (600-800 word) papers.
Prerequisite: General Psychology
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
Psychology of the Legal System
PSY 335-40056
Instnr ctar: Nancy Steblay
The US. Iegal system wilt be investigated from the p r spectivc of psychological theory, research and practice. A
specificfocus will beon the social psychologyof courtroom
procedures with considmation of such topics as jury sclectian, ~yclwitnessevaluation and jury decision making.
Class readingsand discussion will also cover such broader
areas as morality, justice, ethics and victimization. Guest
lccturcrswill include members of the legal and psychological cornrnunities.
Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will also be responsible for contribution to classroom
discussion.
Prerequisites: A general psychology course
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
1 Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 370-40074
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life
of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other
persons and society will be the main focus.
Thiscourse will bcconductcd asa scminarwitha highlevel
of studmt contribution and pasticipation. Attendance at
each class %session i s wquired. Procedures wit1 include
dass discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral
rcprts. Studcnts will be requircrl to seek out and interview persons in the adolcsccnt level of development.
Typing or equivalent word processing will bc required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by
Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will
be available in the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1st.
Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class
sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the
course. This course is offered only on P/N basis.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Religion
Eastern Orthodoxy
REL 420-40062
Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen
Eastern Orthodoxy is the primary religion of Greece, Russia, and thc Bastcm Bloc countries. We will explore the
history, theology, liturgy and sacraments in the Orthodox
Tradition. Class will include Iccture, discussion, slide
pncsentation and an evcning liturgy. Requirements incIude one exam and two short papera Tl~rccpaperback
booksarerequir~d.Attendance at thest. GrcgoryofNyssa
liturgy an January 10 at 6:30 porn.and at the icon slide
presentation on January 17 are also required.
Prerequisites: Religion 111or 221
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be
used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-40057
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in
the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran
Church as it is at the present time, bu t also study its
origin in the 16th century and its dcveloprnent and
cultural influcncc during 450 years of history.
One short text will introduce us to the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, formed in 1988; a second text
will give us an insight into the global organization and
broader social issues related to the Lutheran World Federation. A third book, writtcn by the President of the
College, will show us the roots of the Lutheran Church in
the Bible and the confessional writings; and a fourth text
will give us an over-view of the history of this church.
Lecture and class discussion will deal with explaining
these things, plus noting the Lutheran witness to the gospel of JcsusChrist in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology,and theology. Therewill be three examsplussome
brief written assignments.
Students will be expected to be present the first day of class
and to purchase all required materials on that day in class
for about $25.00. Please bring your check book or cash.
Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be
used toward graduation religion requirements)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
f
The Other Side o Paradise:
Tourism, The Mi i t a y and
Cultural Confrontation in Hawaii
[q
"G'
REL 251-40063;349-40067
Instructors: John Benson and Duane Addison
We invite you to come to Hawaii with us for a special class.
Other January Interim courses go to Hawaii as well, but
this one will be distinctive.
Saying "Hawaii" can conjure up images of beaches, palm
trees, and winter tans. We will not ignore these aspects of
Hawaii, but we will also probebeneath the image projected
to most tourists. We will study how Hawaii
"works"-politically, economically, and culturally. Three
social problems in particular tourism, militarism, and cultural confrontation will provide the focus of this learning
experience from a Christian ethical point of view.
First we will look at some less attractive aspects of the
tourism industry. Who benefits and who loses? Representatives of Hawaii's diverse peoples and viewpoints will
offer insights into the ecological, economic, and political
consequences of marketing the islands as a tourist paradise.
Secondly we will learn to see the U.S. military presence on
the islands in a new way. Many Americans associate
Hawaii with the bombing of Pearl Harbor and World War
11. But the presence of the U.S. Pacificcommand continues
to have significant implications for both the people and
ecosystems of Hawaii.
Finally, culturn1 conflict and confrontation in Hawaii will
be studied. Many immigrant groups havc come to the
islands: Japnesc, chine.^, Filipinos, Tongans, Samoans,
Portuguese,mainland Americans, and others. The interaction of these groups with native Polynesians yields a high
degree of cultural diversity. We will learn about the
exploitation and racial tensions that exist, as well as ways
in which diversity is appreciated and celebrated.
The cost for the course is $1,995.00, and it can be taken for
religion or crosscultural credit. We will visit the islands of
Oahu, Hawaii, and Maui, traveling via buses, vans, and
planes. Our accommodations will vary, including a camp
in the mountains, another camp on the beach, and several
tourist-level hotels.
Grades will be based on degree of involvement, the quality of contribution to the discussions and a journal. Upper
division credit will require a special project which will involve a presentation to the group.
Distribution: Religion
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor; for upper division credit, one course in college level religion, East
Asian culture or introductory sociology or anthropology*
The Theology of Marriage
REL 343-40070
Instructors: Curt Paulson, Cathy Paulson
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a
decision which we often make with a portion of our brain
and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the
heart, whether you are married or not, but it will increase
your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in
your life with a significant other. Within the context of
Christian teachings, many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G. Jung, will be studied and
applied to the marital relationship and secondarily to the
family.
There will be lectures, discussion, and visiting resource
persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation,
and an examination. Two books will be required.
Prerequisites: REL 111or 221 or permission of instructor.
Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be
used to meet religion requirements.)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
C J q
t'b
West Afrzcan Religion and Culture ' I
i
REL 241-40072
I!
L
d
Instructor: Brad Holt
Off thebeaten track of American tourists, this journey will
focus on meeting African people, observing their religious
rituals, music and art, and pondering their history. We will
converse with urban and rural Africans of different faiths,
different levels of education, in different climates. After
visiting the collections of African art in London, we will
journey to Nigeria, an English-speaking nation, and the
most populous of all African states. There we will encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African
Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each will
bring intriguing surprises, as they reflect African culture in
ways different from what can be found in the U.S.A.
First we will visit Ibadan, largest traditional African city
and metropolis of the Yoruba people. We will explore the
contemporary forms of the ancient Yoruba tradition, observe the work of the babalawo or diviner, and the dramatic worship services of the Aladura Christian churches.
We will visit the universities of Ibadan and Ife to dialogue
with Nigerian professors and students.
At Benin, site of the ancient Kingdom discovered by the
Portuguese in the 1400s,we will observe the world famous
bronze sculptures in the Benin Art Museum. We will meet
different traditions among the Igbo people, whose culture
has been so dramaticallydescribed in the novels of Chinua
Achebe.
We will see the forces of change in the "Middle Belt" of
Nigeria, where in the villages the competition is sometimes
keen among the three religious traditions. We will stop to
swim and to view African animals in the Yankari Game
Reserve. Finally, we will visit the far north and the historic
city of Kano, former trading center for the trans-Sahara
trade routes, where camel trains can still sometimesbe discovered. The grand mosque and museum will help us
understand the Hausa and Fulani traditions of Islam in
Africa.
Through it all, we will live simply, encountering life in a
Third World country that is struggling to find appropriate
blendsof Africanand Western culture. We will travel light,
and experience the taste, the music, the art, and the worship of one of Africa's most energetic nations.
Evaluation: Each day participants will engage in structured dialogue and individual journal writing. Two short
tests will be given.
Required Readings: Lawson, Religions of Africa; Parrinder,
Religion in Africa; Kalu, The Nigerian Story.
The cost of $2,195 includes all air and ground transportation, accommodations and excursions, breakfast and one
dinner in London, breakfast and all dinners in Nigeria.
Registration must be made before October 27 at the International Programs Office, 2018 S 8th Street.
This course is offered om a P/Nbasis only.
Social Work
Exploring Human Semices
SWK 257-40060
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore
career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable
tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service
organization or agency and talking with human service
professionals and others who participate in an organized
approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a
"hands on" experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the
direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar for three
hours per week during which agency experiences will be
shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based
on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 1
Issues of Homelessness
SWK 339-40051
Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg
The intent of this course is:
1. To expand the student's knowledge of homelessness
in an historical context;
2. To expand the student's knowledge of the reality of
homelessness in the Twin Cities;
3. To expand the student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal; and
4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness.
Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A
seminar format will be used in the classroom for discussion/exploration of the topic.
Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic
will form the basis of evaluation.
Fee: $30.00
Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll
in this course.
Prerequisites: SOC 111,121, SWK 257,361, or consent of
instructor
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 22
Field Work III
SWK 46640065 (full course)
SWK 466-40064 (112 course)
Instructor: Francine Chakolis
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationships to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the
client contact phase of the problem-solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional
practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence
in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service
agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in
field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar help on campus. Evaluations
will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using
previously developed contract and social work evaluation
forms.
Note: Course is offered for half (466-40064) (15 hours per
week) or full (46640065)(30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client
contact tasks.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Time: To be arranged
Sociology
IPrinciples of Sociology (with emphasis on
the Health Care System)
SOC 121-40071
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As
an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for
discovering the world and one's place in it.
The emphasis for illustrations and exercises will be directed to the health care system. Cross-cultural comparisons will be drawn. As such, the course will be useful for
future health care providers and related professionals and
for consumers as well.
This course covers the same concepts and meets the same
objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students
can expect daily written and/or reading assignments.
Three exams will be given.
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 265-40066
Instructor: Jeny Gerasimo
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The
course format will include lectures, films, readings, and an
opportunity for off-campus participant observation.
Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on
a combinationof classparticipation,a research project, and
a final examination. The course is offered only on a P/N
basis.
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Spanish
Beginning Spanish
SPA 111-40048
Instructor: Mary Kingsley
Beginning Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to introducethe student to the
most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepare
him or her either to go on to additionalstudy of Spanish or
to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at
the end of the second course. The emphasis is on spoken
Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and
writing skills as well. After interim, students will be
prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approachused in class will be proficiency oriented and
grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify
those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter and a written and an oral final
exam.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Speech- Communication
Movement for the Theatre
SPC 226-40068
Instntctor: Martha Johnson
In this course students will explore principles and styles of
movement used in the art of acting. The goal will be to
increase the student's ability to communicate through
movement, by examining the principles of discipline, freedom, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Masks
and improvisationwillbe introduced as tools for corporeal
expression. All different aspects of movement will be
explored: body stance, facial expression, gesture, walking,
etc. Movement exercises will be built around short scenes,
poems, and speeches. Some principles of Oriental movement will also be introduced.
Studcnts will be given rcquired rcadings on thc principles
of movement. Thcy will be askcd to write one final paper
on course content and requircd rcadings. Attending plays
and class rnovcment presentations will also bcrcquired, as
wcll as two play reviews. Grading will k bas& an class
work, final papcr, and rnovcmcn t prcsen tations.
The class will be designed for thosc who desire to increase
their skiIls as actors, and also for those preparing for such
ficlds as teaching, law, thc minishy, ctc.
Time: JJ
Room: Tjornholm-Nelson Theatre
Documentary Video
SPC 347-40069
Instructor: Deborah Bart
Documentary Video is a video production course which
integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work as
production teams, gaining experience in field production
and cdi ting. The production teams will produce a thirty
minutcdocumcntary piece. Evaluation will bebasedupon
studcnt journals, critiques and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. There will be a $20
lab fee.
Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I
Time: I
Room: Foss A-V Seminar
W W E
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest
Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas
learning expcricnces during the Interim. Further information
about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at
International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330-1655)or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends
October 27,1989. Thesecoursesare offered on a P/N basis only and
generally carry a lower division number.
AMERICAN WRITERS AND ARTISTS IN EUROPE
W ANTIQUITIES OF GREECE
W ART AND ART HISTORY: THE EUROPEAN EXPERIENCE
W
N
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
AUSTRIA, ITALY AND THE EASTERN CAPITALS: THE
HAPSBURG HERITAGE
BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN
ISLANDS
THE BRITISH THEATRE
CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL ISSUES IN THE USSR
ECOLOGICAL SAFARI IN EAST AFRICA
EUROPE AND THE DAWN OF CAPITALISM
THE EUROPEAN ROOTS OF MODERN SCIENCE
FRANCE AND THE FRENCH
THE FRENCH-AFRICAN CONNECTION: PARIS AND
DAKAR
GERMAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE: MUNICH,
SALZBURG AND VIENNA
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND CULTURE IN A
EUROPEAN ENVIRONMENT
JAPAN: A WALK THROUGH TIME
LAW INLONDON
MALAYSIA: THE CROSSROADS OF ASIA
MEXICO'S FUTURE: PROSPECTS FOR DEMOCRACY
AND DEVELOPMENT
PEACE STUDIES: THE COLD WAR VS COMMON SECURITY IN EUROPE
THE SOVIET UNION AND EASTERN EUROPE IN THE
GORBACHEV ERA
VOLARE! ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE IN
ITALY
WEST AFRICAN RELIGION AND CULTURE
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected
with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the
college. Most carry a tuitioncost plus other expenseswhich are the
responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis.
Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the
Interim Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-40078
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on
dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian bordcr or for whi te water canoeing and desert campingon the RioGrandein theDecernkr 27 through January
27 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the
Outward Bound organiwtionhas sclmescholarshipsavaitablc).
Washington D.C. Interims
Leaders on Leadership: The National
Agenda
P O L 398-40076
Law and Society: An Examination of
Issues and Principles
P O L 398-40077
These interims begin January 1and contlnue unti1 January
20. Information on either of the above programs, housing
and financial assistance is available from Dr. MiIda
Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during
Interim and students may register for these classes as
well as for a regular course. This activity does not carry
official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in this
class without registering for the course, but will be
expected to pay any fees whether or not the student
registers for the course.
American Karate
HPE 002-40081
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage
of American Karate, taught by a certified Third
Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of
$25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 1200-1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002-40082
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Badminton
HPE 00240083
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1982-84 Catalog
Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church
2/Campus Map
/
Minneapolis, Minnesota
-
-
,
Campus Guide (2182)
1. Admissions
2. Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortenson Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College ... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1982-84 Catalog
Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church
2/Campus Map
/
Minneapolis, Minnesota
-
-
,
Campus Guide (2182)
1. Admissions
2. Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortenson Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11. Psychology Building
12. Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage 2 Theater
15. Little Theater
16. East Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Main Entrance-TunnellRarnplSkyway
D. Quadrangle
E. Faculty-Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
C.Practice Field
H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
.'-
Campus Map/3
Driving to Campus on Interstate 94
East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenuegnd
left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign.
West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the
Mississippi River and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign
and turn left at 21st Avenue South.
Campus M a p - 2
Introduction - 5
Facilities - 7
Admission - 8
Costs and Financial A i d - 12
Student Life - 24
Academic Information - 30
Brief Facts - 44
Course Descriptions - 45
Registers - 132
Index - 143
Academic Calendars - 146
Winter at Augsburg is also for snowmen
Introducing Augsburg
Few liberal arts c o l l e e s combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting, Augsburg i s one of the
few, very special Christian cnlleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the
Mission Statement adopted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents in 1977.
Mission Statement
Augsburg i s an accredited four-year Iiheral arts college o f The American Lutheran
Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin Cities merropolitan area.
The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely of Lutheran
orlentation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious,
,
cultural and ethnic backgrounds.
For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellecrual freedom in the search for
knowledge i n i t s disciplines, responsiveness ro the needs of society and the world,
and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society.
The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive
combination of commitment to the Christian faith. the liberal artsand excellence in
academic program.
Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal
ancf free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment.
The academic program is primarily committed to providing opportuniti- for a
broad background in a variety of subject areasas well as personal development. The
college challenges srudenrs with a portion of the knowledgcand ~ h o u g hwhich
t
has
been formative within human historv and culture through a wide variety OF ideas,
di5ciplinesand selected professional and pre-professional programs: assists students
in developing intellectual skills a5 we'll a 5 in selecting a career: and encourages
within stutients the attitudes and skills necessary to prepare them to be learners
rhroughour their lives. Excellence in theacademic programs hascharacterized and i s
a conrinued goal of r he rollege.
Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world i s Cod's, entrusted to us
for care, exploration and understanding.
& a Christian comrnunitv the college embraces a wide ran e of religiousexpression
and par~icipation.As part of its academic program ,4ugs urg weks to give all its
students a n inlormed understanding of the Christian faith and heritage as well as an
opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious herilage. In
addition to this intellectual rask rhe aim of thecolbege isto helpsludents understand
the Christian faith as relevant for t h ~ i own
r
experience and for partic~parioni n r h e
commitment to the role of the Christian community in rhe modern world.
t
Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community.
The qualiry of Augsburg's education is enriched by the people, culture and
educational resources provided by i t s location. However, the college i s also aware
that it has a responsibility ro contribute to ihe larger communitv. In doing this, the
college directs several of i ~ sprograms specificallv ar the metropolitan serting,
provides area5 of study not available elsewhere in the area, and offers irself as an
educational resource for a variety of new srudent populations.
History - Fjord to Freeway
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany,
in 1530. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,a3 Augsburg'~home three vears
later, in 1872. The first college students were enrol[ed in 1874 and rhe first c o l l ~ ~ e
graduation was in 1879.
The school was officially named .4ugsbur College i n 1963 when its former sponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with T e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg
Seminary joined with Luthrr Theological Seminary in St. Paul thar same war.
Continuiny lies with this heritage are reflected in the College Center's ~ u ~ s h u r g
Room and in replication of rhe original sign for Old Main. From Fjord lo Freeway, a
randTd history of the College and itr peopleduring the first 100 years, by AuqsburgJ.s
Carl E. Chrislock, is available in the Collcge Bookstore.
f
Location and Campus
Augsbur '5 campus i s located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy
square, tReiirrt of155 parks in ihen'Ciryof Lakes."The University of Minnesota Wesr
Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are
adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and
east via Interstate 91 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus
routes that also connect with the suburbs.
Y.
Reaching the Twin Cities is eas Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St.
Paul International Airport inc ude American, Capitol, Delta, Eastern, Northwest
Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, united, USAir, and Western. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
It i s the olicy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
nationa or ethnicorigins, age, marital status,sex or handicap as required by Title I X
of the 1972 Educational Amendmentsor Section 504of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
as amended i n i t s admissions polides, educational programs, activities and employment prac~ices.lnqu~riesregarding compliance may be directed to the ~ndividuals
listed in the Communications Directory inside the front cover or to t h e Directory of
the Office of Civil Rights, Departmenr of Health, Eduration and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
f
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
Au sburg College i s fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges
anBSecondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The
American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, and the
National League for Nursing.
We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran
Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National
Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Coordinating Board (MHECB).
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near
each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories,the five
buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building.
Admissions Office, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff
and reception area for prospective students and their parents.
George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named i n honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains
reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives,
classrooms and faculty offices.
Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed i n 1960.
O l d M a i n (1900) i s home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms
used by other departments. Extensively remodelled i n 1980, O l d Main combines energy
efficiency with architectural details from the past.
West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students.
Mortensen Tower, (1973), named i n honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 t o
1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus
conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
UrnessTower, (1967) named i n honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several
generous gifts t o the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor
unit," providing 36 residents, housed t w o t o a room, with their o w n lounge, study and utility
areas.
Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student
publications.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named i n honor of Augsburg's second and third
presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student
housing.
Music Hall, (1978) newest building o n campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom
facilities, t w o rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty.
Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology
department i n the former studio building.
Melby Hall, (1961) named i n honor of 1. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball
coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general
auditorium purposes.
Ice Arena, (1974) with t w o large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and
recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Stage II Theater, formerly O l d Music Hall, was redesigned i n 1979 with a thrust stage as a
temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace i n the Little
Theater building.
South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located i n or near the campus area,
provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff.
Freshmen Students - 9
Early Decision - 10
Early Admission - ID
Transfer Students - 10
Former Students - 11
Special Students
(Non-Degree) - 11
International Students - 11
Interests can be explored in a variety of classes
Admissions
Augsburg CoIleRp jeeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character
which will enahle t h e student to h e n e f ~ !fram and contribute to the college
community. Each applicant is 'udged on individuat merit without regard for race,
creed, sex. age, dirabiliry, and naiinnal or ethnic origin.
Augsburg's admissions office 51aff members are available to help srudents and
parents with college planning. The 4drnissions Ofiice is open weekdays from 8:00
a.m. t o 4:30 p.m. Tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Vis~torsare
asked to write or call the Adrnirsion3 Office (611) 330-1001 prior to the visir. The
admissions staff will arrange a campus tour. class visita~ions.and conferences with
professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is located on
the northwest corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis.
Application Procedures for Freshmen
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the
Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
2. Transcripts
A n official transcript from the h i h school i s required of freshman applicanrs.
Freshman applicanrs who are i t i l l f i e h iihool studenti at ihe rime of application
should have their nost receni transcript sent, f n l l o w ~ dbv a final transcript upon
graduarion. Graduate Examination Degree scores [G.E.D.) mav he presected
instead of the hiph srhool transcript,
3. Test Scores
Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary
Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the
American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the
official high school transcript.
4. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious
academic performance, it may be included with the application or xscussed
personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be
required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
5. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is
complete.
6. Completion of Admission
An accepted student i s asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by
April 1or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions requests may be
granted upon request by the Admissions Office.
Early Decision for Freshmen
An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary
college choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by N o v e m b e r 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The
admissions decision i s based upon the academic record through the junior year, test
scores, and recommendations.
Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for
financial assistance.
Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the
Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid
Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by
January 1. This application i s available i n the Admissions Office.
A $100.00 non-refundable tuition deposit i s required by January 15 or within 15 days
of financial aid notification.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program
may by granted admission t o begin full-time work toward a degree following
completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school.
Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman
applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty,
and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions.
Application Procedures for
Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish t o transfer after having completed
work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit i s granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves
the right not t o grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, t o
grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and t o require
that certain courses be taken at Augsburg.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better i s required o n previous
college work.
Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree i n Nursing must have a 2.5
GPA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests.
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission and return i-t t o the
Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript f r o m the college(s) you have attended i s required. Transfer
student applicants must have an official transcript from their high school sent t o
the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college
work will be evaluated primarily o n their college performance.
3. Additional Information
If there i s personal information that rnav have affected the applicant's revious
college performance, il mav be includrd wifh rhe application or &cursed
personally with an admissions counselor, Academic recommendations may be
required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decic~onis made.
4. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete. An
accepted student isasked to makea $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by April
1: or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted by the
Admissions Office upon request.
Re-Admission of Former Students
A student who has interrupted attendance a t A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes t o
return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A student who has
s ) during the absence from Augsburg must have an
attended any other ~nst~turian
official transcript sent from eac oneto the Registrar'sOffice. Returningstudentsdo
not pay the application fee.
i,
Admission as a Special
Student (Non-Degree)
I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree)
and granted the privilege of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time
student, he or she may subsequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning
through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent t o the Registrar's
Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree) status i s available from the
Registrar's Office.
Admission for International Students
International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the
rocedures for applying as an international student. You may contact the Director
calling (612) 330-1001 or addressing your correspondence to:
Director of Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis M N 55454
U.S.A.
py
12/Costs and Financial Aid
Costs 1982-83 - 13
Fees - 14
Deposits - 14
Payments - 15
Refunds - 15
Application - 16
Gifts - 17
Loans - 18
Student Employment - 19
Sponsored Scholarships - 19
Student employment options include Food Service crews
Costs and Financial Policies
Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College.The balance
of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The
American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals,
corporations and foundations.
College Costs 1982-83
Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1982-83 academic
year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college
reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Tuition (full-time enrollment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,820.00
This rate applies to all full-time students e n r e r i n ~in September, f 981. Students are
considererl full-time when thev take thrce or more courses dus~ngthe semester
term5 for a ~ o t aof
l seven or more courses in the rchool vear. The charge includes
ruition. general fees, facilities, fees. suhscript~onto student publications, and
admission to college-sup orted events. concerts and lectures. The amount 1s
payable in two equal insla Iments a t the beginning of each semester.
P
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course.
.............................
670.00
This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an
Interim only.
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course..
.........................
335.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
Room Rent (includes telephone).
....................................
1,207.00
Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
Full Board (19 meals a week). ........................................ 1,070.00
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Student Life.
Other Special Fees (not refundable)
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Fees Billed on Student Account
ACTC Bus (Full-time students
only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Late Registration (per day
after classes begrn) . . . . . . . . . .
5.00
10.00
5.00
....
35.00
Film Making (Interim) . . . . . . . . .
75.00
.........
20.00
ckys
Life Drawing (Interim)
Nursin Credit
Valifation Tests . . . . . . . .
Locker Rental
(for commuters)
Re istration Chan e after first 5
(cancelkdd/change
grade optlon, or combrnatlon
at one tlme) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to Cinema Arts
Application (new and/or
special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00
Medical Technology
(Senior Fee) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720.00
20.00
.......
5.00
Student Parking Lot
Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.00
Transcri t Fee (per copy
after t?rst, whrch
i s free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
Special Examinations (Schedule on
file in Registrar's Office)
Music Therapy Internship (one
course credrt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150.00
Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 75.00
...
10.00
Theater Technical Production . .
35.00
..............
35.00
Radio-Television Production
Student Teaching
Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated to range between $175 - 225 per year.
Deposits
Tuition (non-refundable)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$100.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge. There
are three deadline dates, each providing different benefits to you. For more
information, contact the Admissions Office.
Housing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.00
Required of all resident srudenrs a t rhe time of signing a contract, to reserve a
housing ass~gnrnent.Applied to t h e room charge. Keu. cclrlrract5 mav be r ~ r m i n a t e d
for Fall or Spring Term by notifyin the O f f ~ c eof Student Life rn writing by the tirst
davof registralion. Thp rpsident wi I be responsible for all costs incurred due to [ate
cancellation or lack ofproper notltication. It thp new contract is canrelled prior to
lulv 1 for Fall semester or lanuarv 1 for Spring Semester, 535.00 will he iorieired irom
rhe $100 deposir as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited i f
cancellation ir after these dares.
7
.
Breakage and Fine . . . . . . . . . . .
. ... . ... . . . , ..... . .... . . . .. . ... .. . . .. .
25.00
Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to
another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg.
Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated
Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial
Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester
Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan - upon
application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each
semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges I ~ r t e r .( 4 ) Deferred
Payments, an individual contract with a private commercial aaencv which operates
independently of the College. Multiple year as well as sin le year contracts are
available. An information letter and brochure will be rnaiFL. Refrr a[so to the
Parent Loan Program (PLUS) on page 18.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning
of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a
previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic or
financial aid transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of
loan funds administered by the College (National Direct/Defense Student LoansNDSL), are current according to established repayment schedules.
Refunds
Cancellation from College forms are available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's
Office. Students who properly withdraw, drop to part-time, are dismissed, or are
released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and
room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs)
according to the following schedule:
100% -through
90% - f r o m the
80% - f r o m the
70% - f r o m the
60% - f r o m the
50% - f r o m the
the first five days of classes.
sixth through 10th day of classes.
11th through 15th day of classes.
16th through 20th day of classes.
21st through 25th day of classes.
26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term.
N o refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made o n a
proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to
illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a
report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of
continued enrollment.
Student%who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to
a refund af interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participare i n a n
approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room
sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Studenr Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility
for a cash refund i s determined.
16/Financial Aid
Financial Aid
The financing of post-secondary education may wet1 be one of t h e more significant
invenments that an individual or a family will make ~na n entire lifetime. Because this
is thecase, proper planning and wise choicesare important, not only in the selection
of an institution, but also in the methods utilized In paving he related expenses.
Augsburg College. through its Office of Student Financial Services, is committed to
he! provide students and their families with the needed assistance, both monetary
an8advir.ory, that will prorect arcerr to a quality edurarion i n rpiie of increasing
costs.
Finanrial assistance a w a r d ~ d~ h r o u g hA u g b u r g i s a combinat~onof scholarships,
grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with
Federal, State, church, and private agencies i n providing various aid rograms. For
the academic year 1981-82 ap roximately 90% of all students at Augs u r received
~
srh~larrhi~r,
laanr nnBpait-time employmenl totalling over S~CIOO.OOOfrom
all aid sources.
g
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources.
The amount of assistance for which a student is eligible i s determined with the help
and analysis of tlie Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American CollegeTesting
Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service
{CSS). These analyses estimate the amount a student and family can provide for
college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current
income. assets. number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations.
How and When to Apply
New Students - Regular Admission
1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made
untirthe student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial S r a ~ e r n e n (FFS)
t
or Financial Aid form (FAFI from a
high school or college financial aid office. Comptere the applica~ionand send i t ta
the processing agency after January1bur before March 7 for priority cons~deratlon.
Minnesota residenrs must complete the FFS which includes t h e a pl~cationfor the
Minnesota State Scholarrhip/Cranr Program. (To be considere2 ure code 6500.)
Augsburg's code on.the FFS is 2080. For nun-Minnesota resid~ntsusing tlte FAF.
Augsburg's code is 6014.
3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you
areaccepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your
eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the
students' financial aid package.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package i s required within the deadline stated. If
necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent t o
you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college
previously attended.
Financial A i d / l 7
New Students - Early Decision
This i s for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early
Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive
the admission decision about December 1.
1. 'Early Decision Candidates applying for financial aid may wish to complete the
Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, available by writing or calling the
Admissrons Office. This enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary
award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of
their award by Januarv 1.
2. For confirmation of the tinancial aid award package, with any necessary revision,
the FFS (or FAF for non-~Uinnesotaresidents) must be completed after prior
calendar year i n c o m ~infarmation is available. This is after January 1 but before
March 1.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the
application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility,
satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability.
Kinds of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather
than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid available are listed
here for inkrmation only.
In addition to aid administered by Aupsburg College. students are ur ed to
invertigare the possibility ofrrholarihipr, g r a n s and loans thar might beavaiEbie in
their own camrnunities. It could be worthwhile t o check with churches, the
company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clu bs, and
fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their
requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid
,
through Vocational Rehabiliration, Education Assistance for V e r e r a n ~ Educationaj
Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others.
Gift Assistance
Presidents Scholarships- Awarded to incoming freshmen based on high academic
achievement, personal qualities, a personal interview, and an essay. Several full
tuition and half tuition award winners are annually designated by the President of
Augsburg College.
Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students who have shown academic
potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up to full tuition and fees. A
student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarshi and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
r ~ r i d e n r swho have iinaniiarneed. For 1982-83, they range from $100 to $1050. All
applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of
April 23.
18/Financial A i d
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant - 4 federal program administered by
t h c Colleye. To be ~ l i g r h l r a, person m u ~ r :(1) be a L.5, c ~ t i z e nor permanent
reqidcnt: ( 2 ) have s u i f ~ r i e n tf~nancial need as detincd bv rhe program and
d ~ r n o n s t r a ~ rt3v
d rhe FFS (or FAF); (31 bc c a p a b l ~of maintaining satisfactory
a r a d ~ m i cstanding at rhe College; and (4) he accepted for admision.
Pell Grants - A federal program that provides Pell Grant awards to students who
attend eligible institutions of higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for
each student for 1981-82 is $1670, minus the amount the student and family can be
expected to contribute. The grants are based on need as determined by the program
guidelines. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the
application form that the necessary information be sent to the appropriate Pell
Grant office.
Bureau of Indian Affairs kholarships/Grant -American Indian students who meet
t ~ d r r aand
l stare requrremenr5 mai appIvfar Bureauof Indian Affairs,Tribal and/or
Indian State Scholarship monies. S l u d ~ n r smust bc r i degree Indian ancestry and be
enrolled with a fcdcrallv recognized tribc, lndian grants supplement all other
rourccs of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American
Indian Program Director or your tribal agency.
Loan Assistance
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) - join1 Augsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the Cotlegc for studenrs who demonstrate financial
rligrbility. Loans arp interest free during your education. N o inrerest accrues nor
do avmenrs have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled a l least
halfiime. Slrnple interest of 5':. and repilvmenr of the principal (at ihc minimum of
5311 a rnnnzh) begin ~ i months
x
afrer vou leave schoot. Repavment rnav extend u
to 10 vears. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. She maximum whic
may be borrowed for undergraduate sturiv is $6,000
R
Guaranteed Student Loan (GSL) and Minnesota State Studmt Laan - Programs
backed bv either t h e f ~ d e r aor
l state governmen?. Loan funds are obtained directly
from a local lender or state povernrnent in stares which provide w c h programs.
LVhile the student is attending a t least half-time, rhere i s na inrerest charge.
Beginn~ngIanunrv 1.1981. simple annual interest of gom+
on the loan balance and
repavrnent of the principal begin six months after you leave schunl. Repaymen1
rnav extend up 10 10 wars. The maximum loan is $7500 ppr year w i t h the
cumulative undergraduate rnaximun~of $12.500. "Ipplications are available a t the
college. sc3rne banks, and the Minnesota Stare Student Loan Office.
Nursing Student Loan - Fcderal pro$ram with provisions similar to the National
Direct Student Loan pro ram, but restriaed to applicants accepted or enrolled in
t h e program leading tot i e baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have
financial n ~ e d
and be registered full rime. The maximum loan is $2500 per year.
i:
Parent Loan Program /PLUS) - PLUS i s a new loan program to help parents meet
collcge cost5. Parents m a v borrow up to 53,000 per year with a n rlggregate
rnaxtrnum ot $15.000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursrmerlI a t a
simple interest rate of 14"r)and a minimurn paymcnl af '550 per month. Application
forms are available at 4upsbur College or the lending rnstitutions. .%ppEicarions
are normally filed with thc hanf or t h i i d,t 1n5titution with which vour farnilu.has a n
account.
A
Student Employment
Augsbury College provides work opportunities for studenrr with proven financial
need who are at least one-half time srudenrs. Assignmenr is made o n the basis of
need and potential compezence in performing the duries assigned. Part-time work
p r o v i d e d by r h College
~
i s considered financial atd. just as scholarships, loans, and
grants. A mavimum of 1 5 hours of on-campus emplovment pcr week i s
recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued
to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check
to the student employee.
College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under
these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis
with t k College r o provide some part-time work opportunities.
Aid Association for Lutherans Work Service Program - A special program of
off-campus placement in Lutheran congregations, with work assignments made at
the discretion of the congregation, which will support the life and mission of the
congregation.
Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department
involved.
These scholarships are available to Augsburg students who will be Sophomores,
Juniors and Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors'
wishes.
General Scholarships
Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation - A number of awards of varying amounts
(minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship
- awarded annually to deserving junior/
senior students.
Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established in 1979 by his family. One or more
scholarships will be awarded annually to needy and deserving upperclass students.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to two
deserving junior/senior students.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College
established in 1979 by members of his family. One or more
David J. Formo Scholarshi
scholarships will be a w a r f e d a n n u a ~ lto
~ a junior or senior student who has successfully
overcome adversity and has achieved excellence i n academic and extracurricular performnce
Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from
Waldorf College. Preference given to those i n music and/or elementary education.
Memorial Scholarship -awarded
annually to an able and deserving upperclass student
Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o b e distributed t o
needy students.
Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior.
Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - established i n 1963 by a bequest of J o h n G. Quanbeck,
awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue
higher education.
Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded
t o able and deserving upperclass students.
Tozer Foundation kholarships - u p t o 51000 ~ a c h
- awartfetf on the bas~sof scholarsh~p,
p e r ~ o n d l i t vand
,
n t r r l . I l i n n e n must be junior nr senior students ivho a r e residents of the
Slate of hllnnesota bur nor reridents of Pine. Kanahec or Xashinpron Counties. Separate
application re uired oi srml-itnallsts selertrtl hv rhe irholarshlp comrnirre~.FFS must be sent
to Twr.r Foun4datlon rod^ 65--)
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving junior o r senior
student.
Special Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students w h o are
certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving
students, w h o have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need.
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship - awarded t o able and deserving students who-are policy
holders with Lutheran Brotherhood.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a deserving senior.
M i n o r i t y Student Scholarships/Grants
Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded
American minority students w h o show financial need.
annually t o Lutheran
Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 t o
be awarded t o a Black student.
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically t o a Black
American student.
National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The American
Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities w h o are either
seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an
ALC congregation may be considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs
Committee.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships
students.
-
awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental
Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually t o t w o minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction.
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded t o students preparing for full-time
service careers i n the church.
Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student(s) i n t h e
senior class w h o is preparing for the ministry.
lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n
Christian service.
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship,
characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith.
Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparingforthe Christian ministry.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship- awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian service.
The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing
in fields leading to full-time service in the church.
Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshir - awarded annually t o an able and
deserving junior/senior'student recommended by t e scholarship committee. Semi-finalists
are interviewed and selected by donor.
Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a junior/senior
student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the
American Lutheran Church.
Departmental Scholarships
Art
Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway t o be
awarded anriually to a talented art student with financial need.
Athletic
Paul Dahlen MemorialScholarship- awarded annually t o an able and deserving male student
on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
-
Paul Dahlen
Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or
students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement.
Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education.
James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement.
Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial
need.
Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player o n basis of financial need.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
David Gronner MemorialSchrrlarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~
in athtetlcs or music. She award IS "made to students who have demonstrated financial need
and/or "oi h ~ g Christian
h
character". The tthleticscholarship i s for a male candidate only, with
a preference ror basketball.
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to
upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference given to wrestlers.
Biology
Biology Scholarships -established i n 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major i n Biology, Natural Scienceor MedicalTechnology.
Business
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students
interested i n the field of business.
Reid Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business
and/or education.
GertrudeS. Lund Memorial Scholarship - One or more scholarships will be awarded annually
t o a junior or senior majoring i n Business Administration.
Chemistry
Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - given to a chemistry major, preferably one
going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry.
Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement i n the field of
Chemistry.
Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry 5cholarship.
Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Federick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship.
Dr. W. M. Silndsfrom Chemistry Scholarship.
Walter Cordon Schell Memorial Chemislrv Scholarship.
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial
assistance during the term i n which they are student teaching.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are
majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career.
Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the
field of English.
Foreign Language
M i m i Baez Kingsley M o d e r n Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to
teach language as a career.
Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during
the academic year, to help with travel expenses. Aspecial application i s required by the Foreign
Language Department.
Health-Related
Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who i s
planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine.
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass
students preparing for a career in medicine or health.
History
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - awarded annually to a history major.
The Rev. and Mrs. 0.1.Haukeness Award - given to a senior student for excellence in the
study of history.
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring in history
with preference given to those who plan a career i n the field.
Library Science
Library ScienceScholarship -established
choosing librarianship as a career.
in 1971 to honor one or more outstandingstudent(s)
Mathematics
Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/senior
students majoring i n mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability.
Matheinatics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of
mathematics.
Music
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying
choral music.
lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in stringed instruments.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participating
in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have
demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/orinstrumental music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise of over;~ll academic success.
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire
musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
Edwin W.and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship-awarded to music majors preparingforcareers in
church music.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarshippromise i n the field of music.
awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding
Schubert Club Scholarship - awarded annually to a music therapy student.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a
rnajor/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing.
John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to
upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music.
Physics
Theodore
physics.
J.Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring i n
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship - A n
political science.
award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student i n the general field of
Christian Sociology.
24/Student Life
Religious Life - 25
Student Government - 25
'Athletics - 26
Student Activities - 26
Student Services - 26
Center for Student Development - 27
Intercultural Center - 27
Health Service - 28
Food Service - 28
Residence Life - 28
Student Rights - 29
' D a y in May"
- a Spring celebration
Student Life/25
Student Life
Your experiences in rhe classroom are the primary aspecr of your colle e life, but
learning and development also occur i n formal and informal aaivitiesof t e College
and the metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you
will find that the climate for learning and living a t Augsburg can add dimension to
your education.
&,
Religious Life
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academicand
social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we
encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith.
Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and
cultural backgrounds, QUr worship life i s characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bibhe studies, fellowship groups, Gospel teams, planning
committees, retreats, Peace and ]usrice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, and
plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression i n chapel worship where students,
faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday to give thanks and
hear the Word proclaimed by a number of speakers. Each Wednesday night
students gather for Holy Communion.
W e seek ro develop a
graduafly change and
church. we encourage
the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the College Center t o be readily available for
counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious
activity and groups.
Student Government
Student government i s the vehicle through which students can secure a closer
relatfenship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and
provide input into t h e decision-making process a t Aug~burg.Student government
also sponsorsand direasstudent aaivities, protectsjtuclent righrs, and provides the
means fordisclrisiansand action on a l l issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg.
Student government i s organized info the executive branch, the legislative branch,
and t h e judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who
elea their r e resentatives in !he fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement
are posr;lble ram proqram planning to writing or editing to service opportunities.
li you want to get in~oliled,contact the President or Vice President of the student
society in their offices in the College Center.
/'
Social, Cultural, and Recreational
Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus
as we~fasi n the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name
entertainment, and visiting personalities i n various fields.
26/Student Services
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activ%yo n campus. Offices for the
College newspaper, the Augshur Echo, and the yearbook, the Augburgian, are on
the lower level. l s n y of the c l u f r rhat unite clarrroom or non-clasrroorn related
intererrs meet in r h e Center. KC,MR, fludent-operated nan-profit radio station
serving the needs of Augsburg and t h e surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is
located i n Mortensen Tower.
There are several opportunities for partici ation in music and drama. In addition to
appearing an campus and in the city, t e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and
Orchestra perform o n national and international tours. Many other ensembles are
available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical
experience. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the
theater a n 5 department.
R
lntercollegiate Athletics
Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC)
a n 8 is a member of both the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics
(NAIA) and the National Co[legiate Athletic Association (NCAA). Men annually
compete in football. soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball,
track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, gymnastics,
basketball, track Pc field. and $oftball.
lntramurals
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition i n a variety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed
sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice
arena.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities Director.
Student Services
kugsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes
that the cont~xZin which l ~ a r n i lakes
n ~ place i s a crirical tactor in a t h i ~ v i n optimal
g
growth. Knowled e grows from mare than intellectual endeavors. Expandin
iela~ionships,e r p 6 r i n g v ~ i u e r ,identifying Me styles, develnping auranomy an
~nterdependence,
finding purposeand commitment -all combine with in~ellectual
content and skills to produce the desired educarional impact of the collegc on its
3
students.
The Division of S t u d ~ n thifairs has been created to sup' ort this task. During the
summer before your freshman year, or at the t i n e of trans er, you will receive a copy
of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Educat~on.This book will help you
assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider
and different destinations for which to pIan. SEMAPHORE was designed tb act as a
sort of road map for you.
P
CSD, Intercultural Center/27
Center for Student Development
The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may
wish to participate in are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your firrt academic year and pre-register for
classes. You and your parents ger acquainred with classmates, faculty, and staff as
well as with the campus. You stav in thcdormitorv, attend events in the metropolitan
area and seek answers to the many quesi~omyou have about college life.
Career Plannin and Placement. You rnav be uncertain about where you want to be
when you finis r your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a
balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment.
Augsburg has a lour-year career development plan to help vou assess yourself.
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry inlo the next phase of your
life. All new students will have a chance to review rheir interests with a counselor.
?
Human Devefo ment Seminars. A serles of informal "mini-courses'' are offered
each year to herp you grow in understanding of yaurrelf and vour relatinnrhip ro
orhers. Such topics a s PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships],
y.
JobSeeking, and Sexuality are
Issues i n Men'< and Women's I d ~ n t ~ rAssertiveness.
available. Information on current offerings and opparrunityto register are provided
several times during t h e year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading,
studving, n o t e - t a k i n ~and
,
testing by attendine one or more of the workshop5
offered. You a150 win have an opportunity to meet with a counselor T O diagnose
your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring
through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult t o cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience.
Counselors are available to help students who are experiencing personalhnterpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of
personal growth groups.
Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire
t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same.
This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program.
Intercultural Center
As a College in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity,
Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close
cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these
efforts concentrate in two major areas:
American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support
program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian
Programs Director provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community
service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians.
Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates Black student activities.
The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs.
28/Residence Life
The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are
from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and
events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff.
Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member
who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities
available.
lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be
part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed
lnternational Student Adviser.
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on
Riverside A v ~ n u ~ a c r o rhc
s s strcer from the campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service. and prescriptions a r e availab[e through the Fairview Pharmacy at
cost. Be sure to check \,our iarnily health coverage toc3etermine if you are included;
if n o r , a studen7 health insurance plan is avarlahle.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food
service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy
Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan
who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
Thechinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center,features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses
or nearby apartments.
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a ~a srudentk aabilitv to respond to the learning
r
conditions, a variety of l~ousing
environmen r depends, i n art, upon his or h ~living
aliernatives i i provided. TEe residence hall program i i designed to promoterrudcnt
growth throu3h relationships with other students and being an acjive parricipant in
yroupdeci51on-makin?. Each restdenc~unit h a s o n e o r m o w Resiclent Staff who are
able to factlitare the process of group living asnell asdiscuss personal concernswith
Individual students.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and
Kueffner Apartments.
Students enpaye a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year.
New studentc r ~ c e i v eroom assignments during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All
res~dentstudcnts must 3ign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 i n
order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1will be provided housing
only if space i s available.
Student Rights/29
All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' accounts when they
move into the residence.
All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36
students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, i s an alternative to traditional
residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students.
South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students.
Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunitv
to f r v R r O U p living. Grou 5 of upperclass men or women share living space, house
ieiponribil~rier.and coo!ine. Houier are loca~edin the campus area. One way to
maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation ii TO avail vourself of
the opportunitv to bid far a house as a Special lnteresr House. Groups of 5tudents
have c r ~ a t ~evciting
d
projects by writing and implementing educational impact
proposals o n such ropics as Environmeniat Concerns, Men's and Women's A w a r e
ness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies.
Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished
except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads,and lamps. Laundry facilitiesare
available in each residence.
Student Rights
The College has adopled a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has
providecl lor due proces5 in matters of disciplinarv action, grievances. and grade
appeal. The judicial Council i s clecred by s~udenzsandIacultvand serve5 tocondua
hearings and review matterr of concern. 4ny student who wishes to identify
appropriate procedures forcomptainr should rontaa the Vice President for Student
Affairs.
The College operates in romptianre with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Studenrs have the right t o inspect all official records, filesand data which pertain
ro them and w h ~ c hare maintained i n the Officeof the Registrar and the Placement
Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are
parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the
record before lanuary 1, 1975. or placed under conditions where students have
signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education
free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background,
handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center
for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Communication Directory on the inside front cover of this Catalog.
30/Academic Information
Degrees - 31
Academic Calendar - 31
Faculty - 31
Library, Audio-Visual, Computer - 32
Divisions - 32
Majors & Minors - 33
Teaching Licensure - 34
Certification Programs - 34
Pre-Professional Programs - 34
inter-Institutional Programs - 36
Study Abroad - 37
Honors Program - 38
Internship Program - 38
Continuing Education - 38
Registration - 38
Graduation Requirements - 39
Hats off to the graduating seniors!
Distribution Requirements -40
Grading - 41
Auditing Courses - 41
Grade Point Average - 42
Classification - 42
Advanced Placement - 42
Advanced Standing - 42
Probation and Dismissal - 42
Dean's List - 43
Graduation with Distinction - 43
lndependent/Directed Study - 43
Veterans - 43
Brief Facts - 44
Course Numbering - 46
Prerequisites - 46
Academic Information/31
Academic Information
Requirements for a degree from Augsburg College provide studen~swirh a broad
liberal arts backgrount! - In the humanities, the natural sciences and the social
sciences - and concentrated major studv i n one or more fields. Students are
encouraged to plan their own course af study with the help of facult! advisers.
Augsburg graduates are expecred to bc able to write effectively, to be knowledgeable about urban concerns. and 20 have some understand~ngof cultures
outside the United Stares. General recreational activirres roursej acquaint students
with and e uip rhem for lifetime sports. Courses In religion assist i n reflection on the
~
Church rhruugh i t u d v a i i a h e l i r i r rcrlprure.and mission.
meaning 0 7 t h Chrlrrian
Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science dcgrees. The B.S. degree i s a w a r d ~ dto graduates with majors in Medical
TcchnoEoyv, Music Therapv. Nursing and Social Work. Majors in music may select
the program lor the achet tor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates
with majors i n other fields rcceive the Rachclor of Arts degree.
Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14weeksseparated by a 4-weekJanuary Interim. Students normally take four
courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses
can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six
weeks.
The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during
the regular term. (See Registration).
Ianuarv Interim i 5 particularly intended to be a time for both srudenrs and facuttv to
ernplov styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in
places and ways not possible during the r ~ g u l a rtrrm. The Interim cafalog.
publishetj in the fall of each year. I S d i ~ ~ r i h l r t etod a l l ~tudentsand i s available bv
contacting the tnterim Ofiice. In addirion to classes offcrcd on campus, there are a
variety of travel oppor~unitieswilhinthe IJnited Statesand abroad. Independent or
directed study and internships are among the many In~erirnoptions.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal
interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 14 t o 1.
Faculty membersserve as academicadvisers and are available for help on individual
problems. All students are assigned a faculty adviser to help in planning their
programs and approving their choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each
departmental listing, u i t h f u r t h ~ rinformation in the Augsburg College Faculty
section.
Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and triendjy student library assistants make the
library a favorite place to 5tudy. The main library houses over 138,000 books,
periodicals, records, tapes and films, Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide
libraries are located within the departmental areas.
32/Academic Organization
Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service
among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through
Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and
Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
A service-dedicated staff providesstudents with assistance 10 meet diverse informainstruction in the use of the library, standard ref~renceservice,
tion needs includ~ng
guidance in pursuing term paprr topius, and directions to other local sources of
information. Special arrangements arr made for access by srudentr with physical
handicaps.
The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and
for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies,
filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students.
Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed
for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are
available.
Computer Resources
Augsburg has a PDP 31-60 with central memory of 256 kilobytes and terminals at
several campus locations. The College also has several Apple S
I microcomputers, a
Tektronix 4051 graphics microcomputer, and KIM-1 laboratory microcomputers.
Augsburga150 has a access to large computers through both Minnesota Educational
Computer Con5ottium and the University of Minnesota.
Academic Organization and Programs
Divisions and Departments
The colle e curriculum i s offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four
divisions or administrative and instructional purposes.
B
Humanities - Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and
Theater Arts
Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson)
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, ~sychology,
Sociology
Professional Studies - Rosalie V. Clark (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work
Majors and Minors/33
Majors and Minors
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one
division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding.
Normally a major should be elected by theend of the fourth semester and earlier i n
some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section.
M a j o r s available at Augsburg are:
A r t History
Biology
Business Administration
(Accounting, Finance,
International Business,
Management, Marketing)
Chemistry
Communication
East Asian Studies'
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering2
English
Foreign Languages
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Mathematics
M i n o r s available at Augsburg
Art History
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies'
East and Southeast
Asian Studies
Economics
English
M e d i c a l Technology3
M e t r o - U r b a n Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philoso h y
Physica~Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science
Social W o r k
Sociology
Speech
Studio A r t
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
are:
Foreign Languages
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Library Science
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Welfare
Sociology
Special Education
Speech
Studio Art
Theater Art
It i s possible for students t o complete other majors through the ACTC. Students w h o wish t o
complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg
Registrar's Office.
1 -Cooperative
Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students t o take beginning and intermediate
courses i n Chinese, Japanese and Russian.
2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science
and Michigan Technological University
3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern
Hospital
34/Licensure, Certification
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licemure programs are offered at Augsburg i n Elementary Education,
Kindrrpartcn. Prekindergarten, and thp iolrowing t i ~ l d sin 5econdarv Education:
English-Languag~Arts. Frrnch, German, Health. Lite Science, Mathematics, Physrcal
Science (Chcrnis~rvor Physics), Scienc~(Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish,
Speech. Theater Arts. and in the special areas of Art (K-121, MUSIC[K-12). and
Phvsical Education (K-72). h minor i50ffered i n L~brilrvSci~nre.Students planning TO
teach an the secondary level h a t e advisers both in the Education department and
t h e area of their academic rnajor(~I.
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg
to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth:
Certification in Art -requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less
formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact
the Art Department Charrperson.
Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing
on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include
courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on
women. Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark.
Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff
Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology,
sociology, speech and physical educatian. The pro ram i s designed to meet or
exceed criteria used i n The American Lutheran C urch certification program.
Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson.
t
- Provides the background for performing
systematic assessmentsof programsfor social improvements. Students are required
to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an
internship. For futher information, contactthe Psychology or Sociology Department
Chairperson.
Program Evaluation Certification
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry,
veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg.
It i s recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or
seminaries be reviewed and the course of study a t Augsburg planned accordingly. A
faculty adviser is available in each held to assist students in their planning. It i s
recommended thar students who want to plan a pre-professional program consult
with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social
sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future
professional study.
Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses;
Biology 111, 112; Phy~i- 727, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352;
Mathematics 124; General Psychology, 1course. Requirementsat other universities
may vary.
Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dualdegree program of liberal arts and
engineering in c o o p ~ r a t i o nwith t h e Washington University of Engineering and
Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri,and the M~chiganTechnological University i n
Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for
information on the course requirements i n t h ~ sThree-Two Plan of studies.
Pre-Law - Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the
handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. and consult the
Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoe!. Students may wish to take the
political science course, Law i n the United States, to help determine whether they
possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high
grade point average, the pre-law student ~ h o u l dbe aware that many graduate
schools consider the grade P given for a course as a C.
Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education t o
repare for study in medicine. A t Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments
eave majors specially der~ynedior pre-medical students. Barh require Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106), Matnematics 124, 125; and Physics 124, 122. The Chernisrry
major also requires Chemistry 353,361, one advanced course, seminar. and two or
more biology courses. The Biology major also requires Biology 117,112,491 and one
from each of three groups (351, 353, 361), (355,473,474),1440, 471,476), with 353
recommended. Designed t o meet the Univenity of Minnesota requirements, both
programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities,
including psychology and sociology. Requirements at other medical schools may
vary. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early in the
freshman year.
Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology
111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351.352; Econarnicsl22,123; English 111 andasecond
course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122: electives from
humanities, literature and the arts to futfill the semester hour requirements.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. Recommended preparatron includes Religion 111, 221; at least two
semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of
philosophy: and Creek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine a1 the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: English.? courses; Mathematics 124; publics eaking,l course; Chemistry
115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111,112; Pfysics 121,112; Economics, 1
course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division
foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, histor , political
science, psychology or sociology courser ta fulfill the rest of the Jstribution
requirements. Requirements a t other universities may vary.
36/1 nter-l nstitutional
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private collcgps
library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, he ,%ugsbur~
community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 138,000 books, periadicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus. No additional fee i s required for such an
exchange, except for private ins~ructionin music and some independent studies.
SPP Independent Study For further details. Students mav elen to participate i n zhe
cooperative program to ~ a i n
new p~rzpecrives,to get berter acquainted wirh the
other school^, or ro undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home
campus. Thc c o l l ~ q e shave c o a r d i n a t ~ dcalendarr. The interim term mav also be
l a k e n on another campus. .4 regularly scheduled busshutt les students between the
campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim.
The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is
composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, South Dakota and Wisconsin.
Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative
research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of
the community organizations of the Upper Midwest.
Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg
College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has
resulted in the establishment of a four-year program i n social work, sociology or
psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed t o
train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and
students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee
Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for
the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes
offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the
courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable.
Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses i n computer
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
Study Abroad/37
Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate i n Air Force ROTC at The
College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are
eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information,
contact the Dean of the College.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further
information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from
the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of
students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the
year one wishes to participate in an international program.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the
ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in
intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular
semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs - Augsburg students may take
part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (Oslo) or the South American Urban
Semester (Bogota) programs. Both programs are interdisciplinary and stress cross
cultural comparison in development and planning, including study tours to other
nations in their respective regions.
'
Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg lnterim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad
issued each spring for the following January.
lnternational Business Program - See under Business Administration, page 53.
Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program
based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global
justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes
intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural
activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition
for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited.
Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller
College i n London and Heidelberg; the University of Bath, England; the University
of Dundee, Scotland; the University of Seville, Spain; and the Institute for
American Universities in Avignon, France.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates i n the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in
one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of
the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages:
language study and group meetings during the school year before departure,
independent study abroad a topic of one'schoice during the following summer,and
the writing of a paper upon return.
38/Academic Policies
Summer School - There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish-to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent
summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those
interested in further information should contact the Director of International
Programs.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for
qualified students to pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of
study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options i n completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program.
Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Benjamin Cooper, Honors Director.
Internship Program
The Internship Program i s a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost
all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can
be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are
available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through
its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since
continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary
in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about
Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the
Associate Dean.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Registration - Semesters, Interim, Summer
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Students normafly register for four courses a semester and onecourse in the interim.
Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time
students. To register for more than 4.5courses,~tudentsmu57 contact the Registrar's
office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission.
A joint class schedule i s published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following
semesters.
Se arate catalogs of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer
Sc ool Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and
procedures.
FI
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus
are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms
Interim Office, Memorial 230, Interim
Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School
Graduation Requirements/39
Freshmen and transfer students have an opportunity to pre-register during summer
for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students have an opportunity to
pre-register duringtheiall for the spring and duringthespring for both the fall and
the following spring. All students must confirm their registration at rhe beginning of
each semester and complete financial arrangemenrs.
Arthough a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins,
registrarlon i s encouraged at the regularly scheduled rime. Special fees are charged
for late cegistration. Special feesalso are c h a r g ~ sfor cancelling or adding courses or
changing grading option after t h e f1r51 f ~ v edays of a semester.
Students are urged not to abandon murscsfor which thev are registered, since this
results i n a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or
cancellation from College must be done i n the Registrar's Office. Cancellations
from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the
completed Cancel from College form IS rerurned to t h e Office of the Registrar.
Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the
student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the
Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified i n the
Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no
incompletes or open courses on the academic record).
1. Completion of 35 courses.
.4t least 71 courses musr he upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not m a r e
~ h a n13 may be in one d c p a r ~ m e n t except
,
i n certa~napproved majors for !he
B a c h ~ t o rof Science/Arts degrec. 1: for the Barhelar of Music ancl Bachelor of
Scienre in Musrc Jhera v degrees, and 18 In the Bachclor of Science i n Nursing
degree. The course rota must tnclude t h r e ~
In~erimsfor student5 w h o s ~complete
academic work 1 5 a t Augsburg. Far rransfer students, the course toral m u ~includc
t
one less inrrrim course than the number of vears at 4ugsburq.
F
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35rotal courses required:
4 Conservation of Human Resources 4CHR) courses: ? courses bv inde ~ n d e n t /
directed study; 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade o Pass tP).
Non-traditional grading (P) also has these lirnirs: 2 in the major except Elemcnrarv
Education and Nursing; 1 i n the minor if approvcd by the department chairperson.
P
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree
should contact the Office of the Registrar about specific requirements for a second
baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
2. Completion of a major.
Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor
or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged.
3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors.
A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major, except for Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5
averages are required.
40/Distri b u t i o n R e q u i r e m e n t s
4. Residence
The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time
students) must be at Augsburg.
5. Distribution requirements (See below)
Distribution Requirements
Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the
summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematin-Physics
Chemistry-Biolog
Psychology-Sorio ogv
English-Speech. Communication
Rc Theater Arrs
Y
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
Foreign Languages - Two courses (I11 and 112) of one foreign language at
Aufsburg. Students who test above the Illlevel of a foreign language will take one
ad ~ t ~ o ncourse
al
at placement level in that language o r t w o courses (111 and 112) of
another foreign language.
Religious Studies - Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more
than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required i s
one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg.
Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to
meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the
Office of the Registrar.
Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime
sports.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement i n courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter
tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are-offered with grading oprions - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale or rhe Pass/NonCreditsystem.in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N
means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N
grade o tion with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look
favorabc on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N
limitations under Graduation Requirements.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several
interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses
are raded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional s y s t ~ m English
.
Illis
grafed P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N.
Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, gnd Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system
unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates
published each term. A fee i s charged for any changes after the first five days of
classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest
standards of excellence
"
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A
grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or
below level.
r2n incomplete qrade mav be given ontv in the case of extreme emergency. To
rcceive it, a siudent must file a pelifinn with he Carnmirtee on Student Sfanding
staling the reasons for the rtqucrt, the plan and d a t p tor removing it.and comments
from the insrructar If permission is granted, the i n c o r n p l ~ tmust
~
be removed
during the foTlowing scrnester, ar i t becomes rhe grade s u b m i t t ~ dbv the teacher
along wirtl rhe incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an independent o r d i r e r r ~ ds1udvcour5eor internship
that is to be spread aver more than enesemester. Strch a course must be completed
during the second semester or the grade of S wi[I remain on the t ~ c o r dIf. X i s given,
the course must be registered for a s 1 Y In the lollowing term tn order that credit and
a grade may be a5sipncdm
A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated
for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated
for credit, but may be audited. All courses taken remain on the academic record.
Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation
and in the grade point average.
A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation on the record.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering
for Audit (V). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for
part-time students is listed under Expenses. Students who audit a course should
confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations
have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W
(Withdrawn).
42/Classification, Probation
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) i s based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It
does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed i n the
G PA.
Classification
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points
Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement in courses beyond the be inning level i s granted to students
with scores of 3.4, and 5 a n t h e CEtB Advanced Wacement Program Test. ~ d d i t i o n a l
credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be
addressed to the Office of rhe Registrar.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school students who havesuccessfuIIycompleted a
college level course and who have scored high on he Advanced Placement
Examinations. Augsburg will also award credir on the basisof scorer. received on the
College Level Examination Proyam (CLEF) ofiered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should b~ addressed to the
Office of the Registrar.
Probation and Dismissal
A student will be placed ort schotastic probation at the end of t h e term i f his or her
athie~ernentis unsat~sTac~ory.
A student who has been on probation two or morc
C O ~ S P C U serncjrera
~ ~ ~ C
is subject to di;rn~ssal at the end of tlie term. Dismissal f r o m
the College is not automatic. Each c a w I S reviewed bv the Committee on Student
Stand~ng.A student who has a poor a c a d ~ m i crecord mav b e s~rongtyadvised to
withdraw before t h e end of the term. ,4 studenr who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to
re-enroll.
A student will be placed on probation under these conditions:
Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7
courses.
Sophomore - below 1.7 cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer
than 16 courses.
Junior - below 1.9 cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses.
Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses.
A student will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the
minimum levels above. Students placed on probation as a freshman for earning 2
zero grades will be removed from robation if their classification changes to
sophomore and ihev h a v e not earnexadditional zero grades. Students placed on
probation as a sophomore for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation
if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
Study Options, Veterans/43
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point
average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or
equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in
courses offered for credit.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed
two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Independent/Directed Study
Many departments offer opportun~tiesforconscientioussrudents who demonsrrate
sufficient background and preparation i n a given field to carry out upper division
level work on an independent basis. Somed~partmentsalsoofferan opportunity for
directed stud!: on a lower division level. A srudent who resisters for directed or
independent study should normally expect to complete i t in one semester but may
extend i t into the next term by permission of the instrucror. In such ca5es.a grade of
X isgiven a t theend of the f l r 5 t term. and zhestudentwill registerapain forthe course
to receive the final grade.
Student3 interested in registering for directed or independent study must first
secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two
courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35
courses required for the degree.
Srudents may cross-register for inde endent studies at another ACTC school only
when the majorfield in which rheinBcpendenl study i s proposed is not available on
their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs
a~tarhed.Requests for exception to this policvshould be made directly to their own
academic dean.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training.
Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans
Administration.
Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after anv period of two
consecutive terms in which they did not earn a t least three courses per term, the
rntnirnum for classification as full-time students, It i s the responsibility of each
veteran to report any change i n registration and/or academic load to the Office of
the Registrar, as it i s for all students.
A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below
to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need ro
three courses w i r bc n p o r ~ e d
meet the requirements ol the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
46/Departments, Courses
Departments and Course
Course descriptions are listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The
descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise
description and clarification of content and requirementsfor individual courses, the
student should consult the inctructors of the courses.
Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall
and/or Spring terms, unless anerher frrquency isspecified. The Schedule of Classes
published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim and Summer
School are published in separate catalogs.
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit,
are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Afull course has the approximate
value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in
addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are
primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors.
Prerequisites
Coursesthat must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed i n the
caurse descrip~ion.A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not
been fulfilled if there is prior approval of a professor teaching the course and of the
academic adviser. Consent of the instructor is indicated in some course descriptions
by this sign: (#)
Art
Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August
Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson
Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107, 225; 3 art history
courses including 240. One course must be i n 2-dimensional art (118,223,360) and
one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required t o begin their programs
with the Foundations, although advanced placement i s possible with portfolio on
approval by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223
and 250 plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history
courses. Consult wirh Department of Education for requirements i n education for
teacher licensure.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses
including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificatein Art: 8art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may
be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Foundations in Studio Art Courses
102 Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts i n the urban and world setting. Concern for thevisual content of experience in the
environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects
exploring design problems i n representation, symbolism and abstraction.
107 Drawing
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building
interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
225 Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.
Studio Art Courses
100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132 Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and
white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring)
150 Jewelry
An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn
how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals.
221 Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective
media.
223 Print hIakhg I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media includingetc hing,silk-screen
and woodcut.
242 Film Making
Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim)
247 Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog
250 Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
330 Visual Communications II
A study of visual communications i n magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and
other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.:225)
351 Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a
continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250)
355 Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:llB)
360 Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor.
(Alternate years)
368 Print Making II
Advanced work with color and composition i n various media, including silk-screen,
etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223)
399 Internship
Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project.
478 Sculpture II
Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221)
499 Independent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors.
Art History Courses
240 Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of
slides, visits to museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year.
352 Women's Art History
A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the
cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period.
382 Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times.
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman Period to the 4th Century A.D. (Alternate years,
Fall, 1982)
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and
architecture in Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14th to 18th century. (Alternate years,
Spring 1983)
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Alternate years, 1983-84)
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis on
19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous
movements. (Alternate years, 1983-84)
Biology
Neal T h o r p e (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg,
Ralph Sulerud
Major - Option 1: 7 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m
each o f t h r e e groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students
i n t e n d i n g t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
Major - Option 2: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m
each o f five groups: (I) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111)361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476;
Chemistry 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106), 351 and 352. Students w h o plan t o teach i n
secondary schools o f t e n select this major. Licensure f o r teaching i n Minnesota also
requires t r e e courses i n earth a n d life sciences. Students p l a n n i n g t o teach are
advised t o consult w i t h t h e Education Department early i n their planning.
Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually
require Chemistry 353.
Minor: 5 courses, including Ill,
112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry
115,116 (or 105, 106).
Honors Major: GPAof 3.5 in biology and 3.0overal1, active participation in seminar,
one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research
report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year.
101 Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer
such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man
havea niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment?What
influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man?(3 hours
lecture, 1-1/2 hours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both Biology
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor)
103 Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for
Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not
receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor).
105 Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal?What
threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and
non-renewable resources?What are the implicationsof genetic research,scientificracism,
socio-biology, and inequities i n thedelivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply
to the major or minor. Spring)
108 Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields
of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health
majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #.
Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor).
109 Special Topics i n Biology
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course
together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon
needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor.
111,112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and
phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequenceexcept by permission
of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring)
323 Experimental Human Physiology
A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by
experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will
also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective
therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors
(primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112.
Fall 1984 and alternate years)
351 Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life
history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,
Spring, 1983 and alternate years)
353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution,
behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112. Spring)
355 Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics.
Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112, Spring)
361 Plant Biology
A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112, Fall)
367 Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and
nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry
352 or #. Fall)
440 Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular
plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring, 1984 and alternate years)
471 Cellular Biology
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring)
473 Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasison the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions
are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class. 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116: Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1983 and
alternate years)
474 Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well
as descriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic
development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours
class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
52/Business Administration & Economics
476 Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered
as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #. Fall)
481 Ecology
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some
Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall)
491 Seminar
Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research.
(For seniors majoring i n biology, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor.
Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous
arrangement with instructor)
Business Administration
& Economics
Amin Kader (Chairperson), JamesE. Billings,Satya Gupta, Douglas Heidenreich, Roy
LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Kenneth Rich, Edward M. Sabella.
Business Administration
Major in Accounting: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261,262,263,
379,381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one f r o m 258,391,
392). At least three upper division courses a r e required. Far thoseplanningcareers i n
accounting, completion of thetwo remaining courses i n thesequence 381,382,483,
484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and compuTer programming are
strongly recommended.
Major in Finance: 9 Business Administrat ion courses (101,102,731,267,262,373,379,
478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,257, and one from
258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. Economics 392,
Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101, 702,131,145,250,
261, 340, 379, 410, and 373 or 4781; 5 Economics courses (722. 123, 251, 340, 445);
Philosophy 120; Psychotogy 371,373; Sociology 241 and 373 or 383; Speech 111 or
English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is srronglv recommended.
Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261,
330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech
and Communications 351 o r 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 i s strongly
recommended.
Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other
courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above.
Business Administration & Economics/53
M a j o r in l n t e r n a t i o n a l Business: 8 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,
135,261 a n d 399 o r 499 a n d two f r o m 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123,
379); Political Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses (or demonstrated proficiency) f r o m
o n e o f t h e following: Arabic. C f i n e w , French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese,
Norwegian, Russian, Spanish; 1 History course (coordinated w i t h t h e foreign
language courses) f r o m 103,104,222,322,323,324,331,332,440,474;
8 International
C o r e counes, i n c l u d i n g ~nternsh~p
or i n d e p e n d e n t stud Core courses must be
taken abroad (England and Germany, aiherr ro be addYedi. Erceprionr may b e
p e r m i t t e d with department a proval General descriprions follow. Students who
plan to major in lnternafionaPBusin& should mnract t h e depanment's international adviser. Amin Kader, as s o o n as possible t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f
study.
lnternational C o r e Courses - Required
Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the
comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign
investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc.
European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it;
structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies;
distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S.
Import-Export Operations -The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and
export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and
financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysisof international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations.
Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and
managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiarie; and parent company; ~r~anizational'behavior;
management policy; comparative
industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international
setting.
lnternational C o r e Courses - 3 to b e Elected
Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and
obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure,
land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism.
European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms'of
economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path
to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport;
industrial policy; current membership negotiations.
lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of
domestic and international policies. lnternational monetary cooperation.
lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors i n diplomacy; tariff techniques
and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof
economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid
policies; exchange rate policies.
Theory of lnternational Finance -The relevance of international finance; participants i n
the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and
forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the
impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the
performance of monetary policy.
54/Business Administration & Economics
Minor: 6 courses, inchding Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373,
379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. Other configurations
for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the
department chairperson.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration.
C.P.A. Certification: Graduates who wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have
corn feted the major i n Busine5s Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting
and !usines, Taw counes offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Phyrici general college
requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more
than 1 2 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics).
Students who have completed theabove requirements arequalified under the rules
of the Minnesota State Board of Acceuntancy to sit for the examination immediately
after graduation.
Notes: Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged t o
select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order t o carefully plan their
program of study.
In addition to the courses listed below, these have been offered under Business
Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business,
Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer
Applications, and Discrete Event Simulation.
101 Principles of Financial Accounting
lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
102 Principles of Managerial Accounting
lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101)
131 Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring)
135 Introduction t o Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
behavioral, economic and tech~ologicalfactors as they affect product, promotion,
marketing channel and pricing decisions. (Spring)
145 Fundamentals of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control.
The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager. (Fall)
250 Data Processing
An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n economics. (Fall)
261 Fundamentals of Finance
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and
uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101,102)
Business Administration & Economics/55
262 lntermediate Accounting I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102, Fall)
263 lntermediate Accounting II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring)
330 Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making i n marketing management; research
methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in
marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand)
340 Personnel Administration
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable
working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and
society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand)
373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis
on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material.
(Prereq.: 261)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
381 Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102)
382 Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and
various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Fall)
399 Internship Program
A student may receive course creditsthrough an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to
spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition thestudent will
write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only).
430 Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and
decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product
selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand)
440 Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examplesfrom
service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial
point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes,
productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.:
Junior or Senior or #. Spring)
56/Business Administration & Economics
478 Investments and Financial Institutions
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and Institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use
of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods
and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are:
Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis
of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring)
483 Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
484 Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting
and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1983)
295,495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General
Business. (Prereq.: #)
499 Independent Study
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #)
Economics
Major in Economics: 8 Economics courses (122,123, 251, 258, 454 and three other
upper division); Business Administration 101, 102, 379; Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete
calculus sequence i s very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study
in economics. I n addition, courses in data processing and computer programming
are strongly recommended.
Major in Applied konomics: I] Economics courses 1122,123,251,258,454 and 445 or
453 and t h r e e other upper division); Business Adrninistrarion 101, f 02, 379, 479:
Philosophy 130; Mathemafics 124,125, 215, 224, 2'14. Mathematics 211 is strongly
recommended. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Admrnistration
379. Thestudent isstrongly encouraged to take ather Economics course^. in addition
t5 those I isted above.
Combined Major in Economics - Business Administration: 5 Economics courses
(122,123,251,258 and one upper division); 6 Business Adm~nistrationcourses (101,
102,261,373,379and one upper division). Courses in data processing and computer
programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly encouraged to
take additional courses both i n business administration and economics.
Minor: .Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson.
Business Administration & Economics/57
Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d
comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major f i e l d o f concentration.
the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d
u n d e r 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History o f Economic Thought,
Research Methods f o r Economics, a n d Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d
Decision-Making w i t h f i n i t e Markov Chains,
Notes: I n addition t o
Economics 120,122 a n d 123 w i l l satisfy general education requirements. Economics
120 w i l l satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement.
Students w h o Ian t o major i n t h e d e a r t m e n t are strongly encouraged t o select a
department alviser as soon as porsibre i n o r d e r t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f
study.
120 Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and
Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental
microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topirs.
(Economics 120 i s a basic course designed for those studenrswho dn not plan to major in
Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Ecunomirs major or
minor. Students who plan to major i n Business Administration andfor Economics should
instead enroll i n 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors)
122 Principles of Economics (Macro)
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120.
Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken i n the same term i n
order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses.
123 Principles of Economics (Micro)
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of Economics 122or 120. Economics 122and 123 may betaken
i n either order.or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses.
250 Data Processing
An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n economics.
251 lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the
pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare
economics. (Prereq.: 123)
258 lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq.: 122. Fall)
58/Business Administration & Economics
340 Managerial Decision Making
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management
science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is
on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio
selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information
systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bus. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents.
Spring, O n Demand)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
391 Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall)
392 Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role i n relation t o aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
442 Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective
bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand)
445 Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices i n business. Among the topics
considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost
functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an
analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: Econ. 251 or
equivalent or #. Spring, O n Demand)
453 Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the
areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122
or equivalent or #. O n Demand)
454 Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use
of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods
and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented i n the course are:
Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis
of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring)
295,495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: #)
499 Independent Study
The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #)
Chemistry
Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra
Olmsted
Graduation M a j o r in Chemist : 175,176, (or 105,106) 35I,352,353, 361 and one
advanced c a u n e which may inxude Biochemistry; participation i n seminar; Physics
127,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and
physics prerequisires, students shoul plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 i n the
freshman year and Physics 121,122 in the sophomore year.
d'
American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11courses including 115,116 (or 105,
106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which rhould be taken during the sopromore year).
Reading ability i n German equivalent to one semester also required.
Teaching Literrsure: Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105,
106); 3 courses i n earth and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352, 353,361, 362,482,491
(Biology 367 may be substituted for362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised t o consult
with the Education Department early in their planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition,
medical schools expect at least t w o courses (and usually more) i n biology. Students
should consulr members of the chemistry department for assistance i n planning a
course program early i n their coilege career.
Minor: 5 courses which must include 115, 116 (105, 106), 353 and t w o other
chemistry courses above 300 (Biology 367 may be one of the courses).
Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer o r course of approved research; participation i n
seminar.
Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116.
Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed
beforeenrolling in thegiven course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade
o f 2.0 or higher t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These
requirements also must be met when using the first term o f a two-term course i n
registering for the second term.
Placement i n 105 or 115 i s determined by the score o n the Mathematics Placement
Examination. High school chemistry i s a prerequisite for 115.
105, 106 Principles o f Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major
i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105,
Fall; 106, Spring)
109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students w h o need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic
and biological chemistry for careers i n allied health areas such as nursing (including
Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical
education, and others. O p e n also t o students in the humanities and social sciences. First
term, general chemistry principles and an introduction t o organic chemistry. Second term,
organic and biological chemistry with special applications t o human physiological
chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward
the major o r minor i n chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both Chemistry 109 and 105
o r 115 nor can credit be earned for both Chemistry 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school
chemistry within the last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring)
115, 116 General Chemistry
A n intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from
inorganic chemistry. Thesecond emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including
kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high
school chemistry, math placement. 115 Fall, 116 Spring)
351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis o n mechanisms and multistepsynthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical
bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry
t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 four-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring)
353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an
introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includestrace analysis. (3 hours of lecture,
1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116. Fall)
361, 362 Physical Chemistry
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states o f matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these conceptsto areas
of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121, 122;
Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
399 Internship
Opportunity for off-campus experience as a chemist.
464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory.
Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions.
Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours of
lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of
German. Fall)
481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 353, 361, or #. Spring)
482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or #. Spring)
483 Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to
solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules.
Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under
the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to
participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to
participate.
497 Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience beforegraduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic
year (which may be counted as a course). (Juniorstanding).
499 Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or
historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding)
62/East and Southeast Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Khin Khin Jensen (Director)
This program offers two options:
1. Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental
program which provides a foundation for careers in international business,
government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies,
or graduate study.
Two years of Japaneseare tought on one of the five ACTC campuses, o r Augsburg
students maytake Chinese coursesat Harnline University. Therealso i s a contracrual
arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Xrian Studies Department for
Chinese and lapanese language coursps. Opportunities for language study abroad
are available in japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hon kong and Singapore. Summer
inrii~uterare ava~lablei n ihe Paeple'r Republic ofChina and in the U.S. See the
director for information and procedureto register for any of thesecourses or t ravel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language
courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Ma'or in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic
col ege Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2
courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list of
approved electives.
I
Minor in East Asian Studies -5 courses, including 2 courses (1year) of basic college
Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; 1 course in history of East Asia;
and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved
electives.
2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at
Augsburg College that does not include a language component. I t is designed t o be
useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from History 322,323,324;
one from Philosophy 355, Religion 356, Sociology 241; one from History 474, Political
Science 351,363, 382; and one from History 226,399,495,499. History 104 is strongly
recommended.
Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may
be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
299 Directed Study
(See Director of program)
322 Modern Southeast Asia
(See under Department of History)
323 Modern China
(See under Department of History)
324 Modern Japan
(See under Department of History)
351 Communist Political Systems
(See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis)
363 Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Department of Political Science, International Politics)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
(See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis)
399 Internships
(See Director of program for guidelines t o apply for an internship)
474 The World and The West
(See under Department of History)
495 Seminar
(See Director of program)
499 Independent Study
(See Director of program for guidelines)
tconomics
See Business Administration and Economics
Education
Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar
Johnson, Lauretta Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Elementary Education,
Kindergarten, Prekindergarten, and Secondary Education.
Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o
Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, it i s within the
jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o
determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as
applicable to requirements of the approved teacher licensure programs at Augsburg
College.
Orientation t o Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of
Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll i n other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted t o the
teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the
spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course.
Students transferring from an education program at another college must be
readmissible to that program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Major and licensure Requirements: M i n i m u m of 8.5 education courses (255, 351.
383, and two profesrional semesters); Health Education 114,775; Library Science347,
358; Academic rnlnor (major recommended); GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and
academic rninor,and grades of P in srudent teachin courres required for Iicensure;
fulfill requiiementr of Minnesota Board of Teac\ing 5 MChR 3.041 in Human
Relations. The first professional semester, forjuniors, includes341,352,353.381,382,
384. [Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses. The secand professional
semester includes 481,482 and eleaives (483.484,478,499).
Kindergarten License R e uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus 385
and student teaching at t%e Kindergarten level.
Prekindergarten Education
Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator)
License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Sociology 231;
Prychology 351; Elementary Education 325, 425, 483 or 484 (160 hours of student
teach~ng).For a Prekindergarten license with other than an education major, consult
with the program coordinator.
255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
325 Contemporary Influences in Prekindergarten Education
Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of h~s/her
life in relat~anro the eifects of present-dav society and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innova!ions,Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and
other ~nrerventionsandcompensatorvprograms.Class sessions and two hours per week of
lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of ~ e a c h i n
Reading
~
Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources in theteaching of reading
at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
352,353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learningsettings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring)
381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the
elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent r-egistrationin
352, 353. Spring)
382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent
registration in 352, 353. Spring)
383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall)
384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resourcesfor social studies and language arts
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent
registration in 352, 353. Spring)
385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten
A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten
licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
425 Prekindergarten Curriculum
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for
children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and
working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsand two hours per
week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
481,482 Student Teaching I
Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels
under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission t o
student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring)
483,484 Student Teaching II
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring)
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education)
498 lndependent Study ('/2 or 1 course)
Study of specific areas i n education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a
teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
499 lndependent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the
elementary education faculty.
Secondary Education
Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator)
It is the responsibility of each student to meet a!! specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure.This consultation is, recommended in addition to conferring with rhe student's major field
adviser.
ticensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for
admittance and acceptance into the Depanment of Education teacher licensure
program. This may be made before, concurrently or after the Orientalion course.
Application formsare available in the Education Department oRice. Belare applving
for admission, studentsshauld receive approval from the department or division of
'their declared major. A student ma take education courses after the Orientation
course only i f he or she has been adYmiited into the program of the Department of
Education: (2) GPA of 2.0 everalt,2.Qin required education couries,and at least 2.5 i n
the major and minor; (3) Applicarion for admittance and acceptance into student
teaching; (41 Completion of Minnrsota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 i n H u m a n
Relations through hugrburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the
required courses 0%t h e education program: Psychology 105: Health Education 114,
115; Educatian 265,354,388,478, specia I methods i n thrl area of t he student's major,
and a minimum of two or three courses in student teaching ar required.
Requirementsfor State of Minnesota L-icensurefor Teaching in SecondarySchaols:
(through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): 11) 5.A- or 8.5.
degree; (21 College major or minor in a teaching area; (33 Fulfill hlinnesota Board of
Teaching 5 :MCAR 3.011 in Human Retarions Isucces5ful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirerncnr); (4) Psvchologv 105: (5) Health Education
114,115: (6)2.0 GPA i n professional education courses and a ? i n required s ~ u d e n t
teaching courses, 2.5 GPA in major or minor.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one o f t hese areas follows the secondary educarion program even though he or she
plans to reach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these
special arras will take three courses i n studen1 teaching and do some student
teaching at both rhe secondary and elemen~aryrevels. In addition to 354, the art
major will register for 367,361: rhe Physical Education major i o r 365: and t h e music
major for 373. Arl and Physical Education reacher education programs lead to
licensure in K-12. Music teacher education programs lead l o liccnsure in r h e
following areas: ( 7 ) Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (5-12): 121 Orchestra (K-121
and Classroom Music (5-12): (3) Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9); or (4) Vocal and
C[assroom Music (5-11).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), achievement of at least four "good" and three "minimal" ratings on the
Modern Language Association Competency Tests is required. The candidate will
take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. The results will be
recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education.
The Professional Term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in
one full-time term in professional education, Special afternoon and/or evening
seminars are held during the term aspart of the professional work, kstudent taking
two courses i n student teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study.
AII studenrs are expecred robe ~nvolvedfull-time i n theactivities of tRe prOfR5iOI?a~
term.
265 Orientation t o Education i n an Urban Setting (Secondary)
Investigate5 various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing)
282 Introduction t o Special Education
(See Special Education)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 265, Psychology 105)
N o t e o n Special M e t h o d s Courses: With the general methodology course, one or
more education courses i n special methods must be taken from the department of
the major field. (Prereq.: 265, or Elementary Education 255, and 354or may be taken
concurrently with 354. Courses 361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2
course.)
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle,
and junior high schools. (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the senior high school.
(Fall)
364 English Methods (1/2 course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the
preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching i n a local high school. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the
Foreign Language Department.)
373 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching
procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures i n science education. Consideration of ability
levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history i n secondary school classrooms.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the
directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics,
and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
410 Health Methods
(See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on thestudy of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority
groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
The emphasik in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention
t o urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.:
senior standing)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses,except three courses required of
Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and
program approval)
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the
approval of education faculty.
Special Education
Barry Franklin (Coordinator)
M i n o r : 6 courses, including 282,491; Psychology 351,357; one course chosen from
Health and Physical Education 354, Music 110 (Interim) or 395, Psychology 362,
Secondary Education 385 (Interim), or Social Work 304 (CHR); and one course
chosen from Linguistics 289, Psychology 352 or 359, or Secondary Education 388.
Biology 103 i s recommended as an additional course.
282 lntroduction to Special Education
lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the mature, causes, and
educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and
giftedness. (Spring)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
I
A supervised field placement i n a facility for an,exceptional population plus on-campus
seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor or consent of
instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education
coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Fall)
Engi neeri ng/69
Library Science
Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood,
James Olson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith
Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475.
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of
instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective
audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration
Organization of materials, including acquistion, cataloging, classification, and processing.
Services of the media center and methods of evaluation.( Fall)
358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials
related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and
guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 Reference Services and Sources
Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and
evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information
and use libraries effectively. (Spring)
399 Internship
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library
situations in the metropolitan area.
475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to
their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 Independent Studv
Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Engineering
Ken Erickson (Adviser)
Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of
Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical
University (Houghton, M ichigan),in a Three-Two Plan of studies which w i l l ena l e a
student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an
e n ineering baccalaureate degree f r o m Washington University or Michigan Technokpical University in a five-year period.
6
The first three ears are spent a t Au sbusg followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Stu ents accepted into t e program are guaranteed admission to the
en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, haveaB average,
an8 are recommended by a designated representative of Augrburg College.
d
E
Students receiving financial aid who are participants i n the Three-Two Plan will be
encouraged t o apply t o the engineering school of their choice for continuing
support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance
as criteria.
M i n i m u m Course Requirements for Admission fo the Three-Two Plan: Math 124,
125,224,226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,176; Computer Science 245; English
111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27
courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124,725 and Physics 127,122 are taken in the
freshman year.
Students are encouraged t o apply for admission to the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser i s encouraged.
English
Richard Sargent, (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni Clark,
John Gidmark, Ann Goodwin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Grier Nicholl,
Ronald Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood
Major: 9 English courses above 717, including 225; one course in American
literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in
British literature,oneon literature before1660 (for exarnpie,331 or438) and one that
surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encauraged ta take Enulish
245 early i n their colllege work and tocrensu~ttheirdeparrmental adviser regular7 A
rtudenrwith a double major or r ecial program that involver considerable w o r t in
the English departrnenr should apo work closely with an adviser in the department.
Major for Teaching Licensure i n English-Language Arts: 10 English courses, includingthose listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2Speech courses,
one from 111,351,352,354 or 355 and either 360 or 366; Library Science 475. Courses
i n early American literature, Shakespeare and film arerecommended. I n addition to
fie1 ' experience and student teaching required by rhe D e p a r t m ~ n of
t Education,
majors rvill be required to gain practical experience in teaching writin
be
arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouragec to rake
courses toward their major d u r ~ n the freshman and ~ophornoreyears, enroll i n
Orientation to Education i n the all term of the sophomore year and applv for
teacher education not later than the fall of their iunior year. i n addition to planning
their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an
adviser in the Department of Education.
'"
B
Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing
course.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall, submit program t o
department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty
committee i n senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program.
Noteon Concentration: I n additionto meeting requirementsfor the major, English
majors may, i f they wish,develo an area of emphasis,such as British concentration,
f
American concehtration, worl literature concentration, or writing concentration.
A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives i n the major, by
the designof an independentstudy course that ap lies to the cancentration, and by
the selection of some related courses outside the epartrnent. English majors should
B
work closely with their advisers i n developing a concentration. Interim courses,
special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a
concentration.
Note on Prerequisites: English 111 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d b u t n o t a prerequisite
f o r a l o w e r division literature course. Prerequisite f o r an u p p e r division course is
successful c o m p l e t i o n o f a l o w e r division literature course o r consent o f t h e
instructor.
101 Developmental Writing
.4preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as
needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be
given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and
thought. P/hl grading only.
111 Effective Writing
The study of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention t o correct usage,
logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either
P/N or2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class
the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present.
223 Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and
professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized.
Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization.
(Prereq.: 111 or equivalent)
225 Advanced Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include
identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis.
Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the
course's workshop format, in which students'papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111)
226 Creative Writing
The purpose of the course i s to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models,
theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories,
personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and
development, according to the student's preference.
227 Journalism
An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news
feature. The student i s first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what
constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and
imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community newsstories. A unit on
the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester,
attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and
stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment.
241 lntroduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the artisticqualitiesand the historical development of the film medium.
The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films.
(Spring)
245 lntroduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be
devoted t o developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors.
250 American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writersfrom colonial
times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention i s also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of American literature.
261 Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
-271 European Literature: Homer to Dante
Astudy of majorworksof Greekand Roman literature,for example theepicsof Homer and
Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus,Sophocles, and Euripides, thecomedies of Aristophanes
and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the
Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with
reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on
later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern
period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky.
(Spring)
282 Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,authors, or works.
The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year.
331 Chaucer and His Age
While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention
will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry,
romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1982-83)
332 Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1983-84)
336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets
to Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements. (Fall)
337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships
amongthese writersand their influence on one anotherwill be emphasized as well as their
relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and
prose. (Spring)
351 American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature.
Special emphasis i s given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature.
366 Poetry
Study of the poem as a concentrated, esthetic form of human expression and experience.
The course emphasizes modern American and British poetry, but also includes a generous
selection of traditional and contemporary poems, both in English and i n translation from
selected international poets such as Rilke and Neruda. A diverse range of forms, moods,
themes, and techniques i s represented, and the relationship between traditional poetry
and modern poetry i s examined. (On demand)
Foreign Languages/73
368 Modern Drama
Slgnlflcant worLr of Ameriran.Rritish, and continental dramatlstsof the twent~ethcentury,
wlth emphasls on represen1arlrbcr.from the major movements such as Naturalism,
Ex~stent~al~sm,
T h e a t ~ rof the Absnrd, and Tran~forrnat~onal~sm
Plays by women and
mlnorltles are included. [On demand)
399 Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus
internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson.
423 Studies in the British Novel
A survey o i the development of the novel in Engiand from its eighteenth century
beginnings up trr the twentieth century. Novels studied wiIl be selected from the works of
such authors as Defoe, R~chardson,Fielding.Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte,Thackeray,
Elio~,H~ardy,and
Butler. Attention will beqiven to theconditionscontributing to therlseof
the novel and its emergence by the twentieth centrrry a5 rhe dominant literary form.
(Alternate years, 1982-83)
438 Shakespeare
Study of ten or twelve major plays- comedies, histories,tragedies-with attention tothe
development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis.
490,491 English Seminar
Course490, a themeor movement; course491, a majorwriter or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (On demand)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of
Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 lndependent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
Foreign Languages
Mary Johnson (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, Liv Dahl, Leif Hansen, Mary Kingsley,
William Oyler, Madeleine Renaud, Gunta Rozentals, Maria Schweikert, Soterios
Stavrou, Donald Steinmetz
Students with previous foreign language study should register i n courses suited t o
their level of preparation.
Placement Levels: 111, under t w o years of high school study i n that language or
equivalent background; 211, t w o t o three years of languagestudy; 311,four years or
m o r e of that language.
Students should arrange for the Language Placement Test only if they wish t o take a
course above the level determined by previous studies i n that language. Those with
satisfactory levels o n the test may be placed i n 112,212, o r 311.
Students who elect t a t a k ~a course below the one in which they are placed by r h e
Language Department may d o so, bat grading for such a course must be P/N only.
The language requirement will b e satisfied only by completion of the course i n
which the studenr was originally placed. Credit and grading far that course may be
traditional.
74/Foreign Languages
For majors, a minimum of four upper division courses at Augsburg Coltege is
required for graduation. A maximum of four upper division nun-kugsburgcourses
may be accepted. No fewer than two of these four courses should be taken abroad.
For minors, a minimum of two upper division courses at Augsburg College i s
required for graduation.
For transfer students intending t o major or minor, a minimum of one upper division
credit per year attended is specified. See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212
meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses.
Teaching Litensure: Teacher candidates in French. German and 5 anish mug
consult with the Department of Educalion for specific information an enrollment
in rhe program. Methods courses bv language are joinr ACTC offerings and should
be taken in the fall of t h e s ~ n i o year.
r
A 3 0 average in Advanced Conversation and
Composition i s a departmental requirement forteachin? majors. Licensur~requires
successfulcorn letion of the Modern Language As5ociation Competencv Exam. See
Requirements or State of Minnesota ticensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools.
p. 66.
8
P
Chinese
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies
Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director.
French
Major: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in
France strongly recommended.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly
recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper
division courses. Study in France strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
011 Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (On Demand)
111 Beginning French
Designedto introduce thestudent with no previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught
to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement.
Foreign Languages/75
112 Beginning French
for hose who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and
readings, the study of tenses and forms iscompleted to make possible basic communication, b e g i n n i f i ~reading rkills,and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two
hours laboratory work. See above o n placement. (Spring)
211 Intermediate French
20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice i n
communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those
who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall)
212 Intermediate French
Through informative and controversial articles, interviews and literary readings, this course
works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of
sufficientskiltsro pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basicstructures.
habora~orywork. 1Spring1
243 French Literature i n Translation
Major representative works of French literarure read in English translation. Through
individualized background readingand crass discussion.studen1s become acquainted with
artistic qualities and culrvral-hinorical sign~f~cance
of these works. Sophomore standing.
Does not count toward a French major or minor. [Offered o n Demand)
311 Conversation-Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy,
and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements,
effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A
prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall)
312 French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing.
Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for
business and personal use. French phonology and speech groups practiced. Study of
writien models. [Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand)
331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political,social and
artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. I n
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
332 French Civilization Today
Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction t o Literature for Language Students
Theory and practiceof literarvstudies. A theoreticat component (inEnglish) treats the basic
principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the
practical component, students apply rhe elements of theor), rhrough reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of French li~erature.Recommended for majors and ~ i n o r s .
Open to all qualiiied students. (Prereq.: 311 or Offered on demand)
*.
76/Foreign Languages
352 Creativity and Restraint
A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the
French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the
essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports,
and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
354 Realities: Inner and Outer Worlds
A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and hissuccessors in poetry,and the
literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust,
Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years)
355 Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel,
the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
411 Advanced Conversation-Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political
interest the student acquires extensive training i n the four skills at an advanced level.
Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in
style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and
self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
Demand)
450 French Seminar
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (e.g. Novel, Drama, 18th
Century literature, poetry). Student presentations i n French. (See also Interim offerings.
Prereq.: 352,354 or 355. O n Demand)
451 The French Novel
A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert,Zola, Mauriac, Malraux,
Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses,
discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 331. O n demand)
499 Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature
a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required.
Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study
adviser.)
German
Major: 8 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n
311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r
semester i n Germany strongly r e c o m m e n d e d
Minor: 4 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n g 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r
semester i n Germany strongly recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses b e y o n d 212, i n c l u d i n g o n e i n conversation-composition, 350, o n e i n civilization, and t w o electives. A l l courses must b e u p p e r
division courses. Study i n Germany strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature.
Foreign Languages/77
111,112 Beginning German
Course 111 i s for students with no previous background; 112 i s for students who have had
111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic
skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals:
ability t o read extended narratives i n simple German, insights into German culture and
participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
211,212 Intermediate German
For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basicskills into working knowledge of German. Review of basicstructureswith
emphasison extending rangeof vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and
discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall;
212, Spring)
244 German Literature i n Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are
read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular
context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to
perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or
minor. (On Demand)
301 German Business Communication
German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or #. O n Demand.)
311 German Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic
expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is
supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
331 German Civilization and Culture I
The Earlv Background. Foltows the cultura1 and social development of the German5peaking peoples from the preh~sroricfnda-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty
Y e a r s h a r (16.131,with emphasison the impact of Roman crvilization, the re-emergenceof
German cultural s e l f awareness d u r ~ n gtheMiddle Agesoandthe intellectual and religious
upheavals o l the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or Alternate years)
*.
332 German Civilization and Culture I1
Survey of significant currents of deveropment which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and swirzerfand since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s
cansidered in view oiits roots in fhe intellectual, geopolitical, artisticand scientific history
o i the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction t o Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of lirerarvstudies. Arheorctica~cornponent(in English)treatsfhe basic
principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to bitcrarvanafyj~r.In the
practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing
and discussing selected worksof German litesaturc. Recommended far majors and minors
Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or Offered on Demand\
=,
351 German Literature through 18th Century
Brief survey of hemtt. courtly, Reformarion, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang
literature. Exrenrive rcadingr and discussions in Classic and Romanticperiods. Readings in
German.supplernented by [eaures on the history or German literature in its cultural and
geopolitical context. Class djscussrons help to improve students' ability t o express ideas i n
German. (Prereq.: 311 or *. O n Demand)
78/Foreign Languages
-
352 German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism, lung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of
the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German.
Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express
themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
353 German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature
are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are
designed to aid students' self-expression i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aimsat developing and refining the student's use of German as avehiclefor expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or#. Alternate years)
451 German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
452 German Drama
Representative dramaticworks from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read
assymptomaticof perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of
the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
499 Independent Study
Greek
See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg i n history, philosophy, art,
literature, linguistics which can apply toward a classics concentration i n cooperation
with Macalester College.
111,112 Beginning Greek
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology.
Translation exercises from and into Greek. (111, Fall; 112, Spring. A minimum of 9 hours
preparation per week required.)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) t r e a t r t k baslc principles of IIterature, literary genres, and different approaches to
literary analysis. In the practical component, the class will divide into small groups
according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through
reading, analyzing, and discuss~ngselected works for foreign literature in the language.
Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 212 or #.
Offered on demand)
Japanese
Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC Easr Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies
Department. See fast and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information.
Foreign Languages/79
Linguistics
289 Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analvsis and general Iingulstic principles, with focus on
[ingutst~c
universals (organtzational principles and features common to all language) and
psycholinguirric5 (inquiry i n to the mechanicsof language learning and thestructure of the
mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questrons will be approached by studying
sarnplesof various Languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majorsand
minors. (Fall)
311 Theories of Grammar
Camparat~vcanalysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic
research w ~ t h
the aim af l[luminaringunderiyingphilosophical assumptions, investigational
criteria, and explanarory goals which dlsringuish them. Jhr rheories wi[l becnntrasred with
those of adjacenrdisciplinessuch asanthr~pology.psy~fiology,logic,and
c~mmunrcation
theory to explore ways In which each theory seeks to overcome rhe inadequacies of
traditional grammar. (On Demand)
Norwegian
a n d 499, a n d o n e
Scandinavian literature course. I n t e r i m o r summer i n Norway recommended.
Major: 8 courses above 211, i n c l u d i n g 311,312,331,350,353,411,
Minor: 4 courses above 211, i n c l u d i n g o n e i n conversation-com osition, o n e i n
civilization, a n d o n e i n literature. I n t e r i m o r summer study abroaBencouraged.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study i n Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses u n d e r Scandinavian Area Studies.
111,112 Beginning Norwegian
lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
Stress on spoken ratherthan literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall; 112,
Spring)
211 Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for classdiscussion and exercises.
Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.)
311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive praaice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. S a m e anention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between tfretwoofilcial languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field
experience required. (Prercq.: 211 or equivalent.)
312 Old Norse
An introductlon to thestructure of Old West Norse through thestudy of selections from
Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old Easr Norseand aspects of the history of
four modem Nordiclanguages. Knowledge of oneof the latter is desired but not required.
Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years)
331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as
possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous
population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports i n the Norwegian
language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
80/Foreign Languages
350 lntroduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical componenr [in English) treats !he basic
principlesof IIrerature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis, fn the
practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or +. Offered on demand)
353 Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings i n contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of
original works from earlier periods e~rendingback ro 01d Norse literature. All genres are
examined, and considerable atnention is given t o writings i n the Nynorsk language,
particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.:
211 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years)
411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other
ScandirBvian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language.
Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
499 Independent Study
Russian
One year of elementary Russian is offered at Au sburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Stucfies Program, which re uires two
years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus Coor%inator.
111,112 Elementary Russian
Aimed t o develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral
classroom practice, developing ease i n reading, short compositions, and acquaintance
with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab.
Spanish
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354.
(Study in Spain or Latin America i s strongly recommended)
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly
recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper
division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian
civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting
courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s
an integral part of the course.
Foreign Languages/81
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate
intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic
structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed
for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent.
249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literarure representing various periods and
movements are read in English iranslarion. Through background reading and class
discussion in English !he strident i s acqualn~edwith the salient artistic qualities and
cultural-hisroricalsignificanc~?
of thereadings, Credit in thiscourse does not count toward
a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand)
311 Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and writlen practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and
facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Labnrarorv work. This course i s a prerequisite for all
upper-division courses. I P r ~ r e q . :211 or equivalent. Fall)
312 Spanish Expression
Intended for students who havea basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish
and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with
emphasis on conversationaT facility, 5tressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of
grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from
contemporary literary texts and manazine ar~irles.Conducted in 5panish. (On Demand)
331 Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Alternate years.)
332 Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of theSpanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian
civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
T h ~ o r y a n dpracticed literarystudier..4 rhcorezical component (in English)treats the basic
principles at lirerarurr, literary gerlres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the
pracricat component.studenrsapply the theorv through reading, analyzing, and dlscusslng
selected works ot Ii~eraturein Spanish. Recammended for majors and minors. Open to all
clualrfed rrudents. (Prrrcq.: 311 or i;. o i i e r e d on demand)
352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written
and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
354 Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral
reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
411 Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
82/Geography, Health and Physical Education
456 Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the
language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey
course. Alternate years)
457 Spanish Novel
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years)
499 Independent Study
Geography
Paul Grauer
114 Human Geography
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the
distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment.
Health and Physical Education
Richard Borstad (Chairperson), Ernest Anderson, David Boots, Paul Grauer, Al
Kloppen, Doug Nelson, Jack Osberg, Pamela Paulson, Marilyn Pearson, Ronald
Petrich, Joyce Pfaff, William Ross, Edwin Saugestad, Jeff Swenson, Mary Timm
Health Education
Major: 110, 114, 115, 320, 354, 410; Biology 103, 108, 111; Chemistry 105 or 109;
Psychology 105; Sociology 231, 241.
Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus 355. Students wishing t o
become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
Minor: 110, 114, 115, 320; Biology 103; Sociology 231
110 Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and
the community. (Fall)
114 Health and Safety Education (1/2 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes
information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of
school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course.
115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information
about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of scbool age
children.
Health and Physical Education/83
320 School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for
grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major
sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course)
Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and
organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs.
(Prereq.: Physical Education 350. Spring)
355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests i n health and physical
education. (Spring)
410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320)
Physical Education
Major: Health Education 114,115,354,355; Physical Education 223,231,232,243,350,
351, 471, 472, 474,475; Biology 103.
Teaching Major: Health Education 114,115, 354,355; Physical Education 223, 231,
232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474; Biology 103. Students wishing to become
licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements.
Major with Specialization in Corrective Therapy: Health Education 114, 115, 354,
355; Physical Education 223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471,472,474,475,485,487,
491,493; Professional Affiliation Block495-496-497-499; Biology 103; Psychology 105,
355, 362. All C.T. specialists must be accepted bv the education department for
teaching and student teaching in an adapted situation. Approval must be secured by
the corrective therapy coordinator.
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department
chairperson for individual program planning.
Minor: Health Education 114,115; Physical Education 223,231,232 or 472, and 243.
Coaching Endorsement: 243, 351,475, one of 476-483, and practicum in coaching
(Independent Study 499 i s an optional method for meeting the practicum
requirement).
Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching
requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota
high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
102, 103 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. N o
course credit.
223 Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring)
84/Health and Physical Education
231 Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall)
232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances.
Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing
selected social dances. (Interim and Spring)
234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course)
This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school
setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling,
outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some
weekends participating i n these activities. (Spring, even # years)
243 History and Principles of Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring)
350 Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of
movement. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall)
351 Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles
applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring)
I
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child
(See Health Education)
355 Tests and Measurement
(See Health Education)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and
secondary levels. (Fall)
373 Modern Dance (1/2 course)
A n introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and
problem solving. No previous dance experience necessary. (Interim)
399 Internship
Consult department chairperson.
471 Physical Education Programming
Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical
education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation.
(Prereq.: 243. Fall)
472 Gymnastics (1/2 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in all
apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall)
474 Swimming and Aquatics
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to
junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence
as determined by pre-test. Fall)
Health and Physical Education/85
475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term)
476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Fall, 1st half of term,
odd #years)
477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim, odd #years)
478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim, odd # years)
479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 cours4
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half
of term, odd #years)
480 Coaching of Baseball/Soft Ball (l/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring,
2nd half of term, odd years)
483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Fall, odd #years)
485 Applied Adapted Activities
Explores recreation as applied to a corrective therapy program, application of corrective
exercise to the atypical, self care and ambulation, prosthetics and orthotics. Equal attention
i s given to physical and mental habilitation, physical education for the handicapped and
recreation in rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 350,351; Health Education 354. Summer school only)
487 Neurology and Pathology
Astudy of the nervoussystem and the diseasesassociated with it and the nature and cause
of disease involving changes in structures and functions. Equal attention i s given to
neurology and pathology. (Summer School only)
491 Therapeutic Exercise
Exercise techniques as applied to various disabilities, testing muscle strength and range of
joint motion and association of muscle actions as applied to various human movements.
Equal attention is given to human movement, kinesiotherapy and evaluation and research
applied to C.T. and A.P.E. programs. (Prereq.: 350, 351; Health Education 354. Summer
school only)
493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy
A study of organization, administration, history, philosophy and professional ethics as
applied to C.T. intertherapy relations in a rehabilitation setting. Basic supervisory and
personnel management decisions and practices. Most of the course deals with organization and administration of C.T.; about one-sixth of the course deals with intertherapy
relations. (Summer School only)
495,496, 497 Professional Affiliation
Includes actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2)
Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 i s study of Neurology and
Pathology (Prereq.: 485,491 and approval of department.)
499 Independent Study
Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior
majors.
History
Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen,
Richard Nelson
Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and nonWestern.
Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may
take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the
required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more
information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator.
Minor: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division.
Honors Major: G P A of 3.6 in t h e major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances,
application before rhe end of the first term of the junior year; two years of aforeign
language at the college level (or its equivalent): an honors thesis (equal t o one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee.
Notes: Freshmen should enroll in one or more of the History 101-104 courses.
History 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students.
Students are required t o have at least one lower division course before registering
for an upper level course.
There are 17 upper division courses (numbered 300and up) in this department. Five
or six are offered each term, or 11 per year. Offerings depend upon faculty
schedules and student registration.
101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century.
102 The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
103 The Modern World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present.
104 The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years.
221 U.S. History to 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan,
India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective,
responses to impact of modernization and Western education.
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered i n the
scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by thedirectingfaculty member
and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n
directed study may be applied to the major.
322 Modern Southeast Asia
A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area.
A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will
especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
323 Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of
China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century.
324 Modern japan
An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji
era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban
development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
331 Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excludingforeign policy; see History
332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration.
332 History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development i s stressed.
345 Scandinavian-American Experience
(See under Scandinavian Area Studies)
353 Select Topics in Minnesota History
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white
relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and
political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries.
360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization i n the Near East from earliest times through i t s extension
and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing,
achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions.
361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis i s placed on personalities, the arts and
sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
90/Mathematics/Computer Science
Mathematics
/Computer Science
Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Benjamin Cooper, Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad, Leo Lake
Mathematics Major: 9 courses including 124,125,215,224,314,324.
Also required:
Computer Science245. The following courses do not count towards this major: 104,
174,121, 122, '131, 242. For teacher licensure in mathematics, courses 351, 373,441
must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to
ronsulr with the Education Department for requirements.
Mathematics Major with Computer Science Concentration: 10 courses, including
Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314, 355, Computer Science 245, 345, 350 and
Mathematics 226 or Computer Science 261.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent study at an advanced level with participation i n a department seminar.
Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, 224. The following courses do
not coun! towards the minor: 704,114,121,122,131,242. For a teaching minor, the
two additional courses must be selected from 215, 314, 351,373,441.
Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including Computer Science 245,261,345,350
and one of Mathematics 355, Business Administration 479, Sociology 363, Computer
Science 395, 495.
Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling i n any course in this department
the student must have satisfied certain course and/or placement test prerequisites.
A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0or higher to count as a prerequisite.
The Placement Test i s given during col!ege orientation sessions and at other
announced times during the year. Score requirements on the rest for entrv to
courses are: ll {or course 104: [ l l for courses 114,171,122.131,242:lY for course724.
Siudents whose score is V, o r who have taken the College Board Advanced
Placement Euarn, should consult w i t h the department about appropriate courses to
take.
Any exceptions t o course or placement test score prerequisites must be approved by
the instructor.
Mathematics Courses
104 Basic Mathematics I I
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring;
solving equations and inequalitiec in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and
graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not
satisfy the general education requiremen1 in ma~hematics.(Spring)
114 College Algebra and Trigonometry
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Students who have completed 124 may
register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall, Spring)
121 Finite Mathematics
Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences.
(Fall)
122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring)
124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of planeand solid analyticgeometry integrated with differential and
integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (124,
Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall)
131 Mathematics for the Arts
An introduction t o the structure of mathematical systems and mathematical modelswhich
have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not
intending,further study of mathematics. (Fall)
211 Number Theory
A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: #)
215 Elementary Linear Algebra
A study of systems of linear equations, determinants,vector spaces, lineartransformations,
and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
226 Differential Equations
Solutionsof ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral
transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
242 Basic Concepts of Mathematics
The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis i s placed on
the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program)
314 Abstract Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall)
324, 325 Advanced Calculus I, I1
A study of the fundamental concepts of calculusforfunctions of several variables including
the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions.
improper integrals, differential formsand manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324.
Spring; 325, Fall)
351 Modern Geometry
A study of Euclidean and,non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods with projective axioms as a basis. (Prereq.: 122or 125. Spring 1984
and alternate years)
92/Mathematics/Computer Science
355 Numerical Analysis (Formerly 361 or Computer Science 355)
A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational
problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedureoriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept
of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224, Computer Science 245)
373 Probability and Statistics
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and
densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 Internship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project.
441 Foundations of Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314,
324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1983 and alternate years)
481 Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra,
topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or #. Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science Courses
145 lntroduction to General Computer Programming
An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Extensive programming in a general higher level language. Primarily for
students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a computer science minor.
245 An Introduction to Computer Science
An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include
flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming i s done in machine language, assembly
language, and a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq.: Mathematics 125)
261 Electronics
(See under Department of Physics)
345 Computer Systems
Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. lntroduction to operating
systems, including batch, time-sharing, and real-time. Continued development of
competence in structured programming, algorithms, and assembly language will be
emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.: 245)
350 Data Structures and File Processing
Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of non-numerical problems. Applications to
data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 245)
Medical Technology, Metro-Urban/93
395 and 495 Topics in Computer Science
Specifictopics are selected each year. Prerequisites will depend o n the topics selected. 395
for Interim, 495 for fall and/or spring terms.
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director t o determine project.
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Medical Technology
Neal 0. Thorpe (Adviser)
This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or
Abbott-Northwestern Hospital.
Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with
which the student plans to affiliate. I t i s important to work closely with the Medical
Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be
accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate
directly with the hospitals involved.
Student5 rransferring to Augsbur College with an Associate of Arts degree or its
equivalenr should expect to s en two vears a t Augsburq before participating in the
internship year. The MedicaPTcchnologv major I S nor derignrd for persons who
already have the baccalaureate degree from another ~nstitution.
f
Required Science Courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division
(usually 367and476); 2) Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,116),351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103
(or 121, 122); one math course; one course in immunology.
Metro-Urban Studies
Carry W. Hesser (Director)
Major: 15 courses includinglOcore requirements: Economicsl23; Political Science
122; History 431; Sociology 111, 381; Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Political
Science 384 or Sociology 363; a minimum of one course of internship or
independent study; two non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least
one of which must be in the humanities (current options include: Art 102, Religion
354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics 111, Biology 105, Philosophy 362, Interdisciplinary Studies 233, 260).
To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks:
GeneraVLiberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective courses
must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of
courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other
ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Education Consortium
for Urban Affairs (HECUA).
94/Metro-Urban Studies
Minor: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are
required for the concentration: Economics 120 or 123; Political Science 122;
Sociology 111, 381; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved
internship and/or independent study.
199 lnternship
Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Fall, Interim,
Spring and Summer)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division students (Prereq.: # and Sociology 111 or 121. Fall,
Spring, Summer)
399 lnternship
Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed
in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. (Prereq.: Sociology
111 or 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: Sociology 111 or 121
and #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area.
358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are
government and institution publications, journal articles and books.
359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various
fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography,
government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities; transportation, planning and social services.
399 lnternship
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract i s developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an
internship of one or two courses.
Metro-Urban Studies/95
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This p r o g r a m is located at t h e University o f Oslo a n d focuses u p o n Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
272 Norwegian Life and Culture
Language instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary to support student course
work and daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society
i s coordinated with the language instruction.
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Students are placed in intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. An
orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated with the language
instruction.
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian
cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work.
Emphasis i s placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other
Scandinavian countries.
396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed
through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus i s on the
Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
499 lndependent Study
In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS)
This "semester i n t h e city" p r o g r a m is located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t focuses u p o n
urbanization a n d development i n t h e Third World.
261 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and
visiting Columbian urbanists.
363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City
Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with
field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of
barrios and t o public and private agencies dealing with urban problems.
499 lndependent Study
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
D. San Francisco Summer Term
A nine-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent
'study.
383 Field Seminar: San Francisco
(See MUST 359)
399 Internship
(See MUST 399)
499 Independent Study
(See SUST 499)
Music
L. t. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adne Robert E, Beverlev,Michael Brand. haine
Bryce,Siephen Cabrielien, Thomas G ~ h e g , Cymhia G o e f i , James D. lohnron,
Robert Karl&, MeriTee Klemp, Nicholas Cenz, Paul Lohman. Cynrhia Melson,
Robert Metzler, Celeste O'Brien. Alice Preves. Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George
S~ahl,Daniel Sturrn, James ten RenseT. Paul Thomas, D a ~ l Tubergen,
d
Mary Wilson,
Angela Wyatt
See Music Department Handbook for additional and explanatory information
guidelines and requirements. Students wishing to major or minor in music must
apply to the department.
Specific Music Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476,354 or 355,
365 or 375, music elective. French or German.
Bachelor of Arts (Music Education): 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350
or 476, 354 and one of 355, 365, 375. Consult with Department of Education for
requirements in education.
Bachelor of Music: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350,457,458,476,499,354 or
355,365 or 375, music electives. 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods
in the last? years,and junior and senior recitals; French or German. Voicestudy - 2
years of foreign language.
Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 354, 360,
382,383,395,399,435,457,495,350 or 476, one of 355,365,375, and 110 Introduction
to MusicTherapy (lnterimj.5 anish i s recommended. Other requirements: Biology
703, Education 282: 2 Physica Education (232 and 373 recommended); 3 Psychology
and I Sociology, including Psychology 105,362 and Psychology 263 or Sociology 362
(Recommended courses include Psychology 264, 351. 352, 355, 356, 357, and
5ocioIogy 111,121, 231. 241, 362,375); 1 Speech (116 recommended).
P
Music Minor: 5 courses: 101, 102,260 or 261,457 or 458, elective. Applied Music:
Major Ensemble 2 consecutive years, Performance Studies 4 semesters, concurrent
with Ensemble; Examinations: 2 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test.
Honors Major: Students may qualify f o r graduation honors if they have earned a
GPA o f at least 3.0 i n music courses a n d have demonstrated leadership i n
performance. H o n o r s may b e achieved by o n e o f t h e following: Senior thesis a n d its
defense b e f o r e a faculty committee; presentation o f an additional senior recital o f
graduate quality; c o m p o s i t i o n o f a w o r k f o r vocal a n d / o r instrumental ensemble o f
n o t less t h a n 15 minutes duration. Application should b e made b e f o r e t h e senior
year.
Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors)
1. Courses: 101,102, 223, 224, 260, 261.
2. Applied Music: M a j o r Ensemble, 8 semesters; Performance Studies, 8 semesters;
Recital appearance.
3. Examinations: 3 M u s i c Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test.
Applied Music
Ensembles: M e m b e r s h i p i s d e t e r m i n e d by a u d i t i o n d u r i n g t h e first week o f t h e fall
semester. Times a n d locations are posted o n t h e d e p a r t m e n t bulletin board. These
organizations exist n o t o n l y f o r t h e benefit o f t h e musicstudent, b u t f o r any student
w h o wishes t o participate:
Augsburg Choir
Chorale
Concert Band
Orchestra
Brass Ensemble
String Ensemble
Jazz Ensemble
Woodwind Ensembles
Performance Studies: Four synergistic elements are required: lessons, jury examinations, performance and listening.
Private Lessons: Vocal and instrumental instruction i s available to all students in any area.
Music students must register on the traditional grading system and take a jury exam at the
end of each semester to fulfill the requirement of private study toward a music degree.
Other students may register for private lessons in the same manner or use P/N grading.
During the junior and senior year, a student accepted by the Department of Music as a
major receives lessons in the area of concentration without extra cost. Instruments are
available for rent.
JuryExamination: All studentstaking private lessonsfor credit are required to perform each
semester for a faculty jury.
Performance Workshop: An informal setting for student performances,seminars and guest
lecture demonstrations. All students studying applied music for credit must attend weekly
workshops and, once a semester, perform on their instrument.
Listening: All students studying applied music for credit must attend a predetermined
number of designated music events each year.
Recital: One-half recital i s r e q u i r e d o f B.A. a n d B.S. candidates. B.M. students must
present f u l l j u n i o r a n d senior recitals.
Examinations
A l l music majors and minors are required t o pass a Piano Proficiency Test. M u s i c
majors must pass t h r e e M u s i c Repertoire Tests, a n d Music minors must pass two.
101,102,223, 224 Theory
Music Theory i s an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of
instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint,
and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (101, 223, Fall. 102, 224,
Spring)
110 lntroduction to Music Therapy
A survey of the music therapy programs i n the surrounding area, with field trips t o various
institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music
therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways i n which music i s
used as a therapy. (Interim)
230 Introduction to the Fine Arts
The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers f r o m
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts.
For the non-music major. (Fall)
260 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Romantic and M o d e r n eras, and non-Western topics. (Spring)
325 Scandinavian Music
I n a historical approach t o the study of music i n the five Nordic countries, opportunity is
offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-musicand
music majors. (Fall)
330 Vocal Repertoire
A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 t o the present. The study includessuch
aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Spring)
331 Diction for Singers
(Spring, alternate years)
350 Choral Technique and Arranging
Fundamentals of voice as related t o choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and
arranging for various combinations of voices and instruments. (Spring)
354 lnstrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 Instrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring)
360 Therapeutic Recreational Music
Study of guitar and recorder, Orff instruments, applications of recreational musicactivities
t o clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work.
365 Instrumental Technique
Elementary technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 lnstrumental Technique
Advanced technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 Music of the Western Church
Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for thegeneral
student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Spring)
382 Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project.
383 Psychological Foundations of Music I1
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical
setting. Varioustheories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
395 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of human behavior as it relatesto music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural,
and biological aspects of musical behavior. Use of music with the mentally retarded and
emotionally ill.
399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship
Full-time placement i n an internship setting approved by the National Association for
Music Therapy for six months. This i s started after completion of the senior year and i s
necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made
nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited.
435 Music in Therapy
Thestudy and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded,
physically handicapped, geriatric, and gifted populations. (Prereq.: 395)
440 New Music Seminar
Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and
history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
457 Conducting
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 Conducting
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
476 Orchestration
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensemblesof varyingsizes
and types. (Fall)
488,489 Piano Teaching Methods
Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will
give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course
credit.
495 Practicum in Music Therapy
Volunteer work i n a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. N o credit.
499 Independent Study
Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for i n the
departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced students upon approval of the f_aculty.
100/NaturaI Science
Natural Science
Earl R. Alton (Coordinator)
Major for Pre-Medical Students: 14 courses including Biology 111,112,491 or 492,
and t w o upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, lob), 351, 352, and
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122 or 124and 125; Physics
121,122.
This major i s presented as an option for pre-medical students who wish t o take a
major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for
admission t o most medical schools, including the University of Minnesota Medical
School, and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives
carefully, keeping i n mind the specificrequirementsof the medical schools t o which
he o r she intends t o apply. Early consultation with a premedical adviser i s
recommended.
Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
t h e Ifcensure program for science teachers and authorized A u ~ s b u r gto recommend
candidates in Life Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical
Science, Chemistry major or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemrstry (rninorl. grades
7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and Science (Grades 5-9).
All Natural Science teaching majors must complete the Broad Basic courses and i n
addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle
School Emphasis.
The program of courses IS designed t o provide a broad, basic background in science
and allow for sp~cializationi n an area. The following programs assume t h a t the
student wil[ mee? the general education requirements of the college and, in the
physical science, have at least one year of calculus. ConsuTt with the Department of
Education for requirements i n Education. Early consultation with adviser i s
recommended.
Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, Ii n Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161); 2 i n Life
Science (Biology Ill,
112); 4 i n Physical Science (Physics 121,122 and Chemistry 115,
116 or (105,106). To make the program slightly more flexible, i t i s recommended that
students with emphasis i n life science have both courses i n earth science and
substitute Physics 103 for Physics 121,122.
Life Science Emphasis: 8 courses, 1 Cognate; 7 Biology courses, including 491
Seminar and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or 353; (11) 355 or
474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476.
Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: 7 courses and chemistry seminar,
Chemistry 351,352,353,361 and 362 (or Biology 367, Biochemistry), 482, Physics 245.
Physical Science Em hasis - Physics Major: 7 courses, Physics 245,351,362,395 and
three additional t o e! selected from Physics 261, 270, 352, 363,481, 486, 488.
Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure i n Physical Science upon
completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science
Emphasis - Physics major. The student licensed i n Physical Science may teach
chemistry and/or physics i n grades 7-12.
Science(Grades.5-9): 7 courses,2 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161, the alternative
course not taken in the Board Base section); 2 i n Life Science (and two biology
courses above 112); 3 in Physical Science (Chemistry 353; Physics 245).
Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, 7 courses in Biology plus the Broad Base; for
Chemistry, 351,352,353,361 and 362 or 482 plus the Broad Base; for Physics, any four
courses above 122 plus the Broad Base.
Nursing
Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Carol Hoffman, Nancy Malcolm, JoEtta A. Vernon,
Helen Woelfel
Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leadingto a Bachelor of Science
degree. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of
the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in Minnesota.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or
d ~ p l o m aprogram in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a
currenr license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of
courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology,
rnicrcrbiolagy, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory
psychology. Studenrs must take these courses a t Augsburg or another accredited
college or univerritv prios to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite
courses i n sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may
apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission ro the major.
I n addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated
clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given
at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing.
Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, within the past
five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2 ) work
experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable
equivalent.
Major: 11 courses (10 course credits) i n nursing including 303,304,310,311,325,330,
350, 403, 404, 423, 427: Psychology 355. ,4 minimum grade of 2.0 i n each nursing
course and a cumulative CP.4 of 2.5 a t the completion of the courses of study are
required. Courses i n interpersonal communications and ethics are supportive to
the major.
Course5 inrhe nursing major aredesignedso that they may becorn leted within two
academ~cyears. However. more than two years may be require to complete t h e
total course of study, depending on rhe number of credits transferred from other
colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time nudv, but are
required 10 complete 13 courses, a t Augsburg College. Students inrerested i n
pursuing day, evening, or summer part-time study should consult with an adviser
from rhe nursing depastment for program planning.
8
303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course)
This course i s one of the transitional courses that introduces the student to components of
the professional role and begins the professional and socialization process. The communication process i s emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is
established and maintained. Interactive communication theories are explored for their
applicability to changing roles and professional practice. (Fall-Junioryear.)
304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course)
This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional
development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice i n emphasized. Selected
nursing theories are examined. (Spring-Junioryear.)
310 Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to
current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Clinical application of course
content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue.
(Fall-Junioryear. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major)
311 Community Health Nursing II
This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community characteristics and
cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of
the health team i s explored. This course i s primarily a clinical course. The student will
demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected
caseload of clients. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, Psy 355)
325 Nursing Process
I n this course the student learns approaches to assessment and the use of assessment tools
i n the nursing process.Thestudent usescommunication skillstoobtain a health history and
negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity to
make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-Junior year.
Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major).
330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course i s designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse.
Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored in light of their
implications for nursing practice. (Interim-Junioryear).
350 Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course.
Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its
applicability to nursing practice. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing
major, Math 121 or a course i n descriptive statistics)
403 Contemporary Nursing 111
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursingcare. Content includesfamily asa
group, family and group dynamics in light of situational and developmental events.
Consideration i s given to the emerging role of the nurse i n family health care. (Fall-Senior
year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423)
404 Contemporary Nursing IV
This course relates leadership and management theories and emerging professional nurse
roles to primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system
dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role
development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403. To be taken prior to
or concurrently with 427)
423 Practicum in Nursing I
This course i s a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content
from 403 i n providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting.
(Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403')
427 Practicum in Nursing II
This course i s a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity i s
provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected hospital setting.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403,423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404*)
499 Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic
or issue i n depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals,
objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration.
*If the practicums i n nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses,
students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the
theoretical content.
Philosophy
Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer
Major: 9 courses, including 130,241,242,343,344, and one course in the400's (other
than 499). Five of the courses must be upper division.
Minor: 5 courses, including t w o courses from 241,242,343,
and 344.
Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors. p r o ram is by recornmendation of the philosophy facuf~y.Suchrecommendations w i l l b e made st rheend of the
junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis o n an approved topicof the
student's choice, involvin research above the cour5e level, and a defense of this
thesis before the faculty ofthe department.
Note: Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general
education requirement.
110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method
Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically
analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity to
examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course
are to provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby to
sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas
and beliefs.
120 Ethics
Sometimes you say that a certain action i s right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it
i s right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions,
and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them.
130 Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular
conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments.
241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle
How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The
answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 History of Philosophy 11: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissancewasa
timeof rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened
the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discoverthe grandeur of the Medieval philosophers,
learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the
worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of
the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241.)
343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really
know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course
studies the major empiricists of thelBth century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis
of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to idealism by men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 241 or 242.)
344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt
with in a study of the major representatives of linguisticanalysis, pragmatism, existentialism,
and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241,242, or 343.)
350 Philosophy of Religion
What i s the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can besaid about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? I s
man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy.)
355 Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.)
362 Political Philosophy
As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What i s the relation between the
citizen and the city? In a larger context, what i s the origin of the State and the basis for its
laws?What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and
the State?This course studies the key concepts of politics found in the tradition of western
political thought.
365 Philosophy of Science
The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?What constitutes scientific knowledge?Are there
certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by
the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students
will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences.
(Suggested prior course, 130 or one course i n natural science.)
370 Existentialism
Studies i n the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist
authors. We will examine what i t means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such
themes as absurdity,freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in
philosophy)
380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and
delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and
euthanasia.
410 Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of
individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific
problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May betaken morethan once for
credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from.241,242, 343,344 or #.)
430 Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies i n the philosophy of particular philosophers,e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx,
Hegel, Kierkegaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242,
343, or #)
499 Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
Physics
K e r m i t E. Paulson (Chairperson), Kenneth N. Erickson, M a r k J . Engebretson
a n d 395 plus t h r e e courses above
122. I n Planninglheir coursesof study, students are encouraged to work closely w i t h
members o f the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124,
125, a n d Physics 721, '122 the freshman year, a n d Mathematics 124 and 226 t h e
s o p h o m o r e year.
Major: 9 c o u r s e , i n c l u d i n g 121,122,245,351,362
Teaching Licensure Major: The same'as t h e major. Students are advised t o refer t o
t h e Education Department section o f t h e catalog a n d consult w i t h t h e Education
Department early i n t h e i r planning.
Minor: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 121,122, and t h r e e courses above 122.
Honors Major: A GPA o f 3.6 i n physics a n d 3.0 overall. A n independent invertigat i o n o f a physics t o p i c w i t h an oral defense o f t h e w r i t t e n research repbrt.
Application f o r t h e honors major should b e made n o later than rhe first t e r n of the
senior year.
Societ of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter o f Society o f Physics Students
proviJes students t h e o p ortuniiiei of membership i n a national physics society a n d
o f participating i n t h e pl?ysio cornrnunily on a professional basis. M e m b e r s h i p i n
SPS is o p e n t o all students interested rn physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma: M e m b e r s h i p i n t h e Augsburg chapter o f this national physics
h o n o r society is o p e n t o those students w h o have c o m p l e t e d t h e equivalent o f a
m i n o r i n physics, have a G P A o f 3.0 i n physicsand overal1,and rank i n t h e u p p e r t h i r d
o f their class.
101 Astronomy
A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a 12-inch reflecting
telescope, and eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3
one-hour lectures.)
103 Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments areselected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of
physics to the lifesciences. The course i s designed to serve students in biology, psychology,
physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science
programs. The course i s also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem. algebra. Fall)
106 Introductory Meteorology
A study of thescience and wonders of the atmosphere. The course i s designed to provide a
working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding weather
and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the
many varied aspects of weather, some of which include: Clouds and precipitation,
thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the
influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical phenomena of the sky.
The course i s designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring)
111 Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will
be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy,
religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to
discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of elctronics and
computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory.
(3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
121,122 General Physics I, II
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics,
electrjcity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering students
and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring)
245 Modern Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomicand molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course
indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanic. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half o f
the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis
and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103, 111 or 122; and
Mathematics 122 or 125)
270 Optical Physics
The emphasis is o n physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a
wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction t o the electromagnetic
theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. O n demand)
351,352 Mechanics I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single
par~irle
motion,svsrernsof particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of
rigid hndie5, gravttation. kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Math. 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring)
362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II
The clasrical electrornagnet~c f ~ e l dtheory IS developed uslng the vector calculus
~ h r o u g h o u t .Eleclrostat~cs,magnetostatlcs, solut~onof Laplace's and Po~sson'sequations,
elecrrrr and magnetic properties of mater~als,and the theory of electromagnet~cr a d ~ a t ~ o n
bared on Maxwell's equatlons (3 one-hour lectures Prereq M a t h 226, 362, Fall, 363,
Sprlnp)
395 Comprehensive Laboratory
A n emphasis nn independent laboratory investigat~ons,including participation in physics
seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum ph\,sic~.
electronics, ~ l e c t r i c i t v magnetism,
,
optics, and modern physirs. (2 three-hour laboraton:
and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor. 5pring)
481 Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject i s developed from iwo independent vet complementary viewpoints;
the experimental, macroscopicclassical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic
statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Pr~req.: 351. Spring)
486 Quantum Physics I
h development from f i n t principles, including de Brogl~e'spostulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, rvavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and ap-
proximation methods. Spec~iicproblems studied include potential wells and potential
barriers. the harmonic oscIl[ator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
245, 357,352 Fall)
488 Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring)
499 Independent Study
A n opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem i n experimental or
theoretical physics, worked out i n consultation with a faculty adviser. O p e n t o juniors and
seniors with departmental approval.
108/Political Science
Political Science
M i l d a H e d b l o m (Chairperson), N o r m a Noonan, Myles Stenshoel
Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required: 121 o r 122 o r 160 o r
170; 158; 384; and at least 5 o t h e r u p p e r division courses i n 4 o u t o f 5 Political Science
Areas. A seminar i n o n e o f t h e five areas may b e c o u n t e d f o r that area.
Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 o r 122 o r 170; 158; a n d at least 3 u p p e r division
courses i n 3 o u t o f 5 Political Science Areas.
Honors Major: The Honors M a j o r in Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in
t h e major and 3.0overall. Thestudent r n u i r t a k e a n Honors Independent Study and a
seminar, and rnun submit, not later than March 1 of the senior vear. an Honors
Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Studenrs may w o r k with any
m e m b e r o i the Departmenr on their Honors Thesis. For specific r q u i r e m e n r s .
consult the De artmental Chairperson.Students shoukd apply for the H o n o r s ,Major
no later fhan e!t
f i r i t term o f f h e j u n i o r year.
Political Science Areas: (I) American G o v e r n m e n t and Politics (11) Comparative
Politics a n d Analysis ( I l l ) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory
a n d Analysis. A n y course listed i n m o r e t h a n o n e area may b e c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e
area t o w a r d major o r m i n o r requirements.
Note: Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science
major i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social science courses, i n compliance w i t h state
requirements. For m o r e information, see t h e department chairperson o r t h e Social
Studies Coordinator.
See t h e class schedule f o r precise listing o f terms i n w h i c h courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121 American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas; the pattern of
participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking;
and current issues in American society.
122 Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing
public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists.
325 Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making i n the United States;
governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #)
326 Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing publicopinion and political parties in
the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media i n
presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 course in
Political Science or #. Fall term of election years)
Political Science/lO9
342 Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming.
370 Constitutional Law I
(See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law II
(See Section I V for description. Offered alternate years)
421 Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in
American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.:
Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.)
11. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some
comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
350 Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #)
351 Communist Political Systems
A comparative analysis of thesoviet Union and other communist states in termsof political
behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or
#.I
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
(See Section V for description)
459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation i n the political system. (Offered on
demand. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #).
Ill. International Politics
160 World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of
the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent
problems.
363 Communist Foreign Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of
Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course
i n Political Science or #)
461 Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included i n subtitle.
(Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.)
llO/PoIiticaI Science
IV. Public Law
170 Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as
politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
370 Constitutional Law I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political
system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national
government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description)
380 Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the
values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and t o rationalize human
governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.)
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #.)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as
developed i n Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic
dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged i n the
doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #.)
384 Political Analysis
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an
examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research
required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 158 and two upper division
courses, or #.)
Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199 Internship
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine
project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.)
295 Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Offered on demand)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Prereq.: #.)
498 Independent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive.~\sternaticand integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
commwniry, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Psychology
Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman
Ferguson, Duane Johnson
Major: f 0 courses including 105,264,265,381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5
courses at Augsburg; Physics 103. Nw mare than two courses from among299,399
and 499 may be counted toward the minimum 10 psychology courses required f o r a
major. This restricrion applies toward rhe minimum requirement only. The student
may actually take more such courses. The major program should include I05 in the
freshman year, 264 and 265 i n the freshman or saphomore year, 381 or 399 in t h e
junior year and 493 i n the senior year. The major program is planned in consultation
with an adviser i n the ps cholo6y department and is a proved by the department
chairperson. The a v e i a i plan i c d i r e c t e d toward a pasic understanding of the
discipline af psvchology and toward the particular educational, vocational and
professional goals of the individual student. A written plan forthe major should be
completed a n d approved by the beginning of the junior year. It i s recommended
rhal psychology majors rake additional course work from other areas that will
complement and strenpthen their particular interests in psychology; for example,
deiteloping a minor in business admintstration, biology, or communication is
recommended for many studen~s.
Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more
than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department
chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Certificate In Program Evaluation: 5 courses includ~ng264 (orSociology 362). 399,
450: Sociology 362 and 363. These courses are designed to rovide back round and
skills to p e r f o r m as a research assistan7 for agencies or i r m s which CI program
evaluation or self-assessment programs. See department chairperson for f u r t f i ~ r
f
details.
105 General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used i n psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major
sub-areas, is emphasized.
251 Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the
processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and
subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine
intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years)
264, 265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem
solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for
credit without continuing i n Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term
immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105)
299 Directed Study
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be
completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical
systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into
practical implications and applications of data and theory in respectto the development of
children. (Prereq.: 105)
352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis will be on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory
related to development during the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 105. Fall,
1983)
353 Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis will be on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory
related to development during the middle adult and older adult periods of life. Includes
perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 105. Fall, 1983)
355 Brain & Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in
animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation &
emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105 and one course i n
biology. Fall)
356 Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on
behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality,
defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
357 Learning
Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior
change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105)
359 Measurement
Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest,
personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105)
361 Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward
personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community serviceagencies will accompany
classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male
A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status of each sex
and psychophysiological data bearing upon these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or #)
373 Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as
management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social
influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105)
375 Social Psychology
See under Department of Sociology.
381 Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.:
two psychology courses. Alternate years)
399 Internship
Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
450 Program Evaluation
The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to programs for
social improvement. Designing information systems for the ongoing monitoring of
programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing program effectiveness and efficiency.
The political and organizational context of program monitoring and evaluation.The role of
evaluation research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264orSociology
362; Sociology 363)
485 Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given
to goals and ethical guidelinesfor a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior
standing. Spring)
490 Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.:
105 and #. Alternate years)
493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration
of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5
courses)
499 Independent Study
Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students
must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale
and purpose for the proposed study.
Religion
Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), John Benson, Bradley Holt, Richard Husfloen,
Eugene M. Skibbe, Paul Sonnack, Bruce Stuart, Sheldon Torgerson, Daniel Zemel
Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 4 8 7 and 495. the seminar especially for
majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before takrng seminar, each major must
have written one formal research paper and placed I1on file with the department
chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper
division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356,362,399,481,354 or
358, 360 or 483, 471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other
departments can lead to Augsburg certification.
Program tor Christian D a y Schoof Teachers: Students pursue one of he regular
teacher education programs i n the Department of Education to prepare for
licemure by the Stare of Minnesota. In addit~onto the licensure program, five
courses i n religion a r e required: 771.221. 362, The Christian Day School (Interim)
and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in
both a public school setting and in a Christian D a y School.
This program prepares students who are interested in teaching i n Christian Day
Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran Church, although participation
i s not limited to such schools.
Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved
by the department and colloquium with the department.
Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (II1,22'1,356,362,48f, 359 or
358,360 or 483.471 or474,3991; Psychology 105,351,352or 371,485, Sociology 111or
Psychology 373, Sociology 231 1; Physical Education 232; Speech 354 or 355,499.This
program meets or exceeds rhe educational requirements of The American Lutheran
Church, bur certification b the church i s a separate function. By addingrwo or three
courses from appropriate epartments, thestudent can develop special emphases in
parish education. busines management or diaconal work.
d
Notes: Religion 111 or221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval
i s necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion
Department and/or general education course credit.
All majors are urged to consult with the department chair.
111 Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
221 Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of
biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church.
350 Philosophy of Religion
(See under Department of Philosophy)
353 Denominations and Sects in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some
contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring)
354 Life of the Church in the Life of the City
The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident i n urban structures.
356 History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including
Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some
discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall)
357 Survey of Church History
A survey of Christian history i n the early, medieval, Reformation, and modern periods.
Some attention will be given to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the
periods i n question.The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state, and
the development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study.
358 Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life i n its varied character with attention directed to Christian education
and curriculum, youth work and parish work.
360 Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements
i n American society. (Spring)
361 Church Fathers
A stucky o f ~ h early
e
Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such
ropics as persecution and martyrdom, the deveIopment of the creeds. Christianity in
conllict with GnoSticlsm and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship: also includingthe rhealogy of several earlv Christian leadersand a special unit on
the life and thought of Augus~ine.(Spring 1983)
362 Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth
century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures.
(Fall)
363 Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious
liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its
environing culture. (Fall)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country.
(Offered as funding permits)
380 Music of the Western Church
(See under Department of Music)
399 Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first
semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines.
471 Jesusand His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with
their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations
given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 Theology of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship tothe early
church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring, 1984)
473 The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1983)
475 Judaism
A survcv of the history of Judaism from the end of the O l d Testament period to modern
tlrnes, with emphasis placed upon the reJigious development. A special interest i n such
modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The lewirh Chatauqua Society annually
makes a grant to kugsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered i n
the religion department. (Fall)
481 Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as
seen from the systematic perspective, i n the light of the continuing theological task of the
Christian Church. (Spring)
482 Contemporary Roman Catholic Theology
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic
definitions of the church.
483 Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon
moral action. (Fall)
486 Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion i n thecontext of the tradilional Christian
view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the dassia in the field by Freud,
Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by
them. (Spring 1984)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of
instructor. (Fall)
499 Independent Study
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines.
Russian, Scandinavian Studies/II7
Russian Area Studies
Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator)
The major in Russian Area Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks to give the studenr the broadest possible
expowre to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and
philosophy. In addition ro providing a good liberal education, the program can
enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers i n areas such as
governmenz. international business, or teaching.
Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in
Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses of approved
electives.
Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course i n Soviet politics; 1 course in
Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies
Liv Dahl (Director)
Major: 8 upper division courses.
Minor: 4 upper division courses.
Note: Major programs must contain 4 courses Fisted in the Augsburg Catalog or
transferred ro Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, I.e.,
courses taughtbva Scandinavian languagedepartment or$ubdepartmentregardless
of r h e ~ content,
r
which may he linguistic, literary or culrural. Students graduating
with a major or minor must a150 present the equivalent of intermediate level
competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department
of Foreign Languages
Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective courses
which may lead toward a second major such as English, history, urban studies,
business administration.
272 Norwegian Life and Culture
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. SeeMetro-UrbanStudies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
312 Old Norse
An introduct-ionto the structure of Old U'est None through the study of selections from
Old Norse Ifterature. Some attentron given to Otd East Norseand aspects of the history of
four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the fatter is desired but not required.
Norwegian language majors and mlnors will have special assignments (Alternate years)
325 Scandinavian Music
(See under Department of Music)
118/Scandinavian Area Studies
330 Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable
but not required.
345 Scandinavian - American Experience
The O l d World Background and rise of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land,
aspects of Scandinanvian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982)
351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by JonasLie, Sigrid Undset,Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work i n
a Scandinavian language. (Alternate years. Fall, 1982)
352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjgrnson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be required t o do assigned readings and written work in
a Scandinavian language. (Alternate years. Fall, 1981)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(Offered under Department of Religion)
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
382 Scandinavian Arts
(See under Department of Art)
3% Urban Planning in Scandinavia
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
(Offered under Department of History)
495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience
(Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar)
499 Independent Study
I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science, Studies/lIg
Social Science
Myles C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson)
Two emphases exist within the Social Science rnajor: t h e General Major and the
Non-Western emphasis. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and
in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social
Science major is significantly different from the o t h ~ major.
r
General M ajar: 15 courses: 10 required courses (Economics122,123; History 221,222;
Geographv 114: ~ociology127,241; ~ s ~ c h o l o g y l O 5
Political
;
Science158 and I21 or
170); 4 upper division courses in one of the fo[lowing disciplines: Economics,
History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology; a statislia course approved by
r h e department in which the 4 upper division courses are taken. The student should
choose an adviser who i s a member of the department i n which the upper division
courses are to be taken. (For supplemenrary information and alternative ways ro
f uifill the state-approved competency-based rogram for secondary teacher education, see the following recrion on Social S t u g e i for Secondary Educa~ion.)
Non-Western Major: f 4 courses: History 104; 1social science methodofogy course
[Economicr, 379, Psvcholog), 264, Sociology 362 or 365); and 12 counes, in at least 4
discipIines, from the follawing: Economicj 122, 258: Hislory 103, 322, 323,324,440,
474; Political Science 351,363,382,461; Phiiosoph y 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241;
seminars, independent study or interim courses an relevant topics i n History andlar
PoliticaF Science. The student planning to fulfill this social science major should
consult the chairperson of rhe Department of History in choosing a major adviser.
Social Studies
Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator)
Students preparing to reach social studies on the high school level must complete, in
addition t o the professional requirements to be met within the De artment of
Education, a competency-bared program designed to provide a broacffoundation
in the social sciences.
Social Studies Teaching ticensure: 7 courses [Economics 122 or 123, Geography 114,
History 222, Political Sc~ence158, Psychology 105, Sociology 121and247) pIusa major
in one of ftvef~elds- Economics, History, Pol~ticalSc~ence,~ s y c h o l oy or Sociology
O ~
- o r incorporated in a Social Science Major, described in S ~ C T a~ ove).
k
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as
possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
120/Social Work
Social Work
Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Douglas Perry
The Augsburg College Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social
Work Education.
The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year. However, ir is strongly
advised that the foundation courses required in other departments (see Major,
below) be begun in the freshman or sophomore vears. Advisement should also be
soughtfrom social work Faculty as t o the sequence of thesecourses. All studentsare
adv~sedro rake 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted bv the faculry.
Candidacy: Students planning to major i n Social Work must apply to the department for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Candidacy status
i s required for admission into senior social work courses.
Majar: The Augsburg Social Work Program is a professional program in preparation
for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program
consists oi 257*, 361*, 363*.364*. 467,462,463,464,465,466 and 4 7 :Biology 101':
Psvchalogy 10Y,351*. and 35?*; Sociology 121*, 231*, 365, 3rS*, and 383*,Ar least
one Conservation of Human Resource; (CHR) course is strongly recommended. A
minimum gradeof 2.0 i s required in each upper division social work courserequired
in the major.
*These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year.
Concentration: Concentrations i n Aging, Chemical Dependency.Crime an'd Corrections, Social Miniztries,and Youth are possi ble. Concentration consists of courses
descriptive of functional, dystunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus field work
placement i n the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in
religion with specific coursework is required. CompIetion of a concentration i s
noted on the transcript.
Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative
internship, 361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 383; and Political
Science 121 or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work i s available through successful
completion of Education 388.
257 Practicum in the Human Services
With faculty apgrova1,student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as avolunteer in a
social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service
delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a
term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen
and sophomores. Open to all students.
340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population,
older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older
population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in Senior
Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems of Social
Welfare, experience in work with the aged, #. Offered occasionally.)
Social Work/'l21
361 Systems of Social Welfare
A n examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare in rhe U.5.
and the roleof social work i n them. Special emphasison analysisof the major assumptions
and movements conrrlbutory to the rise of the welfare state; description olaselection of
modern service systems, the profession of rocial work, its ethicr, value5, and historical
development, Three class periods per week; guest lecrures, research paper. (Sophomore
or f. Fall)
363 Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principlesand techniques of
social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessarv for social work
practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each
week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. 5pring)
364 Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience i n a social work agency focusing on
interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small
group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361,Junior, concurrent with 363.
Spring)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #)
461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice sk111s through lecture. classroom exercise and
regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphas~son development of
generalist practice skills and c c l e a ~ capproaches. terrures and/or laboratory exercises
each week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363and In 364,candidacy status,or=. Concurrent with 462. Fall)
463 Community Development and Organization
locality development and social change through community organization, socIal planning,
and social actron. Emphasis on: 71 survey o i histar~calforms o l soctal change, 2)
understanding the b a r ~ r15suesand strategies relevanr to social protesr and change, 3)
examination of the role oi staff, and o i the functions and interrelationships of cornmunip
organizat~ons.and 4) knowledge of and actual practice In the essenrial principles and
~echniquesof organizing. (Prereq.: senior or *. Fall)
462,464, Field Work I1 and IV:
Progressively responsiblesupervised professional social work experience including work
with individuals, families, groupsandlor communities in a 50c1alserviceagency-Ten hours
per week, plusonesupportive/discursian seminar per week. (Prereq.: completion and 2.0
i n 361, 362,364. candidacy status: concurrent with 461 and 467: Fall and Spring)
465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formularion and methods of analysis
associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social w o r i
practice. Developmenr and implementation will beviewed f~rsthand through work with a
public policy maker, 4 hours per week. O ~ class
P period per week, reading, analytical
pape:integratingclasscon~epr~
wilh practical experience. [Prereq.:361.463.and senlor or
2. Spring)
466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course)
Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim.
467 The Social Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucraticsurvival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and
practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied i n the course.
The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 461,462,463,
466, concurrent with 464, or #. Spring)
468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course)
Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. ( # half or full credit.
Interim)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available i n the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and #)
Sociology
Gordon L. Nelson (Chair erson), Robert Clyde, JerryGerasimo,Garry Hesser,Anita
Kolman, Diane Pike, Joe Torstenson
P
Major: 10 courses including 121, 362,363, 375,485. Highly recommended: a CHR
course, internship,independentstudv or upper division interim course i n sociology.
This recommendation i s made in the hope that thestudent will take advantage of the
variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department
chairperson concerning areas of concentration.
Minor: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.)
Honolr Major: The studenr must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0
overall. Applicarion for honors i n S Q C ~ Q candidacy
~ O ~ ~
shall consist of submission of
roposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 nf the junior year.
Candi acy IS
- contingen! upon departmental approval of proposal bv April 30 of
junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for Independent Studv (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be comptcted. Honors
degree i n socialogy will be g r a n r ~ dtea candidate i f heJshe successfully defends the
thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation.
B
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 course including 362 (or Psychology 264), 363,
Psychology 399, 450. These courses are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research assistant for a enciesor
i ~ r r nwhich
i
do
evaluationror an employee who can develop an4 maintain
ongoing self-assessment programs for a n employer agency. 5ee department
chairperson for further details.
111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community i n the
context of urban institutions and processes.
199 lnternship
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor i n the department to determine
project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer)
121 Principles of Sociology
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of
basic aspects of society; socialization,family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions,
etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession.
231 Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection,
marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context.
241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; languageas a major
organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of
"primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found i n
different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S.
culture.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer)
300,301,302,303,304 Special Topics in Sociology
-.
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not
satisfied by regular course offerings. May be offered on campus i n addition to regular
course offerings or off campus i n conjunction with Augsburg's Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) Program. (Prereq.: #)
360 Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements
and institutions in American society.
362 Statistical Analysis
The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of
knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas
and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing
equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science
and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high
school algebra. Fall)
363 Research Methods
The second course i n a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research
designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice
doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately
after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of
commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applicattbns to
program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra.
Spring)
373 Crime and Corrections
An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections. Major attention i s focused on the causation
and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.:
121)
375 Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society.
An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding
interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look
at the major assumptionsand processes underlying our everyday life -a look atthe trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation
i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course.
(Prereq.: 121 and Psychology 105)
381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The primary focus of the course i s upon the major issues confronting the present and
future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches
to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Cities region will be
compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally.
Resources includeextensive readings,simulations,films,and outsidespeakers in a seminar
format. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or #. Spring)
383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention i s focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
485 Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses i n
sociology including 121 or #. Fall)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: 111 or
121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121and permission of
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, Communication, Theater A r t d l 2 5
Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Deborah Bart, Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole,
Howard Liszt, Joel Mugge
Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in rhe major, 3.0 overall, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive examination i n field of concentration. Application to be made early in t h e senior year.
Communication Arts
The communicarion major is a flexible in~erdisciplinarvprogram which allows for
different emphases- jaurnalism,advertisingand publicreIations, radio-televisionfilm, human relations, and supervisorv management. Program guides for each area
are available from the Deparrment Chairperson or rhe Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible t o work out a
plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech
111, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241.
Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354,399 and English
225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and
typing. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech
111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 121 or 241,375.
Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department.
Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,241 or 243,350,351
or 355, 352, 354, 360; Participation in forensics, and a minor i n English.
Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or
243, 350, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360 and participation in forensics.
Note: Students preparing to teach speech i n secondary schoots may specialize i n
any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theaterarts. Any of these must
be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. Thecommunication
major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the
Department of Education for requirements i n Education. Course 116 i s strongly
recommended for students in elementary education.
111 Beginning Speech
Basic problems of effective speaking and cdtical listening.
132 Photography
(See under Department of Art)
227 Advanced Writing: journalism
(See under Department of English)
225,230 Visual Communications I, I1
(See under Department of Art)
126/Speech, Communication, Theater Arts
-
-
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
(See under Department of English)
242 Film-Making
(See under Department of Art)
342 Mass Communications in Society
(See under Department of Political Science)
343 Radio-Television Production
An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis
on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10.
Fall)
350 Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and
listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall)
351 Argumentation
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 Persuasion
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects.
(Spring)
353 Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements
i n modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #.
Spring)
354 Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication
barriers.
355 Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved i n effective
functioning within small groups and organizations. (Spring)
373 Organizational Psychology
(See under Department of Psychology)
399 Internship
(Consult the Department Chairperson for details.)
495 Independent Study in Communication
Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
Speech, Communication, Theater A r t d l 2 7
Theater Arts
Majors should take part i n dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning t o
major i n theater arts should begin with courses 111,116, and 228. Course 111 i s not
part of the major.
Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, lus Beginning Speech: This major should be
supported by several courses i n gterature including Shakespeare and M o d e r n
Drama or Scandinavian Drama.
A. Acting Emphasis: 116,L28,23Z,243,350,360,361,362,366,432,and the children's
theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses i n movement, dance, cinema, art,
and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include
6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship.
B. Directin Ernphxis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the
children's r eater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses i n movement,
cinema art. and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing
emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 i n stage
management, and 1 internship.
f
C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,362,366,428,429,
plus courses 225 and 290 i n Art.
Strongly recommended: courses i n cinema art, art, and dramatic literature.
Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units i n crew work, 2 i n
technical supervision, 1 i n acting, 1 i n assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship.
Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228,232, 360,361,366.
Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,116,228,229,
232,241 or 243,350,360,361,366, the experience requirement specified for theater
arts majors, and a minor i n English.
teach in^
Theater Arts Minor For
the following: 241,243,350; an
Licensure: courses 111,228,232,361,366;
partrclpatlon In dramatic productions.
one of
Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,
241 o r 243, 350, 351 o r 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; articipation i n t w o activities
(forensics, interpretation, theater, broadcasting); a n 8 a minor i n English.
116 Creative Dramatics
A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human
relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy,
and other settings. (Fall)
228 Technical Production I
An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: i t s organization, crafts, magic, and
art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall)
229 Stage Design I
Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing,
painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in
freshmen and sophomore years. Spring)
232 Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
128/Speech, Communication, Theater Arts
360 Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and
drama. (Fall)
361 Theater History
Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at
local theater productions. lntroduction to theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Spring, Alternate years)
362 Theater Criticism
A study of forms and ideas as they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at
local theater productions; classical, experimental,and new plays. Lectures and discussions
on theory and criticism using theater productionsasfocusfor discussion. (Spring, Alternate
years)
366 Stage Direction I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical
production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play
chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only.
(Spring)
367 Stage Direction II
In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental,
musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or #.
Spring)
399 Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
428 Technical Production II
Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or
lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Lab fee. Fall)
429 Stage Design II
Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. lntroduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or #. Spring)
432 Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through improvisation and extensive
scene study. Emphasis i s on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare,
French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-realism, Epic, and the
Absurd. (Fall, Alternate years)
499 Independent Study in Drama
Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater
Transdisciplinary, Women's and Minority/l29
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing t o develop their own major by combining approxriate,portions of
two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Trans lsc~pl~nary
Major
enables students t o respond to a particular career interest. While such an
individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad
majors may not be suitable for those wishing t o pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs i n some academic fields.
Students wishing t o develop a Transdisciplinary Major are t o observe the following:
A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in
the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college;
B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of
his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar).
C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Student Standing.
Women's and Minority Studies
Toni Clark (Director), Rosalie Clark, Valerie Geaither, Khin Khin Jensen, James
Porter
The Women's and Minority StudiesProgram (formerly American Studies) consists of
several interdisciplinary courses. The courses listed below fill the Urban Concerns,
or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies requirement. There are courses i n several
other departments which also focus on women and which also fulfill that
requirement. Although no major or minor i s offered, there is a certificate program i n
women's studies.
Certificate in Women'sStudies: Individually planned program with a minimum of 6
courses oriented towards women's perspectives: 3 courses from the social sciences
(including history); 1-2 courses from humanities (ljterature, religion, art, music,
philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary courses,
independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the ACTC
colleges as well as Augsburg. See Toni Clark, Grace Dyrud or Norma Noonan for
further details.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
231 Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from
year to year. Meets one religion requirement or the Urban Concerns, Women's and
Minority Studies requirement.
130/Women's and Minority Studies
232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies
An interdisciplinary course providing an overview of the major issues related to the Black
experience in terms of thefamily, education, religion,aesthetics,economics and politics. It
i s designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in
Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American
society.
233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and
historical origins of women's rolesand status i n human society. Emphasiswill be placed on
the comparative roles of women in different cultures. This comparison will include such
North American models as the Navajo, Ojibwe, and Iroquois, African models such as the
Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and
the middle East and rural China. Offered periodically through CHR and the American
lndian Program office.
260 Contemporary American Indians
Thesituation of Indians in the United Statessince the lndian Reorganization Act (1934) with
an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education.
Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected lndian tribes
today.
265 Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selectionsfrom women's journals,
speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will
collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the
founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and
other "invisible" women minorities will be included.
Board for College and University
Services, TALC - 132
Board of Regents - 132
Administration - 133
Emeriti - 134
Faculty - 135
Computer minor opens many avenues
132/Regents, DCUS
-
Augsburg College Board of Regents
Officers
Clayton L. LeFevere, Chairman
Dr. Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman
James G . Lindell, Treasurer
Norma E. Knutson, Secretary
Members
Charles W. Arnason (1982)'. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Cowles Media Company,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Oscar M. Austad (1984). President, Austad Company, Sioux Falls, South Dakota
Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984). St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Nancy Botterniller (1986). Wadena, Minnesota
Norman R. Carpenter (1982). Attorney, Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Darrell J. Egertson (1982). Executive Vice President, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Donald R. Grangaard (1984). Chairman of the Board, First Bank System, Inc. Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986). Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota
Norma E. Knutson (1984). Director of Urban & Ethnic Ministries, DSMA of the American
Lutheran Church Minneapolis, Minnesota
Harris W. Lee (1982). Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Clayton 1. LeFevere (1982). Partner, LeFevere, Lefler, Kennedy, O'Brien and Drawz,
Minneapolis Minnesota
Chester Lind (1986). Chairman of Executive Committee, Northwest Bancorporation,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
James G. Lindell (1982). Treasurer, West Publishing Company, St. Paul, Minnesota
Gary H. Lohn (1986). Vice President of Employment Preparation Services, Control Data
Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. Arthur Naftalin (1984). Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis
Minnesota
Howard E. Olson (1984). President, Sonford Products Corporation, St. Paul Park, Minnesota
Donald G. Padilla (1986). Chairman of the Board & CEO, Padilla and Speer, Inc.,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
George T. Pennock (1982). Chairman, Tennant Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. Carl Platou (1984). President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota
The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo (1984). Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota,
Washington, D.C.
N. Stanley Stake (1986). Minneapolis Minnesota
Dr. M e r t o n P. Stromrnen (1986). President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Stanley Thiele (1986). Senior Vice President Administrative Services, 3M Center, St. Paul,
Minnesota
Mary Lou Williams (1984). Administrative Aid to the Mayor, Minneapolis, Minnesota
'The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of term.
Board for College and University Services
The American Lutheran Church
Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin
Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio
Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Marguerite Foster, Dallas, Texas
Erwin H. Goldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska
Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington
Dennis Griffin, Sioux Falls, South Dakota
Edwin Gunberg, Bethesda, Maryland
Gustav Kopka, Jr., East Lansing, Michigan
Ronald Matthias, Director, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Administration
President
President.. ......................................................
Charles S. Anderson
College Pastor.. ....................................................... Lowell Brandt
Executive Secretary to the President
Carolyn Magnusson
................................
Academic Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College.. ............. Richard Green
Associate Academic Dean .................................................. Pat Parker
Registrar ................................................................ John A. H i l l
Assistant Registrar.. ....................................................... Carol Stack
Head Librarian. ...................................................
Margaret Anderson
Music Administrator and Fine Arts Coordinator.. ........................ Craig Carnahan
Director of Audio Visual Services.. ........................................ James Olson
Director, American Indian Programs .................................... Bonnie Wallace
Coordinator, Black Student Affairs.. ...................................
Valerie Geaither
Recorder.. ..............................................................
Ralph Bailey
Interim Director ...................................................... D o n Gustafson
International Studies Program Director.. .............................. Mary A. Kingsley
International Student Adviser .........................................
Mary E. Johnson
Secretary to the Dean ................................................. Joanne Hilliard
Finance and Management
...........................
Vice President for Finance and Management
Wayne Pederson
Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services .................... Herald Johnson
Associate Director, Financial Aid .......................................... Virene Luthi
Director of Personnel ..............................................
Bonnie-Jean M o r k
Chief Accountant.. ........................................................ Jeff Kosse
Manager, College Center.. ............................................
M i l d r e d Nelson
Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending ................................
Robert Gores
Director of Plant Services .............................................. Gerald Johnson
Custodial Supervisor ................................................
James Crittenden
Maintenance Supervisor.. .................................................
Rob Curtis
Grounds Supervisor.. ....................................................
Fred Wolter
Manager,IceArena ......................................................
JamesCarey
Secretary to the Vice President ...........................................
Cynthia Lein
Development and Public Relations
Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................... Gerald D. Bjelde
Associate Director of Development.. ..................................... Jeroy Carlson
Assistant Director of Development .......................................... Paul Gens
Director of Parent/Alumni Relations.. ................................... Janice Rykken
Assistant to the Vice President.. ......................................... A. B. Batalden
Planned Giving Associate ........................................ Sigvald V. Hjelmeland
Director of Public Relations.. ........................................... Lois G. Wollan
Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information. ......................... Kay Cady
Public Relations Editorial Assistant.. ......................................... Pat Phelps
Manager, Central Services ................................................ JillRaschein
Secretary to the Vice President ........................................ Jeanette Keeney
134/Administration, Emeriti
Admissions
............................................
Director of Admissions
John B. Hjelrneland
Assistant Director ........................................................... Bill Ross
Coordinator of Transfer Programs
Jeannette Wittrner
Admissions Counselor..
Eric Anderson
Admissions Counselor.. ..................................................
Sally H o u g h
Admissions Counselor..
Brian Arvold
Transfer Credit Evaluation Coordinator
Charlene Weidenbach
...................................
................................................
.................................................
..........................
Student Affairs
Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students ................ Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students (on leave). ......................................Rick Thoni
Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement .........................
Patricia Garland
Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement .........................
Nancy Medcraft
Director of Student Life (Housing) .............................. Linda Schrernpp Alberg
Director of Student Activities .............................................. Joan Slater
Coordinator, Urness Tower ..............................................
Pam Joachirn
Coordinator, Mortenson Tower .....................................
Corinne Hofrnann
Coordinator, Annex Houses ........................................... Ruth Dinerrnan
Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ....................................... D o n Warren
Director of Human Development.. ........................................ Judy Essrnan
Counselor/Student Development Specialist .............................. Linda Rodgers
Secretary to the Vice President ........................................ Dorothy Gauger
Emeriti
Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. (1963-1980). B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Bernhard M. Christensen. President Emeritus (1938-1963). Ph.D., The Hartford Seminary
Foundation.
1. Gracia Christensen. Assistant Professor Emerita of English.
Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister der Philosophia,
University of Latvia.
K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edgar E. Eklof. Emeritus of Music. M.M., Manhattan Music School.
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig. Artist i n Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington.
M i l d r e d V. Joel, Professor Emerita, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of
Minnesota.
Esther J. Olson. Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
LaVonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland
College.
A. M a y o Savold. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of
Music.
Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John Thut. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus., American Conservatory of Music.
Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Fac ~ I t y
September, 1981)
Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Robert Adney* (1979). Studio Artist/Music.
Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chair of Chemistry. B.A.,St. Olaf College; MS.,
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lyla M a e Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A..
Northwestern University.
Bobbi Anderson* (1979). Specialist-Early Childhood Education, lnstructor i n Education. B.S..
MS., University of Wisconsin; Education Specialist, Mankato State University.
Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin;
B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York.
Ernest W. Anderson (1947). Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor and Department Chair of Speech, Communication and
Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.:
University of Minnesota.
Deborah Bart* (1980). lnstructor i n Speech. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B. D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary.
Robert E. Beverly* (1966). Studio Artist/Music. B.M.Ed., M.M., Northwestern University.
JamesE. Billings* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., Michigan State University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia
College, Moorhead.
Timothy Blackburn* (1980). Lecturer i n English. B.A., St. John's University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Vern Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program. M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton* (1975). Assistant Professor of Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). lnstructor and Department Chair of Health and Physical Education.
B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet. B.S. Music Ed., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Lowell N. Brandt (1974). College Pastor. B.A., California Lutheran College; M. Div., Luther
Theological Seminary.
Maria Brown (1980). Instructor, Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor i n Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Toni Clark (1974). Assistant Professor of English, Director of Women's and Minority Studies.
B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California,Santa Barbara.
The year in parentheses after the name indicates beginning of service in the College.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Communications
Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa.
Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of Theater/Speech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Benjamin Cooper (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of
Technology; Ph.D., Yale University.
Lawrence Copes (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University;
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Liv Dahl* (1976). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages, Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. B.A.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Beverly Durkee (1965). Professor and Department Chair of Mathematics/Computer Science.
B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Grace Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson(1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State
University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Sheldon Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Norman Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; MS., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Larry Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Music. B.M., Concordia
College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Henry G. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. MS., University of Minnesota.
Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor of Education. A.B., California State University,
Northridge; M.A.T., University of Chicago; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-La Crosse;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., San Francisco State College;
M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
John Gidmark* (1980). Lecturer i n English.
Thomas Gilkey* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., DePauw University.
Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor and Department Chair of History. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Goetz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M.,
University of Cotorado.
Anne Goodwin* (1981). lnstructor i n English. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.T., College of St.
Thomas.
Paul Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia
College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; MS., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Louisville.
Satya Gupta* (1976). Associate Professor of Business Administration. Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Associate Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin Gyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. 13.5, Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer i n Library Science.
Milda Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Political Science. B.A.,
Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Douglas R. Heidenreich* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., University of
Minnesota; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law.
Roberts. Herforth (1966). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Edwina Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chalr of Social Work. B.A.,
Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Carry W. Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies.
B.A., Phillips University; M. Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Notre Dame.
John A. Hill (1980). Registrar. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., George Washington
University.
Carol Hoffman (1978). Instructor i n Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of
Minnesota.
NormanD.Holen {7964). Professor of Art. B.A.,Concordia College; M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holi (1981), Associate Professor of Rel~gion.B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary, M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale Uniuesitv.
John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chernisrry. B.A.. St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Richard Husfloen* (1982). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Khin Khin Jensen* (1955). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies.
B.A., Rangoon University (Burma); M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron
College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Einar Johnson(1956). Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Washington.
James J. Johnson (1969). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S.,
Juilliard School of Music.
Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, Department Chair of Foreign Languages, and
International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Rees M. Johnson (1978). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S.,
Winona State University.
Syl Jones* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communication. B.A., Augsburg College.
Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration and Department Chair of
Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo (Egypt); M.S..
University of Michigan.
Robert Karlen (1973). Professor of MUSIC.
B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965)..4ssociate Professor of Fore~gnLanguages. Director of International
Programs. B.A., 51. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College.
Merilee Klernp* ('1980F.
Studio Artisr/Oboe. B R., Augsburg College.
Al Kloppen (19761.
Asr~stantProfessor of Health and Phvsical Education. B.S., Augustana
College; M A . , University of South Dakota.
Boyd Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A..
Un~versityof Minnesota.
Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S..
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Leo Richard Lake (1981). Associate Professor of Computer Science. 8.5, Massachusetts Institute
of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. 8.5, Iowa State University; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nicholas Lenz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University
of Minnesota.
Howard Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communication. B.A., M.S., University of
Minnesota.
Paul W. Lohman* (1981). Director of Chorale. B.A., Augsburg College.
Nancy S. Malcolm (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.P.H.,
University of Minnesota.
Richard Marken (1974). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of Psychology. B.A.,
University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara.
Keishiro Matsumoto (1971). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Waseda
University, Tokyo; M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Marie 0. McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Education. B.S., M.Ed.,
Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Lynne Medcalf* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S.B., M.B.A., University
of Minnesota.
Cynthia Melson* (1979). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M.Ed., Simpson College; M.M., Northwestern
University.
Roberta Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; 8. Music Ed., M. Music
Ed., University of Kansas.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
John Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University
of Tennessee.
August Molder* (1962). Artist i n Residence i n Art. Law, Master of Law, University of Tartu,
Estonia.
Joel Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communication. B.A., Valparaiso
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Douglas Nelson (1977). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., College of St. Thomas.
Gordon 1. Nelson (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. B.A., M.A.,
University o f Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological
- Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1968).
Associate Professor of Historv. B.A., Universitv of Nebraska; M.A.,
~,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Christie Nicholl* (1973). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A.,
University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Crier Nicholl* (1960). Professor of English. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Teacher College,
Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Nursing. B.S.N., MS.,
University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development. B.A.,
University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Celeste M. O'Brien* (1975). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., Hamline University.
Richard D. Olmsted (1977). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin.
Sandra Olmsted* (1979). Lab lnstructor i n Chemistry.
James F. Olson (1975). Assistant Professor. Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
William Oyler* (1969). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Carleton College; 8.5,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Facu lty/l39
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965): Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kermit Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Physics. B.A., Augsburg
College; MS., University of Wisconsin.
Pamela Paulson* (1975). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of
Colorado; MS., University of Illinois.
Marilyn Pearson (1980). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
MS., St. Cloud State University.
Wayne Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia
College, Moorhead.
Lauretta Pelton (1970). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College; M.Ed.,
Marquette University.
Douglas Perry (1976). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Diane 1. Pike (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D. Yale
University.
JamesPorter* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Women's and Minorities Studies.
Alice Preves* (1976). Studio Artist/Strings. B.S., M.S., University of Illinois.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chair of Religion. B.A., Augsburg
College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological
Seminary.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor and Department Chair of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton
College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Madeline Renaud* (1981). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., Roosevelt University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Kenneth Rich* (1979). Visiting Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Purdue University;
M.B.A., Harvard School of Business; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul Rusten* (1971). Adjunct lnstructor i n Art.
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A.,
Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Sargent (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of English. B.A., University
of North Carolina; Ph.D., University of Exeter, England.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Irene Schilling* (1973). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A..
University of Minnesota.
Maria Schweikert* (1979). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. Teacher's Diploma, Budapest.
Hungary; M.A., University of Pittsburgh.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor. Librarian. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois:
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Eugene Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological
Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Dana Skoglund* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College.
Emma Small* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Voice. B.M., M.M.. Eastman School of Music.
Louisa Ann Smith* (1979). Lecturer i n Library Science. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., A.B.D..
University of Minnesota.
Paul Sonnack* (1949). Visiting Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th.. Augsburg
Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Chicago.
George Stahl* (1976). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.M.. Chicago Musical College.
Soterios Stavrou* (1975). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College.
Donald Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College; Graduate,
Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Bruce Stuart* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., University of North Dakota; M. Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Daniel Sturm* (1979). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Grace Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor. Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Ralph Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of
Nebraska; Ph.D., University of North Dakota.
Mary Swanson* (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeff Swenson* (1980). Wrestling Coach. B.A., Augsburg College.
Jamesten Bensel* Studio Artist i n Music/Trombone. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Paul Thomas* (1977). Studio Artist i n Music/Cello. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Philip Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chair of Art. B.A., Concordia College;
M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Mary Timm* (1973). Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach.
Sheldon Torgerson (1981). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary.
Joel Torstenson* (1947). Professor Emeritus of Sociology.
David Tubergen (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale
University; Ph.D., New York University.
Joetta A. Vernon* (1980). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota.
Donald Warren* (1978). Lecturer i n English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dorothy J. Williamson* (1970). lnstructor i n Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Wilson* (1969). Studio Artist i n Music/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College.
Helen Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S.,
Marquette University.
David Wood (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A.,
Ph.D., Bowling Green University. ( O n leave 1981-82)
Angela Wyatt* (1981). Studio Artist i n Music/Saxophone. B.S., St. Olaf College.
Daniel Zemel* (1981). Visiting lecturer i n Religion, B.A., Brown University; HUC-JIR, N e w
York School, M.A.H.L.
-e another national
CIhampionsh
. .
Augsburg is an accessible campus in the city
Academic Adviser ........................... 31
Academic Calendar
31. 144
Academic Enrichment ....................... I7
Academic Information ...................
31-38
Academic Organization
32
Academic Policies and Procedures.. ....... 3836
Accounting Major ..........................
52
Accreditation
6.44
Adapted Physical Education ..................
83
Administration ........................
133-734
Admissions ...............................
9-11
Advanced Placement
42
Advanced Standing .................. .... ... 42
Affiliation ................................ 6. 44
Air Force ROTC
3:
American Indian Programs
27
Application t o Augsburg ...................
9-11
Application for Financial Aid
16-17
Area Studies
East and Southeast Asian
62.63
Russian ............................ .....
. 80
Scandinavian ........................ 117.118
Art History Courses .........................
49
Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC) ............... 31.36-37,44
Athletics ................................
26, 44
Audio-visual ......................... 31-32, 36
Audit Fee ..................................
13
Auditing Courses
41
.....................
.....................
.............................
........................
............................
...................
..............
................
...........................
Biology ................................. 43-52
Black Student Programs ..................... ZT
Black Student Union ........................ 17
Board for College and University
Services. TALC ..................... .. ... 132
Board of Regents .......................... 131
Board Plans ................................ 13
Books and Supplies ......................... 74
Breakage and Fine Fee ...................... 15
Brief Facts about Augsburg
44
..................
Calendar. Academic ..................... 31. 146
Campus ............................ 2-3.44. 141
Campus Map .............................. 2-3
Campus Tours ............................... 9
Cancellation from College ................... 39
Cancellation of Courses ..................... 39
Career Planning and Placement .............. 27
Center for Student Development (CSD) .... 27. 29
Certification Programs-Art ................ 34. 47
Church Staff Work .................... 34. 114
Program Evaluation ............... 34.111. 122
Women's Studies ..................... 34. 129
Chemical Dependency Program .............. 36
Chinese ................................. 62. 74
Classification .....................
....... 42
Coaching Endorsement ...................... 83
College Center ......................... 2.3. 26
College Pastor .......................... 25. 133
Communication ....................... 126-127
Communications Directory .........
Front Cover
Computer Programming (CDI) ............... 36
Computer Resources ........................ 32
Computer Science ....................... 92-93
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) ................... . 36. 122
..
..
Continuing Education ....................... 38
Coordinators .
Discrimination
or Grievance .................... Front Cover
Corredive ~ h e r a
~ ~
.........................
83
Costs 1982.83 ................................ 13
C.P.A. Certification ......................... 54
Counseling and Guidance ................... 27
Course Descriptions/Majors/Minors ...... 46-130
Art, Art History ........................ 47-49
Biology ............................... 49-52
Business Administration and Economics .. 52-59
Chemistry ............................. 59-61
East and Southeast Asian Studies ......... 62-63
Education ............................. 63-69
Engineering ........................... 69-70
English ................................ 70-73
Foreign Languages ..................... 73-82
Geography ......................... ... .. 82
Health and Physical Education ........... 82-86
History
86-88
Humanities ............................... 89
Interdisciplinary Studies ........ 93-%.12%130
International Relations .................... 89
Mathematics/Computer Science ........ W 9 3
Medical Technology ......................
93
Metro-Urban Studies ................... 93-96
Music, Music Therapy .................. %-99
Natural Science ...................... 100-101
Nursing .................... ....,.... 101-103
Philosophy .......................... 103-105
Physiu ..............................
105-107
Poliliral Science .....................
108-111
Psychology ..........................
111-113
Religion ............................ 114-116
Russian Area Studies ..................... 117
Scandinavian Area Studies ............ 117-118
Social Science ........................... 119
Social Studies ............................
119
Social Work ......................... 120-122
Sociology ...........................
122-124
Speech, Communication and
Theater Arts ....................... 125-128
Transdisciplinary Studies .................. 129
Women's and Minority Studies
129-130
Course Numbering ......................... 46
........
Dean's L~st.........................
... .... 43
Degrees ....................................
31
Departments
Art .. ..................++............. 47-49
Biology ............................... 49-52
Business Administration & Economics .... 52-59
Chemistry .............................
59-61
Education ............................. 63-69
English ................................ 70-73
Foreign Languages ..................... 73-82
Health & Physical Education .............
82-86
History ................................ 86-88
Mathematics/Computer Science ........ 90-93
Music .................................
96-99
Nursing ............................. 101-103
Philosophy .......................... 103-105
Physics ........................... ,
105-107
Political Science ..................... 108-111
Psychology .......................... 111-113
Religion ..................
114-116
..
........,.
144/l ndex
Social Work ......................... 120-122
Sociology ........................... 122-124
Speech. Communication.
Theater Arts ....................... 125.128
Deposits ................................ 14.15
Departmental Scholarships
21-23
Directed Study ............................. 43
Dismissal from College
15. 42
Distinction. Graduation with
43
Distribution Requirements ................... 40
Divisions ................................... 32
Drama ............................. 26. 125-126
Driving to Campus ........................... 3
................
...................
.................
10
Early Admission .............................
Early Decision ........................... 10. 17
East and Southeast Asian Studies
62-63
East Asian Studies ........................ 62-63
Economics .............................. 56-59
Elementary Education .................... 64-65
Emeriti
134
Engineering ............................. 69-70
Enrollment ................................. 44
Evaluation and Grading ......................
42
...........
2.3.7
Facilities ................................
Facts & Figures ..............................
4
Faculty .......................... 37.44.135.142
Fees ....................................... 14
Finance Major .............................. 52
Financial Aid .........................
16.23. 44
Food Service ............................... 28
Foreign Study ........................ 28. 37. 44
...........
74-76
French ...................
Full-time Student ........................... 13
Foreign Language Placement .................
73
..
General Scholarships ..................... 19-20
Geography ................................. 82
German ................................. 76-78
Gifts and Grants
17.18.1 9.23
Grade Point Average (GPA) ............ 10.39. 42
Grading ................................. 41-42
Graduates ..................................
44
Graduation Requirements ................ 39-40
Graduation with Distinction
43
Grants .................................. 17-18
Greek ..................................... 78
...................
..................
Health Education ........................ 82-83
Health Service .............................. 28
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.37.9 3.94
History .................................. 86-88
History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Honors Major (See Departmental listings)
Honors Program ............................ 38
Housing ....................... 2.3.7.14.28. 29
Human Development Seminars ..............
27
Humanities .................................
89
Humanities Division ......................... 3?
.........................
Independent Study
4
Intercollegiate Athletics .................. 26.44
lntercultural Center ......................
17-28
Interdisciplinary Studies
93.96.12 9.130
..........
Inter-Institutional Programs ............... 36-37
Interim ................... 31.37.38.39.44. 146
53
International Business
89
International Relations
International Students
71.28
Internship Program .........................
38
Intramural Athletics
26
.......................
......................
....................
.........................
Japanese ................................
62. 78
KCMR Radio ...............................
Kindergarten Licensure ......................
26
64
27
Learning for Living ..........................
Library/Audio-Visual
32.36. 44
L~braryScience Courses
69
Life'Science Emphasis
100
Lifetime Sports .......................... 40. 83
Linguistics Courses
79
Loan Assistance .............................
18
Location
2.3.6
..................
.....................
......................
..........................
................................
..
Majors and Minors (Also see Courses)
33.39,M
Management Major ......................... 52
Marketing Major ...........................
5:
Mathematics/Computer Science .......... 9b93
Mathematics Placement .....................
90
Medical Technology ........................ 93
Memberships ............................. 6 . 4
Metro-Urban Studies ..................... 93-96
Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) ........... 94
Minnesota State Work Study Program
19
Minority Scholarships ....................... X1
Mission Statement ........................... 4
Mortensen Tower ....................... 2.3. 19
Music ................................... 96-99
Music Organizations ..................... 26. 97
Music Therapy ........................... 96-91)
.........
Natural Science ........................ 1W-101
Natural Science/Mathematics Division ........ 31
Norwegian .............................. 79Numbering of Courses
46
......................
..............
Off-Campus Programs
36.37.38.
Orientation (Summer) .......................
44
27
Parking ................................ 1.3.74
Part-Time Students .......................... 13
Payment Plans .............................. 15
Physical Education ....................... 83-86
Physical Science Emphasis
100
Policies ............................ 6 . 3 W 3 . 4 4
Prekindergarten ......................... 64-65
Pre-Professional Programs ................
34-35
Prerequisites
46
Probation and Dismissal .....................
41
Professional Studies Division
32
Program in Global Community ............ 37. 44
..................
...............................
.................
..........
Re-admission of Former Students
11. 17
Refunds .................................... 15
Registration ............................. 38-39
Registers
Administration ...................... 133-134
Board for College and
University Services. TALC ............... 132
Board of Regents ........................ 132
Emeriti ..................................
134
Faculty .............................. 135.140
Religious & Christian Service Scholarships ..... 20
Religious Life ............................... 25
Residence Life ...........................
28-29
Residence Requirement ..................... 40
Room Rent ................................. 13
ROTC (Air Force) ........................... 37
Russian .................................... 80
Russian Area Studies ....................... 117
San Francisco Summer Term ................. 96
Scandinavian Area Studies .............. 1T7-118
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)...... 95
Scholarships ............................. 77-23
School Social Work Certification ............ '120
Science Emphasis (Grades 5-9) ............... 101
Secondary Education .................. 63-66-69
SEMAPHORE - Student Handbook .......... 26
Semester or Year Abroad .................... 37
Sigma Pi Sigma ............................ Inti
Smiley's Point Clinic ......................... 28
Society of Physics Students .................. 706
South American Urban Semester (SAUS) ...... 94
Spanish ................................. 8042
Special Education ........................... 68
Special Fees ................................
74
Special Interest Houses ........................ In
Special Students (Non-degree) ............... 7 1
Speech ...............................
725-726
........
32
Social and Behavioral Science Division
Sponsored Scholarships .................. 19-23
119
Social Science .............................
Social Studies .............................. 119
Social Welfare Minor ....................... 120
Student Activities ...........................
26
Student Employment ........................
19
Student/Faculty Ratio .......................
44
Student Government ........................
25
Student Life ............................. 25-29
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations (SPAN) ........................ 37. 4 4
Student Publications
26
Student Rights ..............................
29
Student Services ......................... 26-29
Studio Art Courses ....................... 47-48
Study Abroad ...................... 26.37.38,M
Summer Orientation
2;
Summer Sessions ........................ 31. 38
........................
...................... !.
Teaching Licensure ................ 34.63.64. 66
Testscores ..................................
9
Theater Arts ...........................
127-128
9.10. 14
Transcripts ............................
Transdisciplinary Studies .................... 129
Transfer Student Application ................. 10
Tuition .....................................
13
Tuition Deposit
9-10. 14
........................
Urness Tower
Veterans
...........................2.3.
29
...................................
43
Women's and Minority Studies .......... 129-130
Work Study ................................
19
Academic Calendar
1982-83
Fall Semester
Aug. 31-Sept. 1
Registration and Welcome
Classes Begin
Labor Day Recess
Last day to register, add or drop
class without record notation
Mid-term break
Last day t o designate grading option
Interim Registration
Spring Term Pre-Registration
Last day to withdraw from a class
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
Classes Resume
Classes End
Final Examinations
Final Grades Due
Sept. 2
Sept. 5
Sept. 16
Oct. 29
Nov. 5
Nov. 8-11
Nov. 15-Dec. 3
Nov. 18
Nov. 25
Nov. 29
Dec. 10
Dec. 13-16
Dec. 22
Interim
Jan. 3
Jan. 4
Jan. 17
Jan. 21
Jan. 27
Feb. 4
Classes Begin
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Last day t o designate grading option
Last day to withdraw from a class
Classes end
Interim grades due
1983-84
1983
1982
September
5
12
19
26
6 7
13 14
20 21
27 28
1 2 3 4
8 91011
15 16 17 18
22 23 24 25
29 30
October
3
10
17
24
31
7
14
21
28
4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14
18 19 20 21
25 26 27 28
1 2
8 9
15 16
22 23
29 30
November
1 2 3 4 5 6
8 9 10 11 12 13
15 16 17 18 19 20
22 23 24 25 26 27
29 30
January
2
9
16
23
30
6 7
13 14
20 21
27 28
1 2 3 4
8 91011
15 16 17 18
22 23 24 25
29 30 31
3 4 5 6 7
10 11 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
24 25 26 27 28
31
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15 1
17 18 19 20 21 22 2
24 25 26 27 28 29 3
31
February
6
13
20
27
1 2 3 4 5
789101112
14 15 16 17 18 19
21 22 23 24 25 26
28
7
14
21
28
March
6
13
20
27
December
5
12
19
26
July
1
8
15
22
29
August
1 2 3 4 5
891011121
15 16 17 18 19 2
22 23 24 25 26 2
29 30 31
September
1 2 3 4 5
789101112
14 15 16 17 18 19
21 22 23 24 25 26
28 29 30 31
1 2
4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1
11 12 13 14 15 16 1
18 19 20 21 22 23 2
25 26 27 28 29 30
Aprll
3
10
17
24
1
8
15
22
29
5
12
19
26
4 5 6
11 12 13
18 19 20
25 26 27
7
14
21
28
October
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
May
2 3 4 5 6 7
9 10 11 12 13 14
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 28
30 31
June
1 2 3 4
6 7 8 91011
13 14 15 16 17 18
20 21 22 23 24 25
27 28 29 30
2 3 4 5 6 7
9 10 11 12 13 14 1
16 17 18 19 20 21 2
23 24 25 26 27 28 2'
30 31
November
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
1 2 3
8 9 10
15 16 17
22 23 24
29 30
4
11 1;
18 1
25 21
December
1 2
4 5 6 7 8 9 11
11 12 13 14 15 16 1
18 19 20 21 22 23 2,
25 26 27 28 29 30 3
Show less
INTRODUCTION
....................2
OPTIONS ...................... 4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
CALENDAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
ABOUT
THISCATALOGUE
.............7
..................8
INTERIM
COURSES
VISITING STUDENTS
..... ..... .......
i46
LIFETIME SPORTS
w
UMA... Show more
INTRODUCTION
....................2
OPTIONS ...................... 4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
CALENDAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
ABOUT
THISCATALOGUE
.............7
..................8
INTERIM
COURSES
VISITING STUDENTS
..... ..... .......
i46
LIFETIME SPORTS
w
UMAl E COURSES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
ALSOON . . . . . . . .17.29.32.40. 44
OTHER
COURSES
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall
and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not
possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in
class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students
can register for only one course credit during Interim.
There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses
not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0
to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses
are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in
the course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers
listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments
and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses,
especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although
intended to be accurate, may change and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final
costs.
To graduate, a student under the 34-course Liberal Arts
Perspective requirements is required to complete two
Interim courses, but three Interim courses may count
toward graduation.
INTRODUCTION
For any student entering after January 1993, a maximum of two Interim course credits may be counted
toward the 33 total course credits required for graduation. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer
to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the
Registrar. Additional Interim credits which can count
toward the 33 course credits required may be taken by
students who repeat a course for credit in which a
grade below 2.0 was earned, or who need to make up
for a regular term in which they failed or withdrew
from a course.
Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33
course credits required may be used to fulfill other
degree requirements. That is, no more than two Interim
course credits may be taken for credit toward 33, but
additional Interim courses may be used to fulfill major,
minor or general education requirements.
Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can
take a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two
half credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport
(zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional
charge if they are full-time (Fall term). If less than fulltime they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim
as a cross registration, but will be charged Day School
tuition ($1,350.00) per course credit. If they do so they
may take only 1.0 additional course credits in Weekend
College for Winter Trimester.
It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as
required by Title IX ofthe 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
International Interim - Students are invited to be part
of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by
the Upper Midwest Association for International
Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are
listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships deadline - Friday, December 8. January
Interim internships must be planned in advance.
Students electing an internship must meet departmental
requirements and present a signed internship learning
agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place,
Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday,
December 8). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your
internship is available in the Internship and
Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a
program of independent study (upper division 499) or
directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty
members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or
directed study must:
1.Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty
member and the directed/independent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by
December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
1 NTRODUCTION
Interims at Other Schools -Augsburg students may
enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim
programs can be consulted in the Interim Office. The
Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at
the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the
regular registration period. Most courses taught during
the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as
meeting Augsburg's general education requirements.
This qualification particularly affects religion courses .
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4
schools for the January Interim without tuition charges
provided the student's home institution agrees not to
charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January
term. The waiver of tuition does not include special
fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be
charged $1,350 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should
write to the Interim Director for application forms or
use the forms provided by the interim office at their
own school. There is an application processing fee of
$10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are
not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing
should be made to the Interim Office.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299, or
499 courses.
Nov 13 to Dec 5
........................Interim Registration
Jan 3 ............................................First Day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day only)
Time 11-1:00 p.m.
Jan 4
.......................................Last Day to register or
Cancel/Add a class
Jan 12...................................... Last Day to Determine
Grading System with Registrar
Jan 12................Last Day to Withdraw from Courses
Jan 26 ...................................................... Interim Ends
Jan 30 .................................... Spring Semester Begins
Feb 2 ......................Interim Grades Due to Registrar
The time, number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged on the first day of
class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into
two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I
classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at
Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January
15, at 1:00 p.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical
order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses
not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College
for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim
Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one
of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog.
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton, 330-1025
ACC 424-A
Instructor: Stuart Stoller
Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using
techniques discussed in Accounting, Finance,
Management, Marketing & MIS, we examine a business' internal control systems and operating efficiency.
By stepping away from the traditional textbook
approach we incorporate creativity and discussion.
Major topics include: business valuation techniques,
Just in Time Philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing.
Prerequisites: ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252, 331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 43
ART 247-A
Instructor: Lynn Bollman
This course is designed for students with an interest in
drawing the human figure. In addition to drawing
from nude models, students will pursue a general study
of human anatomy (as it relates to art), and will become
more knowledgeable about the use of the nude as a
subject in art. Students will use various drawing
media, will study a variety of drawing approaches, and
will apply general design concepts to their figure drawings.
A fee of $35 will need to be paid to the instructor on the
first day of class.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
ART 360-A
Instructor: Philip Thompson
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental
techniques in transparent watercolor.
Requirements include a minimum of 20 watercolor projects plus an active and developing sketch book.
Evaluation will be based on quality of work, progress
over time, and participation.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 18
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
610 145-A
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
We will use a few historically, economically, and medically important plants to study some of the ways in
which humans and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not only at the bottom of our food
chain but also play a part in non-food aspects of our
lives, either directly (e.g. medicines, fibers, dyes, etc.) or
indirectly (e.g. food crises have influenced human
migrations). We will study the uses, biology, natural
history, and classificationof several important plants.
Evaluation will be based on three or four 40-minute
exams, several quizzes, and an oral presentation.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
910 140-A
910 340-A
Instructors: William Capman and Dale Pederson
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of
natural history and ecology of marine, coastal and subtropical communities. This class will spend about 2 1/2
weeks in Florida based at the Newfound Harbor Marine
Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers
laboratory facilities, ocean-going research platforms,
housing and a dining hall. Field trips to coral reefs
(Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass flats,
mangrove islands and upland hammocks will be led by
professional naturalists from the Institute. Organisms
and communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory. Research projects will be initiated shortly after
arrival at the station in order to provide opportunity to
gather data over a period of several days. Visits to
Pennicamp State Park, Key West and the Everglades will
be included.
Evaluation will be based on:
BIO 140: (1)Field and laboratory records, (2) Personal
journal, (3) Quizzes at the Marine Institute, 4) Final exam.
Prerequisites for 810 140: Any one of the following courses or their equivalents .
BIO 101, 102, 103, 113, 114, or by permlsslon 01 lnslruclor.
BIO 340: (1)Field and laboratory records, (2) Personal
journal, (3) Quizzes at the Marine Institute, (4) Written
report of the research project, (5) Final exam.
Prerequisites for BIO 340: BIO 351 (Invertebrate Zoology) or BIO 481 (Ecology), or by
permlsslon 01 inslruclor.
Estimated cost of the course: $1500 plus air fare
(includes all ground transportation, housing, and meals
while at the Institute). Contact instructors for details.
Prerequisites: See above
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I1
Room: Science 225
BUS 295-A
Instructor: John C. Cerrito
The object of this class is to provide students who are
not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for
starting and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various asp~*cts small
business management and will he r ~ r l u i ~ . rlod ptnrparea
business plan for a "model" business. Thtl s turjcnt will
be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests,
and performance on small business case studies.
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 101
BUS 495-A
Instructor: Thomas Morgan
Can organizations learn? If so, how and what should
organizations learn? How can we as members of organizations help 'teach' them what they need to learn?
Searching for answers to these and other questions will
be the central focus of this Special Topics course.
Participants will dcvclop and rvfinc "systcms thinking"
skills and learn hclw lo apply tliem lo tqca1slrategic situations. Alteri~ativcyc~.spcctivcson thc 1iat111-e
and function of organizations in theory and in practice will be
explored through reading, seminar discussions and
field trips to local organizations. Working in collaborative teams, participants will develop a 'hands on' project based on actual organizations. Evaluation will be
based on two short critical essays and a group project
presentation.
Prerequisites: BUS 242 & ECO 113, or permission of instructor
Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: /I
Room: Foss 21
CHEMISTRYFOR CHANGINGTIMES
CHM 100-A
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This course is developed in the perspective of a person
living in a modern, high technology society such as the
United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a
moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at the
least must be able to understand the science involved.
Anything less is an impression rather than an informed
decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at
the same time relate them to an abundance of current
issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage,
food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the
debates about sources of energy, the greenhouse effect
and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering, and much more. Many of these problems are
chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry,
via lecture and in-class discussion, we can be helped to
understand ourselves, our society, our world, and even
some of the universe. The grade for the course is based
on a percentage of the total score for total points on the
daily quizzes.
Prerequisite: Math Placement 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Science 315
1 NTRODUCT~ONTOCOMPUTINGAND
COMMUNICATIONS
CSC 160-A
Instructor: Larry Ragland
Use of the computer as an information accessing tool
through e-mail, Internet, newsgroups, and remote
access to the library; an introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, and theory. Grading
is based on homework and exams.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 20
CSC 272-A
Instructor: Charles Sheaffer
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has a
knowledge of programming methods and has done
programming in some other language.
Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Library 20
ECO 110-A
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of the many problems
facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental
microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion
of various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not apply toward an
Economics, Business Administration or MIS major.
Does not apply towards an economics minor.
Three objective examinations.
Liberal Arts Perspective: City or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 11
Room: Old Main 29
EGO 113-A
Instructor: Satya Gupta
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to
market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or
112. Weekly tests.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Level 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Music 22
DISCOVERY
LEARNING IN THE
WORLD
OF KINDERGARTEN
(0.5
CREDIT)
EDE 375-A
Instructor: Gretchen lrvine
The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy through the study and
utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for
teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten
classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic
assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half credit course.
*Note: This course can be taken along with Human
Relations, EDU 388-A.
Prerequisite: PPST
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
EDS 495-A
Instructor: Mary Ann Bayless
Why are some things easy for a person to learn while
others seem harder? Why does the same task seem easier at one moment and more difficult just a few hours
later? Why do some children struggle with seemingly
simple assignments but then suddenly master them?
Why do more people suffer with learning disabilities
and weak short term memory than ever before? Each of
us wants to be an efficient and happy learner, but most
often, no one has shown us how to be our own life-long
learning coaches. In the last decade, work in neurophysiology has given us a whole new set of insights
about how the various parts of the brain actually work
to produce learning and high level functioning.
Educational kinesiologists have taken these insights and
produced simple but effective ways to increase the
learning comfort of each individual.
This course will provide both the theory for each participant to understand her/his own unique learning needs
and the practice for becoming an efficient and joyful
learner. We will study learning development,
braidmind function, and the nature of learning blocks.
We will discuss the misuse of brain dominance theory
and learn routines for overcoming learning blocks and
integrating hemisphere functions. There will be two
tests and two demonstrations required of each student,
and upper division students will have to do two
reviews of relevant research. The course uses two
paperback texts. Very useful for prospective teachers
and parents.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 112
EDU 353-A
Instructor: Rich Germundsen
This seminar-style course presents an examination and
comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian
and Central American models. The course also draws
attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves to be able to understand and participate in the
emerging global society. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers.
Student evaluation will be based on class presentations
and investigative projects.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Library 17
EDU 388-A
Instructor: Joseph Erickson
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination,
and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, limited English speakers, and females. Topics
include racism, sexism, homophobia, and economic
issues. Emphasis is placed on preparing potential (or
practicing) teachers for classrooms which will include
minority students, different religious backgrounds, the
less abled and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and
complete a project. This course satisfies the Minnesota
Human Relations requirement for teachers and social
workers. This is a one-half credit course. It is offered
only on a P/N basis.
*Note: This course can be taken along with Discovery
Learning in the World of Kindergarten, EDE 375-A.
Prerequisite: None- Open to all
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Library 1
PRACTICUMAND SEMINAR
SPECIAL EDUCATION
IN
EDU 491-A
Instructor: Susan O'Connor
A supervised field placement in a school focusing on
how children with disabilities are included into the
classroom, plus on-campus seminar.
Students planning to take this course should consult
with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.
Students must complete designated hours of field-work
as well as written and reading assignments.
Prerequisite: Completion of courses for special education mino< or consent of instructos
Maximum Enrollment: 9
Time: I1
Room: Libraty 17
THEATRE
IN AND AROUND
LONDON
(UMAI E COURSE)
ENG 269-A
Instructors: Ron Palosaari/Douglas Green
A
A study of live theatre in London. Students see at least
ten performances and visit museums, galleries, historical sites, and other attractions of London and surrounding areas including Stratford and Oxford. Evaluation
will be based on attendance at required plays, participation in discussions, three short papers, and a short final
exam. Fee: $2,595 includes travel, accommodations,
breakfast daily, ten theatre performances, and four
group dinners.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
ARCHAEOLOGY,
MYTHOLOGY,
AND THIEVERY:
EXCAVATING THE MEMORY
OF THE MUSE
ENG 362-A
Instructor: Cass Dalglish
The ACTC writing workshop is an advanced-level creative writing course, open to three students from each
of the five ACTC colleges and held this year at
Augsburg College. This year's course is designed to
encourage student writers to use memories of the past
as they create their own new work. Writers will dig for
details of the past in urban ruins of old neighborhoods,
sifting through social history found in button jars and
stacks of 78 RPM records in antique stores; they will
harvest myth from diverse cultures; collect stories from
elders living in Minneapolis today; and investigate
cemeteries, churches, and even an occasional museum.
Student writers must have successfully completed at
least one creative writing course and must have the recommendation of a creative writing instructor at their
home campus, but they may choose to work in poetry,
fiction, literary nonfiction or to cross over among the
three during this interim workshop. Meeting times will
include: (1)expeditions into the city in search of the
past; (2) group sessions to talk about the old stories
gathered; (3) group sessions to discuss new work created during the Interim and to sort through layers of past
deposited in the new work: (4) individual conferences
and/or small workshop sessions.
Prerequisite: At least one creative writing course and written recommendation of ACTC
home campus creative writing instructor:
Maximum Enrollment: 3 students from each ACTC college
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
ENG 482-A
Instructor: Joan Griffin
Paradise Lost has been called "the story of all things."
Above all the poem is about relationships: Between
women and men; humans and the environment;
Christianity and pagan tradition; justice and mercy; service and servitude; rebellion and freedom, to name a
few. Although this course will survey Milton's major
works, it will emphasize his greatest poem. Evaluation:
papers, microthemes and class presentations.
Prerequisite: ENG 245
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
FRE 111-A
Instructor: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg
This course is for students with no previous background in French. It aims to develop basic skills in
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing as tools
for communication in French. Through conversations,
classroom practice and readings, this course focuses on
the use of language in everyday contexts and works
toward the discovery of a French culture and way of
life. Five meetings per week. Evaluation will be based
on class participation, daily assignments, quizzes and
exams.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
Ire
sues
a rA
IPC
ues,
This course will be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as
those who desire learning practical skills such as negotiation, group facilitation, and program development.
Opportunities exist for students who successfully complete this course to work as Peer Helpers with The
Center for Counseling and Health Promotion.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby 202
prac
Gerr
n sin
partic
ire gi
HPE 390-A
Instructor: Patty Murphy
Principles: methods of instruction applied to health
education grades K-12. Emphasis upon teaching/learning strategies and student assessment. Evaluation and
development of materials included. This is a one-half
credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby 121 - (MWF)
HPE 410-A
Instructor: Patty Murphy
Historical background, legal basis, school health services and relationships to community health programs
and resources. This is a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby 121 - (TTH)
rrati
song:
g of t
ntext
nd/o
t corn
ns of
:ially
ir str
esthe
chan
td sot
itand
HPE 455-A
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor
interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.
The course will take the participant to a competent level
of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and
crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot
fixed keel sailboat with 5 to 6 other people and will
function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and
cays in the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an
optional basis. Some classes will be held in December
prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. No
smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,800, which includes airfare, for
Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition to
receive academic credit. P/N ONLY.
Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce
Pfaff, Melby Hall, Augsburg College. They must be
turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before
final acceptance is given.
Prerequisite: Permission from Joyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education
Department (612) 330-1247; basic swimming skills
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Spoh also one course credit upper division
Maximum Enrollment: 8 (a waiting list will be kept after the original eight spots are filled)
HPE 475-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of
common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping
and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit
course.
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Melby 119 (MNand alternate Fridays1/22, 1124- 9 meetings)
1/3, 1/5, 1/8, 1/10, 1/15, 1/17, 1/19,
HPE 481-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on developing a philosophy
toward sports officiating. Students will acquire a
knowledge of: Federation Rules (high school), mechanics of two person officiating, and procedures and steps
of beginning an officiating career. Students will apply
knowledge in practical game type experiences. There
will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and
mechanics of officiating basketball. This is a one-half
credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Melby 119 (TTh and alternate Fridays1/23, 1/25)
114. 115. 1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/19,
HIS 162-A
HIS 462-A
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This interim experience is designed to look at the area
of South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth
of the people of our world. We'll use novels, films,
some standard historical writings and current South
Asia periodicals to consider the impacts that colonialism, nationalism and various phases of modernization
have had on this old, honored and traditional culture.
We'll read the marriage ads and talk about social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya which has prompted
Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christ-likeness of a Gandhi and perhaps have time to note one or
two of the contemporary religious phenomena.
Looking at South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a
fuller perspective.
The course will include the usual pedagogical devices
of lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers and
tests (including a final).
Students enrolling for upper division credit will be
expected to have had at least one prior college history
class, will complete a paper or project beyond the regular assignments, and will be tested apart from lower
division students.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 100
HIS 440-A
Instructor: Staff
This course is intended for History majors and others
who have an interest in upper division history. Please
see Richard Nelson, Department Chair, for actual topic
and other particulars.
Prerequisite: One college level history course.
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Science 205
HON 213-A
Instructors: Jeanne Boeh & Jacqueline deVries
Does history influence economic theory? Or does economic theory shape history? This course will explore
the history of western economic thought and how these
writings affected the development of various economic
systems. The course begins with the rise of mercantilism in the 16th century. Topics will include the industrial take-off and the creation of a waged labor force in
the 18th century, the rise of laissez-faire economic principles and "free-trade" imperialism in the 19th century,
and the subsequent challenges of communism and the
rise of the welfare state in the 20th century. We will
read substantial portions of the classic economic
thinkers, including Adam Smith, Thomas Malthus,
David Hume, Jeremy Bentham, David Ricardo, Sidney
and Beatrice Webb, Karl Marx, Max Weber, Alfred
Marshall, Thorstein Veblen, John Maynard Keynes,
William Beveridge and Milton Friedman. The course
will also address the long-standing issues of child labor,
poverty, and women's role in the workforce.
Students will be evaluated using class participation, discussion, and writing assignments including a short term
paper and a take-home final.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Science 213
SCIENCE AND RELIGION:
COMPLEXITYAND CREATIVITY
HON 401-A
Instructors: Larry Crockett and Bruce Reichenbach
We will explore the historical background of the contemporary debate regarding how religion relates to science, and then attend to contemporary developments,
especially in chaos and complexity theory, as they relate
to the doctrine of divine creativity and philosophical
naturalism. The goal will be to involve students in constructing for themselves a model for interpreting relations between the two areas. In addition to taking two
tests, students will be required to make a class presentation, conduct the discussion, and to write a significant
research paper.
Prerequisite: Participant in Honors prooram
Maximum Enrollment: 35
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 20
INS 120-A
Instructor: Ann Fleener
Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by
Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will
read selected readings which will then be discussed in
Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected
films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone
habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars
conducted in a St. Paul Public School; evaluate their
own behaviors during seminars and will lead seminars.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 319
INS 225-A
Instructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The
course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam,
its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah),
Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic
patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of
the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis,
Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to
deal with the similarities and differences between Islam
and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of
the mosques in the Twin Cities.
Evaluation - two tests and a paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Science 212
+-
ECUADOR:GALAPAGOS,
RAINFOREST
HIGHLANDS
A JOURNEY IN
HOLISTIC
HEALTH
6( ECOLOGY
AND
-
(UMAI E COURSE)
INS 3 15-A
Instructors: Blanca-Rosa Egas and Victoria Littlefield
With a focus on the recognition that humans must live in
harmony with the ecology that surrounds them, this
course will include a week-long cruise to the Galapagos
Islands and several visits to the capital city of Quito.
Both of these places have been declared Patrimonio de la
Humanidad (Heritage Areas of Humankind) by the
United Nations. We will also visit Vilcabamba, one of
three sanctuaries of longevity in the world. Our journey
then takes us to the Amazon rainforest, where we
explore the tropical ecosystem and see how this distinctive habitat has influenced the culture of the people who
live there.
Evaluation: Students are evaluated on two written
reports on interactions with Ecuadorians and critical
analysis related to course content, a reflection essay
paper, attendance, and group participation.
The comprehensive fee of $4,095 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations in Quito and
Vilcabamba, breakfast daily, one lunch, three dinners,
Galapagos Islands yacht cruise (all meals included), rain
forest stay (all meals included), and touring as indicated.
For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 3301713, or Vicki Littlefield at 330-1155.
Prerequisite: Basic Spanish
Maximum Enrollment: 30
MAT 173-A
Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a
house or car. Find out how much you need to save
now to be a millionaire when you retire. Learn how
annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and
more. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a
portfolio of five realistic problems that have been
worked out and explained, and a midterm and final
examination.
Prerequisite: Math placement group 3 or higher
Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
MAT 251-A
Instructor: Larry Copes
This course is a study of Book 1 of Euclid's Elements,
which is sometimes cited as the most-frequently published book ever other than the Bible. Book 1 of the
Elements ends with the Pythagorean Theorem,
Proposition 47. We'll first work backward from that
theorem, considering propositions Euclid cites in proving it (46,41, and 4), and then the propositions he cites
in proving those propositions, and so on, gaining familiarity with about 30 major propositions but especially
34,4, and 3, the ones most used. We'll consider other
logically-sound ways of arranging these propositions
and think about the aesthetic reasons Euclid made his
arrangement. After getting to Proposition 1, we'll consider the common notions, definitions, and postulates,
learn about how attempts to prove Euclid's fifth postulate led to non-Euclidean geometry in the nineteenth
century, and see more logically rigorous geometric
axiom systems of the twentieth century. Then we'll
read the book forward, seeing how the other propositions fit in and seeing how they lend insight into
Euclid's aesthetic choices.
Prerequisite: MAT 145,AUGMENT (Calculus I)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 213
MAT 481-A
Instructor: Steve Zheng
"During World War 11, British military leaders asked
scientists and engineers to analyze several military
problems: the deployment of radar and the management of convoy, bombing, antisubmarine, and mining
operations. The application of mathematics and the scientific method to military operations was called operations research. Today, the term Operations Research (or
often, management science) means a scientific approach
to decision making, which seeks to determine how best
to design and operate system, usually under conditions
requiring the allocation of scarce resources." - Wayne
L. Winston
The main objectives of this course are the discussion of
several mathematical models used in operations
research (OR) and the use of mathematics and the existing computer packages (such as LINDO) in solving
real-life problems in OR. Students in applied mathematics, economics, business and any management-related area are encouraged to take this course. The evaluation is based on homework assignments, two tests and
one final project.
Prerequisite: MAT 245,Calculus 111 and Linear Algebra, or equivalent, or consent of
instructors
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Science 1I2
MUS 179-A
Instructor: Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler
Much of American history and culture is derived from
that of European cities such as Munich, Prague, Vienna,
and Budapest. This course provides an opportunity to
visit some of the great Central and Eastern European
cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World.
Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen
in the museums. Students listen critically to concerts of
musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships
between the various art mediums come to life through
these experiences. There is also ample time for independent exploration.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all courserelated group activities, a daily professional journal,
art/music critique sheets, and exams over material covered.
Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel
accommodations, continental breakfast daily, four
group meals, and tickets to five cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before
November 10 at the International Programs Office, 620
22nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone:
330-1655. Offered on a P/N basis only. A meeting will
be held at St. Thomas on Saturday, November 18. For
more information you may call Roberta Metzler at 3301273.
Liberal Arfs Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
MUS 204-A
Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and
musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's
inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This
course will examine the historical background, musical
content, and methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance
project. For non-music majors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
TOPIC:HISTORY
OF CARIBBEAN
MUSIC
STUDIED IN MIAMI
AND JAMAICA
MUS 295-A
Instructor: Robert Stacke
Miami and Jamaica are considered the center of
Caribbean music where composition, recording, and
world distribution takes place. This course will explore
the world of Caribbean music through visits to recording studios, clubs where Caribbean music is performed,
and neighborhoods that brought about this music. Also
studied in depth will be social issues that have influenced music such as Reggae. Cities to be visited are
Miami; and in Jamaica, Montego Bay, Negrel, and
Kingston. This course will be done in conjunction with
the Center for Global Education.
Cost is $2,795 from Minneapolis/St. Paul, which
includes all travel, accommodations, meals and tuition
for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students.
Evaluation: Two tests will be given on readings and
lectures. Grading: 20% of the final grade will be based
on participation in discussions, 4O0/0 on the two tests,
and 40% on final project.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
MUS 394-A
Instructor: Sonja Thompson
Opera Workshop is a course designed to give singeractors an opportunity to perform staged scenes from
various music-theater genres, with piano accompaniment. It expands upon existing opportunities for
singers (i.e., choir, chamber music, recitals) by including
dramatic training, and addresses the unique combination of singing plus acting. It is also suitable for theater
students who are interested in increasing their musical
skills, and for student pianists who wish to gain experience working with singers and/or the music-theater
genre. Students will be auditioned by the instructor,
then assigned to appropriate ensembles from opera,
musical theater, operetta and new music-theater.
Sources will include as wide a variety as possible in
terms of musical style, ensemble size, genres. The
course will culminate with a public performance in
Sateren Auditorium at the end of Interim. Students will
be evaluated in areas of attendance, effort, participation, and attitude.
Activities will include both group and one-on-one
instruction in the following areas: Body/voice warmups; lecture/class discussion on topics of interest (i.e.,
vocal technique, acting technique, stage fright, auditions, etc.;) rehearsals and individual coachings; visit to
rehearsal of local opera company, if possible; mock
auditions; staged and costumed performance of scenes
studied.
Prerequisite: Audition by Instructor
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: /I
Room: Sateren Auditorium
NOR 11I-A
Instructor: Frankie Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in
speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for
communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation
of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based
on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final
exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: lnlercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 2 5
PHI 231-A
Instructor David Apolloni
We shall examine the historical and intellectual background of Socrates and what our sources allow us to
say about his person and teachings. We shall clarify
and critically examine Socrates' key teachings: that
virtue is a form of knowledge and that all virtues are
somehow one; that evil is ignorance; whether or not
virtue can be taught; that it is impossible for a wrongdoer to be happy; that being a citizen requires obedience to the state's laws, even if this means accepting
one's own death. There will be take-home written
assignments and weekly quizzes.
Liberal Ads Perspeclive: Weslern Herilage
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 2 3
TOPIC: MEISTER
ECKHART:
MYSTIC
AND PHILOSOPHER
PHI 295-A
lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer
An in-depth study of the mystical and philosophical
writings of the medieval mystic, Meister Eckhart. We
will carefully define mysticism and categorize its different types. Eckhart's mystical writings will be studied
and an attempt to relate his doctrine to his philosophical views on God, the soul, and the world. Students
will keep a journal and present papers on selections
from Eckhart's writings.
Prerequisite: One course in philosophy or permission of professor, ENG 11 1
Graduation Level Skill: Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
POL 295-A
lnstructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
Middle East conflicts and negotiation processes have
remained in the news for decades. To understand the
issues and political factors operating in the area we will
examine Palestinian-Israeli relations within a regional
framework, reviewing how conflict escalated from communal tensions to regional and international war.
Lectures and readings will highlight historical developments and describe how secret bilateral negotiations
and formal international agreements have been
achieved. Students will consider future prospects for
regional peace, emphasizing Israeli relations with Syria
and Lebanon, militant Islamic groups in the region and
tensions in the Persian Gulf.
Readings from texts and recent articles as well as films
from Middle Eastern film-makers will form the basis for
class discussions. This course fulfills the speaking component of the graduation skills requirement. Students
will present two short discussions and one 15-minute
oral critique.
Prerequisite: One course in political science or international relations
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
TOPICS:THETRANSFORMATION
OF
POLITICALSYSTEMS IN CENTRALAND
EASTERN EUROPE
POL 495-A
Instructor: J. Agnieszka Rybczynska
The course will consider developments in Eastern and
East Central Europe since the Fall of the Berlin Wall in
1989. Its focus is on the transformation of political systems in the Czech and Slovak Republics, Hungary and
Poland, with some attention to other countries in
Eastern Europe.
The course will discuss the theoretical aspects of system
transformation and the causes and consequences of the
events of the 1989 revolutions in East Central Europe.
Special attention will be paid to democratization, constitutional processes, institution building, and the
development of civil society after the break-up of communism. These developments will be treated in historical, geopolitical, and ethno-cultural context.
The course will include lecture and discussion.
Requirements: a short discussion paper, class participation, and a 10-15 page research paper.
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: % t h m ~ W ?
mus/.c 2 4
PSY 105-A
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used
in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday
situations are emphasized.
Evaluation: Tests and reports.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Music 23
PSY 340-A
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety
of myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about how they function as representations of the
"self ."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of
"self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and
historical influences. The content of the course will
include topics such as: the impact of science on myth;
the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the
process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of
assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively
involved in the class discussions. Students will be
given some of the responsibility for leading discus-
sions. Evaluation will be based on class participation
and four or five short (600-900 word) papers.
Prerequisite: PSY 102 or 105
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 43
PSY 370-A
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the
life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such
idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward
other persons and society will be the main focus.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high
level of student contribution and participation.
Attendance at each class session is required.
Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short
papers, and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or
equivalent word processing will be required.
Students are requested to read at least three articles by
Robert Coles before the start of the interim.
"Adolescents and Moral Development" by Coles is scheduled for publication and will likely be a text for the
course. Library reference work will be a part of the
course process.
Offered only on P/N basis.
Prerequisite: PSY 102 or PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
MYSTICS,
MONKS,
AND MENTORS:
EXPLORING CHRISTIANSPIRITUALITIES
I N IRELAND
AND BRITAIN
(UMAI E COURSE)
REL 230-A
Instructor: Brad Holt
Explore ancient and recent spiritualities, especially Celtic and monastic types, along with Julian of Norwich,
John Wesley, C.S. Lewis and Evelyn Underhill.
Course requirements include attendance, participation
in class discussions (including leadership of one discussion), daily meditation, five brief quizzes, a journal, and
a concluding essay.
Fee: $2,795 includes all air and surface travel, hotel and
monastic accommodations, breakfast daily, one lunch,
twelve dinners, 7-day Travelcard for London, and touring as indicated.
For more information contact Kathy Lutfi at 330-1655.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
REL 343-A
Instructor: Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a
decision that we often make with a portion of our brain
and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from
the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for
meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In
the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be
studied, with particular attention given to the work of
C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource
persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests.
Prerequisite: REL 11 1 or REL 221 or permission of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
'Note: This course does not meet a Christian Faith Perspective
REL 345-A
Instructor: Mark Tranvik
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in
the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran
Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century, its development over 450 years,
and its cultural influence. Representative figures to be
studied include Luther, Bach, and Bonhoeffer. There
will be lectures, discussions and visiting resource persons. Requirements include class participation and
exams.
Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Science 213
~ S S U E S IN
SCIENCE
AND
RELIGION
REL 374-A
Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson
For some in our society science is the driving engine of
a better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy
of life. For others, science and its associated technologies, along with its invitation to become a global world
view, constitute a grave threat. Some Christians particularly feel threatened by science. This course will
address these matters in two ways. First, it will begin
with a historical overview of the relations between sci-
ence and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods:
the origins of the Christian faith, the development of
"modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the
re-evaluation of science and nature in the 20th century.
Second, it will study systematically the world views of
science and religion to see how they compare.
Class time will be divided among a variety of activities
including lectures, whole class discussions, small group
tutorials, and an extended simulation exercise in developing a space colony, drawing from the ideas developed in the course. Course evaluation will be based on
two short exams, participation in small group tutorials
based on assigned readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthesis paper based on the group
project and course materials.
Prerequisite: One Christian Faith course and junior or senior standing
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 60
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
PROCESS
THEOLOGY
AND CHRISTIAN FAITH
REL 385-A
Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen
This course introduces students to the relational world
view of process philosophy and examines how it has
influenced Christian faith and ethical deliberations.
Special attention will be given to the writings of John B.
Cobb, Jr., as a representative of process theology.
Classes will include videos, small groups, and some
lecture to introduce topics. Ethical issues addressed in
the class include killing, abortion, human sexuality and
euthanasia. Grades will be based on the paper (10-15
pages), the presentation of the paper to the class and
class participation.
Prerequisite: REL 11 1 or REL 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
S WK 257-A
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80
hours in a service agency or institution which students
select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of
this volunteer experience students have opportunity to
interact with human service professionals, clients, and
communities of diverse culture/ethnic heritage and
special concerns (age, socio-economic status, lifestyles,
developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The
course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in
the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the
nature and value system of social work as a profession.
Students will also examine and critique the manner in
which social, economic, and political structures impact
diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their
own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their
personal value system in relation to special concerns,
such as poverty and the "isms".
Liberal Arts Perspective: The Cify
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1 11
ECUADOR: GALAPAGOS,
RAINFOREST
HIGHLANDS
- A JOURNEY IN
HOLISTIC
HEALTH
AND ECOLOGY
AND
(UMAI E COURSE)
SWK 315-A
Instructors: Blanca-Rosa Egas and Victoria Littlefield
With a focus on the recognition that humans must live
in harmony with the ecology that surrounds them, this
course will include a week-long cruise to the Galapagos
Islands and several visits to the capital city of Quito.
Both of these places have been declared Patrimonio de
la Humanidad (Heritage Areas of Humankind) by the
United Nations. We will also visit Vilcabamba, one of
three sanctuaries of longevity in the world. Our journey then takes us to the Amazon rainforest, where we
explore the tropical ecosystem and see how this distinctive habitat has influenced the culture of the people
who live there.
Evaluation: Students are evaluated on two written
reports on interactions with Ecuadorians and critical
analysis related to course content, a reflection essay
paper, attendance, and group participation.
The comprehensive fee of $4,095 includes all air and
surface travel, hotel accommodations in Quito and
Vilcabamba, breakfast daily, one lunch, three dinners,
Galapagos Islands yacht cruise (all meals included),
rain forest stay (all meals included), and touring as,
indicated.
For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 3301713, or Vicki Littlefield at 330-1155.
Prerequisite: Basic Spanish
Maximum Enrollment: 30
S WK 466-A (full course)
S WK 466-B (0.5 course)
Instructor: Glenda Rooney
This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 or
120 hours (0.5 course option during Interim).
Responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups
and communities in a social service agency. Supportive
weekly seminar. Students enrolled will be evaluated by
a series of mini-papers in which they are expected to
integrate the field experience with the course content;
the site supervisor for the field experience. Tentative
grading is 50 percent for each component of the course.
Prerequisite: Candidacy status
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 101
HUMANCOMMUNITIES AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
SOC 21 1-A
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience of community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin
Cities Metropolitan Area. Each member of the class
will be responsible for a class presentation which must
reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within
the metropolitan area. In addition, class participation
and a final examination will be the basis for evaluating
performance in the course.
Liberal A ~ t sPerspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss 21
SPC 347-A
Instructor: Deborah Bart
A video production course which integrates lecture and
criticism with hands-on video experience. This course
addresses non-fiction subject areas. Students will view
several documentary films in class and will work in
groups to produce short documentaries of their own.
Additional time will be required for editing. Grading
will be based upon the video project, the journal, the
final exam and class attendance.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Foss 175
The following activities are available to students during
interim and students may register for these classes as
well as for a regular course. These activities do not
carry course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports
requirement for graduation.
HPE 002-K
Instructor: Wayne Niles
This class is designed to instruct students in the basic
techniques for self defense, using the hands and feet.
Based on and taught by experienced instructors in the
art of American style Tae Kwon Do. Fee of $60.
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited
Time: 12:OO-2:00 p.m. Mondays. Wednesdays, and Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE 002-G
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
Practice and playing of golf. Grading: P/N only
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: 12:OO - 1:00 p.m., M,TW;Th, F
Room: West side of Air Structure
HPE 002-F
Instructor: Marilyn Florian
Practice and playing of Ultimate Frisbee. Grading: P / N
only
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO. - 1:00 p.m., M, 7;W;Th, F
Room: East side of Air Structure
UMAI E
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which
offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim.
Additional information about the following courses can
be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International
Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue S. (330-1655) or from
the Interim Office (330-1025). Registration for these
Interims ends October 20,1995. These courses are
offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a
lower division number.
Ancient Italy: City, Town, and Country Life
Art, Architecture, and Arias: The History of
Central Europe
Art Treasures of Paris, Florence, Rome
and Amsterdam
British Isles: Museums, Monuments and
Prehistoric Sites
Communism to Capitalism: People, Places, and
Geography in the Baltic States
Costa Rica: Environment and Economics
Ecuador: Galapagos, Rainforest, and Highlands
A Journey in Holistic Health and Ecology
England: Literary Ventures by Train
The English School and Family
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
The European Economic Union:
Boundaries and Impact
Greek Odyssey: Art and Architecture of
Anci ent Greece
Hawaii: Multicultural Communication in
Organizational Settings
UMAIE
-
Hawaii2 Religious Experience: Migrants,
Multiculturalism, and Religion
Irish Culture, Irish Drama
Japan: Land of the Rising Sun
Law in London
Meeting People Needs: The Swedish Model
Mystics, Monks, and Mentors: Exploring Christian
Spiritualities in Ireland and Britain
Paris and London: Sculpture in Cities and Environs
Readings of the Bible
Sounds and Sights of Europe
Theatre In and Around London
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not
connected with Augsburg College, but have been
approved for credit by the College. Most carry a
tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N
basis. Full descriptions and details for registering are
available in the Interim Office.
OUTWARD
BOUND
HPE 212-A
Check for information in the Interim Office on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the ~ i n n e s o t a - ~ a n a d i a n
border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping
on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January
26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the
Outward Bound organization has some scholarships
available).
Show less
............................................ 2
Admissions .............................................. 6
Costs and Financial Policies............... 10
Sponsored Scholarships ...................... 17
Student Life ........................................... 24
Academic Information........... Show more
............................................ 2
Admissions .............................................. 6
Costs and Financial Policies............... 10
Sponsored Scholarships ...................... 17
Student Life ........................................... 24
Academic Information......................... 30
Introduction
Departments and Course
...................................... 47
Registers .............................................. 141
Index .................................................... 149
Communications Directory............... 151
Academic Calendars.......................... 152
Request for Information ................... 153
Campus Map............. Inside Back Cover
Descriptions
AUGSBURC
COLLE.C E
Catalog 1984-86
USPS #490-310
Volume 115. Number 3
Fall 1984
Published four times a year in Spring. Summer. Fall. and Winter by Augsburg College. 731
21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. M N. Second Class postage paid at Minneapolis. Minnesota.
O l d Main, on the National Register of Historic Places, recalls Augsburg's heritageas the first
U.S. school founded to train pastors t o serve Norwegian immigrants. [Photo by john Louis
Anderson)
Introducing Augsburg
Few liberal arts colleges combine t h e excitement and vitality of a
metropolitan center with t h e smallness and intimacy of the rural
setting. Augsburg is o n e of t h e few, very special Christian colleges
which can offer you both, as indicated in t h e Mission Statement
adopted by t h e Faculty and t h e Board of Regents in 1977.
Mission Statement
Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran
Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin Cities metropolitan area.
The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely of Lutheran
orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious,
cultural and ethnic backgrounds.
For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search
for knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness t o the needs of society and the
world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and
society.
The mission of Augsburg College i s to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in
academic program.
Augsburg College is known for its people, who strive t o be a supportive, informal
and free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment.
The academic program is primarily committed to providing students with a broad
background in a variety of subject areas as well as encouraging personal development. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is a continued goal of the college.
Augsburg College:
Challenges students with a portion of the knowledge and thought which has
been formative within human history and culture through a wide variety of ideas,
disciplines and selected professional and pre-professional programs;
Assists students in developing intellectual skills as well as in selecting a career;
Encourages within students the attitudes and skills necessary t o prepare them
to be learners throughout their lives.
Education at Augsburg is based on the belief that the world i s Cod's, entrusted to
us for care, exploration and understanding.
As a Christian community the college embraces a wide range of religious expression and participation. As part of its academic program Augsburg seeks t o give
all its students an informed understanding of the Christian faith and heritage as
well as an opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In addition t o this intellectual task the aim of the college is t o help students
understand the Christian faith as relevant for their own experience and for participation in the commitment to the role of the Christian community in the modern
world.
Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community.
The quality of Augsburg's education is enriched by the people, culture and educational resources provided by its location. The college i s also aware that it has
a responsibility t o contribute t o the larger community. In doing this, the college
directs several of its programs specifically at the metropolitan setting, provides
areas of study not available elsewhere in the area, and offers itself as an educational resource for a variety of new student populations.
History - Fjord to Freeway
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany,
in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved
t o Minneapolis in 1872. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the
first college graduation was in 1879.
The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with The American Lutheran Church.
Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same
year. Continuing ties with this heritage are reflected in the College Center's Augsburg Room and in replication of the original sign for Old Main. From Fjord to
Freeway, a candid history of the College and its people during the first 100 years,
by Augsburg's Carl E. Chrislock, is available in the College Bookstore.
Location and Campus
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota
West Bank campus and t w o of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's,
are adjacent t o the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes
west and east via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus,
or o n bus routes that also connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Airlines providing daily service t o MinneapolisSt. Paul International Airport include American, Capitol, Continental, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western.
Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
I t i s the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX
of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the
coordinators who are listed in the Communications Directory (page 151) or to the
Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7th Place at
Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe t o the Statement of Principles o n Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors
and the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, National Association
for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing.
We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran
Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council, and
are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (MHECB).
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located
near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories,
the five buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building.
Admissions Office, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions
staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents.
George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains
reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives,
classrooms and faculty offices.
Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960.
Old Main (19001 is home for the Foreign Langua e and Art departments and has classrooms
used by other de artrnents. Extensively remodgelled in 1980, Old Main combines energy
efficiency with arc!itectural
details from the past. It is included on the National Register of
Historic Pfaces.
West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students.
Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Cerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923
to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students,
plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
Urness Tower, (1967) named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have
several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 321 students. tach$=
is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge,
~ u d and
y utility areas.
Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student
publications.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third
presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices.
Music Hall, (1978) newest buildin on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom
facilities, two rehearsal halls, music5ibraries, practice studios and offices forthe musicfaculty.
Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department in the former studio building.
Melby Halt, (1961) named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball
coach, and head of the Christianity department, providesfacilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general
auditorium purposes,
Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a
temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retains space in the
Little Theater building.
South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area,
provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff.
Students meet at the kiosk, in the " Q u a d [ P h o t o by Scott Stensrud)
Admissions
Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect
and character which will enable the student to benefit from and
contribute to the college community. Each applicant is judged on
individual merit without regard for race, creed, sex, age, disability,
and national or ethnic origin.
Augsburg's admissions office staff members are available to help
students and parents with college planning. The Admissions Office
is open weekdays from 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Tours can be arranged
for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitors are asked to write or call
the Admissions Office (612) 330-1001 prior to the visit. The admissions staff will arrange a campus tour, class visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The
Admissions Office is located on the northwest corner of 7th Street
and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis.
Application Procedures for Freshmen
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it t o the
Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants.
Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application
should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript
upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript.
3. Test Scores
Freshman applicants are required t o submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American
College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high
school transcript.
4. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous
academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed
personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be
required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
5. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of
the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is
complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
6. Confirmation of Admission
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100
non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification.
Extensions may be requested in writing t o the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked t o make a
$100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of
acceptance.
Early Decision for Freshmen
An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary
college choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year,
test scores, and recommendations.
Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration
for financial assistance.
Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required t o complete the
Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial
Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their
award by January 1. This application is available in the Admissions Office.
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100
non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification.
Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a
$100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who wish t o accelerate their educational program
may by granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree following
completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school.
Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman
applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty,
and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions.
Application Procedures for Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed
work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for
liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College
reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work
unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous
college work.
Admission to a major, as well as admission t o the College, is sometimes necessary.
For example, registered nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing
must have a 2.5 GPA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation
tests. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section
to see if admission t o the major is necessary.
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission and return it t o the
Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the college(s) you have attended is required. Transfer
student applicants must have an official transcript from their high school sent
to the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of
college work will be evaluated primarily on their college performance.
3. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous
college performance, it may be included with the application or discussed
personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be
required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
4. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of
the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is
complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
5. Confirmation of Admission
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100
non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification.
Extensions may be requested in writing t o the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a
$100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of
acceptance.
Re-Admission of Former Students
A student who has interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wishes t o return applies for re-admission through
the Registrar's Office. A student who has attended any other institution(s) during
the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each one
to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee.
Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree)
In some circumstances, a person may be admitted as a special student (nondegree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually a parttime student, he or she may subsequently become a candidate for a degree by
petitioning through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree) status i s available from the
Registrar's Office.
Admission for International Students
International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding
the procedures for applying as an international student. All international students
transferring to Augsburg from another United States college or university must
apply and be accepted for admission t o Augsburg two months prior t o the start
of the semester: July 1 for Fall, November 1 for Spring.
To contact the Director, call (612) 330-1001 or write to:
Director of Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis M N 55454
U.S.A.
I
r
I _C1-
.?
-
logging along the [Mississippi) River Road is an activity shared by students, faculty and
staff [Photo by john Louis Anderson]
Costs and Financial Policies
Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg
College. The balance of instructional and operating costs comes
from annual contributions from the American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and
foundations.
College Costs 1984-85
Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1984-85 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required.
The college reserves the right t o adjust charges should economic conditions
necessitate.
Tuition (full-time enrollment)
....................................................................$5,560.00
This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1984. Students
are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester
terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school year. The charge includes
tuition, general fees, facility fees, subscription to student publications, and admission to college-supported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable
in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester.
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course
.....................................................775.00
This rate applies t o students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/
or an Interim only.
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
...............................................390.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
................................................................. 1,210.00
Full Board (19 meals a week) ......................................................................
1,180.00
Room Rent (includes telephone)
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) is $1,140.00;
the point plan is $920.00.
Other Special Fees (not refundable)
Fees Billed on Student Account
ACTC Bus (Full-time students
only)
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin)
Registration Change after firsi
5 days (Canceljaddlchange
grade option, or combination
at one time) ................................
........................................... $
5.00
.....................
10.00
Introduction to Cinema Arts
Life Drawing (See lnterim
Catalog for fee)
Medical Technology
(Senior Fee)
5.00
35.00
Music Therapy Internship (one
half course credit)
390.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons)
150.00
Class, per semester .................... 50.00
Radio-Television Production
10.00
Theater Technical Production
35.00
.....................
.............................
Student Teaching (per course)
Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs)
..................
15.00
125.00
................................ 775.00
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Application (new and/or
special students)
$ 15.00
Nursing Credit
Validation Tests .......................... 40.00
5.00
Locker Rental (commuters) ...........
..................... ..
Student Parking Lot Permit ...........
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) .............
special Examinations
(schedule
on file in Registrar's Office)
20.00
2.00
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated to range between $200 - 250 per year.
Deposits
Enrollment (non-refundable) ......................................................................
$00.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited
t o the student's account when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit
balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the
student. There are three deadline dates, each providing different benefits to you.
For more information, contact the Admissions Office.
Housing Damage ..........................................................................................100.00
Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, t o reserve a
housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and is returned to
the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the
occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for
Fall or Spring Term by notifying the Office of Student Life in writing by the first
day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due t o
late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled
prior to July 1 for Fall semester or January 1 for Spring Semester, $35.00 will be
forfeited from the $100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be
forfeited if cancellation is after these dates.
Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated
Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial
Services Office is sent t o the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester
Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan - upon
application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letter. (4) 10-month
Payment Plan - upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 participation fee, the annual charges may be paid in 10 equal installments beginning
June 20 and ending March 20. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts
'which are current. An application will be sent upon request.
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account
with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month payment plan in
which payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning
of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a
previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic or financial aid transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of
loan funds administered by the College (National DirectIDefense Student LoansNDSL and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according t o established repayment schedules.
Refunds
Withdrawal from College forms are available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed,
or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for
tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule:
700%
40%
80?b
7'0%
- through the first five da s of clasm.
- from the sixth through 7&h dav of classes.
- from t h e I f th through 15th day of classes.
-
from The 76th throu h 20th dav of classes.
600~1- from the 21st fhrau$ 25th day of classes.
50% - from the 26th day o: classes thmugh the mid-point of the term
No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student i s forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund will include
the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment.
Students who elect to omit an interim or t o graduate in December are not entitled
to a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participate
in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and
room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student
Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied t o the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for
a cash refund is determined.
Financial Aid
The financing of post-secondary education may well be one of the more significant
investments that an individual or a family will make in an entire lifetime. Because
this is the case, proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in the
selection of an institution, but also in the methods utilized in paying the related
expenses. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, is
committed to help provide students and their families with the needed assistance,
both monetary and advisory, that will protect access t o a quality education in
spite of increasing costs.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships,
grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with
Federal, State, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs.
For the academic year 1983-84 approximately 85% of all students at Augsburg
received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over
$5,800,000 from all aid sources.
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources.
r
0
-=
n
=a
Q
1
=.
I ne amount or assistance Tor wnlcn a stuaent IS ellglDle IS aetermlnea wltn tne
help and analysis of the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College
Testing Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship
Service (CSS). These analyses estimate the amount a student and family can provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as
current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts,
retirement needs, and special considerations.
< How and When to Apply
New Students - Regular Admission
1. Apply for admission t o Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made
until the student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (EFS) or Financial Aid form (FAF) from
a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application and send
it t o the processing agency after January 1 but before March 15 for priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. (To be considered,
use code 6500.) Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents
using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014.
3. Within three t o four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time
you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review
your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing
your financial aid package.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated.
If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be
sent t o you.
I
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended before financial aid will be offered.
New Students - Early Decision
This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early
Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive
the admission decision about December 1.
1. Early Decision Candidates applying for financial aid may wish t o complete the
Early Decision Financial Aid Application, available by writing or calling the Admissions Office. This enables our Financial Aid Office to compute a preliminary
award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified
of their award by January 1.
2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after prior
calendar year income information is available. This is after January 1 but before
March 15.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by filing the
application and Family Financial Statement (FFS). Renewal is based on financial
eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability.
Kinds of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather
than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of
aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged t o investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans that might be available
in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the
company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs,
and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting
their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for
aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others.
Gift Assistance
Presidents Scholarships - Full tuition Presidents Scholarships and half tuition
College Scholarships are awarded annually to the most academically qualified
full-time freshmen students. These scholarships are awarded without regard to
need. Because this is a unified program, full tuition or half tuition is assured, since
the College guarantees the difference between non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and the limit of the award.
The award is renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Special application is due January 15.
Deans Scholarships - Full tuition and half tuition Deans Scholarships are awarded
for each fall to the most academically qualified full-time students who are direct
transfers t o Augsburg College following completion of an A.A. or A.S. degree,
having maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded
without regard to need and are renewable for an additional year. Special application is due March 15.
Lutheran Transfer Scholarhips - Up to seven scholarships are awarded for each
fall to full-time students who have completed the A.A. or A.S. degree at a Lutheran
junior college and are direct transfers to Augsburg College without further coursework at another institution. Awards of $500 are based on academic merit and are
renewable for an additional year. Special application is due May 15.
Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards - Augsburg College
will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran
congregation.
Augsburg Tuition Grants - Available t o students who have shown academic
potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up t o full tuition and fees. A
student's academic performance, financial need, and high school and community
involvement are taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
residents who have financial need. For 1984-85, they range from $100 to $3407.
All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants - A federal program administered
by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent
resident; (2) have sufficient financial need as defined by the program and demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic
standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission.
Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by
program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1984-85
is $1900 minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute.
Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application
form that the necessary information be sent t o the Pell Grant Program.
Bureau of lndian Affairs/Tribal and lndian State Scholarships - American lndian
students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of lndian
Affairs, Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship monies. Students must be '/4 degree
lndian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. lndian grants
supplement all other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact
Augsburg's American lndian Program Director or your tribal agency.
Loan Assistance
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) - JointAugsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans are interest free during your education. No interest accrues
nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled
at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the
minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school. Repayment
may extend up to 10 years. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The
maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $6,000.
Guaranteed Student Loans (GSL) and Minnesota State Student Loans - Loan funds
are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide
such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest
charge. Beginning with loans for school periods starting September 13, 1983 and
after, simple annual interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the
principal begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to
10 years. The maximum loan is $2500 per year with the cumulative undergraduate
maximum of $12,500. Applications are available at the college, some banks, and
the Minnesota State Student Loan Office.
Nursing Student Loan - Federal program with provisions similar to the National
Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled
in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must
have financial need and be registered at least half time. The maximum loan is
$2500 per year.
Parent Loan Program (PLUS) - PLUS is a loan program t o help parents meet
college costs. Parents may borrow up to $3,000 per year with an aggregate maximum of $15,000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursement at a
simple interest rate of 12% and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application
forms are available at Augsburg College or the lending institutions. Applications
are normally filed with the bank or thrift institution with which your family has
an account.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven financial
need who are at least one-half time students. Assignment is made on the basis
of need and potential competence in performing the duties assigned. Part-time
work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just as scholarships,
loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week
is recommended.
A l l on-campus w o r k is governed b y policies stipulated i n t h e w o r k contract issued
t o t h e student employee f o r each placement. Payment is made monthly b y check
t o t h e student employee.
College W o r k Study Program and Minnesota State W o r k Study Program - Under
these programs t h e federal o r state government supplies funds o n a matching
basis w i t h t h e College t o provide some part-time w o r k opportunities.
A i d Association f o r Lutherans W o r k Service Program - A special program of offcampus placement i n Lutheran congregations, w i t h w o r k assignments made at
t h e discretion of t h e congregation, which will support t h e life and mission of t h e
congregation.
Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship winners are selected by t h e Student Affairs Committee unless otherwise specified. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by
faculty of t h e department involved. Descriptions o f awards are f r o m statements
03 t h e donors' wishes.
'Indicates endowed scholarships
General Scholarships
Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation Scholarships - a number of awards of
varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and
ability. Established in 1973 by the foundation.
Bremer Foundation Scholarships - awarded annually to students from towns and cities
where Bremer banks are located.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to deserving junior/
senior students. Established in 1961 to perpetuate her memory.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to two
deserving junior or senior students. Established in 1969 by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor
her late husband and perpetuate their memory.
Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to one or more needy and
deserving upperclass students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father
by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs.
Clara Hoelck.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship* - awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965 by
Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - given annually
to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972.
JohnG.Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - awarded annually to freshmen students who without
assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in 1963 by a bequest
of John C.Quanbeck.
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* - awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964.
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship' - awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior
student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters,
E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie.
Special Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded annually to able and deserving upperclassstudents
who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
Established in 1966.
Grace Jewellensen Buster Memorial Scholarshtp' - one or more scholarships are awarded
annually to sophomore, junior, or senior Chrnese students who have outstanding academic
records and are preparing to work among the Chinese people. EstabYished in 1983 by family
and friends to honor the memory of Grace Jewel JensenBuster, a 1922 alumna.
The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to able and desewing student(s) who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need.
Established in 1972 by her husband, Floyd Cleveland, to honor the memory of Mrs. Cleveland, Augsburg alumna, consecrated Christian leader and devoted wife.
David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship* - one or more ~holarshipsare awarded annually
to a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1979 by members of
his family to honor the memory of Commander David 1. Fomo, 1464 alumnus.
Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarhip* - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass international students who have overcome adversity and achieved
excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1981 by her parents,
Dr. and Mrs. Einar Johnson, and other family members and friends in memory of Crace
Anne (Gay) Johnson, a student at Augsburg 1971-1973.
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to women students transferring
from Waldorf College, with preferencegiven to those in music andJorelementary education.
Established in 1975 in memory of Catha Jones, 1970 alumna, by her parents, Mr.and Mrs.
Kenneth Jones, other family and friends, and the Augsburg College Senior Challenge
Program.
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship - awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00. The
scholarship is renewable.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a senior student(s)
who has successfully overcome adversity and has achieved excellence in academic and
extracurricular performance. Established in 1977 to honor the memory of the Rev. Nyhus,
a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminary who overcame the adversity of early years to earn
his own education and who sewed his fellow men with humanity and wisdom.
Minority Student Scholarships/Grants
Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program - awarded annually to Lutheran
American minority students who show financial need.
The American Indian Achievement Scholarship' - one or more scholarships are awarded
annually to an American Indian upperclass student(s) who has a cumulative gtrade point
averageof 3.0 or better at Augsburg College. Established in 1984 by The Hearst Foundation.
Homecoming Auction Scholarships - awarded annually to two students, one of whom must
be a minority student, who have demonstrated ability to facilitate discussion about issues
of social concern. Established in 1977 and funded by contributions to this annual event
from faculty, staff and students.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - one or more scholarships are awarded annually
to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978 by her parents, family and
friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion of sharing and loving people, especially
her servtce to students.
National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American
Lutheran Church) - members of American racial and ethnic minorities who are either
seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college O R are members of an
ALC congregation may be considered.
Marlys JohnsonSimengaard Memor~al
Scholarship' - awarded perlodlcally to a tllack American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys JohnsonSimengaard and her Christian
concern for the problems of social injustice.
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* - awarded annually to students preparing
for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981 by Rolland H. Bockbrader to
honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg
College, and the community.
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship* - available to both North American and international students to encourage men and women to enter full-time Christian service.
Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral character, and potential for
Christian service. Established in 1983 by the Rev. and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess.
Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a student(s) in the
senior class who is preparingfor the ministry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide
offering to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church,
1930-1958.
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to an upperclass
student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982 to honor the memory of
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg.
lver and Marie lverson Scholarship' - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest
in Christian service. Established in 1957 by lver Iverson.
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually
on the basis of scholarship, service, and devotion to the Christian faith. Established in 1975
by the family and Augsburg College in memory of Cerda Mortensen for five decades of
service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College.
Onesimus Scholarhip* - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. Established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson.
johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarhip' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually
to Augsburg students preparing for a professional career in Christian service. Established in
1976 by Mr. and Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in memory of Johan I. 0. Rodvik and his deep
personal dedication to his calling as a minister as welt as his scholarly research and pioneer
rhought concerningthe Apostle Paul's traditionally rnlsundemtood attitude toward the question of equal rights and equal statcs for women.
The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship* - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958 to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business
administrator of the college, 1940-1952.
The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation in the church.
Established in 1980 by their children, families and friends to honor the lifelong devotion
that the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church, Augsburg College, and Augsburg Seminary over a period of 60 years.
Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and
deserv~ngjunior/sentor student recommended by the scholarhip committee. Semi-finalists
are interviewed and selected by the donor, the Rev. Caivin 1. Storley. Established in 1965
to honor the memory of Marguerite Hamilton Storley and her interest and concern in the
mission work of the Christian church.
Morris G. C. & Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund' - awarded annually to a
junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Mission Department of The American Lutheran Church. Established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris
C. C. Vaagenes.
04
1
Departmental Scholarships
Art
The Crown Prince Harald Scboiarship - Established by authorization d the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1965 on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald, this
annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from Nomay. The winner is
selected from competition held in Norway by the Norge-Amerika Fareningen.
The Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg
College Board of Regents in 1978 to honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually
to a talented art student with financial need.
AugustMolder Memorial A r t Sctlofarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annually
to upperclass students majoring In art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and friends
in memory of Awgun Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at
Augsburg College.
Allen Russel Olson Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an uperclass student(s)
majoring in Studio Arts, on the basis of need and artistic excellence. Established in 1984 by
the family and Albert Hoffmeyer and friends, to honor the memory of Allen Russel Olson,
an alumnus who was an accomplished artist, designer, photographer and writer.
Athletic
The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s) partic~patingin the Augsburg College hockey program whose cumulative grade point average
is below 3.2. Established in 1983 by friends in memory of Carl Bloomberg, a taIented young
hockey player.
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an able and deserving student
on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966
by his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student
at Augsburg College.
Paul Dahlen/Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and desewing male student on the basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen and friends to honor the
memory of these two Augsburg College students.
David Gronner Memarial Scholar5hip' - Awarded annually to two or more students,,participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or high Chr~st~an
character. The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference In basketball. Established in 3975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, CaroI, and Paul,
and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College
alumnus.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character, and ability in athletics. Established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles
S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
Row lordan Memorial Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annuaIly to
uppercIass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in
the wrestling program. Edablished in 1980 by the William Jordanand Charles Schulz families
in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler.
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students on the basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established
in 1958 by their children in memory of their parents.
Biology
Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to
honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical
Technology.
Business Adrninistration/Econornics
Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* - Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or
senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassedwithin the Department of Business
Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial need. Established in 1984 by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the
business community.
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass
students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo
Foundation.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a
junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration. Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated
teacher at the College.
Reid Scholarship - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business and/or education as a career. Established in 1970 by Harvey T. Reid.
Chemistry
Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Established in
1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre.
Chemistry Scholarshipsa -Awarded annually to junior and senior fludents whose academic
record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Mablished in 1968 by
family, friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor:
Manivald A!dre
Dr. W. M. Sandstram
Carl Fosse
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr.
Covey Hendrickson
Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
MinnesotaMiningand Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship - Awarded to Chemistry majors
who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979.
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students majoring in Chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduate or
professional school goals. Established in 7984 through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory
of a 1915 alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a Ph.D. in chemistry.
His professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions,
of which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship' - Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need of
financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
English
Anne Pedcrmn English Sfhoiarship" -Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are
majonng in English, with preference given to those who ptan to teach English as a career.
â¬stabtished in 1971 by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 years
of service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College.
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an outstanding student
in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen,
professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952.
Foreign Language
Mimi Baez Kingley Modern Language Scholarship' - Awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in modern language, with preference given to those who plan
to teach languag. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley.
fl
N
1
Health-Related
Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - Given annually to a student of any major
who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established
in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre.
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a registered nurse
seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983 by The Augsburg Nurses
Alumni Association.
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to upperclass
ijtudent(s) preparing for a career in medicine or health. Established in 1978 in memory of
Eleanor Christensen Edwards*devotion and service in health care by members of her family,
Bernhard Christensen, Efsie Christensen Schroeder, Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen
and Theodore Christensen.
History
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship- Awarded annually t o a history major. Established
in 1980 by Gregory M. Fitzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock.
The Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness History Award - Awarded annually to a senior student
for excellence in history. Established in 1980 by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev.
and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness.
-
1
I
I
H. N. Hendricksan History Scholarship" Awarded annually to students majoring in history
with preference given t o thwe who plan a career in the field, Established in 1969 by Dr.
and Mrs. Carl H. Chrislock and augmented by other contributions to honor the memory
of H. N. Hendrirksan, professor of history at Augsburg College, 1900-1952.
Library Science
Library Science Scholarship - Established in 1972 by library and library science instructional
staffs to honor junior or senior students intending to enter the library profession.
Mathematics
Mathematics Scholarship - Awarded annually to an able and deserving student in the field
of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics department.
Minnegasco Scholarship - Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students
majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco.
Metro-Urban Studies
-
Joel and Franc= Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs'
One or more schola~hipsare
awarded annually t o upperclass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of
Augsbtlrg's Mission Statement relating to the Colfege's urban invofvernent. Established In
1982 by colleagues, former students, and friends t o honor the setvice and leadership of the
Torstensons in community development and urban affairs.
Music
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to a student of choral
music. Established in 1965 by Thomas I. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson,
an Augsburg College alumna.
Freshman Performance Studies Scholarships - Entering freshman music majors who evidence marked ability in their major instrument or voice will receive free lessons in that
major medium during the first two semesters of performance studies.
-
Awarded annually to two or more students parDavid Gronner Memorial Schlarship'
ticipating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or are of high
Christian character. Established in 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol
and Paul, and Mrs. EtheI Cronner in memory of David Cronner, Augsburg College alumnus.
demonstrated proficiency inchoral and/or instrumental rhusic,.interest or potential in conducting, and promise of overall academic success. Established in 1966 by 0. I. Hertsgaard.
Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* -Awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire
musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who
have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975 by Leonard & Sylvia
Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music.
Edwin W. and Edith 0. Norberg Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. Established in 1980
by Edwin W. Norberg t o honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and conducting of
piano, organ and choral music.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship' - Awarded annually to a sophomore/junior student
of outstanding promise in the field of music. Established in 1953 by his family to honor
Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951.
Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative
GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior PerformanceScholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters
preceding graduation.
Marilyn Solbwg Voice kholatrhip' - Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has
music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of
singing. Established in 7955 by her parents, Mr. and ME. lver Solberg, and her brother
Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53.
String Scholarships - awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola,
cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string
ensemble, and orchestra.
John & Vera Thut Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Established in 1980 by John and
Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of
music, three decades of which was at Augsburg.
Stuart West Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in instrumental music. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and
children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James.
Physics
Theodore I. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student
majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and
friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students pursuing careers in Political Science. Established in 1980 by Professors
Norma Noonan and Myles Stenshoel.
Scandinavian Studies
-
lver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship'
Awarded annually to an upperclass studentls) with
academic ab~liy,in the punuit of a degree with concentration in Scandinawan languages,
literature, liistorj and/or culture. Established in 7983 by their children and their [amities
and friends te honor lver and Myrtle Olson on the occasion of their golden wedding
anniversary.
Sociology
Adolph PauIson Memorial Prize' - Awarded annually to a student in the general field of
Christian sociology. Established in 7936 by members of his family to honor the memory of
Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930-35.
'Day in May'is a traditional break before final exams
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are an important part of your
college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and
informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether
you are a resident or commuter student, you will find the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to your
education.
Campus Ministry
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic
and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth i s evident in the opportunities
we encourage and provide for students t o explore their own faith.
Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different religious and
cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel teams, planning
committees, retreats, Peace and Justice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts,
plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students,
faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday t o give thanks and
hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers. Each Wednesday night
students gather for Holy Communion.
We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged
t o gradually change and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college
of the church, we encourage students to form their own values which will be the
basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for
counseling, consulation or information on ways to get more involved in the campus ministry.
Student Government
Student government is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer
relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and
provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government
also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides
the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining t o student life at
Augsburg.
Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring, except for freshmen who
elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement
are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities.
If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President of the student
society in their offices in the College Center.
Social, Cultural, Recreational
Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on
campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special
dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices for the
College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are
on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom
related interests meet in the Center. KCMR, student-operated non-profit radio
station sewing the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in the Mortensen Tower.
P4 ,1
a
Fine Arts
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition
to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and
Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles
are available t o cover the entire range of musical styles and previous muscial
experience. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of
the theater arts department.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC)
and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division
Ill. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey,
wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross
country, gymnastics, basketball, track & field, and softball.
lntramurals
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well
as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium
and ice arena.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are sewed by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by
the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group
or activity, contact the Student Activities Director.
Student Services
Augsburg College is concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes
that the context in which learning takes place is a critical factor in achieving
optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with
intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the
college on its students.
The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the
summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a
copy of Augsburg Guide. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your
education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for
which to plan. Augsburg Guide was designed t o act as a sort of road map.
Center for Student Development
The Center for Student Development provides a variety of sewices to help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you
may wish to participate in are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and pre-register for
classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff
as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to your many questions about college life.
.,
Career Plannine and Placement. You mav be uncertain about where vou want to
be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will
be a balanced one, or how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan t o help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities, and prepare for entry into the next phase
of your life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a
counselor.
Job Service. Augsburg College maintains a referral service in the Placement Office,
Center for Student Development, to help students find part-time, temporary, and
summer employment off campus. Job Service initiates contact with employers in
the area and the State Employment Service and acts as a clearinghouse to help
match students and jobs.
Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered
each year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship
to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships),
Choosing a Major, Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity
to register are provided several times during the year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops
offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor to diagnose
your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring
through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult to cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience.
Counselors are available t o help students who are experiencing personal/interpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety
of personal growth groups.
Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a
desire to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the
same. This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program.
Intercultural Center
As a College in the city, committed to the values and insights of cultural diversity,
Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close
cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these
efforts concentrate in two major areas:
American Indian Program. This program provides direct services and assistance
in such areas as: recruitment and retention, admissions and financial aids procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and career counseling,
tutoring, personal and crisis counseling, referrals and followup. The program provides advocacy in areas of health, child care and housing, input into the implementation of American Indian courses and liaison with the Intertribal Student
Union.
Black Student Program. Augsburg offers a Black student program which provides
counseling, administrative support, and assistance with the admissions process.
Black History Month, contact with the AfricanAmerican Museum of Art, and the
Black Student Union are student affairs programs emphasizing Black heritage and
participation.
I*I
The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are
from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities
and events to increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff.
r
Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member
who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available.
lnternational Students. Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural participation
of its students from countries outside the U.S. The Office of the lnternational
Student Adviser helps t o orient and advise any student on a student visa, exchange
program, or permanent resident status. The adviser handles information on immigration, work permits, and temporary status and arranges an American host for
international students. See Augsburg Guide for information about the Cross-Cultural Club.
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on
Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for
special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview
Pharmacy at cost. Be sure t o check your family health coverage to determine if
you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food
service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small
table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board
plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders
and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College
houses or nearby apartments.
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning
environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of
housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed t o promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an
active participant in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more
Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as to
discuss personal concerns with individual students.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in college-operated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and
South Hall. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire
school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before
they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the
spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1
in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided
housing only if space is available.
All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' accounts when they
move into the residence.
All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This eleven
story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36
students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students.
South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students.
Zeta House is a spedal interst house for sophomores, juniors or seniors interested
in living in a chernicalIy-free environment, Residents have either successfully completed chemical dependency treatment, are interested in chemical dependency
issues, or simply desire to live in a house free of alcohol and drugs. A chemicallyfree section of Urness Tower is available for freshmen.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity
to try graup living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way
to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation i5to avail yourself
of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of
students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational
impart proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's
Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished
except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities
are available in each residence.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and
has provided for due process in mai-ters of disciplinary action, grievances, and
grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by audents and faculty and serves
to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to
identifv appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President
for Student Affairs.
The College operates i n compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and
Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which
pertain t o them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the
Placement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letter5 and statements placed
in the record before January 7, 1975, or placed under conditions where students
have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience
education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center
for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Communication Directory on page 151.
-
-
George Sverdrup Library is a favorite place to study [Photo by john Louis Anderson)
Academic Information
Requirements for a degree from Augsburg College provide students
with a broad liberal arts background - in the humanities, the natural
sciences and the social sciences - and concentrated major study
in one or more fields. Students are encouraged to plan their own
course of study with the help of faculty advisers.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively, to
be knowledgeable about urban concerns, and to have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. General recreational activities courses acquaint students with and equip them for
lifetime spons. Courses in religion assist in reflection on the meaning
of the Christian Church through study of its beliefs, scripture, and
mission.
Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science degrees, The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical
Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded
t o graduates with majors in Music Performance. Majars in Music Education are
awarded the B.M. or B.A. degree. Graduates with majors in athw fields receive
the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a +week January Interim. Students normally take
four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three
courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks
and one of six weeks.
The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus
during the regular term. (See Registration).
january Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty
t o employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics
in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog,
published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by
contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, there are
a variety of travel opportunities within the United States and abroad. Independent
or directed study and internships are among the many lnterim options.
Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend
College).
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal
interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 15.9 to 1.
Faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. All students are assigned a faculty adviser to help in planning
their programs and approving their choice of courses. Faculty members are listed
in each departmental listing, with further information in the Augsburg College
Faculty section of the Registers.
Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make
the library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books,
periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference
service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other tocat
sources of information, Special arrangements are made for access by students
with physical handicaps.
The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and equipment
and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with production of
slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/video tape recordings i s available for
faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape
recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other
advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting
are located in the Center.
Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service
among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through
Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
Computer Resources
Augsburg has a PDP 11-60 with numerous terminals at several campus locations.
The College also has numerous microcomputers, including Apple Il's, CDC '110'5,
Osborne 1's KIM-1 laboratory micr~computers,and a Tektronix 4051 graphics
microcomputer. Augsburg also has access to Farge computers through the University of Minnesota.
Academic Organization and Programs
Divisions and Departments
The college curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Natural Science and Mathematics - Kenneth N. Erickson (Chairperson)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences - Norma Noonan (Chairperson)
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology,
Sociology
Professional Studies - Roberta Metzler (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work
Majors and Minors
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one
division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding.
Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier
in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description
section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree.
Majors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Biology
Business Administratian
(Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Management Information Systems, Marketing)
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies1
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering2
English
Foreign Languages
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Mathematics
Medical Technology3 (B.S.)
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Education (B.A. or B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nursing (B.S.)
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies1
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Minors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Economics
English
Foreign Languages
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Library Science
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies1
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Welfare
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theater Arts
It is possible for students to complete other majors through the ACTC. Students who wish
to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the
Augsburg Registrar's Office.
1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements
with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning and intermediate courses in Chinese, Japanese and Russian.
2 - Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Michigan Technological
University.
3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern
Hospital
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in Kindergarten-Elementary
Education and the following fields in Secondary Education: English-Language Arts,
French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry
or Physics), Science (Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts,
and in the special areas of Art (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades
5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom
Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), and Physical Education
(K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in
the Education Department and the area of their academic major($.
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance personal growth:
Certificate in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting t o teach art in less
formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson.
Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff
Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical education. The program is designed t o meet or
exceed criteria used in The American Lutheran Church certification program.
Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson.
Program Evaluation Certification - provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are required
to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology Department
Chairperson.
Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing
on women. Interested students should contact the program chairperson.
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan t o enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry,
veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A
faculty adviser is available in each field t o assist students in their planning. Students
who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year to arrange for help from the appropriate
faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, 2 courses;
BIO 111, 112; PHY 121, 122; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT 124;
PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering - This program provides a course of study which enables students to com~leteintroductorv core reauirements in mathematics. science and
the libe'ral art; necessary for e&ineerini Some students in the prigram choose
to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while
others elect to participate in a dual-degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student t o earn a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from
either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri;
or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual-degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the
liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering.
Pre-Law - Students planning t o pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the
Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel. Students may wish to take the
political science course, Law in the United States, t o help determine whether they
posess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students t o maintain a
high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate
schools consider the grade P given for a course as a C.
Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education
to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments have majors specially designed for premedical students. Both require
CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), MAT 124, 125; and PHY 121, 122. The Chemistry
major also requires CHM 353, 361, one advanced course, seminar, and two or
more biology courses. The Biology major also requires BIO 111, 112, 491 and
one from each of three groups (351, 353, 361), (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 476),
with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed t o meet
the University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology
and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requires a year of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged
to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 111, 112;
CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 122; ENG 111 and a second course; MAT 124,125;
PHY 121, 122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters
of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy;
and Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, 2 courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1 course; CHM 115,116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352, 353; BIO 111, 112; PHY 121, 122; economics, 1 course; 2
courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign
languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science,
psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area
on several programs.
Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Library
and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community
has access to over 5,000,000 volumes.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the
St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect
a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required
for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect t o
participate in the cooperative program t o gain new perspectives, t o get better
acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not
offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus
shuttles students between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim.
Fairview Deaconess Hospital Affiliation - Students in the Fairview Deaconess
Hospital School of Nursing receive instruction in biology, chemistry and other
basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission should be made directly
to the hospital.
The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is
composed of colleges and universitiesin Minnesota, South Dakota and Wisconsin.
Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of
the community organizations of the Upper Midwest.
Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in
the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology
with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed t o train specialists
to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems.
Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and
students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee
Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center
for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes
offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the
courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable.
Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC
program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement.
Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For
more information, contact the Dean of the College.
Naval ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program
at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean
of the College.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of internationalexperience are available to Awgsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from
the Director of International Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of
students who may study abroad each year it is wise t o apply in the fall prior to
the year one wishes t o participate in an international program. The deadline is
March 1 of the preceding year.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in
the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in
intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs - Augsburg students may take
part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (Oslo), the South American Urban
Semester (Bogota), or the Literature Ideology, and Society in Latin America. All
are interdisciplinary and stress cross cultural comparison in development and
planning, including study tours to other nations in their respective regions.
lnterim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg lnterim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad
issued in spring for the following January. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE).
International Business Program - Augsburg College International Business Program offers students the opportunity t o spend a year of study in London, Paris
(American College), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business requires Business Administration courses taken
at Augsburg and international core courses studied at one or two of the campuses
abroad. See Business Administration-International Business.
Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month livingllearning program
based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global
justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural
activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition
for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students
are granted partial scholarships t o enable them t o spend a summer in informal
study in one of the countries chosen. Applications t o the program are made in
the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of
three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before
departure, independent study abroad o n a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return.
Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of
foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; the University of York, England; the
University of Dundee, Scotland; the University o
f Seville, Spain; and the Institute
for American Universities in Avignon, France.
Summer School - There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish t o
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those
interested in further information should contact the Director of International
Programs.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg provides opportunities for qualified students
to pursue an enriched and distinctive course of study. Special seminars, colloquia,
social events and options in completing the general education requirements are
all parts of the Honors Progmm. Inquiries should be addressed t o Dr. Diane Pike,
Honors Director.
Internships and Cooperative Education
I
I
These are college-wide programs that provide students in almost all fields of study
an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their
academic program or personal interests. Placements are available with a variety
of companies, agencies and community organizations. For further information,
contact Patricia Anne Parker, Associate Academic Dean, for internships, or Garry
W. Hesser, Director of Cooperative Education.
Augsburg Weekend College
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students
who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which
men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major, or pursue
a personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may
take from one to four classes each term.
While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as the day
school program, the curriculum is limited t o selected liberal arts courses and the
following majors: Business Administration (concentrations in management, marketing, finance, accounting, and management information systems), Communication (concentrations in public relations/advertising, human relations and supervisory management), Nursing, and Social Work.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of courses,both credit and non-credit, through
its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since
continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses
vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more
about Augsburgs continuing education offerings should call or write the Office
of the Associate Dean.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Registration
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Students normally register for four courses a semester and one course in the
interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified
as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 courses, students must contact
the Registrar's office t o petition the Committee on Student Standing for
permission.
Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged
for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or adding courses
or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester.
A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following
semesters.
Separate catalogs of courses are published by the lnterim Office, Summer School
Office, and Weekend College Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures.
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus
are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar - Science 114, for Fall and Spring terms
Interim Office - Memorial 230, for lnterim
Summer School Office - Memorial 230, for Summer School
Weekend College Office - Memorial 329, for Fall, Winter and Spring trimesters
of Weekend College.
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in
the fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the fall for the
spring and during the spring for the fall. All students must confirm their registration
at the beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangements.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not t o abandon courses for which they are registered, since
this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or
withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from
college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved
by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from
College form is returned to the Registrar's Office.
Leave of Absence
Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal reasons. A
request form must be picked up from the Office of the Dean of the College. It
must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and by
the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must
be turned in to the Registrar's Office.
*
3
=
0
-
.-t!
A Leave of Absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an
extension of a Leave of Absence is needed, it should be requested in the same
manner as the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form must be turned
in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous Leave of Absence,
or readmission will be required.
Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of
their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed
by returning students. A Leave of Absence does not defer repayment of loans or
extend incomplete deadlines.
-5 '
.j
tu
3
1
.
U
Q)
Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with
the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean
and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
4
1
All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar's office prior t o the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incomp l e t e ~or open courses on the academic record).
1. Completion of 35 courses.
At least 11 courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not
moreahan 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree,
and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The course total must include three Interims for students whose
complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total
must include one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg.
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) courses; 2 courses by independent/ directed study; 4 courses of internship; and 8 courses with a grade of
Pass (P). Non-traditional grading (P) also has these limits: 2 in the major except
Elementary Education and Nursing; 1 in the minor if approved by the department
chairperson.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree
should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second
baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
/
2'2. Completion of a major.
,Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor
or double-major is not required, but is encouraged.(
-\
3. Grade Point average
- 2.0
for most majors.
A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher
grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure
in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social
work.) See the departmental section for details.
4. Residence
The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time
students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation
is needed.
5. Distribution requirements (See below)
Distribution Requirements
Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department-of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biology
English-Speech, Communication &
Theater Arts (devoted t o the study of
literature)
Psychology-Sociology
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office.
Foreign Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at
Augsburg. Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take
one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111
and 112) of another foreign language.
Religious Studies - Three -approved courses in religious studies, of which not
more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number
required is one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg,
Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - One course. Courses
approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Registar's Office.
Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime
sports.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations.
Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are
used.
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 t o
0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better
and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0, Students are cautioned t o
use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools
do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a
"C". See PIN limitations under Graduation Requirements.
Cemin courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several
interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Some education
courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system.
English 111 i s graded P or N, or 2.0-4.0/N. Some other courses are graded only
P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional
system unless they indicate on their registration that they wFsh t o use the P/N
grading option. Any changes in choice or grading system must be made accarding
to dares published each term. A fee i s charged for any changes after the first five
days of classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average.
A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the
1.5 or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the caw of extreme emergency. 60
receive it, a studerrt must file a petition with the Carnrnittee on Student Standing
stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission i s granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the
teacher along with the incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course or internship that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must
be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record. If X is given, the course must be registered for as 1X in the following term
in order that credit and a grade may be assigned.
A course in which a grade of 0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be
repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not
be repeated for credit, but may be audited. All courses taken remain on the
academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted
toward graduation and in the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation on the record.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering
for Audit 0.Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge
for part-time students is listed under College Costs. Students who audit a course
should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term
t o determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations
have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited.
If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W
(Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg.
It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the PIN grading option are recorded, but not computed
in the GPA.
Classification
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students
with scores of 3, 4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should
be addressed t o the Office of the Registrar.
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL Program)
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life
situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within
the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The
APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by
which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from
another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible
credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, i s appropriate for credit recognition
at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1) it is
relevant t o coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may
have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a
brief description of each of these means of assessment:
The College Level Examination Program (CLEP) is a series of standardized tests
which have been developed by The College Board and are offered to students
for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for this area
is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile
on a subject examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg
College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the Office of
the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams are available for students t o use in obtaining
credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met:
A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question.
B. There is a faculty member designated by the department t o administer the
exam.
C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request t o take the
exam.
Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/no credit basis only, and
there is a charge per exam.
The Credit Assessment Program (CAP) is a credit assessment alternative in which
a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted
by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty
members from fields of study directly related t o the student's previous learning.
Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish t o
prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include
a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a
student's prev?ouslearning, the CAP Committee applies the following criteria:
A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous
learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content
material found within liberal arts coursework.
B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition t o the
presenting student.
C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
E. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least
four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg
GPA of at least 2.5. There is an application deposit (applicable to transcript charge)
to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit
applied t o the student's transcript.
Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of
courses applied t o graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course
number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements
and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response t o a formal request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom,
this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal
arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (one-fourth
of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous
experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the three assessment
processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams, departmental exams, and
credit granted through CAP Committee assessment.
Probation and Dismissal
A student will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if his or
her achievement is unsatisfactory. A student who has been on probation two or
more consecutive semesters is subject to dismissal at the end of the term. Dismissal
from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on
Student Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly
advised t o withdraw before the end of the term. A student who has been on
probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have
special permission to re-enroll.
A student will be placed on probation under these conditions:
Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer
than 7 courses.
Sophomore - below 1.7 cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but
fewer than 16 courses.
Junior - below 1.9 cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses.
Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses.
A student will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the
minimum levels above. Students placed on probation as freshmen for earning 2
zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes t o
sophomore, they have not earned additional zero grades, and their cumulative
GPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sophomores for earning 3 zero
grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior
and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
Dean's List
The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade
point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full
courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Each student on the Dean's List receives a
certificate and, if permission is given, an announcement is sent t o the hometown
newspaper.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8 t o 4.0 cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude 3.6 up t o but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed
two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Independent/Directed Study
Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out upper
division level work on an independent basis. Some departments also offer an
opportunity for directed study on a lower division level. A student who registers
for directed or independent study should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In
such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will
register again for the course t o receive the final grade.
bruaenrs lnreresrea In reglsrerlng ror alrectea or rnaepenaent stuay must rlrst
secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two
courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35
courses required for the degree.
Students may cross-register for independent studies at another ACTC school only
when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available
on th.eir home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special
costs attached. Requests for exception to this policy should be made directly to
their own academic dean.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans
Administration.
Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two
consecutive terms in which they did not earn at least three courses per term, the
minimum for classification as full-time students. It is the responsibility of each
veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Office
of the Registrar, as it is for all students.
If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after
any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the equivalent of what
they had been certified for.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below
three courses will be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need
to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
Students use computers for many courses [Photos by john Louis Anderson]
-
At Augsburg, a business major can take an art class [Photo by john Louis Anderson)
Departments, Course Descriptions
Course descriptions are listed by department or interdisciplinary
program. The descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content
and requirementsfor individual courses, students should consult the
instructors.
Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes
are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless another frequency is
specified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and
schedules for courses offered in January Interim, Summer School
and Augsburg Weekend College are published in separate catalogs.
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for
one-half or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester
credits or 6 quarter hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute
periods a week, in addition to laboratories.
Numberin
%
Courses num ered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s areprimarily
for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the
course description. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not
been fulfilled if there is prior approval of a professor teaching the course and of the
academic adviser.
Art (ART)
Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Lynn Bollman, Robert Friederichsen, Norman D.
Holen, Dorothy J . Williamson
Majors in Studio Art, Art History and Teaching Ucensure are taught by a faculty
committed t o teaching, creativity and research in the field. Among the programs
available are departmental honors, art exhibitions, independent study and internships in museum and gallery work, communications, graphic design and cornmunrty cultural arts.
Facilities include large work areas; t w o exhibition galleries, an art history slide
library, a curatorial room and a stained glass studio.
Students are encouraged t o acquire broad experience in general education along
with a wide variety of art studies and one or more selected areas of concentration.
Studio Art Major: 9-1 3 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; 3 art history
courses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (118, 223, 360)
and one in 3-dimensional art (150, 221, 250). Majors are required t o begin their
programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with
portfolio o n approval by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102, 107, 225; Studio 118, 132, 150, 221,
223 and 250 plus a second course in t w o areas; 240 and two other art history
courses. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education for
teacher licensure.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses
including one from 102, 107 o r 225 and 118 or 221.
Honors Majam: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and
development andlor special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made t o the department chairperson before the last term of
the senior year.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificate in Art: 8 art courses, including one in art history. U p t o four courses
may b e taken i n one studio area or i n art history.
Foundations in Studio Art Courses
102 Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and world d n g . Concern for the visual content of experience
in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group
projects exploring d e i g n problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction.
107 Drawing
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building
interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
225 Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such
as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.
Studio Art Courses
100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132 Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black
and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring)
150 jewelry
An introduction to-the casting of jewelry in pewter and silver.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
221 Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective
media.
223 Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut.
242 Film Making
Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film. (On Demand)
247 Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog
250 Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
330 Visual Communications II
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols,
and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.:225)
351 Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a
continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250)
355 Painting 11
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118)
360 Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. (Alternate years)
368 Print Making II
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen,
etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223)
399 Internship
Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project.
478 Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221)
499 Independent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors.
Art History Courses
240 Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing
of slides, visits to museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year.
352 Women's Art History
A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within
the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period.
382 Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. (Spring 1985)
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. (Alternate
years, Spring 1985)
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, 14th to 18th century. (Alternate years, Fall 1984)
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Alternate years, 1985-86)
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis
on 19th and 20th centurv art and its relations hi^ to Eurooean art as well as indieenous
"
movements. (Alternate years, 1985-86)
Biology (BIO)
Neal Thorpe (Chairperson), Robert S. Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud
The department offers programs to equip students for graduate and professional
study as well as for a variety of career opportunities presently available t o the
biologist. Complementing the course offerings, the department possesses an impressive array of sophisticated laboratory instruments including a gas chromatograph, a scintillation counter, and an electron microscope.
and faculty t o have access t o extensive library and research facilities and seminars
discussing the frontiers of biological research.
Major - Option 1: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course
from each of three groups: (1) 351, 353, 361, 481; (11) 355, 473, 474; (111) 440, 471,
476; CHM 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122. Students
intending t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
Major - Option 2: 9 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course
from each of five groups: (1) 351, 353; (11) 355, 474; (111) 361, 481; (IV) 471, 473;
M 440, 476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 7061, 351 and 352, Students who plan t o
teach in secondary schaols ohen s e t m this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning
to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their
planning.
Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually
require CHM 353.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the
research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the
senior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division courses; CHM 115,
116 (or 105, 106).
101 Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer
such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man
have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment?
What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man?
(3 hours lecture, 1-112 hours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for
both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor, Spring)
103 Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or consent of instructor; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students.
A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major
or minor)
105 Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our wciety must deal?
What threats are posed by poilution, the prospect of war. and by shortages of food,
water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research,
scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hour
lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor.)
108 Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student
nurses, health majors, or consent of instructor. Prereq.: CHM 109 and concurrent registration in CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Spring. Does not apply to the major or
minor)
109 Special Topics in Biology
Offered periodically through Aup5burg'~Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted aff campus with community pmpfe taking the course together with college students in a ca-fearning mode[. Topics will vary depending upon
needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor.
111, 112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology,
and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by
permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
323 Experimental Human Physiology
A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by
experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will
also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective
therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors
(primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or
112. Alternate years, Fall 1984)
351 Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life
history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.:
112. Alternate years, Spring 1986)
353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution,
behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
355 Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.:
112, Spring)
361 Plant Biology
A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, 1985-86)
367 Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and
nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, CHM
352 or consent of instructor. Fall)
399 lnternship
Upper division internship.
440 Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular
plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring 1985)
471 Cellular Biology
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1984)
473 Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 or 116; PHY 103 or 122 orconsent of instructor.
Alternate years, Fall 1985)
474 Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during
the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental
as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed.
(3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
476 Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Fall 1985)
481 Ecology
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some
Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1984)
491 Seminar
Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring in biology, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor.
Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous
arrangement with instructor)
Business Administration &
tconomlcs
Amin Kader (Chairperson), Roger Allerson, Walter Anastas, James E. Billings, John
Cerrito, John Cosgrove, Anne Fosse, Satya Gupta, Gary Hovind, Robert Kramarczuk, Roy H. LaFayette, Thomas Morgan, Mohammed Nouri, Edward M. Sabella
The department is committed t o developing within t h e student a blend o f theoretical and practical tools necessary f o r successful entry and advancement i n the
business and academic communities. T o this end, t h e department affords specialization i n a variety of areas including: Accounting, Economics, Finance, International Business, Management, M a n a g e m e n t I n f o r m a t i o n Systems, a n d
Marketing.
Each o f these areas is dependent u p o n a strong foundation i n the liberal arts w i t h
an emphasis o n solid communication and analytical skills. Recognizing t h e occupational realities of t h e business and economic disciplines, t h e department is
equally c o m m i t t e d t o m a i n t a i n i n g a n application o r i e n t e d balance. This is
achieved i n part b y fostering close ties w i t h t h e corporate community, which i n
t u r n provides a wealth of practical expertise and a w i d e variety o f internship
opportunities as well as future j o b prospects.
W e believe w e can best serve b o t h t h e community and t h e student b y providing
training that is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware.
Business Administration (BUS)
Major in Accounting: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261,262,
263,379,381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from
258, 391, 392). At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning careers i n accounting, completion of the t w o remaining courses i n the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. Courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly recommended.
Major i n Finance: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261, 262,373,
379, 478, and one from 381, 382, 483); 4 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, and
one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. ECO
392, MAT 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
Major i n Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 145,
250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 or 478); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251,
340,445); PHI 120; PSY 371,373; SOC 241 and 375 or 383; SPC 111 or ENG 223;
SPC 354 or 355. MAT 114 is strongly recommended.
Major i n Management Information Systems (MIS): 8 Business Administration
courses (101, 102, 145, 250, 261, 375, 475,479); 4 Economics courses (122, 123,
340 or 445,379); MAT 174 or CSC 170 (170 would require MAT 124); 4 Computer
Science courses (240, 340, 350, 352).
Major i n Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 135, 250,
261, 330, 379, 430); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 445); PHI 120; SPC
351 or 352 and also 353. MAT 114 is strongly recommended.
Major i n lnternational Business: 8 Business Administration courses (101, 102,131,
135,261 and 399 or 499 and t w o from 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,
123, 379); POL 160; 3 language courses (or demonstrated proficiency) from one
of the following: Arabic, Chinese, French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish; 1 History course (coordinated with the foreign language
courses) from 103, 104, 222, 322, 323, 324, 331, 332, 440, 474; 8 lnternational
Core courses, including internship or independent study. Core courses must be
taken abroad. Exceptions may be permitted with department approval. General
descriptions follow. Students who plan t o major i n lnternational Business should
contact the department's international adviser, Amin Kader, as soon as possible
t o carefully plan their program of study.
lnternational Core Courses
- Required
Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign
investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc.
European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying
it; structure of the European market; market analysis and sales management; pricing
policies; distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed
on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S.
Import-Export Operations - The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import
and export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational
and financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysis
of international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations.
Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and
managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiaries and parent company; organizational behavior; management policy; comparative
industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international
setting.
lnternational Core Courses - 3 t o be Elected
Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure,
land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism.
European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms of economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path
to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport;
industrial policy; current membership negotiations.
lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation
of domestic and international policies. lnternational monetary cooperation.
international Economic Policies - The economic factors in diplomacy; tariff techniques
and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economic aspects
of economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid
policies; exchange rate policies.
Theory of lnternational Finance - The relevance of international finance; participants
in the international payments xene; balance of international payments; spot market
and forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity;
the impact of international payments nn the domestic price level; employment and the
performance of monetary policy.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor i n Business Administration: 6 courses, including 101, 102, and one of 261,
373, 379,478 and one of 262, 379, 381; ECO 122 and 123. Other configurations
for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the
department chairperson.
M i n o r i n Management Information Systems (MIS): 8 courses, including 101, 250,
261,375,475; ECO 123; MAT 174 or CSC 170 (170 would require MAT 124; CSC
240).
C.P.A. Certification: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior t o fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting and taken all accounting
and business law courses offered. Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation.
Notes: Students who plan t o major in the department are strongly encouraged
to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their
program of study.
In addition t o the courses listed below, these have been offered under BUS 295,
495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation
for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, and Discrete
Event Simulation.
-
101 Principles of Financial Accounting
lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
102 Principles of Managerial Accounting
lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101)
131 Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
135 lntroduction to Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (Fall)
145 Fundamentals of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control.
The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager. (Fall)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
250 Data Processing, COBOL and FORTRAN
An introduction to COBOL and FORTRAN programming.
261 Fundamentals of Finance
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources
and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage,
dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 102)
262 lntermediate Accounting I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
current and non-current assets. (Prereq.: 101, Fall)
263 lntermediate Accounting II
A continuation of lntermediate Accounting I.An analysis of accounting theory pertaining
to investments, tangible and intangible assets, liabilities and stockholders' equities. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.:
262, Spring)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
330 Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research
methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in
marketing. (Prereq.: 135, Spring)
340 Personnel Administration
Personnelfunction in business, acquisition and utilizationof human resources; desirable
working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and
society. (Prereq.: 145 or consent of instructor. On Demand)
373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case
material. (Prereq.: 261)
375 lnforrnation Systems in the Organization
Design and implementation of organizational structure and structural change. An informational processing point of view to examine design of communication, decision
making and task systems. (Prereq.: 250)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems
in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra.)
381 Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,
102, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor)
382 Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals
and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102, Junior or Senior, or consent
of instructor. Spring)
399 Internship
. Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable
to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity
to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student
will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
430 Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and
decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: 330, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor. Spring)
440 Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples
from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a
managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation
processes, productivity measurement, Randards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information
systems. (Prereq.: 145, Junior or Senior or consent of instructor)
475 Information Systems Analysis and Design
The process of defining information requirements, construction of a logical &ode1 of
information system and the preparation of a general design. Discussion of the procedures to define program specifications, documentation, and plan implementation.
478 Investments and Financial Institutions
Appraisal of the riskireturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. ECO 392 is strongly recommended. Junior or
Senior or consent of instructor. Fall)
479 lntermedlate quantltatlve Methods tor Economics and Business
Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statis~icalresearch methods through
use of the eledronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical
methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the
course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear
Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: 379 or equivalent, Junioror Senior or consent
of instructor. On demand)
483 Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls
for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Junior or Senior or consent of instructor. Fall)
484 Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263, Junioror Senior or consent of instructor. Spring)
295, 495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with me~mbersof the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General
Business. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499 Independent Study
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in
depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Economics (ECO)
Major in Economics: 8 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three
other upper division); BUS 101, 102, 379; MAT 114. MAT 373 may be substituted
for BUS 379. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for
those planning graduate study i n economics. I n addition, courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended.
Major i n Applied Economics: 9 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and
445 or 453 and three other upper division); BUS 101,102,379,479; PHI 130; MAT
124, 125, 215, 224, 314. MAT 211 is strongly recommended. MAT 373 may be
substituted for BUS 379. The student is strongly encouraged t o take other Economics courses in addition t o those listed above.
Combined Major i n Economics - Business Administration: 5 Economics courses
(122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division); 6 Business Administration courses
(101, 102, 261, 373, 379 and one upper division). Courses i n data processing and
computer programming are highly recommended. The student is very strongly
encouraged t o take additional courses both in business administration and
economics.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 i n the major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration.
Minor i n Economics: 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other
configurations may be permitted o n consultation w i t h t h e department
chairperson.
Notes: In addition t o the courses listed below, these topics have been offered
under 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics, and Business Advanced Economic Theory and
Decision-Making with Finite Markov Chains.
ECO 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. ECO 120 will
satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select
a department adviser: as soon as possible in order t o carefully plan their program
of study.
120 Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population ""Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology
and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned
topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in
Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major
or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics
should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors.)
122 Principles of Economics (Macro)
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal
policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of 123 or 120. 122
and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student
to progress more rapidly to the other courses.
123 Principles of Economics (Micro)
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of 122 or 120.122 and 123 may be taken in either order,
or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress more rapidly to other
courses.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
251 lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the
pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123)
258 lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq.: 122. Fall)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
340 Managerial Decision Making
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management
science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis
is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio
selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information
systems, etc. (Prereq.: 123, BUS 101 and high school algebra or equivalents. Spring)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems
in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra.)
391 Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy
on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall)
392 Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable
to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity
to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write
a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
442 Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or consent
of instructor. On Demand)
445 Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics
considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost
functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and
an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: 251 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Spring)
453 Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to
the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: 251, 258 and at least MAT
122 or equivalent or consent of instructor. On Demand)
454 Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or consent of instructor. On Demand)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods through
use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical
methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the
course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear
Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: BUS 379 or equivalent or consent of instructor. On Demand)
295, 495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.)
499 Independent Study
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in
depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Chemistry (CHM)
Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John R. Holum, Sandra Olmsted
The goal of the department is to have our students develop into better scientists.
Therefore, significant changes must occur in what they understand and know in
the field of chemistry, how they think and approach scientific problems, and how
they act in experimental work, in communicating their results, and in interacting
with others.
The department is on the list of approved schools of the American Chemical
Society, which has approved its total program. Students who complete the ACS
major are competitive with their peers of the same ability in graduate school,
chemical positions, or medical school. The approved program also meets the
requirements for the chemistry background required by many related fields.
The department provides opportunity for widening students' intellectual horizons,
for developing insight into a field of science for non-majors, and for learning in
an atmosphere which encourages students to remain lifelong learners.
Graduation Major in Chemistry: 115, 116, (or 105, 106) 351, 352, 353, 361, 363
and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar; PHY 121,122; MAT 124,125. Since upper division courses have mathematics
and physics prerequisites, students should plan t o take MAT 124, 125 in the
freshman year and PHY 121, 122 in the sophomore year.
American Chemical Society Approved Major: 12 courses including 115, 116 (or
105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,497,499), Chemistry
Seminar participation; MAT 224; PHY 121, 122 (which should be taken during the
sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent t o one semester and computer proficiency are also required.
Teaching Major: Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: Recommendation
for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115,116 or 105, 106);
3 courses in earth and life sciences; CHM 351, 352, 353, 361, 363, 364, 482, 491
(BIO 367 may be substituted for 364); PHY 245. Students are advised t o consult
with the Education department early in their planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the Chemistry department for assistance in planning
a course program early in their college career.
Honors Major: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation
in seminar.
Minor: 5 courses which must include 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 353 and two other
chemistry courses above 300 (except 399). BIO 367 may be one of the courses.
Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116.
Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed
with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is
necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a
two-term course in registering for the second term.
Placement I n 105 o r 115 IS determined by t h e score o n t h e Mathematics Placement
Examination. High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115.
105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116; designed especially for students who will not
major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 to 351,353. Concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
109, 110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of general,
organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. Open also to students in the humanities and social sciences.
First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not
apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both 109
and 105 or 115, nor can credit be earned for both 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school
chemistry within the last 3 years. 109, Fall; 110, Spring)
115, 116 General Chemistry
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples
from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry
including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory.
Prereq.: High school chemistry, math placement. 115, Fall; 116, Spring)
199 lnternship
Lower division internship.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
351, 352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of
chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic
chemistry to biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1fourhour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116; 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives
an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (3 hours of
lecture, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. Fall)
361, 364 Physical Chemistry
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to
areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester.
(3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 106 or 116; PHY 121, 122; MAT 124, 125. 361, Fall; 364,
Spring)
363, 365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1/2 course each)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and
experimental application of concepts presented in9hysical Chemistry lecture. 363 is to
be taken the first half of the spring semester and involves experiments related to 361.
365 i s to be taken the second half of the semester by all persons taking 364.
399 lnternship
Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist.
464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory.
Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3
hours of lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or consent of instructor;
some reading knowledge of German. Fall)
481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or consent of instructor. Spring)
482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques.
(3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or consent of instructor.
Fall)
483 .Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation
to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules.
Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or consent of instructor. Spring)
491 Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under
the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to
participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to
participate.
497 Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in
the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing).
499 Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or
historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. Uunior Standing)
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Khin Khin Jensen (Director)
This program offers two options:
1. Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepanmental program which provides a foundation lor careers in international business,
government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study.
Two years of Japaneseare taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or Augsburg
students may take Chinese courses at Harnline University. There also is a contractual arradgement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japaneselanguage courses.
Opportunitim for language study abroad are available in japan, China, Taiwan,
Korea, Hongkong and Singapore. Summer institutes are available in the People's
Republic of China and in the W.5, See the director for information and procedure
to register for any of these courses or travel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible t o take the Chinese or Japanese language
courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Major in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic
college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2
courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies; and 2 courses from a
list of approved electives.
Minor in East Asian Studies - 5 courses, including 2 courses (1 year) of basic
college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; 1 course in history of
East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of
approved electives.
2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at
Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed t o
be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from HIS 322, 323, 324;
one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 241; one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,382; and
one from HIS 226, 399, 495, 499. HIS 104 is strongly recommended.
Note: Interim courses related t o the East and Southeast Asian Studies program
may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
299 Directed Study
(See Director of program)
322 Modern Southeast Asia
(See under Department of History)
323 Modern China
(See under Department of History)
324 Modern japan
(See under Department of History)
351 Communist Political Systems
(See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis)
363 Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Department of Political Science, International Politics)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
(See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis)
399 Internships
(See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an internship)
474 The World and The West
(See under Department of History)
495 Seminar
(See Director of program)
499 Independent Study
(See Director of program for guidelines)
Economics (ECO)
See Business Administration and Economics
Education
Barry Franklin, Chairperson, Sheldon P. Fardig, Marie McNeff, Lauretta E. Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary
Education and Secondary Education. Students interested in attaining licensure in
any of these areas or in pursuing the study of education as a liberal discipline will
find opportunities in the department, where programs combine the study of educational theory with practice in actual school settings.
Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring to
Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, it is within the
jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments
to determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions
as applicable t o requirements of the approved teacher licensure programs at
Augsburg College.
Students who wish t o register for student teaching must have been admitted t o
the Education Department. Students are advised to apply for admission in the
spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course.
Students transferring from an education program at another college must be
readmissible to that program.
Elementary Education (EDE)
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 255, 341, 351, 352,
381, 382, 383, 384, 386, 481, 482, 483; HPE 114, 115; SWK 260; a college level
mathematics course; academic minor (major recommended); GPA of 2.0 overall
and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses
required for licensure; fulfill requirements of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5
MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The professional semester, for juniors, includes
341, 352, 381, 382, 384, 386. (341, 381, 382, 383, 384 are 112 courses)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Kindergarten-Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295, 495 Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current
course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Lower division independent study.
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective
audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading and
the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Fall)
352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265 or consent
of instructor. Spring)
381 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265,
concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265,
concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and
health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255
or EDS 265. Fall)
384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Science (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and science
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS
265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten
A study of the kindergarten program, exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. (Prereq.: a teaching license at
the elementary level. Summer I)
386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, Language Arts
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for Children's Literature and
Language Arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
481, 482, 483 Student Teaching I K-6
Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the
supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student
teaching and program approval)
484 Student Teaching II K-6
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481, 482, 483)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education)
498 lndependent Study (1/2 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a
teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
499 lndependent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided
for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved
by the kindergarten-elementary education faculty.
Prekindergarten Education (EDE)
This program is under review. Contact the department chairperson.
Licensure Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus 325, 425, 160
hours of student teaching; PSY 351; SOC 231. For a Prekindergarten license with
other than an education major, consult with the department chairperson.
325 Contemporary Influences in Prekindergarten Education
Focus on the young child as a person and the importance of the early years in relation
to the effects of present day society and culture on the child. Current developments
include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab
experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring)
425 Prekindergarten Curriculum
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child.
The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for
children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and
working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions and two hours
per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
Secondary Education (EDS)
Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator)
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition
t o conferring with the student's major field adviser.
Licensure Requirements o f the State o f Minnesota f o r teaching i n secondary
schools are met through t h e Augsburg College Education Department licensure
program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major i n an approved teaching area;
265, 354, 388, 478, methods course($ i n major area, 481, 482 (and 483 for Art,
Music, and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of
2.0 overall, 2.0 i n education courses, 2.5 i n academic major and P i n student
teaching. Application for and acceptance i n t o t h e Augsburg licensure program
required.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing f o r licensure i n
o n e o f these areas follows t h e secondary education program even though h e o r
she plans t o teach at t h e elementary school level. A person w i t h a major i n o n e
o f these special areas will take three courses i n student teaching and d o some
student teaching at b o t h t h e secondary and elementary levels. I n addition t o 354,
the art major will register for 361, 362; the Physical Education major f o r 365; and
the music major for 373.
Art and Physical Education teacher education programs lead t o licensure f o r
grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead t o licensure i n the following
areas: I - B a n d (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2-Orchestra (K-12) and classr o o m music (5-12); 3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9); o r 4-Vocal and classroom
music (5-12).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), achievement o f at least "good" i n t h e listening, speaking, and reading
parts of the M o d e r n Language Association proficiency tests is required. The candidate will take t h e MIA tests before undertaking student teaching. Results will
b e recorded i n t h e candidate's permanent file i n t h e Department o f Education.
The Professional Term: School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly
i n one full-time term i n professional education. Attendance at special afternoon
o r evening seminars is also required. A student w h o elects t o take just t w o courses
i n student teaching may take o n e course i n independent study at this time. All
students are expected t o b e involved full-time i n t h e activities of t h e professional
term.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary)
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295, 495 Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current
course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Kindergarten-Elementary Education)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Kindergarten-Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105)
355 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching
procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
356, 357, 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (1/2 course each)
Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques.
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materialsand issues relatingto the teaching of art in the elementary, middle,
and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school.
(Fall)
364 English Methods (1/2 course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the
preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with
the Foreign Language Department.)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability
levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the
directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics,
and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnemta for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
410 Health Methods
(See HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
478 School and Society
The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the
development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied.
(Prereq.: senior standing)
481, 482, 483, 484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college
and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses
required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval)
498 lndependent Study (1/2 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a
teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
499 lndependent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided
for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets
the approval of education faculty.
Special Education (EDE, EDS)
Barry Franklin (Coordinator)
Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282, 491; PSY 351, 357; one course chosen from
HPE 354, MUS 110 (Interim) or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385 (Interim), or SWK 304
(CHR); and one course chosen from LIN 289, PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO
103 is recommended as an additional course.
282 lntroduction to Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes,
and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical
disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and
giftedness. (Spring)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus
seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor or consent of
instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Fall)
Library Science (LIB)
This program is under review. Contact the department chairperson.
Minor: Minimum of 4% courses, including 341, 345, 358, 359, 475.
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See under Elementary Education)
345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration
Organization of materials, including acquisition, cataloging, classification, and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials
related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and
guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 Reference Sources and Services
Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and
evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information
and use libraries effectively. (Spring)
399 Internship
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library
situations in the metropolitan area.
475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondan/ school level, with attention
to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Engineering
Ken Erickson (Adviser)
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities t o allow
the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an
engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota lnstitute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied
Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton,
Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary.
Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg
Engineering Adviser.
University of Minnesota - The lnstitute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative
arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs:
1. Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering (B.A.1B.E.) which enables students t o
receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of
Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically
involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the lnstitute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At
that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further
conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application
to the lnstitute of Technology may be completed during the second semester
of the junior year at Augsburg.
2. Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering (B.A.1M.E.) which enables students to
receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of
Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves
four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the lnstitute of Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the B.A.1B.E. curriculum with the addition of
several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year
to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must
take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The
number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within
a department.
Application for admission into the B.A.1M.E. program should be initiated during
the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the
program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the lnstitute of Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A.1
M.E. program are not guaranteed admission t o the lnstitute of Technology.
Washington University - Three-Two Plan
Michigan Technological University - Dual Degree Plan
These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School
of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a
five-year period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the
engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by the ~ n ~ i n e e rAdviser
in~
of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further information on
these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering
Adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual
degree programs will be encouraged t o apply t o the engineering school of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need
and academic performance as criteria.
Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree or Three-Two
Programs: CHM 115,116; CSC 170; ENG 111; MAT 124,125,224,226; PHY 121,
122; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27
courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124, 125 and PHY 121, 122 are taken in the
freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM
351, 352.
English (ENG)
Ronald C. Palosaari, (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, John
Gidmark, Walter Howerton, John R. Mitchell, Catherine C. Nicholl, Richard B.
Sargent, David Wood
The English department offers courses in literature, writing, and film. Regular
offerings are supplemented by topics courses and interim courses. The department
sponsors the literary magazine, Murphy Square, and holds a weekly program,
Words'worth on Wednesday, devoted to language and literature. Many students
gain practical experience in writing and teaching through internships.
Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; one course in American literature;
one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British
literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that
surveys a number of writers (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged t o take ENG
245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental adviser regularly.
A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work
in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the
department.
Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language Arts: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2 Speech
courses, one from 111, 351, 352, 354 or 355 and either 360 or 366. Courses in
early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In addition to
field experience and student teaching required by the Department of Education,
majors will be required t o gain practical experience in teaching writing, t o be
arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to take
courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in
Orientation t o Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for
teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning
their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult
an adviser in the Department of Education.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty
committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program.
Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing
course.
Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for the major, English
majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives
in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the
concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a
concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC
schools will often fit well into a concentration.
Note on Prerequisites: 111 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a
lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the
instructor.
101 Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as
needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be
given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience,
and thought. P/N grading only.
111 Effective Writing
The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct
usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course
is either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a place in the course the student must either
attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
223 Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business
and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouragedto use material from their own areas of specialization.
(Prereq.: 111 or equivalent)
225 Advanced Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis.
Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the
course's workshop format, in which student's papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.:
111)
226 Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models,
theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories,
personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and
development, according to the student's preference.
227 Journalism
An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news
feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what
constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real
and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories.
A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the
semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic
media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment.
241 lntroduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film
medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and
short films. (Spring)
245 Introduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be
devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors.
250 American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of American literature.
261 Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
271 European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer
and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in
which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be
studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background,
their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern
period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Coethe, Dostoyevsky.
(Spring)
282 Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or
works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule
for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century
Poetry, and Comedy.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
331 Chaucer and His Age
While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention
will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval
poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1984-85)
332 Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years,
1985-86)
336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical
poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and
the major literary movements. (Fall)
337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships
among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as
their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry
and prose. (Spring)
351 American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention
is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American
literature.
399 Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson.
423 Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works
of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to
the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary
form. (Alternate years, 1984-85)
438 Shakespeare
Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention
to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned
for reading analysis.
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources
of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 lndependent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
1 Foreign Languages
!I
7
Mary A. Kingsley (Chairperson), Ruth L. Aaskov, Leif E. Hansen, Mary E. Johnson,
Gunta Roientals, Natalia Sich, Donald Steinmetz
The study of foreign languages breaks down barriers of space and time. It permits
i us to reach beyond the boundaries of the English-speakingworld t o communicate
with other peoples, t o share their experience of being human. In short, our world
becomes larger, richer, and less provincial.
:
b
: The study of linguistics seeks to penetrate the secrets of language, to reveal the
:
operation of the communicating mind. It is in these ways that the study of foreign
languages and linguistics is central to a humanistic education.
.
1
b
Placement Levels: Students with previous foreign language study must register in
courses suited t o their level of preparation. Placement is according t o the number
of semesters one has studied that language: 0-2 = 111; 3-4 = 112; 5-6 = 211;
7-8 = 212; 9 or more = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level
should consult the chairperson.
5
Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take
a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language.
Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they are placed by
the department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was
originally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional.
,
Basic Requirements: Majors must take four of the upper division courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the upper division courses
at Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisite t o all upper division courses.
[ Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum of one upper
division credit per year attended. See department faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses and career information.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must
consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment
in the program. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offerings and should
be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation
and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure
requires successful completion of the Modern Language Association Competency
Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education.
Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply early in the senior
year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis
demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Chinese
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with
the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian
Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director.
French (FRE)
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 312, 331 o r 332, 350 o r 355, 351 o r
353, 450 o r equivalents. Study abroad required.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including o n e i n conversation-composition, o n e i n
civilization, and o n e i n literature. Interim, summer, o r semester i n France strongly
recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 upper division courses beyond 212, including o n e
i n conversation-composition, 350, o n e i n civilization. Study i n France strongly
recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim catalog.
01 1 Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring, On Demand)
111 Beginning French
Designed to introduce the French language and culture to the student with one year
or less of high school French study. Aims to develop four skills: understanding, speaking,
reading, and writing. Classroom practice in understanding, speaking, and reading basic
French. Four class meetings a week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
(Fall)
112 Beginning French
For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice,
and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
(Spring)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
21 1 lntermediate French
20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading and writing.
For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Laboratory work is an integral
part of the course. (Fall)
212 lntermediate French
Through articles, interviews and literary readings this course works toward the goals
of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills to pursue
general reading in French. Completes a review of basic structures. Laboratory work.
(Spring)
243 French Literature in Translation
Major representativeworks of French literature are read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted
with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore
standing. Fulfills only literature distribution requirement. Does not count toward a
French major or minor. (On demand)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Conversation-Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical
refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate
level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall)
312 French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing.
Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics
for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of
written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Spring, On demand)
331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the
modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual
materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
332 French Civilization Today
Topics in twentieth-century problems, idhas. Cultural manifestationsthat promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution to the contemporary
scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In
French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis.
In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works of French literature. Recommended for majors
and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
351, 353 Survey of French Literature
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, through the
reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written
reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
355 Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the
novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports,
and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
399 Internship
Upper division internship.
41 1 Advanced Conversation-Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political
interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level.
Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements
in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement
and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French.
For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
On demand)
499 lndependent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultationswith French teachers
required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early
with study adviser.)
German (GER)
Major: 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Semester in Germany
required.
Minor: 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or semester in Germany strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be
upper division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature.
111, 112 Beginning German
Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who have
had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing
basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German.
Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
211, 212 Intermediate German
For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures
with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through
reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring)
244 German Literature in Translation
Principal works of Gerrnan literature representing various periods and movements are
read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular
context of Gerrnan cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to
perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major
or minor. (Sophomore standing. On demand)
299 lndependent Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
301 German Business Communication
German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or consent of instructor. On demand)
311 German Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic
expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
331 German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the
Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the reemergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent
of instructor. Alternate years)
332 German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis.
In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing and discussing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors
and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
351 German Literature through the 18th Century
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang
literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings
in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural
and geopolitical context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express
ideas in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352 German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance
of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in
German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and
express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
353 German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international
stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing
his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control
of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. Fall)
451 German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
452 German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and
read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of indtructor. On demand)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Japanese (JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with
the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian
Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more
information.
Linguistics (LI N)
199 lnternship
lnternship for lower division credit.
217 ESL Workshop: Building Better English Skills
This course will assist international students in their initial linguistic and academic adjustment to college-level study in the U.S. The course is offered in five modules to meet
the differing needs of students with different kinds of backgrounds. Students register
for the modules corresponding to their needs as indicated by testing. The modules are:
Orientation, Pronunciation, Reading, and Writing.
218 Advanced ESL
The purpose of this course is to prepare international students for college-level studies
in the United States on an equal or near-equal linguistic footing with their American
fellow students. The course is offered in three modules to meet the different ESL needs
of different students: Pronunciation, Reading, and Writing.
289 Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analvis and general linguistic principles, with focus on
linguistic universals (organizational principles and featurn cornman to all languages)
and p.jychalinguistics (inquiry in to themechanics of language learning and the structure
of the mind as revealed in language). TheorericaE questions wilt be approached by
studying samples of various languages. No prerequ~site.Recommendedfor all language
majors and minors. (Fall)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
311 Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic
research with the aim of illuminating underlying phiiorophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be
contrasfed with those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic,
and communication theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome
the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On demand)
399 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Norwegian (NOR)
I:
I
Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311, 312 o r 331, 353,411. Study i n Norway
required.
Minor: 4 courses above 211, including o n e i n conversation-composition, o n e i n
civilization, and o n e i n literature. Study i n Norway encouraged.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics, European history.
111, 112 Beginning Norwegian
lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall;
112, Spring)
199 lnternship
lnternship for lower division credit.
21 1 Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or
equivalent.)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and
field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.)
I
312 Old Norse
An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study of selections
from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects of the
history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but
not required. Norwegian language majors/minors will have special assignments. (On
demand)
331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible),
the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language
will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
350 lntroduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis.
In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for
majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
On demand)
353 Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study
of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres
are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language,
particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian.
(Prereq.: 311 or equivalent. Alternate years)
399 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
41 1 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian
language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Russian (RUS)
One year of elementary Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Studies Program, which requires
two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus
Coordinator.
11 1, 112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through
oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab.
Spanish (SPA)
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,
354. Study in Spain or Latin America is required.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly
recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper
division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in
humanities.
1 1 1, 112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speakingworld. Laboratorywork
is an integral part of the course
199 lnternship
lnternship for lower division credit.
21 1, 212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate
intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic
structures of Spanish, and build conversationalskills through class discussions. Designed
for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (211 Fall, 212 Spring)
'1
>
216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
(See under Program in Global Community)
249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation. rhrough background reading and class discussion in English the w d e n t isacquainted with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in this course do- not count toward a
major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On demand)
261 Spanish Language
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SAUS and LISLA)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and
facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall)
312 Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in
Spanish a n d wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oraF and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic u a g e and the finer
points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background
from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. ( O n
demand)
331 Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.)
332 Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with consent
of instructor. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of fiierary dudies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis.
In the praaical component, students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and
discussing selected w a r h of literature in Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualifed students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on
the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion,
written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
354 Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral
reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
411 Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
456 Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in
the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey
course. Alternate years)
457 Spanish Novel
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain.
Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
General Studies (GST)
John A. Hill (Registrar), Garry W. Hesser, Joel Mugge, Donald Warren
Some courses help t o integrate learning around topics in ways which are different
from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating
faculty, and offerings of the Center for Global Service and Education.
005 Freshman or Transfer Seminar
An introduction to college academic life required of all new students at Augsburg. The
seminar meets regularly through the first half of the fall term. No course credit.
107 Integrative Pro-Seminar
The seminar focuses on selected issues, utilizing the insights, theories and approaches
of three disciplines for a more adequate understanding of a particular issue. Community
resource persons, simulations and discussions are used to integrate the disciplines focused on the same topic. No course credit.
140, 141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (1/2 course each)
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the philosophy
and student services available at Augsburg College. The course also f o c u w on irnproving those skills so impartant to academ~csuccess: reading rate and comprehension.
note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking.
concentration and memodzar~on,conflict management, assertiveness training, career
planning, and making decisions. (140, Fall; 141, Spring)
230 Cultural Issues Seminar
(See under Program in Global Community)
Health and Physical Education
Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), David Boots, Paul H. Grauer, Alvin L. Kloppen,
Douglas Nelson, Marilyn Pearson, JoycePfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad, Bethany Shifflett
The department prepares students for service in two majors, offers a specialization
in Corrective Therapy, and provides certification for coaching in Minnesota
schools. Students interested in DevelopmentaljAdapted Physical Education
should consult with the department chairperson.
xuaents are aavlsea to consult w ~ t han adviser in the department tor planning
purposes and with the Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher
licensure.
Men and women students interested in participating in intercollegiate sports or
intramurals may inquire with departmental personnel in Melby Hall.
Health Education (HPE)
Major: 110, 114, 115, 320, 354, 410; BIO 103, 108, 111; CHM 105 or 109; PSY
105; SOC 231, 241.
Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus 355. Students wishing to
become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
Minor: 110, 114, 115, 320; BIO 103; SOC 231.
110 Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual
and the community. (Fall)
199 lnternship
lnternship for lower division credit.
114 Health and Safety Education (1/2 course)
Principl~sand practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes
information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems
of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course.
'
115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information
about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age
children.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
320 School Health Curriculum
Techniques ior developing a course of study based upon growth and development for
grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the
major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series and consent of instructor.)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course)
Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional
and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: 350. Spring)
355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical
education. (Spring)
399 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with
laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320. Odd number years,
Fall, Interim)
485 Applied Adapted Activities
Explores recreation as applied to a corrective therapy program, application of corrective
exercise to the atypical, self care and ambulation, prosthetics and orthotics. Equal attention is given to physical and mental habilitation, physical education for the handicapped and recreation in rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 350, 351, 354. Summer school only)
488 Neurology (1/2 course)
A study of the nervous system and the diseases associated with it. (Summer School
only)
489 Pathology (1/2 course)
The nature and cause of disease involving changes in structures and functions. (Summer
School only)
491 Therapeutic Exercise
Exercise techniques as applied to various disbilities, testing muscle strength and range
of joint motion and association of muscle actions as applied to various human movements. Equal attention is given to human movement, kinesiotherapy and evaluation
and research applied to C.T. and A.P.E. programs (Prereq.: 350, 351, 354. Summer
School only)
493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy
A study of organization, administration, history, philosophy and professional ethics as
applied to C.T. intertherapy relations in a rehabilitation setting. Basic supervisory and
personnel management descisions and practices. Most of the course deals with organization and administration of C.T.; about one-sixth of the course deals with intertherapy
relations. (Summer School only)
495, 496, 497 Professional Affiliation
Includes actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry,
(2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology
and Pathology (Prereq.: 485, 491 and approval of department.)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Physical Education (HPE)
Major: 114, 115, 354, 355; 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474, 475; BIO
103.
Teaching Licensure Major: 114, 11 5, 354, 355; 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365,
471, 472, 474; BIO 103. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers should
consult w i t h t h e Education Department f o r requirements.
Major with Specialization in Corrective Therapy: 114, 115, 354, 355, 485, 488,
489,491, 493, Professional Affiliation Block 495-496-497-499; 223, 231, 232, 243,
350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474, 475, BIO 103; PSY 105, 355, 362. A l l C.T. specialists
must b e accepted by t h e Education Department f o r teaching and student teaching
in an adapted situation. Approval must b e secured by t h e corrective therapy
coordinator.
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department
chairperson for individual program planning.
Minor: 114, 115; 223, 231, 232 or 472, 243.
Coaching Endorsement: 243,351,475, one of 476-483, and practicum in coaching
(499 is an optional method for meeting the practicum requirement).
Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching
requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota
high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
002, 003 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement.
(Part-time students should consult with department chairperson) No course credit.
199 Internship
lnterrnship for lower division credit.
223 Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring)
231 Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall)
232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances.
Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing
selected social dances. (Interim and Spring)
234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course)
This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a
school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing,
cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to
spend some weekends participating in these activities. (Even number years, Spring)
243 History and Principles of Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
350 Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis
of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103; Fall)
351 Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles
applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Spring)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child
(See Health Education)
355 Tests and Measurement
(See Health Education)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and
secondary levels. (Fall)
373 Modern Dance (1/2 course)
An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and
problem solving. No previous dance experience necessary. (Interim)
399 Internship
Consult department chairperson.
471 Physical Education Programming
Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical
education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation.
(Prereq.: 243. Fall)
472 Gymnastics (1/2 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in
all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall)
474 Swimming and Aquatics
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to
junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall)
475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term)
476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd number years,
Fall, 1st half of term.)
477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Odd number
years, Interim)
478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd number years,
Interim)
479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Odd number
years, Spring, second half of term)
480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Odd
number years, Spring, 2nd half of term)
483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd number
years, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior
majors.
> History (HIS)
Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, Richard Nelson
History study at Augsburg College has led, for a considerable number of graduates,
t o careers in teaching on both the secondary and college levels. Fully as important,
in the minds of the department faculty, is the value of this discipline as one of
the major components of the liberal arts. History, well studied, trains the mind
in a manner that contributes significantly t o any career preparation, t o service in
community and church, and t o life enrichment.
Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and nonWestern.
Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may
take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the
required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more
information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator.
Minor: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances,
application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a
foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal
t o one course credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee.
Notes: Freshmen should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses. 221-222
are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Lower division
students are asked to take at least one lower division course before registering
for an upper level course.
There are 17 upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department.
Five or six are offered each term, or I1 per year. Offerings depend upon faculty
schedules and student registration.
101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece
and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century.
102 The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
103 The Modern World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present.
104 The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of
the last 200 years.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
221 U.S. History to 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestownthrough the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20fh Century
An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan,
India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective,
responses to impact of modernization and Western education.
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the
scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty
member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one
course in directed study may be applied to the major.
322 Modern Southeast Asia
A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this
area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
323 Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of
China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century.
324 Modern Japan
An examination of the emergence of lapan as a major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course wilt include a study of the distinctive features of the PreMeiji era, modern~zationfactors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China,
urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and
Africa.
331 Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see
History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration.
332 History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed.
345 Scandinavian-American Experience
(See under Scandinavian Area Studies)
347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective
(See under Program in Global Community)
353 Select Topics in Minnesota History
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and
political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th
centuries.
360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension
and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing,
achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions.
~ b HellenlStlC
1
breece
and Kome to 3 3 A.U.
~
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the
rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the
arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the
changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years
of the Reformation.
399 Internship in History
A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students
majoring in history. See department chairperson.
412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods
A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence
of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course. Emphasis is also placed
on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role in the world economy
and on the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods.
416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century
The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state.
Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714.
431 European Urban History
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture
of cities in Europe from the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with focus on specific
historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study
majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel.
440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History
This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires
and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and
Africa in the last fifty years.
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social
life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early
twentieth centuries. Attention is given to overseas emigration.
474 The World and The West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural
interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th
Century.
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor.
499 Independent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply for
directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be
applied toward the major.
Humanities (HUM)
Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), John Benson
The Humanities major provides the opportunity t o reflect across departmental
lines, t o experience the ways in which different academic disciplines approach
similar questions and issues, and t o participate in interdisciplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own major by choosing a theme or
topic you wish to study, and then by taking courses in various departments relating
t o that theme.
The major was created especially t o encourage students not majoring in the humanities but in such areas as science, business, or social science to broaden their
insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second major.
Major: 9 courses, including 275. Six of the courses must be upper division.
Courses must be selected from at least four of these seven departments - Art,
English, Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion, and Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. No more than three courses from any one department can be used t o satisfy the requirement.
Each student taking a humanities major will focus on some particular theme or
perspective which will constitute the core of the major program. Six of the nine
courses must be taken in this core. The core adopted and the courses chosen to
meet the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme
or perspective of the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities
Handbook or can be created by the student in consultation with an adviser in
the humanities. Further information concerning the core can be found in the
Humanities Handbook.
A student may not list a double major in humanities and in one of the component
disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in the humanities major is
significantly different from the other major.
275 Perspectives on the Humanities
An introductionto the humanities which focuses on different themes, depending upon
the instructor. The course correlates ideas, principles and values from the perspectives
of several of the humanities disciplines.
Interdisciplinary Studies (INS)
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, Program in Global Community, and Women's
and Minority Studies)
International Relations
Norma C. Noonan (Director)
lnternational Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both
breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of
the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and seven electives
chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged t o consider foreign study for Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required, but many students study two languages.
The goal of the program is t o give students a broad exposure t o international
studies with considerable freedom t o choose options for specialization. Students
In the recent past have focused their studies o n Latin America, the Middle East,
Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia, and others.
*
U
Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a foreign
language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the
International Relations major.
Major: 14 courses. (1) 7 required courses: ECO 122 or 123; HIS 103 or 104, 332;
POL 158 or 160, 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a modern foreign
language. (2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline
may be counted toward the major): HIS 322, 323, 324, 440, 474; POL 350, 351,
381, 382; SOC 241; PHI 355; REL 356; Comparative Economic Systems (ACTC
course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade; seminar, independent study, or interim course o n a relevant topic offered in the discipline of
economics, history and/or political science; the fourth term of college work in a
second modern language.
L
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major;
prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 14 required
courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and
disciplinary concentrations possible within the major, for example, a concentration
in an area of the world or in one af the major disciplines in the program.
5
1 Mathematics/Computer Science
Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad, Paul Hulse,
Leo Lake, Noel Petit
I
The Department of Mathematics provides a diverse program for students majoring
in mathematics or computer science and for students needing mathematics or
computer science background for other disciplines. Within the mathematics major
a diversity also exists t o provide programs for those interested in pure or applied
mathematics.
The computer science program has been developed to emphasize relationships
to other disciplines in a IiberaE arts curriculum. This program uses a PDP 11/60
computer for most of its curricuIum. Also available are several microcomputers
such as Apple II, Osborne, PLAT0 and Tektronix far use by students throughout
the college.
Mathematics Major: 9 courses including 124, 125, 215, 224, 314, 324. Also required: CSC 170 or 270. The following courses d o not count towards this major:
104, 114, 121, 122, 131. For teaching licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be
included. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised t o consult
with the Education Department for requirements.
Mathematics Major with Computer Science Concentration: 10 courses: 124, 125,
215, 224, 314, 355; CSC 170, 240, 345, 350. Also recommended, 226.
Computer Science Major: 9 courses including 240,345, 350,445,450; 270 or BUS
250; 3 electives from 340, 352, 395, 495, 497, MAT 355, PHY 261, and BUS 479
or SOC 363. Also required: 170 and MAT 124, 125, 224 or MAT 174, 175; MAT
215; BUS 379 or MAT 373 or SOC 362.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 i n mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent study at an advanced level w i t h participation i n a department
seminar.
Mathematics Minor: '5 courses, including 124, 125, 224. The following courses d o
n o t count towards t h e minor: 104, 114, 121,122, 131. For a teaching minor, t h e
t w o additional courses must b e selected f r o m 21 5, 314, 351, 373, 441.
Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including 170 (or M A T 175), 240, 345, 350,
and o n e course f r o m BUS 379, any CSC course over 260, M A T 355, PHY 261, o r
SOC 363.
Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling i n any course i n this department
t h e student must have satisfied certain course and/or placement test prerequisites.
A course must b e completed w i t h a grade o f 2.0 o r higher t o count as a
prerequisite.
The Placement Test is given during college orientation sessions and at other announced times during t h e year. Score requirements o n the test for entry t o courses
are: II f o r course 104; 111 for courses 114, 121, 122, 131; IV f o r courses 124, 174.
Students whose score is V, o r w h o have taken t h e College Board Advanced Placement Exam, should consult w i t h t h e department about appropriate courses.
Any exceptions t o course o r placement test score prerequisites must be approved
b y t h e instructor.
Mathematics Courses (MAT)
104 Basic Mathematics II
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring;
solving equations and inequalities in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and
graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does
not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. (Spring)
114 College Algebra and Trigonometry
A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric. Students
who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor.
121 Finite Mathematics
Topics of linearity and probability with applicationsto the social and behavioral sciences.
122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit.
(Spring)
124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences.
(Prereq.: 124 for 125; 125 for 224. 124, 224, Fall; 125, Spring)
131 Mathematics for the Arts
An introduction to the structure of mathematical systems and mathematical models
which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. (Fall)
174, 175 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science I, II
A study of discrete and continuous mathematicswith applications to computer science,
integrated with learning a higher level programming language. (Prereq.: 174 for 175.
174, Fall; 175, Spring)
21 1 Number Theory
A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: consent of the instructor)
215 Elementary Linear Algebra
A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and
matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
226 Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
314 Abstract Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall)
324 Advanced Calculus I
A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of
functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis.
(Prereq.: 224. Spring)
351 Modern Geometry
A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector
and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Alternate years, Spring 1986)
355 Numerical Analysis
A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational
problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general
concept of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems,
interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224, CSC 170 or 270)
373 Probability and Statistics
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and
densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project.
441 Foundations of Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.:
314, 324, concurrent registration, or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring 1985)
481 Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or consent of
instructor. Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science Courses (CSC)
145 Introduction to Computers
An introduction to computers and computer applications. Programming in a general
higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count
toward either a computer science major or minor.
170 Introduction to Structured Programming
An introduction to computer languages and algorithms, including applications from
mathematics, science, business, and other areas, programming in a higher level language
such as Pascal. (Prereq.: 145, MAT 124, or BUS 250. Spring)
174 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science I
(See MAT 174)
175 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science 11
(See MAT 175)
240 Elementary Computer Science
An introduction to computer organization and structure, assembly and machine languages, computer logic design, number and character representations, and functions
of components of computer systems. Continued development of structured programming concepts. (Prereq.: MAT 175 or BOTH 170 and MAT 124. Fall)
261 Electronics
(See under Department of Physics)
270 FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. (Prereq.: 145, 170, 175, or BUS 250.
Interim)
340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq. 240. Fall)
345 Computer Systems and Assembly Language
Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. Development of competence in assembly language programming. Elements of computer operation, including
input-output, interrupts, and an introduction to operating systems. (Prereq.: 240. Fall)
350 Data Structures and File Processing
Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of non-numerical problems. Applications
to data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing,
programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 240)
352 Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, including the development of an elementary database system. (Prereq.: 240.
Spring)
395 Topics
Study of intermediate topics, from such areas as computer graphics, artificial intelligence, computability, and automata.
399 Internship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project.
445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, mernon/ and process management, interactions between
major components oi computer swems, and a detailed studv of the effects of computer
architecture on operating systems will he emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.:
345, MAT 215. Spring)
450 Theory of Programming Languages and Compilers
Structure of computer programming languages, including data types and control structures, implementation considerations for programming languages, lexical analysis and
parsing, and interpretive languages. (Prereq.: 350, MAT 215. Fall)
495 Topics
Study of advanced topics, often more extensive pursuit of an area from one of the other
courses.
497 Research Project
An extensive group or individual project selected in consultation with a faculty member
in the areas of software-hardware interfacing. If directly supervised by a faculty member
the course may be laken for credit, (Prereq.: 345, 350. Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Medical Technology
Neal 0. Thorpe (Adviser); John 0. Swanson, Director, and Dorothy K. Karlen,
Education Coordinator, Metropolitan Medical Center; Nikola D. Kostich, Medical
Director, and Kathleen M. Shields, Program Director, Abbott Northwestern
Hospital.
This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or Abbott Northwestern Hospital.
Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital
with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work closeEy with the
Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 72-month internship. Students
must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Students transferring to Augsburg College with an Associate of Arts degree or its
equivalent should expect to spend two years at Augsburg before participating in
the internship year. The Medical Technology major is not designed for persons
who already have the baccalaureate degree from another institution.
Required Science Courses: 1) BIO 111, 112 and two additional upper division
(usually 367 and 476); 2 ) CHM 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 351, 352, 353; 3) PHY 103
(or 121, 122); one mathematics course; one course in immunology.
Hospital Internship Courses: During the internship, courses are taken in clinical
chemistry, clinical hematology, clinical immunology, clinical immunohematology,
clinical microbiology, and clinical microscopy for a combined value of nine courses
that are applied to the degree at Augsburg.
Metro-Urban Studies (INS)
Garry W. Hesser (Director), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson, Orloue Gisselquist,
Satya Gupta, Myles Stenshoel
Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in
sociology, social work, history, political science, economics, psychology, business
administration and education.
This faculty approves Urban Concerns courses t o meet the distribution requirement, provides leadership for the College's urban mission, and assists all departments and programs in using the remarkable metropolitan resources.
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), a consortium of 14 college and universities. The
director is sewing a second term as HECUA president. Through HECUA, Augsburg
students have access t o five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional
quality, located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America, San Francisco
and the Twin Cities.
Major: 15 courses, including 10 core requirements: ECO 123, 379 or SOC 362;
HIS 431; POL 122, 384 or SOC 363; SOC 111, 381; a minimum of one course of
internship or independent study; two non-social science courses with an urban
emphasis, at least one of which must be in the humanities (current options include
ART 102, BIO 105, ENG 351, INS 233, 260, PHI 362, PHY 111, SPC 342). PSY 356
is highly recommended.
To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks:
GenerallLiberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective
courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide
variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses
at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA).
Minor: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses
are required for the concentration: ECO 120 or 123; POL 122; SOC 111, 381; an
approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. Other combinations are possible and may be approved by the
director.
199 lnternship
Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Fall, Interim,
Spring and Summer)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and SOC
111 or 121. Fall, Spring, Summer)
399 lnternship
Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course
is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member.
(Prereq.: SOC 111 or 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: SOC 111 or
121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses u p o n t h e Twin Cities metropolitan area.
358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included
are government and institution publications, journal articles and books.
359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in
various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include:
geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services.
399 Internship
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an
internship of one or two courses.
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This interdisciplinary field learning program is at t h e University of Oslo and examines cities and urban life i n Scandinavia.
272 Norwegian Life and Culture
Language instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary to support student course
work and daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and
society is coordinated with the language instruction.
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Students are placed in intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. An
orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the
language instruction.
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian
cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work.
Emphasisis placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other
Scandinavian countries.
396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed
through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on
the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian
countries.
499 lndependent Study
In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS)
This "semester i n t h e city" program is located i n Bogota, Columbia. It focuses
u p o n urbanization and development i n t h e Third World.
261 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
361 lntrodudion to Columbia
Overview of Columbia and economic development.
362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff
and visiting Columbian urbanists.
363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City
Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota,
with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various
types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems.
499 lndependent Study
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
D. San Francisco Summer Term (SFST)
A nine-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent
study.
383 Field Seminar: San Francisco
(See MUST 359)
399 Internship
(See MUST 399)
499 lndependent Study
(See SUST 499)
E. Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA)
This n e w Spring semester program is an interdisciplinary field study that provides
extensive study-travel i n Colombia, Nicaragua, Puerto Rico and Grenada. Immersion i n Spanish language and Colurnbian culture are stressed.
261 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
360 Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Selected works of literature and theater that express writers' and artists' perspectives
on Latin American society and social change. Emphasis on contemporary period with
considerable field study, including interviews with community arts and "street" theater
groups, writers, literary critics, composers, performers and film-makers; small-group
field assignments on current arts activities; site visits to museum and gallery exhibits,
movies, plays, concerts and a variety of community arts events.
1
?
Z
!
364 Latin American Arts and Society
Introduces theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among arts, ideology
and society. Provides historical background through survey of Latin American thought
in major artistic periods: Colonial, Republican, Romantic, Positivist, Modernist, "lndigenismo," Realist and Contemporary. Readings and seminar lecture-discussions.
; 367 Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America
!
I
!>
Introduction to the study of ideology and historical overview of Latin American ideologies, especially in relation to issues of development and social change. Comparative
study of current ideological debates and their impact, with special attention to diffusionism, "dependencia," Marxism and liberation theology. Field study emphasizes local
resources, including interview-discussions with proponents of competing ideologies;
interviews with government, business, church and community people; site visits to projects reflecting ideology-in-practice.
1
,:
?
499 Independent Study
By special permission from LlSM faculty, students with advanced Spanish proficiency
can be exempted from Spanish and conduct independent study research instead.
I Music
L. L. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Michael Brand, Laine Bryce, Stephen
Gabrielsen, Thomas Gilkey, Cynthia Goetz, James D. Johnson, Robert Karlkn,
Merilee Klemp, Angela Wyatt Kretschmar, Nicholas Lenz, David Livingston, Paul
Lohman, Steven Lund, Roberta Kagin Metzler, Elizabeth Proctor Murphy, Celeste
O'Brien, Marlene J. Pauley, Pauline Sateren, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George
Stahl, Daniel Sturm, David Tubergen, Mary Wilson
The Department of Music serves the general education needs of students and
offers professional training in music. A vital component of liberal arts education
is provided for students from all disciplines by participation in the various ensembles, private lessons and other course study.
Distribution requirements: The following music courses satisfy the college requirements for:
Art-Music: 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble, 130, 230, 231,
232, 330, 341-342, 432.
Religion: 432
Minority Studies: 330
Music Minor: 6 course credits: 101, 102, 111, 112; 231 or 232; 341; 342 or 344;
4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with 4 quarter
courses in performance studies.
Music Majors: Students wishing t o make music their life work may choose a course
of study from among 5 majors in 3 degree programs. Bachelor of Arts-Music Major:
this major offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares students for
the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Bachelor
of Music-Performance Major: this major requires advanced competence and
achievement as preparation for professional performance, private teaching or advanced study. Music Education Major: this program, available in both the B.A.
and B.M. degrees, provides the requirements necessary for licensure and other
music education possibilities. Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy Major: completion of this major prepares students for the professional certification examination and a wide variety of career opportunities. Consult Music Department
Guides and program advisersfor additional information, requirements and course
sequence outlines.
Honors Major: Candidates tor the honors program are nominated each sprlng
from among those iuniors who have attained a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses.
A faculty cGmmittee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and
certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate
quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of 15
minutes duration; conducting an ensemble concert; or comtjinations of the above.
Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program.
Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (Level II
repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must
then apply, by petition, t o the department before the end of their second semester
of study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance
studies. Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, subject to
departmental approval of performance hearing and petition during their first semester in residence. Music Education majors, both B.A. and B.M. programs, must
apply, by petition, t o the department during the sixth term of study. Department
approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the
education licensure program. All transfer students must take the theory placement
examination at the first class meeting of 101 or 102. Freshmen who wish t o be
considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarship must perform in their major
performance medium for a faculty panel. Auditions are scheduled, following application, during the senior year of high school, summer orientation sessions or
at another time preceding initial registration.
Degree and Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major: 13 course credits: Core curriculum plus 1 course credit of music
elective; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses and 2 half courses in the major
instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a
half senior recital 458.
Music Education Major: 13 course credits: Core curriculum plus one half course
credit of music elective; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses and 2 half
courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument
or voice and a half senior recital 458; Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA
of 2.5 in all music courses;
Vocal emphasis - 251 and one of 252, 253, 254
Instrumental emphasis - 151, 155
Other requirements: 10 112 course credits: PSY 105; HPE 114, 115; EDS 265, 354,
355, 356, 357 or 358, 388, 478, 481, 483. Consult the Education Department,
Music Department Guides and program adviser.
Bachelor of Music
Music Education Major: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202, 212; Performance studies - 4 half courses, 2 full courses, and 2 quarter courses in the
major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a
half junior recital 358 and a full senior recital 459; Keyboard proficiency and a
cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium;
Vocal emphasis - 251, 252, 253, 254, 435
Instrumental emphasis - 151, 155 and 1 course credit of music elective
Other requirements: 10 112 course credits: PSY 105, HPE 114, 115, ED5 265, 354,
355,356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the Education Department,
Music Department Guides and program adviser.
Music Performance Major: 20 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202, 212; Performance studies - 6 full courses and 2 quarter courses in the major instrument
or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior
recitals 358, 459; Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the major
performance medium;
Voice - 251, 252, 253, 254, 435, one course of music elective, 2 courses of
French or German above the B.A. requirements
Piano or Organ - 301, 302, 436, 456, one half course credit of music elective
Instrument - 301, 302, one and one-half course credits of music electives
Bachelor of Science
Music Therapy Major: 18 course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit
of music therapy or music elective; two of 151, 155, 156; 271, 274 or 275, 372,
373, 472, 473, 474, 475, 479; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses in the
major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice
and a half senior recital 458; Keyboard proficiency and a minimum grade of 2.0
in each .music therapy course. Other requirements: EDS 282, 356, 357, 358; PSY
105,362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY 264. Graduates are eligible to take the National
Association for Music Therapy certification examination.
Core Curriculum and Applied Music
Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors): 101, 102, 111, 112, 201, 211, 231, 232,
311, 312, 341, 342 or 344; 8 quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance
studies and recital requirements as given under each specific degree and major.
French or German study as stated in general education requirements.
Ensembles: One quarter course credit per semester is granted t o members of
major ensembles (MUE 111, 112, 121, 141). Other ensembles carry no credit.
Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses.
The general student may register for credit with either traditional or PIN grading,
or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of 2 course
credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements.
Performance Studies: All students enrolled in Performance studies for credit are
required to satisfy each of the three synergistic elements: lessons, performances,
and listening. The general (non-music major or minor) student must take private
lessons for no credit (PIN grading only) and is not required t o fulfill the additional
performance and listening requirements.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available
for all students in the following categories:
No credit - one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week.
One quarter course credit - one half-hour lesson and 4 hours of practice per
week.
One half course credit - two half-hour lessons and 8 hours of practice per
week.
One course credit (B.M. only) - two half-hour lessons and 12 hours of practice
per week.
Performances: All students registered in performance studies for credit must perform at the end of each semester for a faculty panel, each year in a general student
recital, and as additionally required by the instructor.
Listening: All students registered in performance studies for credit are required
to attend 10 designated music events during the academic year. Failure t o attend
the required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, major ensemble home concerts, or other designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade
received in performance studies.
faculty members will deterriline the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a
prerecital hearing for senior B.M. recitals. Concurrent registration in performance
studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance.
B.A. and B.S. Candidates - one half senior recital 458 at repertoire level Ill.
B.M. Music Education Major - one half junior recital 358 at repertoire level
Ill and full senior recital 459 at repertoire level IV.
B.M. Performance Major - full junior (level IV) and senior (level V) recitals
358, 459.
Keyboard Proficiency: B.M., B.S., and B.A.-Music Education candidates must dem-
onstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by attaining a minimum grade of 2.5 in
155 or in each of two semesters of piano or organ performance studies.
Music Courses (MUS)
Theory
101 Materials of Music 1 (1/2 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part writing. (Fall)
102 Materials of Music 11 (1/2 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. (Spring)
111 Aural Skills 1 (1/2 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: Concurrent registration in or completion of 101. Fall)
112 Aural Skills 11 (1/2 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102. (Prereq.: 111
and concurrent registration in or completion of 102. Spring)
201 Materials of Music 111 (1/2 course)
Continuation of 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: 102. Fall)
202 Form and Analysis (1/2 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th Century practice. (Prereq.: 201. Spring)
211 Aural Skills 111 (1/2 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201. (Prereq.: 112
and concurrent registration in or completion of 201. Fall)
212 Aural Skills IV (1/2 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in 202. (Prereq.: 211 and
concurrent registration in or completion of 202. Spring)
301 Counterpoint 1 (1/2 course)
16th through 18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double counterpoint,
passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201, 211. Fall)
302 Counterpoint 11 (1/2 course)
Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok,, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Prereq.: 301. Spring)
311 Composition 1 (1/2 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound, ranges
of and arranging music for voices and instruments. (Fall)
312 Composition 11 (1/2 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types.
(Spring)
341 Basic Conducting (1/2 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score analysis and
preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. (Fall)
342 Choral Conducting (1/2 course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection. Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Spring)
344 Instrumental Conducting (1/2 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
The following courses will not be offered until the specific B.M. major in theory-composition
is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music.
401 Counterpoint 111 (1/2 course)
Advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 302. Fall)
402 Counterpoint IV (1/2 course)
Continuation of advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 401. Spring)
411 Composition 111 (1/2 course)
Individual and class instruction in all styles. (Prereq.: 312. Fall)
412 Composition IV (1/2 course)
Advanced compositional techniques. (Prereq.: 411. Spring)
History and Literature
130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music
majors.
230 Electronics in Music
Exploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the art. For non-music majors.
231 History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: 102, 112. Fall)
232 History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: 102, 112. Spring)
330 Ethnic Music
Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural relationship. For
the general as well as the music student. (Interim)
The following four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of music.
(Prereq.: 231, 232.)
331 Music of the Baroque Era (1/2 course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1985)
332 Music of the Classical Period (1/2 course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1986)
333 Music of the Romantic Period (1/2 course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1986)
334 Music of the 20th Century (1/2 course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1987)
432 Church Music and Worship
Development and inflence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship
practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology student. (Spring)
435 Voice Repertoire (1/2 course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th Century to
the present. (Prereq.: 231, 232. Alternate years, Fall 1984)
436 Piano Repertoire (1/2 course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17th Century to the present by listening, analyzing
and performing. (Prereq.: 231, 232. Alternate years, Spring 1985)
498,499 Independent Study (1/2 course each)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty.
Technique
151 Voice Class Methods (1/4 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
155 Piano Class Methods (1/4 course)
Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary
to meet specific degree requirements.
156 Guitar Class Methods (1/4 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
251 English Diction (1/4 course)
Fundamentalcourse in correct standard English diction for singing. Familiarization with
the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open t o all students registered for vocal
instruction.
The following three courses are continuations of 251 with application for the Italian, 'German
and French languages.
252 Italian Diction (1/4 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1985)
253 German Diction (1/4 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1986)
254 French Diction (1/4 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1986)
358 junior Recital
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level Ill for Music Education Majors or
full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No course credit.
456 Piano Pedagogy (1/2 course)
Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of various
pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring
1986)
)
I
!
1
i
T
/
458 Senior Recital
Half recital by B.A. or 8.5. candidates at repertoire Level Ill. No course credit.
459 Senior Recital (1/2 course credit)
B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by faculty committee. Repertoire Levels IV for Music Education majors and V for Music Performance
majors.
Therapy
170 Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to
various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major to give students a broad background in the ways in
which music is used as a therapy. (Interim)
271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (1/2 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applications of recreational music
activities to clinical settings.
274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
1
1
1
1
372 Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on acoustics
and sociopsychologicalaspects of music. An understanding of the research process and
development of an experimental research project. Practicum experience required as
part of course work.
373 Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musicar talent, and
performance. Practicum experience required as part of course work.
472 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological,
cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding of the theory of
music therapy.
473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings including
discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music.
474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (1/4 course each)
Senior year, volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two
hours per week.
479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (1/2 course)
Full-time placement in an NAMT internship setting for six months. Application for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited.
(Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements)
Ensembles (MUE) & Performance Studies (MUP)
Ensembles: These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined
by audition during the first week of fall semester. (Special circumstances may
permit entering at other times.) Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the
discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year
which, on occasion, includes interims.
While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble
experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chorale will satisfy
the major, minor or distribution requirements. Instruments are available for rent.
111 Augsburg Choir (1/4 course)
112 Chorale (1/4 course)
113 Chamber Choir (0)
114 Festival Choir (0)
121 Orchestra ( l / 4 course)
122 String Ensemble (0)
131 Woodwind Ensemble (0)
141 Concert Band (1/4 course)
142 Brass Ensemble ( 0 )
143 Jazz Ensemble (0)
Performance Studies: Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas
of study are available to the non-music major or minor on a no credit - P/N basis
only. (Group lessons, at a reduced fee, are available in some areas on the same
basis.) All lessons are adapted t o the individual needs of the student and those
bearing credit are supplemented by accompanying, ensemble participation and
other performances. Representative programs of study in private instruction are
outlined in Music Department Guides. These repertoire lists are graded I-V t o
indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study
has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors enter I and attain Ill; B.M.-Education Major - enter II and attain IV; B.M. Performance Major - enter I1 and attain V.
Il x Voice
12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello, Bass
13x Woodwinds: Oboe, Bassoon, Clarinet,
Saxophone, Flute, Recorder, Horn
14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone, Baritone, Tuba
15x Piano
16x Guitar
17x Percussion
18x Organ
Note carefully the following provisions:
1. Instrument rental, practice room reservations and performance study registration occurs the first week of classes in the Music Department office.
2. Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA average of 3.0 in
their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship
which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters
preceding graduation. Similar scholarships are available t o entering freshmen.
3. A semester of study i s 14 weeks of lessons. Any lessons during the interim or
summer are arranged privately with the teacher.
4. A student who cannot come for a scheduled lesson is required to notify the
teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately
prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson.
5. The music faculty reserves the right t o limit or even prohibit performance
outside the department if it interferes with musical growth for the student. The
department recommends, and on occasion assigns, the teacher to the student
and permission is required for subsequent change. Credit is granted only for study
with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department.
.
.
Natural Science
Kenneth N. Erickson (Coordinator)
The Natural Science Licensure Program for teachers is designed t o provide strong
preparation for science teaching and t o satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements.
In addition t o the broad basic background in science, the program is designed
t o allow for specialization in a major and for study in the liberal arts.
Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg t o recommend candidates in Life Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12;
Physical Science, Chemistry major or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemistry (minor), grades 7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and Science (Grades 5-9).
Students planning t o teach Natural Science must complete the Broad Base courses
and in addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or
Middle School Emphasis.
The program of courses is designed t o provide a broad, basic background in
science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume
that the student will meet the general education requirements of the college and,
in the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is recommended.
Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in earth science (PHY 101 or 106); 2 in life
science (BIO 111, 112); 4 in physical science (PHY 121, 122 and CHM 115, 116
or 105, 106). To make the program slightly more flexible, it is recommended that
students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and
substitute PHY 103 for 121, 122.
Life Science Emphasis: Broad Base plus 8 courses, 1 cognate; 7 BIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or 353;
(11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476.
Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: Broad Base plus 7 courses and
chemistry seminar, C H M 351, 352, 353, 361 and 364 (or BIO 367), 482, PHY 245.
Physical Science Emphasis - Physics Major: Broad Base plus 7 courses, PHY 245,
351, 362, 395 and three additional t o be selected from 261, 270, 352, 363, 481,
486, 488.
Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon
completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science Emphasis - Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may
teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12.
Science (Grades 5-9): Broad Base plus 7 courses, 2 in earth science (PHY 101 or
106, the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base section); 2 in life science
(and two biology courses above 112); 3 in physical science (CHM 353; PHY 245).
Licensure with Minor: For life science, Broad Base plus 7 courses in Biology; for
chemistry, Broad Base plus 351, 352, 353, 361 and 364 or 482; for physics, Broad
Base plus any four courses above 122.
Nursing (NUR)
Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Nancy B. Dillon, Carol Hoffman, Alice Stark, Pamela
Weiss-Farnan, Helen Woelfel
Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates
of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in
Minnesota.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree
or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of
2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and
physiology, microbfology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another
accredited college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. The
prerequisite courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology
listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission to the major.
In addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated
clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are
given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice within the past five years. This may
include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent.
Major: 11 courses (10 course credits) in nursing including 303,304, 310, 311, 325,
330, 350, 403, 404, 423, 427; PSY 355 or an approved upper division biology
course. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and a cumulative GPA
of 2.5 at the completion of the courses of study are required. Courses in interpersonal communications and ethics are supportive t o the major.
Courses in the nursing major are designed so that they may be completed within
two academic years. However, more than two years may be required t o complete
the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from
other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time study.
Students interested in pursuing day, summer, or weekend part-time study should
consult with an adviser from the nursing department for program planning.
Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; application to the
department chairperson by November 7 of the senior year; recommendation by
nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April
15. Candidates register for 499 to comple!e the thesis.
303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course)
This course is one of the transitional courses that introduce the student to components
of the professional role and begin the professional socialization process. The communication process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship
is established and maintained. Interactive and group communication theories are explored for their applicability to changing roles and professional practice.
304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course)
This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional
development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected
nursing conceptual models are examined.
310 Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply
to current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Clinical application of
course content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community
health issue.
311 Community Health Nursing I1
This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community characteristics
and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a
member of the health team is explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The
student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care
to a selected caseload of clients. (Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, PSY 355)
325 Nursing Process
In this course the student learns approaches to assessment and the use of assessment
tools in the nursing process. The student uses communication skills to obtain a health
history and negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an
opportunity to make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework.
(Fall-junior year.)
330 Trends and lssues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional
nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored in light of
their implications for nursing practice.
350 Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course.
Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for
its applicability to nursing practice.
403 Contemporary Nursing Ill
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content includes family
as a group, family and group dynamics in light of situational and developmental events.
Consideration is given to the emerging role of the nurse in family health care. (FallSenior year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior t o or concurrently with
423)
404 Contemporary Nursing IV
This course relates leadership and management theories and emerging professional
nurse roles to primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system
dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role
development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403. To be taken prior
to or concurrently with 427)
423 Practicum in Nursing I
This course is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content
from 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting.
(Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403')
427 Pradicum in Nursing I1
This course is a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity
is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected hospital setting.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403,423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404')
499 Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected
topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals,
objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration.
'If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses,
students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the
theoretical content.
Philosophy (PHI)
M a r k Fuehrer (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Bruce Reichenbach
The department offers a full major i n philosophical studies as well as a minor and
supporting courses such as philosophy of science and political philosophy, de'signed t o give students a philosophical perspective o n other disciplines.
Four courses i n t h e history o f philosophy, spanning a period f r o m classical antiquity t o contemporary throught, give students a unique perspective o n t h e discipline through close study o f philosophical texts i n their historical contexts.
The department strives t o teach t h e principles of philosophy i n their o w n right
and stimulate their application i n other areas of learning.
Major: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, 344, and o n e course i n t h e 400's
(other than 499). Five of t h e courses must b e upper division.
Honors Maior: Admission t o t h e Philosophy H o n o r s program is by recornmendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations w i l l be made at the end
of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved
topic of the student's choice, involving research above the'course level, and a
defense o f this thesis before the faculty of the department.
Minor: 5 courses, including t w o f r o m 241, 242, 343, and 344.
Note: 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling t h e general education
requirement.
110 lntrodudion to Philosophy: Ideas and Method
Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been
critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason
for this is that individuats jack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had
little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to wedern culture. The
purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience in examining
ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and
construct a system of ideas and beliefs.
120 Ethics
Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it a5 wrong. Why do you
think it is right? Because p u like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something
right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making
moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting
from them.
130 Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments.
199 lnternship
Internship for lower division credit.
241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle
How did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what
did they believe?Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important,
and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers
to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
2
242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith,
explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new
methodology of the 7 7th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prlor course, 241.)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Where does knowledge begin?In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really
d
have on philosophy? This course
know about the world? What impact d ~ Romanticism
studi- the major empiricists of the '18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hurne]. Kant's synthesis of philosophy, l W h century ideatism, and the reaction to idea'fism by men such
a5 Mam, Kierkegaard and Nieksche. (Fall. Suggested prior c~ucse,241 or 242.)
344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language?Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other iss~resare
dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism,
existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 247, 242, or 343.)
350 Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does Cod exist, and what can be said
about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of Cod with human and animal
suffering?Is man really immortal?Are miracles possible?We will conduct a systematic
inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one
prior course in philosophy.)
355 Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.)
362 Political Philosophy
As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What is the retation between
the citizen and the city? In a larger context, what is the origin of the State andfhe basis
for its laws? What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the
Church and the State? This course studies the key concepts of politics iound in the
tradition of western political thought.
365 Philosophy of Science
The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported t o be profoundly different and
better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?What conRitrrles xierrtific knowledge?
Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the
methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these
questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in
the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural science.)
370 Existentialism
Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist
authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such
themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course
in philosophy)
380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and
delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and
euthanasia.
399 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
410 Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought
of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific
problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once
for credit. (Suggestedprior courses, any from 241,242,343,344 or consent of instructor.)
430 Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes,
Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. (Suggestied prior courses:
241, 242, 343, or consent of instructor.)
499 Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
Physics (PHY)
Kermit E. Paulson (Chairperson), Cynthia Blaha, Mark J. Engebretson, Kenneth N.
Erickson
The physics department offers a traditional, rigorous major providing in-depth,
undergraduate preparation for successful graduate work and scientific careers.
Approximately two-thirds of our graduates have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a fine selection of universities.
The department supervises the pre-engineering program at Augsburg with degree
programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelor's and the
master's level.
Faculty members are all active i n high quality basic research or consulting activities
related t o their specialties. This continues t o provide outstanding undergraduate
research experience for our upperclass physics majors.
Major: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses
above 122. I n planning their courses of study, students are encouraged t o work
closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT
124,125, and PHY 121,122 the freshman year, and MAT 224 and 226 the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised t o refer
t o the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
Honors Major: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report.
Application for the honors major should be made n o later than the first term of
the senior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122.
Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students
provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society
and of participating i n the physics community o n a professional basis. Membership
in SPS is open t o all students interested i n physics.
Jlgrna rl Blgrna: MemDersnlp I n r n e nugsDurg cnaprer or rnls narlonal pnyslcs
honor society is open t o those students w h o have completed t h e equivalent o f
a minor i n physics, have a GPA o f 3.0 i n physics and overall, and rank i n t h e upper
third o f their class.
101 Astronomy
A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3
one-hour lectures.)
103 Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology,
psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other
health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution
requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
Elementary algebra. Fall)
106 Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere. The course is designed to
provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding
weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of the
earth and to the many varied aspects of weather, some of which include: Clouds and
precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical phenomena of the sky. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution
requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring)
111 Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention
will be given to the interaction of physics and its associatedtechnology with philosophy,
religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead
up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in
the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
121, 122 General Physics I, II
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering
students and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3 one-hour lectures,
3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring)
199 lnternship
Internship for lower division credit.
245 Modern Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This
course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half
of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in
analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103,111 or
122; and MAT 122 or 125)
270 Optical Physics
The emphasis is on physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for
a wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122,On demand)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
351, 352 Mechanics I, 11
A careful study of clasical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
hagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include consewation principles, single
particle motion, systems of part~cles,osciltatory systems, cent ral-force motion, dynam~cs
o i r i ~ bodies,
d
gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring)
362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II
The daaical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnctostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic
radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226. 362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 Comprehensive Laboratory
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in phys
ics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, therrnodynamie, vacuum physics,
electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory
and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor.)
399 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
481 Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical,
microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates. the Schrwdinger
equation, operators, wavefunaionr, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied indude potential wells and patential
barriers, the hamanic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
245, 351. Fall)
488 Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3
onehour leaures. Prereq.:486. Spring)
499 lndependent Study
An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or
theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors
and seniors with departmental approval.
1
r
Political Science (POL)
Milda Hedblom (Chairperson), Mary Ellen Lundsten, Norma Noonan, Myles
Stenshoel
Firmly grounded in the liberal arts, the department has roots in philosophy and
history and relationship t o the sciences and mathematics through its use of statistical analysis.
Strengths include the balanced expertise of the faculty, with special strengths in
politics and the communications media, politics of communist systems, and the
political interpretation of public law.
The major guarantees a breadth of understanding of the field and one or two
sub-fields, providing a firm foundation for graudate work in political science,
public administration, law and other professions.
Theoretical skills of analysis are supplemented and applied through a highly successful internship program.
Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362). Required: 121 or 122 or 160
or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of 5 Political
Science Areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area.
Honors Major: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point werage mud be 3.5
in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study
and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an
Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work
with any member of the department on their Honors Thesis, For specific requirements, consult the departmental chairperson. Students should apply for the Honors Major no Iater than the first term of the junior year.
Minor: 5 courses,,including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division
courses in 3 out of 5 Political Science Areas.
Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics (11) Comparative
Politics and Analysis (Ill) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory
and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only
one area toward major or minor requirements,
Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a political science
major in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with
state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson.
See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121 American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas; the pattern
of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking; and current issues in American society.
122 Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and
meetings with political experts and activists.
325 Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United
States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political
and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1course in Political Science or consent of instructor)
326 Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties
in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media
in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 course
in Political Science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years)
342 Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass
media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking,
entertainment and public affairs programming.
370 Constitutional Law I
(See Section IV for description. Alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law II
(See Section IV for description. Alternate years)
421 Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial proces;, and policy process
in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or consent of instructor. On demand)
II. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with
some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
350 Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent
of instructor)
351 Communist Political Systems
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of
political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political
Science or consent of instructor)
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
(See Section V for description)
459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or consent of instructor. On demand.)
Ill. International Politics
160 World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics
of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent
problems.
363 Communist Foreign Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course
in Political Science or consent of instructor)
461 Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy
decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
IV. Public Law
170 Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law;
law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
370 Constitutional Law I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political
system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
371 Constitutional Law II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as
applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of
individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section II for description)
380 Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or consent of instructor.)
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence
of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective.
(Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor.)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the
doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or consent of instructor.)
384 Political Analysis
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an
examinafion of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research
requ~red.(Prereq.: Stat~sticalAnalysis; 158 and two upper division courses, or consent
of rnstructor.)
Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199 lnternship
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine
project. (PIN grading only unless lnternship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
295 Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(On demand)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
399 internship
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor. PIN grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor.)
498 lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
499 lndependent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: consent
of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Program in Global Community
Joel Mugge (Director)
The Center for Global Service and Education offers a Program in Global Community in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is the setting for a spring semester academic
program which brings together undergraduate students from various colleges in
a living/learning community. Its primary focus i s the study of issues related to
global justice and human liberation in light of the Christian proclamation. Courses
are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed.
SPA 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for three hours a day for six weeks of the semester.
Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by program director)
INS 311 The Development Process
This seminar focuses on specific global and interpersonal developmental processes.
Particular theories of development and educational approaches are critically examined.
As an integrative seminar, the course attempts to pull together the many aspects of the
overall program. The seminar provides students the opportunity to reflect critically on
their own educational process as well. Applications from Brain-Mind Confluent Education are utilized to help integrate the scope and diversity of experiences. (Required
course)
CST 230 Cultural issues Seminar
This seminar consists of a series of eight mini-courses offered in a number of relevant
topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each mini-course consists of 12 hours.
Any four mini-courses fulfill the requirements of the seminar. (Either this course or HIS
347 required)
HIS 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective
Four specific mini-courses together provide a rather comprehensive view of Mexico's
historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day. (Either this course
or CST 230 required)
IN>
ulreaea >way
499 Independent Study
This preferably is in a student's major or minor discipline, developed ahead of time in
consultation with a departmental adviser on the home campus and the program director. The topic a student chooses should be relevant both to the discipline and the
theme of global community. (Optional fourth course)
LYY
RE1 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression
and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination of the
emerging "Theology of Liberation" as articulated by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly involved in local parishes and development projects
in Cuernavaca. (Prereq.: one course in religion or theology. Optional fourth course)
Psychology (PSY)
Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace B. Dyrud, Norman B.
Ferguson, Duane Johnson
The department emphasizes a scientific approach t o understanding human nature.
Faculty expertise is diverse with interests ranging from biological bases of behavior
to psychotherapy.
Psychology majors must have a firm grounding in research methods and statistics.
The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the department
and is approved by the chairperson. The overall plan is directed toward a basic
understanding of the discipline of psychology and the particular educational,
vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan for the
major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year.
Practical experience is available through the department's internship program.
Facilities include laboratory areas, specialized classrooms and computer facilities.
Major: 10 courses including 105, 264, 265, 381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum
of 5 courses at Augsburg; PHY 103. Not more than two courses from among 299,
399 and 499 may be counted toward requirements for a major. It is recommended
that psvcholoav maiors take additional course work from other areas that will
complehent avn'd st;engthen their particular interests in psychology; for example,
developing a minor in business administration, biology, or communication.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department
chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not
more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor.
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 264 (or SOC 362), 399,450;
SOC 362, 363. These courses are designed to provide background and skills to
perform as a research assistant for agencies or firms which do program evaluation
or self-assessment programs. See department chairperson ior further details.
105 General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose
of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major
sub-areas, is emphasized.
199 lnternship
lnternship on lower division level.
251 Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the
processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and
subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years)
264, 265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem
solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for
credit without continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the
term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105)
299 Directed Study
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical
systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into
practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development
of children. (Prereq.: 105)
352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory
related to development during the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 105)
353 Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory
related to development during the middle adult and older adult periods of life. Includes
perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 105)
355 Brain & Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in
animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation &
emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105)
356 Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on
behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality,
defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities.
(Prereq.: 105)
357 Learning
Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior
change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105)
359 Mental Testing
Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence. (Prereq.: 105)
361 Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward
personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105.)
371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male
A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status of each
sex and psychophysiological data bearing upon these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or consent of instructor)
373 Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such
as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social
influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105)
375 Social Psychology
(See under Department of Sociology)
381 Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.:
two psychology courses. Alternate years)
399 Internship
Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
450 Program Evaluation
The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to programs for
social improvement. Designing information systems for the ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing program effectiveness and efficiency. The
political and organizational context of program monitoring and evaluation. The role of
evaluation research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264 or SOC
362; SOC 363)
485 Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration
given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses)
490 Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychologythat are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.:
105 and consent of instructor. Alternate years)
493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues.
(Prereq.: 5 courses)
7
499 Independent Study
Limited registration by special permissionfor advanced students in psychology. Students
must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale
and purpose for the proposed study.
Religion (REL)
Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), John Benson, Bradley Holt, Stephen H. Pinsky,
Eugene M. Skibbe
The primary orientation of the department is t o provide a series of courses which
will enable students t o become better acquainted w i t h t h e content and character
o f t h e Christian faith and enable t h e m t o reflect theologically o n their o w n religious commitment.
Additionally, the department offers some courses which provide the possibility
for the student to be introduced t o other religious traditions, and some "bridge
courses" which point to the relationships between religion and other disciplines.
Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 481 and 495, the seminar especially
for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking seminar, each major
must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied t o the major. One
upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 358, 360 or 483,
362, 399, 471 or 473, 481. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead t o Augsburg certification.
Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular
teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, fie
courses in religion are required: 111, 221, 362, The Christian Day School (Interim)
and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in
both a public school sett~ngand in a Christian Day School.
This program prepares students who are interested in teaching in Christian Day
Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran Church, although participation is not limited to such schools.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved
by the department and colloquium with the department.
Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the
minor.
Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (111, 221, 356, 358, 360 or
483, 362, 399, 471 or 473, 481); HPE 232; PSY 105, 351, 352 or 371, 485; SOC
111 or PSY 373, SOC 231; SPC 354 or 355. This program meets or exceeds the
educational requirements of The American Lutheran Church, but certification by
the church is a separate function. By adding two or three courses from appropriate
departments, the student can develop special emphases in parish education, business management or diaconal work.
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for
Religion Department and/or general education course credit.
All majors are urged to consult with the department chairperson.
111 Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between
the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
199 lnternship
lnternship on lower division level.
221 Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of
biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church.
299 Directed Study
Independent study on lower division level.
s>u rnllosopny or tcellglon
(See under Department of Philosophy)
353 Denominations and Sects in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects.
Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring)
356 History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including
Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some
discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall)
357 Survey of Church History
A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Refamtation, and modern periods.
Some attention to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods in
question. The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state, and the
development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study. (Not offered 1984-85)
358 Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education
and curriculum, youth work and parish work.
360 Religion
and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements
in American society. (Spring)
361 Church Fathers
A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including
such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity
in conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early
Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a
special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. (Spring 1985)
362 Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth
century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative
figures. (Fall)
363 Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this
country. (Offered as funding permits)
366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
(See under Program in Global Community)
399 Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least
first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines.
432 Church Music and Worship
(See under Department of Music)
471 Jesusand His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particuSarly the Gospels, dealing with
their context, literary structure and relationships. AtZention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 Theology
-. of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Alternate years,
Spring, 1986)
473 The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought
with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Alternate years, Spring 1985)
475 Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaismfrom the end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such
modern Jewishthinkers as Buber and Heschel. The JewishChatauqua Society annually
makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered
in the religion department. (Fall)
481 Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today,
as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task
of the Christian Church. (Spring)
483 Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspectivefor critical reflection upon
moral action. (Fall)
486 Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional
Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the
field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have
been influenced by them. (Alternate years, Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission
of instructor. (Fall)
499 Independent Study
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines.
Russian Area Studies
Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator), Natalia Sich
Russian Area Studies is an ACTC joint major which seeks to give the student the
broadest possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The major is interdisciplinary and offers perspectives on
Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language
is offered.
This major i s a good foundation for students preparing for careers in government,
teaching, international business, or law, especially when combined with a second
major in a field such as business, economics, history, language, political science
or theology. It also is a good foundation for graduate study in history, political
science, language and literature or international relations.
Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course
in Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses from approved
electives.
a
Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course in Soviet politics; 1 course in
Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives.
.
Each student's major program must be approved by the coordinator.
!
Scandinavian Area Studies (SCA)
!
b
;iII
I'
:
j
:
Foreign Language Department Chairperson
Major: 8 upper division courses.
Minor: 4 upper division courses.
Note: Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or
transferred t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e.,
courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate
level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign Languages.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective courses
which may lead toward a second major such as English, history, urban studies,
business administration.
272 Norwegian Life and Culture
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
312 Old Norse
(See under Department of Foreign Languages - Norwegian)
330 Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable
but not required. (On Demand)
345 Scandinavian - American Experience
The Old World Background and rise of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land,
aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (On Demand)
351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist,
Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and
written work in a Scandinavian language. (On Demand)
352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama
with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (On Demand)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(See under Department of Religion)
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
382 Scandinavian Arts
(See under Department of Art)
396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
(See under Department of History)
495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience
(Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar)
499 Independent Study
In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science
Khin Khin Jensen
A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is
significantly different from the other major.
Non-Western Major: 14 courses: HIS 104; 1 social science methodology course
(ECO 379, PSY 264, SOC 362 or 365); and 12 courses, in at least 4 disciplines,
from the following: ECO 122, 258; HIS 103, 322, 323, 324, 440, 474; POL 351,
363, 382,461; PHI 355; RE1 356; SOC 241; seminars, independent study or interim
courses on relevant topics in History and/or Political Science. The student planning t o fulfill this social science major should consult the chairperson of the
Department of History in choosing a major adviser.
Social Studies
Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator)
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete,
in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of
Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation
in the social sciences.
Social Studies Teaching Licensure: 7 courses (ECO 122 or 123, HIS 222, POL 158,
PSY 105, SOC 121 and 241) plus a major in one of five fields - Economics, History,
Political Science, Psychology or Sociology.
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon
as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies
Coordinator.
51 Social Work
(SWK)
Douglas Perry (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Edwina L. Hertzberg
"Education for Service" has long been a motto at Augsburg College and it exemplifies the philosophy of the Social Work department.
The major program prepares graduates for entry-level professional practice in the
field of human services. The program is accredited by the Council o n Social Work
Education, and leads t o a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is based o n
a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates t o work with individuals, families, groups and communities.
The Social Welfare minor and electives i n the department allow students t o support another major with knowledge about human needs and growth, human
services, and the methods of effective citizenship.
Excellent field work opportunities exist within the Twin Cities metro area, which
supports a system of human services considered among the best i n the nation.
Major: 9 Core Program courses: 361, 363, 364, 461, 462, 463, 465, 466, 467, 469;
and 9 Supporting Program courses: 257, 260; BIO 101; PSY 105; SOC 12.1, 231,
365, 375, 383. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor i n that discipline.) A
minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course i n the Core Program and the
Supporting Program.
Candidacy: Social work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all Core
and Supporting Program courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy
review (Exception: SOC 365 may be taken i n the senior year if necessary.)
Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses, including 257 (or approved alternative), 361,
463; 260 or SOC 375; SOC 383; and one of 465, POL 121, 158, 325.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of EDS 388.
Elective courses open to all students:
257 Exploring Human Services
With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer
in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals,
social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent
study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended
for freshmen and sophomores.
260 Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth
through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological
factors which influencethe growth of individualsand families in contemporary American
society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human
growth, the impact of "sustaining environment" factors, and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic
and/or life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through
use of their own experiences.
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest. Proposed
study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of
instructor)
340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population,
older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older
population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in Senior
Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor)
361 Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The
major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and
governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and
agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor. Fall)
399 Internship
Providesfield learning experience for the non-major and supplements the required field
work of majors (Prereq.: consent of department chairperson)
463 Community Development and Organization
Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of social change, 2)
understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3)
examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community
organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the essential principles and
techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or consent of instructor. Fall)
465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis
associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work
practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with
an elected public policy maker. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper
integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361, 463, and senior or
consent of instructor. Spring)
468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course)
Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (Prereq.: consent
of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
(Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and
consent of instructor)
Courses reserved for Social Work majors only:
363 Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques
of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work
practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each
week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. Spring)
364 Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small
group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with
363. Spring)
461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and
regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development
of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Lectures and/or laboratory exercises
each week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and in 364, candidacy status. Concurrent with 462. Fall)
462 Field Work 11:
Progressively responsiblesupervised professionalsocial work experience including work
with individuals, families, groups andlor communities in a social service agency. Ten
hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: Candidacy
status; concurrent with 461; Fall)
466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course)
Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461,
462, 463)
467 The Social Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies
and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the
course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.:
Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461, 463.)
469 Field Work IV (formerly 464)
Continuation of 466 during the spring term. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 466,
concurrent with 467)
Sociology (SOC)
Gordon L. Nelson (Chairperson), Jerry Gerasimo, Garry Hesser, Anita Kolman,
Diane Pike, Joel Torstenson
Sociology seeks to describe and explain the many patterns which form a society
or social structure, to understand the great variety of institutions within a society,
and to evaluate social institutions and programs.
Sociology can be preparation for a career in law, social work, the ministry, urban
planning, government or business. A sociology minor provides a better understanding of the social processes for majors in psychology, social work, and
education.
The department urges students to use Augsburg's unique urban setting as a "laboratory" for learning.
Major: 10 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375, 485. Highly recommended: a
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course, internship, independent study
or upper division interim course in sociology. This recommendation is made in
the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models
offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning
areas of concentration.
bf
3.0 overall.' Application f o r honors i n sociology candidacy shall consist
submission o f thesis proposal t o Department Chairperson before April 1 o f t h e junior
year. Candidacy is contingent u p o n departmental approval o f proposal b y April
30 o f junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, t h e student will register f o r
499 t o complete w o r k o n thesis. Honors i n sociology will b e granted t o a candidate
w h o successfully defends t h e thesis before M a r c h 31 o f t h e senior year and maintains t h e CPA through graduation.
Minor: 5 courses including 1 2 1 and t w o upper division courses (i.e.,
above.)
300 and
Certificate i n Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 362 (or PSY 264), 363,450;
PSY 399. These courses are designed t o provide t h e cognitive background and
skill development t o perform well as a research assistant f o r agencies o r firms
which d o program evaluations o r an employee w h o can develop and maintain
ongoing self-assessment programs f o r an employer agency. See department chairperson f o r further details.
111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective
of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in
the context of urban institutions and processes.
121 Principles of Sociology
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and
a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for discovering the world and one's place
in it.
199 lnternship
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine
project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer)
231 Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection,
marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context.
241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we see and live in
the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relation to culture. An analysis of selected aspects
of Western culture.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 121 and consent of instructor.
Fall, Spring, Summer)
300, 301, 302, 303, 304 Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not
satisfied by regular course offerings. May be offered on campus in addition to regular
course offerings or off campus in conjunction with Augsburg's Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) Program. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
360 Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements
and institutions in American society.
362 Statistical Analysis
The first course in a two-course sequence introduces quantitative analysis. The fundamentals of descriptive and inferential statistics for the social sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors, but recommended for others needing
a background for social science. (Prereq.: working knowledge of high school algebra
and consent of the instructor. Fall)
363 Research Methods
This second course exposes students to the skills involved in research design and measurement techniques. The practice of social research is learned through class activities
and individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken immediately after
362. (Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring)
373 Crime and Corrections
An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation
and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.:
121)
375 Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual behavior and
society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in
understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life
- a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction,"
an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the
major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121 and PSY 105)
381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the present and
future metropolis. Particularemphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches
to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Cities region will
be compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources include extensive readings, simulations, films, and outside speakers
in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or consent of instructor. Spring)
383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (PIN grading only)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: consent
of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
485 Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course
of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 121 or consent of instructor. Fall)
498 Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
(Prereq.: 111 or 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and
consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts (SPC)
Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Deborah Bart, Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Howard Liszt, Gary Parker
The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for
different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guidesfor each
area are available from the Department Chairperson or the Office of Admissions.
Theater study i s more than putting on plays. It is a serious study that combines
the fine arts with many other fields. Minneapolis is an ideal place to study theater,
because the Twin Cities have so many active theaters. In our program, we use
the local theater scene as a learning laboratory. Also, professional theater people
are regularly involved in our program as instructors and as guest directors.
Augsburg offers accredited programs leading toward certification of secondary
school teachers in speech, theater arts, and a combined speech-theater major.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application
to be made early in the senior year.
Communication Arts
Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible t o work
out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take
111, PSY 105, SOC 121 or 241.
Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and ENG
225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing
and typing. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: 111;
PHI 130; PSY 105; SOC 121 or 241, 375.
Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department.
Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,241 or 343, 350,
351, 352, 354, 360; Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. Recommended: 366, courses in theater, participation in drama.
Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the following: 241 or 343,
350, 351, 352, 354, 360 and participation in forensics.
Note: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize
in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of these
must be combined with at leas an EngIish minor, preferably a major. The communication major o r miner does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult
with the Department of Education far requirements in Education. 716 is strongly
recommended for students i n elementary education,
111 Beginning Speech
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening.
132 Photography
(See under Department of Art)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
227 Advanced Writing: Journalism
(See under Department of English)
225, 330 Visual Communications I, II
(See under Department of Art)
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
(See under Department of English)
242 Film-Making
(See under Department of Art)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
342 Mass Communications in Society
(See under Department of Political Science)
343 Radio-Television Production
An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis
on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10.
Fall)
350 Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating,
and listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years.
Fall)
351 Argumentation
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 Persuasion
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring)
353 Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements
in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Junior, Senior. Communication
major or consent of instructor. Spring)
354 Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication
barriers.
373 Organizational Psychology
(See under Department of Psychology)
399 lnternship
(Consult the Department Chairperson for details.)
495 Independent Study in Communication
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
499 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
Theater Arts
Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning
t o major in theater arts should begin with courses 111, 116, and 228. 111 is not
part of the major.
Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, plus 111. This major should be supported by
several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama.
A. Acting Emphasis: 116,228, 232, 343,350,360, 361,366,432, and the children's
theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema art,
and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include
6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship.
B. Directing Emphasis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 366, 367, plus the children's theater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses in movement,
cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing
emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 in stage
management, and 1 internship.
C. Design Emphasis: 228, 229, 361, 366, 428, 429, plus 2 courses in Art. Strongly
recommended: courses in cinema art and dramat~cliterature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units in crew work, 2 in technical
supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship.
Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111, 116, 228,
229, 232, 241 or 343, 350, 360, 361, 366, the experience requirement specified
for theater arts majors, and a minor in English.
Theater Arts Minor For Teaching Licensure: courses 111, 228, 232, 361, 366; one
of the following: 241, 343, 350; and participation in dramatic productions.
Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,
241, 350, 351, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater, broadcasting); and a minor in English.
116 Creative Dramatics
A study of creative improvisationusing stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human
relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy,
and other settings. (Fall)
lnternship for lower division credit.
228 Technical Production I
An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, magic,
and art. Practical craft projects,theater tours, and production experience. Open to all
students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall)
229 Stage Design I
lntroduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken
in freshmen and sophomore years. Spring)
232 Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
360 Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry,
and drama. (Fall)
361 Theater History and Criticism
Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at
local theater productions. lntroduction to theories of drama, dramatic production, and
dramatic criticism. (Alternate years, Spring)
366 Stage Direction I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical
production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play
chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only.
(Spring)
367 Stage Direction II
In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental,
musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or
consent of instructor. Spring)
399 Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
428 Technical Production II
Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or
lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Fall)
429 Stage Design I1
Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. lntroduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Spring)
499 lndependent Study in Drama
Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater.
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing t o develop their own major by combining appropriate portions
of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary
Major enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an
individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student,
broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or
preprofessional programs in some academic fields.
Students wishing t o develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the
following:
A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required
in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college;
B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the
end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of
the Registrar).
C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Student Standing.
Women's and Minority Studies (INS)
Winston Minor (Director), Priscilla Buffalohead, W. Roger Buffalohead, Linda Buck
Myers, Bonnie Wallace
The Women's and Minority Studies Program consists of several interdisciplinary
courses which fill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies
requirement. There are courses in several other departments which also focus on
women and which also fulfill that requirement. Although no major or minor is
offered, there i s a certificate program in women's studies.
Certificate in Women's Studies: Individually planned program with a minimum of
6 courses oriented towards women's perspectives: 3 courses from the social sciences (including history); 1-2 courses from humanities (literature, religion, art,
music, philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary
courses, independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. See Winston Minor or Bonnie Wallace for
further details.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
231 Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from
year to year. Meets one religion requirement or the Urban Concerns, Women's and
Minority Studies requirement.
232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies
An interdisciplinary mum providing an overview of the major issues related to the
Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion, art, economio and politics.
It is designed to heighten the student's consciousnws regarding the African retentions
in Black culture, the evolution oi Black cuhute and the impact of Black culture on
American society.
t
.
1
-,
E
E
E
This course will examine a variety 13issues concerning the biolqical, evolutionary and
historical origins of women's roles and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed
on the comparative roles af women in different cultures. This comparison will include
such North American models as the Navajo, Ojibwe, and Iroquois, African models such
as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe,
Mexico, and the middle East and rural China. Offered periodically through CHR and
the American Indian Program office.
260 Contemporary American Indians
The situation of lndians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (19343
with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditionsarnong selected lndian
tribes today.
265 Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the
class will collectively assess the position of black and white women in American culture
from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women,
Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included.
Living on campus provides many options, including apartments in Mortensen Tower
[Photo by john Louis Anderson]
u
9
Augsburg College
Board of Regents
The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of current term.
Charles W. Arnason (1988).Executive Director, Minnesota Technology Corridor, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984).St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Nancy Bottemiller (1986).Homemaker, Wadena, Minnesota
Rodney P. Burwell (1988).Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Proform, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Darrell j. Egertson (1988).Executive Vice President of Corporate Development, Apache
Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Donald R. Grangaard (1984).First Bank System, Inc. (Retired), Minneapolis, Minnesota
Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986).Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota
Harris W. Lee (1988).Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Gary H. Lohn (1988).Vice President - Employment Preparation Services, Control Data
Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Arthur Naftalin (1984).Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Roselyn j. Nordaune (1988). Partner, Nodland, Conn, Judd, Nordaune, St. Louis Park,
Minnesota
Howard E. Olson (1984).St. Paul Park, Minnesota
Donald G. Oren (1988).President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, Minnesota
Donald G. Padilla (1986).Chairman of the Board, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Carl N. Platou (1984).President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Martin 0. Sabo (1984).Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota, Washington, D.C.
Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1988).Staff Writer - The American Lutheran Church, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
N. Stanley Stake (1986).Honeywell, Inc. (Retired), Minneapolis, Minnesota
Merton P. Strommen (1986).President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Stanley W. Thiele (1986).Senior Vice President, Administrative Services, 3M, St. Paul,
Minnesota
Mary Lou Williams (1984).Senior Social Worker, Hennepin County Community Services,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Officers
Donald R. Grangaard, Chairman
Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman
Charles W. Arnason, Secretary
Darrell J.Egertson, Treasurer
Board for College and University Services
The American Lutheran Church
Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin
Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio
Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Erwin H. Goldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska
Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington
Doris Holman, Los Angeles, California
Gustav Kopka, jr., East Lansing, Michigan
Hamlet Peterson, Rochester, Minnesota
Administration
Office of the President
President .............................................................................................. Charles S. Anderson
Executive Secretary t o the President ...................................................Carolyn Magnuson
David T. Wold
College Pastor ....................................................................................................
Alton C. 0. Halvorson
Director of Church Relations ...............................................................
Academic Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College....................... Richard Green
Lois M. Nielsen
Secretary t o the Academic Dean
Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs....... Patricia Anne Parker
Secretary t o the Associate Dean ............................................................Ruth L. Maertens
Richard J. Thoni
Director of Weekend College .........................................................................
Director of Admissions & Public Relations, Weekend College ..................... Sharon A. Stein
John A. Hill
Registrar ...................................................................................................................
Carol Stack
Assistant Registrar ...................................................................................................
Ralph W, Bailey
Recorder
Margaret Anderson
Head Librarian
Brian P. Hackney
Director of Audio-Visual Center
Thomas Reynolds
Music Administrator - Arts Coordinator
Winston Minor
Minority Coordinator (Btack Student Affairs)
Bonnie Wallace
Minority Coordinator (American Indian Program)
Donald R. Custafson
Interim Director
International Studies Program Director........................................................Mary A. Kingsley
International Student Adviser ......................................................................Bradley P. Holt
Director of Faculty Development ...............................................................Norma C. Noonan
.................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................
..................................................................
................................................
................................................
..........................................
......................................................................................
Student Affairs and Admissions
Vice President of Student Affairs and Dean of Students ........................Marianne 8. Sander
Dorothy Gauger
Secretary t o the Vice President ..................................................................
James B. Grubs
Associate Dean of Students .............................................................................
Nancy Medcraft, Joan Slater
Counselors....................................................................................
Director, Academic Enrichment ...............................................................Donald M. Warren
Director of Career Planning and Placement ............................................
Coordinator, Student Employment ...........................................................
Director of Student Life (Housing) .................................................Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg
Director of Student Activities ....................................................................
Coordinator, Urness Tower .......................................................................
Coordinator, Mortensen Tower and Annex Houses ...............................
Director of Admissions ..............................................................................
Catherine A. Thomsen
Secretary, Admissions .........................................................................
Assistant Director of Admissions .................................................................Eric L. Anderson
Assistant Director of Admissions ......................................................Jeannette M. Wittmer
Senior Admissions Counselor ...........................................................................Brian Arvold
Coordinator of Admissions On-Campus/Volunteer Programs .......................... Sally Daniels
Peter J. lmsdahl
Admissions Counselor .....................................................................................
Scott C. Stensrud
Admissions Counselor ...................................................................................
Development and Public Relations
Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................................. Gerald D. Bjelde
Secretary t o the Vice President .......................................................................Nancy Martin
Thomas I.Benson
Director of Planned Giving ..........................................................................
Jeroy C. Carlson
Assistant to the Vice Preident for Development
Ass~cialeDirector of Develapment-Corporatrons/Foundations ...... Adelgund M. Fransen
Assistant Director of Development-Annual Fund ............................................. Mark Zachary
Director of Alumni/Parent Relatzons
Janice A. Rykken
Directat o i Public Relations
Lois G. Wollan
Kay Cady
Director of News Bureau ...........................................................................................
JillRaschein
Manager, Central Services .....................................................................................
Hugh Pruitt
Director of Research...............................................................................................
.........................................
...........................................................
..............................................................................
Finance and Management
Vice President for Finance and Management .......................................... Wayne D. Pederson
Secretary to the Vice President ......................................................................... Cynthia Lein
Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services
Herald A. Johnson
Virene M. Luthi
Associate Director, Financial Aid
Director of Personnel................................................................................... Bonnie-Jean Mork
Michael D. Ranum
Chief Accountant
Manager, Administrative Computer Center ........................................... Daniel R. Cruikshank
Manager, College Center ...........................................................................Mildred A. Nelson
Manager, Purchasing/Book Storepending ................................................... Robert P. Gores
Food Service Director ...................................................................................... Steve Boulka
Director of Plant Services ............................................................................James Strategier
Supervisor, Maintenance .................................................................................. Robin A. Curtis
Manager, Ice Arena ...........................................................................................ames J. Carey
............................
..............................................................
....................
.
.................................................................
Emeriti
Oscar A. Anderson. (1963-1980).President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Bernhard M. Christensen. (1938-1963).President Emeritus. Ph.D., The Hartford Seminary
Foundation.
Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ernest W. Anderson. (1947-83).Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education.
Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister der Philosophia,
University of Latvia.
1. Gracia Christensen. Assistant Professor Emerita of English.
K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edgar E. Eklof. Emeritus of Music. M.M. Manhattan Music School.
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University
Katherine Hennig. Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington.
Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of
Minnesota.
Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
LaVonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland
College.
Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Faculty car ot September, 1983)
(beginning year of service on faculty)
'part-time
Ruth 1. Aaskov (1960).Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Robert W. Adney* (1979).Studio Artist/Percussion. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Roger E. Allerson* (1981).Lecturer, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
Earl R. Alton (1960).Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf
College; MS., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959).Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1969).Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Charles S. Anderson (1976).President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin;
B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York.
Margaret J. Anderson (1967).Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
,
Raymond E. Anderson* (1949). Professor and Department Chairperson of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roberta A. Anderson* (1979). Specialist Early Childhood Education, lnstructor in Education.
B.S., M.S., University of Wisconsin; Education Specialist, Mankato State University.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Deborah Bart* (1980). lnstructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Joe Bash' (1983). Lecturer in Religion, Weekend College.
John E. Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary.
James E. Billings* (1970). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics, B.A., Michigan
State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Timothy Blackburn* (1980). Lecturer in English. B.A., St. John's University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Blaha* (1983). lnstructor in Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Vern M. Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program and College of the 3rd Age. B.A., M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton* (1975). Assistant Professor of Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Lynn Bollman* (1983). lnstructor in Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern
Colorado; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
David W. Boots (1982). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A,, Augsburg College;
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). lnstructor and Department Chairperson of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artistflrurnpet. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Maria Brown (1980). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead' (1983). lnstructor in CHR Program and Women's and Minority
Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Roger Buffalohead* (1983). lnstructor in CHR Program and Women's and Minority Studies.
B.A., MS., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
John Cerrito* (1983). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Rhode Island
College.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Community Research
and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of
Iowa.
Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of Theater Arts/Speech. B.A., Custavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Benjamin Cooper* (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of
Technology; Ph.D., Yale University.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
John Cosgrove* (1983). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University
of Minnesota.
Nancy B. Dillon* (1983). lnstructor in Nursing. B.S., Wagner College; MS., University of
Cincinnati.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor and Department Chairperson of Mathematics/Computer
Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State
University.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D. University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M . Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; MS., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Sheldon P. Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Larry L. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. B.M.,
Concordia College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Henry G. Follingstad .(l962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. MS., University of
Minnesota.
Anne Fosse* (1982). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University of
Northern Iowa; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Jo Michelle Beld Fraatz (1983). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., Bethel College;
M.A., Ph.D., Yale University.
Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Education.
A.B., California State University, Northridge; M.A.T., University of Chicago; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., Bethel College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark 1. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy.
B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Jerry Gerasimo* (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Celia W. Gershenson (1983). Lecturer in Psychology.
John H. Gidmark* (1980). Lecturer in English. B.A., Moorhead State College; H.Dip., Trinity
College, Dublin, Ireland; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota.
Thomas G. Gilkey (1979). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., DePauw University.
Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of History.
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Teague Goetz' (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M.,
University of Colorado.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia
College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; MS., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University
of Louisville.
James B. Grubs (1983). Associate Dean of Students. B.S., Colorado State University; M. Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., College of St. Thomas.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Associate Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Custavus
Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Brian P. Hackney (1983). Instructor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer in Library Science.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966).Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg college; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Edwina L. Hertzberg' (1977). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota. (On leave Spring 1984)
Carry W. Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies.
B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Notre Dame.
John A. Hill (1980). Registrar, Coordinator of Institutional Information. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.A., George Washington University.
John B. Hjelmeland (1981). Director of Adminissions. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., Springfield College.
Carol F. Hoffman (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of Minnesota. (On leave 1983-1984)
Norman v. nolen ( i ~ b 4 ) .Proressor ot Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A.,
University of lowa. (On leave 1983-84)
Brad1.e~P. Holt (1981). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Gary E. Hovind* (1981). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University
of Minnesota.
Walter Howerton' (1982). Lecturer in English B.A., M.F.A., University of lowa.
Khin Khin Jensen* (1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian
Studies. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College B.A., Huron
College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
James D. Johnson (1969). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S.,
Juilliard School of Music.
Mary E. Johnson(1962). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages and International Student
Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor-and Department Chairperson of Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.S., University of
Michigan.
Robert Karlbn (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Foreign Languages, and Director of International Study. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury
College.
Merilee I.Klemp' (1980). Studio Artist/Oboe. B.A., Augsburg College.
Alvin 1. Kloppen (1976).Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana
college; M.A:, university of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert Kramarczuk* (1982). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A. College
of St. Thomas; M.B.A. University of Minnesota.
Angela Wyatt Kretschmar* (1981). Studio ArtistIClarinet. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Edith V. Kromer (1983). Librarian, Weekend College.
Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
Leo Richard Lake (1981). Associate Professor of Computer Science and Director of Academic
Computer Center. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael Leimbach* (1983). lnstructor in Psychology.
Nicholas A. Lenz* (1980). Studio ArtistPoice. B.A., Southwest State University: M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Howard P. Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communication. B.A., M.S., University of Minnesota.
David Livingston* (1983). Studio ArtistIRecorder. B.A., Augustana College, Rockford; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul W. Lohman* (1981). Director of Chorale. B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of
Minnesota.
Steven Lund' (1983). Studio Artist/Trombone. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Richard S. Marken (1974). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Psychology.
B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara.
Jerie McArthur (1983). lnstructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marie 0. McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of
Nebraska.
M. ~ u s i Ed.,
c University of Kansas.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Winston Minor (1983). Minority Coordinator (Black Student Affairs). B.A., M.A., University
of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee.
Thomas Morgan (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S.,
Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon.
Joel D. Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communication, Director of Center
for Global Service and Education. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Elizabeth Proctor Murphy' (1984). Studio Artist/Cello. B.A., Cleveland Institute of Music.
Linda Buck Myers' (1983). lnstructor in Women's and Minority Studies.
Douglas Nelson (1977). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College:
M.A., College of St. Thomas.
Gordon 1. Nelson' (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Sociology.
B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson' (1968). Associate Professor of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Christie Nicholl' (1973). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A.,
University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing B.Sl..,
MS., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development.
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Mohammed Nouri' (1982). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. Diplome,
Ecole Centrale de Paris; MS., University of Minnesota.
Celeste M. O'Brien' (1975). Studio ArtistIPiano. B.A., Hamline University.
Sandra L. Olmsted* (1979). lnstructor in Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., University
of Wisconsin-Madison.
James F. Olson (1975). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota. (On leave 1983-85)
Ronald C. Palosaari (1965). Professor and Department Chairperson of English. B.A., Bethel
College; B. Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gary A. Parker* (1983). lnstructor in Speech. B.A., M.A., University of California-Davis.
Patricia Anne Parker (1960). Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs.
B.A., Eastern Michigan University: M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Marlene J. Pauley' (1983). Studio ArtistIClarinet. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., Michigan State
University.
Kermit E. Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Physics. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.S., University of Wisconsin.
Marilyn E. Pearson (1980). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St. Cloud State University.
Wayne D. Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia
College, Moorhead.
Lauretta E. Pelton (1970). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College; M.Ed.,
Marquette University.
Douglas D. Perry' (1976). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Social Work.
B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director of
Women's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Diane 1. Pike* (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D.,
Yale University.
Stephen H. Pinsky' (1983). Visiting Lecturer in Religion. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College;
B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union College.
James Porter* (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Women's and Minority Studies.
Alice Preves* (1976). Studio ArtistIStrings. B.S., MS., University of Illinois.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chairperson of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological
Seminary.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
1
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A.,
Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Karen E. Sandness* (1982). ACTC Lecturer in Japanese. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., Yale
University.
Richard B. Sargent (1967). Associate Professor of English. B.A., University of North Carolina;
Ph.D., University of Exeter, England.
Pauline Sateren' (1974). lnstructor in Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College; M.M.Ed.,
University of Colorado.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959).Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director
of Men's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Irene Schilling* (1973). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg (1977). Director of Student Life. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.A., Mankato State University.
Bethany S. Shifflett' (1982). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, Director
of Intramural Sports. B.S., Southern Connecticut State College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of lowa.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Natalia Sich' (1983). ACTC Instructor in Russian. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Eugene M. Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Dana W. Skoglund' (1978). Studio Artist/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College.
Emma W. Small' (1978). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music.
George Stahl' (1976). Studio Artist/Bass. B.M., Chicago Musical College.
Alice J. Stark (1983). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Olaf College; M.S., University
of California, San Francisco.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead;
Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A. Ph.D., University of Colordao.
Daniel Sturm' (1979). Studio Artist/Classical Guitar. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Grace K. Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ralph L. Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; MS.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Mary T. Swanson' (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chairperson of Art. B.A., Concordia
College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of lowa.
Richard J. Thoni (1972).Director of Weekend College. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Neal 0. Thorpe' (1967). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A., Augsburg
College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
David Tubergen' (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale
University.
Donald M. Warren' (1978). Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Pamela Weiss-Farnan (1983). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Nebraska;
M.P.H., University of Minnesota.
Dorothy 1. Williamson' (1970). lnstructor in Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Mary E. Wilson' (1969). Studio Artist/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College.
Helen A. Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S.,
Marquette University.
David T. Wold (1983). College Pastor. B.A., St. Olaf College; Diploma, Luther Theological
Seminary.
David Wood* (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A.,
Ph.D., Bowling Green University.
Index
Courses. Majors. M i n o r s (F-Inside Front Cover. B-Inside Back Cover)
Metro-Urban Studies ..................... 99-102
Art. Art History
48-50
Music
102-109
Biology
50-53
Natural Science
110
Business Administration and
Nursing
111-112
53-60
Economics
Philosophy
113-115
Chemistry
61-63
East and Southeast Asian Studies .... 63-65
IPhysin
115-1 17
Political Science
118-121
Education
65-71
Program in Global Community 121-122
Engineering
71-72
Psychology
122-124
English
72-75
Religion
124-127
Foreign Languages (Chinese. French.
Russian Area Studies
127-128
German. Japanese. Linguistics.
Scandinavian Area Studies
128-129
Norwegian. Russian. Spanish)
76-85
Social Science. Non-Western ............. 129
General Studies
85
Social Studies
129
Health and Physical Education ........ 85-89
Social Work
130-132
History
90-92
Sociology
132-1 35
Humanities
93
Speech. Communication and
Interdisciplinary Studies
93. 99.102.
Theater Arts ............................. 135-138
121. 139-140
Transdisciplinary Studies
139
International Relations
93-94
Women's and Minoriw Studies 139-140
Mathernatics/Computer Science
94-98
Medical Technology
98
................................
..............................................
...............................
.........................................
..........................................
.......................................
............................
..........
.....
.....................................
..............................................
............................................
.........
.....................
.....
..............................
Academic Adviser .................................... 31
Academic Calendar..........................31. 152
Academic Enrichment ........................ 27. 85
Academic Information ........................ 30-46
Academic Organization ...........................32
Academic Policies and Procedures .... 39-46
Accounting Major
54
Accreditation ..........................................F. 4
88
Adapted Physical Education
Administration ................................. 142-143
Admissions ........................................... 6-9
Advanced Placement ...............................43
Air Force ROTC.......................................37
27
American Indian Program .......................
Annex Housing ....................................28-29
Application t o Augburg .........................
7-9
Application for Financial Aid .............. 13-14
Assessment of Previous Learning ....... 43-44
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC)
31. 36. 37
Athletics .............................................F. 26
Audio-visual Center ....................... ......... 32
Auditing Courses................................. 43
Audit Fee
11
Augsburg Guide ....................................... 26
25
Augsburgian
..............................
...............,. .
....................
.
.
.
...........
.............................
.................
..........................................
Black Student Program ............................ 27
Black Student Union ................................27
Board Costs ...........................................11
Board for College and University
Services. TALC
.
. 141
Board of Regents ................................... 141
Books and Supplies
12
Business Reply Card .......................
153-154
........................ .......
................................
Calendar. Academic .........................31. 152
Campus Map .............................................. B
Campus Ministry ......................................25
Campus Tours ...........................................6
Campus Work .............................. 16.17. 27
Cancellation of Courses .......................... 39
........................................
.................................
.........................................
....................................
................ ...............,. . .
...........................
...
..............................
........................................
....................
..........
......................................
..................................
.............
.
.
............
....................
...
Career Planning and Placement ............. 27
Center for Global Service and Education
(CCSE).................................................
121
Center for Student Development
(CSD)................................................26-27
Certification Programs-Art ................. 34. 48
Church Staff Work ....................... 34. 125
Program Evaluation .............. 34. 122. 133
Women's Studies..........................34. 139
Chemical Dependency Program ............. 36
Chinese Courses ...................................... 76
Chinwag.............................................. 28
Christian Day School Program .............. 125
Classification ............................................. 43
Coaching Endorsement ........................... 88
25. 28. B
College Center
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP).................................................... 43
College Pastor ..................................25. 142
College Work Study Program ................. 17
Communications Directory ................... 151
Commons ...............................................
28
Computer Programming (CDI) ................ 36
Computer Resources ...............................32
Conservation of Human Resources
(CHR)
36
38
Continuing Education
Cooperative Education
38
Corrective Therapy ..................................87
Costs 1985 ................................................
'I1
C.P.A. Certification .................................. 55
Counseling and Guidance ....................... 27
Credit Assessment Program (CAP).......... 44
.............................
....................................................
..............................
............................
.
............... 45
Dean's List ....................... .
Degrees.....................................................31
Departmental Comprehensive Exams..... 44
Departments by Division
32
20-23
Departmental Scholarships
Deposits ................................................. 12
Directed Study ....................................45-46
Dismissal from College ............................ 45
.........................
................
0
LO
:
4
2
Distinction. Graduation with ...................45
Distribution Requirements
41
Divisions ...................................................32
B
Driving t o Campus
Dual Degree Programs
(Engineering)............................. 35. 71-72
......................
...................................
Early Admission of Freshmen.................... 8
Early Decision for Freshmen ..................... 7
25
Echo ..........................................................
Economics............................................58-60
Elementary Education .................. 65.67. 70
143
Emeriti ...................................................
F
Enrollment
English as a Second Language (ESL)....... 81
Evaluation and Grading ......................41-42
..............................................
Fairview Deaconess Affiliation ................ 36
Facilities ..................................................5. B
Facts & Figures ....................................... F
Faculty................................... F. 31. 144-147
11
Fees ..........................................................
12
Finance Charge
54
Finance Major
Financial Aid ........................................13-23
26
Fine Arts ....................................................
Food Service.............................................28
Foreign Study ............................... 28. 37-38
French ..................................................77-79
Freshman Seminar....................................85
Full-time Student ..................................... 11
......................................
.........................................
General Scholarships .............................
17
79-81
German .............................................
Gift Assistance ......................... 15.16. 17-23
Grade Point Average (GPA) .......... 8. 40. 43
Grading...........................................41-42
Graduation Requirements ..................40-41
Graduation with Distinction.................... 45
.
.
................... 15-16
Grants
..........................
Health Service ..........................................28
Higher Education Consortium (HECUA).......
37. 100-102
History of Augsburg College ..................... 4
Honors Major (See Departmental Listings)
Honors Program .......................................38
5, 12
Housing
Human Development Seminars .............. 27
.................................................
.............................
......................
45-46
Independent Study
F. 26
Intercollegiate Athletics
Intercultural Center ............................27-28
Inter-Institutional Programs..................... 36
Interim ...........................31. 37. 38. 39. 152
International Business.................. 37. 54-55
9. 28
International Students
38
Internship Program
Intertribal Student Union ........................27
26
Intramural Athletics
.........................
....................
.
........
............................,
Japanese........................................63.64.
81
KCMR Radio .............................................25
Kindergarten-Elementary
Education .................................. 65.67. 70
Learning for Living ................................... 27
Leave of Absence ................................39-40
LibraryIAudio-Visual ................ F. 31.32. 36
Library Science Courses
70-71
Life Science Emphasis ............................110
Lifetime Sports....................................41. 88
Linguistics Courses................................... 81
Literature. Ideology and Society in Latin
America (LISLA)............................101-102
Loans..................................................16
Location ..................................................
2. B
Lutheran Free Church................................4
.....................
Majors and Minors
(Also see Courses).................. .. 32.33. 40
Management Major .................................54
Management Information Systems (MIS)
54
Major
Marketing Major ......................................54
Married Student Housing ................... 28-29
Memberships ..........................................F. 5
Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)...... 100
Minnesota State Work Study Program ... 17
Minority Scholarships/Grants ............. 18-19
Mission Statement ......................................3
Mortensen Tower .................................29. B
Music Education ..............................102-104
Music Organizations ................26. 108-109
Music Performance .........................102-104
Music Therapy ........................102. 104. 108
Murphy Square ........................................72
.....................................................
Naval ROTC .............................................37
Norwegian ...........................................82-83
Numbering of Courses ............................ 47
Off-Campus Programs
...............................
F
Part-Time Students ..................................11
Physical Science Emphasis..................... 110
.. 12
Payment Options ...................................
Policies....................... .
.
........................
F. 4
67
Pre-Kindergarten Education
34 35
Pre-Professional Proerams
"
Pre-Registration ................................39. 152
Prerequisites .............................................47
Probation ..................................................
45
Program in Global
37. 121-122
Community ...........................
....................
................. .
Re-admission of Former Students ............. 9
Refunds................................................. 13
Registration
39. 152
Religion & Chridian Service
19
Scho!arships
28-29
Residence Life
Residence Requirement...........................41
Room Rent ............................................11
.
.
...............................
37
ROTC
Russian Courses .......................................83
...................................
.........................................
.....................................
....................
San Francisco Summer Term (SFST) ..... 101
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
(SUST)..................................................100
Scholarships.............................15.16. 17-23
Science (Grades 5-9) .............................. 110
Secondary Education ................... 65. 67-70
JTlllC51Cl
1 CC1..
.........................................
1 C
Semester or Year Abroad ........................ 38
Sigma Pi Sigma ................................... 116
Smilefs Point Clinic ................................ 28
Social, Cultural, Recreational............. 25-26
Social Welfare Minor ............................. 130
Society of Physics Students ................... 115
South American Urban Semester
(SAUS)
101
South Hall.................................... 28-29,B
Spanish ................................................ 83-85
Special Education............................... 70
Special Interest Houses ........................... 29
Special Scholarships............................ 18-19
Special Students (Non-degree) ................. 9
Sponsored Scholarships...................... 17-23
Student Activities ..................................... 26
Student Employment .......................... 16-17
Student Government ............................... 25
Student Life
25-29
Student Project for Amity Among Nations
(SPAN) ................................................... 37
Student Publications.......................... 25, 72
Student Rights .......................................... 29
Student Services .................................. 26-29
...............................................
.........................................
J.U"~"..1..
.....*.....*...............................
7"
>"
Study Abroad ...................................... 37-38
Summer Orientation
26
Summer Sessions ....................... 37, 38, 152
................................
Teaching Licensure (Also see majors)..... 34
Test Scores
7
Transcripts
7. 8
Transfer Seminar ...................................... 85
Tuition ....................................................... 11
Tuition Deposit
.
.
................. 12
.................................................
..............................................
.......,...........
Urness Tower ....................................... 29. B
Veterans.................................................... 46
........................
..........................................
..................
Weekend College
31. 38. 39
West Hall
29. B
Withdrawal from College
13. 39
Women's and Minority Studies ..... 139-140
Words' Worth on Wednesday (WOW) .. 72
Work Service ............................................ 17
Work Study
16-17
.........................................
Zeta House ............................................... 29
Communications Directory
Augrburg college
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis M N 55454
Area Code: 612
President ...................................................................................................................... 330-121 2
Dean of the College (Academic Affairs) .................................................................... 330-1024
Dean of Students (Student Welfare) ......................................................................... 330-1168
Director of Admissions (Admissions) ........................................................................ 330-1001
Director of Financial Aid (Financial Assistance. Scholarships) ................................. 330-1046
Director of Student Life (Housing)
330-1905
Registrar (Academic records. transcripts. Veterans' Affairs)
330-1036
Summer School/lnterim Oifice
330-1025
Weekend College
.
.
330-7640
Career Planning and Placement Oob Counseling, Placement Services)
330-1162
College Pastor (Spiritua! fife programs and a c t i v i t i ~ )
330-11 07
330-1029
B u s i n ~ sOffice (Fees and accaunts)
Director of Development (Financial gifts to the College) ........................................ 330-1171
Director of Public Relations (Information Service, news and publications)............ 330-1180
Director of ParentIAlumni Programs...................................................................... 330-1179
College Center Manager .......................................................................................... 330-1104
Ice Arena Manager ..................................................................................................... 330-1251
Student Gwemment Office ....................................................................................... 330-1110
General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) ......................... 330-1000
...........................................................................
.....................................
..................................................................................
........................ ..........................................................................
..................
..........................................
........................................................................
The college has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievance:
Boyd Koehler. Assistant Professor. Library (6121330-1018)-Affirmative Action Coordinator
(matters based on race. creed. national or ethnic origin)
Vern M . Bloom. Director. CHR - Memorial (6121330-1133)
-504Coordinator (mattersbased
on physical or mental handicap)
Marianne Sander. Vice President for Student Affairs. CSD-Memorial(612-330-1168) - Title
IX Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status)
Bonnie-Jean Mork. Director of Personnel. 2nd Floor Memorial (612-330-1023)Employment
All correspondence should be addressed to the d ~ i g n a t e d
individual. at Augsburg College.
731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis M N 55454.Formal grievance prmedures are described
in the Staff Handbook. Copies are available from the Personnel Office.
Fall Semester
Sept. 4
Sept. 5
Sept. 18
Oct. 26
Nov. 2
NOV.5-9
Nov. 19-Dec. 2
Nov. 21
NOV.22-25
Dec. 14
Dec. 17-20
Dec. 27
Dec. 28
Registration
Classes Begin
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Mid-term break
Last day t o designate grading option
Interim Registration
Spring Term Pre-Registration
Last day t o withdraw from a class
Thanksgiving Recess
Classes End
Final Examinations
lncompletes due - spring and
summer
Final Grades Due
Sept. 3
Sept. 4
Sept. 17
Oct. 25
Nov. 1
NOV. 4-8
Nov. 18-Dec. 6
Nov. 20
Nov. 28-Dec. 1
Dec. 13
Dec. 16-19
Dec. 26
Dec. 27
Interim
Jan. 3
Jan. 4
Jan. 17
Jan. 21
Jan. 30
Feb. 6
Classes Begin
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Last day t o designate grading
option
Last day t o withdraw from a class
Classes end
Interim grades due
Jan. 6
Jan. 7
Jan. 20
Jan. ,22
Jan. 31
Feb. 7
Spring Semester
Feb. 4
Feb. 5
Feb. 18
Mar. 30-April 8
Mar. 29
April 25
April 30-May 4
May 17
May 20-23
May 26
May 29
Validation of registration
Classes begin
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Mid-term/Easter Break
Last day t o designate grading
option
Last day t o withdraw from a class
Pre-registration for Fall
Classes end
Final Examinations
Baccalaureate-Commencement
Final grades due. lncompletes due
- fall and lnterim
Feb. 4
Feb. 5
Feb. 18
Mar. 22-31
April 8
April 24
April 29-May 9
May 16
May 19-22
May 25
May 28
Summer School
June 3-28
July I-Aug. 9
Term I
Term II
June 2-27
June 30-Aug. 8
Show less
Introduction
Calendar
..................................................................
.........................................................................
2
4
........................................................
5
About This Catalog
Options ................................... Show more
Introduction
Calendar
..................................................................
.........................................................................
2
4
........................................................
5
About This Catalog
Options ...........................................................................
5
Visiting Students ..................................-......................
6
Interim Courses .............................................................. 7
UMAlE Courses .............................................................
47
Other Courses .............................................................. 49
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
,. ....,.,, ..
.".i,.iiiiiiiiii'-L.i.....i..
50
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall
and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty
to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible
during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class
and preparing for class as they would for a four-course
load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can
register for only one course credit during Interim. There
is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to
enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to
0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register
on a PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are
graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the
course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower
division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers
listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper
division credit should anticipate additional assignments
and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses,
especially courses with travel requirements, have
additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final costs.
To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the
Distribution requirements is required to complete three
Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts
Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are
required. For any student entering after January 1993 a
maximum of two Interim course credits may be counted
toward the 33 total credits required for graduation. The
number of required Interim courses is adjusted for
transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their
transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar.
Additional Interim credits which can count toward the 33
credits required may be taken by students who repeat a
credit for a course in which a grade below 2.0 was
earned, or who need to make up for a regular term in
which they failed or withdrew from a course.
Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33
credits required may be used to fulfill other degree
requirements. That is, no more than two Interim course
credits may be taken for credit toward 33, but additional
Interim experiences may be used to fulfill major, minor
or general education requirements.
Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can take
a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half credit
classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit).
The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are
full-time (Fall term). If less than full-time they will be
charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim
which is a Cross-Over, but will be charged Day School
prices ($1,270). They also can only then take 1.0 course
credits in Weekend College.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of
race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
Introduction
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton, 330-1025
November 14 to December 6 ...............Interim Registration
January 3 ................................................. First Day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day only)
Time 11-1:00 p.m.
January 4 .......................................Last Day for Cancel/Add
January 13 ..................................... Last Day for Determining
Grading System with Registrar
January 13 .......... Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 25 ............................................................ Interim Ends
January 30 ......................................... Spring Semester Begins
-c..,..... .-.,.....Interim Grades Due
February 3 ..........+...........
The time and number and length of meetings as well as
the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class.
The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks
of time:
-
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes
will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg
with a special convocation on Monday, Januay 16, at 1:00 p.m.
Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
Introduction
The catalog lists courses by department in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered
by Aupburg but recogruzed by the College for Interim
credit. Additional descriptions and information about these
courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230.
Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed
at the end of the catalog.
International Interim -Students are invited to be part of
one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the
Upper Midwest Association for International Education
(UMAIE).See page 48 for course listings.
Internships deadline - Friday, December 9. January
Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students
electing an internship must meet departmental require
ments and present a signed internship learning agreement
plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no
later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 9).
The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same
office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time
work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the
Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a
program of independent study (upper division 499) or
directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty
members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or
directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and
the directedlindependent study registration form. These
forms must be submitted by November 28. Appropriate
study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in
the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be
consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will
help students in applying for registration at other schools.
Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be
at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most
courses taught during Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are
accepted for credit by Augsburg, but might not meet
Augsburg's general education requirements. This qualification particularly affects religion courses.
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4
schools for the January Interim without tuition charges
provided the student's home institution agrees not to
charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term.
The waiver of tuition does not include special fees,
housing or board costs. Other students will be charged
$1,270 for the Interim course. Students interested in
registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the
Interim Director for application forms or use the forms
provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is
an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome
to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests
for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students
nor visiting students may register for 299 or 499 courses.
Introduction
ART 106-A
Calligraphy 11
ART 306-A
lnstructoc Philip Thompson
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills
with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to
the historical development of calligraphy and the elements
of design through readings and demonstrations. Class
time and assignments center on practice in calligraphic
concepts with special attention given to foundational,
italic, gothic and uncial styles. Three original projects are
required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus
participation and growth factors. Upper division students
are required to complete master sheets in three historical
writing styles plus an expanded project.
Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler and mat board
Distribution: Art/Music
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
ART 247-A
lnstructoc Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students. The figure will be depicted in various settings
with a variety of media for varying lengths of time.
Grades will be based upon quality and improvement.
There will be a fee of $37 to be paid on the first day of
class.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: 1
Room: Old Main 7 7
Art
I
ART 290-A
Instructor: Steve Chapman
Tribal Arts & Culture is a course designed to familiarize
students with American Indians and their art. American
Indian art is examined through regional areas in North
America, and an introduction to Meso-American art and
cultures is also provided. The course follows lecture,
video, and demonstrations by American Indian community artists. Students will have the opportunity to research
and design an object of art from an American Indian
perspective during the studio time after the lecture
presentation of course materials in each tribal area.
A result of this course should be to help establish a better
understanding of American Indians and their perspectives,
and to excite an interest in American Indian art by future
teachegand educators of Indian and non-Indian students.
Distribution: Art/Music
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 17
BIO 185-A
Instructor: Robert Herforth
With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in,
and research on, the biological basis of the aging process
has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier
more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional
changes which occur in the body with age and diseases
associated with aging, such as osteoporosis, Alzheimer's
disease, and cardiovascular disease. The major theories
that have been proposed to explain what causes aging
will be presented, including findings on the cellular and
genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on
the results of attempts to slow the aging process in
experimental animals and humans.
Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for
arriving at grades.
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 205
BUS 295-A
BUS 495-A
lnstructoc Amin Kader
This course is designed to demonstrate how economic
factors, management decisions, and accounting methods
affect the profitability of an enterprise. Students will
work in groups, each group competing with the others.
Students will make decisions as to all aspects of the
business of a company. As they enter such decisions, they
will be informed of the effect of their decisions on the
market value of the company's stock.
Evaluation will be based on an examination and each
group's performance in competing with the other groups.
Prerequisites: Lower Division: BUS 295 - No prerequisite
Upper Division: 495 - ACC 222, BUS 242, BUS 252, or
permission of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 2 1
BUS 295-8
Instructor: john Cerrito
The object of this class is to provide students who are not
majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for
Business
starting and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small
business management and will be required to prepare a
business plan for a "model" business. The student will be
evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and
performances on small business case studies.
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
BUS 368-A
Instructor Steve LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices
using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will
be employed involving film, television documentaries,
radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in
addition to text material. A seminar model will be used,
with substantial participation expected on the part of
students.
Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-term and final examination. This class
should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in
International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan.
Students who cannot attend the entire first week of
classes should not enroll for this course.
Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Business
1
BUS 49.54
Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp
The primary objective of this course is to enhance the
student's understanding of the new dimensions of EastWest trade relations in the 1990s. We will analyze the
past and present conditions for East-West trade cooperation and its patterns. The impact of the transformation of
Eastern Europe and Russia on world trade will be
discussed. The theoretical framework for international
trade will be presented. At the global level, the role of the
European Union, International Monetary Fund, World
Bank, and General Agreement for Tariffs and Trade
(GATT) in East-West trade relations will be examined.
Students will be evaluated based on their research paper
and final examination.
Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or ECO 1 13 or consent of Instructor
Maximum Enrollment: I S
Time: I
Room: Memorial Hall 323
CHM 100-A
lnstructoc Arlin Cyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the
popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a
science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and taught as needed for understanding the
various topics and implications. The course does assume
the student is interested in and concerned about the
relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education
for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be
philosophers and their societies were philosophical
societies. In recent decades the human seeking of
personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a
part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on
chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers,
plastics, "the Pill", food additives and processed foods,
vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on
other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and
on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to
chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy
feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a
complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning
appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a
"memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are
molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better
help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world,
and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular
look at the human condition.
This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format.
Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods.
Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course does
not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 2
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Science 3 7 5
INTRODUCTION
TOCOBOL
CSC 27 7 -A
Instructoc Noel Petit
A study of the COBOL programming language for .
Computer Science
I
students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of
programming and programming languages through
presentation of the features of COBOL together with
programming techniques for using those features. This
course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course with a study of computer language
(e.g., CSC 170)
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I1
Room: Foss 43
ECO 4 95-A
lnstructoc leanne M . Boeh
A comparison of the United States system and other
countries' national health care systems. What are some of
the alternative models for both organization and delivery
of health care services? The class will focus on the models
used in Canada, Germany, Great Britain, Japan, and the
Scandinavian countries. The course will consider such
issues as aggregate spending, allocation of physicians,
nurses and other allied health personnel and the effect
health systems have on overall health outcomes. The
advantages and disadvantages of all the systems will be
explored. Evaluation is based on homework assignments,
short papers, and exams.
Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or equivalent
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I
Room: Foss 2 0
Economics
ECO 495-6
lnstructoc Satya Gupta
In recent decades the mutual funds industry has gained a
respectable place in the financial system of the United
States. More and more commercial banks are entering
into the mutual funds market. Increasing numbers of
employers are leaving it to their employees to manage
their pension funds in a given family of mutual funds. In
such a changing climate it is important that our students
are educated to make informed decisions about their
retirement funds. This course will emphasize the structure and functioning of mutual funds involving risks and
benefits.
Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or consent of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I
Room: Library 1
ED⬠375-A
lnstructoc Gretchen lrvine
The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy through the study and
utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for
teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten
classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic
assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student
evaluation. This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequisite: PPS T
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Library 17
EDU 388-A
Instructor: Mildred Mueller
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota
for the development of interpemnal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to
all. This is a onehalf credit course. P/N grading only.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays)
Room: Music 23
EDU 491-A
lnstructoc Susan O'Connor
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar.
Prerequisites: Completion of courses for Special Education
minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take
this course should consult with the Special Education
Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the
course.)
Maximum Enrollment: 9 (This course involves fieldwork
supen/ision for the faculty member.)
Time: I
Room: Library 4
ENC 282-A
Instructors: Ronald Palosaari/Bruce Reichenbach
In this course we will identify what virtue is, inquire
about how one becomes virtuous, and explore some of
the major virtues - like compassion, honesty, prudence,
justice, and love - through classical and contemporary
literature. The goal is to provide opportunity for you to
think about your character and its development, to
enable you to ask about the relation between character
and moral actions, and to probe your curiosity by
considering possible tensions between the virtues, as
found in life situations.
The course is built around the question of values, in
particular, the issue of virtue (qualities of moral character). A broad list of virtues will be considered, including
the classical Christian virtues of faith, hope, and love. We
will look at what these virtues are, at their relationship to
each other, evaluate possible conflicts between them, and
see how they play out in life situations, both in literature
and (through the journals) in students' lives.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
ENC 282-B/482-B
lnstructoc Joan Cn'ffin
Although generally relegated to separate sections in
bookstores or to children's bookshelves, fantasy, as J.R.R.
Tolkien argues, is "not a lower but a higher form of Art,
indeed the most nearly pure form, and so (when
achieved) the most potent."
This course will study 20th century examples of fantasy,
looking for their roots in folktale, myth, epic and romance. At times the course will pair medieval and
modern works of the fantastic imagination (for instance,
"The Mabinogion" and "Evangeline Walton" or
"Beowulf" and 'The Hobbit"). We will attempt to define
the genre of fantasy by discussing essays by C.S. Lewis,
Tolkien, Ursula LeGuin, and Madelein L'Engle, as well as
considering relevant theories of myth and folktale by
Joseph Campbell, Axel Olrik, Lord Raglan, and others.
Students taking the course for lower division credit will
be asked to write several short papers. In addition to
writing several microthemes, ENG 482 students should
be prepared to write a substantial paper on the works of
a writer with whom they already are familiar.
Prerequisites: 2 8 2 - none (ENG 1 1 1 recommended);
482 - ENC 245 required
Distribution: Literature
Maximum Enrollment: 2 5
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 100
FRE 111-A
lnstructoc Pary Pezechkian
This course is for students with no previous background
in French. It aims to develop basic skills in understanding, speaking, reading, and writing as tools for communication in French. Through conversations, classroom
practice and readings, this course focuses on the use of
language in everyday contexts and works toward the
discovery of a French culture and way of life. Five
meetings per week. Evaluation will be based on class
participation, daily assignments, quizzes and exams.
Distribution: Modern Languages
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 2 5
Time: I/
Room: Old Main 23
French
FRE 243-A
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
What is the attraction of French literature for the nonFrench reader? What major French writers have portrayed diverse non-Western cultures and social strata in
their literary works? What can we discover about
ourselves and other cultures in learning how to read,
analyze, and communicate our findings through literature? With these questions in mind we will read and
analyze 8-10 shorter French literary works available to us
in English translation.
What will we be studying? The legend of St. Julien
presented in Middle Ages style by Flaubert, examples of
the Renaissance search for new worlds found in Rabelais,
a bit of Descartes autobiography. We will travel the
world with Voltaire's "Candide," explore social themes
of a 19th century nouvelle, and read 20th century authors
like Gide, Malraux, Camus, St. Exupery, and Duras with
their multi-cultural connections. We will sample one
piece of francophone literature from West Africa,
reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western
culture. At mid-point you will choose another short work
for personal study, comparative analysis and presentation for the class.
Assessment in such a course will be ongoing, based on
individual and group response to the many activities in the
course. Timely reading of assigned texts, analyses, discussion preparations, short quizzes, and cultural discoveries
will enable you to undertake successfully your independent
study project and further enrich the whole class.
This literature course for the non-literature major is
intended to help you in further free reading, in your
critical thinking about other cultures, and in communica-
French
tion with people of cultural backgrounds other than your
own, including non-Western ones.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor
Distribution: Literature
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
HPE 1 16-A
lnstructoc Richard Borstad
This course is designed to prepare future teachers for their
role in the School Health Program. Emphasis is placed on
the prevention of childhood health problems, and the
promotion of well-being. This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Melby Hall 202 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 7/3,
1/5, 1/70, 1/12, 1/73, 7/17, 7/79, 7/24)
HPE 232-A
lnstructoc Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority
of the course grade is based on participation in class
activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This
is a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 7 6
Time: I
Room: Melby Gym (T, Th & alternate Fridays - 7/3, 7/5,
7/10, 1/72, 1/73, 1/17, 1/79, 1/24)
Health and Physical Education
HPE 250-A
lnstructoc Lisa Broek
Making Connections is designed for students who are
interested in learning about contemporary health issues
and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and
the lives of their peers. This course provides a wellness
model foundation for educating self and others about
personal health issues. Course topics include wellness
programming issues (i.e. HIV/AIDS, substance use,
meditation), communication skills, multicultural issues,
and decision-making skills. Students will examine
strategies which promote a healthier campus environment.
The course utilizes many interactive experiences combined
with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities
allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught
during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess
their own personal level of health. Evaluations include an
objective test, journal entries, and a group project.
This course will be useful to students who are interested
in impacting their campus environment as well as those
who desire learning practical skills such as negotiation,
group facilitation, and program development. Opportunities exist for students who successfully complete this
course to work as Peer Helpers with The Center for
Counseling and Health Promotion.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main I 1
(lanuary 3- 1 9, 1 995)
HPE 455-A
Instructor: loyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor
interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The
course will take the participant to a competent level of
sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and
crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot
fixed keel sailboat with five to six other people and will
function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater
instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing
will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the
British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the
Virgin Islands in January.
The course cost is $2,700, which includes airfare, for
Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to
receive academic credit.
Prerequisite: Permission from loyce Pfaff of the Health and
Physical Education Department (6 12) 3 30- 124 7.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports; also one course credit.
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
HPE 470-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on developing a philosophy
toward sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: procedures in umpire certification,rules of slow
pitch softball (Federation),rules of fast pitch softball
I
Health and Physical Education
I
(Federation), the mechanics of proper position in umpiring one and two umpire systems, and procedures in
securing assignments. Students will apply knowledge in
practical game type experiences. There will be a written
evaluation and quizzes on rules and mechanics of
umpiring softball. This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Melby 1 19 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5,
1/70, 1/12, 1/13, 1/17, 1/19, 1/24)
HPE 475-A
lnstructor: Paul Kriegler
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of
common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping
and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit
course.
Prerequisite: BIO 103
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Melby Hall 119 (M, W & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6,
1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23 1/25 - 9 meetings)
HPE 477-A
lnstructor: Brian Ammann
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching
basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and
a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a one-half credit course.
Health and Physical Education
I
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby 202 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5,
1/6, 7/10, 1/12, 1/17, 1/19, 1/24)
HPE 483-A
lnstructoc Marilyn Florian
This course deals with the theory, technique, and
administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small
part of the grade will be based .on completed assignments; the major portion of the grade will be based on
tests. This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Melby 119 (M, W, & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6,
1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23, 1/25)
HPE 487-A
Instructor /eff Swenson
The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for
individuals who aspire to become wrestling coaches at
the elementary, junior high, high school, or college level.
Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight
control, weight training, mental toughness training, and
complete organization of program will be covered. This is
a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Melby 202 (M, W & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6,
1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23, 1/25)
nealrn ana mysrca~taucarron
I
I
HIS 244-A
lnstructoc Bill Green
Why did Minnesota territorial legislators extend civil
rights to one racial minority but not to other racial
minorities? How did anti-catholicism stratify the white
immigrant community? Why did Minnesota show
tolerance to its black residents, as the state experienced
ultra-nationalism, labor tension and xenophobia? These
questions, and others, will be addressed in this course.
Through lectures, class discussions, and field research, we
will examine civil rights in Minnesota from 1848-1920, as it
relates to race, class and ethnicity. Evaluations will come
from classroom discussion, a research paper, and a test.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Music 24
TOPICS
IN U.S. HISTORY:
THECML WARERA
HIS 33 1-A
lnstructoc Chris Kimball
Many people believe that the Civil War was the most
important event in the history of the United States, one
that transformed the nature of American society. Put
more broadly, the years between the mid-1840s and the
late 1870s saw questions about such fundamental
principles as slavery and freedom resolved; others,
however, continue to trouble us to this day. This course,
then, offers a survey of the causes, issues, and consequences of the nation's bloodiest conflict. Topics to be
considered include slavery and anti-slavery, Manifest
Destiny, the growing sectional conflict, the origins of the
Republican Party, the clash of arms, the changing role of
women, popular religion, the transition from slave to.free
History
labor in the South, and post-slavery race relations.
The course will include lectures, discussions, a variety of
primary and secondary readings, and films. Grading will
be based on participation, several short writing assignments, a mid-term, and a final.
Prerequisites: One history course or consent of instructor
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
HIS 495-A
Instructor: Don Gustafson
The seminar is meant to be a capstone for the history
major. Participants will be asked to utilize their historical
training in dealing with some of the philosophical
questions of the discipline of history, to develop and
expand certain research skills, and to contribute to the
historical development of each other by careful evaluation of oral and written presentations.
Prerequisites: Senior History Major
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking; Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
HON 40 1 -A
lnstructoc Larry Crockett
The focus of the course will be Southwestern Christian
history, with a special consideration of Hispanic Christianity, ranging from traditional Roman Catholicism to
evangelical and charismatic expressions. The course will
consider the Spanish roots of Latin Roman Catholicism
and the transplanting of those roots into Southwestern
North American soil. Next, we will consider Native
American influences which came to be ingredients in this
transplanted faith. Last, we will survey new expressions
of Hispanic Christian faith, notably the evangelical and
charismatic movements which have become important in
recent years. A highlight of the course will be a 12-day
trip to the southwest United States and northern Mexico.
ranging from San Antonio to northern Mexico to San
Diego. Estimated travel expense: $1,300
Evaluation: I) mid-term exam prior to departure; 2) journal
of experiences in southwest U.S. and northern Mexico;
3) final paper.
Prerequisites: Honors student or permission of instructor,
preference to seniors
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss 42
INS 21 1-A
Instructor loan Kunz
Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics,
but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen!
Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have
the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists,
improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of
formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare
visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science
topics and science policy from your fellow scientists.
Prerequisite: One year of an introductov science course
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Science 3 1 9
Interdisciplinary
INS 298-A
Instructors: Carry Hesser, Lois Olson, Mary True
Learn from your experience. Discover new ways to learn
about organizations, comrnunities, and yourself by
working/serving, observing, collaborating, and reflecting
on your own experiences.
The externship is a modified internship consisting of a
half-time placement and participation in a seminar that
meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the
process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can
explore the world of work and/or service, obtaining the
valuable experience you need for the future you want.
The course is designed to achieve two major objectives:
1) to give you first-hand experience in working with
professionals and making connections between your
experiences and your Augsburg education; and 2) to
increase your ability to learn about organizations, the
community, and yourself from your own experiences.
Each participant will observe and work approximately 20
hours per week in a placement which matches his or her
interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for two
hours (T, Th - 1:30-3:30 p.m.). Evaluation will be based
upon the overall quality of participation, completion of
learning exercises, supervisor assessment, journals, and
seminar participation.
The course is offered on a P/N basis only.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructors and placement
secured by lanuary 3, 7 995.
Distribution: Urban Concerns
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Time: I1 (T, Th - 1:30-3:30 p.m.)
Room: MP 10 1
Interdisciplinary
LIN 290-A
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it
present from birth? What do all languages have in
common despite their obvious differences? How can
learning a foreign language be so frustrating for
adults, while young children learning their native
language seem to be having fun? Questions such as
these have fascinated people throughout history, and
recent developments in linguistics have begun to
provide some credible answers. The purpose of this
course is to survey the most remarkable findings in
this area and engage in some principled speculation as
to what they mean. This course is open to all students
with a healthy curiosity about language. No other
prerequisite.
There will be two tests and a short paper for class
presentation.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 7 1
MIS 376-A
lnstructoc Kathy Schwalbe
This course develops practical project management skills
by combining theories, techniques, work-group skills,
and computer tools. Students will participate in numerous in-class activities to determine projects to be done
during class, estimate required resources, motivate
people to successfully complete projects, use project
management software to track progress and develop
alternatives, etc. Evaluation will consist of individual and
linguistics/Management Information Sptemr
I
team presentations, participation, and a final exam.
Prerequisites: ACC 22 1, BUS 242, and MIS 175 or MIS 370
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 2 1
MAT 173-A
lnstructor: Ken Kaminsky
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a
house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking
away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how
annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 or higher
Distribution: Math/Physics
Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 2 7 3
MAT 253-A
lnstructor: Bev Durkee
Our objectives are the exploration of this new geometry of
fractals, its rules, its visuals,
how it reveals the beauty of
mathematics, how to create
images of such complex forms
and experience it as a form of
artistic expression via computer
graphics. The class will observe the pattern of selfsimilarity and consider the transformations used to
construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of
self-similarity regardless of the power of magnification
I
used in examining it. The class will also consider the well
known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in
threedimensional rendition.
Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with
the opportunity to construct their own visuals.
Students will be tested on the mathematics through a
midterm and final exam. Students will create a portfolio
of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the
Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical
character of those visuals. Finally students will keep a
journal noting their reflections on the interconnections
between mathematics and the artistic creations being
studied or created.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 or higher
Distribution: Math/Physics
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science I I2
SOUNDSAND SIGHTS OF EUROPE
(UMAIE COURSE)
MUS I 79-A
lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler
Much of American history and culture is derived from
that of England and continental Europe, particularly such
cities as London, Paris, and Amsterdam.
This course provides an opportunity to visit and experience important cultural centers that provided the impetus
for development of cultural life in the New World.
Students gain an appreciation for the role of art and music
in the history of England, France, and the Netherlands.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all course
Music
- -
related group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique
sheets, and exams over material covered. No prerequisites,
and no previous experience in art or music is required.
Fee: $2,945 includes all air and surface travel, hotel
accommodations, continental breakfast daily, four group
meals, and tickets to five cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before
November 10 at the International Programs Office, 620
22nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 3301655. Offered on a PIN basis only.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
SURVEYOF ROCKHISTORY
AND MUSICAL
STYLE 1951-1971
MUS 204-A
Instructor: 0.Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and
musicology as they occur within the context of rock's
inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This
course will examine the historical background, musical
content, and methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance
project. For non-music majors.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
NOR 1 I I-A
lnstructor: Frankie Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background
in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking,
listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary
and structures and the use of the language in everyday
contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily
assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Distribution: Modern Languages
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
PHI 295-A
lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer
The purpose of this course is to study the nature of selfdeception as it occurs in human behaviour. Self-deception, absurdity, bad judgment, etc., are some of the
concepts explored in the course. The procedure of the
course will consist of a close analysis of selected texts and
seminar style discussions of topics. Students will be
asked to take an objective mid-term and final in combination with several essay assignments. Grading will be
traditional and follow the college's guidelines. There are
no requirements for the course, but one prior course in
philosophy would be helpful.
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
PHY 151-A
lnstructoc Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively
in business for years. However, it is also possible to use
spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using
high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the
student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus
123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas
including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the
problems investigated might be in areas other than
physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects,
homework, and a final exam.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3
Distribution: Mathematics/Physics
Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I
Room: Science 3 0
PHY 325-A
lnstructoc Mark Engebretson
From the realm of subatomic particles to the manufacture
of recording tape and computer chips, the study and
manipulation of matter often demands the nearly total
absence of the atmosphere in which we live and breathe.
This is the realm of high vacuum, without which most of
what we know as modern high technology would be
impossible. This course will acquaint the student with the
tools and techniques employed to produce, control, and
monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students
to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces
under these conditions. Experiments will make use of a
variety of chambers, pumps, and gauges as well as a
quadrupole mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis
will be placed on laboratory experiences and scientific
communication; only one third of the class time will be
used for formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be
determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory
notebooks, oral and poster presentations, and two exams.
Prerequisites: PHY 12 1, 122, 245 (or equivalent), and MAT
124, 125, 224 (or 145, 146, 245)
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I1
Room: Science 3 0
POL 140-A
Instructor Andrew Aoki
This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will
develop and defend their own standards of social
justice, and use those standards to assess conditions
in urban America. To pass this course, students must
engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with fellow
classmates in class discussions.
The course has two goals: to develop student thinking
about social justice, including greater awareness of
conflicts between justice and other values; and to increase
student ability to understand urban problems as issues of
justice and other central values.
Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion
and other class activities, on two short ( 4 6 pp.) papers,
and on a final exam.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Political Science
AND
PUBLIC
POLICY
POL 220-A
POL 320-A
lnstructoc William Morris
This course will examine the impact of the American
plitical system upon public policy making in the United
Slnles. Thrw lopics of major plicy i m p r t a i l c ~will Lx.
sel~ttulfor examination in the. way they alp a d d r m d by
partiailar polilical practics and/or institutions. The class
will evaluate the options available to policy-makers in light
tion available
of the scholarly literature and oll~erinf~~ma
on eiicli s1113jwl.I! will tIie11~SSC'SSthe interplay belwwn
these c h d c s and their hndling by the politicat system.
Close attention will be givm to a n ~xploralionof the elhical
sihiation and dilemmas of decision-makingin politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written
analyses and evaluations of the success and/or failure of
the policy-making process in acldressing thae problems.
'Thme, plus additional articles and portions of books from
the social sciences, will serve as a basis for class discussion. The papers, a iust on the assigned readings outlining the policy-making process in the United States, and
class participation will detcnnine final grades.
Students taking the course for Lower Division credit will
bc expeckl lo complete p a p a on two of the tl~reepolicy
issui-3 a d d r e s d in [he course. Those taking the course for
upper division credit mttst complete an additional p p e r
on a policy issue of their choice covered in class.
Prerequisites: Students should have completed at least one
lower division social science class.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss 20
a
POL 268-A
POL 468-A
lnstructoc Mary Ellen Lundsten
In these classes we will investigate the major political
issues facing citizens and policy-makers in Middle East
countries today.
We will analyze Islamic tradition as it has shaped social
values and provided a reservoir for political protest in
the 1990s. Country studies on Egypt, Iran, Syria, Israel/
Palestine, Lebanon, and Saudi Arabia will be used to study
how modernization has given rise to new conflict patterns
and today's Islamic political movements. We will consider
the prospects for improved human rights and democratic
participation. Several featurelength films dramatizing
political conflicts in the f id die East will be shown.
Two textbooks will be used for the course as well as a
variety of specialized country studies. Each student will
prepare comments on political themes, read and critique a
selection from the course booklist, and write a final essay
analyzing political aspects of two countries in the Middle
East. Students taking the 268 level will have fewer analytic
requirements in their presentations and essays.
Prerequisites: one lnlernational Relations course or permission of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
POL 342-A
lnstructoc Peter Przytula
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior;
the uses and control of mass media for political and social
purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking,
entertainment and public affairs programming.
Prerequisites: junior or senior standing or consent of the
instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
PSY 105-A
lnstructoc Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday
situations are emphasized.
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 11
Room: Murphy Place I I I
PSY 340-A
lnstructoc Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of
myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge
about how they function as representations of the "self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of
"self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and
historical influences. The content of the course will
Psychology
include topics such as: the impact of science on myth; the
mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the
process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological
transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of
assigned readings. Students will be expected to be
prepared for class by doing the readings and to be
actively involved in the class discussions. Students will
be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on class participation and
four or five short (600-900 word) papers.
Prerequisites: PSY 102 or 105
Maximum Enrollment: 1 6
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 43
PSY 370-A
lnstructoc Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the
life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such
idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward
other persons and society will be the main focus.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high
level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will
include class discussion, frequent short papers, and
frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word
processing will be required.
As background for the course, students are required to
read "The Call of Service: A Witness to Idealism" by
Robert Coles before the start of the Interim. This book
will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore in early
October. An additional text will be required and library
Psychology
1
reference work will be a part of the course process. This
course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 102 or PSY I05
Maximum Enrollment: I5
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
REL 330-A
lnstructoc Philip Quanbeck I1
This course will approach parts of the New Testament
from the perspective of the social world. It will examine
the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and
change and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the
challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural
anthropology such as honor and shame, the social
structures of the family and the city in the Graeco-Roman
world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it
affected women, men, free persons and slaves.
Special attention will be paid to the relation between
early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament
there will be particular focus on LukeActs, the Letters of
Paul (Romans and 1Corinthians) and First Peter.
Evaluation will be by exam and a research paper.
Prerequisites: REL I I I or REL 22 1
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used
to meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith I
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
Religion
REL 3 4 1-A
lnstructor: Brad Holt
The course will help students think knowledgeably and
critically about the intersections of health and religion.
The content will include a study of biblical roots, historical influences in church and medicine, and contemporary
trends. The relationship of scientific technology, alternative medicine, prayer and sacraments will be considered.
Evaluation will be on the basis of a class presentation and
paper, spot quizzes, and one test.
Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or 22 1
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used
to meet religion requirements)
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: /I
Room: Old Main 16
REL 343-A
lnstructor: Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a
decision that we often make with a portion of our brain
and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from
the heart, whether you are married or not. It will,
however, increase your certainty and the possibility for
meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the
context of Christian teachings, many theories will be
studied, with particular attention given to the work of
C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship
primarily, and to the family secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource
persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation,
one paper, and two tests.
Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 or permission of instructor
Distribution: Religion (only one lnterim course may be used
Religion
I
to meet religion requirements)
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
REL 345-A
lnstructoc Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in
the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church
as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the
16th century, its development over about 450 years, and its
cultural influence. An anthology, which includes several
monographs and the professor's lectures, will be used.
Some important readings will be done from the reserved
shelf of the library. Lecture and class discussion will deal
with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art,
music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams.
Prerequisites: Religion 1 7 1 or 22 1 .
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used
to meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
REL 386-A
lnstructoc Bev Stratton
How does the Bible talk about creation? How does the
Adam & Eve story affect our lives today? What were
families like in Bible times? Were ancient problems
similar to our own? What does the Bible say? What does
it mean? What values does it portray and promote? This
course addresses these and other questions by exploring
how scholars read and speak about the book of Genesis.
Evaluation is based on quizzes, three speaking assignments, and a project or short paper.
Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 221
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used
to meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith I or 3
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 2 12
S WK 23 0-A
lnstructoc Vincent Peters
This course, taught in January, is a three week intensive
course of study and travel that offers a transnational
perspective of non-violent social change and development.
It explores non-violent alternatives to the global arms
buildup, which contributes to the world-wide problems of
poverty, environmental depletion and oppression of
powerless and disenfranchised segments of society.
The overall cost of approximately $2,795 covers full
room, board, group travel to Norway and a trip to
Lillehammer. For more information call Kathy Lutfi,
Center for Global Education at 330-1655.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2
SWK 257-A
lnstructoc Mary Lou Williams
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80
hours in a services agency or institution which students
select. The placement must be approved by course
Social Work
I
faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of
this volunteer experience students have opportunity to
interact with human service professionals, clients, and
communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and
special concerns (age, socio-economicstatus, lifestyles,
developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The
course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in
the human services.
The threehour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions
which assist students in integrating agency experiences and
readings which explore the historical development of social
welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of
social work as a profession. Students will also examine and
critique the manner in which social, economic, and political
structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will
focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as
examine their personal value system in relation to special
concerns, such as poverty and the "isms".
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1 1 7
SWK 3 1 5 - A
Instructor Blanca-Rosa Egas
This course will focus on health care, environmental
concerns, and peace issues. With visits to health facilities
in hospitals and clinics, interviews with professional and
folk (indigenous) health practitioners, and presentations
by personnel "outside the system" we learn about Costa
Rica's holistic health care and social services. Students
will gain an understanding of the attitudes, values, and
JOCIOI
Work
practices concerning health and population matters
within the society. The assessment of Costa Rica's historic
and current worth provides a creative perspective, a
positive attitude and a better understanding of Latinos in
the USA.
Evaluation: students are evaluated in course participation, several reflection papers and a final examination.
Grading: Letter grade or P/N. The fee of $2,995 includes
all air and surface travel, accommodations, breakfast
daily, and five group dinners.
This is a UMAIE course to be co-taught with Dr. Don
Irish, Hamline Professor Emeritus.
Prerequisites: Basic Spanish
Maximum Enrollment: 30
SWK 466-A (full course)
S WK 466-6 (0.5 course)
Instructor: Maria Brown
This is a continuation of Field Work I1 - educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 hours (one half course) or 30
hours (full course) per week in field placement, plus one
hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar
held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by
the field instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Maximum Enrollment: Open enrollment for senior social
work students
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1 0 1
Social Work
I
SPA 2 4 8 - A
Instructor: Roman Soto
An introduction to the main cultural issues that characterize contemporary Spanish and Latin-American
societies as they have been portrayed in the work of such
filmmakers as Luis Bunuel, Carlos Saura, Miguel Littin
and Maria Luisa Bemberg, among others. Parallel to a
brief discussion on the aesthetic aspects raised by these
authors, the course advances in two directions: A
"horizontal" one, focused on the main themes - political
and social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion,
language, exile or immigration - explored in each film,
and a "vertical" one, attempting to describe the variations in the treahnent of these themes among the films
included in it. The films are in Spanish with English
subtitles and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is based on attendance and participation and a short
term paper.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
SPC 3 2 9 - A
lnstructoc David Lapakko
This course explores both the problems and the potential
of communication between persons of different cultural
groups. Students examine Western and non-Western
cultural rules, values, assumptions, and stereotypes and
how they affect the transmission of verbal and nonverbal messages. The course stresses both a general
theoretical understanding of the dynamics of cross-
Spani~h/Speech,Communication, Theatre
[
SOC 27 7-A
lnstructoc Cordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience of community is possible in the context of the
metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin
Cities Metropolitan Area, and a project in which each
member of the class does on-site observation in a
particular locale within the metropolitan area will be a
requirement of the course. Class participation and a final
examination will also be basis for evaluating performance
in the course.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 2 5
Time: I
Room: Music 2 3
SOC 265-A
Instructoc lerry Cerasimo
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations.
Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and
the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only)
Distribution: Urban/Women/Minority Studies
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 2 9
Sociology
cultural interaction as well as specific knowledge of how
these principles relate to particular cultural groups.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 42
SPC 347-A
lnstructoc Deborah Bart
A video production course which integrates lecture and
criticism with hands-on video experience. This course
addresses non-fiction subject areas. Students will view
several documentaries in class and will work in production teams to produce short documentaries of their own.
Additional time will be required for editing.
Prerequisites: junior or senior standing
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Foss 175
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which
offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim.
Further information about the following courses can be
obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International
Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue S. (330-1655) or from
the Interim Office (330-1025).Registration for these
Interims ends November 11,1994. These courses are
offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower
division number.
Australia's Business Climate
British Women Writers: Writings, Lives and Contexts
Castles, Cathedrals, and Museums: Architecture of Eastern
Europe and Bavaria
Coral Reefs in the Philippines and Hawaii
Costa Rica: A Study of Holistic Health, Environment, and Peace
English School and Family: Focus on Literacy
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
German and Austrian Culture and Language: Vienna,
Munich, and Berlin
The Greek Experience
Hawaii: Multi-Ethnic Communication in Organizational
Settings
Heroes and Masterpieces
2000 Years in Trier: Intermediate German Language and
Culture in Germany
Ireland: Inside and Outside
From Istanbul to Athens: Theology and Art In Turkey and
Greece
Law in London
Museums, Music, and Monuments in the Great Cities of
Europe
Natural Histoy of Ecuador: Galapagos, Highlands, Amazon
The Natural History of Tanzania - East Africa
Sounds and Sights of Europe
South Africa: From White Domination to Majority Rule
Theatre in Britain
This is New Zealand
Women in Development: An African lnquiy
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not
connected with Augsburg College, but have been
approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition
cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of
the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in
the Interim Office.
OUTWARD
BOUND
HPE 2 12-A
Check for information in the Interim Office on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian
border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping
on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January
26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the
Outward Bound organization has some scholarships
available).
Academic Seminars
POL 3 98-A
GLOBAL
VILLAGE:
WORLD
POLITICS
AND
ECONOMICS
(JANUARY
2- 14, 1995)
POL 398-8
Other Courses
I
POL 398-C
The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during
the first two weeks of the seminar program. During the
last week one seminar is offered. Augsburg students
must register for all three weeks of the program in order
to receive academic credit and to receive a stipend from
the College covering registration and tuition costs.
Credit is available from the Political Science Department
for this program. The course is a passlfail course based
on participation in program activities including site
visits, small group seminars, and journals.
For information brochures and registration forms ask in
Memorial Hall 113 or call #1320. For further information
about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall
#I17 or call #1197. A limited number of stipends are
available to cover registration and tuition costs based on
priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office.
The following activities are available to students during
Interim and students may register for these classes as
well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry
course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports requirement
for graduation.
HPE 002-K
lnstructoc Wayne Niles
This class is designed to instruct students in the basic
techniques for self defense, using the hands and feet.
Other Courses/Lifetime Sports
I
Based on and taught by experienced instructors i n the art
of American style Tae Kwon Do. Fee of $60.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited
Time: 12:OO-2:00 p.m. MI W, F,
Room: Melby Gym
HPE 002-A (Section A)
lnstructor: Ed Saugestad
Grading: P/N only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I M, W, Fall term (8-1 0:00 a.m.)
Room: Melby, weight room
HPE 002-6 (Section 6)
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
Grading: P/N only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I M, W, Fall term (1 0- 12:OO p.m.)
Room: Melby, weight room
Show less
Augsburg
college
Catalog
Augsburg
College
Catalog
Official Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1988
731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 6121330-1000
This Catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College and its
curriculum. Although information was current... Show more
Augsburg
college
Catalog
Augsburg
College
Catalog
Official Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1988
731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 6121330-1000
This Catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College and its
curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to
of each student to know the requirements and
change without notice. Jt is the ~espORd?ibiIi$~
academic policies in thk publicafian.If yau. have questions about anything in this Catalog,
consult a faculty ad~iser,the Derm of fhe College, or the Registrar. Key offices are listed at
the back of the Catalogfor correspondence or telephone inquiries.
0
---7
f.-sl.
a
.
-.
--
I*--'
Tableof
Contents
,,
--.
- >.
'
e-?>.~r
.qL
.dC
fl-
-
,
.
I .:, .
2;-,
,
-
,L
8
................................. ,.,
.......
................................
-
W Course Descriptions
w Majors and Minors
College Information:
........................................200
.......201
W Regents
W ELCA, Education Division
w Directory......................................
...........................
w Faculty Emeriti ...........................
w Academic Calendar ...................
4
..........................................209
.............................................223
7
Faculty
w Maps
Index
..........................................219 ...
,'
.......
-
...
.>
--- ---.?
->>.
--
'
,
d
.: 1
:k.
,
4.
i,$,-B,
!&bL
".,
.........................
Administration
--.
--
'
:
!
U.-T~~*;!~:
,
.,
--
b--\!::.,;
-. . . . I I ".~ ./f: ,
Facts and Figures
4
Introducing Augsburg
Admissions
15
Financing Your Education
21
Student Life
39
Academic Information..............47
Departments and Programs .....71
4
-,,\
-5
.
+
'1 , -9
,
-,
.-,
-
I
!
Augsburg College
Facts aszd Figures
Location - Augsburg College
moved to Minneapolis, Minnesota
in1872. Foundedh1869hMarshall1
Wisconsin.
Financial Aid - Approximately
85% of the students receive some
form of financial aid from the c01lege and many other sources.
Religious Affiliation -The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. 51% of students are Lutheran,
15% other Protestant, 15% Roman
Catholic.
Library - Over 160,000 items, access to over 5,000,000 through the
Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex.
Accreditation -North Central A s
sociation of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation
of Teacher Education. Approved by
American Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of
Schools of Music, National League
for Nursing.
Member - Associated Colleges of
the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education
Council in North America, Mimesota Private College Council, Registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Coordinating Board.
Enrollment (1987-88) -2,161 from
30 states and 29 nations.
Graduates - from 1870 through
May 22,1988 -10,138.
SchoolYear-SeptembertoMay,41-4 calendar, with January Interim.
Two summer schooI sessions.
Augsburg Weekend College - trimesters, September to June.
Augsburg Graduate Program -trimesters, September to June.
Majors-More than40in20 departments.
Off Campus Programs -Program
in Global Community, StudentProject for Amity Among Nations
(SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),
Study Abroad, and extensive cooperative education program.
Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota
Intercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC), and National Collegiate
Athletic Association (NCAA),Division 111.
Policy - Augsburg College does
not
discriminateon the basis of race,
StudentIFaculty Ratio - 14.8 to 1.
creed,
national or ethnic origin, age,
Class size averages 20-30.
marital status, sex or handicap as
Campus -15major buildings. Ma- required by Title IX of the 1972Edujor renovation 1979-80 with special cationalAmendmentsor Section504
emphasis on accessibility. 10 major of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as
buildings are connected by a sky- amended, in its admission policies,
~ a y / t ~ m e l / e n c l ~ ~walkway
€!d
sys- educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
tem.
Introducing Augsburg College
Education
in a Real World
(C tt~dentscommonly speak of graduating from college
as a
L*'way of getting i n t ~"the real world!' In fact, Auphurg
College provides students with an education in a real world. The
diversity of the faculty, staff, and student body, the structure of
the curriculum, and the academic environment minor the camplexity of Life in contemporary society.
The College's location in and involvement with a metropolitan
setting offer continuous access to cultural opportunities, career
experiences, and social realities that enrich shtdents' educations.
Augsburg's commitment to the liberal arts recognizes that the
reality in which contemporary persons live and the persons
themselves have been shaped by the tradition and history horn
which they come. The real world was not made this morning, and
it is not simple. Only a broad education can present our world as
it is and give persons the ability to deal with it. Similar1y,
Augsburg College's continuing dedication to its heritage as a
college of the church affirms a belief that the world is the creation
of a loving God and that human persons are inescapably spiritual
beings.
The College Mission Statement
These qualities of an Augshrg education flow from its mission state
ment which declares that the College exists to provide high quality
educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped
by the faith arid vaIues of the Christian church and by the context of a
great metropolitan center.
Augsburgs location in the heart d the city represents the loom on which
the multialored fabric of its idmtity has been woven. WhiIe students
are pmpafed to take a place in and make a contibution to the worId in
which they Iive, they are educated to be critical of the quality of life in
their society and to be reflective of their own d u e s as they respond to it.
"... based in the liberal arts"
The academic program emphasizes the continuing vaZiditg of the liberal
arts as a foundation for developing the Iife of the mind. Augsbmg
CoIIege's faculty are dedicaid to chatlengvlg their students to achiwe
the highest academic standards while supporting &em in that endeavor
with excenent teaching and individual attention
Students are expected to develop their abilities in critical thinking and
communicationand to gain sensitivity to and appreciation for their own
and other cultures. Each student is encouraged to contemplate the
eternal philosophical and spiritual questions of human life and of
personal values and ethics. At Augsburg the great scholars, thinkers,
writers, and artists of the past and present are studied and valued.
Augsbtrrg College considers art understandingof the content and
method of sdcnce, a arecognition of the place of technology,and an
understanding of ways to maintain a sound body as important elements
of a complete education.
This insistence on the breadth of a traditional liberal arts education
reflects a firm belief that human beings are more than their ability to
perfom a job. It reftwrs further a concerted attempt to direct students
toward a full development of the many facets and capacities of the
educated person.
"...within the context of a
great metropolitan center"
Yet, bounded as it is by an interslate freeway and the center of a vital city,
Augsburg CoLlege is no ivory tower escape from the real world. The
College community continually interacts with the city by attending
culhrral events and civic activities and by inviting dty residents and
visitors to the campus as lecturers, performers, and mmfms.The city
M ~ maslaboratory for experiential leaning through Internships,
professional field experiences, and Cooperative Education.
"...and shaped b y faith and values"
This involvement with the real world is a reflection of Augsburg's
spiritual heritage which values all that God has created. While its
tradition supports intellectual freedom in the search for truth, the
ColIege affirmsits belief that all students should reflect upon their
ethical and spiritual values as part of becoming educated. Students are
encouraged though religion courses and through opportunities on
campus for the practice and examination of spirituality to consider their
relationship to God, to others?to society, and to the world,
Traditionally Augsburg College has insisted that an aspect of these
relationships is contained in the motto: "Education for Service." In these
words the College expresses a belief that, whatever career they pursue,
graduates should consider the duty of citizens to contribute to the
common good through service to others.
w
ithin the larger community of the city and the world,
Augsburg College is its own community. It is a community of
support and collegiality composed of persons of diverse talents; of
varied ethnic, national, cultural, and religious backgrounds; and of
complementary interests and orientations. Through a competent, committed faculty and a dedicated staff, Augsburg College builds with its
students a real world in which the whole person can be educated and
developed.
About
Augsburg
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by N o r w e a n Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in
Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in
MarshalI, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first college
students were enrolled in 1874 and the first graduation was in 1879.
Early Leaders
Establish a Direction
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876).
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway - Sven Oftedal
and Georg Sverdrup. These three men dearly articulated the direction of
Augsburg: toeducateNorwegianLutherans to minister lo immigrants;and
to provide such "coI1eg-e" studies tha t would prepare studentsfor theoIogical study.
In 1874they proposed a three part pram first -train ministerial candidates,
second - prepare future theological students and third - educate the
farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good
education is also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower
concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has
been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, GeorgSverdrup, Augsburg's
second president (1876-1907), required students to get pre-ministerial
experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community
gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for
Service."
In the 1890s,Augsburg leadersformed the Friendsof Augsburg, later called
the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregationalautonomy and personal Christianity.
This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the
small Lutheran body. But the collegedivision was still important primarily
as an attachment to the seminary.
The Focus Changes
This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911Georg SverdrupJr.
became President. He worked to develop college departments with an
appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be
ministers. Augsburg' admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the
College as a teacher and administrator.
The College's mission assumed a double character -ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937,
Augsburg elected Bemhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher,
to be president (1938-1962).His involvementin ecumenical and civic circles
made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life.
After World War 11,Augsburg leadersmade vigorous efforts to expand and
improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the
institution than the seminary, and received the most attention.
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offeringa
modem college program based on general education requirements and
elective majors. With cursimlum change came a long effort to become
accredited.
The College reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had
entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time.
A study in 1962 defined the College's mission now as serving the good
society as a whole first, and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church
second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Northwestern Seminary)in St. Paul in 1963.
A College in the City
President Oscar A. Anderson (1963-1980)continued Augsburg's emphasis
on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out to non-traditional
student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all p p l e .
During his years of leadership the College became a vita1 and integral part
of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen
Tower, Umess Tower, the C o Z l e ~Center, Ice Arena and PsychoIogy
Building.
Since 1980 Augsbwg has been Ied by Charles S.Anderson We has continued Augsburg's commitment to the value of a libera1 arts education,
emphasizingdiversityin enrollment efforts, spiritual growth and freedom
and an academic program that draws on the Esources of the city as
extensions of the campus and classroom.
Serving the Non-traditional Student
Aupburg's American M i a n Program is recognized as mc~essful.The
program has had the highest retention rate of W a n studentsin Minnesota
-=me 85 percent.The Black Student Support Program, initiated in 1969,
has had a growing number ofstudents and supports a Black Student Union
and a newspaper distributed by the office.
The campus is accessible to the physimlly handicapped with a skywaytunnel-elevator system connecting ten major buildings. In only its second
year, Augsburg's program for the learning disabled had 30 students enrolled. The program received a state award for excellence.
Weekend College, started in 1982 with 69 students, had an enrollment of
over SO0 in fa11 1988. Through Weekend College, adult students can work
M l i m e and pursuea bachelor's degree that has a practicalfocus on a liberal
arts base.
In January of 1987 Augsburg initiated a Master of Arts in Leadership
program. As in Weekend College, students can work full-time and take
graduate courses leading to a master's degree.
These programs bring working add& to the campus. They are comple
mented by the College's Cooperative Education Progsam Cbegun in 19%)
that places Augsburg students into paid work experiences. Tfte Co-op
Education Program helps s tadents get career experience in additiun to their
classroom studies.
Augsburg Today
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the
founders who believed:
Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community
and church;
education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens;
the city with all its excitement, challengesanddiversity,is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great
metropolitan center.There arenow more than 11,000 Augsburg alumni. In
a world that has c h g d much since those first days of the College,
Augsburg still sendsout graduates who make a difference where they live
and work.
Campus Location
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Muphy Square, the first of 155parksin the "City of Lake." The University
of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the .eitfs largest hospitals,
Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 94 which forms
the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with
the suburbs. (See map at back of book)
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, and bus or train connections
can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as
required by Title IX of the 1972Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies,
educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed in the
Directory in the back of this Catalog, or to the Director of the Minnesota
Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7thPlaceat Minnesota Street,
St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on
Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schoolsand TheNational Councilfor the Accreditationof Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by
The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education,
National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for
Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional metliber of the National
Association of Schools of Music (NASM).
We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private
College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution.
Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be
transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational
programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer.
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently
located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connectsthe tower
dormitories,the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus the Music Hall, 2222
Murphy Square, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama
and Communication.
Admissions Office - Located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices
for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and
their parents.
Augsburg College Center - Center of non-academic activity, with spaciousloungesand recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for
student govenunent and student publications. (1967)
-
Center for Global Education Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those
interested in global issues.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and CommunicationThe newest building on campus, estabIishes a new "front door" for the
ColIege on Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in magnition of
the gifts of Julianand June Foss and those from a great numkr of alumni
and friends of the College. The Tjornhom-NeIsonTheater is also housed in
this complex, which contains space for the campus ministry program,
drama, and communication. (1988)
Ice Arena - With two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and
recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.(1974)
Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to
1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity Department, provides
facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiateand
intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes.
(1961)
Mortensen Tower -Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women
from 1923to 1964, has 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments that house
312 upperclass students, plus conferencerooms and spacious lounge areas.
(1973)
Music Hall -Contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music
faculty. (1978)
Old Main -Home for the Foreign Language and Art Departments, with
classroomsused by other departments. Extensivelyremodelledin 1980,Old
Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It
is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900)
ScienceHall-Houses classrooms, well-equippedlaboratories,amediumsized auditorium, and faculty offices. (1949) In 1960 the Lisa Odland
Observatory on the roof was completed.
South Hall, Kueffner Apartments, and Annex Houses -All located in or
near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for
students, faculty and staff.
George Sverdrup Library -Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955)
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall -Named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty
offices. (1938)
2222 Murphy Square -Houses offices forWeekend College, the Graduate
Program, and Cooperative Education, as well as classroom space. (1964)
Urness Tower - Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who
have givenseveral generous gifts to the College, providesliving quarters for
324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing36 residents, housed two
to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967)
West Hall -Apartment housing for upperclass students. (1966)
Admissions
A
ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence
and character. We want people who can benefit from and
contribute to their community -the College community, and the
larger community.
Freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the
campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor, because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere
is valuable. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member
of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents
with college planning. Just call any weekday between 8:00 a.m.
and 4:30 p.m. -Admissions Office (612) 330-1001. We'll answer
your questions and arrange a tour for any day (including Saturday mornings during the school year). Our office is on the Northwest comer of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis
(please call first).
Augsburg selects students on individual merit without regard to
race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age.
Application Procedures
V For Freshmen
Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application
for admission and essay, and return them to the Admissions Office together
with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
Transcripts - An official transcript from the high school is required of
freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript
sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate Exarnination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school
transcript.
Test Scores-Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the
Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test
(SAT),or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are
recorded on the official high school transcript.
Additional Information -If there is personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previousacademicperformance, it may be included
with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor.
Academic recommendationsmay be required by the AdmissionsCornmittee before an admissions decision is made.
Notification of Admissions Decision- Augsburg College uses a "rolling"
admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually
within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been
evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of Admission -Accepted students who are applying for
financialaid are asked to make a$100non-refundabletuitiondeposit within
30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in
writing to the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted studentswho are not applying for financial aid are asked to make
a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of
acceptance. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also
submit a $100 housing deposit.
Early Decision for Freshmen
AugsburgoffersanEarlyDecisionProgramforstudentswho select Augsburg
as a primary college choice. Early Decision candidates must apply by
November 15 of their senior year and will receive the admission decision
about December 1. The College bases its admissions decision on the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations.
Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance.
Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the FFS or FAF after January 1.
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a
$100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid
notification. Extensions may be requested by writing to the Director of
Financial Aid.
Accepted studentswho are not applying for financialaid are asked to make
a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of
acceptance. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also
submit a $100 housing deposit.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a
degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the
senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete
the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic
recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal
interview with the Director of Admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling
at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information.
V For Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having
completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit
is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited
institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses
where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for
work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses
be taken at Augsburg.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is
required on previous college work.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes
necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental
catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary.
Application for Admission -Applicants should complete an application
for admission and return it to the Admissions Office together with the
$15.00 non-refundable application fee.
Transcript-An official transcript sent directly to the Admissions Office
from the college(s)the student has attended is required. Transfer student
applicants who have completed one year or less of college-level work must
have an official transcript from their high school sent directly to the
Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college
work will be evaluated primarily on their college performance.
Additional Information-If there is personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previous college performance, it may be included
with the applicationor discussed personally with an admissionscounselor.
Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
Notification of Admissions Decision- Augsburg Collegeuses a l'rolling"
admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually
within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been
evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of Admission-Accepted students who are applying for
financialaid are asked to make a$100 non-refundable tuitiondepositwithin
30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in
writing to the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financialaid are asked to make
a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of
acceptance.
Those studentswho wish to live in College housing must also submit a $100
housing deposit.
V For Former Students
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without
requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return, apply for readmission through the Registrar's Office. Studentswho have attended any
other institution(s1during the absencefrom Augsburg must have an official
transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office.Returning students
do not pay the application fee.
V For Special Students (Non-Degree)
In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (nondegree)and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually
part-time students, they may subsequentlybecome candidatesfor a degree
by petitioning through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at
Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be
sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available
from the Admissions Office.
V For International Students
Internationalstudentsshould consult with the Coordinator of International
Student Admissions regarding the procedures for applying as an international student. All international students transferring to Augsburg from
another United States college or university must apply and be accepted for
admission to Augsburg two months prior to the start of the semester: July
1for Fall, November 1 for Spring.
To contact the Coordinator, call (612) 330-1001 or write to:
Coordinator of International Student Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis MN 55454
Your Education
A
11 students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality
liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees
cover. The College raises that difference in gifts - from alumni,
faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations, a n d endowment income.
However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college
education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is
intended to supplement those resources.
College Costs 1988-89
The Board of Regents has approved the costslisted for the 1988-89academic
year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The
College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions
necessitate.
V Tuition, Fees, Room and Board
..........................................................
Tuition (full-time enrollment)
$8,020.00
This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1988.
Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses
during the semester terns with a total of seven or more courses in the school
year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, subscription to
student publications, and admission to most College-supported events,
concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at
the beginning of each semester.
........................................
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course
$595.00
This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester
and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are
charged the audit rate for that course.
................................
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course.
$298.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students
taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
...................................................$1,610.00
Full Board (19 meals a week) ...........................................................$1,470.00
Room Rent (includes telephone).
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet
available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) is
$1,430.00; the point plan is $1300.00.
V Other Special Fees (Non-refundable)
Fees Billed on Student Account
ACTC Bus (full-time students
only) ........................................$5.00
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin) ................ $10.00
Registration Change after first
5 days (cancel/add/change/
grade option, or combination
at one time) ............................$5.00
Introduction to Cinema Art .....$35.00
Life Drawing (See Interim
Catalog for fee)
Music Therapy Internship
(one half course credit) ....$298.00
Fees Payable by ChecWCash
Application (new and/or
special students) ................$15.00
Nursing Credit Validation
Tests .......................................$95.00
Nursing Comprehensive
Exam ........................................$9.00
Locker Rental (commuters).......$5.00
Music Lessons Private,
per semester (14 lessons) ...$175.00
Class, per semester ...............$50.00
Radio-Television Production ...$ 10.00
Theater Technical Production .$35.00
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) ..........$15.00
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) .......$150.00
Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) ......... $125.00
Student Activity Fee .................. $85.00
Student Activity Fee (parttime students) .......................$42.50
Student Parking Lot Permit
-car ...................................$45.00
-motorcycle .......................$20.00
Transcript Fee (per copy after
first, which is free) ...............$2.00
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule
on file in Registrar's Office)
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated to range between $350 - 400 per year.
V Deposits
..............................................
Enrollment Deposit (Non-refundable)
$100.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is
credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be
refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the
Admissions Office.
....................................................................
$10.00
Housing Damage Deposit
Required of all resident students at the time of signinga contract, to reserve
a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or
fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages
and/or fines)at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract.
New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by notifying the
Office of StudentLife in writing by the first day of registration. The resident
will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of
proper notification.If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $50.00 will be forfeited from the
$100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if
cancellation is after these dates.
V Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of
Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the
Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business
Office.
Payment Options - (1)Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2)
Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment
Plan -upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is
available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges
letter; (4) lcmonth Payment Plan -upon application, College approval,
and payment of a $50 administrativefee, the annual chargesmaybe paid in
10 equal insta1Imuzb beginning June20 and ending March 20. No finance
charge wdl be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will
be sent upon request.
Financial Policies
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1%per month on any account
with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-monthpayment plan in
which payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the
beginning of each semester.
Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term
is paid in full.
Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all
student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds
administered by the College (National Defense/Carl Perkins National
Direct Student Loan and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according
to established repayment schedules.
V Refunds
Students fill out Withdrawal from College forms available in the Center for
Student Development. They must be filled out completely signed, and
turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw,
change to part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract
will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the
minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrativecosts) according to
the following schedule:
100% - through the first five days of classes (less $100.00
administrative fee)
90% - from the 6th though 10th day of classs
80% - from the 11th through 13th day of classes
70% - from the 16th through 20th day of classes
60% - from the 21st through 25th day of dasses
50% - from the 26th day of classes through the
mid-point of the term
No refund will be made afterthe middle classday of the term. Board refunds
are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund will
include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment,
upon submissionof a report from the attending doctor stating the inability
or inadvisability of continued enrollment.
Students who elect to omit an Interim or to graduate in December are not
entitled to a refund of Interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students
who participate in an approved off-campus Interim are eligible to apply for
a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available
in the Office of Student Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before
eligibility for a cash refund is determined.
Financial Aid
Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a
person or family makes in a lifetime. So, proper planning and wise choices
are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used
to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial
Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and
advisory assistance to protect access to a quality education in spite of increasing costs.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combinationof scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College
cooperates with federal, state, church, and private agencies in providing
various aid programs. For the academicyear 1986-87approximately 85%of
all students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time
employment totalling over $7,200,000 from all aid sources.
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the
student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and
family resources.
The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing
Program (ACT)or the Financial Aid Form (FAF)of the College Scholarship
Service (CSS)helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student
is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be
expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family
financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other
educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations.
V How and When to Apply
New Students - Regular Admission
1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for
admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aid form
(FAF)from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the
application and send it to the processing agency after January 1but
before March 15for priority consideration.Minnesota residents must
complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota
State Scholarship/Grant Program. Augsburg's code on the FFS is
2080. For non-Minnesota residentsusing the FAF, Augsburg's code is
6014.
3. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that
time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee
will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A
letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid package.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work
applications will then be sent to you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each
college previously attended before financial aid will be offered. The
financial aid transcript forms are available through the Admissions
Office or Financial Aid.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-establishedeach academicyear by filing
the application and Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on
financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability.
V Kinds of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a specific scholarshipor grant (exceptas noted).The various
forms of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, studentsare urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans that might be
available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with
churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid
available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these
sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others.
+ Gift Assistance
President's Scholarships - President's Scholarships are awarded annually to the most academically qualified full-time freshmen students. These
scholarships are awarded without regard to need.The awards are renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Special
application is due February 1.Details from Admissions Office.
Dean's Scholarships-Full tuition and half tuitionDean's Scholarshipsare
awarded each fall to the most academicallyqualifiedfull-time studentswho
are direct transfersto Augsburg College followingcompletionof anA.A. or
A.S. degree, having maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships
are awarded without regard to need and are renewable for an additional
year. Because this is a unified program, full tuition is assured, since the
Collegeguaranteesthe differencebetween non-Augsburggrants and scholarships (suchas state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special
application is due April 1.
PairedResources inMinistryandEducation (PRIME)Awards- Augsburg
College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant
from a Lutheran congregation.Announcement from the congregationmust
be made by October 1.
Augsburg Tuition Grants -Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up to full tuition
and fees. A student's academic performance, financial need, and high
school and community involvement are taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to
Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 1988-89, they range from
$100 to $4509. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants - A federal program
administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1)be a U.S.
citizenor permanentresident; (2)have exceptional financialneed as defined
by the program and demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of
maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be
accepted for admission.
Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending
eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as
defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each
student for 1988-89 is $2200 minus the amount the student and family can
be expected to contribute.Application ismadeby filingthe FFS (or FAF)and
requesting on the applicationform that the necessary informationbe sent to
the Pell Grant Program.
Bureau of Indian AffairsITribaland State Indian Scholarships-American Indian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and/or State Indian Scholarship monies.
Students must be 1/4 degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a
federally recognized tribe. Indian grants supplement all other sources of
financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American
Indian Program Director or your tribal agency.
+ Loan Assistance
Perkins Student Loan - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate
financial eligibility. Loans are interest free during your education. No
interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any
time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months
after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87).
Repayment may extend up to 10years. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate
study is $9000.
Guaranteed Student Loans and Minnesota State Student Loans -Loan
funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states
which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least halftime, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8%on the loan
balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after you leave
school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The maximum loan is $2625
for the first two years and $4000 for the remaining years of undergraduate
study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250. Applications are available at the College, some banks, and the Minnesota State
Student Loan Office.
Nursing Student Loan -Federal program with provisions similar to the
National Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in
nursing. Recipientsmust have financial need and be registered at least half
time. The maximum loan is $2500 per year.
Parent Loan Program (PLUS) -PLUS is a loan program to help parents
meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to
$4,000 per student per year with an aggregatemaximum of $20,000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursementat a variable interest rate
not to exceed 12%and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application
forms are available at Augsburg College or the lending institutions. Applicationsarenormallyfiled with thebankor thrift institution with which your
family has an account.
+ Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work opportunitiesfor students with proven
financial need who are at least one-half time students. Assignment is made
on the basis of need and potential competence in performing the duties
assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial
aid, just like scholarships,loans, and grants. A maximum of 15hours of oncampus employment per week is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulatedin the work contract
issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made
monthly by check to the student employee.
College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program
-Under these programs the federal or state government supplies funds on
a matching basis with the College to provide some part-time work opportunities.
+ Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee of the
Faculty unless otherwise specified.For departmentalscholarships,winners
are recommended by faculty of the department involved. Descriptions of
awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. *Indicates endowed
scholarships
General Scholarships
Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation Scholarships -A number of awards of
varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and
ability. Established in 1973by the foundation.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to deservingjunior/
senior students. Established in1961 to perpetuate her memory.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto two
deservingjunior or senior students. Establishedin 1969by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor
her late husband and perpetuate their memory.
Elias B.Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more needy and
deserving u m d a s s students. Establishedin 1979in memorv of their husband and father bv
and Mrs. Cla&
~osie
~er:e & o n , Conrad Eljason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Ekabeth~auseth
Hoelck.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965by
Maybelle and Malwlm Estrem.
First Bank Systems-Awarded each year without regard to a specificmajor,but to students
with demonstrated leadership ability and an interest in entrepreneurialdevelopment.
The Julian P. Foss Scholarship*-Awarded to a student of any class who has financialneed,
shows promise, and demonstrates faith and dedication to overcoming difficult circumstances. Established by Julian P. Foss ('30), Mesa, Arizona.
The Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*- Awarded annually to one or more students who
demonstratepotential and financial need. Established in 1985by Edwin C. Johnson, Powers
Lake, ND.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - Awarded annually to an able and
deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - Given annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972.
Northern States Power Company Scholarship* -Awarded
class year on the basis of financial need and ability.
to deserving students in each
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - Awarded annually to freshman students who
without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in 1963 by a
bequest of John G. Quanbeck
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* -Awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964.
The Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* -Awarded annually to one or more
students of any class who have potential and financial need. Establishedin 1986 through the
gift of Elsie L. Wildung, St. Paul, MN.
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior
student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters,
E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie.
Special Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans - Awarded annually to able and deserving upperclass
students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance
Company. Established in 1966.
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg
College Board of Regents in 1965 on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald, this
annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from Norway. The winner
is selected from competition held in Norway by the NorgeAmerika Foreningen.
Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to sophomore, junior, or senior Chinese students who have outstanding
academicrecords and are preparing to work among the Chinese people. Established in 1983
by family and friends to honor the memory of Grace Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922 alumna.
The Mildred Ryan Cleveland MemuM SchoIafslp* - Awarded annually -to able and
deserving student(s) who have p h ~ i c adisabilities
l
and have demonstrated financial need.
Established in 1972 by her husband, Floyd Cleveland, ko honor the memory of Mrs. Q e v e
land, Augsburg alumna, conseaated Christian leader and devoted wiEe.
The Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more
female freshmen students of any major who belong to the Lutheran Church (ELCA) and show
evidence of academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986 by Raymond D.
Erickson, in memory of his daughter, Laura Ann E r i b n .
The Laura Ann and Raymond D. Erickson Courage Scholarship*-Awarded annually, as
funds are available, to one or more freshman students who belong to the Lutheran Church
(ELCA) and show evidence of academic achievement, financial need, and personal courage.
Establishedin 1986byRaymondD. Erickson ('50) in tribute to thecourage of hislate daughter,
Laura Ann rickso on: David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually
to a iunior or senior student who has successfullvovercome adversity and achievedexcellence
in aiademic and extracurricularperformance. kstablished in 1979 iymembers of his family
to honor the memory of Commander David J. Formo, 1964 alumnus.
The FhnwickThanksgivingScholarship*-Awarded annually ta a studentat or above the
sophomorelevd who demonstrateshigh academic achievementand is preparingfura career
in %me form of therapy, e.g, physical, occupational s p e d , music, psychological. Established at Thanksgiving, 1986, by Dr. Thcodare J, and
Fern S I-Eanwick, in gratitude to
the therapist who aided in the r e c o v q of their son,Theodore T.Hanwick 0 ,
from a sevae
accident.
TheRw.John H j e l m h d Sfholiuships-Awarded annually to second or third generation
eeshman or uppadass students of any major who have attained a 3.0 grade point average,
a better. Establishedin 19%by Sigvald ('41) andHden Hjelmdand, and John ('70) and Lynn
Hjelmeland
Gmce h e Tohnson Memmial Molarshig - One or more dmlarshim are awarded
annually t.0 u&rdass international stud& who have overcome ad&$
and achieved
excellence in mdcmic and extraamicdar performance.E s t a b h h d in 1981 by her parents,
Dr.and M m mar Johnson,and other f d y m e m b e r s and Men& in memory of ~ r a k ~ n n e
(Gay) J o h n , a student at Aupburg 1971-1973.
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to upperdrtss women of high
moral character, with preferencegiwn to female or malestudents transferring from Waldorf
College who are in music and/or demwtary education. Esfablished in W E in memory of
Catha Jones, 1197 d m a , by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Kenncth Jones, o f h a family and
fiends, and the Augsburg College Senior Challenge kogram.
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship -Awarded on the basis of
scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00.
The scholarship is renewable.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a senior
student(s) who has successfully overcome adversity and has achievedexcellence in academic
in 1977 to honor thememory of the Rev. Nyhus,
and ex~acurricular~ormance.Established
a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminary who uvercame the adversity of early years to earn
his own education and he w e d others with humanity and wisdom,
The Ole K. and Evelyn L. O h n Scholarship* - Awarded annuaIly to students with
financial need. Preference given to students f r o m Canada or transfmdngfrom a public college
or university who indicate an interest in religion, music, or Scandinavian studies. Established
in 1988 by Mrs. Evelyn Olson and Mr. Gordon Olson ('631, in memory of Rev. Ole K. Olson
('32) and in honor of Mrs. Olson's 80th birthday.
Minority Student Scholarships/Grants
-
The Hearst Ame*imn Indian Scholarship*
One or mom scholarships are awarded
annually to an American Indian upperclass student(5) who has a cumulative grade point
average of 3.0 or betta at Augsburg College. Established in1984by The Hearst Foundation.
The Otto Bremer Foundation American Indian Scholarshipr - Awarded to American
Indian Students. Recipients will be involved in a community serviceproject during the year.
Car@ Foundation American Indian Scholarship* - Awarded to American Indian Students who either: 1) have been denied or lost tribal funds or, 2) have experienced other
unusual circumstances as determined by the American Indian Program Director and the
Financial Aid Director.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978by her parents,
family and friends to honor thememory of Marilyn's devotion to sharing and loving people,
especially her service to students.
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded periodically to a Black
American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys Johnson Simengaard and her
Christian concern for the problems of social injustice.
Religion and Christian Service Scholarships
The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981by Rolland H. Bockbrader
to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation,
Augsburg College, and the community.
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*- Available to both North American and
international students to encourage men and women to enter full-time Christian service.
Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral character, and potential for
Christian service. Established in 1983by the Rev. and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess.
Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded
annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. Established in
1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt,
president of the Lutheran Free Church, 1930-1958.
Henningand Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto an upperclass student preparingfor a Christian vocation. Established in 1982to honor the memory of
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg.
Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*- Awarded on the basis of need, character and interest
in Christian service. Established in 1957by Iver Iverson.
The Rev. Amold j. Melorn M e m d Schollwhip -Awarded annually to one or more
students of any dass who demms!mtepotential and Rnanual need, with preferencefor those
who are pparing for a religious service vocltion. Established In 1985by Kenneth and Vera
Ndsan in memory of thdr pastor, The Rev. Amdd J. Mefom, a 1947graduate of Augsburg
College.
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*- One or more scholarships are awarded annuallv on the basis of scholarship, service, and devotion to the Christian faith. Established in
19?5 by the family and ~ u ~ s College
b & ~ in memory of Gerda Mortensen for five decades of
service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College.
Onesimus Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian
ministry. Established in 1962by Mr. and Mrs. James Hdeckson.
Johan H.0. Rodvik Mernmial ScholarshipC - One or mere scholarships are awarded
annually to A u g s b g students preparing far a prof-ional career in Chrklian service.
Established in 1 9 6 by Mr. and Mrs.Luther H.Kodvik in memory of Johan J. 0.Rodvlk and
his deep perxlnal dedimlian to hk cralling as aminister, as well as his schdarly research and
pioneering tl~oughtconcerning the Apostle Paul's traditionally misunderstoad at tihrde
toward the question of equal rights and equal status for women.
The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958 to honor the Rev. Old Rogne, business
administrator of the college, 1940-1952.
The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship*- One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation in the church.
Established in 1980by their children,families and friends to honor thelifelong devotion that
the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church, Augsburg College, and Augsburg
Seminary over a period of 60 years.
Moms G. C. & Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund* -Awarded m d y to a
junior/senior student preparing for service as a aisianary through the World MissIon
Department of The Evangelical L uthwan Churchin Amcrim. btablishedin 1969by the Rev.
and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes.
Departmental Scholarships
Art
The Crown Princess Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg
College Board of Regents in 1978 to honor the Gown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually
to a talented art student with finanaal need.
August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upperclass students majoring in art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and
friendsin memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years
at Augsburg College.
Athletic
The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s)
participating in the Augsburg College hockey program. Established in 1983 by friends in
memory of Carl Bloomberg, a talented young hockey player.
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student
on the basis of Christianpurpose, athletic and academic achievement Established in 1966 by
his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at
Augsburg College.
Paul DahlenJGerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and
deserving male student on the b s i s of personality, character, athletic and academic
achievement. Established in 1966 by friends to honor the memory of these two Augsburg
College students.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two or more students,
participatingin athletics or music, who have demonstrated financialneed and high Christian
character. The athletic scholarship is for a male candidate only, with a preference in
basketball. Establishedin 1975 by Mrs.David Gronner andchildren Richard, Carol, and Paul,
and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College
alumnus.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually based on academic achieve
ment, personal character, and abilityin athletics. Establishedin 1945 by Mr. andMrs. Charles
S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
-
R o y Jordan Memorial Scholarship'
One ormore scholar*ps are award& amraalIy to
u p p d a s s students partic+alingin infermllegiatesports,with preference for students in the
m t l i n g program. Established in 1980by the M P i Jordan and Charles Schulz familiesin
memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and n a t i o d y rxognizd wrestler.
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship8-Awarded annually to students on the basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established
in 1958 by their children in memory of their parents.
The Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship8- Awarded annually to amaleathlete of any class
or major, upon the recommendation of the Athletic Department. Establishedin 1987by Hoyt
C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa.
The Sian Person Memorial Sckolamh1p*-Awarded annua7ly to one ormore male students
of any class or academicmajor who p&i+tes in the College%salhleticprogramand shows
widenceof aclademicachiwernent a n d h a d n d . Establishedin1986bvGIenandGerdd
Person, in memory and in honor af their brother, Stan Person.
Biology
Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Deparhnent to
honor outstanding students who intend to major in biology, natural science or medical
technology.
The Dr. Kennekh D.amd Mrs. Linda mailey) Holmen Biology SehaIarship* - A merit
scholarship awarded annually to an -4s student majoring or minoring in biology.
Established in 1985by Dr.Kenneth D. and Mrs.Linda mailey) Holmen.
Business Administration/Economics
Augsburg Business Alumni ScholarshipFund* -Awarded annually to sophomore,junior
or senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassed within the Department of
Business Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial
need. Established in 1984by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within
the business community.
The Forss-Herr Scholarship*- Awardedannuallyto a junior or senior business student who
has shown academic achievement, has been involved in extracurricular activities and has
financialneed. Preference will be given to students from families where two or more children
are in college at the same time. Established in 1987 by Mrs. Grace F. (Forss, '57) and Mr.
Douglas P. Herr, Danville, IL.
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more upperclass
students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo
Foundation.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a
junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration. Established in 1980 by
members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College.
The Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperdass student of
any major who intends to pursue a graduate degree in business management. The award is
based upon academic performance and financial need. Established in 1987 by Joan L. Volz,
a 1968 graduate.
Chemistry
Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major,
preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chernishy. Established
in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre.
Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior and senior students whose academic recordindicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Establishedin 1968
by family, friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor:
Manivald Aldre
Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Dr. W.M. Sandstrom
Walter Gordon Schnell
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr
Covey Hen drickson
Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship - Awarded annually to a junior or senior whose
academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in
1986 by Burton and Peggy Fosse, Burnsville, MN.
The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship* -A merit
scholarship awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring or minoring in chemistry.
Established in 1985 by Dr. Kenneth D. And Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship - Awarded to chemistry
majors who are citizens of the U.S.Established in 1979.
Conrad S m d e Memorial Chemistry Scholarships*- A d d annually to juniw/senior
studentsmajoring in rhemishy who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduateor
professional school gods. EsQbIished in 19M thrwgh the Conrad Sunde estate m memory
of a 1915 d m n u s who was the k t Augsburg ColIegegraduate toeam aPh.D. inchemistry.
Fh pmfffisionalcareer as ducator, researcher and consultmtincluded many inventions,of
which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship* -Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need
of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
The Barbara (Tjornhom) and Richard K. Nelson Scholarship* -Awarded annually to a
student of any class; based upon financialneed, with preference given to a person preparing
for a career in elementary education. Established in 1986 in honor of an alumna, Barbara
(Tprnhom) Nelson and her husband, Richard K. Nelson.
English
Anne Pedersan English Sthohhipv- Awarded annually to jlmfm/senior students who
aremajoringin English, wikh preference given to those who plan ta teach English as a career.
Eskablished In 1971 by f a d t y members of the ERglish w e n t to honor the 37 years of
&a of Anne Pedersm as English teacher at hugburg College.
Pmf. P. A. Sveegen MemcdaI Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an outstanding
sl-udent in the EeId of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A.
Svezggen, p r o f w r of English at Augsburg, 19151952.
Foreign Language
Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship*-Awardedannually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in modem language, with preference given to those who plan to
teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley.
Health-Related
Ellen and Courtland Agre Re-Medicine Award -Given annually to a student of any major
who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established in
1980by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Age.
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a registered
nurse seeking a baccalaureate degreeinnursing. Establishedin 1983by The Augsburg Nurses
Alumni Association.
Ehanor Christcnsen Edwards M~rnorialScholarshipc-Awarded d
y to upperclass
sludent(s) preparing for a career in mediche or heal &. Established in I978 in memory of
Beanor Christensen Edwards* devotion and beein health cmeby members of her family,
Bemhard Christensen, Elsie Christensen Schroeder, Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen
and Theodore Christensen.
History
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - Awarded annually to a history major.
Established in 1980by Gregory M. Fitzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock
The Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History Award -Awarded annually to a senior student
for excellence in history. Established in 1980by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev.
and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness.
EL N. Henfitkson History StItohhip* - Awarded timually to studmts majoring in
history wlth prderence given to those who plan a c a r e in the fidd Established in 1969 by
Dr. and Mrs. Carl K Orislck and augmented by other contributions to honor the memory
of H. N. H e n d r i h n , professor of history at Augsburg College, 1900-1952.
The Nydahl Histmy Schohship* -Awarded annualIy to juniors or seniors who have
potenhd and financial need, with preference given to history majors. Established in 1986
thmugh a twqust in the will of Dr. Theodore L. Nydahl.
Mathematics
Mathematics Scholarship-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student in the field
of mathematics. Established in 1980by the Mathematics Department.
MinnegascoScholarship-Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students
maiorinrr in mathematics or the scienceson the basis of need and academicabilihr. Established
in i969 Minnegasco.
cy
Metro-Urban Studies
Joel and FrancesTorstenson Scholarshipin Urban Affairs*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to upperdass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of
Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's urban involvement. Established in
1982 by colleagues, former students, and friends to honor the service and leadership of the
Torstensons in community development and urban affairs.
Music
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded annually to a student of
choral music. Established in 1965 by Thomas I. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen
Benson, an Augsburg College alumna.
Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student of any
academic class who is a choir member not majoring in music. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen, in memory of Mr. Sam Coltvet, who believed in the
value of Christian higher education and choral music.
Freshman Performance Studies Scholarships -Entering freshman music majors who evidence marked abilityin their major instrumentor voice will receive free lessons in that major
medium during the first two semesters of performance studies.
The Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a
rnwically-gifted student, with preference &en M a student of organ and/or choral music
who desires to serve, prof&onaIIy or otherwise, in the ministry of music of the Lutheran
Church. EeabIished in 1955 by the family.
David Gronaer Mwwrial Schohship* - A m d e d m u d y to Two or more students
partiapating in athletics or music,wha have demonstrated financialneed and are af hihigh
Christian character. &tablistid in 1975by MS. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol
and Peu&and Mrs. Ethel G r m e s i n memory of David Gronner, Augsbmg College alumnus.
-
0.I. H e r t s m S c h ~ k h . i g * Awa~dedarmudy to j u n i o r / d a r students who show
promise of a m d d mccm and have hinimdal need Preference given ta those who have
demonstrated profidency in choral and/or instrumental music and interest or potmfial in
conducting. Establishedin 1966 by 0.I. Hertsgaard
-
Leonard and Sylvia Kaschel Scholarship* Awarded to u p p g h students seeking to
acquire m u s I d and performance sljlL4 in inshumenlalmusic with preferwe given to those
who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.Established in 1975 by Leonard and
Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful mesage of music
The Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to amusic student of any
class or major, upon the recommendation of the Music Department. Established in 1987 by
Lucille H. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa.
Xenne& 0.Lower- N o d kap Male C h m s Music Scholarship+-Awarded annually to
an upperclass studmt ma!orhg in music, based upon academic pdormance wd 5nandal
need, with preference given to a person studying choral music Established in 1956 in
memory of Kenneth 0. Lower ('28) and in recognition of the heritage of the Nordkap male
Chorus.
Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. Established in 1980
by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and conducting of
piano, organ and choral music.
St Joh's Lnthwan Chrrrch-John N d Memorial Scholmhip*-- Awarded a n n d y in
honor of St.]oh's Lutheran Church's faithful =ton for 335 ymrs,Mr. JohnNorris. Applicants
must& U.S.citizens majmkg in music who are sophomoresor above. The awards are based
upon financial need and satisfacto~yacademic progress, with preference given to racial
minority students.
Henry P. Opseth Music SchalasshipV- Awarded a n n d y to a sophomm/junior student
of outstanding promise in the field of music. EstabIlshedin 1953by his family to honor Henry
P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsbtsrg Music Department, 1922-1951.
Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded to outstanding students who are
participants in the Augsburg Choral Music program.
Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative
GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance
Scholarshipwhich provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters
preceding graduation.
Rev.Mark Ronning Memorial hstmmenhl Mndc Scholarship* -Awarded annually to
a student of any dass who is a member of a College instrumental group but is not studying
music Established h 1985 by Dr. Kenneth D.and Mrs.Linda (Bailey) Holmar, in memory
of Rev, Mark Ronnhg; who dedicated his life to helping young people.
Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded
band, based on talent and academic record.
annually to a partiapant in the concert
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarshi$ -Awarded mnually to an Augsburgstudent who has
music as a major/minor and who shews outstandingpromise for achievement in the art of
singing. Established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg, and her brother
Dowan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53.
String Scholarships - Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin,
viola, cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performancestudies, string
ensemble, and orchestra.
-
John and Vera Tfiut SchoIarahip* One or more scholarships sue awatded m d y to
upperdass shrdmb who have achieved e x d e n e in performance in v o i e or pima. Established in 1980by Johnand Vera Rut, their family and friends.The 'lhuts cherished Iifelong
careerr in the teaching of music, three demdes of which were at A u ~ b w g .
Stuart West Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in instrumentalmusic. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and
children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James.
Philosophy
Kenneth C. Bailey Philoslrphy Scholarship*-A merit d-ip
awarded annually to an
upperclassstudent majoring or minoring in philmphy. Estabbhedin 1985by Dr. Kenneth
D. andMrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in honor of Dr. Bdejfs twentielh anniversary asmember
of the Augsbwg College faculty.
Physics
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upperclass student
majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and
friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annually to upperclass students pursuing careers in political science. Established in 1980by Professors Norma
Noonan and Myles Stenshoel.
Scandinavian Studies
Iver and Myrtle O l m Scholarship*- Awarded annually to an u p M a s s student(s) with
amdernic ability, in b e pursuit of a degree with m e e n bation in Scandinavian languages,
literature, history and/or culture. Established in 1983 by their children and their families and
friends to honor I v a and Myrtle Olson on the omsfon of their golden wedding anniva-sary.
Social Work
Steen Family ScholarshipFund for Minority SocialWork Students* -Awarded annually
to one or more minority social work students, based upon the student's potential and
financial need, with preference given to those who are preparing for professional careers in
social work Established in 1985by Dr. Paul and Mrs. Lorene Steen, as representatives of the
Steen Family.
Sociology
Adolph Paalson M ~ m o r i dPrize)-- Awarded annudy to a student m h e p e r a l field of
Christian d o l o g y . BtabIlshed in 1956 by members of hh family to honor the memary of
Professor Adolph P&n,
who bught sodaI sdenm at Augsburg from 1930-35.
SpeecWCommunication/TheatreArts
Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship - Awarded to a senior student based on talent,
scholarship, and theatre participation.
Student
Life
E
xperiences in the classroom are an important part of
college life, but learning and development also occur in
formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan
area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their
education.
Campus Ministry
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as
academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in
the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their
own faith.
Sinceour campusis comprised of individualsfrom many different religious
and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar
diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, peace and justice forums,
hunger conferences, concerts, plays and movies are examples of the wide
variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where
students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thanks and hear the
Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion.
We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college of
the church, we encourage students to form their own values which will be
the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at
Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the Worship Center and is available for
counseling, consultation, support or information.
Student Government
Through studentgovernment studentssecureacloser relationship with and
better understanding of the administrationand faculty, and provide input
into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student govenunent also
sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to
student life at Augsburg.
Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative
branch, and the judicial branch. Electionsare held in the spring for the next
year. Freshmenelect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many
kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing, editing or
service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or
Vice President of the Student Body in their offices in the College Center.
Social, Cultural, Recreational
Throughout the year, a variety of socialand culturalactivitiestakes place on
campusas well as in the TwinCities.These activitiesinclude dances, special
dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices
for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the
Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom
or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR, a studentoperated non-profit radio station serving the needs of Augsburg and the
surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Mortensen Tower.
V Fine Arts
Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In
addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours.
Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical
styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on
campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Department.
V Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association
(NCAA) Division 111. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross
country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women
annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track and
field, and softball.
V Intramurals
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of
team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has
been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when
there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena.
Student Affairs
The Student AffairsDivisionis comprised of a variety of programs, services,
and activitiesdedicated to complementingand enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These
programs, s h e s , and activities provide students with an enriched cone
@ate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and
interests; attendsto the social, cultural, andcareer developmentof students;
and enhances students' academicperformance through direct intervention
and environmental management. The following information provides a
brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division.
V Academic Skills Enrichment
When students are concerned about the amount of work facing them, they
benefit fromthe programs of the LearningCenter. The Center offers services
that cover the basic skills in reading, writing, vocabulary, spelling, test
preparation, and math, as well as techniquesto improve and enrich even the
best of study habits. If students need help with test anxiety, procrastination,
or time management, the Center has programs that help.
V American Indian Support Program
R
This office, located in Memorial Hall, was created in 1978 to recruit and
retain American Indian students. Indian students receive help in admissions, financial aid, registration, tutoring, and academic and career planning. Personal counseling and advocacy regarding student status are also
available through the program. Periodically, campus activities and exhibitions are coordinated by this office.
V Black Student Support Program
Personal help with financial aid, registration, educational planning, and
career decisions is available for all black students at Augsburg. The Black
Student Support Program provides valuable assistance in getting the most
out of the resourcesbothoncampus and citywide. Communityand campus
education and cultural events are also organized.
V Career Services
Career Services assists studentsin many ways. The staff can help students
explore interestsfor majors, find Internshipsand locate part-time jobs to try
out career possibilities. The staffprovides seminars on career development,
i n t e ~ e w i n gskills and resume writing. Placement files are developed for
each student and sent out to prospective employers and graduate progr--
V Counseling Services
All students have moments of anxiety, difficulty making decisions, and
confusionabout themselves, their values, or their relationships. Sometimes
it is important to talk to someone with skills in counseling. Whenever
studentsneed to talk things out or get suggestionsabout the many excellent
helping services in the Twin Cities, they find valuable assistance through
the Counseling Department.
V Disabled Student Programs
Learning disabled studentshave average or above average intelligencebut
have difficulty achieving to their full potential. Services available to such
students include: diagnostic evaluation, educational planning, learning
aids and remedial instruction. If studentsare concerned that difficulties in
school are more than just temporary problems, they can discuss their
learning style with the Coordinator of Disabled Students or the Learning
Disabilities Specialists,and arrangeassessmentand structured assistanceto
increase their potential for academic success.
Physically challenged studentsare served through this office too. Individualized attention and servicesare provided for and/or coordinated in order
to meet the mobility needs of students.
V Orientation
The entire College is involved in orienting new students to Augsburg. The
Coordinator of Orientation works closely with the faculty and staff in
developing a cohesive program for students and their families which
introduces them to this unique academic communityand the programs and
people which serve them. Augsburg College has an exemplary program,
called the First Year Experience, which is a collaborative effort between
Academic and Student Affairs. This program begins prior to enrollment
and continues through the Interim term of the freshman year.
V Residence Life
The College houses approximately 800 students in a traditional residence
hall, apartment buildings, 22 houses and a family housing complex. The
housing staff manages these facilities and creates a wide array of educational and social programming which balances and compliments the educational experience of students.The staff is comprised of three professional
staff members and 18paraprofessionalswho live and work closelywith the
resident students to provide a safe environment for living and learning.
V Student Activities
The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills through active involvement in developing
events, activities, and organizations which serve the student community.
Hundreds of major programming efforts and targeted activitiesfor specific
student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg
an enjoyable interactive environment which encourages student involvement.
International Programs
The Coordinator of International Programs focuses on the special needs of
students from countries other than the United States and on students
interested in studying in other countries.
International Students - Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural
participation of international students. The Coordinator of International
Programs helps to orient and advise on visa, exchangeprogram and permanent resident statusissues. The Coordinator handles information on immigration, work permits and temporary status. Arrangements for American
hosts of international students are made.
Foreign Study - There are also many opportunities for foreign study
which are coordinated and facilitated by this office.
Health Service
The staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the
street from the campus will take care of students' health needs. Visits are
free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available
through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Students must check family health
coverage to determineif they are included;if not, a studenthealth insurance
plan is available.
Food Service
The Commons -Situated on the top floor of the College Center, this is the
main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room
features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly
priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in
the Commons.
The Chin Wag -Located on the ground floor of the Center, the Chin Wag
features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the
evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in
College houses or nearby apartments.
Living on Campus
Because ~ i ~ s b recognizes
u r ~
that a student's ability to respond to the
learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a
variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program
promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in
group decision-making.Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff
who facilitate the process of group living and discuss personal concerns
with individua1,students.
Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomores not living at home to live
in College-operatedhousing. Married student housing is available in annex
housing and South Hall. Students rent a room at the beginning of the fall
term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the
summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing
arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by
June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be
provided housing only if space is available.
All students living on campus must pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The feeis credited to the students' accounts when
they move into the residence.
Urness Tower -All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in
Urness Tower. This eleven story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower - This is the newest residence hall, an alternative to
traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students.
South Hall -Contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West Hall -Contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass
students.
Annex Housing - This provides an alternative opportunity for group
living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One
way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid
for a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting
projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on
such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness,
International Living, Honors Program, and Scandinavian Studies.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units.
It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are
furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps.
Laundry facilities are available in each residence.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities
and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and
faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any
student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint
should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs.
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act
and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and
data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the
Registrar and the Placement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential
letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed
under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access.
Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination
based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital
status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the
Office of the Dean of Students or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the
Directory at the end of the Catalog.
Academic
Information
A
ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise
that students must be educated as full human persons: intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must
have a broad grasp of the world from which they have come as well as
the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities,
natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education cumculum
introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and
culture.
Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance
and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer
students the opportunity to develop skills for participation in exercise
and sporting activities.
Students choose from over forty major areas of study to gain a depth of
knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study.
Thus, through a balance of curricular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education
strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world.
General Information
+ Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the
Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates with
majors in Chemistry (ACS),Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The
B.M. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Education and
Music Performance. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree. Augsburg also offersaMaster of ArtsinLeadership
degree.
+ Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of
approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students
normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A
maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer
sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks.
The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on
another campus during the regular term. (See Registration.) January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to
employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and
topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim
catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and
is available by contacting the Interim Office.In addition to classes offered
on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities within the
United States and abroad. Independent or directed study and Internships
are among the many Interim options.
Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg
Weekend College). Augsburg's Graduate Program follows a trimester
calendar.
+ Faculty
The heart of any educational institutionis its faculty, and Augsburg College
is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors.
Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider
their teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are involved in
research, including such varied studies as space physics, the history of
medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union, and homelessness in
American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and
national level, and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries,
and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty see their research as
supportingtheir teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty
development program which introduces them to current thought in many
fields but especially in teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers
and counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this
close interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students.
+ Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly studentlibrary assistants
make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over
160,000books, periodicals, records, tapes and films.Music, Chemistry, and
Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas.
A service-dedicatedstaff provides students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard
reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to
other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for
access by students with physical handicaps.
Students have access to over 5,000,000 volumes via daily interloan and
courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges, the Hill Reference
Library, and Minitex, the statewide network.
The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and equipment and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with
production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/video tape recordings is availablefor faculty and students. Equipment suchas movie and
slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods.
Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available.
Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center.
+ Computer Resources
Approximately 60 microcomputers, including Apple IIe's and Macintoshes, IBM XT's, laboratory computers, and graphics microcomputers are
arranged in networks with larger machines, to satisfy standard educational
needs. Students and faculty members needing even more computingpower
also have access to computers at the University of Minnesota and the
Minnesota Supercomputer Center.
Academic Organization
and Programs
+ Divisions and Departments
The College curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped
into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities -Raymond Anderson (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts
Natural Science and Mathematics -Neal Thorpe (Chairperson)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences -Norma Noonan (Chairperson)
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science,
Psychology, Sociology
Professional Studies -Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, SocialWork
+ Majors and Minors
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within
one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a
major or majors before they enter college. Otherstest a variety of disciplines
before deciding.Normally a major shouldbe elected by the end of the fourth
semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are
in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are
part of the B.A. degree.
Students may contact the Registrar about creating a unique major.
Majors
Applied Economics
Art History
Biology
Business Administration
(Accounting, Finance, International
Business, Management, Management
Information Systems, Marketing)
Chemistry @.A. or B.S.)
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies1
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Engineering2
English
Foreign Languages:
French, German, Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Kindergarten-Elementary Education
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nursing (B.S.)
Occupational Therapy
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies1
ScandinavianArea Studies
Social Science
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Minors
Art History
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Economics
English
Foreign Languages:
French, German, Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
International Business
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Sdence
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
ScandinavianArea Studies
Social Welfare
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theatre Arts
Women's Studies
It is possiblefor students to complete other majors through the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC).Students who wish to compleiea majorofferedat one of the other ACTC
colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Ofice.
1 -Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Citiesandagreementswith
the University of Minnesota. It is possiblefor students to fake beginning and intermediate
courses in Chinese, Japaneseand Russian.
2 - Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology,
WashingtonUniversity School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Michigan Technological University.
3 -Dual degree program with Washington Uniwsity School of Medicine.
+ Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education:
English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), S e n c e (Grades 5-91, Social
Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, and in the specialareas of Art (K-121,
Band (IS-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and
Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal
and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the
Education Department and the area of their academic major(s).
+
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at
Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance personal
growth:
Certificate in Art -Requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less
formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information,
contact the Art Department Chairperson.
Church Staff Work Certification -Designed to prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff
Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology,
sociology, speech and physical education. The program is designed to meet or
exceed criteriaused in The Evangelical Lutheran Church in Americacertification
program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson.
Program Evaluation Certification - Provides the background for performing
systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are
required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an Internship. For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology
Department Chairperson.
+ Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, occupational
therapy, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or
seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned
accordingly.A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in
their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact the AssociateAcademic Dean early in their freshmanyear to
arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry -These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota:ENG, 2 courses;
BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; MAT 124; PSY
105. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering -This program provides a course of study which enables students to complete introductory core requirements in mathematics, science and
the liberal arts necessary for engineering.Some students in the program choose
to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering,
while others elect to participate in a dual degree program. Augsburg College has
cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineeringdegree from
either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual
degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering.
Pre-Law - Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook
published by The Association of American Law Schoolsand consult the Augsburg
pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel.Students may wish to take the course POL
170 (Law in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Pre-Law
students should major in a discipline of their own choosing, and will satisfy most
law-school entrance requirements with a record of solid achievement in the
liberal arts.
Pre-Medicine -Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to
prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the Biology and Chemistry Departments have majors which can fulfill the academic requirements for premedical
students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), MAT 124,125; and PHY 121,
122. The chemistry major also requires CHM 353,361, one advanced course,
seminar, and two or more biology courses. The biology major also requires BIO
111,112,201,491 and at least one from each of five groups (367,386,4711, (355,
474), (351,353,473), (361,440), (476,481), with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed to meet the University of Minnesota
(Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the
behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The
University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult
with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Pre-Occupational Therapy - Augsburg College has a cooperative arrangement
with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to allow students to earn a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Science or Master of
Science degreein OccupationalTherapyfrom Washingtonuniversity. Prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy Program include ENG 111, BIO 111,
112 and 473 or 353; CHM 105 or 115; PHY 103; PSY 105,351,362; SOC 121,336,
SOC 362 or MAT 373.
Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 111,112;
CHM 115,116,351,352; EC0 112or 113;ENG 111and a second course; MAT 124,
125; PHY 121,122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the
semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of
philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of
~ e t e r i n a i ~ e d i c iat
n ethe University of ~innesota,these courses are r i o m mended: ENG, 2courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1course; CHM 115,116 (or
105,106), 351,352,353; BIO 111,112;PHY121,122; economics, 1course;2courses
in art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or Upper Division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science,
psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution require
ments. Requirements at other universities may vary.
V Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges a n d institutions in the Twin Cities
area on several programs.
Library and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin-Cities private colleges
library consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time students at Augsburg
and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas
may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses.No additional fee
is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and
some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students
may elect to participate in the cooperativeprogram to gain new perspectives, to
get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or
major not offered on the home campus.The colleges have coordinated calendars.
The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled
bus shuttles students between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperateswith other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - Augsburg, in
cooperation with fifteen other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa, and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semesters in
Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco, and the Twin Cities. All
HECUA programs are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues associated with social change and the human community. The consortium also
facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among
faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education, and
conferences on planning and metro-urban studies.
Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has
resulted in the establishmentof a four-year program in social work, sociologyor
psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to
train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards,
and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the
ShakopeeInstitution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale
(a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus.
The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views
of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students
involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been
extremely favorable.
Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC
program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement.
Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For
more information, contact the Dean of the College.
Naval ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at
the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean
of the College.
V Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of intemational experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, see the Director of International Programs.
Since there is a limit on the number of studentswho may study abroad each
year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate
in an intemational program. The deadline is December 1of the preceding
year.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs -Students may participate in
the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spendingJanuary and Februarpin
intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular
semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available.
HECUA (Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs) -Augsburg students
join students from other colleges and universities in five Werent full semester
programs in Scandinavia, South and Central heria,San Francism and the
Twin Cities. All programs are interdisciplinary and emphasize the impact of
social change and crosscultural factors on the human community. HECUA
programs emphasize intense language experience, Internships, and field trips.
Interim -Study abroad during the Interim is planned for each year. See listings in
the Augsburg Interim Catalogand in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued in
spring for the followingJanuary. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper Midwest
Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE).
International Business Program -Augsburg College International Business Program offers studentsthe opportunity to spend a year of study in London, Paris
(AmericanCollege), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business provides the option of taking Business
Administration courses at Augsburg and international Core courses at one or
two of the campuses abroad. See Business Administration-InternationalBusiness.
in Global Community - Augsburg's 3 1/2 month living/learning
program based in Cuemavaca, Mexico, focuseson the study of issues related to
global justie and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation.
I ndudes intensive Spanish instmclion,group tsips, home stay with a family, and
Pro-
cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board,
and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. See Global Education Programs.
Human Services in a Latin American Context - 3 1/2 month study program
designed to introduce participants to the central issues currently facing the third
world, and to focus on Latin American models of education and service and their
contribution to the process of social change. These models have grown out of the
sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes hand in hand with the
empowermentof individuals and groups to control their own lives. Application
and interview required, enrollment limited. See Global Education Programs.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations -Augsburg participates in the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several
colleges in the state. Each year three or four countriesare selected, and qualified
students are granted partial scholarshipsto enable them to spend a summer in
informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are
made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program
consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school
year before departure, Independent Study abroad on a topic of one's choice
during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return.
Semester oryear Abroad -Arrangements havebeen made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of
foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; the University of York, England; the University of Dundee, Scotland;the
Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France; The American College
in Paris; and the Fundacion Ortega y Gasset, Toledo, Spain.
Student TeachingAbroad -Selected EducationDepartmentstudentsmay participate in the InternationalStudentTeachingAbroad program coordinated through
Moorhead State University. Students have options for student teaching in
dozens of countries through the International Independent School network.
Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad also will do part of their student
teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studyingabroad.RecentlyAugsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those
interested in further information should contact the Director of International
Programs.
V Honors Program
The HonorsProgramis a set of opportunitiesdesigned to challengethe most
academically distinguished students at Augsburg. Honors combines academic and cultural components with social and intellectual activities. The
main components of the program include a one-per-term sequence of
honors courses during the freshman and sophomore year, special topics
seminars, a senior honors Interim course, and a bi-monthly program of
speakers and events in the city. Students gain an enriched academic
experience with the support and camaraderie of other honors students.
Through the program, the College can identify and meet the needs of our
v m y best students. Members normally enter as freshmen, with opportunities for transfersandothers.Requirementscenter on full participation in the
program components and a GPA of approximately 3.5. Please send inquiries to Professor Diane Pike, Director of Honors.
V Cooperative Education and Internships
Through Cooperative Education and Academic Internships, Augsburg
College students integrate their liberal arts education with the world of
work. Each placement is closely related to a student's major or career
interest. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an
effective form of career preparation.
Augsburg's Cooperative Education and Academic Internship Programs
link employers and faculty in a way that enriches and expands a student's
educational experience. This on-the-jobexperience adds breadth and depth
to the liberalarts curriculumand helps students make more informed career
decisions.
Augsburg'sliberal arts education is enhanced by the College'smetropolitan
location and the broad range of opportunities in the Twin Cities. Co-op Ed
and Internships expand these mutually beneficial relationships and the
resulting partnerships among employers, educators and students.
Augsburg has been a leading proponent and provider of experiential
education for many years. Both Co-op Education and Internships are
voluntary and available throughout the curriculum. Eachacademic department determines the extent of its involvement in either program and the
amount of credit it will allow. The Associate Academic Dean coordinates
the Internship Program with assistance from Cooperative Education and
Career Services.
Co-op Education and Internships are separate and distinct from programs
which require clinical experience, practicums, residencies and/or student
teaching in order to fulfill the professional training associated with accredited programs. However, many students participate in Co-op Education
and Internships prior to and following these required assignments.
Cooperative Education students are expected to complete one Internhip
per year in conjunction with their placement. A nonaedi t Cooperative
Education transcript entry is available during the academic termswhen the
student is not registered for an Internship.
Upper Division Internships are numbered 399 and Lower Division Internships are numbered 199. Registration for Internshipsconsists of the following steps. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Associate
Academic Dean's office) must be negotiated with the faculty member
responsible for grading the experience. The grading system, activities, and
appropriatelevel must be agreed upon. The completed learning agreement
is returned to the Associate Dean's office. An Internship card (withthe
description/location) signed by the faculty member and Associate I3ean
must be turned in to the Registrar's Officeat registration time. Students are
not encouraged to register/add until an actual experience has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration
period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the
catalogunder grading.Amaximum of four coursesof Internshipmay count
toward the 35 courses required for the degree.
V IndependentIDirected Study
Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who
demonstrate sufficientbackground and preparation in a given field to carry
out upper division level work on an independent basis. Courses are
numbered 499. (Some departments have been given faculty approval to
offer 1/2 course credit under498. The Speech, Communicationand Theatre
k t s Department uses 495 for Independent Study in Communication.)
Many departments also offer an opportunity for Directed Study on a Lower
Division level. These courses are numbered 299. Arrangements between
students and instructors should be made in advance of the period of initial
registration. The grading system and appropriate level must be agreed
upon. Independent and Directed Study course numbers are used only for
study different in content from courses already listed in this Catalog. An
agreed-upon titlemustbe reported on the appropriateform to theRegistrafs
Office at registration time. The faculty member giving the grade must sign
the form. Studentsare not encouraged to register/add until an actual study
has been arranged, but they must make arrangementsby the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of
the Catalog under grading.
A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study
may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Students may
cross-registerfor Independent Studies at another ACTC school only when
the major field in which the Independent Study is proposed is not available
on their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any
special costs attached.Requests for exception to this policy should be made
directly to their own academic dean.
V Weekend College
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult
students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a
means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a
second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are three
trimester terms during the early September through June academic year.
Students may take from one to four classes each term.
While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as
the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts
courses and the following majors: Business Administration (specializations
in accounting, finance, management, and marketing), Communication
(concentrations in human relations, marketing communications, public
relations/advertising, and supervisory management), Management Information Systems, Elementary and Secondary Education, English, Nursing,
and Social Work.
V Graduate Program
In January of 1987Augsburg College initiated a Master of Arts program in
Leadership. Based on the subject matter and approaches of the traditional
liberal arts, this cross-disciplinaryprogramdirects its academic content and
pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to
organizational leaders. Augsburg's program recognizes that todafs leaders need broad-spectrum abilitiesto provide them with a more comprehensive understanding of their world.
Designed for working adults who have demonstrated leadership potential
in the workplace, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on alternate
Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. Students may take either one
or two courses per trimester.
V Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers selected courses through Continuing Education.
Inquiries shouldbe addressedto the Officeof the Associate Academic Dean.
V Center for Global Education
The Center for Global Education was founded at Augsburg in 1982 with a
commitmentto educationwhichbothexpandsour world view and deepens
our understanding of issues related to global peace and justice. Studentscan
participate in a number of forums, seminars and conferences that focus on
global issues. In addition, a spring semester program in Mexico, "The
Program in Global Community," a fall semester in Mexico, "Human Services in a Latin American Context," and occasional Interims allow more indepth exposure to these topics.
Academic
Policies and
Procedures
V Registration
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Students normally register for four coursesa semester and one course in the
Interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are
classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 courses,
students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on
Student Standing for permission.
Although a student may register up to two weeks afterthe semesterbegins,
registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special feesare
charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or
adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a
semester.
A joint class schedule is published each Springby the Associated Colleges
of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for
the following semesters.
Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer
School Office, Weekend College Officeand Graduate Program Office for
those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures.
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another
campus are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar -Science 114, for Fall and Spring Terms
Interim Office -Memorial 230
Summer School Office -Memorial 230
Weekend College Office -2222 Murphy Square, for Fall, Winter and
Spring Trimesters
Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Square, for Fall, Winter and
Spring Trimesters
V Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer studentsmaypre-register during summerfor courses
in the fall.All currently enrolled studentsmay pre-register during the fall for
the springand during the springforthe fall.All studentsmust confirm their
registration at the beginning of each semester and complete financial
arrangements.
V Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered,
since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of
courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office.
Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week
unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from College and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as
of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the
Registrar's Office.
V Leave of Absence
StudentsmayrequeslaLeave of Absence for academic or personalreasons.
Arequest formmust bepickedup fromthe Office of theDeanof the CoLlege.
It must be signed by the Dean of Sbdmts, or au khorized representative,and
by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The cornpIeted
form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office.
A Leave of Absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If
an extension of a Leave of Absence is needed, it should be requested in the
same manner as the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form
must be turned in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the
previous Leave of Absence, or readmission will be required.
Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing
must be observed by returning students. A Leave of Absence does not defer
repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines.
V Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests
with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in
program planning.
Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice
between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, or using the
catalog in effect at the point of readmission.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the
Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the
Registrais office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be
no incompletes or open courses on the academic record).
See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about
requirements for these honors.
1.Completion of 35 courses -At least 11coursesmust be Upper Division,
numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one department,
except in certain approved majors - 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music
Performance)for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The
course total must include three Interims for students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must
includeone less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. This
is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses
required: 4 Conservationof Human Resources (CHR)courses; 2 courses by
independent/directed study; 4 courses of Internship; and 8 courses with a
grade of Pass (PI. Non-traditional grading (P)also has these limits: 2 in the
major except Elementary Education and Nursing; 1in the minor if approved
by the department chairperson.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrar's Officeabout specific requirementsfor
a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
2. Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under
the departmental headings. A minor or double-major is not required, but is
encouraged.
3. First Year Experience (FYE) - All students who enter the College as
freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily
the FYE Fall Orientation and Seminar. See the program section on the First
Year Experience for a full description.
4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors -A grade point average
of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply
toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher
grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see
licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details.
5. Residence -The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum
of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the
Registrar if an official interpretation is needed.
6. Distribution Requirements -Next page.
V Distribution Requirements
Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are
given during the summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts - An approved course from each of these seven areas:
.Mathematics-Physics
Psychology-Sociology
Economics-Political Science
Chemistry-Biology
English-Speech, Communication
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
and Theatre Arts (devoted to the
study of literature)
A list of approved coursesis available from advisersand the RegisWs
Office.
Foreign Languages -Two courses (111 and 112)of one foreign language
at Augsburg. Studentswho test abovethe 111level of a foreignlanguage
will take one additional course at placement level in that language or
two courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. International
students should consult with the Registrar.
Religion -Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than
one may be an Interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one Augsburg religion class for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits.
Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies-One course.
Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term.
Information is available at the Registrar's Office.
Lifetime Sports -Two different Lifetime Sports or demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports.
V English as a Second Language (ESL) Program
Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary
language, or who are citizens of another country, must take the ESL
placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at
orientation.Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing, or Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (80-90
range for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an
objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on
this test and the grade earned in the classwill determine whether additional
ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a course grade
of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement.
If studentsdo not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 217/
218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally
be granted for no more than two courses.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course
completion, have completed the foreign language requirement for graduation.
V Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading options -traditional grading on a
4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of
2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of lessthan 2.0. Studentsare
cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and
professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded
courses, or rank each as a "C." Transfer students are cautioned that Pgraded coursesdo not countin therequirementthat 14 traditionally graded
courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation
with distinction. See PJ N Iimi tations under Graduation Rquirments.
Certain corn are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 and
several Iaterim coursesare graded only on the P/N grading system. Some
education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the
traditional system. English I11 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.0/N. Some other
courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports
are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there is a choice, studentswill be graded on the traditional
systemunlessthey indicateon their registration that they wish to use theP/
N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made
according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes
after the first five days of classes.
'
IExplanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course standards
0.5
0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P representswork at or above the 2.0 level; N represents
work at the 1.5 or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency.
To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the
instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request,
the work required to complete the course, the plan and date for completing
the work, and commentsfrom the instructor; and must gain the approval of
the Registrar.If permission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by theinstructor and
filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work
is not completed by that date, the grade for the coursebecomes a 0.0.
Internships, Indqendent Studies, and TXected Studies may sometimes
last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completedby
the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term
of registration. A grade of X is given by the instruckor to indicate that the
study is extended. It is expected that students givm X extensions will
continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that
satisfactoryprogress is being maintained. The Registrafs Office will automatically continue theregistration in response to an X grade. A finalgrade
will be issued at t h e end of the term in which the work is completed and
evaluated (butnot longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X whew satisfactory progress is not demonstrated.
Withdrawal from college or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1X by
the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within
one year of initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration
would be necessary.
A course inwhich a grade of 0,0.5,1 .O,15,N, I, or X has been received may
be repeated for credit. C o m e s in which higher grades have been earned
may riot be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. AIl courses
takenand grad- earned each termremain on theacademicrecord. Only the
aeditsand gradesearned the second,be,for legitimatelyrepeated courses,
are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for
dropping classes without a notation on the record.
V Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by
registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a murse without
charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs.
Students who audit a course shouId confer with the insmctor within two
weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expecfations, attendance
and any 0 ther requirement If expedations have been met, the course will
be listed on the hammipt as having k e n audited. If expectations have not
been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn).
V Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred
from other colleges.Coursestakenon the P/N gradingoptionare recorded,
but not computed in the GPA.
V Classification
Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim
terms.
-
Sophomores 7 courses completd with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors -16 courses compIeted with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors -25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
V Advanced Placement Program
Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to
students with scores of 3, 4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the
department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar.
V International Baccalaureate Program
Courses earned from the International Baccalaureate Program will be
consideredby the CoIIege for advanced placement and appropriatecredit
Departmental guidelines are available from the Office of the Registrar.
V Assessment of Previous Learning
(APL Program)
Augsburg Collegerecognizes that learningcan and does take place in many
life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal
arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at
Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other
than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be
presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a
baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essentiaI
criteria: 1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the
Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectivelydemonstrated
either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Aupburgprovides sever& meansby which students
may have their previous learning assessed for credit recopition. The
following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment:
T h e College LevelEmmination Program (CLIP)-Thkis a seriesof standardized
tests which have been dewlo+ by The College Board and are offered to
studentsfora small f ~ e at
e regionaltesting centers.(Theregional testingcenter for
this area is the University of Minnesota.)Studentswho scoreat or above the 65th
percenkileon a subject examination may d v e academic credit for that subject
at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEPtestsis availablefrom
the Office of the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams -These are available for students to use in
obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met:
A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question.
B. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the
exam.
C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request to take the
exam. Credit for departmental exams is availableon a pass/no credit basis
only, and there is a charge per exam.
TheCredit AssessmentProgxam(CAT)-This isa credit assessmentalternativein
which a faculky committee completesa credit evaluation of a learning portfolio
submitted by the student. The factdty committee is composd of the Rqktsar
and two faculty members from fields 05 study directly related to the student's
previous learning. Lnformational meetings and consdtation are provided for
students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In campleting the evaluation of a student's psevious Iearning, the CAP Cornmitree
applies the following criteria:
A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous
learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of
content material found within liberal arts coursework.
B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the
presenting student.
C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
E. The learning and skillsinvolved are current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least
four coursesof academicworkat Augsburg Collegewith acumulativeAugsburg
GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when
four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application deposit
(applicableto transcript charge) to initiate the credit assessment process, and a
charge for each semester credit applied to the student's transcript.
Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of
courses applied'to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course
number of CAP 2xx.Application of this credit toward distribution requirements
and academicmajors and minors may be subsequentlyaddressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College
recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional
classroom, this learningmust be placed in the contextof formal study in campusbased liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine
courses (one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of
credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination
of the three assessment processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams,
departmentalexams, and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment.
V Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal
The Collegerequires that studentsmaintain the followingcumulative grade
point averages (GPA):
Freshman a student having taken fewer than 7 courses cumulative
GPA of 1.6 or higher
Sophomore - a student having taken fewer than 16 courses mmulative GPA of 1.7 or higher
Junior a student having taken fewer than 25 courses cumulative GPA of 1.9 or higher
a student having taken 25 or more courses cumulative
Senior GPA of 2.0 or higher.
It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation
with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelines will
either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be
continued on probation, or will be dismissed from the College. In addition,
a freshman who receives 2 zero grades or a sophomore who receives 3 zero
grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal
from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee
on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to academic
progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to dismiss a
student. Students who have a poor academic rmrd may be strongly
advised to withdraw before the end of a tern. Those on probation who
voluntarilywithdrawfromthe College, as well as those who are dismissed,
must have special permission to re-enroll.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA
reachesthe minirmm leveIs stated above. Studentsplaced on probation as
freshmen far having earned 2 zero grades may be removed h m probation
if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Studentsplaced
on probation as sophomores for having earned 3 zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their
cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
The Collegereserves the right to dismissany student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal
the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing.
V Dean's List
The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose
grade p i n t average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of
three full courses, or equivalent, foraweekday schedule student or two full
courses, or equivalent, for a weekend college student, graded on the
traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for
credit. L€ permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown
newspaper of each student on the Dean's List.
V Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude -3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude -3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude -3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14 traditionallygradedcourses)of workat Augsburg.
7 Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the StateApprovingAgency for Veterans Education. Veterans should tonsult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwardingof other information to
the Veterans Administration.
Augsburgs standardsd academic progress are giveninthisCatalog.When
a veteran or eligible perstln fads to maintain these prescribed standards of
progress, the College will so inform the Veterans Adminisfration. It is the
responsibiIity of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or
academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as i t is for all studmts.
If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving
Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the
equivalent of what they had been certified for.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term
below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration.
Veteranswill need to meet the requirements of theveterans Administration
regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received.
Departments
and Programs
Course Descriptions
Major and Minor Requirements
A
s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College operates with a
belief that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however,
divides this unified truth into more manageable parts: the academic
disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into
courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be
arranged in various ways to construct majors, to create the substance of a
broad general education, and to give students the opportunity to study
areas of particular individual interest.
Descriptions of caurszs are arranged by departments and programs.
T h e descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter covered in
individual courses to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus
containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach, and
requirements for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor.
Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational
philosophy of each department, its pals, and its place in the College's
program. A Listing of requirements for individual majors follows the
narrative.
Courses and t e r n listed are subject to change. In general, classes are
offered Fa31 and/or Spring terms, unless another frqumcyis specified.
The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses
of f e d in JanuaryInterim, Summer Scl~ml,Augsburg Weekend College
and the Master of Arts in Leadership program are published in separate
catalogs.
+ Credits
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half
or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies.A
full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter
hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a
week, in addition to laboratories.
+ Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, coursesin
the lOOsareprimarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300sjuniors, and400s
seniors.
+ Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are
listed in the course description. A skdent may enroll in a course when a
prerequisite has not been fyzfiIIed if there is prior approval by a professor
teaching the course and of the academic adpiw.
V Art
Department (ART)
Art is important as a field of study for our modem age. Our survival as a
culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order
and beauty in the design and function of communities.Realizing this, we
have made design and msitivity to all aspects of visual experience
central to the art program at Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life
that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist,
art teacher, and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a
variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how
to see.
Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as
taught at Aupburg draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art
as a human activity docs involve manual skill, although to become
broadly signifimnt i t should interact with the content available in other
fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy,
theology, business, physical education, and science.
A liberd arts college, such as Augsburg College, 5 an idea1 setting for
the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further
enhanced by associations with a significant number of art galleries and
museums in the Twin Cities area.
Cooperative Education and Internships in studio art and art history
provide on-the-job, supervised, evaluated experiences which contribute
to the student's overall education and development. Primary goals
include improvement of art and museum skills, production and creative
strategies.
Hundreds of specific careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg
graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public
schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making, antique restoration
and sales, film and video work, portrait painting, and gallery and
museum work.
The future holds a great deal of promise for artists who can combine
skills with a breadth of understanding.
Art Faculty: Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, Patrick Redmond, Dorothy Williamson.
Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; 3 art history
courses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (118,223,360)
and 1in 3-dimensional art (150, 221,250). Majors are required to begin their
programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with
approval of a portfolio by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Major: 7 studio disciplines among foundations 102,107,225;
Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a second course in 2 areas; 240 and 2
other art history courses. Consult with Education Department for requirements
in education for teacher licensure.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses
including 1from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221.
Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and
development and/or special projects such as senior exhibition and research.
Application should be made to the Department Chairpersonbefore the last term
of the senior year.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificate in Art: 8art courses, including 1in art history. Up to 4 courses may be
taken in one studio area or in art history.
+ Foundations
in Studio Art
Environmental Aesthetics
102
107
225
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of
experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism.
Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation,
symbolism and abstraction.
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pen, and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using
elements such as color, line, shape, type, and pictorial images. An emphasis
will also be placed on the creative thought process.
+ Studio Art
100,300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the Department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132 Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativityand expressionwith attention
to blackand white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. single lense
reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately $125-150. (Fall)
Jewelry
An introduction to the casting of jewelry in pewter and silver.
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
Sculpture I
An introductionto sculpture.Choiceof media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, stone, and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble
the respective media.
Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including
etching, silk-screen and woodcut.
Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog.
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasison handbuilding
and glazing.
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Visual Communications I1
A study of visual communicationsinmagazines, television, film, advertising
symbols, and other mass media. Praaice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. mreq.:22j, Springl
Ceramics LI
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasison throwing or handbuilding
and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250)
Painting I1
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118)
Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptiveand experimental techniquesin transparent watercolor. (Alternateyears)
Print Making I1
Advanced work with color and compositionin various media, includingsilkscreen, etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.: 223)
Internship
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project.
Sculphue I1
Advanced workin sculpture.Choice of media: clay, welded steelandbronze,
plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.: 221)
Independent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art
majors.
+ Art History
240
Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includesreading, research,
viewing of slides, visits to museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually one or two sections
a year.
352 Women's Art History
A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts-as artists, as
subjects, and as patrons.
382 Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modem times.
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th century A.D.
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries.
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecturefrom Neoclassicism through
the present.
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with
specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements.
V Biology
Department (BIO)
Biology is the study of MeI and it is natural that we,as contemplative
living creatures, seek a deeper understandingof the living world that
envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled
with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part
of the biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common to all organisms, as well as those features which are
unique to humans, is essential to attain self-understandingand to
provide a basis for wise decisions.
Another significant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that
even the simpIest organisms are incredibly complex, and a complete
understanding of wen one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp of
biologists. This is true even though some organisms have been subjected
to years of intensive scrutiny.Biology will thus c o n t h e to be a fertile
field for research for many years to come.
Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has
accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been
made in understanding important biological processes, particularly
those at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also
provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances
in medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture and food science have
depended on the findings of basic biological research.
Since the biological world reveals such variety, complexity, and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based.
Since a complete understanding of biological systems depends on
applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important for biologists.
For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis
for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professionalschools such as medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life
sciences, leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public or environmental health.
Other graduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of
careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology.
BiologyFaculty: NealThorpe (Chairperson),Robert Herforth,Erwin Mickelberg,
Ralph Sulerud
Major: 9 courses, including 111,112, and 201 plus 9 othercourses, at least 1from each
of the following 5 groups: Molecular and Cellular: 367,386, 471; Cellular to
Organismal: 355,474; Organismic/Animals: 351,353,473; Organismic/Plants:
361,440; Environmental: 476,481.
One of the 6 courses may be BIO 203 or any Upper Division Interim biology
course. BIO 491, a noncredit seminar, is required of all juniors and seniors. Also
required: CHM 105(115),106(116),and 223; PHY 103;Math Placement Group 111.
Students intending to enter graduate, medical, or other professional schools
should consult with the Department since these schools vary in their scienceadmission requirements.Thesemay include CHM 351,352instead of 223, PHY 121,
122 instead of 103, and MAT 124,125.
Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires 3 courses in earth and life
sciences. For secondaryteaching we recommend the broadest possible program
in biology. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education
Department early in their academic program.
The Department works with the Cooperative Education Office in identifying
and defining Co-op Ed experiencesin laboratoriesand other settingsin the Twin
Cities. This experience is open to juniors and seniors. Students interested should
consult with the Biology Department Co-op Ed Coordinator.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5in biologyand 3.0 overall, activeparticipationin seminar,
1 course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research
report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including 111,112 and 3 Upper Division courses; CHM 115,116
(or 105,106).
Human Biology
Basic biological mnfrom an anthropocenhic p i n t of vim,An attenrpt
to answer such questions as: What makes man just another meabw of khe
biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does
man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture. A student may
not receivecredit for both 101and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor)
103 Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. 3
hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. (A student may not receive credit for both
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor)
105 Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society
must deal? A survey of the environmental and health implicationsof pollution, non-renewable resource depletion, waste disposal, war, occupational
safety and health. An historical survey of American agriculture, world food
supply and biological determinism. A critical evaluation of the social application of biological concepts. (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or
minor)
108 Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours
laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or consent of instructor.
Prereq.: CHM 110or consent of instructor.Weekend College. Does not apply
to the major or minor)
109 Special Topics in Biology
Offered periodicallythrough Augsburg's Conservationof Human Resources
(CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people
taking the course together with college students in a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. (Does not apply to the
major or minor)
111,112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other
science majors. The courseincludesanintroductionto molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms.
Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours
lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111,Fall; 112, Spring)
199 Internship
Lower Division Internship. (Prereq.: 112)
201 Methods in Biological Research
An examination of methods commonly employed in biological research,
which may include electrophoesis, column separations, ultracentrifugation,
microscopy, cell culture, radioisotopic techniques, gas chromatography, and
physiological recording. The theoretical basis of each method is discussed
and experimentsare conducted to demonstrate the utility of each method. (3
hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq: 112. Spring)
203 Principles of Nutrition
A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption,
transport, metabolism, interaction, storage, and excretion. A special effort
will be made to differentiate "fact from fiction" in this controversialbiological field. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112 or consent of instructor. Fall)
101
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: 112)
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology,
behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Altemate years, Spring)
Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3
hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall)
Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human
genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
Plant Biology
A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of
anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy, and ecology. (3hours lecture,
4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall)
Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates,
lipidsand nucleic acidsincludingintermediarymetabolism.(3hours lecture.
Prereq.: 112, CHM 223 or 352 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Immunology
A study of the structure and function of the immune system at molecular,
cellular, and tissue levels. Both basic immunology and fundamental principles relating to clinical immunology will be considered. (3 hours lecture,
4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring)
Internship
Upper Division Internship.Studentsmust be juniors or seniors. Prereq.: 112)
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in
photosynthesis, respiration, growth, and development, and water relations
in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to
plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Altemate
years, Spring)
Cellular Biology
A study correlating function with ultrastructure in both prokaryotic and
eukaryotic cells. (3hours class,4 hourslaboratory.Prereq.: 112367orconsent
of instructor. Alternate years, Spring)
Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever
possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical
principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 or 116;
PHY 103or 122or consent of instructor. Fall)
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphologicalchanges which occur
during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate
animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the
laboratorywork. In addition to embryonicdevelopment, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab.
Prereq.: 112. Spring)
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria
and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and
pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.Fall)
481 Ecology
A m e y of reprewntative biological communities; the study of reciprocal
relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4
hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips.P m q . : 112,361 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
491 Seminar
A weekly meeting of biology majors under the direction of Beta Beta Beta
Biological Honor Society. Active participation by juniors and seniors is
required. Guest speakersare often invited. A noncredit requirement for the
major.
499 'Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an
instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.:
112,and previous arrangement with instructor)
476
V Business Administration
and Economics Department
The Department of Business Administration and Economics is committed to developing both the theorelid and practical tools necessary for
entry into and advancement in business and other organizationsas well
as preparation for graduate study. To this end, the Deparhent offers
s p d i z a t i o n in a varieg. of areas including:Accounting Applied
Economics, Economics, Finance, hternational Business, Management,
Management Information Systems (MIS), Marketing, as well as a Combined Business and Economics concentration.
Each of these areas is dependent upon a strong foundation in the liberal
arts with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skills.
R ~ ~ ~ g n i zthe
i n goccupational realities of the business and economic disciplines, the Departmenk is equally committed to maintaining an application-oriented balance. This balance is achieved in part by fostering close
ties with the corporate community which in turn provides a wealth of
practical expertise and a wide variety of Internship opportunities, as well
as future job prospects.
Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and
the community by contributingto an education which is ethically based,
technically competent and socially aware.
Business Administration and Economics Faculty: Amin Kader (Chairperson),
Diane Busico, Thomas Busico, John Cemto, Peter Gillen, John Cosgrove,
Gerald Glatzmaier, Satya Gupta, Paul Halvorson, Mark Hassenstab,
Richard Herzog, Marilyn Horowitz, Mary Jo Johnson, Jane Kammerman,
Robert Kramarczuk, Roy LaFayette, Dan McNamara, Fekri Meziou, Thomas
Morgan, Paul Pender, David Riley, Edward Sabella, Hamed Sallam, Milo
Schield, Stanley Solnick, Stuart Stoller
+ Business
Business Administration Major (BUS) Core courses for the Accounting, Finance,
Management and Marketing specializations:
BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO 112,113,313,311 or 312 or 315.
Specialization in Accounting: 12Core courses,322, 323,324, either326or 423 or 425.
Specialization in Finance: 12 Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or
415.
Speaalization in Management: 12Corecourses, 340,440, ECO318, PSY 373 or SOC
301.
Specialization in Marketing: 12 Core courses, 352,357,450, ECO 415
Specialization in International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO
112113,313. Also the following emphasis: 3 InternationalBusiness Courses and
an International Economics Course.
BUS 399 or 499 is required, as well as 3 semestersof a foreignlanguage (or tested
equivalent).
Specialization in Management Information Systems: 175,221,222,242,252,279,
331,370 (or CSC 3521,375,475,476,479; ECO 112,113,313,318; MAT 174and 175
or MAT 124 and CSC 170.
Honors Majo~:GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Business Administration: 6 courses, including 221,242,252, 331, ECO 112
and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
Department.
Minor in International Business: 6 courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113, and
3 International Business courses. Other configurations may be permitted on
consultation with the Department.
Minor in Management Information Systems (MIS): 6 courses, including 221,242
or 252,370,375,475, and ECO 113.175 is the recommended prerequisite for 370
and 375. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
Department.
C.P.A. Certification: Students who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants
(CPA) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have
completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting and taken all
accountingand businesslawoffered. Studentsmajoringin BusinessAdministration-Accounting arequalified underthe rules of theMinnesotastate Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination during their last semester.
C.M.A. Certification: Students who have taken a prescribed course of study in
accounting may take the certified management accountant (CMA) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement. This certificate indicates
proficiency in the area of managerial accounting.
Notes: Students who plan to major in the Business Administration
department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as
soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study.
In addition to the courses listed under the title "Topics in Business
Administration" (BUS 295,4951, the Department has also offered:
Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for
Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete
Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship, Micro Computer Accounting,
Ethics in Business, International Management, International Marketing
and Risk Management and Insurance.
Business Courses (BUS)
175
199
221
222
242
252
279
Computers for Economics and Business
An introduction to computerized data processing. Learn a higher-level
language (BASIC). Learn about computerized spread-sheets (LOTUS)and
data bases (DBASD. Learn about word processing and computerized business graphics. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group I1 or high school algebra)
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
Principles of Accounting I1
A continuation of 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting,
planning and controllingprocesses, decision-makingand behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: BUS 221)
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning,
and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility,
analysis of the role of the professional manage
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical,
competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions.
Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions,inference, and estimation with emphasis on their
use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group I11 or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104)
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business
administration. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income
concepts, current and non-current assets. (Prereq.: BUS 221, ECO 113, Fall)
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
A continuation of 322. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
liabilities, stockholders' equities and other accounting issues. Additional
emphasis on incomedetermination consideringprice level changes. (Prereq.:
BUS 322. Spring)
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,242,252,279, or consent of instructor)
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for
individuals and various formsof business enterprises.(Prereq.: BUS 221,331,
ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor)
Financial Management
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm.
Sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,
ECO 113)
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management;
research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS252,279, ECO 113, or consent
of instructor)
Marketing Communications
This course looks at the communications aspects of marketingby integrating
advertising, public relations, sales promotion, and personal selling into a
coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communications programs, particularly advertising;
selection of media; copy-creative effort; advertiser-agency relationship;
management of the personal selling function including salesforce selection,
compensation, territorial design, and performance appraisal. (Prereq.: Bus
252) Note: 355 and 357 cannot both be taken for credit)
Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as importan t elements in modem marketing and communications. (Note: 355 and 357
cannot both be taken for credit)
International Business
Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an
internationalcontext. Appreciation of the prospectiverequired for successful
planning and managementof any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized
by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in international business. (Prereq.: Two business and economics courses or consent of
instructor)
Advanced Computing for Business and Economics
Current topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmable data bases (D-BASE), graphics, information retrieval using telecommunications, and other packages (statistical analysis, project management,
expert systems, etc.). Solve common problems in economics, finance and
markkting. (Prereq.: One computer course such as BUS 175 or CSC 145,170
or 174. Recommended BUS 279)
Information Systems in the Organization
Use of systems approach in analyzing the use of information systems in the
organization. Analyze business needs and information requirements, identify relevant solutions and communicate recommendations. Emphasis on
management consulting skills including written and verbal communications. (Prereq.: Two computer courses such as BUS 175 and 370)
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an Internship program which
is applicableto graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the
student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his/her activities. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor)
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and
controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: BUS 323, Fall)
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323. Spring)
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasison decision
making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331)
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the riik/return relationships of various types of securitiesfrom
the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investor. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.:All Core courses
or consent of instructor)
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions.
Examplesfrom serviceindustries, non-profit organizationsand manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point df view. Topics include: an overview
of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement,
standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, prin-
450
475
476
479
495
499
ciples of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.:
BUS 242 or Consent of instructor)
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS 352)
Information Systems Analysis and Design
Analyze information requirements and design systems specifications. Utilize relational data base software to quickly
several system de- implement
signs. Utilize project management software to manage the life cycie process
including documentation and implementation. (Prereq.: all lower level core
courses, BUS 375. Recommended: BUS 370 or CSC 352)
Information Systems Projects
Using skills developed in BUS 375 and 475, completean information analysis
and systems design for several business situations. Utilize both case studies
and actual businesses. (Prereq.: BUS 375,475. Recommended: BUS 479)
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Utilizing computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Programming
tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and other statistical packages.
Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and
statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo
simulations. (Prereq.: BUS 175,279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade of
at least 2.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. Recommended: BUS 370)
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international
business problems and policies. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze
some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
+ Economics
Major in Economics: 8Economicscourses (112,113,312,313,414, and 3 other Upper
Division); BUS 221,222,279, and MAT 114.
The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. In addition, courses in the use of computers
are also strongly recommended.
Major in Applied Economics: 8 Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and 3
other Upper Division); BUS 175,221,222,279,479, MAT 121 and PHI 130.
Combined major in Economics-Business Administration: 6 Economics courses
(112, 113, 312, 313, and 2 other Upper Division); 8 Business Administration
courses (221,222,242,252,279,331, and 2 other Upper Division).
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Economics: 112, 113,312,313, and 1additional Upper Division course.
Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department.
Notes: Students who plan to major in the Department are strongly encouraged to
select a Department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their
program of study.
In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO
295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research
Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, DecisionMaking with Finite Markov Chains, and Comparative Economic Systems.
ECO 110,112, and 113 will satisfy general education requirements. ECO 110 will
satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
Economics Courses (ECO)
110
112
113
175
199
215
279
295
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis,"
CrimePrevention, Ecology and IncomeDistribution; DistributingFree Bread;
Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to
facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a basic course
designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or
Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or
minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or
Economics should enroll in ECO 112 and 113 which are also open to nonmajors.)
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary
and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of
elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken
independently of 113or 110.112and 113may be takenin either order, ormay
be taken in the same term for the student to progress rapidly to the other
courses.
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm,
market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theoryto market policy. Maybe taken independently of 112or 110.112
and 113may be taken in either order, or maybe takenin the sameterm for the
student to progress more rapidly to other courses.
Computers for Economics and Business
(See under Business)
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
Elements of Mathematical Economics
Economic concepts explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from
finance, management, and marketing are also examined. (Prereq.: ECO 113)
Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
(See under Business)
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international
economics problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures;the impact of
fiscalpolicy on economic activity; debt policy and its economicimplications.
(Prereq.: ECO 112,113. Fall)
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via
macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and
the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112, Fall)
Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and
industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113)
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.:
ECO 112,113)
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of
management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasisis onapplications, whichare taken from the areas
of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection,
the shortest route, inventorymodels, informationsystems, etc. (Prereq.: ECO
313. Spring)
International Trade and Finance
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of payments; exchange rate systemsand commercialpolicy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113
or consent of instructor)
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an Internship program which
is applicableto graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the
student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization. In addition, the student will writeareport onhis/her activities. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor)
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of
wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor. On demand)
Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts
of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor)
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and correspondingpractices in business. Among
the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of
demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and
cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to
management. (Prereq.: BUS 279, ECO 313. Spring)
416
479
495
499
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical
tools to the areas of micro and macro economictheory. (Prereq.: EC0312,313
and at least MAT 122or equivalent or consent of instructor. On demand)
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
(See under Business)
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international
economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze
some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
V Chemistry
Department (CHM)
Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those
changes and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the
results of physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry
has been described as the central science, since matter includes the entire
physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even
ourselves.
Chemists as scientists must be well versed in the science of chemistry,
knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems, capable
of providing a public understanding of their work including potential
problems as well as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand
themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities,
the arts and the social sciences is imperative if a chemist is to be truly
human and therefore truly scientific.
The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American
Chemical Society, and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the followingobjectives to help its students develop into mature
scientists.
To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our
graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to complete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or
research positions.
To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the
traditional positions as chemists.
To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to
remain lifelong learners thereby remaining competent in their field
however that may change after graduation, and be able to move into
new areas as opportunities arise.
To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to
seriously study areas outside of the sciences; and
To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an
example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the
world around us. The presentation of major concepts underlying the
changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical
world, and the reflection of the implications of science in our society
will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value
judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty: Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin E. Gyberg, John R.
Holum, Joan C. Kunz
Graduation Major (Bachelor of Arts) in Chemistry: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,
353, 361, 363 and 1 additional course from 364 and 365, 464, 481, 483, or
Biochemistry.Participationin seminar; PHY 121,122;MAT 124,125.SinceUpper
Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should
plan to take MAT 124, 125 in the freshman year and PHY 121, 122 in the
sophomore year.
Teaching Major: Chemistry Major (for licensure in Physical Science): Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires General Chemistry (115,116 or
105,106); CHM 351,352,353,361,363,491; 1advanced course. PHY 121,122 and
2 additional physicscourses;ModernPhysics and Electronics arerecommended.
Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their
planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least 2 courses (and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the ChemistryDepartmentfor assistancein planning
a course program early in their college career.
Bachelor of Science: Persons completing the ACS major and meeting the graduation requirements of the College shall be awarded the degree Bachelor of
Sdence.
American Chemical Society Approved Major (Bachelor of Science): 12 courses
including 115,116 (or 105,106) and a31 chemistry courses above 350 (excepr 399,
497,4991, Chemistry Seminar participation; MAT 124,125,224; PHY 321,122
(which should be taken during khe sophomoreyear). Reading abilityinGerman
equivalent to 2 semesters and computer proficiency are also required. Modern
Physics, additional mathematics and research experience are recommended.
Honors Major: Full ACS mapr; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 overall; 1summer or course of approved research; participation in
seminar.
Minor: 5 courseswhich must include 115,116 (or 105,106),353and 2 other chemistry
courses from 351,352,361 or BIO 367.
Note: Credit willnot be granted for both 105and 115, or for both 106and 116.Other
restrictions are in course descriptions.
Most courses in this Department have prerequisites, coursesthat must be completed
before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade
of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These
requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in
registering for the second term.
Placement in 105 or 115is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement
Examination: 105 requires Group I1 placement; 115 requires Group 111placement.
High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115.
105,106 Principles of Chemistry
Sornwhat less rigomus than 115,1116;designed e s p d y for students who
will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 to 352,353.
Conceptsand laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples
including organic and environmental systems, (3 one-hour lectures,3 hours
of laboratory. Prereq.: Math Placement Group II. 105, Fall;106, Spring)
109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of
general, organic and biolopcal chemistry for careers in allied health areas
such as nursing(includingAugsburg'sUpper Division Progmm), inhalation
therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. Open also to
students in the humanities and social scisciences. Erst term,general chemistry
principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Second term, organic
and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological
chemistry. (3 onehour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not
apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for
both 109and 105or 115, nor can credit be earned for both 110and 351. Prereq.:
High school chemistry within the last 3 years. Weekend College)
115,116 General Chemistry
An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First
semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and
bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: High school
chemistry, Math Placement Group 111.115, Fall; 116, Spring)
199 Internship
Lower Division Internship.
223 Elementary Organic Chemistry
This onesemester course is designed for students whose professional goals
require some background in organic chemistry but not the rigor of the yearlong organic course. As a survey course, topics covered will include synthesis, properties, and reactionsof selected aliphatic and aromatic compounds.
This course will not count to ward a Chemistry Major, nor will credit be given
for this courseif Chemistry351-352is taken, nor does it fulfillthe prerequisite
requirement forChemistry352.Credit cannotbe given forchemistry110 and
Chemistry 223, nor does Chemistry223 meet Biochemistryrequirements for
other programs. (Prereq.: 106or 116.Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week. Offered Term 11)
299 Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means
of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmental
and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1four-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
106 or 116; 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in
detail and gives an introduction to electrochemicaland spectrophotometric
techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a
variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (3 hours of lecture, 1fourhour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. Fall)
361,364 Physical Chemistry
Thebasictheoretical concepts of chemistry:thermodynamics,kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications
of these conceptsto areas of molecular structure, equilibriaand electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 106 or 116; PHY
121,122; MAT 124,125.361, Fall; 364, Spring)
363,365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (112course each)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data
collection and experimental application of concepts presented in Physical
Chemistry lecture. 363 is to be taken the first half of the Spring semester and
involves experiments related to 361.365 is to be taken the second half of the
semester by all persons taking 364, except that special students may ask the
Department for exemption.
Internship
Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist. Cooperative Education is also an option for majors. Junior standing.
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the
laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectracorrelationsfor IR, UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy;use of the literature (includingBeilstein); and
further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magneticresonance, and
ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3hours of lecture, 6 hours of laboratory.
Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of instructor; some reading knowledge of
German. Fall)
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and
molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographicand electroanalyticaltechniques of analysis. (3hourslecture, 1four
and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or consent of instructor.
Spring)
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and
molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of
ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or consent of instructor. Fall)
Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses
the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop
molecular orbitaltheory for molecules. Includes commutators,electron spin,
angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or
consent of instructor. Spring)
Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are also invited to participate.
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors pla~ingresearch
careersneed research experiencebefore
graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the Department (not counted as a course) or by research
participation during the academicyear (which may be counted as a course).
Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Junior standing)
Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as
theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent
Study. (Junior standing)
V East and
Southeast Asian
Studies
Khin Khin Jensen, Director
+ Program Options
Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an intercollege,
interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in
international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work
with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study.
Two years of Japanese are taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or
Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University.
There also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota
East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japanese language
courses.
Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China,
Taiwan, Korea, Hong Kong and Singapore. Summer institutes are
available in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the
Director for information and procedure to register for any of these
courses or travel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese
language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Major in East Asian Studies: 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic
college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies;2 muss in History,-2
courses in culturaI specializationor comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list
of appmved electives.Major coursesmust have the written approval of the Director
of the program.
Minor in East Asian Studies: 5courses, including 2 courses (1year) of basic college
Chinese orJapan- or equivalent competenaes;l courseinhistoryofEastAsia;and
2 Upper Division coursesin cultural specialization from a list of approved electives.
Minor courses must have the written approval of the Diseaor of the p r o p .
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at
Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be
useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies: 5 courses, 2 from HIS 322,323,324; 1
from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336; 1from HIS 474, POL 351,363,382; and 1from HIS
226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is strongly recommended.
Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies
program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the
Director.
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under History Department)
Directed Study
(See Director of pmgram)
Modern Southeast Asia
(See under History Department)
Modern China
(See under History Department)
Modem Japan
(See under Histoj Department)
Communist Political Systems
(See under PoliticalScienceDepartment,ComparativePoliticsand Analysis)
Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Political Science Department, International Politics)
Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
(See under Political Science Department, Political Theory and Analysis)
Internships
(See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an Internship)
The World and The West
(See under History Department)
Seminar
(See Director of program)
Independent Study
(See Director of program for guidelines)
Economics (ECO)
See Business Administration and Economics
V Education
Department
I M- ~
Students interested in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education as a base for advanced study in other careers will
find opportunities in the Department of Education.
Professional Education combines the study of theory with practice, and
field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in
the Twin Cities.
The career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education
programs is classroom teaching. Augsburg graduates are found in many
classrooms within the Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign
countries.
The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program
serves as a solid base for graduate education. Some teaching fields
require graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementary or
secondary education.
Not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education
graduates are also found in business, working in managerial, sales,
production, and service areas.
As of April 1,1988, all persons are required to have taken basic competency tests (prescribed by the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading,
writing skills and mathematics prior to beginning Upper Division
courses.
Licensure in Elementary Education is available both through day school
and Weekend College. Selected secondary education programs are also
available in Weekend College.
Fl
Education Faculty: Mary Endorf (Chairperson), Sheldon Fardig, Ann Fleener,
Rich Germundsen, Kathy Heikkila, Lynn Lindow, Marie McNeff, Karen
Morgan, Vicki Olson, Lauretta Pelton, Mary Jo Stump
+ Elementary Education (EDE)
Mary Endorf, Coordinator
Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 255,341,351,352,
381,382,383,384,386,387,481,482,483; HPE 114,115; S W K 260; a college level
mathematics course; academicminor (major recommended). For persons taking
their first Education courses in the Fall of 1989 or later, 1additional 1/2 course
will be required: EDE 388 Human Relations. If those persons also desire
kindergarten licensure, EDE 375: Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten will alsobe required. GPA of 2.5 overall and 2.5 in major and academicminor
and grades of P in student teaching courses required h r licensure as well as
mhimum grades of 25 in d Education courses; fulfill quiremen ts of M i m e
sota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3,041 in Ruman Relations. The prafessional
semester for juniors for 198849wdlincluds 341,352,381,382,384,386, and 387
(341,381,382,383,384,386,387 are1/2 courses.) Beginningin the fall of 1989,professional semester for juniors will include: 352, 375,381,382,384,386, and 387.
Acceptance into the AugsbuxgEducationhprtment Limsurel7mgmnis a n+
quired prerequisiteto the professional semester.The criteria for accepmce into
the Department Licensure Program are available in the Education Department.
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
255 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or
above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295,495 Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in educationthat are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Lower Division Independent Study.
341 Media Technology (11
2' course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included in this course. (Fall, Spring 198889, Interim 1989-90 and after)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the
reading and the diagnosisand correctionof reading difficulties. (Fall, Spring)
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementaryand Field Experience
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and Ieaming in the contexts
of educational, psychologiml and sociological theories. Membership in one
of the professional teacher organizationsis required. (Pmq.:255orED5265
or consent of instructor. FA,Spring)
Discovery Learning In the World of Kindergarten (112 course)
Study and utilbtion of a variety of techniques and murces far teaching
kindergarten. (Required for all persons d n g kindergarten licensurewho
take their first Education course in the Fall of 1989 or later. Concurrent
registration with 352. Fall, Spring)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music
taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at
the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:
255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (112
course)
Eminatianand prepmition of materials and resourcesfor physical educatian and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory
experiences. (Pmq.: 255 or IDS 265. Fall, Spring)
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies, Science (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies
and science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's
literature at the kindergarten and elementarylevels.Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and mourcesfor language arts at
the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:
255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring)
Human Relations (112 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of commmicationW q u w , and of the
major minority gmups in Minnesota for the dwloprnent of interpersonal
relations skills appLicabIetoteaching and other pmfessiod vocations.Open
to all.
Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work
experience.A learningcontract must bedeveloped and must have Education
faculty approval.
School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
,482,483,484 Student Teaching Kd and Seminar
Observingand facilitatinglearningat the kindergartenand elementarylevels
under the supervisionof collegeand elementaryschoolpersonnel. Member-
491
498
499
ship in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Students
must apply to Student Teach at least 3 months prior to enrolling for the
courses. Four courses in student teaching (481, 482, 483 and 484) are
recommended unless otherwise advised by the Education Department.
(Fmeq.:All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily completed or permission of the Department for an exception. Admission into the Education
Department Limnsure kagmm and admission for Student Teaching)
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education)
Independent Shrdy (1/2 come)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
Independent Stady
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research prows not otherwise
provided for in the Departmental curriculum.A projected promust be
o u t l i d and approved by the kindagartenetementaryeducation faculty.
+ Secondary Education (EDS)
Mary Endorf, Coordinator
Itistherespnsibilityof eachshldenttomeetaZ1speaficrquitmentsof~e
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised ta consult UTith Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher ficensure, in addition to confemng with the student's major field adviser.
Licensure Requ3ements of thestateof hrlinnesata for teachingin serondaryschcaIs
are met through the Augsburg College Education Department Liensure Frogram: Baccalaureatedegree; amdeaic major in anapproved teaching area;265,
334,388,478, methods course(sS in major area, 48l,482 (and 483 for Art, Music,
and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of 2.5
overall, 2.5 in a11 education courses, 2.5 in academic major and P in student
teaching. Applicationfor and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure Program
required. Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education
Department.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or
she plans to teach at the elemenfaq school leveL A person with a major in one
of these special areas will take three courses instudent teaching and do some
studentteaching at both the secondaryand elementarylevels. Inaddidon to 334,
the arkmajor will register for 361,362; the physical educationmajor for 365; and
the music major for 355.
Art and physial education teacher education programs lead to licensure for
g r a d s K-12. Music teacher educatjon pmgrams lead to licensureinthe following m s : 1-Band (K-12)and classmrn music (5-12); 2-Orchestra K-12) and
classrmm music 6-12};3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or 4 V 4 and
classroom music (5-12).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), see Major Department for information on the required competency
exams.
Teaching in the Minor Field: Minnesota State Rule provides for restricted teaching
in selected fields in which a person has received a minor. Students must be
accepted into the Education Department Licensure Program, take the minor
subject area methods course, and student teach in the minor area to receive
licensure or be recommended for an endorsement by Augsburg College.
The Professional Term. School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly
in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at special afternoon
or evening seminars is also required. All students are expected to be involved
full-time in the activities of the professional term.
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigatesvarious aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for
in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional
teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: Sophomore standing)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295,495 Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in educationthat are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
341 Media Technology (U2 course)
(See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) (Fall, Spring 1988-89. Interim
beginning 1989-90)
350 Reading in the Content Areas (112 Course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist
students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for
Secondary Education. Upper Division. (Fall, Spring)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience
The mastery of theories and their applicationfor teaching inlearning settings.
Laboratory experiences. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105. Fall, Spring)
355 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and
teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshopsand laboratory experience. (Spring)
356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (U2
course each)
Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques.
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relatingto the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall)
Art Methods (Senior High School) (112 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior
high school. (To be taken concurrently with 361.Fall)
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis
on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a
local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Spring)
(Prereq.: EDS 354: Creating Learning Environments)
Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
Foreign Language Methods (112 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching.
(Consult with the Foreign Language Department)
Natural Science Methods (lI2 course)
Course structures,goals, and procedures in science education.Consideration
of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks
and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references.
Consult with the Education Department.
Social Studies Methods (112 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciencesand history in secondaryschool
classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum develop
ment. Consult with the Education Department.
Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (lI2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theatre
and the directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities. (Spring)
Mathematics Methods (112 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school
mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics
education. Consult with the Education Department.
Human Relations (112 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skillsapplicableto teaching and other professional vocations. Open
to all.
Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work
experience.A learning contract must be developed and must have education
faculty approval.
Health Methods
(SeeHPE 410Administrationand Supervisionof the SchoolHealth Program)
School and Society
Emphasis on p i n t s of view about the role of school in modern scoiety and
final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. Membership in
one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: Senior
standing; concurrent registration with 481,482,483,or 484)
,482,483,484 Student Teaching and Seminar
Observingand directing learning at the secondarylevel under supervision of
college and secondary school personnel. Three courses recommended of all
majors and required of Art, Music, and Physical Education majors. Four
courses required of double majors. (Concurrent registration with 478)
498
499
Independent Study (112 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
Independent Study
h
not otherwise
Opportunity for advanced and speciakd r ~ c projects
provided for in the Departmental curridurn. A projerted program must be
outlined which meets the approval of education faculty.
+ Special Education (EDE, EDS)
Mary Endorf, Coordintaor
Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282,491;PSY 351,357; 1coursechosenfrom HPE 354,
MUS 110 (Interim)or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385 (Interim), or SWK 304 (CHR); and
1course chosen from LIN 289, PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended as an additional course.
282 Introduction to Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature,
c a m , and educational intenentione for such exceptionalities as mental r e
tardation, physicat disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disordersand giftedness. (Spring)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar.
(Prereq.: Completion of courses for special: education minor or consent of
instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the
Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the
course. Fall)
V Engineering
Ken Erickson, Adviser
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities
to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg
College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School
of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan
Errcause of the special
T~hnologicalUniversiky, Houghton,
requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation
with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for
thew programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
+ University of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs:
Bachelor of k W a c h e l a r of Engineering CB.A./BB.l enables students to
r ~ e i vaeBachelor of Arts degree from AugsburgCollege and a Bache10r of
Enginewing degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of
Technology.
Studentsmay apply for the program afses completing thesophomoreyear.
At that time, they will 'be informed of their status in the program and any
further conditions necessary for find acceptance into the program- Formal
application to the Institute of Technology may be completed during the
second semester of the junior year at Augsburg.
Ba&eJ.or of Arts/Master of Engineering (BJVM.EF enables students to
receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of
Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of
Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the B.A./B.E. curriculum with the addition
of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior
year to mininizethe numberof undergraduatecourses, if any, that students
must take at the University kfore proceeding through the graduate curriculum.The n u d m of such murses varies by IT department and area of
emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the B.A/ME. program should be initiated
during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed daring the senior year. Those
admitted will receive special counseling from the Institute of Technology
staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at
Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E. program are not guaranteed
admission to the Institute of Technology.
+ Washington University (Three Year Plan)
+ Michigan Technological University (Dual Degree Plan)
These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from
Aupbutg and a Bachelor of Enpeering degree from Washington University School of Engineeringand Applied Science or Michigan Technological
University in a five-year period.
The first h r e e years are spent at Augsburg foIIowed by two years at the
affiliated university. Studentsacceptedinfo the program will be consided
foradmission to theen@eringxhooI if they willcompletecourserequire-
ments, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to exploreopportunitiesfor graduate work at
Washington University and h4ichigan Tecl-tnological University. Further
information on these and other graduate programs is available from the
Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are partidpants in these dual
d e g r e programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need
and academic performance as aiteria.
Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree orThree-Two
Programs: CHM 115,116;CSC 170;ENG 111;MAT 124,125,224,226; PHY 121,
122;additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27
courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 and PHY 121,122are taken in the
freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take
CHM 351,352.
e
7 - -
@
-a,
.,
-.r
V English
Department (ENG)
.
3
...-.
Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words,
ideas, and images helps us understand who we are and who we can
become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps
us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the
study of English we see life's complexity, experience life as others do,
and understand better the world in which we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is
concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with
the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and ~ o l o g y ,
English is concerned with individual and group khavior. With philo*
phy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning
and language. With dence, English is interested in discovering order
and det crmining structures. With speech and ~ommunications,English
studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social
sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and
thought at different times and in different cultures.
The Augsburg English Department integrates its program with the
cultural opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can
walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, a n d readings available
near the campus. English majors have the opportunity to use and refine
their skills through Internships on a n d off campus, tutoring in the
Writing Lab, or participating in the Co-op Ed Program.
Students with a n Augsburg English major pursue careers i n elementary,
secondary a n d college education, journalism, government, law, the
ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions a n d businesses. English majors may
start o n a slightly lower rung of the career ladder than those with more
specialized training, but will move to higher rungs more quickly because
of their broad background, their skill in analysis, a n d their superior
communication skills. Skills i n reading perceptively and writing effectively enhance a n y career and make life more enjoyable and understandable.
English Faculty: Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Joseph
Bodziock, Cathleen Dalglish, David Garrison, Douglas Green, Joan Griffin,
John Mitchell, Ronald Palosaari, Kathryn Swanson
Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; 1 course in American literature; 1 course
in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and 3 courses in British literature, 1on
literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and 1that surveys a number of
writers (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their
college work and to consult their Departmental adviser regularly. A student
with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the
English Department should also work closely with an adviser in the Department.
Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English courses at
Augsburg.
English-Language Arts Teaching M a j o ~10 courses, including those listed under
the major, a coursein the English language, and an Internship in the teaching of
writing. One course must include a cornpanent in non-Western literature. In
addition, the ACTC courses CommunicationSkillsin the EnglishClassroomand
Teaching Mass Media are required. Courses in early American literature,
Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take
courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, and
apply for teacher education not later than the spring of their sophomore year.
Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department
and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements
within the Education Department as well as the requirements for the major.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to
Department Chairpersonby October 15 in senior year for Department approval.
Submit paper to Departmentby April 20 and defend it before facultycommittee.
Honors project may be an Independent Study program.
Minor: 5 courses above 111, including at least 2 literature courses, 1 of which must
be in British literature, and 1 writing course above the freshman level.
Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for the major, English
majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration.A student arranges a concentrationby careful selection of electives in
the major, by the design of an Independent Study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the Department.
English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will
often fit well into a concentration.
The English Placement Test: A writing sample is required of students who score
19 or below on the verbal section of the ACT test or 78 or below on the verbal
section of the PSAT tests. Also required of students who have not taken either
the ACT or PSAT.
Students who do not show competence in composition skills such as stating and
supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences are required to enrollin Developmental Writing in which they will receive
more individual instructionthan is possible in Effective Writing. These students
must pass Developmental Writing before enrolling in Effective Writing.
Note on Prerequisites: 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a
Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division course is
successful completion of a Lower Division literature course or consent of the
inshctor.
Developmental Writing
A preparatory coursefor EffectiveWriting required of students identified by
a writing sample (the English Placement Test) as needing additional preparation in composition. Students write short papers based on their own
observations, experiences, and thoughts. P/N grading only. Students receive a course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation requirement in
writing.
111 Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and
writing critical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention
is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing, and
developing topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. A
Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum
passing grade for this course is 2.0.
217,218 English as a Second Language (ESL)
Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American
idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these
courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments, and sessions with ESL
tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and to increase their
fluency. Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two
courses. Testing will determine placement in these courses, and testing, as
well as other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is
met. These courses are graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will con101
tinue in 218 until the requirement is completed. By successfully completing
the courses, students will be exempted from the foreign language requirement.
Writing f o r Business and the Pmfessions
A practical course designed toimprove writing skillsfor those preparing for
business and professional careers.Thewriting of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from
their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111)
Intermediate Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may
include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and
contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and
organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which
students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111)
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative
writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction but
including journal keeping, drama, and creative prose.
Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on
writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and t e l e
vision as well. Students will consider how to recognizenews, how to gather
and verify facts, and how to write those facts into a news story or news
feature. The course will cover basic copy preparation and editing practices
and include an introduction to legal and ethical questions faced by journalists. (Prereq.: 111)
Introduction to Cinema Art
An investigationof the artistic qualitiesand the historical development of the
film medium. The courseincludestheviewing and discussingof both feature
length and short films. (Spring)
Introduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developingcritical and analytical skills in reading and
writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and
minors.
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysisof some significantworks of selected American writers
from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also
given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American
literature.
Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the 20th
century. Some non-Western works will be included.
European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics
of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides,
the comedies of Aristophanesand Ovid's Metamorphoses.Dante's Inferno will
be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are
combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological
foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature,
and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to
the modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring)
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in
the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Contemporary Poetry and Women and Fiction.
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit.
Advanced Journalism Interviewing and Editing
Emphasisis placed first on interviewing and then on organizing and writing
the interview story. The second half of the course will concentrateon editing
the work of others and learning layout and design. The course will include
workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique
the interview skills of fellow students. There willalso be laboratory sessions
devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: 227. On demand)
British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans
Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the development
of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance.
Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be
examined. (Alternateyears 1989-90)
British Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual,
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period.
Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be
emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting
contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
Advanced Expository Writing
Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course will emphasize the conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and techniques for gathering information. By the end of the course, the
student will be expected to write reliable reports and articles of publishable
quality. (Prereq: 225 or consent of instructor)
Advanced Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve
creativewriting ina single genre, as announced in theclass schedule. (Prereq:
226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work)
American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements.
Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and
symbol in modern American literature.
399
423
438
498
499
Internship
The Department offers on-campus Internships in teaching writing and ESL,
and various off-campus Internships. Interested students should consult the
Department Chairperson.
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th century
beginnings up to the 20th century. Novels studied will be selected from the
works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen,
Dickens, Bront$ Thackeray, Eliot, and Hardy. Attention will be given to the
conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergenceby the 20th
century as the dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1988-89)
Shakespeare
Study of ten or twelve major plays -comedies, histories, tragedies -with
attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art.
Additional plays assigned for reading analysis.
Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of
Department Chairperson. Ppvidesdirected Independent Study which makes
use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry
readings, and writers' groups.
Independent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of
Department Chairperson. Provides directed Independent Study in the area
of the student's choice.
V First Year
Experience (FYE)
Patricia Parker (Associate Academic Dean), Diane Pike
The initial months after entering college as a freshman are a period of
transition. The faculty and staff wish to assist students to make the
transition to being a college student successfully and to help them
become part of this academic community. Students are introduced to the
character of the College, its heritage as an urban liberal arts college of the
church, the process of learning in a community where ideas are valued
and treated seriously, and the logistics of being a college student.
The First Year Experience (FYE) is composed of four parts: Summer
Registration, Fall Orientation, FYE Seminars, and FYE Interim Term
Courses.
Participation in the Fall Orientation program and in the FYE Seminars is
required of all students who begin Augsburg College as freshmen in the
day schedule program. Students who meet the requirement satisfactorily
by attendance at and participation in an FYE Seminar will receive a
notation of a passing (P) grade for FYE 005 on their official transcript.
Students without a P for FIE 00.5 will not be permitted to graduate with
an Augsburg degree.
005
FYE Seminar
A series of fall term meetings with an FYE faculty adviser to discuss issues
related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College community
of learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a variety of
disciplinesand sources collected in The Augsburg Anthology. (P/N grading
only; evaluation based on attendance and participation)
V Foreign Language
Department
The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in
many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts
education for service in today's world. The Department is committed to
the view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed,
foreign language study goes beyond the development of new cornmunications skills to foster an abiding awareness that the splendid diversity
of human languages, literatures, and cultures represents a rich historic
legacy developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all
in common. The Departmental faculty believe that familiarity with the
language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of global perspective and hence is indispensable in the education
of Augsburg students.
The Foreign Language Department offers language, literature, and
culture courses in French, German, Norwegian, Russian, and Spanish.
Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available to
Augsburg Students through the College's affiliation with ACTC, a
consortium of Twin Cities colleges.
A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students
in the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department.
Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate
the general principles which operate in and shape all languages and in
this way the study of linguistics affords the student a unique view of one
of the most intriguing and central facetsof the human mind.
Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics,
are essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a
valuable special qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a
number of fields such as foreign language teaching translation, the
diplomatic corps, or international business may require a foreign language major, perhaps combined with a major in some other field. In
addition, students pursuing careers in many other fields such as health
care, social work, the ministry, psychology, or philosophy, to name just a
few, often find that a foreign language minor and/or the study of
linguistics qualifies them for special assignments in their chosen field.
Foreign languages Faculty: Mary Kingsley(Chairperson),Nancy Aarsvold, Ruth
Aaskov, Nancy Giguere, Mary Johnson, Angelika Rauch, Gunta Rozentals,
Steve Sakai, Donald Steinmetz
Placement Levels: Studentswith previous foreign language study must register in
coursessuited to their levelof preparation.Placement is accordingto thenumber
of high school semesters one has studied that language: 0-2 = 111;3-4 = 112; 5
6 = 211; 7 = 212; 8 = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should
consult the Chairperson. Be sure to sign placement form.
Students should arrangeto take the LanguagePlacement Test if they wish to take
a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language.
Studentswho elect to take a coursebelow the one in which they are placed by the
Department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The Language requirement will be satisfied onlyby completion of the course in which the student was
originally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional.
Basic Requirements: Majorsmust take4of theupper Division coursesat Augsburg
College and 4 abroad. Minors must take 2 of the Upper Division courses at
Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisite to all Upper Division courses.
Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum of 1Upper
Division course per year at Augsburg. See Department facultyfor limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must
consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the programas well as for information on Special Methods courses. A 3.0
averagein Advanced Conversationand Compositionis a Departmentalrequirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the
Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for
Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education.
Honors Major: Majors seeking Departmentalhonors must apply in the junior year.
Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis dernonstrating ability in Independent Study for one course credit. Consult Department
Chairperson for details.
+ Chinese (CHN)
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement
with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director.
+ French @RE)
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332,350 or 355,351 or
353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including 1 in conversationcomposition, 1 in civiliiation, and 1 in literature. Interim, Summer, or Semester in France strongly
recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 Upper Division courses beyond 212, including 1 in
conversationcomposition, 1 literature, 1 in civilization. Study in France
strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim Catalog.
Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring. On
demand)
111,112 Beginning French
Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these
courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four
class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
(Fall/ Spring)
199 Internship
Lower Division Internship.
211,212 Intermediate French
Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in
communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory
work. (Fall/Spring)
243 French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. ~ h r o u ~individualized
h
background reading and class discussion,
students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical
011
significanceof these works. Sophomorestanding.Fulfillsonly literature distribution requirement. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (On
demand)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build
fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas.
Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other
Upper Division courses. (Fall)
French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and
writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and
elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and
speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. Spring. On demand)
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings
to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French
intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports,
extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years)
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20thcentury problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of Frenchspeakingpeople and their contributionto the
contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
Introduction to Literahue for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Studentsapply the elements of theory through
reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
353 Survey of French Literature
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France,
through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures,
discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years)
Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I,
including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent
of instructor. Alternate years)
Internship
Upper Division Internship.
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speakingand writing on topics of intellectual, social, or
450
499
political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at
an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic
levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual
needs indicate. Provides for self-improvementand self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations
in French. For advanced students.(Seealso Interim offerings. Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
Independent Sttrdy
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level.
Designed to compl&ea balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a mapr paper and its defense are included.
(Consultationswith French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim,
Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser)
+ German (GER)
Major: 8 upper division courses, including 311; 411, 1 in civilization, and 1 in
literature. Semester in Germany required.
Minor: 4 Upper Division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, Summer or
Semester in Germany strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 courses beyond 212,induding 1 in conversationcomposition, I in literature, 1in dvilization, and 2 electives. All m u m must be
Upper Division course. Study in Germany s~rongIyrecommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature.
111,112 Beginning German
Course 111is for students with no previous background; 112is for students
who have had 111or equivalentor less than two years of high schoolGerman.
Aims at developingbasic skills.Classroompractice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in
simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short
conversations. Laboratory materials available.
199 Internship
Lower Division Internship.
211,212 Intermediate German
For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German.
Aims at developingbasic skills into working knowledge of German. Review
of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materialsrepresenting contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring)
244 German Literature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and
movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered
not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also
discussed interms of their relevanceto perennialhuman problems. Credit for
this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomorestanding. On demand)
Independent Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
German Comersation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary
and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive
practice in speaking is supplemented with exercisesin written composition.
Fall)
German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the
German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca.
3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of
Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness
during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the
Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
German Civilization and Culture I1
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The
contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual,
geopolitcal, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In
German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different a p
proaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through
reading, analyzing and discussingselected works. Recommended for majors
and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
German Literature through the 18th Century
Brief surveyof heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Auflclarung and Sturm
und Drang literature. Extensive readings and dicussions in Classic and
Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the
history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitcal context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism,
technologyand mass man. Readingsin German. Class discussionshelp to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in
German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of
international stature are discussed:Kafka, Hesse, Mam, Brecht. Readings in
German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression
in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399
411
451
452
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aims at developingand refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for
expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as
classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the
present. Leaures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of
cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are
discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures
treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
+ Japanese WN)
Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement
with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director for more information.
+ Linguistics
199
289
299
311
(LIN)
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with
focus on linguistic universals (organizationalprinciples and features common to all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in to the mechanics of
language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language).
Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various
languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (On demand. ACTC)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current
linguistic research with the aim of illuminatingunderlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatorygoals which distinguish
them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplinessuch
as anthropology, psychology, logic, and communication theory to explore
ways in which each theory seeksto overcomethe inadequaciesof traditional
grammar. (On demand)
399
499
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
+ Norwegian (NOR)
Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in Norway
required.
Minor: 4 courses above 211, including 1 in conversation-composition, 1 in civilization, and 1 in literature. Study in Norway encouraged.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics,
European history.
111,112 Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading
and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory
work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring)
199 Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
211 Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and
facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class
discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent)
299 Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in
spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of
Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211
or equivalent)
312 Old Norse
An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study of
selectionsfrom Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse
and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of
one of the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language majors/
minors will have special assignments. (On demand)
331 Norwegian Civilization and Culhue
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of
the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domesticand foreign influencesat work in the
comparativelyhomogeneouspopulationof Norway willbe examined.Written
and oral reports in theNorwegian language will be required along with some
field work. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
350
353
399
411
499
Introduction to Literahue for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Studentsapply the elements of theory through
reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
S w e y of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for
the study of original works from earlier periods extendingback to Old Norse
literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to
writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Ledures, readings,
oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent.
Alternate years)
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensivepractice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given
to the other Scandinavianlanguagesand to the historical development of the
Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
+ Russian .(RUS)
Two years of Russian are offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Studies Program, which
requires two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies
Campus Coordinator.
111,112 Elementary Russian
A i d to developreading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills
through oral classroom practice, developingease in reading, short compositions, and acquaintancewith Russian culture. Extensive use of the language
lab.
211,212 Intermediate Russian
Continuesdevelopingtheskillsof writing, understandingand speakingwith
an added emphasis on reading. Introduction of advanced grammar topics,
idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACTC)
+ Spanish
(SPA)
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311,411,456 or 457,2 of 352,353,354, and
either 331 or 332. Study in Spain or Latin America is required.
Minoc 4 courses above 212, including 1 in conversation-composition,1 in civilization, and 1 in literature. Interim or Summer study abroad strongly recommended.
Teaching Minor: 5 courses beyond 212, including 1in conversationcomposition,
1 in literature, 1 in civilization, and 2 electives. All courses must be Upper
Division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult Department for other
supporting courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
199 Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which
stimulate intellectualgrowth and promote cultural understanding, students
review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills
through class discussions. besigned for students with 2-4 years of high
school Spanish or its equivalent. (211 Fall, 212 Spring)
216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
(See under Program in Global Community)
249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various
periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the
readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in
Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On demand)
261 Spanish Language
(Seeunder Metro-Urban Studies, SAUS and LISLA)
299 Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311 Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratorywork. This course
is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. Brereq.: 212 or equivalent.
Fall)
312 Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanishand wish to expand them. Intensivepractice to improve oral
and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing
idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate
discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary
texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand)
331 Spanish Civilization and Culhue
Study of the Spanishcharacterand of Spanishcontribution to world civiliiation through historical, intellectual, literary, and artisticmovements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the
Pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212,
with consent of instructor. Altemate years)
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
350
Theory and practice of literary studies.A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, Literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. Recommended for
majors and minors. Open to all qualifed students. Brereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, I1
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature.
Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311
or consent of instructor. On demand)
354
Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lebures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.:311or consent of instructor. On
demand)
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
411 Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
332
456
Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written
reportsin the language. Emphasison theGolden Age and the Modem Period.
(Prereq.: One survey course. Altemate years)
457
Spanish Novel
Studyof the outstanding novelists of the 19thand 20th century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate
years)
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
General Studies (GST)
Joel Mugge and Donald Warren
Some courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways which are
different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include
specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative pro-seminar
created by cooperating faculty, and offerings of the Center for Global
Service and Education.
009
Cooperative Education
Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of
evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by Co-op Education staff. No course aedit. (Fall and Spring)
140,141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (112course each)
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the
philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The course
also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic success:
reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook reading, time
management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career planning, and
making decisions. (140,Fall; 141,Spring)
230
Cultural Issues Seminar
(See under Program in Global Community)
V Global
Education
Programs
The center for Global Education, a program of Augsburg College, is
committed to education which helps citizens expand their world view
and deepen their understanding of international issues. The Center
believes that firsthand knowledge of other societies and cultures builds
international awareness, informs debate on foreign policy, and contributes to a more just and peaceful world. Toward this end, the Center
offers a variety of experiential education programs which examine the
problems of international development and the dynamics of social
change. A unique dimension of the Center's work is that its programs
include the perspectives of the poor and disenfranchised as well as the
views of decision-makers.
+ Program in Global Community
The Center for Global Education offersa spring semester program, The
Program in Global Community, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is an
academic program that explores the history of political change, the dynamics of social justice, and the role of the church in Latin America.
Students live together as a community in the Augsburg Study Center,
but also with Mexican families. The semester also includes a trip to
Central America. The cost is equivalent to full room, board and tuition at
Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instructionfor three hours a day for six weeks of the
semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught
by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by
Program Director)
INS 311 The Development Process
This seminar focuses on specific global and interpersonal developmental
processes. Particular theories of development and educational approaches
are criticallyexamined. As an integrativeseminar, the courseattempts to pull
together the many aspects of the overall program. The seminar provides
studentsthe opportunity to reflect criticallyon their own educationalprocess
as well. (Required course)
GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar
This seminar consists of a series of mini-courses offered in a number of
relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each mini-course
consists of 12 hours. Any four mini-courses fulfill the requirements of the
seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required)
HIS 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective
Four specific mini-courses together provide a rather comprehensiveview of
Mexico's historical development from preColumbian times to the present
day. (Either this course or GST 230 required)
299 Directed Study
499 Independent Study
This preferably is in a student's major or minor discipline, developed ahead
of time in consultationwith a Departmentaladviser on the home campus and
the program director. The topic a student chooses should be relevant both to
the discipline and the theme of global community. (Optional fourth course)
REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an
examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated by
prominent Latin American theologiansas well as by people directly involved
in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca. (Prereq.: 1course
in religion or theology. Optional fourth course)
+ Human Services in a Latin American Context
The Center for Global Education offers a fall semester program, Human
Services in a Latin American Context, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico.
Throughout Latin America new models for education and human care
have evolved during the last 25 years. The methodologies used attempt
to teach critical thinking skills, raise people's consciousness and increase
their ability to work together to change their situation. H u m a n Services
i n a Latin American Context is a 3 1/2 month study program designed to
introduce participants to the central issues currently facing the third
world, and to focus on Latin American models of education and service
and their contribution to the process of social change. These models have
grown out of the sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes
hand i n hand with the empowerment of individuals a n d groups to control their own lives.
This semester program is co-sponsored with Pacific Lutheran University.
The semester includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to
full room and board a t Augsburg College. Courses are offered for credit
in the disciplines as listed.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish (Spanish)
Intensive, individualized instructionfor three hours a day for six weeks of the
semester. Instructionis geared to individual competency levels and is taught
by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by
Program Director)
SWK 361, SOC 271 Social Policy and Social Justice (Social Work or Sociology)
Social policy related to the health, education and well-being of members of
Mexican society from an historical perspective. The course will examine the
distances between policy and reality, particularly for the poorest groups, the
impact of international economics and politics, and movements that have
emerged dedicated to bridging the gaps between needs and policies. This
course, with a different set of student objectives and a differentbibliography,
can be taken for social work or sociology credit.
SWK 399 Internship (Social Work)
A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on
acquiring an overviewof how the agency functionsand how populations are
served.
POL 295 Global Perspectives: The World in Change (Political Science)
A survey of global issuesaffectingthe human condition in a rapidly changing
and increasingly interdependent world; modernization and development;
economic change and international trade; diminishing resources; war and
revolution; peace and justice; cultural diversity. Emphasis on the development of a global perspectivewhich recognizes human commonalities as well
as diversity in perceptions, values and priorities.
EDE /EDS 412 Latin American Models of Education (Education)
A comparative approach to learning some basic goals and methods of
educational models being developed in Latin America. Students will apply
their knowledge of educationalconceptsused in the U.S. to an understanding
of basic processes employed by Latin American educators in teaching critical
thinking, consciousness-raising and cooperative problem-solving. A focus
throughout the course will be on exploring the transferability of these
learning models to North America.
V Health and
Physical Education
Department (HPE)
Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in
their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation
in physical activity. In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the occasional player will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental
activities.
The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide range of educational experiences, including several
major and minor programs: general education in Physical Education
(Lifetime Sports); men's and women's intercollegiateathletic programs;
intramural programs for men and women; and athletic facilities for
developmental and recreational activities.
Department graduates have traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunities are possible in YMCA
and community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as
adult fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities.
Health and Physical Education Faculty: Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson),Carol
Enke, Marilyn Pearson Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Joyce Pfaff,
Edwin J. Saugestad
I
+ Health Educatjon
J
Majol: 110,'11<11<, 320.35; 410; BIO 103,108,111; CHM 105or 109;PSY 105; SOC
Teaching Major: Same as Health Education mapr plus 355. Students wishing to
become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
Teaching Minor: 110,114,115,320 or 410; BIO 103; SOC 231.
Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the
individual and the community. (Fall)
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
Health and Safety Education (112course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First
Aid course.
Health and Chemical Dependency Education (112course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes
information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and
problems of school age children.
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human
sexuality. Open to all students.
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All coursesin the major sequencenumbered in the 100and 200 seriesand
consent of instructor)
Teaching the Exceptional Child (112 course)
Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of
functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and
physical education programs. (Prereq.: 350. Spring)
Tests and Measurement (112course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education. (Spring)
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships
to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in
health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community.
(Prereq.: 320. Odd number years, Fall, Interim)
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
+ Physical J3ducation
i/
J
"
1J
"'
' - 1 1
Major: 114,115, 3 5 4 7 ~ 5223,231;
;
232,'243,350,351,471:472,474,475;
BIO 103.
Teaching Licensure Major: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471,
472,474,475; BIO 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should
consult with the Education Department for requirements.
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult Department
Chairperson for individual program planning.
Minor: 114,115;223,231,232 or 472,243. Thereisno PE teaching minor inMinnesota
Public Schools.
Coaching Endorsement: 243,351 (Prereq.:BIO 1031,475 (Prereq.: 350), 1of 476483
(except 481), and practicum in coaching (499 is an optional method for meeting
the practicum requirement).
Notes: Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high
schools are required to have a coaching endorsement and a current Minnesota
teacher's license.
002,003 Lifetime Sports
199
223
231
232
234
243
299
350
Three hours per week. Two Lifetime Sports meet the general education
requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department Chairperson) No course credit.
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring)
Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual
sports. (Fall)
Recreational Activities and Rhythms (112 course) .
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Gamesconcepts and activities. Practice in teaching
and performing selected social dances. (Interim)
Outdoor Education (112 course)
This course will look zt a wide variety of outdoor activitiesthat can be taught
in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: canoeing,
back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, campingand water safety. Students
must be prepared to spend some weekends participating in these activities.
(Even numbered years, Spring)
History and Principles of Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system
and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Fall)
Physiology of Exercise
The mapr effects of exercise upon the systemsof the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO
103. Spring)
Teaching the Exceptional Child
(See Health Education)
Tests and Measurement
(See Health Education)
Physical Education Methods (K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the
elementary and secondary levels. (Fall)
Internship
Consult Department Chairperson.
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in learning the
art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the
participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring,
helming and crewing). (Interim)
Physical Education Programming
Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making
for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum
analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall)
Gymnastics (112 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and
perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and
skill analysis. (Fall)
Swimming and Aquatics (112 course)
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety.
Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors.
(Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall)
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (112 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350, Fall, .lst half of term, and even numbered years, Interim)
Coaching of Football (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd
numbered years, Fall, 1st half of term)
Coaching of Basketball (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Odd
numbered years, Interim)
Coaching of Hockey (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd
numbered years, Interim)
Coaching of Track and Field (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field.
(Odd numbered years, Spring, 2nd half of term)
Coaching of BasebalYSof tball(112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and
softball. (Odd numbered years, Spring, 2nd half of term)
481
483
499
Officiating of Basketball (112 course)
Mechanics, techniques and practical experience of officiating basketball.
Prepares student for certificationby the Minnesota State High School Association. (Interim)
Coaching of Volleyball (112 course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd
numbered years, Fall, 1st half of term)
Independent Study
Directed intensivestudy in an area of physicaleducation.Open only to junior
or senior majors.
V History Department
(HIS)
History is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a
civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished Medievalist J.R. Strayer expresses it this way: "No community can survive and
no institution can function without constant reference to past experience.
We are ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that
we are ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of
common experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community."
A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that
enables us to deal more knowledgeably with the continuities and
changes in current issues. Established disciplines, as history long has
been, train the mind by developing concepts and skills that enables one
to deal with masses of information. Many have found that history is an
entree into the richer enjoyment of travel, cultural events, and the broad
reading enjoyed by the educated person. Accordingly, history has long
heid a major role in the liberal arts. This is true at Augsburg.
The Department has smngth in and requires of its majors work in four
main areas: ancient and medieval, modern Europe, United States, and
the non-Western world. The Department's graduates are well represented among professional historians; at present, six are in graduate
schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves
as social studies teachers in elementary and secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that
field for history majors. For most of our students, however, the study of
history provides one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences,
valuable both for personal enrichment and a wide variety of career
choices.
History Faculty Richard Nelson (Chairperson),James Brothen, Gregory Bruess,
Orloue Gisselquist, Donald Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, John R Jenswold
Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least 4 of these courses must be Upper Division.
A major must have at least 1 course (either survey or upper level) from each of
the 4 areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western.
Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may
take a History Major in combinationwith specified social sciencecourses and the
required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For
more information, see the Department Chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator.
Minor: 5 courses, at least 3 of which must be Upper Division.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances,
applicationbefore the end of the first term of the junior year; 2 years of a foreign
languageat the collegelevel (orits equivalent);an honorsthesis (equalto 1course
credit) to be defended before a faculty committee.
Notes: First year students should enroll in 1 or more of the 101-104 courses.
Distributioncredit is normally given only for courses 101-104.200level courses are
normally reserved for sophomore or Upper Division students. Upper Division
courses are numbered 300 and up. Lower Division students are normally required
to take at least one 100 level course before enrolling for an Upper Division course.
There are 16 Upper Division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this Department.
Severalare offered each term. Offeriigsdepend upon faculty schedulesand student
registration.
101
102
The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world
of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century.
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the
middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centersof cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years.
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
U.S. History to 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a
nation tom apart by the Civil War.
U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to
consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and
events that have created the modern United States.
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in
China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes
crosscultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education.
Scandinavian History Prehistoric to 1750
An introduction to the settlement and development of the Scandinavian
countries with emphasis on their impact on and contributions to the development of European society.
Scandinavian History 1750 to the Present
An introduction to the history of the Scandinaviancountries from the early
modern period to the present with emphasis on the place of Scandinavian
society in European and world history.
Directed Study
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered
in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the
directing faculty member and the chairman of the Department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the
major.
Modem Southeast Asia
A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysisof the nationalist movements and
the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century.
Modern Japan
An examinationof the emergence of Japan as amajor world power in the 20th
century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive
features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction
and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of
women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign
policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is
stressed.
Mexico: A Historical Perspective
(See under Program in Global Community)
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through
its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the
development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and-political
institutions.
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistickingdoms
and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on
personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the
political process.
The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state
through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation.
Internship in History
A limited number of Internships may be available for qualified Upper
Division students majoring in history. In this connection, students are encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative
Education program.
England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods
A study of Englishhistory from a 15thcenturybackground through 1714.The
emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course.
Emphasis is also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's
subsequent role in the world economy and on the Englishliteraryrenaissance
of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods.
Europe in the Seventeenth Century
The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modem
state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its
effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as
1560-1714.
Topics in World History
This course will investigatetopics in world history which are not included in
regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
The World and The West
This coursebegins with Europe's discoveryof the rest of the world, considers
cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in
Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial
systems at the end of the 18th century.
495
499
Seminar
Selected topics which will be announced prior to registration. This course is
designed for history majors of at least junior standing. Admissionbypermission of the instructor. Offered at least once each year.
Independent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to
apply for directed Independent Study. A maximum of one course in Independent Study may be applied toward the major.
V Humanities
(HUM)
Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), John Benson and Richard Nelson
The Humanities major provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, to experience the ways in which different academic disciplines approach simiIar questions and issues, and to participate in interdisdplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, m a t e your own
major by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study,and then by
taking courses in various departments relating to that theme.
The major was created especially to encourage students not majoring in
the humanities but in such areas as science, business, or social science to
broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based
second major.
Major: g murses, including 275. Elve of the courses must be Upper Division.
Courses must be selected fmm at least 4 of these 7 departments- Art, English,
Foreign Languages, fTistory,l%3osophy, Religion, and Speech,Communication
and Theatre Arts. No more than 3 courses from anyone department can be used
to satisfy the requirement.
I
Note: Each student taking a humanities mapr will focus on someparticular theme
or perspective which will constitute the core of the major p r o m . Six ofthe 9
courses must be t a k a in this core.The core adopted and the courses chosen to
meet the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the
humanities, and must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The
theme or perspective of the corecan k chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the skudent in consultation with an adviser
in the humanities. Further information concerning the core can be found in the
Humanities Handbook.
A student may not list a double major in humanities and in one of the component
disciplinesunless the distribution of courses selected in the humanities major is
significantly different from the other major.
275
Perspectives on the Humanities
An introduction to the humanities which focuses on different themes, depending upon the instructor. The course correlates ideas, principles and
values from the perspectives of several of the humanities disciplines.
499
Independent Studies
Individual study and w r c h on some intdsciplinary humanities topic,
worked out in consultation with an adviser. The study must be approved by
the Humanities Committee.
V Interdisciplinary Studies
(INS)
(See Metro-Urban Studies, Global Education Programs, and Women's
and Minority Studies)
V International Relations
Norma C. Noonan, Director
International Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or
geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of 7 courses
and 6 electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg
and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for
Interim or a Semester. Competency in one language is required, and
some students study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to intenational studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin
America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East,
Southeast Asia, and others.
Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a
foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are
possible with the International Relations major.
Major: 13courses. (1)7 required courses: ECO 112 or 113;HIS 103or 104; POL 158
or 160; 2 of the following: HIS 332, POL 363,461; POL 490; the fourth term of
college work in a modern foreign languae. Q )6 ofthe following electives (not
more than 3 from any one disciplinemaybe countedtoward the major);ECO 360,
495; HIS 322,323,324,440,474; PHI 355; POL 330,351,381,382,455,459; REL 356;
SOC 336; Interim courses, seminars, Independent Study, topics courses and
courses at other colleges/universitiescan be considered here with the approval
of the Program Director; fourth term or higher of college work in a second
language.
Minor: 7 courses and 1year of foreign language. Required ECO 112or 113, HIS 103
or 104, and POL 158 or 160.One come of HIS 332, POL 363 or 4 1 .One year of
foreignlanguage. Any 3 courses from the list ofapproved electivesforthe major.
Not more than 2 courses horn any department could count toward the minor.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages cuurth t o w a d the major; prerequisite courses or competencies mmot be credited toward the 13 required
courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and
disciplinary concentrations possible within the major, for example, a concentration on a gmgraphic area or in one of the major disciplines in the program.
V Mathematics and
Computer Science Department
At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in developing the skills of critical thinking, understanding abstract
concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more
modern needs of quantitative thinking, these skills are still essential for
any liberallyeducated person. Mathematics and computer science
courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills.
Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on
the development of civilization, and the development of computers has
already begun to influence modern society. To the extent that a liberal
education must include a variety of perspectives on our culture and
heritage, a study of these influences is important.
An increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This Department
serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields.
Majors within this Department axe prepared for graduate school, work in
industry,or semice professions, with opportunities to focus on either the
itheoretical or the appIied areas of their vocations. Internship and Coop
erative Education options help students takeadvantage of Augsbwg's
proximity to the many technically-oriented enterprises in the city. Thus
the Department aims to provide its own majors with skills necessary to
serve the larger community through a variety of careers.
Mathematics/Computer Science Faculty: Ken Kaminsky (Chairperson),
Larry Copes, Tarry Crockett, Beverly Durkee, Matthew Foss, Noel Petit,
Larry Ragland, Beverly Stratton
Mathematics Major: 9 courses in mathematics including MAT 124,125,215,224,
314,324, and 3 electivesfrom MAT courses about 210, at most 1 of which is at the
200 level; participationin Departmental colloquium. Also required: CSC 170.At
least 2 Upper Division mathematics courses must be taken at Augsburg. Fm
teachinglicensuw, the 3 electives must be 351,373, and 441. Studentswishing to
become licensed teachmare advise3 to consult with the Education Department
for other requirements.
Computer ScienceMaj or: 9 coursesincluding 240,345,350,445,450;270 or BUS 175;
and 3 electives from CSC courses above 260 or 1 of SOC 363 or BUS 479;
participation in Departmental colloquium. Also required: MAT 174, 175 (or
MAT 124,125,171,224and CSC 170);MAT 215; MAT 373 or BUS 279 or SOC 362.
At least 2 of the Upper Division courses must be taken at Augsburg.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent Study at an advanced level.
Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, (or 174,1751,224, and 2 electives
from MAT courses above 210, at most 1 of which is at the 200 level. For a teaching
minor the2 additional courses must be selected from MAT 215,314,328,351,373,
441.
Computer Science Minor: 6 courses including 170,171 (or MAT 174,175), 240,345,
350, and 1 course from MAT 355, BUS 279, SOC 363, or any CSC courseover 260.
PrerequisiteslPlacement Exam - Before enrolling in any mathematics course in
this Department the student must have scored appropriately on the Augsburg
MathematicsPlacement Exam or an equivalent exam, or have completed college
courses equivalent to prerequisites. A course must be completed with a grade
of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite.
The Placement Exam is given during college registration sessions and at other
announced times during the year. It is required of all entering students except
those who have received a grade of C or better in a college-level mathematics
course taken at another college, or have passed the College Board Advanced
Placement Exam. These students, and those who place into Group V, should
consult with the Department about appropriate courses to take.
+ Mathematics
(MAT)
Basic Mathematics
A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios,
percents, metric system,exponents, radicals, and evaluation of algebraic
expressions.Counts as one c o w e i n semester%load but d w not give credit
toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematia Placement
T=t. (Prmq.: Placement Group I. P/N grading only)
104 Intermediate Algebra
A self-pacedcourseforstudentsnoedinga rwiew ofbasic algebraicskillsand
concepts. Topics include operations with polynomialsand rational expressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and
inequalities;and graphing of linm and quadratic functions. Counts as one
course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation.
Admission onlybyAugsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. (Prereq.: Placement Group 11. P/N grading only)
114 Elementary Functions
A study of functions: alpbraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonomehic,
For students planning to take 124 or 174. Students who have completed 124
or 174 may register f o r d i t edywithconsent of instructor.
104or
Plament Group III. Spring)
121 Finite Mathematics
Topics of linearity and probability with applicationsto the social and behavioral sciences. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111)
122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applicationsto the
social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not
register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. Spring)
124,125,224 Calculus I, 11, HI
Differentialand integral calculus, including calculusof severalvariables and
series, with applications primarily from the physical sciences, integrated
with topics from plane and solid analyticgeometry. Primarily for students in
mathematicsor the sciences. (Prereq.:114or Placement Group IV for 124; 124
for 125; 125 for 224.124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall)
131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics
and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in
mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. Fall)
103
m.:
Discrete Mathematics
Topics in discrete mathema tics such as seb and logic, combinatorics, probability, relations and functions, vectors and matrices, boolean algebra, and
graph theory. (Prereq. 114or 121or Placement Group IV. Fall)
174,175 Mathematics for Computing I, I1
A study of discrete and continuous mathematics with applications to computer science, integrated with learning structured programming. Primarily
for students planning to major in computer science. (Prereq.: 114 or Placement Group IV for 174; 174 for 175)
171
Honors Mathematics for the Ijberal Arts
Like 131, but for sophomores in the Honors Program. (Prereq.: 104 or
Placement Group 111, and freshman honors courses; or permission of instructor. Spring)
Number Theory
An introductory study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent
of instructor)
Elementary Linear Algebra
A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224 or 175. Spring)
Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by
special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix
algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Abstract Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such as groups,
rings, integral domains, and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall)
Analysis
An introduction to the study of mathematical analysis. Includes a rigorous
study of major concepts used in the calculus and their application to more
abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
Complex Variables
An introduction to complex numbers and functions, limits, differentiation
and integration,series, analyticfunctions, conformal mappings, and applications. (Prereq.: 224. Alternate years, Fall 1988)
Modern Geometry
A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, and transformation methods with projective axioms as abasis. (Prereq.:
122or 125. Alternate years, Fall 1989)
Numerical Analysis
A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of
computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions,
applications of a procdureoriented programming language in numerical
analysis. Topitsinclude thegeneralconceptof iterativeformulae,solution of
equations, Newton's method, l i n w systems,intapolation, numerical differen tiation and integration, Pmeq.:175;or 224, CSC 170. Alternateyears, Fall
1989)
Probability and Statistics
An analyticstudy of probability and statistics,including probabilitydistributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224 or 175.Fall)
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty, and employer to complete a specific
task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices of
the Cooperative Education office as well as the Mathematics Internship
Supervisor.
441
481
491
499
Foundations of Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems.
(Prereq.: completionof or concurrent registration in 314 and either 324 or 328;
or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1988)
Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract
algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314
and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor. Spring)
Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium
This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep the
mathematics and computer science community informed about contemporary developments in the field and about interesting ideas that don't arise in
courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others are welcome. All
seniors give a talk. Other sessions are presented by faculty members or
outside visitors.
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and Department.
+ Computer Science (CSC)
Computing for the Liberal Arts
An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications, as
well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not applytoward either
a computer science major or minor.
170 Structured Programming
An introduction to computer languages and algorithms. Applications from
mathematics, business, and natural sciences. Programming in a higher level
language such as Pascal. (Prereq.: MAT 124. Spring)
171 Discrete Mathematics
(See MAT 171)
174,175 Mathematics for Computing I, I1
(SeeMAT 174, MAT 175)
240 Survey of Computer Science
An introduction to computer organization and structure, assembly and
machine languages, computer logic design, number and character representations, and functions of components of computer systems. Continued
development of structured programming concepts. (Prereq.: MAT 175; or
both 170 and MAT 124 and concurrent registration in MAT 171. Fall)
261 Electronics
(See PHY 261)
270 FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. (Prereq.: 170, or MAT 175.
Interim)
340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing
systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing.
(Prereq. 240. Fall)
145
Computer Systems and Assembly Language
Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications.Developmentof
competence in assembly language programming. Elements of computer operation, including input-output, interrupts, and an introduction to operating
systems. (Prereq.: 240. Fall)
Data Structures and File Processing
Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of non-numerical problems.
Applications to data management systems, file organization, information
retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices.
(Prereq.: 240. Spring)
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization
and security, including the development of an elementary database system.
(240 is recommended before 352 is taken. Spring)
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty, and employer to complete a specific
task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices of
the CooperativeEducation office as well as the Computer ScienceInternship
Supervisor.
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major componentsof computer systems, and a detailed study of
the effects of computer architectureon operating systems. (Prereq.: 345, MAT
215. Spring)
Theory of Programming Languages and Compilers
Structure of computer programming languages, including data types and
control structures, implementation considerations for programming languages, lexical analysis and parsing, and interpretive languages. (Prereq.:
350, MAT 215. Fall)
Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium
(See MAT 491)
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from such areas as computer graphics, artificial
intelligence, computability, and automata. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Research Project
An extensive group or individual project selected in consultation with a
faculty member. If directly supervised by a faculty member the course may
be taken for credit. (Prereq.: 345,350. Spring)
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and Department.
V Metro-Urban Studies (INS)
Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinary major and minor taught by
faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and
other related disciplines. The Metro-Urban Studies program seeks to
blend classroom and field experience, theory and Internships which
focus the content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and
the process of urbanization.
The Metro-Urban Studies major and minor are designed to provide
undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in planning, architecture, law, public administration, environmental studies, social welfare, government, community organization, and theology. The program
and college-wide urban concerns requirement introduce students to the
wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan
affairs, equipping students with the analytical and theoretical tools
required to understand the metropolitan community.
Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance
the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College's location. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) and Associated Colleges of
the Twin Cities (ACT) enrich the overall program.
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty: Gany W. Hesser (Director),Andrew Aoki, Robert
Clyde, Norman Ferguson, Orloue Gisselquist, Satya Gupta, John Jenswold,
Myles Stenshoel
Major: 15 courses, including 10 core requirements: ECO 123,279 or SOC 362; HIS
431; POL 122,384 or SOC363; SOC 211,381; a minimum of 1 course of Internship
or Independent Study; 2 non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at
least 1 of which must be in the humanities (currentoptionsincludeART 102, BIO
105, ENG 351, INS 233,260, PHI 362, PHY 111, SPC 342). PSY 356 is highly recommended, as are the HECUA programs.
To complete the major, the student has a choice among 3 emphases or tracks:
General/Liberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These 5 elective
courses must include a minimum of 3 disciplines. Options include a wide variety
of courses, Int&s,
Internships, Independent Studies, and urban courses at
other ACTC colleges. Participation in the urban programs offered through the
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) is highly recommended.
Minor: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses
are required for the concentration: ECO 120 or 123; POL 122; SOC 211,381; an
approved Social ScienceResearch Course; an approved Internship and/or Independent Study. Other combinations are possible and may be approved by the
Director.
199
299
399
498
499
Internship
Lower Division Internship. Consult Program Director to determine project.
(Fall, Interim, Spring and Summer)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students (Prereq.:Consent of instructor and SOC 121 or 211. Fall, Spring, Summer)
Internship
Consult theProgramDirector for details. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources
available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, perfomances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department facultymember. (Prereq.: SOC 121
or 211 and consent of instructor. FA,Spring, Summer)
Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines.
(Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
4 Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), a consortium of 16 colleges and
universities. Augsburg's Metro-Urban director served as its president
from 1982 to 1987. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to
five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality,
located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America, San Francisco
and the Twin Cities.
I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metropolitan area.
358
359
399
Readings Seminar: Urban Issues
Reading materials are assignedto complement morning field seminartopics.
Included are government and institutional publications, journal articles and
books.
Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with
specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities
area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social
services.
Internship
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies or businesses
for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty
approval. Students may choose an Internship of one or two courses.
11. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This interdisciplinary field learning program is at the University of Oslo
and examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia.
372
377
393
394
Norwegian Language
Intensive language instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with
emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with
advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature.
Note: For Language credit the student should consult with the Chairperson
of the Foreign Language Department.
Scandinavia in the World
Global perspectives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian
viewpoints as small power nations in a world of super powers and their role
in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, East-West relations,
European security, trade, and the Third World. Emphasis on Norway with
field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for discussions with
advocates of competing perspectives.
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as reflected
in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with
emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theaters,
museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a variety of media.
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices as
a reflection of issues of the modern welfare state and social democracies.
Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with field travel to Scandinaviancapitalsfor a comparativeperspective.
499
Independent Study
Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of
conducting Independent study &search, using Norwegian language skills,
on a topic approved bytheSUSTProgramDirector and the appropriatehome
college faculty adviser.
111. South American Urban Semester (SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Colombia. It
focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World.
261
361
362
363
499
Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
Introduction to Colombia
Overview of Colombia and economic development.
Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of
SAUS staff and visiting Colombian urbanists.
Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the
Latin American City
Structured field course focusingon plight and prospects of the urban poor in
Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison.
Visits to various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing
with urban problems.
Independent Study
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library
and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic
interests.
IV. City Arts
A program that explores the arena of human creativity by bringing participants directly into contact with the practice, administration, politics,
and economics of the art world of the Twin Cities.
300
300
399
Field Seminar: Arts in the Cities
Field study of art worlds and their role in the Cities. Topics include the social
organization of the arts, doing business in the arts, arts and the urban
landscape, making a living as an artist, funding for nonprofit arts organizations, artists and audience, the dispersing city and problem of audience.
Research Semina~:The Creative Process
An investigation of contemporary studies of intelligence, creativity, and
thinking processes that uses both academic literature and discussions with
artists and other resource people. Special workshops on topics such as
writing and thinking, visual studies and communication, and photography,
encourage studentsto try out new ways of working and different approaches
to learning.
Internship
Individually developed Internship or mentoring arrangements with Twin
Citiesartists or arts organizations. Students may choosean Internship for one
or two courses.
V. Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA)
This Spring semester program is a n interdisciplinary field study that
provides extensive study-travel in Colombia, Nicaragua a n d Puerto Rico.
Immersion in Spanish language a n d Colombian culture a r e stressed.
261
360
364
367
499
Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Selected works of literature and theatre that express writers' and artists'
perspectives on Latin American society and social change. Emphasis on
contemporary period with considerable field study, including interviews
with community arts and "street" theatre groups, writers, literary critics,
composers, performers and filmmakers; small-group field assignments on
current arts activities; site visits to museum and gallery exhibits, movies,
plays concerns and a variety of community arts events.
Latin American Arts and Society
Introduces theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among
arts, ideologyand society. Provides historicalbackground through survey of
Latin American thought in major artistic periods: Colonial, Republican,
Romantic, Positivist, Modernist, "Indigenismo," Realist and Contemporary.
Readings and seminar lecture-discussions.
Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America
Introduction to the study of ideology and .historical o v e ~ e wof Latin
American ideologies, especially in relation to issues of development and
social change. Comparative study of current ideological debates and their
impact, with special attention to diffusionism, "dependencia," Marxism and
liberation theology. Field study emphasizes local resources, including interview-discussions with proponents of competingideologies; interviews with
government, business, church and community people; site visits to projects
reflecting ideology-in-practice.
Independent Study
By special permission from LISLA faculty, students with advanced Spanish
proficiency can be exempted from Spanish and conduct Independent Study
research instead.
V Music
Department (MUS)
Throughout the ages, music has been seen as an aesthetic expression of
the deepest and highest human emotions and thoughts. Thus music has
long been seen as an integral part of a liberal arts education, offering an
important component of personal, social, and intellectual development.
The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and
music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of
human history and culture. In addition, all students of the College community have the opportunity of participating in choral and instrumental
ensembles which perform locally, nationally, and internationally.
Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association
of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education
needs of students and offers professional training in music. The music
major combines a broad education in the liberal arts with preparation for
a wide range of graduate and professional opportunities. Student majors
may choose from among four majors in three degree programs: Bachelor
of Arts-Music Major; Bachelor of Music-Performance Major; Bachelor
of Music-Music Education Major; and Bachelor of ScienceMusic
Therapy Major.
In addition to opportunities as professional musicians, teachers of music,
and music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers.
Leaders in the professions and business regard a liberal arts major as an
excellent preparation for satisfyingand effective service in many occupational areas.
Music Faculty: Robert Karlkn (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Laine Bryce,
Wayne Dalton, John Dunham, Stephen Gabrielsen, Merilee Klemp,
Angela Kretschmar, Nicholas Lenz, Cynthia Lohman, Adele Lorraine,
Steven Lund, Roberta Metzler, Kathryn Mickelson, Patricia Nortwen,
Celeste OfBrien, Marlene Pauley, Nicholas Raths, Thomas Rolfs,
Thomas Rossin, Pauline Sateren, George Stahl, Mary Wilson
Music Coordinator: Mary Ella Pratte
Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enrollin the regular Bachelor of Arts program.
Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (Level I1
repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must
then apply, by petition, to the Department before the end of their second
semester of study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies. Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation,
subject to Departmental approval of performance hearing and petition during
their first semesterinresidence. Music Education majors must apply, by petition,
to the Department during the sixth term of study. All other music major and
minor candidatesmust apply, by petition, to theDepartment prior to registration
for Upper Division courses. Additionally, Music Education majors must apply
to the Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure
program. Departmental approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music
courses is necessary for the education licensure program. All transfer students
must take the theory placement examination at the first class meeting of 101or
102. Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarship must perform in their major performance medium for a faculty panel.
Auditions for memberships in ensembles are scheduled, following application,
during the senior year of high school, summer orientation sessions or at another
time preceding initial registration.
Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from
among those juniors who have attained a CPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A
faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and
certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of
graduate quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble
of 15 minutes duration; conducting an ensemble concert; or combinationsof the
above.
+ Degree and Major Requirements
Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors): 101,102,111,112,201,211,231,232,311,
341,342 or 344; 8 quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance studies and
recital requirements as given under each specific degree and major. (SeeApplied
Music section.) French or German study as stated in general education requirements.
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major: Offersthe broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student
for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities.
Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to
enter one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often
choose this course of study.
Requirements: 13 course credits: Core curriculum plus 1 course credit of music
elective;Performance studies -6 quarter courses and 2 half courses in the major
instrument or voice, 2quarter coursesin the minor instrument or voiceand a half
senior recital 458; keyboard proficiency and passing three Music Repertoire
tests.
Requirements for the Music Minor: 6 course credits: 101,102,111,112; 231 or 232;
341; 342 or 344; 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent
with 4 quarter courses in Performance studies. Music minors must pass one
Music Repretoire test.
Bachelor of Music
Music Education Major: Offers students the preparation necessary to become
teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework
which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementary through
the secondary levels.
Requirements: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202, 212; Performance
studies- 2 quarter courses, 4 half courses, 2full courses in the major instrument
or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a half junior recital
358 and a full senior recital 459; improvisation competency on major instrument
or voice; keyboard proficiency, passing 3 Music Repertoiretests, and achieving
a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance
medium.
Vocal emphasis -251,252,253,254,435
Instrumental emphasis -151,155, and 1course credit of music elective
Otherrequirements: 10 1/2coursecredits: HPE 114,115,PSY 105,EDS265,354,355,
356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the EducationDepartment, Music
Department Guides and program adviser.
Music Performance Major Designed for students who display advanced competence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosenby
students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or
who intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance.
Requirements: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus 202, 212; Performance
studie-2 quarter courses and 6 full courses in the major instrument or voice; 2
quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior recitals
358,459; keyboard proficiency test, passing 3 Music Repertoire tests and achieving a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance
medium.
Voice -251,252,253,254,435,l course of music elective, 2 courses of French or
German above the B.A. requirements
Piano or Organ -301,302,436,456,1/2 course credit of music elective
Instrument -301,302,11/2 course credits of music electives
Bachelor of Science
Music Therapy Major fulfills academic and clinical requirements for registration
with the National Association for Music Therapy, and prepares students for the
professional certification examination developed by the Certification Board for
Music Therapists. This course of study is chosen by students who wish to
become registered music therapists.
Requirements: 18 course credits: Core curriculum plus 1 course credit of music
elective; 2 of 151,155,156; 271,274,275,372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479;
Performance studies - 6 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice, 2
quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458;
keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency, passing 3 Music Repertoire tests, and
achieving a minimum grade of 2.0 in each music therapy course. Other requirements: EDS 282, 356, 357, 358; PSY 105, 362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY 264.
Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy
certification examination.
Applied Music
Ensembles (MUE): One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members
of major ensembles (MUE 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles carry no aedit.
Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble
courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or P/
N grading, or may choose no credit status with audit (V)designation. A
maximum of 2 course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation
requirements.
Performance Studies (MUP): All students enrolled in Performance studies for
credit with traditional grading arerequiredto satisfy each of the three synergistic
elements: lessons, performances, and listening. The general (non-music major or
minor) student, taking private lessons for no credit, is not required to fulfill the
additional performance and listening requirements.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available
for all students in the following categories:
No credit -one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week.
One quarter course credit- one half-hour lesson and four hours of practice per
week.
One half course credit -two half-hour lessons and eight hours of practice per
week.
One course credit (B.M. only) - two half-hour lessons and twelve hours of
practice per week.
Performances: All students registered in performance studies for credit must
perform each year in a general student recital, at the end of each semester for a
faculty panel, and as additionally required by the instructor.
Listening: All students registered in performance studies for credit are required to
attend 15designated music events during the academic year and pass the Music
Repertoire test. Failure to attend the required number of Faculty Artist Series
recitals, major ensemble home concerts, or other designated music events is a
factor in determining the final grade received in performance studies. Music
majors must pass a total of three Music Repertoire tests; music minors must pass
one. (See Music Department Guides for contents of Music Repertoire tests.)
Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music
faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct
a prerecital hearing for senior B.M. Performance major recitals. Concurrent
registration in performance studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance.
B.A. and B.S. Candidates -one half senior recital 458 at repertoire level 111.
B.M. Music Education Major -one half junior recital 358 at repertoire level 111and
full senior recital 459 at repertoire level IV.
B.M. Performance Major -full junior (level IV) and senior (level V) recitals 358,
459.
Keyboard Proficiency: B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarityby passing the Piano Proficiency test. This test may be
taken at the beginning or end of Fall or Spring semester.(See Music Department
Guide for contents of Piano Proficiency test)
Music Courses (MUS)
Theory
101
102
111
112
201
202
211
212
301
Materials of Music I (112course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part
writing. (Fall)
Materials of Music I1 (112course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. (Spring)
Aural Skills I (112course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing
and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: Concurrent
registration in or completion of 101. Fall)
Aural Skills I1 (112course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102.
(Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102. Spring)
Materials of Music 111 (112course)
Continuation of 102with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: 102.
Fall)
Form and Analysis (112course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th
century practice. (Prereq.: 201. Spring)
Aural Skills 111 (112course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201.
(Prereq.: 112 and concurrent registration in or completion of 201. Spring)
Aural Skills IV (112course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in 202. Brereq.:
211 and concurrent registration in or completion of 202. Spring)
Counterpoint I (112course)
16ththrough 18thcentury contrapuntaltechniques includingdoublecounterpoint, pasacaglia, fugue and canon. Brereq.: 201,211. Alternate years. Fall
1988)
302
311
312
341
342
344
Counterpoint I1 (112course)
Study of contemporarycounterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok,
Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Prereq.: 301. Alternate years. Spring
1989)
Composition I (112course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of
sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple
forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Fall)
Composition I1 (112course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes
and types. Contemporary techniques, atonal systems, and larger forms are
studied and used. (Spring)
Basic Conducting (112course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique.Score analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. (Fall)
Choral Conducting (112course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection.
Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Spring)
Instrumental Conducting (112course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
The following courses will not be offered until the specific B.M. major in theorycomposition is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music.
401 Counterpoint 111(112course)
Advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 302. Fall)
402 Counterpoint IV (112course)
Continuation of advanced contrapuntal writing Brereq.: 401. Spring)
411 Composition III (112course)
Individual and class instruction in all styles. Brereq.: 312. Fall)
412 Composition IV (112course)
Advanced compositional techniques. (Prereq.: 411. Spring)
History and Literature
130
230
231
232
330
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For nonmusic majors.
Electronics in Music
Exploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th century music. The study
and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be
combined with aesthetic considerationsin the creativeaspects of the art. For
non-music majors.
History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: 201,112.
Fall)
History and Literature of Music I1
Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: 201,112. Spring)
Ethnic Music
Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural
relationship. For the general as well as the music student. (Interim)
The followingfour half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of
music. (Prereq.: 231,232)
331 Music of the Baroque Era (112course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1989)
332 Music of the Classical Period (U2course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1990)
333 Music of the Romantic Period (112course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1989)
334 Music of the 20th Century (U2course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1990)
432 Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary
worship practices. Designed for the general as well as themusic and theology
student. (Spring)
435 Voice Repertoire (112course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th
century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232. Alternate years, Fall 1988)
436 Piano Repertoire (U2course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17thcenturyto the present by listening,
analyzing and performing. (Prereq.: 231,232. Alternate years, Spring 1989)
498,499 Independent Study (U2course each)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the
faculty.
Technique
151,152 Voice Methods (114course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
155,156 Piano Methods (114course)
Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music reading skills
necessary to meet specific degree requirements.
157,158 Guitar Methods (114course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
251 English Diction (U4course)
Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing. Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all students
registered for vocal instruction. (Fall semester)
The following threequarter coursesare continuationsof 251 with applicationfor the
Italian, German and French languages.
252 Italian Diction (114course)
(Prereq.: 251. Fall semester)
253 German Diction (114course)
(Prereq.: 251. Spring semester)
254 French Diction (114course)
(Prereq.: 251. Spring semester)
358 Junior Recital
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111, Music Education
Majorsor full recital at LevelIV, Music Performancemajors. No coursecredit.
456
458
459
Piano Pedagogy (112course)
Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of
various pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor.
Alternate years, Spring 1990)
Senior Recital
Half recitalby B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoireLevelII1. No course credit.
Senior Recital (112course credit)
B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by
faculty committee. Repertoire Levels IV for Music Education majors and V
for Music Performance majors.
Therapy
Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
A survey of the music therapy programs in Minnesota, with field trips to
various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major to give students a broad
background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim only)
271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (112course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings.
274,275 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
372 Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objectiveapproach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on
acoustics and sociopsychologicalaspects of music. An understanding of the
research process and development of an experimental research project.
373 Psychological Foundations of Music I1
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a
multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music,
musical talent, and performance.
374,374 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
472 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding
of the theory of music therapy.
473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic
settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to
therapy with music.
474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (1/4course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two
hours per week. (Prereq.: 3 of 274,275,374,375)
479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (1/2course)
Full-time placement in an NAMT Internship setting for six months. Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements)
110
+ Ensembles and Performance Studies
Ensembles (MUE)
These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is
determined by audition during the first week of fall semester. (Special
circumstances may permit entering at other times.) Assignment to an
ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year which, on occasion, includes Interims.
While the Department strongly encourages both formal and informal
ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chorale will satisfy the major,minor or distribution requirements. Instruments
are available for rent.
111 Augsburg Choir (114 course)
112 Chorale (l/&course)
114 Festival Choir (0)
121 Orchestra (114 course)
122 String Ensemble (0)
131Woodwind Ensemble (0)
141 Concert Band (114course)
142 Brass Ensemble (0)
143 Jazz Ensemble (0)
Performance Studies (MUP)
Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. AU areas of study are
available to the non-music major or minor. Group lessons in piano, voice
and guitar are available at a reduced fee. All lessons are adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented by
accompanying,ensembIeparticipation and other performanm. Representative programs of study in private insttuction are o u t h e d in Music
Department Guides. These repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels
of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no
repertoire requirements; Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors enter I and attain 111; B.M. Education Major -enter I1 and attain IV;B.M.
Performance Major -enter 11and attain V.
Ilx Voice
12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello,
Bass
13x Woodwinds: Oboe, Bassoon,
Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute
Recorder, Horn
14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone,
Baritone, Tuba
15x Piano
16x Guitar
17x Percussion
18x Organ
Class Lessons:
011 Voice class
015 Piano class
016 Guitar class
Note carefully the following provisions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Instrumental rental, practice room reservations and performance study registration occurs the first week of classes in the Music Department office.
Seniormusic majorswho haveattained acumulativeGPA averageof 3.0 in their
major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship
which provides for free lessonsin that major medium during the two semesters
preceding graduation. Similar scholarshipsare available to entering freshmen.
A semesterof study is 14weeks of lessonsand coaching.Any lessonsduringthe
Interim or summer are arranged privately with the teacher.
A student who cannot come for a scheduled lesson is required to notify the
teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately
prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson.
The music faculty reserves the right to limit or even prohibit performance
outside the Department if it interfereswith musical growth for the student. The
Department recommends, and on occasion assigns, the teacher to the student
and permission is required for subsequent change. Credit is granted only for
study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department.
V Natural Science
Earl Alton, Coordinator
The Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to
provide strong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota
licensure requirements.
The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specializationin an area. The following
programs assume that the student will meet the general education requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors, and
the courses required in the Department of Education, and, in the physical
sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department
of Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with
adviser is essential.
Licensure Program f or Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates in:
Life Science, grades 7-12
Life Science (minor), grades 7-12
Physical Science (Chemistry major or Physics major), grades 7-12
Chemistry (minor), grades 7-12
Physics (minor), grades 7-12
Middle School Science, grades 5-9
Broad Base Requirement: 7courses: 2 in earth science (Astronomyor Meteorology,
Geology), 2in GeneralBiology, 3 inPhysicalScience (Physicsfor the Life Sciences
or a year of General Physics, and 2 courses of General Chemistry).
Biology Major: (For licensure in Life Science) The Broad Base requirement plus 8
courses: 7 BIO courses, including 491 and at least 1from each of the following
groups: (I)351 (Invertebratezoology)or 353 (Comparativevertebrate Zoology),
(11)355 (Genetics)or 474 (Developmental Biology), (In)361 (PlantBiology)or 481
(Ecology), (IV) 471 (Cellular Biology) or 473 (Animal Physiology), (V)440 Plant
Physiology) or 476 (Microbiology), and 1course in Organic Chemistry.
Chemistry Major: (For licensure in Physical Science) The graduation major in
Chemistry: CHM 115,116 (General Chemistry) (or 105-106), 351,352 (Organic
Chemistry),353 (QuantitativeAnalytical Chemistry), 361 (Physical Chemistry),
363 (PhysicalChemistryLaboratory), 1Advanced Chemistrycourse, and Chemistry Seminar. In addition a year of General Physics and 2 additional physics
courses above General Physics; Modern Physics and Electronics are recommended.
Physics Major: (For licensure in Physical Science) The graduation major in Physics:
PHY 121,122 (General Physics), 245 (Modern Physics), 351 (Mechanics I), 362
(Electromagnetic Fields I), 395 (ComprehensiveLaboratory) and 3 additional
coursesto be selected from 261 (Electronics),352(MechanicsII),363 (Electromagnetic Fields II), 481 (Thermal Physics), 486 (Quantum Physics D, and 488
(QuantumPhysics 11). In addition, ayear of General Chemistryand 1courseeach
of Organic Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry.
Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, Broad Base Requirement plus 7 courses in
Biology; for Chemistry, the Chemistryminor and an additional Upper Division
course; for Physics, the Physics Minor plus 1additional course above PHY 122.
Science (For Middle SchoolLicensure- grades 5-9): Broad Base Requirementand
an additional 7 Natural Science courses, 2 in Earth Science (Meteorology and
Mineralogy or equivalent), 2 biology courses above General Biology, and 3 in
Physical Science, at least 1each in Chemistry and Physics above the level of General Chemistry or General Physics. Note: This is not a Natural Science major; it
is a program for licensure. Students must still complete a College major.
Nursing Department (NUR)
Augsburg offers an Upper Division major in professional nursing
leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is accredited by the
National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to
apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in Minnesota.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate
degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade
point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as a registered nurse in
the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganicchemistry,
organic ar biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English
composition,introductory mciology and introductory psychology.
Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another acaedi ted
college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. The
prerequisite courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and
biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well
as toward admission to the major. All prerequisite courses must have
been completed at the 2.0 level. Courses with grades below 2.0 must be
satisfactorily repeated or challenged.
In addition, applicants must successfully validate their theoretical
knowledge via written testing prior to acceptance to the major. These
tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice within the
past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing,
2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an
acceptable equivalent.
Nursing Department Faculty: Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Mag o n e Audette,
Marian Enos, Sharon McDonald, Sharon Ostwald, Pam Weiss, Teri Welcher
Major: 10 courses in nursing including 305,306,310,311,330,350,403,404,423,427;
PSY 355 or an approved Upper Division biology course; and an ethics course,
either PHI 380 or REL 483. Courses in interpersonal communication are supportive to the major. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and the
required biology and ethics courses, and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the
completion of the courses of study are required.
Courses in the nursing major are offered on weekends and are designed so that
they may be completed within two to three years. However, more time may be
required to complete the total course of study depending on the number of
credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may
take non-nursing courses in both day school and Weekend College. Students
interested in pursuing the nursing major should consult with anadviser from the
Nursing Department for program planning.
Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; application to the
Department Chairpersonby November 1 of the senior year; recommendationby
nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended beforeafacultycommitteeby April
15. Candidates register for 499 to complete the thesis.
305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
A transitional course that introduces the componentsof the professional role
and begins the professional socialization process. The communicativeprocess is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is
negotiated. Interactive, group, and learning theories are explored for their
applicabilityto changing professional roles and practice. A teaching project
is required. (Prereq. or current enrollment: PSY 355)
Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of
professional dwdopmmt. The function of theory in guiding nursing p m timis emphasized.Selectednursing conceptual modelsare studied and their
applicationto practiceisexamined using the nursingproms format. Clinical
application is required. (Prereq.: 305)
Community Health Nursing I
The focus of this course is on community health delivery systems and the
practiceof public health nursing. Concepts of health a m examined as they
apply to current cornmunity health problems and issues. Qinical application
of course content involves making a health assessment and exploring a
community health issue. Ethicalissuesrelatedto community health decisionmaking with aggregate groups are explored. (Prereq.: 330)
Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum*
This course provides a basis for understanding community characteristics
and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist
and as a member of the health team is explored. This course is primarily a
clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community
health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients.
310)
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigatethe current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political, and professional
trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing
practice. (Prereq.: 306; PHI 380 or REL 483 or concurrent enrollment)
c rer re^.:
Introduction to Nursing Research
Theresearch process and methods appropriateto nursing arethe focusof this
course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique
nursingresearch for its applicability to nursing practice. (Prereq.: 330;maybe
taken concurrently with 310)
Contemporary Nursing III: Families
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content
includes family as a primary group and family dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration is given to the role of the
nurse in family health care. (Prereq.: 311,350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423)
Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management
T h i s course pmvfdm a theoretical basis for leadership and management as
emerging professional nurse rules. Conceptsofchange,&nflict,communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountabilityand advocacy
provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Prey.: 403)
Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family
A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content
from 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice
setting. (Prereq.: 403 or concurrent enrollment)
Practicum in Nursing II: Leadership and Management*
This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity
is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected agency
setting. (Prereq.: 404 or concurrent enrollment)
432
499
Topics in Nursing
A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in
nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and
interests of the faculty and students. (Prereq.: Senior standing or consent of
instructor. On demand)
Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunityfor the student to study a
selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit
written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to
registration.
*If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective
theory courses, studentsare required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content.
V Occupational Therapy
Adapting to disabilities and reshaping lives so that they are productive
and meaningful are some of the goals of the occupational therapist.
Occupational therapy is an applied science that teaches people skills to
enable them to perform the tasks of everyday living when a physical or
emotional disability has affected them. The ultimate goal of the occupational therapist is to provide people with the necessary skills to develop
a sense of wholeness and independence.
Given the orientation of this applied science to development of the
abilities of the whole person, it is appropriate that such a career preparation be founded in the liberal arts. Augsburg College has a cooperative 32 arrangement with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to
allow students to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and a Bachelor of Science or Master of Science degree in Occupational
Therapy from Washington University. The Bachlelor of Science requires
four semesters at Washington University, and the Master of Science
requires five.
Students spend their first three years at Augsburg College pursuing the
academic major of their choice and meeting general education requirements in the liberal arts. A student may choose any major at Augsburg
College while gaining the minimum prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy degree. Students are encouraged to consult the program
adviser and plan their programs carefully since fulfilling necessary
requirements in three years may be difficult in certain majors. Majors in
Biology, Psychology, and Sociology offer the least complicated alternatives.
Students accepted into the 3-2 program are guaranteed admission to the
Bachelor of Science program at Washington University provided they
have met course requirements, have at least a 3.0 average, and are recommended by the Augsburg College adviser. They will be given preference for admission to the Master of Science program at Washington
University if they fulfill the above requirements and receive two additional recommendations from health care professionals, faculty or work
supervisors.
Prerequisite courses for the Washington University Occupational Therapy Program: ENG111,BIO111,112,and473or353;CHM105or115;PHY103;PSY105,
351,362; SOC 121,241; SOC 362 or MAT 373.
V Philosophy
Department (PHI)
The Philosophy Department assists students in understanding issues
raised in the traditional areas of philosophy. To this end, we consider
problems of knowledge and questions of truth, the nature of reality, the
basis of values, and rules for correct reasoning. Our goals are to instill in
students a love of truth, to inspire a curiosity about significance and
meaning, and to develop the skills of critical analysis and creative
synthesis.
The liberal arts curriculum provides an opportunity for students to
explore different:aspectsof the world from a variety of perspectives or
disciplines. Philosophy plays a central role in the liberal arb by helping
students to explore questions about themselves, human experience, right
and wrong the world, and God. Beginning with hva Somatic principles:
'The unexamined I i k is not worth living," and 'Know yourself," the
study of philosophy assists students in the realization of their unique
potential for understanding and self-fulfillment.
At Augsburg the philosophy major i s founded upon the princi p1e that
philosophy is best learned at the feet of the masters. Therefore, the care
of the major consists of four courses in the history of philosophy leading
from the ancient Greeks and Romans, through the Medieval and the
Renaissance periods to the present. In these courses students are taught
how to read, understand, and criticize the great texts of the finest minds
in Western civilization.In addition, majors are expected to prepare
themselves in the discipline of philosophy by taking the various seminars which the Department offers, as well as exploring the opportunities
to study tutorially with the individual members of the Philosophy
faculty.
This major has been carefully planned so that students can easily supplement the study of philosophy with other studies. Though some majors
g o on to graduate school in philosophy, most use the major to prepare
for other professional studies such a s law, medicine, or Christian ministry. Many enter the market place, feeling that the study of philosophy
has given them the ability to think critically.
Philosophy Faculty: Mark Fuehrer (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey,
Bruce Reichenbach, Paul Holmer
Major. 9 courses, including 130,141,242,343,344, and a course in the 400's (other
than 499). Five of the courses must be Upper Division.
Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end
will consist of an honors thesis on an approved
of the junior year. The
topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a
defense of this thesis before the faculty of the Department.
Minor. 5 courses, including 2 from 141,242,343, and 344.
Note: 110,120,130, and 141 are recommended for fulfilling the general education
requirement.
110
120
130
141
Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method
Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, m l y have
theybeen critically analyzed or evaluated for rheir consistency, adequacy or
truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another
is that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the
ideas basic to w e e m culture.The purpose of this course is to provide the
student with someexperienceinexamining ideas, and therebyto sharpen the
&ti& and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of
ideas arid beliefs.
Ethics
This course studies moral judgments about personal and social issues, and
evaluates possible grounds for making moral decisions. It also investigates
the nature of happiness and its relation to the moral life.
Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a
particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow
from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments
and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments.
Introduction to Philosophy Readings in Classical Texts
The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical
thought in Western civilization. In this course students will read and analyze
some of the keyworks by Plato and Aristotle. In addition, other philosophical
schools of thought in the ancient world will be studied: Stoicism, Epicureanism and Neoplatonism in order to familiarize the student with the other
elements that constitute classical philosophy. An advanced introductory
course in philosophy for honor students, those contemplating a philosophy
major or minor and those students wishing a more in-depth approach to
philosophy at the introductory level. Excludes students enrolled for 110.
(Spring)
-
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
History of Philosophy: M e d i d and Renaissance PhiIosophy
The Middle A g e was a period of great synthesis of elements of m s t i a n
metation, classical phiIosbphy and Islamic culture. In this course students
will read writings by St. hselm, St. Banaventme, Occam, St. Thomas
Aquinas and Nicholas of Cusa In order to understand the process of philosophicalassimihtioninvolved incanstrvcting a Christian philosophy. S i
the Remissanm intensified the medieval synthesis, students will.be exposed
to the thought of Pico, Ficino and Bruno. (Fall)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Ksfoy of PhiIasophy:Enlightenment and 19th Century FMosophy
Does knowledge begirt with innate ideas or with experience? Can we get
beyond our own concepts to h o w the world itself? What isan idealist view
of the world? This course studies the major rationalists of the 17th century
(Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), the major empiricists of the 18th century
(Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, and 19th century
Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche). (Suggested
prior course, 141 or 242)
History of lhitcsophy: Twentieth Centuiy Philosophy
love affair with language? Is
What lies k h i n d 20th century philosophy"~
truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a ligorous sdence?
These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives
of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism,and phenomenology. (Suggested prior course, 141,242, or 343)
Philosophy of Religion
What is the relationbetween faith and reason?Does God exist, and if so, what
can be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human
and animal suffering? Are we really immortal? Are &des possible? We
will conduct a systematic inquiry into these gumions which form the basis
of religious beliefs. (Suggest=&: 1prior course in philosophy) (Cross-listed
with Religion 350)
Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested:1prior course in philosophy)
Poli ti& PMIosophy
Ey studying the writings af political philosophers from antiquity up to the
modern period, students win be asked to examine m c i a l questions concerning the organization of human society. Therelation of thenature of the smte
to religion, the home and the city will be took& at through the eyes of Mato,
Aristotle, Cicero, Dante and Machiavelli.
Philosophy of Science
The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly
different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science
cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover
knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work
in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or 1course in natural science)
370
380
399
410
430
499
Existentialism
Studies in the writings -both philosophical and literary - of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and
paradox. (Suggested: 1 prior course in philosophy)
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethicalprinciples to problems which arise inthe areas of health
care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion,
care for the dying and euthanasia.
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specificarea of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary
problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 141,242,343,344 or consent of instructor)
Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, St.
Thomas, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 141,242,343, or consent of instructor)
Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the
student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
-
V Physics
:
-+
b!
Department (PHY)
Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well.
Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe
and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by
means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics
includes the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles
to the largest of galaxies, and from the relative stillness of near absolute
zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinating and
expanding area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts disciplines and contributes to
society's understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical
science and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing
challenge, the Department intends to bring to the students not only basic
concepts but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the
faculty expects challenges to arise, be met, and stimulate sound thinking,
perceptive judgment, and an interest in experimental techniques.
To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in
physics provides flexibility. It also serves as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science
and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmental
science, engineering and medical and health related fields for many
physics graduates.
In addition, the Physics Program at Augsburg functions in a supportive
role for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and
computer science. The Department also supervises the Pre-Engineering
program with degree programs available at cooperating universities at
both the bachelofs and the advanced degree levels.
Cooperative Education, Internship, and Undergmduate Research programs provide opportunities for students to apply fheir physicaI science
knowledge and problem solving skills in practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings. Students may participate in
alternating term Co-op programs or work part-time during two or more
academic terms. Internship opportunities alone generally involve only
one semester.
The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for
the non-science students that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the
basic starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable
students to follow new developments with some degree of comprehension.
Physics Faculty: Mark Engebretson (Chairperson),Nick Arge, Kenneth
Erickson, Jeffrey Johnson, William Monsma
.
. .
B.A. Major; 9murres, including 121,122,2k,351,362,363,395and 396 (l/2course
each), plus 2 courses above 122.
B.S. Major: 12courses, including 121,122,245,261,351,352,362,363,395 and 396
(1/2course each), and 486, plus 2 courses above 122.A yea. of introductory
chemistry is also required.
B.A. Major with Concentration in Space Physics: 13 courses, including 121,122,
245,261,320,351,352,362,363,395 and 396 (1/2 course each). 420 and 486, plus
1 course above 122. A year of introductory chemistry is also required.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to workclosely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124,125,
and PHY 121,122 the freshmanyear, and MAT 224 and 226 the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to
the EducationDepartment sectionof the Catalogand consultwith the Education
Department early in their planning.
Honors Major: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the f i s t term of the
senior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and 3 courses above 122.
Soaety of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students
provides students the opportunities of membership ina national physics society
and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics
honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a
minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper
third of their class.
101
103
106
Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies that
q u i r e s elementaryalgebra-Thenecssaryopticalinstruments areexplained
and use is made of a 12-inchreflecting telescope, an Sinch Celesbn, and a
3-in& Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
Mathema tics PIament Group TI)
Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to
demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is
designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical educatisn (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The
course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 111. Spring)
Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science and wonders of theatmosphere. The courseis designed
to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for
understanding weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall
weather patterns of theearth and to themany varied aspectsof weather, some
of which include: clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and
hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influenceof weather on
pollution, fronts and cyclones, and opticalphenomena of the sky. The course
is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement
Group 11)
111 Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science.
Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of 20th
century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modern
society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 o n e
hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq: Mathematics Placement Group 11.
Fall)
121,122 General Physics I, I1
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion,
thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics
majors, pre-engineering students and other specified majors. Must be taken
in sequence. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 124 or
concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring)
199 Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
245 Modem Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimentalbasis.
Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid
state physics. This courseindicatesthe need for, and develops the experimental basis of, quantum mechanics. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronicscomprisesthe
first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics
culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer
systems. (Prereq.: 103,111 or 122; and MAT 122 or 125)
299 DirectedStudy
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
320 Introduction to Space Science
A s w e y of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include
solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause,
radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphere-ion*
sphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation,and aurora. (3onehour lectures. Prereq.:
245)
327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
at an intermediate level, with
A; introduction to mathematical
emphasis on functionswhich have been developed to aid in analyzing problems in physics and engineering. Beginning with a review of complex
numbers and partial differentiation, topics include Fourier series, series
solution of selected differential equations, Legendre, Bessel, and other orthogonal functions, partial differential equations, and functionsof a complex
variable. (Prereq.: 122 or consent of instructor; MAT 224 or equivalent)
351,352 Mechanics I, I1
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion
and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics
of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226.351, Fall; 352 Spring)
362,363 Electromagnetic Fields I, I1
The classical e l m m a g n e t i c field theory is dweloped using the vector
calculus throughout. Electrostatics, rnagnetostatics, solution of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and
the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226.362, Fall; 363, Spring)
395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory (112 course each)
An emphasis on independent laboratoryinvestigations,including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physicrs, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and
modern physics. (1 th~+hourlaboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor)
399 Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
420 Plasma Physics
A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma
parameters, plasma drifts and particle motion, electric and magnetic fields,
kinetic theory, and Maxwell-Boltzmanndistribution functionand Boltzmann
equation,magnetohydrodynamics, plasmawaves and instabilities,and transport processes. The applications of plasma physics to laboratory and space
plasmas will be emphasized. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 362, 363 or
concurrent registration)
481 Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systemsand processes for which temperature is an
important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the
Schroedingerequation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied
include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and
the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245,351. Fall)
488 Quantum Physics I1
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the
areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics,
and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring)
499 Independent Study
An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty
adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with Departmental approval.
I
I
V Political
Science
Department
(POL)
Firmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science has roots in
the humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of
statistical analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but
also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and significance
of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political science;
because politics is a central and enduring reality in the world, it affects
and is affected by many other human concerns.
As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and
analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives.
The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas
and values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and
compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international
relations. In the process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights
from other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology,
economics, history, and sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several sub-fields of political science, the major
supplies the breadth appropriate for graduate work in the discipline, as
well as in public adminstration, public policy analysis, law, and other
professions.If also serves as a foundation on which to deveIop careers in
public service, business, communications, and other fields. Legislative
and ofher Internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg political science students in the
Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course
offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for
graduate study and a successful career.
Augsburg political science students have the benefit of an experienced
faculty that brings a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as
special strengths in interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media, communism, and American public law. The Departmental faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, involving as it does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of informed choice in human affairs, is an important aspect of
liberal learnings.
Political Science Faculty: Norma Noonan (Chairperson), Milda Hedblom,
Andrew Aoki, Philip Fishman, Mary Ellen Lundsten, Joseph Goldman,
Myles Stenshoel
Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362). Required: 121 or 1220r 160 or
170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other Upper Division courses in 4 out of 5 political
science areas. A seminar in 1of the 5 areas may be counted for that area.
Honors MajOG The Honors Majm in Political Science includes the requirements
Listed above, plus the following:The student's gradcpoirrt averagemust be 3.5
in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent
Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March I of the senioryear,
an HonorsTh&sta be defended beforea faculty committee. Students maywork
with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific
requirements,mnsul t the Departmental Chairperson.Students should applyfor
the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 Upper Division
courses in 3 out of 5 political science areas.
Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics 01) Comparative
Politics and Analysis (111) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V)Political
Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted
in only one area toward major or minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondaryeducation may take a political science major
in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson.
See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121
122
325
326
American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas;
the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and
bureaucratic policymaking; and current issues in American society.
Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modem urban complex. Discussionlecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists.
Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the
United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.:1coursein political
science or consent of instructor)
Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and
political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and
interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of
instructor. Fall term of election years)
342
370
371
421
Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communicationson individualbehavior; the uses and control
of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. (Junior
and senior students only)
Constitutional Law I
(See Section IV for description. Alternate years)
Constitutional Law I1
(See Section IV for description. Alternate years)
Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and
policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of
instructor. On demand)
11. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158
350
351
381
459
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of
contemporary issues.
Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing
on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor)
Communist Political Systems
A comparativeanalysis of the Soviet Union and other Communist states in
terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: 1
course in political science or consent of instructor)
Democratic Theory and Practice
(See Section V for description)
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons of political processes such as political participation, communications,
political developments, political change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor. On demand)
111. International Politics
160
363
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including
the dynamicsof the international system, theories of international relations,
and a focus on recent problems.
Communist Foreign Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign
policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
China. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor)
461
490
Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of
instructor)
Seminar in International Relations
Capstoneseminar for studentsmajoring ininternational relations; analysisof
some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major trends;
senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. (Prereq.: 4
courses in the international relations sequence)
IV. Public Law
170
370
371
375
Law in the United States
A surveyof American law and legal process. Theories of law;law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as
"supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
Constitutional Law I
The legal-political-philosophicalrole of the SupremeCourt in the American
political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in
the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or consent
of instructor. Alternate years)
Constitutional Law I1
Constitutionallimitationsof the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the SupremeCourt to the protection of human rights and
civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
Media Regulation, Law, and Ethics
A study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media ethics and
regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about content in the
media, access to the media and ownership of the media. Alternative justifications and critiques of mass media systems will be examined. (Prereq.:
Lower Division political science course, speech/communications course,
SPC/POL 342, or permission of instructor)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158
380
381
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description)
Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizingthe values, goals,
and assumptionswhich continueto inform and to rationalize humangovernance. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor)
Democratic Theory and Practice
A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the
emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of
instructor)
382
484
Marxist Theory: From Marx to Mao
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing
Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political,
social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the
preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or consent of
instructor)
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics
including in examination of the requirements of science as a model for
political study; major research required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; 158
and 2 Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor)
VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199
295
299
399
490
495
498
499
Internship
Lower DivisionInternship.Consult Internship Supervisorin theDepartment
to determine project. (P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants
exception. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Lower Division Seminar
Specialtopics.Consult Department Chairpersonconcerningtermsand subject
matter. (On demand)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Internship
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor. P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants
exception. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Seminar in International Relations
(See Section III for description)
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerning terms and
subject matter. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Independent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources
available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with
and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: Consent of
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. ( P r e
req.: Consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
V Psychology Department
(PSY)
Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data,
provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a
liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved
understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with
their environment and interact with each other.
The Department's courses have three basic goals: (1) to introduce the
student to the current information and methods in psychology as well as
earlier approaches to psychological questions; (2) to develop the ability
to analyze, interpret, and evaluate behavioral research, and (3) to provide practice in the application of these principles. The Department
program provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas.
Cooperative Education and Internships are designed to provide students
with practical pre-professional experience. On the job experience gives
students the opportunity to test career fields and develop professional
contacts.
Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including
experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members
in the Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional
specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological
psychology, human development, personality and computer
applications.
The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving
approach, the acquisition of information about human development and
interaction, and the development of human relations skills can be
beneficial in careers in business, education and other social services, the
church and government, as well as in careers such as research, law, and
medicine.
Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can
acquire practical, pre-professional experience and develop professional
contacts. This program mutually benefits the students and the
community.
Psychology Faculty: Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dymd, Norman Ferguson,
Paul Hirdman, Duane Johnson
Major: 10coursesincluding 105,264,265,381,399, and 493. A minimum of 5 courses
must be from Augsburg. Students are also expected to select 1course from the
Developmental/Personalitycourses and other electives to complete the major.
Not more than 2 courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward
requirements for a major. It is recommended that psychology majors take
additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen
their particular interests in psychology; for example, areas such as business administration,biology, or communication. All psychology majors MUST have an
adviser in the Psychology Department.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminatingthe major program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the Department Chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not
more than 1course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor.
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 264 (or SOC 362), 399, CSC
145, SOC 363, and approved elective. These courses are designed to provide the
cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research
assistant for agencies or firms which do program evaluations or self-assessment
programs. Systematicand periodic assessmentsof programs for social improvement are increasingly expected by government and funding agencies. For
further information contact Norman Ferguson.
105
199
General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the
purpose of understanding behavior.The structure of the field of psychology,
including its major sub-areas, is emphasized.
Internship
Internship on Lower Division level. Cooperative Education Program may
apply here. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site
by registering with the Augsburg Cooperative Education Office.
Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems.
Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this
relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Topics include:
adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous
perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105. On demand)
165 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, I1
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be
placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research
Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing in Research Methods
11. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the Go-term sequence; 264
must precede265;265 should betaken inthe termimmediately following 264.
(Prereq.: 105)
Directed Study
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study
must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
Social Behavior
Social factors which influenceindividual and group behavior in naturalistic
and experimental settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition, affiliation, conformity and attitudes.
Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of
theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Inquiry into practical implicationsand applicationsof data and theory in
respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105)
Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and
theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult
periods of life. (Prereq.: 105)
Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and
theory related to development during the middle adult and older adult
periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 105)
Brain & Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for
behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and
wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory, and mental
disorders. (Prereq.: 105) Additional lab hours required. (On demand)
Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and manmade, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings and cities. (Prereq.: 105)
Learning
earning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105)
Psychological Assessment
Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence.
(Prereq.: 105. On demand)
Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention
directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those
theories. (Prereq.: 105)
Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic
and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105)
Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male
A study involvingknowledgeof materials bearing on the developmentof sex
differences and roles, the effect of societyupon values and goals, differential
legal status of each sex and psychophysiological data bearing upon these
differences. (Prereq.: 105or consent of instructor)
Organizational Psychology
Theoreticalconceptualizations of organizationalbehavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluationand maintenance of workeffectiveness, and social influences. (Prereq.: 105)
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: 2 psychology courses)
Internship
Prior to the beginning of the term, interested studentsshould consult with the
Departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Grading is on a P/N basis.
Program Evaluation
The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to
programs for social improvement. Designing information systems for the
ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing
program effectiveness and efficiency. The political and organizational context of program monitoring and evaluation. The role of evaluation research
for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264 or SOC 362; SOC
363. On demand)
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Considerationgiven to goals and ethical guidelinesfor a counseling relationship.
(Prereq.: 4 psychology courses)
Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published
prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105and consent of instructor. Alternate years)
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychologicalviewpoint.
Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in
studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 psychology courses)
Independent Study
Limited registration by special permission for advanced studentsin psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including
carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study.
V Religion
Department (REL)
Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is
persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective
from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and
tradition of the Christian church have influenced the Western world to a
degree much greater than is sometimes recognized. They have affected
and continue to influence language, literature, history, values, and
political structures.
The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and
other areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such
encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of biblical history
and that of the Christian church, and by a larger acquaintance with
theological thought.
While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the
Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes
more than is represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the
earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks
to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions.
Courses in religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other
disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of
theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of
the Department that students will become better acquainted with the
content and character of the Christian faith and enable them to reflect
theologically on their own religious commitment.
The College offers both a major and a minor in Religion. Students who
wish to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of
Christian Education may find a major in religion appropriate for that
purpose.
Religion Faculty: Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), John Benson, Bradley Holt,
Curtis Peter, Stephen Pinsky, Eugene Skibbe
Major: 8 courses, including 111,221,356,481 and 495, the seminar especially for
majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking the seminar, each major
must have written 1 formal research paper and placed it on file with the
Department Chairperson. Only 1 Interim course may be applied to the major.
One Upper Division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356,358,360 or 483,362,
399,471 or 473,481. These together with specified courses in other departments
can lead to Augsburg certification.
Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular
teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for
licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, 5
courses in religion are required: 111,221,362, The Christian Day School (Interim)
and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required
in both a public school setting and in a Christian Day School.
This program prepares students who are interested in teaching in Christian Day
Schools, particularly those of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America,
although participation is not limited to such schools.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 overall; research project approved
by the Department and colloquium with the Department.
Minor: 5 courses. Not more than 1 Interim course may be counted for the minor.
Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (111,221,356,358,360 or 483,
362,399,471 or 473,481); HPE 232; PSY 105,351,352 or 371,485; SOC 211 or PSY
373, SOC 231; SPC 354. This program meets or exceeds the educational requirements of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, but certification by the
church is a separate function. By adding 2 or 3 courses from appropriate departments, the student can develop special emphases in parish education, business
management or diaconal work.
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval
is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion
Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to
consult with the Department Chairperson.
111
199
221
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
Internship
Internship on Lower Division level.
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents.
The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergenceof
the church.
Directed Study
Independent Study on Lower Division level.
Philosophy of Religion
(See under Philosophy Department)
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and
religious groups. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring)
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam.
Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious
communities. (Fall)
Survey of Church History
A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation, and
modern periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its inner life,
its relation to the state, and the development of its doctrine will be major
elements of the study.
Life and Work of the Church
Congregationallifein itsvaried character withattention directed to Christian
education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Alternate years)
Religion and Society
An examination of theinteraction of religion and societyin terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociologicalresearch
on religious movements in American society. (Spring)
The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire,
including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the
creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions,
monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the
theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and
thought of Augustine. (Alternateyears, Spring)
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the
16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other
representative figures. (Fall)
Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the
rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of
religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall)
Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavianimmigration
to this country. (Offered as funding permits)
The Church and Social Change in h t i n America
(See under Program in Global Community)
Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have
at least first semester junior standing, and satisfy Department guidelines.
Church Music and Worship
(See under Music Department)
Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to
the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest
for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
Theology of Paul
A study of the ApostlePaul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings.
(Alternateyears, Spring)
The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Alternate
years, Spring)
Judaism
A surveyof the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period
to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A
special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in
partial support of this course in Judaismoffered in the Religion Department.
(Fall)
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematicperspective, in thelight of thecontinuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring)
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective
for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall)
Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the
traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to
the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Alternateyears,
Spring)
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by
permission of instructor. (Fall)
Independent Study
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy Departmental
guidelines.
V Russian Area Studies
Norma C. Noonan, Campus Coordinator, Staff
Russian Area Studies is an ACTC joint major which seeks to give the
student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet history,
politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The major is interdisciplinary and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language is required.
This major is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in
government, teaching, international business, or law, especially when
combined with a second major in a field such as business, economics,
history, language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation for graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or international relations.
Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies);2 courses in Russian history; 1course in Marxist theory; 1course
in Russian literature; 1course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses from approved
electives.
Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies);1course in Russian history; 1course in Soviet politics; 1course
in Marxist theory; 1other course from the approved list of electives.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
V Scandinavian
Area Studies (SCA)
Mary Kingsley, Foreign Language Department Chairperson
Major: 8 Upper Division courses.
Minor: 4 Upper Division courses.
Note: Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg
Catalog or transferred to Augsburg as Upper Division Scandinavian
Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language
department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may
be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or
minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under
Foreign Language Department.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective
courses which may lead toward a second major such as English,
history, urban studies, business administration.
Old Norse
(See under Department of Foreign Languages Norwegian)
Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavianculture with special emphasis on conditions
and developmentsin the20th century. Knowledge of Scandinavianlanguage
desirable but not required. (On demand)
The Modem Scandinavian Novel
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinaviannovel. Class discussionbased
on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma
Lagerlof, Piir Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxnessand others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will
be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand)
The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readingsincludedramatic worksby Ibsen, Bjomson, Strindberg,Lagerkvist,
Munk and other 20th century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of
Scandinaviandrama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian
language. (On demand)
Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(See under Department of Religion)
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
Scandinavia in the World
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
Scandinavian Arts
(See under Department of Art)
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
Seminar: Ethnidmmigration Experience
(Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar)
Independent Study
In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for
study.
V Social Science
Khin Khin Jensen,Coordinator
A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the
component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social
Science major is significantly different from the other major.
Non-Western Major: 14 courses: HIS 104; 1 social science methodology course
(ECO279, PSY 264, SOC 362 or 365); and 12courses, in at least 4 disciplines, from
the following: ECO 112,258; HIS 103,322,323,324,440,474; POL 351,363,382,
461; PHI 355; REL 356; SOC 336; seminars, Independent Studyor Interim courses
on relevant topics in History and/or Political Science. The student planning to
fulfillthis social sciencemajor should consult the Chairpersonof theDepartment
of History in choosing a major adviser.
V Social Studies
Jerry Gerasimo, Coordinator
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must
complete, in addition to the professionalrequirements to be met within
the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to
provide a broad foundation in the social sciences.
SocialStudiesTeachingLicensure: 7 courses(ECO112or113,Geography, HIS222,
POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336) plus a major in 1of 5 fields -Economics,
History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology.
Studentsconsideringa career in social studies education should consult, as
soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social
Studies Coordir~ator.
V Social Work
Devartment
The Social Work major program prepares graduates for entry-level
professional practice in the field of human services. The program is
accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, and leads to a
Bachelor of Science degree. The program is based on a generalist model
of practice, enabling graduates to work with individuals, families,
groups, communities, and to develop and analyze social policy.
The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with
education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts with its
emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity,
openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation for
social work education. As Sir Richard Livingston has said, "A technician
is a person who knows everything there is to know about his/her job
except its ultimate purpose and social consequence." Effective social
workers should not be technicians. Augsburg social work graduates are
entry level professionals.
Augsburg College's motto, "Education for Service," exemplifies the
philosophy of the Social Work Department. Unique learning opportunities for field work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a
metropolitan setting known for a humane quality of life which is enhanced by the arts, outstanding human services, and a highly-educated
populace. Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the
vitality and relevance of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub
for these services, provides both a plethora of field placements for social
work students and external experts for the classroom. The ethnic and
economic diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for social work students to learn to understand, appreciate, respect,
and work with people different from themselves and to be enriched by
this opportunity to interact with diverse clients and professionals.
The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well
as to gain from it. Appropriately, social work students have been involved in a wide variety of community service efforts including helping
to develop a Big Brother/Big Sister program on campus, mobilizing
students to assist a social service agency in their annual Christmas giving
program, and tutoring at a local neighborhood center.
The Social Welfare minor and electives in the Department allow students
to support another major while gaining knowledge about human needs
and growth, human services, and the methods of effective citizenship.
Students taking these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about public issues and develop and nurture a perspective that
sees the central importance of diversity to the social fabric of this country. But beyond knowledge, students are encouraged to use their talents
and skills to address the needs of society in the interest of the public
good.
Social Work Faculty: Mary Lou Williams (Chairperson),Maria Brown,
Francine Chakolis, Edwina Hertzberg, Rosemary Link
Major: 11Core Program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465,466,467,469, and
SOC365; and 8 SupportingProgram courses:257,260; BIOlO1;PSY 105;SOC 121,
231,265,365,375. (The Sociologysequenceconstitutesa minor in that discipline.)
A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course in the core program and a
2.0 average is required in the supporting program.
Concentration:Concentrationin Aging, ChemicalDependency, Crime and Corrections, Social Ministries, and Youth are possible. Concentration consists of
courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional, and programmatic aspects,
plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. For Social
Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. Completion
of a concentration is noted on the transcript.
Candidacy: Social work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite.
A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all Core and
Supporting Program courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy
review.
Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses, including 257 (or approved alternative), 361,463;
260 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and 1of 465, POL 121,158,325.
School SocialWork Certif ication: StateDepartmentof Education-requiredHuman
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful
completion of EDS 388.
Elective courses open to all students:
257
260
299
340
361
399
463
Exploring Human Services
With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term as
a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human
senrice professionals, minority professionals, clients and communities, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations.
Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores.
Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human
growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influencethe growth of individuals and
families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the
"nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of "sustaining environment," and other special stressesrelevant to growth. Growth
related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style
diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through use
of their own experiences.
Directed Study
An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest.
Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257
and consent of instructor)
Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course includes the study of the impact of social policy on the older
population, the older population's impact on social policy, services planned
to address needs of older population, and skills needed to work with this
population. Class conducted in senior citizen residence. (Prereq.: Sophomore
or consent of instructor)
Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human
service and the diversity of professionals and client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable
and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest
speakers and agencyvisits highlight the course. (Prereq.: Junior or consent of
instructor. Fall)
Internship*
Provides field learning experience for the non-major and supplements the
required field work of majors (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Community Development and Organization
Locality development and social change through community organization,
social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey of historical forms
of communityorganization and social change, 2) understanding the theories,
basic issues, and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of
community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the
local community in the essential principles and techniques of organizing.
(Prereq.: Senior or consent of instructor)
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of
analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be
viewed firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official. Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical experience.
(Prereq.: 361,463, and senior or consent of instructor)
Special Topics (112 to 1 course)
Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim)
Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources
available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with
and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: 257 and
consent of instructor)
Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines.
(Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
*Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may
provide payment for work in field sites.
Cour'sesreserved for Social Work majors only:
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience
necessary for social work practice with individualsand small groups with a
diversity of professionals and client groups; development of the student's
repertoire of relationship-buildingskills. Lecture-discussion sessions and/
or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 361, junior)
Field Work P
Beginning supervised professional experiencein a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per
week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. Brereq.: 361, junior, concurrent with 363)
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptationsof the
problem-solving model to diverse populations through lecture, classroom
exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills,
emphasison development of generalist practice skillsand eclecticapproaches
with a focus on diversity of professionals and client populations. Lectures
and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and in 364,
candidacy status. Concurrent with 462)
363
462
466
467
469
Field Work 11*
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a
social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion
seminar per week. (Prereq.: Candidacy status; concurrent with 461)
Field Work I11 (Y2 or 1 course)'
Continuation of 462 (1/2 course option during Interim. Prereq.: Candidacy
status, 2.0 in 461,462,463)
The Social Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professionaljob attainment, affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and practices,
organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the
course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises.
(Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461,463)
Field Work IV*
Continuation of 466. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent with
467)
*Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may
provide payment for work in field sites.
V Sociology Department
(SOC)
Sociology is a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively
young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme
which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum,
namely the theme that humans are "social animals." Sociology emphasizes the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes
to exhibit regularized patterns over time. These patterns together form a
society or a social structure.
Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociology also
seeks to understand patterns within the great variety of institutions that
exist in a society.
The Sociology Department at Augsburg is designed to help students
think sociologically in terms of obtaining an understanding of society
and developing skills in evaluating social institutions and programs.
Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional
learning models available, such a s Internships, Independent Study,
Interim courses, and the co-learning courses offered through the Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. The Department urges
students to use Augsburg's urban setting as a "laboratory" for learning.
A major in sociology can prepare one for a variety of careers or for
advanced professional studies. Cooperative Education a n d Internships
enable majors t o apply the theo.ries and research skills of sociology while
they explore career alternatives. Augsburg alumni w h o have majored in
sociology a r e currently employed in the personnel departments of both
government and private corporations, i n industrial relations work, and
in program evaluation. Others have used their majors as preparation for
advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work, and
urban planning.
The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for
a liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding and appreciating the often taken-for-granted aspects of our
world.
Sociology Faculty: Diane Pike (Chairperson), Jerry Gerasimo, Gordon Nelson,
Garry Hesser, Barbara Johnson
Major: 10 courses including 121,349,362,363,375,485. Highly recommended: a
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course, Internship, Cooperative
Education, Independent Study or Upper Division Interim course in sociology.
This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage
of the variety of learning models offered through the Department. Consult
Department Chairperson concerning areas of concentration.
Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0
overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairperson before April 1of the junior
year. Candidacyis contingent upon Departmentalapproval of proposal by April
30 of junior year. After acceptanceas a candidate, the student will register for 499
to complete work on thesis. Honors in sociology will be granted to a candidate
who successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior year and
maintains the GPA through graduation.
Minor: 5 courses including 121 and 2 Upper Division courses (i.e., 300 and above).
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 362 (or PSY 2641,363,399,
CSC 145, and approved elective. These courses are designed to provide the
cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research
assistant for agencies or firms which do program evaluations or self-assessment
programs. Systematicand periodic assessmentsof programs for social improvement are increasingly expected by government and funding agencies. For further information contact Department Chairperson.
Principles of Sociology
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic
discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles,
groups, interaction, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for
discovering the world and one's place in it.
199 Internship
Lower DivisionInternship.Consult Internship Supervisorin the Department
to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer)
211 Human Community and the Modem Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the
perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of
human community in the context of urban institutions and processes.
231 Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The structures and
processes within families are studied within their institutional and cultural
contexts.
265 Racial and Minority Group Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N
grading only)
273 Crime and Corrections
This course includes an examination of Corrections programs within the
context of the Adult Criminal and JuvenileJustice Systems. Attention is also
given to definitions of crime, theoretical formulations as to possible causes
and attempts at control. (Aeld visits arranged to correctional facilities.)
299 Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Prereq.: 121and consent of
instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
3001301,302,303,304 Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests
which are not satisfied by regular courseofferings.May be offeredon campus
in addition to regular course offerings or off campus in conjunction with
Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) Program. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we see and
live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of
"primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relationto culture. An
analysis of selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq.: 121)
349 Complex Organizations
Little in contemporary life is unaffected by the existence of organizations.
This course examines organizationsas corporate actors, looking at the topics
of culture, technology, structure and corporate deviance. (Prereq.: 121 or
permission of instructor)
360 Religion and Society
An examinationof theinteraction of religion and societyin terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociologicalresearch
on religious movements and institutions in American society.
362 Statistical Analysis
The fundamentals of descriptive and inferential statistics for the social
sciences. Designed specifically for sociologyand political science majors, but
121
recommended for others needing a statistical background for social science
quantitative analysis.(Prereq.: Group I11Math Placement Test. For majors, to
be taken preceding 363. Fall)
Research Methods
An introduction to the skills involved in research design and data analysis.
The practice of social research is learned through class activitiesand individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken immediately after
362. (Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications to program evaluations. Consumer overview of
methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statisticalanalysis. Designed for
social work majors. Not to be taken by sociologymajors. (Prereq.: Level I11
Math Placement Test. Spring)
Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group," its relationshipto individualbehavior
and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identitf' and what part
they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and
processes underlying our everyday l i f e a look at the trivial, the ordinary
and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation
in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues
in the course. (Prereq.: 121, junior or senior students only)
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the
present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative
theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Citiesregionwill be compared and contrasted to urban and
regional developments globally and nationally. Resourcesinclude extensive
readings, simulations, films, outside speakers and field trips in a seminar
format. (Prereq.: 121 or 211 or consent of instructor. Spring)
Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Modern SociologicalTheory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing
the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.: 2
courses in sociology including 121 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources
available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with
and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: 121 or 211
and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines.
(Prereq.: 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
and Theatre Arts
Department (SPC)
+ Communication
Speech, communication, and theatre arts at Augsburg are humane
studies designed to promote sensitivity and wisdom in the use of
communication, since true communication aims to foster informed,
responsible choice and shared understanding.
The primary aim of the Department is to help students to communicate
effectivelythrough both speaking and writing. The courses are designed
(1) to promote the intellectual disciplines required for research, exposition, and argument; (2) to develop writing and speaking skills; (3) to
build confidence, creativity, and ethical sensitivity; and (4) to provide a
wide variety of realistic communication experiences.
Communication careers call for a broad liberal arts education, so the
communication major at Augsburg begins with a foundation of logic,
psychology, sociology, literature, writing, and public speaking. In addition to these preparatory courses, the communication major requires five
core courses: advanced writing, interpersonal communication, persuasive communication, mass media, and a communication Internship.
With the help of a faculty adviser, the student selects five elective
courses pertaining to one of the following communication emphases:
journalism, public relations, supervisory management, human relations,
broadcast media, speech or theatre arts education. For breadth we rec-
ommend double majors, and for practical experience we recommend
participation in co-curricular communication activities throughout the
college years, climaxing in Internships under professional supervision.
This major is also used as preparation for other fields, such as religion,
politics, and law. The speech major is designed to prepare students for
teaching in the secondary schools.
Students should meet with a Departmental adviser as early as possible to
plan the major and obtain a copy of the Departmental Handbook.
+ Theatre Arts
Theatre is not primarily an extracurricular activity nor is it merely
entertainment. As a laboratory that uses all of the liberal arts, theatre
enhances a liberal arts education. By reliving how other people throughout history were thinking, feeling and struggling, actors have a greater
understanding of their own humanity. Theatre enables students to
experience the beauty, mystery, and ambiguity of life.
Minneapolis-St. Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one
of the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students
expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by
working in the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities.
Our theatre faculty has professional experience which enables them to
provide realistic guidance to students.
The Augsburg program encourages students to participate in all aspects
of theatre production while providing each student the opportunity of
emphasizing one specific area, such as acting, directing, or design. While
the program is primarily designed to prepare students for educational
theatre, graduates go into many other fields, such as professional theatre,
television, film, advertising, business, and religion.
Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty: Julie Bolton (Chairperson),
Raymond Anderson, Deborah Bart, David Lapakko, Martha Johnson
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major, 3.0 overall, 2 Independent Study
projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration.
Application to be made early in the senior year.
Communication Courses (SPC)
Prospective majors should contact the Department as early as possible to
work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen
should take 111,PSY 105, SOC 121 or a literature course.
Communication Major. 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354,399 and ENG 223
or 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competencytests in writing
and typing. Supporting coursesrequired but not countingtoward the major: PHI
130; PSY 105; SOC 121 or 336,375.
Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the Department.
Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,241 or 343,350,
351, 352, 354, 360; participation in forensics, and a minor in English. Recommended: 366, courses in theatre, participation in drama.
Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: 111 and 6 of the following: 241 or 343,350,
351,352,354,360 and participation in forensics.
Note: Students preparing to teach speech in secondaryschools may specialize in any
of three majors: speech, theatre arts, and speech-theatre arts. Any of these must
be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communication major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the
Department of Education for requirements in Education. 116 is strongly recommended for students in elementary education.
Public Speaking
Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical listening. Students
have the opportunity to give several speeches and receive feedback about
their performance from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on
such topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style and language, and critical thinking and listening.
132 Photography
(See under Department of Art)
227 Journalism
(See under Department of English)
225,330 Visual Communications I, I1
(See under Department of Art)
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
(See under Department of English)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
342
Mass Communications in Society
(See under Department of Political Science)Junior and senior students only.
343
Broadcast Production I
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept
development, script-writing, directing and producing for video. Students
will work in production teams and will gain experience in operation of
equipment.
345
Organizational Communication
An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, formal
and informal communication networks, management styles, power and
authority, motivation of employees, organizational culture, performance
appraisal, effectiveuse of meetings and sourcesof communicationproblems
111
in the workplace.Designed to enhance communicationskillsof both managers and subordinates. Students both investigate the literature on organizational communicationand attempt to apply it to their own experiencesin organizations.
Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating,
articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics and the vocal mechanism.
Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports and papers, voice
tapes and individual coaching. (Alternateyears, Fall)
Argumentation
Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion, and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in
analyzing argumentative claims, being able to distinguish between strong
and weak arguments, understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in
reasoning, and learning to apply principles of argumentation to contemporary public issues. Students have the opportunity to enhance their skills in
debate and discussionand also learn to analyze and critique arguments they
encounter in their daily lives.
Persuasion
Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior. The
course deals with a broad range of topics, including obstacles to persuasion;
cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and psychological
appeals; empirical research in persuasion;how persuasion is used in politics,
sales, advertising, and interpersonalcontexts;the nature of mass movements
and campaigns; the impact of the mass media on persuasion; and ethical
issues related to persuasion. Students analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in speech and promotional projects.
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interactionthrough verbal and non-verbal
messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome
communication barriers. This course combines theory and practice to help
the student understand and manage communication problems more effectively.
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors related
to decision making, styles of leadership, and conflict management. This
course combineslecture with practical experienceto help the student become
a more effective and productive member of a task-oriented small group.
Organizational Psychology
(See under Department of Psychology)
Media Regulation, Law and Ethics
(See under Department of Political Science)
Internship
(Consult the Department Chairperson for details)
Independent Study in Communication
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of
primary sources and methodology of research.
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Theatre Arts Courses (SPC)
Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen
planning to major in theatre arts should begin with courses 111,116,222,232
a n d 228.111 is not part of the major.
Theatre Arts Major: 10 courses (222,228,232,361,362,366, and 4 of the following:
116,229,343,350,360,367,428,429,432); plus 111,l Internship, 1theatre Interim
course, and 10production units in 3 or more of the following areas: acting (2 required), technical crew work (4 required), playwriting, direction, design, and
theatre management.
This major should be supported by courses in dramatic literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, art, and media art (cinema, radio,
television, video).
Theatre Arts Minor: 5 courses, including 222,228 or 229,232,361 or 362,366, and
5 production units in the following areas: acting (1 required), technical crew
work (2 required), playwriting, direction, design, and theatre management.
Theatre Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses: 116,222,228,232 241 or
343,350,360,361,362,366, plus 111,a minor in English, and 10 production units
in 3 or more of the following areas: acting (2 required), technical crew work (4
required): playwriting, direction, design, and theatre management.
Theatre Arts Minor For Teaching Licensure: 5 courses: 222,228 or 229,232 or 116,
361 or 362,366, plus 111,and 4 production units in the followingareas: acting (1
required), technical crew work (1 required), playwriting, direction, design, and
theatre management.
Speech-Theatre Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,222,228 or
229,232 or 116,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361 or 362,366, a minor in
English, and participation in 2 activities (forensics, theatre, media).
116
222
228
Creative Dramatics
A study of various forms of dramatic play by activity, reading, observation,
and discussion. Emphasis on improvisationaltechniques and active participation. Development of dramatic pieces from written, verbal, visual, and
audible sources.
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art: major historical periods, plays, artists; dramatic
structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques of the play
production process. (Fall)
Technical Production I
Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre: its organization, crafts,
magic, and art. Technical production experience, practical projects, and
theatre tours. Crew work required in addition to normal class time. Open to
all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. Lab fee.
(Alternate years, Fall)
Stage Design I
Introduction to technical design for the theatre. Emphasis on scenery and
lighting design. Practical projects in drafting, drawing, painting, and design
theory. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
years. (Alternate years, Spring)
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional
preparationand exploring the creative approach to sceneand character study
in American drama.
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Interpretative Reading
Basic principlesof oral interpretation of literature.Study, understanding and
practice in reading prose, poetry and drama before small and large groups.
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history from its classical Greek origins through
Elizabethan theatre. We examine plays and attend local theatre productions
in order to understand and experience theories of drama, dramatic production and criticism.
Theatre History and Criticism I1
An overview of theatre history from French Neoclassical through contemp*
rary theatre. We examine plays and attend local theatre productions in order
to understand and experience theories of drama, dramatic production and
criticism. Brereq.: 361)
Stage Direction I
Basic directorial techniques: choice of plays, play analysis, production organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking, and characterization. Direction of a short production required (one-act or excerpt
from full-length play). Upper Division students or consent of instructor.
(Spring)
Stage Direction I1
1n-depth analysis and practical experience in directing different play forms
and styles: serious, comic, period, experimental, musical. Direction of a short
production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play). (Prereq.: 366
or consent of instructor. Spring)
Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
Technical Production 11
Advanced constructionand problem-solving techniquesin technical areas of
scenery, props, lighting, sound, costumes, and make-up. (Prereq.: 228 or
consent of instructor. Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall)
Stage Design I1
Advanced projects in technical design. Introduction to costume design.
(Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring)
Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character
analysis and extensivescene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the
classics, including Shakespeare,French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy,
Realism and Non-Realism, Epic and the Absurd culminating in preparation
and presentation of a professional audition.
499
Independent Study in Drama
Individual projects in oral interpretation and theatre.
V Transdisciplinary
Students wishing to develop their own majoiby combining appropriate
portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The
Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond to a particular
career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy
the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for
those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in
some academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a TransdisciplinaryMajor are to observethe following:
A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses
required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the
College.
B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the
end of his or her sophomoreyear (contract forms are availablein the Office
of the Registrar).
C. The contractmust be approved by the student's adviser and bythe Faculty
Committee on Student Standing.
V Women's and
Minority Studies (INS)
Women's Studies and Minority Studies courses fulfill the Urban
Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies distribution
requirement. In addition, Augsburg offers students an opportunity
to minor in Women's Studies.
+ Minority Studies
231
Religion i n African-American History
An examination of selectedtopics related to the Blackexperience,e.g. African
backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Meets 1 religion requirement or the Urban Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies requirement.
232
233
260
Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies
An interdisciplinary course providing an ovemiew of the major issues
related to the Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion, art,
economicsand politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness
regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black
culture and the impact of Black culture on American society.
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological,
evolutionary and historical origins of women's roles and status in human society.Emphasiswill be placed on the comparativeroles of womenin different
cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the
Navajo, Ojibwe, and Iroquois, African models such as the Pygmies and other
tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the
Middle East and rural China. Offered periodically through CHR and the
American Indian Program office.
Contemporary American Indians
The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization
Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty,
treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/
cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today.
+ Women's Studies
Beverly Stratton, Coordinator
Women's Studies values the experiences and perspectives of women by
placing them at the center as it branches out to critically examine
women's contributions in life and learning. Women's Studies seeks to
complement other disciplines by expanding knowledge about women,
addressing misconceptions, and raising new questions which spark
further investigation. It seeks to empower students for leadership.
Women's Studies tries to be explicit about its goals and issues. It seeks to
raise awareness of diversity, to critically examine all disciplines and
existing social practices, to recover past achievements of women and
encourage the work that women now do, to expand perspectives and to
provide a basis for decision making and critical evaluation of future
learning.
Minor: 5 courses which must include INS201,3 electives, 1of which must
be Upper Division, and INS 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have
the written approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator.
201
Introduction to Women's Studies
This multidisciplinary course will introduce students to the contributions of
women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts and
to how the questionsand methodologies of these disciplinesdiffer when seen
from women's perspectives. Students will also study the history of the
women's movement, diversity of women's experiences in terms of race,
sexual orientation and class, and other contemporary issues raised by feminists.
233
265
495
499
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective (See description under Minority
Studies)
Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from
women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other
aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of Black and
white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the
present. Contributions by Indian women, Chicanas and other "invisible"
women minorities will be included.
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of minors who do not elect to do an Independent
Study. To be completed after the introductory course and electives. (Alternate years, Fall 1989)
Independent Study
In consultationwith a facultymember and with the approval of the Women's
Studies Coordinator, a student selects a specific topic for study. Required of
minors who do not elect to participate in the seminar.
Approved electives from other academic departments including:
ART 352
ENG 282 or 482
HIS 226
POL 421
POL 459
Women's Art History (see Art Department listing)
Topics in Literahue (see English Department listing)
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in
the 20th Cenhuy (see History Department listing)
Topics in American Politics (see Political Science Department listing)
Topics in Comparative Politics (see Political Science
Department listing)
H
H
H
Regents
ELCA
Directory
Administration
H
H
H
H
Faculty Emeriti
Academic Calendar
Faculty
Maps
V Board of Regents
(as of June 1988)
The year in parentheses after each name is
the expiration date of current term.
i;
&-
Chair
Donald R. Grangaard
Secretary
Charles W. Amason
Vice Chair
The Reverend Harris W. Lee
Treasurer
Raymond A. Grinde
--
Charles W. Amason, J.D. (1988)
Paul B. Batalden, M.D.
(1990)
Nancy H. Bottemiller
Rodney P. Burwell
(1992)
(1988)
H. David Dalquist, I11
(1990)
Darrell J. Egertson
(1988)
Julian P. Foss
Barbara C. Gage
Donald R. Grangaard, J.D.
Richard R. Green, Ed.D
Raymond A. Grinde
Carolyn T. Groves
(1990)
(1992)
(1990)
(1992)
(1990)
(1990)
Elling B. Halvorson
(1990)
Lawrence 0. Hauge
(1988)
(1990)
Catherine E. Johnson
George 0.Johnson, Ph.D. (1990)
Harris W. Lee, D. Min.
(1988)
-
-
Attorney, Head and Truhn,
Minneapolis, MN
Vice President for Medical Care, Hospital
Corp. of America, Nashville, TN
Homemaker, Wadena, MN
Chairman, Xerxes Corporation,
Minneapolis, MN
President, Northland Aluminum Products,
Inc., St. Louis Park, MN
Executive Vice President/Chief Financial
Officer, Apache Corp., Denver, CO
Retired Businessman, Mesa, AZ
Homemaker, Long Lake, MN
First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis, MN
Chancellor, New York City Public Schools
Partner, Klohn Design, Inc., St. Paul, MN
Administrator, S. J. Groves and Sons
Company, Minneapolis, MN
Chairman of the Board, Halvorson Osborne
Construction Co., Kirkland, WA
Chairman, Suburban National Bank,
Eden Prairie, MN
Homemaker, Minneapolis, MN
Associate Professor & Director, Hospital &
Health Care Admin., Minneapolis, MN
Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good
Shepherd, Minneapolis, MN
Mr. Gary H. Lohn
(1988)
Mildred I. Mueller, Ph.D. (1990)
Rev. Maynard L. Nelson
(1990)
Ms. Roselyn J. Nordaune, J.D.
(1988)
Mr. Howard E. Olson
Mr. Donald G. Oren
(1990)
(1988)
Mr. Harvey M. Peterson (1990)
Mrs. Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1988)
Gladys I. Strommen
Merton P. Strommen
Leland N. Sundet
(1990)
(1996)
(1990)
David L. Swanson
(1990)
Stanley W. Thiele
(1992)
William A. Urseth
(1992)
Control Data Business Advisors,
Mankato, MN
Director of Education Statistics, MN Dept:of
Education, St. Paul, MN
Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church,
Minneapolis, MN
Partner, Nordaune & Friesen,
St. Louis Park, MN
Businessman, St. Paul, MN
President, Dart Transit Company,
St. Paul, MN
President, Catco Company, St. Paul, MN
Director for Community and Organizational
Development, Women of ELCA, Chicago, IL
Homemaker, St. Paul, MN
Founder, Search Institute, Minneapolis, MN
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer,
Century Manufacturing Co.,
Bloomington, MN
Vice President, Grudem Brothers Co.,
St. Paul, MN
Senior Vice President, Administrative
Services, 3M, St. Paul, MN
Chief Executive Officer,
U.S. Communications, Minneapolis, MN
V Division for Education
The Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America (ELCA)
Board
Chair: Rev. Dennis H. Dickman
Secretary: Solveig Gregory
Vice-Chair: Mary Ellen H. Schrnider
Executive Staff
Executive Director: Rev. W. Robert Sorensen
Assistant Director for Finance: Beata H. Sorenson
Director for Colleges and Universities: James M. Unglaube
Assistant Director for Colleges and Universities: Naomi E. Linnell
V Directory
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis. MN 55454
Area Code: 612
President .............................................................................................
330-1212
Academic Affairs ..............................................................................330-1024
Admissions ......................................................................................330-1001
Alumni Programs .............................................................................330-1179
Business Office (Fees and Accounts).............................................. 330-1029
Campus Ministry (College Pastor) ................................................. 330-1107
330-1162
Career Services ..................................................................................
College Center Manager/Coordinator, Special Events ............... 330-1121
College Relations (News and Publications) ..................................330-1180
Development (Financial Gifts to the College)............................... 330-1171
Facilities Office .................................................................................. 330-1120
Financial Aid (Scholarships) ...........................................................
330-1046
General Information (Other office
numbers; business hours only) .................................................. 330-1000
Evenings........................................................................................ 330-1234
Graduate Program ......................................................................... 330-1787
Ice Arena Manager ...................................................................... 330-1251
Interim Office .................................................................................. 330-1025
Library ................................................................................................ 330-1017
Parent Programs
,
.
.................................................. .330-1179
Personnel Office ................................................................................
330-1058
Registrar ...................................................................................... 330-1036
Student Activities Office .................................................................. 330-1111
....
.....................................
.330-1160
Student Affairs .....................
Student Government Office ............................................................
330-1110
Student Life (Housing).................................................................... 330-1109
Summer School Office ...................................................................... 330-1025
Weekend College ............................................................................ 330-1782
........... .......
.
.
..
.
.
The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for
discrimination inquiries or grievances:
Mary Lou Williams, Assistant Professor, Social Work Department (612/
33@1157)Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race,
creed, national or ethnic origin)
Vern M. Bloom, Director, CHR -Memorial Hall (612/330-1133)
504 Coordinator (matters based on physical or mental handicap)
William R. Rosser, Vice President for Student Affairs, Memorial Hall
(612/330-1168) -Title lX Coordinator (matters based on sex or
marital status)
Sandra Jacobson, Director of Personnel, Ground Floor, Memorial Hall
(612/330-1023) -Employment
All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual, at
Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Formal
grievance procedures are described in the Staff Handbook. Copies are
available from the Personnel Office.
V Administration
Office of the President
President .......................................................................... Charles S. Anderson
Executive Secretary to the President .........................Carolyn S. Magnuson
College Pastor ......................................................................... David T. Wold
Director, Church Relations ..........................................................Curtis Peter
Director, Admissions ............................................................... Carol A. Stack
Academic Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs and
Ryan A. LaHurd
Dean of the College ...................................................
Executive Secretary to the Academic Dean ........................ Lois M. Nielsen
Associate Dean of the College and
Director of Special Programs ................................Patricia A. Parker
c h a r d J. Thoni
Director, Weekend College
Operations Manager, Weekend College ......................... Laurel Orthmeyer
Graduate Program Coordinator ........................................o n e Karvonen
Registrar .............................................................................Burdett Parsons
Institutional Research Analyst ............................................ Robert W. Clyde
Head Librarian ............................................................... Margaret Anderson
Director, Audio-visual Center ..........................................
Brian P. Hackney
Director, Black Student Affairs ................................................M. Anita Gay
Director, American Indian Support Program ................Bonnie A. Wallace
Interim Director ............................................................. Donald R. Gustafson
Kathleen Lutfi
Coordinator, International Programs ............,...
Director, Faculty Development ....................................... Edwina Hertzberg
Director, Cooperative Education ........................................ Garry W. Hesser
....................
R
Student Affairs
Vice President of Student Affairs and
Dean of Students ........................................................ William R. Rosser
Executive Secretary to the Vice President ...................................
Casey Levi
Associate Dean of Students .................................................. James B. Grubs
Co-directors, Counseling Services ......Nancy G. Medcraft, Joan W. Slater
Director, Academic Enrichment .....................................Donald M. Warren
Director, Career Services ..................................................... Tina M. Wagner
Coordinator, Off-campus Student Employment ................... Lois A. Olson
Director, Student Life and Housing ................Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg
Director, Student Activities .................................................. Brian Cockayne
Coordinator, Urness Tower ...................................................... Ava J. Young
Coordinator, Mortensen Tower ........................................ Sue J. Hohenstein
R
Development and College Relations
Vice President for Development and College Relations .............................
Executive Secretary to the Vice President ............................... Betty Arnold
Director, Development ............................................................. Gordon Olson
Director, Planned Giving ...................................................Thomas I. Benson
Jeroy C. Carlson
Senior Development Officer
Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations ..............Victoria J. Hoshal
Director, Alumni/Parent Relations ....................................Jeffrey Swenson
Director, College Relations .......................................M a Adams Forsberg
Director, Publications ................................................................... Ka I. Cady
Publications Specialist....................................................... Morgan K. Brooke
Development Officer/Annual Fund ...............
Donna McLean
.............................................
Finance and Management
Vice President for Finance and Management ....................Michael Ranum
Executive Secretary to the Vice President
Assistant Vice President for
Student Financial Services ...................................... Herald A. Johnson
Financial Aid Counselor ......................................................... Karen D. Flom
Director, Personnel ............................................................... Sandra Jacobson
Controller ........................................................................................
Koepke
Director, Administrative Computer Center ............................ Steve Terrien
Manager, College Center .................................................Mildred A. Nelson
Manager, Central Services..................................Charles E. Christopherson
Director, Purchasing/Bookstore .......................................... Robert P. Gores
Director, Marriott Corp. Food Services ................................ Randy McNeal
Director, Plant Services ........................................................ James Weninger
Supervisor, Maintenance ....................................................... Robin A. Curtis
Manager, Ice Arena .................................................................. James J. Carey
......................................................
V Faculty
Emeriti
Courtland L. Agre, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education.
Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D.,
Luther Theological Seminary;L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Valeria Baltins, Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages.
Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia.
Carl Chrislock, Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of English.
Ailene Cole, Professor of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
K. Berner Dahlen, Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of Minnesota.
Edgar E. Eklof, Professor Emeritus of Music. M.M. Manhattan Music School.
Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A.
Carleton College, M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Theodore J. Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D.,
New York University.
Katherine Hennig, Professor Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0 . Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D.,
University of Washington.
James D. Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Music. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Bernhardt J. Kleven, Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson, Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
LaVonne J. Peterson, Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education.
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College;
D. Mus., Lakeland College.
Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
V Academic Calendar
Fall 1988
Labor Day recess .......................................................................................... M Sep 5
Upperclass validation ...................................................
.
,
....................... Tu. Sep 6
Freshmen registration ....................................................................................Tu. Sep 6
Classes begin ................... ,
.
.
,
............................................................................W Sep 7
Last day to register,
designate grading option.
add a class,
drop a class without notation on record,
move Upper/Lower
Division course to Upper
..
.. Division
or Lower Division .................................................................................... Tu, Sep 13
Mid-term break ................................................................................................ F Oct 28
Interim registration ....................................................................... M. Oct 31 .F. Nov 4
Spring term pre-registration ....................................................... M Nov 14 .F. Dec 2
Last day to withdraw from a class ............................................................... F Nov 18
Thanksgiving recess begins ........................................................................ T h Nov 24
Classes resume .......................................................................................... M Nov 28
Classes end ...................................................................................................... F Dec 9
Final examinations begin ........................................................................ M. Dec 12
Final examinations end ................................................................................ T h Dec 15
Final grades due and Incompletes due
from spring and summer '88 ............................................................... W Dec 21
Interim 1989
Classes begin ......................................................................................................
T Jan 3
Last day to register. add a class.
drop a class without notation on record
or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division ................. W. Jan 4
Last day to designate grading option
or move Upper/Lower division course to Lower Division ................ M. Jan 16
Last day to withdraw from a class .................................................................. F. Jan 20
Classes end .........................................................................................................
F Jan 27
Interim grades due ............................................................................................ F Feb 3
Spring 1989
Validation of registration
...................... .
.
.................................................... T Jan 31
.
Classes begin .....................................................................................................
W Feb 1
Last day to register.
designate grading option.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division
or Lower Division ......................................................................................T Feb 7
Mid-term break begins ....................................................................................
F Mar 24
Classes resume ..................................................................................................
M Apr 3
Easter break begins ........................................................................................ F. Mar 24
Classes resume ..................................................................................................
M. Apr 3
Last day to withdraw from a class ................................................................ F Apr 21
Early registration for fall ............................................................. M Apr 24 .F. May 5
Classes end .......................................................................................................
F. May 12
Final examinationsbegin
.............................................................................
M,
May 15
.
Final examinations end ................................................................................ May 18
Baccalaureate and
Commencement ......................................................................................
S May 21
Final grades due and Incompletes due
from fa11 '88 and Interim '89 .............................................................. W May 24
-
A
.
Summer School 1989
Term I ......................................................................................... T May 30 .F, June 23
Term I1 ........................................................................................... M June 26 .F. Aug 4
Fall 1989
Labor Day recess ...............................................................................................
M Sep 4
Upperclass validation and Freshmen registration ...................................... T u Sep 5
Classes begin ....................................................................................................
W Sep 6
Last day to register.
add a class.
designate grading option.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division
T . Sep 12
or Lower Division ....................................................................................
Mid-term break .................................................................................................
F Oct 27
Interim registration ....................................................................
M. Oct 30 .F. Nov 3
Spring term pre-registration ....................................................... M Nov 13 .F. Dec 1
Last day to withdraw from a class ................................................................ F. Nov 17
Thanksgiving recess begins .....................................................................
Th. Nov 23
Classes resume ...............................................................................................M Nov 27
Classes end ..........................................................................................................
F Dec 8
M. Dec 11
Final examinations begin ...............................................................................
Final examinations end ................................................................................. T h Dec 14
Final grades due and Incompletes due
from spring and summer '89 .................................................................. W Dec 20
Interim 1990
.
.
...................................................................... Tu. Jan 2
Classes begin ......................
Last day to register. add a class.
drop a class without notation on record
or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division .................. W. Jan 3
Last day to designate grading option
or move Upper/Lower Division course to Lower Division ............... Tu. Jan 16
Last day to withdraw from a class ............................................................... F. Jan 19
Classes end .........................................................................................................
F Jan 26
Interim grades due .............................................................................................F Feb 2
Spring 1990
Validation of registration.............................................................................. T Jan 30
Classes begin .................................................................................................
W Jan 31
Last day to register.
designate grading option.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division
T Feb 6
or Lower Division ......................................................................................
Mid-term break begins ............................................................................... Sa. Mar 24
Easter break begins .......................................................................................... F Apr 13
Classes resume ................................................................................................ M Apr 16
Last day to withdraw from a class ................................................................ F Apr 20
Early registration for fall ............................................................. M Apr 23 .F. May 4
Classes end .......................................................................................................
F May 11
Final examinations begin ............................................................................. M May 14
Final examinations end ................................................................................Th. May 17
Baccalaureate and
S May 20
Commencement ......................................................................................
Final grades due and Incompletes due
from fall '89 and Interim '90 .................................................................. W May 23
V Faculty
Correct as of May 15,1988.
(beginning year of service on faculty in parenthesis)
1 Charles S. Anderson (1976). President, B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University
of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological
Seminary, New York.
1 Ryan A. LaHurd (1985). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the
College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph-D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Nancy I. Aarsvold (1986). Instructor of Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Pacific Lutheran University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin.
Robert W. Adney (1979). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. B.A., University of
Minnesota.
Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry, B.A.,
St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. (On leave Interim and
Spring, 1989)
Brian R. Ammann (1988). Instructor and Head Basketball Coach, Health and
Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., North Dakota State
University.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor, part-time, Psychology, B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern
College; M.A., Northwestern University.
Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics, Weekend
College. B.A., Macalester College; M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Instructor, part-time, Art. A.B., Oberlin College;
M.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Margaret J. Anderson (1%7). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre.
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sheldon Anderson (1988). Instructor, part-time, History. Weekend College.
Andrew L. Aoki (1988).Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University
of Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Charles N. Arge (1987). Lecturer, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Arizona.
Marjorie Audette (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing, Weekend
College. B.S., Marquette University; M.A., University of Iowa.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Bakken (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Concordia
College; M.A., University of North Dakota; M.A., United Theological
Seminary; M. Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Deborah Bart (1980). Instructor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Vern M. Bloom (1971). Director of CHR Program and College of the 3rd Age.
B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Joseph C. Bodziock (1986). Lecturer, part-time, English. B.A., St. Joseph's
College; M.A., University of New Hampshire.
Julie H. Bolton (1975). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John Bosma (1985). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre,
Weekend College. B.A., Concordia College, St. Paul; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Michael Brand (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet, part-time. B.S., M.F.A., University
of Minnesota.
James A. Brothen (1988). Visiting Assistant Professor of History, part-time. B.A.,
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor in Social Work. B.A., M.A., American
University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Laine Bryce (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time. B.A., University of
Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Sociology and Women's and
Minority Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State
University.
Thomas L. Busico (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and
Economics, Weekend College. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A.,
Kent State University.
John Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg
College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
James Cleary (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology, Weekend College. B.A.,
University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan
University.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research
Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of
Iowa.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer
Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph-D., Syracuse University.
(On leave, 1988-89)
John Cosgrove (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Larry Crockett (1985). Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science.
B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological
Seminary.
Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., University of
Redlands; M.Th., Ph.D., School of Theology at Claremont.
Jan Davies (1987). Instructor, part-time, Education, Weekend College. B.F.A.,
Illinois Wesleyan University.
John Dunham (1987). Visiting Instructor and Studio Artist/Cello, part-time,
Music. B.A., Syracuse University; M.M., University of Michigan-Ann Arbor.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A.,
B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State
University.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota. (On leave Fall, 1988 and Interim, 1989)
Mary G . Endorf (1986). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Education. B.A., Hamline University; M.S., SUNY-Cortland; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Physics. B.A., Luther College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S.,
Ph-D., University of Minnesota.
Marian S. Enos (1987). Lecturer, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Sheldon P. Fardig (1962). Lecturer in Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and
Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Ronald E. Fine (1987). B.A., University of Maryland; M.A., American University.
Ann C. Fleener (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980). Instructor in Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St. Cloud State University.
Mathew Foss (1988). Visiting Instructor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.S.,
B.S.E., M.A., Northeast Missouri State University.
Stephanie C. Franz (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Physics, Weekend College. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.S., University of Minnesota.
Robert Friederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel
College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy.
B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
1
Greta Gaard (1986). Instructor, part-time, English, Weekend College. B.A.,
Pepperdine University; M.A., Claremont Graduate School.
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
David L. Garrison (1986). Lecturer in English, part-time. B.A., Appalachian State
University; M.A., Baylor University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
M. Anita Gay (1987). Director, Black Student Affairs. B.S., Southern University,
Baton Rouge; M.A., Howard University.
Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology.B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Chicago. (On leave Interim and Spring, 1989)
Richard Germundsen (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato
State University; M.A., American University; Ph.D, University of
Minnesota.
Nancy J. Giguere (1987). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages, Weekend
College. B.A., University of Arizona; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D.,
University of North Carolina.
Peter Gillen (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Gerald Glatzmaier (1986). Lecturer, part-time. Business Administration and
Economics. B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Northeastern University.
Joseph R. Goldman (1986). Visiting Lecturer in Political Science. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Kansas.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Amherst University; M.A., Ph.D., Brown University.
Joan L. Griffin (1986). Assistant Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S.,
M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1974). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center.
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of WisconsinStout.
Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and
Economics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., The American University.
Mark Hassenstab (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and
Economics, Weekend College. B.A., Augsburg College; M.B.A., University of
Minnesota.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kathy Heikkila (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; M.A., The College of St. Thomas.
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Edwina L. Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor of Social Work, Director of
Faculty Development. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph-D., University
of Minnesota.
Richard C. Henog (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., Washington University; M.B.A., St. Louis University.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of MetroUrban Studies, Director of Cooperative Education Program. B.A., Phillips
University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Notre Dame.
Paul T. Hirdman (1985). Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.A., Waldorf Junior
College; B.A., Augsburg College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary;
M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia-College, Moorhead;
M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holt (1981). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College;
B.Q., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
Paul L. Holmer (1986). Distinguished Visiting Professor of Philosophy.
B.A.,M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Yale University.
John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry (and Acting Department Chairperson, Interim & Spring, 1989).B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
I. Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and
Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell
University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
John R. Jenswold (1985). Lecturer, part-time, History. M.A., University of
Connecticut-Storrs.
Barbara E. D. Johnson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College;
B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota
State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., and Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and
Theatre. B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Smith
College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt;
M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson
of Mathematics/Computer Science. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University.
Jane Kammerman (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and
Economics. B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert KarlCn (1973). Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. B.M.,
New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Foreign Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Instructor and Studio Artist/Oboe, part-time. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert Kramarczuk (1983). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and
Economics, Weekend College. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Angela Wyatt Kretschmar (1981). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St.
Olaf College.
Edith V. Kromer (1983). Librarian, part-time, Weekend College. B.A., Hamline
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Joan C. Kunz (1987).Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of
Missouri-St. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and
Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., Southwest State
University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Ronald L. Libertus (1985). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women's and
Minority Studies. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Windham College.
Lynn Lindow (1985). Visiting Instructor of Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.S., North Dakota State University.
Rosemary J. Link (1986). Assistant Professor of Social Work. M.Sc., London
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., M.M.,
University of Minnesota.
Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Lecturer, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith
College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South
Dakota; M.A., University of Iowa.
Janet M. Mathison (1986). Instructor, part-time, Religion, Weekend College.
Associate Director, Center for Global Education. B.A., Alverno College;
M.A., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia.
Jerie McArthur (1983). Instructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dan McNamara (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend
College. BSIE, University of Dayton; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University
of Nebraska.
Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College;
B. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Fekri Meziou (1987). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.A., University of Tunis, Tunisia; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Kathryn S. Mickelson (1985). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Music. B.S.,
Augsburg College; M.M.T., Southern Methodist University.
Jan Miner (1984). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communication, Weekend
College. B.A., Lycoming College; M.A., Bowling Green State University.
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College;
M.A., University of Tennessee.
William Monsrna (1987). Lecturer, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College;
M.Div., Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Karen Morgan (1987). Instructor, part-time, Education, Weekend College. B.S.,
St. Cloud State University; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Thomas Morgan (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S.,
University of Oregon.
Elizabeth Proctor Murphy (1984). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time. B.A., Cleveland Institute of Music.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of History.
B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Christie Nicholl(1973). Professor and Department Chairperson of
English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Nursing. B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Political
Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Patricia Nortwen (1985). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.A., Harnline
University.
Vicki B. Olson (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Sharon K. Ostwald (1986). Adjunct Assistant Professor of Nursing. M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
James F. Palmer (1987). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics and Computer
Science, Weekend College. B.A., Illinois State University, Normal; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B. Div.,
Bethel Seminary; M.A, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marlene J. Pauley (1983). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.M., Michigan State University.
Lauretta E. Pelton (1970). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Briar Cliff
College; M.Ed., Marquette University.
Paul Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, ~ u s i i e s Administration,
s
Weekend
College. B.A., M.B.A., University of Wisconsin.
Douglas D. Peny (1976). Instructor, part-time, Social Work, Weekend College.
B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Curtis Peter (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Wartburg College;
M. Div., Wartbug Theological Seminary.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A.,
St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education and
Director of Women's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of
Minnesota. (On leave 1988-89)
Diane I,Pike (1981). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Stephen H. Pinsky (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Franklin and
Marshall College; B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union College.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chairperson of Religion.
B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D.,
Princeton Theological Seminary.
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science.
B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at
Austin.
0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio Artist/Guitar, Music. B.M., M.M., University of
Minnesota.
Bruce R Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College;
M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
David Riley (1987). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., St. Mary's College; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas.
C.P.A.
Thomas D. Rossin (1986). Assistant Professor of Music. M.F.A., University of
Minnesota.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics.
B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Hikaru S. Sakai (1987).ACTC part-time Instructor in Japanese. B.A., University
of Osaka; Ed.S., M.A., College of St. Thomas.
Hamed Sallam (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Ein Shams University, Cairo; M.S., Cairo University; Ph.D.,
Tbilisi State University, U.S.S.R.
Pauline Sateren (1974). Lecturer, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College; M.M.Ed., University of Colorado.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
and Director of Men's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice
University.
Eugene M. Skibbe (1964).Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th.,
Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Stanley H. Solnick (1984).Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.A., M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel(1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Colorado.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., M.S., Long Island University.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986).Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer
Science. B.A., M.A., Boston University.
Marie Stmss (1988).Instructor, part-time, Education, Weekend College. B.S.,
Mankato State University; M.S., Mankato State University.
Mary Jo Stump (1988).B.A., Ball State University; M.A., Northern State College.
Grace K. S d e m d (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ralph L. Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Gerald Swanson (1988). Instructor, part-time, Art, Weekend College. B.A.,
M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Kathryn Swanson (1985).Assistant Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chairperson of Art. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Neal 0.Thorpe (1967).Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A.,
Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Calvin Vraa (1988). Instructor, part-time, Psychology, Weekend College. B.A.,
Concordia College; M.A., Northern Colorado University; Ph.D., University of
North Dakota.
Donald M. Warren (1978).Lecturer, part-time, Intro to Liberal Arts. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Pamela Weiss (1983).Instructor of Nursing. B.S.N., University of Nebraska;
M.P.H., University of Minnesota.
Theresa Welcher (1986). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., and two M.S.
degrees, South Dakota State University.
Mary Louise Williams (1978; 1984). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Dorothy J. Williamson (1970).Instructor, part-time, Art Education. B.A., Asbury
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary E. Wilson (1969). Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.A., B.M., Macalester
College.
Departments and Programs:
.........................................................
..................................................
........................................
.............................................
..................
..,...
........................................
................................................
.......................
............................
.........,.
.............
........
................................................
.........................................
..................
.....................
........................139
..................................................144
..................................153
...............................................154
......................157
..........................................158
................................................161
................................. 166
........................................171
.,..,
..... .,. ..175
........................179
...............179
............180
..................................... 181
........................................ 181
Art
73
76
Biology
Business Administration and
Economics
80
Chemistry
88
East and
93
Southeast Asian Studies
97
Education
Engineering
101
103
English
108
First Year Experience
Foreign Languages
109
,. ..119
General Studies
120
Global Education Programs
Health and Physical Education
123
History
127
131
Humanities
132
Interdisciplinary Studies
132
International Relations
Mathematics and Computer Science133
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Natural Science
Nursing
Occupational Therapy
Philosophy
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion .
Russian Area Studies
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science. Non-Western
Social Studies
Social Work
Sociology
Speech/Communication and
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary Studies
Women's and Minority Studies
Academic Adviser ................................. 49
Academic Calendar ....................... 48. 206
Academic Enrichment .................. .42. 119
Academic Information ......................... 47
Academic Organization and Programs .50
Academic Policies and Procedures .......61
Academic Progress ................................ 69
.................. 10
Accessibility ................... ,
Accounting Specialization ....................81
4 9. 11
Accreditation .................................
Adapted Physical Education ...............125
203
Administration ....................................
Admissions ...................................... 12 15
Advanced Placement Program .............. 67
American Indian Program ............... 10.42
Annex Housing ................................ 13. 45
Application for Financial Aid ...............26
Application Procedures ......................... 16
Art History ............................................ 75
Assessment of Previous Learning
(APL) ....................-...........*.. .-...... 67
Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC) ........48,52,55, 56
Athletics ............................................ 4 1
Audio-visual Services .......................... 49
Auditing Courses...................................66
Audit Fee ............................................... 22
41
Augsburgian ....................................
.
.
. ....-...-..-
185
...................................189
.................195
.......195
-
...
Black Student Program ................... 10. 43
Board ..................................................... 22
Board of Regents ................................. 210
Books and Supplies ...............................23
Business ................................................ 81
Calendar. Academic ......................48. 206
Campus Minishy ................................... 40
Campus Tours ....................... ..........16
Cancellation of Courses ........................ 62
.
.
..........43
Career Services ................... .
Center for Global Education ...........12. 60
Certification Programs
Art ............................................... 52. 74
Church Staff Work ............................ 52
Program Evaluation .................. 52. 172
Chemical Dependency Program ............55
Chinese .............................................. 111
Chin Wag ..............................................45
Christian Day School Program ........... 176
City Arts .............................................. 142
Classification .........................................67
CM.A. Certification ............................. 82
Coaching Endorsement ....................... 125
College Center ................................. 12. 41
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) .............................................. 68
.
............. 40
College Pastor ................... .
College Work Study Program ...............29
Commons .......................,
.
.
...............44
Communication ................................... 189
Computer Resources ............................. 50
Computer Science ...............................137
Conservation of Human Resources
(CHR) ................................................ 55
Continuing Education ........................ ,
.
60
Cooperative Education ............ 10. 58. 119
Costs ...................................................... 22
Counseling Services ..............................43
Course Descriptions ..............................71
C.P.A. Certification ...............................81
Credit Assessment Program (CAP) .......68
Credits ................................................... 72
.
.
Dean's List ............................................ 70
Degrees .................................................. 48
Departmental Comprehensive Exams ...68
Departments by Division ...................... 50
Departments and Programs ................... 71
Deposits .................................................
23
Directed Study ....................................... 59
Directory .............................................
202
Disabled Student Programs ...................43
Dismissal .........................,.....................69
Distinction. Graduation with .................70
Distribution Requirements .................... 64
Divisions ............................................... 50
Dual Degree Programs
(Engineering) ......................52 53. 101
.
E
Early Admission of Freshmen ...............17
Early Decision for Freshmen ................17
Echo ...................................................... 41
Economics ............... ............................ 85
Elementary Education ...........................96
Employment ..........................................28
English as a Second Language
(ESL) .........................................
,105
Enrollment ...............................................4
Evaluation and Grading ........................65
Facilities ................................................12
Facts and Figures .................................., 4
Faculty ........................................4 9 2 0 9
Faculty Emeriti ....................................205
Fairview Pharmacy ............................... 4 4
Fees ....................................................... 22
Finance Charge ..................................... 24
.FinanceSpecialization ..........................81
Financial Aid ......................................... 25
Financial Policies .................................. 24
Financing Your Education ....................21
Fine Arts ................................................41
First Year Experience (EYE)..43.63. 108
Food Service ......................................... 44
Foreign Study .................................. 44. 56
Foss. Lobeck. Miles Center for Worship.
Drama and Communication .............. 12
French .................................................. 111
Full-time Student .................................. 22
George Sverdnrp Library ..........13.49.55
German ................................................113
Gift Assistance ......................................27
Global Education Center .................12. 60
Global Education Programs ................120
Grade Point Average (GPA) .....18.63.67
Grading ..................................................65
Graduate Program .....................10 60. 61
Graduation Requirements .....................62
Graduation with Distinction ..................70
Grants ....................................................27
.
Learning Disabilities Program ..............43
Leave of Absence ..................................62
Library .......................................13.49. 55
Life Science........................................-153
Lifetime Sports ..............................
64. 125
Linguistics ...................... ................ 115
Literature. Ideology and Society in
Latin America (LISLA) ..................143
Living on Campus .................................45
Loan Assistance ....................................
28
Location .....................
.......11. 223
.
.
.
.
.
.
Majors and Minors
(Also see Courses) ......................51. 71
Management Specialization .................. 81
Management Information Systems
(MIS) Specialization .........................81
Map .....................................................
223
Marketing Specialization ...................... 81
Married Student Housing ......................45
Master of Arts in Leadership ..........10 60
Mathematics ........................................
135
Melby Hall ............................................ 12
Memberships .....................................
4. 11
Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) ..141
Minnesota State Work Study Program ..29
Ice Arena ............................................1 2 Minority Scholarships/Grants ...............31
Independent Study .................................59 Minority Studies .................................. 195
Information Request Card ...................225 Minors ........................................51 71
Intercollegiate Athletics ....................4.41 Mission Statement ...................................6
Interim .......................................4 56. 61 Mortensen Tower ............................12. 46
Inter-InstitutionalPrograms ..................55 2222 Murphy Square .............................13
InternationalBaccalaureate Program ....67 Music Education ...............................
144
InternationalBusiness .....................56.81 Music Ensembles ..........................41 152
International Students .....................19. 44 Music Hall .............................................13
I n t m h i p Program ................................58 Music Performance ............. 146. 147 152
Intramural Athletics ..............................42 Music Therapy .................................... 151
Health Service .......................................44
Health Education .................................124
Higher Education Consortium
(HECUA) ............................55.56. 140
History of Augsburg College ..................8
Honors Major (See Departmental Listings)
57
Honors Program ....................................
Housing .............................. 12. 23.44.45
Human Services in a Latin American
Context ......................................
5 6 121
.
.
.
Japanese ........................................9 115
KCMR Radio ................ ....................... 41
Kindergarten-Elementary
Education ........................................96
Kueffner Apartments .............................13
Norwegian ...........................................116
Numbering of Courses ..........................72
Off-Campus Programs ............................4
Old Main ...............................................13
Orientation .............................................
43
P
Part-time Students ................................. 2 2 1
Payment Options ................................... 24
Physical Disabilities .............................. 43
Physical Education ..........................,.. 125
Physical Science ..................................153
Pre-Professional Programs .................... 53
Pre-Registration.....................................61
Prerequisites ......................................... 72
Probation ........................................ 69
Program in Global Community .....56. 121
1 -: '
.
7
R
Refunds ........................... .
.
.
.........3
Registration ........................................... 61
Residence Requirement ......................... 63
Room and Board ..................... ..........22
ROTC ..............................................55.56
Russian ........................................... 117
,.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
(SUST) ............................................ 141
Scholarships ..........................................29
Science (Grades 5-9) ...........................153
Science Hall ...........................
13
Secondary Education ....................... .95,98
Semester Fees ........................................ 24
Sigma Pi Sigma ................................... 163
Smiley's Point Clinic ............................ 44
Social, Cultural, Reaeational ...............41
Social Welfare Minor ..........................183
Society of Physics Students ................ 163
South American Urban Semester
(SAUS) ............................................142
South Hall ................................. 13, 45, 46
Spanish ............................................ 117
Special Education ................................101
Special Interest Houses .........................46
Special Students (Non-Degree) .............19
Speech ..........................................
189
Sponsored Scholarships ........................ 29
Student Activities ...............................
44
Student Affairs Division .......................42
Student Employment .................,.......... 28
Student Government .............................41
Student Life ...........................................39
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations (SPAN) ................................57
Student Publications ..............................41
...............
.
Student Rights ...................................... 46
Student Teaching ..................... 57, 97, 100
Studio Art .............................................. 74
Study Abroad .................................. 44, 56
Summer Sessions ................................
57
Sverdrup-OftedalMemorial Hall .......... 13
Teaching Licensure (Also see majors) ..52
Test Scores ........................................... 16
Theatre Arts ......................................... 189
Transcripts ....................................... 16, 18
Transfer Students .................................. 18
Tuition ....................... ............ ........... 22
..
Urness Tower .................................. 13. 46
Veterans
................................................70
Weekend College ...................... 10. 60. 61
13. 46
West Hall ......................................
Withdrawal from College ................24. 62
Women's Studies ................................ 196
Work Study ........................................... 29
Campus Guide
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
West Hall
Mortensen Tower
Umess Tower
Christensen Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall
Music Hall
2222 Murphy Place
Melby Hall
Ice Arena
Stage I1 Theatre
Center for Global
Education
Scandinavian Center
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
Youth and Family Institute
19. Office Annex ~ o u i e
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Visitor Parking
The Quad
Faculty/Staff Parking
Murphy Square
Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview/St. Mary's
Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
Accessible Entrance
Campus Location
To Find Augsburg
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 2lst
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 2lst
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for
student use from 430 pm Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are
located on 7th Street between 2lst and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th
Street on 2lst Avenue. Most street parking is 2 hour parking, seven days a
week. Additional parking is available in the St. Marfs Hospital ramp, or
U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue.
Show less
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1984 Interim Catalog
POSTMASTER
Volume 114, Number 4
Winter 1983
612/300-1001
AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Sec... Show more
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1984 Interim Catalog
POSTMASTER
Volume 114, Number 4
Winter 1983
612/300-1001
AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Augs,burgCollege lnterim
The interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly
intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning
and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same
amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during
Fall and Spring semesters.
0
OCT
NOV
DEC
Calendar for Full Credit Courses
....................................
October 31-November 4.
Interim Registration
December 5 ...........................................Late Interim Registration
First Day of Interim
January 3.. .................................................
Class 1 9:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
January 4..
Last day for cancel/add
January 17.. ................ Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
January 20.. ........................... Last day for withdrawing from full courses
January 27.. ......................................................
Interim ends
..............................................
Calendar for Half Credit Courses
...............................
January 3..
First group of half credit courses begins
January 4 . . .............................Last day to cancel/add half credit courses
January 9 . ........... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
January 11.. .....................Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
January 13.. ...............................First group of half credit courses ends
January 16.. ...........................Second group of half credit courses begins
January 17.. ............................Last day to cancel/add half credit courses
January 23. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
January 25.. ..................... Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
January27........................................................
lnterimends
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
II - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m.
I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the
first day of class.
4/l nterim
Essential Information
One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted to
register for more than one course credit during the period.
There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have
the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the
P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three
must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment
at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one
interim for graduation.)
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the
end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are
available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the
Lifetime Sports listed on the last page.
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Options
International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the three
overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1984. These interims are under
the following departments:
Health-Sailing i n the Virgin Islands
Political Science - Mass Media and Politics i n Britain, France, Germany and Austria
Religion-Israel and Egypt: Archaeology and Religion
Augsburg students are also eligible for participation in one of the 28 international interims
offered by the Upper Midwest Association for lnternational Education (UMAIE) as well as
travel interims offered by other 4-1-4 schools in the country.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the lnterim
Office and from Mary Kingsley in the lnternational Center, Old Main 20.
Students interested in participating i n one of these international interims should apply in the
lnternational Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be
made after that date.
There will be no June interim in 1984.
-
Internships
Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship
learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November
22. Contract forms are available in the same office.
Independcmt or DhWcd Study
Students may elect a program of independent study
(upper dlvislon 499) or directed study (!owerdivblon 299) for interim. Faculty members are
strongly drseouraged fram accepting responsibility for more than one independent or
dlrected study per interlm. student^ choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
-
A. Meet departmental requirements,
6. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved
by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at -I
one week
before registration and not later than November 28. Apprgpriatestudy propo$alforms can
be obtained in the lnterim Office.
Inftdma at Qthw -Is
Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-74 Instltutlan
which offers a reclprocai lnterlm arrangepent. CataIags of these Interlmscan be consulted in
the Interim Offlee. The Interim Secretary wIti help students in appiylng for ~giwrationat
other schoals. Registration for lntwlms at rhe h e r Twin CMes college wlll be done at
Augsburg during the regular reghtratlon period. Most courses taught during the interim w
other 4-14schoolsare accepted forcredit by Aughurg, but ma not necessarily beaccepted
as meeting Augsburp'r distributhn rsquirem~ntr.Thls quiklcailon putlcuhtly J f a
courses offered for the Reiiglon requirement.
-
Non-Aupburg Students
e welcamee studenw from athat 44-4 schools far the jaiiiiary Interim
*hkoul tul~ion%rp provided he wudcnlt honr instlhltlon ql.a.not to cbar
to Au$bug students for the January tern. he walver of tuition,does not Indu$
e special
luirion
fees, housing or board costs. 0 t h nudem wlII be c h a r d $720 for the lnterlm course,
#upburg Cot
Students interested in regfstwing for an Aupburg lnterim should write to the lnterim
Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own
school.* These students are welcom to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for interim housingsfiwld bemadeto fie lnterim Office.
*There is an application processing fee of $10.
ku burg Policy
H"
Aug ufg College adml4 studehts of any race, golor, rtatlonal and ethnk origln ro all the
rl$hts, btiufI<&.s, figrams, and acthltlesgeneraI y accorded or made available to studentsat
,the school, It do= trot dlscrimlnq~on the basis of race, col,ar,crded, national and e~hrltc
orlgtn in eq6layrbent flfactiw or adrniitIstqatlon of Its edtFdatfonal>
policies, admission$poIi-dw, icholprshlp and loan programs, and ~thleticand other school-administer& programs.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230),
The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or
The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192.
.
Courses
Calligraphy
ART 106 - 4001,306 - 4002
Instructor: Philip Thompson
Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic skills i n pen and brush
with ink and paint. Three completed design projects in lettering or line are required. For
upper division credit a major project is required.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 4
Nutrition: You Are What You Eat
BIO 104 - 4003
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
Designed to discuss the foods that we eat in a popular fashion. After a review of the human
digestive system, each of the three basic food types will be discussed along with the role of
minerals, vitamins and water.
An attempt will be made to dispel the mysteries and the manufactured information in the
media, to make application to individual concerns, and to address the controversy concerning
food additives.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 213
Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind
BIO 110 - 4004
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
Where did I come from? What am I7 Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more
fundamental quertions which intrigue and torment members of our specips. While at one
l w e i weseek phtlosophlcat and religious answers, h i o l n ~ yIS invokecl at another level. I t l s t h ~
intent of this course to addresrrhesc questions and others through thesrudy of ~ v o t u t l o nand
heredfry {genetlrs). The concept of organic evolution continues to have i t s critics, a matter
which we shall consider. Yet to lhrt va5l majority of hlologists the evolution of life is not only
accep~edbut ir rcaasded as the single most significant confrihurion which biology has made
to human knowledgr. We will study I ~ Pevidence in support of evolution. rht? proposed
mechanisms of ttip ~volutionaryprocess, and, a5 time permits, the course or evolution from
primiltvr! forms to humans. Some principles ol genetics will be studied for the primary
purpose of making 11 possible rn undcrstand evolurionary mechanisms. Ways in which people
e s he discussed.
influence rhrir own evoluiion and that olol her ~ p e r ~ wlll
Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and
tests.
Prerequisites: A high school general biology course
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I . . ...... Room: S 212
Wetland Ecology
BIO 311 - 4005
Instructor: Roberta Lammers
I n Wetland Ecology we will study the complexity, variety and importance of freshwater
wetlands (i.e. bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). The physical aspects of these wetlands as
well as the interrelationships of some of their major organisms like sedges, insects, and
sphagnum will be considered. Students will be re uired to pursue4nclependent reading on
wetland organisms of particular Interest to them. T e course work will also include required
reading, discussion and leeura, lab observation d wetland organisms, and local field trips
depending on the weather. We shall examine critically the potential ofMinnesota's wetlands
as an energy source. Grading will be based on one test and the presentation (written or oral)
of the independent reading.
Prerequisites: Biology 111,112
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I........ Room: S 213
1
Personal Investment and the Stock Market
-
BUS 257 4006
Instructor: Thomas Morgan
The course i s designed t o familiarize the novice with the basic components of the personal
investment decision.
Course content will include examination and discussion of alternative investment instruments
and the markets in which they are transacted. I n addition to assigned readings, students will
be expected to complete several small projects. Evaluation of course performance will be
based upon successful completion of projects and a final exam. This course is not recommended for upper class business majors.
Time: I........ Room: O M 13
Management Simulation Games
BUS 378 - 4074
Instructor: Amin Kader
In this course the students will be grouped into teams. Each team controls a company which
manufactures and sells a line of multiple products. The company competes against other
companies; each manufactures and sells similar products. Each team attempts to outperform
other teams by selecting what could be perceived by the team as the optimum operating
strategy. This strategy includes setting selling prices, production volumes, marketing expenditures, plant and securities investments, as well as stockholders' dividends. Grading will be
P/N only with evaluation on the basis of the work done and its results.
Prerequisites: BUS 135 and 261, ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11
8/l nterim
Chemistry for Changing Times
C H M 100 - 4009
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of
the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for
understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is
interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists
were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In
recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming
a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of
pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin
supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching
for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental
disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy
feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is
the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the
result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are
molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our
society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human
condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement
the lecture/discussion periods. Quizzes and tests will be used for evaluation. This course
does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116 or 223.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I . . ...... Room: S 315
Principles of Economics (Micro)
ECO 123 - 4007
Instructor: Satya Gupta
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May
be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120.
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: 11.. ...... Room: L 1
Welfare Economics
ECO 454 - 4008
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Basic concepts and propositions: Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market
structures, social welfare functions, normative concepts of economic theory. Applications to
various problems and disciplines. Course evaluation will be based on exams (take-home) and
projects.
Prerequisites: ECO 251 or permission of instructor
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16
Student Teaching
EDS 481 - 4010 EDE 481 - 4014
EDS 482 - 4011 EDE 482 - 4015
EDS 483 - 4012 EDE 483 - 4016
EDS 484 - 4013 EDE 484 - 4017
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school
personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Grading: P/N only
Time: I.. . . . . . . Room: L 4
Emily Dickinson: The Poems and the Person
ENG 140 - 4018, 340 - 4019
Instructor: Ronald Palosaari
Unknown in her lifetime, Emily Dickinson now is regarded as one of America's finest poets.
Her poetry was so unknown that the sister who shared with her the family home did not
know of it until, following Emily's deathbed instructions, she began to burn Emily's papers.
What was spared the fire is now ours to devour.
Emily Dickinson spent most of her life within the family home confining her relationships to a
very few, being regarded as mysterious or eccentric by very many. Some biographers have
suggested she retreated from the world to give herself to poetry since her time and place
made no provision for a female professional poet. Others trace her seclusion to various family
relationships or personal problems or frustrated dreams of love. Whatever the cause, out of
the mystery of her life comes the glory of her poetry.
During the interim we will study both her poetry and some of the major studies of her life.
Each student will read one of her biographies as well as her poetry. Students who desire may
pursue independent research in her biography or her poetry or in general historical topics
that mav illumine either the Doems or the Derson.
Studenk opting for upper d i i s i o n credit will be graded on a more rigorous level than those
opting for lower division credit.
Prerequisites: A course in literature or permission of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: I..
Room: O M 16
. . . . ..
10/l nterim
People Under Pressure
ENG 211 - 4020
Instructor: Barbara Andersen
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social,
religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the
focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress
often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and
even wit.
We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually
covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who
Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name is Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright,
Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea;
Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I
Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works
to read.
Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports
(optional) and two examinations.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: I.. . . . . . Room: O M 10
.
Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparative Studyof American Western and Japanesesamurai Films
ENG 233 - 4021
SOC 233 - 4058
Instructors: Jerry Gerasimo and John Mitchell
The purpose of the course is to clarify the thematic form of the Western and the Samurai film
by comparing their respective myths, their social premises, and their conventions: for
example, the ritualized duel and the use of proxemic patterns (treatments of space) i n ways
that are implicitly cultural. Although both genres are highly popular, they are vividly useful
for esthetic, cultural, and anthropological comparison. Students will be required to attend all
film presentations (approximately 10 feature films), to read selected texts, and to make a final
written report.
Laboratory Fee: $35
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 24
French Civilization Today
FRE 332 - 4022
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
The study of 20th Century French civilization will extend and deepen our understanding of
the French and the role of their country in the world today. We will investigate the concerns
and the situation of the people vis-a-vis their family, friends, institutions, economy,
government. The study of "documents authentiques" as well as articles, essays, Guide France,
slides, music, art, and technology will help ascertain the major French contributions to our
civilization since 1900.
We will participate i n a variety of group and individualized activities: common readings with
discussion, illustrated presentations, projects and reports, field trips and media experiences
- all in order to broaden and deepen our French experience.
Evaluation will include the completion of assigned tasks and reports, participation and
contribution to the group, several brief quizzes, and individual progress in the ability to
initiate, develop, and present a topic or study within the course.
Materials will be largely i n French to assure an authentic French experience.
Prerequisites: FRE 311 or consent of instructor
Time: I........ Room: O M 25
German Civilization and Culture I1
CER 332 - 4024
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in intellectual, geo-political, artistic and scientific history of the
German-speaking peoples. The course will be taught in German.
Prerequisites: GER 311 or permission of instructor
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 27
Beginning Norwegian
NOR 111 - 4025
Instructor: Leif Hansen
The course provides an introductlo,n to the basic skills of 115tening, speaking, reading, and
writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed texf. Later class
sessions provide a thorough lntroducrion to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but
oral expression is emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work
expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 29
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
NOR 311 - 4026
Instructor: Leif Hansen
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field
experience required.
Prerequisites: NOR 211 or equivalent
Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29
Spanish of the Business and the Professional World
SPA 215 - 4023
Instructor: Cunta Rozentals
Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by
preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients i n various fields. Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in health care, education,
welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of Spanish business letters.
Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations.
Prerequisites: SPA 212
Time: I.. . . . . . . Room: OM 21
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE232-4027
Instructor: Bethany Shifflett
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is
based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 3-13.. . . . . . . Room: Melby
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
HPE410-4075
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional
journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I . . . . . . Room: Melby 13
. .
January 7-26,1984
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455 - 4029
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of
sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of
sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a
42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew
member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip
planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership
in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final
written exam will be given.
Cost: $1995.00
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE475-4028
Instructor: Doug Nelson
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures.
Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 16 - 27.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 12
The Japanese-AmericanExperience:
Relocation & Redress
HIS 240 - 4030,340 - 4031
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
This course is a study of the Japanese-American experience, primarily in the United States,
but will include mini units of their relocation experience in Canada and some Latin American
countries. Special focus will be given to the forced evacuation of several hundred JapaneseAmericans during World War II, how and why they were uprooted from homes and
businesses at short notice. How did this ethnic group adjust to detention in camps, survive
the trauma of their wartime experience, e.g. psychological impact on young and old? The
redress issue, the report of the recent judicial commission appointed by Congress to
investigate the relocation, will be an important component of the course, e.g. constitutional
issues related to the rights of scores of American citizens. Perspectives of immigrant
restrictions, and the contribution of the Japanese to American economy and society will be
examined.
Japanese-Americans from the Twin Cities, films, slides, recordings and readings will be used
as resources. Ethnic meals. Some evening meetings will replace day sessions.
Grades will be based on discussion, a journal, an exam, and for upper division there will be a
project. Fees - $15.00.
Prerequisites: Lower division none. Upper division - one college history course or consent
of instructor.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I... . . . . Room: L 1
.
Paris in the Nineteenth Century
-
HIS 114 4032
Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist
The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's
a bit of "sour grapes" caricature i n that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city
which i n the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any
other, one could make a good case for Paris. I n this course we will study the history of that
city in one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about
France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to
the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources
for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this
century in some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents i n the use of
historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future
trip to Paris. The course will be conducted i n part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar
(discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There
will be a final exam.
Distribution: History-Philosophy; Urban Concerns
Time: 11.. . . . . . Room: O M 23
.
The Minnesota Political Tradition
HIS 356 - 4033
Instructor: Carl Chrislock
An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present.
Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture.
Procedures wttl be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assjgned and optional readings,
a term paper or hook reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual
aids (transparencies of polirical cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations
with Mtnnesolta gouernors,slides~will bc used; and an effort to recruit oursidespeakers with
political experience will be made.
Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor.
Time: 11..
Room: M 23
......
Classics of Western Thought
H U M 275 - 4034
Instructors: Richard Nelson, Bruce Reichenbach
The period between the exhaustion of ancient civilization and the emergence of early
modern Europe (ca. 500-1700) was an age of discovery and creativity in Western culture. The
BBC series Civilization will provide the visual center from which we will develop the various
perspectives on literature, philosophy, religion, politics, art and science which can be found
during this period. The course will emphasize the mutual impact of ideas and events.
Presentations by guest speakers and readings from major works representing different
disciplines will supplement the film series.
There will be a mid-term, a final exam and a short paper required of all registrants.
Time: I..
Room: S 112
......
An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models
MAT 136 - 4035,136 - 4036
Instructor: Henry Follingstad
An exploratlon of math-related Ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluates
present "scientific dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and
mankind. New Space-Age data, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show
inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and their links to
geology, biology, and the humanities. Space age alternatives are also presented to integrate
the flood of new data with past knowledge.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern
impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which
have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is
required i n one of six major areas discussed.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present
extensive oral summaries of their papers.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Room: O M 23
Time: I..
......
Numerical Pattern Processing Through Programming
-
MAT 144 4037,211 - 4038
Instructor: Larry Copes
I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal
language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be
examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test
conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small
group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written
reports.
For students registering for MAT 211, the patterns and reports will require the mathematical
maturity of one who has completed a semester of college mathematics at the calculus level.
All students should expect to spend four to five hours per day in the computer room.
Prerequisites: for 144 - Croup I l l score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination
for 211 - MAT 124 or 174
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Room: S 205
Time: I..
......
The Electronics of Music
MUS 210 - 4041,410 - 4042
Instructor: Robert Karlkn
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some sounds of 20th Century
music. Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in:
1. making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks through an
eight-track mixer.
2. individually creating and mixing sounds of traditional sound sources as well as analog and
computer-controlled synthesizers.
The study and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be combined
with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the art.
Though no prerequisites are necessary for participation i n the class, i t is expected that
students will bring to it an interest in, and curiosity about, the many ways in which electronics
technology is involved i n the field of music today. Music majors and students registering for
upper division credit will be assigned special projects.
Students will be able to concentrate on aspects of recording, creative electronic music, or a
combination of the above.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: 11..
Room: M 25
......
Broadway Musical
MUS 285 - 4043
Instructors: JamesJohnson and Steve Cabrielsen
The preparation and performance of a Broadway musical including singing, acting, set design
and building, choreography, dancing. A variety of talents and interests are used. Li'l Abner is
the present musical under consideration.
Costumes will be made by members i n the class. Fees for material will be paid by members
wearing those costumes.
Room: M Sateren
Time: I..
......
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330 - 4044
Instructor: Pam Farnan
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends
and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial,
are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care.
Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations.
Prerequisites: Registered Nurse
Time: I........ Room: O M 12
Introductory Meteorology: Weather and Climate
PHY 106 - 4045
Instructor: Ken Erickson
A study sf Ihe science and wonders of he atmosphere, The course Is deslgned t o provide a
working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understand in^ weather and
climate. Attenlion will he given to the overall weather pattprns of the earth and to thc many
varied aspects af weather, some of which Include: the relationship of sun, earth and
atmosph~re, clouds and precipltatinn, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather
monitoring and lorecasting, rhe influence a l wealher on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and
o i the sky. The course i s designed to he an elective or to satisfy the
o p ~ i c a phenomena
l
distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. Grading will he basetl on exams,
laboratory exercises and a paper.
Prerequisites: Elementary Algebra (high school)
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I.. ...... Room: S 108
Politics and Policy Making in Public Education
POL136-4046,336- 4047
Instructor: Jo Fraatz
This course examines politics and policies in American public schools, and provides
opportunities for students to analyze policy problems and propose their own solutions. Most
of the allotted class time will be used for a combination of lectures and discussion; time
outside of class will be spent reading, thinking, and writing. The objectives of the course
include:
1. To learn something about the difficulties of working in public schools;
2. To learn something about the prospects for changing public schools;
3. To learn how to analyze policy problems and policy solutions;
4. To develop and improve writing skills.
Written assignments will take the form of policy memos to which students will be asked to
respond. Evaluations will be made on the following basis: 1 & 2 - 10 points each; 3 & 4 - 15
points each; 5 & 6 - 20 points each; Class participation - 10 points.
Grades will be determined after all points earned on these requirements are added up at the
end of the course. Students wishing credit for an upper division course must be at least
sophomores and will be required to do a 10-page book critique in addition to meeting the
above requirements.
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: M 22
Mass Media and Politics in Britain,
France, Germany and Austria
POL 344 - 4048
SPC 344 4064
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
-
This course provides a close-up study of four European mass media systems and the relations
of those systems with political rulers and the broader public. Through seminar discussion, site
visits, media observation, and briefings with public officials and media professionals and
scholars, students learn about major issues in each country. We begin in London, after a week
move to Paris - remaining for several days to compare British and French media and politics.
Departing Paris by overnight train, we stop two days in Salzburg before proceeding to
Vienna, the site of Austrian national media and the Parliament. From Vienna we continue to
Prague for the weekend, then conclude the program in Berlin with briefings on German
media and U.S. international radio operations.
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Grading: P/N only
Theologies of Politics
POL 386 - 4049
Instructor: Myles Stenshoel
An inquiry into political perceptions, attitudes and preferences associated with various
theological premises from early Christian times to the present. Students will encounter views
of Paul, Augustine and Aquinas; a comparative approach to Reformation theology in the
political expressions of Luther and Calvin; and, in a 20th century sampling, perspectives of
Reinhold Niebuhr, the Moral Majority and Liberation theology.
Goal: An enhanced understanding of ways in which theological and political thought are
mutually dependent and of the political expression of particular theological values and
assumptions.
Methods: Lecture, reading, thinking, discussing and writing -a paper on a relevant subject
chosen by the student:
Evaluation: Quizzes, paper, participation.
Prerequisites: REL 111 and a political science course or permission of instructor.
Time: I.. . . . . . Room: O M 11
.
The Male Jail
PSY 286 - 4077,386 - 4078
Instructor: Lyla Anderegg
A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of
serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was
a real man."
A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the
American Male, circa 1982.
Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of
materials, added involvement in the community.
Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information
gathering and written test.
Prerequisites: General Psychology for upper division status.
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2
Nature and Uses of Consciousness
PSY 335 - 4050
Instructor: Richard Marken
Consciousness was what psychology was about until Watson discovered behavior. This course
will investigate various approaches to understanding consciousness (and, of course, the
unconscious). The goal is to become conscious of the functional significance of consciousness
and related phenomena (volition, awareness). Evaluation will be based on class participation
and a final paper.
Prerequisites: General Psychology
Time: I........ Room: P 2
Issues in Science and Religion
REL 374 - 4051
Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson
For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life. For others,
including some Christians, science and its associated technologies constitute a grave threat.
This course will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the
Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development
of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy; and the reevaluation of science and
nature in the 20th century.
The following are some of the questions to be dealt with: Has science made the Bible
obsolete?Are scientists really that smart? Has modern physics made it easier to be a Christian?
Can computers save us?Why do science and religion always seem to be fighting one another?
Grades will be based on class discussion of assigned readings, two short tests and a written
project.
Prerequisites: Religion (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion
requirements)
Distribution: Religious studies
Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 18
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345 - 4052
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church i s the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the
Lutheran Church as it is today, its origins in the 16th century, and its development and
cultural influence during 450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide an
overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the
Gospel i n art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology and theology. Requirements will
include two exams and one short paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion
Distribution: Religious studies (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation
religion requirements)
Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 22
..
Israel and Egypt: Archaeology
and Religion
REL 375 - 4053
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
1-
'
Israel is a<mall country - a young country, but a focal point for international politics and the
study of world religions. Egypt, larger and older, boasts a 5,000-year-old civilization as well as
contemporary importance in the Arab world. I n this interim we visit archaeological and
religious sites i n both nations. During our week i n Jerusalem, the ancient story comes alive as
we live in the O l d City, visit the Church of the Holy Sepulchre, the Dome of the Rock, and the
Aska Mosque, and see the Western Wall - a place of special religious importance to the
Jews. O n bus tours out of Jerusalem we visit Bethlehem, Nazareth, Hebron, Caesarea,
Qumran, Masada, Beer-sheba, and the Sea of Galilee. During four days in Egypt we tour
Cairo, Memphis, Sakkara, and the Giza Pyramids.
Distribution: Religious studies (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation
religion requirements)
Grading: P/N only
Practicum in Human Services
-
SWK 257 4054
Instructor: Rosalie Clark
Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency is combined with
readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career in human
services is for you. Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience
and a final examination. Students will be asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall
semester to discuss selection of agency and structure of the course.
Objectives:
1. To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help.
2. To increase knowledge of the services given by the agency in which student is serving.
3. To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills,
competencies, education, and training.
4. To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human services agencies.
5. To increase understanding of self in relation to the human service field.
Time: I.. . . . . . Room: M 22
.
Field Work Ill
SWK 466 - 4055, (1 course), 466 - 4076 (M course)
Instructor: Maria Brown
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well
as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work
practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process;
to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of
strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence i n the
full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement
i n a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in
faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made i n writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation form.
Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status
Time: Arrange with instructor
The Housing Pyramid Came:
Public Policy and Your Future
SOC 143 - 4056,343 - 4057
Instructor: Carry Hesser
Course objectives include 1) To introduce students to the study of public policy and how it
impacts their lives and futures; 2) Through reading, discussion and simulations the students
will learn the critical issues that are operative in the processes and decision-making that goes
into the choices and execution of public policy; 3) Using housing and neighborhoods as the
focus of attention, students will work in groups to research and understand viable public
policies currently in place to meet housing and neighborhood needs, as well as alternatives to
the present policies; and 4) Experience policy-making and project planning through
simulation and contact with practicing policy makers and planners.
Requirements: Active participation in simulations; reflection and analysis of simulations in
journals; group/individual research project with class report (students desiring upper
division credit will do a more extensive analysis, with greater quantity and quality) and a final
exam. Each requirement is worth 25% of the final grade.
Prerequisites: One introductory social science course or permission of instructor
Distribution: Urban Concerns
Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: M 25
Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study
of American Western and Japanese Samurai Films
SOC 233 - 4058
ENC 233 - 4021
Instructors: Jerry Cerasimo and John Mitchell
(See description on p. 10)
22/l nterjm
Sociology of Law
SOC 220 - 4059
Instructor: Diane Pike
This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it.
From a sociological perspective, we will explore cross-cultural notions of law, deterrence, the
criminal j u s t i ~ esystem, the legal profession, and corporate crime. The basic course format
will be lecture and discussion, much of the latter based on the reading assignments.
Evaluation i s based on participation and two examinations. Students desiring upper division
credit will be asked to write a short paper on an assigned question in addition to the exams.
Prerequisites: Principles of Sociology or introductory Political Science course or permission
of instructor
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 10
The Sociology of Gambling
SOC 313 - 4060
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
Recent research has examlned the phenomenon of gambling from a saclological perspective.
What rypeof person i s llkely to gamble? What Is the nature of the wmk-force i n the gambling
industry?Is gambling a social problem or a social beneflh These are some of the questions
raised in published sociological studies. The'course will focus o n these studla. Students will
be expected to read and discuss this materlal and t o pass a final examination. I n addition, i n
order to oixerve n gambling society within a legalized setting, the course will Include a field
trip to Las Vegas. Cost of the field trip {travel and lodging) wlll be approximately $300.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Time: I........ Room: O M 22
Imagination and Humor in Communication
-
SPC 165 4061,365 - 4062
Instructor: Ray Anderson
Imagination, creative rhinking, and humor are important dimensions of communication
competence. The major purposes of this course are 10 better understand the functions of
imagination, the creative process, and the nature of humor; to improve creative thinking;
and to increase the ability to protluce effective humor.
There will be lectures and readings on these topics, a study of models, and a variety of
assignments, i n writing and speaking. There will be a number of experimental projects
involving humor; the amount of attention given to this topic will depend in part upon the
interests of the class.
Evaluation will be based on essay examinations and on the creative projects. For upper
division students, one or more additional papers will be required.
Prerequisites: Beginning Speech, Freshman English
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112
Story Theater (Children's Theater)
-
SPC 285 4063
Instructor: Ailene Cole
This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script,
costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class.
Performances are scheduled for the final week.
Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m.. . . . . . Stage 2
..
Mass Media and Politics in Britain,
France, Germany and Austria
SPC 344 - 4064
POL344-4048
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
(See description on p. 18)
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but
have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses
which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in the lnterim Office.
ART 163 - 4065 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174.
GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center)
A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters
Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost:
$400.
HPE 106 - 4066 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah)
Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski
instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those
interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of
approximately $995 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars
and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food
(condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 7 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff
(Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration
materials.
HPE 484 - 4069 Teaching Tennis the Professional Way
A course for students who want to learn how to teach tennis - taught by
professionals. Cost: $175. Time 9:00 - 12:OO M, T, Th at the Minneapolis
Tennis Center
POL 398 - 4067 Washington Interim: The Making of a President
POL 398 - 4068 Washington Interim: The Legal System and Legal Careers
Washington lnterim provides a combined program of lectures, site visits, and
seminar situations focusing on a particular area or topic in Washington, D.C.
Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Jo Fraatz in Memorial 113.
24/l nterim
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official
credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may
participate i n any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pa
any fees whether or not the student registers for the course.
Racquetball
HPE 002 - 4071
Instructor: Dave Boots
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports.
Time: 9:20.. ...... Melby
Badminton
HPE 002 - 4072
Instructor: Dave Boots
Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent in
singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outsid
assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports.
Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby
American Karate
HPE002-4073
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified
Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of approximately $20.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports.
Time: 12:OO - 1:00 M, W, F . . ...... Melby
Weightlifting
HPE 002-4079
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:20.. ...... Melby
Running
HPE 002 - 4080
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:OO noon.. ...... Melby
Show less
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended
to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during t... Show more
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended
to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since
one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in
class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during Fall and Spring
semesters.
Calendar
November 9-12 ............................................ Interim Registration
December 7 ........................................... Late Interim Registration
January4 . . ................................................. First Day of Interim
Class 1 9:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
January5 . . ............................................. Last day for cancel/add
January7 . ................. .Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
January 18.
Beginning of certain half credit courses*
January22. ....................................... Last day for cancelling courses
January29.. ...................................................... Interim ends
..............................
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
I - 8:00 - 12:00 Noon
11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m.
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first
day of class.
'Students enrolling in half-credit coursesshould consult the Registrar'sOfficefor datesforcancel/add
and to determine the grading system.
Essential Information
One course is considered a full time load during interim and nostudent is permitted to register
for more than one course credit during the period.
There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0.Students generally have the
option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N
system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student i s required to complete 35 courses of which at least three
must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim
for graduation.)
POSTMASTER
Volume 112, Number 3
Fall 1981
612/300-1001
AUCSBURCCOLLECE (USPS#490-310)is published fourtirnesa year in Spring,Summer, Fall,and
Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class
postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with drpartmrnrs l i r t ~ c li n alphabetical order.
Augsburg Interims Abroad are identified by aspecial ~ r . i v e I ~ y m h oAt
l . t h e e n d o f the book are
listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg bt11 recognizerl Ilv the College for interim
credit, and a variety of Lifetime Sports. Further dcscriptlr>ns anrl i ~ ~ f o r m a t i oabout
n
these
courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230.
Options
june lnterim - A t least one interim course will be offered in the June1982session of summer
school (see listing under Education) in lieu of January term with n o additional tuition charge.
Students planning to elect the june interim must register at the time of interim registration in
the fall. Students wishing t o take the June interim i n addition t o the January one will be
required t o pay the regular summer course tuition.
lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the five overseas
interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1982. These interims are under these
departments:
English - Theatre i n London
Religion - Israel, Ancient and M o d e r n
- The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii
Social Work - Social Service and Public Policies i n a Developing Country: Egypt, 1982
Health and Physical Education - Sailing i n the Virgin Islands
Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St, Olaf College.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available i n the lnterim
Office and from Mary Kingsley i n the lnternational Center, Memorial 229.
Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply i n the
International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be
made after October.
Internships-Internshipsareopen tostudents whocontinue an internship from the fall term or
who begin an internship which will continue into the spring term. Students electing an
internship interim are to present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship
Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 17.
Independent o r Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper
division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study
per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
A. Meet departmental requirements,
B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by
the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be
obtained in the lnterim Office.
Interimsat Other Schools- Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which
offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the
lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students i n applying for registration at other
schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4
schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affectscourses offered for
the Religion requirement.
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg Collegewelcomesstudentsfrom other4-1-4schoolsfor theJanuary interim without
tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not t o charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees,
housing o r board costs. Other students will be,charged $600 for the interim course.
Students interested i n registering for an Augsburg Interim should w r i t e t o the lnterim Director
for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These
students are welcome to stay o n campus but are not required t o d o so. Requests for interim
housing should be made t o the lnterim Office.
Augsburg Policy
Augsburg College admits studentsof any race,color, nationalandethnicorigin toall the rights,
privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the
school. It does not discriminateon the basisof race, color, creed, national and ethnicorigin i n
employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies,
scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230),
The Interim Secretary, Lorraine Stieper at 330-1025, or
The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b).
Courses
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Jewelry
Art 150 - 4003
Instructor: Norman Holen
You are introduced to copper, brass, pewter, and silver and you learn how t o cut, shape,
enamel and cast these metals.
The supplies you need will vary according to the projects we choose. We try to provide the
necessary equipment and re-usable items.
There is n o text and there are no tests. You are graded o n your pieces.
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: II
OM1
16mm Film-Making I - Film-Making I1
Art 242 - 4001,342 - 4002
Instructor: Paul Rusten
The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication.
Using professional 16mm equipment, students i n teams will produce short black and white
synchronized sound motion pictures.
Students w h o have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within thesameclass-schedule and time-frame
as Film-Making I.
Fee: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental
Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: II
Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences
BIO 106 - 4113
lnstructor Ralph Sulerud
W r .Ire living I n a prrtod of b i o l o g i r c ~rc~volutron
l
whlch seems l ~ k e l y10 conrlnur, Many of the
r i ~ v ~ ~ t o p will
r n ~ ~ncreasrngly
n~~
rerull In tlramat~c changes In ethiral ~ h t n k i n gand the
liormr~lation of p u b f ~pr o l ~y,
r guestion\sur h h ~ these
c
must be effect~ut+ly
atlrIressetl: w h a t are
l h r ~ g l ~oft r thp unborn7 Should h ~ u l o ~ i she
t s allowed to work o n a n y type nt r r w d r r h n o
nlairrl wlipre ~t le;lrI<?Doer ~ h ~r r l r aof 4 rnaral r e s p o n s ~ b ~ ltoward
~ty
the rrivrronmrnr make
sense? What e t h ~ c a land soc~alproblems would arlse as a result of c l o n ~ n gpeople? Is
recomb~nantDNA research l ~ k e l yto create more problems than ~tsolves? I s euthanas~aever
just~f~ed
It ?I S Intended that th~scourseshould p r o v ~ d eat least a small part of the background
necessary to answer such questions and make respons~bleeth~calcho~ces
Each t o p ~ cw ~ l be
l ~ n t r o d ~ c eby
t l I ~ F ,Instructor or a guest, but much of the class tlme w ~ lbe
l
spent d~scuss~ng
ass~gnrtlr~arl!rrgsnrrrl varlous vlewpolnts Formulat~onof a b r ~ e fposltlon
paper on one o f the i ~ s i 1 c 5w ~ l lhe r e q u ~ r e d Grades w ~ l lbe based o n the paper, class
partlclpatlon and exarnlnatlun rerrtltr.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I
Wetland Ecology
Bio 311 - 4114
Instructor: Roberta Lammers
I n wetland ecology w~ will study the complexity, variery and impurtalrce 01 Ird shwater
wetlands (i.e., bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). We will :turfy the physical asperrs of these
wetlandsas well as the interrelationshipsof some of their rn,ijor organisrnslikc~~d~~s,insects,
and sphagnum. Students will be required to pursue intlept.nrlcnr rr.dclirig on wetland
org.fnitms of particular i n t r r ~to
~ l hen^. The raurse w w cons is^ ul re,,ding and discussion as
well as lab ivork identilying nrganismsrollecled In n n r t h ~ r n
M i n n ~ s o t aduring the summer by
a l Minncsota's wetlands as an energy
the instructiw. Wc shall examine cririrally ~ hpro ~ e n ~ iof
source. There will hr local l i ~ l tripsrf~~~enrilnf:un
d
rhewea~
her. Cradingwill be o n the basis of
one test and the presentalion (writren or or;~l)of ~ h indrpendent
r
rcadin~.
Prerequisites: 510 111, 112
Time: I
The Biology of Aging
Bio 385 - 4115
Instructor. Robert Herforth
At snmc lime ax another I r l our lives masr 01 u5 w ~ l rl i t h e r d ~ r c c r l yaxpcrlence aging or be
~ n f l u e n r c d pcople ~ ~ n c l e r g n t nagc-rrlared
g
changrq. Thic roiIrsP WIIIroncenlrfite on t h ~
t)iolog~ralasprcts uT such chang~s.W h a ~ir t h ndtlrrc
~
oI t h c s ~age-related rhangr?~?
What
lartorr tnIl~lr*ncrthe l a t v of aging? Do rellr ~ s a l ~ ~ from
t r c l the body <how aging? 1s aging the
o focne r t a ~ n
c r l l r o r tissuesol the body?What are the current t h ~ o r l e s a st o
rerulr of d c ~ r r ~ o r a t ~
IIIP h i o l ~ g ~ kca~c ~l rol a g ~ n g ?Ir aglng ronrrnllerl by a I ~ r a l o g ~ c clock?
al
Thew and other
qursrions will tw arldressrd In l h h course hy rnpans nf rlassroom ~ P C I U ~ P Fand d~scusslnnsol
ass~gnedread~ngs.Evaluat~onw ~ l be
l based on several qulzzes and exams glven d u r ~ n gthe
course
Prerequ~s~tes:
BIO 111
Time: I
S 212
Introduction to Chemistry
C h m 104 - 4116
Instructor: John Carlson
of chemistry for ~hosr?
who have never studled chemistry hefore.
h course in basic
Inclu(E~d
are conccpls nt measurcrncnt, alorntr anrl ~ n o l e r u l a strucrurr,
r
types of rcactinns,
solurionr, n c ~ r l sr ~ bases,
~ d at111 $n ~ n r m t l u c - t ~ to
p no r ~ a n ichrmistry.
r
Many applications to Iifc
~ T O C C S S ~and
S
cnvironmental concerns are ma&. I.~cturesand demonslratians; rlo lab; no
:
~hrcrlonger examinations
Icrm paperr. Two hnrlrs iprturp ppr (Jay, five days a w ~ e kquizzes,
plus a final. Not oprn lo a n y w i t h priorstudy ofchernisrry. Does notcount roward 3 rriajor o r a
minor i n chemistry. Crctlit for both 104 anrl either 105,109, n r 115 no1 allowrrl.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I
Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry
Chm 113 - 4117
Instructor: Earl Alton
rindin%whlch chemicals are i n a solution (qualitdtlve analysis) ir a rhallengine, way of learning
rumc principles of chemistry. This course will use I,lkoratory experiments coupled with an
essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemisrry involverl to provicjr an introducrion
to chemistry. Thp laboratory work will center on ~ o l v i n grhcrnical urtknowns. There will b e
s~verr71~ ~ d l 1 r ~ - ~ ~ i 5sessions
~ ~ s s each
i o n week and ,~bnut~ h r haurr
c ~ of lal~oratory~ a c day.
h
Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes.
Prerequisites: High School Chemistry
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I (Lectures 11:OO-12:OO N) Time: II (Lab 1:OO-4:00 p.m.)
Introduction to Clinical Chemistry
Chm 205 - 4118
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
A few years ago rllagnnctlc rnedicln~
was ptinc~pdllya rnaltpr of r t > l l r c l i n information
~
about
Fymptnmc to d ~ a ~ n o san
e ~ l l n r w .O c c a ~ ~ o n a l lat>r)ralc)ry
ly
IPS15 w t r e mad^ lo support 1 1 1 ~
d~agnnsrs.A l t h o ~ i g hr o l l r c l l i ~ n
~lormat~u
n
ahrlu~
synip1nrns ~ s s t ~anl l inl~agralpar[,~ i l ~ g n o < t r (
medicine l i d s progrr~seOto rhe pant whcrc laburatory teslr are r c j u ~ l n ~l ~
l yc r f o r m c dalrd may
result In d t i l d g n ~ ~ ~ ~ d ~[porn
f f e rt ~hnone
~l inclicntrtl l?y Ihe symptomr.Thlscourre intrrrtl~lcpr
sornc o l the lypes ol c l i r ~ n i c a problems
l
s r g n ~ l ~ r aInn ~m e d ~ c r n eand mrlhods nl chtarnic.~!
analysrs urrtl i n the tlcnical r h ~ m i ~ t rlat>oralory.
y
Lecturer, lilme, orcasitmal laboratory
l
wlIl he u~crrlIrl t h c , ctrursp,
exprrlrnul-, anrl at ledst one f i ~ l dr i rp tn a r l ~ n i r a lal~r>r.-~~ork
evaluation will be by frequent quizzes and a f ~ n aexam.
l
Prerequisites: C H M 106,116, or 223
T ~ m eI
S 315
Economics of Urban Issues
Eco 120 - 4119
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. Basic microeconomic tools employed.
Distribution: Urban Studies
Time: II
O M 13
Learning Styles, Teaching Styles
Ede 227 - 4125
Eds 227 - 4126
Instructor: M a r ~ eMcNeff
differences among students, varlatlons In learnlng styles are numerous Some
L ~ k e~ndlvldual
students learn better by dlscuss~on,others by l~sten~ng
and others by work~ngo n thelr own
Students d ~ f f e rIn learnlng style w h ~ c hmeans that certaln educational approaches are more
effect~vethan others for part~cularstudents
H a v ~yo11 had profe5sr~r~
that held you spellbot~nrlin thrlr r.lassrsl Have you had their
counterpart whcrr y ~ ~ u s ~ r u ~tg
o Irt,ry
e d awdke? T ~ ~lrnlrnrsor
P
mdy have L I ~ Pa ~t r . ~ r h t nstyle
~
ihai was or wa5 nnt c<hmpa~ihlt.w i ~ hyour learn~ngsrvlc.
Thrs course will explorr r e ~ e a r r hhe~n'gcJon~rn t h r area.; of teaching and learning styles,
51utlpnrsw ~ lpartlcrpa~e
l
In a I~arninarty!r\ rnvrnrory lo help Identify how they barn h ~ r t .
f hiscoi~rsersoflcrrtl
through theIrft~ratlonDcpar~mrnl.hutir t l r f i n l t ~ l y{)pentoallstudentr.
tl
Time: ll
Discovery in the Wsrld of Kindergarten
Ede 375 - 4124
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course is a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials
and a review of teaching approaches.
Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is to be arranged by
the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have
taken place prior to the course itself.
The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
L4
Time: Summer Interim
Student Teaching
Eds 481 - 4120
Eds 482 - 4121
Eds 483 - 4122
Eds 484 - 4123
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school
personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Time: I
L6
People Under Pressure
Eng 211 - 4130
Instructor: Barbara Andersen
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social.
religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the
focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course i n depression,for pressure and stress often
I i a v ~p c l s i t i v ~r e ~ t ~ And
t t ~ .m a t i v ~ j e o j ~r l~r* s p n ~toi dprr:ssl.lrv w i ~ h
c o \ r r a g ~ , ~ r . l c.inrl
~ ( ~evt3nwit.
Wr. will r r,icl r c v r r a l grhrirtls. IIIOFTI~ (11 ( 1 1 201
~ h rerllury, 1717~1work^ 1 1 7 ~ .irtv
1
r l ~ l tjl \ ~ i i l l I yI O ~ U P V P ( !
irr liroraturrl c.ourrPr. Among ~ h wnrkr,
r
being rrln5irl~retl,]rt, Wafvrs, T l l v L l a n \4'ht1 K i l l r ~ r i~ h r - 4
LJypr; I'rl~ok,A ~ l yNan~rbi, /\r/~rlr[rlu: I3r,ir1li~arl.Trr)r/l I , f s / ~ ~>!I
r rAtrt~r,ic,~:
~
Wright. Narivr Srjn:
I4v1n. f x ~ ~ ~ l\4tori1c>t1;
/ ~ n l I l C ~ \ \ l r ~ 5irilort
r
'+ ~ N i ~ h t,t i:t l t l h ~j;h,
t
(;;{I lror11 ~ I I P <(,,I: I ilrgpnkb\4.
~ t ~ t / ~ t v 501><:
~ , i r dA l h c ~ 1-/1o
. A , n t ~ t i ~ - ,lJrvt~,n
?/~
,~r1,1 Thv Zntl S r r ~ v :, h r l ~ j e t m nI,~Vra\,f>r5.111,qI t ~ f
M y Father: Gordon, Final Paylncnt,. Students will have some choice of works to read.
Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports
(optional) and two examinations.
Distribution: English - Speech, Co~nmunication& Theater Arts
Time: I
O M 10
.
The Brontes
Eng 248 - 4128
Eng 348 - 4129
Instructor: Catherine Nicholl
I n a parsonage on the edge of the Yorkshire moors, four gifted children mused themselves hy
redding Shakespeare and Byron and writing miniature books i n which they developed two
elaborate and romantic kingdoms. Literally surrounded by death-the churchyard in which
their mother and two sisters were buried-they consoled themselves with the lile of the
imagination. All of them, too, were to die young. But the th~,eesisters. Charlotte, Emily, and
Anne, gave to the world several groundbreaking novels dnd some memorable poetry.
The course will focus primarily o n the writings of Charlotte ()a~leEyrc. Villerte) and Emily
(Wurhering Heighfs, poems). All students will read these works and will sample some of the
critical approaches t o Wufherir~gHeight\, one of the most original novels of the nineteenth
century. In addition, we will read the biography of Charlotte by her friend and fellow writer.
Elizabeth Gaskell. We will consider the influence on the sisters of the family situation and of
attitudes toward women writers in the 1840's.
Each student will read one additional novel or biography. Class activities will include lectures,
discussions, and films In addition to short quizzes and an exam, each student will either write a
short paper or d o a class presentation. Upper division students will d o both.
Prerequisites: One literature course or consent of the instructor.
Distribution: Urban Studies, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies
Time: l l
O M 16
Europe January 3-28
I nteri m/9
Theatre in London
Eng 269 - 4131
Eng 369 - 4132
Instructor: Richard Sargent
Cost: $1795
London is one of the leading centers of theatre in the world. We will attend plays at theatres
such as the National Theatre and the Royal Shakespeare Company theatres where internationally renowned directors like Peter Hall present revivals of classics and the premieres of the
work of playwrights like Tom Stoppard and Peter Shaffer. We will be reading some plays in
order to be aware of the historical context in which contemporary dramatists are writing. In
addition to going to plays and touring theatres, we will take advantage of the cultural richness
London has to offer, visiting art galleries such as theTate, attending concerts, and touring spots
in London that have been significant in literary history. We will also make trips to visit other
theatres, notably to Stratford.
Students will keep a journal: those taking the course for upper division will write a paper in
addition.
Counts toward English major
Distribution: English - Speech, Communication &Theater Arts
Grading: P/N
Five-College Poetry Writing Workshop
Eng 362 - 4127
Instructor: Roger Blakeley, Macalester College
M~mbcrs
of the workshop will experiment with poetry techniques, aiming at the completion
rrl .I pns~lolirkof new work and the revising of existing manuscripts. The workshop will meet
threp mornings a week at Macalester for lectures, discussions, and critiques. In addition,
iridividual conlerences will be scheduled, and an optional public reading is planned for late in
the month. Attendance at all class sessions is mandatory
The course is open to students from the five Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities who have
had experience in writing poetry. Normally only three students from a college will be
accepted. Preferably students should have taken at least one college-level creative writing
course.
Students considering this course should contact Richard Sargent (English Department) and
submit samples of their work no later than one'week before the first day of Fall Registration for
Interim.
Class meets 9:30 to 11:45 MWF, H 203 (Macalester), plus conferences TBA.
French Literature in Translation
Fre 243 - 4134
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
Study of representativeshorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a
common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop
cultural sensitivity, and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and
study guides will help focus attention on the works themselves. M u c h class time daily will be
devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work,
progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study.
.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing
Distribution: Jr. & Sr. only (old requirements).
Time: I
-
Beginning Norwegian
~ d 111
r - 4133
Instructor: Liv Dahl
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress
o n spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
O M 29
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Nor 311 - 4137
Instructor: Leif Hansen
Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given t o regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the t w o official languages of Norway. There will be laboratory work and
field experience.
If arrangements can be made, part of the course will be conducted at a location in Northern
Minnesota.
Fees: $100 if the off-campus part of the course can be arranged.
Prerequisites: 75211 or equivalent
Time: II
O M 29
lntensive Beginning Spanish
Spa 112 - 4135
Instructor: To b e named
The goal of thiscourse isto complete thesequence of Beginning Spanish with greater emphasis
o n spoken Spanish than is usually the case. Students will be expected to complete and correct
written assignments outside of class so that time in class can b e used for small group
conversations, impromptu skits and discussions in Spanish. Evaluation will be based on
daily work, quizzes, four tests and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Spanish 111
Distribution: Foreign Language
O M 23
Time: I
Spanish of the Business and the Professional World
Spa 215 ;4136
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by
preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients in various fields.
Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in
health care, education, welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of
Spanish business letters.
Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations.
Prerequisites: Spanish 212
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Planning for Tomorrow:
Personal & Social Transformation in the 1980's
Gst 240 - 4177
Robert Clyde, Augsburg College
Berenice Bleedorn, Director of Creative Studies, The Coll6ge of St. Thomas
Course will define personal and social transformation, show how this transformation takes
place, and introduce students to such concepts as general systems theory, paradigm shifts,
entropy and syntropy, holism, and the uncertainty principle. Using this knowledge, students
will develop a model for a futuristic democracy, i n which the citizens "think globally and act
locally."
Students will read Marilyn Ferguson's The Aquarian Conspiracy plus one or more additional
books from the bibliography, keep a journal on the readings, class discussions and additional
resources (meetings, lectures, interviews, films, etc.), and prepare a plan for personal,
continuing involvement in the model for the futuristic democracy developed by the class.
Evaluation will be based on assessment of "open journal" through oral examination, and
assessment of quality of personal growth plan.
S 108
Time: II
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
Hpe 232 - 4143
Instructor: Pam Paulson
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade i s
based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 18-29
Melby
Modern Dance
Hpe 373 - 4141
Instructor: Pam Paulson
An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and
problem solving. The majority of the course grade i s based upon daily performance in class,
performance of a group composition, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Melby
Time: I - Jan. 4 - 15
12/l nteri m
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
Hpe 410 - 4142
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Prerequisites: Health 320 (School Health Curriculum)
Time: I
Melby 13
Virgin Islands January 4-28
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
**
Hpe 455 - 4139
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Cost: $1995
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat
cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat
handling (anchoring, docking, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39'fixed
keel sailboat with 6 other people and will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will besupplemented
by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning,
piloting,and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islandsand cays in the British
and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on competencies demonstrated by each individual in crewing and
leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ship's log will be kept by all participants.
Counts toward lifetime sport distribution requirement
Grading: P/N only
Coaching of Football
Hpe 476 - 4140
Instructor: Al Kloppen
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I -Jan. 4 - 15
Melby 12
Coaching of Basketball
Hpe 477 - 4138
Instructor: Rees Johnson
Theory, techniquesand administration of coaching basketball. Course will includeoff-season,
pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a
coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation.
There will be some out of class night work.
Prerequisites: Instructor's approval.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Melby 13
Time: I l -Jan. 18 - 29
20th Century South Asia
His 162 - 4147
His 462 - 4148
Instructor: Don Gustafson
Thts geographtc area has pratlilrrd the l a r g r ~workrng
~
rlernocr~ryin thc world today; from
this people havr come on(' a( our cenlury's greaimt "saints" and a l s o one or the most
r ~ n o w n e tstalesmen;
l
11 isa forernoqt cxample of 20th-Ccntnryr olonralismarid natlonallrm: ir
Iiarexpr.r~~ntetl
oneaf thisrentury'sgreatr~rupheavalfof people: i t rsa ~tdndnrdexarnplcfor
populat~ontrtsrs and world h u n ~ e rillt~stratlons.5oi11hAsia is all thrs-ant1 much more.
Thts course I$ d~slgnerlfor the ctndent *ha has Inrercs! but lirtls or no background In
nnn-western ~ubj~=ct5-1hough
nth~rsare a l ~ owelcorn~.The h ~ a rot l the coursr will he in a
w ~ t l ~ a ~ s o r t m e nreadings
r
(somt oI them really cxcellcnt) t r u ~~IIF-IP
will a l ~ o h e
lertures, trrne
for drscussron and frequent breaks for slrde presentations.
Grades w ~ lbe
l based on general level of partlclpatlon, on some wrltten work and probably a
test Students reglster~ngfor upper dlvls~oncred~tw ~ l have
l
addlt~onalassignments and be
graded by upper dlvrslon standards.
Prerequisites: Students registering for upper division credit must have had at least one college
history class.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: I
S112
Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality
His 220 - 4145
His 320 - 4146
Instructor: Khrn Khrn Jensen
An invesriaatlon c l r tlw rationale fcr I ~ immigration
P
pattern, economir opporlunities, and
social. politlcnl and economic- problems encour~rer~rl
tjy thp folIowing Irnrn1grant5:Chlnew,
l
Forus on these thrre rrhnic groups will involve
jap~ncseanrl Korean5 tn the W n i l ~ rStares.
tjrlth t h "nld"
~
rmmigrants nntl ~tir"ncw" immigrants. Coursc will u 1 1 l i r~~~l ~ nspeak~r5
ic
(Chinesr. Japancse and Koreilns) in a home rnvirnnment-dt~cus5Ion format. There will l~
etltnir meals, ~ t h n i craaking dcrnonsrra~ians,films, slides ~ n df i r * l t l rrips-,111 f h c ~arp
important rornponent5 of thv rorlrsp as IS rlie academic component ol readings. erc.
Focus Ir on ~ h cxperienrrs
r
or tlicsc ethnic aroups in Hawaii. Calllorr~i;~
ant1 M t n n ~ f o t a .
and a Iourn,jI, loww rlivirron will cloa jnirrn;tl. Thrrr will
1 1 1 ~ ~ ~ r d i v i s i o n ~ t u dwill
e n dnapaprr
t5
t)r an exam un the t ~ x and
t
readlng~.
Fees: $15 for meals and films etc.
Prerequ~sites:Lower Divis~on,None
Upper Divis~on,sophomore standing and consent of instructor
D~stribution:Ii~storyand Philosophy
Time: I
Studies in Ancient and Medieval History
Through the Reformation
His 366 - 4190
Instructor: Richard Nelson
This course is intended for those students who, having completed a course i n either ancient,
medieval, renaissance, or reformation history, have a desire t o extend their work in one of
those areas. Students will meet with me on a regular arranged basis for consultation and
identification of the topic they intend to study. These topics can be of varied nature: e.g.,
biographical, social, military,art, literature, etc. The final result of thestudy will becompletion
of a paper or project.
Prerequisite: One history course and consent of instructor
Time: II
Brush Up
Mat 103 - 4150
Instructor: Bev Durkee
Thiscourse is designed asa brush u p in arithmetic and elementary algebraskills.Thecourse will
be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or w h o will b e taking statistics as
part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer.
There will be diagnostic tests t o determine study needs, homework assignments t o gain skills,
and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by
test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized.
Time: I
S 108
Mathematical Aspects of Music
Mat 130 - 4149
Instructor: Ben Cooper
This course has t w o purposes. The first is to convey some mathematics that musicians should
know (or know about), mostly concerning such pre-musical topics as acoustics, scales, tuning,
and the premises of twelve-tone composition, but also concerning the question of the
meaning of compositional style and quality.Thesecond purpose is t o try tocounterthecultural
invrntine or discovering
isolation of motlcrn malhematics by mcans o l parallel e r t p ~ r i c n c r %
math~maticr;
and writing music,anrl thro~ghc-antactwith one or two rna~hr*rnaticalto~ics
not
t
a tangential bearing o n music,
usually found in the curriculum t h a t a r c r i a n i l i ~ a n t ~ t r a v e aleas1
and con bc enjoycd with minimdl prereq~lisites.When pos~ihle,we will Iry trl hear those things
we discuss mathematically through recordings or performant:e. Grades will be based o n
homework exercises, mostly mathematical, but including the composition of at least one
canon. Therefore some experience i n part writing is essential. The necessary mathematics will
be developed i n class.
Prerequisites: Music 101 o r equivalent and some high school algebra.
Distribution: Mathematics - Physics
Time: I
Mathematical Themes in History and Philosophy
M a t 134 - 4188
M a t 334 - 4189
Instructor: Larry Copes
This course is designed for students who enjoy challenging reading and writing, but may be
uncomfortable with mathematics. Objectivesare to examine waysin which mathematical ideas
have affected and have been affected by philosophical ideas and historical movements. We
shall examine h o w number systems, algebra, cardinality, and axiom systems have related to
various epistemologies. There will be t w o exams and two short papers.
Students must be qualified for College Algebra, as demonstrated (for example) by being i n
Croup A on the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam.
Upper division: Students should have taken at least one mathematics course beyond Calculus II. Grading will be based o n three papers.
Prerequisites: Yes
Distribution: Mathematics - Physics
Time: II
O M 25
Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
Mus 110 - 4151
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
Visitation of clinical f a c i l i ~ i ~i rsl t l ~ cMetropolitan area to observe music therapy in practice.
Objectives of the coursr will Ile lo llccorn~familiar with a variety of clientele (Including
mentally retarded, emotionally tlis~url)ed,nntl p11ysic.illy hilndicapped), and t u observ~how
music therapy function< wilt1 diricrcnt populations. I n addition to the field trips, c-lasircmm
discussions will include an o v e r v i ~ wol nlusir fherapy prac-tires and theory in thir country and
abroad. Evaluation will be based o n tests,field trip reports, and class participation. A special fee
of $15.00 will be required, t o cover the cost of transportation. A special class project will be
required for upper division credit. Student times must beflexible, toallow for field tripsduring
either the morning or afternoon.
Fees: $15.00
Distribution: Art - Music
M24
Time: II
Sign and Song
Mus 161 - 4152
Mus 361 - 4153
Instructor: Larry Fleming
This course of study will investigate the relationship between visual symbols utilized in
"signing" for the hearing impaired, and the basicelementsof music: melodiccontour, rhythm,
and text topics.
The process will include:
I. Theory-Readings and discussion i n the areas of symbol, image, ritual, and gesture by
authors S. Langer, B. Shahn, C. lung, T. Stafford, and others.
II. ~ a r t i c i ~ a t i o n - ~ a s i"signing"
c
will b e taught by an area expert, so that fundamental
concepts, vocabulary, and gestures are experienced and understood.
Ill. Observation-Visits at local congregations and schools where signing is used with song.
Although of special benefit for Music, Drama, and Education students, this study might prove
useful for any interested student. N o previousexperienceor music training is necessary. Upper
division credit requires the writing of a position paper.
Distribution: Art - Music
M 22
Time: II
Trends and Issues in Nursing
Nur 330 - 4154
Instructors: Susan Knust - Nancy Malcolm
Nursing is viewed from an historical, current and futurist perspective to develop theories and
concepts of leadership, change, and role development. The nurse as leader is discussed i n
terms of ethics and accountability to the profession and t o society. The changing health care
needs and demands of society are examined i n light of theability of the health caresystemand
health care providers to meet those needs. The role of the nurse in meeting current and
projected societal health care needs is discussed with emphasis on changing and emerging
roles in nursing.
The student increases his/her awareness of the complexities of societal and health issues by
examining the political and legislative processes related to such issues. Emphasis is placed o n
the impact of these processeson the nursing profession and health care delivery. The role of
the nurse as an active participant i n these processes i s examined as well. Teaching methods
include lecture, discussion and a variety of expert guest speakers. Evaluation methods include
annotated bibliography, student debates and paper and pencil test.
O M 11
Time: II
The Nature of Contemplation
Phi 210 - 4157
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
Thiscourse will examine the nature of contemplation by meansof philosophicalanalysis of the
works of several contemplative writers. The following concepts will be analyzed and
discussed: the object of contemplation, the effects of contemplation on the human subject,
the modes of contemplation, and the language of contemplation.
The course will consist of introductory lectures o n topics t o be discussed followed by selected
readings and discussions i n class. Each student will prepare one paper of moderate length on a
topic of his/her choosing with respect t o the course. Students will be given a grade based on
the term paper and the individual discussions.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: II
O M 23
Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look
at Some Contemporary lssues
Phi 250 -4158
Instructor: Kenneth Bailey
A popular song says: "This is the dawning of the Age of Aquarius." Is it? Aquarius, the
Waterbearer, the eleventh sign of the zodiac, symbolizes simplicity, peace, and brotherhood.
Whether such an age has begun is a question. Some astrologers say it began as early as 1930;
others that it is just dawning. However that may be, i n this course we will discusssome of the
concerns (e.g., freedom, morality, hunger) that face whatever age we may be in, from a
philosophical standpoint.
Basically a discussion course. Grades will be based o n written tests and class participation.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
OM 10
Time: II
Islamic Philosophy: Past and Present
Phi 410 - 4156
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
A study of the preservers of the Classic Greek tradition, analyzing h o w they reshaped the
materials they inherited and i n what way they helped influencc the rise of Medieval Christian
thought. To what extent current Islamic thought preserves their heritage or is conditioned by
Christian western culture will be explored.
Seminar format, with presentation and discussion of research papers.
Prerequisites: No, though some previous philosophy recommended.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
M 23
Time: I
1982 Oak Ridge ~ssociatedUniversities
Science Minimester
Phy 322 - 4159
Inctructor: Kermit E. Paulson
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory
experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on
radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1982 Oak Ridge
Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study
projects i n nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
coal technology, health physics,and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the
program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional
Tra~ningprogram. Two weeks of the coursewill bespent i n Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the
instructional staff and laboratory facilitiesof ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for
laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
Fecs: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $250.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Time: I
S 24
Democratic Theory and Practice
Pol 381 - 4160
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
A study of democraric theory and public policy practice with focu, on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. An extensive
research project will b e required in one of the major themes of the course involving
considerable independent work.
Prerequisites: Two courses political science,economics, philosophy or instructor's permission.
M 25
Time: II
The Politics of American Defense
POI 461 - 4161
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
Contending explanations of American foreign policy-making will be examined with special
concern for nuclear strategy and military intervention. Issues arising out of the Carter and
Reagan defense policies will be discussed i n the light of previous American foreign policy
behavior since World War II. .
Grades will be based on t w o 5-page essays i n which students will reflect and comment on
course readings, class discussions, and their experiences i n a policy-making simulation to be
held during one all-day class in mid-January.
Prerequisites: One introductory course in political science or permission of the instructor.
M 25
Time: I
Use of the Personal Computer in Psychology
Psy 241 - 4163
lnitructor: Richard Marken
See how a personal computer (the Psychology Department's Apple Il)can be used as a tool t o
explore the mind. Learn t o write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic
displays, measure response time, d o statistical analyses and mndel thought processes. See the
fruits of your efforts i n glorious color on the Apple II TV scleen. Evaluation based o n
programming projects and two tests.
P3
Time: II
Designing an Introductory Psychology Course
Psy 305 - 4164
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
The course will involve students i n all phases of developing an introductory psychology course.
This will include assessing the background and interests of the potential students, developing a
course outline, choosing the classroom teaching methods, selecting the textbooks, preparing
the exams and other forms of evaluation, and determining the grading procedures.
There are two main objectives: (1) t o give students exposure to principles of curriculum
development and theories of intellectual growth and development and (2) t o give students an
opportunity to experience thesubject matter of introductory psychology from the perspective
of an instructor.
Evaluation will be based o n daily class participation and written assignments.
Prerequisites: Two courses in psychology.
Time: II
P1
Reading in the Works of Robert Coles
Psy 372 - 4162
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Thiscourse will providean opportunity to read i n the works of Robert Coles with major focus
o n conditions under which children develop. Reading will also include some attention t o
authors closely related to Coles' perspective.
Robert Coles isone of America's most widely published writers; much of his writing is based on
a participant-observer style ol rrsaarrh. I-lp<prnclsfuhstantial time with particular persons i n
various settings (southrrnri-5, rrligrants, sliarc~cropllers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the
affluent and privileged, pcoplc of Iflsler 2nd South Africa) and reports their lives with
sensitivity and with particirlar ~ l r p n l i o1 ~
0 ltheir ~ r r c * ~ ~ k
He
ll~
i s ra.perceptive criticof our society
and a spokesperson for the "less advantaged" and minority persons.
Some initial study and planning will be required prior t o the beginning of the interim; each
student must contact Dr. Johnson n o later than December 1 for further details regarding these
assignments and t o confirm her/his registration i n the course. Course expectations will include
extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal, and ashort
summary paper. Course will be offered only on a P-N grading basis.
Prerequisites: 86105 - General Psychology
P5
Time: I
Hawa~iJanuary 4-30
The Confrontation of Cultures
and Religions in Hawaii
rC
Rel 321 - 4166
Instructor: P h ~ l ~
Quanbeck
p
Cost: $1795
It
A study of Buddhism, Protestant Christianity, Mormonism,and Polynesian religion with special
attention t o their interrelation i n Hawaii. Special attention given t o t h e following: the meeting
of New England Calvinism and Hawaiian traditional culture and religion and its results today;
the meeting of Christianity and both Chinese and Japanese Buddhism i n Hawaii today; and the
approach of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints (Mormons) to the Polynesians.
Efforts will also be made to study aspects of Chinese and Japanese cultures and religions i n
their own right.
Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal.
Distribution: Religion
Prerequisites: one religion course
Grading: P/N only
Christianity in Modern Africa
Re1 366 - 4165
Instructor: Bradley Holt
This cour.;c. is i n t ~ n c l r t10
l inform l~artiriparitsabout thr. c'ontrmporary r r l i g i c > ~situatir~n
~s
In
s r l e c ~ r trrgions
l
~f Africa and ~ o s t i r n u l a ~rcllccrion.on
c
llrc univrrsat r taimsol Christianiry anrl
form< il takrbs. A l f r n l i o r i will h r #ivcn lo Iht? lllarrting of Ctiristii~nityit1
the v d l i ~ Ot (~CUIIU~JI
klric-a,to I t s d ~ v e l o ~ ~rlntler
t n ~ nr ~n l n n ~ arrgimt:s,arlrl
l
irs rrr.rnt growth in ~nrlcpendentstates.
T l i r " l r ~ r l o p m d r n r " African churches will bc stuclirvl. as well as aliprnpt5 lu l u r n ~ l ~ l .an
rt~
"Africa11 Christian Tlienlngy." Tlrrb c o u r w wlIT ~ n i l ~ l uler.lur~s.
y
v t s i ~ i nresourrv
~
I)ersr)n,
a i~rllo-visual~ i r l s. i,~ i r frlisr-i15sionnfr ~ a r l i n gmaterials. Stirrlrnts will beevaluated ona research
j,lppr and an examination.
P! "equisites: One cohrse i n religion.
Uis~r1,-ution: Religion
Time: II
O M 18
-
Christianity in Crisis: The New Evangelicals
Confront the Twentieth Century
Re1 368 - 4187
Instructor: Bruce Stuart
Protestant Christians respond to science, social change, and critical views of their faith.
"Bible-believing" and "evangelical" Americans attempt to shape their culture and call
America t o a "Christian" and a "moral" pattern. Emphasis will be placed on the history and
thought of "Born-Again" Christians since the 1920's.
Key issues: Fundamentalism vs. Modernism, The Scopes Trial, Revivalism, Faith-healing,
inerrancy of scripture, the Christian i n politics, the "electronic church" and prayer in the
public school
Key figures: W.B. Riley, Carl Mclntire, Billy Graham, Oral Roberts, Jerry Falwell, several
American Presidents, Mark Hatfield
Classroom lectures and discussion, one Sunday morning of television, texts and reserved
reading. There will be two tests and a short paper.
Prerequisites: One course i n religion
Distribution: Religion
Time: I
*+*
Israel January 3-28
Israel, Ancient and Modern
Re1 375 - 4167
Instructor: John Benson
Cost: $2195
This course encounter will focus o n archaeology and geography with special attention t o
methods and results of archaeology as they relate to biblical sites in Israel. The group will live
primarily in Jerusalem where there will be lectures, walking tours in the O l d City, and visits to
museums and places of religious and historical interest. Twoside trips are planned: one to the
north, including places such as the Sea of Galilee, Tiberias, Capernaum, Hazor Megiddo and
Nazareth; and another t o the south, which will include such places as Ashdod, Beer-sheba,
Masada and Qumran. Some time will be spent in London at the beginning of the interim.
There will be required reading, and students will keep a journal.
Prerequisites: one course i n religion
Distribution: Religion
Grading: P/N only
Practicum in Human Services
Swk 257 - 4169
Instructor: Doug Perry
Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency i s combined with readings
and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career i n human services is for you.
Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final
examination.
Students will b e asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester i n order to
discuss selection of agency and structure of the course.
Objectives:
1) To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help.
2) To increase knowledge of the service given by the agency i n which student is serving.
3) To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills,
competencies, education, and training.
4) To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human service agencies.
5) To increase understanding of self i n relation t o the human service field.
Time: I
Field Work Ill
Swk 466 - 4170
Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg
Continuation o f educationally focused field placement in a social service agency (Field Work
11).
Student will spend 15 hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty
facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Student will b e evaluated in writing by Field Work Instructor using previously developed field
learning agenda and social work evaluation form.
Objectives:
1) To use supervisory relationship t o increase interpretive as well as performance competence.
2 ) To promote gradual entry into direct practice.
3) To increase competence i n client contact phase of the problem solving process.
4) To increase student self awareness in regard to professional practice interest, areas of
strength and areas for personal/professionaI development.
5) To promote competence i n the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis o n
analysis and resolution stages.
6) To apply human behavior and social environment theories content to analytic processes
and t o develop interpretive ability.
7) To continue to promote gradual entry into action-intervention phase of the problemsolving process.
8 ) To further examine minority issues in relation t o practice.
(Note: this will be offered for 1/2or full credit. For full credit, student will spend 30 hours per
week i n placement, the additional 15 hours to be i n non-client contactactivities whichaddress
specific projects i n the agency, as written into the field learning agenda and agreed upon
among student, field instructor, and faculty supervisor)
Prerequisites: Field Work II
O M 11
Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th
Pol 399 - 4184 Washington Interim
A study-internship program i n Washington, D. C. i n connection with the
Washington Center of Learning Alternatives, Information o n projects, housing
and financial assistance i s available from Dr. Barbara Richards-Haugen i n
Memorial 113.
Swk 312 - 4185 Training School o n Alcohol and Drug Abuse
Intensiveexperiential and didactictraining at Johnson Institute combined with
week-long experience i n chemical dependency treatment agency. Students
are evaluated according to participation i n classes, experiential learning and i n
the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work
95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg,
are prerequisites. Cost: $100.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are a v a l l a l ~~nrrudents
l~
during interim and may be taken in addition t o
a regular course. They d o riot carry nlfir,inl credit, but they d o meet the life-time sports
requirement for graduation. S~uderrksmay parlicipate in any one of these without registering
for the course, but will be e x p ~ r ~ rtor lpay any fees whether or not credit i s received.
Badminton
Hpe 002 - 4178
Instructor: Marilyn Pearson
Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent i n
singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will b e n o written tests or outside
assignments.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport
Time:'12:00 Noon
Melby
Volleyball
Hpe 002 - 4179
Instructor: E. W. Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport.
Time: 12:OO Noon - 1:00 p.m. daily
Melby
Racquetball
Hpe 002 - 4180
Instructor: E.W. Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport.
Time: 8:00 a.m. - 9:00 a.m. daily
Melby
American Karate: Fun, Fitness, Sport, Self Defense
Hpe 002 - 4191
Instructor: M i k e Teitelbaum
An introduction t o "American" Karate. Form, basic techniques and practical usage will b e
taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt Instructor.
Fees: approximately $20.
Time: 12:OO Noon Monday, Wednesday, Friday
Melby
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM 1991
..................................................................
2
............................................................................3
..........................................................3
.........
......................................... ... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM 1991
..................................................................
2
............................................................................3
..........................................................3
.........
......................................... ....~...................
....,.,.,.. .. .
....... .......44
..........................................................5
.............................................................34
.................................................................35
............................................36
Introduction
Calendar
About this Catalog
Options
Visiting Students
Augsburg Courses
UMAIE Courses
Other Courses
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The
College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways
not possible during the regular term.
Because one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to
spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for
a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for
only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student
who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students
generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim
courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course
description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such
Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students
registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments
and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of
which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number
of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full
time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
For More Information
Interim Office Memorial 230)
Interim*tary,
Kay Thoat =lo25
Interim Dimtor, Dr. Don Gustafsonat 330 - 1119 Memorial 114b)
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age,
marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1Xof the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
Interim Calendar 1990
.............................................................Interim Registration
...........................................................................
Late Interim Registration
.........................................................................................
First Day of Interim
October 29 -November 2
December 3
January 2
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
........+..C..H...U
.....................................U..U...Y.m..r..La~tDay for CanceYAdd
...................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar
January 3
January 16
January 18
January 30
February 4
..................................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
....................................................................................................
Interim Ends
................................................................................ Spring Semester Begins
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will
be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into
two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at
9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special
convocation on Monday, January 21, at 1:00p.m.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by
Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Further descriptions
and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial
230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of
the Catalog.
Options
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 27
international Interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of
this catalog.
Independent or Directed Study - Studentsmay elect a progt-am of independent
study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for
more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue
independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at
least one week before registration and no later than December 3. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these
Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help
students in applying for registration at other schools.
Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Note that Interim Courses at
Macalester, Hamline and St. Thomas begin on January 7 .
Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted
for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects
courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the
January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution
agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The
waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $708 for the Interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application fonns or use the forms provided by the
Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
The Florida Keys: Marine Biology
of the Florida Keys and Writers of The Florida Keys
This interdisciplinay program will involve about two weeks of study i n southern
Florida. It will be based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key
during most of this period but there will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two
distinct course offerings are availablefor credit, taught by Ralph Sulerud and John
Mitchell. Descriptions for these courses can be found in the appropriate departmental
sections of this catalog (Biology and English.)
The interdisciplinay component will involve several days of field trips conducted by
the personnel of the institute. Unique communities such as coral reefs and mangrove
swamps will be studied. There will be plenty of opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba
diving is available for those who are certified. Students will also make several visits to
Key West, and will study some of the writings of Key West authors (see page 12). All
students will participate in these activities and i n certain classes i n addition to completing the specific requirements of the course for which credit will be given. It is intended
that relationships will become apparent between the biology of the Florida Keys and the
writing which has emerged from this interesting environment.
A fee of approximately $1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare),
lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the
Newfound Harbor Marine Institute.
Marine Biology of The Florida Keys
BIO 140-41048; 340-41049
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms
and marine ecology. Most of approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers
laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field
trips will pennit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow
bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities and tide pools. Organisms from
these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in the laboratory. A
marine biologist from the institute will be available to lead field trip and conduct
specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the institute there will be a
short trip to the Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the week prior to
the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety ol
audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the
completion of course requirements.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology students will
interact with students from John Mitchell's Key West Writers course. Further
information concerning this component will be found listed under The Florida
Keys in the Interdisciplinary section of this catalog.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a journal
based on daily experiences, and one or two exams. Upper division students will
also do a special research project which will be the basis of a paper.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. For upper division credit, Biology 111
and 112 or equivalent.
Distribution: BiologyIChemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 213
Molds, Mushrooms and Humans
BIO 141-41047
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
The course will make familiar the "fifth kingdom1' of o'ganisms, fungi,often
neglected in undergraduate curricula. 'Ihe biology and classification of fungi,their mle ir
the ecosystem (rotting and other activities),and their medical, industrial and commedal
importance will all be covered in ledures, student pmentationsand field trips.
Evaluation will be via tests,quizzes, and graded presentations. Some classroom
demonstrationsof fungal typesand forms will be included.
Distribution: BiologylChemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHE 100-41001
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
'Ibis is a non-labontorychemistry course W on the popular book by JohnW. Hill
of the s m title. It is not a traditional chemistry come and does not assume a science
backgod. Basic science and math are introdud early and taught as needed for
understandmgthe various topics and implications. 'Ihemumedoes assumethe studentis
in-ted
in and concerned about the relationshipof chemistry to life and living.
Chemistryhas been intimately a part of liberal eduation for centuries. The early
scientists we= considered to be philosophersand their societies were philosophical
societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pemnal independem has led to
chemistrybecorning a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependare on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertdkm, plastics, "thepill", food additivesand
processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides,
pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on
and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The
common bgged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a mult of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex systemof alked body
chemistry. Even learning appears to be the mult of chemicalreaction to forma
"memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then
but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our
universe? Come pin us as we take a molecular look at the hummamWion
This course will be offered in a lecture/discsussion format Films will supplementthe
lechm/discsussion periods. Daily quizzes willbe used for evaluation This course meets
a distributionneed but does not satisfy prerequisitesfor Chemistry 106or 116.
Prerequisite: High School Algebra
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room Science 315
A Labaatory Intro&m
to Chemisty
<31M113.41002
Instructar: JoanKunz
Substances changed into new materials; colors change; solids v t e from
solution a m i stry is Lhe scimcc which trim to dcrstand these and many other
c h a n p wmning in the ma ttm around us. An intemting way to become introduced to
&anistry and to problem solving in the sciences is to do laboratory q x r h e n t s . 'Ihis
muse presents an introduction to chemistry using the laboratory as the chief arena for
instruction Studentswillbe introduced to measurements, reactions, synthesesand
chanical problem solving such as idcntifiation of simple m p u n d s in solution and
dekmination of amounts of matuials prrscnt in a sample Pmpr attention to techniques and safe practices in the laboratoryis scpeded. The course will meet each week
day fot thm hours. Course grades will be based on the quality of the laboratmy work,
tl-e I a h t m y reports ~summri;jngeach eqmimk),and an e m at the end of tlw
murse.
Distributiom Biology/Chemistry
Time:I
Room Science 315
COBOL
CSC 27141003
Instructo~:LanyRagland
A study of the COBOL progmning languagefor studentswith someprevious
howledge of pmgrammhg. This course will expand a student's knowledge of p r e
gramming and pmgmmkg languagesthrough pmentation of the features of COBOL
together with programming techniques for using those features. Thiscourse will include
lechms and programmingassignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
progaming assignments and examinations.
Pnsequisite: One course with a study of computer language (eg, CSC 170)
Time:I
Room: Science 112
Puinciples of Miaaeconornics
ECO 1l%4100Q
Instrudo~Satva Guvta
~n introdkon bmicroeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structuresand income distribution the^ willbe an applicationof elementaryeconomic
theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time:I
Room: Library 1
C 0 n ~ o r a . EcommicRelatim
y
Betzueen East and West
ECO 319-41037
Instructo~Magda Palemy-Zapp
In this course,we'll explore motivations for ecommic cooperation between countries
with different political and economic system 'Ihis will be followed by the analysisof thc
conditionsfor East-West economic cooperation and its pattans. We'll focuson m t
developmentsin pint economic and indusbial cooperation. Students will share an
understandingof economic relations at the national level and see how nations with
diffemt economic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics
in their own domestic and international affairs. Using compamtivemeans,institutions
and systems that drive cornmaw and g o v m c e will be explored and explained,
including recent institutionalchanges in the dm&& of foreign trade in centrallyplanned economics. Then, at the global level, the effects of GAlT, EEC, and OMEA on
East-West economic dations will be examhed. At the end of the course, we'll try to
identify trends and alternativesin the 1980s. 'Ihere will be a mid-term test, a final scam
(takehome),and a
paper.
Prerequisite: Economics 112(Macro)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
EcrmomicMysis ofHumanActz*~~l~
and Orgm'mtbns
ECO 31%41038
Instrudac Milo Schield
Objective: To use thetoolsof modernmicm-emnomics to analyze a wide variety of
humanactionsand hurrranoqpizati011~
Issues Understandinginvestmentsin human capital (education,marriage, familyIsocial
clubs, charities, etc.) Undastanding the n a W I growth and mnsequencesof pmperty
rights (an economic theory of law, an economic theory of Western history, an economic
theory of capitalism,etc.) Understandingthen a W , growth and consequences of public
choices (publicopnizations and economicefficiency, voting, politicians, an economic
theory of bureaucracy and an economic theory of the State).
Textbooks: Henri LePage: ' T o m m w Capitalism1', RadniRadnitzkyand Bemholz: "Emnomic
ImperMsm".
Math Level: No calculus;some geometry. Rimarily vehd reasoning.
I quizzes,paper and final.
Approach: Readhgs, lechmsI~ o n sweekly
Evaluation: Quizzes (3at 100/0),final(200/0),book wviews (20%0),paper (20'31)and attendance/parlicipation (~WO).
Prerequisites Uppewlass standing or an upper-divisioncourse in Political Science,
Sociology, Philosophy or Economics, or else the permission of the Instructor.
Time: I1
Room: Science319
For more Economics listings, see Page 36
Human Relations
EDS 38841050
Instructor: Carolyn Clemmons
This class provides valuable insight into the values, communication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups
in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members
with interaction from class members.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting?
How might you gain more knowledge of our global society?
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and
other professional vocations. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: II Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 10
Discovery Leaming in ihe World of I(mdergmten
EDE 37541005
Instructor: Bruce Drewlow
This class
students for the unique experiencesand rrsponsibilitiesof a
kindergarkmcla~~~~~)m~classwill:
A. Stms key adult/child relationships.
B. S~RSScurriculum developmentand instructionalsystems which are supportedby
current mearchand practices in education settings.
C. Stress key adult/child relationships.
D. Stress process - '%ow to learn".
E. Sharemearchhsed findingsabout developmentally appropriateclassmom organizational plans.
ER
mntinuities and discontinuities in development (characteristicsof the
kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriatedevelopmental instructionpractices.
H. Examine appropriatecurriculumdesign and instructionalpmgrams meeting the
needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakem and field trips.
Objectives of the class: At the completionof thisclass the studentwillbe able to
iden*
1.Developmental needs of the kindergarten
2. Discuss the diffe~ntapproachesto kindergarten educationand the theories
behind these approaches.
3. Organizea classroomenvironment to meet the learning needs of students.
4. Identify and create a curriculumplan for teaching kindergarten that meets both t h
students1needs and the teaching style of the teacher.
Grades willbe based on projectsIdiscussion and examination. This is a one-half credit
COum.
Pmequlsites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Educationprogram in pmcess.
Time:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
wtiw o f t h r n w q s
ENG 13641051
Instructo~JohnMitchell
This course offers a study of literatureas it relates to setting, in this case an environment that willbe studied and experienced biologically, ecologically, and culturally in
with the mading of essays, poetry, and fiction. 'Ihe study of the environment
co-(E
itself will involve an interdisciplina~~
program based at the Newfound H a h r Marine
Instituteon Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The Key
WestRtnder: l'he Best ofthe Key West Writers,18B1990; in addition, studentswill read
one novel from a variety of choices. It is said that at any given time there are about 50
writas living in Key West. They have included Stephen c1-ane,John Dos Passos, Wallace
Stevens, Ernest Heminpay, Wbeth Bishop, Robert Frost, TennesseeWilliams,
Thomas Sanchez, Thomas McGuane, and nunemus others. Field trips during the twe
week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverseArt Deco District
of Miami Beach; snorkelingin the coral reefs; trips to the "back country"of the mangrove
islands; visits to the homes of writem like Emest Haningway and TennesseeWilliams;
and an excursion into the Evqlades. A wonderful interplayof environment, culture,
and literaturewill result and the student will be an informed y c e rather than a men?
tourist. Studentswillbe scpected to keep a journal and to write a final paper about 1G12
pages in length, based upon the use of environment as literary setting.
This interdisciplhq program will involveabout two weeks of study in southern
Florida. It willbebased at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute, Big Pine Key during
most of this period but the^^ will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct
course offerings m availablefor d t , taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell.
Descriptions for these c o r n can be found in the appropriate deparhental sections of
this catalog (Biology and English)
The interdisciplinarycomponent will involve several days of field trips conducted by
thepemmnel of the institute. Unique communitiessuch as coral reefs and mangrove
swamps will be studied. Them will be opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving for
thosewho are certified. Studentswill also make several visits to Key West, and will
study writings of Key West authors. All students will participate in theseactivities and
in catain classes in addition to completingthe specificr e y h m m t s of the course for
which d t will be given. It is intended that mlationships willbecome apparent
between thebiology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this
interesting environment.
A feeof approximately$1,2mwillbe dmged for bansportation (includinga m ) ,
lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.)of the
Newfound Harbor Marine Institute.
Pm.requisites:Permission of instruct01
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Time: I
Room: Old Main l2
The S h a t Stay -Elements of Fidm
1
I
mG~1007/MW10a)
Instructoc Kathryn Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered
,in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answersto thesequestionsby
mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involvea systematic analysisof the history of the form of
the short story, we willbegin with tales and fables and we will &a sufficientnumber of
classics for the student to appnxiate the historical developmentfrom Poe to Beattie. 'Ihe
c o w willinvolve practice in ways of aplitaature and will include study of the
basic critical terminollogy, so it would be an appmpriatecourse for studentswho have not
yet studied literatureat thecollegelevel.
Students are scpectedto readthe storiesand novel, participate in class discussions,
write an analysisp a p on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take
several quizzes and a finalscam
Students talang thiscourse for upper division d t will m d an additional novel and
p~epw
a substantialpapg/class presentation bsed on it.
All students will be asked to contniute$5 to enable printing and distributionof sel&
original fiction from theclass.
Prerrquisite: Effective Writing
Distriiution: EngIiWSpeech
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Speech Communi*:
W
m Mimniiiie, Social C h ,and their
VioftheEnglishLanpge
ENG ZL9-4l057
Instructm JohnSchmit
'Ihe speech that we use, as much as theclothes that we wear, marks us as members of
a p u p . We adopt the laripage of thecommunity to which we wish to belong, and,
conversely, by njeclingthe languageof a community we are seen to reject the community
itself. Speech communitiesare delineated linguistically, but are definedas culW units.
'Ihe l a n m of each must encompass those conceptsand name those things that the
c
u
m
l holds to be important. 'Ihiscourse will conduct an emmination of issuescentralto
analysis of the speech communitiesof women, minorities and socialstrata. Students willlx
asked to focustheir individual study on an issue of pasonal intevst.
'Ihe come will combine ledme and student-initiated discusion Each student will be
evaluated on thebasis of two examinationsand a short (8 page) p a p .
Distribution: Urban Studies,or Women's Studies, or Minarity Studies
Time: II
Room: Old Main 27
ReSisi0n.s: ConternpmaryDmma in English (1975-pment,l
ENG 24941009
Instructm Douglas Gram
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent
drama in English. These issues are revitalizing both contemporary drama and
productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s
and the '80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues
ranging from racial tension and interaction to sexual preference. (We sometimes
survey cumnt drama on several such topics, like class, gender, and language in
1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like sexual orientation in 1990.) For comparativepurposes, we will also view a few films on related
topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be
moderate fees for the local productions.
Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper.
(Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a
long paper and some performance, will conclude the course.
Prerequisite: ENG 111(Effective Writing) is strongly recommended
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-41042
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and intemational folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities.The majority of
the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment,
and a written test. This is a one-half medit course.
Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
Administration and Supemision of the
School Health Program
HPE 410-41043
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to
community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experiencein classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries
of professional journalarticles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a
teaching method.
Pmequisik HPE 320 (School Health C m i d u m )
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place2
CoachingofBasketbaZ1
HPE 477-41090
Instruchm Brian Ammann
?heory, tdmique and administrativeaspects of mchingbas-.
Exams, on-thefloora>aching~~es,danduscoutingreportdbethemethodsofevaluation
Thisisa
&f
cradit catrse.
Time I, Tuesdaysand Thursdaysand alternateFridays
Room: Melby 111
Coachingof Volleyball
HPE 48341054
Instructo~:Marilyn Florian
This c o r n deals with the theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaclng
volleyball. A small part of the grade willbe based on completed assignments; the mapr
portion of the grade will be based on tests.This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I, T and Th and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
Officiating of Basketball
HPE---- 41041
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of
basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor. Students completing
the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School
Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and
performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable
that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit
course.
Time: 11, Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Si Melby 202
The 18SOs:Ameuica'sWatershed
HIS 33841056
1nstrucl.o~JohnJenswold
lkpmion! War! b b r wiolerm! Ruml mlution! Psycholo@ccrisis! mal
dislmkion! Political comption! Racial conflict!Thc 18% was a dynamicdecade of
crisis and challmge in almost every a s p 3 of American life. This rmwrlcable landmark
d d e pmvidcs a window through which we a n examine a n u m b of nwpr t h m
and W s taking s h a p in d m American d e t y , p l i tics, economics, culture, and
fordp @icy.
We'U appmach thederade thmgh the mdqpof such contemporary writers as
JaneAddams, ATbert Bevcridge, E u p e V. Debs, Theodoxv Dr&, The People's Party,
Jacob Riis, Frederick Jackson Turner, Thontein Veblen, and Booker T. Washington.
These readings - and their historical contacts- will provide the basesof ledures and
discussionson the rcIwant topics of the dmde under study.
Evaluation will be b a s d on short papers on tlac m d i n p and on one essay exarnination, as well as on classdiscussionsof the assigned material.
Prerequisites: HIS 221 or HIS 222, (US. Survey)or consent of instructor
Time: I
Room Old Main l3
The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)Program is a special
interdisciplinary Interim course with places reserved for first year students. For the 1991
Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a difierent faculty
member. The course will provide fill credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution
requirement. A few students who are not freshmen will be permitted in the course.
Art and Idea: The Baroque in Europe
INS 191-41011
Instructors: Julie Bolton, Merilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson
How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is
the nature of art? How m ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts,
music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they
were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular
time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theater always reflect the
spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and
theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to
appreciate and understand the various art forms, e e e the relationships among
the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different
points in time.
Students will participate in the course through various readings, including
reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary
source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the
College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg
Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts,
and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul
Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances
and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a
paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be
quizzes.
Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15.
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to
attend a limited number of off-campus events (someevenings andlor weekends)as a part
of the class work.
Room: Tjomhom - Nelson Theater
The Paideia Approach: Thinking and Talking
About What You Read
I N S 120-41055
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Vicki Olson
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia
seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.
Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia
seminars. One seminar will use Charlie Chaplan's "Modern Times" for viewing
and then seminar. Open to students with an interest in learning through and
about the Paidcia Program.
Students will read selected readings and view selected films for seminar
discussions, develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe
seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the
Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars;
evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; lead seminars.
Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observations of students participating in seminars. Reflective writing will be a part of
the evaluation methodology. The evaluation of the course will be based, in part,
on seminar participation: "The good seminar participant (1) is neither too
impulsive nor overly hesitant in responding, (2) checks periodically on the
purpose and direction of the talk, (3) allows people to be heard, (4) is an active
listener, (5)spreads out the discussion, (6) is considerate, (7)criticizes a point
thoughtfully, (8)makes room for productive silence, (9)is well prepared." (From
"%minar Strategies": portion of essay by Grant Wiggins, Coalition of Essential
Schools, Brown University.)
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Social Change: The Ultimatum of
Community Development in India
I N S 241-41053
Instructor: Vincent Peters
Life in the global community of today's world demands an understanding of
many issues from perspectives not easily achieved without intimate study from a
viewpoint far different than one's own. This course seeks to challenge many
common assumptions regarding the differences between "rich" and "poor,"
"East!' and 'West," while examining the process of social change in the context
of an emerging nation.
South India provides a rich experience of lives in transition, as reformation
sweeps through the culture on every level, bringing socio-economic develop
ment, political empowerment, and redefinition of social and gender roles.
Students immerse themselves in the culture of South India through dialogue,
homestays, and cultural events, and as a result will find their own world view
greatly challenged and enhanced.
We will spend time in Madras, the smaller city of Vellore and villages near
it, in Bangalore and finish with four days in New Delhi which will coincide with
the colorful celebration of Republic Day.
There will be some assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and field activities, maintenance of a journal and two tests.
The comprehensive fee of $2,695 includes air and surface transportation,
accommodations (half in hotels and half with families), breakfast daily and two
group dinners in addition to the twelve dinners with families.
Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of
International Programs.
W m k LifeTransitions
INS24541010
Instructar: Diane Busico
Are YOU so~~dbyyourfeelingsandconcemedaboutlifechoicesfacing
you? Would you like to have a betterundmtanding of y o d and others?
?he course will explore the process of adultpsychologid development from age 18
on. 'Ihroughbooks and articles, students will see the life come unfold and followvarious
passages through thelife mume Questionswhich naturally arise during the bansition
periods conaming,for example, carem, marriage, and family, will be bein the
context of the life course. StudentswiUbe expeckd to develop a journal andbe involved in
teamwork Upper class students will be scpected to assume team leadershiproles.
Distribution: Women's Studies
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Histimj of &eRomrmce Languages
LIN 3124UlZ
Instrue. Donald Steinmek
?he Romance languageshave played and continue to play a mapr mle in history.
Most people are familiarwith the names of the mapr R o m languages: Portuguese,
Spanish,Fm&, Italian,Romanian,but~arealsootherlesshmlanguagesinthis
p u p , such as Galidan, Catalan, P r o v d , l
,
Sardinian,Rom,and others. This
coursewillbe concerned why theselanguagesare so similar and why they&.
Basidy, the similarities stem from the fad that theselanguagesall have the same
source, the poplar Latin speech (oftenmked to as Vulgar Latin) which was spokenby
ordinary people - traders and rmrchants, soldiersand sailors, ruraland &an settlers of all
kinds - within the Roman Empire at its greatest extent. They differin part because
differences in dialect traditionally tend to grow with the passage of time and, very
importantly, these languages have all experienced the influences of various other
languages - such as Arabic in the case of Spanish, Celtic and German for French,
Slavic for Romanian, etc.
'Ihe length of thecoursewill not permit going into great detail regall these
changes,but the mapr developmentswill be emmined mthlly, particularly in thetheof
SpanishandFd
By the end of the c o r n , the student will have seen samplesof almost all theabove
Romance languagesand should be familiar with the basic aspects of thepopular (or
Vulgar) Latin which result in the similarities and alsobe aquainted with m y of the
factos which account for the diffenmm.
Grading for thecourse will be based on the studenfsg e n d pqaration for all
assignments, on specific performance for two tumin assignments, and on a final
examination
Pnmquisites: at least thee terms of some Romance Language or a linguisticscourse
Time:I
Room Old Main 22
Math and Ifs Applications: SSucceed Wth Math
MAT 1324013
I n s t r u e . Suzanne Do&
Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols s<rare you? Do you wonder why a
student mapring in socialscience or h d t i e s needs to know some math?Would you
like to irrgroveyour math SHS,
be mom at ease wib math, and maybe even learn to like
math (a little)? If you answered "yes" to any of the above, thiscourseis for you.
In thismuse we will wok on solving problem and puzzles to help you be comfortable when dealing with numbers and to generally impmw your quantitativem n i n g
skills. W e w i l l s e e m a n y ~ o f m ~ t i c s i n b u s ~ a n d d s c i ~ .
Evaluation willbe based on homework problems, a pmblansolvingjournal, and
several short papes. kwillbe no quizzes or tests.
Time 11
Room Science212
Ma& ofbrterest
MAT 173-41014
Instrum Ken Kaminsky
Have you ever wondenxi why women have been charged more thanmen for
annuities and &ved
lower p e n s i o n ~ tthan
s men? Or why women have paid less
than men for life irmmme?Or how life inspremiums calculated? Or how
instalhmt loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to
accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the fuhm? Then
thisc o r n may be meant for you. Theseand other interestingand usefultopics in the
mathematics of financialkmsadions willbe c o d .
'Ihisc o r n should be usefulfor studentsin businessand ecomrnics or for any
students intemtd in cawen in finmedated fields. Evaluation willbe based on classmom participationand quizzes.
Prerequisites Group III on math placement test ar equivalent
Distnlution. Mathematicsmhysics
Time I
Room Science 212
Creative Arts Therapies: A Clinical Overview
MUS ll(F41017
Instntctor: Roberta Metzler
An introductory course for students interested in interdisciplinary approaches of the various arts therapies, emphasizing the individual contributions
of dance, drama, music, art and other arts to the therapeutic process. The class
will visit clinical treatment facilities in the area. Evaluation will be based on
three tests and field trip reports.
Special fee to cover transportation: $15.
Time: I1
Room: Music 24
Electronic Music Composition
MUS 23&41063/430-41015
Instructor: Robert Karlen
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the
sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands+nl' approach, participants
will be involved in:
1.Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks
through an eight-track mixer.
2. Individually creating, modifymg and mixing sounds from traditional sound
sources as well as from analog and computercontrolled synthesizers.
The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the
creative aspects of the art.
Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division
students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using
primarily traditional and non-traditionalsound sources. Upper division students
will also use electronicallysynthesized sound sources including computer controlled
keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks.
Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape.
Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I1
Room: Music 5
Beginning Nonoegian I
NOR 111-41018
Instructor: Frankil Shackelford
Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The
course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and
cultural understanding. Classroom practice focuseson both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts.
The finalgrade is derived from daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
What Do You Think Of That?
PHI 250-41019
Instructor: Kenneth C.Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some
clear and careful thought. What shall we think and say about such contemporary issues as "Freedom of the Will"; "Can Computers Think?"; and 'What are
the Grounds of Moral Responsibility?". In this course we will discuss these and
other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more
clearly.
Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of authors,
some traditional (such as John Locke, Rene Descartes, and William James); and
some very much in the forefront of contemporary discussion (such as Ayn Rand,
B.F. Skinner, Sidney Hook, and John Hospers). Their views are provocative, to
say the least, and they will challenge you to ask, again and again, 'Well, Now.
What Do You Think of That?".
Grades will be based upon a mid-term examination, a final examination, and
class discussions.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-41020
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four
basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's
climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water
cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weathefs impact on world
events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the MathematicsPhysics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a
two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather
facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa
Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour
and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits
will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane
tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather.
During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits.
Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception
systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational
weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of
climates across the U.S. from north to south.
Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be
based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project
completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit
due by October 26.
Prerequisites: High School Algebra
Distribution: MathematicsRhysics
Time: I
Room: Science 28
Introduction to Space Science
PHY 320-41021
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course is designed for students in science and engineering who are
interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further
study in the field of space science.
The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including
solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics.
Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, rnagnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphereionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms,
current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on
assignments, two exams and a paper.
Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Spreadsheet Physics
PHY 15141022
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123)have been used extensively in business for
years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems
without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student
who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive
level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas
including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated
might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet
projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Math level lII
Distribution: Mathematics/Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Understanding the Middle East Through Literature
POL 241-41062
Instructor: Renee Taft
Literature in the Middle East can be a sensitive barometer of the manner in
which individuals have sought to cope with the challenges and crises experienced by their societies and have defined themselves within and against societies
which an? themselves in the process of change and redefinition. In this seminar,
students will examine a number of novels as well as expository prose in English
from Egypt and the Arab world, Israel and Iran. Because the theme of common
concern in our time is the Arab-Israeli conflict, emphasis will be placed on gaining a
better understanding of its ramifications. The seminar will emphasize close reading
and analysis of texts, classroom discussion and essay writing. No prerequisite
required although some basic knowledge of the Middle East is preferable. Final
examination and one paper comparing two or more authors read.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Alternative Politics
PoLW1058
Instructm RandallKindley
'Ihe qanding role of alternativepolitical movements is one of themost fascinating
socialphenomena of the last quarterof thecentury. Politid plies, inhest p u p s and
~ m tmovanenk
s
that will fit our conventional view of left and right are becoming
significantpolitical playersat the national and local level in the United States and abmad.
'Ihe Gram, for example, have become parbmentary contendersin many Empean
countries. Youth and c h d mowmats have figured prominently in thepolitical changes
that swept EasternE m p e in 198P1990. Inbhremb, en-talist,
anti- nuclear,
religious and anti-tion
p u p s are gaining in memkrship and activism while
traditional competitionbetwemDemocl.at and Republicanwanes. Will the politics of the
21st Century be based on these new political cleavages?
In thiscourse, we will scarnine the phenomenon of alternative political m m t s
from a menational, national and local pmpective. Seved issues will be I-aised:What
accountsfor the pmpagation of thesenew political foms? What are the visions and goals
of these p u p s ? How are thesevisions and goals tramlabed into pragmatic political action?
How do their ideals, as w d as thepolitical systems in which thesegroups m embedded,
shaped#emms in objectivesand strategies? Finally, what does their growth mean for the
way politia will be conducted at thelocal, national and intemational level in the years to
come?
Essentially,thiscourse will be exploratoryand we hope to developa practical scheme
for comparing and analyzing theemergenceand behavior of thesealtemative political
p u p s . Reawillbe a mixtureof theoretical literature and publicationsof some of
thesepups. Thegreateremphasiswillbemthelatters~themaprityofclasstimewill
be devoted to presentations by prominent individualsin local alternativemovenwnts and
discussionsabout their political goals and strawes. Grades in the course willbe based on
class participation, a termpaper and a final exam
h q u i s i t e x 1Political Science course or permissionof instructor.
Time:I1
Room Murphy Place 3
TheLegalRights oftheAm&
Employee and
E m p l o y e r h a~llatmeandJudkialPempecttve
POL 37641099
Instruclor. Phil Fishman
This new course will scarnine the currentpolitical and legal rights and responsibilities
of theAmerican employeein the contempmy labor market Various forms of employment issues, including contra3rights, wrongful tamination, workers compmsationfor
pbrelated injuries, safety in the work place, protection against legal dkrhination on the
job, drug and alcoholtesting and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow!' Whemer
possible, the oppositeposition of theemployer willbe pmented. The role of theAmerican
labor union movement and employer's political action p u p s will be a d M where
devant. M willbe field trips to observeadual court and/or administrativelaw
pI.ocRedings. Students will alsomeet with employment la-.
Studentswill p q m e s p e d mini-termpaper and final examination.
h q u i s i t e s Junioror Senior status; 1course in Political Science or Economics.
Time: Wednesday Jan.2,6304k3and each Monday and Wednesdaythereafber.
Room Old Main 16
Psychobgy ofthe Legal System
PSY 3354024
Nancy Steblay
l l w US. legal system will be investigated from the perspectiveof psychologicaltheory
andpradice A ~ c f o c u s w i l l b e o n ~ s o c i a l p s y ~ l o g y o f m
with d d m a t i o n of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation and jury decision
Instru-
Class mdingsand discussionwill also a v e r suchW e r a m s as morality,justice,
ethics and victimization. Guest-1
will include members of the legal and psychological communities.
Evaluationn-ethods include test and w r i b work; studentswill alsobe mponsible
for contributionto classmomdiscussion.
Prerequisites: a general psychology course
Time: 11
Room: Old Main16
The Self as Revealed in Myths and Symbols
PSY 340-41023
Instntdotr Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and
theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the
intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representationsof "the
self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual
self and of how the conceptualizationsof your self have been molded by a variety of
social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include
topics as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and
peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings.
Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be
actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class partiapation, (2) a course journal, and (3)four or five short (60@-800word) papers.
Prerequisites: PSY 105(GeneralPsychology)
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 2
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 3704025
Instructor: Duane E.Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person.
Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism W e d toward other
persons and society will be the main focus.-This course will be conducted as a seminar
with a high level of student contributionand prticiption. Attendance at each class
session is requhd.
Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequentoral
reports. Each student will be r e q M to seek out and interview pmons in the adolescent level of development. Typewritingor equivalent word processing will be required.
Studentsare required to read TheMoral Life of Children by Robert Colesbefore the start of
the Interim Thisbook will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1.
Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessionsand will provide a
base for further learning in the course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 105, General Psychology
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
The Bz%k, h p a g e and Intqmtation
REL 445 41006
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
A study of theuse and funciton of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding thebiblical text. Grades will be
based on class prticipation, a presentation to the class and an examination.
Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
The Theology of Mm'age
REL,34341026
Instructor: Cathy Paulsen
Mamiage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make
with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the
1
I
I
heart, whether you are manied or not, but it will inaxme your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of
Christian tea*,
many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G.
Jung willbe studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarilyto the
family.
discussion, and visiting resourcepersons. Evaluationwill be
Thew willbe,-l
based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books willbe required.
Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 or permission of instructor.
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I
Room Music 24
Biblical T
&
i
Then andNow
REL4354060
Instructor:~~-en
An opportunity for students to mearch s@c Biblical texts to examine their place
in Scriand how it has been interpwtd by theologians down through the centuries,
including current interpwlations by feminist, process and liberation theologians.
Each student will mearch and pment findings to the class on one specific text.
Evaluation is based on class participation and the mearch paper. No exams.
Prerequisites REL 111 or REL 221.
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religioncourse may be used toward
graduationrequirements.)
Time: II
Room Old Main 23
A t m , God and Money: How SciencP,
Religion a n d E c m i c s M k
REL 43641061
Instructors: Mark Engebretson,JohnBenson, and Tom M q a n
Science, theology and economic thought are intricately intertwined and reflect
one another in the development of Western Civilization. "Atoms, God and Money
will examine three historical periods: Medieval, 18th Century and 20th Century, to
show how the three areas of thought change together and influence one another.
Course content will be drawn from texts and video series by James Burke and from
writings of Kenneth Boulding. Class time will be divided among a variety of
activities including: discussion, lecture, presentations, small group tutorials and
simulation games. Drawing from the ideas developed in the course, participants
will work as teams to construct Space Colonies.
Course evaluation will be based upon: Midterm and Final exams, group project
presentation, and a final paper on a topic in the area in which one is taking the
course for credit.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior status and one prior religion course
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward
graduation requirements.)
Time: I1
Room: Science 123
Exploring Human Services
SWK 25741027
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency
representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3
hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings
discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in agency, written subjective
summary, brief journal summary, exam on readings.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1
Exploring Human Services and Social Work
in Great Britain (lanuay 2-26,1991)
SWK 34611028
Instructor: Rosemary Link
Experience the excitement of a changing Europe through British eyes. Explore
modern social policies in the context of ancient culture. Join British students and
faculty and meet a variety of human service professionals in health, corrections,
family and child welfare. Encounter the breadth of the nation's traditions through
visits to galleries, museums, theaters and historic sites, such as Canterbury, and
Stratford. In London we visit a wide range of agencies and explore this lively city
with the help of English social work students. We visit the West coast port of Bristol
and benefit from University faculty expertise in advocacy and child welfare. We mix
practical experience, observation and dialogue to understand how the country's
social services reflect culhual values. The fee ($2,295) includes travel and accomrnodations, breakfast daily, two lunches, six dinners and two theater tickets.
Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at The Office of
International Programs.
Field Work LU
S W K 466-41030 (fullcourse)
S W K 466-41029 (l/2 course)
Instrudar: Francine Chakoli
Course content w
i
l
lbe continuation of Field Work I. - educationallyfocused
field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour
per week in a faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations
will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequisites: S W K 462 (Field Work II)
Time: To be arranged
Principles of Sociology
(with emphasis a the Health Care Systnn)
SOC 121-41031
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups,
interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the
world and one's place in it.
The emphasis for illustrationsand exercises will be directed to the health care
system. Crosscultural comparisons will be drawn. The course will be useful for
future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well.
This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the
regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading
illbe given.
assignments. Three exams w
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Time: II
Room Library 1
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 265-41032
Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations.
Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self- understanding.
The course format will include lectures, films,readings, and an opportunity for offcampus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based
on a combination of class participation, a research project, and a final examination. The
course is offered only on a P/N basis.
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room Old Main 18
Beginning Spmdsh
SPA 1114(B3
Instructo~Staff
Beginrung Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to
introduce the student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepat him
or her either to go on to additional study of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the m n d course. The emphasisis on spoken
Spanish, but secondarygoals to develop reading and writing skills as well. After
Inkdm, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations
willbe given as needed to clan@thosein the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapterand a written and an oral final scam
Distribution: ForeignZanguage
Time: I
Room Old Main 29
Evaluating Continental Literatrwe
SPA 250-41034
~ I ' I S Gu*
~ ~ E
ROZ4?tlt&
The objective of the course is to enable studentsto discuss continentalliterature
through theuse of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selectionsfrom different points of view. We shall read half a dozen
short stories, severalplays, one novel and a number of poems.
Studentevaluation willbe based on thw written repork, participation in class
discussions, and a finalscam This course is designed for foreign language studentsbut
anyone with an interest in European continental literatureis welcome to m 1 1 . Students
interested in Spanish350 (Introductionto Literam for Language Students)should see
the instructor for special arrangements.Offered in English.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech
Time:I
Room: Old Main27
Documentary Video
SPC 347-41035
Instructor: Deborah Bart
Documentary video is a video production course which integrates lecture
and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production
and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece.
Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques and a paper.
This course requires additional lab time for editing.
Time: I
Room: Foss A-V Seminar
Theater Crafts
SPC 495-41036
Instructor: Michael Burden
Theatei Crafts will introduce students to several methods used in producing
props and costume accessories for the stage. Class time will be project oriented.
Projects will include felt hats, masks, jewelry, mold casting, hand props and a
final project to be selected by the student. The class will also include theater
tours and attendance at a prop-oriented show.
Prerequisites: SPC 222 or 228 (Intro to Theatre or Technical Production) or
permission of instructor.
Time: I1
Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theater
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association
for Intercultural Education, which offersoverseas learning experienm during the
Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330.16551 or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1990. These
courses a~ offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
Ancient and Modern Maya of the Yucatan
Archaeology in Yugoslavia
Art in France and Italy
Australia's Business Climate
The British School and Family
The Culture, Heritage and Diversity of Eastern Europe
Ecology and Natural History of The Yucatan
E m t in Transition
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
-- Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain
Greece Art and Artifact, Myth and Drama
Guatemala: Centuries of Tradition- Century of Change
Hawaii: Mu1ti Cultural Communication in Organizational Settings
Intermediate German. 2,000 Years in Trier
Literary Landscapes of England and Ireland
Modern European Business and Worklife
Molart to Brahms: Music in Germany and Austria
Museums, Music and Monuments (Germany,Austria, Italy, Hunga y)
Peace Studies: Nonviolent Revolution in Europe
Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India
The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe in the Gorbachev Era
Southeast Sea Adventure: Tropical Ecology in Malaysia and Bali
Spain. 1492 to 1992 and Beyond
Theatre in Britain
This is New Zealand
Towards Peace an Conflict Resolution. Study in Ireland
Translating All That Business About lapan
*
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most cany a tuition
cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are
available in the Interim Office.
Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January8-24 1991)
HPE 455-41039
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and
practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent
level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The
student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five/six other people
and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will
be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands
and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,400, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students
and qualifying 4-14 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in
order to receive academic credit.
Prerequisite: Permission from Marilyn Florian or Carol Enke of the Health
and Physical Education department.
Total payment is due October 31,1990.
Distribution: Lifetime sport (also one course credit).
Outward Bound
HPE 21241067
Check for informationin the InterimOffice for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing
on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water cImoeingand desert campingon the
Rio Grande in theDecembeT27 through January27period.
l'hereis a cost of approximately$1,275 (theOutward Bound o ~ a r b t i o has
n some
scholarshipsavailable).
LPaders o n L e a i p : The NatimlAgendu
POL39841065
Washington, D.C.: News Cap;tolof The Wmld
POL 39841066
These Interims begin December 30and continue until January19,1991. Information
on either of the above pmgrams, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr.
Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117k
ThefOllming&hity 1s d & I e fo shdcnb during Inhim and s h r h f s may rqisbjbr this
as(orn w
l
n
r mum. This &fy dm not mwy @cia! d i t , Inrf dm ma+ fhe
lfdirnesports requiremenffmgmduntim. Sludmk mnyprticipk in fhis c b ~uithuulr&tEn'ng
fw thewutse,Imt will tx qwtd fa F/mjfmw h e h or mf ll~esludent+tmfor the colme.
class as&I
American Karate
HPE 002-41045
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught
by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 120&1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002-41044
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I; M,W and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Hisotry of Economic Thought
ECO 219-41406
Instructor: Richard Herzog
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context o
the political, economic and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be or
tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to
provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social
problems.
I.
Ancient Economic Thinking
11.
The Medieval Period
111.
Mercantilism
IV .
Classical
V.
Socialist/Utopian
VI.
Modern
Primarily lecture/dimssion depending on class size. If small class
(less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research
paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be
essay on three of five topics.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
NEW COU'RSE
A I S 290-41069
ART 290-41068
S. Chapman
TRIBAL ARTS & CULTURE
An o v e r v i w of the v i s u a l arcs of the he'rfcan Indians v i t h i n r h e United
S r a t e s v i t h some a t t e n t i o n rtl Canada, Gntral and South America. In
addition to the visual arcs of the Eastern Woodland, P l a i n s , Pacific a d
Southwest fndians, some c o n t e n t w i l l hclude drama, d a c e , p o e t t y ,
mythology, r i t u a l s and r e l i g ~ o n . Scu&zsts -1
produce art work such ar
weaving, baskecs , p o t t e r y , jewelry, sedqture or p.rinrs. This wurst
is c r o s s f k i t e d v i t h the Arr Department.
Objectives, Content. aad Procedzres a m & s e e d on page 2 bf this
Proposal.
Evaluation w i l l be done fn amjuoctien w i t h t h e A r t
Department. A complete syllabus w i l l be developed v i t h the assistance
of che A r t D e p a r a e a t . Herhods of e v a l w c i w ill be Included.
Distribution: Fine A r t s
HPE 271-41070
Time: X I
Room:
OFFICIATING FOOTBALL
I.
~ e v e i o pknowltdgt mu s k i l l s mctizary t o ~m a' reglsttted
official nith the Hinnesota State Ugh School League.
2.
Develop appreciation far the fole of t h e official i n the total
aducational prrrcess.
Cmtenr:
OM4
Will k based an the rules mb -its
set f0M
the national
Federation for Swru and rules and r~gularlomsof tne Hinnesota
State High Schcvl League.
Procedures: Lectures, dermnstrat~ons.film. simlated 9-
situations
Evaluation: Written tcst
-
T h i s i s a one-half credit course.
H I S 140-41964
EAST EUROPE
Time: 11, M,W, a l t . Fri.
UNDER THE HAPSBURGS
-
Room: S i Melby
R.D. Zehnder
the East C e n ~ d
f u r c ~ e= a h of the rabs'hqs and itr
inheritors f o e z i n g on three themes: 1) %acfrgrpu..xd, 4 e v t l ~ * n tand -=ent
~nditzon
of t \ e peoples o f East Cent-d. E u m p t
thc Balkans w i t h
eye .to
fallowin; c ~ z t n events
t
in Erst Europe ~ ' p l - Q
an ricotic but &-
He w i l l lccir a t
vacation for tilose b e a d y bared with PEZLS and O s l o 2 ) The i..ceniws instltutlons of the & k e g s t k a t d b w c d them b m e w i a
t!!e c ! a l l e r . q e of Refgration, Libera-,
Hati-,
always as t h vsi+'-q
~
t e a m in Lke s t - ~ g g l e uith Gutavus Admf;.=s,
H z w l m n , and .
&-B
3) The brZLizn+ raltrt-al ac3ievemenrs of
s
f mt&e
.. t??es%h t ~ b d e r miles
ocean at t h e hterfaca of Geman, kt3, and SLavic s ~ c ~ e ~ fe s , HEZFreud.
W t will visit Vienna ~JI 1776 L!mgb *e fib ha2eus unless t h e
ma<*=
is realp by class. By t . ? e end of te= e v e r n n e ulll be q e c t e d to aiscuss
Easr !C==?e Fntelligently mer ccffee md m i l l do an fn-depa prrrjecr paper on
an East Europe s m e r vacatien w i t % r h s t o r i c a l f02 tome aspect, of th.
Habsbur: tultural or institutional e~::=ibution thaf you f k d psf-iF21uly
iatorescL7q. mare w i l l also be some farm of an -ma#.
Distribution: Hi rtory/Philosaphy
Time: I 1
Room: OM13
J, Shackel ford
- --
-- - - - - -
~ 1 1 1be p r e ~ r a t ~ - ~ ~ ' ~ & icjectim
~ - & t ef g e o c e ~ i r~ oi ~s - 1 ~ by a
SuceeasiW of u i e n t i l u from copemit o I-ton;
~ d l u r=forn
l
d the
discovery af the ~ t ~ m l a t t oofn t h e b l e d ;
-cgenm of a*pcrirntal
e t h o d s ; tbt o r p ~ a i ~ t l nofn the scl*ntlEi~*Oterprbe. and c-n
for t h e
&act o f science on rrligiow and mr.1 P t t t r s . shy'wr+ tb* t b - t t s t c d
theerlrs a t tb meitnta W o n mat in
perid? my dld t h e nrv Ideal
i ~ these quntiuar v ~ l require
l
er
aftto r c t w l t b opp~zitirn? c o ~ i d e t a t of
c ~ f i t l d c rthe r o c i a l llrd a f e 1 l e - l
a f r r t o f Rtfor-tion AM Cauntcrold nytb about t h e
b f o t m t ? o n m o p e . In the V r o u ¶ s we rill d b p c l
proqrtsstvc ~ t u c mof sciemtific d * q e l o ~ n tand c~let o ra ~ d c r r t m d i n go f
memr of tP. macept=l changes mt form gut of om tnttllactual h*rft.qr.
~lrrtrrretioa'vill Laclde lectnres and dlrelusia.
Bud en e x a d ~ t l o m(short W * r a rml -yrl
&
r
,
Prerequisite: 3 History course
m l m t l m u11l k
plpcr.
Time: ? I
Room: OM13
MATHEMATICS OF CHANCE
Zheng
The goal of this course I5 t o discuss with students a b u t various f i n i t e
mathematics t o p i c s , including Sets, counting Thcturfques. Probbil l t y md
S t a t i s t i c s . f lass sessions Include I r c t u e s , dCscussions and small grgup
rxercises. Course evaluatjon will be based on class-particlpatlvn,
hmemrrk, a midtrm exam and f i n a l exam. (Studmts who have hhd Probability
and Statistics fraR other courses shoutd contact the instructor before
n g i s t c r i n g far this tovrsc),
Students who have taken MT 121 aay n o t take t h i s course; however, students
who take thls course may l a t ~ rregister for HAT 121.
Prerequisites: MAT 104 or Group TI1
Distribution:
I N S 401-41071
Time: I1
Room: 5212
Math/Physics
THE C I T Y AS MYTH & METAPHOR:
& THE WILDERNESS
THE GARDEN
3. G r i f f i n
This course will l o o k a t t h e c i t y a s a garden and wilderness, e x p l o r i n g these
metaphors i n the broadest sense. Not only w i l l we look a t the c i t y per re,
but we w i 11 consider how these metaphors affect perceptions o f women L minorities.
The course w i l l approach the t o p i c primarily by way o f the humanities. Thus
there w i l l be a focus on the discussion o f t e x t s , but these texts w i l l be
supplemented by the resources of the Twin C i t i e s themselves.
Prerequisite: SENIOR HONORS STUDENT
INTERNSHIPS:
Time: I
Room: FC 42
For information on January Interim internships please contact
the Internship o f f i c e i n Murphy Place, Rm. 8, by December 14.
OTHER CHANGES:
HPE 232
REC'L RHYTHMS & ACTlVITlES meets Time: I , M,U, & a l t . F
Cancelled courses:
HIS 338, THE 1890s: AMERICA'S WATERSHED
MAT 132, MATH AND ITS
APPLICATIONS
INTERIM
Show less
......................................................................
2
..........................................................................3
..........................................................4
.....................................................4
............
................. Show more
......................................................................
2
..........................................................................3
..........................................................4
.....................................................4
............
................................................................5
................................................................-6
................................................................39
.................................................................40
lntroductlon
Calendar
About Thls Catalog
optlons . . . . . .
Vlsltlng Students
lnterlm Courses
UMAlE Courses
Other Courses
Augsburg Ufetlme Sports
...............................................42
Contents
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to
be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics
in places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and
preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during
Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The
number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer
students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit
evaluation form, or consult the registrar.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educa tional
programs, activities and employment practices.
Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay
Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr. Diane Pike, 3301025.
October 26 - October 30 ............................Interim Registration
November 30 ...................................Late Interim Registration
t
Day of Interim
January 4 .............................................
Class 1990 a.m. (first day only)
Class I1 1:00p.m.
Last Day for CancellAdd
January 5 .
Last
Day
for
Determining
Grading System
...........
January 15
with Registrar
January 15 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
A Ends
January 27 ....................
February 1...................
S P M Semester Begins
February 5 ..............................................
Interim Grades Due
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class.The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day Time I classes will
begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 590 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be o b d at Augsburg with a
special convocation on Monday,January 18, at 1:OOp.m. Check with
your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
I
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings
of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by
the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and
information about these courses are available in the Interim
Office,
Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the
lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog.
International Interim -Students are invited to be part of one
of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
Association for InternationalEducation(UMAlE).Thesecourse
opportunitiesare listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships: Deadline: Friday, December 11.January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmentalrequirements and present
a signed internshiplearning agreement plan to the Internship
Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no later than the last day of Fall
classes (Friday, December 11).The Learning Agreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed
study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more
than one independent study per Interim.Studentschoosing to
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan
approved by the supervising faculty member and the
Introduction
I
direded/independent study registration form. These forms
must be submitted by November 30. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim
Office.
Interims at Other Schools -Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in
the Interim Office. The Interim Secretarywill help students in
applying for registration at other schools. Registration for
Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during theInterim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement.
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $825 for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write
to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms
provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an
application processing feeof $10. Students are welcome to stay
on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
I
Introduction
1
Alt 247-A
lnstructoc Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings. The poses will
extend from 3minutes toan hour.You willbe introduced to the
2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils, and the felt tip pen.
Grades will be based upon quality and improvement.
There will be a fee of $35 to be paid on the first day of class.
Dlstrlbution:Alt/Muslc
General Educatlon Perspectlve:Aesthetics
Maxlmum Enrollment:25
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 17
610 102-A
lnst~ctocErwln Mlckelberg
A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by
plants in almost every area of society. Historically, plants have
influenced explorationof the planet, militarycampaigns,health
care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will
look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh
kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence.
Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative
instruments.
Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chernbtry
General Educatlon Perspectlve: Natural World I or 2
Madmum Enrollment: 30
lime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 205
BIO 105-A
Instructor Esther McLaughlln
This class will develop an increased understanding of the
current environmental and health implications of such topics
as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering,
waste disposal, biological warfare, carcinogens, agricultural
fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest
may also be discussed.
Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be
required. A four to six page referenced research paper on a p r e
approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The
papers will be evaluated on style and content, reflecting a
thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10.
Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chemlstry or Urban/Women/
Mlnorlty
General Educatlon Perspective: Natural World-2
Madmum Enrollment:20
lime: I
Room: Sclence 2 13
BUS 22GA
Instructor: Stuart Sfoller
Extensive use of the board game Monopoly to introduce nonbusiness students to the fundamentals of accounting and
finance. The game is somewhat modified, requiring students
to record Monopoly transactions on double entry accounting
ledgers. Financial statements must be prepared to obtain
money from the banker, and a banking committee must r e
view these financial statements to approve all loans.
The outcomes of this course will provide non-business majors
with the basics to: record business transactions, understand
and use financial statements and communicate effectively
with financial institutions.
Evaluation by quizzes, assignments to be handed in, and a
final.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 10
BUS 30 1-A
Instructor Mllo Schleld
An analysisof ethical arguments which uphold the morality of
a market-based economy. The course has three components: a
review of critical thinking (with emphasis on ethical concepts),
an indepth review of two author's arguments, and a review of
market failures, their causes and their remedies.
Students will complete worksheets on critical thinking, prepare written analysis of each authors' arguments, take three
quizzes, prepare a final report, and take a final comprehensive
exam. Since class participation is necessary to demonstrate
verbal fluency with this subject, attendance is a factor in
grading. Students will not be judged on their individual beliefs
or ideologies. Students will be judged on how well they can
analyze, defend, and attack the arguments.
Prerequlsltes: One course In ethlcs or upper class status
or Instructor's permlsslon
General Educatlon Perspectlve: Crltlcal ThlnklngSklll
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 23
BUS 368-A
Instructor Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a
cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be em-
ployed, involving film, television documentaries, radio
speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to
text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial
participation expected on the part of students.
Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20 minute
sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and final examination.This class should be of interest to
anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any
field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an
interest in Japan.
Prerequlsltes: BUS 242 or consent of Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:20
Time: I
Room: Muslc 22
INTRODUCTION
TO COBOL
CSC 27 1-A
Instructoc Noel Petlt
A study of the COBOL programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course
will expand a student's knowledge of programming and
programming languages through presentation of the features
of COBOL together with programming techniques for using
those features. This course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequlslte: One course wlth a study of computer
language (e.g., CSC 170)
Madmum Enrollment:20
rime: I
Room: Foss 42
Computer Science
ECO 112-A
lnstructoc Jeanne Boeh
An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analy-
sis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade and economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems.
Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Science
General Education Perspectlve:
Maximum Enrollment:25
rime: I
Room: Fos 43
ECO 1 13-A
lnstructoc Ed Sabella
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the house-
hold, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
General Educatlon Perspectlve: Soclal Wodd
Maximum Enrollment: 25
77me: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 29
ECO 495-A
Instructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp
Students will critically review the failures and successes of the
Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of
the coursewillbe Perestroika-restruduringtheSoviet economy
- and evaluating Gorbacheds economic program in terms of
economic growth, income distribution, consumer welfare,
technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991and their impact
on the future of the Soviet Union will be discussed in an
interdisciplinary manner.
Method of evaluatlon: Actlve class parflclpatlon; flnal
take-home research essay.
Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or consent of Instructor
Madrnum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Foss 43
EDE 375A
Instructor: Bruce Drewlow
This class prepares students for the unique experiences and
responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will
stress issues associated with adult/child relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization,
research plans, and developmental instruction practices. Fieldwork is a key component of this course. Guest speakerswill be
included to share their unique experiences and perspectives.
Grades wlll be based on projects, dlscusslon, and
examlnatlon.
Thk; Is a one-half credlt course.
Madmum Enrollment:20
nme: I
Room: Ubrary 1
EDU 353-A
lnstructoc Rlch Germundsen
This seminar style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational
systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in
international education. Special attention will be directed
toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There
will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class
presentations and investigative projects.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Ubrary 12
EDU 388-A
lnstructoc M.I.K. (Mlke) Mueller
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and
oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped,
limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism,
sexism, homophobia, and economic issues.Emphasis is placed
on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms
which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and
complete a project. This coursesatisfies the Minnesota Human
Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is
a onehalf credit course. It is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequlslte:Passlng of PPST and admlttance to
Education Dept. In process.
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I1
Room: Llbrary 1
ENG 2 19-A
Instructor: John Schrnlt
Language plays an important role in our socialization and
acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and
tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social
and economical standing and our cultural background. For
this reason we should expect women to speakdifferently from
men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone
from a different background to have differences of language.
Even more importantly, we must understand these differences
in order to make sure that we understand speakers from
different language communities.
This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspeaking communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech:their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include lectures,
student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides
presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Urban/Women/ Mlnoriiy
General Education Perspective: Intercultural
Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
rime: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 249-A
Instructor: Douglas Green
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality
pervade recent drama in English. These issues are vitalizing
both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We
will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s, the '80s, and
the '90s, written in English, have been shaped by and have
addressed issues ranging from racial tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current drama on several such
topics, like class, gender and language in 1989, and sometimes
concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.)For comparative purposes, we will also
view a few films on related topics and try to attend at least two
productions in the Twin Cities.There will be moderate fees for
the local productions.
I
Students keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one
short paper. (There may also be occasional quizzes.)A series of
group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, conclude the course.
Prerequlslte:Engllsh I I I (Effectlve Wrltlng)Is strongly
recommended.
Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech
General Education Perspective:Aesthetics
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln I8
ENG 282-A
ENG 482-A
Instructor: John Mltchell
This course will provide an introductory survey of contempo-
rary American poetry by poets whose work has come into
prominence since World War IIor mid-century. Emphasis will
be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the
themes of their poems, especially those images and statements
that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will
be expected to formulate reasonableinterpretationsof selected
poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class
discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given,
and two interpretivepapers about three to five pages in length
will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student must
also read and give a written class report on a book that
discusses contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved
by the instructor.
Prerequlsltes: lntro to Uterature - for students enrolling
for upper dlvlslon credlt
Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 21
English
I
ENG 282-8
Instructor Joan GrlftYn
An introduction to the mythology, heroic literature, and poetry of fifth to fourteenth century Ireland and Wales, this
course will also be an excursion into the Celtic culture that
produced works like the Tain and Mabinogion, stories that
influenced later Arthurian literature and modem fantasy. We
will consider how Celtic literature preserves ancient IndoEuropean traditions and how those traditions were changed
by the coming of Christianity. Finally, we will consider Celtic
contributions to medieval civilization.
Course grades will be based on participation in class discussion (and attendance), papers, and two exams.
Dlstrlbutlon: Englkh/Speech
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Fos 42
THEATREINAND AROUND
LONDON
ENG 269-A
InslTuctoc Ron Palosaad
A study of live theatre in London. Students see at least ten
performances and visit museums, galleries, historical sites,
and other attractionsof London and s m u n d i n g areas including Stratford, Stonehenge, and Oxford. Evaluation will be
based on attendance at required plays, participations in discussions, three short papers, and a short final exam. Cost
includes travel, accomodations, breakfast daily, ten theatre
performances and four group dinners.
Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech
Madmum Enrollment: 30
FRE 243-A
lnst~ctocRuth Aaskov
What is the attraction of French literature, its human and
artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in
mind we will read and analyze 8-10 shorter French literary
works available to us in English translation.
What will we be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of
Descartes and Pascal. We will explore the classical theater, the
social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth
century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St. Exupery
will reveal concerns of life that supersedenational boundaries.
We will sample one piece of francophoneliterature from West
Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Westem culture. At mid-point each student will choose another
short work for personal study and presentation for the class.
Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active
participation in class, your timely reading and discussion
preparations, four quizzes, your independent study project,
and an endaf-the course discussion of the papers.
This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore standlng orpemlsslon of
lnst~ctor
Dlstrlbutlon: Uterature
Madmum Enrollment:25
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 27
GER 2 B A
lnst~ctocDon Stelnmelz
What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired
"Fiddler on the Rool"), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common? They
were written in Yiddish. How did expressionslike "chuspe,"
"shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and "shitik" get into
English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely
related to German and in this Interim you can learn to read
Yiddish as well as you can read German.
w77y 7'1 ~7ySl i t c 013
Grades wlll be based on performance and at least two
tests.
Prerequlsltes: One year of college German or pemlsslon of lnst~ctor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
nme: I
Room: Foss 2 1B
HPE 232-A
Instructoc Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New
Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course
grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching
assignment, and a written test.
This is a one-half credit course.
Tlme: I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
HPE 475A
Instructor:Ed Saugestad
The purpose of this class is to equip students with theskillsand
knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for
trauma associated with physical activity. Content includes: the
identification and care of common injuries related to various
sports, procedures for preventing injuries, taping and wrap
ping, therapeutic measures, medical resources and legal considerations. Ledure, discussion, demonstration, and A-V r e
sources are utilized. Students will practice various training
techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical
skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequlslte:BIO 103
Madmum Enrollment:20
Time:I Tuesdays,Thursdays, and alternate Frldays
Room: Melby 1 1 1
HPE 477-A
lnstructoc Brian Ammann
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching
basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a
scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time:I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays
Room: Melby l l l
HPE 483-A
lnstructoc Marllyn Florian
This course deals with the theory, technique, and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small part of the grade
will be based on completed assignments; the major portion of
the grade will be based on tests.
Thls Is a one-half credlt course.
Time:1
I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby l l l
neurrn urla rnysrcur taucurrorl
UPâ¬48 I-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the
game of basketball.Therewillbe practicalscperienceonthe floor.
Students completing the course should be ready for certification
by the MinnesotaHigh SchoolAssociation. Gradeevaluationwill
be b a d upon tests, papers prepared and perbrmance on the
floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that
students have some basketball playing experience.
This is a one-half credit course.
rime: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
UPâ¬47CFA
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on developing a philosophy toward
sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: proce
dures in umpire certification, rules of slow pitch softball
(Federation), rules of fast pitch softball (Federation), the m e
chanics of pmper position in umpiring one and two umpire
systems, and procedures in securing assignments. Students
will apply knowledge in practical game type experiences.
There will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and
mechanics of umpiring softball.
Thk Is a one-half credlt course.
Madmum Enrollment:20
Time: I Tuesday, Thursdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
UPE 487-A
lnstructoc Jeff Swenson
The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for individuals
who aspire to become wrestling coaches at the elementary,
junior high, high school or college level. Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight control, weight training, mental toughness training, and complete organization of
program will be covered.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time:1
I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays
Room: Melby 203
HIS 22GA
HIS 32GA
Instructoc Khln Khln Jensen
This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United
Statesin themid-19th centuryand turn of the 20th century. The
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will r e
ceive special attention. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S.immigration laws in the postWorld War I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian
immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made
by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and
the mle of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the
Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United
States to some Asian immigration. Inter-active videos will be
used.
There will be a mid-term and a final project (a paper, topic to
be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the
instructor) due the last day of the term.
Upper division students will be required to complete a longer
paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected
to complete a book review on a book related to the course theme
and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class.
Prerequlsltes: None for lower level; more requirements
for upper level.
History
Dlstrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I
Room: Old Maln 13
TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY:
A HISTORY
OF
HIS 33 I-A
lnstructoc Chris Mmball
Thepoet Walt Whitmanoncecalledbaseball"Americalsgame."
In the century since Whitman uttered those words, baseball
has occupied a pmminent (and permanent) place in American
life in some ways equivalent to business, politics, religion and
race. In this course, then, we will examine the relationship
between the United States and its national pastime.
Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the great
players and teams. Instead, we will take up several topics
which can illuminate the historical evolution of this country.
Some of these include: pmfessionalization and its impact on
amateur baseball, the mle of ethnicity and ethnic rivalry, the
color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at the expense of
the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor relations and the
empowerment of the players, the impact of television, and the
ballpark as an urban place. Special attention will be paid to
baseball in the Twin Cities and students will be asked to do a
short research paper on some aspect of baseball history in this
region.
Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam.
Prerequisites: One (I) hktory course or consent of
Instructor
Dlstrlbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment: 30
lime: I
Room: Old Maln 29
I
History
INS 12GA
lnstructoc Ann neener
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates.Studentswill read selected readings, which
will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also
view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or
hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars
conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study
the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for
effective seminars and evaluate their own behaviors during
seminars and lead seminars.
Method of evaluation will include interviews with students and
observation of students participating in seminars, reflective
writing related to seminar content, and seminar participation.
Madmum Enrollment:20
lime: 1
Room: Sclence 3 19
INS 210A
lnstructoc Wlllam D. Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in
their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures
that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope
with these pressures.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
lime: I
Room: Muslc 23
Interdisciplinary
INS 225A
I n s ~ c t o rAmln
:
Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the
ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets,
Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economicand political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration
of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its,
Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the
similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin
Cities.
Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty/Urban Studles
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Time:1
I
Room: Foa 20
INS 245-A
lnstructoc Dlane Budco
Women assume multiple roles within the work and family
domains in contemporary society; for example, the roles of
executive, wife, and mother. Each role has related expectations
for behavior, presents an opportunity for personal growth and
also exerts pressure. When the roles are considered jointly,
they may competefor time and energy and require conflicting
types of behavior.
The subject of this course is the interaction of the work and
family roles of women. To investigate this topic, students will
read several books related to women's roles in the work and
family domains. The assessment of this component of the
course is based on written responses to questions assigned for
small group discussion. A second component of the course is
a group project on the work and family roles of women. The
assessment of this project is based on the group's presentation
of their work to the class. Examples of past student projects
include an historical overview of the work and family roles of
women, an overview of the possible choices for the combination of the work and family roles over the life course, a
summary of issues related to the work-role, a summary of
issues related to the family-role, a survey of the work and
family issues most important to women in different age brackets, and an indepth case study of the lives of three women.
Dlstrlbutlon: Women/ Mlnorlty /Urban
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 10
INS 275A
Instructor: Bruce Relchenbach
The conquering Spaniards discovered in the Americas highly
developed and intricately structured cultures. We will study
three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of the
anthropological archaeologist, analyzing their history, religion, government military codes, agriculturaltechniques, and
daily life.
The course will be taught with lectures, slides, and student
presentations. Evaluations will include objective tests and a
paper.
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Time: 11
Room: Music 22
Interdisciplinary
MAT 173-A
lnstructoc Ken Kamlnsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been charged
more than men for annuities and received lower pension
benefits thanmen? Or why women have paid less than men for
life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or
how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain
lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future?
Then this course may be meant for you. These and other
interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial
transactions will be covered.
Evaluation will be based on classroom participationand quizzes.
This course should be usehl for students in business and
economics or for any students interested in careers in financerelated fields.
Prerequlslte:Math Placement Level 111
Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Madmum Enrollment:20
Vine: I1
Room: Old Maln 16
MAT 253-A
Insfructor: Bev Durkee
Our objectives are the explorationof
this new geometry of fractals, its
rules, its visuals, how it reveals the
beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms
and experience it as a form of artistic
expression via computer graphics.
Mathematics
The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformationsused to construct fractals such as this
fern and the existence of self-similarityregardless of the power
of magnification used in examining it. The class will also
consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color
and in three dimensional rendition.
Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics,
and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals.
Studentswill be tested on themathematicsthrough a midterm
exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the
one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets
which display the mathematical character of thosevisuals and
including a major creative project. Finally students will keep a
journal noting their reflections on the interconnections between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or
created.
Prerequislte: Math Placement Group 111 or higher
Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematics/Physlcs
General Education Perspectives:Aesthetics
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Science 1 12
MUS 204-A
lnstructoc 0.
Nlcholas Raths
An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology
as they occw within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and
maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the
historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paperexam and a group performance project. For
Music
non-music majors.
Dlstrlbutlon:Art/Muslc
Mcudmum Enrollment: 30
77me: I
Room: Choral Room M-2
MUS 129
Instructors: Stephen Gabrlelsen
l'Improvisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and
each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a
variety of improvisational techniques and styles.
Prerequlslte:Mlnlmal ablllty on a muslcal Instrument or
the Instructor's pemlsslon.
Madmum Enrollment:Permlsslon of Inslructor requlred
to enroll
77me: I
Room: Muslc 4
MUS 394-A
Instructor Cynthla Lohman
"How can I use my creativity when I sing?" "How can I stop
feeling tense and inhibited when I perform?" "How can I reach
my full potential as a singerlactor?" These are common questions voiced by performers.
To answer these questions it is necessary to acknowledgethat
performing is a holistic activity, involving mind, body, and
spirit. Because all people possess a creative spirit which can
directly empower their performing, this course focuses on
exploring each participant's unique ability for selfsxpression.
Through exercises, designed to acquaint them with their own
performing power, students learn and practice the basic pro-
cess of singing/ading, and apply it to the study and performance of scenes from opera and musical theatre.
Students will participate in the course through study and re
hearsal of the assigned literature, completion of reading and
listening assignments, daily inclass experience of singinglacting
exercises, and participation in a final paformance of all scenes.
Prerequlsltes:Pennlsslon of prlvate volce Instructor, or
audlllon.
Dlstrlbution: Flne Arts
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 10 (Cholr Room)
NOR 1 I 1-A
Instructor: Frankle Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and
the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will
be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, a midterm, and a final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages
General Education Perspecthe: InterculturalAwareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 25
PHI 175A
lnstructoc Davld Apollonl
We will begin by studying some common conceptions and
misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in
love with someone, and how this differs from just being
friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually.
In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following
ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there
such a thing as ethics for sex? Is there such a thing as sexual
immorality? (b) Sex and marriage -Is the use of birth control
moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c)The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles
-Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality
and lesbianism sexual perversions? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences?
Dlstrlbutlon: Hlstory/Phllosophy
General Educatlon Perspective: Human ldentlty
Madmum Enrollment:30
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 16
PHI 2 W A
Instructor Mark Fuehrer
This course aims to provide an analysisof the natureof human
sleep and dreams and relate this analysis to states of waking
consciousness. We shall read philosophical texts on these
topics by Aristotle, Freud and Malcolm.
Evaluation shall be by final examination and reports. Student
discussion will also be a factor.
Prerequlslte: 1 course In Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: 1
Room: Old Maln 22
mrrosopny
PHY 151-A
lnstructoc Jeff E. Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in
business for years. However, it is also possible to use spread
sheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student, who is not
an expert in mathematics, to experience physics on a more
intuitive level. We will use Cotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a
wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projettile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in
areasother than physics. Grading willbebased on spreadsheet
projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequlslte: Math Level 111
Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Maximum Enrollment:20
7ime: I
Room: Sclence 30
PHY 325A
Instructor Stuart Anderson
From the realm of subatomic particles to molecular clusters
and beyond, the study and manipulation of matter often
demands the nearly total absence of the atmosphere in which
we live and breathe. This is the realm of high vacuum, without
which most of what we know as modern high technology
would be impossible. This course will acquaint the student
with the tools and techniques employed to produce, control
and monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students
to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces under
these conditions. Experiments will exploit a variety of chambers, pumps and gauges as well as a quadruple mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory
experiences;only one-third of the class period will be used for
formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on
the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two
exams, and a formal research paper.
Prerequlsltes:PHY 121, 122,245 (or equh~~lent),
MAT
124/ 125 (or 145/ 146),224 (or 245).
Madmum Enrollment: 10
lime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 30
POL 359-A
Instructor: Maya G. Pankratova
The former Soviet Union was, among other things, a huge
experiment showing the possibilities and failuresof a totalitarian government to change at will people's traditions, values,
and customs.
Numerous peoples living in the territory of the former Soviet
Union had differing beliefs and customs which influenced
women's lives. In the early stages after the revolution, the
Bolshevik authorities sought to destroy all the institutions
supporting the old regime, including the family and religion.
Accordingly, they encouraged women's independence and
denied their family obligations. In a later stage, the policy was
reversed and family values positively stressed. But, objective
situations contradicted the policy in both cases.
Students will be expected to read several books, plus some
articles. There will be discussion and some written assignments. A final paper will be assigned.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore status; one course deallng
wM FSU or number of Department
Dlstrlbutlon: Polltical Sclence
Madmum Enrollment:20
lime: 1
I
Room: Muslc 24
PSY IOSA
lnstructoc Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The
field of psychology, including its major sub-areas is emphasized. Lectm, lab, and discussion. Evaluation by tests, lab
reports, computer exercises, and class participation.
Dlstrlbution: Psychology/Soclology
Madmum Enrollment:20
nine: 1
I
Room: Murphy Place I
PSY 20 1 -A
lnsfructoc VlctortaUhYeileld
The methods of Psychology are used to study behavioral and
socialinfluencesonhealth,includingtheinteractionof though ts,
emotions, and biological systems. Consideration will be given
to life styles, health system policies, stress management, and
illness prevention and treatment.
Prerequlslte: PSY 105
MaAmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 23
REL 343-A
Instructor: Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision
that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our
heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether
you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life
with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many
theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the
work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper, and two tests. Two books will be required.
Prerequlsltes:REL I I I or REL 22 1 or permlsslon of
Instructor
Dlstrlbuifon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be
used to meet rellglon requlremenis)
Madmum Enrollment:25
77me: I
Room: Muslc 24
REL 345A
lnstructoc Eugene Sklbbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is
at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16thcentury,
its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology including several monographs and the
professor's lectures, together with reserve reading, will provide an overview. Ledure and class discussion will deal with
examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music,
philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include
four exams.
Prerequlsltes REL I I 1 or REL 22 1
Dlstrlbutlon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be
used to meet rellglon requlremenis)
General Education Perspecifve: Chrlstlan Falth
Maxlmum Enrollment:25
rime: I
Room: Old Maln I8
REL 366-A
lnstructoc Brad Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and
the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African
culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the
present development of indigenous churches in West Africa.
The new "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as
well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A
major &ion of the course will focus on contemporary r e
sponses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of
racial segregation.
Prerequisite: REL I I I or REL 22 1
Distrlbutlon: Religion (only one lnterlm course may be
used toward graduation religion requirements)
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Music 23
REL 445
lnstructoc Phil Quanbeck
A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The
importance of recognizing the varied character of language for
understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class
participation, two presentations to the class and an examination.
Prerequisites: REL I 1 I or REL 22 1
Distrlbutlon: Religlon (only one Interim course may be
used toward graduation rellgion requirements)
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Main I I
SWK315A
Instructor: Blanca-Rosa Egas
This course introduces students to a health system in a developing country.It helps to realize that people in Ecuador prefer
holistic health care and facilitates students to develop awareness regarding Ecuadorians' values, attitudes and belief system. The course allows students to experience environmental
and psychosocial contrasts in rural and urban settings in the
coastal and highland regions of Ecuador. Students witness
modem health delivery and folk practices and different health
conditions. The visit to Vilcabamba, the world's well-known
sanctuary of longevity, allows interaction with individuals
over 100 years old. The assessment of the historic and current
Ecuador's worth provides a creative perspective, a positive
attitude, and abetter understanding of Latinos in the USA. The
cost of $2,395 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast
daily, two lunches and two group dinners. For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 330-1713. For registration
contact Kathy Lutfi at 330-1655.
Students are evaluated on course participation, one final examination and four reflection papers.
SOC 23 1-A
Instructor: Rlta Wekbrod
The human family is examined as a social system within
alternative contexts in American society and crosscultural
variants. Students will select one crosscultural or subcultural
variant for special study and analysis. Family problems are
seen within their cultural and institutional contexts.
Prerequlslte: SOC 121 prefened
General Educatlon Perspective: Intercultural
Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 13
SOC 265-A
Insiiuctoc Gordon Nelson
This course examines the nature of human groups who, for
reasons of birth, accident, appearance, or behavior, have been
"set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society.
Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to
which suchgroups havedevelopedmeaningful cultures which
have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who are part of the larger society. In
addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will
include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus
on a particular cultural group other than their own. This
observation will become the basis for a class presentation by
each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a
combination of class participation, their respective class p r e
sentations, and a final examination.This course is offered on a
P/N basis only.
Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty./Women/Urban
General Education Perspective: intercultural
Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I
Room: Fos 20
socrorogy
I
BEGINNINGSPANISHI
SPA I1 1-A
Instructoc GabfielaSweet
Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but
secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as
well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue with
Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and
grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clarify those
in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on
each chapter, and a written and oral final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages
General Educaffon Perspective: Intercultural
Awareness 11
Madmum Enrollment:25
nme: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 25
SPC 226-A
lnstiuctoc Martha Johnson
This course will explore principles and styles of movement
used in the art of acting. The goal will be to increase the
student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, spontaneity, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Movement exercises will be
based on short scenes, monologues, and poems. Some principles of Asian theatrical movement will be introduced.
Course requirements will include assigned readings, exercises, a written play review of a live, professional performance
students will attend, two graded movement pieces, and one
final reflective paper.
The class is designed for those who desire to increase their
skills as actors, and also for those preparing for any field
involving public presentation: teaching, law, ministry, etc.
Maximum Enrollment:20
lime: I
Room: ?j'ornhom-Nelson Theatre
SPC 32 1-A
lnstructoc James Hayes
This "hands-on" course will give students the opportunity to
refine their public speaking skills in a contest format.Students
will be required to enter three different forensics events at
three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of
January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped
program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensics contestants. Evaluation will be based on peer and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to
some degree, competitive success.
Prerequlsltes:SPC 1 1 1 or consent of Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 1
I
Room: Foss 2 1a/2 1b
SPC 495-A
Instructor: Anne Holmquest
The focus of this semintir is Conflict Resolution. The purpose
is to consider conflict theories which are competing answers to
the question: what causes conflict in communication and how
should it be resolved? We will simulate small group conflicts
in an attempt to study the application of resolution methods.
e
q
wreading (onebook and
Students will be evaluated on r
articles), a paper, small group performance and occasionally
Speech, Communication & Theatre
I
will be asked to give an oral report on research.
Madmum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:I/
Room: Foss 43
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional
information about the following courses can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office,620 21st
Avenue South. (330-1655) or from the Interim Office (3301025). Registration for these Interims ends October 23,1992.
These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally
carry a lower division number.
Australia's Business Climate
Brtaln: Focus on the Evolution of Ow Modern World
Vlew
The Caribbean:A Reglon of Cultural and Natural
Diversity
Communicaffon and CuRure in Japan
An Ecological Study of Coral Reefs in The Philippines
and Hawall
Ecuadoc A Study of Hoilsffc Health Attltudes and
Services
Europe and The Rise of Modern Science
Family In Focus: Policy and Servlces in Sweden and
Denmark
Field Blology In the Galapagos Islands and Mainland
Ecuador
Geography of the Baltic States
A Greek Odyssey
Hawaii: MuWCuHural Communicaffon in Organizational
Settings
The lndustrlal Revolution in England and Scotland
International Business and Culture in a European
Environment
Law In London
Uteraw Ireland
Museums, Muslc, and Monuments In the Great Cltles of
Europe
In Search of the Anclent Romans
South Afrlca: Cultural Plurallsm and Soclal Change
Speclal Programs for Speclal Chlldren In The United
Kingdom
Theatre In and Around London
Thls Is New Zealand
2000 Years In Trier:lntermedlate Geman
Vamonos:Spanlsh Language and Culture In Venezuela
These courses are offered by lnstltutlons or groups not
connected wlth Augsburg College,but have been
approved for credlt by the College. Most carry a tultlon
cost plus other expenses whlch are the responslbllliy of
the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descr/ptlonsand details for registering are available In
the Intertm Offlce.
HPE 455-A
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cnrising. The course will take
the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with fivelsix other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on
the water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin
Islands in January.
The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg
day studentsand quahfymg4-1-4 students.Others will have to
pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit.
Total payment is due October 31,1992.
Prerequlslte: Pennlsslon from Joyce Pfaff of the Health
and Physlcal Education Department (6 12) 330 1247.
Dlstrlbuiion: Ufeffme Sports: also one course credk
HPE 2 12-A
Check for information in theInterimOfficefor material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 26 through January 26 period. There
is a cost of approximately$1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
POL 398-A
POL 398-A
Information on either of the above programs, housing, and
financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom,
Memorial 117A, 330-1197.
Other Courses
lrls
@ Printed on recycled paper.
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog
1980-82
Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus
Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour
to Augsburg, Germany
2/Campus Map
,
Augsburg
Minneapolis, Minnesota
_--
.
.
-t
-
..,
.
,
Campus Guide (9/79)
1. Admissions House
2. Libr... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog
1980-82
Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus
Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour
to Augsburg, Germany
2/Campus Map
,
Augsburg
Minneapolis, Minnesota
_--
.
.
-t
-
..,
.
,
Campus Guide (9/79)
1. Admissions House
2. Library
3. Science Hall
4. O l d M a i n
5. Wcsl Hall
6. M o r t r n s o n Towrr
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. Memorial Hall
10. Music- Hall
11. Psychology Building
12 Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Slage II Thrdter
15. Lillle Thrcitc,r
16. East Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Studrnt Parking
C. M a i n ~ntrance-Tunncl/Ramp/
Skyway
D. Quadrangle
E. Facul~y-StaffParking
F. M u r p h y Square
G. Practice Field
H Fairview-St. M;lry'~ Parking Ramp
-..-... + ' -
,
,
.
. - , .,\: ,. -.:+,
.
(
Campus Map/3
Driving to Campus on Interstate 94
East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and
left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign.
West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the
Mississippi River and then turn right o n t o Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign
and turn left at 21st Avenue South.
Contents
2 Campus Map
5 Introduction
7
8
12
16
24
30
44
45
128
139
140
142
Facilities
Admissions
Costs
Financial Aid
Student Life
Academic Information
Brief Facts
Course Descriptions
Registers
Communication List
Index
Academic Calendars
Philip Thompson, Art Department chair,
checks a student project
Fall sports include foorball, soccer, and
women's volleyball
Dorm artistry flourishes in Urness Tower
at Homecoming
Introducing Augsburg
Few liberal arts coll~gescombine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the
few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the
Mission stat ern en^ adapted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents In 1377.
Mission Statement
Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran
Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin City metropolitan area.
The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely o l Lutheran
orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious,
cultwral and ethnic backgrounds.
For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for
knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness to the needs of society and the world,
and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society.
The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive
combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in
academic program.
Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal
anB free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment.
The academic program is prirnarity committed ro providing opportunities for a
broad back round in a variety of subject areas as well as personal clevelopment. The
college cha lenges students with a porrion of the knowlcd e and thought which has
been formative within human history and culture throu a wide variety of idear,
disciplines and selected prolessional and pre-professions programs; assistsstudents
in dcvefoping intellectual skills as well as in selecting a carcer; and encourages
within students the atritudes and skiIls necessary to prepare them to be learners
throughout their lives. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is
a cran~~nued
goal of the college,
f
P$
Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world is God's, entrustedto us
for care, exploration and understanding.
As a Christian communitv the college embraces a wide range of reliaious exwression
and participation, As pa'rt of its a&dcrnic program Au ;burg se<ks to giic all its
studentsan informed understanding of the Christian fail and heritage as well asan
opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In
addition to this intellectual task the aim of the college is to helpstudenrs understand
I ~ Christian
P
faith a5 relevant for their own experi~nceandlor particlptttion in the
commitrn.ent to 11ie role of the Christian community in the modern world.
a
Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community.
The quality of Augsburg's education i s enriched by the pcople, culture and
educational resources provided by irs location. However, the college is also aware
that i t has a responsibility to contribute to rhe larger camrnuni~y.In doing this, the
college directs several of i t s programs specifically at the rnerro olitan setting,
provider arcas of study not nvnilnhle eircwhere in the area, and oRerr itself nr ao
educational resource for a variety of new student populations.
History - Fjord to Freeway
Augsburg was thc firs2 s~minaryfounded by Norwegian Lutherans in America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Luihrrans i n Augshurg, Germany,
in '1530.Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,as A~rgsburg'shome three years
later, in 7872. Thc firs! college students were enrolled i n 1874 anrl the first college
graduation was in 1879.
Tllc school was officially namcd Augsburg College in 1963 when i t s forrncrsponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with She American Lutheran Church. Augsburg
Seminary joined with L u t l i ~ rTlicalogical Seminary in St, Pau! that samc year.
Continuing ties, w i ~ hlhis heritage are reflcctcd in the College Center's Augsburg
Room and in replication of l h e original sign for O l d Main. Frnn? Fjord L OFrccway,
centennial history by A ~ ~ ~ s b u r gCarl
' q E. Chrislock, is available in the College
Bookstore for a candid vicw of the College and i t s people during the first 100 years.
Location and Campus
Au~sburg'scampus is lorated in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy
Square, t he firs1 of 155 parks in theUCity of Lakes."The Univenity of Minnesota West
Hank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, arc
adjacent t n the campus. Downtnwn Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and
past via lnterstat~94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus
routes that also connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Citics i s easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St
Paul International Airport include American, Braniff, Capitol, Delta, Eastern,
Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus .
or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X
of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activilies and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the individuals
listed in the Communications Directory on page 139 nr to he Director of the Office
of Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and
Elementary)
The Council on Social Work Education
The American Chemical Society
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC)
Minnesota Private College Council
Lutheran Education Council in North America
Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities a n d student housing at Augsburgare conveniently located near
each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects t h e t o w e r dormitories a n d t h e
five buildings o n t h e Quadrangle, w i t h street level access f r o m 21st Avenue South.
Admissions House, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff
and reception area for prospective students and their parents.
George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains
reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives,
classrooms and faculty offices.
Science Hall (1949) houses classrboms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960.
Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms
used by other de artments. Extensively remodelled in 1980, O l d Main combines energy
efficiency with arcEitectural details from the past.
West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students.
Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to
1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus
conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
UrnessTower, (1967) named in honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several
generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor
unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility
areas.
Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student
publications.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third
residents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student
Eousing.
Music Hall, (1978) newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom
facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty.
Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology
department in the former studio building.
Melby Hall, (1961) named in honor of I. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball
coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general
auditorium purposes.
Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and
recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a
temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace in the Little
Theater building.
South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area,
provide additional housing accomodations for students, faculty and staff.
Admissions
9 Freshmen Students
Early Decision
Early Admission
10 Transfer Students
11 Former Students
Special Students
(Non-Degree)
International Students
8
Admissions House - at 728 275t Avenue
South
Campus Hub, the College Center, and
Urness Tower
I'
Moving in - often a family affair
Ir: .
.
4
Admissions
Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character
which will cnable the student to benefit from and contribute to the college
community. Each ap licant is judged on individual merit without regard for race,
creed, scx, age, llan icap, and na~ianalor ethnic origin.
cP
Augsburg maintains an admissions office staffed with trained admissions counselors.
visit prospective students in their schools, assisting
rtudano and parents wit[ college planning. Persons seekin admissions services
slrotrld write or phone the Admissions Office (612)330-1001.Tae Admissions House
i s located on the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis.
Whencves possible, the
Prospective students and their parents are invited and encouraged to visit the
Augsburg campus. The Admissions Office will arrange a campus tour, class
visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor.
The Admissions Office is normally open weekdays from 8:3Qa.m. ro4:30 .rn. Group
tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitorsareaskr? to write or
call the Admissions Office prior to the visit so that arrangements can be made.
f
Application Procedures for Freshmen
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the
Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants.
Frcshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application
should have their mast recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon
graduatfon. Graduaic Examinarian Degrec scores (G.E.D.) may bc presented
instcad of t h high
~ school transcript.
3. Test Scores
Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary
Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the
American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the
official high school transcript.
4. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affeaed the applicant's reuious
academic performance, it may be included wilh ihe application or &curred
personall with an admissions counselor. Addttional rcr.omrncndations may be
required y the Admissions Committee beforc an adnliss~onsd~cisioni s made.
g
5. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete.
6. Completion of Admission
An accepted student i s asked to make a $50 non-refundable tuition deposit by
April 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted
upon request by the Admissions Office.
Early Decision for Freshmen
An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary
collegr! choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The
admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test
scorcs, and tecommenrlation5.
Early Decision candidates applyin for financial aid are encoura ed to complete the
Au rhurg Early Decision ~inanciaFi\idApplication, which enah er our Financial Aid
0 d c e lo compute a preliminary award. Canadidates will be notiliecl of their award
by January 3. This application i s available in the Admissions Office.
f
A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit is required by January 1 or within 15 days of
financial aid notification.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptionat ability who wish to accelerate their educational program
may be granled adrnissioii to begin full-[imp work toward a degree lnllowin
corn letion of their junior year or ( i iernertcr
~
of the senior year of high i r l i o o f
hpph-ants for early ndrnirrion must complete the normal proccdurcr for freshman
applican~s, submit two recomn~encfationsfrom the high school principal or
counselor, an3 arranRea personal intcrvicw wit h a college official. Inquiriesshould
go lo he OIficc of the Associate Dean of the College.
Application Procedures for
Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having com leted
work at 01her accreditetl colleges or universilies. College credit is granted for iberal
a r i s coursessatisfaaorily co~npIeteda t accrcclited institutions. The College reserves
the right not to grant credit far courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to
granl provisional crcdit for work ~ a k e ndl unaccredited institutions, and to require
that certain courses 6c taken at Augshurg.
P
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous
work from four year colleges; from two year colleges, a GPA of 2.5 is required.
Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must have a 2.5
average and complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests.
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an a plication for admission and return it to the
Admissions Office together with t k non-refundable application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the college(s) you are transferring credits from is
required. Transfer student applicants who have attended colle e for one year or
less must also have an official transcript from their high sc77 ool sent to the
Admissions Office.
3. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious
college performance, it may be included with the application or tscussed
personall with an admissions counselor. Additional recommendations may be
required Ly the Admissions Cornmillee before an admissions decision is made.
4. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissfons drcision wrthin two weeks after the application file is com lete. An
~ ~ r i l 1
arcepird rluricn, is asked to makc a$SO non-refundable tuition deposit
or within 75 days of linancial aid notification. Extensions can be granted upon
request by the Admissions O f f i c ~ .
py
Re-Admission of Former Students
A student who has interrupted attendanceat A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes 10
return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A sludent who has
attended any other insiitution s) during the ahsc~lcefrom Augsburg must have an
official transcript sent from eac one to the RegistrarlsOffice. Return~ngstudentsdo
not pay the application fce,
b
Admission as a Special
Student (Non-Degree)
I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree)
and granted ihe privile e of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time
student, heor she may su sequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning
through the Registrar's Office.
5
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's
Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available from the
Registrar's Office.
Admission for International Students
International students should consult the information available from the Admissions
Office regarding admissions procedures for applicants who are citizens of other
nations.
Financial Information
13 Costs 1980-81
14 Deposits
15 Payments
Refunds
Financial Aid
16 Application
17 Gifts
18 Loans
Campus Work
19 Sponsored Scholarships
12
Melby Hall - site for registration,
Chapel, games, Commencement
Gymnasts praclice for competition
Music Hall entry invites a lineup
Costs and Financial Policies
Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College. The balance
of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The
American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals,
corporations and foundations.
College Costs 1980-81
Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1980-81 academic
year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college
reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Tuition (full-time enrollment)
......................................$3,660.00
Thls rate applies to ail full-time students entering in Septernber,1980. Students are
considerpd lu [I-time when they ta kc three or more courses durin the semester
tcrrns for a total of revcn or more courser in rhc rchool year. The cRarge includer
trrition, generdl fees, facilifies fees, subscription to student puhlica~ions, and
admission lo college-sup otled events, conceris and lectures. The amount is
pilyahlc i n two equal inslir/;menlr ar lhr beginning ol each semester.
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course
............................
510.00
This rate applies tostudents taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an
Interim only.
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
.........................
255.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
Room Rent (includes telephone).
....................................
957.00
Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
Full Board (19 meals a week)
...............................
.
......
880.00
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Student Life.
Other Special Fees (not refundable)
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Fees Billed on Student Account
Late Registration (per day
after classes b e g ~ n ) . . . . . . . . . . $
5.00
A d d a course (after first three
days of class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
Cancel a course (after first three
days of class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
....
.........
.........
...
20.00
.......
5.00
Nursing Admission Test
Introduction t o Cinema Arts
35.00
Film Making (Interim)
70.00
Life Drawing (Interim)
Application (new and/or
special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00
20.00
Medical Technology
(Senior Fee)
................. 510.00
Locker Rental
(for commuters)
Student Parking Lot
Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00
Transcri t Fee (per copy
after fPrst, w h ~ c h
is free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.00
Special Examinations (Schedule o n
file in Registrar's Office)
Music Therapy Internship (one
course c r e d ~ t ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510.00
Student Teaching
.............. 35.00
Study Abroad ( i n approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.00
10.00
Private, Interim, per lesson
Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 70.00
...
Psychology of Music
10.00
Radio-Television
...........
Production . . .
10.00
..
35.00
Theater Technical Production
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated t o range between $175 - 225 per year
Deposits
Tuition (non-refundable)
............................................
$ 50.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge.
Housing
...........................................................
100.00
Required of all residcnt studcnts at the time of signing a contract, to rcscrvc a
housing assignment. hpplicd to [he room charge. Newmntracts may he terminated
for Fall or Spring Terrn by notilyin t h ~0ffrt:e
.
of Slurletit I.if~in wr~lingby the lint
day nf r e g i r ~ r u ~ i oThc
n . resident w f l hc r c s p ~ n r i b lfor
r all costs i n i u r r r d dur l o late
cancella~ionor lack of proper n a ~ i f i c a l i o nI.f the new conlract is cancellctl prior l o
july 1 for F a l l semester or January 1 for Spring Sernesler, $35.00 will be forfrited from
[he $100 deposit as a s ~ r v i c echarge. Thc entire dcposit will be l n r l c i ~ ~ irf f
cancellation is alier these dates.
Breakage and Fine
... . ... . ... . . . .. . ... . , . ... . .. . ... .
,
... . .., , .. . ..
25.00
Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to
another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg.
Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated
Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial
Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; [2) Scmcst~r
Payments, due August T O and January 20 as billed: (3 Payment Plan - upon
aprrllcatlon ant1 aflcr College approvat, a thrrc-mont plan i s available each
remestel. Details are included w i h~ the Estimate of Charges letter. ( 4 ) Defcrrcd
Paymcnts, a n individual conrrda with a privatc comrncrcial agency which operates
l single year contracts are
indepenclently of the Collrge. Multiplr yrar as w ~ l as
r
brochure will be miiilcd.
availdble. An inlnrmatinn l c t ~ c and
b
Tilitinn is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal Installments at t h bcginnir~g
~
of each semestvr. Registrdtion i s pc?rmitled on1 if the student's awount for a
previous tcrm is paid in full. Augrburg College wil not retease aradcmir transcripls
11ntiIall sritdcni accouryts are paid in (1111or, in ~ h tasc
r of loan Iunds~drninis!ererlI>y
the C o l l e g ~
(Nalional Bircct/Drfensc Studcnt Loans-NDSL), arc current according
to established repaympnt schetlulcs.
r
Refunds
Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed, or are released
from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room
(except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs)
according to the following schedule:
100% - Ihrough the firsr five (lays of classes.
90% from ilit' sixth 111rc)u~h
10th day of cla~srs.
UO','G.- Irom t h I~l ~ lhrnu#h
h
75th clay ofclasses.
;(Ii;:, - from the 16th through 20rh day of r-ldssrbs.
60'L - from ttrc 2151 thru~rgh25th dav ot clar~cs.
5U'!:, - from thc 26th day or rlnsws thruugh the mid-point of thr rprrn.
-
No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to
illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a
report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of
continued enrollment.
t
to
Students w h n e f ~ c lto o m i t an intcrimor tograduate in Decembcr a r e ~ r oentitled
a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students wliu parlicipale in an
approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply lor a board reft~ncland room
sub-lease. Details and request forms arp avail:~lllr~in the O f l i c ~of Student Life.
Canrrllatlan (rom College forms arc available in the Registrar's Office.
All refunds of charges will be a plied to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines an8deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a
cash refund is determined.
IG/Financial Aid
Financial Aid
The financing of post-sccandary education may w ~ l bl r one of ihe more significant
investments t hat an individual or a family will make i n an entire lifrtimc. Bccause this
i s thc casr, proper pldnning and wisp choices arc important, nor only i n theselection
of an instilurion, but also i n the methods trtitired in payrng t h c relatrtl expenfes.
Augsburg College, ~ h r o uh its Office of Studen[ f'inancial Services, i s r o m m ~ t t c dto
hcl
rturlen~ran! their families will1 t h r ncrdecl arrirrancr, boll1 monetary
an advisury, t h a t will protcct acceqr tn a qualily education i n spitc of increasing
costs.
9
Financial assistance awardcd t h r o u ~ hAugsburg is a combination of scholarships,
grants, loans, and parr-rime work opportunities. 'The Collcgc coappratcs with
Federal, State, church, and private ag~nciesin provirlin various aid rograms. For
the academic ) I P J ~1979-110, approximil!ely 82'1, of all STUC entr at Augrgurg received
scliolarshtp~,grants, loans and part-lime crnployrn~nttolalling over $4,500,000 from
all aid sources.
\
The primary responsibility for financing a colfege education rests upon the student
and family, financial aid is intended to supplrmeni student enrl family resources.
The amount of a s s i s ~ a n clor
~ which a stt~dentis cligible is determined with the hetp
and analysis of tlie Family Finanrial Sta~cmenr(FTS) of the American Collear Tcqting
Program (ACT) or lhc Financial Aid Form (FAI:) of thc College Schatarqhip Servirt(CSS). These analyses estimate t h c amaunr a stirdcnr and family can provide tor
c o l l ~ g cexpenses, taking into account such family financial factors as c~lrrent
incame, assets, number of dependents, orher educational expenses, drbrs, retirc-
men1 needs, and special ronsidc~atians.
How and When to Apply
New Students - Regular Admission
1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made
untiythe student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aicl form (FAF) from a
high school or rollege financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to
t h e processtng agency after january 1 but before March I for priority considcration.
Minnesota residents must cornplcte the FF5 wliich includrs the application for the
M i n n e s ~ l aState Schotarship/Grm"trogram. To bc oonsid~red,code 6500. Augsburg's code on thp FFS is 2080. f o r non-Minnesota residents u ~ i n g[he FAF.
Au~sburg'scode is 6014.
3. Within three to four w ~ e k saugsbrtrg
,
will receive the analysis. If at that time you
are accepted for adrnissfon, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your
eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the
students' financial aitl packagc.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If
necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to
you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college
previously attended.
Financial Aid/l7
New Students - Early Decision
This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early
Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive
the admission decision about December 1.
1. Early Decisi<>nCandidales applying for financial aicl may wish to complete the
Augsburg Early Derision Financial A i d Applica~ion,availableby writing or calling the
Admissions Office. This e n a b l ~ sour Financial Airl Office to compute a preliminary
award hefore thr Farnlly Financial Stnremenl i s Illcd. Candidates will be notified of
their awarcl by January 1.
2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision,
the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after 1980 income
information is available. This is after January I, 1981 but before March 1,1981.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the
application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility,
satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability.
Kinds of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in eneral rather
than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid avaifable are listed
here for inkrmation only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are ur cd to
inverti~ate
rhe poiiibility of rcholarrhipr, grants, and loans rhnt might beavaicble in
rhcir own communities. I t could he wortliwhile to check with churches, ihe
company or husinessemploying parentsor rpouses, hl h schools, service clubs, and
frarernal organizations lor information on aid availab e to students meeting rhcir
requiremenrs. In adrlirion to these sources, somc sfudents are eligible lor aid
through Vocational Rrhahilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational
Assistance for Veterans' Ohildrcn, and others,
"i
Gift Assistance
-
Available to students who have shown academic
Augsbur Tuition Grant
r,olrnliarilnrl ~ ~ J V(inancis1
E
need. A grant may ay up to full tuition and fees. A
r;~urlen~'s
scholas~icstantling,test scores, and hig school and community involvement are taken into consideration.
1
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
residents who have financial need. They range from $100 to $1400. All applicants
from Minnesota are expected t o apply before the priority deadline of March 1.
St~pp!emenh~Educa#ional
Opportunity Grant - A federal program administered by
thc C o l l ~ g e .To Ije rligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent
rcsicl~nt; (2) have sufficient financial necd as defincd by the program and
demonstrated by the KFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining good academic
standing at the Cnllege; and (4) be accepted (or admissicln.
18/Financial A i d
Basic Educational Opportanity Grants - A fedcral program that provides Basic
Grant awiirrls l o st~trlrntsw h o atrend eligiblc insti~ulionsof highcr education, The
maximum grant rligibility for eacli siudcnt lor 1980-81 is BIAOn, minus thc. amount
. grants are hilsed on need
the studcnt and fam~lycan be expcctcd to contri b u ~ eThe
as d e t e r r n i n ~ dby the program u i d ~ l i n c sApplicntion
.
is made by f i l ~ n gthc FFS (or
and requesting on ihe appficnlion form thnt i h r nererrary information be rrnr
to the appropriate BEOG officc.
mF)
Loan Assistance
National Direct Stt~dentLoans (NDSL) - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program nclminisrrrerl r hrou h the Cnllegc, for students who demonstrate financial
eligibility. Loans s r e i n t r r e i r f r c c i l u r i r ~ g
your education. Noinlrrrslaccruer nor do
a mcnrs have to be m ~ d on
c the principal at any lime yo11 d r e enrolled at least
l 4.:) and rcpa mcnt of rhc
fnri-iimr. Bc inning October 1,1480, simple i n ~ c r e iol
minimurn of830 a ~manih)
b r .in six tnonths a l l r r yclu cave school.
principal (a1 t
R~paylncntmay be cxtendcd up to 10 yrJrr. T e loan carries a teacher cancellation
claus~.The maximum which may be barrowcd for undcrgraduatc study is $6,0fl0.
f:
'h
Y
Guaranteed Student Loan {CSL) and Minnesota State Student Loan - Programs
backed by e i ~ h c r~ h lcrferal
c
or stale g o v e r n n i ~ n it,- o d n funrls are obtained directly
from a lucal lendcr or state gnvernmrnt in qtareq which provide such proarams.
W h r l ~the sturIeni is atlending at least hall-timc, there i s no interest tharge,
Rrginning lanudry 1, 1901, simple annual i n ~ r r c s !of 9':i) o n the loan balancc and
rcpayrnent of the principal begin six monr hs after you (pave srhool. Repdyrnent may
be e x ~ ~ n d up
e d to 10 yedrs. Thc maximum loan is62500 per year with t h ~cumula~ive
!
.
arc available at thr?callcge, samc
~1ndr1rgra~luate
maximum ~ f $ ' l 2 , 5 0 0 Applications
banks, and the Minnesota State S t u d ~ n tLoan Oflice. You mily obtain this loan
without demonstrating financial eligibility.
Nursing Student Loan - Fcdcral program with provisions similar to thc National
~ denrolled in
Direct Student Loan program, but rmtricted to applirants a r r ~ p t or
the program leading to the baccalaurcatc d ~ g r c e
In nursing, Kccipienrs [nust have
financial need and be registered full time. U p to 85% of t h e total horrowcd may bc
cancelled, depending upon the type of work donc afrer graduntion. The maxinrum
loan is $2500 per year.
Campus Work
Augsburg College provides work opparlunities for studenfs with proven financial
need who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Assignrncnt is made on
the basis of need and potential cornpctencc in pcrformlng the dtitics arsignccl,
Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, j u s ~ as
scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours nl on-ca~npus~tmploymenl
per week is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to
the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the
student employee.
College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under
these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis
with t e College to provide some part-time work opportunities.
1
Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Personnel Committee. For
departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department
involved.
These scholarships are available to students who will be Sophomores, Juniors and
Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes.
General Scholarships
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving
junior/senior students as recommended by the committee.
Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established i n 1979 by his family. One or more
scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship
deserving junior/senior students.
-
awarded annually t o t w o
M. I. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College selected by the
scholarship committee.
David J. Formo Scholarshi
established i n 1979 by members of his family. One or more
scholarships will be a w a r B e d a n n u a ~ ~t yo a junior or senior student who has successfully
overcome adversity and hasachieved excellence in academicand extracurricular performance.
Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female students transferring from
Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education.
Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as
recommended by the scholarship committee.
Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established in 1972 t o be distributed by
the scholarship committee t o needy students.
Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior.
Quanbeck Scholarship Fund -established i n 1963 by a bequest of JohnG. Quanbeck, awarded
annually t o freshmen students w h o without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher
education.
Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded
t o able and deserving upperclassstudents.
Tozer FotmdaHon Scholar~l1ip5- u p to $1000 each - swarded on I ~ basls
P
of scholarship,
p ~ r % r ~ n , ~ l i l y , ,n~wn ct lf Wrrrners must be juniororseninrsturlrin~r w l ~ o a r ~ r e s l d e n t sthe
o f State
nl M l n n r m t , ~bur not r r ~ i d r r i nf
~ r Plne, Kanabec orW,~\hingtclnCauntre~~Separate
application
required ol scnii-Tin.ili~~3
rt*lt,c~tvlby the scholarshir~mmmilrre. F I S must be sent t o Tozer
I r)unrldtron {code h577)
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior
student.
Special Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are
certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to able and deserving
students, who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need.
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship -awarded to able and deserving students who are policy
holders with Lutheran Brotherhood.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior.
Minority Student Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded annually to Lutheran
American minority students who show financial need.
Minnesota Minin &Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 to be
awarded to a Blaca student.
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically to a Black
American student.
National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students - sponsored by the American
Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to members of racial and ethnic minorities.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to upperclass Oriental students.
Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction.
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) i n the
senior class who is preparing for the ministry.
lver and Marie lverson Scholarship -awarded
Christian service.
on the basis of need, character and interest in
The Reverend Olal Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian service.
Morris C. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a juniorhenior
student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the
American Lutheran Church.
OnesimusScholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry.
awarded annually to an able and
Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshi
deserving junior/senior student recommended by treLholarship committee. Semi-finalists
are interviewed and selected by donor.
Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship,
characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith.
Departmental Scholarships
Art
Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be
awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need.
Athletic
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving malestudent
on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or
students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement.
Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education.
James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement.
Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial
need.
Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player on basis of financial need.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~
i n athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need
and/orl'of h i h Christiancharacter".Theathleticscholarshipisfora malecandidateonly,with
a preference for basketball.
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarshi s are awarded annually to
upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, wit[ preference vested in the
wrestling program.
Biology
Biology Scholarships -established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology.
Business
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship
interested in the field of business.
- awarded to one or
more upperclass students
Reid Scholarship - awarded toone or more upperclassstudents who are interested in business
and/or education.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship -One or more scholarships will be awarded annually
to a junior or senior majoring in Business Administration.
Chemistry
Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of
Chemistry.
Manhaid Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Carl Forse Memorial Cliemlstry Scholarship.
Federirk C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Schnlarship.
Dr. W. M. Sandslrom Chemistry Scholarship.
Waltcr Cordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Wallcr C. Tl~waitc,jr. Mcrnorial Cl~~mislry
Scholarship.
Covey Hentlrirksnn M~mtlrialChcrni~tryScholarship.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial
assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are
majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career.
Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the
field of English.
Foreign Language
M i m i Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring i n a modern language with preference given to those who plan to
teach language as a career.
Foreign Travel Scholarship -available to language majors studying a language abroad during
the academic year, to help with travel expenses. A special application is required by the Foreign
Language Department.
Health-Related
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarshi
students preparing for a career in medicine or h e a d . -
established in 1978 for upperclass
History
awarded annually to students majoring in history
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshi
with preference given to those who p t n a career in the field.
Library Science
Library Science Scholarship -established is1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s)
choosing librarianship as a career.
Mathematics
Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/
senior students majoring in mathematics orthe sciences on basis of need and academicability.
Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student i n the field of
mathematics.
Music
0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have
demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship- awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding
promise in the field of music.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a
major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing.
lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude i n stringed instruments.
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire
musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating
in athletics or music. The award i s "made to students who have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying
choral music.
John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to
upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music.
Physics
Theodore J. Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in
physics.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students pursuing careers in political
science.
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student in the general field of
Christian Sociology.
-
Student Life
25 Religious Life
Student Government
26 Athletics
Student Activities
Student Services
27 CSD
Intercultural Center
28 Health Service
Food Service
Residence Life
29 Student Rights
All roads (and ( h e skyway) lead to the
College Cenler
Ready for Christmas - afler finals
Classes are small, so you get to know
faculty and students
Li
~b
7
..
Student Life/25
Student Life
Your expe~iencesin the classroom are the prirnar aspect of your colte e life, but
learning anddevelopment also occur in formal andlinformal activities of r ieCollege
and t l l r ~rnc~rnpotitanarea, Wl~ethcryou are a resident or commuter student, you
will find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to
your edura~ion.
!'
Religious Life
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic and
social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we
encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith.
Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different rrligious and
cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness o f tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel reams, plannin
rornrnitrecr, ret rears, P ~ a r eand lustice forums, Hun er conferences, ronrcrtr, an!
plays and movies arc cxsrnpler of ihc wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students,
faculty and staff gather each Monday, W~dnesrlay,and Friday to give thanks and
hear he Word proclaimed by a number o f speakers. Each Wednesday night some
200 stuclents garher for I-loly Communion.
We seek 'to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to
gradually change and ctiscover the ifts that God has iven them. As a colle e of the
church, we encouragestudents to Porm their own vakes which will be thetasir for
the kind and quality o f life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for
counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious
activity and groups.
Student Government
Student ovcrnmcnt is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer
relationrEip and h e l m understanding wilh the arlrninirrrillion and faculty, and
providr? input into the decision-malcina process a t Augfihurg. Student government
also sponsors and directs student activities, protcctsstudcnt rights, and provides the
means (oxcliscuaions and aclion on all issucs pertaining to sti~dentlife at Augsburg.
Student government i s or anized into the executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch. Aectionr a r c held in ihc spring except for freshmen who
elect r heir represenralives in the fall of their firn yedr. Many kinds of involvement
arp possibl~!
from program plannin to writing or erliling tn service op ortunit ics If
p.
..:-.
you want to get involved, contar, i f e Prerid~ntor Vice President in t letr ofl~cpqIn
the College Cenlcr.
Social, Cultural, and Recreational
Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus
as we1pas in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name
entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
26/Student Services
The College Ccnler is the foeus of leisure-lime acriviry on campus. Offlces for the
C o l l ~ g encwspapcr, theArlgsbrir,y Echo. and the yearbook, ~ I i e A us l ) u r ~ i a narPon
,
i
unite ciarrronm or nnn-i%rsroorn relstrd
the lower lcvrl. Many of I ~ rPl r ~ bthat
inlerpsrs meet ill (he Centcr. KCMR, student-oper,~ted non-proli~ratlio station
v,
serving thc nccds o f Augsburg and t h e surrounding Ccdar-Kivcrsidc c o ~ n t n u n i ~is
lucatcd i n M o r t ~ n s e nTower.
There are seueral opportunities for partici ation i n music and drama. In addition to
appearing on cdmpur nntl in ihc cily, i l ! ~ Ahr~gsburgChoir, Conrert Band, and
Orchestr,~perform on national and international tourh. Many other ensembles are
available to cover the entire range of musical SIVIP~and previous musical
rxpericnce. Several plays are given on campus pach year under thc clirec~ionof the
theater arts depart rnent.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota lntercolle iate Athletic Conference (MIAC)
a n i is a member of the National Association o Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA).
M e n annually compete in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country,
basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
B
Augsburg is a member of the Mlnnesata Women's lntcrcollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for I~itcrcollegiateAthletics for Women (AIAW).
Women annually compete in volleyhall, cross country, gymnastics, basketball,
tennis, track & field, and softball. Women also h a w joined the golf team.
lntramurals
Every student is urged to participate in somc activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program providrs cornperilion i n a variety of team sports as well as
individual performdnce activiries. Broomball has been an especially popular coed
sport. Check s r h ~ d u l e sfor times when them is open usc of the gymnasium and ice
arena.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities Director.
Student Services
Augsburg College is concerncd with educating the whole person and recognizes
that t ~ pconiext
.
in which lcarning takcs place i s a critical laclor In acliirving oplimal
growrh. Knowlcd c grows from morv than intellectual cnclenvorr. Expanding
relationships, exp orirrg valucs, id~nzilyinglife stylcs, developing autonomy and
interdepentlence, finding purpose and cornmitrner~l-all corn bin^ w i ~ h
intrllectual
conten1 and skills to producc t h c dcsirrd cdr~cationalimpact of the college o n its
students.
F:
The Division of Student Affairs has bcen crcatcd to sup ort this task. During the
summer before your freshman ycar,orar the time ol trans er, you will receive a copy
of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a Colleg~ErEucatior~.This book will help you
assess the possibilities in your d u r a t i o n , choicrs to make, directions to consider
and different destinations lor which tn plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a
sort of road map for you.
P
CSD, l ntercultural Center/27
Center for Student Development
The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may
wish to participate in are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes.
, and staff as well as
You and your parents get ac uainted with classlnates f
with the campus. You stay in %e dormitory, attend evenlr in t e metropolitan area
and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life.
"'""6
Career Plannin and Placement. You may be unmrtaln about where you want to be
when you finis I your undcrgrdduatc experience, wheiher your life style will he a
I~alancedone. how work will provlde opportunily Ior service and fulfillment.
htlgsburg has a four-year career d e v e l o p m c ~ ~
plan
t
to liclp you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, tcst realities and prcparc for entry into the next phasc of your
lifr. ,411 new ~trtdentswill h a v a~ c l l a n c ~to review their interests with a counselor.
B
Human Develo ment Seminars. A series of informal "mini-uourses" are offered
each year to P
II p yo11gr0w III und~r5tandinga l ynurself and your relationship to
fli hers. Such topirs as PEER (Positive Eclucatiot?al Exp~ricnccsi n Relationships),
lsrues i n Mgn'sand Wonien's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Sceking,and Sexuality arc
availahlr?.Information on current nfferings ancl opporlunily to register are providecf
several limes d u l i n ~the year.
P
Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading,
studying, note-takin , and testing by attending one or more of the workshops
offered. You also wil have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose
your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring
through the Center.
7
Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle
elfet:rively disrussing thin s with someone who has moreexpertise.
c h a l l r n g ~mare
\
Couns~lorsarc available to hclp you thin through how you can handle major or
minor problems in a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of
policy anrl procedure.
f
Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire
to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same.
This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program.
Intercultural Center
As a College in thc city, commincd to the values and insights of cultural diversity,
Augsburg offers special advocacy anrl counseling for all minority students in close
cooperation with administrators. faculty and community. At the present time these
efforts concentratr i n two major areas:
American Indian Programs. Augsburg offen an American lndian student support
program to meet tJle special nreds of lndian students. The American lndian
community
Programs Counselor provides recrui~~nent,cnurscs.supportiveservices,
service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians.
Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities.
The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs.
28/Residence Life
The other facet of Augsbur 's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are
from or are interested in stujying in other countries, and in planning activities and
events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff.
Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member
whoservesas Director of International Programs tocheck on the many opportunities
available.
lnternationalStudents. If you are a student from another country or would like to be
part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed
International Student Advisor.
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of Srniley's Point Clinic located on
Riverside Avenue across thestreet from the campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service, ancf prescriptions are availabl~
thraugh the Fairview Pharmacy at
rasr. Be sure to check our family health coverage to determine if you are included;
if not, a student healti inrurunrr plan ir available.
Food Service
The Commons, sitttated on the top floor of the College Cenrer i s the main foodservice facility, fnr sluclenrs, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy
S uarc. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan
w\o live in residence halls ear their meals i n the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg providesa variety of board plan optionsfor those living in College houses
or nearby apartments.
Residence Life
Because Augsbusg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning
environment depends, i n art, upon his or her living conditions,a variety of housing
alternatives ir provided. T[c rcridcnrc hall program i s designed ro promote student
growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in
group decision-ma king. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are
able to facilitate the proccss of group living as well as discuss personal cuncerns wii h
individual students.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and
Kueffner Apartments.
Students engage a roam at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year.
New studenrs receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All
residcnt students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in
order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1 will be provided housing
only if space is available.
Student Rights/29
All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they
move into the residence.
All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstor high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36
studients, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional
residence-hall livin . It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 uppercfass students.
South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students.
Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a uniqueopportunity
to try group tiving. Croir s of upperclass rnpn or women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooring. Hourer are located in the carnpur area. Onc wa
maximize the living-learning aspects or your housing situation is to avail yoursc Iof
the opportunity to bid lor a house as a Special Interest FIouse. Groups of students
have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact
proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Sinlplilied Life Styles, and Scandinavian Sludics.
Yo
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished
except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are
available in each residence.
Student Rights
The Colle e has adopted a staternem of student rights and responsibilities and has
provided or due process in matters of disciplinary action. grievances, and grade
appeal. The judicial Council is elected by sludents and faculty and serves toconduct
hparings and review matlers of concern. Any studrnt who wishes to idcntify
a p ropriate proc~duresfor complainl should contart the Vicc Prcsidenr for Student
~fEir5.
7
t h e College operates in compliance with the family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Sf udenrs have thc right to inspect all official records, filcsand data which pertain
la them and which are rnaintainrd in the office o l thc registrar and the placement
office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceplions are
parents' financial records and confidentii~llcttcrs and siaternents placed in the
record before January 1, 1975, or placer1 undcr conditions where students have
signed a waiver o l right of access. Students have the right to experience erlucation
( r ~ efrom di5t:riminatfon based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background,
handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center
for Student Development.
Academic Information
31 Degrees
Academic Calendar
Faculty
Library & Audio-Visual
32 Divisions
33 M a j o r s & M i n o r s
Teaching Licensure
34 Certification Programs
Pre-Professional
35 Inter-Institutional Programs
37 Study A b r o a d
38 H o n o r s Program
Internship
C o n t i n u i n g Education
Academic Policies
38
39
40
41
42
Registration
Graduation Requirements
Grading
A u d i t i n g Courses
Grade Point Average
Classification
Advanced Placement
Advanced Standing
Probation a n d Dismissal
Dean's List
43 Graduation w i t h Distinction
Independent/Directed Study
Veterans
44 Brief Facts
45 Course N u m b e r i n g
Prerequisites
Psychology Building, Norwegian class,
Music Therapy class
Academic Information/31
-
Academic Information
Requirements for a de ree from Augsburg C n l l e g ~provide students with a broad
liberal arts backgroun! i
n the hurnaniticr, t h c natural sciences and the social
sciences - and conrentrated major rlurly in onp o r more fields. Students are
c
of faculty advisers.
encouraged to plan their o w n course n l study with ~ h help
Augsburg gi-atJuales are expecred to b~ able 10 write effectiv~t tn hr knnwledgeable alloilt urban concerns, a n d to have some unclers~;~t~
ing
' of c ~ r l ~ u r e s
outside the unired States. Cclicral rccrcational activit~escourscs acquaint sturien IS
with and P uip Ihrm lor lifetimesports, Cnurses i n religion assist in reflection on tlir
meaningo?lhc Chrislian Church r h r a u g h r ~ u d yof i t s b ~ l i ~ b , r r r i p t u r e , amission.
~~rl
rY
Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science degrees. The B.S. degree i s awarded to graduates with majors in Medical
Technology, Music Therap , Nursing and Social Work. Majors i n music may select
the program for the Bacheror of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates
with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with 15-week Fall anrf Spring semrstcrs
separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses ~ a c h
semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of t h r e r coirrses can Ire
earned i n the t w o annual summer sessions, one of four weeksanrloncofsix wcek5.
The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can takecourses o n another campusduring
the regular term. (See Registration).
j a ~ ~ u a Interim
ry
is partirularly inter~cledta be a time (or b o l h studentsand faci~ltyto
employ styles of teaching ~ n learning
d
and to invest~gatcquestions ant1 rnpics in
places and ways no1 p ( > s ~ i ldurinf:
~ I ~ lhe rprular term. Thc Interim ciltnlog,
pobiirhrd in rllc fall of tach year, i l rlirtrihutPrblo all rtvden~sand i s availat,lt* by
c o n tact in^ thc lntcrim Office. I n a d d i t ~ o nto classes offercd on canlpus, Ihcrc arc a
v a r i ~ r yo l !ravel opporti~nitieswithin the Unttetl Statesand abroad. / n r l ~ p r n c l ~or
nt
rlircr~edstucly and internships are aenong thr many Interim options.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal
interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 13 to 1.
Faculty m e m b r r s s e r v ~ a sacadrmicadvisers and are available for help o n individual
problems. All ~ t i i c l e n l rarp asqigned a faculty adviser t o help i n planning their
programs and apprnving (heir choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each
departmental Irrting, with further information i n the Augsburg College Faculty
section.
Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the
library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books
eriodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide
gbraries are located within the departmental areas.
32/Academic Organization
Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service
among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through
Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and
Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service,
guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of
information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical
handicaps.
The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and
for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies,
filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students.
Equipmentsuch as movie and slide rojectorsand ta e recorders ma be borrowed
for limited periods. Film bibliograpEies and other a g i c e on materiarr selection are
available.
Academic Organization and Programs
Divisions and Departments
The colle e curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and
Theater Arts
Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson)
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology,
Sociology
Professional Studies - Marie 0. McNeff (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work
Majors, Licensure/33
Majors and Minors
Majors, or concenirations of study, may be within one department, within one
division, or cross acadcmic disciplines. Some rtudrnrs decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Othcrs te5t a variety a{ diwi l i n ~ sbefore deciding.
Normally a major should l ~ cel e c t ~ d
by the enrl ol the fourt I semester and earlier in
some disciplines. Dctails of majors and minors arr i n thc coursc description section.
P
Majors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
(Accounting, Finance,
lnternational Business,
Management, Marketing)
Chemistry
Church Staff Work
Communication Arts
Corrective Therapy
East Asian Studies'
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Education
Engineering2
English
Foreign Languages
(Chinese,' French,
German, Japanese,'
Norwegian, Russian,'
Spanish)
History
International Relations
Mathematics/Computer Science
Medical Technology3
Metro-Urban Stud~es
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philoso hy
PhysicaPEducation
(& Adapted PE)
Ph sics
PoLtical Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
Scandinavian Area Studies'
Social Science/Social Studies
Social Work
Sociology
S eech
TReater Arts
1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota.
2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science
and Michigan Technological University
3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern
Hospital
Teaching Licensure
Teaching liccnsure pro rams are d f e r r d at Augsburg in Elementary Education,
Kindergarten, Early C h i l t h o o d ~ducation,andi h e w fields in Secondary Education:
Art, Biology, Chemistry, Earrh Science, English-Languagt. Arts, French, German,
Healrh, Hiszory, t i l r Scicnce, Mathematics, Middle School Science, Music, Natural
Science, Norwe ian, Physical Education, Physical Science {Chemistry or Physics
Emphasis). Socin'f~cicncc,Social Studies, Spanish, Zprech, Thcaler Artr, h minor is
olfcrcd i n Library Science. Students planning to teach on the secondary level have
advisers both in he Educa~iondcparlment and thearea of their academic major(s).
34/Certification, Pre-Professional
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg
to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth:
Certification in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less
formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact
the Art Department Chairperson.
Women's Studiescertification -may be earned by completin six interdisciplinary
courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individual y planned program
should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas
focusing on women, Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark.
7
Church Staff Worker Certification - is designed ro prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in thc Lutheran Church. I t consists of nine courses for a Church Staff
Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses i n psychology,
sociology, speech and ph slcal education. The pro ram is designed to meel clr
exceed criteria used in Tr7 e American Lutheran C irrch certification program.
~nterestedstudents sl~ouldcontact the Religion Departmen1 Chairperson.
a
-
Program Evaluation Certification
Provides the background for performing
systematic assessments of programs for social improvemen~s.Students are required
to complete a group of fivc psychology and sociology courses, including an
internship. For futher inf~rrnation~contact
the Psychology or Sociology Department
Chairperson.
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry,
veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or
seminaries be reviewed and the coirrsenf study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A
faculty adviser is available i n each field to assist students in their planning. It i s
recommended that stud~ntswho want to plan a pre-professional program consult
with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social
sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future
professional study.
Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry a t the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses;
Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352;
Mathematics 124; General Psycholagy,l course. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and
engineering i n rooperation with the Washington University of Engineering and
Applied Science in St, Louis, Missouri,and the Michigan Technological University in
Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for
information on thc course requircmcntr in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
I nter-l nstitutional/35
he-Law - Studcnts planning to pursue a career in law should consult the
handbook published hy The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the
Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, Students may wish to take the
poIi~icalscienrp coursp, Law in the Uniled States, to help tleterminr whpthpr they
possessan inlerest In law. Since law schools encnuragc sludents to maintain a high
gradc palnt average, the pre-law studcnt should be aware that many graduate
rcliools consicl~rihe grade P givcn for a course as a C.
he-Medicine - Many metficaf schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to
reparc lor study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology anti chemistry departments
[ s v r majors rpecirlly dcrigncd for pre-medical s~udentr.Both require Chernirtry
115, 116 (or 705, 1061, Mathematics 124, 125; and I'liysics 121, 122. The Chemistry
major also requires Chemistry 353, 361, one advanceti course, seminar, and two or
more biology courses. The Hiofogy major alsa requires Biology 111,1t2,491 and one
from each r,l ~ I i r c e
groups (351, 353, 3611, (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 47G),with 353
recornmencled, Des~gnetlto meet the Univcrsity of Mtnnesola requirements, both
programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities,
at othcr medical schools may
including psychology and sociology. R~guirements
vary. Sti~dcntsate encnurag~dto consult with the faculty adviser early in the
freshman year.
Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology
111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351,352; Economics 122,123; English 111 and a second
course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122; electives from
humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several
d i f f e r r n ~majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. Rccornmcndcd preparation include5 Religion 111, 221; at least two
scrncstcrs of history (Western Civiliration); one or rnore courses in the history of
philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum retluirernent~of the College of
Veterinary Mcdirine a1 [he University of Minnesota, these courses are recorn*
mended: English, 2courses; Math~matirs
724; publics eaktng, 1 course; Chemistry
I l 5 , l l l (or l05,1(16/,
351,352. 351; Biology I l l , 312; Plyiicr 121,122; Fconomicr, 1
course; 2 courses in art, li~eralure,music, humanities, theater, or uppcr division
foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political
sci~nce,psychology or sociology courses to fulfill rhe rest of the distribution
requiremrnts. Requirements at other universities may vary,
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges
library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
36/l nter-I nstitutional
Associated Colleges of theTwin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an
exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies.
See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the
cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the
other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home
campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be
taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the
campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim.
The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is
composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota.
Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative
research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of
the community organizations of the Upper Midwest.
Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in
the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology
with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to
help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses
are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and
students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee
Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for
the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes
offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the
courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable.
Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
ROTC - While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for
the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available in the
metropolitan area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information,
confer with the Dean of the College.
Study Abroad/37
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further
information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from
the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of
students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the
year one wishes to participate in an international program.
Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program
based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice
and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive
Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The
cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition for one term at
Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries areselected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in
one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of
the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages:
language study and group meetings during the school year before departure,
independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
-
Semester or Year Abroad
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at
Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the
Institute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The
Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University
of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in
the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational
Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark,
England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan,
Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved
before departure by the Director of International Programs, faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign
study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as
elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education
requirements.
Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend
a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs.
Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued
each s ~ r i n afor the followina lanuarv.
38/Academic Policies
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified
s t u d ~ n t sto purque an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special
seminars, colloquia, hnnors sludent lorurns and options in completing the general
eductl~ionrequirements are all part o l the Honors Program. Inquiries should be
addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director.
Internship Program
The Internship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost all
fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be
related t o their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available
with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augshuxg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through
its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since
continuing ed~tcationcourses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary
in length fram four weeks to fourtecn weeks. Students wishing to know more about
Augsburg's conttnuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the
Associate Dean.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Registration
- Semesters, Interim, Summer
Students normally register tor four courses a semester and one course in the
intrrim. Sti~dcntsregistered for three or rnorfcourses i n a semester are classified as
full-time sturlents. To regislcr For mare than 4.5 courses, students must contact the
registrar1<otficc to petition the Committecon Admissions and Student Standing for
permission.
A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following
semesters.
Se arate catalo s of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer
Sclool Office or those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and
procedures.
f
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus
are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms
lnterim Office, Memorial 230, lnterim
Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School
Graduation Requirements/39
Frcshmen and translersrudents have an opportunity to pre-register during summer
(or courses i n ~ h cfall, Atl currently enrolled students have a n opportunity to
pre-re istcr during the fall for the spring and during [he spring for both the fall and
the f o l k w i n g spring. Ail students must confirm their registrarion .tihe beginning of
each semestcr and c o m p l ~ t efinancial arrangements.
Although a student may re ister u to two weeks after the semester begins,
registration is encouraged at t e regu arly scheduled time. Fees are charged for late
registration and for cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of a
semester.
8,
P
Students are urged nor to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this
results in a failing grade on the alficial record. Cancellation of courses or
cancellation from C o l l r g ~must b e done in tlic Registrar's Office. Cancellations
from college and resulting adjustments in account5 are elfective as of the date the
c
of the Registrar.
completed Cancel from College form i s returned ro ~ h Office
Graduation Requirements
1. Completion of 35 courses.
At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and400s. Not more
than 13 may be in one department, except as listed i n approved majors under
departmental headin s Thr course rural rnusl inclutle ihrce Interims for students
whose complete a c a j e k i c work ir a t hugrburg. For trnnricr rturients, the course
total must include one l e a interim coursc than the numbcr of yPnrs at Augsburg.
No more than these maximums may be applfed toward the 35 total courses
re uired: 4 Conservation of Human Rcsourccs (CHR courses; 2 courses by
in ependent/{lir~cledstudy; 4 courses o l internship; ant B r a u r ~ e swith a gradeof
Pass (P). Non-traditional rading ( P ) i s limited to two in the major and onr in thc
minor ilapproved by the ( epartrnent chairperson and is not available for majors or
I
4
7
minnrs In Elementary Educa~ion.
Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should
contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirementsfor a second bachelor's
degree.
2. Completion of a major.
Requiremenbfor each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor
or co-major is not required, but is encouraged.
3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors.
A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major, except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5
averages are required.
4. Residence
The last year of full-time study or equivalent must be at Augsburg.
5. Distribution requirements
Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the
summer and fall orientation periods.
40/Evaluation, Grading
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biolog
Psychology-Socio ogy
English-Speech, Communication
& Theater Arts
Y
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
Forei n Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at
Au s%urg.Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take one
adBtionai course at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112) of
another foreign language.
Religious Studies -Three approved courses in religious studies, of which not more
than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is
one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg.
Urban Concerns - A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet
this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Office of
the Registrar.
Lifetime Sports -Two
sports.
lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations.
Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are
used.
MOSIC O U ~ ~ Care
? S oflercd wlth gradln options - traditional grading o n a 4.0 to 0.0
scaIc or the Pass/Credit systpm, i n w ich P means a grarl~of 2.0 nr better and N
mtZanFno credit anti gratlc of lesq than 2,0. Students are c ~ u t i o n e tto
l use the P/N
gri~de0 tron with care sincr romc gradt~aleand professional schools do no1 look
ldvorabr on u large number of P-grarird rourrcr, nr rank each ns .I "CPi.For
graduation lrom Augshurg, a s~urlcnrmay count a rnsxilnum of eight courses of P. I f
aplsrovetl 11 the clel)artmen~rhairpprson, two rtlurscs in the malrjr anti one in the
minor m a y ge on ihr P/N system, cxccpt in Elcmcntary Educat~nn.
%
Certain cnurscs are offered n n one grading system only. Sociology 383and several
~
radccl only on the P/N grading system. Some education
interim C O U ~ S Carp
courses are grarled On y oh [he P/N system or only on the ~rarlirionalsystcm. English
111 is grildecl P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses a r e gradetl only P, 1.0, N.
1
Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system
unless they indicate on their re istration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes in choice ofgrading system must be made according to dates
published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of
classes.
\,
Grading, AuditingMI
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N ( N o credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A
grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or
below level.
An incomplete i s a temporary grade indicating that the student has been authorized
by the Academic Dean t o complete work in this course by a specified time. The
grade i s changed t o 0.0 if work i s not completed by the agreed upon date. Seniors
must have any incompletes from first semester and interim removed by April 1.
An incomplete ,radc may be giver? only in the case of extrp~ilePmcrgcncy. 'TO
receive it. a Stur en1 mu51 file a p r t i t i o n with t h e Committcp o n Admissinns , ~ n d
Student Standing stating he reasons for the rpqupst*the plan and dare l a r rcrnoving
il, ant1 colnmcnh from t h r instructor. If permission i~granleri, the i n t . o m p l c t ~mu\!
h~ removed t+uri~.rgthc following semeswr, or i t bccomcs ~ h ~c r a d strbrnittcd
r
hy
~
~ l i cteaclicr along will, t h incornplere.
P
A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the
second semester or the grade of X will remain o n the record.
A rour&in w h i c h a gradc o10,1.0,1.5, N, I, ar X has heen received may be repeated
lor credit. Coirrses In which higher grades have I w ~ earned
n
may not be repeated
for ~ ~ ~ l bj ui t tmr7y
,
h r rrudiled. All courses takprj r e r n i n o n the academic record.
d s r r o n r l time a r r counted toward graduation
O n l y thr rreditsand g n r . 1 r~n~r n ~ thp
and in ~ l i grade
c
p n i n l average.
A course is given a grade of W when it i s dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation o n the record.
Auditing Courses
Stud~ntswho wish to takp courses without crcdir or grade m a y d o s o by r q i s ~ c r i n g
(or Audit (V). Full-time ftudents may aurlit a course without ct~arge.Thr chargr for
part-time students is lister! under Exper~ser,S t u c l ~ n
ts who ;lucfil a coursr 5110i11~1
confer with the lnstrilctor within two wceks of tlic beginning ol t h r tcrm to
dptprmine expectaliuns, altenrlancr anrl any oiher r ~ q u i r c m e n I~f .e x p ~ c t a t i o n s
l i h e transcripl as having b w n audiicri. I f
have bee11me!, ~Jlecourse will Ile l i ~ t e ton
cxpcrtations havc not been met. the corlrsc will ~ I P listctl w i t h a gradc o l W
(Wii hdrawn).
42/Classification, Probation
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based o n final rades for all work at Augsburg. I t
does not include credit and grade points for w o r t transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken o n the P/N grading option are recorded, b u t not computed in the
GPA.
Classification
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points
Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i n courses beyond the beginning level i s granted to students
with scores of 3,4, and 5 o n the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional
credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be
addressed to the Office of the Registrar.
Advanced Standing
College credit isgrantrd to high school students who have successfully completed a
college level course ilnd w h o have scored high o n the Advanced Placement
Examinations. hugsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received o n the
College Level Exnminirlion Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should be addressed to the
Office of the Registrar.
Probation and Dismissal
A studenl will be placrd o n schalastic probation at the end of the term if his or her
t
has been o n probation two or more
a c h i c v ~ l n ~ is
n tunsatisfactory. A s t u r l ~ n who
ir s u b j c r ~10 dis~nissalat the end of the term. Dismissal from
c o n ~ e c u l i v sPrne5crrs
r
the College i q not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee o n Admissions
and Stpdrnt Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly
adviqetl to withdraw betorc the end o l the term. A student who has been o n
probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have
special permission t o re-enroll.
A student will be placed o n probation under these conditions:
Freshman - below 1.6 grade average or 2 zero grades, having taken 6 or fewer
courses.
Sophomore - below 1.7 or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 to 15 courses.
Junior - below 1.9, having taken 16 t o 24 courses.
Senior - below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses.
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point
average for a semesrcr i s 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three f u l l courses, or
equivalent, graded o n the traclitional grading system, with n o incompletes i n
courses offered for credit. f he Dean's List is included i n a College publication and
each student o n it receives a letter of rec:ommendation.
Study Options, Veterans/43
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 grade average
Magna cum laude 3.6 - 3.79 grade average
Cum laude 3.3 - 3.59 grade average
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed
two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
IndependentIDirected Study
Manydrpartrnen.ts offer opportunities forcanscien~iousstudentswho demonstrate
~ufficlenthackgrounrl and prepara~ionIn a given field to carry out upprr d~vision
departmenz5al5ooffer a11opportuniry for
lcvel work nn an indcpendcn~ba~is.Sorn~
(Iirrcted s~udyon a lower division Icvcl. h student who rcgistcrs for dirccted or
indcpcnrlenr study should normally exper1 to complete i t i n one semestpr but may
exterid ir inro thc ncxt tprm by permi5sirmof ~heinstructnr.In such casrs,agradrof
X is givrn at the end of the firs[ term. ant1 t h e s t ~ ~ i ewill
n t r c g i s t ~again
r
tor t h e c o u r s ~
to rrceive the final grade.
Students inrerestetl in registering for directed or independent study must first
securr! permishion from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two
courses i n fndcpcndent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35
courses reqi~ircrllor he degree.
Students may cross-registcr for inde endrnr studies at another ACTC school only
when the major field i n which ihp inApendrnt study is proposed is not available on
tlieir liorne rampus, ant1 will bc charged by the host campus for an special costs
attached. R~questsfor cxccption to this potrcy should be made direct y to their own
academic dciln.
Y
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is a roved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training.
Veterans s h o u k n s u l t with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans
Administration.
V e f ~ r a n swill be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two
consecutive terms i n which the did not earn at least threc courses er lcrm, he
minimum for rlursification as {ull-time students. It is the rPrponri&llty of each
veteran to repor1 any change in registration and/or academic load to thcOfficc of
the Registrar, as i t is for all students.
A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below
threecourses wil be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need to
meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
7
44/Brief Facts
Facts & Figures
about Augsburg College
Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota,
since 1872. Founded in 1869.
Affiliation - The American Lutheran
Church. 57% of students are Lutheran,
16% other Protestant, 14% Roman
Catholic.
Accreditation - North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, Council on
Social Work Education, National Association of Music Therapy, approved by
American Chemical Society.
MemberTwin Cities
Associated Colleges of the
Enrollment (1979-80) - 1,576 from 26
states and 20 nations.
Graduates - 1870-1979,7627. Class of
1980,288.
Faculty - 90 teach full-time, 89 parttime. Class size averages 25-30.
Campus - 14 major buildings, 8 new
since 1961. Major renovation 1979-80.
Library - Over 160,000 volumes,
access to over 5,000,000 through the
Twin Cities private college consortium
and Minitex.
Majors - 40 in 20 departments.
Special offerings include International
Relations, Medical Technology, MetroUrban Studies, Music Therapy, Corrective Therapy, Scandinavian Studies.
Off-Campus Programs - Program in
Global Community, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA), Study Abroad, and extensive
internship program.
Athletic Affiliation - Association of
Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW), Minnesota Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
(MAIAW), Minnesota Intercollegiate
Athletic Conference (MIAC), National
Association of Intercollegiate Athletics
(NAIA).
Policy - Augsburg College does not
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by
Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs,
activities and employment practices.
School Year - September to May,
4-1-4 calendar. Two summer school
sessions.
~ugsburgCollege
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Departments, Courses/45
Departments,
Course Descriptions
Course desctiplians. arr listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The
descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise
description and rlarification of content and requirements for individual courses, the
student should consult the instructors of the courses.
subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall
and Spring terms, unless anolhrr frequency is specified, The Schedule of Classes
published each spring lisls oll'eringr and locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Desrri tions and schedules for cottrses offered i n January Interim and Summer
Schoorare publirhpd in scparare c a r a l ~ g ~ .
Courscs and terms listed arc
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit,
are offered i n the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate
value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two90-minute periods a week, in
addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are
primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must betaken before enrolling in a higher level courseare listed in the
course de5cription. A student may enroll in a course when a rerequisite has not
b e ~ fulfilled
n
iI t here is prior a proval of a professor teaching t e course and of the
academic atlviser. Consent o f t e instructor is indicated in some course descriptions
by this sign: (#)
t:
t:
Departments
and Courses
47 Art/Art History
49 Biology
53 Business Administration
& Economics
55 Chemistry
58 East Asian Studies
Education
Elementar /Kindergarten
Early Chidhood
Secondary
Library Science
68 Engineering
69 English
72 Foreign Languages
Chinese
French
German
Greek
Japanese
Linguistics
Norwegian
Russian
Spanish
81 Geography
Health and Physical Education
84 History
87 International Relations
Mathematics/Computer Science
90 Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
93 Music and Music Therapy
98 Natural Science
99 Nursing
101 Philosophy
103 Ph sics
106 Poitical Science
109 Psychology
112 Religion
115 Russian Area Studies
Scandinavian Area Studies
117 Social Science
Social Studies
118 Social Work
120 Sociology
122 Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
126 Transdisciplinary Major
127 Women's and Minority Studies
46
Chemisrry lab, Science Hall
from the Quad
XB
FWF-
-
I
. .
ART
Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August
Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson
Studio Art Maior: 9-13 studin courses with Foundations 102, '107,225; 3 art history
coirrses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (110,223,360) and
one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs
with the Founclatians, although advallced placement is possible with portfolio on
approval by thc Art taculky.
Teaching Major: Foundations 102,107, 225; Studio 118,132, 150, 221, 223 and 250
plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history courses.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses
including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificatein Art: 8 art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may
be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Foundations in Studio Art Courses
102 Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern forthevisual content of experience in the
environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects
exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction.
107 Drawing
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building
interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
225 Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.
Studio Art Courses
100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil,
132 Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and
white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring)
150 Jewelry
An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn
how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals.
221 Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective
media.
223 Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etc hing, silk-screen
and woodcut.
242 Film Making
Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim)
247 Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog
250 Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
330 Visual Communications II
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and
other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq. :225)
351 Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a
continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250)
355 Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118)
360 Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor.
(Alternate years)
368 Print Making I1
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen,
etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223)
399 Internship
Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project.
478 Sculpture II
Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221)
499 Independent Study
Advanced study i n area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors.
Art History Courses
240 Art History Survey
A survey o f art f r o m prehistoric t o modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of
slides, visits t o museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year.
382 Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts i n Scandinavia from pre-history t o modern times.
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period t o the4th Century A.D. (Alternate years,
1982-83)
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and
architecture i n Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14 t o 18th century.
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Alternate years, 1981-82)
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis o n
19th and 20th century art and its relationship t o European art as well as indigenous
movements. (Alternate years, 1982-83)
Biology
Neal Thorpe (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg,
Ralph Sulerud
-
Major
Option 1: 7 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from
each of three groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students
intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
Major - Option 2: 9 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from
each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; ( I l l ) 361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476;
Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352). Students who plan to teach in
secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also
requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are
advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning.
Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually
reauire Chemistrv 353.
Minor: 5 courses, including I l l , 112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105,106).
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar,
one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research
report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year.
101 Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer
such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man
have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man haveon theenvironment?What
influence does theenvironment,especially the urban environment, haveon man?(3 hours
lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and
103. Does not apply to the major or minor).
103 Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for
Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not
receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor).
105 Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? What
threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and
non-renewable resources?What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism,
socio-biology,and inequitiesin thedelivery of health care?(3 hour lecture. Does not apply
to the major or minor. Spring)
108 Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields
of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health
majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #.
Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor).
109 Special Topics in Biology
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course
together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon
needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor.
111,112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and
phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission
of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring)
323 Experimental Human Physiology
A laboratory-based course i n which the principles of human function are learned by
experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will
also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective
therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors
(primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112.
Fall 1982 and alternate years).
351 Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life
history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.
Spring, 1981 and alternate years).
353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution,
behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112. Spring)
355 Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics.
Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112, Spring)
361 Plant Biology
A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112, Fall)
367 Biochemistrv
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and
nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry
352 or #. Fall)
440 Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular
plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring, 1982 and alternate years)
471 Cellular Biology
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring)
473 Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions
are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1981. Alternate
years.)
474 Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well
as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic
development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours
class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
52/Business Administration
476 Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered
as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall)
481 Ecology
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some
Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall)
491 Seminar
Oral presentationsand written papers relating to recent biological literatureand research.
(For seniors majoring in biology, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor.
Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous
arrangement with instructor)
Business Administration
& Economics
Edward M. Sabella (Chairperson), James E. Billings, Wayne Carroll, Satya Gupta,
Douglas Heidenreich, Amin Kader, Roy LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Lynne
Medcalf, Nichole Miller, George Powell, Kenneth Rich, Frank Seidel.
Business Administration
I
Major in Accot~nting:.9 Business Administration courses [101,102,131,261,262,263,
379,381, and 483 or 484)):4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258,391,
392). A1 leas^ 1111 cc u p p r r ttivision courses arc required. For I hose planning careers i n
accounting, completion of Ihe two remaining courses i n rhcscquence381,382,483,
484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and computcr programming are
strongly recommended.
Major in Finance: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,267,262,373,379,
478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, anrl one from
258, 391, 392). At least five upper clivizion courses are required. Economics 392,
Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,145,250,
261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 o r 478); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340, 445);
Philosophy 120; Psychology 371, 373; Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111 o r
English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is strongly recommended.
Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261,
330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech
and Communications 351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 is strongly
recommended.
Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other
courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above.
Business Administratiod53
M a i o r in lnlfernational BusEness: 8 Ruslncss Adrninlstratlon coursrs (101,102,131,
335,261 and 39Cfo r 499 ancl rwo (rom 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123,
379); Politica t Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses ( o r demonstrated proficicncy) from
nnc of t h following:
~
Arrbic, ~ { i n p r e ,French. Ccrmnn, Grcck. Ifaiinn, J a p a n r r ~ .
Norwegian, Russian, Spa~iFsh; 1 I-listory course ( c o o r d i n a t e d w i t h thc foreign
languaarcnurzes) lrom 103,l04,222,322,323,321,331,332,440,474:
8 Internalional
Core courses, i n c l u d i n g internship or i n t l e p e n r f e n ~stud Corc c o u r s r s must be
taken ilbroud (England a n d C ~ r m a n y ,orhcrs to be ad<!klj. Exceptions may be
pwmitted w i t h department a prnval G ~ n c r adescriptiunq
l
follow. Studrrlrs w h o
plan t o major in lnlernatiuna Business should colitact ll-le dcpartmcnt's international a d v i w r , Arnin Katler, as soon as possiblc to carefully p l ~ their
n
program of
t'
study.
lnternational C o r e Courses
- Required
Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the
comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign
investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc.
European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it;
structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies;
distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S.
Import-Export Operations-The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and
export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and
financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysis of international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations.
Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and
managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiaries and parent company; organizational behavior; management policy; comparative
industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international
setting.
lnternational C o r e Courses
- 3 t o b e Elected
Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and
obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure,
land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism.
European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms of
economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path
to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport;
industrial policy; current membership negotiations.
lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of
domestic and international policies, lnternational monetary cooperation.
lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors in diplomacy; tariff techniques
and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof
economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid
policies; exchange rate policies.
Theory of lnternational Finance - The relevance of international finance; participants in
the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and
forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the
impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the
performance of monetary policy.
54/Business Administration
Mirror: 6 courses, i n c l u d i n g Business Administration 101,102, a n d o n e o f 261,373,
379,478; a n d trne nf 262,379,381; a n d Economics 122 a n d 123. O t h e r configurations
f o r t h e Business Administration m i n o r may b e p e r m i t t e d o n consultation w i t h t h e
deparrmcn~chairperson.
Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d
comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration.
C.P.A. Certification: Graduates w h o wish t o take t h e Certified Public Accountants
{C.P.A.) examination p r i o r to fulfilling t h e e x p e r i ~ n c erequirement must have
corn l e t e d the major in Rusincss A<lministratian-Accounting, taken all accounting
and gusines, law c,,t~rws offered, (uililled the Mathematics-Physics general rollegr.
r e q u i r e m e n t by taking maihematics, and c o m p l e t e d at least 5 courses b u t no1 more
than '12 courses o l related business subjects (Economics, Finance a n d Mathematics).
Students w h o have c o m p l e t e d theabove requirements a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r t h e rules
of ihc Minnesota State Roarrl of Accountancy lo sit for ihc? examinariotr immediately
after graduation.
Notes: Students w h o plan t o major i n t h e department are strongly encouraged t o
select a d e p a r t m e n t adviser as soon as possible, i n o r d e r t o carefully plan t h e i r
program o f study.
I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e courses listed below, these have b e e n o f f e r e d u n d e r Business
Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research M e t h o d s f o r Economics a n d Business,
C o m p u t e r Simulation f o r Business, I n c o m e Taxes f o r Individuals, C o m p u t e r
Applications, a n d Discrete Event Simulation.
101 Principles of Financial Accounting
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
102 Principles of Managerial Accounting
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101)
131 Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring)
135 lntroduction to Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion,
marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand)
145 Fundamentals of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control.
The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager. (On Demand)
250 Data Processing
An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall)
261 Fundamentals of Finance
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and
uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
I
I
.
,
.
.
."
Business Administration/55
262 lntermediate Accounting I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101,102, Fall)
263 Intermediate Accounting
- II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring)
330 Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research
methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in
marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand)
,
340 Personnel Administration
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable
working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and
society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand)
373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis
on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material.
(Prereq.: 261)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
381 Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well asother quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102)
382 Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and
various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Spring 1982-83)
399 Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to
spend one full term working with some industrial organization. I n addition the student will
write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken i n Interim only).
430 Marketing
- Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and
decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product
selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand)
440 Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from
service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial
point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes,
productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.:
Junior or Senior or #. O n Demand)
478 Investments and Financial Institutions
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s strongly recommended. Fall)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides theopportunity t o become familiar with statistical research methods through use
of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods
and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are:
Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis
of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring)
483 Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis o n internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
484 Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting
and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1982)
295, 495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings i n the areas of Accounting, Finance o r General
Business. (Prereq.: #)
499 Independent Study
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed t o afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue i n depth.
(Prereq.: #)
Economics
Major in Econamics: 8 Eronomics courses {122,123,251,258,454
and three other
upper division); Uusiness Adminis~ration'101. 102, 379; Mat hernat ics 114. Mathematics 373 may he substituted fnr Rusiness Adminisrralian 379. The complete
calculus sequence isvery strongly recomrnencled lor thosc pIanning graduate study
i n cconornics, I n addition, courses In data proccssingantl computer programming
are strongly recommended.
MajorindppliedEconomics: 9Ecnnomicsco~1rses(122,127,251,258,454and445or
453 and t h r r e other upper division); R u s i n ~ s sh d m i n i s r r a ~ i o n101, 102, 379. 479:
Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 ir strotigly
recommcndcd, Mathematics 373 may be suhstiturcd for Uusincss Administrat~on
379. The st~rtlentis slrongly encourag~dto rake other E c ~ n o m i c s c o u r s ~insadditioo
to thosf: listetl above.
Combined Major in Economirs - Business Administration: 5 Ec.anomics courses
(122,123,251, 258 and one upper divrsinn); 6 Business Administration courses (101,
102,261,373,379and one upper division), Courses in data processing and computer
ly
to
programming are highly rccornrncndecl. Tlle student is very ~ ~ r n n gencouraged
take additional corrrscs both in business administration and economics.
Minor: Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson.
Honors M a j o r : GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d
comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration.
Notes: In a d d i t i o n t o the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d
unrlrr 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Lconomics, History of Economic Thought,
Kesrarch Mrthods for Economics, and Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d
1 3 ~ c i s i o n - M a k i n gw i t h Finite Mnrkov Chains.
Economics 120,122 a n d 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics
120 will satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement.
Students w h o Ian t o m a j o r i n t h e d e artment are strongly encouraged t o select a
d e p a r t m e n t a&iser as soon as p o s s i b k i n order t o carefully plan their p r o g r a m o f
study.
120 Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and
Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental
microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics.
(Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in
Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or
minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should
instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors)
122 Principles of Economics (Macro)
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120.
Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken in the same term in
order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses.
123 Principles of Economics (Micro)
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of Economics122or 120. Economics122and 123 may be taken
i n either order,or may be taken in thesame term in order forthe student to progress more
rapidly to other courses.
250 Data Processing
An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n economics.
251 Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the
pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare
economics. (Prereq.: 123)
258 lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq.: 122. Fall)
340 Managerial Decision Making
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modcrn techniques of management
science to prepare students to make better husincss and economic decisions. Emphasis is
on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio
selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, i n v ~ n t o r ymodels, information
systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bur. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents.
Spring, O n Demand)
370 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
391 Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall)
392 Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 Internship Program
Astudent may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization, tn addition, rhe student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
442 Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor asa factor of production; determination of wage collective
bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand)
445 Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and carrespendfngpractices i n business, Among the topics
considered are theories and practices i n forecasting, estimation of demand and cost
functions, price and non-price competition, producrron and rost considerations, and an
analysis of economic problems of relevance to manilgemenr. (Prcrcq.: Econ. 251 or
equivalent or #. Spring, On Demand)
453 Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the
areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122
or equivalent or #. O n Demand)
454 Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, 1983)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides ~lieopportunltyto become lamiliar with sratls~iralresearch methods through use
sf the eleclranrc cornouter. This course srresses the understandtna of statistical methods
and computer prograhming techniques. Thc mawrials to br prw&ted i n the course are:
Computer ProgrammingTechniqucs; Statistical Methotic General Linear Models, Analysis
of Varfancr, etc. (Prereq,: Bus. Ad. 379 or pquivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring)
295,495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: #)
499 Independent Study
The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #)
Chemistry
Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra
Olmsted
Graduation Major in Chernfstr 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353, 361 and one
advanced course which may inc ude Biochemistry; participation in seminar; Physics
121,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and
hysics prerequisites, students shoul cf' plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 in the
Eerhrnan year and Phyricr 121,122 in the sophomore year.
7:
American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105,
106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which should be taken during the sop omore year).
Reading ability in German equivalent to one semester also required.
/
Teaching Major: PhysicalScience Emphasis- Chemistry Major: Recommendation
for licensure in Physical Science re uires general chemistry (115,116 or 105,106); 3
courses in earth and life sciences; C emistry 351,352,353,361,362,482,491
(Biology
367 may be substituted for 362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised to consult with the
Education Department early in their planning.
71
Pre-Medlcal Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition,
medical schools expect at least twa courses and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the chemistry epartment for assistance in planning a
course program early in thelr college career.
d
Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in
seminar.
Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115,for 106and 116, or for 223and
351 or 352.
Most courses in this department have prerequisites,courses that must be completed
before enrolling in the given course. h prerequisite must be completed with a grade
of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These
requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in
registering for the second term.
60/C hemistry
-
-
105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major
i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed Ior sfil(lent5 who need asurvvy of the fundamen~alprinciples olgeneral,organic
anti biological rhemi5try for careers i n allird h r a l ~ hareas such as nitrsing (inr:lurling
A u g s h u r g ' ~ Upprr Division Program), inhalrtion therapy, hrstotechntllo~y, physlral
erluvatirln. and ntlierr. Open also to ~ l u d e n t sIn the humanitlcr and social sciences. rirst
t a r r n , ~ c l ~ e r chemistry
nl
prinril)lcsandan inrrorluction t a n r g a l ~ i chemistry,
r
Secontl term,
nrp,anlc anrl l~iolrrgical chemistry with ~ p p c i a l applications t o human physiological
cheniisfrg. ( 3 I - l i o u r I ~ d ~ e r e2s hours
,
labnr.~tory, This rourw doer not apply toward the
major or mlnor i n chcmisrry. Crrvlii cannot b e earncrl tor hoth Chemistry 109 arvtl 105 o r
I T S nor can rterlii bp ~ a r n c dfor both Che~nisrry110 and 223 or 351, Srereq.. H i ~ school
h
chem~stryw ~ t h l nthe last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring)
115, 116 General Chemistry
A n intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from
inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including
kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 I - h o u r lectures, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school
chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115 Fall, 116 Spring)
223 Elementary Organic Chemistry
Designed t o present the basic facts and theories of modern organic chemistry within the
time frame of a one-semester course, this course gives students a sound background i n the
reactions and structures of organic molecules. (3one-hour lectures, one 3-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 105 or 115. Spring)
351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organlc compounds with sp~clal
cmphasison mechanisms and multlstepsynthesls D e s c r ~ p t ~ vmater~al
e
~ s c o r r ~ l a ~hy
c rmeansol
l
mocl~rn
r h ~ o r ~ of
e schem~cal
bonds, energy-relat~ons,and reactor mechanism; many applicatrnnr of orEanlc chem~stry
to blologlcal, environmental and ~ndustrlalIrelrls. (3 onr-hour lectures, one 4-hour
laboratory Prereq 106 o r 116, 351 Fall, 352, Sprlng)
353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an
introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety ofsamples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106or 116.
Fall)
361, 362 Physical Chemistry
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states o f matter arestudied i n the first semester. Applicationsof these concepts toareas
of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122; Mathematics 124,
125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory.
Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions.
Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours
lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of
German. Fall)
481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
353, 361, or #. Spring)
482 Advanced Inorganic
Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 361, or #. Spring)
483 Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to
solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules.
Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under
the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to
participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to
participate.
497 Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic
year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing).
499 Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or
historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding)
62/East Asian Studies
East Asian Studies
Khin Khin Jensen (Campus Coordinator)
This major is an Inrer-college, interdepartmental program enabling studcn~sto
acquire a broad kr~owledgeof China and lapan as miijor culrurer anrl to gain a
general command at rhe la~iauae of one country. Tlie three program corn onents
include n incur a n languagr, cu turn1 rpecialization and comparative rluri?cs. Thc
program provides a founrlation for careers in internarional business, government,
teaching and work wirh ~ o e i aagencies,
l
7
This major is available a5 a result nf the cooperation and cross-regisfration
OI
eSt. Catherine
possibilities among Augsburg, I-iamline, Macalester, the C o l l ~ ~
~ n (College
l
of St. 1 hornas.TWO years ol Iapancse language arc offercd each year on
one of ~ h r !ACTC campuses. Chincse (and Japanese) is availnhle through a
contractual arran ernent with the Vniversily o l Minnesota's East Asian Language
Depar~ment.Slut enrs therelore have an opportunity to take courses i n ~ h e s e
languages beyot~dthe first two years.
7
To undertake a comprehensive cultural analysls of Easl Asia, a srltdent may choose
from refateti five-collegp courses i n art, c.coriomics, geogra lhy, government,
history, liierature, philosophy, religion andsociolngy or an~hropong .The emphasis
is on hoth h~itoricsland comprra~iven p p r o a c h ~ iCornparativr
.
stuXe5 i n ~ i u tno1
i~
only contrasrs and simildritier brtwecn China and Japan, bur also cross-cultural
comparisons ol East Asian civilization with Wertrrn or European rivili7arion.
I
Major in East Asian Studies: 4 courses in Ja anese or 4 courses in Chinese; 2
P
introductory History courses; 2 courses in cu tural specialization or comparative
studies; 1 seminar, independent studies course, or internship. Students are advised
to conrult with rhe coordinator in planning this major.
d
Minor in East Asian Studies: 2 courses in either Chinese or Japanese or equivalent
competencies); 1course in Introductory History of East Asia; 1 upper ivision course
in cultural specialization (China or Japan); 1 other course from approved list of
electives.
- ---
Economics
See Business Administration and Economics
Education
Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar
Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton
Ai~gsburgCoIlcge offers rugrams leading to licensure in Elementary Education,
Kindcrgar~cn,Early C h i ~ d R o d and
,
Secondary Education. I-iccnrurr programs for
s ~ c o n d d r yeducation are offered in Art, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French,
German, Health, History, Life Sciencc, Mathcmatlcs, Miislc, Norwr.gian, Physical
Education, Physical Sciencc, Physics, Social Scicncc, Spilnish, Speech and Theater
Arts.
Students wishing ro become licenscd teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure r~quirements.Fnr studenrs transf~rringto
Augshurg Collcge from other institutions o f higher education, it is within the
jurisdictinn of the Edtlcdlian D~parrmentand/or other appropriatc departrncnts to
asr
deterrninc essefrtial ~quivalencyof course content takrn a! other ~ n s r i ~ u t i o n
applirable lo requiwmcntso!'the approved teacher education program at Augshurg
College.
Orientarton to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of
Teaching Reading a r e open to a l l students o f sophomort. 5tanding or abovc. To
enroll i n other education raurse5, astudent must tirst apply and bp admir~edlo the
tcactirr erlucation program. Sfurien IS are aclvisecj lo apply for atl~nissionin rhe
spring semester of thp sophomore year, during or after the Orientation coursc,
S t u d ~ n ~transferring
s
from an education program at anuther rollege must be
readmissible lo that program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Major and Licensure Requirements: Mlnimurn of 8.5 education courses (255, 351,
383. and two orofessional semesters): Health Education 914.115:
. . Librarv Sciencr?.341.
358; ~ c a d e m l cminor (major recommendecl): CPA o l ~ ~ a v e r aand
l l 2.i i n major and
minor; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 M C A R 3.041 i n Human Relations. The
first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341, 361, 362, 371, 372, 374.
(Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses offered on a traditional rading
system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ. 481,482and e7ectiver
(483, 484, 478, 499).
Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus
Educ. 385 and student teacRing at the Kindergarten level.
Early Childhood Education
Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator)
License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych.
351; Educ.325,425.483or484 (160 hoursof student teachin ). Toran Early Childhood
license wirh other than a n education major, consult with r e -program coordinator.
7,
255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Secondary Education)
325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education
Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her
life in relation to the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and
other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of
lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading
at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring)
381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the
elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in
352, 353. Spring)
382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent
registration in 352, 353. Spring)
383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall)
384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent
registration in 352, 353. Spring)
385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten
A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten
licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
425 Early Childhood Curriculum
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for
children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and
working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsandtwo hours per
week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
481,482 Student Teaching I
Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels
under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to
student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring)
483,484 Student Teaching II
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring)
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the
elementary education faculty.
Secondary Education
Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator)
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education studcnts arr advised to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requiremenrs for teauhcr liccnsure. Thisconsultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field
adviser.
licensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for
admittance and acceptdnce Into rhe Departmcnr of Edi~cationteacher licenst~fe
program. This may be madc hrfare, concurrently or aftcr the Orientation course.
Application farms arcavailabl~
in the Edi~cationDepartment officc. Before applying
for admission, students slioulrl receive dpproval from the d~parrmcntor divirion of
their rleclarcd major. A student
take education courses aficr thc Orientation
course only if he or she has been a rn~rteclinto thp program of the Departmenl nf
Education; ( 2 ) GPA of 2.0 overall and 4 1 least 2.5 in the major; (3) Application for
admittance and acceptance into studen1 teaching; (4) Complelion of Minnesota
13oarrl of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human R ~ l a t l o n ~ l h r o uAugshurg's
gl~
Education
< Ion
program; (5) 5ut:ccssful completion of tllc required courses o l rhe edtlc7t'
program: Psychology 105: Elctllth Education 114, 115; Education 265, 354,308,478,
special r n c t h ~ t l in
s (lie area of the student'^ major, and a minimum of two ar three
courses in sludrnt traching as reqi~ired.
my
Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools:
( t h r o u g h thc Augsburg Col[p.gp Eduration Dcpartrnent Program): (1) 13.A. o r B.S.
degree; (2) Collegc major in a teaching area; (3) Fulflll Minnesota Board of Teaching
5 M C A H 3.047 in Human Relations (sucrer;sful complerion of A u g ~ b u r gEducation
program meets requirement); 4) Psychology 105; (5) Henlth Educi~tion1'14,115; (6)
Successful completion of Augs )urg Eclucation Program courses.
1
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of rhesc a r r a s follows the srtondary ~ r l u c a t i o nprogram cven though heor she
plans to teach a! the clemrntary school level. h person with a major in oneof these
special areas wrll take three rourses in sturrcnt teaching ant1 do some studcnt
teaching a1 110th the secanrrary and elementary levels. In adtlition ro Educ. 354, rhe
art majorwill r r g i s t ~for
r Educ. 361,362; the Physical Cducation major for Educ. 365;
and (he music m i l j ~ rlor ECIUC.
373.
The Professional Term: Student Tcaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in
one lull-rirne lerm in professional education. Special afternuon and/or evening
seminars arc held during tlie term as part of the profcssianal work. Astudent taking
two courses in student teaching may elect to takc one coursp in lnde cndent Study.
All sluclen~rare expected to be involved full-tlmc in iheactivitierof
term.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary)
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing)
282 lntroduction to Special Education
lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and
educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD and ED and giftedness. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary (1/2 course)
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265)
Noteon Special Methods Courses: With the general m e t h o d o l o g y course, o n e o r
more education courses in special methods must he taken f r o m t h e department o f
the major field. Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or c o n c u r r e n t w i t h 354. Courses
363, 365, 373 an 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.)
d
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle,
and junior high schools. (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school.
(Fall)
364 English Methods (1/2 course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the
preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the
Foreign Language Department.)
373 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching
procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability
levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring)
Library Science/67
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the
directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics,
and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
410 Health Methods
(See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority
groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
The emphasis in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention
to urban education, Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.:
senior standing)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of
Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and
program approval)
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the
approval of education faculty.
Library Science
Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood, Boyd Koehler,
JamesOlson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith
Minor: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475.
245 The Media Center: Organization and Administration
Organization of materials, including acquisition, cataloging, classification, and processing.
Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of
instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective
audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials
related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and
guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 Reference Services in the Library
Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and
evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information
and use libraries effectively. (Spring)
399 Internship
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library
situations in the metropolitan area.
475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to
their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
tngineering
Ken Erickson (Adviser)
Augsburg College is cooperating with the Washington University School of
Engineering and Appliecl Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical
University (Houghtun, Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies which will ena ]lea
student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augshurg College and an
en ineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Techno ogical University in a five-year period.
P
k
The first three ears are spent at Au sburg followed by two years a t the affiliated
university. s t u b n t s accepted into t e program are guaranteed admirrion to the
en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average,
an! are recommended by a designned representative of Augsburg College.
R
Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be
encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing
support.Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance
as criteria.
Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Three-Two Plan: Math 124,
125,224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,116; Computer Science 245; English
111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27
courses a t Augsburg. Normally Math 124,125 and Physics 121,122 are taken in the
freshman year,
Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser is encouraged.
English
Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni
Clark, John Gidmark, Joanne Karvonen, John Mitchell, Crier Nicholl, Ronald
Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood
Major: 9 English courses above 711, including 225; one course in American
literature; onc course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in
Briii~h
literature, one on iiterature before1660 (for exarnp!e,331 or438) and onethat
surveys a number of writerr; (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged ro take En lish
245 early in thcir collegework and to roniult t h ~ i r d e ~ a r t r n e n tadviser
nl
regulaj A
i l u d ~ with
n ~ a double major or 5 ecial program ,hat involver conriderable w o r t i n
(he English department should
work closely wiih an adviser in the department.
a10
Major for Secondary Teaching: 10 English courses, including those listed for the
major and a course in the English Ian uage; 2Speech courses, one from 111,351,352,
354 or 355 and ather 360 or 365: Lkrary Science 475. Courses in early American
literature, Shakes eare and fllm are recommended, I n addition to fielcl experience
and student tracging rcquircd by the Department of Education, rnajarr will be
required to gain ractical experir;ncc in teaching writing, to be arranged through
t h e department cfairDerron. slvdenlr arc cneoura~edto rake courser toward ihrlir
ma'or during ~hefreshtnanand saphomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education
in tke tall term of the so~hornore
y e a r and ao~lvforteacher education not later ~ h a n
the fall of [heir junior iear. 317 adrfition to 'p'lanninR their courscs with the Englisli
departmen1 chairperson, sturlents should consult an adviser in the Department o f
Education.
Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing
course.
Honors Major: CPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to
department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty
committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program.
Noleon Concentration: I n addition to meeting requirements for the major, English
majors may, if they wish, develop a n area of ernphasis,such as British cancentration,
American concehtration, world literdture concentration, or writing tonccntration.
k student arranges a concentration by careful scleaian of electives in the major, by
the design o l an independent study course that applies to the concentrarion, and by
the selection of some relaled courses outside the department. English majors should
work closely with their advisers in developing a concenrrazion. Interim courses,
special courses, and courses a t other hCTC schools will often f i t well into a
concentration.
Note on Prerequisites: English Illis strongly recommended but not a prerequisite
for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is
successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the
instructor.
101 Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as
needing nddltfnnal preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be
given. Studentr will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and
thought. P I N grading only.
111 Effective Writing
Thestudy of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either
P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class
the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present.
223 Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and
professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized.
Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization.
(Prereq.: 111 or equivalent, Spring)
225 Advanced Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include
identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis.
Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the
course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111)
226 Creative Writing
The purpose of the course Is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models,
theories, and criticism, wrltlng rn narrativrand poetic modes of expression. Short stories,
personal narratives, anti porrns may be selected by students for experimentation and
development, according to the student's prefer~nce.[Fall)
227 Journalism
An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news
feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what
constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and
imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on
the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester,
attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and
stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment.
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the artisticqualities and the historical development of the film medium.
The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films.
(Spring)
245 lntroduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be
devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors.
250 American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial
times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of American literature.
261 Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
271 European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman li!eraturt.,forexample theepicsof Homer and
Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus,Sophocles,and Euripid~s,rhecamediesof Aristophanes
o he stt~dleclas a work i n which the
and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dantp'r I n f ~ r r ~will
Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with
reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on
later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern
period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky.
(Spring)
331 Chaucer and His Age
While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention
will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry,
romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1982-83)
332 Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out ofwhichMilton created his workswill beexamined. (Alternateyears,1981-82)
336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets
to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements. (Fall)
337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major wrfters of the ninctcenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poelry, Victorfan prose and two or three novel5 of the period. Kelationships
among these writers and their influenceon oneanother will beemphasizedas wellas their
relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution 10the forms of poetry and
prose. (Spring)
351 American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature.
Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature.
366 Poetry
Study of the poem as a concentratetl, esthetic form of human expression and experience.
The course emphasizes modern American and British poelry, but also includes a generous
selection of traditional and contemporary poems, both in Engllsh and in translation from
selected international poets such as Rilke and Neruda. A diverse range of forms, moods,
themes, and techniques is represented, and the relationship between traditional poetry
and modern poetry is examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82)
368 Modern Drama
Significant worksof American, British, and continental dramatistsof thetwentieth century,
with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism,
Existentialism, Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and
minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1982-83)
399 Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus
internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson.
72/Foreign Languages
P
423 Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from i t s eighteenth century
beginnings up 10 the rwenricth century. Novels studird will be selected Irom the works ol
surh authors ar Dcfoe, Richardson, Fjelding, Sterne, husten, Dickrns, Bronte, Thackeray,
Ellot, Hardy,and butler. Allention will be given to the tondirions contributing to the riseof
rhe nnvel and i t s emergcncc by the twentieth century as the dominant literary Inrm,
(Alternate years, 1982-83)
438 Shakespeare
Study of ten ortwelve major plays- comedies, histories, tragedies- with attention to the
development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis.
490,491 English Seminar
Course490, a theme or movement; course491, a majorwriter or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (On demand)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of
Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 lndependent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
Foreign Languages
Mary Johnson (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, Liv Dahl, Leif Hansen, Mary Kingsley,
William Oyler, Gunta Rozentals, Maria Schweikert, Soterios Stavrou, Donald
Steinmetz
Students with previous foreign language study should register i n courses suited to
their level of preparation.
Placement Levels: 111, under t w o years of high school study i n that language or
equivalent background; 211, t w o t o three years of language study; 311, four years or
more of that language.
Students should arran e for the Language Placement Test only if they wish t o take a
course above t h e leve determined by previous studies i n that language. Those with
satisfactory levels o n the test may be placed i n 112, 212, o r 311.
k
Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they arc placed by the
I.angua~eDeparlrnent may do so, but grading for such a course must bc I'/N only.
The language requirrment wit1 be satisfied only by completion of the course in
which the studer~rwasoriginally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be
traditional.
For majors, a m i n i m u m of four upper division courses at Augsburg College i s
required for graduation. A maxinlurn of four upper division non-Augshurgcourses
may be accepted. N o fewer than t w o of these four courses should br taken abroad.
For minors, a m i n i m u m of t w o upper division courses at Augsburg College is
reauired for graduation.
Chinese, French/73
For transfer students intending t o major o r minor, a minimum of one upper division
credit per year attended is specified. See department faculty for limits o n nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212
meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite t o all upper division courses.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German, Norwegian and
Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specificinformntion;tnd
enrollment i n the rogram. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offwings
and should be taren in the fall of the senior ..I(. A 3.0 avcragp in ArIvancrrI
Conservation and Composition is a departmcnfnYrrquiremrnr for icaci~ingr n ~ j o r r .
Licensure requires successful completion of thc Modern Languagc Associalion
Competency Exam.
Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must ap ly early in the senior
year. Requircrncntr: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 CPA overal;, and honors thesis
demonstraring abiliiy i n independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Chinese
Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East
Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language
department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator.
French
Major: 8 courses above 212, including t w o in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and three i n literature, of which one should be course 352. Study i n
France strongly recommended.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and one i n literature. Interim o r summer of study i n France strongly
recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
011 Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (On Demand)
111 Beginning French
Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught
to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement.
112 Beginning French
For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and
readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two
hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring)
211 lntermediate French
20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice in
communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those
who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall)
212 lntermediate French
Through informative and controversial articles, interviewsand literary readings, thiscourse
works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of
sufficient skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basicstructures.
Laboratory work. (Spring)
243 French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French Ilterature read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading ant1 classdisct1s5ion,stutlrn1~
become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical sijinificanc~ol these works. Sophomore standing.
Does not count toward a French rnaior or minor. {Offeredo n Demand)
311 Conversation-Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy,
and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements,
effective organization of idpas. I-aborstnry assignments. Post-intermediate level. A
prerequisite to other upper dlvision courses. (Fall)
312 French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression i n speaking and writing.
Altpntion to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for
business and p ~ r s o n ause.
l
French phonology and speech groups practiced. Study of
wrilren models. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand)
331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, politica1,social and
artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. I n
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
332 French Civilization Today
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literarystudies, A theoretical component [in Enfilish) treats the basic
principles of literature, IEterary gsrwes, ant1 dilfcrvnt approacher to l l t ~ r a r yanalysis. In the
practical component, studenrs apply t h r rlcvncnts o l theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of rrcnrli li~crature.Recomrncnded lor majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prercq.: 311 or 8 , Offrred on dernanrf)
352 Creativity and Restraint
survey ol thr major lirerary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the
rrenrh inrctl~ctual,social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the
essay, heater, early novcl, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports,
and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
n
354 Realities: Inner and Outer Worlds
A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the
literature of idcas that led tonew forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust,
Gide, Claude!, Apollinairr, elc) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in
French. (Prereq.: 317 or P. Ofrered alternate years)
355 Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel,
the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
411 Advanced Conversation-Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political
interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level.
Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in
style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and
self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
Demand)
450 French Seminar
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (e.g. Novel, Drama, 18th
Century literature, poetry). Student presentations in French. (See also Interim offerings.
Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n Demand)
451 The French Novel
A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux,
Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses,
discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 331. O n demand)
499 Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature
a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required.
Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study
adviser.)
German
Major: 8 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r
semester i n Germany strongly r e c o m m e n d e j .
Minor: 4 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n
311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r
semester i n Germany strongly recommended:
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature.
111,112 Beginning German
Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 i s for students who have had
111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic
skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals:
ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and
participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
211, 212 Intermediate German
For students wltll ~ w oterms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basir < k ~ l into
l \ working knowledge of German. Review of basicstructures with
emphasison rxtrriding range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and
discussinn o l rna~ertakrepresenting contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall;
212, Spring)
244 German Literature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are
read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular
context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to
perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or
minor. (On Demand)
311 German Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic
expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is
supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
331 German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples frnln llie prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty
Years War (1643),withempfiasisonthe impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergenceof
German cultural sell-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
332 German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s
considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history
of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practlce of I~terarys~urhes.A theor~licnlcomponenl(in fnglislr) treats the basic
to lrtrrary analyst<. I n I ~ P
prlnc~plesof Ilterature, iitcrary gerlres, anti rllffrrelit apy>rt>arh~\
practical component, s~udcntsapply ~ l r rlcrnenrs
r
uf thcory through readrng, annly/irig
and dlscuss~ngselected wnrksolGrrman I ~ t ~ t a t u rRecommenderl
e.
lor majorstrid minors.
Open to all quallfled stutlrn~s.(Prrrecl.: 311 or G , Offpretl on Demarid)
351 German Literature through 18th Century
Brief curvcy nf heroic, cour~ly,K ~ l o r r n a ~ i o Baroque,
n,
hulklarung and Sturm und Drang
lilerarure. Exlrn<ivcreadin~santlcliscu~slonrin Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in
German, wpplcrncnted by l r c t u r ~
011~ the history of German literature in its cultural and
genlioliticai corilent. Claw dlscusslarrs help to tml~tove\tutlrnts' abillty to express ideas In
German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. On Dernt~ntl)
352 German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of
the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German.
Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express
themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
353 German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature
are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are
A--:---^I
.-
-:A
r+..^I--e.r
-un.-eccn,
.
.
Cnrrnxn I D r n r o n
. '411 n r ft
nn
nPmand\
Greek, Japanese, Linguistics/77
411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
451 German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
452 German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of
the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
499 Independent Study
Creek
See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art,
literature, linguistics which can apply toward a classics concentration in cooperation
with Macalester College.
111,112 Beginning Greek
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology.
Translation exercises from and into Greek. (111, Fall; 112, Spring. A minimum of 9 hours
preparation per week required.)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to
literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups
according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through
reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the language.
Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 212 or #.
Offered on demand)
Japanese
Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East
Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language
department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator for more information.
Linguistics
289 Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on
linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and
psycholinguistics (inquiry in to the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the
mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questions will be approached by studying
samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majorsand
minors. (Fall)
311 Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic
research with the aim of illuminating underlying philosophical assumptions, investigational
criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with
those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic, and communication
theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of
traditional grammar. (On Demand)
Norwegian
M a j o r : 8 courses above 211, including 311,312,331,350,353,411, and 499, and one
Scandinavian literature course. lnterim or summer in Norway recommended.
M i n o r : 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-com osition, one in
cP
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroa encouraged.
R e c o m m e n d e d Supporting Preparation: Study in Norway, a second foreign langu-
age, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies.
111, 112 Beginning Norwegian
lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
Stresson spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory workexpected. (111, Fall; 112,
Spring)
211 Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises.
Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.)
311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languagesof Norway. Some laboratory work and field
experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.)
312 Old Norse
An introduction to the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from
Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects of the history of
four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required.
Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years)
331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as
possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous
population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian
language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 o r # . Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)treats the basic
principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered on demand)
Russian, Spanish/79
353 Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of
original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are
examined, and considerable attention is given to writings i n the Nynorsk language,
particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reportsare in Norwegian. (Prereq.:
211 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years)
411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other
Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language.
Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
499 Independent Study
Russian
One year of elementary Russian is offered at Au sburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area StuJies Program, which re uires two
years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus coorjinator.
111, 112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral
classroom practice, developing ease i n reading, short compositions, and acquaintance
with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab.
Spanish
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354.
(Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended)
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly
recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian
civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting
courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is
an integral part of the course (111, Fall; 112, Spring)
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate
intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic
structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed
for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent.
249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class
discussion i n English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and
cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward
a major or minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand)
311 Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and
facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper-division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall)
312 Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basiccommand of writing and speaking skills i n Spanish
and w i ~ hto expand rhem. Intensive practice fa improvc oral and written expression with
emphaqis on conversational facility, stressing itflornaric usage and the finer points of
grammar. R e a d i n ~ sto stimulate discussion ant1 hroatlen cultural background from
contemporary literary texts and magazinr articles. Conducted i n Spanish. ( O n Demand)
331 Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution t o world civilization through
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Alternate years.)
332 Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian
civilizations t o the present. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212,with #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of litcrary studies. A rhearciirnl component (in English) treats the basic
principles of Ilterature, litcrary genres, and different approaches lo literary ~nalysis.In the
[ h etheory thrclugh rcading,analyz~ng,and d i s c u s s ~ n ~
practical comporr~ni.sl~~rienrsap~~ly
selected works of l i t e r a ~ i ~ In
r e Spanisli, R ~ c o r n m r n d ~for
t l ma]c~r<
and mrnors. Open to all
q u a l ~ f e dstudents. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Offered on demand)
352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures o n the
literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written
and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand)
354 Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction t o Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral
reports i n the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand)
411 Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis o n increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Alternate years)
456 Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the
language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the M o d e r n Period. (Prereq.: O n e survey
course. O n demand)
457 Spanish Novel
Study o f the outstanding novelists o f the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral
and written reports i n the language. (Prereq.: O n e survey course. Alternate years)
499 Independent Study
Geography, Health Education/81
Geography
Paul Grauer
114 Human Geography
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the
distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment.
Health and Physical Education
Richard Borstad (Chairperson), James Agre, Ernest Anderson, Rolf Eriksen, Paul
Grauer, Rees Johnson, Al Klopp~n,D o u g Nelson, Jack Osberg, Pamela Paulson,
M a r i l y n Pearson, R o n a l d P e t r ~ r h ,Joyce Pfaff, Denise Rivet, William Ross, Edwin
Saugestad, Jeff Swrnson, M a r y 'rirn~n
Health Education
Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410;
SOC. 231, 241.
Biol. 103,108,111; Chem. 105 o r 109; Psych. 105;
Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus H.Ed. 355 and Educ.
sequence for teaching license.
Minor: 110, 114,115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231
110 Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and
the community. (Fall)
114 Safety Education (1/2 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes
American Red Cross First Aid course.
115 Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser.
320 School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for
grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major
sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course)
Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and
organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs.
(Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring)
355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical
education. (Spring)
82/Physical Education
410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases,school health services,and relationshipstocommunity
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320)
Physical Education
Major: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475; Biol.
103.
Teaching Ma'or: H.Ed. 114,115, 354,355; P.E. 223,231,232, 243, 350, 351,365,471,
472, 474; Bio! 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult
with the Education Department for requirements.
Maior with Specialization In Correctfve Tlrerapy : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223,
231,232,243,350,35'1,365,471,472,474,475,405,487,431,493;
Professional Affilialion
Rlock495-496-497-499; Riol. 703; 1)sycholo y 105,355,362. All C.T. specialists must be
accept~clby the e d ~ ~ c a ~rjepartmenl
ion
or teaching and student tcachin i n an
udapled sitt,a,ion. Ap rovsl rnur, he secured hy rhe cmrrcrlivp lherapy ranrfinator.
(This program is penrgnR approvn l of the ACT* accrediialion con~rnitler.Courrc
adclitions and/or dclr!ions may he necessary.)
f
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department
chairperson for individual program planning.
Minor: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243.
Coaching Endorsement: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and
practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499).
Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching
requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment i n Minnesota
high school5 are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
102, 103 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No
course credit.
223 Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring)
231 Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall)
232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, non-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic
games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course)
This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school
setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling,
outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some
weekends participating in these activities. (Spring, even # years)
Physical Education/83
243 History and Principles of Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring)
350 Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system.
(Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall)
351 Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles
applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring)
254 Teaching the Exceptional Child
(See Health Education)
355 Tests and Measurement
(See Health Education)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-2)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and
secondary levels. (Fall)
373 Modern Dance (1/2 course)
An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration
of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary.
(Interim)
399 Internship
Consult department chairperson.
471 Physical Education Programming
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.:
243. Fall)
472 Gymnastics (1/2 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. (Fall)
474 Swimming and Aquatics
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to
junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined
by pre-test. Fall)
475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term)
476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coachingfootball. (1/2 course. Fall, 1st half
of term, odd # years)
477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim,odd # years)
478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim, odd #years)
479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coaching track and field. (Spring,2nd half
of term, odd #years)
480 Coaching of Baseball/Soft Ball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring,
2nd half of term, odd years)
483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Fall, odd # years)
485 Applied Adapted Activities
Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only)
487 Neurology and Pathology
A basic introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. (Summer
School only)
491 Therapeutic Exercise
A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and
administration of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354 Summer
school only)
493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy
ACTA organization, by-laws, administrative guidelines, and history; North Central Chapter
organization, administrative guidelines, and history; construction of a CT treatment clinic,
ordering and maintaining equipment; public relations; employment procedures; and
professional ethics. (Summer School only)
495, 496, 497 Professional Affiliation
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required, lncludes actual hospital experience in four areas
of corrective therapy: (1)Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation.
Course 497 i s study of Neurology and Pathology (Prereq.: 485, 491 and approval of
department.)
499 Independent Study
Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior
majors.
History
Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen,
Richard Nelson
Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and
non-Western.
Major for Teaching: The history major may be part of the preparation for
certification for social studies teaching on the secondary level. See Social Studies for
details.
Minor: 5 courses, at least three o f w h i c h must b e u p p e r division.
Honors Major: CPA of 3.6 in the inajar and 3.0averall; except i n special instances,
h c icrm or t h r junior year; t w o years o f a f o r e i g n
application I-rclare lhr ~ n t l f l ~ l firs1
3
1
r c o l l r g c level (or i t s ecluiv;llrnt); an honors thesis (equal t o o n e
language at 1
course credit) lo hu dcfcndcd before a ( ~ c u l l ycommittee.
Notes: Freshmen should e n r o l l i n o n e o r m o r e o f t h e History 101-104 courses.
History 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore o r upper division students.
Students are r e q u i r e d t o have at least o n e lower division course before registering
for an u p p e r level course.
There are 16 u p p e r division courses ( n u m b e r e d 300and u p ) i n this department. Five
o r six are o f f e r e d each term, o r 11 p e r year. Offerings d e p e n d u p o n faculty
schedules a n d student registration.
101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century.
102 The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
103 The Modern World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present.
104 The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years.
221 U.S. History to 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the
scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member
and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n
directed study may be applied to the major.
331 Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History
332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration.
332 History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed.
322 Modern Southeast Asia
A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area.
A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will
especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
323 Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of
China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century.
324 Modern Japan
An examination of the emergence of Japan a s a major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji
era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban
development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
353 Select Topics in Minnesota History
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white
relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and
political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries.
360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension
and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing,
achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions.
361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the riseof
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis i s placed on personalities, the arts and
sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
-
370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the Church and state through thechanges
forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the
Reformation.
399 Internship in History
A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students
majoring in history. See department chairperson.
412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods
A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of
modern constitutionalism is the majorthemeof thecourse. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th
and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role in the world economy and on the
English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods.
416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century
Thestudy of thiscentury as the most critical period in the riseof the modern state. Emphasis
is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history.
The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714.
431 European Urban History
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of
cities in Europe from the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic
cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and
those who desire a background to enrich future travel.
440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History
This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler'sfascism, the collapse of colonial empires and
the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe,and Africa in the
last fifty years.
l nternational Relations/87
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social life
of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early
twentieth centuries. Attention is given to overseas emigration.
474 The World and The West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural
interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th
Century.
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor.
499 lndependent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged to apply for
directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be
applied toward the major.
International Relations
Norma C. Noonan (Coordinator)
Major: 14 courses. (1) 7 required courses: Economics 122 or 123; History 103 or 104,
332; Political Science 158 or 160, 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a
modern foreign language.
(2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be
counted toward I he major): History 322,323,324,440,474; PoIiticalScience 350,351,
381, 382; Sociology 24'1; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Comparative Economic
Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade;
seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic offered in the
discipline of economics, hissary and/or political science; the fourth term of collcge
work in a second modern language.
Note: Only the fourth term of langua es counts toward the major; prere uisite
courses or competencies are assumef, but cannot be credited toward %e 14
required courses.
Mathematics
/Computer Science
Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Benjamin Cooper, Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad
Major: 9 courses including 124, 125, 215, 224, 315, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351,373,441 must be included. Students
wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124,125,224. For a teaching m i n o r t h e t w o additional
courses must b e selected f r o m 215,314,351, 373,441.
Honors Major: GPA o f 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral
examination, Program must b e submitted t o department d u r i n g first t e r m o f j u n i o r
year, and must i n c l u d e advanced study i n areas o f Analysis, Algebra, Topology, a n d
Mathematics-Education.
104 Basic Mathematics
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and ra~ionalexprcssionr; algebraic processes including factoring;
solvina equarions and inequalities In one variable, including linear ant1 quadratic; and
graphs of linear and quadratic equations anti linear inequalities in two varlahles. Docs not
apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education
requirement in mathematics.
114 Introduction to College Algebra and Trigonometry
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor
i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with
consent of instructor.
121 Finite Mathematics
Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who
have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring)
124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111
Topics of the elementsof plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and
integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (124,
Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall)
131 Mathematics for the Arts
An introduction to the structure of mathematical systemsand mathematical modelswhich
have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not
intending further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Fall)
211 Number Theory
A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: #)
215 Elementary Linear Algebra
Astudy of systems of linear equations, determinants,vectorspaces, linear transformations,
and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
226 Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral
transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
Computer Science/89
242 Basic Concepts of Mathematics
The structureof mathematics underlying arithmeticand geometry. Emphasis is placed on
the tndt~ctlvetechniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school
mathemarics uurric~lla.Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.:
Admission to Elementary Education Program)
314 lntroduction to Modern Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall)
324,325 Advanced Calculus I, II
Astudy of the fundamental concepts of calculusfor functionsof several variables including
the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions,
improper integrals,differential formsand manifolds,and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324,
Spring; 325, Fall)
351 Modern Geometry
A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods with projective axiomsas a basis. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring 1982
and alternate years)
373 Probability and Statistics
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and
densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project.
441 Foundations of Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314,
324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1983. Offered alternate years)
481 Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra,
topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or # Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science Courses
145 lntroduction to General Computer Programming
An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Programming in PASCAL or BASIC. Primarily for students in non-science
areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics.
245 lntroduction to Scientific Computer Programming
A n iniraduttinn to carnprltrr languages and methods. Techniques studied include
Ilowcharts, alaorithrns, data representation and manipulatinn, hardware rt?gister operattons.antl ronjpllter organiration. Programming in machine languagt*,as~emt)lylanguage,
and FORTRAN or PASCAL. Examples and applications primarily from scicnce areas. Does
not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Math 125 or #. Fall)
90/Medical Technology, Metro-Urban
355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods
h sri~dyof rnethntls uscd to solve probtcms on computers. Analysis of cornputatlonal
problemsanrl dpvclopment of al~orithmsfor their solu~ions,application of a pracedurro r i ~ r i t ~prngrilnlming
cl
languagr in numerical analy~~s.
Topin tncluric error analysis, the
a ~ n r r a concepl
l
of ill*rativc%
formutas, soh~tionof equatinns, Nrwton's methocl, linear
4yrterns, int~rlrolatlon,numerical rlit(~rcntiat~on
ant1 integration. Credit may be granted
toward a ma~tiematic~
rnajtrr or mlnur. (Prereq.: C.S. 245 ant! Math. 224 ur concurrent
registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
Neal 0 .Thorpe (Adviser)
This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or
Abbott-Northwestern Hospital.
Specific recommend~dcourses vary to sorneextrnt depending on the hospital with
which the student plans to affiliat~.I t is important to work closely with the Medical
Tcclinolo y adviser, hugsburg Collcgcdnes not guarantee that all students will be
accepted% the hospitals for thc 12-month internship. Students must negotiate
dirprlly wit{ he hos,~italsinvolved.
Students transferring to Augsbur College with an Associate of Arts degree or its
equivalent should expect to s cncflwa yearsat hugsburg before participating in the
internship year. The Medica Technology major is nut clesigned for persons who
already have the baccalaureate degrcc from ano~herinstitution.
P
Required Science Courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division
(usually 367and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103
(or 121,122); one math course; one course in immunology.
Metro-Urban Studies
Garry W. Hesser (Director)
Major: 15 courscs including 10 care requirements: Economics 123: Political Scicncc
722; History 431; Sociology 111, 381: Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Poli~ical
Sctcnce 384 or Snriology 363: a minimum of one coursc of in~ernshipor
independent study; two non-social science courses w i t h an urban emphnsir,at least
one of which must be in !FIP hurnarlitirs (currenl options i n c l u d ~ Art
: 102, Religion
354, English 351, Speech 34.2, Physics 103,111, Biology 101,105).
To complete the major, the student has a choice among threc emphases or tracks:
Planning, Public Administration, or GeneraVLiberaI Arts. These fiveelective courses
must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide varicty of
courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other
ACTC colleges. as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium
for Urban Affairs (HECUA).
Metro-Urban Studies/91
Minor: To be linked with a propriate majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psyc~ology,
religion, sociolog,y, speech). Core courser arc
required for the concentration: Economics 120; Politica Sc~cncc122; Sociology 171,
381; an a proved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or
indepenBent study.
399 lnternship
-
Metropolitan Resources
498 lndependent Study
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed
i n consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member.
499 lndependent Study
Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area.
358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are
government and institution publications, journal articles and books.
359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various
fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography,
government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services.
399 Internship
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an
internship of one or two courses.
499 lndependent Study (Optional)
lndependent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n consultation
with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related
to subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests.
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Students are placed I n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on
proficiency. Inslruction ernphasires conversational vocabulary to support student course
work and daily living in Oslo. A n orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society
is coordinated wirli ~ h c
language instruction.
92/Metro-Urban Studies
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian
cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work.
Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other
Scandinavian countries.
396 Urban Planning
- in Scandinavia
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed
through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the
Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
499 lndependent Study
I n consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Columbia. It focuses upon
urbanization and development in the Third World.
261 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and
visiting Columbian urbanists.
363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City
Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor i n Bogota, with
field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of
barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems.
499 lndependent Study
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
D. San Francisco Summer Term
An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent
study.
382 Field Experience
383 Field Seminar: San Francisco
499 lndependent Study
Music
t , L. Flcming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand.
Mar are1 Brand, Laine Bryce, Edgar E. Eklof, Robert Fornandcr, M i c h a ~Fraxier,
l
5repfen Cabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coctr, Katherine Hcnnig, lamer D.
johnson, Robcrt KarIPn, Diane Kennelly. Merilre Klemp, Nic-holaq I-enz, Cynthia
Mclson, Roherta Mctzler, Ccleste O'Bricn, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund, Emma
Small, George Stahl, Daniel Stt~rm,Larry Tallman, lames ten Bcns~I,~ a uThomas,
l
David Tubergen, Mary Wilson
Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg College must make application to
the Music Faculty for acce tance into the programs. Such application should be
made by the beginning of t f e sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook
for further details.)
Bachelor of Arts Degree
Major: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350or 476; 354or 355; 365 or 375; 457,458;
4 years of Performance Studies; recital performance.
Teaching Major: 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354,
355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital
performance. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education.
Minor: 5 courses, 101, 702, 260 or 261, 457 or 458 and elective: 2 years nf
Performance Studies; 2 years In music ensembles: piano proficiency and 2 music
rcpcrtoirc tests; attendance at all Performance Workshops during tlie years of
Performance Studies and 50% of desi nateci recitals. Those wishing 10 minor in
music should rlectarp their intent by ehc end of their sophomore year, or at the*
camplction of Thcory 1112,
Bachelor of Music Degree
Major: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus350,457,458,476; two of 354,355,365,375,
499 and electives; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last 2
years, and junior and senior recitals. Bachelor of Music students are required to
study the French or German language lor a t least 1 year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of Science Degree
Major in Music Therapy: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476,354, 355 or
365,457 or 450; 3 years of performance studies including at leas^ one term of voice;
Music Thcrapy 360, 382, 383, 3'35, 393, 435, 495. Other requirements: Biology 103,
Eciucation 282; 2 Physical Erlucatio~i(232and 373 recommen(leci); 3 Psychology ancl 7
Saciology, includin Psych. 105, 362 and Psych. 264 or Soc. 362 (Recommended
courser include ~ryJ1.2~4,31,J52.355,35h,357and
Soc. Ill,
lZT,231,241,362,375);
7 Speech (176 rccommcnded); Music reciral or music therapy presentation during
t h senior
~
year.
This major normally requires four and one-half years for corn IetIon, with
internship afler four ycarr of academic preparation. Students ncpBto r ply for
intcrnrhip sites ninr months in advance of rtarllng dale. Students may ncecf'to reek
internship placements in other states, since the number of sites in Minncsota IS
limited. Upori satisfactory cornplerion ofthe program, tliestudent iseligible to apply
fnr r r r t i f i r s ~ i n n / r ~ ~ i c t r a t iwith
nn
I
~
N;lrinnal
P
A c c n r i ~ t i n nf a r M l ~ c r r~ h a r a n v I n r
radiratlon honors In music If they (1)
provldc leadership in: rhe promotion of hi^ er music performancestandards within
the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at conccrts
bath o n and o f f campus; thc performing organizations; the creation anriJor
promotion of smaller performin cnsem bles; ( 2 ) have earr~eda GPA of at least 3.3 i n
music courses; and (3) apply for I%P Honors
.
Program at the beginning of t h e s e c o ~ ~ d
term of the junior year.
Honors Maior: Students may qualify for
1
Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of
graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble
of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before
a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its
defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality.
Core Curriculum: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music
courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; perform in ensembles for 4 years; attend 75'lr;of
designated recitals every year; participate in Performance Workshop each year of
Performance Studies; and pass a piano proficiency test and 3 music r r p e r t o i r ~tests.
Performance Worksho and Recital Requirements: A t t ~ n d a n ca~t Performance
Workshop and 75% oi&rignated recitals ir r c q u i r ~ rof
l music majors. Music minors
musl attcnd 50'X of rlesipnated recitals as well as all Ikrformanre Workshops tiuring
Ihe yearsof l l ~ ~Pertarnlance
ir
5tucfirs. All music majors and minors must rcgister for
Pcrfwrmance Workstlap. A recital in thcir area of Performance concentration is
requircd of majors tiuring either the 'unior or senior year, A music therapy major
may r u b i r i ~ u r e
rl senior plerentation lor thc rrcitai requirement. Junior and rcnior
recitalr i n t he area of Performance Studies concent ratinn is requircd of R~chelorsof
Music.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
Music Lessons: During the junior and senior years, a student who has been
accepted by the department as a Music Major receives required lessons in the area
of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits
earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour
lessons.
Transfer Students in Music: A junior Or senior student transferring to Au sburg
College as a music major rnua take a placement tcrt in rnuric theory Relore
regisiratiwn. Application lor acceptance into a music program shoutd Ire madeat the
end of the student's first term a t Augshurg, after passing the piano proficiency test.
Transfer students will not qualify far frec private instruction without at least one
term of residency a t kugsburg College,
101,102,223,224 Theory
Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of
instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint,
and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (101, 223, Fall. 102, 224,
Spring)
230 Introduction to the Fine Arts
The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and theother fine arts.
For the non-music major. (Fall)
260 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring)
325 Scandinavian Music
I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is
offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-musicand
music majors. (Fall)
331 Diction for Singers
(Spring, alternate years)
330 Vocal Repertoire
A historical survey of solovocal literature from 1600to the present. Thestudy includes such
aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Spring)
350 Choral Technique and Arranging
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
354 lnstrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 lnstrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring)
365 lnstrumental Technique
Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 lnstrumental Technique
Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 Music of the Western Church
Development and influenceof the musicof the Christian church. Designed forthegeneral
student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Spring)
440 Advanced Musicianship
Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and
history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
457 Conducting
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 Conducting
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
476 Orchestration
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes
and types. (Fall)
96/Music Therapy
488,489 Piano Teaching Methods
Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will
give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course
credit.
499 Independent Study
Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty.
Music Therapy
110 Introduction to Music Therapy
A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various
institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music
therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music is
used as a therapy. (Interim)
360 Therapeutic Recreational Music
Study of guitar and recorder, Orff instruments, applications of recreational music activities
to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work.
382 Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project.
383 Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical
setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
395 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship
Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for
Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of the senior year and is
necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made
nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited.
435 Music in Therapy
The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded,
and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
495 Practicum in Music Therapy
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit.
Music Workshops, Recitals, Performance Studies
Performance Workshops: An informal setting for student performances, seminars,
and guest lecture demonstrations.
Recitals: Student recitals afford an opportunity for public performance and
acquaint students with all aspects of preparation and presentation of a quality
performance. To fulfill their performance requirement, music students must
register for Junior Recital or Senior Recital for the term of rhrir recital.
Performancestudies: Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students.
Piano-Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those
lessons in Iano laken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may
beapplie toward the music major ar minor. Class lessons in pianoare available for
students majoring in voice or another instrument.
S
Organ - Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice - Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, interpretation, flexibility, ear training as needed. Class instruction in voice available for
students majoring on a keyboard instrument, band or orchestral instrument.
-
Guitar
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Class
lessons in guitar available for students majoring in voice or another instrument.
-
Orchestral and Band Instruments
Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion
Instruments: Technique as needed, repertoire, performance.
Music Organizations
The music organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for
any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity
for musical expression.
Augsburg Choir
Wind Ensemble
Chamber Orchestra
(Membership by audition)
Brass Ensemble
Chorale
Jazz Ensemble
Percussion Ensemble
String Ensemble
Woodwind Ensemble
98/Natural Science
Natural Science
Earl R. Alton (Coordinator)
Ma'or for Pre-Medical Students: 14 courses including Biology 111,112,491 or 492,
and two upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106). 351, 352, and
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122or 124and 125; Physics
121, 122.
This major is presented as an option for pre-medical students who wish LO take a
major which provides the science courses necessary and recomm~ncletlfor
admission to most m ~ d i c aschools,
l
including t h e University of Minnesota Mcdical
School. and also permilsa numbcr olelectivrs. The student should choose elpctivrs
carefully, keeping in mind thespecific rcquirementsof tlie medical schools to which
hc or she intends to apply. Early ca~isultation with a premedical adviqer is
recommended.
Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
the liccnsur~program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend
cantlirlates in Lifc Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical
Scicncc, Chemistry major or Physics major, rades 7-12; Chemistry minor), grades
7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and M i d le School Science, gra es 5-9.
d
!
All Natural Science teaching majors must complete the Broad Base courses and in
addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle
School Emphasis.
Thc program of courses is designed ta provide a broad, basic background in science
and allow for specialization in an area. Xhp following pro rams assulne that the
student will mept tlie general education requirements of t (; college and, in the
pliysical science, have at Least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of
Education for rcquirementr, in Education. Early cans~~ltation
with ~ d v i s e ris
recommended.
a
&road Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161); 2 in Life
S c i ~ n (Riology
r~
111,112); 4 i n Physical Science (Physics 121,122and Chemistry 115,
116 (or l05,106).To njakethe program slightly moreflexible, it is recommended that
students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and
substitute Physics 103 for Physics 121,122.
Life Science Emphasis: 8 courses, 1 Cognate (Chemistry 223); 7 Biology courses,
including 491 Seminar and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or
353; (11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476.
Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: 7 courses and chemistr seminar,
Chemistry 351, 352,353, 361 and 362 (or Biology 367, Biochemistry), 482, PKysics 245.
Physical Science Em hasis - Physics Major: 7 courses, Physics 245,351,362,395 and
three additional to r e selected from Physics 261, 270, 352, 363, 481, 486,488.
Note: Candidates ma be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon
corn letion of eit her P ysical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science
EmpRarir - Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may teach
chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12.
Middle School Science Emphasis (Grades 5-9): 7 courses, 2 in Earth Science (Physics
101 or 161, the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base section); 2 in Life
Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 in Physical Science (Chemistry 223,
353; Physics 245).
Certification with Minor: For Life Science, 7 courses in Biology plus the Broad Base;
for Chemistry, 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482 plus the Broad Base; for Physics,
any four courses above 122 plus the Broad Base.
Nursing
Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Darlene Dommel, Carol Hoffman, Susan Knust,
Nancy Malcolm, JoEttaA. Vernon, Helen Woelfel
Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or
diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a
current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of
courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology,
microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory
psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited
college or university prior to admission to the nursing major.
In addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated
clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given
at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing.
Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, within the past
five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work
experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable
equivalent.
Major: 11courses(70coursect~dits)in
nursingincludin 303,304,310,311,325,350,
403, 404, 423,427, and 430: I%ycholo~y
355 completed cfurinp.the first semester of
study in the major; a minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course, a 2.5 GPA i n the
nursing major to progress.from I ~ junior
P
to the senior year, and a cilmulative CPA
of 2.5 a t ihe completion of the courses of study; students i n nursing may pursue
part-t lme study, but arr required to c o m p l e t ~14 courses at Augshur College. The
prcrequiritc r o u r i c r i n rociolo y, psychology. English, chemirfly an%biology listecl
abuve rndy apply toward dirtrigution rcquirerncnts as well as toward admiriion to
the major. Courses in interpersonal cornmunicaiions, meclical crhics ant1 descriptive
statistics are supportive tn lhe major.
Courses in the nursing major are designed so that they may be corn leted within two
academic years. However, more than two years may be requireBto complete the
total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other
colleges or universities.
303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course)
This course is one of the transitional courses that introduces the student t o components of
the professional role and begins the professional and socialization process. The communication process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is
established and maintained. Interactive communication theories are explored for their
applicability t o changing roles and professional practice. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.:
Acceptance into the nursing major)
304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course)
This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional
development. The function of theory i n guiding nursing practice i n emphasized. Selected
nursing theories are examined. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: 303)
310 Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses o n systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to
current community health issuesand the practiceof nursing. Clinical application of course
content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue.
(Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major)
311 Community Health Nursing II
This course provides a knowledge base for understanding romrnunily characteristics and
cultural diversity related t o health care. The nurse's role asil generalist and as a member of
the health team i s explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will
demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in pravirling care t n a selected
caseload of clients. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, Psy 355)
325 Nursing Process
I n thiscourse the student learns approaches t o assessment and the use of assessment tools
i n the nursing process. The student usescommunication skillstoobtain a health history and
negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity t o
make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-Junior year.
Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major).
330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse.
Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored i n light of their
implications for nursing practice. (Interim-Junior year).
350 Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course.
Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its
applicability t o nursing practice. (Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance i n t o t h e nursing
major, Math 121 o r a course in descriptive statistics)
403 Contemporary Nursing Ill
This course provftlrsa t h ~ o r ~ t i cbasis
a l for family nursing care. Content includesfamily as a
group, family and grollp rlynarnlcs i n light of situational and developmental events.
Consideration isgiven t o the rrncrging role of the nurse in family health care. (Fall-Senior
year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423)
404 Contemporary Nursing IV
This course relates leadership and management theories and e~nergingprofessional nurse
roles t o primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system
dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advoracy proviclp the basis for role
development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Pr~req.:403. To be taken prior t o
or concurrently with 427)
423 Practicum i n Nursing I
This course is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content
from 403 i n providing complex nursing care t o families i n a selected practice setting.
(Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403*)
427 Practicum in Nursing II
This course is a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is
provided t o apply leadership and management theory i n a selected hospital setting.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403, 423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404*)
499 Independent Study
This learning experience providestheopportunity for thestudent tostudy aselected topic
or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals,
objectives, and methods of evaluation prior t o registration.
*If the practicums i n nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses,
students are required to consult with faculty prior t o registration regarding review of the
theoretical content.
Philosophy
Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer
Major: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,343, and 344.
Minor: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344.
Honors Major: Admission to the Pl~ilosophyHonors pro ram is by r~cornrnendation of the philcmphy faculry. such reromrncndntionr w i l l t e madcat the ~ n ofthe
d
junior year. The program will consist of a n honors thesis on an approved topic of the
student's choicc, involving research alrrov~the course level, and a defenrt of this
thesis before t h r I a c ~ ~ lof
i y t h departmrn~.
~
Note: Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general
education requirement.
110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method
Though each person has his o w n set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically
analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. O n e reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity t o
examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course
are t o provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby t o
sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas
and beliefs.
120 Ethics
Sometimes you say thatacertain action i s right or condemn itas wrong. Why d o you think it
is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions,
and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them.
130 Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular
conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine
the rules which govern valid argumentsand work to develop your ability to recognize and
construct sound arguments.
241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle
How, when and why did phiiosophy begin? Who were Sor-rates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they belleve? Why did Platn think that t l r physlcal
~
world was not overly
important, and what did he valur7 Wow ditl Arisio!l~,thr srientrst, respond to this? The
answers to these and other questions will hr considered as ro reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissancewas a
timeof rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened
the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers,
learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the
worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of
the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241.)
343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Where does knowledge h g i n ? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really
know about the wt,rld? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy?This course
studies the malor empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Herkcley, Humc). Kant's synthesis
of philosophy, 79th century idealism, and the reaction to idcalism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 241 or 242.)
344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt
with in a study of the major representativesof linguisticanalysis, pragmatism, existentialism,
and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241,242, or 343.)
350 Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about
him i f hedoes?Can we reconcile thegoodnessof God with human and animal suffering? Is
man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy.)
355 Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course i n philosophy.)
362 Political Philosophy
As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What is the relation between the
citizen and the city? In a larger context, what i s the origin of the State and the basis for its
laws? What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and
the State?This coursestudies the key conceptsof politics found in the tradition of western
political thought.
365 Philosophy of Science
The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutesscientific knowledge?Are there
certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by
the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students
will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences.
(Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural science.)
370 Existentialism
Studies i n the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist
authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such
themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in
philosophy)
380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and
delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and
euthanasia.
410 Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of
individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific
problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for
credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 241, 242,343, 344, or #.)
430 Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx,
Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242,
343, or #)
499 Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
Physics
Kermit E. Paulson (Chairperson), Kenneth N. Erickson, Ted Hanwick, Mark
Engebretson
Major: 9 courses, including 121,122,245,351,362 and 395 plus three courses above
122. In Planning theircoursesof study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of t h r physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124,
125, and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the
sophomore year,
Teaching Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the
Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122.
Honors Major: A GPA o f 3.6 i n physics a n d 3.0 overall. A n inrlependent investigat i o n o f a physics t o p i c w i t h an oral defense of t h e w r i t t e n research report.
Application f o r t h e honors major should b e made n o later t h a n t h e first t e r m o f t h e
senior year.
Societ of Physics Students: The Augsburg cha ter o f Society o f Physics Students
providYes students t h e o p ortunities o f m e m b e r s R p i n a national physics society a n d
o f participating i n t h e p ysics c o m m u n i t o n a professional basis. M e m b e r s h i p i n
SPS i s o p e n t o all students interested i n p ysics.
1
K
Sigma Pi Sigma: M e m b e r s h i p i n t h e Augsburg chapter o f this national physics
h o n o r society is o p e n t o those students w h o have c o m p l e t e d t h e equivalent o f a
m i n o r i n physics, h a v e a G P A o f 3.0in physicsand overall,and rank i n t h e u p p e r t h i r d
o f their class.
101 Astronomy
A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3
one-hour lectures.)
103 Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems,and experimentsareselected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of
physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology,
physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science
programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem, algebra. Fall)
111 Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will
be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy,
religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to
discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and
computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory.
(3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
121,122 General Physics I, II
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified
majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3one-hour lectures,3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Math
124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring)
245 Modern Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics.Thiscourse
indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 Electronics
An introduction to the use of electronic instruments and integrated circuit devices. A
review of D.C. and A.C. circuits precedes discussion of semiconductor devices. Study of
analog and digital circuits culminates in the use of microprocessors and applications to
computer interfacing. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122, or 103 plus
math. 122 or 125 and #. Spring)
270 Optical Physics
The emphasis is o n physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a
wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introducation t o the electromagnetic
theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
351, 352 Mechanics I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single
particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of
rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Math. 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring)
362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations,
electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation
based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Math. 226. 362, Fall; 363,
Spring)
395 Comprehensive Laboratory
An emphasis o n independent laboratory investigations, including participation i n physics
seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics,
electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory
and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor. Spring)
481 Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints;
the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic
statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential
barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
245, 351, 352. Fall)
488 Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring)
499 Independent Study
A n opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem in experimental or
theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. O p e n t o juniorsand
seniors with departmental approval.
106/PoIiticaI Science
-
Political Science
M i l d a H e d b l o m (Chairperson), N o r m a Noonan, Barbara Richards-Haugen, Myles
Stenshoel
Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required: 121 o r 122 o r 160 o r
170; 158; 384; a n d at least 5 o t h e r u p p e r division courses i n 4 o u t o f 5 Political Science
Areas. A seminar i n o n e o f t h e five areas may b e c o u n t e d for that area.
Minor: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n : 121 o r 122 o r 170; 158; a n d at least 3 u p p e r division
7
courses i n 3 o u t o f 5 Politica Science Areas.
Honcrs Major: The H o n o r s M a j o r i n Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, lus thc f o l l o w i n g : The student's gradp-point average must bc 3.5 i n
Ihr major anA.0 overall. ~hestudenfrnurl take an H o n o r s fn<irpendenl 5turly and n
seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of [lie setitor year, an I-lonors
Tli~sisto be d e f e n d e d bcforc a faculty commirree. Students may w o r k with any
rnemlrcr of Ihr: Department o n their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements,
s h o u l d ,rppIy for Ihe Horlars
c o n ~ u l lhe Departmental Honors Adviser. Stude~~ts
M a j o r no later than the fi1.52 t e r m of the junior yPar.
Political Science Areas: (I) American G o v e r n m e n t a n d Politics (11) Comparative
Politics a n d Analysis ( I l l ) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory
a n d Analysis. Any course listed i n m o r e t h a n o n e area may b e c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e
area t o w a r d major o r m i n o r requirements.
Note: Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science
major i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social science courses, i n compliance w i t h state
requirements. For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t chairperson o r t h e Social
Studies Coordinator.
See t h e class schedule f o r precise listing o f terms i n w h i c h courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121 American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics
of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure
of federalism; and current issues in American society.
122 Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing
public policy i n the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation,and meetings
with political experts and activists.
325 Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States;
governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #)
326 Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing publicopinion and political parties in
the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in
presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall
term of election years)
Political Science/l07
342 Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming.
370 Constitutional Law I
(See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law II
(See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years)
421 Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in
American politics; national, urban or state focus; topicto be included in subtitle. (Prereq.:
Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.)
11. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some
comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
350 Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #)
351 Communist Political Systems
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political
behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or
#.I
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
(See Section V for description)
459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on
demand. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #).
Ill. International Politics
160 World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of
the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent
problems.
363 Communist Foreign
- Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of
Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course
in Political Science or #)
461 Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.)
108/Political Science
IV. Public Law
170 Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as
politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
370 Constitutional Law I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political
system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national
government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law I1
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court t o the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I I for description)
380 Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the
values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human
governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.)
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as
developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic
dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the
doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #.)
384 Political Analysis
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an
examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research
required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 158 and two upper division
courses, or #.)
Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199 lnternship
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine
project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.)
295 Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Offered on demand)
Psychology/lOg
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Prereq.: #.)
498 lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
499 lndependent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Psychology
Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman
Ferguson, Duane Johnson
Major: 10 courses including 105,264,265,381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5
courses a1 Augsburg; Physics 103, Not more than two courses from among 299,399
and 499 may bc counted lowarrl the minimum 10 psychology courses requircd for a
wiajor. This rcsrriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stirdent
may actually take more such courses. The major program sliould includc 105 in [he
freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophn~nor~!
ear. 381 or 399 in !he
junior year, and 493 in ihe senior year. The major program is p/anned in conrr~lrntion
with a n adviser in the psychology department ancl is a proved by the departrnent
chairpprron. The overall plan is directpd toward a l a r i r undrrrtnnrling o l the
discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocarional and
professional goals of t h p indiviclual student. A written plan far the major should be
cornple~edand approved by the beginning of the junior year. I t is reconimended
[hat psycholo~ymajars t a k e additional course work from other arcas that will
cornpl~rnentand strengthen their particular interests in psychology, for examplc,
devrloping a minor in business izdminis~ration,biology, or cornmunica~ionis
recommended far many students.
Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Au sburg. Not more
than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward t e minor.
E
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department
chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Certificatein ProgramEualuation: 5 courses including PSY 264 or SOC 362,SOC363,
PSY 399,450, ' r h c ~ ecoursrs a r e designed to proviclc the cognlt ive barkground and
skill developrncnt to pcrform well a s a rescarch assistant for agenciw or firms which
[lo program rvalualions or an crnployee who can rlevelop and maintain ongoing
self-asstlssmenr programs for an employer agency, Sce dcpar~mentchairperson for
furthcr dctails.
105 General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major
sub-areas, is emphasized.
251 Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the
processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and
subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine
intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years)
264,265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem
solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for
credit without continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term
immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105)
299 Directed Studv
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be
completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical
systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into
practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of
children. (Prereq.: 105)
352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical
bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process.
Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of
people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351)
355 Brain & Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in
animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation &
emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in
biology. Fall)
356 Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on
behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality,
defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
357 Learning
Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior
r h a n u and
~
indivirl11nli7edi n s t r ~ ~ r t i nnrniects.
n
IPrerea.: 1051
359 Measurement
Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest,
personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105)
361 Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward
personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany
classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male
A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist
movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or #)
373 Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as
management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social
influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105)
375 Social Psychology
See under Department of Sociology,
381 Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.:
two psychology courses. Alternate years)
399 Internship
Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
-
450 Proaram Evaluation
The application of sclentifir research rcchniques and statistical analysis ro provrams for
social improvement. Designing inforniation systems for thc ongoing mon~toringof
programs, Assessing cornrnunlty needs. Assersing program effectlvrtit?~~
and effici~ncy,
The ~~oliflcdlantl
organtzarional canrrxl of progrdm mt~riitnringandevaluat~on.
The roleof
evaluation rcsearch for social palicy and program improvcrnenr. (Prereq.: PSY 264 or SQC
362; 50C 363)
485 Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given
to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior
standing. Spring)
490 Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.:
105 and #. Alternate years)
493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration
of the approaches and methods used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5
courses)
499 Independent Study
Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students
must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale
and purpose for the proposed study.
Religion
Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), Paul Almquist, John Benson, Delores Burtness,
James Burtness, David Fagerberg, Irene Getz, Norma Knutson, R. John Singh,
Eugene M. Skibbe, Paul Sonnack, Bruce Stuart
Academic Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 481 and 495, the seminar
especially for majors, taken in rhc junior or senior year. Before taking seminar, each
major must have writtrn onp formal research paper and placed it on file with I ~
department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. Onc
upper division Ncw Te~tamentGreek coursp may be applied to the major.
Church Staff Worker Religion Major: 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 362, 399,
481,354 or 358,360 or 483,471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other
departments can lead t o Augsburg certification.
public School Religion Maiot: The Minnesota Department of Edtrcat ion does not at
the nresent time r r a n l teacher crr~ificatlonIora religion maioror r n i n 0 r . T ~crrenare
for (caching a b o h rclfgion in publicschools, the stiden1 sfiould work clo5&ly with
the Kcliginn De artrncnt to rlesi n a program which include^: a ) a major in an
academic rield wEirh is crrtiliable
i h e r l a l r fnrelemcntary or secondary tenchina,
and b) a religion major of 8 courses, including 111, 221, 355, 356,360,363 and 471.
ky
Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved
by the department and colloquium with the department.
Church Staff Worker Certificate: 9 Religion courses ( I l f , 221,356,362,481,354 or
358,360or 483,471 or474,399); Psychology 105,357,352 or 371,485, Sociology 111or
Psychology 373, Sncialog 231; Physical Erltlca~ion232; Speech 354 or 355,499. This
program r n w t s o r excepc s thc eclucational requirements of T ~ American
P
Lutheran
Church, but certification b the church is a separate func~ion.By oc'ldin two or three
courses from appropriate c cpartrncnts, th~stuclentcan develr,pspecia cmphases i n
parish edt~catian,business management or diaconal work.
1Y
7
7
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval
is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion
Department and/or general education course credit.
All majors are urged to consult with the department chair.
111 Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 221 Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of
biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church.
P
350 Philosophy of Religion
(See under Department of Philosophy)
353 Denominations and Sects in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some
contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring)
354 Life of the Church in the Life of the City
The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident in urban structures.
355 The Study of Religion in the Public Schools
The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be
examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be
analyzed and discussed.
356 History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including
Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some
discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall)
358 Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian educati0.n
and curriculum, youth work and parish work.
360 Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements
i n American society. (Spring)
361 Church Fathers
A study of the early Christian Church i n the context of the Roman Empire, including such
topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in
conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on
the life and thought of Augustine. (Spring)
362 Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth
century. Special attention tothe writingsof Martin Luther and other representativefigures.
(Fall)
363 Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious
liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its
environing culture. (Fall)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country.
(Offered as funding permits)
380 Music of the Western Church
(See under Department of Music)
399 Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first
semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines.
471 Jesusand His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with
their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations
given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 Theology of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early
church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring 1982)
473 The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1983)
475 Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the religious dev~lopmcnr.A special interest i n such
modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and H~schel,The J e w i ~ h
Chatailqila Society annually
makes a grant to Augsburg Collcgr in partial support of this coursr i q Judaism offered in
the religion department. (Fall)
481 Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as
seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the
Christian Church. (Spring)
482 Contemporary Roman Catholic Theology
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic
definitions of the church.
483 Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon
moral action. (Fall)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of
instructor. (Fall)
499 Independent Study
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines.
Russian, Scandinavian A r e a / l l 5
Russian Area Studies
Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator)
The major in Russian Area Studies i s a cooperarive program of the Associated
Cnlleges of theTwin Cities {AC'I'C).It seeks togive the student the broadest possible
exposure to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, I~tcrature,tradition, and
philosophy. In addition 10 providing a goorl liberal education, the program can
enable m d e n t s to prepare for graduatc study, or careerr; in areas such as
government, international business, o r teaching.
Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in
Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses of approved electives.
Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course in Soviet politics; 1 course in
Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies
Mildred Joel (Director)
Major: 8 upper division courses.
Minor: 4 upper division courses.
Note: Major programs musr contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or
transferred to Augsburg as upper divislon Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e.,
courses [aught by a Scandinavian Ian ua e de artment or subdepartment re ardlcrs of their conicnl, which may %P Bnau&tic, literary or curursI. Stu ents
rilduating wlth a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate
&vel competence in il Scandinavian language. Scc Norwegian courier undcr
!
Department of Foreign Languages.
312 Old Norse
An intraductian to the strucrurc of Old West Norse throufih the study of selections from
Old Norse literarurr. Same attention given to Old East Norrc and aspects of the history of
lour modern NordIc languages. Knowledgeof oneof the latter isdesired but not required.
N(~rwt?gtan
language majors and minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years)
325 Scandinavian Music
(See under Department of Music)
330 Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable
but not required.
llG/Scandinavian Area Studies
-
345 Scandinavian American Experience
The Old World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land,
aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982)
351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel
Lectllrcs provide a survey or the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selectecl novels by JonasLip, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, fialldor Laxness and ofhers. Knowfedgr ol a Scandinavian language desirable.
Langtlagr rnajorsand minors will be requir~rlto cloassigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. {Alternale yrars. Fall. 79112)
352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ihscn, Ejarnson, Slrindberg, tag~rkvist,Munk and
other twentierh century tlramatis~s.l . e c t u r e s p ~ ~dsurveyof
~ ~ i c ~ ~ Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbscn and Strinrlberg, K n n w l r t l ~of~ a Scan(iinavta~~
language desirable.
Language majorsand minorswill b e r p q u i r e d r o d o ~ ~ s i p n rcadin~san.11
rcl
written work in a
Scandinavian langua~c.[Alternatr years. Fall, f9B1)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(Offered under Department of Religion)
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
382 Scandinavian Arts
(See under Department of Art)
396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
(Offered under Department of History)
495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience
(Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar)
499 Independent Study
I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science, Social Studies/l17
Social Science
Myles C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson)
Two emphases exist within the Social Science major: the Teaching Major and the
Non-Wcstcrn crnpfrasis.A student may not list a double major in Social Science and
in one of the romponcnt disriplines unless the distribution selected in the Social
Scicnce major i s signi(icantly different lrom the other major.
Teaching Major: 1 5 courses: 10 required courses (Economics 122,123; History 221,
222; Geography 114; Sociology 121, 247; Psycholog 105; Political Scienc~158 and
121 .or 170); 4 u p er division courses in one of the fn l o w ~ n disciplines:
g
Economics,
History, PoliticarScicnrc, Psycholngy or Sociology; a statistics courrc approved by
the clepartmcnt in which the4 upper division courses are takcn, The st~rtlcntshould
choose an adviser who is a member of I hc department in which the upper division
courses are to he takcn. (For supplementilry information and alrernativc ways to
fullill Ihe stale-approved compctenry-hasrd program for secondary teachereducation) SPP the following section o n Social Sturlies for Secondary Educa~ion.)
!
Major - Non-Western Emphasis: 14 cottrses: History 103; 1 social science
n~rthodology
course (Eronornics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology J62or 365); and 12
courses, in a t least 4disciplines, lrom the following: Economics 722,250; History 104,
3 2 2 , 3 2 3 , 3 2 4 , 4 4 0 , 4 7 4 ; Polilical Science 351,363,382,467; Philosophy 355; Religion
356; Sociology 241; seminars, independent 5tudy or interrm courses on relevant
topics in fdistory and/or Political Science. Thc student planning to fulfill this social
science major should consul^ t h ~ chairperson
!
of thc Dcparrmenl of History in
choosing a rnajor a d v i s ~ r .
Social Studies
Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator)
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete,
in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of
Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation
in the social sciences.
Teaching Major: 7 courses (Economics 122 or 123, Geography 114, History 123,
Political Science 158, Psycholagy 105,Soclofogy 121 and 141) plus a major in one of
five fields - Economics, I-listory, Politrcal Scicnce, Psychology or Sociology - or
incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major, described in section above).
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as
possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
118/Social Work
Social Work
Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Douglas Perry
The Augsburg College Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social
Work Education.
The core program of Social Work begins in the 'unior year, but all students are
advised to takeSocia1Work 257ar freshmen or sop~omoresunless exempted by the
faculty, and should seek advisement from social work faculty as to sequence of
required courses from other departments.
Candidacy: Students planning to major in Social Work must apply to the
department for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year.
Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program isa professianal program In preparation
for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program
consi~t5of 810, I O I * ; I%ych. 105*, J5I1, and 352*; Soc, 12Is,23It,365,375*, and 303*;
and Social War k 2STC, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466
and 467. At least
{CHR) course i s strongly recommended.
onc Conservation of Human Reso~~rres
*These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year.
Emcentration: Concentrations in Aging, Chernlcal Dependency, Youth, and
Crime and Carrectjons are possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive
ol functional, dysfunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus fiefd work placement
in thesenior year I n the special area. Completion of aconcentration is noted on the
transcript.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful
completion of Education 388.
257 Practicum in the Human Services
-WithfacuIty appmvnl,srudent selectsa placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a
social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service
delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a
term paper rcport and weekly rcvivw conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen
and sopharnores. Open ro all students.
340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population,
older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older
population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior
Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work in Human Development, Systems of Social
Welfare, experience in work with the aged, #).
3613ystems of Social Welfare
An examination of fundamental aspectsof thevarlous systems of social welfare in the U.S.
and the roleof social work in them. Special emphasison analysis of the major assumptions
and movemrntscontrtbutory to the rlse of thp walfare state; description of a selection of
modern s~rviresystems, rhe prolesston of qocial work, its ethics, values, and historical
development. Three class periods per week; Ruest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.:
Junior, or #. Fall)
Social Work/l19
363 Methods and Skills-of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques
of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work
practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Three class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or
laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. Spring)
364 Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on
interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small
group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363.
Spring)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #)
461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and
regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development of
generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Three two-hour class lectures, and/or
laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and 364, or #. Fall)
463 Community Development and Organization
Locality development and socialchange through community organization,social planning,
and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of social change, 2)
understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3)
examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential
principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall)
462,464, Field Work II and IV:
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work
with individuals, families,groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours
per week, plusone supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: completion and 2.0
in 361, 362; concurrent with 461 and 467; Fall and Spring)
465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development
This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of
analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social
work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work
with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings,
analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361,463,
and senior or #. Spring)
466 Field Work 111 (1/2 course)
Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim.
467 The Social Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and
practices,organizational theory, and resourcedevelopment will bestudied in the course.
The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 461,462,463,
Spring)
468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course)
Current issues i n social work theory or practice. To be announced. (# half or full credit.
Interim)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently drsigncd course a studenf (or group of students) develops, making
extensive,systen~~tic
dncl Integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
communily,e.g. l e c l u r c s , ~ y r n ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ , p ~ r fhearings.
~ r m i ~ ~These
~ c e sresources
,
become the
core of the course, supplemented by rraditfonal college resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
499 Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and #)
Sociology
Gordon L. Nelson (Chairperson), Robert Clyde, Jerry Gerasimo, Robert Grams,
Garry Hesser, Anita Kolman, Joel Torstenson
Major: 10 courses includin 121, 362,363,375,485. Highly recommended: a CHR
course, internship, indcpen!pnl study or upper division ~nterimcourse in rociolo y.
This recommendation ir mndc in the hope [hill ihp rrudcnl will take advantage of t\e
variety of learning rnorlrls olfcrcd through the dcparrment. Consult department
chairperson concerning areas of concentration.
Minor: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.)
HhnorsMajor: Thestudcnt must h a v e a minimum C P A o f 3.5in the majorar.rd3.0
overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of ~ubrnissionof
thecis roposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year.
C a n r l i c ~ ~ ci yi c o n ~ i n g c n fupon drpartrncntul approval of proposal h April 30 of
junior year. After acceptancr as a candidate, the student will regisles or Indcpcndcnt Study (Sociology 499) through whirh work on tlissis will be completed, I-lonors
rlpgrep in sociology wlII be grantrcl to a candidate i f he/~h~successfuIly
Ocfcndsthc
tliesis before March 31 a l senior year ancl maintains CPA througll graciuation.
Y
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses includin PSY 264 or SOC 362, SOC 363,
PSY 399,450. These courses are designed to provide t e cognitive background and
skill development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies or firms which
do prograrn evaluations or an crnployet. who can develop and maintain ongoing
self-assessment programs lor an cmployer agency. See department chairperson for
further details.
\
111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the
context of urban institutions and processes.
121 Principles of Sociology
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of
basicaspects of society; socialization,family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions,
etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession.
231 Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection,
marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context.
241 Introduction t o Cultural Anthropology
An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation toculture; languageas a major
organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of
"primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found i n
different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S.
culture.
300,301,302, 303, 304 Special Topics i n Sociology
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons,
physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of
these institutions take the course together with college students i n a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest.
360 Religion and Society
A n examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research o n religious movements
and institutions in American society.
362 Statistical Analysis
The first course i n a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts t o build a body of
knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used t o evaluate ideas
and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing
equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science
and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.:
high school algebra. Fall)
363 Research Methods
The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research
designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice
doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately
after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 o r #. Spring)
365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of
commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications t o
program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra.
Spring)
373 Crime and Corrections
An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused o n the causation
and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.:
121, Fall)
375 Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society.
An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding
interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look
at the major assumptionsand processes underlying our everyday life-a look at the trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation
i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course.
(Prereq.: 121 and Psych. 105)
122/Speech, Communication
381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The changing city i n history and various cultures; major theoretlcal perspectives in urban
sociology; t h metropolis
~
as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems;
tosllaping the future metropolis. TheTwin C i l i ~ mctropo[itan
r
area is
m a j o r i s ~ u relaled
~s
utilized as a n importilnr learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or #. Spring)
383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only)
388 Social Inequality
Analysis of inequality i n regard to wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected
countries. Causes and ramifications of theamount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis
of current issues and policies concerning inequality in the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 121. Spring)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
485 Modern Sociological
- Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 121 or #. Fall)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An i n d r p ~ r i d e n ~dl y~ s i g n e dcourse a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integra~cdutilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lecture.;,sy~nposia,perlor~nances,
hearings. These resources become the
core of I ~ courqe,
P
supplemented Ily rradltfonal college resources, and designed in
consultation with ant1 cvaluatrd by a faculty member of the department.
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according todepartment guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission of
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Syl Jones, Howard
Liszt, Joel Mugge, Stan Ransom
Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguishecl performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in i h senior
~
year.
Communication Arts/l23
-
- -
Communication Arts
Thc communication major is a flexihle interdisciplinary program which allows for
differen! emphases -journalfsrn, advertising and public rrlarions! radio-televisionfilm, human rrlations, and supervisory management. Program guldes for each area
are available from rhe Departmen1 Chairperson or the Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a
plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech
111, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241.
Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354, 399 and English
225 or 226 or 227, anrl satis(actory performance a n competency tests in writing and
typlng. Supparting rourscs rcrluircA hut nor counring toward the major: Speech
111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 705; Sociology 121 or 247,375,
Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department.
Speech Major For Teaching: 10 courses, including I l l , 241 or 243, 350, 351 or 355,
352,354,360; Participation in forensics, and a minor in English.
Speech Minor For Teaching: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,350,351
or 355, 352,354, 360 and participation in forensics.
Note: Students prrparing to reach speech in secondary schools may s ecialize in
any of three majors: ~ p ~ e c h , t h e a t artr,ind
er
speech-theater nrtr, A n y ofthese must
he combined with a t lcast an English minor, preferably a major. Thecrrmmunication
major or minor cloes not qualify one for reaching speech. Consult with the
Department of Edi~cationfor recpjrerncnts in Education. Course 116 i s strongly
recnmrnended tor students in elcmcntary ducation.
111 Beginning Speech
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening.
132 Photography
(See under Department of Art)
227 Advanced Writing: Journalism
(See under Department of English)
225,230 Visual Communications I, II
(See under Department of Art)
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
(See under Department of English)
242 Film-Making
(See under Department of Art)
243 Radio-Television Production
An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis
on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10.
Fall)
342 Mass Communications in Society
(See under Department of Political Science)
124/Theater Arts
350 Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and
listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall)
351 Argumentation
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 Persuasion
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects.
(Spring)
353 Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements
in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #.
Spring)
354 Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication
barriers.
355 Small Croup Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective
functioning within small groups and organizations. (Fall)
373 Organizational Psychology
(See under Department of Psychology)
399 Internship
(Consult the Department Chairperson for details.)
480 Seminar in Communication
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech and communication. (Fall)
495 Independent Study in Communication
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
Theater Arts
Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning to
major i n theater arts should begin with courses I l l , 116, and 228. Course 111 is not
part of the major.
Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be
sup orted by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including
ShaRespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama.
A. Acting Emphasis: 116,228,232,243,350,360,361,362,366,432, and the children's
theater interim. S~ronglyrecommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema, art,
and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include
6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship.
Theater Arts/125
r:
B. Directin Emphasis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus t h e
chilclren's I iearyr i n t e r i m . Courses stron ly r e c o m r n r n d ~ d courses
:
i n movement,
cinema art, a n d dramatic literature. Performance rcquirementr for t h e directing
emphasis i n c l u d e 4 units o f c r e w work, 3 units o f acting, 2 of directing, 1 i n stage
management, a n d 1 internship.
C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 a n d 290 i n Art.
Strongly r e c o m m e n d e d : courses i n cinema art, art, a n d dramatic literature.
Performance requirements f o r t h e design emphasis include 5 units i n c r e w work,2 i n
technical supervision, 1 i n acting, 1 i n assistant design, 1 i n design, a n d 1 internship.
Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 228, 232, 360, 361,366.
Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 10 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,116,228,229,232,241 o r
243,350,360,361,366, t h e experience r e q u i r e m e n t specified f o r theater arts majors,
a n d a m i n o r i n English.
Theater Arts Minor For Teaching: courses 111, 228, 232, 361, 366; o n e o f t h e
f o l l o w i n g : 241, 243, 350; a n d participation i n dramatic productions.
Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,241 o r 243,
350, 351 o r 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; participation i n t w o activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater, broadcasting); a n d a m i n o r i n English.
116 Creative Dramatics
A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human
relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy,
and other settings. (Fall)
228 Technical Production I
An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, magic, and
art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall)
229 Stage Design I
Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing,
painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in
freshmen and sophomore years. Spring)
232 Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
360 Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and
drama. (Fall)
361 Theater History
Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at
local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Spring, Alternate years)
362 Theater Criticism
A study of forms and ideas a s they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at
local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions
on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Spring, Alternate
years)
126/Transdisciplinary Studies
366 Stage Direction I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical
production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play
chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only.
(Spring)
367 Stage Direction II
In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental,
musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or #.
Spring)
399 Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
428 Technical Production II
Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or
lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Lab fee. Fall)
429 Stage Design II
Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or #. Spring)
432 Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through improvisation and extensive
scene study. Emphasis i s on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare,
French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-realism, Epic, and the
Absurd. (Fall, Alternate years)
499 Independent Study in Drama
Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater.
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appro riate portions of
two rnajnn may conridcr ,he Tranniisciplinary Major. The TransJsci linary Major
enables ~ t u d r n t rto respond l o a particular career interest. Wgile such an
indivirlually clevcTopecl major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad
majors may not he suitable far those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofe5sianal programs in some academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following:
A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in
the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college;
B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of
his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar).
C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
Women's, Minority Studied127
Women's and Minority Studies
Toni Clark (Director), Rosalie Clark, Valerie Geaither, James Porter
The Women's a n d M i n o r i t y Studies Program (formerly American Studies) consistsof
several interdisciplinary courses. A l t h o u g h n o major o r m i n o r i s offered, there is a
certificate program i n women's studies.
CertificateinWomenrsStudi~; lndivldually planned program wlth a m i n l m u m of 6
courses o r i e n t e d lowarrls women's perspectives: 3 course$ lrom the social sciences
{ i n c l i ~ d i n ghistory); 1-2 courser l r o m humanities (literature, religion, art, music,
philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disc1 l i t ~ a r ycourses,
independent rturly. directed study, cfr. Courrer mily hr taken l o r n rhe ncrc
colleges as w e l l as Augshurg. See Toni Clark, Grace Dyrud or N o r m a Noonan for
further details.
231 Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from
year to year. Meets one religion requirement.
232 Blacks in America
This i s an introduction to Black culture. The course will provide an overview of the major
issues related to the Black experience in terms of the family,education, religion, aesthetics,
economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding
the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of
Black culture on American society.
260 Contemporary American Indians
Thesituation of Indians in the United Statessince the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with
an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education.
Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes
today.
265 Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historiansand selectionsfrom women's journals,
speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will
collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the
founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and
other "invisible" women minorities will be included.
Registers
129 Board of Regents
Division for College and
University Services
130 Administration
131 Emeriti
132 Faculty
Music Hall, newest campus building
Kiosk, a place to check for what's happening, and Stage I1 Theater
Commencement Procession wends
through Murphy Square
i
P
.,--
.
Regents, DCUS/l29
-
Augsburg College Board of Regents
Officers
Clayton L. LeFevere, Chairman
Dr. Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman
James C. Lindell, Treasurer
Norma E. Knutson, Secretary
Members
Charles W. Arnason (1982)'. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Minneapolis Star and T r i b u n
Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Oscar M. Austad (1984). President, Austad Company, Sioux Falls, South Dakota
Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984). St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Nancy Bottemiller (1986). Wadena, Minnesota
Norman R. Carpenter (1982). Attorney, Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Darrell J. Egertson (1982). Executive Vice President, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Donald R. Crangaard (1984). Chairman of the Board, First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986). Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota
Norma E. Knutson (1984). Minneapolis, Minnesota
Harris W. Lee (1982). Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Clayton 1. LeFevere (1982). Partner, LeFevere, Lefler, Kennedy, O'Brien and Drawz,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chester Lind (1986). President, Northwest Bancorporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota
James C.Lindell (1982). Treasurer, West Publishing Company, St. Paul, Minnesota
Jane M o o t y (1986). Edina, Minnesota
Dr. Arthur Naftalin (1984). Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Howard E. Olson (1984). President, Sonford Products Corporation, St. Paul Park, Minnesota
Donald C. Padilla (1986). Chairman of the Board & CEO, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minnesota
George T. Pennock (1982). Chairman, Tennant Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. Carl Platou (1984). President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota
The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo (1984). Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota,
Washington, D.C.
N. Stanley Stake (1986). Senior Vice President, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. M e r t o n P. Strommen (1986). President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Stanley Thiele (1986). Vice President, Human Resources, 3 M Center, St. Paul, Minnesota
Mary Lou Williams (1984). Administrative Aid to the Mayor, Minneapolis, Minnesota
'The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of term.
Board for College and University Services
The American Lutheran Church
Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin
Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio
Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Marguerite Foster, Dallas, Texas
Erwin H. Coldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska
Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington
Dennis Griffin, Sioux Falls, South Dakota
Edwin Cunberg, Bethesda, Maryland
Custav Kopka, Jr., East Lansing, Michigan
~,.....lrl )r~.wL:..~
h ~ ; . . ~ - . . ~ ~h l~ :; ~. . ~ ~ . ~ t . .
Administration
President
President ......................................................Charles S. Anderson
Lowell Brandt
College Pastor
Carolyn Magnusson
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President
........................................................
................
A c a d e m l c Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College
Rlchard Green
Associate Academic Dean
Pat Parker
John (Jack) A. Hlll
Registrar
Assistant Registrar
Carol Stack
Margaret Anderson
Head Librarian
Cralg Carnahan
Music Administrator and Fine Arts Coordinator..
Director of Audio Visual Services.. ......................................
James Olson
Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs ...................... Bonnie Wallace
Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ...................................
Valerle Gealther
Mary Olson
Recorder ...............................................................
Interim Director ..........................................................
Tonl Clark
Mary A. Klngsley
International Studies Program Director
International Student Advisor ................................ Mary E. (Mlml) Johnson
Secretary to the Dean .................................................... Pat Urdahl
............
................................................
........................................................
......................................................
...................................................
......................
..............................
F l n a n c e and M a n a g e m e n t
Vice President for Finance and Management ......................... .Wayne Pederson
Herald Johnson
Assistant Vice President for Enrollment Services
Vlrene Luthl
Associate Director, Financial Aid
Director of Personnel
Bonnle-Jean Mork
Chief Accountant
Jeff Kosse
Manager, College Center
Mlldred Nelson
Robert Gores
Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending
Gerald Johnson
Director of Plant Services
Custodial Supervisor
Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor
Rob Curtls
Grounds Supervisor .....................................................
Fred Wolter
Manager, lcae Arena
James Carey
......................
........................................
.............................................
........................................................
.............................................
..............................
............................................
................................................
..................................................
...................................................
D e v e l o p m e n t a n d P u b l i c Relations
Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................. Gerald D. Bjelde
Associate Director of Development/Deferred Giving ............. Slgvald V. Hjelmeland
Associate Director/Alumni and Parent Giving ...........................Jeroy Carlson
Assistant Director of Development/Annual Fund.. .......... Catherlne (Kate) Klelsmeler
A. 8. Batalden
Assistant to the Vice President
Lols G. Wollan
Director of Public Relations..
Janlce Rykken
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs
Kay Cady
Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information
Manager, Graphic Center
Therese Nlchols
Executive Secretary
Irene Steenson
........................................
.........................................
...............................
........................
............................................
..................................................
Admlsslons
.............................................
Kathryn E. Lange
Director of Admissions
Assistant Director
Coordinator of Transfer Programs..
Admissions Counselor.
Admissions Counselor..
Admissions Counselor..
Transfer Credit Evaluation Coordinator..
..........................................................
Blll Ross
Sue Bonner
......................................
...............................................Erlc Anderson
................................................
Sally Hough
................................................
Llsa Novotny
.......................Charlene Weidenbach
Administration, Emeriti/l31
Student Affalrs
..............
Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students
Marlanne Sander
Associate Dean of Students
Rlck Thonl
Director of Student Life (Housing). ........................... Llnda Schrernpp-Alberg
Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement.
Patrlcla M. Olsson
Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement.
Nancy Medcraft-Tldwell
Director of Student Activities.. ........................................... Joan Slater
Head Resident (Urness/Mortensen). ....................................Pam Joachlm
Director of Human Development
Judy Essman
Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ...................................... Don Warren
Area Apartment Manager ............................................
John Augustlne
...............................................
.....................
...............
.......................................
Emeriti
Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. (1963-1980). B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D.,
Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Bernhard M. Christensen. President Emeritus (1938-1963). Ph.D., The Hartford Ser
Foundation.
Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magester der Philc
University of Latvia.
K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesc
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig. Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington.
Mildred V. Joel, Professor Emerita, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. M.A., U n i ~
of Minnesota.
Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minn
Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minn
Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., Univers~~y
01
Minnesota.
Esther Olson. Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Lavonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland
College.
A. Mayo Savold. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music.
Paul 1. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JohnThut. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus., American Conservatory of Music.
JoelS. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
132/Facu lty
Fac uI ~ 01Y
as
September, 1980
Ruth 1. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Robert Adney* (1979). Studio Artist/Music.
James Agre*. Assistant Soccer Coach.
Paul Almquist (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion.
Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chair of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.S., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Bobbi Anderson* (1979). Specialist-Child Development/Family Life, lnstructor i n Education.
B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.S. Education Specialist, Mankato State University.
Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin;
B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York.
Ernest W. Anderson (1947). Athletic Director, Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Assistant Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
John Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
Columbia University.
Robert E. Beverly* (1966). Studio Artist/Music. B.M.Ed., M.M., Northwestern University.
JamesE. Billings* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., Michigan State University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia
College, Moorhead.
Timothy Blackburn*. Lecturer i n English.
Vern Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program. M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton* (1975). lnstructor in Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). Department Chair Health and Physical Education. B.A., B.S., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Margaret Smith Brand* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., Indiana University.
Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet. B.S. Music Ed., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Maria Brown* (1980). Instructor, Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Delores Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion.
James Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer in Religion.
Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Wayne Carroll* (1978). lnstructor i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Chicago.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Toni Clark (1974). Assistant Professor of English and Interim Director. B.A., University of
California, Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara.
The year in parentheses after the name indicates beginning of service in the College.
*Part-time
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Communications
Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa.
Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of TheaterApeech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Benjamin Cooper (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of
Technology; Ph.D., Yale University.
Lawrence Copes* (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University;
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Liv Dahl* (1976). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Darlene Dommel* (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota.
Beverly Durkee (1965).Associate Professor and Department Chair of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L.,
B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Ronald Duty* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science. B.A., San Diego State University;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Grace Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edgar E. Eklof* (1977). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.M., Manhattan
Music School.
Mark J.Engebretson (1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Rolf Eriksen* (1971). Soccer Coach.
David Fagerberg* (1980). Lecturer in Religion.
Sheldon Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Norman Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
1.1. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Music. B.M., Concordia
College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Henry C. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. M.S., University of Minnesota.
Robert A. Fornander* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., Augustana College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor of Education. A.B., Los Angeles College; M.S.,
California State University.
Michael Frazier* (1979). Studio Artist/Saxophone. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., San Francisco State College;
M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark Fuehrer (1971). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen Cabrielsen (1979). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
University of Minnesota.
Jerry Cerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Irene Cetz* (1980). Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Princeton Seminary.
John Cidmark* (1979). Lecturer i n English.
Thomas Cilkey* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., DePauw University.
Orloue N. Cisselquist (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chair of History. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Coetz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M.,
University of Colorado.
Robert Crams. (1971) Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
134/Facu lty
Paul Crauer. (1979) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia
College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Louisville.
Satya Cupta.* (1976) Assistant Professor of Business Administration. Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University.
Donald R. Custafson (1961). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin Cyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Theodore Hanwick* Professor Emeritus i n Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer in Library Science.
Milda Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Political Science. B.A.,
Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Douglas R. Heidenreich* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., University of
Minnesota; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law.
Peter Hendrickson* (1980). Chorale Director.
Katherine Hennig* (1966). Studio Artist/Voice. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Edwina Hertzberg (1977). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of Social Work. B.A., Cedar
Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Carry Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., Phillips University; M. Div., Union
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Carol Hoffman (1978). Instructor i n Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of
Minnesota.
Norman Holen (1974). Professor of Arts. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., State University of
Iowa.
John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College, Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Khin Khin Jensen* (1955). Professor of History. B.A., Rangoon University (Burma), M.A.,
Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Mildred Joel* Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron
College, University of Minnesota; M.E.,South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Einar Johnson (1956). Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Washington.
James J. Johnson (1969). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S.,
juilliard School of Music.
Mary E. (Mimi) Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, Chair of Foreign Languages, and
International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.S., Columbia University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Rees M. Johnson (1978). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S.,
Winona State University.
Syl Jones* (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communication. B.A., Augsburg College.
Amin Kader (1974). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.Comm., University of
Caior (Egypt); M.S., University of Michigan.
Robert Karlkn (1973). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Facu lty/l35
Joanne Karvonen* (1965). Lecturer i n English. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
University of Georgia.
Betty Kelly* (1980). Women's Tennis Coach.
Diana 1. Kennelly* (1979). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. Director of International
Program. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College.
Merilee Klemp* (1980). Studio Artist/Oboe. B.A., Augsburg College.
Al Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana
College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Susan J. Knust (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., University of Cincinnati; M.S., Wright State
University.
Norma Knutson*. lnstructor i n Religion.
Boyd Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Moorhead State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Roberta Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Nicholas Lenz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University
of Minnesota.
Howard Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communications. B.A., M.S., University
of Minnesota.
Jon Lorence* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology. B.A., Central College; M.A., lowa State
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy S. Malcolm (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.P.H.,
University of Minnesota.
Richard Marken (1974). Assistant Professor of Psychology and Department Chair. B.A.,
University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara.
Keishiro Matsumoto (1971). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Waseda
University, Tokyo; M.B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
James Mayer*. Visiting Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
Marie 0.McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., University of Nebraska.
Sallye Cooke McKee* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Education.
Lynne Medcalf* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S.B., M.B.A., University
of Minnesota.
Cynthia Melson* (1979). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Park College; B.M.Ed., M.M.Ed., University
of Kansas.
Roberta Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B. Music Ed., M. Music
Ed., University of Kansas.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
John Mitchell (1968). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.S., University of
Tennessee.
August Molder* (1962). Artist i n Residence i n Art. Law, Master of Law, University of Tartu,
Estonia.
Joel Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications. B.A., Valparaiso
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Douglas Nelson (1977). Acting Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St.
Thomas.
Gordon 1. Nelson (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; B.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1977). Associate Professor of History. B.S., University of Nebraska; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Nicholl* (1973). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of English. B.A., Hope
College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Crier Nicholl* (1960). Professor of English. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Teacher College,
Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.,
University of Minnesota.
NormaC. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A.,
Ph.D., Indiana University
Celeste M. O'Brien* (1975). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., Hamline University.
Richard D. Olmsted (1977). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin.
Sandra Olmsted*. Lab lnstructor i n Chemistry.
James F. Olson* (1975). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Jack Osberg* (1979). Assistant Football Coach.
William Oyler* (1969). Assistant Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., Carleton College; B.S.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ronald C. Palosaari (1965). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kermit Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Physics. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.S., University of Wisconsin.
Pamela Paulson* (1975). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of
Colorado; M.S., University of Illinois.
Marilyn Pearson (1980). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augsburg College;
M.A., St. Cloud State University.
Wayne Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia College,
Moorhead.
Lauretta Pelton. Associate Professor of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University.
Douglas Perry*. lnstructor i n Social Work.
Ronald Petrich*. Baseball Coach
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education.
James Porter*. Visiting Lecturer i n Women's and Minorities Studies.
George 1. Powell*. lnstructor in Business Administration.
Alice Preves* (1976). Studio Artist/Strings. B.S., M.S., University of Illinois.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chair of Religion. A.B., Augsburg
College; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Stan Ransom*. Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communications.
Bruce Reichenbach (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Philosophy. A.B.,
Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Kenneth Rich* (1979). Visiting Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Purdue University;
M.B.A., Harvard School of Business; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Barbara Richards-Haugen* (1979). lnstructor i n Political Science. B.A., Vanderbilt University.
Denise Rivet* (1979). Gymnastics Coach.
William Ross* (1977). Assistant Hockey Coach.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Paul Rusten* (1971). Adjunct lnstructor i n Art.
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor and Department Chair of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D. University of Minnesota.
Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A.,
Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Saraent (1967). Associate Professor of English. B.A., University of North Carolina;
Facu lty/l37
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Irene Schilling* (1970). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Wisconsin;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Maria Schweikert* (1979). lnstructor in Foreign Language. Teacher's Diploma, Budapest,
Hungary; M.A., University of Pittsburgh.
Frank Seidel*. Visiting Lecturer in Business and Economics.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Illinois;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
R. John Singh* (1979). lnstructor in Religion.
Eugene Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological
Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Dana Skoglund* (1978). Studio Artist in Music/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College.
Emma Small* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Voice. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music.
Howard D. Small* (1978). Studio A r t M o r g a n . B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music.
Louisa Ann Smith* (1979). Lecturer i n Library Science. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., A.B.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul Sonnack.* Visiting Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Chicago; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary.
George Stahl* (1976). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.M., Chicago Musical College.
Soterios Stavrou* (1975). lnstructor in Foreign Language. B.A., Augsburg College.
Donald Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College; M.A.,
Concordia Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Bruce Stuart*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion.
Daniel Sturm* (1979). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Grace Sulerud (1966). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ralph Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of
Nebraska; Ph.D., University of North Dakota.
Mary Swanson* (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeff Swenson.* Wrestling Coach.
Larry Tallman (1978). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Kansas; M.A., Ph.D.,
Michigan State University.
Mohammed Tavokoli* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology.
James ten Bensel.* Studio Artist i n Music/Trombone. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Paul Thomas* (1977). Studio Artist in Music/Cello. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Philip Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chair of Art. B.A., Concordia College;
M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Mary Timm* (1973). Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach.
Joel Torstenson.* Professor Emeritus of Sociology.
David Tubergen* (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale
University; Ph.D., New York University.
Joetta A. Vernon* (1980). lnstructor in Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota
Donald Warren* (1978). Lecturer i n English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dorothy J. Williamson* (1970). Lecturer i n Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
M a r y Wilson* (1969). Studio Artist in Music/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College.
Helen Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S., Marquette
University.
David Wood (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A.,
Ph.D., Bowling Green University.
139 Communication List
for Mail or Telephon
140 Index
141 Academic Calendars
F?
T...
. ; .. .,
! .
..-.."". ... ,.. .......
" -,
138
O l d Main, campus keyslone
Hockey is the key attraction at the
Ice Center
Advenl Vespers in Central Lutheran
,
'
r...
,
,',,',
..,
'.:'
Communication List/139
Communications Directory
Key offices are listed for correspondence or telephone inquiries.
All have this mailing address:
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis MN 55454
Area Code: 612
President .................................................................330-1212
Dean of the College (Academic Affairs) ..................................... 330-1024
Dean of Students (Student Welfare) ........................................ 330-1 168
Director of Admissions (Admissions) .......................................330-1001
Director of Financial Aid (Financial Assistance, Scholarships) ................ 330-1046
Director of Student Life (Housing). ......................................... 330-1 105
Registrar (Academic records, transcripts, Veterans' Affairs) .................. 330-1036
Summer School/lnterim Office .............................................330-1025
Career Planning and Placement (Job Counseling, Placement Services) ....... 330-1 162
College Pastor (Spiritual life programs and activities) ........................ 330-1 107
Business Office (Fees and accounts) .......................................330-1028
Director of Development (Financial gifts to the College) ..................... 330-1 171
Director of Public Relations (Information Service, media relations,
publications). ........................................................... 330-1 180
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs .................................... 330-1 179
College Center Manager. ..................................................
330-1 109
Ice Arena Manager ........................................................330-1251
Student Government Office ................................................ 330-1 110
General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) ............ 330-1000
The college has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievance:
Boyd Koehler, Assistant Professor, Library (612/330-1018) - Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race, creed, national or ethnic origin)
Pat Parker, Associate Academic Dean - Memorial 231 (612/330-1021) -504 Coordinator
(matters based on physical or mental handicap)
Marianne Sander, Vice President for Student Affairs, CSD-Memorial (612-330-1 168) -Title
IX Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status)
Bonnie-Jean Mork, Director of Personnel, 2nd Floor Memorial (612-330-1023)
ployment
- Em-
All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual, at Augsburg College,
731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis MN 55454. Formal grievance procedures are described
in the Staff Handbook. Copies are available from the Personnel Office.
140/l ndex
Academic Adviser ..................... 77
Academic Enrichment ................. 27
Academic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-38
Academic Policies and Procedures
38-45
Accounting Major ..................... 52
Accreditation ....................... 6, 44
Adapted Physical Education ............ 82
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-131
Admissions
9-'1'1
Advanced Placement .................. 42
Advanced Standing
42
American Indian Programs
27
Application t o Augsburg
11-11
Application for Financial Aid
15-17
Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC)
31. 36
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Auditing Courses
41
...
.........................
....................
.............
.............
........
...............
.....................
Black Student Programs ................ 27
Black Student Union
27
Board for College and University
Services. TALC ..................... I29
Board of Regents
'129
Books and Supplies .................... 14
Brief Facts about Augsburg
44
..................
.....................
.............
Calendar. Academic ............... 31. 142
Campus M a p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Campus Tours ......................... 9
Campus Work
10
Cancellation from College
39
Cancellation of Courses
39
Career Planning and Placement
27
Center for Student
Development (CSD) .............. 27. 2'3
Certification Programs-Art
34. 47
Church Staff Work .............. 34. 112
Program Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . 34.130.120
Women's Studies
34. 127
Chemical Dependency Program
36
Chinese
62. 73
Classification ......................... 42
Coaching Endorsement
82
College Center ................ 2,3.24. 26
College Pastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.130. 139
College Work Study Program
18
Communications Directory
13!1
Computer Programming (CDI)
36
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) .................... 36
38
Continuing Education
Coordinators - Discrimination
or Grievance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
82
Corrective Therapy
13
Costs 1980-81
C.P.A. Certification
34
........................
.............
...............
........
..........
................
........
...........................
................
.
...........
...........
.........
.................
....................
.........................
....................
Courses. Majors. Minors
Art. Art History .................. 47-49
Biology ......................... 49-52
Business Administration
and Economics
52-59
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-61
East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Education
62-68
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69-72
Foreign Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72-80
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Health and Physical Education
81-84
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84-87
International Relations
87
Mathematics/Computer Science
87-90
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
90-92
Metro-Urban Studies
Music. Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . 93-97
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98-99
Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-101
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104-104
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103-105
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106-109
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109-112
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112-114
Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Scandinavian Area Studies
115-116
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Social Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118-120
Sociology
120-122
Speech. Communication and
Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122-126
Transdisciplinary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Women's and Minority Studies
127
.................
.......................
.....
..............
...
.............
......
.....................
......
Dean's List ............................ 42
31
Degrees ..............................
Deposits ............................. 14
Directed Study ........................ 43
Dismissal from College ................42
Distribution Requirements ............. 39
Divisions .............................
32
Driving to Campus
..................... 3
.......................10
.......... 53-55
........................ 10
Early Admission
Early Childhood Education
Early Decision
Economics .........................
Elementary Education
Emeriti
Enrollment
Evaluation and Grading .............
56-59
..............63-65
..............................131
...........................14
4n-47
.........................
.................................
Facilities..
2-3. 7
Faculty .................... 31.44.132-137
Fees
14
......................
..................
.......
......................
.....................
Financial Aid
16-23
. 28
Food Service
Foreign Study
28. 37
French ............................ 73-75
13
Full-time Student
German ...........................
Grade Point Average (GPA)
Graduation Requirements
Graduation with Distinction.
Grants
Greek ...........................
75-77
......10. 39. 41
..........39-40
...........43
............................
17-78
77
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Higher Education Consortium
(HECUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Honors Major (See Departmental listings)
Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14. 28. 29
Human Development Seminars . . . . . . . . . 27
.
.
.
........
............
...................
............
43
Independent Study . . . . . . . .
26. 44
Intercollegiate Athletics
Intercultural Center
27
Inter-Institutional Programs
35
Interim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.37.3R. 39. 112
International Business
53
11. 28
International Students
Internship Program
38
26
Intramural Athletics
Japanese
62. 77
26
KCMR Radio
Kindergarten Licensure ................ 63
.................
..............
....................
...................
..........................
.........................
....................
27
Learning for Living
Library/Audio-Visual
31. 35
Library Science Courses ............. 67-68
Life Science Emphasis
98
40. 82
Lifetime Sports
Linguistics Courses ................. 77-78
Loans ................................ 40
Location
2. 3, 6
...............
..................
.....................
..........................
Majors and Minors (Also see
Courses) ........................ 33. 39
Management Major
52
52
Marketing Major
Memberships .......................... 6
Metro-Urban Studies
91
Term (MUST)
M i d d l e School Science
Emphasis
99
Minnesota State Work Study
Program ............................ 18
Mission Statement ..................... 5
Mortensen Tower
2. 3. 29
26. 97
Music Organizations
...................
......................
.......................
...........................
.................
...............
Numbering of Courses
Off-Campus Programs
................45
.................44
Part-Time Students .................... 13
Physical Science Emphasis
98
Payment Plans
15
Policies ............................ 6. 44
Pre-Professional Programs
34. 3 5
Prerequisites
45
42
Probation
Program in Global
Community
37
..............
........................
..........
..........................
............................
........................
Re-admission o f Former
Students
11
Refunds
.
15
Registration ....................... 30. 39
Religious Life
25
Residence Life
28.20
Residence Requirement ............... 39
Room Rent
13
ROTC
36
Russian .............................. 79
...........................
.........................
.........................
.....................
...........................
................................
...........
San Francisco Summer Term
92
Scandinavian Urban Studies
Term (SUST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23
Secondary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-68
SEMAPHORE -- Student Handbook
26
Semester or Year Abroad
37
Sigma Pi Sigma ....................... 104
Smiley's Point Clinic
2R
Society of Physics Students ............ '104
South American Urban Semester
(SAUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
... 79-81
Special Interest Houses
29
Special Students (Non-degree) ......... 11
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Student Government
25
Student Life .......................... 25
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations (SPAN) ..................... 37
Student Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,
26
Sudent Rights ......................... 29
Student Services
26-29
Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28. 37
Summer Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Summer Sessions ................... 31, 38
.....
..............
...................
...
................
..................
....
...................
....................33
............................
9
.........................9. 70
............................... 13
.....................9. 10
.....................
2. 3. 29
Teaching Licensure
Testscores
Transcripts
Tuition
Tuition Deposit
Urness Tower
Veterans
.............................
43
Academic Calendar
1980-81
Fall Semester
1981-8z*
Sept. 2-3
Sept. 4
Registration and Welcome
Classes Begin
Labor Day Recess
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Last day to designate grading
option
Mid-term break
lnterim Registration
Spring Term Pre-Registration
Last day to withdraw from a class
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
Classes Resume
Classes End
Final Examinations
Final Grades Due
Sept. 1-2
Sept. 3
Sept. 7
Sept. 17
Sept. 17
Oct. 27
Nov. 10-13
Nov. 17-Dec. 5
Nov. 20
Nov. 27
Dec. 1
Dec. 12
Dec. 15-18
Dec. 29
Sept. 17
1980
1981
September
1
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
January
6
13
20
21
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
1
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
1 2 3
89101
15 16 11
22 23 24
2 3 4
91011
16 11 18
23 24 25
30 31
November
2 3 4 5
9 10 11 12
16 17 18 19
"10 24 25 26
6
13
20
21
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
31
4
11
I8
25
1
14
21
28
1
8
I5
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
17
24
31
5
12
19
26
Jan. 6
Jan. 23
Jan. 30
Feb. 3
Classes Begin
Last day to register, add or drop
class without record notation
Last day to withdraw from a class
Classes end
Interim grades due
6 1 8
13 14
20 21
21 28
4
11
10
25
5
12
19
26
6 1 8
13 14
20 21
21 28
5
12
19
26
I
1
9
15
22
29
2 3 4 5
9 10 11 12
16 11 I6 19
''m?'~ 25 26
Jan. 5
Jan. 22
Jan. 29
Feb. 2
3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13
11 I8 19 20
''1 25 26 21
1
14
21
28
2 3
1 0 l
16 11
23 24
30
4
l
I8
25
1
14
21
28
6
I3
20
21
1
14
21
28
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
1
14
21
28
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
4
11
I8
25
4
1
18
25
6
13
20
21
7
14
21
28
I
8
15
22
29
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
4
11
I8
25
5
12
19
26
1 2
6 1 8 9 1
13 I4 15 16
20 21 22 23
27 26 29 30
3
0
11
24
31
October
November
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 18 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 21 28
29 30
June
1
8
15
22
29
2 3
1 0 1
16 11
23 24
30 31
September
6
13
20
27
May
Jan. 4
1
9
15
22
29
August
4 5 6 7
1121314
18 19 20 21
25 26 21 28
April
6
13
20
21
Interim
Jan. 5
5
12
19
26
March
I
8
15
22
29
December
7
14
21
28
3
0
17
24
31
Februarv
October
Nov. 2
Oct. 26
Nov. 9-12
Nov. 16-Dec. 4
Nov. 19
Nov. 26
Nov. 30
Dec. 11
Dec. 14-17
Dec. 28
July
1 2
6 1 8 9 1
13 14 15 16
20 21 22 23
21 28 29 30
December
6
13
20
21
1
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
31
4
11
I8
25
5
12
19
26
Spring Semester
Feb. 3
Feb. 4
Feb. 17
M a r . 23-27
April 3
April 17-20
April 24
April 27-May 7
M a y 15
M a y 18-21
M a y 22
M a y 27
M a y 24
Validation of registration
Classes begin
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Mid-term Break
Last day to designate grading
option
Easter Break
Last day to withdraw from a class
Pre-registration for Fall
Classes end
Final Examinations
Final grades due
Seniors
Others
Baccalaureate-Commencement
1982
1
Feb. 3
Feb. 4
Feb. 17
(See Easter)
I
April 2
April 3-13
April 23
April 26-May 6
M a y 14
M a y 17-20
January
3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20
"1
25 26 27
7
I4
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
I
4
I1
I8
25
5
12
19
26
July
1 2
6 7 8 9 1
13 14 15 16
20 21 22 23
27 28 29 30
Augusl
3
0
17
24
31
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
18
23
30
3
10
17
24
31
7
14
21
28
5
12
19
26
6 7 8
13 14
20 21
27 28
Februarv
1
7 8
14 15
21 22
28
2
9
16
23
3
10
17
24
4
11
I8
25
5
12
I9
26
6
13
20
27
1
7 8 9
I4 15
21 22
28 29
2 3 4 5 6
1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3
16 17 I 8 19 20
23 24 25 26 21
30 31
April
1 2 3
6 7 8 9 1 0
13 I 4 15 16 17
20 21 22 23 24
2 1 28 29 30
March
M a y 21
M a y 26
M a y 23
4
I1
18
25
5
12
19
26
Summer School
J u n e 1-26
J u n e 29-Aug. 7
Term I
Term I1
'
*Subject to change
AUGSBU~COLLEGE 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454
612/330-1000
6
13
20
27
1
7 8 9
14 I 5
21 22
28 29
6
13
20
27
June
2 3
1 0 1
16 17
23 24
30
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
September
1 2 3
9 1 0 1
15 16 17
22 23 24
29 30
4
1
18
25
October
3 4 5 6
I 0 11 12 13
17 18 19 20
."J
25 26 27
7
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
5
16
23
30
November
May
2 3 4 5
9 I 0 11 12
16 17 I 8 19
7 ' ~ 0 7 ' 3 25 26
4
11
I8
25
7
I4
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
1
7 8 9
14 15
21 22
28 29
2 3 4
1 0 1 1 1
16 17 I 6
23 24 25
30
5 6
2 1 3
19 20
26 27
December
4 5
1 1 2
18 19
25 26
5
12
19
26
6 1 8
13 I 4
20 21
27 28
1
9
15
22
29
2 3
1 0 1
I 6 17
23 24
30 31
4
1
18
25
Show less
..............................~....................................
Introduction
2
Calendar.
3
About This Catalog ...................
4
Options
..,.
4
Visiting Students
5
Interim Courses
6
UMAIE Courses
47
Other Courses
48
Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51
A... Show more
..............................~....................................
Introduction
2
Calendar.
3
About This Catalog ...................
4
Options
..,.
4
Visiting Students
5
Interim Courses
6
UMAIE Courses
47
Other Courses
48
Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51
Additional Courses
52
......................................................................
.
.
.
.
........................
.................................................... ...............
...............................................................
..............................................................
..............................~.............................
.............................................
.....
....
.....................................................
I
Contents
I
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4-14 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-weekJanuary Interim. Interim is particularly intended to
be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics
in places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and
preparing for classas they would for a fourcourse load during
Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
P/N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an A u g s b q student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The
number of r e q w Interim courses is adjusted for transfer
students. Transfer students should referto their transfer credit
evaluation form, or consult the registrar.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational
programs, activities and employment practices.
Introduction
I
Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay
Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr.David Gabrielson,
330-1025.
Interim Registration
October 28 - November 1 .................................
December 2 ......................
...............Late Interim Registration
.
.
..........J
t Day of Interim
January 6 ..........................
Class I 9:00 a.m. (first day only)
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
.
.
.
.
.
.
January 7 .......................
................Last Day for Cancel/Add
January 17 ..................Last Day for Determining Grading System
with Registrar
January 17 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 29 .....................................................................Interim Ends
Semester Begins
February 3
Interim Grades Due
February 7 ............................................
.....
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time wiIl be manged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon. (Onthe firstday of classes Time
1classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Note: Mattin Luther King Day will be OM
at Augsburg with a
special convocation onMondayIJanuary20,at 1.UOp.m.Check with
your instructor for class scheduling this day.
I
Introduction
I
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings
of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recogruzed by
the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and
information about these courses are available in the Interim
Office, Memorial 230. Studentsmay also register for one of the
lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
- Students are invited tobe part of one of
International In*
the 23 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
AssociationforInternationalEducation(UMAIE).Thesecourse
opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships:Deadline: Friday, December 13. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmentalrequirementsand present
a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship
Office(Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall
classes (Friday, December 13).The LearningAgreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a p m
gram of independent study (upper division 499) or directed
study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more
than one independent study per Interim. Students choosingto
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. kesent to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervisingfaculty member. This
Introduction
1
proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Oher Schools- Augsburg studentsmay enroll at
any other 414 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in
the Interim Office.The Interim Secretary will help students in
applying for registration at other schools. Registration for
Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during thehterim at other 4-14 schools are accepted forcredit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarilybe accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement.
Augsburg Collegewelcomes students from other 414schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg studentsfor the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $768for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write
to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms
provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an
application processing fee of $10. Studentsare welcometo stay
on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
1
ART 107-42040
ART 1 18-42041
ART 35542042
Instructor:Phlllp Thompson
Course options Include Drawlng, Palnting I and Palntlng 1
I
107 Drawing - Drawing projects in pencil, pen and wash
surveying the fundamentals of visual theory, composition,
and descriptive methods with a focus on the south Florida
environment. Activities will include referenceto historical and
contemporary examples of coastal landscapes.
118 Painting I - Painting projects with a focus on the south
Florida environment in water or oil based media against a
concern for fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and
descriptive methods. Studyof the significance of coastal landscapes in the light of historical and contemporary examples.
355 Painting II - (Prerequisite: ART 118 or equivalent) Advanced study of oil and water based painting with emphasis on the south Florida environment.
Each course of study will include some interdisciplinary activities with "morida Keys Marine Biology" and "Writers of
the Florida Keys" classes. Evaluation will be based on the
quality of work, participation, and artistic growth factors.
The course fee will be about $1,200 which will include air fare,
lodging, and most meals for about two weeks in south Florida.
The primary residence will be at the Newfound Marine Institute on Big Pine Key. The Interim will include stays at Miami
Beach and trips by van to the Everglades and Key West.
DlsMbvtlon:Art/Muslc
General Educaiion Perspectives:Aesthetics
Maodmum Enrollment: 12
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 4 & 17
Arf
I
ART 290-42043
Insfructor: Steve Chapman
An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within
the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and
South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern
Woodland, Plains, Pacific, and Southwest Indians, some content may include drama, dance, poetxy, mythology, rituals, or
religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving,
baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. This course is
pintly listed as Indian Studies or Art, and is one of the c o r n
available to those interested in an American Indian Studies
minor.
Dlslnbutlon:Art/Muslc
Maxfmum Enrollment:20
77me: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 17
BIO 14042044
810 34042045
Insfructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of
marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound
Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute
offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing
and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse
habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove
swamps, seagrass communities, and tide pools. Organisms
from these communitiesand others willbe investigated on site
and in the laboratory.A marinebiologist from the Institutewill
be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized
classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there
will be a short trip to the Florida Evergladesto experienceyet
another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during
the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to
marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials.
The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the
completion of the course requirements.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology
studentswillinteractwith studentsfromJohnMitchell'scourse,
"Writers of the Florida Keys",and Phil Thompson's drawing
and painting courses.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the pm
gram,a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final
examination. Upper division students will also do a special
research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper.
Dlslrlb~on:Blology/Chemlslry
Prerequlsltes:Blology 1 1 1, 1 12 for upper dMslon credlt
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Tlme:I
Room: ScIence 205
610 102-42046
Instructor EWn Mlckelberg
A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by
plants in almost every area of society.Historically, plants have
influencedexplorationoftheplanet,militarycampaigns,health
care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will
look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh
kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence.
Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments.
Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslry
Maxlmum Enrollment:30
Tlme:1
I
Room: Sclence 205
BIO 10542047
Instructor: ThomasHehst
This class will develop an increased understanding of the
current environmental and health implications of such topics
as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering,
waste disposal, biological warfare, ccarcinogens, agricultural
fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest
may also be discussed.
Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be
q u i d .A fourto six page referencedresearch paper on a p r e
approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The
papers will be evaluated on style and content, r e f l b g a
thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslryor Uhan/Women/
Mlnotify
General Education Perspecfive:Ncrtural World-2
Madmum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Sclence 2 13
BIO 141-42048
Instructor:Esther McLaughlln
This course will introduce the "fifth kingdom" of organisms:
fungi. The importance of fungi in history, religion, culture,
medicine, agriculture, and industry, as well as their role in the
ecosystem (as decomposers and symbionts)will be explored.
The course will use lectures, student premtations, field trips,
audio-visual resources, and some classroom demonstrations.
Evaluation will be via weekly tests and graded presentations.
Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlstry
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 11
Room: Sclence 2 13
Biology
I
BUS 499-42049 (IndependentStudy)
Instructoc John Cedto
Congruent with the mission of Augsburg College, this course
will be of service to the urban community by providing
research assistance to both nonprofit and profit organizations.
Students enrolled in the class will have the opportunity to
conduct field-based research projects for community-based
organizations requesting and requiring marketing research
assistance. Students should contact the instructor to obtain an
outline of the expected research methodology.
Prerequlsffes: BUS 352 or SOC 363 or completion of
another research course approved by the I ~ c t o r .
Madmum Enrollment: 10
lime: Independent Study
Room: Contact the Instructorpriorto Interim reglslraflon
CHM 100-42050
Instructor: Ariln Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very
popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early and
are taught as needed for understanding various topics and
implications.The course does assume the student is interested
in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry tolifeand
living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for
centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies.In recent
decades the human seeking of personal independencehas led
to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of
adual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, pills, plastics, processed foods, pollutants, and it goes on
and on. Emotional and mental disorders can often be traced to
chemical imbalance and wen learning appearsto be the result
of chemicalreaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the
problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our
society,our world, and our universe? Come, pin us as we take
a molecular look at the human condition.
This course will be o f f d in a lecture/discussion format.
Article handouts and films will supplement the ledure/discussion periods. Daily quizzeswillbe used for evaluation. This
course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfyprequisites for Chemistry 106,110, or 116.
Dlstrlbvtlon:Blology/Chernlstry
General Educdon Pmpectlve: Natural World2
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I/
Room: Sclence 3 15
CSC 27@42051
Instructo~Lamy Ragland
A study of the Fortran programming language for students
with previous knowledge of computer programming. This
course will expand a student's knowledge of programming
and programming languages through presentation of the
features of Fortran together with programmingtechniques for
using those features. Studentsare expected to know how to do
computer programming in someprogramminglanguage(such
as Pascal) before entering this course.
This course will involve lectures and several programming
assignments in Fortran. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations.
Prerequlslte:One course which Includes programming
I
Com~uterScience
In a programrnlng language (e.g.,CSC 170).
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: I
Room: Foss 42
ECO 1 1M2052
Instructor Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a
metmurban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are:population "crisis", crime prevention, ecologyand income
distribution, distributing free bread, mass transit systems, etc.
Fundamental miroeconomic tools will be introduced to facilitate discussion of the above topics.
Final grade in the course will be based on three subjective
examinations.
Dlsf~ibvtlon:
Emer Economlcs/Pd~cal
Sclence or Uban
Concerns
Madmum Enrollment:25
rime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 2 12
ECO 1 12-42053
Instructor:Satya Gupta
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, and em
nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems.
Dlstdbvtlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: I
Room: Muslc 22
ECO 32342054
Instructor: Jeanne Boeh
An introduction to the field of health economics. Application of
elementary economic theory to the m t players in our health
msyjtem- hoqitals, physichs, and payas.Thedstriiutive
effects of these programs will be considered. Also, comparisons
will be drambetweenour health care system and those of other
countries.
Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or consent of the Instructor.
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 23
ECO 49542055
lnstructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zaw
Students will critically review the failures and successes of the
Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of
the course will be Perestroika - restructuring the Soviet
economy - and evaluating GorbacheVs economic program
in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer
w e k , technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991 and
their impact on the future of the SovietUnion willbe discussed
in intadisciplinaxy manner.
Method of evaluation: Active class putidpation; finallake
home research essay.
Prerequlslfe:ECO 1 12 or consent of lnslructor
Dlstrlb~on:
Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Memorlal Hall 323
EDU 353-42056
Instructor:Rlch G m u n d m
This course presents an examination and comparison of s e
lected Western and non-Western educational systems as well
as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Specla1 attention will be directed toward Scandinavian
and Central American models. There willbe lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student
evaluation will be based on class presentations and an investigative project.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standlng. or permlsslon of
Instructor.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
rime: I
Room: Ubraty4
EDU 37G42057
Instructor: Mary Ann BaV,es & Carolyn Clemmons
This course will provide future teachers with insights and
strategies that will enable them to create positive learning
environments that will enhance achievement and build selfesteem in their students.
Prerequlsltes:EDU 265, SWK250,some M d work
expedence
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: 1
I
Room: Ubraty 4
EDE 37542058
Instructot B ~ c Drewlow
e
This class prepares students for the unique experiences and
Education
responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will
stress issues associated with adult/chiId relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization
researchplans, and developmentalinstructionpractices. Guest
speakers will be included to share their unique experiences
and perspectives.
Grades willbe based on projects, discussion, and examination.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequkltes: PPST Dam and EDU 255
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:I
Room: Ubrary l
EDU 388-42059
Instructor:Mlldred Mueller
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and
oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, the
limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism,
sexism, homophobia, and economicissues.Emphasisis placed
on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms
which will include minority students, different religiousbackgrounds, the less abled, and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and
complete a pro@. This coursesatisfiesthe Minnesota Human
Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is
a onehalf credit course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequlsttes:Passlng of PPSl and admntance to
Education program In process.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I1 Tuesdays,7hursdays and alternate Fddays
Room: Ubrary l
Education
ENG 2 1942060
Instructor: John Schmlt
Language plays an important role in our socialization and
acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and
tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social
u
l
w background. For
and economical standing and our c
this reason we should expect women to speakdifferentlyfrom
men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone
from a different background to have differences of language.
Even more importantly, we must understand these differences
in order to make sure that we understand speakers from
different language communities.
This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspealang communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: Their grammatical rules, phone
logical rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include
ledures, student presentations, and student-led discussions.
Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the
presentation topic and take a final exam.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Urban Siudles, or Women's Studies, or
Mlnom Siudles
General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness
Maximum Enrollment:25
Time: 11
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 2404206 1
ENG 342-42062
Inslructor: Kaihy Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction
should be considered in making an evaluation?In this course,
students will find answers to these questions by mding a
variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of
the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with
tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics
for the student to appreciate the historical development from
Poe to Beattie. The come will involve practice in ways of
approachingliteratureandwill include studyof thebasic critical
terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students
who have not yet studied literature at the college level.
Studentsare acpected to read the storiesand novel, participate
in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short
story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes
and a final exam.
Students taking this course for upper division credit will read
an additional novel and prepare a substantial paperlclass
presentation on it.
All students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing
and distribution of selected original fiction from class.
Prerequlsltes: Completion of Effectlve WMng
Dlsfrlbvtlon:Englkh/Speech
General Educaiion Perspective:Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 136-42063
Inslrvctor John Mttchell
This course o k r s a study in the literary use of setting, in this
case an environment that will be studied aesthetically, ecologically, and culturally in concurrence with the reading of selected essays, poetry, and fiction. The study of the environment itself will involve an interdisciplinary program based at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key about
30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The I(ey West
Reader: The Best of the Key West Wrifers,1830-1990. In addition,
students will read three novels: Ernest Herningwafs To Hime
and ToHaw Not,Thomas McCuane's Ninety-Two in the Shade, and
Thomas Sanchez's Mile Zero, which will give a historical and
diversely cultural overview of the Keys'literary significance.
The interdisciplinary component of this course will be coordinated with two other courses:''Drawing" or 'Tainting" taught
by Phil Thompson and "Marine Biology" taught by Ralph
Sulerud. Field trips during the two-week stay will involve
excursions into the culturally and racially diverse Art Deco
District of Miami Beach; snorkeling in the coral reefs; trips to
the ,'back country" of the mangrove islands; visits to the
Hemingway house and other places of literary interest; and a
brief tour of the Everglades. A stimulating interplay of environment, culture, and literature will result; the student will be
an informed presence rather than a mere tourist.
There will be one week of introductory study on campus,
about two weeks of study in southern Florida, and about a
week to complete the course requirements back on campus.
Studentswill be expeded to keep a journal of observations and
impressions,to compose a verbal and visual sketch of a chosen
writef s house, and to write a final paper of about 10 pages in
length, based upon analysis and comparison of seleded writers' uses of environment as literary setting, especially in view
of what has been learned first-hand.
A fee of approximately$1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals, and the services
(field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor
Marine Institute.
Prerequlsltes:Petmlsslon of lnsfructor
Dlsiribution:Engllsh/Speech
Maximum Enrollment: 10
77me: 1
Room: Sclence 205
English
FRE 24342064
Insfructoc Ruth Aaskov
What is the attraction of French literature, its human and
artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in
mind we will read and analyze 810 shorter French literary
works available to us in English translation.
What willwe be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of
Dexartes and Paxal. We will explore the classical theater, the
social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth
century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St.-Exupery
will meal concernsof life that supercedenational boundaries.
We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West
Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point each student will choose another
short work for personal study and presentation for the class.
Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active
participation in class, your timely reading and discussion
preparations, four quizzes, your independent study pmject,
and an endaf-the- course discussion of the papers.
This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of
Instructor
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Uterafure
Madmum Enrollment: 25
lime: I
Room: Old Main 12
HPE 11542065
Instrvctoc Richard Borstad
A course req& for all students majoring in education.
Students will gain knowledge of various chemicals and their
)
French/Health and Physical Education
effectson the mind and body; acquire an awareness of school
and community based resources available for assisting students with health-related problems; appreciate the teacher's
role in the school health program; and examine their own
attitudes and practices relative to chemicaluse. Topicsinclude:
legal, cultural, and historical asp& of chemicals; p h m c o l ogy; the school health program; community health programs;
epidemiology; and defining the drug problem. Lechmdiscussion format.Studentswillwrite a paper on a topic of their choice
and there will be periodic quizzes on lecture and reading
materials.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays,and akmate Fridays
Room: Melby 1 1 1
HPE 232-42066
Insiructor: Carol Enke
A course designed for Physical Education majors. Students
will develop an appreciation for rhythmic activities within
Physical Education; identify and perform various dances corresponding to a variety of musical forms; and develop and
practice strategies for teaching creativity in movement. Content
includes: fundamental movement patterns (hopping,skipping,
and leaping), dances (folk, squaw, social), and creative movement. Students will practice fundamental movements and a
variety of dance h s ; develop a dance and movement notebook; teach creative movement. Evaluation will be based on
attendance, participation, and a written and practical final
exam.
Thisis a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby ZW2
Health and Physical Education
HPE 47542067
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
The purpose of this class is to equip students with the skills and
knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for
trauma associated with physical activity. Contentincludes: the
identification and care of common injuries related to various
sports; procedures for preventing injuries; taping and wrap
ping; therapeutic measures; medical resources; legal considerations. Lecture, discussion, demonstration, and A-V resources
are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques.
Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequlslte:610 103
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:I Tuesdays, 7hursdays,and alternate Fn'days
Room: Melby l l I
HPE 478-42068
Instructoc Ed Saugestad
This courseis designed to prepare students to become coaches
of ice hockey. Includes fundamentals of skating, stick handling, shooting, passing, position play; principles of team
defense and offense; motivation of players; public relations;
scouting procedures; and care of equipment. Activities include
ledure/discussion, demonstrations, guest spakers and A-V
materials. Some on-ice activity. Evaluation includes examinations and development of a coaching notebook
This is a onehalf credit course.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby I I I
I
Health and Physical Education
I
HIS 220-42069
HIS 320-42070
Inslructor: Khln Khln Jensen
This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United
Statesin themid-19th centuryand turnof the 20th century. The
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special atkmtion. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the postWorld War I1period.Studentswill study the pattern of Asian
immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made
by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and
the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the
Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United
States to some Asian immigration.
There will be a mid-term and a finalproject (a paper, topic to
be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the
instructor) due the last day of the term.
Upper division students will be m p h d to complete a longer
paper than for lower division credit.They will also be expected
to completea book review on a book related to the course theme
and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class.
Dlsfrfbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy
Mcudmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 13
HIS 440-4207 1
Inslructor: Don Gust&n
Gandhi and King m monumental personalities of our century,
individuals whose names carry an aura of saintliness and
whose lives and actions are now held up as pointing to the
higher levels of living that humans might reach. They are
worthy of study because of their impact on our times, but also
as a means of discovering what the passage of time may do to
the record and image of prominent figures.
In this month we will begin by looking at the contemporary
popular portrayal of both Gandhi and King as shown by the
films "Gandhi" and "Eyes On The Prize"and then by reading
materials contemporary with these men as well as later biographies and studies which attempt to assess the real persons
behind the p m t myths.
Grading will be based on papers, class participation, and a
h a l exam.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore sta-h.~~
or above and at least
one college hlstory or polka1 sclence course.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:11
Room: Old Maln 1 1
INS 22542072
Insfructor: Amln Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to p m t his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the
ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets,
Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will alsobe a consideration of
the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis,
etc.).Therewillalsobesomeefforttodeal withthe similaritiesand
differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities.
Dlstrlbutlon:Mlnortty-Urban Studies
Maximum Enrollment:30
Tlme:1
I
Room: FC 42
INS I W 2 0 7 3
Instructors: WcM O b n and Ann Reener
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates.Studentswillread selected readings, which
will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also
view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or
hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars
conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study
the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for
effective seminars; evaluatetheir own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars.
Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students
and observation of students participating in seminars; reflective writing related to seminar content; and seminar participation.
Maximum Enrollment:20
lime: I1
Room: Sclence 3 19
INS 299-42074
sOC299-421 I I
Instructors: Gamy Hesser and Lds Olson
Learnfrom and about your experiences. Discover new ways to
learn by observing, collaborating, and subjectingyour acperiences to critical reflection.The course is designed to help you
connect your experiences to the liberal arts.
The actanship is a modified intanship designed for studmts
already placed in Cooperative Education positions, for studmts
Interdisciplinary
working part time in jobs related to their mapr or m r interests,
and for students actively engaged in community service. The
assumptionis that all students will be involved in appmximately
20 hours per week of placement activity during the month of
January (check with instructors if you have questions).
All students will design an individual learning plan and are
scpected to actively participate in a seminar that will meet
twice a week at times to be determined after the participant's
worklservice schedules are determined. Evaluation will be
based upon the overall quality of participation in the seminar,
which will include organizational analysis and critical assessment reflected in journals, seminar participation, and collaboration. The course is offered on a PIN basis.
Prerequlsltes:Placements secured during or prior to the
Fall semester whlch wlll contlnue during the Intefim and
pemlsslon of the Instructors.
Dlstribvflon:Urban Concerns
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlrne: I1
Room: Murphy Place 2
MAT 173-421 12
See Addiional Courses,page 52.
MAT 253-42075
Instructoc Bev Durkee
Our o b j j v e s are the exploration
of this new geometry of fractals, its
rules, its visuals, how it meals the
beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms
and exprience them as an art form
via computer graphics.
I
Mathematics
The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this
fernand theexistence of self-similarity regardless of the power
of magnification used in examining it. The class will also
consider the well known Mandelbmt set and Julia sets in color
and in three dimensional rendition.
Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm
and finalexam.Studentswill create a portfolio of visuals similar
to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets
which display the mathematical character of those visuals.
F i y , students will keep a pumal noting their reflections on
the intemmedions between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created.
Prerequlsltes:M d h Placement Group 111 or hlgher
Dlsiributlon: Mathemaiics/Physlcs
General Educaiion Pmpectlves: Aahetics
Maximum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Sclence 1 12
MUS 129-42076
Instructor: Stephen Gabrlebn
"Tmprovisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and
each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a
variety of improvisational techniques and styles.
Prerequlsltes: Mlnlmal abl11Yy on a muslcal Instrument or
h e Instructor's pemlsslon.
Maximum Enrollment: P m M o n of Instructor requlred
to enroll
77me: I
Room: Muslc 4
MUS 179-42077
Instructors:Robert Karien and Roberta MeMer
Much of American history and culture is derived from that of
continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris,
Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunityto
visit and experience important cultural centers that provided
theimpetus for development of culturallife in the New World.
Studentswill gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in
the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all comerelated
group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and
exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous
experience in art or music is required.
Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast
daily, and five group dinners.
Regktmtion for this interim must be made before October 25 at
the InternationalPrograms Office,620 21st Avenue S., Minne
apolis, MN55954.Phone: 330-1655. O f f d onaP1Nbasis only.
Maximum Enrollment: 30
MUS 204-42078
Instructor: 0.
Nlck Raths
An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology
as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and
maturation (1%0s) periods. This course will examine the
musical content, methods, and historical background of s e
leded artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive exam and a short term paper that includes a critical
analysis of a chosen song. For non- music majors.
Dlslrlbutlon: Art/Muslc
Maximum Enrollment:30
Tlme: I
Room: MUSIC5
NOR 1 1 1-42079
Instructor: Frankle Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in spealung, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian cultwe. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and
the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will
be based on participation, daily assignments, q&,
a midterm, and a final exam.
Dlsfribvflon: Forelgn Language
General Educaflon Petspeciive: Intercultural Awareness
Madmum Enrollment: 25
77me:I
Room: Old Maln 25
PHI 17542080
Instructor: Davld Apollonl
We w
i
l
l begin by studying some common conceptions and
misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in
love with someone, and how this differs from just being
friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually.
In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following
ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there
such a thing as an ethics for sex?Is there such a thing as sexual
irnmox.ality? (b) Ssc and maniage -Is the use of birth control
moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c) The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles - Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are they merely
alternative sexual preferences?
Teaching methods: ledure/discussion. Evaluation:two-thirds
of total grade will derive from weekly quizzes, and one-third
from a final term paper of five to ten typewritten pages. (Iwill
require that students turn in a rough draft of this paper for my
comments and criticisms.)
DlstribuHon: Hlstory/Phllosophy
General Educaflon Perspecifve: Human Idenmy
M d m u m Enrollment:30
77me: I
Room: Sclence 2 12
PH141W2081
Instructor:Mark Fuehrer
John the Scot was a ninth century Celtic philosopher who was
also a mystic. We shall study his commentary on the Prologue
to St.John's Gospelto learn how he uses philosophyto develop
a mystical reading of Sacred Scripture. I.&um will be combined with class discussions.Studentswillprepam dailyanalyses of the reading, prepare a term paper, and take a final exam.
Prerequlslte: One course In Philosophy
Dlsfrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 10
PHY 10642082
instructor Noel Pelit
"Introduction to Weathef' is a study of the science of meteorology to provide a working knowledge of the principles of
atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic
areas: the physics of the atmosphere, weather observing,
man's interaction with the atmosphere and oceanI and under-
Philosophy/Physics
standingthe world's climate. Related topics to be included a:
hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), oceanography,
pollution, economic effeds of the weather, and weathds
impact on world events.
The course consists of three weeks of lecture and laboratory
sessionsin Minneapolisfollowedby a one week trip to Florida
to visit major weather facilities. The trip itinerary includes:
Kennedy Space Center, Cape Canaveral Air Forre Base, the
National Weather Service Office in Melbome, South Florida
Water Management DistrictHeadquartersinWest PalmBeach,
the National Hurricane Center in Miami, and WTVT-TV in
Tampa. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory
program. Topics discussed in the visits include: tropical
weather, upper air soundings, hurricane tracking, fresh water
management in Florida, weathersatellites,agricultural weather,
and broadcast weather.
During the course, the student maintains a journal of weather
observed and sites visited. Daily weather maps will be used at
the visited sites to monitor conditions and aeate our own
forecasts. Daily quizzes and ledures will be given during the
travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two examinations given during the classroom period, and an individual
project completed during the trip. Cost will be approximately
$750. Initial deposit of $100 due by the end of Interim registration. Contact Professor Petit for additional information.
PrerequMe: H/gh SchoolAlgebra,MaitternatlaLevel I1
DlsMbvtlon: Mathematics/Physlcs
General Education PerspecWe: Natural Worid
Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Sclence 723
PHY 1 17-42083
Instructors: Mark Engebrelson and Bruce Relchenbach
The course will focus on contemporary problems which arise
from our developing technological capabilities. We will consider the causes and effects of global warming, the irnplications of developing nuclear energy, the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail
system. To get a satisfactorygrasp on how to approach these
problems we will first explore what science and the scientific
methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology
(doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the
resulting interactions between the three.
Grading will be based on two tests, two short papers, and
group work. See the complete description for more details.
Prerequlslte:Mathematla Level 111
Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/l7Iyslcs
General Education Perspective: Natural World if2
Madmum Enrollment: 40
77me: I
Room: Foss21a& b
PHY 151-42084
Instructor Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in
business for years. However, it is alsopossible to usespreadsheets
to solve physics problems without using "high-powered'' mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student who is not an expert in
physics on a more intuitivelevel. We
mathematicsto +ence
will use Lotus 123to solve problems in a wide variety of physics
areas including planetary and p r o w e motion. Some of the
problems investigated might be in areas other than physics.
Gradingwill be based on spreadsheet pro*,
homework, and a
hal scam.
Prerequlslte: Math Level 111
Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/~ysIcs
Madmum Enrollment: 20
77me:I
Room: Sclence 30
PHY 337-42085
InsIructor:StuartAnderson
The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the
heart of modem physics, and l a m are probably the most
ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will
begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding
imaging,beam control and dispersion, includingthe nature of
light, reflection, refraction, and interference.This setsthe stage
for tmting the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and
the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The
course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study
of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption,
and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed
on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period
will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the
balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on
the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two
onehour exams, and a formal research paper.
Prerequlsltes:PHY 12 1, 122,245 (or equhfalent),
MAT 124, 125,224
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Tlme: I1
Room:Sclence 30
POL 29542086
lnstructoc Elkabeth Anderson
Contrary to American popularbelief, Canada is not just a colder
version of the United States. Canadian national identity is alive
and well, and currently a much debated topic - in Canada.
In this new course, we will examine Canadian identities (thm
Ph ysics/PoliHcal Science
I
is at least one for every pmvince) through cultural forms produced in the last 30 years. Emphasizing the c u l t d studies
approach to history, we will draw from various "texts1' (stories,
poetry, non-fiction, film,music, W, newspapers, art and architecture)and events (the Quiet Revolution and the Refemdurn
in Quebec, theMeech lake Accords, thestandoff at Oka,the FIR
Trade Agreement between the U.S. and Canada, the arrival of
new immigrants, the Persian Gulf War)in ordm to q l o r e
Canada from Canadian perspectives. Our focus will mainly be
&an, and centend on the cities of Monkall Toronto, and
Vancouver. Our methods of analysis will be interdisciplinary
and comparative (Canada-U.S. border studies).
Grades will be based on active participation in class discussions, one oral presentation, and a final written project.
Mcudmum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 2 1
POL 37 1-42087
Instrvctor: Phll Ushman
This course will examine the c m t political and legal rights
and responsibilitiesof the American employee in the contemporary labor market. Various forms of employment issues,
including contract rights, wrongful termination, workers compensation for pb-related injjes, safety in the work place,
protection against illegal discrimination on the pb, drug and
alcohol testing, and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow''
will be studied. Wherever possible, the opposite position of
the employer will be presented.The role of the American labor
union movement and employel's political action groups will
be addressed where relevant.There will be field trips to o b
m e actual court and/or administrative law proceedings.
Students will also meet with employment lawyers and repre
sentatives of industry.
Students will prepare a specla1 mini-term paper and take a
final examination.
PrerequlsRes:Junlor or Senlor status; One course In
Pdmcal Sclence or Economics.
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence
Madmum Enrollment: 35
77me: Monday and Wednesday evenlngs, 6:309:30p.m.
Room: Old Maln 16
POL 42 1-42088
Instructor: Wllllam Mods
This course will examinethe impact of American films on U.S.
citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose
principal themes deal with particular political practices and/
or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracy of these
images by considering the films in light of the scholarly
literature and other information available on each subject.
Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical
situation and dilemmas of decision-making in politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written analyses
and evaluationsof the political context or "image" of politics
in the films shown in class. These, plus additional articles and
portions of books from the social sciences and other literature
paralleling some of the films' themes, will serve as the basis for
class discussion. The papers, two tests on assigned readings
establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades.
Students will be assessed a specialfee to cover the rental of the
films and viewing equipment.
Prerequlsttes: POL 121, 122,or 158
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence
Political Science
Madmum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:1I
Room: Old Maln 2 1
PSY 10542089
Inslructor: Wendy VanLoy
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understandingbehavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are
emphasized.
Dlslnbvtbn: Psychology/Soclology
General Educaffon Perspective: Human Identity
Madmum Enrollment: 25
77me:1I
Room: Old Maln 25
PSY 32 1-42090
Instructors:Nancy Stebkry and Dlane Plke
The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a
sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p
per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including police,
lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence,and law and corporations.
Thew is a midterm and final examination plus two written
assignments.
Note: Students who have completed PSY 335should not enroll
in this course.
Prerequlsltes:SOC 12 1 or PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 18
PSY34CM2091
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological,
cultural, and theological perspedives. A variety of myths and
symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding
of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizations of
your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and
historical influences. The content of the course will include
topics such as the impact of science on myth; the mythologies
of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation;
and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the
assigned readings. Students will be scpeded to be p r e p 4
for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in
the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibilityfor leadingdiscussions.Evaluationwillbe based
on class participation and five short (600-800 word) papers.
Prerequlslte:PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 1 1
PSY 370-42092
Inslrvctor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of
the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will
be considered. Idealism direded toward other persons and
society will be the main focus.
-
Psychology
This course willbe conducted as a seminar with a high level of
student contribution and participation. Attendance at each
class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, fmpent shirt papers, and hequent oral reports.Each
student will be required to seek out and interview persons in
the adolescent-level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing skill will be required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by
Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be
availablein the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1.Content
of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and
will provide a base for further learning in the course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
RerequlsRes: PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 29
REL 24 1-42093
Instructor Brad HoH
Off the beaten track of American tourists, this journey focuses
on meeting African faith communities,observing their rituals,
listening to their music, and observing their art. We encounter
the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each of these faiths
brings intriguing surprises as they reflect African culture in a
variety of ways. Our access to the Christian communities will
exceed that of the other two, but Christianity in Africa can only
be understood in the context of "ATR" and Islam. Each of these
has influenced the others. Both the mission-founded and the
"independent' churches have developed creatively in music,
theology, and spirituality.At the same time, political tensions
characterizethe relations of the churches and Islam, as Nigeria
prepares for a return to civilian rule in 1992.Our learning will
Religion
include various kinds of input: reading, lectures, interviews,
visits to sites, observation of worship, and discussions.
Through it all, we live simply, encountering life in a Third
World country which is strugglingto find appropriateblends
of African and Western culture. We will travel light, study
hard, and experiencethe taste, the markets, and the worship of
one of Africa's most energetic nations. The course is designed
for students seriously interested in religion who are in good
health. A visa is required for Nigeria.
Fee: $3,495 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily,
one group dinner in London, all dinners (22) in Nigeria.
Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellgon requlremenls)
Madmum Enrollment: 15
REL 32842094
Instructor: John Benson
There is nothing more familiar to us than parties, sports, and
games. Yet most take them for granted. It may come as
something of a surprise to us, then, that the festival, play, and
"game theory" have been of keen interest, not only to anthropologists, sociologists, and psychologists, but also to students of religion and Christian theology. In this course we will
use lectures, small group discussions, and field trips to look
into some of this fascinating material. There will be two essay
tests, several special preparations related to discussions, and a
final project.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1
Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requirements)
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln I8
Religion
REL 34342095
Instructor Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision
that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our
heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether
you m manied or not, but it will increase your certainty and
the possibility for meaning/intirnacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many
theories will be studied with particular attention given to the
work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and secondarily to the family.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper,andtwotestsTwobookswillbe~.
PrerequMes: REL I I I or /?EL22 I orpemlsslon of Insiructor
Dlstrbution: Rellglon (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellgon requirements)
Mdmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 24
REL 345-42096
Inslructoc Eugene S k b b e
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is
at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century
and its development, and cultural influence during 950 years
of history. An anthology including two monographs and the
professox's lectures, plus reserve reading will provide an
overview.L.&m and class discussion will deal with examples
of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy,
sociology, and theology. Requirements include three exams
and one short paper.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or 221
DlsfrlbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requlrements)
General Educatlon Perspecffve: Chrlsffan F a l h
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 16
REL 44 1-42097
INS 49542098
Insiructoc Lynne Loremen
This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and
feminism, and how they might be compatible. Attention will
be given to religious influences on societal roles for women
and men, feminist interpretationof the Bible, and the implications of feminism on Christian theology, especiallyin terms of
language and metaphor. There will be daily reflection papers
on the assigned readings which include questions for class
discussion. Evaluation will be based on the papers, class
participation, and a final exam.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or REL 22 1
DlsMbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requlrements)
General Educatlon Perspecffve: ChrlsflanFaM
Mcudmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 23
SWK 25742099
Instructoc Mary Lou Wlllam
Experientiallearning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours of
service (in a senices agency or institution which students
Re/igion/Socia/ Work
I
select).The placementmust be approved by course faculty and
supervised by agency staff. In the context of .this volunteer
experience, students have the opportunity to interact with
human service professionals, clients, and communities of
diverse culture/ethnic heritage and special c o n m s (age,
socioeconomic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical
abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students
learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future
career in the human services.
The three hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions
which assist students in integrating agency experiences and
readings which explore the historical development of social
welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of
social work as a profession. 9udents will also examine and
critique the manner in which social, economic, and political
strudures impact diverse groups in society. Students will
focus on their own responsibilitiesin society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns,
such as poverty and the "isms".
This course is required for the Social Work major; open to all
students.
General Educcrtlon Perspective: The Clty
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Tlme: I
Room: Muphy Place 1
SWK 3 m 2 100 (fv11COUM)
SWK 3D42/09(1/2 course)
Instrvctor Marla Brown
Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (Stokely
Carmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of society's
violent attitude? Why does family violence occur,and when,
and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has
Social Work
reached what many professionals consider epidemic proportions.This courseis intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributing factors and
consequences for the family and the broader society. Students
will research various forms of family violence. Classroom
speakers will include professionals who are involved in curm t policy-making and program delivery in family violence.
Onehalf d i t option: classroom discussions, readings and
the development of an annotated bibliography on area of
interest in family violence.
Full credit option: q u i r e s writing and presenting of research
on a m of interest in family violence, in addition to the above
work
Prerequlslte: Introductory coum work In soclal work,
psychology or sociology
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 23
SWK 339-42 101
Instructor: Edwlna Hertzberg
An historical overview of homelessness in the U.S. provides a
base for understanding the current situation in the U.S.and in
the Twin Cities. Ledures, films, discussions, field trips, guest
lectures, a research paper, and volunteer work with homeless
people in the field provide opportunities for participants to
learn the &ties of the situation of homelessness - needs,
resources, and causatives. Evaluation will be based on class
participation, volunteer work, and a research paper.
Specla1fee: $30 per person. Checkpayable to Augsburg
College to be glven to lnsfructor on flrst day of class.
Prerequlslte:Deslre to learn about homelessness
General Education Perspective: The CHy
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 22
Social Work
SWK 4.6642 102 (lull course)
SWK 4.6642 1 10 (1/2 course)
Insiructor:Rosemary Unk
Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11 -educationally-focused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field place
ment, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in
writing by the field instructor using previously developed
contract and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequlslte:SWK 462 (FleM Work II)
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:I
Room: To be arranged
'Note: Thls Is the depahent's new fitb for Sociology
265, which was previously Lted as Raclal and Mlnorfty
Group Relations.
SOC 26542 103
lnsiructoc Gordon Nelson
This course examines the nature of human p u p s who, for
reasons of birth, accident, appearanceIor behavior, have been
"set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society.
Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to
which such groups have developed meaningful cultures which
have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who m part of the larger society. In
addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will
include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation
during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a
particular culturalp u p otherthan their own. Thisobservation
will become the basis for a class pmentation by each member,
either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class
can scped evaluation to be based on a combination of class
participation, their respective class presentations, and a final
examination. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis only.
Dlslrlbuiion:Mlnorfty/Uiban
General Educdon Petspeciive: Intercultvral Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Sclence 3 15
SOC321-42104
Inslructor:Dlane Plke and Nancy Steblay
The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a
sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p
per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including: police,
lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence, and law and corporations.
There is a midterm and final plus two written assignments.
Students who have completedPSY 335should not enroll in this
course.
Prerequlsffes: SOC 12 1 or PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment:20
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 18
SPA 1 1 1-42105
lnslructoe Anffa nsher
Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but
secondary goals m to develop reading and writing skills as
well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continuewith
Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and
grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clanfy those
in the text.Evaluation will include class participation, a test on
each chapter, and a written and oral final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Forelgn Language
General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness
Mawlmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 29
SPC 32 1-42106
Insfructor James Hayes
This "handsan" course will give students the opportunity to
refine their public speaking skills in a contest format. Students
will be q u i d to enter three d h t forensics events (irnpromptu speaking, a public address, and oral interpretation of
an event of their choice) at three interscholastic tournaments
held during the month of January. In addition, the class will
prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional
aid for future forensicscontestants. Evaluation will be based on
p e r and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Students
should contact the instructor at the time they register to obtain
an information packet that will help them get off to a "running
s W in January.Those who milmust be available to participate in tournaments outside of regular class time on the following dates: January 17-18, January 2425, and January 28.
Prerequlsltes:SPC I 1 1 or consent of instructor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I1
Room: Foss 2 1a/21b
Lnnnrh r m m d & m t i n n
&' Thnntrn
SPC 340.42107
Instructor: David Lapakko
We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide
whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer,
to use photographs or body language to give a misleading
impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various
ethical considerations?
In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical
perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as
advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also
consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions.
Activities will include ledures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations.
The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations
encountered in everyday life.
Prerequlsltes:A course In philosophy or consent of
Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Fos 43
SPC 347-42 108
Instructor: Deborah Bart
A video production course which integrates ledure and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses
non-fiction subject areas. Studentswill view several d m e n taries in class and will work in production teams to produce
short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be
S ~ e e c h .Communication.
'
& Theatre
I
required for editing.
Prerequlsltes:Junior or Senlor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
77me: I
Room: Foss 175
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following comes can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 620 21st
Avenue S. (330- 16.5)or from the Interim Office (330-1025).
Registration for these Interims ends October 25,1991. These
courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a
lower division number.
The Carlbbean and Its People Through Literature
Chlna In Transltlon
Contemporary European Buslness
Contemporary Theatre & Soclety In Brltaln
Cultural Confllct In Renaissance Italy
Down-Under In New Zealand
Egypt In Transltlon
E~erlenclngIndla: Past and Present
Famlly In Focus: Pollcy and Programs In Sweden, Denmark,
and England
Fleld Blology In Ecuador: Raln Forest and Galapagos Islands
The Greek Bperlence
Hapsburg Herltage: Central Europe after The Fall of the Wall
Hawoll: Culture and Hlstory
Hope and Glory: ChristIanHyIn England, France and G e m n y
Iberla: A Fuslon of Cultures
Law In London
Literary Landmarks: England, Scotland, Wales
The New European CommunHy: Economics and Culture In a
Post- 1 992 Europe
Reconqulsta to Emplre: Medleval & Early Modern Spaln
Rellglon & Grassroots Movements for Soclal Change In Brazil
Rellglon In Afrlca: Creatlvliy and Confllct
Russian Language In Moscow
Sounds and Sights of Europe
Sovlet Unlon and Eastern Ewope: Gender Issues
UMAIE
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other
expenses which arethe responsibility of the student.They are
offered only on a PINbasis. Fuller descriptions and detailsfor
registering are available in the Interim Office.
4-
SAILINGIN THE VIRGIN~SLANDS(January7-23,1992)
HPE 455421 14
Insfructo~Joyce Hal7
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.The course will take
the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43% foot fixed-keel sailboat with fivelsix other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg
day students and qualifying4-1-4 students.Others willhave to
pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academiccredit.
Total payment is due October 31,1991.
Prerequisite: Pemlsslon from Joyce Pfatf of the Heah
and Physlcal Education Depahent (6 1 2 / W 1247).
Dlslrlbutlon:Metlme Sports: also one course cred/t.
HPE 2 12-421 15
Check for informationin the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the M i ~ e s o t a b d i a nborder or for white-water canoeingand desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 26 through January26 period.There
is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
AGENDA
(December 29 - January 10,1992)
P O L 398-421 16
This is a two-week seminar which enables undergraduate
students to explore their own leadership styles in workshops
which use instructional resources such as Myers-Briggs PersonalityInventory. In addition, the students examinepersonal
styles of leaders from government and politics, the media,
education, and business, who address such topics as values,
ethics, risk-taking, decision-making, management theories,
and organizational structures.The seminaris a blend of readings and research on leadershiptheory, ampleopportunityfor
question-and-answer sessions with national leaders, small
group discussions, and workshops that help students practice
leadershiptechniques. SitevisitscanincludetheU.S. Chamber
of Commerce, the International Monetary Fund, and foreign
embassies in Washington.
AND THE
MEDIA
(December 29 - January 10.1992)
A
POL 398-421 17
This two-week seminar for undergraduate students features
Washington's media personalities, who are readily available
Other Courses
I
to The Washington Center. This popular topic attracts students in many fields, e.g., communications, journalism, political science, and English. Sample topics include the role of the
press in a democratic society; the press, politics, and public
policy; and how Washington journalists view national and
world leaders and issues. Site visits include mapr network
studios, the Pentagon, and foreign embassies. Guest speakers
have included nationally renowned print and broadcast purnalists, political media consultants and managers, and political-govement officials, such as former Republican National
Committee Chair Frank Fahrenkopf, ABC newsman David
Brinkley, MacNeil/Lhrefs compondent Judy Woodruff,
and Linda Edwards, Executive Director, National Association
of Black Journalists.
CAMPAIGN
1992: INPURSUIT
OF THE
PRESIDENCY
(January 12-17.1992)
POL 398-42 1 18
This oneweek seminar will introduce participants to the
politics and mechanics of running a presidential campaign.
h g r a m sessionswill be designed to familiarke studentswith
the presidential election process and its impact on American
politics. Topics will include the organization and procedures
of the Democratic and Republican parties, the primaries and
conventions, media coverage of the campaign, and current
campaignissues.Sitevisitswill include the headquarters of the
Democratic and Republican National Committees and the
Washington offices of presidential candidates. Campaign
workshops will be offered to give students hands-on skills in
grass-root organizing and managing campaigns. The seminar
will assist participants in developing the knowledge and
making connections to become involved in the presidential
campaign when they return to their campuses. Studentswho
plan to attend the summer convention programs are encour-
Other Courses
aged to attend IT
' n Pursuit of the Presidencf' as an intmiuction to the campaign process.
These Interims begln December 29 and conffnue unffl
January 18, 1992,Infotmaffon on either of the above
programs, houslng and flnanclal asslstance Is avallable
from Dr. Wllllam Monjs In Mernorlal Hall, 1 1 1B, or Brenda
Elllngboe, Memorial Hall, 1 17A. 33G 1 197.
The following actMnes are avallable to students during
Interim and students may reglster for these class6 as
well as for a regular course. These acff W do not carry
course credlt.but do meet the llfeffme spods requlre
ment for gradualion.
HPE 002-421 19
lnslructoc Mlke Teltelbaum
The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American
Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.
Dlsfrlbutlon: Ufeffme Sports
Maximum Enrollment: Controlled by lnsfructor
Tlme: 12:W1:00p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE 002-42120
lnslructoc Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton.
Dlstrlbvtlon:Ufeffme Sports
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I Tuesdays.Thursdaysand alternate Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
I
Lifetime S ~ l o r t s
HPE 002-42 12 1
Instructor: Bdan Ammann
Practice and playing of racquetball.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufetlme Sports
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and attemate Fddays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE CK)2-42122
Instructor: Carol Enke
Designed for students who may q u i r e special, modified
physical activity.Enrollment in this class requires consultation
with the instructor.
PrerequlsHe: Consent of Instructor.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufeiime Sports
Madmum Enrollment: Controlled by Instructor
lime:Ananged
Room:Ananged
EDU49542113
Instructor: Ted Welcher
This course will provide you with an introduction to issues
related to deafness and the modes of communication used by
deaf people. We will examine the language, education, social
and political aspeds, and cultural issues within the deaf com-
munity. Lectures, guest lechms, viewing of videotapes, and
reading assignments will include information pertaining to
the following areas: anatomy and physiology of the hearing
mechanism, etiology of deafness, hearing evaluation and
amplification issues, the grieving/adjustrnent process associated with having a deaf child or family member, education of
hearing impaired childm, oral versus manual comrnunication controversy, linguistics of American Sign Language, Pidgin Sign English and manual English communication systems,
historical/political perspectives of deafness (including legislation affecting deaf people), accessibility issues, deafness and
cognitive functioning and interpreting issues.
General Educdim Pmpectlve:Approval pendlng for
IntercuItvralA warenesf, cat ego^^ I.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Foss Center 43
INS 2 1G42 124
Insfructor BIII Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study
in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways
to cope with these pressures.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
rime: 1
I
Room: Muslc 23
MAT 1 73-421 72
Instructor:Mathew Foss
You buy a car and have monthlypayments. Would you liketo
know how to figure out if your payments are fair? Or would
I
Additional Courses
'
you liketo be ableto determinehow much to save everymonth
so your kids can go to college?Or if you're paying a fair rate for
life insurance? If so, Math of Interest may intemt you. This
course will be of interest to students in business or economics
or anyone "interested" in exploring compound interest.Evaluation will be based on quizzes and classroom work.
Prerequlsttes: Math Placement Group 111 or equivalent
DlsMbvtlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime://
Room: Sclence 1 12
SOC 121-42123
Instructor: Rlta Webbrod
This course is designed to help studentsbetter understand the
social world they live in. The objectives of the course are to (1)
teach sociological concepts for analyzing society, (2) develop
skills in evaluating sociologicalarguments and issues, and (3)
acquaint students with the state of knowledge in areas of
sociological study.
Students will participate in a panel discussion on a current
social issue. Written assignments will include a short paper
focusing on the supplementary reading.
DlsMbvtlon: Psychology/Soclology
General Educdon Perspecfive: Soclal Wodd
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I1
Room: Old Maln 13
Additional Cor rrs.es
1
Show less